Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 28, 2010

File No.             

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form 10

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OR 12(G) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

The Netherlands   98-0646235

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

Weena 737

3013AM Rotterdam

The Netherlands

31 10 275 5500

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,

including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class Registered

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Such
Class will be Registered

Class A ordinary shares   New York Stock Exchange
Class B ordinary shares   New York Stock Exchange
Warrants to purchase Class A ordinary shares   New York Stock Exchange

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨   Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   þ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LyondellBasell Industries N.V. was formed on October 15, 2009 to serve as the parent holding company for certain subsidiaries of LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. (“LyondellBasell AF”) after completion of proceedings under chapter 11 (“Chapter 11”) of title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the “U.S. Bankruptcy Code”). LyondellBasell AF and 93 of its subsidiaries are currently debtors (the “Debtors”) in jointly administered bankruptcy cases (the “Bankruptcy Cases”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court in the Southern District of New York (the “Bankruptcy Court”). Additional subsidiaries of LyondellBasell AF are not involved in the Bankruptcy Cases. On April 23, 2010, the Bankruptcy Court approved our Third Amended and Restated Plan of Reorganization (the “Plan of Reorganization”). We currently expect to emerge from bankruptcy on or about April 30, 2010 (the date of our emergence from bankruptcy being the “Emergence Date”).

As of the date of this Registration Statement, LyondellBasell Industries N.V. has not conducted any business operations. Accordingly, unless otherwise noted or suggested by context, all historical financial information and data and accompanying financial statements and corresponding notes, as contained in this Registration Statement, reflect the actual historical consolidated results of operations and financial condition of LyondellBasell AF for the periods presented and do not give effect to the Plan of Reorganization or any of the transactions contemplated thereby or the adoption of “fresh-start” accounting. Thus, such financial information may not be representative of our performance or financial condition after the Emergence Date. Except with respect to such historical financial information and data and accompanying financial statements and corresponding notes or as otherwise noted or suggested by the context, all other information contained in this Registration Statement relates to LyondellBasell Industries N.V. and its subsidiaries following the Emergence Date. When we use the terms “LyondellBasell Industries N.V.,” “we,” “us,” “our” or similar words in this Registration Statement, unless the context otherwise requires, we are referring to LyondellBasell Industries N.V. and its subsidiaries following emergence from the Bankruptcy Cases. For more information on the Bankruptcy Cases, see “Item 8. Legal Proceedings—Bankruptcy Cases and Reorganization.”

As of the Emergence Date, LyondellBasell AF’s equity interests in its indirect subsidiaries will terminate and LyondellBasell Industries N.V. will own and operate, directly and indirectly, substantially the same business as LyondellBasell AF owned and operated prior to emergence from the Bankruptcy Cases. References herein to “our” historical consolidated financial information (or data derived therefrom) should be read to refer to the historical financial information of LyondellBasell AF.

There currently is no public trading market for LyondellBasell Industries N.V. class A ordinary shares, class B ordinary shares or warrants to purchase class A ordinary shares. We intend to apply for listing of our class A ordinary shares, our class B ordinary shares and warrants to purchase class A ordinary shares on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”).

In reviewing this Registration Statement, you should carefully consider the matters described in the section entitled “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 46 of this Registration Statement.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of any of the securities of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. or determined whether this Registration Statement is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This Registration Statement does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities.

 

i


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

Statements contained in this Registration Statement as to the contents of any contract or document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if the contract or document is filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement. Each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the applicable document.

After the SEC declares this Registration Statement effective, we will file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing combined financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm. This Registration Statement is, and any of these future filings with the SEC will be, available to the public over the Internet on the SEC’s web site at http://www.sec.gov. You may read and copy any filed document at the SEC’s public reference rooms in Washington, D.C. at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information.

We maintain an internet site at http://www.lyondellbasell.com. Our web site and the information contained on that site, or connected to that site, are not a part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Registration Statement.

You should rely only on the information contained in this Registration Statement or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized any person to provide you with different information or to make any representation not contained in this Registration Statement.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

This Registration Statement includes industry data that we obtained from periodic industry publications, including Chemical Marketing Associates, Incorporated (“CMAI”); Turner, Mason & Company; Platts (a reporting service of The McGraw-Hill Companies); SRI Consulting (“SRI”); Tecnon Orbicom; PIRA Energy Group; Chemical Market Resources; DeWitt & Company, Inc. (“DeWitt”); Oil and Gas Journal; Bloomberg L.P. (“Bloomberg”); Energy Information Administration (“EIA”); and LyondellBasell AF’s internal company reports and own estimates. Industry publications generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of included information. Neither we, our affiliates, nor any of the industry sources that we reference make any warranty, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of, or assume any liability for, such information.

 

ii


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Table of Contents

 

Item 1.   

Business

   1
Item 1A.   

Risk Factors

   46
Item 2.   

Financial Information

   66
Item 3.   

Properties

   101
Item 4.   

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

   104
Item 5.   

Directors and Executive Officers

   108
Item 6.   

Executive Compensation

   113
Item 7.   

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

   145
Item 8.   

Legal Proceedings

   146
Item 9.   

Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

   153
Item 10.   

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

   155
Item 11.   

Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered

   156
Item 12.   

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

   166
Item 13.   

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   167
Item 14.   

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   167
Item 15.   

Financial Statements and Exhibits

   168

This Registration Statement is being filed to register the class A ordinary shares, class B ordinary shares and warrants to purchase class A ordinary shares to be issued in connection with the Plan of Reorganization. It is not and is not to be construed as an inducement or encouragement to buy or sell any of our securities. You should be aware of certain risks relating to our business and ownership of our class A or class B ordinary shares, which are described under the heading “Item 1A.—Risk Factors.”

You should not assume that the information contained in this Registration Statement is accurate as of any date other than the date set forth on the cover. Changes to the information contained in this Registration Statement may occur after that date, and we undertake no obligation to update the information, except in the normal course of our public disclosure obligations and practices.

All industry and statistical information included in this Registration Statement, other than information derived from our financial and accounting records, is presented as of December 31, 2009 unless otherwise indicated. Unless otherwise indicated, financial information and information derived from our accounting records which are presented as “current” are as of December 31, 2009.

 

iii


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CAUTIONARY INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain of the statements contained in this Registration Statement are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the U.S. federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “estimate,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “may,” “should,” “budget” or other words that convey the uncertainty of future events or outcomes. Many of these forward-looking statements have been based on expectations and assumptions about future events that may prove to be inaccurate. While our management considers these expectations and assumptions to be reasonable, they are inherently subject to significant business, economic, competitive, regulatory and other risks, contingencies and uncertainties, most of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Our actual results (including the results of our joint ventures) could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including but not limited to:

 

   

our ability to develop, confirm and consummate one or more Chapter 11 plans of reorganization,

 

   

our ability to comply with debt covenants and service our substantial debt,

 

   

availability of cash and access to capital markets,

 

   

the business cyclicality of the chemical, polymers and refining industries,

 

   

the availability, cost and price volatility of raw materials and utilities, particularly the cost of oil and natural gas,

 

   

competitive product and pricing pressures,

 

   

uncertainties associated with the U.S. and worldwide capital markets and economies,

 

   

operating interruptions (including leaks, explosions, fires, weather-related incidents, mechanical failure, unscheduled downtime, supplier disruptions, labor shortages, strikes, work stoppages or other labor difficulties, transportation interruptions, spills and releases and other environmental risks),

 

   

the supply/demand balances for our and our joint ventures’ products, and the related effects of industry production capacities and operating rates,

 

   

our ability to achieve expected cost savings and other synergies,

 

   

legal and environmental proceedings,

 

   

tax rulings, consequences or proceedings,

 

   

technological developments, and our ability to develop new products and process technologies,

 

   

current and potential governmental regulatory actions in the U.S. and in other countries, including potential climate change regulation,

 

   

political unrest and terrorist acts, and

 

   

risks and uncertainties posed by international operations, including foreign currency fluctuations.

Any of these factors, or a combination of these factors and other factors not currently known to us, could materially affect our future results of operations (including those of our joint ventures) and the ultimate accuracy of the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, and our actual results and future developments (including those of our joint ventures) may differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Our management cautions against putting undue reliance on forward-looking statements or projecting any future results based on such statements or present or prior earnings levels.

All forward-looking statements in this Registration Statement are qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained in this section and elsewhere in this Registration Statement. See “Item 1. Business,” “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and “Item 2. Financial Information—Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

iv


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information about factors that may affect our businesses and operating results (including those of our joint ventures). These factors are not necessarily all of the important factors that could affect us and our joint ventures. Use caution and common sense when considering these forward-looking statements. We do not intend to update these statements unless applicable securities laws require us to do so.

In addition, this Registration Statement contains summaries of contracts and other documents. These summaries may not contain all of the information that is important to an investor and reference is made to the actual contract or document for a more complete understanding of what is discussed in this Registration Statement regarding the contract or document involved.

 

v


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1. BUSINESS

LyondellBasell Industries N.V. is a public company with limited liability ( naamloze vennootschap ) incorporated under Dutch law by deed of incorporation dated October 15, 2009.

LyondellBasell Industries N.V. was formed to serve as the parent holding company for certain subsidiaries of LyondellBasell AF after completion of the Bankruptcy Cases. LyondellBasell AF and 93 of its subsidiaries are currently Debtors in jointly administered Bankruptcy Cases in the Bankruptcy Court. As of the Emergence Date, LyondellBasell AF’s equity interests in its indirect subsidiaries will terminate and LyondellBasell Industries N.V. will own and operate, directly and indirectly, substantially the same business as LyondellBasell AF owned and operated prior to emergence from the Bankruptcy Cases, which business includes subsidiaries of LyondellBasell AF that are not involved in the Bankruptcy Cases.

LyondellBasell Industries N.V. will be the successor to the combination in December 2007 of Lyondell Chemical Company (“Lyondell Chemical”) and Basell AF S.C.A. (“Basell”), which created one of the world’s largest private petrochemical companies with significant worldwide scale and leading product positions.

Overview

We are the world’s third largest independent chemical company based on revenues and an industry leader in many of our product lines. We are the world’s largest producer of polypropylene and polypropylene compounds (“PP compounds”) and a top worldwide producer of propylene oxide (“PO”), polyethylene (“PE”), ethylene and propylene. Additionally, we are a leading provider of technology licenses and a supplier of catalysts for polyolefin production. Our refinery in Houston, Texas (the “Houston Refinery”) is among North America’s largest full conversion refineries capable of processing significant quantities of heavy, high-sulfur crude oil. We participate in the full petrochemical value chain, from refining to specialized end uses of petrochemical products, and we believe that our vertically integrated facilities, broad product portfolio, manufacturing flexibility, superior technology base and operational excellence allow us to extract value across the full value chain.

We have the size and scale to compete worldwide:

 

   

For the year ended December 31, 2009, our revenues were $30.8 billion.

 

   

As of December 31, 2009, our total assets were $21.4 billion.

We are geographically diverse:

 

   

As of December 31, 2009, we manufactured products at 59 sites in 18 countries (including those operated through joint ventures).

 

   

We sell products in more than 100 countries.

 

   

For the year ended December 31, 2009, 54% of our revenues was generated from sales in North America, 35% from sales in Europe and 11% from sales in the rest of the world.

 

   

We participate in 16 significant manufacturing joint ventures, 11 of which are outside of Western Europe and the U.S., primarily in regions that have cost-advantaged raw materials or high growth rates, including Asia, the Middle East and Eastern Europe.

We have leading positions in our key products:

 

   

As of December 31, 2009, we are the worldwide rated capacity leader in polypropylene, PP compounds, polyolefin licensing, polypropylene catalysts and oxyfuels.

 

   

As of December 31, 2009, we ranked second, third, fourth and fourth in worldwide capacity in propylene oxide, PE, ethylene and propylene, respectively.

 

1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our products are used in a broad range of applications and in products that people use every day, and have been increasingly in demand in developing markets:

 

   

Key end uses for our products include: rigid and flexible packaging, transportation fuels (gasoline and diesel), containers, plastic pipe, detergents, cosmetics, electronics, appliances, automotive parts, paints and coatings, furnishings, construction and building materials and many other industrial and consumer goods applications.

 

   

The diverse end-market uses for our products help to reduce volatility of demand for our products, and a majority of our revenues in 2009 was derived from sales of products utilized in consumable products (including fuels).

Our businesses and asset portfolio provide diversification and flexibility:

Our business portfolio of refining and oxyfuels, olefins and polyolefins, intermediate and derivative chemicals, and technology provides diversification and flexibility. Despite the current economic conditions generally and in our industry, parts of our businesses have performed in line with historical norms:

 

   

In 2009, the oxygenated fuels products within our refining and oxyfuels segment showed margins which were consistent with recent years, due in part to the significant differential between gasoline prices and butane costs, coupled with increasing worldwide biofuels demand.

 

   

The continued enhancement of feedstock flexibility in our North American olefin plants allowed us to improve the competitiveness of these assets in the current market conditions where natural gas liquids (“NGLs”) pricing has been much lower than most crude-oil-based feedstocks, partially offsetting the weak overall profit environment for producers using crude-oil-based feedstocks.

 

   

In our olefins and polyolefins segments, our North American PE business has benefitted from strong export demand driven by the Asian economy, competitors’ project delays and relatively lower NGLs cost-based ethylene.

 

   

The PO business within our intermediates and derivatives segment demonstrated results in 2009 consistent with recent years.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that our key competitive strengths are:

 

   

Leading Positions in Worldwide Segments . We are the world’s third largest independent chemical company based on revenues and an industry leader in many of our product lines. We are the world’s largest producer of polypropylene, PP compounds and oxyfuels and a top worldwide producer of PO, PE, ethylene and propylene. Additionally, we are a leading provider of technology licenses and a supplier of catalysts for polyolefin production. Our Houston Refinery is among North America’s largest full conversion refineries capable of processing significant quantities of heavy, high-sulfur crude oil.

 

2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Worldwide Position by Product

 

Products

   Worldwide Rated Capacity    Worldwide Position
     (million lbs per year, unless noted)     

Refining and Oxyfuels

     

Oxyfuels (bbl/day)

   75,000    #1

Olefins and Polyolefins

     

Polypropylene

   12,100    #1

Polyethylene

   10,800    #3

Ethylene

   14,400    #4

Propylene

   8,800    #4

PP Compounds

   2,300    #1

Intermediates and Derivatives

     

Propylene Oxide

   2,500    #2

Technology

     

Polyolefin Licensing

      #1

Polypropylene Catalysts

      #1

 

Sources: CMAI, Chemical Market Resources, DeWitt and LyondellBasell AF’s internal data.

Note: Capacities and worldwide capacity position are as of December 31, 2009, except for Technology worldwide capacity position, which is as of December 31, 2008, and include our pro rata share of joint ventures.

 

   

Geographic Diversity . Our worldwide manufacturing, sales and marketing network enables us to serve the needs of both local and worldwide customers. As of December 31, 2009, we operated (including through our joint venture network) 59 manufacturing sites in 18 countries. For the year ended December 31, 2009, 54% of our revenues was generated from sales in North America, 35% from sales in Europe and 11% from sales in the rest of the world. We market and sell our products in more than 100 countries, providing the opportunity to develop new markets for our products in higher-growth regions. We have worldwide exposure to many different economies as a result of our historical strength in Europe and the United States and our worldwide joint venture network. Our technology licensing platform has enabled us to make a number of investments in high-growth regions to broaden our worldwide reach.

Worldwide Network

LOGO

 

3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     North America    Europe    Rest of World    Total

Manufacturing Facilities (1)

   23    19    17    59

Employees (2)

   6,120    7,750    990    14,860

Revenues (millions) (3)

   16,566    10,931    3,331    30,828

 

(1) As of December 31, 2009. Includes joint ventures and wholly owned manufacturing facilities.
(2) Approximate as of December 31, 2009.
(3) Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 based on delivery location.

 

   

Participation in High-Growth, Low-Cost Markets through Joint Venture Relationships . We have pursued a strategy of leveraging our leading technology positions and worldwide marketing network to gain access to growing markets and low cost raw materials and feedstocks through the development of joint ventures. We participate in 16 significant manufacturing joint ventures in 11 countries throughout the world, most of which are in regions that have cost-advantaged feedstock or higher growth rates, including Asia, the Middle East and Eastern Europe, which have shown average annual GDP growth rates of 7% (outside of Japan), 5% and 4%, respectively, from 2005 through 2009. On a 100% basis, our joint ventures have 8.1 billion pounds of polypropylene capacity and 2.7 billion pounds of PE capacity. In 2007, 2008 and 2009 we received cash dividends from these joint ventures of $148 million, $98 million and $26 million, respectively, in addition to benefitting from profits relating to licensing revenue, catalyst sales and marketing joint venture products. Since late 2008, we have begun production at two new Saudi Arabian joint ventures, expanded production at two other joint ventures in Saudi Arabia and Mexico, and in 2010 we are anticipating the startup of a new joint venture in China and capacity additions at another joint venture in Thailand. Our equity stakes allow us to participate in higher growth regions of the world without the significant expense of constructing wholly owned facilities.

 

   

Portfolio of Differentiated Products, Which Provides Premium Margins . We believe that our PP compounds, Catalloy process resins, polybutene-1 (“PB-1”), PO and intermediate products and our technology business help mitigate our exposure to the olefin and polyolefin cycles. The cycles for PO and its derivatives have historically tended to follow more independent supply and demand patterns than olefins and polyolefins. We also believe our technology and catalyst businesses further reduce the impact of petrochemical cycles on our operating results and provide a foundation for us to realize premium profit margins.

 

   

Significant Achievable Cost Savings in Process . From June 30, 2008 through the end of 2009, we reduced our workforce by approximately 2,370 employees and approximately 1,650 contractors. Additionally, since the end of 2007, we have significantly rationalized our asset footprint by shutting down underperforming assets with 4 billion pounds of annual capacity of polymers and chemicals. Management expects additional fixed cost savings by reducing staff, rationalizing our worldwide asset base, restructuring our contracts and realizing savings in procurement and logistics. Our senior management continues to focus on streamlining our worldwide fixed cost infrastructure.

 

   

We Operate One of the Largest High-Complexity Refineries in North America . We believe that our Houston Refinery is among the more flexible of major North American refineries with the ability to process 268,000 barrels per day of a wide array of feedstock grades, including heavy, high-sulfur crude oil. These grades of crude oil are more difficult to refine into gasoline than other high value fuel products, but have historically been less costly to purchase, giving us a cost advantage over many of our competitors. Processing heavy, high-sulfur crude oil in significant quantities requires a high-complexity refinery, which differentiates our Houston Refinery from the majority of competing facilities in the U.S. We have entered into a crude supply agreement with PDVSA Petróleo S.A. (“PDVSA Oil”) to buy crude at market-based pricing for the majority of our supply. Our Houston Refinery also benefits from its strategic location near various North American pipeline systems and a major port on the Gulf of Mexico, with its proximity to Venezuela and Mexico, which are among the largest producers of heavy, high-sulfur crude oil.

 

4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Integrated Portfolio Structure . We participate in the full petrochemical value chain, from refining to specialized end uses of petrochemical products. We extract value from optimization across the refining and oxyfuels, olefins and polyolefins and intermediates and derivatives businesses. We operate several major integrated olefin and olefin derivative sites, which provide cost efficiencies through shared services and infrastructure, economies of scale and optimization. Additionally, oxygenated fuel products produced from chemical assets offer further integration benefits with the fuels business. We utilize our flexibility by leveraging a portfolio of mixed feedstock crackers across the U.S. to reduce our exposure to volatility in feedstock prices, enabling us to process lower cost feedstocks. On a worldwide basis, we produce in excess of 100% of our ethylene requirements and approximately 50% of our propylene requirements.

World Scale Diversified & Vertically Integrated Portfolio Structure

LOGO

 

   

Superior Technology Platform . We are a technology-driven company that invests in research and development to maintain our leadership position, which we believe provides us with a significant competitive advantage. We estimate that approximately 43% of polypropylene and 35% of PE worldwide licensed capacity from 2003 through 2009 use our technologies. We believe that we are the global technologies leader in polyolefins. These proprietary technologies provide us with a cost-advantaged, market-preferred position.

 

Technology Portfolio
Polyolefins    Offering of complete polyolefin technology portfolio; proven processes with competitive capital and operating costs
Propylene Oxide    Proprietary technology basis for >30% of worldwide production
Propylene Oxide Derivatives    Environmentally advantaged solvents
Catalysts    Differentiated product portfolio at competitive use cost; ongoing innovation to enhance performance

 

5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We are a technological leader in the manufacture of PO, using our proprietary propylene oxide/styrene monomer (“PO/SM”) and propylene oxide/tertiary butyl alcohol (“PO/TBA”) processes. We continue to increase our expertise in the production of butanediol from PO. As of March 1, 2010, approximately 960 of our employees are engaged in research and development activities.

 

   

Focused, Experienced Management Team . We are led by James L. Gallogly. Mr. Gallogly was appointed as Chief Executive Officer in May 2009. Mr. Gallogly has over 29 years of operating and leadership experience in chemical, refining and related industries. He formerly worked at ConocoPhillips, most recently serving as executive vice president of exploration & production from October 2008 to May 2009. For the preceding two years, he was executive vice president of refining, marketing and transportation. He was president and chief executive officer of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company from 2000 to 2006 and served as a member of its Board of Directors. Mr. Gallogly is supported by a senior management team that has extensive operational and financial experience in the chemical, polymers and refining industries. Our senior management team is focused on managing through this current cyclical trough by implementing extensive fixed cost reduction measures, optimal asset utilization and initiatives to increase operational reliability. For more information on our executive officers, see “Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers—Executive Officers.”

 

6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Strategy

Our principal focus is on reducing our cost structure, improving operations and revenues, realizing the synergies from the December 2007 combination of Lyondell Chemical and Basell and successfully emerging from the Bankruptcy Cases. Our efforts are directed by the following key business strategies:

 

   

Operational Excellence . Operational excellence, which includes a commitment to safety, environmental stewardship, and improved reliability, is key to our future success. We believe optimal operations can be achieved through a systematic application of standards and improved maintenance procedures, which is also expected to result in improved personnel and process safety and environmental performance. We continue to set new, stricter operational excellence targets for each of our facilities based on industry benchmarks.

 

   

Cost Reduction / Revenue Enhancement . We are pursuing cost reductions across our system with specific goals, based in large part on benchmarks of industry leading performance. We believe that our worldwide manufacturing scale provides the opportunity to minimize costs per unit, a critical operational measure for petrochemical and refining companies. We will continue to focus on upgrading our customer and product mix to realize premium pricing. By leveraging our leading technological platform, worldwide presence, strong customer relationships and reliability and quality, we also intend to increase our sales of value-added, differentiated products.

 

   

Capital Discipline . Additionally, we remain focused on disciplined capital allocation. We intend to optimize our capital spending to address projects required to enhance reliability and maintain the overall asset portfolio. This includes key maintenance and repair activities (“turnarounds”) in each segment, necessary regulatory and maintenance spending, as well as a limited number of high return debottlenecking and energy reduction projects.

 

   

Portfolio Management . We will also carefully manage our portfolio as demonstrated by the recent closure of certain underperforming assets. We continue to evaluate our asset portfolio and may initiate further rationalization, depending on market conditions.

 

   

Performance-Driven Culture . The benchmarking, goal setting and results measurement previously described as part of the cost reduction and revenue enhancement efforts are central to the new performance driven, accountability culture that we are instilling. We believe we have outstanding people and assets, and with the right performance expectations, can rapidly increase our competitiveness. We have reshaped the management team to initiate a refocused effort around these basic strategic elements.

 

   

Technology-Driven Growth . Our strong, industry leading technologies provide us with a platform for future growth. We intend to continue to improve our operations in the mature, highly sophisticated markets in Europe and North America, and, as our financial condition improves, we plan to grow in quickly developing markets like Asia and regions with access to low cost feedstocks.

 

7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Segments

As of December 31, 2009, we began operating in five reportable business segments:

 

   

Refining and Oxyfuels . Our Refining and Oxyfuels segment refines heavy, high-sulfur crude oil in the U.S. Gulf Coast, refines light and medium weight crude oil in southern France and produces oxyfuels at several of our olefin and PO units. Our Houston Refinery is among North America’s largest full conversion refineries capable of processing significant quantities of heavy, high-sulfur crude oil. Our refinery in Berre, France (the “Berre Refinery”) processes light to medium weight crude oils, and provides raw material and site integration benefits to our olefin and polyolefin business in Europe. We are also a significant manufacturer of oxygenated fuels at several facilities within the U.S. and Europe. For the year ended December 31, 2009, our Refining and Oxyfuels segment generated $10,835 million of revenues (excluding inter-segment revenue).

 

   

Olefins and Polyolefins—Americas (“O&P—Americas”) . Our O&P—Americas segment produces and markets polyolefins, ethylene and ethylene co-products. We are the largest polypropylene producer, the largest producer of light olefins (ethylene and propylene) and the third largest producer of PE in North America. In addition, we produce significant quantities of high-value specialty products such as Catalloy process resins. For the year ended December 31, 2009, our O&P—Americas segment generated $8,652 million of revenues (excluding inter-segment revenue).

 

   

Olefins and Polyolefins—Europe, Asia, International (“O&P—EAI”) . Our O&P—EAI segment produces and markets olefins (ethylene and ethylene co-products) and polyolefins. We are the largest producer of polypropylene and PE in Europe. We are also the largest worldwide producer of PP compounds, a high-value specialty product (global marketing of which is managed in our O&P—EAI segment). We also produce significant quantities of other high-value specialty products such as Catalloy process resins and PB-1. For the year ended December 31, 2009, our O&P—EAI segment generated $7,128 million of revenues (excluding inter-segment revenue).

 

   

Intermediates and Derivatives (“I&D”) . Our I&D segment produces and markets PO and its co-products and derivatives, acetyls, ethylene oxide and its derivatives, and flavor and fragrance chemicals. PO co-products include styrene monomer (“SM”) and C 4 chemicals (tertiary butyl alcohol (“TBA”), oxyfuels (which is managed in our Refining and Oxyfuels segment), isobutylene and tertiary butyl hydroperoxide (“TBHP”)), and PO derivatives include propylene glycol (“PG”), propylene glycol ethers (“PGE”) and butanediol (“BDO”). We believe that our proprietary PO and acetyls production process technologies provide us with a cost advantaged position for these products and their derivatives. For the year ended December 31, 2009, our I&D segment generated $3,777 million of revenues (excluding inter-segment revenue).

 

   

Technology . Our Technology segment develops and licenses industry leading polyolefin process technologies and provides associated engineering and other services. Our Technology segment further develops, manufactures and sells polyolefin catalysts. We market our process technologies and our polyolefin catalysts to external customers and also use them for our own manufacturing operations. For the year ended December 31, 2009, our Technology segment generated $436 million of revenues (excluding inter-segment revenue).

 

8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following chart sets forth our business segments and key products:

 

Refining and Oxyfuels            

 

O&P—Americas

and

O&P—EAI

 

I&D

  

Technology

Gasoline

Ultra low sulfur diesel

Jet fuel

Lube oils

Gasoline blending

components

–  Methyl tertiary butyl ether (MTBE)

–  Ethyl tertiary butyl ether (ETBE)

 

Alkylate

Vacuum Gas Oil (VGO)

 

Polyolefins

–  Polypropylene

–  High density polyethylene (HDPE)

–  Low density polyethylene (LDPE)

–  Linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE)

–  Propylene-based compounds, materials and alloys (PP compounds)*

–   Catalloy process resins

–  Polybutene-1 (PB-1)*

 

Ethylene and co-products

–  Ethylene

–  Propylene

–  Butadiene

–  Benzene

–  Toluene

 

Ethylene derivatives

–  Ethanol

 

Propylene oxide, co-products and derivatives

–  Propylene oxide (PO)

–  Styrene monomer (SM)

–  Tertiary butyl alcohol (TBA)

–  Isobutylene

–  Tertiary butyl hydro-peroxide (TBHP)

–  Propylene glycol (PG)

–  Propylene glycol ethers (PGE)

–  Butanediol (BDO)

 

Acetyls

–  Vinyl acetate monomer (VAM)

–  Acetic acid

–  Methanol

 

Ethylene derivatives

–  Ethylene oxide (EO)

–  Ethylene glycol (EG)

–  EO derivatives

Flavor and fragrance chemicals

  

Polypropylene process technologies

–   Spheripol

–   Spherizone

–   Metocene

 

Polyethylene process technologies

–   Lupotech

–   Spherilene

–   Hostalen

 

Polyolefin catalysts

–   Avant

 

Selected chemical technologies

 

* O&P—EAI only.

For additional segment information and for geographic information for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2009, see Note 29 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. For sales between segments, we generally transfer products at market-based prices.

 

9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Corporate and Capital Structure

LyondellBasell Industries N.V. is a public company with limited liability ( naamloze vennootschap ) incorporated under Dutch law by deed of incorporation dated October 15, 2009. LyondellBasell Industries N.V. was formed to serve as the parent holding company for the remaining subsidiaries of LyondellBasell AF after completion of the Bankruptcy Cases. LyondellBasell AF and 93 of its direct and indirect subsidiaries are currently Debtors in jointly administered Bankruptcy Cases in the Bankruptcy Court. The Plan of Reorganization sets forth the structure of the Debtors that are being reorganized in connection with the Bankruptcy Cases (the “Reorganized Debtors”).

Upon the consummation of the Plan of Reorganization, LyondellBasell Industries N.V. will be the successor to the combination in December 2007 of Lyondell Chemical and Basell, which created one of the world’s largest private petrochemical companies with significant worldwide scale and leading product positions. Prior to the combination of Lyondell Chemical and Basell, Lyondell Chemical was the third-largest independent, publicly-traded chemical company in North America. It was a leading worldwide manufacturer of chemicals and plastics, a refiner of heavy crude oil and producer of fuel products. Since its spin-off from Atlantic Richfield Company (“ARCO”) in 1985, Lyondell Chemical had grown by strategic acquisitions of, among other assets, certain businesses and/or subsidiaries of ARCO, Millennium Chemicals Inc. (“Millennium Chemicals”), and Occidental Chemical Corporation, a subsidiary of Occidental Petroleum Corporation, as well as the non-Lyondell Chemical shares of joint ventures such as Equistar Chemicals, LP and Houston Refining LP, formerly known as Lyondell-CITGO Refining LP, which owned the Houston Refinery. Prior to the combination of Lyondell Chemical and Basell, Basell was the largest producer of polypropylene and advanced polyolefin products, a leading supplier of PE and catalysts, and the industry leader in licensing polypropylene processes. Basell was formed in September 2000 when BASF AG (“BASF”) and Shell Chemical Company (“Shell”) combined their respective polypropylene businesses with their then-existing PE joint venture.

Emergence Financing

In connection with the emergence from Chapter 11 proceedings, LyondellBasell Industries N.V. or its subsidiaries have entered into or will enter into credit or financing arrangements, a portion of the proceeds of which will be used to fund cash required for distributions in settlement of certain prepetition Chapter 11 claims and to repay Chapter 11 debtor-in-possession (“DIP”) loans. These arrangements include:

Senior Secured Notes. On April 8, 2010 LBI Escrow Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of LyondellBasell Industries N.V., issued $2,250,000,000 of 8% senior secured notes due 2017 and €375,000,000 of 8% senior secured notes due 2017, the proceeds of which were placed in escrow pending release on the Emergence Date (collectively, the “Senior Secured Notes”).

Senior Term Loan Facility . On April 8, 2010, LBI Escrow Corporation entered into a $500,000,000 senior term loan facility (the “Senior Term Loan Facility”) and borrowed $500,000,000 thereunder, which was placed in escrow pending release on the Emergence Date.

U.S. ABL Facility. On April 8, 2010, LyondellBasell Industries N.V. entered into a $1,750,000,000 U.S. asset-based lending facility (the “U.S. ABL Facility”), none of which will be drawn as of the Emergence Date.

Rights Offering. In connection with the Plan of Reorganization, the Debtors raised $2.55 billion in an offering of rights to purchase class B ordinary shares (the “Rights Offering”), for which LyondellBasell Industries N.V. obtained backstop commitments from LeverageSource (Delaware), LLC (an affiliate of Apollo Global Management, LLC (together with its affiliates, “Apollo”)), Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund III, L.P. (“Ares”), and AI International Chemicals S.à.r.l., as assigned by AI LBI Investments LLC, each an affiliate of Access Industries (“Access Industries”), (Apollo, Ares and Access Industries, collectively, the “Rights Offering Sponsors”). In addition, as part of the equity commitment agreement pursuant to which the Rights Offering Sponsors agreed to backstop the Rights Offering, LyondellBasell Industries N.V. agreed to sell an additional $250 million of class B ordinary shares to the Rights Offering Sponsors.

 

10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Plan Roll-Up Notes. On the Emergence Date, Lyondell Chemical will issue plan roll-up notes in an amount up to approximately $3,250 million (“Plan Roll-up Notes”) in exchange for DIP roll-up loans incurred in connection with the Chapter 11 proceedings.

European Securitization . On or prior to the Emergence Date, subsidiaries of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. will enter into an amended and restated European securitization facility that will provide for sales of up to €450,000,000 (“European Securitization”).

On the Emergence Date, LBI Escrow Corporation will merge with and into Lyondell Chemical, and Lyondell Chemical will replace LBI Escrow Corporation as the issuer of the Senior Secured Notes and the borrower under the $500,000,000 Senior Term Loan Facility.

The consummation of the Plan of Reorganization will significantly de-lever our capital structure. Assuming an April 30, 2010 Emergence Date, we expect LyondellBasell Industries N.V. to have approximately $7.2 billion of total consolidated debt, approximately $5.2 billion of net consolidated debt, including approximately $2.0 billion of cash and cash equivalents.

 

11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Refining and Oxyfuels Segment

Overview

Our Refining and Oxyfuels segment refines heavy, high-sulfur crude oil in the U.S. Gulf Coast, refines light and medium weight crude oil in southern France and produces gasoline blending components at several of our olefin and PO units. In 2009, our Refining and Oxyfuels segment generated operating revenues of $10.8 billion (excluding inter-segment revenue).

The Houston Refinery, which is located on the Houston Ship Channel in Houston, Texas, has a heavy, high-sulfur crude oil processing capacity of approximately 268,000 barrels per day on a calendar day basis (normal operating basis), or approximately 292,000 barrels per day on a stream day basis (maximum achievable over a 24 hour period). The Houston Refinery has a Nelson Complexity Index of 11.4. The Houston Refinery is a full conversion refinery designed to refine heavy (16 to 18 degrees API), high-sulfur crude oil. This crude oil is more viscous and dense than traditional crude oil and contains higher concentrations of sulfur and heavy metals, making it more difficult to refine into gasoline and other high-value fuel products. However, this crude oil has historically been less costly to purchase than light, low-sulfur crude oil. Processing heavy, high-sulfur crude oil in significant quantities requires a refinery with extensive coking, catalytic cracking, hydrotreating and desulfurization capabilities, i.e., a “complex refinery.” The Houston Refinery’s complexity enables it to operate in full conversion mode, producing a slate of products that consists primarily of high-value, refined fuel products. The Houston Refinery’s refined fuel products include gasoline (including blendstocks for oxygenate blending), jet fuel and ultra low sulfur diesel. The Houston Refinery’s products also include heating oil, lube oils (industrial lubricants, white oils and process oils), carbon black oil, refinery-grade propylene, petrochemical raw materials, sulfur, residual fuel and petroleum coke. Houston Refining LP became a wholly owned consolidated subsidiary on August 16, 2006.

In April 2008, we acquired the Berre Refinery and related businesses in France from Société des Pétroles Shell. The Berre Refinery is designed to run light to medium sulfur crude oil and has a current capacity of approximately 105,000 barrels per day. It produces naphtha, vacuum gas oil, liquefied petroleum gas, gasoline, aviation fuel, diesel, bitumen and heating oil. The Berre Refinery provides raw material and site integration benefits for our operations in France and supports our polyolefin business in Europe. The Berre Refinery also provides us with access to significant logistics assets, including pipeline access, storage terminals and harbor access to the Mediterranean Sea. The Berre Refinery has a Nelson Complexity Index of 6.7.

The Refining and Oxyfuels segment also includes gasoline blending components such as methyl tertiary butyl ether (“MTBE”), ethyl tertiary butyl ether (“ETBE”) and alkylate. MTBE and ETBE are produced as co-products of the PO and olefin production process at four sites located in Texas, France and The Netherlands. In the fourth quarter of 2009, we completed a project to convert one of our MTBE units at Channelview, Texas to ETBE production. We currently have three sites that can produce either MTBE or ETBE with a combined capacity to produce 59,000 barrels per day of MTBE or ETBE; the Company’s total capacity for MTBE or ETBE production is 75,000 barrels per day. Alkylate is produced at one facility located in Texas.

 

12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The chart below shows our position and capacities in key Refining and Oxyfuels businesses:

LOGO

 

Sources: EIA; DeWitt; CMAI; LyondellBasell AF’s internal data

Note: Capacities are as of December 31, 2009. Positions are based on our wholly owned capacity and pro rata share of joint venture capacity.

(1) Thousands of barrels per day
(2) MTBE / ETBE split based on actual production at plants where there is swing capacity between the two fuels

The following table outlines:

 

   

the primary products of our Refining and Oxyfuels segment;

 

   

capacity as of December 31, 2009, unless otherwise noted; and

 

   

the primary uses for those products.

See “Item 3. Properties” for the locations where we produce the primary products of our Refining and Oxyfuels segment.

 

Key Products                                               

  

                 Capacity (1)                 

  

Primary Uses

Houston Refinery:

     

Gasoline and components

   120,000 barrels per day    Automotive fuel

Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel

   95,000 barrels per day    Diesel fuel for cars and trucks

Jet Fuel

   25,000 barrels per day    Aviation fuel

Lube Oils

   4,000 barrels per day    Automotive and industrial engine and lube oils, railroad engine additives and white oils for food-grade applications

Berre Refinery:

     

Diesel

   42,000 barrels per day    Diesel fuel for cars and trucks

Cracker Feedstock

   27,000 barrels per day    Raw material for Olefin unit

Fuel Oil

   12,000 barrels per day    Heating fuel

 

13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Key Products                                               

  

                 Capacity (1)                 

  

Primary Uses

Gasoline

   8,000 barrels per day    Automotive fuel

Bitumen

   7,000 barrels per day    Asphalt

Gasoline Blending Components:

     

MTBE/ ETBE

   75,000 barrels per day (2)    MTBE is a high octane gasoline blending component; ETBE is an alternative gasoline blending component based on agriculturally produced ethanol

Alkylate

   22,000 barrels per day    Alkylate is a high octane gasoline blending component

 

(1) Only certain key products for the Houston Refinery and the Berre Refinery are identified. Thus, the sum of the capacities in this table will not equal either facility’s total capacity.
(2) Represents total combined MTBE and ETBE capacity.

Sales & Marketing / Customers

In 2009, no single Refining and Oxyfuels segment customer accounted for 10% or more of LyondellBasell AF’s total revenues.

In the U.S., we market and sell gasoline (including blendstocks for oxygenate blending), jet fuel, heating oil, ultra low sulfur diesel fuel, lube oils, coke and sulfur produced at the Houston Refinery. These products are sold in large commodity markets. The Houston Refinery evaluates and determines its optimal product output mix, based on market prices and conditions. As a result, we are subject to various risks associated with selling commodity products.

Gasoline sales accounted for 11% of LyondellBasell AF’s total revenues in 2009. The Houston Refinery’s products primarily are sold in bulk on the U.S. Gulf Coast to other refiners, marketers, distributors and wholesalers at market-related prices. Diesel fuel is produced to meet ultra low sulfur specifications for the on-road transportation market. Most of the Houston Refinery’s products are sold under contracts with a term of one year or less or are sold in the spot market. The Houston Refinery’s products generally are transported to customers via pipelines and terminals owned and operated by other parties. Products also are transported via rail car, barge, truck and ocean going vessel. In addition to sales of refined products produced by the Houston Refinery, we also sell refined products purchased or received on exchange from other parties. The exchange arrangements help optimize refinery supply operations and lower transportation costs. To meet market demands, we also from time to time purchase refined products manufactured by others for resale to our customers. However, purchased volumes have not historically had a significant impact on profitability.

In Europe, the Berre Refinery provides a significant portion of the raw materials requirements for our nearby steam cracker. The remaining products are sold into local markets under market-based sales agreements or in the spot market. Key customers of the Berre Refinery include other refiners, marketers and distributors, and its products are primarily transported via pipelines and other infrastructure assets owned by us.

MTBE and ETBE are derivatives of TBA, which is a co-product of the PO produced by our I&D segment. Production levels at the PO/TBA co-product production facilities primarily are determined by the demand for our PO and PO derivatives. Accordingly, the resulting production levels of the TBA derivatives (such as MTBE and ETBE) depend primarily on the demand for PO and PO derivatives and secondarily on the relative market demand for MTBE and ETBE, as well as the operational flexibility of our multiple production facilities in meeting this demand. Separately, MTBE and alkylate are also produced as derivatives of the ethylene co-products produced by our O&P—Americas segment. When necessary, we purchase MTBE for resale to satisfy customer demand for MTBE above our production levels. Volumes of MTBE purchased for resale can vary significantly from period to period. However, purchased volumes have not historically had a significant impact on profitability.

 

14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We sell our MTBE and ETBE production under market-based sales agreements and in the spot market. We blend our alkylate into gasoline and also sell alkylate under short-term contracts and in the spot market. Sales of MTBE and ETBE together, and alkylate each accounted for less than 10% of LyondellBasell AF’s total revenues in 2009.

Substantially all refiners and blenders have discontinued the use of MTBE in the U.S., partly as a result of U.S. federal governmental initiatives to increase use of bio-ethanol in gasoline as well as some state legislation to reduce or effectively ban the use of MTBE. However, MTBE/ETBE demand for gasoline blending remains strong within the remaining worldwide market. Accordingly, we are marketing MTBE and ETBE produced in the U.S. for use outside of the U.S. Our European-based MTBE/ETBE plants generally have the flexibility to produce either MTBE or ETBE to accommodate market needs. We produce ETBE in Europe to address Europe’s demand for bio-based fuels.

Recently Japan opted to use ETBE principally as a means of meeting its carbon dioxide reduction commitments under the Kyoto Protocol. We and a partnership representing Japanese refiners have signed a supply contract, which will source a significant portion of Japan’s bio-fuels needs. As a result, we converted our Channelview facility to produce ETBE in the fourth quarter of 2009.

Sales of our MTBE, ETBE and alkylate are made by our marketing and sales personnel, and through distributors and independent agents located in the Americas, Europe, the Middle East, Africa and the Asia Pacific region. We have centralized certain sales and order fulfillment functions in regional customer service centers located in Houston, Texas, Rotterdam, The Netherlands and Hong Kong, China. We also have long-term contracts for distribution and logistics to ensure reliable and efficient supply to our customers. MTBE, ETBE and alkylate are transported by barge, ocean going vessel and tank truck.

Raw Materials

Most of the crude oil used as a raw material for the Houston Refinery is purchased under a crude supply agreement with PDVSA Oil, an affiliate of Petróleos de Venezuela S.A., the national oil company of Venezuela. The contract currently provides for the purchase and supply of 215,000 barrels per day of heavy, high-sulfur crude oil through July 31, 2011 and automatically renews annually subject to either party’s right to terminate at the end of a term by giving 12 months notice. The contract incorporates market-based pricing, which is determined using a formula reflecting published market indices. The pricing formula is designed to be consistent with published prices for similar grades of crude oil.

There are risks associated with reliance on PDVSA Oil for supplies of crude oil and with enforcing the provisions of contracts with companies such as PDVSA Oil that are non-U.S. commercial affiliates of a sovereign nation. For example, currently and from time to time in the past, PDVSA Oil has declared itself in a force majeure situation and has reduced deliveries of crude oil purportedly based on announced production cuts by the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”). Additionally, it has recently imposed certain credit terms that have effectively shortened the time the Houston Refinery has to pay for crude oil purchased under the contract. Any modification, breach or termination of the crude oil contract, or any interruption in this source of crude oil on its current terms, could adversely affect us. Our crude oil contract with PDVSA Oil is subject to the risk of enforcing contracts against non-U.S. commercial affiliates of a sovereign nation, political, force majeure and other risks.

Most of the crude oil used as a raw material for the Berre Refinery is sourced from North Africa and the Middle East region, Russia and the Caspian Sea region and West Africa.

We purchase our ethanol requirements for the production of ETBE from regional producers and importers in Europe at market-related prices. Additionally, we have entered into a supply contract with a Brazilian ethanol producer to supply a significant portion of the ethanol used for the manufacture of ETBE at our Channelview facility. For further discussion regarding the raw materials requirements for the production of MTBE, ETBE and alkylate, see “—Intermediates and Derivatives—Raw Materials.”

 

15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Industry Dynamics / Competition

The markets for fuel products tend to be volatile as well as cyclical as a result of the changing global economy and changing crude oil and refined product prices. Crude oil prices are impacted by worldwide political events, the economics of exploration and production and refined products demand. Prices and demand for fuel products are influenced by seasonal and short-term factors such as weather and driving patterns, as well as by longer term issues such as the economy, energy conservation and alternative fuels. Industry fuel products supply is dependent on short-term industry operating capabilities and on long-term refining capacity.

With a throughput capacity of approximately 268,000 barrels per day (on a calendar day basis), we believe that the Houston Refinery is among North America’s largest full conversion refineries capable of processing significant quantities of heavy, high-sulfur crude oil.

In North America, we compete for the purchase of heavy, high-sulfur crude oil based on price and quality. Although most of our crude oil supplies are secured under contract with PDVSA Oil, supply disruptions could impact the availability and pricing for heavy, high-sulfur crudes. We compete in gasoline and distillate markets as a bulk supplier of fungible products satisfying industry and government specifications. Competition is based on price and location. Our refining competitors are major integrated oil companies, refineries owned or controlled by foreign governments and independent domestic refiners. Based on published data, as of January 2009, there were 150 operable crude oil refineries in the U.S., and total U.S. refinery capacity was approximately 17.8 million barrels per day.

During 2009, the Houston Refinery processed an average of approximately 244,000 barrels per day of crude oil, representing approximately 1% of all U.S. crude processing capacity.

The differential in price between a representative barrel of benchmark refined petroleum products, such as gasoline or heating oil, and a barrel of benchmark crude oil is known as the “crack spread.” The Maya 2-1-1 crack spread, based on two common industry benchmarks, the West Texas Intermediate (“WTI”), 2-1-1 crack spread and the WTI-Maya differential, represents the differential between one barrel of U.S. Gulf Coast 87 Octane Conventional Gasoline and one barrel of U.S. Gulf Coast No. 2 Heating Oil (high-sulfur diesel), on one hand, and the first month futures price of two barrels of Maya crude oil set by Petroleos Mexicanos (“Pemex”), on the other hand. The Berre Refinery refining spreads generally track the 4-1-2-1 Ural reported benchmark spread. This spread is calculated by adding the price of one barrel of gasoline to the price of two barrels of diesel and one barrel of #6 fuel oil and subtracting the price of four barrels of Mediterranean crude oil. The Berre Refinery provides a significant portion of the raw materials for our nearby olefin cracker. While these benchmark refining spreads are generally indicative of the level of profitability at both the Houston Refinery and the Berre Refinery, there are many other factors specific to each refinery that influence operating results.

We believe that we are the largest producer of MTBE/ETBE worldwide. We compete for sales of MTBE and ETBE with independent MTBE producers worldwide and independent ETBE producers mainly in Europe. The most significant MTBE competitor is Saudi Basic Industries Corp. (“SABIC”), and the most significant ETBE competitors are Repsol, Total, Neste and Braskem. MTBE and ETBE face competition from products such as ethanol and other octane components. Legislative and other actions have eliminated substantially all U.S. demand for MTBE. Therefore, we have been selling our U.S.-produced MTBE and ETBE for use outside of the U.S. We compete with other refiners and olefin manufacturers for sales of alkylate that we do not internally blend into gasoline.

 

16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Olefins and Polyolefins Segments Generally

We are the world’s largest producer of polypropylene and PP compounds and a top worldwide producer of PE, ethylene and propylene. We manage our olefin and polyolefin business in two reportable segments, O&P—Americas and O&P—EAI.

 

   

O&P—Americas. Our O&P—Americas segment produces and markets olefins (ethylene and ethylene co-products) and polyolefins. We are the largest producer of polypropylene and light olefins (ethylene and propylene) and the third largest producer of PE in North America. In addition, we produce significant quantities of high-value specialty products such as Catalloy process resins.

 

   

O&P—EAI . Our O&P—EAI segment produces and markets olefins (ethylene and ethylene co-products) and polyolefins. We are the largest producer of polypropylene and PE in Europe and the largest worldwide producer of PP compounds, a high-value specialty product. We also produce significant quantities of other high-value specialty products such as Catalloy process resins and PB-1. Our O&P—EAI segment manages our worldwide PP compounds business, including our facilities in North and South America, manages our worldwide PB-1 business and manages our Catalloy process resins produced in Europe and Asia.

Polyolefins are thermoplastics and comprise approximately two-thirds of worldwide thermoplastics demand. Since their industrial commercialization, thermoplastics have found wide-ranging applications and continue to replace traditional materials such as metal, glass, paper and wood. Our products are used in consumer, automotive and industrial applications ranging from food and beverage packaging to house wares and construction materials. PE is the most widely used thermoplastic, measured on a production capacity basis. We produce high density polyethylene (“HDPE”), low density polyethylene (“LDPE”), linear low density polyethylene (“LLDPE”) and metallocene linear low density polyethylene. Polypropylene is the single largest polyolefin product produced worldwide, and we produce homopolymer, impact copolymer, random copolymer and metallocene polypropylene.

We specialize in several specialty product lines: PP compounds, Catalloy process resins and PB-1, focusing on specialty polyolefins and compounds that offer a wide range of performance characteristics superior to traditional polyolefins. Typical properties of such polyolefins include superior impact-stiffness balance, scratch resistance, soft touch and heat scalability. End uses include automotive and industrial products and materials. PP compounds consist of specialty products produced from blends of polyolefins and additives and are sold mainly to the automotive and white goods industries.

We are the only manufacturer of Catalloy process resins, which are our proprietary products. The Catalloy process resins business focuses on specialty polyolefins that offer a wide range of performance characteristics superior to traditional polyolefins. Catalloy process resins compete with a number of other materials, such as other polypropylene resins, flexible PVC, ethylene propylene rubber and acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (“ABS”), polycarbonate, metals and reinforced polyurethanes.

Sales of ethylene accounted for less than 10% of LyondellBasell AF’s total revenues in 2009. Sales of polypropylene accounted for approximately 13% of LyondellBasell AF’s total revenues in 2009. Sales of PE (HDPE, LDPE and LLDPE, collectively) accounted for 17% of LyondellBasell AF’s total revenues in 2009. Catalloy process resin sales accounted for less than 10% of LyondellBasell AF’s total revenues in 2009.

 

17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The charts below show the combined position and annual capacity of our worldwide olefin and polymer businesses:

LOGO

 

Sources: CMAI; LyondellBasell AF’s internal data

Note: Capacities are as of December 31, 2009. Positions are based on wholly owned capacity and pro rata share of joint venture capacity.

LOGO

 

Sources: CMAI; LyondellBasell AF’s internal data

Note: Capacities are as of December 31, 2009. Positions are based on wholly owned capacity and pro rata share of joint venture capacity.

 

18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Olefins and Polyolefins—Americas Segment

Overview

Our O&P—Americas segment produces and markets polyolefins, ethylene and ethylene co-products. We are the largest producer of polypropylene and light olefins (ethylene and propylene) and the third largest producer of PE in North America. In addition, we produce significant quantities of high-value specialty products such as Catalloy process resins. In 2009, our O&P—Americas segment generated operating revenues of $8.7 billion (excluding inter-segment revenue).

We currently produce ethylene at five sites in the U.S. The production of ethylene results in co-products such as propylene, butadiene and aromatics, which include benzene and toluene. Ethylene is the most significant petrochemical in terms of worldwide production volume and is the key building block for PE and a large number of other chemicals, plastics and synthetics. Ethylene and its co-products are fundamental to many segments of the economy, including the production of consumer products, packaging, housing and automotive components and other durable and nondurable goods.

We produce polyolefins (PE and polypropylene) at nine sites located in North America and one site located in South America. One of our joint ventures owns the polypropylene facility in Mexico.

Our O&P—Americas segment manufactures Catalloy process resins at two sites in North America.

The following table outlines:

 

   

the primary products of our O&P—Americas segment;

 

   

annual processing capacity as of December 31, 2009, unless otherwise noted; and

 

   

the primary uses for those products.

See “Item 3. Properties” for the locations where we produce the primary products of our O&P—Americas segment. Annual processing capacity as of December 31, 2009 was calculated by estimating the average number of days in a typical year that a production unit of a plant is expected to operate, after allowing for downtime for regular maintenance, and multiplying that number by an amount equal to the unit’s optimal daily output based on the design raw material mix. Because the processing capacity of a production unit is an estimated amount, actual production volumes may be more or less than the capacities set forth below. Capacities shown include 100% of the capacity of joint venture facilities.

 

Product                                 

  

          Annual Capacity          

  

Primary Uses

Olefins:

     

Ethylene

   9.6 billion pounds (1)    Ethylene is used as a raw material to manufacture polyethylene, EO, ethanol, ethylene dichloride, styrene and VAM

Propylene

   5.5 billion  pounds (1) (2)    Propylene is used to produce polypropylene, acrylonitrile and propylene oxide

Butadiene

   1.1 billion pounds (1)    Butadiene is used to manufacture styrene-butadiene rubber and polybutadiene rubber, which are used in the manufacture of tires, hoses, gaskets and other rubber products. Butadiene is also used in the production of paints, adhesives, nylon clothing, carpets, paper coatings and engineered plastics

Aromatics:

     

Benzene

   195 million gallons (1)    Benzene is used to produce styrene, phenol and cyclohexane. These products are used in the production of nylon, plastics, synthetic rubber and polystyrene. Polystyrene is used in insulation, packaging and drink cups

 

19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Product                                 

  

          Annual Capacity          

  

Primary Uses

Toluene

   40 million gallons (1)    Toluene is used as an octane enhancer in gasoline, as a chemical raw material for benzene and/or paraxylene production and as a core ingredient in toluene diisocyanate, a compound used in urethane production

Polyolefins:

     

Polypropylene

   4.4 billion pounds (3)    Polypropylene is primarily used to manufacture fibers for carpets, rugs and upholstery; house wares; medical products; automotive interior trim, fascia, running boards, battery cases, and bumpers; toys and sporting goods; fishing tackle boxes; and bottle caps and closures

High density polyethylene (HDPE)

   3.3 billion pounds    HDPE is used to manufacture grocery, merchandise and trash bags; food containers for items from frozen desserts to margarine; plastic caps and closures; liners for boxes of cereal and crackers; plastic drink cups and toys; dairy crates; bread trays; pails for items from paint to fresh fruits and vegetables; safety equipment, such as hard hats; house wrap for insulation; bottles for household and industrial chemicals and motor oil; milk, water, and juice bottles; large (rotomolded) tanks for storing liquids such as agricultural and lawn care chemicals; and pipe

Low density polyethylene (LDPE)

   1.3 billion pounds    LDPE is used to manufacture food packaging films; plastic bottles for packaging food and personal care items; dry cleaning bags; ice bags; pallet shrink wrap; heavy-duty bags for mulch and potting soil; boil-in-bag bags; coatings on flexible packaging products; and coatings on paper board such as milk cartons. Ethylene vinyl acetate is a specialized form of LDPE used in foamed sheets, bag-in-box bags, vacuum cleaner hoses, medical tubing, clear sheet protectors and flexible binders

Linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE)

   1.3 billion pounds    LLDPE is used to manufacture garbage and lawn-leaf bags; industrial can liners; house wares; lids for coffee cans and margarine tubs; dishpans, home plastic storage containers, and kitchen trash containers; large (rotomolded) toys like outdoor gym sets; drip irrigation tubing; wire and cable insulating resins and compounds used to insulate copper and fiber optic wiring, and film; shrink wrap for multi-packaging canned food, bag-in-box bags, produce bags, and pallet stretch wrap

Specialty Polyolefins:

     

Catalloy process resins

   600 million pounds    Catalloy process resins are used primarily in modifying polymer properties in film applications and molded products; for specialty films, geomembranes, and roofing materials; in bitumen modification for roofing and asphalt applications; and to manufacture automotive bumpers

Ethylene Derivatives:

     

Ethanol

   50 million gallons    Ethanol is used as a fuel and a fuel additive and in the production of solvents as well as household, medicinal and personal care products

 

(1) Excludes capacities from our Chocolate Bayou, Texas facility which was permanently shut down in early 2009, including 1.12 billion pounds of ethylene, 700 million pounds of propylene, 150 million pounds of butadiene, 105 million gallons of benzene and 26 million gallons of toluene.
(2) Includes (1) refinery-grade material from our U.S. refinery and (2) 1 billion pounds per year of capacity from the product flex unit at the Channelview facility, which can convert ethylene and other light petrochemicals into propylene.
(3) Includes 100% of 1.31 billion pounds of capacity of Indelpro A.A. de C.V. (“Indelpro”). See “—Joint Venture Relationships.” Excludes 800 million pounds of an off-take agreement with ConocoPhillips, which expired on December 31, 2009.

 

20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Sales & Marketing / Customers

In 2009, no single external O&P—Americas segment customer accounted for 10% or more of LyondellBasell AF’s total revenues.

We currently produce ethylene at five sites in the U.S. Our ethylene production in the U.S. generally is consumed internally as a raw material in the production of derivatives and polymers, or is shipped by pipeline to customers. In North America, we are a net seller of ethylene.

We currently produce propylene at six sites in the U.S., which includes production from the Houston Refinery’s fluid catalytic cracker coproduct stream. We use propylene as a raw material for production of PO and polypropylene. The propylene production within the U.S. that is not consumed internally is generally sold under multi-year contracts. In North America, we are a net seller of propylene.

We currently produce butadiene or aromatics (benzene and toluene) at two sites in the U.S. We generally sell our butadiene under multi-year contracts. We use the benzene as a raw material for production of styrene; in the U.S., we are a net purchaser of benzene. Our Refining and Oxyfuels business uses the toluene to blend into gasoline. Of the toluene production that is not consumed internally, a majority is sold on a spot basis.

We at times purchase ethylene, propylene, benzene and butadiene for resale, when necessary, to satisfy customer demand for these products above production levels. Volumes of ethylene, propylene, benzene and butadiene purchased for resale can vary significantly from period to period. However, purchased volumes have not historically had a significant impact on profits.

In the U.S., most of the ethylene and propylene production of our Channelview, Corpus Christi and La Porte facilities is shipped via a pipeline system, which has connections to numerous U.S. Gulf Coast consumers. This pipeline system, some of which is owned and some of which is leased, extends from Corpus Christi to Mont Belvieu to Port Arthur, Texas, as well as into the Lake Charles, Louisiana area. In addition, exchange agreements with other ethylene and co-products producers allow access to customers who are not directly connected to this pipeline system. Some ethylene is shipped by rail car from Clinton, Iowa to Morris, Illinois and also to customers. A pipeline owned and operated by an unrelated party is used to transport ethylene from Morris, Illinois to Tuscola, Illinois and is used as a raw material in the production of ethanol. Some propylene is shipped by ocean going vessel. Butadiene, benzene, toluene and other products are distributed by pipeline, rail car, truck, barge or ocean going vessel.

We produce polypropylene at three sites in North America and one site in South America. One of the sites in North America (Mexico) is owned by a joint venture. See “—Joint Venture Relationships.” We manufacture PE using a variety of technologies at six sites in the U.S.

With respect to polypropylene and PE, our production is typically sold to an extensive base of established customers. Our polypropylene and PE product volumes are typically sold to customers under annual contracts or under customary terms and conditions without formal contracts. We sell polypropylene into our PP compounds business, which is managed worldwide by our O&P—EAI segment. We also have a facility in Ohio that produces performance polymer products, which include enhanced grades of PE. We believe that, over a business cycle, average selling prices and profit margins for specialty polymers tend to be higher than average selling prices and profit margins for higher-volume commodity PEs.

The majority of our polyolefin products sold in North America is sold through our sales organization. We have regional sales offices in various locations throughout the U.S. Polyolefins primarily are distributed in North America by rail car or truck.

 

21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We manufacture Catalloy process resins at two sites in the U.S. We sell these products into certain specialty applications, including construction, packaging and automotive as well as into our PP compounds business, which is managed in our O&P—EAI segment. Catalloy process resins are transported generally by tank truck and rail car.

Joint Venture Relationships

The following table describes our O&P—Americas segment’s significant manufacturing joint venture relationships.

 

Name

  

      Location      

  

Other Parties

  

LyondellBasell
Ownership

  

Product

  

2009 Capacity (in
millions of pounds)

Indelpro

   Mexico    Alfa    49%    Polypropylene    1,310(1)

Olefin JV

   La Porte, TX    Sunoco    —      Propylene       500(2)

 

(1) Represents the joint venture’s total capacity and not our proportional capacity.
(2) Represents long term off-take to which Sunoco is entitled.

Our Indelpro joint venture in Mexico operates a manufacturing facility with an annual polypropylene capacity of 1.31 billion pounds. We own 49% of this joint venture, and the output of the asset is marketed by the joint venture. Indelpro’s annual capacity includes 770 million pounds produced from our Spherizone process technology. This joint venture provides us with equity distributions and revenues from technology licensing and catalyst sales, as well as geographical diversification.

In addition, pursuant to a 15-year propylene supply arrangement entered into by Equistar Chemicals LP in 2003 with a subsidiary of Sunoco, Inc., we supply 500 million pounds of propylene annually to Sunoco from our facility located in La Porte, Texas under a cost-based formula.

Raw Materials

Raw material cost is the largest component of the total cost for the production of ethylene and its co-products. The primary raw materials used are heavy liquids and NGLs. Heavy liquids include crude oil-based naphtha and gas oil, as well as condensate, a very light crude oil resulting from natural gas production (collectively referred to as “heavy liquids”). NGLs include ethane, propane and butane. The use of heavy liquid raw materials results in the production of a significant amount of co-products such as propylene, butadiene, benzene and toluene, as well as gasoline blending components, while the use of NGLs results in the production of a smaller amount of co-products, such as propylene.

The flexibility for a plant to consume a wide range of raw materials has historically provided an advantage over plants that are restricted in their raw material processing capability. Facilities using heavy liquids historically have generated, on average, approximately four cents of additional variable margin per pound of ethylene produced compared to facilities restricted to using ethane. This margin advantage was based on an average of historical data over a period of years and is subject to fluctuations, which can be significant. The costs of producing ethylene from heavy liquids and NGLs can change, based on the relative values of crude oil and natural gas, as well as the relative values of the products generated through the use of those raw materials. For example, at certain of our U.S. ethylene facilities during 2008 and 2009, ethane had a cost advantage reflecting high crude oil prices as compared to NGLs. We have the capability to process significant quantities of either heavy liquids or NGLs, depending upon the relative economic advantage of the alternative raw materials. We estimate that in the U.S. we can process between 40% and 90% NGLs. Changes in the raw material feedstock will result in variances in production capacities among the products.

As described above, our management believes that our raw material flexibility in the U.S. is normally a key advantage in the production of ethylene and co-products. As a result, heavy liquids requirements for these businesses are sourced worldwide via a mix of contractual and spot arrangements. Spot market purchases are

 

22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

made in order to maintain raw material flexibility and to take advantage of raw material pricing opportunities. NGL requirements for these businesses are purchased via long term and spot contractual arrangements from a variety of sources. A portion of the heavy liquids requirements for these businesses are also obtained from our Refining and Oxyfuels segment. Heavy liquids generally are delivered by ship or barge, and NGLs are generally delivered via pipeline.

In North America, we also purchase large amounts of natural gas to be used for consumption (not as a raw material) in our business via market-based contractual arrangements with a variety of sources.

The principal raw materials used by our polyolefin business are ethylene and propylene. During 2009, our North American ethylene and propylene production exceeded the North American raw material requirements of our O&P—Americas segment. However, not all raw material requirements for ethylene and propylene in this region are sourced internally.

In North America, our Mexican joint venture, Indelpro, receives the majority of its chemical grade and refinery grade propylene needs from Pemex, the state owned oil company of Mexico, under a long-term contract. Our U.S. propylene requirements are produced internally and sourced by a few long-term contracts with third-party suppliers. Propylene not produced internally (on-site at the facility) is delivered via pipeline.

Substantially all of the ethylene and propylene used in our North American PE and polypropylene production is produced internally. Our polyolefin facilities generally can receive their olefins directly from our crackers via our pipeline system, pipelines owned by unrelated parties or on-site production. The PE plant at La Porte is connected by pipeline to facilities of unrelated parties and could receive substantially all of the ethylene via exchanges or purchases.

The raw materials for polyolefins and Catalloy process resins are, in general, commodity chemicals with numerous bulk suppliers and ready availability at competitive prices.

Industry Dynamics / Competition

With respect to olefins and polyolefins, competition is based on price, product quality, product delivery, reliability of supply, product performance and customer service. Industry consolidation in North America has led to fewer, although larger, competitors. Profitability is affected not only by supply and demand for olefins and polyolefins, but also by raw material costs and price competition among producers, which may intensify due to, among other things, the addition of new capacity. In general, demand is a function of worldwide economic growth, which fluctuates. It is not possible to accurately predict the changes in raw material costs, market conditions, capacity utilization and other factors that will affect industry profitability in the future. After a relatively strong start in 2008, demand in late 2008 fell rapidly as the global economies slid quickly into a deep recession. The relatively depressed conditions continued through 2009 and are expected to continue through 2010. We estimate that olefin operating rates in North America were approximately 81% in 2009, and are forecasted to rise to 91% in 2014, while PE and polypropylene operating rates were approximately 80% and 78%, respectively, in 2009, and are forecasted to rise to 89% and 91%, respectively, in 2014. Capacity share figures for us and our competitors, discussed below, are based on completed production facilities and, where appropriate, include our proportionate share of joint venture facilities and certain long-term supply arrangements.

Based on published rated production capacities, we were the second largest producer of ethylene in North America as of December 31, 2009. North American ethylene rated capacity at December 31, 2009 was approximately 74 billion pounds per year, with approximately 79% of that North American capacity located along the Gulf Coast. At December 31, 2009, our ethylene rated capacity in the U.S. was approximately 9.6 billion pounds per year, or approximately 13% of total North American ethylene production capacity. We compete in North America with other large marketers and producers for sales of ethylene and its co-products with Dow, ExxonMobil, International Petroleum Investment Company (“IPIC”), Shell, INEOS, ChevronPhillips, Texas Petrochemicals, Inc. and others.

 

23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Based on published data regarding polypropylene capacity, we believe that, including our proportionate share of the joint venture, we are the largest producer of polypropylene in North America as of December 31, 2009, with a proportionate share capacity of 3.3 billion pounds, or approximately 17% of the total North American capacity. Our largest competitors for sales of polypropylene in North America are ExxonMobil, Total, Sunoco, Formosa Plastics Corporation and INEOS.

With respect to PE, we believe that we are the third largest producer of PE in North America as of December 31, 2009, with 5.8 billion pounds per year of capacity, or approximately 13% of North American capacity. Our largest competitors for sales of PE in North America are Dow, ExxonMobil, IPIC, Chevron Phillips, INEOS and Westlake.

 

24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Olefins and Polyolefins—Europe, Asia, International Segment

Overview

Our O&P—EAI segment produces and markets olefins (ethylene and ethylene co-products) and polyolefins. We are the largest producer of polypropylene and PE in Europe and the largest worldwide producer of PP compounds, a high-value specialty product. We also produce significant quantities of other high-value specialty products such as Catalloy process resins and PB-1. Our O&P—EAI segment manages our worldwide PP compound business, including our facilities in North and South America, manages our worldwide PB-1 business and manages our Catalloy process resins produced in Europe and Asia. We have eight joint ventures located principally in regions with access to low cost feedstocks or access to growing markets. In 2009, our O&P—EAI segment generated operating revenues of $7.1 billion (excluding inter-segment revenue).

We currently produce ethylene at three sites in Europe and one joint venture site in the Middle East. The production of ethylene results in co-products such as propylene and butadiene. Ethylene is the most significant petrochemical in terms of worldwide production volume and is the key building block for PE and a large number of other chemicals, plastics and synthetics. Ethylene and its co-products are fundamental to many segments of the economy, including the production of consumer products, packaging, housing and automotive components and other durable and nondurable goods.

We produce polyolefins (polypropylene and PE) at 19 facilities internationally, including ten facilities located in Europe, four facilities located in Asia, three facilities located in the Middle East and two facilities located in Australia. In addition, we own a PE facility in Münchsmünster, Germany that is currently being rebuilt following a fire in 2005. Our joint ventures own one of the facilities in Europe, four of the facilities in Asia and three in the Middle East.

PP compounds consist of specialty products produced from blends of polyolefins and additives and are sold mainly to the automotive and white goods industries. We manufacture PP compounds at 15 facilities worldwide (a number of which are the same facilities as the polyolefin facilities described above), consisting of four facilities in Europe, five facilities in Asia, three in North America, two in South America and one facility in Australia. In February 2008, we acquired Solvay Engineered Polymers (“SEP”), a leading supplier of PP compounds in North America. The acquisition included two PP compounding sites in the U.S., one of which was closed after the acquisition. SEP’s primary products include Deflex TPOs, Sequel engineered polyolefins, and Indure engineered polyolefins. The acquisition of SEP complements our existing PP compounds business in North America.

Catalloy process resins are produced using a unique technology and three-step process allowing for very specific tailoring of the product properties that results in a superior range of resins compared to conventional polypropylene. We produce Catalloy process resins at two sites in the EAI region, including one site in The Netherlands and one site in Italy. The process is proprietary technology that is not licensed to third parties, and as a result, we are the only manufacturer of Catalloy process resins.

We produce PB-1 at one facility in Europe. We believe that we are the largest worldwide producer of PB-1, a unique family of highly flexible, strong and durable butene-based polymers. A majority of the current PB-1 we produce is used in pipe applications and for under-floor heating and thermo sanitary systems, where flexibility and creep resistance at high temperature are very important. PB-1 is being developed to target new opportunities in applications such as “easy-open” packaging (seal-peel film), construction, fibers and fabrics, compounds, adhesives and coatings.

The following table outlines:

 

   

the primary products of our O&P—EAI segment;

 

   

annual processing capacity as of December 31, 2009, unless otherwise noted; and

 

   

the primary uses for those products.

 

25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

See “Item 3. Properties” for the locations where we produce the primary products of our O&P—EAI segment. Annual processing capacity as of December 31, 2009 was calculated by estimating the average number of days in a typical year that a production unit of a plant is expected to operate, after allowing for downtime for regular maintenance, and multiplying that number by an amount equal to the unit’s optimal daily output based on the design raw material mix. Because the processing capacity of a production unit is an estimated amount, actual production volumes may be more or less than the capacities set forth below. Capacities shown include 100% of the capacity of joint venture facilities.

 

Product                                         

  

Annual Capacity

  

Primary Uses

Olefins

     

Ethylene

   6.4 billion pounds (1)    Ethylene is used as a raw material to manufacture polyethylene, EO, ethanol, ethylene dichloride, styrene and VAM

Propylene

   5.4 billion pounds (1)(2)    Propylene is used to produce polypropylene, acrylonitrile and propylene oxide

Butadiene

   550 million pounds (1)    Butadiene is used to manufacture styrene-butadiene rubber and polybutadiene rubber, which are used in the manufacture of tires, hoses, gaskets and other rubber products. Butadiene is also used in the production of paints, adhesives, nylon clothing, carpets, paper coatings and engineered plastics

Polyolefins:

     

Polypropylene

   12.8 billion  pounds (3)(4)    Polypropylene is primarily used to manufacture fibers for carpets, rugs and upholstery; house wares; medical products; automotive interior trim, fascia, running boards, battery cases, and bumpers; toys and sporting goods; fishing tackle boxes; and bottle caps and closures

High density polyethylene (HDPE)

   4.0 billion pounds (4)(5)    HDPE is used to manufacture grocery, merchandise and trash bags; food containers for items from frozen desserts to margarine; plastic caps and closures; liners for boxes of cereal and crackers; plastic drink cups and toys; dairy crates; bread trays; pails for items from paint to fresh fruits and vegetables; safety equipment, such as hard hats; house wrap for insulation; bottles for household and industrial chemicals and motor oil; milk, water, and juice bottles; large (rotomolded) tanks for storing liquids such as agricultural and lawn care chemicals; and pipe

Low density polyethylene (LDPE)

   2.8 billion pounds (4)(6)    LDPE is used to manufacture food packaging films; plastic bottles for packaging food and personal care items; dry cleaning bags; ice bags; pallet shrink wrap; heavy-duty bags for mulch and potting soil; boil-in-bag bags; coatings on flexible packaging products; and coatings on paper board such as milk cartons. Ethylene vinyl acetate is a specialized form of LDPE used in foamed sheets, bag-in-box bags, vacuum cleaner hoses, medical tubing, clear sheet protectors and flexible binders

 

26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Product                                         

  

Annual Capacity

  

Primary Uses

Specialty Polyolefins:

     

PP compounds

   2.4 billion pounds (7)    PP compounds are used to manufacture automotive interior and exterior trims, dashboards, bumpers and under-hood applications; base material for products and parts used in appliances; anti-corrosion coatings for steel piping; wire and cable

Catalloy process resins

   600 million pounds    Catalloy process resins are used primarily in modifying polymer properties in film applications and molded products; for specialty films, geomembranes, and roofing materials; in bitumen modification for roofing and asphalt applications; and to manufacture automotive bumpers

PB-1 resins

   110 million pounds    PB-1 resins are used in flexible pipes, resins for seal-peel film, film modification, hot melt and polyolefin modification applications, consumer packaging and adhesives

 

(1) Includes 100% of olefin capacity of SEPC (described below) in Saudi Arabia, which includes 2.2 billion pounds of ethylene and 630 million pounds of propylene. The facility, of which we own 25%, began initial production in the third quarter of 2008.
(2) Includes (1) refinery-grade material from our French refinery; (2) 100% of the 1.015 billion pounds of capacity of the propane dehydrogenation (“PDH”) plant owned by SPC, a polymers joint venture of which we own 25%; and (3) 1.015 billion pounds of capacity from Al-Waha joint venture (described below), of which we currently own 21%.
(3) Includes: (1) 100% of the 1.59 billion pounds of capacity at SPC; (2) 100% of the 800 million pounds of capacity of SunAllomer Ltd. (“SunAllomer”); (3) 100% of the 880 million pounds of capacity of Basell Orlen Polyolefins Sp. Z.o.o. (“Orlen”); (4) 100% of the 990 million pounds of capacity of HMC Polymers Company Ltd. (“HMC”); (5) 100% of the 1.545 billion pounds of capacity of PolyMirae Co. Ltd. (“PolyMirae”); (6) 100% of the 990 million pounds of capacity at Al Waha, which began operations during late 2009; and (7) 550 million pounds of capacity at our Terni, Italy location, which we intend to shut down. See “—Joint Venture Relationships.” Excludes one 240 million pound line located at our Wesseling, Germany site, which was shut down during 2009.
(4) Includes (1) 100% of 880 million pounds of capacity of LDPE manufacturing complex which commenced operations in the second quarter of 2009 that is owned by SEPC, a joint venture of which we own 25% and (2) 880 million pounds of HDPE capacity from SEPC, which began operations in late 2008. Excludes 410 million pounds of LDPE capacity at a site located in Carrington, UK, which was shut down during 2009.
(5) Includes 100% of the 705 million pounds of capacity of Orlen. See “— Joint Venture Relationships.” Excludes 705 million pounds of capacity at a site in Münchsmünster, Germany that is currently being rebuilt following a fire in 2005.
(6) Includes: 100% of the 240 million pounds of capacity of Orlen. Excludes 240 million pounds of capacity at a site located in Fos-sur-Mer, France, which was shut down during 2009. See “—Joint Venture Relationships.”
(7) Includes 100% of the 165 million pounds of capacity of PolyPacific Pty Ltd. (“PolyPacific Pty”), a joint venture of which we own 50%, and 110 million pounds of capacity of SunAllomer, a joint venture of which we own 50%.

 

27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Sales & Marketing / Customers

In 2009, no single external O&P—EAI segment customer accounted for 10% or more of LyondellBasell AF’s total revenues.

We currently produce ethylene at one site in France, two sites in Germany, and one joint venture site in the Middle East. Our ethylene production in Germany and France is generally consumed internally as a raw material in the production of polymers. In Western Europe, we are essentially balanced in our ethylene supply and demand.

We currently produce propylene at our olefin plants, including one site in France, two sites in Germany and the three joint venture sites in the Middle East (SPC, Saudi Ethylene & PE Company Ltd. (“SEPC”) and the recently started Al-Waha Petrochemicals Ltd. (“Al-Waha”) venture). In addition, we produce propylene at our Berre Refinery. We use propylene as a raw material for production of PO and polypropylene. In Europe, we are a net purchaser of propylene.

We currently produce butadiene at one site in France and one site in Germany. We generally sell our butadiene under multi-year contracts.

We at times purchase ethylene, propylene, benzene and butadiene for resale, when necessary, to satisfy customer demand for these products above production levels. Volumes of ethylene, propylene, benzene and butadiene purchased for resale can vary significantly from period to period. However, purchased volumes have not historically had a significant impact on profits.

European ethylene and propylene production is generally either fully integrated with, or is transported via pipeline to, our PE and polypropylene facilities in Europe.

We produce polypropylene at nine sites in Europe, four sites in Asia, two sites in Australia and two sites in the Middle East. All of the sites in Asia and the Middle East and one of the sites in Europe (Poland) are owned by a joint venture. See “—Joint Venture Relationships.”

We manufacture PE using a variety of technologies at four sites in Europe, including one joint venture facility in Poland, and at one joint venture site in the Middle East. Also, an HDPE facility in Münchsmünster, Germany is currently being rebuilt following a fire in 2005.

With respect to polypropylene and PE, our production is typically sold to an extensive base of established customers. Our polypropylene and PE product volumes are typically sold to customers under annual contracts or under customary terms and conditions without formal contracts. We believe that, over a business cycle, average selling prices and profit margins for specialty polymers tend to be higher than average selling prices and profit margins for higher-volume commodity polypropylenes.

For the O&P—EAI segment, we typically have exclusive marketing arrangements with our joint venture partners to sell and market polypropylene and PE outside the country where such a joint venture facility is located.

The majority of our polyolefin products sold in Europe is sold through our sales organization. We have three sales channels for polyolefins ( Alastian , Direct Sales and Polyolefin Solutions) to distinguish between commodity and specialty business models and allow a focused approach to meet the needs of different buying requirements of our customers. The characteristics of these sales channels are as follows:

 

   

Alastian has a “no-frills” offering for a limited range of commoditized products. All terms of sales are standard, and extra services, including technical service and freight, are charged separately. Prices are posted, and all transactions are highly automated.

 

28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Direct Sales offers a broad range of commoditized products and standard services via a direct local sales presence for those customers who value a traditional relationship and sales support.

 

   

Polyolefin Solutions focuses on high growth and high value application segments in the polyolefin market. Through its two business lines and key account management, it offers a full service range and reliable supply and runs a dedicated innovation project team that draws on the expertise and strength of our research and development organization.

Polyolefins primarily are distributed in Europe by rail car or truck.

We and our joint ventures manufacture PP compounds at five sites in Asia (two of which are owned by joint ventures), four sites in Europe, three sites in North America, two sites in South America and one joint venture site in Australia. We manufacture Catalloy process resins at one facility in Italy and one facility in The Netherlands. We also manufacture PB-1 at the facility in The Netherlands.

We sell these high-value specialty polymers into certain specialty applications, including construction and automotive. Advanced polyolefins are transported generally by truck and rail car.

Our marketing and sales force for O&P—EAI segment is involved in sales related activities, including direct sales and customer service. Our regional sales offices are located in various locations, including The Netherlands; China; India; and United Arab Emirates. We also operate through a worldwide network of local sales and representative offices in Europe, North America and the rest of the world (primarily in importing countries) and through an extensive network of commercial representatives in over 50 countries. Our joint ventures typically manage their domestic sales and marketing efforts independently, and we typically operate as their agent/distributor for exports.

Joint Venture Relationships

The following table describes our O&P—EAI segment’s significant manufacturing joint venture relationships.

 

Name

 

Location

 

Other Parties

  LyondellBasell
Ownership
   

Product

  2009 Capacity (1)
(in millions of pounds)

SPC

  Al-Jubail Industrial   Tasnee   25   Polypropylene   1,590
  City, Saudi Arabia       Propylene   1,015

SEPC

  Al-Jubail Industrial   Tasnee, Sahara   25   Ethylene   2,200
  City, Saudi Arabia   Petrochemical     Propylene   630
    Company     HDPE   880
        LDPE   880

Al-Waha

  Al-Jubail Industrial   Sahara Petrochemical   21 %(2)    Polypropylene   990
  City, Saudi Arabia   Company and others     Propylene   1,015

HMC

  Thailand   PTT   29   Polypropylene   990

Basell Orlen Polyolefins

  Poland   Orlen   50   Polypropylene   880
        HDPE   705
        LDPE   240

Polypacific

  Australia, Malaysia   Mirlex Pty.   50   PP Compounding   165

SunAllomer

  Japan   Showa Denko,   50   Polypropylene   800
    Nippon Oil     PP Compounding   110

Polymirae

  South Korea   Dailem, SunAllomer   42 %(3)    Polypropylene   1,540

 

(1) Represents the joint venture’s total capacity and not our proportional capacity.
(2) Reflects our current ownership percentage. As the joint venture pays dividends over time, we anticipate our ownership will increase to a maximum of 25%.
(3) Reflects our direct (35%) and indirect ownership through SunAllomer.

 

29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We have five polypropylene joint ventures, one PE joint venture, one joint venture that produces both polypropylene and PE and one joint venture that only produces PP compounds. Of the eight joint ventures, four are in Asia, three are in the Middle East and one is in Eastern Europe. These joint ventures provide us with additional income streams from cash dividends, licensing revenues, catalyst sales and marketing fees from selling joint venture products, as well as geographical diversification and access to local market skills and expertise. We believe that our technological leadership has enabled us to establish joint ventures in cost advantaged locations and developing regions with higher growth, including the Asia Pacific region and the Middle East. We generally license our polyolefin process technologies and supply catalysts to our joint ventures.

We believe that our joint venture approach to international growth allows us to leverage our capital and participate in a larger, more diversified mix of projects where the synergies between our worldwide position and the local joint venture party’s strengths can result in improved operations and financial returns. Some of our joint ventures source cost advantaged raw materials from their local shareholders. In the Middle East, our joint venture in Saudi Arabia, SPC, operates a PDH unit and a polypropylene manufacturing facility in Al-Jubail Industrial City with an annual polypropylene capacity of almost 1.6 billion pounds, which includes the 2009 capacity expansion. We own 25% of this joint venture and market approximately 70% of the polypropylene produced annually by the joint venture.

In 2006, we formed two new joint ventures in Saudi Arabia. The first of these, SEPC, is with Tasnee & Sahara Olefins Company (“TSOC”) and has a new integrated PE manufacturing complex operating in Al-Jubail Industrial City in Saudi Arabia. The ethylene cracker began production in the third quarter of 2008. One PE plant is based on our Hostalen process and produces HDPE, and the other is based on our Lupotech T technology and produces LDPE. The HDPE plant began operating in the fourth quarter of 2008 and the LDPE plant commenced operations in the second quarter of 2009. We own 25% of the joint venture, while the remaining 75% is owned by TSOC (which is owned by National Petrochemical Industrialization Company, also known as Tasnee Petrochemicals, our partner in its SPC joint venture, and Sahara Petrochemical Company, our partner in the Al-Waha joint venture).

Our second new joint venture in Saudi Arabia, Al-Waha, began production in the third quarter of 2009, operating polypropylene and PDH manufacturing plants in Al-Jubail Industrial City. We own 21% of the joint venture, with 75% owned by Sahara Petrochemical Company and a small percentage by another party. The plants use our most advanced polypropylene technology, the Spherizone process. We initially are the exclusive marketer for polypropylene produced by the joint venture that is sold outside of Saudi Arabia.

HMC, our joint venture in Thailand with Thai state oil company PTT, operates a polypropylene plant with an annual capacity of 990 million pounds, and are constructing a new PDH plant with an annual capacity of 660 million pounds and a new polypropylene plant using our newest proprietary Spherizone technology with a capacity of 660 million pounds, both of which are expected to start up in 2010. We own 29% of this joint venture.

In Europe, our Orlen joint venture in Poland operates a polyolefin manufacturing facility with an annual polypropylene capacity of 880 million pounds and an annual PE capacity of 945 million pounds, including 705 million pounds of HDPE and 240 million pounds of LDPE. We own 50% of this joint venture and market all of the product sales outside of Poland.

We have a joint venture, PolyPacific Pty., which operates two PP compounding facilities, one in Australia and one in Malaysia, with annual PP compounding capacities of 110 million pounds and 55 million pounds, respectively. We own 50% of this joint venture, and the joint venture markets all of the PP compounds production.

In Japan, we have a joint venture, SunAllomer, which operates two polypropylene facilities with an annual capacity of 800 million pounds and a PP compounding facility with an annual PP compounding capacity of 110 million pounds. We own 50% of this joint venture and market a portion of the polypropylene.

 

30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In South Korea, we have a joint venture, PolyMirae, which operates a polypropylene facility with an annual capacity of 1.54 billion pounds. We own 35% of this joint venture and another 7% via our participation in SunAllomer, which holds 15% of PolyMirae.

Raw Materials

Raw material cost is the largest component of the total cost for the production of ethylene and its co-products. The primary raw materials used in our European olefin facilities are heavy liquids and, for our Saudi joint venture facilities, NGLs. NGLs include ethane, propane and butane. The use of heavy liquid raw materials results in the production of a significant amount of co-products such as propylene, butadiene, and gasoline blending components, while the use of NGLs results in the production of a smaller amount of co-products, such as propylene.

The principal raw materials used by our polyolefin and Catalloy process resins businesses are propylene and ethylene. In Western Europe, we have the capacity to produce approximately 50% of the propylene requirements of our European polypropylene business and essentially all of the ethylene requirements of our European PE business. European propylene and ethylene requirements that are not produced internally are purchased pursuant to long-term contracts with third-party suppliers and are delivered via pipeline. Prices under these third-party contracts are market related and are negotiated monthly, and are generally based on published market indicators, normally with discounts.

In our wholly owned operations in Australia, greater than 90% of our propylene normally comes from third-party refinery grade propylene purchased under long-term contracts linked to Saudi or Singapore fuel markers and is processed at our integrated splitters located on each manufacturing site. Some of our international joint ventures receive propylene from their local shareholders under long-term contracts. The remaining supply for the joint ventures is purchased from local suppliers under long-term contracts and some spot purchases. For the new joint ventures, we aim to achieve integration of monomer and polymer production. For example, our first Saudi polyolefin joint venture, SPC, which commenced production in 2004, operates a PDH unit fed with competitively priced propane. The Al-Waha joint venture is based on the same structure, while the SEPC joint venture is based on an integrated complex, including a gas cracker utilizing cost advantaged Saudi Arabian propane and ethane.

The raw materials for polyolefins are, in general, commodity chemicals with numerous bulk suppliers and ready availability at competitive prices.

A significant portion of our raw materials for our PP compounds are polypropylene and other polymers (primarily Catalloy process resins). Our PP compounding facilities generally receive their polypropylene and other polymers directly from one of our wholly owned or joint venture facilities via truck or rail car. In addition, there are four sites (two in Europe, one in North America and one in South America) that have both polypropylene and PP compounding operations co-located, thereby minimizing product handling. PB-1 raw materials are sourced solely from external supply.

Industry Dynamics / Competition

After a relatively strong start in 2008, demand in late 2008 fell rapidly as the global economies slid quickly into a deep recession. The relatively depressed conditions continued through 2009 and are expected to continue into 2010. We estimate that ethylene operating rates for Europe were approximately 80% in 2009, and are forecasted to rise to 90% in 2014, while PE and polypropylene operating rates were each approximately 79% in 2009, and are forecasted to rise to 88% and 86%, respectively, in 2014. Capacity share figures for us and our competitors, discussed below, are based on completed production facilities and, where appropriate, include our proportionate share of joint venture facilities and certain long-term supply arrangements.

Our ethylene rated capacity in Western Europe at December 31, 2009 was approximately 4.2 billion pounds per year, or approximately 8% of the 54 billion pounds per year of total Western Europe ethylene production

 

31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

capacity. Based on these published rated production capacities, we are the seventh largest producer of ethylene in Western Europe. In Western Europe, key ethylene competitors include INEOS, Dow, Polimeri Europa, Total S.A. (“Total”), SABIC, Shell, BASF and ExxonMobil.

Based on published data regarding polypropylene capacity, we believe that we are the largest producer of polypropylene in Western Europe as of December 31, 2009, with 5.4 billion pounds per year of capacity, or approximately 24% of the European capacity for polypropylene. Our largest competitors for sales of polypropylene are Polimeri Europa, Total, SABIC, INEOS and Dow.

With respect to PE, we believe that we are the largest producer of PE in Western Europe as of December 31, 2009, with 4.1 billion pounds per year of capacity, or approximately 12% of capacity for PE (HDPE and LDPE only), based on published data regarding PE capacity. Our largest competitors for sales of PE are INEOS, SABIC, Total, Polimeri Europe, Repsol, ExxonMobil and Dow.

We believe we are the largest PP compounds producer in the world with 2.3 billion pounds (which includes our proportionate share of joint ventures) of installed annual capacity as of December 31, 2009. Approximately 54% of our PP compounding capacity is in Europe, 20% is in North America, and 26% is in the rest of the world (including the capacity of our joint ventures). Our competitors for sales of PP compounds are SABIC, Borealis, ExxonMobil, Washington Penn, Mitsui, A. Schulman, Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd. (“Sumitomo”) and many other independent companies.

Our 110 million pound PB-1 capacity competes with a limited number of smaller polybutene producers, of which Mitsui is the largest. The unique balance of flexibility and toughness of PB-1 in this application makes it fit for the high end of the piping market. In the specialty area, PB-1 competes with a number of proprietary and sophisticated polymers, plastomers and elastomers, depending on the specific application.

 

32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Intermediates and Derivatives Segment

Overview

Our I&D segment produces and markets PO and its co-products and derivatives, acetyls, ethylene oxide and its derivatives and flavor and fragrance chemicals. PO co-products include SM and C 4 chemicals (TBA, oxyfuels (which is managed in the Refining and Oxyfuels segment), isobutylene and TBHP), and PO derivatives include PG, PGE and BDO. We believe that our proprietary PO and acetyls production process technologies provide us with a cost advantaged position for these products and their derivatives. In 2009, our I&D segment generated $3.8 billion of revenues (excluding inter-segment revenue).

Including joint venture facilities, we produce PO, its co-products and derivatives at two sites in Texas, two sites in The Netherlands, one in Japan and one in France. We produce our PO through two distinct technologies based on indirect oxidation processes that yield co-products. One process yields TBA as the co-product; the other process yields SM as the co-product. The two technologies are mutually exclusive, necessitating that a manufacturing facility be dedicated either to PO/TBA or to PO/SM. Isobutylene and TBHP are derivatives of TBA. MTBE and ETBE are other derivatives of TBA and are gasoline blending components reported in our Refining and Oxyfuels segment. PG, PGE and BDO are derivatives of PO. PG collectively refers to mono-propylene glycol (“MPG”), PG meeting U.S. pharmacopeia standards and several grades of dipropylene glycol (“DPG”) and tri-propylene glycol (“TPG”).

We also produce flavor and fragrance chemicals. Facilities in Georgia and Florida manufacture terpene-based fragrance ingredients and flavor ingredients, primarily for the oral care markets. We also supply products for use in a number of other applications, including chemical reaction agents, or initiators, for the rubber industry and solvents and cleaners, such as pine oil, for the hard surface cleaner markets.

The chart below shows our position and capacities in key I&D businesses:

LOGO

 

Sources: CMAI; LyondellBasell AF’s internal data

Note: Capacities are as of December 31, 2009. Positions are based on wholly owned capacity and pro rata share of joint venture capacity.

 

33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table outlines:

 

   

the primary products of our I&D segment;

 

   

annual processing capacity as of December 31, 2009, unless otherwise noted; and

 

   

the primary uses for those products.

See “Item 3. Properties” for the locations where we produce the primary products of our I&D segment. Annual processing capacity as of December 31, 2009 was calculated by estimating the average number of days in a typical year that a production unit of a plant is expected to operate, after allowing for downtime for regular maintenance, and multiplying that number by an amount equal to the unit’s optimal daily output based on the design raw material mix. Because the processing capacity of a production unit is an estimated amount, actual production volumes may be more or less than the capacities set forth below. Except as indicated, capacities shown include 100% of the capacity of joint venture facilities.

 

Product

 

          Annual Capacity           

 

Primary Uses

Propylene Oxide (PO)

  4.6 billion pounds (1)   PO is a key component of polyols, PG, PGE and BDO

PO Co-Products:

   

Styrene Monomer (SM)

  5.1 billion pounds (2)   SM is used to produce plastics, such as expandable polystyrene for packaging, foam cups and containers, insulation products and durables and engineering resins

TBA Derivative Isobutylene

  1.4 billion pounds (3)   Isobutylene is a derivative of TBA used in the manufacture of synthetic rubber as well as fuel and lubricant additives, such as MTBE and ETBE

PO Derivatives:

   

Propylene Glycol (PG)

  1.2 billion pounds (4)   PG is used to produce unsaturated polyester resins for bathroom fixtures and boat hulls; lower toxicity antifreeze, coolants and aircraft deicers; and cosmetics and cleaners

Propylene Glycol Ethers (PGE)

  545 million pounds (5)   PGE are used as solvents for paints, coatings, cleaners and a variety of electronics applications

Butanediol (BDO)

  395 million pounds   BDO is used in the manufacture of engineering resins, films, personal care products, pharmaceuticals, coatings, solvents and adhesives

Acetyls:

   

Vinyl Acetate Monomer (VAM)

  700 million pounds   VAM is a petrochemical product used to produce a variety of polymers products used in adhesives, water-based paint, textile coatings and paper coatings

Acetic Acid

  1.2 billion pounds   Acetic acid is a raw material used to produce VAM, terephthalic acid (used to produce polyester for textiles and plastic bottles), industrial solvents and a variety of other chemicals

 

34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Product

 

          Annual Capacity           

 

Primary Uses

Methanol

  190 million gallons (6)   Methanol is a raw material used to produce acetic acid, MTBE, formaldehyde and several other products

Ethylene Derivatives:

   

Ethylene Oxide (EO)

  0.8 billion pounds EO equivalents; 400 million pounds as pure EO (7)   EO is used to produce surfactants, industrial cleaners, cosmetics, emulsifiers, paint, heat transfer fluids and ethylene glycol

Ethylene Glycol (EG)

  0.7 billion pounds (7)   EG is used to produce polyester fibers and film, polyethylene terephthalate resin, heat transfer fluids and automobile antifreeze

Other Ethylene Oxide Derivatives

  225 million pounds   EO derivatives include ethylene glycol ethers and ethanolamines, and are used to produce paint and coatings, polishes, solvents and chemical intermediates

Other:

   

Flavor and Fragrance Chemicals (8)

    Flavor and fragrance chemicals include terpene-based fragrance ingredients and flavor ingredients, primarily for the oral care markets, and also include products used in applications such as chemical reaction agents, or initiators, for the rubber industry and solvents and cleaners, such as pine oil, for the hard surface cleaner markets

 

(1) Includes (1) 100% of the 385 million pounds of capacity of Nihon Oxirane Co. Ltd. (“Nihon Oxirane”), a joint venture of which we own 40%; (2) 1.5 billion pounds of capacity that represents Bayer Corporation’s (“Bayer”) share of PO production from the Channelview PO/SM I plant and the Bayport, Texas PO/TBA plants under the U.S. PO manufacturing joint venture (the “U.S. PO Joint Venture”) between Lyondell Chemical and Bayer; and (3) 100% of the 690 million pounds of capacity of the Maasvlakte PO/SM plant, which is owned by the European PO manufacturing joint venture (the “European PO Joint Venture”) with Bayer, as to which Bayer has the right to 50% of the production. Our net proportionate interest in PO capacity is approximately 2.5 billion pounds. See “—Joint Venture Relationships.”
(2) Includes (1) approximately 700 million pounds of SM production from the Channelview PO/SM II plant that is committed to unrelated equity investors under processing agreements; (2) 100% of the 830 million pounds of capacity of Nihon Oxirane; and (3) 100% of the 1.5 billion pounds of capacity of the Maasvlakte PO/SM plant. Our net proportionate interest in SM capacity, which includes the European PO Joint Venture with Bayer, is approximately 3.2 billion pounds. See “—Joint Venture Relationships.”
(3) Represents total high-purity isobutylene capacity and purified isobutylene capacity.
(4) PG capacity includes 100% of the approximately 220 million pounds of capacity of Nihon Oxirane. Our net proportionate interest in PG capacity is approximately 1 billion pounds. The capacity stated is MPG capacity. Smaller quantities of DPG and TPG are co-produced with MPG. At our facilities in the U.S. and Europe, these DPG and TPG products are purified and marketed. See “—Joint Venture Relationships.”
(5) Includes 100% of the 110 million pounds associated with a marketing arrangement with Shiny Chemical Co., Ltd. (“Shiny”).
(6) Represents 100% of the methanol capacity at the La Porte, Texas facility, which is owned by La Porte Methanol Company, a partnership owned 85% by us and 15% by Linde AG (“Linde”).
(7) Excludes the Beaumont, Texas facility owned by PD Glycol, a 50/50 partnership between Equistar Chemicals LP and E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company (“DuPont”). The PD Glycol facility has not operated since it was damaged by Hurricane Ike in 2008 and will not operate in the future.
(8) With respect to flavor and fragrance chemicals, we frequently work closely with customers in developing products to satisfy the specific requirements of those customers, and capacity varies accordingly.

 

35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Sales & Marketing / Customers

In 2009, no single I&D segment customer accounted for 10% or more of LyondellBasell AF’s total revenues.

Including joint ventures, we produce PO, its co-products, and its derivatives at two sites in The Netherlands, two sites in the U.S., one site in France and one site in Japan. We estimate, based in part on published data, that worldwide demand for PO was approximately 13.3 billion pounds in 2009. More than 75% of that volume was consumed in the manufacture of three families of PO derivative products: polyols, glycols and glycol ethers. The remainder was consumed in the manufacture of performance products, including BDO and its derivatives.

We produce and deliver our PO and PO co-products through sales agreements, processing agreements and spot sales as well as product exchanges. We have a number of multi-year processing (or tolling) and sales agreements to mitigate the adverse impact of competitive factors and economic business cycles on demand for our PO. In addition, Bayer’s ownership interest in the U.S. PO Joint Venture, which operates four of the U.S. operating units, represents ownership of an in-kind portion of the PO production. Bayer also has the right to 50% of the production of one of the facilities in The Netherlands. See “—Joint Venture Relationships.” Our PO derivatives are sold through market-based sales contracts and spot sales. PO sold in the merchant market accounted for less than 10% of LyondellBasell AF’s total revenues in 2009.

Production levels at the PO/SM and PO/TBA co-product production facilities are primarily determined by the demand for PO and PO derivatives. The resulting production levels of co-product SM and TBA and its derivatives (isobutylene and TBHP), which are reported in the I&D segment, and MTBE and ETBE, (which are reported in the Refining and Oxyfuels segment) thus depend primarily on the demand for PO and PO derivatives and secondarily on the relative market demand for SM, isobutylene, MTBE and ETBE, as well as the operational flexibility of our multiple production facilities in meeting this demand. See “Item 1. Business—Refining and Oxyfuels Segment” for additional information about the production of MTBE and ETBE.

Based on published data, worldwide demand for SM in 2009 is estimated to have been approximately 52 billion pounds. SM accounted for less than 10% of LyondellBasell AF’s total revenues in 2009. We sell most of our SM production into the North American and European merchant markets and to Asian and South American export markets through long-term sales contracts and processing agreements. See “—Joint Venture Relationships.”

We purchase SM for resale, when necessary, to satisfy customer demand for this co-product above co-product production levels. Volumes of SM purchases made for resale can vary significantly from period to period. However, purchased volumes have not historically had a significant impact on profits.

Our I&D segment converts most of its TBA, which is produced as a co-product to the PO process, to isobutylene and sells some of the TBA into the market. Over half of the isobutylene from the I&D segment is reacted with methanol or ethanol to produce MTBE and ETBE, which is marketed by the Refining and Oxyfuels segment. The remaining isobutylene is converted and sold as high purity and purity grade isobutylene by the I&D segment. Isobutylene sales accounted for less than 10% of LyondellBasell AF’s total revenues in 2009.

Sales of our PO, its co-products, and its derivatives are made by us, Nihon Oxirane (a joint venture of which we own 40%) and their affiliates directly, and through distributors and independent agents located in the Americas, Europe, the Middle East, Africa and the Asia Pacific region. We have centralized certain sales and order fulfillment functions in regional customer service centers located in Houston, Texas, Rotterdam, The Netherlands, and Hong Kong, China. We also have long-term contracts for distribution and logistics to ensure reliable and efficient supply to our customers. PO, PG and SM are transported by barge, ocean going vessel, pipeline, rail car and tank truck. BDO is primarily transported by tank truck and rail car.

Acetic acid and vinyl acetate monomer (“VAM”) are manufactured at a facility in La Porte, Texas, and are consumed internally, sold worldwide generally under multi-year contracts and sold on a spot basis. Acetic acid and VAM are shipped by barge, ocean going vessel, pipeline, rail car and tank truck. We have bulk storage

 

36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

arrangements in Europe and South America to better serve our customers’ requirements in those regions. Sales are made through a direct sales force, agents and distributors. Sales of acetyls, including VAM, collectively accounted for less than 10% of LyondellBasell AF’s total revenues in 2009.

We estimate based on published data that worldwide demand in 2009 for acetic acid and VAM was 20 billion pounds and 10 billion pounds, respectively.

Methanol is produced at a La Porte, Texas facility owned by La Porte Methanol Company, our 85%—owned joint venture with Linde. Each party to the joint venture receives its respective share of the methanol production. Our acetyls business uses the methanol as a raw material for acetic acid and also sells the methanol under annual contracts and on a spot basis to large U.S. customers. The product is shipped by barge and pipeline.

Ethyle oxide (“EO”) or EO equivalents, and EO’s primary derivative, ethylene gylcol (“EG”), are produced at a wholly owned facility located in Bayport, Texas. The Bayport facility also produces other derivatives of EO, principally glycol ethers and ethanolamines. A second facility, PD Glycol, was a 50/50 joint venture with DuPont and held an EO/EG asset in Beaumont, Texas. The plant has not operated since it was damaged during Hurricane Ike in September 2008 and will not operate in the future. By order dated August 11, 2009, the Bankruptcy Court approved an agreement between Equistar, PD Glycol and DuPont, which provided, among other things, that (i) certain agreements between Equistar Chemicals LP and PD Glycol are rejected; (ii) Equistar Chemicals LP’s general partnership interest in PD Glycol is converted into a limited partnership interest; and (iii) PD Glycol will be dissolved as expeditiously as commercially practicable.

EO and EG typically are sold under multi-year contracts, with market-based pricing. Glycol ethers and ethanolamines are sold primarily into the solvent and distributor markets at market prices. EO is shipped by rail car, and its derivatives are shipped by rail car, truck, isotank or ocean-going vessel. EO and EG sales accounted for less than 10% of LyondellBasell AF’s total revenues in 2009.

The vast majority of the ethylene derivative products are sold in North America and Asia, primarily through our sales organizations.

Joint Venture Relationships

The following table describes our I&D segment’s significant manufacturing joint venture relationships.

 

Name

  Location   Other Parties   LyondellBasell
Ownership
    Product   2009 Capacity (1)
(in millions of pounds unless noted)

U.S. PO Joint Venture

  Channelview, TX   Bayer        Propylene Oxide   1,500(3)
  Bayport, TX        

European PO Joint Venture

  Rotterdam,

The Netherlands

  Bayer   50   Propylene Oxide

Styrene Monomer

     690

1,480

PO/ SM II LP

  Channelview, TX   IPIC & BASF        Styrene Monomer     700(3)

Nihon Oxirane

  Chiba, Japan   Sumitomo   40   Propylene Oxide      385
        Styrene Monomer      830
        Propylene Glycol      220

Ningbo ZRCC LCC Ltd. (2)

  Ningbo, China   ZRCC   27   Propylene Oxide
     600
        Styrene Monomer   1,300

La Porte Methanol

  La Porte, TX   Linde   85   Methanol   190 million gallons

 

(1) Unless otherwise noted, represents the joint venture’s total capacity and not our proportional capacity.
(2) Anticipated startup in mid-2010.
(3) Amount of off-take by other parties in the joint venture.

On March 31, 2000, we contributed our Channelview, Texas, PO/SM I facility and our Bayport, Texas, PO/TBA facilities to the U.S. PO Joint Venture. Bayer’s ownership interest in the U.S. PO Joint Venture represented ownership of 1.5 billion pounds of PO production annually as of December 31, 2009. We take, in-kind, the

 

37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

remaining PO production and all co-product (SM and TBA) production from the U.S. PO Joint Venture. As part of the transaction, Lyondell Chemical and Bayer also formed a separate joint venture, the PO Technology Joint Venture, through which Bayer was granted a non-exclusive and non-transferable right to use certain of our proprietary PO technology in the U.S. PO Joint Venture. Under the terms of operating and logistics agreements, we operate the U.S. PO Joint Venture plants and arrange and coordinate the logistics of PO delivery from the plants. We do not share marketing or product sales with Bayer under the U.S. PO Joint Venture.

Lyondell Chemical and Bayer also formed a separate 50/50 joint venture, the European PO Joint Venture, for the construction and ownership of the Maasvlakte PO/SM plant near Rotterdam, The Netherlands, which began production in 2003. Each party takes in-kind 50% of the PO and SM production of the European PO Joint Venture.

Lyondell Chemical’s PO/SM II plant at the Channelview, Texas complex was created through a joint venture among Lyondell Chemical and unrelated equity investors. Lyondell Chemical retains a majority interest in the PO/SM II plant and is the operator of the plant. A portion of the SM output of the PO/SM II plant is committed to the unrelated equity investors under processing agreements. As of December 31, 2009, Lyondell Chemical had 700 million pounds of SM capacity committed to unrelated equity investors under these processing arrangements.

We have a 40% equity interest in Nihon Oxirane, a joint venture in Japan formed by Lyondell Chemical and Sumitomo. Since 1976, Nihon Oxirane has operated a PO/SM plant in Chiba, Japan. In 2005, Nihon Oxirane began production at its new PG plant in Chiba, Japan, with an annual PG capacity of 220 million pounds. Through the formation of Nihon Oxirane Company Asia (“NOCA”), we also will participate in marketing most of the PO capacity from a new 440 million pound facility constructed in Rabigh, Saudi Arabia by Sumitomo and Saudi Aramco, which began operations at the end of 2009. We have a 40% equity interest in NOCA.

During 2007, Lyondell Chemical announced the formation of a joint venture with Sinopec Zhenhai Refining & Chemical Co., Ltd. (“ZRCC”) for the construction of a world-scale PO/SM facility in Ningbo, China, with completion of construction expected in 2010. The new facility will have an annual PO production capacity of 600 million pounds and an annual SM production capacity of 1.3 billion pounds. Lyondell Chemical contributed a license right to its proprietary PO/SM technology in exchange for approximately 27% ownership of the venture. We will jointly market all the PO manufactured by the new facility with ZRCC.

We also have a multi-year processing agreement, entered into by Lyondell Chemical and Shiny, whereby we provide the raw materials used to produce the PGE at Shiny’s PGE plant in Tainan, Taiwan. Shiny’s PGE plant, which is based on our technology, commenced production during 2007.

Raw Materials

The primary raw materials used for the production of PO and its co-products and derivatives are propylene, mixed butane, ethylene and benzene. The market prices of these raw materials historically have been related to the price of crude oil and its principal refinery derivatives, NGLs and natural gas, as well as market conditions for these materials. These materials are received in bulk quantities via pipeline or ocean going vessels.

In the U.S., we obtain a large portion of our propylene, benzene and ethylene raw materials needed for the production of PO and its co-products and derivatives internally from our ethylene and ethylene co-products facilities. Raw materials for the non-U.S. production of PO and its co-products and derivatives primarily are obtained from unrelated parties. We consume a significant portion of our internally-produced PO in the production of PO derivatives.

We consume large volumes of mixed butane for the production of PO and its co-products and derivatives. We have invested in facilities, or entered into processing agreements with unrelated parties, to convert the widely available commodity, normal butane, to isobutane. We also are a large consumer of oxygen for our PO/TBA plants.

 

38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The cost of raw materials generally is the largest component of total production cost for PO and its co-products and derivatives. Generally, the raw material requirements for these businesses are purchased at market-based prices from numerous suppliers in the U.S. and Europe with which we have established contractual relationships, as well as in the spot market. The raw materials for these businesses are, in general, commodity chemicals with ready availability at competitive prices. Historically, raw material availability has not been an issue. However, in order to enhance reliability and competitiveness of prices and rates for supplies of raw materials, industrial gas and other utilities, we have long-term agreements and other arrangements for a substantial portion of our production requirements.

The primary raw materials required for the production of acetic acid are carbon monoxide and methanol. We purchase the carbon monoxide from Linde pursuant to a long-term contract under which pricing is based primarily on cost of production. La Porte Methanol Company, our 85%-owned joint venture, supplies all of the methanol requirements for acetyls production. Natural gas is the primary raw material required for the production of methanol.

In addition to ethylene, acetic acid is a primary raw material for the production of VAM. For the production of VAM, we obtain our entire requirements for acetic acid and ethylene from our internal production. In 2009, we used a large percentage of our acetic acid production to produce VAM.

Industry Dynamics / Competition

With respect to PO, its co-products and derivatives, competition is based on a variety of factors, including product quality and price, reliability of supply, technical support, customer service and potential substitute materials. Profitability is affected by the worldwide level of demand along with price competition, which may intensify due to, among other things, new industry capacity. From 2010 to 2014, approximately 1.9 billion pounds of new industry PO capacity, or approximately 10% of 2009 worldwide PO capacity, is expected to be added, with approximately half of these additions in the Middle East and China. During this period, the average annual world demand growth is expected to be approximately 4%. However, demand is a function of worldwide economic growth, which fluctuates. The PO demand growth rate also could be impacted by further development of alternative bio-based PO derivatives. It is not possible to predict accurately the changes in raw material costs, market conditions and other factors that will affect industry profitability in the future. After a relatively strong start in 2008, demand in late 2008 fell rapidly as the global economies slid quickly into a deep recession. The relatively depressed conditions continued through 2009 and are expected to continue into 2010. Worldwide PO operating rates were approximately 70% during 2009, and our current forecast is that it will rise to 92% in 2014. Capacity share figures for us and our competitors, discussed below, are based on completed production facilities and, where appropriate, include the proportionate share of joint venture facilities and certain supply arrangements.

Based on published data regarding PO capacity, we believe that, including our share of Nihon Oxirane and the European PO Joint Venture, we are the second largest producer of PO worldwide, with approximately 13% of the total worldwide capacity for PO. Our major worldwide competitors for sales of PO and its derivatives are Dow and Shell.

Based on published data regarding SM capacity, we believe that we are one of the largest producers of SM worldwide, with approximately 5% of the total worldwide capacity for SM as of December 31, 2009. We compete worldwide for sales of SM with many marketers and producers, among which are BASF, Dow, Shell and Total.

We believe that we are the fourth and fifth largest producer of acetic acid and VAM, respectively, each with approximately 5% of the total worldwide capacity as of December 31, 2009. Our primary competitors include Celanese and BP for acetic acid and Celanese, ZRCC, Dow and DuPont for VAM.

 

39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Technology Segment

Overview

Access to appropriate production process technology and catalysts is a key requirement for polyolefin and chemicals producers. Our Technology segment develops and licenses industry leading polyolefin process technologies and provides associated engineering and other services. Our Technology segment further develops, manufactures and sells polyolefin catalysts, providing polyolefin manufacturers with the capability to produce polyolefins. We market our process technologies and our polyolefin catalysts to external customers and also use them for our own manufacturing operations. Our ability to offer a complete PE and polypropylene technology portfolio enables polyolefin manufacturers to have a single provider for polyolefin processes technologies and catalyst systems. In 2009, our Technology segment generated operating revenues of $436 million (excluding inter-segment revenue).

Our process licenses are structured to provide a standard core technology, with individual customer needs met by adding customized modules that provide the required capabilities to produce the defined production grade slate and plant capacity. For licenses involving proven technologies, we typically receive the majority of our license fees in cash at or before the date of customer acceptance. For these licenses, we generally recognize revenue upon delivery of the process design package and the related license. Each license agreement includes long-term confidentiality provisions to protect the technology. In addition to the basic license agreement, a range of services can also be provided including project assistance, training, start-up assistance of the plant and possible supply of resins from our production for pre-marketing by the licensee. We may also offer marketing and sales services. In addition, licensees generally continue to purchase polyolefin catalysts that are consumed in the production process, generally under long-term catalyst supply agreements with us.

The chart below shows our position and installed capacity share in key polyolefin technology businesses:

LOGO

 

Source: LyondellBasell AF’s internal estimates

Note: Capacities are as of December 31, 2008.

Process Technology Licensing

We are a leading licensor of polyolefin process technologies. Our polypropylene licensing portfolio includes our Spheripol and the more recently introduced Spherizone process technologies and the Metocene technology.

 

40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our PE licensing process portfolio focuses on the Lupotech T (high pressure tubular process for LDPE production), the Lupotech A (autoclave process mainly for ethylene vinyl acetate (“EVA”) copolymers), Hostalen (slurry process for multimodal HDPE production), and Spherilene (gas phase process for LLDPE to HDPE production) processes, all of which cover a wide range of PE products for the worldwide market. We also license a portfolio of chemical process technologies in the fields of olefin recovery, olefin conversion, aromatics extraction and acetyls.

Since the formation of Basell in 2000 and through December 31, 2009, we have sold licenses representing approximately 25 million tons of polyolefin capacity, which represents more than 40% of worldwide capacity growth. In 2009, we entered into licensing agreements representing more than one million tons of polyolefin capacity. Process licenses accounted for less than 10% of LyondellBasell AF’s total revenues in 2009.

Our Technology segment also provides technology services to our licensees. Such services include training and start-up assistance, engineering services for process and product improvements and manufacturing troubleshooting.

Polypropylene Process Technology

We license several polypropylene process technologies, including Spheripol , Spherizone and Metocene .

Our Spheripol technology produces homopolymers and random copolymers in a single stage and impact copolymers in a multi-stage process. We believe that Spheripol is the most widely used polypropylene production process in the world.

Spherizone , our newest process, commercialized in 2002 and introduced for licensing in 2003, is able to produce higher quality polypropylene and a wider product grade range than existing processes at similar operating cost. The Spherizone process introduces a single reactor concept, in which bimodality is created within one single reactor operating at different conditions between the different zones inside the reactor. The final product is a result of an intimate mixing of the different property determining phases at a “macro molecular” level.

Metocene polypropylene technology was introduced for licensing in 2006. This technology is used in the production of polypropylene based on single-site catalyst systems. Metocene technology can be adapted to virtually any polypropylene process, and its versatility expands the end use product range of conventional polypropylene. In 2009, Polymirae became the first licensee to commence commercial production of Metocene .

Polyethylene Processes Technology

The different families of PE (HDPE, LDPE and LLDPE) require specialized process technologies for production, which are available through our broad PE process licensing portfolio. The portfolio includes Lupotech , Spherilene and Hostalen process technologies.

Lupotech T is a leading high pressure, tubular reactor process for the production of LDPE. This high pressure technology does not use a catalyst system typical for low pressure processes, but rather peroxide-initiators to polymerize ethylene and optionally vinyl acetate (VAM) for EVA-copolymers. By adjusting the temperature profile along the reactor and adding different peroxide mixtures, process conditions are modified to produce the desired products. The process produces the entire melt flow ratio and density range of LDPEs with low investment costs and low utilities and raw material demand.

Lupotech A is a high pressure autoclave process using peroxide mixture for polymerization and is mainly utilized for specialty LDPE and for the production of EVA copolymers with high VAM content.

 

41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Spherilene is an advanced swing gas phase process for the production of LLDPE, MDPE and monomodal and bimodal HDPE. This process represents a highly flexible technology platform for production of grades from low-cost commodity to the most sophisticated high performance PE. The process provides easier and lower cost product grade change and reduces environmental impact.

Hostalen is a leading low-pressure slurry cascade process for the production of high-end multimodal HDPE. This is desirable because a different product structure can be produced in each stage of the polymerization process, yielding products that are tailored for sophisticated end use applications in three main application fields: pipe, blow molding and film.

Chemical Process Technologies

We also offer for licensing several chemical process technologies, including Vacido , Glacido , Isomplus and Superflex .

Vacido is a fixed-bed tubular process for the production of high-quality VAM, from acetic acid and ethylene. It utilizes a proprietary heterogeneous catalyst system.

Glacido is a process technology for manufacturing of acetic acid by carbonylation of methanol. It utilizes a Rhodium-based homogeneous catalyst system.

Isomplus is a skeletal isomerisation process to convert linear olefins into branched ones. A zeolite-based catalyst provides conversion of normal butenes and pentenes to isobutylene and isoamylene, respectively.

Superflex technology is a process for the production of propylene from less refined feedstock such as coker or fluid catalytic cracking unit light gasoline as well as mixed C 4 and C 5 streams. The process is based on a fluidized catalytic reactor.

We also offer process technology for recovery of butadiene, C 5 chemicals and aromatics.

Polyolefin Catalysts

Under the Avant brand, we are a leading manufacturer and supplier of polyolefin catalysts. Polyolefin catalysts accounted for less than 10% of LyondellBasell AF’s total revenues in 2009. As a large polyolefin producer, approximately 30% of catalyst sales are inter-divisional. Polyolefin catalysts are packaged and shipped via road, sea or air to our customers.

We produce catalysts at two facilities in Germany, one facility in Italy and one facility in the U.S. Our polyolefin catalysts, which are consumed during the polyolefin production process and define the processing and mechanical properties of polyolefins, provide enhanced performance for our process technologies and are being developed to enhance performance when used in third-party process technologies. We also supply catalysts for producing sophisticated PEs.

One of our core competencies is our strength in the manufacturing and use of proprietary catalyst supports. Supports are a key ingredient in the production of high efficiency polyolefin catalysts that enhance process performance.

Our customers continually purchase polyolefin catalysts because they are consumed during the polyolefin production process. New licensees generally elect to enter into long-term catalyst supply agreements with us, as customers look primarily for top performance over an extended period of time and compatibility with the acquired technology. Our advanced catalysts provide enhanced performance for our process technologies and may also enhance performance when used in third-party processes.

 

42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Sales & Marketing

In 2009, no single Technology segment customer accounted for 10% or more of LyondellBasell AF’s total revenues. We market our process technologies and catalysts to external customers and also use them for our own polyolefin manufacturing operations. Our ability to offer both PE and polypropylene technologies enables polyolefin manufacturers to have a single provider for polyolefin processes technologies and catalyst systems. We have a marketing and sales force dedicated to the Technology segment, including catalyst sales and customer technical support for licensees.

Industry Dynamics / Competition

We believe that competition in the polyolefin process licensing industry is based on the quality and efficiency of the process technology, product performance and product application, complemented by customer service and technical support. We are the leading licensor of polypropylene process technologies, and we believe we are the only licensor offering the full range of process technologies for production of all polypropylene and PE product families. Since the formation of Basell in 2000 through December 31, 2009, we have sold licenses representing approximately 25 million tons of capacity based on its six process technologies to polyolefin manufacturers. We estimate that approximately 43% of polypropylene and 35% of PE worldwide licensed capacity from 2003 through 2009 use our technologies. As of December 31, 2009, we estimate that over 200 polyolefin production lines use our licensed process technologies. Our major competitors in polypropylene technologies licensing are Dow Chemical, INEOS, Novelen Technology Holdings and Mitsui Chemicals. Our major competitors in PE technologies licensing are ChevronPhillips, INEOS, Mitsui Chemicals and Univation Technologies.

We are one of the world’s largest manufacturers and suppliers of polypropylene catalysts. We also supply catalysts for producing sophisticated PEs. Our major competitors in the worldwide catalyst business are Dow Chemical, BASF, Mitsui Chemicals, Toho Catalyst and WR Grace.

Research and Development

We develop and commercialize state-of-the-art chemicals and polyolefin process technologies, catalysts and products worldwide.

Our research and development activities are designed to improve our existing products and discover and commercialize new materials, catalysts and processes. These activities focus on product and application development, process development, catalyst development and fundamental polyolefin focused research.

We have four research and development facilities, each with a specific focus. Our facility in Frankfurt, Germany focuses on PE and metallocene catalysts. Our facility in Ferrara, Italy focuses on polypropylene, PB-1, PP compounds and Ziegler-Natta catalysts. Our facility in Cincinnati, Ohio focuses on polyolefin product and application development in North America. Our center in Newtown Square, Pennsylvania develops chemical catalysts and technologies.

Our financial performance and market position depend in substantial part on our ability to improve our existing products and discover and commercialize new materials, catalysts and processes. Our research and development activities are designed to deliver innovative and commercially relevant technologies at a competitive cost to our business segments. Our research and development is organized by core competence communities that manage and provide resources for projects, intellectual property and catalyst manufacturing. These include:

 

   

Catalyst systems: catalyst research to enhance our polyolefin polymer properties, catalyst and process performance, including Ziegler Natta, chromium and metallocene catalyst.

 

   

Manufacturing platforms: research to advance process development and pilot plant integration to industrialize technology with increased polymer properties.

 

43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Product and application development: working directly with customers to provide new products with enhanced properties.

 

   

Processing testing and characterization: research to increase knowledge on polymers from production to processability.

 

   

Process design and support: research to reduce production and investment costs while improving processability.

 

   

Chemicals and fuels technologies: research to develop and improve catalysts for existing chemical processes and improve process unit operations.

We have core research and development projects that focus on initiatives in line with our strategic direction. These projects are closely aligned with our businesses and customers with a goal of commercialization of identified opportunities. Core projects currently include research and development in areas such as:

 

   

Polypropylene product development with emphasis on the newly implemented Spherizone process technology.

 

   

Next generation products from existing and in-development processes, using advanced catalyst technologies including metallocenes.

 

   

Enhanced catalyst and process opportunities to extend gas phase PE technology.

 

   

Enhanced catalysts and process opportunities for selected chemical technologies.

As of March 1, 2010, approximately 960 of our employees are directly engaged in research and development activities.

In addition to our research and development activities, we provide technical support to our customers. Our technical support centers are located in Bayreuth, Germany; Geelong, Australia; Lansing, Michigan; and Tarragona, Spain.

In 2009, 2008 and 2007, our research and development expenditures were $145 million, $194 million and $135 million, respectively. A portion of these expenses are related to technical support and customer service and are allocated primarily to the segments.

Intellectual Property

We maintain an extensive patent portfolio and continue to file new patent applications in the U.S. and other countries. As of December 31, 2009, we owned approximately 6,800 patents and patent applications worldwide. Our patents and trade secrets cover our processes, products and catalysts and are significant to our competitive position, particularly with regard to propylene oxide, intermediate chemicals, petrochemicals, flavor and fragrance chemicals, polymers and our process technologies such as Spheripol , Spherizone , Hostalen , Spherilene , Lupotech , Glacido , Vacido , Isomplus and Avant catalyst. We own globally registered and unregistered trademarks including the “LyondellBasell,” “Lyondell,” “Equistar” and “Houston Refining” trade names. While we believe that our intellectual property provides competitive advantages, we do not regard our businesses as being materially dependent upon any single patent, trade secret or trademark. Some of our heritage production capacity operates under licenses from third parties.

We rely on patent, copyright and trade secret laws of the U.S. and other countries to protect our investment in research and development, manufacturing and marketing. Our employees working on these technologies are required to enter into agreements, or are covered by other arrangements such as collective bargaining agreements, providing for confidentiality and the assignment of rights to inventions made by them while employed by us.

 

44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Environmental Capital Expenditures

We (together with the industries in which we operate) are subject to extensive national, state, local and foreign environmental laws, regulations, directives, rules and ordinances concerning, and are required to have permits and licenses regulating, emissions to the air, discharges onto land or waters and the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment, disposal and remediation of hazardous substances and waste materials. In some cases, compliance with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations can only be achieved by capital expenditures. Regulatory-related capital expenditures at our facilities were $250 million, $202 million and $239 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and we estimate such expenditures to be approximately $233 million in 2010 and $229 million in 2011.

Our actual capital expenditures in 2009 include increased spending on projects related to air emission reductions, low sulfur fuels and wastewater management, principally at the U.S. Gulf Coast plants. Under the U.S. Clean Air Act Amendments (“Clean Air Act”), an eight-county gulf coast region in Texas was designated a severe non-attainment area for ozone by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”). Emission reduction controls were installed at the Houston Refinery and each facility in the region to comply with the November 2007 deadline. Also under the Clean Air Act, the EPA adopted new standards for gasoline that required refiners to produce a low sulfur gasoline by 2006 and ultra low sulfur diesel by the end of 2009. The Houston Refinery met the 2006 low sulfur gasoline compliance target and complied with a requirement to produce 80% of on-road diesel fuel as ultra low sulfur diesel by June 2006.

Stricter environmental, safety and health laws, regulations and enforcement policies could result in increased environmental capital expenditures by us above current estimates. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Business—Our operations and assets are subject to extensive environmental, health and safety and other laws and regulations, which could result in material costs or liabilities.” For additional information regarding environmentally related capital expenditures, see “Item 2. Financial Information—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Liabilities for Environmental Remediation Costs.”

Employee Relations

As of December 31, 2009, we had approximately 14,860 full-time and part-time employees. Of these, approximately 6,120 (41%) were located in North America, approximately 7,750 (52%) were located in Europe and approximately 990 (7%) were in other locations.

As of December 31, 2009, approximately 930 of our employees located in North America are represented by labor unions. Approximately 50% of our unionized North American employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement between Houston Refining LP and the United Steelworkers Union, which became effective on January 20, 2010 and expires on January 31, 2012.

The vast majority of our employees in Europe and South America are subject to staff council or works council coverage or collective bargaining agreements.

In addition to our own employees, we use the services of contractors in the routine conduct of our businesses. We believe our relations with our employees are good.

 

45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
I TEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

The risks and uncertainties that we describe below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are not aware of or that we currently believe are immaterial may also adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. If any of the possible events described below occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

This Registration Statement also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including the risks described below and elsewhere in this Registration Statement. See “Item 1. Business,” “Item 2. Financial Information—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Relating to Our Business

Disruptions in financial markets and the economic downturn continue to adversely affect our customers, and, therefore, our business.

Our results of operations have been and continue to be materially affected by adverse conditions in the financial markets and depressed economic conditions generally, both in the U.S. and elsewhere around the world. The current economic downturn in the businesses and geographic areas in which we sell our products has substantially reduced demand for our products and resulted in decreased sales volumes. Recently, concerns over inflation, energy costs, geopolitical issues, the availability and cost of credit and the instability of financial and credit markets in the U.S. and worldwide have contributed to increased volatility and diminished expectations for the global economy and markets. These factors, combined with volatile raw material prices, declining business and consumer confidence, increased unemployment and continuing financial market fluctuations, have precipitated a worldwide economic recession that could continue for an extended period of time. The recession has adversely affected our business because of a reduction in worldwide demand for our products, in particular from our customers in industrial markets generally and specifically in the automotive and housing industries. As a result of the weaker business environment, we have shut down certain production facilities and performed impairment reviews of our remaining productive assets. These actions have resulted in charges of $696 million for asset write-offs, primarily related to a lease rejection, and $228 million for impairment of the carrying value of our investments in certain joint ventures in 2009 and $5.207 billion of asset impairments during 2008, including a $4.982 billion write-off of all our remaining goodwill in 2008. Additional asset impairments could occur in future periods. Adverse changes in our future estimated operating results could result in non-cash impairment charges in the future related to our assets.

Moreover, many of our customers and suppliers rely on access to credit to adequately fund their operations. Disruptions in financial markets and economic slowdown may adversely impact the ability of our customers to finance the purchase of our products as well as the creditworthiness of those customers. These same factors may also impact the ability and willingness of suppliers to provide us with raw materials for our business.

The cyclicality and volatility of the industries in which we participate may cause significant fluctuations in our operating results.

Our business operations are subject to the cyclical and volatile nature of the supply-demand balance in the chemical and refining industries, and our future operating results are expected to continue to be affected by this cyclicality and volatility. These industries historically have experienced alternating periods of capacity shortages leading to tight supply conditions, causing prices and profit margins to increase, followed by periods when substantial capacity is added, resulting in oversupply, declining capacity utilization rates and declining prices and profit margins. In addition to changes in the supply and demand for products, the volatility these industries experience occurs as a result of changes in energy prices and changes in various other economic conditions around the world. The cyclicality and volatility of the chemical and refining industries results in significant fluctuations in profits and cash flow from period to period and over the business cycles.

 

46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The global economic and political environment continues to be uncertain, and a decline in demand could place further pressure on our results of operations. In addition, new capacity additions, especially in Asia and the Middle East, are expected to lead to another period of oversupply and low profitability. The timing and extent of any changes to currently prevailing market conditions is uncertain and supply and demand may be unbalanced at any time. As a consequence, we are unable to accurately predict the extent or duration of future industry cycles or their effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, and can give no assurances as to any predictions made herein with respect to the timing, extent or duration of future industry cycles.

As a result of such industry cycles, we may be required to reduce production at or idle certain facilities for an extended period of time or exit a business because of an oversupply of a particular product and/or a lack of demand for that particular product, or high raw material prices, which makes production uneconomical. We may also reduce production at certain of our facilities because we have either fixed or minimum off-take arrangements with joint ventures or third parties with respect to other facilities. Any decision to permanently close facilities or exit a business would result in impairment and other charges to earnings. Temporary outages sometimes last for several quarters or, in certain cases, longer, and could cause us to incur costs, including the expenses of maintaining and restarting these facilities. In addition, even though we may need to reduce production, we may still be required to continue to purchase or pay for utilities or raw materials under take-or-pay supply agreements. It is possible that factors such as increases in raw material costs or lower demand in the future will cause us to reduce operating rates, idle facilities or exit uncompetitive businesses.

Costs and limitations on supply of raw materials and energy may result in increased operating expenses.

The costs of raw materials and energy represent a substantial portion of our operating expenses, and energy costs generally follow price trends of, and vary with the market conditions for, crude oil and natural gas. These price trends may be highly volatile and cyclical. In the past, raw material and energy costs have experienced significant fluctuations that adversely affected our business segments. Moreover, fluctuations in currency exchange rates can add to this volatility.

There have been, and will likely continue to be, periods of time when we are unable to pass raw material and energy cost increases on to customers quickly enough to avoid adverse impacts on our results of operations. Our results of operations have been impacted by the volatility of these costs. Customer consolidation also has made it more difficult to pass along cost increases to customers. Cost increases also may increase working capital needs, which could reduce our liquidity and cash flow. In addition, when raw material and energy costs increase rapidly and are passed along to customers as product price increases, the credit risks associated with certain customers can be compounded. To the extent we increase our product sales prices to reflect rising raw material and energy costs, demand for products may decrease as customers reduce their consumption or use substitute products, which may have an adverse impact on our results of operations. See “—We sell products in highly competitive global markets and face significant price pressures.”

In addition, higher North American and European natural gas prices relative to natural gas cost-advantaged regions, such as the Middle East, could diminish the ability of many chemical producers to compete internationally since the price of natural gas and NGLs affects a significant portion of the industry’s raw materials and energy sources. This environment may cause a reduction in our exports from North America and Europe, and has in the past reduced, and may in the future reduce, the competitiveness of U.S. and European producers. This Middle East production may increase the competition for product sales within North America and Europe with respect to product which could otherwise be sold in other geographic regions if not for such regions’ natural gas cost advantage. This may result in lower margins in North America and Europe in the future.

Furthermore, across our business, there are a limited number of suppliers for some of our raw materials and utilities and, in some cases, the number of sources for and availability of raw materials and utilities is specific to the particular geographic region in which a facility is located. It is also common in the chemical and refining industries for a facility to have a sole, dedicated source for its utilities, such as steam, electricity and gas. Having

 

47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

a sole or limited number of suppliers may result in our having limited negotiating power, particularly in the case of rising raw material costs. Alternatively, where we have multiple suppliers for a raw material or utility, these suppliers may not make up for the loss of a major supplier. Any new supply agreements we enter into may not have terms as favorable as those contained in our current supply agreements. For some of our products, the facilities or distribution channels of raw material suppliers and utilities suppliers and our production facilities form an integrated system. This is especially true in the U.S. Gulf Coast where the infrastructure of the chemical and refining industries is tightly integrated such that a major disruption of supply of a given commodity or utility can negatively affect numerous participants, including suppliers of other raw materials.

If one or more of our significant raw material or utility suppliers were unable to meet its obligations under present supply arrangements, raw materials become unavailable within the geographic area from which they are now sourced, or supplies are otherwise disrupted, our businesses could suffer reduced supplies or be forced to incur increased costs for our raw materials or utilities, which would have a direct negative impact on plant operations. For example, hurricanes have in the past negatively affected crude oil and natural gas supplies, as well as supplies of other raw materials, utilities (such as electricity and steam), and industrial gases contributing to increases in operating costs and, in some cases, disrupting production. In addition, hurricane-related disruption of vessel, barge, rail, truck and pipeline traffic in the U.S. Gulf Coast area would negatively affect shipments of raw materials and product.

In addition, with increased volatility in raw material costs, our suppliers could impose more onerous terms on us, resulting in shorter payment cycles and increasing our working capital requirements.

External factors beyond our control may cause fluctuations in demand for our products and in our prices and margins.

External factors beyond our control may cause volatility in the price of raw materials and other operating costs, as well as significant fluctuations in demand for our products, and can magnify the impact of economic cycles on our businesses. Examples of external factors include:

 

   

supply of and demand for crude oil and other raw materials;

 

   

changes in customer buying patterns and demand for our products;

 

   

general economic conditions;

 

   

domestic and international events and circumstances;

 

   

competitor actions;

 

   

governmental regulation; and

 

   

severe weather and natural disasters.

Also, we believe that worldwide events have had in recent years, and may continue to have, an impact on our businesses. We currently license our technology to customers in the Middle East and have three joint ventures in Saudi Arabia. We also have offices in Egypt, Dubai and Turkey and third-party commercial representatives throughout the Middle East. The uncertainty surrounding the continuing military action in Iraq and the threat of further armed hostilities or acts of terrorism may impact our businesses in the Middle East or elsewhere, or the businesses of our customers.

In addition, a number of our products are highly dependent on durable goods markets, such as the construction and automotive markets, which also are cyclical and impacted by many of the external factors referenced above. Many of our products are components of other chemical products that, in turn, are subject to the supply-demand balance of both the chemical and refining industries and general economic conditions. The recent volatility of prices for crude oil and natural gas resulted in more volatile raw material and utility costs as

 

48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

compared to prior years. The impact of the factors cited above and others beyond our control may once again contribute to a slowdown in the business cycle or impact economic recovery, reducing demand and lowering operating rates and, ultimately, reducing our profitability.

Further, volatility in costs and pricing can result in commercial disputes with customers and suppliers with respect to interpretations of complex contractual arrangements. Significant adverse resolution of any such disputes also could reduce our profitability.

We sell products in highly competitive global markets and face significant price pressures.

We sell our products in highly competitive global markets. Due to the commodity nature of many of our products, competition in these markets is based primarily on price and to a lesser extent on product performance, product quality, product deliverability, reliability of supply and customer service. As a result, we generally are not able to protect our market position for these products by product differentiation and may not be able to pass on cost increases to our customers.

In addition, we face increased competition from companies that may have greater financial resources and different cost structures or strategic goals than us, such as large integrated oil companies (many of which also have chemical businesses), government-owned businesses, and companies that receive subsidies or other government incentives to produce certain products in a specified geographic region. Increased competition from these companies, especially in our ethylene and refining businesses, could limit our ability to increase product sales prices in response to raw material and other cost increases, or could cause us to reduce product sales prices to compete effectively, which could reduce our profitability. Competitors that have greater financial resources than us may be able to invest significant capital into their businesses, including expenditures for research and development. In addition, specialty products we produce may become commoditized over time.

As a result of these competitive pressures, increases in raw material and other costs may not necessarily correlate with changes in prices for our products, either in the direction of the price change or in magnitude. In addition, our ability to increase product sales prices, and the timing of those increases, are affected by the supply-demand balances for our products, as well as the capacity utilization rates for those products. Timing differences in pricing between rising raw material costs, which may change daily, and contract product prices, which in many cases are negotiated only monthly or less often, sometimes with an additional lag in effective dates for increases, may reduce our profitability. Even in periods during which raw material prices decline, we may suffer decreasing profits if raw material price reductions occur at a slower rate than decreases in the selling prices of our products.

Interruptions of operations at our facilities may result in liabilities or lower operating results.

We own and operate large-scale facilities, and our operating results are dependent on the continued operation of our various production facilities and the ability to complete construction and maintenance projects on schedule. Material operating interruptions at our facilities, including interruptions caused by the events described below, may materially reduce the productivity and profitability of a particular manufacturing facility, or our business as a whole, during and after the period of such operational difficulties. In the past, we had to shut down plants on the U.S. Gulf Coast, including the temporary shutdown of the Houston Refinery, as a result of hurricanes striking the upper Texas coast.

In addition, because the Houston Refinery is our only North American refining operation, an outage at the refinery could have a particularly negative impact on our operating results. Unlike our chemical and polymer production facilities, which may at times have sufficient excess capacity to mitigate the negative impact of lost production at another similar facility of ours, we do not have the ability to increase refining production elsewhere in the U.S. in an effort to mitigate the negative impact on operating results resulting from an outage at the Houston Refinery.

 

49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Although we take precautions to enhance the safety of our operations and minimize the risk of disruptions, our operations, along with the operations of other members of the chemical and refining industries, are subject to hazards inherent in chemical manufacturing and refining and the related storage and transportation of raw materials, products and wastes. These potential hazards include:

 

   

pipeline leaks and ruptures;

 

   

explosions;

 

   

fires;

 

   

severe weather and natural disasters;

 

   

mechanical failure;

 

   

unscheduled downtimes;

 

   

supplier disruptions;

 

   

labor shortages or other labor difficulties;

 

   

transportation interruptions;

 

   

remediation complications;

 

   

chemical spills;

 

   

discharges or releases of toxic or hazardous substances or gases;

 

   

storage tank leaks;

 

   

other environmental risks; and

 

   

terrorist acts.

Some of these hazards may cause personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to or destruction of property and equipment and environmental damage, and may result in suspension of operations, the shutdown of affected facilities and the imposition of civil or criminal penalties. Furthermore, except for claims that are addressed by the Plan of Reorganization, we also will continue to be subject to present and future claims with respect to workplace exposure, exposure of contractors on our premises as well as other persons located nearby, workers’ compensation and other matters.

We maintain property, business interruption, product, general liability, casualty and other types of insurance, including pollution and legal liability, that we believe are in accordance with customary industry practices, but we are not fully insured against all potential hazards incident to our business, including losses resulting from natural disasters, war risks or terrorist acts. Changes in insurance market conditions have caused, and may in the future cause, premiums and deductibles for certain insurance policies to increase substantially and, in some instances, for certain insurance to become unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage. If we were to incur a significant liability for which we were not fully insured, we might not be able to finance the amount of the uninsured liability on terms acceptable to us or at all, and might be obligated to divert a significant portion of our cash flow from normal business operations.

Further, because a part of our business involves licensing polyolefin process technology, our licensees are exposed to similar risks involved in the manufacture and marketing of polyolefins. Hazardous incidents involving our licensees, if they do result or are perceived to result from use of our technologies, may harm our reputation, threaten our relationships with other licensees and/or lead to customer attrition and financial losses. Our policy of covering these risks through contractual limitations of liability and indemnities and through insurance may not always be effective. As a result, our financial condition and results of operation would be adversely affected, and other companies with competing technologies may have the opportunity to secure a competitive advantage.

 

50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our crude oil supply agreement with PDVSA Oil is subject to the risk of enforcing contracts against non-U.S. commercial affiliates of a sovereign nation and political, force majeure and other risks.

Our crude oil supply agreement with PDVSA Oil provides for the purchase and supply of 215,000 barrels per day of heavy, high sulfur crude oil (approximately 81% of the refining capacity at the Houston Refinery). The contract runs through July 31, 2011 and automatically renews annually subject to either party’s right to terminate at the end of a term by giving 12 months’ notice. There are risks associated with reliance on PDVSA Oil for supplies of crude oil and with enforcing the provisions of contracts with companies such as PDVSA Oil that are non-U.S. commercial affiliates of a sovereign nation. For example, currently and from time to time in the past, PDVSA Oil has declared itself in a force majeure situation and subsequently reduced deliveries of crude oil purportedly based on announced OPEC production cuts. All of the crude oil supplied by PDVSA Oil under the crude oil contract is produced in Venezuela, and it is impossible to predict how governmental policies may change under the current or any subsequent Venezuelan government. In addition, there are risks associated with enforcing judgments of U.S. courts against entities whose assets are located outside of the U.S. and whose management does not reside in the U.S. Any modification, breach or termination of the crude oil contract, or any interruption in this source of crude oil on its current terms, may adversely affect us, as alternative crude oil supplies with similar margins may not always be available for purchase and may require modifications to the Houston Refinery that may result in significant costs or down time. In addition, the Venezuelan government has in recent times taken control of assets of foreign firms. As these firms pursue international arbitration awards as a result of these takings, our crude supply from PDVSA Oil could be threatened or interrupted by any awards in favor of these foreign firms that contemplate confiscation of PDVSA Oil crude supplies.

Certain activities related to a project raise compliance issues under U.S. law.

We have identified an agreement related to a project in Kazakhstan under which a payment was made that raises compliance concerns under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”). We have engaged outside counsel to investigate these activities, under the oversight of a special committee established by the Supervisory Board, and to evaluate internal controls and compliance policies and procedures. We made a voluntary disclosure of these matters to the U.S. Department of Justice and are cooperating fully with that agency. We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of this matter at this time or whether we will discover other matters raising compliance issues, including under other statutes. In this respect, we may not have conducted our business in compliance with the FCPA and may not have had policies and procedures in place adequate to ensure compliance. We cannot reasonably estimate any potential penalty that may arise from these matters. We are in the process of adopting and implementing more stringent policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance. We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of this matter at this time since our investigations are ongoing. Violations of these laws could result in criminal and civil liabilities and other forms of relief that could be material to us.

Our non-U.S. operations conduct business in countries subject to U.S. economic sanctions and certain activities raise compliance issues under U.S. law.

Certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries conduct business in countries subject to U.S. economic sanctions, including Iran. U.S. laws and regulations prohibit U.S. persons from engaging in business activities, in whole or in part, with sanctioned countries, organizations and individuals. The U.S. Congress is considering legislation that, if adopted, might result in U.S. sanctions being imposed on non-U.S. entities doing business with Iran. We intend to comply with all applicable sanctions laws and regulations and are adopting certain more significant compliance policies and procedures. These business activities present a potential risk that could subject the company to civil and criminal penalties. In connection with our continuing review of compliance risks in this area, we recently identified certain activities that raise compliance issues under applicable sanctions laws and regulations. We have made voluntary disclosure of these matters to the U.S. Treasury Department and we intend to cooperate fully with that agency. We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of this matter at this time since our investigations are ongoing. Violations of these laws could result in criminal and civil liabilities and other forms of relief that could be material to us.

 

51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We are addressing certain significant deficiencies with respect to our internal controls.

In connection with our ongoing internal control reviews during the second half of 2009, our management identified three significant deficiencies in our internal control process relating to (i) supervision of freight contracting at our Houston Refinery, (ii) supervision and training of our internal accounting staff with respect to recording of our equity investments in joint ventures and (iii) inadequate support for review and reconciliation of a consolidation entry. While these deficiencies did not have a material impact on our financial results or operations, there can be no assurance that we will not identify internal control deficiencies in the future or that such deficiencies will not have a material impact on our operating results or financial statements.

Our operations could be adversely affected by labor relations.

Approximately 930 of our employees located in North America and the vast majority of our employees located in Europe and South America are represented by labor unions and work councils. Our operations have been in the past, and may be in the future, significantly and adversely affected by strikes, work stoppages and other labor disputes. Approximately 50% of our unionized North American employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement between Houston Refining LP and the United Steelworkers Union, which became effective on January 20, 2010 and expires on January 31, 2012.

Our operations and assets are subject to extensive environmental, health and safety and other laws and regulations, which could result in material costs or liabilities.

We cannot predict with certainty the extent of future liabilities and costs under environmental, health and safety and other laws and regulations and whether any such liabilities and costs will be material. We also may face liability for alleged personal injury or property damage due to exposure to chemicals or other hazardous substances at our current or former facilities or chemicals that we manufacture, handle or own. In addition, because our products are components of a variety of other end-use products, we, along with other members of the chemical industry, are inherently subject to potential claims related to those end-use products. Although claims of the types described above have not historically had a material impact on our operations, a substantial increase in the success of these types of claims could result in the expenditure of a significant amount of cash by us to pay claims, and could reduce our operating results.

We (together with the industries in which we operate) are subject to extensive national, regional, state and local environmental laws, regulations, directives, rules and ordinances concerning, and are required to have permits and licenses regulating, emissions to the air, discharges onto land or surface waters or into groundwater and the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment, disposal and remediation of hazardous substances and waste materials. Many of these laws and regulations provide for substantial fines and potential criminal sanctions for violations, and such permits and licenses are subject to renewal, modification and in some circumstances, revocation. Some of these laws and regulations are subject to varying and conflicting interpretations. In addition, some of these laws and regulations require us to meet specific financial responsibility requirements. We generally expect that regulatory controls worldwide will become increasingly more demanding, including lower ozone ambient air standards in the U.S. and additional requirements related to climate change in the U.S. and other areas of the world where we operate, but cannot accurately predict future developments, such as increasingly strict environmental laws, and inspection and enforcement policies, as well as higher compliance costs, which might affect the handling, manufacture, use, emission or disposal of products, other materials or hazardous and non-hazardous waste. Stricter environmental, safety and health laws, regulations and enforcement policies could result in increased costs and liabilities to us or limitations on our operations, and could subject our handling, manufacture, use, reuse or disposal of substances or pollutants to more rigorous scrutiny than at present.

For example, under the European Union (“EU”) Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control Directive (“IPPC”), EU Member State governments are to adopt rules and implement an environmental permitting program relating to air, water and waste for individual facilities. While the EU countries are at varying stages in their

 

52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

respective implementation of the IPPC permit program, we have submitted all necessary IPPC permit applications required to date, and in some cases received completed permits from the applicable government agency. However, we do not know with certainty what future IPPC permits will require, or the costs of compliance with the IPPC permit program. The EU also has passed legislation governing the registration, evaluation and authorization of chemicals (Regulation on Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals, or “REACH”). Under REACH, we are required to register chemicals and gain authorization for the use of certain substances. As an importer of chemicals and materials from outside the EU, we are subject to additional registration obligations. Legislation or rulings similar to REACH may also be adopted outside the EU Member States, which could add to our obligations. Some risk of environmental costs and liabilities is inherent in our operations and products, and there is no assurance that material costs and liabilities will not be incurred.

Environmental laws may have a significant effect on the nature and scope of cleanup of contamination at current and former operating facilities and at other sites at which hazardous substances generated by our current or former subsidiaries were disposed, the costs of transportation and storage of raw materials and finished products and the costs of the storage and disposal of wastewater. In the U.S., the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (“CERCLA”) may impose joint and several liability for the costs of remedial investigations and cleanup actions, as well as damages to natural resources, on the entities that generated hazardous substances, arranged for disposal of the hazardous substances, transported to or selected the disposal sites and the past and present owners and operators of such sites. All such responsible parties (or any one of them, including us) may be required to bear all of such costs regardless of fault, the legality of the original disposal or ownership of the disposal site. Under the EU Environmental Liability Directive, EU Member States may require the remediation of soil and groundwater contamination in certain circumstances, under the “polluter pays principle.” The scope of events and circumstances that could trigger remediation requirements and the level of remediation required vary from Member State to Member State. Similar environmental laws and regulations that have been or may be enacted in other countries outside of the U.S. may impose similar liabilities and costs upon us.

We also have liabilities under the U.S. Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and various U.S. state and non-U.S. government regulations related to several current and former plant sites. Some of our manufacturing sites have an extended history of industrial chemical manufacturing and use, including on-site waste disposal. We are aware of soil, groundwater and surface water contamination at some of our sites, and we may find contamination at other sites in the future. It is anticipated that corrective measures will be necessary to comply with federal and state requirements with respect to some of these facilities. We also are responsible under applicable environmental laws for a portion of the remediation of certain off-site waste disposal facilities. Prior to the filing of the Bankruptcy Cases, we contributed funds to the cleanup of several waste sites throughout the U.S. under CERCLA. We also have been named as a Potentially Responsible Party (“PRP”) under CERCLA or similar laws at several other sites. Our policy is to accrue remediation expenses when it is probable that such efforts will be required and the related expenses can be reasonably estimated. Estimated costs for future environmental compliance and remediation are necessarily imprecise due to such factors as the continuing evolution of environmental laws and regulatory requirements, the availability and application of technology, the identification of presently unknown remediation sites, uncertainties relating to the choice and cost of remedial actions at various sites and the allocation of costs among the potentially responsible parties under applicable statutes. Moreover, we are in the process of closing or shutting down more operating facilities, which may lead to increased remediation costs. In addition, the Debtors take the general position that claims and obligations owed to both governmental and private parties at sites not owned or leased by the Debtors as of the date of the petitions arose or are deemed to have arisen prior to January 6, 2009 and are general unsecured prepetition claims that will be discharged and satisfied through the Plan of Reorganization. The Debtors have ceased participation in remediation activities at such third party sites. Several government agencies have contested the Debtors’ position and actions. The Debtors’ general position is that they will continue to comply with certain ongoing environmental obligations at sites that are owned or leased by the Debtors as of the date of the petitions until resolution of their obligation is obtained through the Bankruptcy Cases. Whether, and the extent to which, those

 

53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

positions are supported or contested by adverse parties or upheld or rejected by the Bankruptcy Court in the Bankruptcy Cases adds further uncertainty to the Debtors’ assessment of their environmental liabilities. If actual expenditures exceed the amounts accrued, that could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position. For further discussion regarding our environmental matters and related accruals, see “Item 1. Business—Environmental Capital Expenditures” and Note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In addition to the matters described above, we are subject to other material regulatory requirements that could result in higher operating costs, such as regulatory requirements relating to the security of our facilities, and the transportation, exportation or registration of our products. Although we have compliance programs and other processes intended to ensure compliance with all such regulations, we are subject to the risk that our compliance with such regulations could be challenged. Non-compliance with certain of these regulations could result in the incurrence of additional costs, penalties or assessments that could be material.

We may incur substantial costs to comply with, and demand for our products may be reduced by, climate change legislation and regulatory initiatives.

There has been a broad range of proposed or promulgated state, national and international laws focusing on greenhouse gas (“GHG”) reduction. These proposed or promulgated laws apply or could apply in countries where we have interests or may have interests in the future. After the international meetings in Copenhagen, laws in this field continue to evolve and, while they are likely to be increasingly widespread and stringent, at this stage it is not possible to accurately estimate either a timetable for implementation or our future compliance costs relating to implementation.

Within the framework of EU emissions trading, we were allocated certain allowances of carbon dioxide per year for the affected plants of our European sites for the 2005 to 2007 period. For the second trading period (2008 to 2012), a number of our chemical plants are included in the Europe-wide trading system. We expect to incur additional costs as a result of the existing emissions trading scheme and could incur additional costs in relation to any future carbon or other greenhouse gas emission trading schemes. The costs could be higher to the extent that we decide to sell credits that we need in the future.

In the U.S., the EPA recently issued its final endangerment finding that is expected to lead to the agency promulgating federal GHG regulations and emissions limits under the Clean Air Act, even without Congressional action. The EPA has issued mandatory GHG reporting requirements which could lead to further obligations. The recent EPA action could be a precursor to further federal regulation of carbon dioxide emissions and other greenhouse gases, and may affect the outcome of other climate change lawsuits pending in United States federal courts in a manner unfavorable to our industry. In any event, some form of regulation is likely to be forthcoming at the United States federal level or the state level with respect to GHG emissions, and such regulation could result in the creation of additional costs in the form of taxes or required acquisition or trading of emission allowances.

Compliance with these or other changes in laws, regulations and obligations that create a GHG emissions trading scheme or GHG reduction policies generally could significantly increase our costs or reduce demand for products we produce. Depending on the nature of potential regulations and legislation, any future laws and regulations could result in increased compliance costs or additional operating restrictions, and could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Legislative and other actions have eliminated substantially all U.S. demand for MTBE.

Substantially all refiners and blenders have discontinued the use of MTBE in the U.S., partly as a result of U.S. federal governmental initiatives to increase use of bio-ethanol in gasoline as well as some state legislation to reduce or ban the use of MTBE. Accordingly, we are marketing our U.S.-produced MTBE for use outside of the U.S. However, there are higher distribution costs and import duties associated with exporting MTBE outside the

 

54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

U.S., and the increased supply of MTBE may reduce profitability of MTBE in these export markets. Our U.S.-based and European-based MTBE plants generally have the flexibility to produce either MTBE or ETBE to accommodate market needs. We produce and sell ETBE to accommodate growing demand for bio-based fuels in Europe, Japan and elsewhere in the world. There is a risk that such markets may ban or stop the use of MTBE or ETBE. As a result, we may, in the future, be required to produce an alternative gasoline blending component to either MTBE or ETBE, the profit contribution of which may be significantly lower than that historically realized on MTBE or ETBE.

Our international operations are subject to exchange rate fluctuations, exchange controls, political risks and other risks relating to international operations.

We have substantial international operations, which are subject to the risks of doing business on a global level, including fluctuations in currency exchange rates, transportation delays and interruptions, war, terrorist activities, epidemics, pandemics, political and economic instability and disruptions, restrictions on the transfer of funds, the imposition of duties and tariffs, import and export controls, changes in governmental policies, labor unrest and current and changing regulatory environments. These events could reduce the demand for our products, decrease the prices at which we can sell our products, disrupt production or other operations, require substantial capital and other costs to comply, and/or increase security costs or insurance premiums, all of which could reduce our operating results. In addition, we obtain a substantial portion of our principal raw materials from international sources that are subject to these same risks. Our compliance with applicable customs, currency exchange control regulations, transfer pricing regulations or any other laws or regulations to which we may be subject could be challenged. Furthermore, these laws may be modified, the result of which may be to prevent or limit subsidiaries from transferring cash to us. For geographic data, see Note 29 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Furthermore, we may experience difficulty enforcing agreements in certain jurisdictions. In jurisdictions where bankruptcy laws and practices may vary, we may experience difficulty collecting receivables through the applicable legal systems. We are subject to certain existing, and may be subject to possible future, laws that limit or may limit our activities while some of our competitors may not be subject to such laws, which may adversely affect our competitiveness.

In addition, we generate revenues from export sales and operations that may be denominated in currencies other than the relevant functional currency. Exchange rates between these currencies and functional currencies in recent years have fluctuated significantly and may do so in the future. Future events, which may significantly increase or decrease the risk of future movement in currencies in which we conduct our business, cannot be predicted. We also may hedge certain revenues and costs using derivative instruments to minimize the impact of changes in the exchange rates of those currencies compared to the respective functional currencies. It is possible that fluctuations in exchange rates will result in reduced operating results.

Significant changes in pension fund investment performance or assumptions relating to pension costs may adversely affect the valuation of pension obligations, the funded status of pension plans, and our pension cost.

Our funding policy for pension plans is to accumulate plan assets that, over the long run, will approximate the present value of projected benefit obligations. Our pension cost is materially affected by the discount rate used to measure pension obligations, the level of plan assets available to fund those obligations at the measurement date and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. Significant changes in investment performance or a change in the portfolio mix of invested assets may result in corresponding increases and decreases in the valuation of plan assets, particularly equity securities, or in a change of the expected rate of return on plan assets. Any change in key actuarial assumptions, such as the discount rate, would impact the valuation of pension obligations, affecting the reported funded status of our pension plans as well as the net periodic pension cost in the following fiscal years. Certain of our current pension plans are underfunded. As of December 31, 2009, our pension plans were underfunded by $1,140 million. Any declines in the fair values of

 

55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the pension plans assets could require additional payments by us in order to maintain specified funding levels. Our pension plans are subject to legislative and regulatory requirements of applicable jurisdictions, which could include, under certain circumstances, local governmental authority to terminate the plan. See Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Many of our businesses depend on our intellectual property. Our future success will depend in part on our ability to protect our intellectual property rights, and our inability to do so could reduce our ability to maintain our competitiveness and margins.

As of December 31, 2009, we had a significant worldwide patent portfolio of issued and pending patents. These patents, together with proprietary technical know-how, are significant to our competitive position, particularly with regard to PO, performance chemicals, petrochemicals, flavor and fragrance chemicals, and polymers, including process technologies such as Spheripol, Spherizone, Hostalen, Spherilene, Lupotech T and Lupotech G and Avant catalyst family technology rights. We rely on the patent, copyright and trade secret laws of the U.S. and other countries to protect our investment in research and development, manufacturing and marketing. However, we may be unable to prevent third parties from using our intellectual property without authorization. Proceedings to protect these rights could be costly and we may not prevail.

The protection afforded by patents varies from country to country and depends upon the type of patent and its scope of coverage. While a presumption of validity exists with respect to patents issued to us, our patents may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented or rendered unenforceable. In addition, if any pending patent application filed by us does not result in an issued patent, or if patents are issued to us, but such patents do not provide meaningful protection of our intellectual property, then our ability to exploit our intellectual property may be adversely affected. Furthermore, as patents expire, the products and processes described and claimed under those patents become generally available for use by competitors. Our continued growth strategy may also bring us to regions of the world where intellectual property protection may be limited and difficult to enforce. In addition, patent rights may not prevent our competitors from developing, using or selling products that are similar or functionally equivalent to our products. Moreover, our competitors or other third parties may obtain patents that restrict or preclude our ability to lawfully produce or sell our products in a competitive manner, which could result in significantly lower revenues, reduced profit margins or loss of market share.

We also rely upon unpatented proprietary know-how and continuing technological innovation and other trade secrets to develop and maintain our competitive position. While it is our policy to enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees and third parties to protect our intellectual property, these confidentiality agreements may be breached, may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or proprietary know-how, or adequate remedies may not be available in the event of an unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets and know-how. In addition, others could obtain knowledge of our trade secrets through independent development or other access by legal or illegal means.

The failure of our patents or confidentiality agreements to protect our processes, apparatuses, technology, trade secrets or proprietary know-how could result in significantly lower revenues, reduced profit margins and cash flows and/or loss of market share. Additionally, we may be subject to claims that our technology, patents or other intellectual property infringes on a third party’s intellectual property rights. Unfavorable resolution of these claims could either result in our being restricted from delivering the related service or result in a settlement that could be material to us.

The continued integration of the historical Lyondell Chemical businesses with the historical Basell businesses may be extremely time-consuming and the associated expected synergies and savings may not be realized.

The process of effectively integrating the historical Basell and Lyondell Chemical businesses into one business continues to require significant managerial and financial resources. The costs and time required to integrate these businesses into one organization could cause the interruption of, or a loss of momentum in, the

 

56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

activities of any one, or several, of the operations of the constituent entities. Furthermore, the combination of the Lyondell Chemical and Basell businesses has significantly increased our size and has also substantially increased the scope and complexity of our operations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to effectively manage the enlarged operation, or achieve the desired profitability from the combination of the Lyondell Chemical and Basell businesses. A failure to successfully integrate Lyondell Chemical with Basell’s legacy business operations within the expected time frame could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have also undertaken significant and aggressive fixed cost reduction programs. Since the beginning of 2008, we have shut down or announced planned shutdowns of either units or entire facilities, including, in North America, three polypropylene sites, one olefin site, one ethylene glycol site, one PE site, one PP compounding site and one PP compounding unit and announced our intention to shutdown another polypropylene site. In Europe, we have closed one PE site, one PE unit and one polypropylene unit and announced our intention to shutdown another polypropylene site. We continue to evaluate our asset portfolio and may initiate further rationalization, depending on market conditions. Furthermore, we have expanded our cost reduction program to be broader and more substantial in anticipation of continued weak market conditions in olefins, polyolefins and refining. The key components of the program include reducing staff, rationalizing our worldwide asset base, restructuring our contracts and realizing savings in procurement and logistics. The full benefits of these programs may be difficult to realize and any short term synergies and savings realized may not be sustainable in the long term. Losses of key personnel pursuant to any employee reduction programs, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Shared control or lack of control of joint ventures may delay decisions or actions regarding the joint ventures.

A portion of our operations currently are, and may in the future be, conducted through joint ventures, where control may be exercised by or shared with unaffiliated third parties. We cannot control the actions of our joint venture partners, including any nonperformance, default or bankruptcy of joint venture partners. The joint ventures that we do not control may also lack adequate internal controls systems.

In the event that any of our joint venture partners do not observe their joint venture obligations, it is possible that the affected joint venture would not be able to operate in accordance with our business plans or that we would be required to increase our level of commitment in order to give effect to such plans. As with any such joint venture arrangements, differences in views among the joint venture participants may result in delayed decisions or in failures to agree on major matters, potentially adversely affecting the business and operations of the joint ventures and in turn our business and operations.

Our results of operations could be adversely affected by litigation and other commitments and contingencies.

We face risks arising from various unasserted and asserted litigation matters, including, but not limited to, product liability, patent infringement, antitrust claims, and claims for third party property damage. We have also noted a nationwide trend in purported class actions against chemical manufacturers generally seeking relief such as medical monitoring, property damages, off-site remediation and punitive damages arising from alleged environmental torts without claiming present personal injuries. We have also noted a trend in public and private nuisance suits being filed on behalf of states, counties, cities and utilities alleging harm to the general public. Various factors or developments can lead to changes in current estimates of liabilities such as a final adverse judgment, significant settlement or changes in applicable law. A future adverse ruling or unfavorable development could result in future charges that could have a material adverse effect on us. An adverse outcome in any one or more of these matters could be material to our results of operations.

In the ordinary course of business, we may make certain commitments, including representations, warranties and indemnities relating to current and past operations, including those related to divested businesses and issue guarantees of third party obligations. If we were required to make payments as a result, they could exceed the amounts accrued, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations.

 

57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We do not yet know all of the persons who will serve on the Supervisory Board of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. after the Emergence Date; we may be initially controlled by the Rights Offering Sponsors, and their interests in LyondellBasell Industries N.V. may conflict with your interests.

Our Supervisory Board will initially consist of nine members. Of the initial Supervisory Board, the Rights Offering Sponsors will have the right to nominate five initial Supervisory Board members. Apollo will have the right to nominate three initial Supervisory Board members, Access Industries will have the right to nominate one initial Supervisory Board member and Ares will have the right to nominate one initial Supervisory Board member. The remaining initial Supervisory Board members will be independent and will be identified by a search firm appointed by the Debtors, subject to the approval of the Rights Offering Sponsors (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld). We have not yet identified the independent members of the Supervisory Board. For so long as the Rights Offering Sponsors own specified percentages of our ordinary shares, they will be entitled to nominate members of the Supervisory Board. See “Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”

Based on current information available to us, the Rights Offering Sponsors would collectively own approximately 39% of our then outstanding ordinary shares after the Emergence Date. We expect Apollo to be our largest shareholder after the Emergence Date, owning approximately 25% of our then outstanding ordinary shares. We expect that Ares and its affiliates will own approximately 7% of our ordinary shares and Access Industries will own approximately 7% of our ordinary shares after the Emergence Date. In addition to Apollo, Access and Ares, we currently expect at least one prepetition creditor will beneficially own more than 5% of our ordinary shares after the Emergence Date. See “Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”

As long as the Rights Offering Sponsors and any other substantial shareholder own, directly or indirectly, a substantial portion of our outstanding shares, they will be able to exert significant control over us, including:

 

   

the composition of our board of directors and, through it, any determination with respect to our business;

 

   

direction and policies, including the appointment and removal of officers;

 

   

the determination of incentive compensation, which may affect our ability to retain key employees;

 

   

any determinations with respect to mergers or other business combinations;

 

   

our acquisition or disposition of assets;

 

   

our financing decisions and our capital raising activities;

 

   

the payment of dividends;

 

   

conduct in regulatory and legal proceedings; and

 

   

amendments to our articles of association.

The Rights Offering Sponsors, in the event that they act collectively, may have the ability to elect or remove and replace a majority of the members of our Supervisory Board without calling a meeting of the shareholders. The concentration of ownership may also make some transactions more difficult or impossible without the support of the Rights Offering Sponsors or more likely with the support of the Rights Offering Sponsors. The interests of any of the Rights Offering Sponsors, any other substantial shareholder or any of their respective affiliates could conflict with or differ from our interests or the interests of shareholders. For example, the concentration of ownership held by the Rights Offering Sponsors could delay, defer or prevent a change of control of our company or impede a merger, takeover or other business combination which may otherwise be favorable for us. A Rights Offering Sponsor, substantial shareholder or affiliate thereof may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

 

58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Risks Relating to Our Bankruptcy Cases and Emergence

Our actual financial results may vary significantly from the projections filed with the Bankruptcy Court.

In connection with our disclosure statement relating to the Plan of Reorganization (the “Disclosure Statement”), and the hearing to consider confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization, we prepared projected financial information to demonstrate to the Bankruptcy Court the feasibility of the Plan of Reorganization and our ability to continue operations upon our emergence from the Bankruptcy Cases. This information was not audited or reviewed by our independent public accountants. These projections were prepared solely for the purpose of the Bankruptcy Cases and have not been, and will not be, updated on an ongoing basis. These projections are not included in this Registration Statement and have not been incorporated by reference into this Registration Statement and should not be relied upon in connection with the purchase or sale of ordinary shares. At the time they were prepared, the projections reflected numerous assumptions concerning our anticipated future performance and with respect to prevailing and anticipated market and economic conditions that were and remain beyond our control and that may not materialize. Projections are inherently subject to substantial and numerous uncertainties and to a wide variety of significant business, economic and competitive risks and the assumptions underlying the projections and/or valuation estimates may prove to be wrong in material respects. Actual results may vary significantly from those contemplated by the projections that were prepared in connection with the Disclosure Statement and the hearing to consider confirmation the Plan of Reorganization. As a result, you should not consider or rely on such projections in deciding whether to invest in the ordinary shares.

Our financial condition or results of operations will not be comparable to the financial condition or results of operations reflected in our historical financial statements.

Following the Emergence Date, we will operate our existing business under a new capital structure. In addition, we will be subject to the “fresh-start” accounting rules. As required by fresh-start accounting, assets and liabilities will be recorded at fair value, based on values determined in connection with the implementation of our Plan of Reorganization. Certain reported assets do not yet give effect to the adjustments that may result from the adoption of fresh-start accounting and, as a result, would change materially. Accordingly, our financial condition and results of operations from and after the Emergence Date will not be comparable to the financial condition or results of operations reflected in our historical financial statements included elsewhere in this Registration Statement.

Bankruptcy Court relief against contingent liability exposure may not be as broad as is contemplated by the Plan of Reorganization.

Our Plan of Reorganization provides for the creation of an Environmental Custodial Trust (the “Environmental Custodial Trust”) and a Millennium Custodial Trust (the “Millennium Custodial Trust”), which will assume certain alleged liabilities and into which certain assets of the Debtors and other assets will be contributed. The Environmental Custodial Trust will assume the alleged liabilities for environmental matters associated with certain environmentally contaminated properties owned by certain Debtors and receive related clean-up funds.

The Millennium Custodial Trust will receive, directly or indirectly, all the equity interests of Millennium Chemicals and its direct or indirect subsidiaries (collectively, the “Schedule III Debtors” as defined in the Plan of Reorganization) after consummation of certain transactions as provided for in the Plan of Reorganization, and the Schedule III Debtors will be liquidated and their assets distributed in satisfaction of their respective obligations. Under the Plan of Reorganization, certain of the Debtors and their affiliates will receive broad releases of and indemnities regarding any claims that any Schedule III Debtor, or any entity or person claiming by, through or under a Schedule III Debtor, could assert against any such Debtor or affiliate, as set forth in more detail in the Plan of Reorganization. However, we cannot assure you that the Plan of Reorganization and the releases contained therein and the trusts to be used to implement the Plan of Reorganization (even if approved by the

 

59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Bankruptcy Court in the form as currently proposed) will protect us as broadly as contemplated by the terms of the Plan of Reorganization. Any claims or liabilities not ultimately barred by these releases or covered by these trusts could have a material adverse affect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The Millennium Custodial Trust will assume ownership, directly and indirectly through its direct ownership of the equity of Millennium Chemicals, its direct and indirect subsidiaries, (together with Millennium Chemicals, the “Millennium Chain”), subject to all the alleged liabilities of the Millennium Chain, including environmental liabilities of the Millennium Chain arising from or related to the Kalamazoo River Superfund Site and other sites not owned or leased by the Millennium Chain but excluding any liabilities that are resolved through the Environmental Custodial Trust or the settlement with the relevant governmental authorities. Creditors of the Schedule III Debtors may attempt to assert claims for these alleged liabilities against the Reorganized Debtors, as defined in the Plan of Reorganization. We believe that we have meritorious defenses to any such claims, however, there can be no assurance these defenses will be successful or that we will not be held liable for some or all of these claims. See “Item 8. Legal Proceedings—Environmental Custodial Trust and Millennium Custodial Trust.”

Our historical financial statements state that uncertainties related to our emergence from Chapter 11 protection raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

This Registration Statement includes the audited consolidated financial statements of LyondellBasell AF as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). These financial statements state that uncertainties related to our emergence from Chapter 11 protection raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Although we believe that as of the Emergence Date, the basis for the uncertainties relating to our ability to continue as a going concern will no longer exist, we cannot assure you that a similar disclosure will not be included in future financial statements.

Regardless of the foregoing, the historical financial statements of LyondellBasell AF have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applicable to a going concern, which assumes that we will be able to meet our obligations and continue our operations over a reasonable length of time. Realization values may be substantially different from carrying values as shown and these financial statements do not give effect to adjustments that would be necessary to the carrying values and classification of assets and liabilities should we be unable to continue as a going concern.

Our emergence from Chapter 11 may trigger consent rights or termination rights in certain material contracts.

We and our affiliates are parties to certain material contracts that contain various consent rights or potential termination rights that may or may not be triggered in connection with our emergence from Chapter 11. In the event that such rights are triggered, we or our affiliates may not be able to obtain the relevant consents or waivers on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Accordingly, the counterparties to such contracts could have a right to terminate such contracts, and such termination could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance or affect our ability to carry out our business plan.

The bankruptcy may have affected our relationship with key employees, suppliers, customers and others.

Our bankruptcy may have significantly harmed relationships we have with key customers, joint venture partners, suppliers, employees, hedging counterparties and others, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition following our emergence from bankruptcy. Our ability to attract, motivate and retain key employees and managers has been affected by bankruptcy, which has limited our ability to take some measures intended to motivate key employees and managers to remain with us until our emergence from bankruptcy and following such emergence.

 

60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness

We expect to have a significant level of debt as of the Emergence Date, and we could incur additional debt in the future. Our debt could have significant consequences for our business and future prospects.

We expect LyondellBasell Industries N.V. to have approximately $7.2 billion of total consolidated debt and approximately $5.2 billion of net consolidated debt, assuming an April 30, 2010 Emergence Date. Total outstanding debt of approximately $7.2 billion would represent approximately 47% of our total book capitalization. In addition, we would have had no borrowings outstanding under our U.S. ABL Facility and approximately $2.4 billion lending commitments under our U.S. ABL Facility and European Securitization arrangements (availability is subject to borrowing base and advance rate calculations; there will be an estimated $650.0 million of letter of credit usage of such commitments as of the Emergence Date).

Our debt and the limitations imposed on us by our financing arrangements in place following consummation of our Plan of Reorganization could have significant consequences for our business and future prospects, including the following:

 

   

we may be required to dedicate a substantial portion, or all, of our cash flow from operations to payments of principal and interest on our debt;

 

   

we may not be able to obtain necessary financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements or other purposes and we may be required under the terms of those financing arrangements to use the proceeds of any financing we obtain to repay or prepay existing debt;

 

   

we may be exposed to risks inherent in interest rate fluctuations to the extent our borrowings are at variable rates of interest, which would result in higher interest expense in the event of increases in interest rates;

 

   

we could be more vulnerable during downturns in our business and be less able to take advantage of significant business opportunities and to react to changes in our business and in market or industry conditions; and

 

   

we may have a competitive disadvantage relative to our competitors that have less debt.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future, which is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. Our future cash flows may be insufficient to meet all of our debt obligations and other commitments and any insufficiency could negatively impact our business. To the extent we are unable to repay our indebtedness as it becomes due or at maturity with cash on hand, we will need to refinance our debt, sell assets or repay the debt with the proceeds from equity offerings. Additional indebtedness or equity financing may not be available to us in the future for the refinancing or repayment of existing indebtedness, and we may not be able to complete asset sales in a timely manner sufficient to make such repayments. In that case, we would be unable to make principal and interest payments, and our continued viability would be threatened.

Our interest expense also could increase if interest rates increase because we have significant financings with variable rates, including our Senior Term Loan Facility and U.S. ABL Facility. An increase of 1% in the interest rate payable on our variable rate indebtedness would increase our current annual estimated debt service requirements by between $10 million and $27 million, depending on the amount outstanding under the U.S. ABL Facility.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service our debt obligations; there can be no assurance that our post-emergence capital resources will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements.

Our ability to meet our obligations will depend upon our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and financial, business and other factors beyond our

 

61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

control. We may be unable to maintain a level of cash flows sufficient to permit us to meet our obligations. We expect to have a significant level of debt as of the Emergence Date, and we may incur additional debt in the future. Our debt could have significant consequences for our business and future business prospects.

Following emergence, we will finance our ongoing working capital, capital expenditure, debt service and other funding requirements through a combination of cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operations, borrowings under the U.S. ABL Facility, the European Securitization and other receivables securitization and financing arrangements. We will need to access the cash flow from our foreign subsidiaries on an efficient basis. Upon emergence, assuming the Emergence Date occurs on April 30, 2010, we expect to have approximately $2.0 billion of cash and cash equivalents. Our working capital swings can be very wide and the expected cash balance at emergence may materially differ, especially if the Emergence Date is delayed. We believe that these liquidity arrangements will provide us with sufficient financing to meet our funding requirements, but we are subject to risks attendant to the cyclicality and volatility of our businesses which can materially impact our working capital needs. Among other things, we are subject to risks that our working capital requirements can spike with high oil prices. To address this, we may seek to put in place a $750 million Oil-Indexed Credit Facility following emergence. There can be no assurance that this facility will be available on commercially acceptable terms or that we will be successful in maintaining our current liquidity arrangements on satisfactory terms or otherwise. In any event, our ability to meet our funding requirements will depend upon many factors outside of our control, including prevailing economic conditions, the costs of raw materials, energy prices and the direction of the current financial and economic downturn and there can be no assurance that our liquidity arrangements, including our starting cash balances, will be satisfactory to meet our obligations, including our substantial debt service obligations.

If our cash flow from operations and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and we cannot assure you that we would be able to implement such alternative measures on satisfactory terms or at all. Our debt instruments may limit our ability to effect such actions as well.

Failure to comply with covenants or to pay principal of, and interest on, indebtedness when due could result in an acceleration of debt.

A breach of covenants of or the failure to pay principal and interest when due under our debt or other financing arrangements in place following consummation of the Plan of Reorganization could result in a default or cross-default under all or some of those instruments. If any such default or cross-default occurs, the applicable lenders or noteholders may elect to declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued interest and other amounts payable thereunder, to be immediately due and payable. In such circumstances, such lenders or noteholders may also have the right to terminate any commitments they have to provide further borrowings, and the counterparties under securitization programs or facilities may be entitled to terminate further purchases of interests in accounts receivable and receive all collections from previously sold interests until they have collected on their interests in those receivables, thus reducing our liquidity. In addition, following such an event of default, lenders or noteholders may have the right to proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure the obligations, which in some cases may include available cash. If the obligations under any material financing arrangement were to be accelerated, it is likely that we would not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to make these accelerated payments, and as a result we could be forced to again file for bankruptcy protection or liquidation.

We expect that our debt or other financing arrangements in place following consummation of our Plan of Reorganization will contain a number of restrictive covenants that will impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us. These are likely to include covenants restricting, among other things, our ability to: (i) incur, assume or permit to exist indebtedness or guarantees; (ii) incur, assume or permit to exist liens; (iii) make loans and investments; (iv) make external dividends or distributions; (v) engage in mergers, acquisitions, and other

 

62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

business combinations; (vi) prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness; (vii) amend or otherwise alter terms of certain indebtedness, and other material agreements; (viii) make dispositions of assets; (ix) engage in transactions with affiliates; (x) enter into or permit to exist contractual obligations limiting the ability to make distributions or to incur or permit to exist liens; (xi) limit capital expenditures; and (xii) alter the conduct of business. There will also be financial covenants requiring us to maintain a maximum senior secured leverage ratio and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. The ability to meet financial requirements can be affected by events beyond our control and, over time, these covenants may not be satisfied.

The current instability and uncertainty in the worldwide financial markets have created increased counterparty risk.

We have exposure to various financial institutions under commodity hedging contracts and the risk of counterparty default is currently higher in light of existing capital market and economic conditions. Reduced liquidity or financial losses resulting from exposure to the risk of counterparties could have a material adverse effect on our cash flow and financial condition.

Our disclosure of our liquidity constraints and the Bankruptcy Cases have reduced the availability of trade credit.

The public disclosure of our liquidity constraints and the Bankruptcy Cases have impaired our ability to maintain normal credit terms with certain of our suppliers. As a result, we have been required to pay cash in advance to certain vendors and have experienced restrictions on the availability of trade credit, which has further reduced our liquidity. If liquidity problems persist following our emergence from bankruptcy, our suppliers could refuse to provide key products and services.

Risks Associated with Our Common Stock

The trading price of our ordinary shares may fluctuate and trading in the ordinary shares may be limited, which might lead to shareholders not being able to sell their ordinary shares at a reasonable price or at all.

Prior to the listing of our class A ordinary shares, our class B ordinary shares and our warrants to purchase class A ordinary shares on the NYSE, there has been no market for our ordinary shares or warrants. We cannot assure you that an active trading market in our ordinary shares or warrants will develop or be sustained. If such a market fails to develop or be sustained, this could adversely affect the liquidity and price of our ordinary shares or warrants, as well as increase their price volatility. Accordingly, we cannot assure investors of the liquidity of any such market, any ability to sell the ordinary shares or warrants or the prices that may be obtained for the ordinary shares or warrants.

The trading price of our ordinary shares and warrants may experience volatility and may fluctuate, depending upon many factors beyond our control. The trading price of our ordinary shares and warrants may be significantly affected by, among others the following factors: (i) our actual or anticipated operational results, (ii) the level of our debt, (iii) future issues of ordinary shares, (iv) changes in, or our failure to meet, securities analysts’ expectations, (v) general market conditions and the factors listed above under “—Risks Relating to Our Business.”

Uncertainty in enforcing U.S. judgments against The Netherlands corporations, directors and others could create difficulties for holders of our securities in enforcing any judgments obtained against us.

We are a company organized under the laws of The Netherlands and a significant portion of our assets are located outside the U.S. In addition, members of our Management and Supervisory Boards may be residents of countries other than the U.S. As a result, effecting service of process on each person may be difficult, and judgments of U.S. courts, including judgments against us or members of our Management or Supervisory Boards

 

63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

predicated on the civil liability provisions of the federal or state securities laws of the U.S., may be difficult to enforce. Because there is no treaty between certain countries and The Netherlands providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments, some countries’ judgments are not automatically enforceable in The Netherlands or in the United States, where the principal market for our shares is located. In addition, it is uncertain as to whether a court in one country would impose civil liability on us or on the members of our Management and Supervisory Boards in an original action brought against us or our management or supervisory directors in a court of competent jurisdiction in another country and predicated solely upon the securities laws of that other country.

We are subject to Dutch law and the rights of our ordinary shareholders may be different from those rights associated with companies governed by other laws.

As a result of being organized under the laws of The Netherlands, our corporate structure as well as the rights and obligations of our ordinary shareholders may be different from the rights and obligations of shareholders in companies incorporated in other jurisdictions. Resolutions of the general meeting of shareholders may be taken with majorities different from the majorities required for adoption of equivalent resolutions in, for example, Delaware companies. Additionally, like other Dutch companies, our articles of association and our board charter contain control-enhancing rights that may have the effect of preventing, discouraging or delaying a change of control.

In addition, Dutch law provides certain obligations on companies that are domiciled in The Netherlands and whose shares are admitted to trading on a “regulated market,” as well as on certain shareholders of such companies. The NYSE may qualify as a regulated market, in which case these laws will apply to us and to certain of our shareholders. Among other things, these laws may require shareholders to notify the Dutch financial markets regulator (Authoriteit Financiële Markten, or AFM) of their holding of ordinary shares and changes to their holding if they increase or decrease their shareholding over or below 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 75% and 95% of our ordinary shares and may require certain shareholders that acquire 30% or more of the voting rights attached to our ordinary shares, subject to certain exceptions, acting alone or in concert with others, to make an unconditional offer to all our shareholders. See “Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered—Description of Certain Provisions of Dutch Law.”

Risks Relating to Tax Matters

We have a risk of being classified as a controlled foreign corporation, which could adversely affect any 10% U.S. shareholder.

As a company incorporated in The Netherlands, we would be classified as a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes if:

 

   

any “United States person” (as defined in the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “U.S. Tax Code”)) possesses, directly, indirectly, or constructively, at least 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of our ordinary shares (each such person, a “10% U.S. shareholder”), and

 

   

the sum of the percentage ownership by all 10% U.S. shareholders exceeds 50% (by voting power or value) of our ordinary shares.

Because controlled foreign corporation status will depend upon the identity of our future shareholders and their respective stock ownership, there can be no assurance that LyondellBasell Industries N.V. will not be treated as a controlled foreign corporation for any taxable year. In the event that such a determination were made, all 10% U.S. shareholders would be subject to taxation under Subpart F of the U.S. Tax Code. The ultimate consequences of this determination are fact-specific to each 10% U.S. shareholder, but could include possible taxation of such 10% U.S. shareholder on a pro rata portion of our income, even in the absence of any distribution of such income.

 

64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

U.S. anti-inversion rules may apply to LyondellBasell Industries N.V. resulting in certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

The United States Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) could seek to apply section 7874 of the U.S. Tax Code to treat LyondellBasell Industries N.V. as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes if, in connection with our emergence from the Bankruptcy Cases, the former creditors and shareholders of our top U.S. holding company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (our “U.S. Group”) are entitled to at least 80% of the stock issued in our emergence from Chapter 11 by reason of holding claims against those entities. Application of the 80% test could result in significantly increased U.S. federal income tax liability to us.

Alternatively, the IRS could seek to impose U.S. federal income tax on our U.S. subsidiaries’ “inversion gain” if, in connection with our emergence from the Bankruptcy Cases, the former creditors and shareholders of our U.S. Group are entitled to at least 60%, but less than 80%, of the stock issued in our emergence from the Bankruptcy Cases by reason of holding such claims. Inversion gain generally includes gain from the transfer of stock or properties (other than inventory) and certain licensing income; tax on inversion gain generally cannot be offset by net operating losses, foreign tax credits or other tax attributes.

The 80% and 60% calculations are subject to certain adjustments. Although no assurance can be given that the IRS would not take a contrary position regarding section 7874’s application or that such position, if asserted, would not be sustained, we believe that the stock issued in connection with our emergence from the Bankruptcy Cases that is attributable to the value of claims against our companies outside the U.S. Group should exceed 40% of all stock issued for any claims against us, making section 7874 inapplicable to us under the numerical stock ownership tests described above. In addition, we believe that strong arguments can be made that section 7874 should not in any event apply to us because of the business activities that we and our affiliates will conduct in The Netherlands.

 

65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 2. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Selected Financial Data

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 and “—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” below.

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2009     2008     2007 (a)     2006  
     (in millions)  

Results of Operations Data:

        

Sales and other operating revenues

   $ 30,828      $ 50,706      $ 17,120      $ 13,175   

Interest expense

     (1,795     (2,476     (353     (332

Income (loss) from equity investments (b)

     (181     38        162        130   

Income (loss) from continuing operations (c)

     (2,866     (7,336     661        396   

Balance Sheet Data:

        

Total assets

     27,761        28,651        39,728        9,549   

Short-term debt

     6,182        774        2,415        779   

Long-term debt

     305        304        21,541        3,223   

Cash and cash equivalents

     558        858        560        830   

Accounts receivable

     3,287        2,585        4,165        2,041   

Inventories

     3,277        3,314        5,178        1,339   

Working capital

     4,436        3,237        5,019        1,900   

Liabilities subject to compromise

     22,494        —          —          —     

Cash Flow Data:

        

Cash provided by (used in):

        

Operating activities

     (787     1,090        1,180        1,034   

Investing activities

     (611     (1,884     (11,899     (535

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment

     (779     (1,000     (411     (263

Financing activities

     1,101        1,083        10,416        (190

 

(a) Results of operations and cash flow data reflect the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical from December 21, 2007. Balance sheet data include Lyondell Chemical balances as of December 31, 2007. Results of operations and cash flow data for the year ended December 31, 2006 do not reflect Lyondell Chemical, and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 does not reflect Lyondell Chemical.
(b) Loss from equity investments in 2009 includes pre-tax charges of $228 million for impairment of the carrying value of our investments in certain joint ventures.
(c) Loss from continuing operations in 2009 included after-tax charges of $1,925 million related to reorganization items and $11 million for impairments of goodwill and other assets and $228 million for the impairment of the carrying value of our investments in certain joint ventures, partially offset by $78 million of involuntary conversion gains related to insurance proceeds for damages sustained in 2005 at a polymers plant in Münchsmünster, Germany. Loss from continuing operations in 2008 included after-tax charges of $4,982 million related to the impairment of goodwill, $816 million to adjust the value of inventory to market value and $146 million, primarily for impairment of the carrying value of the Berre Refinery, all of which were partially offset by $51 million of involuntary conversion gains related to insurance proceeds for damages sustained at the Münchsmünster polymers plant. Income from continuing operations in 2007 included after-tax benefits of $130 million from the $200 million break-up fee related to a proposed merger with the Huntsman group, partially offset by after tax-charges of $95 million related to the in-process research and development acquired in the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical, and $13 million related to asset impairments of the carrying value of a plant in Canada and capitalized engineering costs for a new polymers plant in Germany. Income from continuing operations in 2006 included after-tax asset impairment charges of $27 million primarily for goodwill related to a 2005 acquisition of an ethylene business in France. After-tax amounts included herein have been tax effected using the U.S. statutory rate of 35%.

 

66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the information contained in the LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. (formerly known as Basell AF S.C.A. or “Basell”) audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the related notes thereto. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. LyondellBasell AF’s actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of numerous factors.

In reviewing the following discussion and analysis, certain points concerning the historical and future results of operations of LyondellBasell AF should be considered:

 

   

Following our emergence from bankruptcy, our historical financial statements will not be comparable to financial statements for future periods. LyondellBasell AF acquired Lyondell Chemical on December 20, 2007. Operating results prior to such date in 2007 do not include the results of Lyondell Chemical. Some significant changes in operating results are due to the effects of the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical, rather than changes in the business performance of LyondellBasell AF’s predecessor, Basell. As a result, the financial information for 2008 is generally not comparable to 2007. Moreover, on January 6, 2009, April 24, 2009 and May 8, 2009, the Debtors filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11. The effects of operating the businesses of the Debtors as “debtors-in-possession” under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court likely affected our operations in ways that would make 2009 more difficult to compare with 2008.

 

   

As a result of its recent reorganization, LyondellBasell AF reassessed segment reporting based on the current management structure. Based on this analysis, LyondellBasell AF concluded that management is focused on the Refining and Oxyfuels segment; the O&P—Americas segment; the O&P—EAI segment; the I&D segment; and the Technology segment. See “—Segment Analysis” below for a description of the segments.

 

   

LyondellBasell AF’s consolidated operating results, which are discussed in “—Overview” and “—Results of Operations” below, are determined using both the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) and last in, first out (“LIFO”) methods of accounting to determine inventory cost. The LIFO method is used for certain U.S. inventories to maintain consistency with LyondellBasell AF’s U.S. federal income tax treatment of those inventories (see Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). This discussion is supplemented by a discussion of LyondellBasell AF’s segment operating results under “—Segment Analysis” below. For purposes of evaluating segment results, management reviews operating results determined using current cost, which approximates results using the LIFO method of accounting for inventory. LyondellBasell AF intends to adopt the LIFO method of accounting for inventory on a company-wide basis upon emergence from bankruptcy and adoption of fresh-start accounting.

 

   

In addition to comparisons of current operating results with the same period in the prior year, LyondellBasell AF has included, as additional disclosure, certain “trailing quarter” comparisons of fourth quarter 2009 operating results to third quarter 2009 operating results. LyondellBasell AF’s businesses are highly cyclical, in addition to experiencing some less significant seasonal effects. Trailing quarter comparisons may offer important insight into current business direction.

 

   

After tax amounts referred to in the discussion herein are tax effected using the U.S. statutory rate of 35%.

References to industry benchmark prices or costs, including the weighted average cost of ethylene production, are generally to industry prices and costs reported by CMAI, except that references to industry benchmarks for refining and oxyfuels market margins are to industry prices reported by Platts and crude oil and natural gas benchmark price references are to Bloomberg.

 

67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Overview

LyondellBasell AF is a global manufacturer of chemicals and plastics, a refiner of crude oil, including heavy, high-sulfur crude oil, a significant producer of gasoline blending components and a licensor of technology processes. LyondellBasell AF has five reporting segments: Refining and Oxyfuels, O&P—Americas, O&P—EAI, I&D and Technology.

Our performance is driven by, among other things, global economic conditions generally and their impact on demand for our products, raw material and energy prices, and industry-specific issues, such as production capacity. Our businesses are subject to the cyclicality and volatility seen in the chemicals and refining industries generally. While the global financial crisis and recession, and other factors discussed below, contributed to our filing under Chapter 11, industry analysts believe many of our products are currently near or at their trough levels and forecast cyclical upside in the coming years. We have seen some favorable developments in late 2009 that may continue to be reflected in our 2010 performance, such as continued delays in the construction of Middle Eastern and Asian production capacity which was expected to exacerbate current excess capacity issues, raw material pricing improvements and extensive government intervention globally. However, there can be no assurance that these positive developments will continue or that there will not be further adverse developments.

Chapter 11 Filing

The global financial crisis and recession have created substantial uncertainty for the global economy and the markets in which LyondellBasell AF operates. By December 2008, it became apparent that LyondellBasell AF was experiencing a substantial tightening in liquidity, as the significant decline in crude oil and raw material prices negatively affected the availability of borrowing under LyondellBasell AF’s asset-based working capital and credit facilities. This, coupled with the simultaneous decline in demand for LyondellBasell AF’s products, resulted in a further deterioration of LyondellBasell AF’s liquidity.

In December 2008, LyondellBasell AF entered into agreements with the lenders under the Interim Loan Agreement extending the payment dates for certain payments due in December 2008. LyondellBasell AF also hired advisors in December 2008, including a Chief Restructuring Officer, to assist in evaluating the strategic options available to LyondellBasell AF and continued to work collaboratively with its lenders and other parties to extend payment dates and restructure its debt obligations.

On January 6, 2009, certain of LyondellBasell AF’s U.S. subsidiaries and one of its European holding companies, Basell Germany Holdings GmbH (“Germany Holdings”) filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 in the Bankruptcy Court. In addition, voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 were filed by LyondellBasell AF and its general partner, LyondellBasell AF GP S.à r.l. on April 24, 2009 and by thirteen additional U.S. subsidiaries on May 8, 2009. All 94 of these Bankruptcy Cases are being jointly administered under the caption “ In re Lyondell Chemical Company, et al ,” and the Debtors are continuing to operate their businesses and manage their properties as “debtors in possession” under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and orders of the Bankruptcy Court.

Although under applicable non-bankruptcy law the commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases constituted an event of default under many of the debt agreements of LyondellBasell AF and many of its direct and indirect subsidiaries and affiliates, and an event of termination under certain of their asset-based facilities, the ability of the lenders to enforce their rights under the credit facilities and the ability of other creditors to seek payment of prepetition liabilities or to take actions against the Debtors under other agreements has been stayed with respect to the Debtors in substantially all cases in accordance with applicable provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Moreover, the termination provisions in many agreements with the Debtors triggered by the commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases are not enforceable under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Since the commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases, the Debtors have replaced certain of their asset-based facilities through new, DIP financing. In addition, the required number of secured lenders entered into

 

68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

forbearance agreements, as applicable, with respect to the exercise of certain remedies under the amended and restated prepetition senior secured credit agreement and bridge loan, each originally dated as of December 20, 2007. For additional information on the DIP Financing and the amendments thereto, see Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In connection with the Bankruptcy Cases, on January 7, 2009 LyondellBasell AF received Bankruptcy Court authorization to obtain emergency post-petition financing in an aggregate amount of up to $100 million, which matured on January 9, 2009. The Debtors received Bankruptcy Court approval of DIP Financing, which provided senior secured super priority debtor-in-possession financing facilities in an aggregate amount of up to $8,040 million on March 1, 2009, with an option to increase one of the facilities by up to $460 million through the addition of new lenders. Of this total, $3,250 million consisted of new funding under a term loan facility; $3,250 million represented a dollar-for-dollar roll-up, or conversion, of previously outstanding senior secured loans; and up to $1,540 million, subject to a borrowing base, represented a new asset-based facility. On March 12, 2009 and July 15, 2009, new lenders were added increasing the DIP Financing by $30 million and $50 million, respectively, to $8,120 million.

 

   

The DIP Financing credit agreements have been amended a number of times to, among other things, address certain changes in reporting requirements, to increase certain investment and indebtedness limitations for the purpose of permitting certain business operations and opportunities, to provide for the confidentiality of certain proprietary business information, modify and extend certain milestones related to the Plan of Reorganization and Disclosure Statement and to extend the maturity of the DIP Financing agreements from December 15, 2009 to April 6, 2010, with a one-time option to extend the maturity to June 3, 2010. The maturity date of the DIP Financing agreements also will be adjusted with the plan confirmation milestone, if that milestone is adjusted based on the Bankruptcy Court’s availability.

 

   

The Debtors have operated and continue to operate their businesses and manage their properties as debtors-in-possession. In general, this means that the Debtors operate in the ordinary course without Bankruptcy Court intervention. Prior approval is required, however, where the Debtors intend to engage in certain transactions out of the ordinary course of business. As part of the bankruptcy process, the Debtors have been negotiating a plan of reorganization with their creditors.

 

   

The amended DIP Financing matures on, and requires the Debtors to emerge from the Bankruptcy Cases by April 6, 2010, unless extended by the Debtors to June 3, 2010, provided that if the confirmation hearing of the Plan of Reorganization is extended due to the lack of the Bankruptcy Court’s availability, the maturity date of the DIP Financing will be extended by up to twenty-one days. The capital structure of the Debtors on emergence from Chapter 11 will be set in the Plan of Reorganization that must be confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

   

On April 23, 2010, the Bankruptcy Court approved our Plan of Reorganization. We expect the Emergence Date to be on or about April 30, 2010.

 

   

On April 8, 2010, in connection with the anticipated emergence from Chapter 11 proceedings,

 

   

LBI Escrow Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of LyondellBasell Industries N.V.

 

   

issued $2,250,000,000 of 8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 and €375,000,000 of Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (collectively, the “Senior Secured Notes”), the proceeds of which were placed in escrow pending release on the Emergence Date,

 

   

entered into a $500,000,000 Senior Term Loan Facility and borrowed $500,000,000 thereunder, which was placed in escrow pending release on the Emergence Date, and

 

   

LyondellBasell Industries N.V. entered into the $1,750,000,000 U.S. ABL Facility, none of which has been drawn.

 

   

On the Emergence Date, LBI Escrow Corporation will merge with and into Lyondell Chemical, which will be an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of LyondellBasell Industries N.V., and Lyondell Chemical

 

69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

will replace LBI Escrow Corporation as the issuer of the Senior Secured Notes and the borrower under the $500,000,000 Senior Term Loan Facility.

 

   

The consummation of the Plan of Reorganization will significantly de-lever our capital structure. Assuming an April 30, 2010 Emergence Date, we expect LyondellBasell Industries N.V. to have approximately $7.2 billion of total consolidated debt, approximately $5.2 billion of net consolidated debt, including approximately $2.0 billion of cash and cash equivalents.

As part of the Plan of Reorganization, the Debtors have developed and finalized a new long range plan, which encompasses reductions in the total workforce and the closure of at least 10 or more manufacturing sites, many of which have already been announced, and at least 20 offices, including research and development sites. The planned reduction in workforce currently includes more than 3,000 employees, or approximately 17% of the employees in all subsidiaries of LyondellBasell AF, and 1,800 contractors, or approximately 30% of contractors of all subsidiaries of LyondellBasell AF. In April 2009, the Debtors announced a voluntary separation program for eligible U.S. employees and in May 2009 announced voluntary separation programs for The Netherlands and Germany.

On July 2, 2009, Nell Limited (“Nell”), an Access Industries affiliate and the indirect owner of 100% of the share capital of LyondellBasell AF, transferred its indirect ownership interest in LyondellBasell AF to Prochemie GmbH (“Prochemie”), a wholly owned subsidiary of ProChemie Holding Ltd. (“ProChemie Holding”). As of July 2, 2009, Nell and ProChemie Holding each owned 50% of Prochemie, which owned 100% of the share capital of LyondellBasell AF.

2009 Versus 2008 —Although global market conditions in 2009 improved compared to late 2008, market conditions in 2009 were significantly weaker. Demand was particularly weak in durable goods market sectors, including housing and automotive markets. Similarly, while industry operating rates and sales volumes improved during the course of 2009 compared to late 2008, for the full year 2009 they were below the levels experienced for the full year 2008, despite the significant decline in business activity late in 2008.

Refining margins were significantly lower in 2009 as a result of weak demand for distillates, such as diesel and heating oil. Heavy crude oil refining margins were also negatively affected by a contraction in the differential between the price of light and heavy crude oil. After peaking at a record-setting level in mid-2008, prices for crude oil and NGLs on average were significantly lower in 2009. In 2009, chemical product margins also generally declined because of the weaker pricing environment and lower average sales prices. An exception was the U.S. PE market, which experienced strong export demand and higher product margins during the latter half of 2009.

LyondellBasell AF’s underlying operating results in 2009, compared to 2008, primarily reflected the negative effects of significantly lower product margins and sales volumes. These were partly offset by the benefits of lower fixed costs, strong margins for LyondellBasell AF’s propylene oxide and advanced polyolefin products and higher U.S. PE margins. A substantial portion of the lower product margins was due to refining operations, while the lower sales volumes were concentrated in the base chemicals and polymers products and reflected the weakness in demand. The lower fixed costs resulted from LyondellBasell AF’s aggressive cost reduction program.

Net income in 2009 also reflected charges related to LyondellBasell AF’s planned reorganization under Chapter 11, including professional fees, write-offs of plant asset values, contract rejection claims, employee severance costs and other costs associated with the Chapter 11 proceedings and plant closures. For a detailed description of reorganization charges, see “—Results of Operations” below.

Net income in 2008 included charges for asset impairments, reflecting declines in the value of inventory, goodwill and other intangible assets, as markets weakened and product sales prices and margins declined significantly at the end of 2008.

 

70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

2008 Versus 2007 —Compared to 2007, the 2008 business environment for refiners and manufacturers of chemicals and polymers was marked by significant volatility in crude oil and raw material prices and, in the latter part of the year, a rapid deterioration in the global economy. During 2007, benchmark crude oil prices steadily rose to then-record levels in December 2007. During 2008, these benchmark crude oil prices continued to increase through June 2008, rising nearly 50%. Benchmark heavy crude refining margins benefited from strong demand for diesel fuel and the cost differential between light crude oil and heavy crude oil, while margins for fuels products, such as MTBE and ETBE, benefited from high gasoline prices. However, the significant escalation of crude oil and raw material prices put downward pressure on chemical and polymer product margins and upward pressure on working capital requirements.

The second half of 2008 was pivotal, marked by a number of significant events, including a fourth quarter contraction of the U.S. and Western European economies of 6.3% and 5.9%, respectively, a 70% decrease in crude oil prices, two U.S. Gulf Coast hurricanes, an extended maintenance turnaround at the Houston Refinery that was prolonged by a crane incident, and a crisis in the global financial markets. Demand in markets for LyondellBasell AF’s products was significantly lower in the fourth quarter 2008 as customers reduced inventories. At the same time, the rapid decline in crude oil and raw material prices negatively impacted inventory carrying values.

LyondellBasell AF had an operating loss in 2008 compared to a profit in 2007, despite the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical and the addition of fuels products to its product portfolio. The 2008 operating loss was primarily due to asset impairment losses, reflecting declines in the value of inventory, goodwill and other intangible assets as well as the significant decline in market conditions that led to substantial erosion of product profit margins, lower sales volumes and plant operating rates.

LyondellBasell AF’s operating loss in 2008 was also adversely affected by lost production at its Houston Refinery attributable to the following: a major planned maintenance turnaround; a fluid catalytic cracker (“FCC”) unit upgrade and catalyst changes; unplanned maintenance on the Houston Refinery’s FCC unit; an incident involving a contractor company’s crane at the Houston Refinery in July 2008, which in turn lead to a re-scoping and time extension of the major maintenance turnaround; and finally, an approximately two- to three-week period in September 2008 when substantially all of LyondellBasell AF’s U.S. Gulf Coast operations were temporarily off-line as a result of Hurricane Ike.

The segment operating results are reviewed on a current cost basis in “—Segment Analysis” below.

Results of Operations

Revenues —LyondellBasell AF had revenues of $30,828 million in 2009 compared to revenues of $50,706 million in 2008 and $17,120 million in 2007. The $19,878 million decrease in 2009 compared to 2008 reflected the effect of significantly lower sales prices and sales volumes due to lower crude oil and natural gas prices and weaker demand. LyondellBasell AF’s revenues in 2008 and 2007 increased $33,801 million, or 67%, and $990 million, or 6%, respectively, solely as a result of LyondellBasell AF’s acquisition of Lyondell Chemical in 2007 and the Berre Refinery in 2008. The remaining $775 million, or 5%, increase in 2008 revenues reflected higher average sales prices partially offset by the effect of lower sales volumes.

Cost of Sales —LyondellBasell AF’s cost of sales were $29,372 million in 2009 compared to $48,780 million in 2008 and $15,196 in 2007. The $19,408 million decrease in 2009 compared to 2008 was primarily due to lower market prices for crude oil, crude oil-based and NGLs raw materials, lower fixed and variable costs, and lower sales volumes and operating rates, reflecting the weak demand. The increases in 2008 and 2007 reflected the acquisitions of Lyondell Chemical and the Berre Refinery, which added $34,313 million and $1,045 million, respectively to cost of sales. The remaining increase of $316 million, or 2% in 2008 primarily reflected higher raw material and energy costs, compared to 2007.

 

71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SG&A Expenses —Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses were $850 million in 2009 compared to $1,197 million in 2008 and $740 million in 2007. The $347 million decrease in 2009 compared to 2008 was primarily the result of LyondellBasell AF’s 2009 cost reduction program, and a favorable effect from changes in currency exchange rates. Currency exchange rates had a favorable effect on costs of non-U.S. operations as the U.S. dollar strengthened versus the euro in 2009 compared to 2008. LyondellBasell AF’s SG&A expenses in 2008 included $564 million of expenses solely as a result of the Lyondell Chemical and the Berre Refinery acquisitions. The remaining SG&A decrease of $107 million in 2008, which was primarily due to the favorable currency translation effects of a stronger U.S. dollar in 2008 compared to 2007.

In-process Research and Development —LyondellBasell AF recognized a $95 million charge for in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) related to the December 20, 2007 acquisition of Lyondell Chemical. For a discussion of IPR&D, see Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Operating Income —LyondellBasell AF had operating income of $317 million in 2009 compared to an operating loss of $5,928 million in 2008 and operating income of $934 million in 2007. Results in 2009 compared to 2008 reflected the benefits of LyondellBasell AF’s cost reduction program, offset by the unfavorable effects of lower product margins, sales volumes, and currency exchange rates on non-U.S. operating income. Results in 2008 were impacted by charges of $4,982 million and $225 million, respectively, for impairment of goodwill related to the December 20, 2007 acquisition of Lyondell Chemical and the carrying value of the Berre Refinery; and a charge of $1,256 million to adjust LyondellBasell AF’s inventory to market value. The remainder of the decrease in operating income in 2008 was primarily due to lower product margins and the effect of lower sales volumes across all business segments compared to 2007. The declines in product margins and sales volumes in 2008 were attributable to the negative effects of Hurricane Ike and the refinery turnaround as well as to the higher cost of raw materials.

Operating results for each of LyondellBasell AF’s business segments are reviewed further in “—Segment Analysis” below.

Interest Expense —Interest expense was $1,795 million in 2009 compared to $2,476 million in 2008 and $353 million in 2007. The decrease in interest expense in 2009 was primarily due to various debt instruments becoming subject to compromise as a result of the Chapter 11 filing. LyondellBasell AF’s contractual interest expense was $2,720 million for 2009, $2,476 million for 2008 and $353 million for 2007. The increase in interest expense in 2008 was primarily due to an increase in debt used to fund the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical in December 2007, including the $7,506 million of debt retained by Lyondell Chemical. Interest expense in 2008 also included a $55 million non-cash charge related to the termination of an interest rate swap.

Other Income, net— LyondellBasell AF had other income, net, of $325 million in 2009 compared to $113 million in 2008 and $127 million in 2007. In 2009 and 2008, LyondellBasell AF recognized involuntary conversion gains of $120 million and $79 million, respectively, representing partial insurance settlements of outstanding insurance claims related to damages sustained in 2005 at the polymers plant in Münchsmünster, Germany, and foreign exchange gains of $113 million and $20 million, respectively, as a result of changes in currency exchange rates. Other income, net, in 2009 also included benefits totaling $72 million resulting from indemnifications received from previous plant owner for employee benefit and environmental remediation costs related to plant closures and a $15 million gain related to settlement of a U.K. pension claim. Other income, net, in 2007 included the benefit from a $200 million break-up fee related to the proposed merger with Huntsman, partially offset by a $57 million charge related to a 2005 exit fee from a U.K. pension plan.

Reorganization Items —LyondellBasell AF had reorganization items totaling $2,961 million in 2009, including charges for the write-off of assets associated with a lease rejection; damage claims related to certain executory contracts; the net write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs, premiums and discounts; environmental liabilities; professional fees associated with the Chapter 11 proceedings; shutdown costs related

 

72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

primarily to the shutdown of its olefins plant at Chocolate Bayou, Texas and its EG facility in Beaumont, Texas; as well as employee severance and other costs. For additional information on reorganization items, see Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Income Tax —LyondellBasell AF’s effective income tax rate for 2009 was 33%, resulting in a tax benefit of $1,411 million on a pretax loss of $4,277 million. The 2009 estimated annual effective income tax rate was lower than the statutory 35% rate primarily due to the effects of non-deductible costs partially related to the voluntary filings of petitions for relief under Chapter 11, and the provision of valuation allowances in jurisdictions where future tax benefits are not expected to be recognized. The negative rate impact was partially offset by the recognition of tax benefits related to a favorable tax ruling in The Netherlands. During 2008, LyondellBasell AF had a tax benefit of $848 million on a pretax loss of $8,184 million. The effective income tax rate of 10.4% in 2008 primarily reflected the effect of goodwill impairment charges, which are not deductible for tax purposes and the provision of valuation allowances in jurisdictions where future tax benefits are not expected to be realized. The effective income tax rate of 29.7% in 2007 primarily reflected the effect of decreases in statutory and other tax rates in Germany and Italy partly offset by the effect of the purchased IPR&D charge, which was not deductible for tax purposes.

Income (loss) from Continuing Operations —LyondellBasell AF had a loss of $2,866 million in 2009 compared to a loss of $7,336 million in 2008 and income of $661 million in 2007. The following table summarizes the major components contributing to the income (loss) from continuing operations:

 

     For the twelve months ended
December 31,
 

Millions of dollars

   2009     2008     2007  

Operating income (loss)

   $ 317      $ (5,928   $ 934   

Income (loss) from equity investments

     (181     38        162   

Interest expense, net

     (1,777     (2,407     (283

Other income, net

     325        113        127   

Reorganization items

     (2,961     —          —     

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (1,411     (848     279   
                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ (2,866   $ (7,336   $ 661   
                        

In 2009, the loss from equity investments for the O&P—EAI segment included charges of $228 million for impairment of the carrying value of LyondellBasell AF’s equity investments in certain joint ventures (see Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

 

73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The table below summarizes some of the items of special note with regards to LyondellBasell AF’s income (loss) from continuing operations for the periods shown:

 

     For the twelve months ended
December 31,
 

Millions of dollars

   2009     2008     2007  

Pretax charges (benefits):

      

Impairments

   $ 245      $ 5,207      $ 20   

Reorganization items

     2,961        —       

Inventory valuation adjustment to market value

     127        1,256        —     

Huntsman breakage fee

     —          —          (200

Management fees

     —          —          100   

Purchased IPR&D

     —          —          95   

Benefit from employee pension and post-retirement plan amendments

     —          —          (48

Merger and acquisition costs

     —          —          46   

Interest rate swap termination—Structured Financing Transaction

     —          55        —     

Hurricane costs

     5        55        —     

Gains related to insurance settlements

     (120     (79     —     

Provisions for uncollectible accounts receivable

     18        47        (14
                        

Total pretax income effect

     3,236        6,541        (1

Tax effect of above items

     (1,133     (546     34   

Decrease in non-U.S. statutory tax rates

     —            (117
                        

Total

   $ 2,103      $ 5,995      $ (84
                        

Impairments in 2009 include an adjustment related to prior periods which increased LyondellBasell AF’s income from operations and net income for the three-month period ended December 31, 2009, by $65 million. The adjustment related to an overstatement of goodwill impairment in 2008.

Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax —LyondellBasell AF had income from discontinued operations of $1 million and $15 million, respectively, in 2009 and 2008 related to the sale of a toluene di-isocyanate business in September 2008.

Fourth Quarter 2009 versus Third Quarter 2009 —LyondellBasell AF had a loss from continuing operations of $852 million in the fourth quarter 2009 compared to $649 million in the third quarter 2009 as lower underlying operating results were more than offset by the effects of lower reorganization and impairment charges. Underlying operating results were lower in the fourth quarter 2009 due to lower margins on chemical products and the effect of lower oxyfuels sales volumes and margins. The fourth quarter 2009 included after tax charges of $644 million and $11 million related to reorganization items and impairments, respectively, compared to $603 million and $140 million, respectively, in the third quarter 2009. The fourth quarter 2009 impairment charges primarily related to emissions allowances, while the third quarter 2009 impairment charges related to the carrying value of certain equity investments as a result of weak current and projected market conditions.

 

74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Segment Analysis

LyondellBasell AF’s operations are primarily in five reportable segments: Refining and Oxyfuels; O&P—Americas; O&P—EAI; I&D; and Technology. The following tables reflect selected financial information for LyondellBasell AF’s reportable segments. Operating income (loss) is reported on a current cost basis for segment reporting.

 

     For the twelve months ended
December 31,
 

Millions of dollars

   2009     2008     2007  

Sales and other operating revenues:

      

Refining and Oxyfuels segment

   $ 11,439      $ 18,362      $ 478   

O&P—Americas segment

     10,530        16,412        2,817   

O&P—EAI segment

     7,437        13,489        13,145   

I&D segment

     3,778        6,218        429   

Technology segment

     523        583        497   

Other, including intersegment eliminations

     (2,879     (4,358     (246
                        

Total

   $ 30,828      $ 50,706      $ 17,120   
                        

Operating income (loss) (a):

      

Refining and Oxyfuels segment

   $ (357   $ (2,378   $ 21   

O&P—Americas segment

     169        (1,355     61   

O&P—EAI segment

     (13     220        934   

I&D segment

     250        (1,915     (42

Technology segment

     210        202        152   

Other, including intersegment eliminations

     29        (134     (248

Current cost adjustment

     29        (568     56   
                        

Total

   $ 317      $ (5,928   $ 934   
                        

Income (loss) from equity investments:

      

O&P—Americas segment

   $ 7      $ 6      $ 12   

O&P—EAI segment

     (172     34        150   

I&D segment

     (16     (2     —     
                        

Total

   $ (181   $ 38      $ 162   
                        

 

  (a) Certain data for 2008 were revised. See Note 29 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Refining and Oxyfuels Segment

Overview —In its Refining and Oxyfuels segment, LyondellBasell AF produces refined petroleum products, including gasoline, ultra low sulfur diesel, jet fuel, aromatics, lubricants and oxygenated fuels, or oxyfuels, such as MTBE, ETBE and alkylate. LyondellBasell AF’s full-conversion Houston Refinery processes heavy, high sulfur Venezuelan crude oil supplied under a long-term contract with PDVSA Oil. Under the crude oil contract the refinery purchases 230,000 barrels per day of heavy, high sulfur crude oil, which constitutes approximately 86% of its rated crude oil refining capacity of 268,000 barrels per day. In early 2009, the Houston Refinery exercised an option to reduce the contractual volume to 215,000 barrels per day through July 31, 2011. The pricing under the crude oil contract is market-based. The Houston Refinery generally purchases the balance of its crude oil requirements on the spot market.

On April 1, 2008, LyondellBasell AF completed the purchase of the Berre Refinery. The Berre Refinery provides raw materials for one of LyondellBasell AF’s European sites that operates a world-scale steam cracker and polypropylene and PE plants, as well as a butadiene extraction unit at Berre l’Etang and a PE plant at nearby Fos sur Mer. The Berre Refinery’s products include naphtha, liquefied petroleum gas, gasoline, diesel and jet fuel, heating oil and bitumen.

 

75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

2009 Versus 2008 —Benchmark refining margins for 2009 were lower compared to the same period in 2008, generally reflecting the weaker global economy and consequent weaker demand for gasoline and distillate products, such as diesel and heating oil. The weaker demand resulted in lower prices for light crude oil, while OPEC-mandated production cuts resulted in lower supplies of heavy crude oil and lower price discounts relative to light crude oil. Both factors compressed the price differential between light and heavy crude oil. Benchmark margins for oxyfuels in 2009 were comparable to 2008.

Refining and Oxyfuels segment operating results in 2009 primarily reflected the effects of significantly lower U.S. refining margins compared to the same period in 2008. The operating results of the Berre Refinery, which was acquired on April 1, 2008, reflected the weak distillate markets in 2009. Operating results in 2009 benefited from higher margins for gasoline blending components and lower utility and fixed costs, but were negatively affected by outages of some of the Houston Refinery’s sulfur recovery units during the second quarter 2009 and of a crude unit during the fourth quarter 2009. As a result of LyondellBasell AF’s cost reduction program, fixed costs were significantly lower in 2009 compared to 2008.

In 2008, as further discussed below, operating results were negatively impacted by lost production at the Houston Refinery due to the effects of a hurricane and a scheduled maintenance turnaround of one of the Houston Refinery’s crude trains and coker units during the third quarter 2008 that was delayed by an incident involving a contractor’s crane and an unplanned second quarter 2008 outage of a FCC unit.

2008 Versus 2007 —During 2008, LyondellBasell AF’s Refining and Oxyfuels segment comprised the refining and fuels businesses of Lyondell Chemical, acquired on December 20, 2007, and, beginning on April 1, 2008, the Berre Refinery.

Benchmark heavy crude refining margins in 2008 benefited from strong demand for diesel fuel and the cost differential between light crude oil and heavy crude oil, while margins for oxyfuels products, MTBE and ETBE, benefited from high gasoline prices.

During 2008, the Refining and Oxyfuels segment benefited from strong margins for heavy crude at the Houston Refinery and for the segment’s oxyfuels products. The operating results for the Berre Refinery were breakeven. Operating results were negatively affected by planned and unplanned outages at the Houston Refinery.

LyondellBasell AF scheduled a maintenance turnaround at the Houston Refinery in 2008 for one of the refinery’s crude trains and coker units. As a result of an incident in July 2008, involving a contractor company’s crane, and Hurricane Ike later in the third quarter 2008, the coker unit was not restarted until early December 2008. In addition, operating results in the 2008 period were negatively impacted by the unplanned outage of a fluid catalytic cracker unit and other operating units at the Houston Refinery, all of which resulted in lost production and additional maintenance costs.

 

76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table sets forth the Refining and Oxyfuels segment’s sales and other operating revenues, operating income and sales volumes for certain gasoline blending components for the applicable periods. The 2007 period reflected the acquired Lyondell Chemical refining and oxyfuels business from December 21, 2007.

 

     For the twelve months ended
December 31,

Millions of dollars

   2009     2008     2007

Sales and other operating revenues

   $ 11,439      $ 18,362      $ 478

Operating income (loss)

     (357     (2,378     21
Sales volumes, in millions       

Gasoline blending components—MTBE/ETBE (gallons)

     831        1,018        39
                      

Crude processing rates (thousands of barrels per day):

      

Houston Refining

     244        222        279
                      

Berre Refinery (1)

     86        102        —  
                      

 

(1) Berre Refinery purchased April 1, 2008

The following table shows market refining margins for the U.S. and Europe and ETBE margins in Northwest Europe (“NWE”). In the U.S., WTI, is a light crude oil, while “Maya” is a heavy crude oil. In Europe, “Urals—4-1-2-1” is a measure of West European refining margins.

 

     For the twelve months  ended
December 31,
     2009    2008    2007
Market margins—$ per barrel         

WTI—2-1-1

   6.98    12.37    13.37

WTI Maya

   5.18    15.71    12.41
              

Total

   12.16    28.08    25.78
              

Urals—4-1-2-1

   5.57    10.98    8.67
              
Market margins—cents per gallon         

ETBE—NWE

   68.86    68.61    53.33
              

Revenues —The Refining and Oxyfuels segment had revenues of $11,439 million in 2009 compared to revenues of $18,362 million in 2008 and $478 million in 2007. The decrease in revenues in 2009 from 2008 was primarily due to lower sales prices, partially offset by higher sales volumes at the Houston Refinery. The decrease during 2009 was partially offset by the effect of a full year of operation of the Berre Refinery, which was acquired April 1, 2008. The 2007 period reflected the revenues of the acquired Lyondell Chemical refining and oxyfuels business from December 21, 2007.

Operating Income —The Refining and Oxyfuels segment had an operating loss of $357 million in 2009 compared to an operating loss of $2,378 million in 2008 and operating income of $21 million in 2007. Operating results in 2009 were negatively affected by lower crude refining margins, partially offset by lower utility costs due to lower natural gas prices and lower fixed costs. The latter reflected LyondellBasell AF’s cost reduction program. The lower refining margins were primarily attributable to U.S. refining markets, although margins were lower for both the Houston and Berre refineries.

In 2008, operating results were negatively impacted by scheduled maintenance turnarounds of crude and coker units and the related July 2008 crane incident at the Houston Refinery, as well as by operating disruptions

 

77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

related to Hurricane Ike by an estimated $205 million. In addition to the turnaround and hurricane effects, operating results were negatively affected by an estimated $220 million as a result of lost production due to unplanned maintenance at the Houston Refinery’s FCC and other operating units. Operating results were also negatively impacted by impairment charges against goodwill of $2,305 million and other assets of $218 million and inventory valuation adjustments of $442 million.

The 2007 period reflected the operating results of the acquired Lyondell Chemical refining and oxyfuels business from December 21, 2007.

Fourth Quarter 2009 versus Third Quarter 2009 —The Refining and Oxyfuels segment had an operating loss of $200 million in the fourth quarter 2009 compared to $33 million in the third quarter 2009. Operating results in the fourth quarter 2009 primarily reflected the negative effects of lower sales volumes for oxyfuels and the Houston Refinery. In addition to seasonality, the lower oxyfuels sales volumes reflected the fourth quarter 2009 conversion of a U.S. facility from MTBE production to ETBE production and a fourth quarter 2009 maintenance turnaround at a facility in France. The lower Houston Refinery volumes reflected a scheduled maintenance turnaround of a crude and coker unit as well as an unplanned 10-day outage of a crude unit.

Olefins and Polyolefins—Americas Segment

Overview —In its O&P—Americas segment, LyondellBasell AF manufactures and markets olefins, including ethylene and its co-products, primarily propylene, butadiene and aromatics, which include benzene and toluene, as well as ethanol; and polyolefins, which include PE, comprising HDPE, LDPE and LLDPE, and polypropylene and Catalloy process resins. The manufacturing and marketing is generally in the Americas, which includes the U.S., Canada, Mexico and South America.

2009 Versus 2008 —While improving during the course of 2009, ethylene market demand in the U.S. remained weak, resulting in lower industry operating rates compared to rates in the 90% to 95% range during 2008. Ethylene margins contracted as benchmark sales prices decreased more than the benchmark weighted average cost of ethylene production. Polyolefins markets were weaker in 2009 compared to 2008 with the notable exception of U.S. PE markets, which benefited from strong export demand during 2009.

The O&P—Americas segment operating results for 2009 primarily reflected the strong PE export markets in 2009, lower olefins product margins and lower fixed costs. As a result of weak ethylene demand during late 2008 and the first half of 2009, LyondellBasell AF idled and subsequently shut down the Chocolate Bayou olefins plant, near Alvin, Texas. LyondellBasell AF also idled and subsequently restarted the La Porte, Texas olefins plant in January 2009. Polyolefins product results for 2009 reflected strong PE export markets in 2009, which benefited PE product margins and sales volumes. However, other polyolefins product markets were weaker and resulted in net lower sales volumes compared to 2008. As a result of LyondellBasell AF’s cost reduction program, fixed costs were significantly lower in 2009 compared to 2008.

In the third quarter 2008, operating results were negatively impacted by lost production at certain U.S. Gulf Coast plants due to the effects of a hurricane.

2008 Versus 2007 —In 2008, LyondellBasell AF’s O&P—Americas segment included the olefins and polyolefins businesses of Lyondell Chemical, which were acquired on December 20, 2007.

During 2008, U.S. ethylene producers using crude oil-based raw materials experienced pressure on product margins as increases in average benchmark ethylene and co-product sales prices failed to keep pace with increases in average raw material costs. Benchmark prices of crude oil-based liquid raw materials averaged higher in 2008, despite the significant decline in crude oil prices in the latter part of 2008 from the record levels reached in mid-2008. Polyolefins markets experienced weakened demand during 2008 compared to 2007. The slowdown of the global economy, the crises in financial markets and the third quarter 2008 U.S. Gulf Coast hurricanes had the most significant negative effects on demand.

 

78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The O&P—Americas segment’s underlying operating results declined in 2008 compared to 2007, despite the acquisition of the Lyondell Chemical business, due to the significant volatility in raw material costs. Higher raw material costs and declines in polyolefin sales prices during 2008 compared to 2007 put pressure on polyolefin product margins. Furthermore, the rapid decline in crude oil prices, particularly in the fourth quarter 2008, resulted in adjustments of the inventory values to reflect their lower market value. Operating results were also negatively affected by Hurricane Ike, which resulted in lost production and additional costs in 2008.

Ethylene Raw Materials— Benchmark crude oil and natural gas prices generally have been indicators of the level and direction of the movement of raw material and energy costs for ethylene and its co-products in the O&P—Americas segment. Ethylene and its co-products are produced from two major raw material groups:

 

   

crude oil-based liquids, or heavy liquids, including naphthas, condensates, and gas oils, the prices of which are generally related to crude oil prices; and

 

   

NGLs, principally ethane and propane, the prices of which are generally affected by natural gas prices.

Although the prices of these raw materials are generally related to crude oil and natural gas prices, from time to time the relationships among these materials and their applicable benchmarks may vary significantly due to the influence of other market factors.

In the U.S., LyondellBasell AF has the ability to shift the ratio of raw materials it uses in the production of ethylene and its co-products to take advantage of the relative costs of heavy liquids and NGLs.

During 2009, production economics favored NGLs. As a result, LyondellBasell AF increased its use of NGLs and minimized liquids consumption at its U.S. plants. This included the above-noted permanent shutdown of LyondellBasell AF’s liquids-based Chocolate Bayou facility. During 2009, approximately 70% of LyondellBasell AF’s U.S. ethylene production was produced from NGLs.

The following table shows the average U.S. benchmark prices for crude oil and natural gas for the applicable periods, as well as benchmark U.S. sales prices for ethylene and propylene, which LyondellBasell AF produces and sells or consumes internally, and certain PE and polypropylene products. The benchmark weighted average cost of ethylene production, which is reduced by co-product revenues, is based on CMAI’s estimated ratio of heavy liquid raw materials and NGLs used in U.S. ethylene production and is subject to revision.

 

     Average Benchmark Price and Percent Change Versus Prior Year Period Average  
     For the twelve months  ended
December 31,
         For the twelve months  ended
December 31,
      
             2009                    2008            Change             2008                    2007            Change  

Crude oil—dollars per barrel

   61.58    99.51    (38.1 )%    99.51    72.23    37.8

Natural gas—dollars per million BTUs

   3.78    8.86    (57.3 )%    8.86    6.81    30.1

Weighted average cost of ethylene production—cents per pound

   26.21    45.39    (42.0 )%    45.39    37.93    19.0

United States—cents per pound

                

Polyethylene—(high density)

   66.50    86.42    (23.1 )%    86.42    73.25    18.0

Ethylene

   33.94    58.50    (42.0 )%    58.50    48.75    20.0

Polypropylene

   64.42    87.63    (26.5 )%    87.63    77.08    13.7

Propylene—polymer grade

   37.92    59.96    (36.8 )%    59.96    50.41    18.9

As indicated in the table above, 2009 average natural gas and crude oil prices decreased significantly compared to 2008. NGLs have been the favored raw material in ethylene production in the U.S. during much of 2009 as NGL prices have been lower relative to crude oil, and prices for heavy liquid ethylene co-products such as propylene have generally not been high enough to economically justify heavy liquid cracking.

 

79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table sets forth the O&P—Americas segment’s sales and other operating revenues, operating income, income from equity investments and selected product sales volumes. The 2007 period includes the acquired Lyondell Chemical olefins and polyolefins business from December 21, 2007.

 

     For the twelve months ended
December 31,

Millions of dollars

   2009    2008     2007

Sales and other operating revenues

   $ 10,530    $ 16,412      $ 2,817

Operating income

     169      (1,355     61

Income (loss) from equity investments

     7      6        12
Production volumes, in millions of pounds        

Ethylene

     8,129      7,990        9,012

Propylene

     2,913      3,975        5,049
Sales volumes, in millions of pounds        

Polypropylene

     2,509      2,928        3,300

Polyethylene

     5,593      5,256        377

Revenues —Revenues were $10,530 million in 2009 compared to $16,412 million in 2008 and $2,817 million in 2007. The decrease in 2009 revenues reflected the effect of lower product sales prices and net lower sale volumes. Net lower 2009 sales volumes reflected the effect of lower sales volumes for polypropylene and ethylene and co-products, partly offset by higher sales volumes for PE which benefited from the strong U.S. export markets. The 2007 period includes the revenues of the acquired Lyondell Chemical olefins and polyolefins business from December 21, 2007.

Operating Income —The O&P—Americas segment had operating income of $169 million in 2009 compared to an operating loss of $1,355 million in 2008 and operating income of $61 million in 2007. The underlying operations of the O&P—Americas segment in 2009 reflected the benefit of lower fixed costs, resulting from LyondellBasell AF’s cost reduction program, partially offset by net lower product margins and the effect of net lower sales volumes. Operating results for 2008 were negatively affected by the $120 million estimated impact of lost production due to Hurricane Ike, and related costs of $39 million, including a $7 million pretax charge for impairment of the carrying value of assets. Operating results for 2008 also included inventory valuation adjustments of $619 million and goodwill impairment charges of $624 million.

The 2007 period includes the operating results for the acquired Lyondell Chemical olefins and polyolefins business from December 21, 2007.

Fourth Quarter 2009 versus Third Quarter 2009 —The O&P—Americas segment had operating income of $69 million in the fourth quarter 2009 compared to $132 million in the third quarter 2009. The decline in fourth quarter 2009 operating results was primarily due to lower product margins and, to a lesser extent, lower sales volumes. The lower product margins were primarily due to seasonally lower PE product margins, which were only partly offset by higher product margins for olefins. PE product margins were particularly strong in the third quarter 2009. The lower sales volumes were primarily due to olefins and reflected the effects of a maintenance turnaround at an ethylene facility in the fourth quarter 2009. In addition, fourth quarter 2009 results reflected a $29 million after-tax charge for impairment of the carrying value of certain emission allowances.

Olefins and Polyolefins—Europe, Asia, International Segment

Overview —In its O&P—EAI segment, LyondellBasell AF manufactures and markets olefins, including ethylene and propylene, primarily for its internal consumption and butadiene; and polyolefins, which include PE, comprising HDPE and LDPE and polypropylene, as well as PP compounds, Catalloy process resins and PB-1 polymers. The manufacturing and marketing is generally in Europe, Asia and other regions outside of the Americas with the exception of PP compounds and PB-1, which are manufactured and marketed globally by the O&P—EAI segment.

 

80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

2009 Versus 2008 —While improving during the course of 2009, ethylene market demand in Europe remained weak, resulting in lower industry operating rates in the range of 75% to 80% compared to rates in the 85% to 90% range prior to the fourth quarter downturn in 2008. Ethylene margins contracted as benchmark sales prices decreased more than the benchmark weighted average cost of ethylene production. Global polyolefin markets were considerably weaker in 2009 compared to 2008. The general weakness in global polyolefin markets resulted in lower sales volumes, due to weaker demand, and lower product margins, as selling prices decreased significantly.

The O&P—EAI segment operating results for 2009 reflected the negative effects of significantly lower product margins compared to 2008 for olefins products, while polyolefin product results for 2009 reflected generally weaker global polyolefin markets, which resulted in lower sales volumes across all polyolefins product lines and net lower product margins compared to 2008. As a result of LyondellBasell AF’s cost reduction program, fixed costs were significantly lower in 2009, partly offsetting the negative effects of the weak markets.

2008 Versus 2007— During 2008 compared to 2007, European producers using crude oil-based raw materials experienced lower profitability as increases in average benchmark product sales prices failed to keep pace with increases in average raw material costs. Despite the significant decline in crude oil prices in the latter part of 2008 from the record levels reached in mid-2008, benchmark prices of crude oil-based liquid raw materials averaged higher in 2008. Polyolefins markets experienced weakened demand during 2008 compared to 2007. The slowdown of the global economy and the crises in financial markets were the most significant contributing factors to the decrease in demand.

The O&P—EAI segment’s underlying operating results declined in 2008 compared to 2007 due to the significant volatility in raw material costs and the decline in polyolefin demand. Higher average raw material costs and declines in average polyolefin sales prices during 2008 compared to 2007, and especially in the fourth quarter of 2008, put pressure on polyolefin product margins, which were only partially offset by higher olefins margins. Furthermore, the rapid decline in crude oil prices, particularly in the fourth quarter 2008, resulted in adjustments of the inventory values to reflect their lower market value.

Ethylene Raw Materials— In Europe, heavy liquids are the primary raw materials for LyondellBasell AF’s ethylene production.

The following table shows the average West Europe benchmark prices for Brent crude oil, a heavy liquid raw material, for the applicable periods, as well as benchmark West Europe prices for ethylene and propylene, which LyondellBasell AF produces and consumes internally or purchases from unrelated suppliers, and certain PE and polypropylene products. During 2009, contract benchmark prices for ethylene and propylene were set on a monthly basis compared to prior years when they were set on a quarterly basis.

 

    Average Benchmark Price and Percent Change Versus Prior Year Period Average  
    For the twelve months ended
December 31,
        For the twelve months ended
December 31,
     
            2009                   2008           Change             2008                   2007           Change  

Brent crude oil—dollars per barrel

  68.30   101.83   (32.9 )%    101.83   71.56   42.3

Weighted average cost of ethylene production—€0.01 per pound

  18.74   31.01   (39.6 )%    31.01   27.47   12.9

Western Europe—€0.01 per pound

           

Polyethylene (high density)

  42.90   58.51   (26.7 )%    58.51   57.30   2.1

Ethylene

  33.41   50.00   (33.2 )%    50.00   40.99   22.0

Polypropylene (homopolymer)

  39.92   54.15   (26.3 )%    54.15   55.28   (2.0 )% 

Propylene

  27.66   43.55   (36.5 )%    43.55   38.96   11.8

Average Exchange Rate—€ to $US

  1.3972   1.4739   (5.2 )%    1.4739   1.3808   6.7

 

81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table sets forth the O&P—EAI segment’s sales and other operating revenues, operating income, income from equity investments and selected product sales volumes.

 

     For the twelve months ended
December 31,

Millions of dollars

   2009     2008    2007

Sales and other operating revenues

   $ 7,437      $ 13,489    $ 13,145

Operating income

     (13     220      934

Income (loss) from equity investments

     (172     34      150
Production Volumes, in millions of pounds        

Ethylene

     3,503        3,615      3,953

Propylene

     2,149        2,135      2,477
Sales volumes, in millions of pounds        

Polypropylene

     6,858        7,023      8,131

Polyethylene

     4,943        4,821      4,669

Revenues —Revenues were $7,437 million in 2009 compared to $13,489 million in 2008 and $13,145 million in 2007. The decrease in 2009 revenues compared to 2008 reflected the effect of lower product sales prices and net lower sale volumes as well as the unfavorable effects of changes in currency exchange rates as the U.S. dollar averaged higher in relation to the euro in 2009 compared to 2008. Lower 2009 polypropylene and ethylene co-product sales volumes were partly offset by higher sales volumes for PE and ethylene products. In 2008, compared to 2007, product prices were essentially flat or slightly higher across the segment, and were offset by the effect of significantly lower polypropylene volumes compared to 2007.

Operating Income —The O&P—EAI segment had an operating loss of $13 million in 2009 compared to income of $220 million in 2008 and $934 million in 2007. In 2009, the underlying operations of the O&P—EAI segment reflected significantly lower net product margins and lower sales volumes, primarily in Europe, offset by the benefit of lower fixed costs compared to 2008. The lower fixed costs were primarily a result of LyondellBasell AF’s cost reduction program. In 2008, operating income primarily reflected the negative effect of higher raw material costs on olefin and polyolefin margins as well as the effect of lower sales volumes compared to 2007.

Income (loss) from equity investments —The O&P—EAI segment recognized a $172 million loss in 2009 and income of $34 million and $150 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively, from its equity investments. The 2009 loss was primarily due to recognition of a $228 million after-tax impairment of the carrying value of LyondellBasell AF’s investment in certain joint ventures as a result of weak current and projected market conditions. This loss was based on estimates of fair values developed in connection with LyondellBasell AF’s estimation of its reorganization enterprise value. The decrease in 2008 compared to 2007 reflected the weaker global markets for polyolefins.

Fourth Quarter 2009 versus Third Quarter 2009 —The O&P—EAI segment had an operating loss of $43 million in the fourth quarter 2009 compared to operating income of $118 million in the third quarter 2009. The decline in fourth quarter 2009 operating results was primarily due to lower product margins, higher fixed costs and, to a lesser extent, the unfavorable effects of changes in currency exchange rates as the U.S. dollar strengthened in the fourth quarter compared to the third quarter 2009.

Intermediates and Derivatives Segment

Overview —In its I&D segment, LyondellBasell AF manufactures and markets PO; PO co-products, including SM and TBA; TBA derivative, isobutylene; and PO derivatives, including PG, PGE and BDO; ethylene derivatives, including EG, EO and other EO derivatives; acetyls, including VAM, acetic acid and methanol; and flavors and fragrances.

 

82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

2009 Versus 2008— While improving during the course of 2009, markets for PO and PO derivatives, ethylene derivatives and other intermediate chemical products generally experienced weaker demand in 2009 compared to 2008 particularly in durable goods markets.

The I&D segment operating results in 2009 primarily reflected the negative effects of lower sales volumes compared to 2008. As a result of LyondellBasell AF’s cost reduction program, fixed costs were significantly lower in 2009, partly offsetting the negative effects of the weak markets. Product margins were relatively stable. In response to lower PO demand, LyondellBasell AF temporarily idled two PO facilities in late 2008. In mid-May 2009, LyondellBasell AF restarted one of the idled PO facilities, which is located in Europe and is part of LyondellBasell AF’s joint venture with Bayer (see Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). The second PO facility restarted in September 2009.

In the third quarter 2008, operating results were negatively impacted by lost production at certain U.S. Gulf Coast plants due to the effects of a hurricane.

2008 Versus 2007— In 2008, LyondellBasell AF’s I&D segment included the intermediates and derivatives businesses of Lyondell Chemical, which were acquired on December 20, 2007.

As noted previously, during 2008 compared to 2007, U.S. and European chemical producers experienced significantly higher raw material costs, which put pressure on product margins.

The operating results for the I&D segment declined in 2008 compared to 2007 due to the significant volatility in raw material costs. Furthermore, the rapid decline in crude oil prices, particularly in the fourth quarter 2008, resulted in adjustments of the inventory values to reflect their lower market value. Operating results were also negatively affected by Hurricane Ike, which resulted in lost production and additional costs in 2008.

The following table sets forth the I&D segment’s sales and other operating revenues, operating income, income from equity investments and selected product sales volumes. The 2007 period includes the acquired Lyondell Chemical intermediate & derivatives business from December 21, 2007.

 

     For the twelve months ended
December 31,
 

Millions of dollars

   2009     2008     2007  

Sales and other operating revenues

   $ 3,778      $ 6,218      $ 429   

Operating income

     250        (1,915     (42

Loss from equity investments

     (16     (2     —     
Sales volumes, in millions of pounds       

PO and derivatives

     2,695        2,997        103   

EO and & derivatives

     1,231        1,387        72   

Styrene

     2,291        3,183        126   

Acetyls

     1,213        1,197        34   

C 4 chemicals

     1,401        1,597        45   

Revenues —Revenues were $3,778 million in 2009 compared to $6,218 million in 2008 and $429 million in 2007. The decrease in 2009 revenues compared to 2008 reflected the effect of lower product sales prices and net lower sale volumes, a trend which began in the latter part of 2008. In addition, the unfavorable effects of changes in currency exchange rates as the U.S. dollar averaged higher in relation to the euro in 2009 compared to 2008 contributed to the decrease in revenue. The 2007 period includes the revenues of the acquired Lyondell Chemical intermediates and derivatives segment business from December 21, 2007.

Operating Income —The I&D segment had operating income of $250 million in 2009 compared to operating losses of $1,915 million in 2008 and $42 million in 2007. Results in 2009 reflected lower fixed compared to 2008 as a result of LyondellBasell AF’s cost reduction program, and lower utility costs compared to

 

83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

2008 due to lower natural gas prices. Product margins in 2009 were flat compared to 2008, as lower product prices were offset by lower raw material costs. Results in 2008 were impacted by charges of $1,992 million for impairment of goodwill related to the December 20, 2007 acquisition of Lyondell Chemical and inventory valuation adjustments of $65 million. The 2007 period includes the operating results of the acquired Lyondell Chemical intermediates & derivatives business from December 21, 2007.

Fourth Quarter 2009 versus Third Quarter 2009 —The I&D segment had operating income of $59 million in the fourth quarter 2009 compared to $72 million in the third quarter 2009. The decline in fourth quarter 2009 operating results was primarily due to lower product margins and the effect of lower sales volumes, partially offset by the benefit of lower fixed costs. The lower product margins primarily reflected higher raw material and utility costs.

Technology Segment

Overview —LyondellBasell AF’s Technology segment primarily develops and licenses polyolefin process technologies and develops, manufactures and sells polyolefin catalysts. LyondellBasell AF’s Technology segment, which is largely based in Europe, sells licenses denominated in U.S. dollars and euros. The mix of U.S. dollar and euro contracts and the resulting effect of changes in currency exchange rates can have a significant effect on segment results.

2009 Versus 2008— Technology segment results for 2009 were primarily affected by lower license revenue, reflecting weaker global markets compared to 2008. The segment results also reflected the negative effects of changes in currency exchange rates as the U.S. dollar strengthened versus the euro. The 2009 results benefited from lower research and development expense, reflecting LyondellBasell AF’s cost reduction program and a government subsidy, and the effects of higher catalyst sales volumes.

2008 Versus 2007— During 2008 compared to 2007, the Technology business segment benefited from recognizing more licenses in revenue. The unfavorable effect of lower sales volumes and prices on catalyst sales in 2008 was substantially offset by the favorable effects of changes in currency exchange rates as the euro averaged 7% higher versus the U.S. dollar in 2008 compared to 2007.

The following table sets forth the Technology segment’s sales and other operating revenues and operating income.

 

Millions of dollars

   2009    2008    2007

Sales and other operating revenues

   $ 523    $ 583    $ 497

Operating income

     210      202      152

Revenues —The Technology segment had revenues of $523 million in 2009 compared to $583 million in 2008 and $497 million in 2007. The 10% decrease in 2009 compared to 2008 reflected lower license revenues, offset by the effect of higher catalyst sales. Currency exchange rates had an unfavorable effect on operating income of non-U.S. operations as the U.S. dollar strengthened versus the euro in 2009 compared to 2008. In 2008, Technology segment revenues increased 17% compared to 2007. The increase was primarily due to the effects of the weaker U.S. dollar, partly offset by lower sales volumes and prices on catalyst sales. Currency exchange rates had a favorable effect on non-U.S. operations as the U.S. dollar weakened versus the euro in 2008 compared to 2007.

Operating Income —The Technology segment had operating income of $210 million in 2009, $202 million in 2008 and $152 million in 2007. The increase in operating income in 2009 was primarily the result of higher catalysts sales volumes, partly offset by an unfavorable effect from changes in currency exchange rates. Currency exchange rates had an unfavorable effect on operating income as the U.S. dollar strengthened versus the euro in 2009 compared to 2008. The increase in operating income in 2008 compared to 2007 was primarily the result of

 

84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

higher licensing activity, particularly in the first quarter of 2008, and the favorable effect of currency exchange rates, partially offset by lower product margins and the effect of lower sales volumes for catalysts.

Fourth Quarter 2009 versus Third Quarter 2009— The Technology segment had operating income of $62 million in the fourth quarter 2009 compared to $31 million in the third quarter 2009. The increase was primarily due to higher licensing income, partly offset by the effect of lower sales volumes for catalysts.

Financial Condition

The following table summarizes LyondellBasell AF’s operating, investing and financing activities, and reflects the consolidation of Lyondell Chemical from December 21, 2007.

 

Millions of dollars

   2009     2008     2007  

Source (use) of cash:

      

Operating cash flow

   $ (787   $ 1,090      $ 1,180   

Investing cash flow

     (611     (1,884     (11,899

Financing cash flow

     1,101        1,083        10,416   

Operating Activities —Operating activities used cash of $787 million in 2009, and provided cash of $1,090 million in 2008 and $1,180 million in 2007. The use of cash in 2009 primarily reflected a $573 million increase in cash used by the main components of working capital—accounts receivable and inventory, net of accounts payable – and cash used for vendor prepayments. The cash disbursements in 2009 included vendor prepayments of $329 million due to prepayments required by certain third parties as a result of LyondellBasell AF’s Chapter 11 filing.

Changes in the main components of working capital used cash of $573 million in 2009 and provided cash of $747 million in 2008. The increase in cash used by the main components of working capital in 2009 primarily reflected a $503 million required repayment to terminate the accounts receivable securitization program in early 2009. Operationally, cash used by the main components of working capital increased a minimal $70 million, despite the effect of rising prices during 2009, as LyondellBasell AF focused on reducing working capital levels.

In 2008, the main components of working capital provided cash of $747 million compared to $216 million in 2007. The increase in 2008 primarily reflected the effects of declining crude oil prices on sales prices and the value of inventory, the disruptive effects of Hurricane Ike on LyondellBasell AF’s U.S Gulf Coast operations and the planned and unplanned outages related to the Houston Refinery turnaround. Other factors impacting the main components of working capital included a general tightening of trade credit in the industry and the delay, in December 2008, of certain payments.

Cash from operating activities decreased $90 million in 2008 compared to 2007. The main components of working capital provided an additional $531 million of cash in 2008 that was more than offset by the effects of lower 2008 earnings and certain one-time payments in 2008 related to the acquired Lyondell Chemical operations.

Investing Activities —Investing activities used cash of $611 million in 2009, $1,884 million in 2008, and $11,899 million in 2007. The cash used in 2009 primarily included $779 million of capital expenditures, partially offset by proceeds from insurance claims and sales of assets of $120 million and $20 million, respectively, and $23 million from a net reduction of short-term investments. The cash provided by insurance claims related to damages sustained in 2005 at the polymers plant in Münchsmünster, Germany.

The cash used in 2008 was primarily related to business acquisitions and capital expenditures, partially offset by proceeds from the sales of assets and from insurance claims related to the polymers plant in Münchsmünster, Germany. Acquisitions in 2008 included the April 2008 acquisition of the Shell oil refinery,

 

85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

inventory and associated infrastructure and businesses at the Berre Refinery for a preliminary purchase price of $766 million and the February 2008 acquisition of Solvay Engineered Polymers, Inc., a leading supplier of polypropylene compounds in North America, for $134 million (see Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Cash payments related to the purchase of the Berre Refinery totaling $927 million included $536 million paid at closing and $373 million paid for final adjustment of working capital. Asset sales included the September 2008 sale of the toluene diisocyanate business for proceeds of €77 million ($113 million) and the July 2008 sale of a Canadian plant for proceeds of $18 million. The cash used in 2007 was primarily related to the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical.

As a result of financial difficulties experienced by major financial institutions beginning in the latter part of 2008, LyondellBasell AF received notice that rights of redemption had been suspended with respect to a money market fund in which LyondellBasell AF had invested approximately $174 million. LyondellBasell AF had been advised that additional redemptions were forthcoming, and has received redemptions totaling $160 million through December 31, 2009, including $23 million in 2009 and $137 million in 2008, and an additional $12 million in January 2010.

The following table summarizes capital expenditures for 2009, 2008 and 2007 as well as 2010 planned capital spending. The 2010 planned capital spending reflects permitted spending per the DIP Financing arrangement, which is described in “—Liquidity and Capital Resources” below.

 

Millions of dollars

   Plan
2010
   2009    2008    2007

Capital expenditures by segment:

           

Refining and Oxyfuels

   $ 157    $ 167    $ 196    $ 4

O&P—Americas

     170      142      201      42

O&P—EAI

     285      411      509      333

I&D

     49      23      66      6

Technology

     53      32      33      26

Other

     11      6      24      —  
                           

Total capital expenditures by segment

     725      781      1,029      411

Less:

           

Contributions to PO Joint Ventures

     7      2      29      —  
                           

Consolidated capital expenditures of LyondellBasell AF’s continuing operations

   $ 718    $ 779    $ 1,000    $ 411
                           

The above capital expenditures excludes costs of major periodic turnarounds of $154 million for the 2010 Plan, $39 million in 2009 and $164 million in 2008. The turnarounds excluded from the 2007 period were immaterial.

The 2009 and 2008 capital expenditures include expenditures to rebuild the polymers plant in Münchmünster, Germany, which are partially offset by insurance proceeds. The capital spending of Lyondell Chemical is included prospectively from December 21, 2007.

Financing Activities —Financing activities provided cash of $1,101 million in 2009, $1,083 million in 2008 and $10,416 million in 2007. In 2009, LyondellBasell AF borrowed $2,167 million under the DIP Term Loan Facility portion of the DIP Financing arrangement, receiving net proceeds of $2,089 million and subsequently paid additional bank fees of $97 million. In addition, LyondellBasell AF paid fees of $93 million related to the issuance of the DIP ABL Facility, and at December 31, 2009 had $325 million of net borrowings outstanding under this facility.

The Chapter 11 filing constituted a termination event under the asset-based credit facilities in the U.S., and LyondellBasell AF used $880 million of the net proceeds under the DIP Financing arrangement to repay

 

86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

$766 million and $114 million outstanding under the previous inventory-based credit facility and the North American accounts receivable securitization program, respectively, and, as noted above under “—Operating Activities,” used $503 million to repurchase outstanding accounts receivable sold under LyondellBasell AF’s previous $1,150 million receivables securitization facility. In addition, LyondellBasell AF repaid a $100 million demand note related to emergency post-petition funding.

In 2009, LyondellBasell AF made net repayments totaling $201 million under its European receivables securitization program, which was amended and restated in March 2009. Also in 2009, LyondellBasell AF repaid $45 million (70 million Australian dollars) outstanding under an Australian term loan and $11 million of other loans, including $6 million outstanding under an Argentinean bank loan, and also made mandatory quarterly amortization payments of the Dutch Tranche A Dollar Term Loan totaling $24 million, $6 million of which was related to the DIP roll-up loans.

A non-debtor subsidiary of LyondellBasell AF entered into an accounts receivable factoring agreement in 2009 and received $24 million of proceeds. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Chapter 11 Proceedings—Overview of Capital Structure—Accounts Receivable Factoring Agreement” below. Also in 2009, LyondellBasell AF received $18 million of proceeds from an Argentinean bank loan and borrowed $17 million related to a letter of credit presented for payment under the prepetition senior secured revolving credit facility.

LyondellBasell AF also had other cash used by financing activities of $21 million, which primarily reflected the effects of bank overdrafts.

The cash provided in 2008 primarily reflected a net $1,510 million borrowed under the credit facilities offset by $384 million of long-term debt repayments. The borrowings were used to fund the business acquisitions described in “—Financial Condition—Investing Activities” above.

The $10,416 million of cash provided in 2007 primarily reflected issuance of long-term debt to finance the purchase of Lyondell Chemical, offset by repayments of related long-term debt and restricted cash of $1,371 million. See Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. LyondellBasell AF also paid dividends of $522 million in 2007. For a discussion of amounts borrowed and balances outstanding on the DIP Financing, see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Chapter 11 Proceedings—Overview of Capital Structure—DIP Financing” below.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Chapter 11 Proceedings —During our Chapter 11 proceedings, we satisfied our liquidity and capital requirements primarily with cash from operations, our DIP Facilities and our European Securitization arrangements. The Chapter 11 proceedings caused uncertainty in our relationships with customers, suppliers, hedging counterparties, vendors and others with whom we conduct business.

At December 31, 2009, LyondellBasell AF had cash and cash equivalents of $558 million. In addition, LyondellBasell AF had availability of $1,946 million under its credit facilities, including $1,083 million under the DIP Term Loan Facility and $863 million under the DIP ABL Facility. At December 31, 2009, borrowings outstanding under the DIP ABL Facility totaled $325 million and outstanding letters of credit totaled $424 million, which includes a $200 million letter of credit issued to secure appeal bonds posted in connection with the BASF lawsuit (see Note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). The borrowing base was $1,620 million after giving effect to a $100 million minimum unused availability requirement.

In order to emerge from the Bankruptcy Cases, the Bankruptcy Court must find that the Debtors’ Plan of Reorganization complies with the requirements of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. In addition, the Debtors must repay certain of their obligations under the DIP Financing and must raise additional debt and equity capital. The Debtors believe that their current and forecasted level of activity through the Emergence Date will be sufficient

 

87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

to maintain compliance with the DIP Financing and related forbearance agreements and to allow the Debtors to seek approval of a plan of reorganization and related restructuring of their debt. However, should business activity levels be below expectations or should margin volatility require more liquidity than the amount to which the Debtors have access through the DIP Financing or should any non-Debtor legal entity be subjected to an involuntary bankruptcy proceeding, the Debtors could default on their DIP Financing obligations. Upon an event of default, the DIP Financing lenders could seek to impose onerous credit and other terms as a condition for waiving the default or demand other concessions. Ultimately, the lenders could declare all the funds borrowed under the DIP Financing, together with accrued and unpaid interest, due and payable and could exercise remedies against their collateral and seek other relief. The outcome of these events and, in general, the Bankruptcy Cases is uncertain, which raises substantial doubt about the ability of LyondellBasell AF to continue as a going concern. For additional information on the Chapter 11 filing, see “—Chapter 11 Filing” above and Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Total short-term and long-term debt, including current maturities of debt not subject to compromise, was $6,984 million as of December 31, 2009.

In early 2009, after certain of LyondellBasell AF’s subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions for protection under Chapter 11 on January 6, 2009, LyondellBasell AF received notices of termination for all of its interest rate swap agreements, including notional amounts of $2,350 million under which LyondellBasell AF’s variable rate, long-term debt would effectively have been converted to fixed rate debt and $365 million of cross-currency swaps.

Overview of Capital Structure

In connection with the January 6, 2009 Chapter 11 cases, on January 7, 2009, LyondellBasell AF received Bankruptcy Court authorization to obtain emergency post-petition financing in an aggregate amount of up to $100 million, which matured on January 9, 2009. After obtaining forbearance agreements from the required number of secured lenders under the then current senior secured and other secured loans, the Debtors received Bankruptcy Court approval of the DIP Financing.

The amended DIP Financing described below matures on, and requires the Debtors to emerge from the Bankruptcy Cases by, April 6, 2010, unless extended by the Debtors to June 3, 2010 pursuant to the Debtor’s one-time extension option, provided that if the confirmation hearing of the Plan of Reorganization is extended due to the lack of the Bankruptcy Court’s availability, the maturity date of the DIP Financing will be extended by up to twenty-one days. The capital structure of the Debtors on emergence from Chapter 11 will be set in the Plan of Reorganization that must be confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court.

DIP Financing —On January 8, 2009, the Debtors received interim Bankruptcy Court authorization to obtain certain senior secured super priority debtor-in-possession financing and on March 1, 2009, the Debtors received the final Bankruptcy Court approval to obtain debtor-in possession financings that provided for facilities in an aggregate amount up to $8,500 million, as follows, comprising: (i) a $6,500 million term loan facility (“DIP Term Loan Facility”) consisting of: (a) $3,250 million of new funding (the “New Money Loans”) and (b) $3,250 million of a dollar-for-dollar “roll up” of previously outstanding senior secured loans (the “Roll-up Loans”) and (ii) an asset-based facility with a revolving credit line initially in an amount up to $1,540 million (“DIP ABL Facility” and together with the DIP Term Loan Facility, the “DIP Financing”) subject to a borrowing base, with an option to increase this facility through the addition of new lenders by an amount up to $460 million so that the aggregate DIP ABL Facility equaled an amount up to $2,000 million. On March 12, 2009 and July 15, 2009, new lenders were added increasing the DIP Financing by $30 million and $50 million, respectively, to $8,120 million.

The initial proceeds of the DIP Financing were used: (i) to refinance, in full, (A) the Senior Secured Inventory-Based Facility, (B) the $1,150 million Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility (see Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements), (C) the $200 million North American accounts receivable securitization

 

88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

program, and (D) the $100 million super emergency interim DIP Financing; (ii) to pay related transaction costs, fees and expenses; (iii) to provide working capital; and (iv) for other general corporate purposes of the Debtors as well as the non-U.S. subsidiaries of LyondellBasell AF. Not more than €700 million of the proceeds under the DIP Financing may be used to fund LyondellBasell AF’s non-U.S. subsidiaries. Net advances of $115 million (€80 million) were made to LyondellBasell AF’s non-U.S. subsidiaries during 2009. Total cash held by LyondellBasell AF’s foreign operations may not exceed €200 million, after excluding certain items, including restricted cash, which is defined as cash that is not immediately available due to settlement procedures under the European receivables securitization program, tax and legal considerations in certain countries and pursuant to letters of credit and guarantees. On a weekly basis, cash in excess of the €200 million limit must be transferred to Lyondell Chemical, provided that the excess is at least €5 million.

The required prepetition secured lenders entered into forbearance agreements, as applicable, with respect to the exercise of certain remedies under the amended and restated prepetition senior secured credit agreement and bridge loan, each originally dated as of December 20, 2007.

DIP Term Loan Facility —On January 9, 2009, the Debtors borrowed $2,167 million under the DIP Term Loan Facility and received proceeds, net of related fees, of $2,089 million. Of the $2,089 million in proceeds: (i) $672 million was used, together with borrowings under the DIP ABL Facility, to refinance, in full, the pre-existing asset-based facilities; (ii) $507 million was used to fund the operations of non-U.S. subsidiaries; and (iii) $100 million was used to repay a demand note related to emergency post-petition funding. On March 1, 2009, the Debtors received final Bankruptcy Court approval of the DIP Financing arrangement. As a result, LyondellBasell AF had access to an additional $1,083 million under the DIP Term Loan Facility, and could use an additional €260 million to fund its non-U.S. subsidiaries. In the year ended December 31, 2009, the Debtors paid fees of $97 million, primarily related to the DIP Facilities.

Upon completion of the syndication of the DIP Facilities on March 5, 2009, the roll up of previously outstanding senior secured loans in an aggregate amount equal to $3,250 million into the DIP Term Loan Facility became effective. This roll up was comprised of: (i) $385 million of the U.S. Tranche A Dollar Term Loan; (ii) $2,015 million of the U.S. Tranche B Dollar Term Loan; (iii) $465 million of the German Tranche B Euro Term Loan; (iv) $202 million of the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility, all of which was held by the Debtors; and (v) $128 million of the Dutch Tranche A Dollar Term Loan, of which $122 million was outstanding at December 31, 2009; and (vi) $54 million of the Dutch Revolving credit facility.

Loans under the DIP Term Loan Facility bear interest at either the Base Rate or the Eurodollar Rate, (both as defined in the DIP Term Loan Facility), plus, in either case, an applicable margin. The Eurodollar Rate cannot decrease below 3% for New Money Loans, and for 62% of the roll-up loans cannot decrease below 3.25%. In the case of New Money Loans, the applicable margin per annum is 9% for Base Rate Loans and 10% for Eurocurrency Loans. The applicable margin per annum for roll-up loans is 2.69% for Base Rate Loans and 3.69% for Eurocurrency Loans, subject to adjustment. In the event of default, interest will increase by 200 basis points. Interest on Eurocurrency Loans is payable on the last day of the applicable interest period and on the maturity date and for Base Rate Loans, on the last day of each calendar month and on the maturity date. Additional fees under the DIP Term Loan Facility include a 1.5% per annum fee on the daily unused portion of the New Money Loan commitments and a 3% exit fee due upon repayment of the New Money and roll-up loans. An exit fee is also applicable to any voluntary reduction of the New Money Loan commitments. To the extent a New Money Loan commitment is voluntarily reduced or an outstanding New Money Loan is prepaid, such amounts cannot be borrowed or re-borrowed. LyondellBasell AF has recorded a $195 million liability related to the 3% exit fee and a corresponding deferred asset, which is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the DIP Term Loan Facility.

Subject to certain limitations, net proceeds arising from the disposition of assets, or the settlement of casualty claims relating to collateral on which DIP Term Facility lenders have a first priority security interest, or from the incurrence of debt, must first be used to repay outstanding New Money Loans under the DIP Term Loan

 

89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Facility and then used to reduce undrawn commitments, next used to pay down the DIP ABL Facility loans and, finally, to repay the roll-up loans.

DIP ABL Facility —Pursuant to the DIP ABL Facility, the Debtors may currently, subject to a borrowing base, borrow up to $1,620 million. The borrowing base is determined using formulae applied to accounts receivable and inventory balances, and is reduced to the extent of outstanding letters of credit under the facility, which are limited to $700 million. Under the terms of the DIP ABL Facility, the asset-based facility may be increased up to an aggregate maximum commitment amount of $2,000 million, in increments of at least $25 million. On March 12, 2009 and July 15, 2009, the Debtors exercised their option to increase the DIP ABL Facility by designating a New Lender, increasing the commitments under the DIP ABL Facility from $1,540 million to $1,620 million.

On January 9, 2009, the Debtors borrowed $810 million under the DIP ABL Facility, paying $93 million of fees related to the new facility and, together with proceeds from the DIP Term Loan Facility, refinanced the pre-existing asset-based facilities. The Debtors subsequently repaid the $810 million principal amount outstanding under the DIP ABL Facility on January 23, 2009. At December 31, 2009, $325 million was outstanding under the DIP ABL Facility.

Subject to certain limitations in the DIP ABL Facility agreement and provisions in the DIP Term Loan Facility agreement, net proceeds arising from the disposition of assets, the incurrence of debt or casualty claims related to collateral of the U.S. ABL Facility must be used to repay outstanding loans under the DIP ABL Facility. In addition, if on any day the total amount of loans outstanding under the DIP ABL Facility, including the amount of outstanding letters of credit, exceed the maximum available amount under the DIP ABL Facility, a payment equal to or greater than the excess borrowings must be made on the following business day.

DIP Financing Amendments —The DIP Financing agreements have been amended as follows:

 

   

Effective as of July 24, 2009, the DIP Financing agreements were amended to, among other things, address certain changes in specific reporting requirements, to increase certain investment and indebtedness limitations for the purpose of permitting certain business operations and opportunities, and to provide for the confidentiality of certain proprietary business information.

 

   

On August 14, 2009, the DIP Financing agreements were amended further to modify the delivery terms for the Plan of Reorganization and Disclosure Statement.

 

   

Effective October 5, 2009, the DIP Financing agreements were amended to extend the milestone related to the approval of the Disclosure Statement for the Plan of Reorganization from October 15 to November 13, 2009 and the plan confirmation milestone from December 1 to December 15, 2009.

 

   

In October 2009 and December 2009, the DIP Financing agreements were further amended to, among other things, extend the milestone related to the approval of the Disclosure Statement for the Plan of Reorganization to April 6, 2010 and the plan confirmation milestone to May 20, 2010, subject to further extension based on the Bankruptcy Court’s availability. These amendments extended the maturity of the DIP Financing agreements from December 15, 2009 to April 6, 2010, with a one-time option to further extend the maturity to June 3, 2010. The maturity date of the DIP Financing agreements will be adjusted with the plan confirmation milestone, as may be extended based on the Bankruptcy Court’s availability.

Covenants —Subject to certain exceptions, the DIP Financing agreements contain covenants that restrict, among other things, debt incurrence, lien incurrence, investments, certain payments on indebtedness, sales of assets and mergers, amendment of terms of certain indebtedness and material obligations, alterations in the conduct of LyondellBasell AF’s business, and affiliate transactions and distributions by LyondellBasell AF and its subsidiaries.

 

90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, the DIP Financing agreements contain covenants that establish or require the Debtors to maintain quarterly capital expenditures at levels below the maximum defined in the DIP Financing agreements, daily minimum levels of liquidity and monthly minimum levels of cumulative consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and restructuring costs (“EBITDAR”).

The amended DIP Financing agreements also contain a covenant establishing certain milestones related to the Plan of Reorganization, including obtaining the Bankruptcy Court’s confirmation of the plan by May 20, 2010, subject to the extension described in “—Chapter 11 Filing” above, and the Bankruptcy Court’s availability.

Security and Guarantees —Loans under the DIP Financing agreements are secured by priming first priority interests in and liens on substantially all prepetition and post-petition property of the borrowers and U.S. guarantors under the DIP Financing agreements, including, but not limited to, material fee-owned property and equipment, general intangibles, investment and intellectual property, and proceeds of the foregoing, as well as share capital of certain subsidiaries. The collateral provided by Germany Holdings is limited to the share capital of its direct subsidiaries.

Guarantors include each borrower, certain Debtors, any Additional Debtor, (as defined in the DIP Financing agreements), LyondellBasell AF and each LyondellBasell AF subsidiary that is a guarantor of the prepetition senior secured credit facility and bridge loan. The guarantees are joint and several and full and unconditional.

Accounts Receivable Securitization Programs —LyondellBasell AF has a European accounts receivable securitization program, which provides additional funding up to €450 million to certain European subsidiaries. Transfers of accounts receivable under this program do not qualify as sales; therefore, the transferred accounts receivable and the proceeds received through such transfers are included in trade receivables, net, and short-term debt in the consolidated balance sheets.

The European accounts receivable securitization program provides that a certain termination event occurs in connection with the standstill period related to our Senior Notes due 2015 (“2015 Senior Notes”). On January 26, 2010, LyondellBasell AF obtained an amendment to the European accounts receivable securitization program to, among other things, extend the program to April 6, 2010, with an option to further extend the program to June 3, 2010, provided that the DIP Financing agreements are also extended to June 3, 2010. The parties to the securitization program have generally agreed to postpone such termination event until April 6, 2010. Absent a deferral of the expiration of the standstill period related to the 2015 Senior Notes, the purchaser may require a change in the settlement process that may reduce available liquidity during certain periods. LyondellBasell AF had $377 million of borrowings outstanding under the European securitization program at December 31, 2009.

The Debtors had an accounts receivable securitization program, which was entered into in 2005, to provide funding up to $200 million to North American subsidiaries of LyondellBasell AF. In connection with the commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases, this facility was terminated and repaid with proceeds from the DIP Financing.

Accounts Receivable Factoring Agreement— On October 8, 2009, a non-debtor subsidiary of LyondellBasell AF entered into an accounts receivable factoring facility for up to €100 million. The factoring facility is for an indefinite period, non-recourse, unsecured and terminable by either party subject to notice. At December 31, 2009, $24 million was outstanding under the accounts receivable factoring agreement.

Prepetition Indebtedness

Immediately prior to the Debtors’ filing for relief under Chapter 11, LyondellBasell AF’s debt primarily consisted of outstanding amounts under debt instruments that are referenced in Notes 16, 19 and 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The treatment of such existing prepetition debt is discussed in Notes 3, 4, 16, 19 and 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements —LyondellBasell AF was a party to a $1,150 million accounts receivable securitization facility that was scheduled to mature in December 2012 and that had some characteristics of an off-balance sheet arrangement. The accounts receivable securitization facility terminated as a result of the Chapter 11 filing and was repaid, in full, on January 9, 2009, using proceeds from the DIP Financing. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional accounts receivable information.

Other obligations that do not give rise to liabilities that would be reflected in LyondellBasell AF’s balance sheet are described under “—Contractual and Other Obligations—Purchase Obligations” and “—Operating Leases” below.

Contractual and Other Obligations —The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2009, LyondellBasell AF’s minimum payments for long-term debt, including current maturities, short-term debt, and contractual and other obligations for the next five years and thereafter. With certain noted exceptions, liabilities subject to compromise are excluded. As further discussed below, the ultimate settlement of the following obligations and the liabilities subject to compromise is dependent upon approval of LyondellBasell AF’s Plan of Reorganization and its emergence from bankruptcy.

 

           Payments Due By Period  

Millions of dollars

   Total     2010    2011    2012    2013    2014    Thereafter  

Total debt

   $ 6,984      $ 6,679    $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 305   

Interest on total debt

     693        299      24      24      24      24      297   

Pension benefits:

                   

PBO

     2,778        212      151      159      209      165      1,882   

Assets

     (1,638     —        —        —        —        —        (1,638
                         

Funded status

     1,140                    

Other post-retirement benefits

     353        24      24      24      26      26      229   

Advances from customers

     323        145      19      12      67      43      37   

Other

     509        21      11      16      15      8      438   

Deferred income taxes

     2,081        26      79      95      175      167      1,539   

Other obligations:

                   

Purchase obligations:

                   

Take-or-pay contracts

     16,599        1,998      1,994      1,994      1,932      1,927      6,754   

Other contracts

     34,944        9,695      6,375      4,092      3,934      3,751      7,097   

Operating leases

     1,992        267      227      189      168      148      993   
                                                   

Total

   $ 65,618      $ 19,366    $ 8,904    $ 6,605    $ 6,550    $ 6,259    $ 17,933   
                                                   

Total Debt —Total debt includes the DIP Financing agreements and long- and short-term credit facilities and debt obligations of LyondellBasell AF’s non-Debtor subsidiaries, and excludes $18,370 million of debt classified as “Liabilities subject to compromise.” See Notes 16, 19 and 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of covenant requirements under the credit facilities and indentures and additional information regarding debt and liabilities subject to compromise. LyondellBasell AF’s future capital structure, including debt, will depend upon approval of its Plan of Reorganization and its emergence from bankruptcy.

Interest —LyondellBasell AF’s debt and related party debt agreements contain provisions for the payment of monthly, quarterly or semi-annual interest at a stated rate of interest over the term of the debt. As a result of the Bankruptcy Cases, a substantial portion of the Debtor’s prepetition debt was classified as “Liabilities subject to compromise.” The Debtors are obligated to pay interest, at the non-default rate, on the outstanding amounts under the prepetition senior secured credit facility not designated as roll-up loans, subject to a minimum liquidity test and to the extent “liquidity,” as defined in the final order approving the DIP Financing, is greater than, $1,015 million after giving effect to the payment. The interest payments in the above table do not include projected interest payments for that portion of the prepetition senior secured credit facility included in

 

92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

“Liabilities subject to compromise.” Payment obligations on debt and related party debt agreements not classified as “Liabilities subject to compromise” are reflected in the table above. As noted above, LyondellBasell AF’s future capital structure, including debt and related interest, will depend upon approval of the its Plan of Reorganization and its emergence from bankruptcy.

Pension Benefits —LyondellBasell AF maintains several defined benefit pension plans, as described in Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. At December 31, 2009, the projected benefit obligation for LyondellBasell AF’s pension plans, including Equistar and Millennium plans, exceeded the fair value of plan assets by $1,140 million. Subject to future actuarial gains and losses, as well as actual asset earnings, LyondellBasell AF, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, will be required to fund the $1,140 million, with interest, in future years. LyondellBasell AF’s pension contributions were $52 million in 2009, $80 million in 2008 and $63 million in 2007. Required contributions are expected to be approximately $96 million in 2010. Estimates of pension benefit payments through 2014 are included in the table above. At December 31, 2009, these obligations are classified as “Liabilities subject to compromise.” Their ultimate settlement depends upon approval of LyondellBasell AF’s Plan of Reorganization and LyondellBasell AF’s emergence from bankruptcy.

Other Post-Retirement Benefits —LyondellBasell AF provides other post-retirement benefits, primarily medical benefits to eligible participants, as described in Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Other post-retirement benefits are unfunded and are paid by LyondellBasell AF as incurred. Estimates of other post-retirement benefit payments through 2014 are included in the table above.

Advances from Customers —LyondellBasell AF received advances from customers in prior years in connection with long-term sales agreements under which LyondellBasell AF is obligated to deliver product primarily at cost-based prices. These advances are treated as deferred revenue and will be amortized to earnings as product is delivered over the remaining terms of the respective contracts, which primarily range from 4 to 13 years. The unamortized long-term portion of such advances totaled $287 million as of December 31, 2009.

Other —Other primarily consists of accruals for environmental remediation costs, obligations under deferred compensation arrangements, and anticipated asset retirement obligations. See “—Critical Accounting Policies” below for a discussion of obligations for environmental remediation costs.

Deferred Income Taxes —The scheduled settlement of the deferred tax liabilities shown in the table is based on the scheduled reversal of the underlying temporary differences. Actual cash tax payments will vary dependent upon future taxable income.

Purchase Obligations —LyondellBasell AF is party to various obligations to purchase products and services, principally for raw materials, utilities and industrial gases. These commitments are designed to assure sources of supply and are not expected to be in excess of normal requirements. The commitments are segregated into take-or-pay contracts and other contracts. Under the take-or-pay contracts, LyondellBasell AF is obligated to make minimum payments whether or not it takes the product or service. Other contracts include contracts that specify minimum quantities; however, in the event that LyondellBasell AF does not take the contractual minimum, it is only obligated for any resulting economic loss suffered by the vendor. The payments shown for the other contracts assume that minimum quantities are purchased. For contracts with variable pricing terms, the minimum payments reflect the contract price at December 31, 2009. The table excludes contracts which have been rejected as part of the bankruptcy process. Claims related to such rejected contracts are included in “Liabilities subject to compromise.”

Operating Leases —LyondellBasell AF leases various facilities and equipment under noncancelable lease arrangements for various periods. See Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for related lease disclosures. The table excluded leases which have been rejected as part of the bankruptcy process. Claims related to such rejected leases are included in “Liabilities subject to compromise.”

 

93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Liquidity and Capital Resources—Emergence

On April 8, 2010, in connection with the anticipated emergence from Chapter 11 proceedings,

 

   

LBI Escrow Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of LyondellBasell Industries N.V.

 

   

issued $2,250,000,000 of 8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 and €375,000,000 of Senior Secured Notes due 2017, the proceeds of which were placed in escrow pending release on the Emergence Date,

 

   

entered into a $500,000,000 Senior Term Loan Facility and borrowed $500,000,000 thereunder, which was placed in escrow pending release on the Emergence Date, and

 

   

LyondellBasell Industries N.V. entered into the $1,750,000,000 U.S. ABL Facility, none of which has been drawn.

On the Emergence Date, LBI Escrow Corporation will merge with and into Lyondell Chemical, and Lyondell Chemical will replace LBI Escrow Corporation as the issuer of the Senior Secured Notes and the borrower under the $500,000,000 Senior Term Loan Facility.

The consummation of the Plan of Reorganization will significantly de-lever our capital structure. Assuming an April 30, 2010 Emergence Date, we expect LyondellBasell Industries N.V. to have approximately $7.2 billion of total consolidated debt, approximately $5.2 billion of net consolidated debt and approximately $2.0 billion of cash and cash equivalents. Following the Emergence Date, LyondellBasell Industries N.V. will fund ongoing liquidity requirements through a combination of cash flows from operations, borrowings under the U.S. ABL Facility, the European Securitization and other receivables securitization and financing arrangements. We believe that our cash and cash equivalents, together with the U.S. ABL Facility, European Securitization and other receivables securitizations and cash from operations, will provide LyondellBasell Industries N.V. with sufficient financing to meet capital expenditures, working capital, debt service, contractual obligations and other funding requirements. Since LyondellBasell Industries N.V. is subject to risks that working capital requirements can spike with high oil prices, LyondellBasell Industries N.V. may seek to put in place an Oil-Indexed Credit Facility of up to $750 million following emergence from Chapter 11, which will provide for working capital funding when oil prices rise above a certain level. There can be no assurance that this facility will be available on commercially acceptable terms or that we will be successful in maintaining our current liquidity arrangements on satisfactory terms or otherwise. In any event, LyondellBasell Industries N.V.’s ability to meet funding requirements will depend upon many factors outside of its control, including prevailing economic conditions, the costs of raw materials, energy prices and financial and economic conditions and the other factors described under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” herein.

Debt and Interest

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Pro Forma Adjustments, LyondellBasell Industries N.V.’s minimum payments for long-term debt, including current maturities, and short-term debt for the next five years and thereafter.

 

          Payments Due By Period

Millions of dollars

   Total    2010    2011    2012    2013    2014    Thereafter

Total debt

   $ 7,191    $ 390    $ 5    $ 5    $ 5    $ 5    $ 6,781

Interest on total debt

     4,835      618      602      602      602      602      1,809

Total Debt —Total debt will include the Senior Secured Notes, the Senior Term Loan Facility, the Plan Roll-up Notes, the European Securitization and the 2027 Notes.

Interest —LyondellBasell Industries N.V.’s debt agreements will contain provisions for the payment of monthly, quarterly or semi-annual interest at a stated rate of interest over the term of the debt. LyondellBasell

 

94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Industries N.V. will pay interest on the Senior Secured Notes, the Senior Term Loan Facility, the Plan Roll-up Notes and the 2027 Notes. The table above uses a blended rate of 7.62% for the Senior Secured Notes and the Senior Term Loan Facility, 11% for the Plan Roll-up Notes, 3.2% for the European Securitization and 8.1% for the 2027 Notes.

Related Party Transactions

LyondellBasell AF has related party transactions with LyondellBasell AF’s equity investees and its affiliates (see Notes 9 and 26 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). LyondellBasell AF believes that such transactions are effected on terms substantially no more or less favorable than those that would have been agreed upon by unrelated parties on an arm’s length basis.

In addition, LyondellBasell AF has related party transactions with Access Industries.

Critical Accounting Policies

LyondellBasell AF applies those accounting policies that management believes best reflect the underlying business and economic events, consistent with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. LyondellBasell AF’s more critical accounting policies include those related to operating as a going concern , long-lived assets, the valuation of goodwill, accruals for long-term employee benefit costs such as pension and other post-retirement costs, liabilities for anticipated expenditures to comply with environmental regulations, and accruals for taxes based on income. Inherent in such policies are certain key assumptions and estimates made by management. Management periodically updates its estimates used in the preparation of the financial statements based on its latest assessment of the current and projected business and general economic environment. These critical accounting policies have been discussed with LyondellBasell AF’s Supervisory Board. LyondellBasell AF’s significant accounting policies are summarized in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Going Concern —The 2008 global financial crisis and ongoing recession have created substantial uncertainty for the global economy and the markets in which LyondellBasell AF operates. During the fourth quarter of 2008 and the year ending December 31, 2009, demand and product margins for LyondellBasell AF’s products declined significantly. These conditions are likely to continue and are expected to negatively impact LyondellBasell AF’s operating cash flow and liquidity. LyondellBasell AF has taken steps to reduce costs, working capital and discretionary capital spending. LyondellBasell AF expects that these actions will be sufficient to allow it to continue to operate until such time as it emerges from bankruptcy and beyond. However, as noted below, there are a number of factors that are beyond LyondellBasell AF’s control that create doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.

On January 6, 2009, certain of LyondellBasell AF’s subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions for reorganization under Chapter 11 in the Bankruptcy Court. On April 24, 2009, to protect against claims by certain financial and U.S. trade creditors, LyondellBasell AF and its general partner, LyondellBasell AF GP S.a.r.l., also filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11. On May 8, 2009, thirteen additional U.S. subsidiaries also filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11. All 94 of these cases are being jointly administered under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court under the caption “In re Lyondell Chemical Company, et al.”

In connection with the Bankruptcy Cases, and after obtaining forbearance agreements from the required number of secured lenders under certain senior secured loans, the Debtors received Bankruptcy Court approval of the DIP Financing, as defined under “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Chapter 11 Proceedings—Overview of Capital Structure” above.

The DIP Financing contains, among others, affirmative covenants and financial maintenance covenants. The DIP Financing matures on April 6, 2010, subject to the one-time extension option. The capitalization of LyondellBasell AF upon emergence of the Debtors from Chapter 11 is subject to Bankruptcy Court confirmation of a plan of reorganization.

 

95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The ability of LyondellBasell AF and the Debtors to continue as going concerns is dependent upon, among other things, LyondellBasell AF’s ability (i) to comply with the loan covenants in the DIP financing and to meet its post-petition obligations as they become due; (ii) to comply with the other terms and conditions of the DIP Financing; and (iii) to obtain confirmation of a plan of reorganization under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in a timely manner to exit Chapter 11 as of the applicable maturity date, which in turn requires LyondellBasell AF to raise additional debt and equity capital.

Liabilities Subject to Compromise —Liabilities subject to compromise include the Debtors’ long-term debt that is considered undersecured; amounts due from the Debtors to vendors and employees for goods and services received prior to the January 6, 2009, April 24, 2009 and May 8, 2009 petition dates; and damage claims, including environmental claims, created by the Debtors’ rejection of certain executory contracts.

As part of its ongoing claims resolution process, LyondellBasell AF is investigating differences between claim amounts filed by creditors and LyondellBasell AF’s estimates of the probable allowed amount of its liabilities subject to compromise. Adjustments to its liabilities subject to compromise are reasonably possible as additional information becomes available with respect to these claims.

Long-Lived Assets —With respect to long-lived assets, key assumptions included the estimates of the asset fair values and useful lives at the acquisition date and the recoverability of carrying values of fixed assets and other intangible assets, as well as the existence of any obligations associated with the retirement of fixed assets. Such estimates could be significantly modified and/or the carrying values of the assets could be impaired by such factors as new technological developments, new chemical industry entrants with significant raw material or other cost advantages, uncertainties associated with the European, U.S. and world economies, the cyclical nature of the chemical and refining industries, and uncertainties associated with governmental actions, whether regulatory or, in the case of Houston Refining LP, with respect to its crude oil contract.

The current recession and continuing weakness in financial markets have created substantial uncertainty for the global economy and the markets in which LyondellBasell AF operates.

Earnings for 2009 included pretax impairment charges of $17 million, primarily related to the impairment of LyondellBasell AF’s emissions allowances that are subject to reallocation to other industry participants under a proposed regulation by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. As part of its reorganization, LyondellBasell AF also recognized charges totaling $680 million, including $624 million for the write-off of the carrying value and related assets of its Chocolate Bayou olefins facility near Alvin, Texas and $55 million for the write-off of its EG facility in Beaumont, Texas.

Earnings for 2008 included a $218 million pretax charge for impairment of the carrying value of the assets related to LyondellBasell AF’s Berre Refinery. Also in 2008, LyondellBasell AF recognized a $7 million charge for impairment of its EG facility in Beaumont, Texas.

Earnings for 2007 included a $12 million pretax charge for impairment of the net book value of LyondellBasell AF’s Canadian facility in Varennes, Québec and $8 million for capitalized engineering costs for a new polymers plant in Germany.

For purposes of recognition and measurement of the above-noted impairments, long-lived assets were grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows were largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities.

The estimated useful lives of long-lived assets range from 3 to 30 years. Depreciation and amortization of these assets, including amortization of deferred turnaround costs, under the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives totaled $1,774 million in 2009. If the useful lives of the assets were found to be shorter than originally estimated, depreciation and amortization charges would be accelerated over the revised useful life.

 

96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Long-Term Employee Benefit Costs —The costs to LyondellBasell AF of long-term employee benefits, particularly pension and other post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits, are incurred over long periods of time, and involve many uncertainties over those periods. The net periodic benefit cost attributable to current periods is based on several assumptions about such future uncertainties, and is sensitive to changes in those assumptions. It is management’s responsibility, often with the assistance of independent experts, to select assumptions that in its judgment represent its best estimates of the future effects of those uncertainties. It also is management’s responsibility to review those assumptions periodically to reflect changes in economic or other factors that affect those assumptions.

The current benefit service costs, as well as the existing liabilities, for pensions and other post-retirement benefits are measured on a discounted present value basis. The discount rate is a current rate, related to the rate at which the liabilities could be settled. LyondellBasell AF’s assumed discount rate is based on published average rates for high-quality (Aa rating) ten-year fixed income securities. For the purpose of measuring the benefit obligations at December 31, 2009, LyondellBasell AF decreased its average assumed discount rates from 6.00% to 5.75% for U.S. plans and from 5.73% to 5.51% for non-U.S. plans, reflecting market interest rates at December 31, 2009. The December 31, 2009 rate also will be used to measure net periodic benefit cost during 2010.

The benefit obligation and the periodic cost of other post-retirement medical benefits also are measured based on assumed rates of future increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits. As of December 31, 2009, the assumed rate of increase was 8% for 2010, decreasing 0.5% per year to 5% in 2016 and thereafter. A one percentage point change in the health care cost trend rate assumption would have no significant effect on either the benefit liability or the net periodic cost, due to limits on LyondellBasell AF’s maximum contribution level under the medical plan.

The net periodic cost of pension benefits included in expense also is affected by the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets assumption. Investment returns that are recognized currently in net income represent the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets applied to a market-related value of plan assets which, for LyondellBasell AF, is defined as the market value of assets. The expected rate of return on plan assets is a longer term rate, and is expected to change less frequently than the current assumed discount rate, reflecting long-term market expectations, rather than current fluctuations in market conditions.

LyondellBasell AF’s weighted average expected long-term rate of return on U.S. and non-U.S. plan assets of 8.0% and 5.78%, respectively, is based on the average level of earnings that its independent pension investment advisor had advised could be expected to be earned over time. The expectation is based on an asset allocation that varies by region. The asset allocations are summarized in Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The actual returns in 2009 for U.S. and non-U.S. plan assets were 23% and 6%, respectively.

The actual rate of return on plan assets may differ from the expected rate due to the volatility normally experienced in capital markets. Management’s goal is to manage the investments over the long term to achieve optimal returns with an acceptable level of risk and volatility.

Net periodic pension cost recognized each year includes the expected asset earnings, rather than the actual earnings or loss. This unrecognized amount, to the extent it exceeds 10% of the projected benefit obligation for the respective plan, is recognized as additional net periodic benefit cost over the average remaining service period of the participants in each plan.

LyondellBasell AF temporarily suspended its matching contributions under its defined contribution plans (Employee Savings Plans) beginning in March 2009 as a result of the bankruptcy.

Additional information on the key assumptions underlying these benefit costs appears in Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Liabilities for Environmental Remediation Costs —Anticipated expenditures related to investigation and remediation of contaminated sites, which include current and former plant sites and other remediation sites, are accrued when it is probable a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. Only ongoing operating and monitoring costs, the timing of which can be determined with reasonable certainty, are discounted to present value. Future legal costs associated with such matters, which generally are not estimable, are not included in these liabilities.

As a result of the Bankruptcy Cases, the Debtors have discontinued funding and/or ceased performing cleanups at various third-party sites (including sites where the Debtors were subject to a CERCLA or similar state order to fund or perform such cleanup, such as the river and the other portions of the Kalamazoo River Superfund Site that the Debtors do not own). The Debtors are seeking a determination from the Bankruptcy Court that any claims or fines asserted against a Debtor with respect to such sites would be prepetition claims, the collection of which is stayed by the applicable provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and that will ultimately be discharged as a general unsecured claim under the Debtors’ Plan of Reorganization.

Accordingly, in 2009, environmental remediation liabilities related to third-party sites were reclassified from “Other liabilities” to “Liabilities subject to compromise.” In 2009, in accordance with the bankruptcy claims process, the basis for certain accrued liabilities was adjusted to reflect the Debtors’ estimated claims to be allowed, including executory contracts and environmental liabilities that are classified as “Reorganization items.” As a result the total amount of the accrued liability included in “Liabilities subject to compromise” reflects the current expected amount of the allowed claims.

As of December 31, 2009, LyondellBasell AF’s accrued liability for future environmental remediation costs at current and former plant sites and other remediation sites, except those classified as “Liabilities subject to compromise” totaled $89 million. The liabilities for individual sites range from less than $1 million to $20 million, and remediation expenditures are expected to occur over a number of years, and not to be concentrated in any single year. In the opinion of management, there is no material estimable range of reasonably possible loss in excess of the liabilities recorded for environmental remediation. However, it is possible that new information about the sites for which the accrual has been established, new technology or future developments such as involvement in investigations by regulatory agencies, could require LyondellBasell AF to reassess its potential exposure related to environmental matters. See Note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of environmental remediation matters.

Accruals for Taxes Based on Income —Uncertainties exist with respect to interpretation of complex U.S. federal and non-U.S. tax regulations. Management expects that LyondellBasell AF’s interpretations will prevail. Also, LyondellBasell AF has recognized deferred tax benefits relating to its future utilization of past operating losses. LyondellBasell AF believes it is more likely than not that the amounts of deferred tax assets in excess of the related valuation reserves will be realized. Further details on LyondellBasell AF’s income taxes appear in Note 24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Accounting and Reporting Changes

For a discussion of the potential impact of new accounting pronouncements on LyondellBasell AF’s consolidated financial statements, see Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

See Note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of LyondellBasell AF’s management of commodity price risk, foreign currency exposure and interest rate risk through its use of derivative instruments and hedging activities.

As a result of the voluntary filings of petitions for relief under Chapter 11 and the associated perceived credit risk, LyondellBasell AF is limited in its ability to further engage in derivative transactions. LyondellBasell

 

98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AF is not participating in interest rate transactions at this time due to a lack of willing counterparties and its foreign currency transactions are restricted to a few currencies and primarily to spot or near spot transactions. LyondellBasell AF continues to enter into commodity derivative contracts in the ordinary course of business on a limited basis, and only through exchange traded futures contracts, which are supported by cash deposits.

Commodity Price Risk

A substantial portion of LyondellBasell AF’s products and raw materials are commodities whose prices fluctuate as market supply and demand fundamentals change. Accordingly, product margins and the level of LyondellBasell AF’s profitability tend to fluctuate with changes in the business cycle. LyondellBasell AF tries to protect against such instability through various business strategies. These include provisions in sales contracts allowing LyondellBasell AF to pass on higher raw material costs through timely price increases, formula price contracts to transfer or share commodity price risk, and increasing the depth and breadth of LyondellBasell AF’s product portfolio.

In addition, LyondellBasell AF selectively uses commodity swap, option, and futures contracts with various terms to manage the volatility related to purchases of natural gas and raw materials, as well as product sales. Such contracts are generally limited to durations of one year or less. Cash-flow hedge accounting is normally elected for these derivative transactions; however, in some cases, when the duration of a derivative is short, hedge accounting is not elected. When hedge accounting is not elected, the changes in fair value of these instruments are recorded in earnings. When hedge accounting is elected, gains and losses on these instruments are deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”), to the extent that the hedge remains effective, until the underlying transaction is recognized in earnings. Market risks created by these derivative instruments and the mark-to-market valuations of open positions are monitored by management.

LyondellBasell AF uses value at risk (“VAR”), stress testing and scenario analysis for risk measurement and control purposes. VAR estimates the maximum potential loss in fair market values, given a certain move in prices over a certain period of time, using specified confidence levels. Using sensitivity analysis and hypothetical unfavorable changes in market prices ranging from 13% to 15% from those in effect at December 31, 2009, the effect would be to reduce net income by approximately $1 million. The quantitative information about market risk is necessarily limited because it does not take into account the effects of the underlying operating transactions.

Foreign Exchange Risk

LyondellBasell AF manufactures and markets its products in a number of countries throughout the world and, as a result, is exposed to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Costs in some countries are incurred, in part, in currencies other than the applicable functional currency. Since January 6, 2009 when certain subsidiaries of LyondellBasell AF filed voluntary petitions for reorganization under Chapter 11, LyondellBasell AF and its subsidiaries have not been able to enter into new foreign currency forward contracts to reduce the effects of their net currency exchange exposures. All foreign currency forward contracts outstanding at the time of filing have since expired and been settled. Current foreign currency transactions of LyondellBasell AF foreign currency transactions are restricted to a few currencies and primarily to spot or near spot transactions.

Interest Rate Risk

LyondellBasell AF is exposed to interest rate risk with respect to variable rate debt. Using sensitivity analysis and a hypothetical 1% increase in interest rates from those in effect at year end, the increase in annual interest expense on the variable-rate debt of $6.3 billion, not classified as “Liabilities subject to compromise,” would reduce net income by approximately $62 million.

During 2008, LyondellBasell AF entered into interest rate swap agreements, maturing in 2013, in the notional amount of $2,350 million. These interest rate swaps were designated as cash-flow hedges of the interest

 

99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

cash flows for the period between April 2009 and June 2013 and effectively convert a portion of LyondellBasell AF’s variable rate, long-term debt to fixed rate debt for the period of the hedge. The variable portion of the interest rate would have converted to a fixed rate ranging from 3.6% to 4.6%.

In January 2009, LyondellBasell AF received notice of termination for these interest rate swap agreements after certain of its subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions for protection under Chapter 11. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the fair value of these interest rate swap agreements resulted in payables of $201 million and $196 million, respectively, which were classified as “Liabilities subject to compromise” and “Accrued liabilities,” respectively.

LyondellBasell AF entered into a cross-currency interest rate swap for a principal amount of $365 million in conjunction with the issuance of the $615 million 2015 Senior Notes. The swap involved the payment of fixed interest and, upon maturity, principal amounts in euro in exchange for corresponding receipts in U.S. dollars. This swap was designated as a cash-flow hedge. Accordingly, in 2008, a $22 million loss was reclassified from AOCI to “Other income, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations related to the changes in fair value.

 

100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 3. PROPERTIES

Properties

Our principal manufacturing facilities as of December 31, 2009 are set forth below, and are identified by the principal segment or segments using the facility. The facilities are wholly owned, except as otherwise noted below.

 

Location                                                                  

  Segment  

Principal Products

Americas

   

Bayport (Pasadena), Texas*

  I&D   Ethylene Oxide (EO), EG and other EO derivatives

Bayport (Pasadena), Texas (1) *

  I&D   Propylene Oxide (PO), Propylene Glycol (PG), Propylene Glycol Ethers (PGE), Tertiary-Butyl-Alcohol (TBA) and Isobutylene

Bayport (Pasadena), Texas*

  O&P—Americas   Polypropylene and Catalloy process resins

Brunswick, Georgia

  I&D   Flavor and fragrance chemicals

Channelview, Texas (2) *

  O&P—Americas   Ethylene, Propylene, Butadiene, Benzene and Toluene
  Refining and Oxyfuels   Alkylate and MTBE

Channelview, Texas (1)(3) *

  I&D   PO, BDO, SM and Isobutylene
  Refining and Oxyfuels   ETBE

Chocolate Bayou, Texas*

  O&P—Americas   Polyethylene (HDPE)

Clinton, Iowa*

  O&P—Americas   Ethylene and Propylene
    Polyethylene (LDPE and HDPE)

Corpus Christi, Texas*

  O&P—Americas   Ethylene, Propylene, Butadiene and Benzene

Edison, New Jersey

  Technology   Polyolefin catalysts

Ensenada, Argentina

  O&P—Americas   Polypropylene

Ensenada, Argentina

  O&P—EAI   PP compounds

Fairport Harbor, Ohio

  O&P—Americas   Performance polymers

Houston, Texas*

  Refining and Oxyfuels   Gasoline, Diesel, Jet Fuel and Lube Oils

Jackson, Tennessee

  O&P—EAI   PP compounds

Jacksonville, Florida*

  I&D   Flavor and fragrance chemicals

La Porte, Texas (4) *

  O&P—Americas   Ethylene and Propylene
    Polyethylene (LDPE and LLDPE)

La Porte, Texas (4)(5) *

  I&D   VAM, acetic acid and methanol

Lake Charles, Louisiana*

  O&P—Americas   Polypropylene and Catalloy process resins

Mansfield, Texas

  O&P—EAI   PP compounds

Matagorda, Texas*

  O&P—Americas   Polyethylene (HDPE)

Morris, Illinois*

  O&P—Americas   Ethylene and Propylene
    Polyethylene (LDPE and LLDPE)

Newark, New Jersey

  O&P—Americas   Denatured Alcohol

Pindamonhangaba, Brazil

  O&P—EAI   PP compounds

Tampico, Mexico (6)

  O&P—Americas   Polypropylene

Tampico, Mexico (6)

  O&P—EAI   PP compounds

Tuscola, Illinois*

  O&P—Americas   Ethanol and Polyethylene (powders)

Victoria, Texas *†

  O&P—Americas   Polyethylene (HDPE)

Europe

   

Aubette, France

  O&P—EAI   Ethylene, Propylene and Butadiene
    Polypropylene and Polyethylene (LDPE)

Bayreuth, Germany

  O&P—EAI   PP compounds

Berre l’Etang, France

  Refining and Oxyfuels   Naphtha, vacuum gas oil (VGO), liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), gasoline, diesel, jet fuel, bitumen and heating oil

 

101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Location                                                                  

  Segment  

Principal Products

Botlek, Rotterdam, The Netherlands†

  I&D

Refining and Oxyfuels

 

PO, PG, PGE, TBA, Isobutylene and BDO

MTBE and ETBE

Brindisi, Italy

  O&P—EAI   Polypropylene

Carrington, U.K.

  O&P—EAI   Polypropylene

Ferrara, Italy

  O&P—EAI   Polypropylene and Catalloy process resins
  Technology   Polyolefin catalysts

Fos-sur-Mer, France†

  I&D   PO, PG and TBA
  Refining and Oxyfuels   MTBE and ETBE

Frankfurt, Germany†

  O&P—EAI   Polyethylene (HDPE)
  Technology   Polyolefin catalysts

Knapsack, Germany†

  O&P—EAI   Polypropylene and PP compounds

Ludwigshafen, Germany†

  Technology   Polyolefin catalysts

Maasvlakte (near Rotterdam), The Netherlands (7)

  I&D   PO and SM

Milton Keynes, U.K.

  O&P—EAI   PP compounds

Moerdijk, The Netherlands†

  O&P—EAI   Catalloy process resins and PB-1

Münchsmünster, Germany† (8)

  O&P—EAI   Ethylene, Propylene
    Polyethylene (HDPE)

Plock, Poland (9)

  O&P—EAI   Polypropylene and Polyethylene (HDPE and LDPE)

Tarragona, Spain (10)

  O&P—EAI   Polypropylene and PP compounds

Terni, Italy (11)

  O&P—EAI   Polypropylene

Wesseling, Germany (12) *

  O&P—EAI   Ethylene, Propylene and Butadiene
    Polypropylene and Polyethylene (HDPE and LDPE)

Asia Pacific

   

Chiba, Japan (13)

  I&D   PO, PG and SM

Clyde, Australia

  O&P—EAI   Polypropylene

Geelong, Australia

  O&P—EAI   Polypropylene

Guangzhou, China (14)

  O&P—EAI   PP compounds

Kawasaki, Japan (15)

  O&P—EAI   Polypropylene

Map Ta Phut, Thailand (16)

  O&P—EAI   Polypropylene

Ningbo, China (17)

  I&D   PO and SM

Oita, Japan (15)

  O&P—EAI   Polypropylene and PP compounds

Port Klang, Malaysia (18)

  O&P—EAI   PP compounds

Rayong, Thailand (19)

  O&P—EAI   PP compounds

Suzhou, China

  O&P—EAI   PP compounds

Victoria, Australia (18)

  O&P—EAI   PP compounds

Yeochan, Korea (20)

  O&P—EAI   Polypropylene

Middle East

   

Jubail, Saudi Arabia (21)

  O&P—EAI   Propylene and Polypropylene

Jubail, Saudi Arabia (22)

  O&P—EAI   Propylene and Polypropylene

Jubail, Saudi Arabia (23)

  O&P—EAI   Ethylene and Polyethylene (LDPE and HDPE)

 

* The facility, or portions of the facility, as applicable, owned by us will be mortgaged as collateral for indebtedness.
The facility is located on leased land.
(1) The Bayport PO/TBA plants and the Channelview PO/SM I plant are held by the U.S. PO Joint Venture between Bayer and Lyondell Chemical. These plants are located on land leased by the U.S. PO Joint Venture.

 

102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(2) The Channelview facility has two ethylene processing units. Equistar Chemicals LP also operates a styrene maleic anhydride unit and a polybutadiene unit, which are owned by an unrelated party and are located within the Channelview facility on property leased from Equistar Chemicals LP.
(3) Unrelated equity investors hold a minority interest in the PO/SM II plant at the Channelview facility.
(4) The La Porte facilities are on contiguous property.
(5) The La Porte I&D facility is owned by La Porte Methanol Company, a partnership owned 15% by an unrelated party.
(6) The Tampico polypropylene facility is owned by Indelpro, a joint venture owned 51% by an unrelated party. The Tampico PP compounding plant is wholly owned by us.
(7) The Maasvlakte plant is owned by the European PO Joint Venture and is located on land leased by the European PO Joint Venture.
(8) The Münchsmünster facility is currently being rebuilt following a fire in 2005.
(9) The Plock facility is owned by Basell Orlen Polyolefins and is located on land owned by PKN/Orlen.
(10) The Tarragona polypropylene facility is located on leased land; the compounds facility is located on co-owned land.
(11) In February 2010, we announced our intentions to cease production at the Terni, Italy site.
(12) There are two steam crackers at the Wesseling, Germany site.
(13) The PO/SM plant and the PG plant located in Chiba, Japan are owned by Nihon Oxirane, a joint venture owned 60% by an unrelated party.
(14) The Guangzhou facility commenced production in 2008.
(15) The Kawasaki and Oita plants are owned by SunAllomer, a joint venture owned 50% by an unrelated party.
(16) The Map Ta Phut plant is owned by HMC, a joint venture owned 71% by unrelated parties.
(17) The Ningbo facility is currently under construction and is owned by a joint venture with ZRCC. The facility is scheduled to commence production in 2010. We have contributed a license right to our proprietary PO/SM technology in exchange for approximately 28% of the PO profitability from the facility.
(18) The Port Klang and Victoria plants are owned by PolyPacific Pty., a joint venture owned 50% by an unrelated party.
(19) The Rayong plant is owned by Basell Asia Pacific Thailand, which is owned 95% by us and 5% by our joint venture HMC.
(20) The Yeochan plant is owned by PolyMirae, a joint venture owned 57% by Daelim Industrial Co., Ltd, 14.8% by Sunallomer and the remainder by us.
(21) The Jubail and polypropylene and PDH manufacturing plant is owned by SPC, a joint venture owned 50% by an unrelated party.
(22) The Jubail Spherizone polypropylene and PDH manufacturing plant is owned by Al-Waha, a joint venture owned 79% by unrelated parties. The plant has commenced initial production in the third quarter of 2009.
(23) The Jubail integrated PE manufacturing complex is owned by SEPC, a joint venture 75% owned by unrelated parties.

Other Locations and Properties

Our corporate seat is located in Rotterdam, The Netherlands. We have administrative offices in Rotterdam, The Netherlands and Houston, Texas. We maintain research facilities in Newtown Square, Pennsylvania; Lansing, Michigan; Cincinnati, Ohio; Ferrara, Italy and Frankfurt, Germany. Our Asia Pacific headquarters are located in Hong Kong. We also have technical support centers in Bayreuth, Germany; Geelong, Australia; Lansing, Michigan and Tarragona, Spain. We have various sales facilities worldwide.

Depending on location and market needs, our production facilities can receive primary raw materials by pipeline, rail car, truck, barge or ocean going vessel and can deliver finished products by pipeline, rail car, truck, barge, isotank, ocean going vessel or in drums. We charter ocean going vessels, own and charter barges, and lease isotanks and own and lease rail cars for the dedicated movement of products between plants, products to customers or terminals, or raw materials to plants, as necessary. We also have barge docking facilities and related terminal equipment for loading and unloading raw materials and products. We use an extensive pipeline system in Texas and Louisiana, some of which we own and some of which we lease, that connects to our manufacturing and storage facilities. We lease liquid and bulk storage and warehouse facilities at terminals in the Americas, Europe and the Asia Pacific region. We own storage capacity for NGLs, ethylene, propylene and other hydrocarbons within a salt dome in Mont Belvieu, Texas, and operate additional ethylene and propylene storage facilities with related brine facilities on leased property in Markham, Texas.

 

103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 4. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Ownership of Existing Equity Securities

As of the Emergence Date, after giving effect to the issuance and distribution of all of our class A ordinary shares and our class B ordinary shares as provided in the Plan of Reorganization, we expect to have 300,000,000 of our class A ordinary shares and 263,901,979 of our class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding not including any equity-based compensation issued under our equity compensation plan. Each ordinary share will carry one vote in LyondellBasell Industries N.V.’s general meeting of shareholders and will be entitled to any dividends declared on a record date on or after the issue date of the new common stock, except that the class B ordinary shares will, however, rank senior in liquidation to the class A ordinary shares and other classes of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. capital stock for a period of time. All class A ordinary shares and class B ordinary shares will vote as one class except that the class B ordinary shares will have the right to vote as a separate class with respect to certain material strategic transactions in which the class B ordinary shares would receive less than $10.61 per share, with such transactions requiring the approval of 85% of the class B ordinary shares and each class will have the right to vote as a separate class on certain charter amendments affecting its class of ordinary shares. The class B ordinary shares will be convertible into class A ordinary shares at the option of the holders thereof and will automatically convert in certain circumstances. Our class A ordinary shares and class B ordinary shares are identical in all other respects.

As of the Emergence Date, after giving effect to the issuance and distribution of all of our warrants to purchase class A ordinary shares as provided in the Plan of Reorganization, we expect to have warrants to purchase 11,278,040 class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding. The warrants will have an exercise price of $15.90 per class A ordinary share. The warrants will have anti-dilution protection for in-kind stock dividends, stock splits, stock combinations and similar transactions and may be exercised at any time during the period beginning on the Emergence Date and ending at the close of business on the seventh anniversary of the issue date. Upon an affiliate change of control, the holders of the warrants may sell to LyondellBasell Industries N.V. the warrants at a price equal to, as applicable, the in-the-money value of the warrants or the Black Scholes value of the warrants.

As of the Emergence Date, we expect that each of the Rights Offering Sponsors and at least one prepetition creditor will beneficially own more than 5% of our ordinary shares. It is possible that other creditors could own more than 5% of our ordinary shares immediately after the Emergence Date. Information with respect to the Rights Offering Sponsors is set forth in the table below under the heading “Expected 5% Beneficial Owners.”

As part of the Plan of Reorganization, certain equity-based awards to certain senior management of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. and its subsidiaries will be effective as of the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization. See “Item 9. Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters—Equity Compensation Plan Information.”

In addition, after the Emergence Date, members of our Supervisory Board may receive grants of class A ordinary shares.

The following table indicates information, to our knowledge, as of April 15, 2010 regarding the expected beneficial ownership of our class A ordinary shares and class B ordinary shares on the Emergence Date by:

 

   

Each holder of greater than 5% of our ordinary shares;

 

   

Each nominee as a member of our Supervisory Board and Management Board;

 

   

Each of our executive officers; and

 

   

All of our current board members and executive officers as a group.

Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of the security, or “investment

 

104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of the security. The rules also treat as outstanding all shares of capital stock that a person would receive upon exercise of stock options or warrants held by that person, which are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the determination date. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which that person has no economic interest.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Percent of
All  Ordinary
Shares (1)
 

Expected 5% Beneficial Owners: (2)

  

Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. (3)

9 West 57th Street

New York, NY 10019

   25

The Royal Bank of Scotland N.V.

Gustev Mahlerlaan 10, 1082 PP

Amsterdam, The Netherlands

       

Certain affiliates of Ares Management LLC (4)

2000 Avenue of the Stars, 12th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90067

   7

AI International Chemicals S.à.r.l. (5)

c/o Access Industries

730 Fifth Ave., 20th Floor

New York, NY 10019

   7

Known nominees as members of Supervisory Board and named executive officers:

  

Joshua J. Harris (6)

   *   

Philip Kassin (7)

   *   

Scott M. Kleinman (8)

   *   

Marvin O. Schlanger (9)

   *   

Jeffrey S. Serota (10)

   *   

James L. Gallogy

   1

C. Kent Potter

   *   

Craig Glidden

   *   

Kevin Brown

   *   

Anton deVries

   *   

 

 * Less than 1% of issued and outstanding ordinary shares.
(1) All percentages are approximate based on current information available to us concerning claim amounts in the Bankruptcy Cases and holders of those claims and assuming that no warrants to purchase ordinary shares are exercised. The information available to us may be incomplete. Acquisition or disposition of interests could materially change the number of ordinary shares to be owned and percentage ownership.
(2) One or more additional creditors of the Debtors may be greater than 5% shareholders.
(3) Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. is the general partner or manager of various Apollo investment managers that manage Apollo investment funds which may hold or acquire shares on the Emergence Date. Apollo Management Holdings GP, LLC is the general partner of Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. Leon Black, Joshua Harris and Marc Rowan are the principal executive officers and managers of Apollo Management Holdings GP, LLC. Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., Apollo Management Holdings GP, LLC. and each of Messrs. Black, Harris and Rowan disclaims beneficial ownership of any ordinary shares that may be held or acquired by any of the Apollo investment funds, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.
(4)

Ares Management LLC is a private investment management firm that indirectly controls Ares and certain other entities that may become recordholders of our outstanding ordinary shares upon the Emergence Date

 

105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  (together with Ares, the “Ares Recordholders”). Ares Management LLC and each of its affiliated entities and the officers, partners, members and managers thereof, other than the Ares Recordholders, disclaim beneficial ownership of any ordinary shares owned by the Ares Recordholders, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.
(5) AI International Chemicals S.à.r.l. is an affiliate of Access Industries, a privately-held U.S. industrial group with holdings primarily in natural resources and chemicals, media and telecommunications and real estate. The beneficial ownership percentage for Access Industries includes ordinary shares owned as of the Emergence Date and ordinary shares to be transferred to Access Industries within the next 60 days.
(6) Mr. Harris is associated with Apollo. Mr. Harris disclaims beneficial ownership of ordinary shares to be owned by Apollo and any other shareholder, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The business address for Mr. Harris is 9 West 57th street, New York, New York 10019.
(7) Mr. Kassin is associated with Access Industries. Mr. Kassin disclaims beneficial ownership of ordinary shares to be owned by Access Industries and any other shareholder, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The business address for Mr. Kassin is 730 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10019.
(8) Mr. Kleinman is associated with Apollo. Mr. Kleinman disclaims beneficial ownership of ordinary shares to be owned by Apollo and any other shareholder, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The business address for Mr. Kleinman is 9 West 57th Street, New York, New York 10019.
(9) The address of Mr. Schlanger is 15 Southwood Drive, Cherry Hill, New Jersey 08008.
(10) Does not include ordinary shares owned by the Ares Recordholders. Mr. Serota is a Senior Partner in the Private Equity Group of Ares Management. Mr. Serota disclaims beneficial ownership of ordinary shares to be owned by the Ares Recordholders and any other shareholder, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The business address for Mr. Serota is 2000 Avenue of the Stars, 12th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90067.

Unless otherwise noted, the address for each person listed on the table is c/o LyondellBasell Industries N.V., Weena 737, 3013AM, Rotterdam, The Netherlands.

Registration Rights

LyondellBasell Industries N.V. and the Rights Offering Sponsors will enter into a registration rights agreement relating to our Registrable Securities, as defined therein.

Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we have agreed to file an initial shelf registration statement (the “Initial Registration Statement”) with the SEC by the 30th day after this Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC; provided, that if this Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC on a date that is more than 90 days after the Emergence Date, we have agreed to file such Initial Registration Statement by no later than 10 days after this Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC. The Initial Registration Statement will relate to the offer and sale of Registrable Securities to the public by the Rights Offering Sponsors from time to time, on a delayed or continuous basis, but not involving an underwritten offering. We will use our reasonable best efforts to (a) cause the Initial Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC, (b) keep such Initial Registration Statement continuously effective, subject to certain exceptions and (c) not suspend the use of the prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement in order to permit such prospectus to be usable by the Rights Offering Sponsors until the earlier of (i) two years from the date of effectiveness of such Initial Registration Statement, (ii) our filing of a short-form or automatic shelf registration statement covering all of the Registrable Securities and such registration statement having been declared effective by the SEC or (iii) there being no more Registrable Securities.

Following the later of 90 days after the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization and the date this Registration Statement is declared effective, but (i) at any time prior to the first anniversary of the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization, the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding and (ii) at any time on or after the first anniversary of the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization, any holder of Registrable Securities then outstanding may make a specified number of requests for registration on Form S-1 or

 

106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

similar long-form registration statement of the Registrable Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); provided, however that we may satisfy such a request by amending or supplementing the Initial Registration Statement to provide for an underwritten offering on behalf of the holders that made such request. Additionally, after the first anniversary of the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization, the Rights Offering Sponsors may request registration on Form S-3, or other similar short-form registration statement, if available, of the Registrable Securities. Further, upon our becoming a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer, as defined in the Securities Act, we will give written notice to the Rights Offering Sponsors of the basis for that status and register the sale of the Registrable Securities under an automatic shelf registration statement promptly thereafter.

Whenever we propose to register any securities, or propose to offer any of our class A or class B ordinary shares to the public, we will give prompt written notice to all holders of Registrable Securities and include such Registrable Securities in the public offering for which we receive written requests within the time prescribed by the registration rights agreement from the holders of such Registrable Securities for inclusion therein. However, in the case of an underwritten offering, we may exclude the Registrable Securities requested for inclusion therein if the managing underwriter for such offering advises us that inclusion of such Registrable Securities would materially and adversely affect such offering because such Registrable Securities are not of the same type, class or series as the securities to be offered and sold therein.

This summary of the provisions of the registration rights agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all provisions of the registration rights agreement.

 

107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 5. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Executive Officers

The table below sets out the names of the members of our management and their positions as of March 1, 2010, which executive officers will continue as the management of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. after consummation of the Plan of Reorganization. Messrs. de Vries and Jansz were officers of LyondellBasell AF prior to and at the time it filed proceedings under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

 

Name, Age and Current
Position with LyondellBasell

  

Business Experience During Past Five Years
          and Period Served as Officer(s)            

James L. Gallogly, 57

Chief Executive Officer

   Mr. Gallogly was named Chief Executive Officer of LyondellBasell AF in May 2009. He was Executive Vice President of Exploration and Production for ConocoPhillips from October 2008 to May 2009 and served as its Executive Vice President of Refining, Marketing and Transportation from April 2006 to October 2008. Mr. Gallogly was President and Chief Executive Officer of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC from July 2000 to March 2006 and served as a member of its Board of Directors.

C. Kent Potter, 63

Chief Financial Officer

   Mr. Potter was named Chief Financial Officer of LyondellBasell AF in August 2009. Mr. Potter was the Chief Financial Officer of TNK-BP, Russia’s third largest oil company from June 2003 to October 2005. Mr. Potter was previously Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Chevron Phillips Chemical Company (a major producer of polyolefins) from 2000 to June 2003 and served as a member of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company’s Board of Directors. Mr. Potter also served as a member of the Supervisory Board and Chairman of the Audit Committee of Basell AF S.C.A. and its successor, LyondellBasell AF, from November 2005 through July 2009.

Craig Glidden, 52

Executive Vice President and

Chief Legal Officer

   Mr. Glidden was named Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer of LyondellBasell AF in August 2009. Mr. Glidden served as Senior Vice President, Legal and Public Affairs, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company from April 2004 to August 2009 and as its Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary from July 2000 to April 2004. Before joining Chevron Phillips Chemical, Mr. Glidden engaged in the private practice of law focusing on litigation and arbitration of complex commercial disputes.

Kevin W. Brown, 52

Senior Vice President, Refining

   Mr. Brown was named Senior Vice President, Refining of LyondellBasell AF in October 2009. He served as Senior Vice President and Executive Vice President, Operations for Sinclair Oil Corporation
   from March 1994 to September 2009 and served as a member of Sinclair’s Board of Directors. From July 1992 to February 1994, Mr. Brown was Refinery Manager of the Sinclair Tulsa Refinery. From September 2008 to June 2009, he also served as the Chairman of the Board of the National Petrochemical and Refiners Association.

Bhavesh V. (Bob) Patel, 43

Senior Vice President,

O&P—Americas

   Mr. Patel will become Senior Vice President, O&P—Americas in April 2010. He served as General Manager, Olefins and NGLs for Chevron Phillips Chemical Company from May 2009 to March 2010 and as its General Manager, Asia Pacific Region—Singapore from April 2008 to May 2009. Previously, he served as Business Manager, Olefins for Chevron Phillips Chemical Company from January 2005 to April 2008.

 

108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Name, Age and Current
Position with LyondellBasell

  

Business Experience During Past Five Years
          and Period Served as Officer(s)            

Anton de Vries, 58

Senior Vice President, O&P—EAI

   Mr. de Vries was named Senior Vice President, O&P—EAI of LyondellBasell AF in January 2010. He served as the president of the Polymers division at LyondellBasell AF from December 2007 to December 2009. From March 2007 to December 2007, Mr. de Vries was president of Basell Polyolefins Europe. From 2005 to 2007, he was president of the Global Advanced Polyolefins business of Basell. From 2002 to 2005, he served as president of research and development and a member of the Basell Management Team.

Patrick Quarles, 43

Senior Vice President,

Intermediates & Derivates

   Mr. Quarles was named Senior Vice President, Intermediates & Derivates of LyondellBasell AF in January 2010. He served as Divisional Senior Vice President at LyondellBasell AF from December 2007 to December 2009. He served as vice president for Performance Chemicals at Lyondell Chemical from 2004 to December 2007. From 2000 to 2004, Mr. Quarles held positions as director, Investor Relations and director, Business Performance Analysis and Reporting, at Lyondell Chemical.

Just Jansz, 52

Senior Vice President,

Technology

   Mr. Jansz was named Senior Vice President, Technology of LyondellBasell AF in January 2010. He served as the president of the Technology division at LyondellBasell AF from December 2007 to December 2009. He served as president of the Basell Technology business from April 2004 to December 2007. From 2000 to April 2004, Mr. Jansz served as senior vice president, Advanced Polyolefins at Basell.

Boards of Directors

The Supervisory Board of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. will initially consist of nine members, four of which will be independent members of the Supervisory Board, that we have not yet identified. Within one year of our ordinary shares being listed on the NYSE, the size of the Supervisory Board will be increased and additional independent directors will be appointed as necessary to ensure that a majority of the directors will be independent within the meaning of the NYSE listing requirements. Of the initial Supervisory Board, Apollo will have the right to nominate three initial Supervisory Board members, Access Industries will have the right to nominate one initial Supervisory Board member and Ares will have the right to nominate one initial Supervisory Board member. The remaining initial Supervisory Board members will be independent and will be identified by a search firm appointed by the Debtors, subject to the approval of the Rights Offering Sponsors (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld). The Rights Offering Sponsors will each enter into a binding nomination agreement with LyondellBasell Industries N.V. pursuant to which LyondellBasell Industries N.V. will agree that, following appointment of the initial Supervisory Board, (i) if a Rights Offering Sponsor, together with its affiliates, owns 18% or more of our outstanding ordinary shares, such Rights Offering Sponsor will have the right to nominate three members of the Supervisory Board; (ii) if a Rights Offering Sponsor, together with its affiliates, owns at least 12% but less than 18% of our outstanding ordinary shares, such Rights Offering Sponsor will have the right to nominate two members of the Supervisory Board; and (iii) if a Rights Offering Sponsor, together with its affiliates, owns at least 5% but less than 12% of our outstanding ordinary shares, such Rights Offering Sponsor will have the right to nominate one member of the Supervisory Board. The size of the Supervisory Board may be increased from time to time to the extent necessary to ensure that a majority of the members are independent in accordance with the NYSE standard for independence after giving effect to the foregoing.

We have been informed by Apollo that it has nominated Joshua J. Harris, Scott M. Kleinman and Marvin O. Schlanger to serve on the Supervisory Board. We have been informed by Access Industries that it has nominated Philip Kassin to serve on the Supervisory Board. We have been informed by Ares that it has nominated Jeffrey S. Serota to serve on the Supervisory Board. Currently, we have not yet identified the nominees expected to be the independent members of the Supervisory Board.

 

109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Each of the members of such initial board will serve in accordance with applicable Dutch law, the internal rules of the Supervisory Board, applicable corporate governance principles and our articles of association (as amended from time to time, our “Articles of Association”). The Supervisory Board, in consultation with the Management Board, will determine the overall strategy and policy of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. and the LyondellBasell group of companies. The Management Board will be responsible for the execution of such strategy and policy, as well as the management of our day-to-day operations. The Management Board will submit proposals for the overall strategy and policy to the Supervisory Board for its approval. In addition, certain Management Board actions, including extraordinary transactions, will require the approval of the Supervisory Board, the general meeting of shareholders and/or class B shareholders. The Chief Executive Officer will be the sole member of the initial Management Board. The Management Board may delegate certain tasks to the Chief Executive Officer and certain other officers of the LyondellBasell group of companies, but the Management Board will remain responsible for the proper performance of the delegated tasks.

Supervisory Board Committees

The Supervisory Board will have an audit committee, a corporate governance and nominating committee and an organisation and compensation committee. Each committee will be made up of at least three members of the Supervisory Board. Pursuant to a binding nomination agreement with LyondellBasell Industries N.V., except as may be prohibited by law or regulation (including rules of the NYSE), Apollo, Ares and Access Industries will have the right to representation on each committee of the Supervisory Board.

Audit Committee . The audit committee, in accordance with its charter, will be responsible for:

 

   

Recommending independent auditors for shareholder approval, overseeing and reviewing reports of independent auditors and serving as an intermediary between independent auditors and management.

 

   

Overseeing the proper functioning and appropriateness of our financial reporting processes and accounting policies.

 

   

Overseeing and reviewing the internal audit functions and reporting.

 

   

Monitoring and discussing risk assessment and risk management services with the management and the internal auditor.

 

   

Evaluating and maintaining proper ethical compliance functions.

Organisation and Compensation Committee . The organisation and compensation committee, in accordance with its charter, will be responsible for:

 

   

Making a proposal for adoption by the Supervisory Board of the compensation philosophy, structure, policies and guidelines for the managing directors, executive officers and senior management.

 

   

Establishing and reviewing annual incentive and long-term incentive compensation plans, including equity-based incentive compensation plans, for employees.

 

   

Establishing and reviewing benefit or other plans or programs for employees.

 

   

Establishing and reviewing corporate goals and objectives relevant to the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, including the long-term incentive component, evaluate the Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of those goals and objectives and determine the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation level based on this evaluation.

 

   

Preparing a report on executive compensation, as required by the SEC rules, to be included in our annual proxy statement to shareholders and the Supervisory Board report on compensation to be included in the Dutch Annual Report.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee . The corporate governance and nominating committee, in accordance with its charter, will be responsible for:

 

   

Periodically evaluating the performance and functioning of the Supervisory Board and the Management Board.

 

110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Developing, reviewing and recommending to the Supervisory Board a set of corporate governance guidelines.

 

   

Developing and recommending criteria for Supervisory Board membership and size and structure of the Supervisory Board.

 

   

Identifying and recommending qualified candidates for membership on the Supervisory Board.

 

   

Recommending the structure and composition of, and nominees for, the standing committees of the Supervisory Board.

Meetings and Voting

The Supervisory Board and Management Board will each hold six (6) regularly scheduled meetings per year with the meetings of the Management Board coinciding with those of the Supervisory Board. Members of the Supervisory Board and Management Board are each entitled to cast one (1) vote at their respective meetings and resolutions of each Board will pass by an absolute majority of the votes cast.

Removal of Directors

The Articles of Association will provide that the Supervisory Board members may be suspended or dismissed by a vote of the ordinary shareholders, at a general meeting of the ordinary shareholders, upon a vote of holders of at least 2/3 of the ordinary shares present, which shares must represent at least half of the issued share capital. The members of the Management Board may be suspended or dismissed by a vote of the ordinary shareholders at a general meeting of ordinary shareholders, upon a vote of holders of at least 2/3 of the ordinary shares present, which ordinary shares must represent at least half of the issued ordinary share capital. The members of the Management Board may also be suspended by a majority of the Supervisory Board members. In the event that Mr. Gallogly ceases to be employed as Chief Executive Officer of Lyondell Chemical, he has agreed to immediately resign from his position as a member of the Management Board.

Members of Boards of Directors

Supervisory Board . The table below sets out the names of the currently known expected members of the initial Supervisory Board after the consummation of the Plan of Reorganization.

 

Name and Age

  

Business Experience During Past Five Years

Joshua J. Harris, 44

   Mr. Harris is a founding Senior Managing Director at Apollo Global Management, LLC and has served as Managing Partner of certain affiliates of Apollo since 1990. Prior to that time, Mr. Harris was a member of the Mergers and Acquisitions Department of Drexel Burnham Lambert Incorporated. Mr. Harris is also a director of Apollo Global Management, LLC., Berry Plastics Group, CEVA Logistics, Hexion Specialty Chemicals, Inc., Momentive Performance Materials and several non-profit organizations.

Philip Kassin, 52

   Mr. Kassin is Executive Vice President and Head of M&A and Financing of Access Industries and has served as an officer and director of certain affiliates of Access Industries since 2005. Mr. Kassin served as financial advisor to Access Industries on the acquisition of Basell in 2005 and then served on the Basell Supervisory Board from 2005 to 2007. Mr. Kassin currently serves on the Supervisory Board of LyondellBasell and is Chairman of the Audit Committee. Mr. Kassin is also a director of Boomerang Tube, an oil country tubular goods manufacturer and Prochemie GmbH.

 

111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Name and Age

  

Business Experience During Past Five Years

Scott M. Kleinman, 36

   Mr. Kleinman is a Senior Partner at Apollo, where he has worked since February 1996. Prior to that time, Mr. Kleinman was employed by Smith Barney Inc. in its Investment Banking division. Mr. Kleinman is also a director of Hexion Specialty Chemicals, Inc., Momentive Performance Materials, Noranda Aluminum Holding Corporation, Realogy Corporation and Verso Paper Corp.

Marvin O. Schlanger, 61

  

Since October 1998, Mr. Schlanger has been a principal in the firm of Cherry Hill Chemical Investments, LLC, which provides management services and capital to chemical and allied industries. Prior to October 1998, Mr. Schlanger held various positions with ARCO Chemical Company, serving as President and Chief Executive Officer from May 1998 to July 1998 and as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer from 1994 to May 1998. Mr. Schlanger is also a director and the Chairman of the Board of CEVA Group Plc, and a director of Hexion Specialty Chemicals, Inc., Momentive Performance Materials Company, Resolution Performance Products LLC, RPP Capital Corporation, UGI Corporation, UGI Utilities Inc. and Amerigas Partners, LLP.

Jeffrey S. Serota, 44

   Mr. Serota is a Senior Partner in the Private Equity Group of Ares Management LLC, where he has worked since 1997. Mr. Serota is also a director of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., Exco Resources, Inc., Marietta Corporation, SandRidge Energy, Inc., and WCA Waste Corporation.

Management Board . Our Chief Executive Officer, James L. Gallogly, will be the sole member of the initial Management Board.

The address of each member of the Supervisory Board and the Management Board is c/o LyondellBasell Industries N.V., Weena 737, 3013AM, Rotterdam, The Netherlands.

 

112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 6. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Introduction

During the past year and since the commencement of our bankruptcy case, we have had numerous significant changes in our executive leadership. Specifically, Mr. Volker Trautz, our former Chief Executive Officer, retired. After a comprehensive search and interview process, our Supervisory Board selected Mr. James Gallogly to assume the position of Chief Executive Officer. He began work on our behalf in May 2009, and his retention and employment agreement was subsequently approved by the bankruptcy court. Additionally, Mr. Alan Bigman resigned from the position of Chief Financial Officer as of August 1, 2009, although he remained employed as a Senior Advisor to assist with work related to the restructuring for a period lasting until March 31, 2010. After undertaking a selection process, our Supervisory Board selected Mr. C. Kent Potter to assume the position of Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Potter began work on our behalf in August 2009, and the terms of his compensation were also approved by the bankruptcy court. Other changes to our executive team include the new additions of Mr. Craig Glidden, who was hired in August 2009 to serve as Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer, and Mr. Kevin Brown, who was hired in October 2009 to serve as Senior Vice President, Refining, as well as the departure of Mr. Edward Dineen in December 2009.

Throughout this information statement, our “Named Executive Officers” are comprised of the following individuals and are included in the Summary Compensation Table below: our Chief Executive Officer (Mr. Gallogly), our Chief Financial Officer (Mr. Potter) and our next three most highly compensated executive officers as of December 31, 2009 (Mr. Glidden, Mr. Brown and Mr. Anton de Vries, our Senior Vice President, Olefins & Polyolefins, Europe, Asia and International based in the Netherlands), as well as our former Chief Executive Officer (Mr. Trautz), our former Chief Financial Officer (Mr. Bigman) and one additional former executive officer for whom disclosure would have been required but for the fact that he was no longer serving as an executive officer as of December 31, 2009 (Mr. Dineen).

Executive Compensation Philosophy

Our executive compensation program has been designed to achieve certain objectives. Decisions concerning specific compensation elements and total compensation paid or awarded to our executives are intended to provide a total rewards package that addresses these objectives:

 

   

support a high performing culture that attracts and retains highly qualified executive talent;

 

   

tie annual, medium-term and long-term incentives to the achievement of company and individual performance objectives; and

 

   

align executives’ incentives with the creation of shareholder value.

Setting Executive Compensation

Based on the above objectives, the compensation committee of our Supervisory Board has established annual, medium-term and long-term incentive compensation components to motivate our executives to achieve, and hopefully exceed, the business and individual goals set by the company and to fairly reward such executives for achieving such goals.

Administration of Executive Compensation Program

The compensation committee makes all decisions with respect to compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and all decisions relating to equity-based compensation awards. The compensation committee, with recommendations and input from the Chief Executive Officer, makes non-equity compensation decisions with respect to other executives.

 

113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

At least annually, the compensation committee will review the performance of the Chief Executive Officer as compared with the company’s objective goals with respect to operational excellence (including environmental performance and stewardship, safety and reliability), business results, efficient use of capital and strategic planning. The compensation committee, together with the Chief Executive Officer, at least annually will review the performance of each individual executive, including the Named Executive Officers other than the Chief Executive Officer, with respect to the achievement of company-wide metrics, individual goals and, with respect to our Short Term Incentive Plan, applicable business unit or service unit (which we refer to as “award unit”) criteria. The compensation committee may then exercise its discretion in making any awards or adjustments to the executives’ compensation as recommended by the Chief Executive Officer.

To facilitate the compensation committee’s review of the executive compensation program, our human resources department provides the compensation committee with:

 

   

data from compensation survey databases;

 

   

historical breakdowns of the total direct compensation component amounts approved by the compensation committee for our officers;

 

   

recommendations for performance targets under our incentive plans;

 

   

recommendations of the Chief Executive Officer for the prospective total direct compensation component amounts and the methodology for calculating the amounts for all of our executives, other than the Chief Executive Officer; and

 

   

such additional information as the compensation committee may request.

Our human resources department also provides the compensation committee with compensation survey data and other historical data that it believes will be useful to the compensation committee in reviewing the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer, but the human resources department does not make recommendations with respect to compensation of the Chief Executive Officer.

Overview of Compensation Program

The compensation committee begins the annual process of determining executive compensation by establishing target levels of total compensation for our executive officers for the given year, in each case subject to existing employment agreements described further below. See “— Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers.” The targets take into account and reflect the considerations discussed in more detail below, including the use of peer benchmarking to determine marketplace compensation for executive talent at similarly situated companies, salary structure and internal pay equity. Actual compensation levels are then determined by our compensation committee, in light of tenure, experience, prior base salary, the results of the performance evaluations and recommendations discussed above, award unit results and other factors. With respect to the executive officers that joined us in the last year, the compensation committee also considered the need to make compensation packages competitively attractive in light of the potential risk involved in joining us during our turnaround period. Once an overall target compensation level is established with respect to each executive, the compensation committee considers the weighting of each of our primary compensation elements and will make adjustments, if any, to the preceding year’s levels.

Generally, our programs are designed to increase the proportion of performance-based or “at-risk” pay as a percentage of total compensation as an executive’s responsibilities increase. This is based upon the belief that our executives have more opportunity to affect the performance of the company and that the executives’ performance will be enhanced by ensuring that a significant portion of their potential compensation is tied to the performance of the company. It is also our intention, after our emergence from bankruptcy, to allocate a greater portion of overall compensation to longer term equity-based awards as an executive assumes greater responsibilities in the company. We believe this shifting of the compensation allocation toward long-term equity-based awards for

 

114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

executives is appropriate to retain executives and encourage such executives to use their opportunities to affect the performance of the company to foster and sustain long-term success and accumulation of shareholder value, while discouraging excessive risk-taking.

Salary Structure

Each year, management undertakes a thorough examination of the scope and complexity of the senior jobs throughout our organization and a study of competitive compensation practices for such jobs. As a result of this work, management develops market data for each of the different positions, including base pay and incentive levels. For our executives, the base salary increases with responsibility, but at a lesser rate than increases in target incentive compensation percentages. The result is an increased percentage of “at risk” compensation as the executive’s responsibility is increased. Modifications to our salary structure to reflect marketplace trends with respect to our senior executive officers are reviewed annually and approved by the compensation committee. The compensation committee also approves any salary changes for our executive officers, including our Named Executive Officers.

Benchmarking

In order to determine compensation for 2009, including establishing the initial compensation packages for our newly hired Named Executive Officers and formulating our incentive plans described below, our compensation committee considered data from the Towers Perrin 2008 Executive Compensation Database, which collects data from hundreds of companies for a given year across industries and revenue sizes (the “Towers Perrin Database”). Single regression analysis of the Towers Perrin Database established the market levels of compensation for each position based on the revenue size of the Named Executive Officer’s applicable award units and his responsibilities. In each case, the identity of the component companies that comprised the sub-set used in the single regression analyses referred to above was not made available to us. Our Chief Executive Officer’s recommendations to the compensation committee considered the experience of each individual, their performance and the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile market data in relation to similar compensation paid to the executive’s peers, based on the Towers Perrin Database and the analyses described above.

In setting compensation levels in the future, we expect that the compensation committee will refer to relevant compensation surveys that include but are not limited to large chemical and energy companies. We expect that the compensation committee will compare that information to the base salary ranges and incentive compensation targets by position to determine whether any changes will be necessary to maintain the cumulative target for the total of base salary and all incentive compensation for each position at or near the 50 th percentile for similar positions as indicated by the survey data, allowing for adjustment upon consideration of experience, individual performance and other factors.

Internal Pay Equity

We believe our salary structure provides a framework for equitable compensation between executives, with higher targets for jobs having greater duties and responsibilities. Taken as a whole, our compensation program is designed so that the individual target level rises as the salary level increases, with the portion of performance-based compensation rising as a percentage of total targeted compensation. One result of this structure is that actual total compensation of an executive as a multiple of the total compensation of his or her subordinates is designed to increase in periods of above-target performance and decrease in times of below-target performance.

Developing Performance Measures

As discussed further below under “—Elements of Compensation Program,” for the 2009 cash incentive plans, we used individual performance criteria and the single company performance metric of Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, Amortization and Restructuring Costs (“EBITDAR”), as we believed this metric

 

115


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

was sufficient to capture the performance we were seeking to drive during the pendency of our bankruptcy proceeding. For purposes of the 2009 incentive programs, we established EBITDAR targets that, at the time, we believed would be difficult targets to reach and would require superior performance.

In the future, we will use corporate, award unit and individual performance criteria in determining payouts under incentive compensation awards. We will attempt to develop performance measures that assess the performance of the company relative to other companies in addition to absolute performance measures. This is based on the belief that absolute performance can be affected positively or negatively by industry-wide factors over which our executives have no control, such as the cyclicality of feedstock costs and the global economy. We will also attempt to isolate the underlying performance necessary to enable achievement of those goals considering our unique circumstances within the industry. For purposes of future awards under our incentive programs, we will set performance metrics so as to require high performance in order to receive target incentive compensation levels, and we may select multiple metrics to promote the well-rounded executive performance necessary to enable us to achieve long-term success. We recognize, however, that no metric or set of metrics can reliably measure actual performance in light of unanticipated opportunities and challenges, and the compensation committee retains discretion to make appropriate adjustments. We will reassess the performance metrics periodically to respond to these changing circumstances.

Although the compensation committee sets performance measures for performance-based programs, compensation under those programs is not mandated by attainment of specified performance levels. Rather, employees are informed of the performance measures that will be used to evaluate their performance for a given period but are also informed that no given performance under those measures will entitle them to any guaranteed resulting payments under these programs. The compensation committee retains discretion to consider other factors in addition to the stated performance measures to determine the relative performance of the company, award unit or individual.

Performance Measures and Criteria

Corporate Performance Criteria — For each performance period, the compensation committee establishes, in consultation with management, performance criteria for the company. At the conclusion of a performance period, the compensation committee evaluates the performance of the company against the pre-established criteria for such program. We expect to utilize multiple measures of performance under our programs to ensure that no single aspect of performance is driven in isolation. We may elect to employ the following measures of overall company performance under our performance-based programs:

 

   

Business Results —We measure overall business results by annual EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization defined in accordance with our financing arrangements with appropriate adjustments for unusual events) generated by the company compared to the target budget EBITDA. We further evaluate our EBITDA results in consideration of the relevant business environment and in comparison to peer companies in our industries.

 

   

Return on Assets —We use return on assets as an indicator of portfolio performance and efficient use of capital, or how profitable our company is relative to its total assets. By comparing our return on assets to industry averages, this measure gives an idea as to how efficient management is at using company assets to generate earnings. We define return on assets as the ratio of EBITDA divided by total current and long-term assets. We use our return on assets ratio to compare our performance to peer companies in our industries. A return on assets ratio that is improving relative to competitors shows improving use of the company’s assets to generate profits and is rewarded under our compensation program.

 

   

Costs —We review our cash fixed costs and variable conversion costs as compared to our budget and industry benchmarks. We also consider successful implementation of cost improvement initiatives.

 

   

Health, Safety and Environmental (HSE) Performance — We seek to be a good employer, a good community member and a good steward of the environmental resources we manage. Therefore, we

 

116


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

have incorporated metrics of health, safety and environmental performance in our incentive bonus programs, such as recordable injury rate, process safety incidents, environmental performance and stewardship, and HSE audit results.

 

   

Implementation of Strategic Plan and specified objectives — This measure is an analysis of the company’s progress in implementing its strategic plan over a given performance period.

Award Unit Performance Criteria —For purposes of our Short Term Incentive Plan discussed below, we have established approximately 65 discrete award units within the Company designed to measure performance and to reward employees according to business outcomes relevant to the award group. Our award units are divided into four categories: Business, Manufacturing, Service and Research and Development. Although most employees participate in a single award unit designated for the operational or functional group to which such employee is assigned, an executive officer, including a Named Executive Officer, can participate in a blend of the results of more than one of these award units depending on the scope and breadth of his or her responsibilities over the performance period.

For each performance period, management establishes award units and the performance criteria for each award unit. Performance criteria are goals consistent with the company’s operating plan. For 2010, performance criteria for the respective units under our Short Term Incentive Plan are comprised of one or more of the elements described under “Corporate Performance Criteria” above, as modified to address specific budgets and targets applicable to the award unit; as well as, with respect to the research and development and service award units, the additional criteria of internal customer satisfaction. Each of the performance measures will be weighted by the compensation committee to reflect its relative importance for the year in question for each award unit.

At the conclusion of a performance period, a committee of executive officers (the “leadership team”) assesses each award unit’s performance for the year, which determination includes an evaluation of performance versus the pre-established criteria for such award unit while taking into consideration the business environment and context, such as severe weather events, improvements over previous years, severity of HSE incidents, comparisons to peer companies and unbudgeted business activity. The compensation committee approves or adjusts the recommendation from the leadership team regarding the performance of each award unit.

Individual Performance Criteria —Individual adjustments for executive officers, including our Named Executive Officers, are approved by the compensation committee, based on the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer (other than for himself).

Tax-Based Program Criteria —Our incentive programs are also designed to conform to or be exempt from the requirements of section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, which allows for deductible compensation in excess of $1 million if certain criteria, including the attainment of pre-established performance criteria, are met.

Peer Company Comparisons

As discussed above, several of our performance criteria will take into consideration comparisons to peer companies in our industries. For 2010, we have identified certain companies in the chemical and refining and oxyfuel industries that we are likely to refer to for such peer company comparisons on a company-wide and segment or award unit basis. Our peer companies and segments in the chemical industry are likely to include BASF, The Dow Chemical Company, Huntsman Corporation, Celanese Corporation, Eastman Chemical Corporation, Westlake Chemical Corporation, ExxonMobil’s chemical segment, Shell’s chemical segment, Ineos, ChevronPhillips Chemical Company and Nova Chemical Corporation. Our peer companies and segments in the refining and oxyfuel industry are likely to include Valero Energy Corporation, Sunoco Inc., Tesoro Corporation, Western Refining Inc., Holly Corporation, Alon USA Energy Inc., Frontier Oil Corporation, Delek US Holdings Inc., Conoco Phillips’ refining segment, ExxonMobil’s refining segment, Shell’s refining segment and Chevron’s refining segment. However, we will not refer to each of these companies for every peer company comparison, and we may also refer to other companies.

 

117


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Elements of Compensation Program

Our executive compensation program generally consists of six principal components:

 

   

base salary;

 

   

annual cash incentive compensation;

 

   

medium term incentive compensation;

 

   

long-term equity-based incentive compensation;

 

   

severance arrangements; and

 

   

limited other benefits.

We have chosen to pay each of these elements because we believe they best serve to advance our compensation objectives, as discussed in more detail below.

Base Salary

The first component of the executive compensation program is base salary. Base salary is a major component of the compensation for all of our salaried employees. However, a greater percentage of overall compensation is allocated away from base salary as an employee assumes more responsibilities in the company. By providing a competitive base salary, we serve our compensation objectives of retaining and attracting employees and motivating employees by rewarding individual performance and tenure with base salary increases.

Our Named Executive Officers that were still employed by us were being paid the following base salaries as of January 1, 2010:

 

Name

   Annual Base
Salary

Mr. Gallogly

   $ 1,500,000

Mr. Potter

   $ 700,000

Mr. Glidden

   $ 524,550

Mr. Brown

   $ 400,000

Mr. de Vries (1)

   $ 534,953

Mr. Bigman (2)

   $ 408,000

 

(1) For purposes of the executive compensation disclosure herein, the base salary for Mr. de Vries has been converted to U.S. dollars at a rate of 1.4737 U.S. dollars to one euro (for purposes of this executive compensation discussion, the “euro Conversion Rate”).
(2) For Mr. Bigman, the amount shown is his annualized salary based on a monthly rate of $34,000 effective as of October 1, 2009 pursuant to his employment agreement. This rate of pay was negotiated at the time of his resignation to provide Mr. Bigman a rate of base salary that is less than his salary as Chief Financial Officer, but sufficient to secure his assistance as a Senior Advisor in connection with our restructuring.

None of our Named Executive Officers has received an increase in base salary since 2009, with the exception of Mr. de Vries, who received a promotion in position and associated base salary as of January 1, 2010. At this time, we do not anticipate raising base salaries of the Named Executive Officers during 2010; however, the compensation committee may elect to reevaluate base salaries at any time, and in particular, may choose to reevaluate base salaries after our emergence from bankruptcy. In the future, we expect our compensation committee will review and make necessary adjustments, if any, to base salaries annually during the first quarter of the fiscal year.

 

118


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Annual Cash Incentive Compensation

The second component of our compensation program is annual cash incentive compensation awards pursuant to our Short Term Incentive Plan, or STI Plan. The STI Plan provides for annual cash incentives to the majority of our employees based on a percentage of the employee’s salary, as well as achievement of performance goals. We consider short-term incentive cash compensation to be an “industry standard” form of compensation and an important component of our executive’s total compensation. Annual cash incentive awards are a factor considered by both executives and the compensation committee when determining whether an executive’s total compensation is comparable to the market. As such, short-term incentive cash compensation serves our compensation objectives by supporting a high performing culture that attracts and retains qualified executives. Additionally, the performance objectives underlying our STI Plan motivate the executives to achieve operational and financial goals by communicating key performance metrics for focused attention, driving accountability for results and paying out according to performance.

For each calendar year, our compensation committee will analyze our corporate objectives and our five-year business plan. On that basis, the compensation committee will determine the company and award unit performance components pursuant to which bonuses will be calculated under the STI Plan for that year. The compensation committee will also determine the target bonus percentages of base salary for executives under the STI Plan. STI targets increase with hierarchical level and typically range from 3% to 100% of base salary.

2009 STI Plan

For 2009, the STI Plan provided for an individual performance component that could range from zero to 150% and was weighted to comprise 30% of the executive’s STI Plan annual award percentage and a company performance component that could range from zero to 200% and was weighted to comprise 70% of the executive’s award percentage. This allocation took into account the need, during the pendency of our bankruptcy proceeding, to place emphasis on the objective financial performance and health of the company. An executive’s award percentage for 2009 is calculated as follows:

Annual Award Percentage = (Individual Performance Component x 30%) + (Company Performance Component x 70%)

The annual cash award payable to the executive is then calculated as follows:

Annual Cash Award = Annual Award Percentage x Target Bonus Percentage x Annual Base Salary

For 2009, the company performance component was based solely on EBITDAR, as more specifically defined in our postpetition debtor in possession financing agreements, with linear interpolation for EBITDAR results between the fixed points, as follows:

 

2009 EBITDAR

   Below
$1.6 billion
    Target
$2.1 billion
    Maximum
$2.6 billion
 

Company Performance Component

   0   100   200

Messrs. de Vries, Dineen and Trautz were rated according to their individual performance with respect to leadership, delivering the company’s business plan, restructuring activities and safety measures. Messrs. Gallogly, Potter, Glidden and Brown have received guaranteed prorated annual cash bonuses for 2009. The 2009 guaranteed bonuses were agreed as part of the arms-length negotiations of Messrs. Gallogly’s, Glidden’s and Brown’s respective employment agreements (or in the case of Mr. Potter, his bankruptcy court approved compensation terms) prior to the time they joined us. This guaranteed bonus was one aspect of the overall compensation package that was necessary to recruit Messrs. Gallogly, Glidden, Brown and Potter to give up their current positions and join a company in a pending bankruptcy case.

 

119


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Bigman will not participate in the 2010 STI Plan. Mr. Bigman was permitted to retain eligibility for participation in the 2009 STI Plan, and his award was prorated from the period from January 1, 2009 to September 30, 2009 based on his annualized rate of salary on July 31, 2009 and an individual performance component of 100%.

The compensation committee certified EBITDAR of $2.248 for purposes of the 2009 STI Plan, which was above target, resulting in a company performance component of 129.6% for 2009. Amounts payable to Named Executive Officers with respect to awards under the 2009 STI Plan taking into account the company performance component and respective individual performance components for Messrs. de Vries, Dineen and Trautz are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table below.

The 2009 STI Plan payments were made in March 2010.

2010 STI Plan

With bankruptcy court approval, we have established a 2010 STI Plan. For 2010, Mr. Gallogly’s STI Plan award will be based 50% on an overall company scorecard and 50% on a weighted average award unit rating. The compensation committee will then decide on an individual performance multiplier for Mr. Gallogly. The 2010 STI Plan award for the other Named Executive Officers still employed by us will be based 50% on an overall company scorecard and 50% on a weighted average rating of award units for which such executive is responsible. Mr. Gallogly will recommend to the compensation committee an individual performance multiplier for each of the other Named Executive Officers.

The overall company scorecard, on which 50% of the Named Executive Officers’ 2010 STI Plan award will be based, is set forth below:

 

Metric

   Weight    

Targets & Considerations

HSE Performance

   12.5  

Based on Recordable Injury Rate and HSE Management

(Considering severity of injuries and benchmarks, process safety incidents, environmental performance and stewardship, and audit results.)

Costs

   12.5  

Based on cash fixed costs compared to budget.

(Considering benchmarks and success in cost improvement initiatives.)

Business Results

   25  

Based on EBITDA defined in accordance with the company’s financing arrangements with appropriate adjustments for unusual events compared to budget.

(Considering business environment and performance relative to peer companies.)

The award unit ratings, the weighted average of which will be the basis for the remaining 50% of the Named Executive Officers’ 2010 STI Plan award, will be based on the achievement of the criteria set forth above under “—Overview of Compensation Program—Developing Performance Measures—Performance Measures and Criteria—Award Unit Performance Criteria.” When the leadership team assesses corporate and award unit performance to make STI Plan award payout recommendations to the compensation committee, achieving a target will generally result in a 100% payout for that part of the award. Not reaching a target will generally result in a less than 100% payout for that part of the award, which may be as low as zero, and exceeding a target will generally result in a more than 100% payout, which may be as high as 200%.

As noted above, each of the Named Executive Officer’s 2010 STI Plan award will also be adjusted by an individual performance multiplier. Exceptional performers may receive a multiplier of up to 1.5, successful

 

120


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

performers will receive a multiplier between 0.8 and 1.2, and poor performers will receive a multiplier of less than 0.8. As a result, 2010 STI Plan award payouts for Named Executive Officers will equal:

Base Pay as of December 31, 2010 x Target Bonus Percentage x (Company Scorecard Result x 50% + Award Unit Results x 50%) x Individual Multiplier

For 2010, target bonus percentages for the Named Executive Officers who are still employed by us will be as follows:

 

Name

   Target Bonus
Percentage
 

Mr. Gallogly

   100

Mr. Potter

   170

Mr. Glidden

   80

Mr. Brown

   75

Mr. de Vries

   75

Pursuant to their employment agreements (and the compensation terms approved by the Bankruptcy Court for Mr. Potter), the target bonus percentages for Messrs. Glidden and Brown cannot be respectively less than 80% and 75% of their base salary for the year, and Mr. Potter’s target bonus percentage cannot be less than 170% of his base salary for the year. While the target bonus percentage for Mr. Potter is outside the range of typical target bonus percentages, pursuant to his negotiated and bankruptcy court approved compensation terms, Mr. Potter will not participate in our management incentive plan or long or medium term incentive plans, each as described below. The compensation committee alone establishes the target bonus percentage for the Chief Executive Officer after its annual evaluation of his performance. Pursuant to his employment agreement, the STI award payout for Mr. Gallogly can range between 0% and 200% of his base salary for the year.

Payments to Named Executive Officers with respect to awards under the 2010 STI Plan are anticipated to be made in March 2011.

Management Incentive Plan

The Management Incentive Plan, or MIP, is a one-time incentive plan for 2009 that applies to approximately 325 of the company’s senior officers and managers and provides for payouts upon the company hitting certain targets of EBITDAR for the applicable performance period. The primary purpose of the MIP is to incentivize and reward employees for performance tied directly to critical restructuring goals for the purpose of enhancing the value of the company. The performance period for the MIP awards covers calendar year 2009. The Medium Term Incentive Plan, described below under “—Medium Term Incentive Compensation,” will replace the MIP going forward. At the conclusion of the performance period, the compensation committee certified average monthly EBITDAR of $187,333,333 for purposes of the MIP, exceeding the minimum average monthly EBITDAR of $133 million and yielding a MIP Funding Percentage (as defined below) of 114.68%. Accordingly, provided that no financial covenants in our postpetition debtor-in-possession financing agreements are breached, following our emergence from bankruptcy, participants will be eligible to receive payouts calculated as follows:

MIP award = MIP Funding Percentage of 114.68% x the individual’s monthly salary x the individual’s Target Percentage (as defined below) x 12 (the number of months in the MIP performance period).

The MIP Funding Percentage is based on average monthly EBITDAR for the MIP performance period and was determined in accordance with the table below, with linear interpolation for EBITDAR results between the fixed points as follows:

 

Average Monthly EBITDAR

   Below
$133 million
    $133 million     Target
$175 million
    $217 million     Above
$217 million
 

MIP Funding Percentage

   0   50   100   150   150

 

121


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The maximum amount payable under the MIP is $45 million. With input from Towers Perrin, we intentionally structured the MIP so that the payout for each eligible individual at the target EBITDAR threshold would have been approximately 15% below market median levels for comparable companies as determined based on the Towers Perrin Database and the 2008 Incentive Plan Report, also prepared by Tower Perrin, that evaluated the company’s incentive levels against large corporations with revenues of $37.5 billion (representing a mid-point in the petrochemical cycle) and with revenues of $23.8 billion (representing the operating forecast for 2009). The identities of the component companies that comprised the 2008 Incentive Plan Report were not made available to us. This is a departure from our general practice of targeting compensation levels at the 50th percentile of market median levels and reflects the unique one-time nature of the MIP as an incentive plan approved by the bankruptcy court and specifically designed for the needs of our company during the pendency of our bankruptcy proceedings, taking into consideration all the beneficiaries of our bankruptcy estate.

Payouts on the current MIP awards will be made under the following schedule following our emergence from bankruptcy: 25% of the total payout will be paid 90 days after emergence; 25% of the total payout will be paid 180 days after emergence and the remaining 50% of the total payout will be paid 365 days following emergence. This schedule promotes employee retention and ensures that MIP participants focus on sustaining performance beyond our emergence from bankruptcy as well as improving our cash flow in the short term. If a MIP participant resigns prior to payment of an outstanding installment, that installment and all subsequent installments will be forfeited.

The only Named Executive Officers with a current award under the MIP are Mr. de Vries and Mr. Dineen. Messrs. Gallogly, Potter, Glidden, Brown and Bigman do not participate in the MIP. Rather than granting these individuals awards under the MIP, and in order to focus these individuals on longer term goals and discourage excessive short term risk-taking, Messrs. Gallogly, Glidden and Brown will participate in the 2010 MTI Plan and the 2010 LTIP described below. Pursuant to the procedures and considerations discussed above in the overview of our compensation program, our compensation committee established a target percentage for each tier of MIP participants and for each individual participating executive. Target percentages and resulting MIP award amounts for the participating Named Executive Officers are as follows:

 

Name

   Target Percentage     Amount of
MIP Award

Mr. de Vries

   150   $ 720,104

Mr. Dineen

   200   $ 1,261,499

Mr. Dineen’s MIP award payout will be held in escrow pending resolution of bankruptcy related litigation.

Medium Term Incentive Compensation

The third component of our executive compensation program is medium term incentive compensation awards pursuant to our new Medium Term Incentive Plan, or the 2010 MTI Plan. No awards under the 2010 MTI Plan will become effective prior to our emergence from bankruptcy. Our Named Executive Officers who remain employed by us, with the exception of Mr. Potter, will participate in the 2010 MTI Plan. Mr. Potter will not participate in the 2010 MTI Plan, as he receives a higher target bonus percentage under the STI Plan pursuant to his negotiated compensation terms that were approved by the bankruptcy court.

Grants made pursuant to the 2010 MTI Plan will have a three year term, with new grants anticipated to be made each year. We anticipate that, for each year, we will establish a MTI Plan target for each of our executive officers, considering the factors described above under “—Overview of Compensation Program—Benchmarking”.

Payouts can range from zero to 200% of the initial target award, and the compensation committee may adjust a participant’s award to account for individual performance. Awards may be settled in cash or company

 

122


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

stock in the discretion of the compensation committee. Payouts under the 2010 MTI Plan will be based on performance during the calendar years 2010 to 2012, using the following performance measures below. On or before March 30 for each subsequent performance cycle, the compensation committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the relative weight of these performance measures.

 

Metric

   Weight for
Calendar
Year 2010
Performance
Cycle
   

Considerations

Return on Assets

   67  

Percentage change in return on assets between January 1, 2010 and December 31, 2012 (as defined under “—Overview of Compensation Program—Developing Performance Measures—Performance Measures and Criteria”) for the company compared to peer companies.

(Considering relative change, market conditions and special circumstances applicable to the company and its peers.)

Costs

   33  

Cost improvements over the period 2010 to 2012 and

improvement in company’s position in cost benchmarks.

(Considering size of achievement, success in cost improvement initiatives, market conditions, and special circumstances applicable to the company.)

Benefits under the 2010 MTI Plan will vest on the date, following December 31, 2012, on which the compensation committee certifies the performance results and will be paid in a single lump-sum payment on March 31 following the end of the performance cycle. The 2010 MTI Plan provides for an accelerated pro rata payout in the event of a change in control of the company.

The 2010 MTI Plan serves our compensation objectives by tying incentives to measurable corporate performance that, in turn, creates shareholder value. As a result, the 2010 MTI Plan links the interests of shareholders with executives and senior management. The 2010 MTI Plan balances rewards for short-term and long-term results, drives accountability for such results and pays out according to company performance and shareholder value. The 2010 MTI Plan also helps to provide an attractive incentive compensation package to further our objective of retaining our executive talent.

Long-Term Equity-Based Incentive Compensation

The fourth component of our executive compensation program is long-term equity-based incentive compensation. Specifically, certain of our senior managers and our executives will be eligible to participate in our 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or the 2010 LTIP. Under the 2010 LTIP, our compensation committee will be authorized to grant restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock options, stock appreciation rights and other types of equity-based awards consistent with the 2010 LTIP, or any combination thereof. The maximum number of shares of company stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2010 LTIP is 22,000,000.

No awards under the 2010 LTIP will become effective prior to our emergence from bankruptcy. Pursuant to their employment agreements, Messrs. Gallogly, Glidden and Brown are each entitled to receive an initial equity award grant promptly following our emergence from bankruptcy, as described in more detail in the table below (the “Initial Equity Awards”). Mr. Potter will not receive an Initial Equity Award and will not participate in the 2010 LTIP, as the terms of his negotiated and bankruptcy court approved compensation terms provide for a higher target bonus percentage under the STI Plan. Additionally, Mr. de Vries will not receive an Initial Equity Award as he was not newly recruited to join the company during the pendency of the bankruptcy case, and as he is a participant in the MIP. However, Mr. de Vries will be eligible to otherwise participate in the 2010 LTIP. Pursuant to their respective employment agreements, the amounts of the contractual Initial Equity Awards to be

 

123


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

granted to Messrs. Gallogly, Glidden and Brown are as set forth below. The amounts of these awards were determined by the compensation committee in their consideration and formulation of the overall compensation packages offered to these newly-hired individuals, taking into account market levels of the long-term incentive compensation reflected in the Towers Perrin Database, the need to persuade these individuals to join us during our pending bankruptcy case, and the delay resulting from the fact that we cannot grant these awards until after our emergence from bankruptcy.

 

Name

  

Initial Equity Award

Mr. Gallogly

   Restricted shares of common stock valued at $25 million and stock options to purchase an additional number of shares equal to 1.0% of the shares of common stock to be outstanding pursuant to the plan of reorganization at the time of emergence

Mr. Glidden

   Value not to be less than 220% of aggregate base salary earned by Mr. Glidden in 2009, which equals $466,043

Mr. Brown

   Value not to be less than 200% of aggregate base salary earned by Mr. Brown in 2009, which equals $200,000

Under the 2010 LTIP, the compensation committee may make various types of equity awards. The compensation committee decides which individuals will receive equity awards and the type of award made and the timing and duration of each grant. In so doing, the compensation committee seeks to tie an appropriate percentage of executive total compensation, including total compensation for Named Executive Officers, to the long-term performance of our company. Additionally, the compensation committee has discretion to develop and assign appropriate performance measures to be applied to the vesting schedule of equity-based incentive awards that are intended to encourage achievement of significant goals over a long-term period. The 2010 LTIP will also allow for additional discretionary awards of restricted stock or restricted stock units to be awarded upon recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer and approval by the compensation committee. The specific terms of any grant under the 2010 LTIP, including the vesting criteria, will be described in the applicable award agreement. Awards made pursuant to the 2010 LTIP, unless otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, will provide for vesting in the event of a change of control of the company followed within one year by constructive termination or involuntary termination without cause. Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Gallogly has the right to immediate vesting under a change of control of the company.

Long-term incentive compensation is designed to serve a number of objectives under our executive compensation program. It is a mechanism through which executives become (or can become) shareholders, thereby aligning their interests with shareholders. In addition, the vesting provisions of each award will generally require continued employment for the awards to vest, thereby incentivizing the executive to remain in our employment. We also intend to use long-term incentive compensation to attract external candidates, who, by resigning from their prior employer to accept employment with us, may be surrendering unvested equity and other compensation.

We will not time the release of material nonpublic information for the purpose of affecting the value of executive compensation, and we will not grant options with a grant date prior to the date of compensation committee approval of the grant.

Equity awards made pursuant to the 2010 LTIP upon our emergence from bankruptcy will be allocated in consideration of the awards made under the 2010 MTI Plan and the company’s intended practice of allocating a greater portion of overall compensation to longer term equity-based awards as an executive assumes greater responsibilities in the company.

 

124


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Severance Arrangements

During our bankruptcy case, we rejected and terminated our Executive Severance Pay Program. Remaining in place is our Special Termination Plan, or the STP, which covers all U.S.-based employees and is designed for employees who are terminated for reasons other than cause, mainly because such employees’ jobs are permanently eliminated. In exchange for a valid release of claims against the company, the STP provides severance benefits to terminated employees of two weeks’ salary for every year worked, with a minimum period of eight weeks and a maximum of 52 weeks. In addition to severance payments, the STP provides for continued coverage for a limited period of time under the medical plan (at the same rates as active employees) and the employer-sponsored group life insurance plan, and participants may take advantage of specific outplacement services. The STP enhances the company’s overall compensation and benefits programs by providing employees with additional security and thereby assists the company in attracting and retaining a qualified workforce.

The terms of the individual employment agreements between the company and Messrs. Gallogly, Glidden and Brown provide for severance and change in control payments in certain circumstances in addition to or in lieu of participation in the STP. We previously entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Bigman pursuant to which he is eligible to receive a severance payment of $109,846 upon his delivery of an executed waiver and release of claims for the benefit of the company. Additionally, we entered into a Settlement Agreement with Mr. Trautz upon his retirement that provided for a severance payment of $714,008 (as converted to U.S. dollars using the euro Conversion Rate), payment of legacy Basell MTI payments (discussed further below under “—Legacy Plans”), payment of a deferred payment under the 2008 STI Plan and eligibility for payment under the 2009 STI Plan, if any amount is earned, on a pro rata basis for January 1, 2009 through May 31, 2009. The Settlement Agreement also provides that Mr. Trautz retains rights pursuant to any long-term incentive, stock option or stock appreciation rights previously awarded, pursuant to the terms governing such awards. In exchange for such benefits, Mr. Trautz entered into a waiver and release of claims for the benefit of the company.

As a non-U.S. employee, Mr. de Vries is not covered by the STP. Pursuant to the laws of the Netherlands, when an employee is terminated for economic reasons or due to a change in circumstances, such employee is eligible for severance benefits. The Dutch courts use a rule of thumb to determine the amount of severance, known as the Dutch Cantonal Court formula (the “Dutch Severance Formula”). Pursuant to this formula, the severance payment is equal to the number of weighted years of service, multiplied by gross monthly salary (including prorated bonuses), multiplied by a “correction factor.” The correction factor can be higher than one if the court finds an employer is at fault or has acted unreasonably and may be lower than one if the employee is at fault. With respect to employees in the Netherlands, including Mr. de Vries, we have a social plan in place for the period from February 1, 2009 through December 31, 2010 that modifies the Dutch Severance Formula (the “Social Plan”). The Social Plan stipulates that the correction factor will be set at one, and the Social Plan provides for a maximum gross severance of €200,000. Such a cap on the severance is not standard practice, and because the Social Plan is agreed upon only with the works council, it does not have a special status and is not binding on the court. As a result, the court may choose not to follow the Social Plan, particularly in a case where hardship is found because application of the Social Plan would lead to an unreasonable outcome, such as a very large differential between the severance cap and the amount that would be paid pursuant to the Dutch Severance Formula. If Mr. de Vries were terminated during 2010 for economic reasons, pursuant to the Social Plan, he could be limited to a gross severance payment of €200,000 ($294,740 using the euro Conversion Rate); whereas, if the court elected to apply the Dutch Severance Formula without limitation by the Social Plan or termination is sought on different grounds, assuming 37.5 weighted years of service, an income of €30,250 per month and a correction factor of one (which may be set higher), Mr. de Vries could be entitled to a gross severance payment of at least €1,134,375 (or $1,671,728 using the euro Conversion Rate).

 

125


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The table below provides a brief summary of some of the benefits that Named Executive Officers who are still employed by us are eligible to receive in the event of a future termination or change in control pursuant to their employment agreements and outstanding awards as of April 1, 2010. These benefits are in addition to, or where specified, in lieu of, benefits under the STP that are available to all U.S. employees generally. These benefits are also in addition to other benefits available generally to salaried employees, such as distributions under our 401(k) savings plan, benefits under the LyondellBasell Retirement Plan, disability benefits and accrued vacation pay, as well as pension and severance benefits generally available to our employees in the Netherlands. The table below does not include information regarding awards under the LyondellBasell 2008 MTI Plan (as defined below) because performance conditions will not be met for these awards, and we are not accruing any amounts on account of such awards. See “—Legacy Plans.”

 

Event

 

Gallogly

 

Potter

 

Glidden

 

Brown

 

de Vries

Retirement

 

-   pro rata vesting of STI Plan awards

  -   pro rata
vesting of
STI Plan
awards
  -   pro rata
vesting of
STI Plan
awards
  -   pro rata
vesting of
STI Plan
awards
  -   pro rata
vesting of
STI Plan
awards

 

-   Basell MTI
award

 

-   retains right
to exercise
options and
SARs

 

-   retains MIP
award

 

-   pro rata
vesting of
Phantom
Units

Death

 

-   pro rata vesting of STI Plan awards

 

-   lump sum payment equal to maximum annual bonus for the year of termination

 

-   all options and restricted stock vest

 

-   vested options remain exercisable

  -   pro rata
vesting of
STI Plan
awards
  -   pro rata
vesting of
STI Plan
awards

 

-   entitled to
his Initial
Equity
Award (or if
prior to
emergence
from
bankruptcy,
an amount
equal to his
Initial Equity
Award)

  -   pro rata
vesting of
STI Plan
awards

 

-   entitled to
his Initial
Equity
Award (or if
prior to
emergence
from
bankruptcy,
an amount
equal to his
Initial Equity
Award)

  -   pro rata
vesting of
STI Plan
awards

 

-   Basell MTI
award

 

-   retains right
to exercise
options for a
limited
period

 

-   retains right
to exercise
SARs

 

-   retains MIP
award

 

-   pro rata
vesting of
Phantom
Units

 

126


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Event

 

Gallogly

 

Potter

 

Glidden

 

Brown

 

de Vries

Disability

 

-   pro rata vesting of STI Plan awards

 

-   lump sum payment equal to maximum annual bonus for the year of termination

 

-   all options and restricted stock vest

 

-   vested options remain exercisable

  -   pro rata
vesting of
STI Plan
awards
  -   pro rata
vesting of
STI Plan
awards

 

-   entitled to
his Initial
Equity
Award (or if
prior to
emergence
from
bankruptcy,
an amount
equal to his
Initial Equity
Award)

  -   pro rata
vesting of
STI Plan
awards

 

-   entitled to
his Initial
Equity
Award (or if
prior to
emergence
from
bankruptcy,
an amount
equal to his
Initial Equity
Award)

  -   pro rata
vesting of
STI Plan
awards

 

-   Basell MTI
award

 

-   retains right
to exercise
options and
SARs

 

-   retains MIP
award

 

-   pro rata
vesting of
Phantom
Units

Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason  (1)  

-   pro rata vesting of STI Plan awards  (2) in lieu of any payments or benefits under the STP:

 

-   lump sum payment of then current base salary, plus an amount equal to his maximum possible annual bonus for the year of termination (the “Annual Compensation Amount”)

 

-   12 months health care coverage

 

-   all options and restricted stock vest

 

-   options remain exercisable for their original term

  -   pro rata
vesting of
STI Plan
awards 
(2)
  -   pro rata
vesting of
STI Plan
awards 
(2) in
lieu of any
payments or
benefits
under the
STP:

 

-   lump sum
cash
payment
equal to then
current
annual base
salary plus
target annual
bonus for the
year of
termination

  -   pro rata
vesting of
STI Plan
awards 
(2) in
lieu of any
payments or
benefits
under the
STP, if
termination
occurs
during the
first year of
employment:

 

-   lump sum
cash
payment
equal to then
current
annual base
salary plus
target annual
bonus for the
year of
termination

  -   pro rata
vesting of
STI Plan
awards 
(2)

 

-   Basell MTI
award

 

-   retains right
to exercise
options and
SARs with
company
consent

 

-   retains MIP
award 
(2)

 

-   pro rata
vesting of
Phantom
Units 
(2)

 

127


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Event

 

Gallogly

 

Potter

 

Glidden

 

Brown

 

de Vries

Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason prior to Emergence from Bankruptcy in connection with or following a Change in Control  (1) (3)  

-   pro rata vesting of STI Plan awards  (2) in lieu of any payments or benefits under the STP:

 

-   lump sum payment of the Annual Compensation Amount multiplied by two plus $10 million

 

-   12 months health care coverage

  -   Pro rata
vesting of
STI Plan
awards 
(2)
  -   pro rata
vesting of
STI Plan
awards 
(2) in
lieu of any
payments or
benefits
under the
STP:

 

-   lump sum
cash
payment
equal to then
current
annual base
salary plus
target annual
bonus for the
year of
termination

 

-   lump sum
cash
payment
equal to
220% of
base salary
earned
during 2009

  -   pro rata
vesting of
STI Plan
awards 
(2) in
lieu of any
payments or
benefits
under the
STP, if
termination
occurs
during the
first year of
employment:

 

-   lump sum
cash
payment
equal to then
current
annual base
salary plus
target annual
bonus for the
year of
termination

 

-   lump sum
cash
payment
equal to
200% of
base salary
earned
during 2009

  -   pro rata
vesting of
STI Plan
awards

 

-   Basell MTI
award

 

-   retains right
to exercise
options and
SARs with
company
consent

 

-   retains MIP
award 
(2)

 

-   pro rata
vesting of
Phantom
Units 
(2)

Change in Control  (3)  

-   all options and shares of restricted stock vest

 

-   options remain exercisable for their original term

       

 

128


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Event

 

Gallogly

 

Potter

 

Glidden

 

Brown

 

de Vries

Termination by Mutual Consent  

-   12 months health care coverage

 

-   retention of all vested options

 

-   pro rata vesting of the next installment of options in his Initial Equity Award

 

-   pro rata vesting of the restricted stock in his Initial Equity Award on the fifth anniversary of his employment agreement

        -   pro rata
vesting of
STI Plan
awards

 

(1) For purposes of the employment agreements with Messrs. Gallogly, Glidden and Brown, “Good Reason” means the occurrence, without the executive’s written consent, of: (a) an adverse change in the executive’s title or change in duty to report to the Chief Executive Officer (or, in the case of Mr. Gallogly, to our Supervisory Board), (b) a material diminution in the executive’s employment duties, responsibilities or authority or the assignment of duties that are inconsistent with the executive’s position, (c) a material reduction in base salary or annual bonus target, (d) relocation outside of Houston, Texas or (e) breach by the company of the executive’s employment agreement.
(2) The executive is entitled to pro rata vesting of the STI Plan awards and Phantom Units (as defined below under “—Legacy Plans”) and/or retention of the MIP awards as set forth above in the event of involuntary termination without cause. Generally, these plans do not provide a benefit for voluntary termination with good reason, however pursuant to applicable law Mr. de Vries would be entitled to pro rata vesting of his STI Plan award in the event of voluntary termination with good reason.
(3) For purposes of the employment agreements with Messrs. Gallogly, Glidden and Brown, a “Change in Control” means (a) at any time, the continuing directors (those in place at the signing of the employment agreement, at the time of emergence from bankruptcy, or elected with the approval of a majority of the prior continuing directors) ceases to constitute at least a majority of our Supervisory Board, (b) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets, (c) a merger, consolidation or like business combination which would result in the event described in clause (a) above, or (d) following emergence from bankruptcy the acquisition by any person or group that was not a 10% holder of beneficial ownership of 50% or more of either (1) the value of all classes of our outstanding capital stock or (2) the voting power of all such classes of stock. Only one Change in Control may occur during the term of the employment agreements.

As summarized in the table above, currently only Mr. Gallogly is entitled to a benefit in the event of a change in control after emergence from bankruptcy, and that benefit is limited. The change in control protections described above for Messrs. Gallogly, Glidden and Brown in the event a change in control occurs prior to

 

129


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

emergence from bankruptcy and, in connection therewith, the executive is terminated by the company without cause or by the executive for good reason, were agreed as part of the arms-length negotiations of our Named Executive Officers’ respective employment agreements. Our compensation committee believes that these protections were necessary in order to retain the services of these qualified candidates and persuade them to join a company during the pendency of a bankruptcy proceeding, and in consideration of the fact that these Named Executive Officers will not have received the long-term incentive awards under their respective employment agreements if they are terminated prior to our emergence from bankruptcy. Our compensation committee believes that these protections provide the Named Executive Officers, whose jobs would generally be at the greatest risk after a change in control, with an appropriate level of financial security in the event of a change in control. This additional level of security is effective and necessary to ensure that these executives remain focused on our performance and the creation of shareholder value through a possible change in control transaction. The compensation committee believes that our severance arrangements (including the change-in-control triggers) are competitive and are generally representative of typical executive severance pay packages.

Other Benefits

In addition to the compensation described above, we provide our Named Executive Officers with very few perquisites or other benefits, which are limited to 401(k) plan matching contributions for Mr. Bigman and Mr. Dineen up until the time we ceased making any 401(k) plan matching contributions in March 2009 and a car allowance for Messrs. Trautz and de Vries. Additionally, our Named Executive Officers are eligible to participate in medical and other benefit plans generally available to all employees, including pension plans.

Accounting and Tax Matters

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code denies a compensation deduction for federal income tax purposes for certain compensation in excess of $1 million paid to specified individuals. “Performance based” compensation meeting specified standards is deductible without regard to the $1 million cap. None of the compensation paid to our officers or employees in 2009 was subject to Section 162(m). Certain compensation payable to our officers under the employment agreements currently in effect and future payments of compensation approved by our compensation committee may be in excess of what is deductible under Section 162(m), and our compensation committee reserves the right to structure future compensation of our executive officers without regard for whether such compensation is fully deductible if, in the committee’s judgment, it is in the best interests of our company and our shareholders to do so.

Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code generally provides that any deferred compensation arrangement which does not meet specific requirements regarding (i) timing of payouts, (ii) advance election of deferrals and (iii) restrictions on acceleration of payouts will result in immediate taxation of any amounts deferred to the extent not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. In addition, tax on the amounts included in income as a result of not complying with Section 409A will be increased by an interest component as specified by statute, and the amount included in income will also be subject to a 20% excise tax. In general, to avoid a Section 409A violation, amounts deferred may only be paid out on separation from service, disability, death, a specified time, a change-in-control (as defined by the Treasury Department) or an unforeseen emergency. Furthermore, the election to defer generally must be made in the calendar year prior to performance of services, and any provision for accelerated payout other than for reasons specified by the Treasury Department may cause the amounts deferred to be subject to early taxation and to the imposition of the excise tax.

Section 409A is broadly applicable to any form of deferred compensation other than tax-qualified retirement plans and bona fide vacation, sick leave, compensatory time, disability pay or death benefits, and may apply to certain awards under our long-term incentive plans. For example, restricted stock units and stock options may be classified as deferred compensation for this purpose.

The Treasury Department and Internal Revenue Service have issued final regulations implementing Section 409A, which generally became effective January 1, 2009. Based on these regulations, we intend to structure all of our compensation arrangements in a manner that complies with or is exempt from Section 409A.

 

130


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table

The following tables provide information regarding the compensation awarded to or earned by our Named Executive Officers during the year ended December 31, 2009 for services rendered in all capacities to the company.

 

Name and principal position

  Salary
($)(1)
  Bonus
($)(2)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

($)(3)
  Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)(4)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(5)
    Total
($)
 

James L. Gallogly (6)

           

President and Chief Executive Officer

  923,077   4,346,154   —     5,708   —        5,274,939   

C. Kent Potter (7)

           

Chief Financial Officer

  296,154   796,154   —     4,828   145,833      1,242,969   

Craig Glidden (8)

           

Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer

  211,838   1,235,483   —     5,443   —        1,452,764   

Kevin Brown (9)

           

Senior Vice President, Refining

  100,000   1,075,000   —     2,707   —        1,177,707   

Anton de Vries (10)

           

Senior Vice President, Olefins & Polyolefins, Europe, Asia and International

  459,794   —     416,298   220,749   [234,147   [1,330,988

Alan Bigman (11)

           

Senior Advisor/ Former Chief Financial Officer

  567,039   —     727,814   13,115   8,043      1,316,011   

Volker Trautz (12)

           

Former President and Chief Executive Officer

  396,671   —     461,065   2,936,188   [794,789   [4,635,877

Edward Dineen (13)

           

Former Chief Operating Officer

  543,658   —     389,183   161   27,500      939,444   

 

(1) For Named Executive Officers employed by us for less than a full year, amounts reflect the portion of the year such Named Executive Officer was employed by us. Mr. Gallogly commenced employment with us in May 2009, Messrs. Potter and Glidden commenced employment with us in August 2009 and Mr. Brown commenced employment with us in October 2009. Prior to obtaining bankruptcy court approval for retention of Mr. Gallogly and Mr. Potter, each was treated as a contract employee and was compensated on the same terms and at the same rate of pay as was later approved by the bankruptcy court. For purposes of the executive compensation disclosure herein, we have treated the period of their contract employment as though they were our employees.
(2) Amounts in this column include (a) signing bonuses paid to Messrs. Gallogly, Potter, Glidden and Brown in the amount of $2.5 million, $500,000, $1,066,013 and $1 million, respectively and (b) a guaranteed annual cash bonus for 2009 negotiated at the time each of Messrs. Gallogly, Potter, Glidden and Brown were hired, in the amount of $1,846,154, $296,154, $169,470 and $75,000, respectively.
(3)

Amounts in this column reflect cash bonuses earned pursuant to performance metrics under our 2009 STI Plan. No payments were earned or paid in 2009 under the LyondellBasell Mid-Term Incentive Plan because we did not meet our applicable goals in 2008. See “—Legacy Plans.” Awards granted in 2009 under the MIP are contingent on our emergence from bankruptcy, and as a result, no amounts were earned in 2009 on account of such awards. Additionally, Messrs. Bigman, Trautz and de Vries received payments in 2009 on account of awards under the Basell Medium Term Incentive Plan relating to performance in 2006 and 2007. See “—Legacy Plans.” Because such awards were earned in prior years (subject only to continued employment or departure with consent), such payments are not included in total compensation for 2009. Payments pursuant to the Basell Medium Term Incentive Plan made in 2009 and converted to U.S. dollars using the euro Conversion Rate were $1,888,616, $366,102 and $1,259,078 for Messrs. Trautz, de Vries and Bigman, respectively. In accordance with the Settlement Agreement with Mr. Trautz, his final payment with respect to his legacy Basell MTI Plan awards was made in 2009 in the amount earned (as converted to U.S. dollars using the euro

 

131


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  Conversion Rate) of $1,095,349. With respect to Messrs. de Vries and Bigman, the final payments with respect to these legacy Basell MTI Plan awards were made in 2010 in the amounts (as converted to U.S. dollars using the euro Conversion Rate) of $208, 638 and $730,233, respectively.
(4) Amounts in this column include:

 

   

increases during 2009 in the actuarial present values of the LyondellBasell Retirement Plan, the Lyondell Supplementary Executive Retirement Plan (the “SERP”) and, with respect to Mr. de Vries, the Dutch Retirement Plan (as defined in footnote 3 to the “Pension Benefits” table below); and

 

   

the above market earnings during 2009 on account balances under Lyondell’s Executive Deferral Plan (the “Deferral Plan”).

 

     Provided however, the amount in this column for Mr. Trautz includes the amount that we were required to transfer on account of Mr. Trautz to the Senior Manager Pension of BASF maintained in Germany, converted into U.S. dollars using the euro Conversion Rate. The SERP and the Deferral Plan were frozen and discontinued as of January 6, 2009. Mr. Dineen has an unsecured claim in our bankruptcy case for $740,954, which represents the total amount of Mr. Dineen’s interests in the Deferral Plan and the SERP.

 

     Set forth below are the change in pension value and above market earnings on nonqualified deferred compensation for 2009. For U.S. Named Executive Officers, the payments were equal to the difference between the total benefit actuarially reduced from age 65 to current age and the present value of the benefit available to the participant under the qualified retirement plan.

Change in Pension Value for 2009 ($)

 

Name

  Plan Name    Present Value of
Accumulated
Benefit at
December 31,
2008 ($)
   Present Value of
Accumulated
Benefit at
December 31,
2009 ($)
   Total
Change
in Pension
Value
  Above-
Market
Nonqualified
Compensation
Earnings
under
Deferral Plan

Mr. Gallogly

  LyondellBasell
Retirement Plan
   0    5,708    5,708  

Mr. Potter

  LyondellBasell
Retirement Plan
   0    4,828    4,828  

Mr. Glidden

  LyondellBasell
Retirement Plan
   0    5,443    5,443  

Mr. Brown

  LyondellBasell
Retirement Plan
   0    2,707    2,707  

Mr. de Vries

  Regeling voor Oud-Shell
werknemers aan de
Pensioenregeling van
Stichting Shell
Pensioenfonds
   1,316,014    1,536,763    220,749  

Mr. Bigman

  LyondellBasell
Retirement Plan
   0    13,115    13,115  

Mr. Dineen

  LyondellBasell
Retirement Plan
   572,275    715,173    142,898   161
  Lyondell Chemical
Company
Supplementary
Executive Retirement
Plan
   637,152    0    (637,152)  

 

     See the Pension Benefits table in this information statement for a description of the plan provisions and assumptions used to calculate the present value of pension benefits at December 31, 2009.
(5)

Amounts in this column include (a) for Messrs. Bigman and Dineen, matching contributions under our 401(k) plan from January 1, 2009 until March 2009, when we ceased making matching 401(k) contributions; (b) for Mr. Trautz (converted using the euro Conversion Rate) $69,980 in housing, expatriate mobility and car allowances, $7,779 in health and

 

132


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  accident insurance, $3,021 in tax preparation assistance, and a cash severance payment of $714,008 paid in accordance with his Settlement Agreement; (c) for Mr. Potter, fees totaling $145,833 received for service on our Supervisory Board for January 2009 until August 2009; (d) for Mr. de Vries (converted using the euro Conversion Rate) [$101,823] in housing, living and car allowances, [$26,026] in Savings Plan and work time reduction days, [$7,033] in health insurance, [$75,633 in tax gross ups for progressive Dutch tax rates] and $23,632 in tax preparation assistance; (e) for Mr. Bigman, $1,842 in tax assistance; and (f) for Mr. Dineen, a cash severance payment of $21,154, paid in accordance with the STP. Mr. Dineen will be entitled to additional bi-weekly payments totaling $528,850 in 2010; provided however, Mr. Dineen shall not receive the payments that would extend more than six months beyond his termination date unless he certifies in writing that he is not receiving compensation from other employment that is equal to or greater than his base weekly rate of pay at the time of his termination.
(6) Named Chief Executive Officer in May 2009. For years after 2009, certain amounts in the All Other Compensation column may include amounts for tax assistance in connection with Mr. Gallogly’s service on the Management Board of LyondellBasell Holdings N.V.
(7) Named Chief Financial Officer in September 2009.
(8) Named Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer in August 2009.
(9) Named Senior Vice President, Refining in October 2009.
(10) Mr. de Vries is based in the Netherlands and is compensated in euros. For purposes of the executive compensation disclosure herein, his compensation has been converted to U.S. dollars using the euro Conversion Rate.
(11) Chief Financial Officer of LyondellBasell until August 2009. From August 2009 to March 31, 2010, Mr. Bigman served as Senior Advisor in connection with the restructuring.
(12) Chief Executive Officer of LyondellBasell until May 2009. Mr. Trautz was based in the Netherlands and was compensated in euros. For purposes of the executive compensation disclosure herein, his compensation has been converted to U.S. dollars using the euro Conversion Rate.
(13) Chief Operating Officer of LyondellBasell until December 2009. Beginning February 2010, we agreed to compensate Mr. Dineen at a rate of $300 per hour to cooperate at our request or direction in connection with certain legal proceedings.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards for 2009

The following table reports all grants of plan-based awards made to our Named Executive Officers during 2009.

 

Name

   Grant Date     Estimated Possible Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1)
     Threshold
($)
     Target
($)
     Maximum
($)

Anton de Vries

   1/1/2009

12/8/2009

(2) 

(3) 

  0

0

     344,846

627,924

     637,965

941,886

Volker Trautz

   1/1/2009 (2)    0      508,229      940,223

Alan Bigman

   1/1/2009 (2)    180,868      602,894      1,024,920

Edward Dineen

   1/1/2009

12/8/2009

(2) 

(3) 

  0

0

     368,126

1,100,016

     681,033

1,650,024

 

(1) Annual cash bonuses for 2009 for Messrs. Gallogly, Potter, Glidden and Brown were guaranteed at fixed amounts pursuant to their respective employment agreements without consideration of performance criteria and are reported under “Bonus” in the Summary Compensation Table as opposed to being grants under a non-equity incentive plan. Each of Messrs. Gallogly, Potter, Glidden and Brown will participate in the 2010 STI Plan. Additionally, the employment agreements of Messrs. Gallogly, Glidden and Brown provide that such executives shall be entitled to receive equity-based long-term incentive awards for the period ending December 31, 2009. However, because we have not yet emerged from bankruptcy, such equity-based incentive awards have not yet been granted and are not included in the table above. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation Program—Long-Term Equity-Based Incentive Compensation.”
(2)

Reflects threshold, target and maximum amounts for both the company performance and individual performance portions of awards granted pursuant to our 2009 STI Plan. Amounts are actual amounts as of

 

133


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  December 31, 2009 based on performance criteria established for 2009. Awards for Mr. Dineen and Mr. Trautz were prorated based on the portion of the year they were employed by us. Mr. Bigman’s award was prorated to cover the period from January 1, 2009 until September 30, 2009. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation Program—Annual Cash Incentive Compensation.”
(3) Reflects awards granted pursuant to the MIP. Actual payouts on such awards will be determined based on average monthly EBITDAR for the period from January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009, payable after the effective date of our plan of reorganization. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation Program—Management Incentive Plan.”

Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers

Compensation decisions will be made in line with our existing employment agreements with our Named Executive Officers. We are currently party to employment agreements with Messrs. Gallogly, Glidden, Brown and de Vries. We determined it was appropriate and necessary to enter into employment agreements with Messrs. Gallogly, Glidden and Brown to attract these candidates to leave their current positions and accept employment with a company in a pending bankruptcy case. Mr. de Vries has been party to employment agreements with predecessor companies since September 1977. Mr. de Vries’ contract was last amended in November 2006.

Gallogly Agreement

The employment agreement with Mr. Gallogly (the “Gallogly Agreement”) has a term ending on the earlier of the fifth anniversary date of our emergence from bankruptcy or December 31, 2011, if emergence from bankruptcy shall not have occurred on or before that date. The Gallogly Agreement is subject to automatic renewals for successive one-year terms until either party terminates the agreement at least ninety days before the commencement of a renewal term. The Gallogly Agreement provides for base salary, an annual bonus, equity-based awards, other compensation and benefits on a basis no less favorable than provided to any other senior executive of the company and the specified benefits upon termination of employment or change in control set forth above under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis— Elements of Compensation Program—Severance Arrangements.” Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Gallogly is also subject to noncompetition and noninterference provisions for a period of one year after any termination of employment.

Glidden and Brown Agreements

The employment agreements with Mr. Glidden (the “Glidden Agreement) and Mr. Brown (the “Brown Agreement”) each provide that Messrs. Glidden and Brown are at-will employees and either the company or the executive may terminate employment at any time for any reason, with or without cause. The Glidden and Brown Agreements provide for the following:

 

    

Glidden Agreement

  

Brown Agreement

Annual Base Salary

   not less than $524,550    not less than $400,000

Annual STI Plan Award

  

target not less than 80% of base salary

(with 2009 bonus guaranteed at 80% of 2009 base salary received)

  

target not less than 75% of base salary

(with 2009 bonus guaranteed at 75% of 2009 base salary received)

Incentive Awards

   the Initial Equity Award and annual awards pursuant to the 2010 LTIP and/or 2010 MTI Plan with a value of not less than 220% of base salary    the Initial Equity Award and annual awards pursuant to the 2010 LTIP and/or 2010 MTI Plan with a value of not less than 200% of base salary

Additionally, Messrs. Glidden and Brown are entitled to participate in or receive benefits under other benefits plans or arrangements made available now or in the future to senior executives of the company and are entitled to the specified benefits upon termination of employment or change in control set forth above under “Compensation

 

134


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation Program—Severance Arrangements.” In order to receive the benefits summarized above in the event that Mr. Glidden or Mr. Brown are terminated without cause or for good reason, the subject executive must execute a general release of claims in form and substance acceptable to us. Additionally, Messrs. Glidden and Brown are subject to noninterference provisions for one year after any termination of their employment.

de Vries Agreement

The employment agreement with Mr. de Vries provides for base salary, participation in a pension plan and for participation in other standard benefit programs. The employment agreement with Mr. de Vries does not provide for any benefit upon termination or change in control. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Elements of Compensation Program – Severance Arrangements” for potential severance benefits that Mr. de Vries could be eligible to receive pursuant to the Dutch Severance Formula or our Social Plan.

Legacy Plans

As of 2010, our current incentive plans are the 2010 STI Plan, the 2010 MTI Plan and the 2010 LTIP, each described above. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation Program.” However, certain of the Named Executive Officers continue to hold awards or have benefits under Lyondell or Basell incentive plans or arrangements that pre-date the acquisition or that are otherwise no longer in effect. These arrangements include:

 

   

The Basell Medium Term Incentive Plan (the “Basell MTI Plan”). Messrs. Bigman, Trautz and de Vries received payments in 2009, from entities that are not debtors in our bankruptcy case, on account of awards under the Basell MTI Plan relating to performance in 2006 and 2007. Because such awards were earned in prior years (subject only to continued employment or departure with consent), such payments are not included in total compensation for 2009. The legacy Basell MTI Plan payments made in 2009 and converted to U.S. dollars using the euro Conversion Rate were $1,888,616, $366,101 and $1,259,078 for Messrs. Trautz, de Vries and Bigman, respectively. In accordance with the Settlement Agreement with Mr. Trautz, his final payment with respect to his legacy Basell MTI Plan awards was made in 2009 in the amount earned (as converted to U.S. dollars using the euro Conversion Rate) of $1,095,349. With respect to Messrs. de Vries and Bigman, the final payments with respect to these legacy Basell MTI Plan awards were made in 2010 in the amounts (as converted to U.S. dollars using the euro Conversion Rate) of $208, 638 and $730,233, respectively.

 

   

The LyondellBasell Mid-Term Incentive Plan (the “LyondellBasell MTI Plan”). Awards were granted under the LyondellBasell MTI Plan in 2008 to Messrs. Bigman, de Vries and Dineen; however, no payments were earned or paid in 2009 on account of such awards because we did not meet our applicable performance goals in 2008. Additionally, the company’s 2009 performance prohibits any payments being earned on the LyondellBasell MTI Plan awards in 2010 and it is likely that the company’s 2010 performance will prohibit any such payments in 2011, the final year in which payments under the LyondellBasell MTI Plan would be due. As a result, we are not accruing any amounts for payment of these awards and we are treating these awards as lapsed.

 

   

Basell Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights Between 1999 and 2005 , Basell and its predecessor Montell, granted stock options and stock appreciations rights (“SARs”) to Messrs. Trautz and de Vries, the underlying shares of which were Basell shareholders BASF and Royal Dutch Shell. All of the options and SARs vested between March 30, 2003 and June 16, 2008. The remaining options and SARs will expire between April 3, 2011 and June 16, 2015, which dates are ten years after the grant date of the awards. See “Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-End 2009.”

 

   

LyondellBasell Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2008 LTIP”). Messrs. Bigman, Trautz, de Vries and Dineen were granted phantom units (the “Phantom Units”) pursuant to the 2008 LyondellBasell Long Term Incentive Plan on April 1, 2008. The Phantom Units represent the right to the appraised unit

 

135


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

value, if any, of a unit of NAG Investments LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“NAG”), which directly and indirectly owns shares in Nell Limited. Nell Limited was indirectly owned by Access Industries Holding LLC and directly and indirectly owned by Mr. Leonard Blavatnik, and Nell formerly indirectly owned all of the outstanding equity interests of LyondellBasell AF. On the vesting date of the Phantom Units, the participants are to receive an amount equal to the product of the number of vested Phantom Units multiplied by the appraised NAG unit value as of the applicable valuation date. Recipients are also entitled to a payment that is equivalent to a dividend paid on a NAG unit. The awards vest in April 1, 2011 or earlier (a) upon change in control of NAG or (b) on a pro rata basis, in the event of death, disability, retirement or termination without cause. Upon the commencement of our bankruptcy case, the Phantom Units were deemed to have only a nominal value and, for certain Named Executive Officers, payments with respect to these awards are not authorized by the Bankruptcy Court. Specifically, in April 2009, NAG units held by LyondellBasell Management Holdings LLC were redeemed by NAG. The valuation of a NAG unit for purposes of the redemption was less than one cent. For purposes of this information statement, we have valued the outstanding Phantom Units using the same valuation of less than one cent per unit. There was no other market for NAG units in 2009, nor was there any valuation of NAG units performed in accordance with the 2008 LTIP documents. No payments were made on account of Phantom Units or related dividend equivalents in 2009.

 

   

Additionally, the SERP and the Deferral Plan for U.S. executives were frozen and discontinued as of January 6, 2009, the Lyondell Chemical Company Executive Medical Plan and the Lyondell Chemical Company Executive Life Insurance Plan were terminated and the Executive Severance Pay Plan was rejected in the bankruptcy court proceedings. All supplementary savings programs were terminated in 2008 and we have no outstanding obligations under those programs. No Named Executive Officers have interests or entitlements under any such plans, with the exception of Mr. Dineen’s unsecured claim in the bankruptcy case for his SERP and Deferral Plan account balances. Any payments made to Mr. Dineen on account of such claim will be in accordance with our plan of reorganization.

 

136


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-End 2009

The following table sets forth options, SARs and Phantom Units held by our Named Executive Officers and outstanding as of December 31, 2009.

 

     Option Awards    Stock Awards

Name

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
   Option
Exercise
Price ($)
(1)
   Option
Expiration
Date
   Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested (#)
   Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested ($)

Anton de Vries

                 

Options (2)

   9,000    —      45.38    4/3/11      

SARs (4)

   3,600    —      57.96    4/23/12      

SARs (4)

   4,160    —      36.92    3/29/14      

SARs (5)

   5,720    —      48.59    6/16/15      

SARs (6)

   5,720    —      54.06    6/16/15      

Phantom Units (7)

               123,599    719

Volker Trautz

                 

SARs (9)

   7,000    —      57.14    2/28/12      

SARs (9)

   9,990    —      37.87    2/26/14      

SARs (10)

   14,078    —      44.74    2/24/15      

SARs (11)

   11,742    —      53.63    2/24/15      

Alan Bigman

                 

Phantom Units (7)

               159,813    930

 

(1) For purposes of the executive compensation disclosure herein, the Option Exercise Price has been converted to U.S. dollars using the euro Conversion Rate.
(2) Options in shares of Royal Dutch Shell were awarded to Mr. de Vries on April 3, 2001 pursuant to a legacy Basell incentive compensation plan. All options fully vested on April 3, 2004.
(3) SARs with respect to shares of Royal Dutch Shell were awarded to Mr. de Vries on April 23, 2002 pursuant to a legacy Basell incentive compensation plan. All SARs fully vested on April 23, 2005. SARs may only be exercised if the price at the time of the exercise is at least 30% higher than the grant price. The Option Exercise Price shown above reflects this minimum exercise price, which is 30% higher than the grant price.
(4) SARs with respect to shares of Royal Dutch Shell were awarded to Mr. de Vries on March 29, 2004 pursuant to a legacy Basell incentive compensation plan. All SARs fully vested on March 29, 2007. SARs may only be exercised if the price at the time of the exercise is at least 30% higher than the grant price. The Option Exercise Price shown above reflects this minimum exercise price, which is 30% higher than the grant price.
(5) SARs with respect to shares of Royal Dutch Shell were awarded to Mr. de Vries on June 16, 2005 pursuant to a legacy Basell incentive compensation plan. All SARs fully vested on June 16, 2008. SARs may only be exercised if the price at the time of the exercise is at least 30% higher than the grant price. The Option Exercise Price shown above reflects this minimum exercise price, which is 30% higher than the grant price.
(6) SARs with respect to shares of BASF were awarded to Mr. de Vries on June 16, 2005 pursuant to a legacy Basell incentive compensation plan. All SARs fully vested on June 16, 2008. SARs may only be exercised if the price at the time of the exercise is at least 30% higher than the grant price. The Option Exercise Price shown above reflects this minimum exercise price, which is 30% higher than the grant price.
(7)

Phantom Units granted pursuant to the 2008 LTIP. Upon the commencement of our bankruptcy case, the Phantom Units were deemed to have only a nominal value and, for certain Named Executive Officers, payments with respect to these awards are not authorized by the Bankruptcy Court. Specifically, in April 2009, NAG units held by LyondellBasell Management Holdings LLC were redeemed by NAG. The

 

137


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  valuation of a NAG unit for purposes of the redemption was less than one cent. For purposes of this information statement, we have valued the outstanding Phantom Units using the same valuation of less than one cent per unit. There was no other market for NAG units in 2009, nor was there any valuation of NAG units performed in accordance with the 2008 LTIP documents.
(8) SARs with respect to shares of Royal Dutch Shell were awarded to Mr. Trautz on February 28, 2002 pursuant to a legacy Basell incentive compensation plan. All SARs fully vested on February 28, 2005. SARs may only be exercised if the price at the time of the exercise is at least 30% higher than the grant price. The Option Exercise Price shown above reflects this minimum exercise price, which is 30% higher than the grant price.
(9) SARs with respect to shares of Royal Dutch Shell were awarded to Mr. Trautz on February 26, 2004 pursuant to a legacy Basell incentive compensation plan. All SARs fully vested on February 26, 2007. SARs may only be exercised if the price at the time of the exercise is at least 30% higher than the grant price. The Option Exercise Price shown above reflects this minimum exercise price, which is 30% higher than the grant price.
(10) SARs with respect to shares of Royal Dutch Shell were awarded to Mr. Trautz on February 24, 2005 pursuant to a legacy Basell incentive compensation plan. All SARs fully vested on February 24, 2008. SARs may only be exercised if the price at the time of the exercise is at least 30% higher than the grant price. The Option Exercise Price shown above reflects this minimum exercise price, which is 30% higher than the grant price.
(11) SARs with respect to shares of BASF were awarded to Mr. Trautz on February 24, 2005 pursuant to a legacy Basell incentive compensation plan. All SARs fully vested on February 24, 2008. SARs may only be exercised if the price at the time of the exercise is at least 30% higher than the grant price. The Option Exercise Price shown above reflects this minimum exercise price, which is 30% higher than the grant price.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested for 2009

The following table sets forth Phantom Units that vested during 2009. No other option awards or stock awards held by our Named Executive Officers vested or were exercised in 2009.

 

     Option awards    Stock awards

Name

   Number of
Shares Acquired
on Exercise (#)
   Value Realized
Upon Exercise

($)
   Number of
Shares Acquired
on Vesting (#)
   Value Realized
on Vesting ($)

Volker Trautz (1)

   —      —      —      531

Edward Dineen (1)

   —      —      —      313

 

(1) Phantom Units were granted to Messrs. Trautz and Dineen pursuant to the 2008 LTIP and vested, on a pro rata basis, as of their respective termination dates of May 31, 2009 and December 15, 2009. The number of pro rata vested units for Messrs. Trautz and Dineen were 91,248 and 53,855 respectively. As discussed in footnote 12 to the Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-End 2009 table above, upon the filing of our bankruptcy case, these awards were deemed to have only nominal value. For purposes of this information statement we have used a valuation of less than one cent per unit; however, no amounts were actually paid out on account of the Phantom Units in 2009.

 

138


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Pension Benefits

 

Name

  

Plan Name

  Number of Years
Credited Service (#)
  Present Value
of Accumulated
Benefit  ($) (1)
  Payments During
Last Fiscal Year ($)

James Gallogly

   LyondellBasell Retirement Plan   0   5,708   0

C. Kent Potter

   LyondellBasell Retirement Plan   0   4,828   0

Craig Glidden

   LyondellBasell Retirement Plan   0   5,443   0

Kevin Brown

   LyondellBasell Retirement Plan   0   2,707   0

Alan Bigman

   LyondellBasell Retirement Plan   1   13,115   0

Edward Dineen

  

LyondellBasell Retirement Plan

  32   715,173   0
  

Lyondell Chemical Company Supplementary Executive Retirement Plan

     

Volker Trautz  (2)

   Pensionskasse der BASF VvaG   N/A   N/A   N/A

Anton de Vries  (3)

   Regeling voor Oud-Shell werknemers aan de
Pensioenregeling van Stichting
Shell Pensioenfonds
  32   1,536,763   0

 

(1) The amounts shown in the Pension Benefits table for the U.S. Named Executive Officers are the actuarial present value of each participant’s accumulated benefits as of December 31, 2009, calculated on the same basis as that used in Note      to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this information statement, with the exception that each participant was assumed to continue to be actively employed by us until age 65 (earliest unreduced retirement age) and immediately commence his or her benefit at that time. Assumptions used to develop the amounts in Note      are:

 

   

post-retirement mortality based on the RP-2000 (sex distinct, no blue or white collar adjustment) mortality table projected to 2017;

 

   

a discount rate of 5.75%;

 

   

a cash balance interest crediting rate of 4.75%

 

   

for benefits accrued under the Lyondell Prior Plan:

 

   

80% of transition participants who terminate after eligibility for early retirement will elect a lump sum form of payment and 20% will elect an annuity;

 

   

60% of non-transition participants who terminate after eligibility for early retirement will elect a lump sum form of payment and 40% will elect an annuity;

 

   

for benefits accrued under the cash balance formula effective January 1, 2009, 100% of participants will elect to receive their cash balance benefit in the lump sum form;

 

   

the future segmented yield curve used for conversion of annuities to lump sums will be 2.08% for payments in the first five years after commencement, 5.72% for payments made in the following 15 years and 6.12% thereafter; and

 

   

the mortality table used for conversion of annuities to lump sums is the mortality table defined in IRS Revenue Ruling 2008-25, further adjusted to reflect anticipated mortality improvements.

The amount shown for Mr. Dineen also reflects his accrued benefit under the LyondellBasell Retirement Plan formula in effect before 2009 (the “Lyondell Prior Plan”), discussed in detail below. As Mr. Dineen is eligible for early retirement under the terms of the Lyondell Prior Plan, if he had elected early

 

139


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

retirement and if a lump sum payment would have been permissible under the provisions of the Pension Protection Act, the lump sum payment for Mr. Dineen’s Lyondell Prior Plan benefit would have been $832,821, as of December 31, 2009. However, benefits would not have been payable on December 31, 2009 because, under the terms of the Lyondell Prior Plan, benefits are payable the first day of the month after termination. Therefore, technically, this benefit would not have been payable until January 1, 2010. In addition to this lump sum amount under the Lyondell Prior Plan, the cash balance lump sum amount for Mr. Dineen was $27,355 as of December 31, 2009.

(2) The company’s pension benefit obligations with respect to Mr. Trautz are covered by contributions to the Pensionskasse der BASF VvaG, a Senior Manager pension program of BASF maintained in Germany. The amount shown for Mr. Trautz is the total of the company contributions to the Pensionskasse der BASF VvaG during 2009. We have no information with respect to Mr. Trautz’s total present value of accumulated benefit under this pension program.
(3) Mr. de Vries participates in our retirement plan based in the Netherlands, which is a former Shell retirement plan (the “Dutch Retirement Plan”). There are no vesting requirements under the Dutch Retirement Plan, and upon retirement, Mr. de Vries would be entitled to a benefit equal to 2% of his pensionable salary (which was €312,000 in 2009), minus a social security offset, multiplied by years of service. Mr. de Vries makes an annual contribution to the Dutch Retirement Plan equal to 2% of salary up to €60,000; 4% of salary up to €120,000; 6% of salary up to €180,000 and 8% of salary up to €180,000. The normal retirement date under the Dutch Retirement Plan is the first day of the month in which the participant turns 65 and is paid as a life time annuity with lump sum option. A participant between age 55 and 65 may elect to retire early and received a reduce benefit based on then-current plan reduction factors. Additionally, the Dutch Retirement Plan provides for a spousal pension of 70% of the retirement benefit and a dependant child pension of 14% of the retirement benefit in the event of the participant’s death.

Messrs. Gallogly, Potter, Glidden, Brown, Bigman and Dineen participate in the LyondellBasell Retirement Plan, a U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan. Effective January 1, 2009, we amended the LyondellBasell Retirement Plan to provide pension benefits under a cash balance formula that defines participants’ accrued benefits in terms of a notional cash account balance. Eligible employees become participants in the LyondellBasell Retirement Plan immediately upon employment and are fully vested in their benefits upon the earliest of completion of three years of service, death or attainment of age 65. Some employees are excluded from participation in the LyondellBasell Retirement Plan, including casual and project employees, leased employees, collectively bargained employees (unless the LyondellBasell Retirement Plan benefits were subject to negotiation), students, contract employees and participants in another on-going company-sponsored qualified defined benefit pension plan. The notional cash account balance in the LyondellBasell Retirement Plan for each participant comprises a pay credit of 5% and interest credits, each of which are accumulated as of the end of each calendar quarter. Pay credits are based on quarterly limited base pay. The pay used will not exceed the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, compensation limit for qualified plans. In 2009, the IRS annual compensation limit was $245,000. Interest credits are based on the 5th, 4th and 3rd monthly-determined 30-year treasury rates before the start of that quarter. Messrs. Bigman and Dineen, who are participants hired before January 1, 2009, earned transition credits based on completed years of age and service as of December 31, 2008. LyondellBasell Retirement Plan benefits under the cash balance formula are payable upon separation from the company. The normal form of payment is an annuity, but participants may choose to convert their retirement payment to another optional form, including a lump sum payment. The ability of the LyondellBasell Retirement Plan to make lump sum payments is subject to attainment of the funding levels required under the Internal Revenue Code in accordance with the Pension Protection Act (“PPA”) and is further restricted by the company’s pending bankruptcy proceeding.

Mr. Dineen also accrued benefits under the Lyondell Prior Plan. That pension benefit was calculated on a final average pay formula and accruals using that formula ceased on December 31, 2008. Mr. Dineen’s pre-2009 pension benefit, upon retirement on or after the normal retirement age, is based on the following formula: 1.45% final average pay (as described below) x credited service. Through June 30, 2002, different formulas were used to calculate benefits under multiple pension plans, which are now included in the LyondellBasell Retirement

 

140


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Plan. The pre-2009 portion of the Lyondell Prior Plan benefit under the formula described above will never be less than the benefit earned as of June 30, 2002. Final average pay under the Lyondell Prior Plan benefit calculation is the average of the participant’s highest 36 consecutive months of base salary during the last 120 months of employment. However, the annual salary amounts used to determine final average pay amount used under the LyondellBasell Retirement Plan will not exceed the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, compensation limit for qualified plans. In 2008, the IRS annual compensation limit was $230,000.

Benefits under the Lyondell Prior Plan are normally payable as a life annuity with five years of guaranteed payments (normal form). Participants may choose to convert their retirement payment to another optional form, including joint and survivor and period certain annuities and lump sum payments. Lump sum payments are calculated on the actuarial equivalent basis to determine the minimum lump sum payable under Internal Revenue Code Section 417(e). The PPA changed this basis effective January 1, 2008, with a five-year phase-in of the impact of the change in interest rates and use of the 2008 Applicable Mortality Table for Lump Sums. In general, this change will decrease the value of lump sum payments.

A participant who is at least 55 with 10 or more years of membership service at termination may elect to begin payment before age 65, reduced for early retirement. Benefits are calculated as follows:

 

   

benefits paid as annuities are reduced for early retirement from the amounts payable at age 65. Generally, benefits are reduced 4% per year between ages 60 and 65, and 3% per year between ages 55 and 60. However, the portion of the benefit attributable to credited service through June 30, 2002 (but using final average pay as of termination), is unreduced at age 60 and if paid before age 60, is reduced for early retirement using the prior plan (through June 30, 2002) factor of 5% per year from the age 60 benefit:

 

   

lump sum payments are actuarially equivalent to the participant’s normal form benefit at age 65, but the lump sum benefit will never be less than actuarially equivalent to the participant’s early retirement normal form benefit accrued as of June 30, 2002.

The Lyondell Chemical Company Supplementary Executive Retirement Plan, referred to as the SERP, was frozen and discontinued as of January 6, 2009. The SERP applied to certain officers and senior managers and provided participants with supplementary retirement benefits not provided under the LyondellBasell Retirement Plan. The SERP uses the same formula and rules applied under the LyondellBasell Retirement Plan as described above (including the Lyondell Prior Plan for benefits prior to 2009). Under the SERP benefit prior to 2009, participants that are at least age 55 receive a lump sum payment calculated as the actuarial equivalent of the participant’s early retirement benefit. Compensation used to compute final average pay under the pre-2009 SERP benefit includes the portion of the employee’s annual base salary exceeding the IRS compensation limit ($230,000 in 2008), base salary the participant had deferred into the Lyondell Executive Deferral Plan, and the participant’s annual cash bonus.

The only Named Executive Officer who held an interest in the SERP prior to its termination is Mr. Dineen. He holds an unsecured claim in our bankruptcy case of $626,672 that represents the full amount of his claim pursuant to the SERP, and any amount he receives on account of this claim will be in accordance with our plan of reorganization.

 

141


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation (1)

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions
in Last FY ($)
   Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY ($)
   Aggregate Earnings
in Last FY ($)(2)
   Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions ($)
   Aggregate Balance
at Last FYE ($)

Edward Dineen

   0    0    206    0    0

 

(1) The Deferral Plan is a non-qualified deferred compensation plan. The Deferral Plan was frozen and discontinued as of January 6, 2009. Under the Deferral Plan, certain officers and senior managers could elect to defer up to 50% of their annual base salary and 100% of their annual cash bonus award each year. Deferral elections were required to be made before the year in which compensation is earned during open enrollment. The Deferral Plan provided that accounts accrued interest. The interest rate for six days that the Deferral Plan was in effect in 2009 was 11.01%.

The only Named Executive Officer who held an interest in the Deferral Plan prior to its termination is Mr. Dineen. He holds an unsecured claim in our bankruptcy case of $114,282 that represents the full amount of his claim pursuant to the Deferral Plan, and any amount he receives on account of this claim will be in accordance with our plan or reorganization.

(2) Of the amounts in this column, $161 was also reported for Mr. Dineen in the Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings column of the Summary Compensation Table above.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control

As described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Overview of Compensation Program —Severance Arrangements,” the company has entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Gallogly, Glidden and Brown that provide certain benefits upon severance or change of control that are in addition to, or in some cases, in lieu of the STP that applies generally to all U.S.-based employees. The following table summarizes the potential payments to our Named Executive Officers upon termination or change of control assuming a December 31, 2009 termination date and in consideration of the fact that we had not emerged from bankruptcy and the Initial Equity Awards had not been granted as of that date. In the case of Messrs. Trautz, Dineen and Bigman, amounts represent the actual amounts they received or are entitled to as a result of their actual termination as of May 31, 2009, December 15, 2009 and March 31, 2010, respectively.

In the table below, severance payments are expressed as a lump sum payment and medical coverage is expressed as the present value of future payments expected to be made over the number of years such named executive is entitled to coverage. These benefits are in addition to benefits available generally to salaried employees, such as distributions under our 401(k) savings plan, benefits pursuant to the LyondellBasell Retirement Plan, disability benefits, accrued vacation pay, and benefits under the STP, as well as pension and severance benefits generally available to our employees in the Netherlands. Additionally, no amounts are reflected on account of the LyondellBasell 2008 MTI Plan, as performance conditions will not be met for these awards and we are not accruing any amounts on account of such awards. Due to the number of factors that affect the nature and amount of any benefits provided upon the events discussed below, any actual amounts paid or distributed may be different than the estimates presented in the table. Factors that could affect these amounts include the timing during the year of any such event and the executive’s age. For additional information about benefits due to executives in the event of termination or change in control, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation Program—Severance Arrangements” and “—Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers” above.

 

142


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Event

   Gallogly    Potter    Glidden    Brown    de Vries    Bigman     Dineen (1)    Trautz

Retirement

                      

Severance payment

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A      N/A    714,008

Pro rata vesting of STI Plan awards

   1,846,154    296,154    169,470    75,000    416,298    N/A      N/A    461,065

Basell MTI award

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    208,638    N/A      N/A    1,095,349

MIP award

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    720,104    N/A      N/A    N/A

Options and/or SARs  (2)

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    57,152    N/A      N/A    122,341

Phantom Units  (3)

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    420    N/A      N/A    531

Death or Disability

                      

Cash payment equal to maximum annual bonus

   1,846,154    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A      N/A    N/A

Cash payment equal to Initial Equity Award

   N/A    N/A    466,043    200,000    N/A    N/A      N/A    N/A

Pro rata vesting of STI Plan awards

   1,846,154    296,154    169,470    75,000    416,298    N/A      N/A    N/A

Basell MTI award

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    208,638    N/A      N/A    N/A

MIP award

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    720,104    N/A      N/A    N/A

Options and/or SARs  (2)

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    57,152    N/A      N/A    N/A

Phantom Units  (3)

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    420    N/A      N/A    N/A

Termination without Cause or for Good Reason

                

Severance payment in lieu of separate STP benefits

   3,346,154    N/A    1,160,063    675,000    N/A    N/A      N/A    N/A

Pro rata vesting of STI Plan awards

   1,846,154    296,154    169,470    75,000    416,298    N/A      389,183    N/A

Medical coverage

   10,157    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A      N/A    N/A

Basell MTI award

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    208,638    N/A      N/A    N/A

MIP award

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    720,104    N/A      1,261,499    N/A

Options and SARs (2)

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    57,152    N/A      N/A    N/A

Phantom Units  (3)

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    420      313    N/A

Change in Control with Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason

             

Severance payment in lieu of separate STP benefits

   16,692,308    N/A    1,160,063    675,000    N/A    N/A      N/A    N/A

Pro rata vesting of STI Plan awards

   1,846,154    296,154    169,470    75,000    416,298    N/A   N/A    N/A

Medical coverage

   10,157    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A      N/A    N/A

Basell MTI award

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    208,638    N/A      N/A    N/A

MIP award

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    720,104    N/A      N/A    N/A

Options and SARs (2)

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    57,152    N/A      N/A    N/A

Phantom Units (3)

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    420    N/A      N/A    N/A

Change in Control Only

                      

Additional Benefits

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A      N/A    N/A

Termination by Mutual Consent

(in the case of Mr. Bigman, expiration of his employment agreement)

             

Severance payment

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    [109,846   N/A    N/A

Pro rata vesting of STI Plan awards

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    727,814      N/A    N/A

Medical coverage

   10,157    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A      N/A    N/A

Basell MTI award (if company consents)

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    730,233      N/A    N/A

MIP award

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A      N/A    N/A

Options and SARs (2)

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A      N/A    N/A

Termination for Cause

                      

Additional Benefits

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A      N/A    N/A

 

(1) Amounts for Mr. Dineen do not reflect benefits pursuant to the STP because such plan is not specific to executives and covers all U.S.-based employees. The STP is designed for employees who are terminated for reasons other than cause, mainly because such employees’ jobs are permanently eliminated. For information regarding the actual severance payments Mr. Dineen received or is entitled to receive as a result of his termination on December 15, 2009, see note 5 to the Summary Compensation Table.
(2) Amounts shown for stock options and SARs are based on the market price as of December 31, 2009 of the underlying share of Royal Dutch Shell or BASF, as applicable, minus the exercise price that corresponds to such option or SAR award. As of December 31, 2009, the market price of a share of Royal Dutch Shell was $31.10, and the market price of a share of BASF was $64.05.
(3) Phantom Units granted pursuant to the 2008 LTIP. Upon the commencement of our bankruptcy case, the Phantom Units were deemed to have only a nominal value and, for certain Named Executive Officers, payments with respect to these awards are not authorized by the Bankruptcy Court. Specifically, in April 2009, NAG units held by LyondellBasell Management Holdings LLC were redeemed by NAG. The valuation of a NAG unit for purposes of the redemption was less than one cent. For purposes of this information statement, we have valued the outstanding Phantom Units using the same valuation of less than one cent per unit. There was no other market for NAG units in 2009, nor was there any valuation of NAG units performed in accordance with the 2008 LTIP documents.

 

143


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Compensation of Directors

[We compensate each supervisory director pursuant to a standard annual retainer/meeting fee arrangement. None of the supervisory directors are LyondellBasell employees. Such arrangement provides each supervisory director an annual retainer of $[            ], a fee of $[            ] for attendance at each meeting of a Supervisory Board Committee of which such director is a member, no fees for attendance at meetings of the Supervisory Board, and a fee of $[            ] for each day’s attendance at other functions in which directors are requested to participate. In addition, Chairmen of Supervisory Board Committees receive an additional annual retainer of $[            ].]

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

[None of our executive officers have served as members of a compensation committee (or if no committee performs that function, the board of directors) of any other entity that has an executive officer serving as a member of our board of directors.]

 

144


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 7. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Transactions with Affiliates

LyondellBasell AF has related party transactions with Access Industries and LyondellBasell AF’s equity investees. See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Indemnification Agreements

We will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. See “Item 12. Indemnification of Directors and Officers” below.

Conflicts of Interest and Related Person Transactions Policy

LyondellBasell Industries N. V. will adopt a written Related Party Transaction Approval Policy, which will require the disinterested members of the Audit Committee to review and approve, in advance of commitment, certain transactions that LyondellBasell Industries N.V. enters into, from time to time, with the following related parties:

 

   

holders of 5% or more of LyondellBasell Industries N.V.’s ordinary shares, or

 

   

entities on which a LyondellBasell Industries N.V. officer or Supervisory Board member serves as an officer or a member of that entity’s board of directors or equivalent governing body.

The transactions covered by the policy are those which are:

 

   

in the ordinary course of business and have a value of $25 million or more, or

 

   

not in the ordinary course of business, regardless of value,

and do not include transactions among LyondellBasell Industries N.V. and its subsidiaries or joint ventures. A transaction is re-submitted to the Audit Committee for review and approval if:

 

   

the transaction previously fell below the $25 million threshold but is now expected to exceed it,

 

   

the transaction’s value increased by more than 10% or $10 million, whichever is less, or

 

   

a transaction with market-related pricing terms is changed to more of a fixed-price transaction.

In addition, at least annually, LyondellBasell Industries N.V.’s Controller’s Department will prepare a summary of all transactions and all currently proposed transactions with those related parties, including transactions that did not require pre-approval under the policy, and the summary is presented to the Audit Committee for review. The disinterested members of the Audit Committee determine the fairness of the transactions to LyondellBasell Industries N.V. by considering whether they have terms no less favorable than those which could be obtained from non-related parties. The Audit Committee may refer to the Supervisory Board, for review and approval by the disinterested members of the Supervisory Board, a transaction that may cause a member of the Supervisory Board to no longer be deemed independent.

 

145


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 8. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We, our subsidiaries and our joint ventures are, from time to time, defendants in lawsuits or other contested legal proceedings, some of which are not covered by insurance. Many of these suits or proceedings make no specific claim for relief. Although final determination of legal liability and the resulting financial impact with respect to any such litigation cannot be ascertained with any degree of certainty, we do not believe that any ultimate uninsured liability resulting from the legal proceedings in which we or our joint ventures are currently involved (directly or indirectly) will individually, or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business or financial position. However, the adverse resolution in any reporting period of one or more of these suits could have a material impact on our results of operations for that period, which may be mitigated by contribution or indemnification obligations of co-defendants or others, or by any insurance coverage that may be available.

Although we and our joint ventures are involved in numerous and varied legal proceedings, a significant portion of their outstanding litigation arose in five contexts: (1) claims for personal injury or death allegedly arising out of exposure to the products produced by or located on the premises of the respective entities; (2) claims for personal injury or death, and/or for remediation cleanup costs, natural resource damages or property damage allegedly arising out of the generation and disposal of chemical wastes at Superfund and other waste disposal sites; (3) claims for personal injury, property damage and/or air, noise and water pollution allegedly arising out of operations; (4) employment and benefits related claims; and (5) commercial and antitrust claims.

Houston Refining LP

On July 18, 2008, a crane installed at the Houston Refinery in connection with a planned maintenance project collapsed, killing four contractors, injuring seven others, and damaging some property at the refinery. A lawsuit, filed on July 23, 2008 by persons who were injured or died as a result of the accident (the “Crane Accident Victims”) against Lyondell Chemical and its subsidiary Houston Refining LP was automatically stayed under section 362 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code upon the commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases. Houston Refining LP has made demands for defense and indemnification upon its general contractor and the subcontractor that provided the crane for any claims or liability against it arising from the accident.

On February 19, 2009, the Crane Accident Victims moved the Bankruptcy Court to lift the stay in order to liquidate their personal injury tort claims in the litigation. Thereafter, the Debtors and the Crane Accident Victims entered into a stipulation, which was so ordered by the Bankruptcy Court on March 10, 2009, inter alia, allowed the Crane Accident Victims to dismiss without prejudice Lyondell Chemical as a defendant from the litigation. The stipulation and order also modified the automatic stay to allow the Crane Accident Victims, starting on June 8, 2009, to continue to liquidate any claims against Houston Refining LP and other defendants in the litigation. The stipulation and order also provided that the automatic stay is still in effect with respect to any effort to enforce or collect any such liquidated claims from Houston Refining LP or any other Debtors. Liabilities, if any, relating to the Crane Accident Victims litigation will be treated as unsecured claims in the Bankruptcy Cases.

Lyondell Chemical

BASF Litigation : On April 12, 2005, BASF filed a lawsuit against Lyondell Chemical in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Morris County asserting various claims relating to alleged breaches of a PO sales contract and seeking damages in excess of $100 million. Lyondell Chemical denied breaching the contract and argued that at most it owed BASF nothing more than a refund of $22.5 million, which it has paid. On August 13, 2007, a jury returned a verdict in favor of BASF in the amount of approximately $170 million (inclusive of the $22.5 million refund). On October 3, 2007, the judge in the state court case determined that prejudgment interest on the verdict amounted to $36 million and issued a final judgment. Lyondell Chemical appealed the judgment and has posted an appeal bond, which is collateralized by a $200 million letter of credit. Upon the filing of Lyondell Chemical’s Chapter 11 petition, the appeal was automatically stayed under section 362 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

 

146


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

On July 29, 2009, Lyondell Chemical and BASF entered into a stipulation that was so ordered by the Bankruptcy Court on August 14, 2009, that modified the automatic stay to allow the appeal to proceed to a final disposition. The order further provided that the automatic stay remained in full force and effect with respect to any effort to enforce or collect any claim from Lyondell Chemical or any other Debtor except for actions taken in the Bankruptcy Court. On April 21, 2010, oral arguments in the appeal were held before the Appellate Division.

Multidistrict Antitrust Litigation : Beginning in November 2004, several class action lawsuits were filed in federal court against Lyondell Chemical and certain other chemical companies, alleging violations of U.S. antitrust law in connection with the manufacture and sale of polyether polyols, methylene diphenyl diisocyanate (“MDI”) and TDI, and seeking treble damages in an unspecified amount on behalf of U.S. purchasers of such products. The lawsuits have been consolidated by the Judicial Panel for Multidistrict Litigation in the United States District Court for the District of Kansas (the “Multidistrict Litigation”). In addition, in May 2006, two class action lawsuits were filed in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice, London, Ontario, Canada and the Superior Court, Province of Quebec, District of Quebec, Canada, both alleging claims and seeking relief similar to those in the Multidistrict Litigation. In June 2007, Lyondell Chemical was named as an additional defendant in a case previously filed in the Superior Court for the State of California, County of San Francisco, on behalf of indirect purchasers of polyether polyols, MDI and TDI and other products alleging claims and seeking relief similar to that in the Multidistrict Litigation. The California case has been stayed pending further order of the California court. Lyondell Chemical believes that it has valid defenses to all claims. At this time, Lyondell Chemical believes it has not violated any antitrust laws. We do not expect the resolution of these matters to result in any material adverse effect on our business, financial position, liquidity or results of operations.

In May 2008, the plaintiffs in a previously filed class action suit in the U.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts, seeking relief similar to that in the Multidistrict Litigation in Kansas, filed a motion to add Lyondell Chemical and certain other parties as additional defendants, making essentially the same complaints as in the Multidistrict Litigation.

In October 2008, a claim was filed against Lyondell Chemical in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey by approximately 48 direct purchasers of polyurethane products. These plaintiffs, who had opted out of the class in the Multidistrict Litigation, asserted essentially the same complaints as in the Multidistrict Litigation based upon the same underlying facts. The foregoing actions in the United States have been stayed pursuant to section 362 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

Millennium Custodial Trust

Our Plan of Reorganization provides for the creation of the Millennium Custodial Trust into which Lyondell Chemical will transfer the equity interests of Millennium Chemicals and related wind-up funds. The holders of allowed claims against Millennium Chemicals will receive all of the beneficial interests in the Millennium Custodial Trust upon consummation of the Plan of Reorganization by virtue of Lyondell Chemical’s transfer of its equity interests in Millennium Chemicals to the Millennium Custodial Trust. This transfer will cause the Millennium Chain, to be legally separated from the Reorganized Debtors. To the extent the Debtors and Debtor-owned property are owned by members of the Millennium Chain, any associated liabilities will be the responsibility of such entities and not Reorganized LyondellBasell and claims regarding those entities and their properties will be resolved solely from such Millennium Chain entities and using their assets and the assets of the trust. All of the following liabilities relating to lead-based paint and lead pigments will be assumed by and become the responsibility of the Millennium Chain, and will not be liabilities of the Reorganized Debtors.

The Millennium Custodial Trust will assume ownership, directly and indirectly through its direct ownership of the equity of Millennium Chemicals, which is an entity in the Millennium Chain, subject to all the alleged liabilities of the Millennium Chain, including environmental liabilities of the Millennium Chain arising from or

 

147


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

related to the Kalamazoo River Superfund Site and other sites not owned or leased by the Millennium Chain but excluding any liabilities that are resolved through the Environmental Custodial Trust or the settlement with the relevant governmental authorities.

Lead-based paint and lead pigments . Together with alleged past manufacturers of lead-based paint and lead pigments for use in paint, Millennium Chemicals has been named as a defendant in various legal proceedings alleging personal injury, property damage, and remediation costs allegedly associated with the past use of these products. The plaintiffs include individuals and governmental entities, and seek recovery under a variety of theories, including negligence, failure to warn, breach of warranty, conspiracy, market share liability, fraud, misrepresentation and nuisance. The majority of these legal proceedings assert unspecified monetary damages in excess of the statutory minimum and, in certain cases, seek equitable relief such as abatement of lead-based paint in buildings. Legal proceedings relating to lead pigment or paint are in various trial stages and post-dismissal settings, some of which are on appeal. As stated above, the Millennium Chain will be transferred to the Millennium Custodial Trust and these legal proceedings will be resolved solely from the assets of Millennium Chain entities and the assets of the Millennium Custodial Trust.

Millennium Chemicals’ defense costs to date for lead-based paint and lead pigment litigation largely have been covered by insurance. Millennium Chemicals has not accrued any liabilities for any lead-based paint and lead pigment litigation. Millennium Chemicals has insurance policies that potentially provide approximately $1 billion in indemnity coverage for lead-based paint and lead pigment litigation. Millennium Chemicals’ ability to collect under the indemnity coverage would depend upon, among other things, the resolution of certain potential coverage defenses that the insurers are likely to assert and the solvency of the various insurance carriers that are part of the coverage block at the time of such a request. The insurance carriers have in the past and may in the future attempt to deny indemnity coverage if there is ever a settlement or a formal, non-appealable adverse judgment in any lead-based paint or lead pigment case.

After owning the Glidden Paints business for six months, in 1986, a predecessor of a current subsidiary of Millennium Chemicals sold, through a stock sale, its Glidden Paints business. As part of that sale, the seller and purchaser agreed to provide indemnification to each other against certain claims made during the first eight years after the sale, and the purchaser agreed to fully indemnify the seller against such claims made after the eight-year period. With the exception of two cases described immediately below, all pending lead-based paint and lead pigment litigation involving Millennium Chemicals, including the California case, were filed after the eight-year period. Accordingly, Millennium Chemicals believes that it is entitled to full indemnification from the purchaser against lead-based paint and lead pigment cases filed after the eight-year period. The purchaser disputes that it has such an indemnification obligation, and claims that the seller must indemnify it. Millennium Chemicals has not paid either a settlement or any judgment in such cases and its indemnification claims have not been finally resolved. On March 28, 2008, Millennium Chemicals filed an action in New York Supreme Court against ICI America seeking to confirm ICI America’s indemnification obligation to Millennium Chemicals. The only two remaining cases originally filed within the eight-year period following the 1986 sale of the Glidden Paints business include as parties a current Millennium Chemicals subsidiary and an alleged predecessor company. One case filed by the New York City Housing Authority remains inactive. The other matter is a personal injury case in Ohio. On January 25, 2007, the Ohio Court of Appeals affirmed summary judgment in favor of Millennium Chemicals and its co-defendants and, on June 20, 2007, the Ohio Supreme Court declined to hear plaintiff’s appeal.

Millennium Chemicals is currently named a defendant in 13 cases arising from Glidden’s manufacture of lead pigments. These cases are in various stages of the litigation process. All such proceedings are presently stayed by operation of U.S. bankruptcy law. Of these cases, most seek damages for personal injury and are brought by individuals, and two of the cases seek damages and abatement remedies based on public nuisance and are brought by states, cities and/or counties in two states (Rhode Island and Santa Clara, California). The two government cases are discussed in further detail below. As stated below, we believe liabilities, if any, arising from these actions will not be liabilities of the Reorganized Debtors.

 

148


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The Rhode Island case : On October 29, 2002, after a trial in which the jury deadlocked, the court in State of Rhode Island v. Lead Industries Association, Inc., et al. (which commenced in the Superior Court of Providence, Rhode Island, on October 13, 1999) declared a mistrial. The sole issue before the jury was whether lead pigment in paint in and on public and private Rhode Island buildings constituted a “public nuisance.” The new trial in this case began on November 1, 2005. On February 22, 2006, a jury returned a verdict in favor of the State of Rhode Island finding that the cumulative presence of lead pigments in paints and coatings on buildings in the state constitutes a public nuisance; that a Millennium Chemicals subsidiary and other defendants either caused or substantially contributed to the creation of the public nuisance; and that those defendants, including the Millennium Chemicals subsidiary, should be ordered to abate the public nuisance. On February 28, 2006, the judge held that the state could not proceed with its claim for punitive damages. On February 26, 2007, the court issued its decision denying the post-verdict motions of the defendants, including Millennium Chemicals, for a mistrial or a new trial. The court concluded that it would enter an order of abatement and appoint a special master to assist the court in determining the scope of the abatement remedy. On March 16, 2007, the court entered a final judgment on the jury’s verdict. On March 20, 2007, Millennium Chemicals filed its notice of appeal with the Rhode Island Supreme Court. On December 18, 2007, the trial court appointed two special masters to serve as “examiners” and to assist the trial court in the proposed abatement proceedings. On May 15, 2008, the Rhode Island Supreme Court heard oral argument on, among other things, Millennium Chemicals’ appeal of the jury’s verdict in favor of the State of Rhode Island. On July 1, 2008, the Rhode Island Supreme Court unanimously reversed the jury’s verdict and subsequent judgment against Millennium Chemicals and the other defendants, holding that the trial court should have granted Millennium Chemicals’ motion to dismiss for failure to state a claim. The Rhode Island Supreme Court’s verdict effectively ends this legal proceeding; however, Millennium Chemicals along with the other former defendants are seeking recovery of their costs incurred defending the case.

The California case : In March 2000, several cities and counties in California filed suit in California state court (County of Santa Clara, et al. v. Atlantic Richfield Co., et al.) against several former lead pigment and paint manufacturers, asserting that lead pigment in paint used on private and public buildings in California constituted a public nuisance and seeking an order requiring defendants to contribute to an abatement fund to remove the lead paint from those structures. The complaint named Millennium Inorganics Chemicals Inc. (“Inorganics”), a former affiliate of the Debtors, as a defendant. In April 2007, plaintiffs received leave to amend their complaint to substitute Millennium Chemicals as a defendant in place of Inorganics. In May 2007, shortly before plaintiffs were due to file their amended complaint, the California trial court stayed the trial court action pending appeal by the plaintiffs of a collateral issue regarding their ability to be represented by trial counsel on a contingency fee basis, which is still pending. In March 2009, we filed a motion with the Bankruptcy Court to enforce the automatic stay against service of the amended complaint or other proceedings against Millennium Holdings LLC. By order dated April 23, 2009, the Bankruptcy Court conditionally granted that motion and ordered the Santa Clara government parties to agree in writing not to attempt to take any further action against Millennium Chemicals without first obtaining leave to do so from the Bankruptcy Court. The Santa Clara government parties subsequently filed those agreements with the Bankruptcy Court.

Equistar Chemicals, LP

Solutia Litigation : Equistar Chemicals, LP owned and operated a chemical production facility on property, leased from Solutia, and currently owned by Ascend Performance Materials, LLC (“Ascend”), located at the Chocolate Bayou chemical manufacturing plant in Brazoria County, Texas (the “CB Olefin Facility”), at which Equistar Chemicals, LP produced olefin products including ethylene, propylene, benzene, toluene and butadiene. In assessing the viability of the CB Olefin Facility during the Bankruptcy Cases, we determined that maintaining the facility and continuing our related obligations would provide no benefit to us or our estate. Accordingly, we filed a motion to reject the lease and certain related agreements, to reduce the workforce employed at the facility, and to vacate the facility. The Bankruptcy Court allowed Equistar Chemicals, LP to vacate. However, Solutia and Ascend filed a motion with the Bankruptcy Court seeking to prohibit Equistar Chemicals, LP from vacating without first performing certain activities relating to the decommissioning of certain chemical equipment and facilities that Equistar Chemicals, LP would leave behind at the CB Olefin Facility (the “CB Olefin Personal

 

149


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Property”). Equistar Chemicals, LP opposed that motion, and the Bankruptcy Court ordered Equistar Chemicals, LP to remain in possession of the leasehold and to maintain the status quo at the facility pending the Bankruptcy Court’s decision on the motion filed by Solutia and Ascend. Subsequently, the Bankruptcy Court ruled that Equistar Chemicals, LP’s plan to leave behind the CB Olefin Personal Property was an abandonment that can only be accomplished through a notice of abandonment. Accordingly, the Debtors filed a motion to abandon the CB Olefin Personal Property. Equistar Chemicals, LP and the current and former owners of the Chocolate Bayou real property reached a settlement on the motion to abandon. Generally, Equistar Chemicals, LP has agreed to perform certain decommissioning and decontamination work regarding the real property, which is estimated to take approximately two years. The current owner has agreed to provide support services, utilities and access to Equistar Chemicals, LP in return for monthly payments from Equistar Chemicals, LP, and the former owner has agreed to make a cash payment to Equistar Chemicals, LP in settlement of this and other disputes between the former owner and Equistar Chemicals, LP.

Environmental Matters

From time to time we and our joint ventures receive notices or inquiries from federal, state or local governmental entities regarding alleged violations of environmental laws and regulations pertaining to, among other things, the disposal, emission and storage of chemical and petroleum substances, including hazardous wastes. Any such alleged violations may become the subject of enforcement actions, settlement negotiations or other legal proceedings and may (individually or in the aggregate) involve monetary sanctions of $100,000 or more (exclusive of interest and costs). In the Bankruptcy Cases, the EPA asserted claims against Houston Refining LP and Millennium Specialties Chemical Inc. alleging certain non-compliant activities and asserting unspecified penalties in excess of $100,000. We continue to discuss resolution of the issues with the government.

A Millennium Chemicals subsidiary has been identified as a PRP with respect to the Kalamazoo River Superfund Site in Michigan. The site involves cleanup of river sediments and floodplain soils contaminated with polychlorinated biphenyls, cleanup of former paper mill operations, and cleanup and closure of landfills associated with the former paper mill operations. Litigation concerning the matter commenced by the State of Michigan in December 1987 was recently dismissed, although the state reserved its right to bring certain claims in the future if the issues are not resolved in the CERCLA process. As of January 6, 2009, Millennium Holdings LLC was performing investigatory and remedial activity at certain property owned by its subsidiary LeMean Properties Holdings Corporation (“OU#1”) as well as at parts of the site it does not own. By letter from LyondellBasell’s counsel dated February 5, 2009, Millennium Holdings LLC informed the EPA that it would continue to perform work at the OU#1 property owned by LeMean Properties Holdings Corporation, but that its entry into bankruptcy precluded it from continuing to perform or pay for work or for costs or damages at any portion of the site not owned by it. Millennium Holdings LLC’s ultimate liability for the Kalamazoo River Superfund Site will depend on a combination of many factors that have not yet been determined, including the resolution of Millennium Holdings LLC’s legal position in the Bankruptcy Court, the ultimate remedy selected, the determination of natural resource damages, the number and financial viability of the other PRPs, and the determination of the final allocation among the PRPs. The United States filed proofs of claims asserting liability related to the Kalamazoo Superfund Site, among others. As mentioned above, the Millennium Custodial Trust will assume all liabilities of the Millennium Chain, including liabilities associated with the Kalamazoo River Superfund Site and other sites not owned by the Millennium Chain.

Our accrued prepetition liability for future environmental remediation costs at current and former plant sites and other remediation sites totaled $256 million as of December 31, 2008. The prepetition reserved liabilities for individual sites range from less than $1 million to $130 million. The $130 million liability relates to the Kalamazoo River Superfund Site, which is not owned or leased by us. The $256 million reserve was determined prepetition and did not distinguish between property owned or leased by us and property not owned or leased by us. We take the general position that claims and obligations owed to both governmental and private parties at sites not owned or leased by us as of the date of the petitions are general unsecured prepetition claims that will be discharged and satisfied through the Plan of Reorganization. Accordingly, we reclassified $130 million to

 

150


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

liabilities subject to compromise in 2009. No assurances can be given as to how a court of competent jurisdiction would rule with respect to this position. In contrast, our general position is that we will continue to comply with certain ongoing environmental obligations at sites that are owned or leased by us as of the date of the petitions until resolution of the Debtors’ obligations is resolved in the course of the bankruptcy process. As of December 31, 2009, we accrued additional environmental claims based on the estimated amounts to be allowed in the Bankruptcy Cases, all but $250 million of which will be discharged in connection with the formation of the proposed Environmental Custodial Trust and Millennium Custodial Trust. For additional information regarding environmental matters, see Note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Environmental Custodial Trust and Millennium Custodial Trust

The Plan of Reorganization provides for an Environmental Custodial Trust into which certain Debtors will transfer environmentally contaminated properties that they own and related clean-up funds. Under the Plan of Reorganization, the EPA and the environmental agencies in states in which the transferred environmentally contaminated properties are located would receive all of the beneficial interests in the Environmental Custodial Trust. Any associated clean-up obligations with these properties will be the responsibility of the Environmental Custodial Trust. In addition, the Millennium Custodial Trust mentioned above will assume all liabilities of the Millennium Chain, including environmental liabilities related to the Kalamazoo River Superfund Site and other sites not owned or leased by the Millennium Chain.

MTBE Litigation

Certain LyondellBasell AF entities, including Lyondell Chemical and Equistar Chemicals LP, have been named defendants in 44 lawsuits, 25 of which have been settled for de minimis consideration. These lawsuits were brought by state, county or municipal governmental entities in various state and federal courts in the United States, which suits allege that the gasoline additive MTBE has contaminated (or is threatening to contaminate) drinking water resources. The lawsuits further allege that that gasoline made with MTBE was a defective product, and that the Lyondell Chemical entities failed to adequately warn their customers and others that MTBE is more water soluble than other gasoline constituents and is more likely to reach drinking water wells in the event of a leak of gasoline from an underground storage tank, pipeline or terminal tank. Lyondell Chemical’s co-defendants in the cases are major and mid-major gasoline refiners who chose to use MTBE as an octane boosting replacement for tetra-ethyl lead and/or to comply with the gasoline formulation requirements of federal clean air regulations. The lawsuits are not subject to the automatic stay under the “governmental entity” exception and are therefore currently being actively litigated. In addition, all plaintiffs have filed claims in the Bankruptcy Court, and no assurance can be given as to how the Bankruptcy Court will rule with respect thereto. The Debtors believe that they have strong defenses to the lawsuits. Three of the suits are brought by state governments, two of which claim also to be entitled to so-called “natural resource” damages. None of the cases against the Lyondell Chemical entities involve personal injury allegations. Lyondell Chemical has obtained outright dismissal from several of the prior cases without payment of any settlement. Liability, if any, for the remaining lawsuits will be treated as unsecured claims in the Bankruptcy Cases.

Bankruptcy Cases and Reorganization

Bankruptcy Filing —On January 6, 2009, certain of LyondellBasell AF’s indirect U.S. subsidiaries, including Lyondell Chemical, and its German indirect subsidiary, Germany Holdings, voluntarily filed for protection under Chapter 11 in the Bankruptcy Court. In April and May of 2009, LyondellBasell AF and certain other subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 in the Bankruptcy Court. The Debtors filed their Bankruptcy Cases in response to a sudden loss of liquidity in the last quarter of 2008.

Since the commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases, the Debtors have operated and continue to operate their businesses and manage their properties as debtors in possession. In general, this means that the Debtors operate in the ordinary course without Bankruptcy Court intervention. Bankruptcy Court approval is required, however, where the Debtors seek authorization to engage in certain transactions out of the ordinary course of business.

 

151


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

On April 23, 2010, the Bankruptcy Court approved the Plan of Reorganization. The Plan of Reorganization specifies the proposed treatment of each class of claims and interests upon confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization. The Plan of Reorganization will discharge prepetition liabilities against the Debtors to the extent set forth in the Plan of Reorganization and otherwise under applicable law and, upon the consummation of the Plan of Reorganization, permit the Debtors to make distributions to their creditors in accordance with the terms of the Plan of Reorganization.

We currently expect to emerge from the Bankruptcy Cases on or about April 30, 2010.

Effect of Plan of Reorganization —As of the Emergence Date, all assets of the Debtors will vest in the Reorganized Debtors free and clear of all claims, liens, encumbrances, charges, and other interests, except as provided in the Plan of Reorganization or the confirmation order entered on April 23, 2010 (the “Confirmation Order”). Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan of Reorganization or in the confirmation order, upon the Emergence Date, each holder of a claim or equity interest will be deemed to have forever waived, released, and discharged the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, to the fullest extent permitted by law, of and from any and all claims, equity interests, rights, and liabilities that arose prior to the confirmation date. Upon the Emergence Date, all such persons will be forever precluded and enjoined, from prosecuting or asserting against the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors or their respective properties or interests in property, any such discharged claim against or equity interest in any Debtor or Reorganized Debtor.

Tax Impact of Reorganization —The Debtors will realize substantial cancellation of debt, or “COD,” income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the implementation of the Plan of Reorganization. Because the Debtors will be debtors in a bankruptcy case at the time they realize the COD income, they will not be required to include that COD income in their taxable income for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Instead, following the close of their 2010 tax year, the Debtors will be required to reduce or eliminate certain of their U.S. federal income tax attributes, including net operating losses, tax credits and tax basis in certain assets. As a result, we expect that the Debtors’ tax basis in their assets will be significantly reduced, and we do not expect the Debtors to retain any net operating loss carryforwards to their tax year beginning January 1, 2011.

The implementation of our Plan of Reorganization will also trigger an “ownership change” with respect to the stock of the Debtors for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result of this ownership change, certain of the Debtors’ pre-Emergence Date tax attributes that are not eliminated by attribute reduction will be subject to certain limitations as to their future use under Sections 382 and 383 of the U.S. Tax Code.

As a result of these reductions and limitations of our U.S. federal income tax attributes, we expect our cash tax liabilities for our tax years following 2010 to be significantly higher than our cash tax liabilities for 2009 and 2010.

Impact of Confirmation of Plan of Reorganization —On the Emergence Date, the terms of the Plan of Reorganization confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court will be deemed binding upon the Debtors and all other parties affected by the Plan of Reorganization. Parties will have a period of time following confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization to file a notice of appeal with respect to the Confirmation Order. Even if a notice of appeal is timely filed, the Debtors expect to proceed to consummate the Plan of Reorganization in accordance with its terms, unless the party seeking the appeal also obtains a stay of implementation of the Plan of Reorganization pending appeal of the Confirmation Order, in which event the Debtors will not be able to implement the terms of the Plan of Reorganization unless and until the stay is lifted. An appeal of the Confirmation Order may proceed even if there is no stay pending appeal of the Confirmation Order and, in such circumstance, the appeal may be dismissed as moot if the Debtors have implemented the Plan of Reorganization to the point of “substantial consummation.”

 

152


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 9. MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Absence of Public Market

There is currently no established trading market for our class A ordinary shares, our class B ordinary shares or our warrants to purchase class A ordinary shares. We intend to apply for listing on the NYSE of our class A ordinary shares, our class B ordinary shares and our warrants to purchase class A ordinary shares. There can be no assurance that such shares and warrants will be accepted for listing.

Holders

We expect that, as of the effective date of this Registration Statement, there will be approximately              record holders of our class A ordinary shares,              record holders of our class B ordinary shares and              record holders of warrants to purchase our class A ordinary shares.

Dividends

We do not currently plan to pay a regular dividend on our class A ordinary shares or our class B ordinary shares. The payment of dividends or distributions in the future will be subject to the requirements of Dutch law and the discretion of our shareholders (in the case of annual dividends), our Management Board and Supervisory Board. The declaration of any future cash dividends and, if declared, the amount of any such dividends, will depend upon general business conditions, our financial condition, our earnings and cash flow, our capital requirements, financial covenants and other contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends or distributions. There can be no assurance that any dividends or distributions will be declared or paid in the future.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Our Equity Compensation Plans

The number of shares reserved for issuance under the Compensation Plans represents approximately 3.90% of the total number of shares of class A and class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding on the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization. The shares to be reserved for issuance under the Compensation Plans include the shares covered by the Emergence Grants, as defined below, as well as additional shares to remain available for future awards granted pursuant to the Equity Compensation Plan.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

As part of the Plan of Reorganization, our 2010 MTI Plan and 2010 LTI Plan (collectively, the “Compensation Plans”) will automatically become effective as of the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization. The initial awards to employees and directors (“Emergence Grants”) under the Compensation Plans will consist of an aggregate of: (i) approximately $18 million in MTI target awards granted under the 2010 MTI Plan, (ii) stock options and stock appreciation rights in respect of approximately 9 million shares of our class A ordinary shares granted under the 2010 LTI Plan, and (iii) restricted stock or restricted stock units in respect of approximately 4 million shares of our class A ordinary shares granted under the 2010 LTI Plan. The form and terms of all or a portion of the Emergence Grants, including the methodology for allocations of medium-term and long-term awards under the Compensation Plans, were reviewed and authorized by the Remuneration Committee of the Supervisory Board of LyondellBasell AF and, in addition, will be approved by our Supervisory Board at its meeting in April 2010 and will become effective as of the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization without further corporate action. The Remuneration Committee of the Supervisory Board of LyondellBasell AF authorized, and our Supervisory Board at its meeting in April 2010 will authorize, management to implement the Emergence Grants, with the awards and award agreements made or entered into prior to or on the effective date of the Plan or Reorganization (the “Allocated Emergence Grants”) to be binding and effective on the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization, and to the extent the Emergence Grants are not fully allocated as of the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization (the “Unallocated Emergence Grants”), to

 

153


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

implement additional Unallocated Emergence Grants within ninety (90) days after the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization, using the same methodology used by the Remuneration Committee of the Supervisory Board of LyondellBasell AF for individual selection and valuing and allocating among individual medium-term and long-term awards under the Compensation Plans for the Allocated Emergence Grants, provided that, to the extent that the exercise price of any option grants made with respect to Unallocated Emergence Grants is higher or lower than the exercise price of option grants made with respect to the Allocated Emergence Grants, a corresponding adjustment will be made to the methodology for determining the number of shares of restricted stock or restricted stock units grants with respect to the Unallocated Emergence Grants.

Awards made under the Compensation Plans more than ninety (90) days after the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization will be subject to approval by the Compensation Committee of our Supervisory Board, in accordance with the terms of the Compensation Plans.

The order confirming the Plan of Reorganization provides that the Compensation Plans and Emergence Grants that were made prior to the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization will be binding and effective on the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization.

Dutch/U.S. Tax Matters

See “Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” and “—Dutch Tax Considerations” for a discussion of tax matters under U.S. and Dutch law.

Dutch/U.S. Export/Import Matters

There are no regulatory restrictions on foreign direct investment in The Netherlands. There are no restrictions on foreign ownership of land, or on repatriation of capital and profits.

 

154


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 10. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

As of the Emergence Date, we intend to:

 

   

issue 300,000,000 class A ordinary shares to eligible holders of certain claims against LyondellBasell AF and its subsidiaries;

 

   

issue 263,901,979 class B ordinary shares in connection with the Rights Offering; and

 

   

issue warrants to purchase 11,278,040 class A ordinary shares with an exercise price of $15.90 per class A ordinary share.

Based upon the exemption provided by Section 1145 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, on April 23, 2010, the Bankruptcy Court entered a final order that the rights, and the offering and sale of securities under the Rights Offering conducted in accordance with the procedures described in the related motion, are, and shall be deemed to be, pursuant to Section 1145 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, or any other applicable state or federal securities law, exempt from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act and any state or local law requiring registration for offer or sale of a security or registration or licensing of an issuer of, underwriter of, or broker dealer in, a security.

Additionally, up to 22,000,000 class A ordinary shares are authorized for issuance to certain senior management of LyondelBasell Industries N.V. and its subsidiaries, pursuant to our incentive plans. We intend to register these shares on Form S-8.

 

155


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 11. DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

General

The following descriptions are summaries of material terms of our ordinary shares, with a par value of four eurocents (€0.04) each, our Articles of Association and Dutch law. The full text of our current Articles of Association has been filed with the SEC as an exhibit hereto and is available, in Dutch and English, at our registered office in Rotterdam during regular business hours and will also be available, in Dutch and English, on our website: www.lyondellbasell.com.

As of the Emergence Date, our authorized share capital will be fifty-one million euro (€51,000,000), consisting of one billion (1,000,000,000) class A ordinary shares and two hundred seventy-five million (275,000,000) class B ordinary shares (the class A ordinary shares and the class B ordinary shares together, the “ordinary shares”), each with a par value of four eurocents (€0.04). As of the Emergence Date, we expect that 300,000,000 of our class A ordinary shares, 263,901,979 of our class B ordinary shares and 11,278,040 of our warrants to purchase class A ordinary shares will be outstanding not including any equity-based compensation issued under our equity compensation plan. See “Item 9. Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters—Equity Compensation Plan Information.”

Market Information

We intend to apply for listing on the NYSE of our class A ordinary shares, our class B ordinary shares and our warrants to purchase class A ordinary shares. Shareholders may hold ordinary shares either directly or through the Depository Trust Company (either as participant in such system or indirectly through organizations that are participants in such system).

Ordinary Shares

Voting and Approval Rights

Generally, each shareholder is entitled to one vote for each ordinary share held on every matter submitted to a vote of shareholders, including election of members of the Management Board and Supervisory Board. There are no cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of voting rights will have the power to elect all members of the Management Board and the Supervisory Board who are standing for election.

Unless otherwise required by our Articles of Association or Dutch law, matters submitted for a vote at a general meeting of shareholders require the approval of a majority of the votes cast at the general meeting. Pursuant to Dutch law and our Articles of Association, both the Supervisory Board and holders of our ordinary shares have the right to approve decisions from the Management Board relating to (i) the transfer of all or substantially all our enterprise by way of a share or asset sale, consolidation or merger or otherwise, (ii) the entering into or termination of a long-lasting commercial relationship that is of essential importance to our business and (iii) the acquisition or disposition of shares or assets with a value of at least one-third of our consolidated asset value.

Our Articles of Association require that in event of a purchase, conversion or exchange of class B ordinary shares at a value less than ten dollars and sixty-one cents ($10.61) per class B ordinary share, subject to anti-dilution adjustments (the “class B liquidation preference”) in case of a transfer of all or substantially all our enterprise to third parties, whether by acquisition, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of us and our consolidated subsidiaries taken as a whole, liquidation, dissolution or winding up of LyondellBasell Industries N.V., the Management Board must obtain the approval of both the Supervisory Board and holders of eighty-five percent (85%) of the voting power of the class B ordinary shares outstanding at the time.

In addition, a resolution for our merger or demerger will require the approval of both the Supervisory Board and holders of eighty-five percent (85%) of the voting power of the class B ordinary shares, in the event that in any such transaction each class B ordinary share would be purchased, converted or exchanged at a value less than the class B liquidation preference. A resolution to amend the provisions in our Articles of Association relating to

 

156


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the conversion of class B ordinary shares into class A ordinary shares, the voting rights of class B ordinary shares and the class B liquidation preference requires the prior approval from both the Supervisory Board and all the holders of class B ordinary shares. Certain resolutions to amend certain provisions of our Articles of Association in a manner disproportionately affecting a class of our ordinary shares will require the approval of two-thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the outstanding voting power of such class

There are no laws currently in effect in The Netherlands or provisions in our Articles of Association limiting the rights of non-resident investors to hold or vote ordinary shares.

Dividends and Distributions

Pursuant to our Articles of Association, the Management Board, with the approval of the Supervisory Board, may determine to allocate amounts to our reserves up to the amount of our annual profits. Out of our share premium reserve and other reserves available for shareholder distributions under Dutch law, the general meeting of shareholders may declare distributions after a proposal of the Management Board following approval from the Supervisory Board. We cannot pay dividends if the payment would reduce our shareholders’ equity below the aggregate par value of our outstanding ordinary shares, plus reserves (if any) required to be maintained by law. The Management Board, following approval from the Supervisory Board, may, subject to certain statutory provisions, distribute one or more interim dividends or other interim distributions before the accounts for any year have been approved and adopted at a general meeting of shareholders, in anticipation of the final dividend or final distribution. Rights to dividends and distributions that have not been collected within five years after the date on which they first became due and payable revert to us.

We do not currently plan to pay a regular dividend on our class A ordinary shares or our class B ordinary shares. The payment of dividends or distributions in the future will be subject to the requirements of Dutch law and the discretion of our shareholders (in the case of annual dividends), our Management Board and Supervisory Board. The declaration of any future cash dividends and, if declared, the amount of any such dividends, will depend upon general business conditions, our financial condition, our earnings and cash flow, our capital requirements, financial covenants and other contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends or distributions. There can be no assurance that any dividends or distributions will be declared or paid in the future. Any future cash dividends or distributions will be paid in U.S. dollars.

Shareholder Meetings

Each shareholder and certain other parties designated under Dutch law will be permitted, either personally or through an attorney authorized in writing, to attend the general meeting of shareholders, to address said meetings and to exercise voting rights, subject to certain provisions of Dutch law and our Articles of Association.

Our general meetings of shareholders will be held in The Netherlands at least annually, within six months after the close of each financial year (i.e., in the month of June at the latest). Extraordinary general meetings of shareholders may be held as often as the Management Board and/or the Supervisory Board deems necessary, or as otherwise provided for pursuant to Dutch law. One or more shareholders representing in the aggregate at least 10% of the issued share capital can request the Supervisory Board to convene a general meeting of shareholders. In such case, the Supervisory Board is required to publish a convening notice for such a general meeting of shareholders within four (4) weeks of receipt from such shareholders of (i) a specified agenda for such general meeting of shareholders and, (ii) in the sole discretion of the Supervisory Board, compelling evidence of the number of shares held by such shareholder or shareholders. If such meeting is not held within six (6) weeks of our receipt of such request, the shareholders requesting a meeting may petition a court in The Netherlands for an order directing the holding of such meeting; the court may order the holding of such a meeting if the persons requesting the meeting can demonstrate that they have a sufficient interest in holding a meeting with the agenda requested by them.

One or more shareholders representing solely or jointly at least 1% of the issued share capital or, as long as our shares are admitted to trading on the NYSE, shareholders whose shares represent a value of fifty million euro

 

157


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(€50,000,000.00) or more, can request the Supervisory Board to place a matter on the agenda, provided that the Supervisory Board has received such request at least sixty (60) days prior to the date of the general meeting of shareholders concerned.

Election and Tenure of Directors

The members of our Management Board are charged with managing our day-to-day affairs. The members of our Supervisory Board are charged with the supervision of the policy of the Management Board and of our general course of affairs.

The Supervisory Board shall determine the size of the Management Board, provided that the Management Board shall consist of at least one member. The Supervisory Board shall determine the size of the Supervisory Board; provided that the Supervisory Board shall consist of at least nine members and shall not have more than eleven members unless required in order to comply with (i) our Articles of Association, (ii) the terms of any binding nomination agreement and (iii) applicable law or regulation, including the NYSE listing standards (when applicable).

Following the appointment of our initial Supervisory Board and Management Board, the general meeting of shareholders will appoint the member(s) of the Management Board upon the nomination of the Supervisory Board and, subject to the terms of any binding nomination agreements, the members of the Supervisory Board; provided that the Supervisory Board itself shall be entitled to appoint up to one-third of the members of the Supervisory Board in accordance with Dutch law, which appointments shall terminate on the date of the next following general meeting of shareholders.

We will enter into a binding nomination agreement with each of the Rights Offering Sponsors pursuant to which we will agree that, following appointment of the initial Supervisory Board, (i) if a Rights Offering Sponsor, together with its affiliates, owns 18% or more of our outstanding ordinary shares, such Rights Offering Sponsor will have the right to nominate three members of the Supervisory Board; (ii) if a Rights Offering Sponsor, together with its affiliates, owns at least 12% but less than 18% of our outstanding ordinary shares, such Rights Offering Sponsor will have the right to nominate two members of the Supervisory Board; and (iii) if a Rights Offering Sponsor, together with its affiliates, owns at least 5% but less than 12% of our outstanding ordinary shares, such Rights Offering Sponsor will have the right to nominate one member of the Supervisory Board. The general meeting of shareholders may render such nomination non-binding by means of a resolution adopted by at least two-thirds of the valid votes cast, representing more than half of the issued capital.

The general meeting of shareholders may dismiss, or suspend for a period of up to 3 months, a member of the Management Board or the Supervisory Board by a resolution adopted by at least two-thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the votes cast in a meeting where at least half (  1 / 2 ) of the issued share capital is represented. If the general meeting of shareholders has suspended a member of the Management Board or the Supervisory Board, the general meeting of shareholders shall within three (3) months after the suspension has taken effect resolve either to dismiss such relevant member, or to terminate or continue the suspension, failing which the suspension shall lapse.

The initial nine (9) member Supervisory Board will be divided into three (3) classes, Class 1, Class 2 and Class 3 and each class will consist of three (3) members. Class 1 members will serve a one-year initial term and stand for election at the first annual meeting, Class 2 members will serve a two-year initial term and stand for election at the second annual meeting and Class 3 members will serve a three-year initial term and stand for election at the third annual meeting. Thereafter, unless the general meeting of shareholders, on the proposal of the Supervisory Board, determines that a member of the Supervisory Board shall be appointed for a longer period, a member of the Supervisory Board will be appointed for a maximum period of three (3) years. There is no limit to the number of times a member of the Supervisory Board can be reappointed. The term of the initial Management Board will be five (5) years; thereafter, a member will be appointed for a maximum period of four (4) years. There is no limit to the number of times a member of the Management Board can be reappointed.

 

158


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Subject to our Articles of Association, the Management Board and Supervisory Board may adopt rules and regulations governing the internal proceedings of each such constituency, including rules relating to voting on nominations of directors, board composition and governance.

Liquidation Rights

In case of our dissolution by virtue of a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders, the Management Board will be charged with the liquidation of our affairs, subject to the supervision of the Supervisory Board. From the balance remaining after payment of our creditors, to the extent possible, an amount equal to ten dollars and sixty-one cents ($10.61) will be distributed to each holder of class B ordinary shares with respect to each class B ordinary share held. The balance remaining after application of the preceding sentence will be distributed to the holders of class A ordinary shares in proportion to each of their shareholding.

Issuance of Ordinary Shares/Pre-emptive Rights

Our Articles of Association provide that our Supervisory Board has the authority to issue shares within the limits of up to twenty percent of our authorized share capital from time to time, for a period ending [                             ], 2015. The designation of the Supervisory Board as being the body competent to issue shares may, by our Articles of Association or by a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders, be extended each time for a period not exceeding five years.

Under Dutch law and our Articles of Association, every holder of ordinary shares will have a preemptive right in the proportion that the aggregate amount of his ordinary shares bears to the total amount of shares outstanding. The preemptive right may be restricted or excluded by a resolution of the Supervisory Board for so long as the Supervisory Board is the competent body to issue shares. A holder of ordinary shares will not have a preemptive right to shares which are being issued against contribution other than in cash, to ordinary shares which will be issued to our employees or employees of one of our group companies and to ordinary shares which will be issued as a result of merger or demerger.

Conversion of Class B Ordinary Shares

At the earlier of (i) the request of the relevant holder of class B ordinary shares with respect to the number of class B ordinary shares specified by such holder (ii) acquisition by us of one or more class B shares or (iii) upon the first date upon which the closing price per share of the class B ordinary shares exceeds two hundred percent (200%) of ten dollars and sixty-one cents ($10.61) for at least forty-five (45) trading days within a period of sixty (60) consecutive trading days (provided however, that the closing price per share of the class B ordinary shares must exceed such threshold on both the first and last day of the sixty (60) day period), each such class B ordinary share will be converted into one (1) class A ordinary share; provided however, that the number of class A ordinary shares into which class B ordinary shares are convertible will be adjusted in the event of any stock split, subdivision of shares, combination of shares or stock dividend relating only to the class A or class B ordinary shares which does not relate also to the other class of ordinary shares in a pro rata manner such that a holder of class B ordinary shares thereafter converted shall receive the number of class A ordinary shares which such holder would have received with respect to such conversion had such class B ordinary shares been converted immediately prior to such action.

Repurchase of Ordinary Shares

The shareholders may delegate to the Management Board the authority, subject to certain restrictions contained in Dutch law and our Articles of Association, to cause us to acquire, for consideration, our own fully paid ordinary shares. Such authorization may not be granted for more than 18 months. In the authorization, the general meeting of shareholders shall determine how many shares or depository receipts thereof may be acquired, the manner in which they may be acquired and between what limits the price for such ordinary shares shall be.

 

159


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The authorization will not be required for the acquisition of ordinary shares by us in order to transfer these to our employees in accordance with an employee share plan.

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in our Articles of Association, even with the authorization by the general meeting of the shareholders, the Management Board may only acquire our ordinary shares if it acquires class A ordinary shares and class B ordinary shares pro rata on the same terms (including price per share).

Capital Reduction

Upon proposal by the Management Board, following approval from the Supervisory Board, the general meeting of shareholders may reduce our issued share capital by cancellation of ordinary shares held by us, subject to certain statutory provisions. However, if less than one half (1/2) of the issued share capital is present at the meeting, the general meeting of shareholders may only adopt a resolution for capital reduction with a majority of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the votes cast.

Warrants

As of the Emergence Date, we expect to have warrants to purchase 11,278,040 class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding. The warrants will have an exercise price of $15.90 per class A ordinary share. The warrants will have anti-dilution protection for in-kind stock dividends, stock splits, stock combinations and similar transactions and may be exercised at any time during the period beginning on the Emergence Date and ending at the close of business on the seventh anniversary of issuance.

Amendment of Our Articles of Association

Our Articles of Association may be amended, on the proposal of the Management Board (which has been approved by the Supervisory Board), by a majority of the votes cast at a general meeting of shareholders; provided that such proposal is stated in the notice for the general meeting and a complete copy of the proposed amendment is filed at our office so that it may be inspected prior to and during the meeting. In addition, a resolution to amend the provisions of our Articles of Association relating to the conversion of class B ordinary shares into class A ordinary shares, the voting rights of class B ordinary shares and the class B liquidation preference requires the prior approval of all of the holders of class B ordinary shares. Furthermore, as long as any class B ordinary shares are issued and outstanding, resolutions to amend certain provisions of our Articles of Association in a manner which would adversely affect one class of ordinary shares in a disproportionate manner requires the approval of  2 / 3 of the outstanding shares of such adversely affected class.

Description of Certain Provisions of Dutch Law

Dutch law provides certain obligations on companies that are domiciled in The Netherlands and whose shares are admitted to trading on a “regulated market,” as well as on certain shareholders of such company. The NYSE may qualify as a regulated market, in which case certain statutory Dutch law obligations would apply to us and to certain of our shareholders.

Disclosure of Information

Yearly and Half-Yearly Information As a result of the implementation of the EU Directive 2004/109 of 15 December 2004 on the harmonisation of transparency requirements in relation to information about issuers whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market (the “Transparency Directive”), if the NYSE is deemed a regulated market, we would be required to make our annual financial report available to the public ultimately four months after the end of each financial year and we should file the annual financial report with the Dutch Authority for the Financial Markets, the “AFM”) within five days after it has been adopted by our general meeting of shareholders. The annual financial information consists of the audited annual accounts, the annual

 

160


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

report, a description of the main risks and uncertainties facing us and a statement by persons within LyondellBasell Industries N.V. designated by the latter as the “responsible persons,” indicating (i) that the annual accounts give a fair view of the assets and financial position of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. and, in the case of consolidated accounts, of the enterprises included in the consolidation and (ii) that the annual report gives a fair view of LyondellBasell Industries N.V.’s condition on the balance sheet date, the development of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. and its affiliated companies during the previous financial year and all material risks to which LyondellBasell Industries N.V. is exposed.

We would also need to publish our half-yearly information within two months after the end of the first six months of our financial year. Both the annual and half-yearly financial information must remain publicly available for at least five years.

Interim Management Statements —In addition, we would need to publish an interim management statement in both the first and second half of our financial year at least ten weeks after the start, and no more than six weeks before the end, of the relevant half-year period or alternatively would need to publish quarterly financial statements. These interim management statements should include (i) an explanation of material events and transactions affecting LyondellBasell Industries N.V., the undertakings controlled by it and the consequences thereof for the financial position of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. and the undertakings controlled by LyondellBasell Industries N.V.; and (ii) a general description of the financial position of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. and the undertakings controlled by it.

Changes in the Rights Attached to Our Securities —We would need to make public immediately any changes in the rights attached to our securities (including changes in statutory rights) or to the rights to acquire our securities and send the AFM a copy of such publications.

Mandatory Offer Rules

Following implementation of the Takeover Directive (2004/25/EC), the applicable Dutch Financial Supervision Act (the “FSA”) and the decrees and regulations promulgated thereunder contain provisions regarding the making of a mandatory public offer. These provisions, the basics of which are outlined below, would be applicable to us if the NYSE would be deemed a “regulated market.”

In such case, any person who, solely or acting in concert with others, directly or indirectly, acquires predominant control over a Dutch public limited liability company whose shares (or depositary receipts) are admitted to trading on a regulated market, will be obligated to make a public offer for all shares (and depositary receipts) issued by that company at an equitable price. Predominant control is defined in the FSA as 30% or more of the voting rights in a company’s general meeting of shareholders, generally acquired through 30% of that company’s issued and outstanding shares. A person or group of concert parties that had a controlling interest at the time of the listing of our ordinary shares on the NYSE will be exempt from the obligation to make a mandatory public offer. However, the obligation to make a public offer will apply to such shareholder or group of concert parties if its voting rights decrease below 30% and then again increase to 30% or more. The obligation to make a public offer will expire if the voting rights of the relevant person or group of concert parties decrease below the 30% threshold, either by disposal of shares or otherwise, within 30 days after acquiring control and provided that this shareholder or group of shareholders has not exercised any voting rights on our ordinary shares in this period.

Disclosure of Significant Ownership of Ordinary Shares

If the NYSE is deemed a regulated market, certain of our shareholders may be subject to notification obligations under the FSA. The following description summarises those obligations. Shareholders are advised to consult with their own legal advisers to determine whether the notification obligations apply to them.

 

161


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The most important notification requirements for our investors based on the FSA are as follows:

 

   

any person who, directly or indirectly, acquires or disposes of a capital interest or voting rights in LyondellBasell Industries N.V. must forthwith give written notice to the AFM of such capital interest and/or voting rights. This notification obligation will exist if an acquisition or disposal causes the total percentage of the capital interest and/or voting rights held, to reach, exceed or fall below a certain threshold. These thresholds are 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 75% and 95%;

 

   

any person whose capital interest or voting rights in LyondellBasell Industries N.V. reaches, exceeds or falls below a threshold due to a change in our outstanding capital or in votes that can be cast on our ordinary shares as notified to the AFM by us, should notify the AFM no later than the fourth trading day after the AFM has published our notification; and

 

   

any person who’s holding of shares or voting rights in LyondellBasell Industries N.V. is larger than or equal to 5% as of December 31 of any year will be required to notify the AFM of any changes in the composition of this interest annually within four weeks from December 31.

For the purpose of calculating the percentage of capital interest of voting rights, the following interests must be taken into account: (i) shares (or depositary receipts for shares) directly held (or acquired or disposed of) by any person, (ii) shares (or depositary receipts for shares) held (or acquired or disposed of) by such person’s subsidiaries or by a third party for such person’s account or by a third party with whom such person has concluded an oral or written voting agreement and (iii) shares (or depositary receipts for shares) which such person, or any subsidiary or third party referred to above, may acquire pursuant to any option or other right held by such person (or acquired or disposed of including, but not limited to, on the basis of convertible bonds). Pursuant to the FSA, LyondellBasell Industries N.V. is required to inform the AFM on changes in its share capital.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

Considerations Under Section 7874

Although we are incorporated in The Netherlands, the IRS may assert that we should be treated as a U.S. corporation (and, therefore, a U.S. tax resident) for U.S. federal income tax purposes under U.S. Tax Code section 7874, which could result in significant U.S. federal income tax liability to us. Alternatively, the IRS may assert that our U.S. subsidiaries are subject to tax on their inversion gain.

If, in connection with the Bankruptcy Cases, the former creditors and shareholders of our U.S. Group receive at least 80% of our stock by reason of holding claims against, and interests in, the U.S. Group and if our expanded affiliated group did not have substantial business activities in The Netherlands, U.S. Tax Code section 7874 would treat us as a U.S. corporation. Alternatively, we would be treated as a foreign corporation for U.S. federal income taxes, but U.S. tax would be imposed on our U.S. subsidiaries’ inversion gain if, in connection with the Bankruptcy Cases, the former creditors and shareholders of our U.S. Group received at least 60%, but less than 80%, of our stock issued in connection with the Bankruptcy Cases by reason of holding such claims or interests and if our expanded affiliated group did not have substantial business activities in The Netherlands. The 80% and 60% calculations are subject to certain adjustments.

We believe that our stock issued or deemed issued in connection with the Bankruptcy Cases that was attributable to the value of our foreign companies that are not directly or indirectly owned by our U.S. Group will exceed 40% of all our stock issued to creditors and shareholders of our U.S. Group. Therefore, we believe that the former creditors and shareholders of our U.S. Group will not receive at least 60% of our stock by reason of such claims and interests, making U.S. Tax Code section 7874 inapplicable to us. In addition, we believe that strong arguments can be made that section 7874 should not apply to us because the expanded affiliated group that will include us should be treated as having substantial business activities in The Netherlands. However, no

 

162


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

assurance can be given that the IRS would not take a contrary position regarding section 7874’s application or that such position, if asserted, would not be sustained. The remainder of the discussion below assumes that section 7874 will not apply to us.

Taxation of Distributions on Our Ordinary Shares

We do not currently plan to pay a regular dividend on our class A ordinary shares or our class B ordinary shares. In the event we pay a dividend on our ordinary shares, U.S. holders of our ordinary shares will generally be taxed with respect to such dividends.

Subject to complex limitations, Dutch withholding tax (which, together with the income tax treaty between The Netherlands and the United States, is discussed under “—Dutch Tax Considerations” below) will be treated for U.S. tax purposes as a foreign tax that may be claimed as a foreign tax credit against the U.S. federal income tax liability of a U.S. holder. We expect that the ability of U.S. holders to claim the foreign tax credit with respect to our dividends may be subject to significant limitations. In lieu of claiming a credit, U.S. holders may claim a deduction of foreign taxes paid in the taxable year.

Dispositions of Our Ordinary Shares

Subject to the discussion below regarding controlled foreign corporations and the passive foreign investment company rules, U.S. holders of our ordinary shares generally should recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares in the same manner as on the sale, exchange or other disposition of any other shares held as capital assets. Such capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder’s holding period for our ordinary shares exceeds one year. Under current law, long-term capital gain of non-corporate shareholders is subject to tax at a maximum rate of 15% (plus the 3.8% Unearned Income Medicare Contribution tax in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, to the extent applicable). However, the 15% rate is scheduled to increase to 20% effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010. There are limitations on the deductibility of capital losses.

Controlled Foreign Corporation Considerations

Each “10% U.S. shareholder” of a foreign corporation, such as us, that is a controlled foreign corporation (“CFC”) for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during a taxable year, and who owns shares in the CFC, directly or indirectly through foreign entities, on the last day of the CFC’s taxable year, must include in its gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of the CFC’s “subpart F income,” and in some cases certain other income, even if such income is not distributed. A foreign corporation is considered a CFC if 10% U.S. shareholders own (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or by attribution by application of the constructive ownership rules of section 958(b) of the U.S. Tax Code (i.e., “constructively”)) more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of voting stock of such foreign corporation, or more than 50% of the total value of all stock of such corporation on any day during the taxable year of such corporation. The calculations of percentage ownership for purposes of determining whether a shareholder is a 10% U.S. shareholder and for purposes of determining a shareholder’s pro rata share of any subpart F income and certain other income are not the same. In addition, if we were a CFC at any time, certain gain on the disposition of our ordinary shares by a present or former 10% U.S. shareholder may be subject to treatment as a dividend from us and any 10% U.S. shareholders may be subject to additional reporting requirements.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

The treatment of U.S. holders of our ordinary shares in some cases could be materially different from that described above if, at any relevant time, we were a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”), unless such holder is a 10% U.S. shareholder and we are a CFC. We believe that we have not been a PFIC in any prior taxable year, and we do not expect to be a PFIC in the current taxable year. In addition, we believe that we will

 

163


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

not be a PFIC in future years. However, the tests for determining PFIC status are applied annually, and it is difficult accurately to predict future income and assets relevant to this determination. Accordingly, we cannot assure U.S. holders that we will not become a PFIC.

Dutch Tax Considerations

We are a public company with limited liability ( naamloze vennootschap ) incorporated under Dutch law. In general, and unless a reduced rate applies, we must withhold tax (“dividend tax”) at the rate of 15% on dividend distributions with respect to our ordinary shares. Dividends include, without limitation:

 

   

distributions of profits (including paid-in capital not recognized for dividend tax purposes) in cash or in kind, including deemed and constructive dividends;

 

   

liquidation distributions and, generally, proceeds realized upon a repurchase of our ordinary shares or upon the transfer of ordinary shares to our direct or indirect subsidiary, in excess of the average paid-in capital recognized for dividend tax purposes;

 

   

the par value of ordinary shares issued or any increase in the par value of ordinary shares, except where such increase in the par value of ordinary shares is funded out of our paid-in capital recognized for dividend tax purposes; and

 

   

repayments of paid-in capital recognized for dividend tax purposes up to the amount of our profits (zuivere winst) unless our general meeting of shareholders has resolved in advance that we shall make such repayments and the par value of the ordinary shares concerned has been reduced by a corresponding amount through an amendment of our articles of association.

A holder of ordinary shares which is, is deemed to be, or, in case the holder is an individual, has elected to be treated as, resident in The Netherlands for the relevant tax purposes is generally entitled to credit the dividend tax withheld against such holder’s tax liability on income and capital gains or, in certain cases, to apply for a full refund of the dividend tax withheld.

A holder of ordinary shares which is not, is not deemed to be, and, in case the holder is an individual, has not elected to be treated as, resident in The Netherlands for the relevant tax purposes may be eligible for a partial or full exemption or refund of the dividend tax under an income tax convention in effect between The Netherlands and the holder’s country of residence or under the Dutch rules relating to the implementation of the Parent / Subsidiary Directive as the case may be. Moreover, residents benefitting from the participation exemption with respect to our ordinary shares may be eligible for a full exemption of dividend tax.

Under the double taxation convention in effect between The Netherlands and the U.S. (the “Treaty”), dividends paid by us to certain U.S. corporate shareholders holding directly at least 10% of the voting power in our company are generally eligible for a reduction of the 15% withholding tax to 5%, unless the ordinary shares held by such shareholders are attributable to a business or part of a business that is, in whole or in part, carried on through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in The Netherlands. Under certain circumstances and subject to various conditions, the Treaty provides for a full exemption from dividend tax. Dividends received by exempt pension organizations and exempt organizations, as defined in the Treaty, may also be entitled to a full exemption or refund from dividend tax.

A holder of ordinary shares other than an individual will not be eligible for the benefits of the Treaty if such holder of ordinary shares does not satisfy one or more of the tests set forth in the limitation on benefits provisions of Article 26 of the Treaty. Moreover, under the terms of domestic anti-dividend stripping rules, a recipient of dividends distributed on our ordinary shares will not be entitled to an exemption from, reduction, refund, or credit of dividend tax if the recipient is not the beneficial owner of such dividends within the meaning of such rules.

 

164


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Generally, any payments of interest and principal by us on debt can be made free of withholding or deduction for any taxes imposed, levied, withheld or assessed by The Netherlands or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein.

The issuance or transfer of ordinary shares, and payments made with respect to ordinary shares, will not be subject to value added tax in The Netherlands. The subscription, issue, placement, allotment, delivery, transfer or execution of ordinary shares will not be subject to registration tax, capital tax, customs duty, transfer tax, stamp duty, or any other similar tax or duty in The Netherlands.

 

165


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 12. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Assumed Indemnification Obligations

Pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, we will assume certain indemnification obligations for any person who served as a director or officer of any of the Debtors in the Bankruptcy Cases during the period beginning January 6, 2009, subject to certain exceptions. All of our current executive officers and most of our officers will be indemnified pursuant to this assumption under the Plan of Reorganization. Furthermore, pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, to the extent that indemnification claims relate to acts or omissions prior to the commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases, any individual covered by the assumed indemnification obligations must first demonstrate that he or she has taken all reasonable actions to obtain payment under any applicable insurance policies, and that the insurers under the policies have disclaimed coverage or have informed such individual that the available limits of liability under the applicable policies have been exhausted. We will only be required to make a payment under the assumed indemnification obligations after the insurance policy has been exhausted or is not otherwise available. With respect to acts or omissions after the commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases and prior to the Emergence Date, an insurance policy took effect on December 20, 2007 which covers such acts or omissions.

New Indemnification Arrangements

Article 26 of Chapter XI of our Articles of Association will contain mandatory indemnification provisions for our current and former directors and officers as described generally below.

We will be obligated to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he (or a person or entity for whom he) is or was a member of our Management Board or a member of our Supervisory Board or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans. Our indemnification obligation will apply to all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred, except that our indemnification will not apply in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the person is adjudged to be liable for gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duty to us, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action suit or proceeding was brought or any other court having appropriate jurisdiction determines otherwise.

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending a proceeding may be paid by us in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding upon a resolution of our Management Board which will have been approved by our Supervisory Board with respect to the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the member of our Management Board, member of our Supervisory Board, director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is entitled to be indemnified by us.

We will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers and certain officers and employees of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. We believe that these indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as our directors and executive officers and as officers and employees of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. The SEC has noted, however, that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

We maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage.

 

166


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 13. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

See “Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits” of this Registration Statement.

 

ITEM 14. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

167


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 15. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

 

  (a) Financial Statements. Our financial statements for the years 2009 and 2008, including the report of our independent registered public accounting firm, are attached hereto beginning at page F-1 immediately following the signature page of this Registration Statement.

 

Page

  

Description

F-1

  

Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  (b) Exhibits. The following are furnished as exhibits hereto:

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  2.1   Third Amended and Restated Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization for the LyondellBasell Debtors, dated as of March 12, 2010.
  3.1   Articles of Association of LyondellBasell Industries N.V., dated as of October 15, 2009.
  3.2   Form of Amendment to Articles of Association of LyondellBasell Industries N.V.
  3.3   Form of Rules for the Supervisory Board of LyondellBasell Industries N.V.
  3.4   Form of Rules for the Management Board of LyondellBasell Industries N.V.
  4.1*   Specimen certificate for class A ordinary shares, par value €0.04 per share, of LyondellBasell Industries N.V.
  4.2*   Specimen certificate for class B ordinary shares, par value €0.04 per share, of LyondellBasell Industries N.V.
  4.3   Form of Nomination Agreement.
  4.4   Registration Rights Agreement by and among LyondellBasell Industries N.V., Banc of America Securities LLC and UBS Securities LLC, dated as of April 8, 2010.
  4.5   Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and among LyondellBasell Industries N.V. and the Holders.
  4.6   Indenture by and among LBI Escrow Corporation, LyondellBasell Industries N.V. and Wilmington Trust FSB, dated as of April 8, 2010.
  4.7   Form of Roll-up Notes Indenture by and among LyondellBasell Industries N.V., Lyondell Chemical Company and Wells Fargo, N.A.
  4.8   Form of Warrant Agreement by and among LyondellBasell Industries N.V. and Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
10.1   Employment agreement by and among James L. Gallogly, Lyondell Chemical Company and LyondellBasell AFGP, dated as of May 14, 2009.
10.2   Compensation terms of C. Kent Potter.
10.3   Employment agreement by and among Craig B. Glidden, Lyondell Chemical Company and LyondellBasell AFGP, dated as of August 5, 2009.
10.4   Employment agreement by and among Kevin Brown, Lyondell Chemical Company and LyondellBasell AFGP, dated as of March 19, 2010.
10.5   Employment agreement by and among Bhavesh V. Patel, Lyondell Chemical Company and LyondellBasell AFGP, dated as of August 5, 2009.
10.6   Employment agreement with Anton de Vries with English Language Summary.
10.7   Employment agreement between Alan S. Bigman and Basell USA Inc., dated as of August 1, 2009.
10.8   Employment agreement between Volker Trautz and Basell Holdings B.V., dated as of August 1, 2007.

 

168


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

10.9   Settlement Agreement and Release between Volker Trautz and LyondellBasell Industries Holdings B.V., dated as of May 29, 2009.
10.10   LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. Management Incentive Plan, effective as of January 1, 2009.
10.11*   LyondellBasell Industries N.V. Short-Term Incentive Plan.
10.12   LyondellBasell Industries N.V. Medium Term Incentive Plan.
10.13   LyondellBasell Industries N.V. 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
10.14*   Form of Officer and Director Indemnification Agreement.
10.15   Summary of Legacy Compensatory Arrangements for Named Executive Officers.
21.1*   List of subsidiaries of the registrant.
24.1   Power of Attorney.

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

169


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on April 28, 2010.

 

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V.
By:  

/ S /    C RAIG B. G LIDDEN        

 

   

Name: Craig B. Glidden

Title: Attorney-in-Fact

 

170


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

       Page

LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. (Debtor-In Possession)

  

Reports of Independent Auditors

   F-2

Consolidated Financial Statements:

  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-4

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Deficit

   F-8

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-9

Lyondell Chemical Company (Debtor-In Possession)

  

Reports of Independent Auditors

   F-91

Consolidated Financial Statements:

  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-93

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-94

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-96

 

F-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Supervisory Board of Directors of LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of stockholder’s deficit and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As described in Note 3, on January 6, 2009, the Company’s U.S. subsidiaries and a German subsidiary, and on April 24, 2009, LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A., each filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. In order to emerge from bankruptcy, the Company must gain bankruptcy court approval of their plan of reorganization (POR). The POR, among other things, requires raising new debt and equity financing in order to discharge certain liabilities, including the debtor-in-possession financing, which matures on April 6, 2010. The outcome of these events is uncertain, which raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 3. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas

February 28, 2010

 

F-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Managers of LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of income, stockholder’s equity and cash flows of LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. (formerly Basell AF S.C.A.) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2007. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We did not audit the consolidated financial statements of Lyondell Chemical Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary, and subsidiaries (“Lyondell”) which statements reflect total assets constituting 69 percent and total revenues constituting 5 percent, after elimination of intercompany balances and sales, in 2007 of the related consolidated totals. Those statements were audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for Lyondell, is based solely on the report of the other auditors.

We conducted our audit in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit and the report of the other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, based on our audit and the report of the other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

KPMG Audit S.à r.l.

City of Luxembourg

Luxembourg

March 30, 2008, except for Note 29 Segment and Related Information to which the date is February 28, 2010

 

F-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     For the year ended December 31,  

Millions of dollars

   2009     2008     2007  

Sales and other operating revenues:

      

Trade

   $ 30,207      $ 49,903      $ 16,168   

Related parties

     621        803        952   
                        
     30,828        50,706        17,120   

Operating costs and expenses:

      

Cost of sales

     29,372        48,780        15,196   

Inventory valuation adjustment

     127        1,256          

Impairments

     17        5,207        20   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     850        1,197        740   

Research and development expenses

     145        194        135   

Purchased in-process research and development

                   95   
                        
     30,511        56,634        16,186   
                        

Operating income (loss)

     317        (5,928     934   

Interest expense ($2,720 million contractual interest for the year ended December 31, 2009)

     (1,795     (2,476     (353

Interest income

     18        69        70   

Other income, net

     325        113        127   
                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations before equity investments, reorganization items and income taxes

     (1,135     (8,222     778   

Income (loss) from equity investments

     (181     38        162   

Reorganization items

     (2,961              
                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     (4,277     (8,184     940   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (1,411     (848     279   
                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (2,866     (7,336     661   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     1        15          
                        

Net income (loss)

   $ (2,865   $ (7,321   $ 661   
                        

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,  

Millions, except shares and par value data

   2009     2008  

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 558      $ 858   

Short-term investments

     11        32   

Accounts receivable:

    

Trade, net

     3,092        2,396   

Related parties

     195        189   

Inventories

     3,277        3,314   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,133        649   
                

Total current assets

     8,266        7,438   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     15,152        16,391   

Investments and long-term receivables:

    

Investment in PO joint ventures

     922        954   

Equity investments

     1,085        1,215   

Other investments and long-term receivables

     112        210   

Intangible assets, net

     1,861        2,241   

Other assets

     363        202   
                

Total assets

   $ 27,761      $ 28,651   
                

LIABILITIES AND DEFICIT

    

Liabilities not subject to compromise:

    

Current liabilities:

    

Current maturities of long-term debt

   $ 497      $ 22,891   

Short-term debt

     6,182        774   

Accounts payable:

    

Trade

     1,627        2,418   

Related parties

     501        244   

Accrued liabilities

     1,390        2,038   

Deferred income taxes

     170        236   
                

Total current liabilities

     10,367        28,601   

Long-term debt

     305        304   

Other liabilities

     1,361        2,451   

Deferred income taxes

     2,081        3,241   

Commitments and contingencies

    

Liabilities subject to compromise

     22,494          

Stockholder’s deficit:

    

Common stock, €124 par value, 403,226 shares authorized and issued at December 31, 2009 and 2008

     60        60   

Additional paid-in capital

     563        563   

Retained deficit

     (9,313     (6,440

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (286     (264
                

LyondellBasell AF’s share of stockholder’s deficit

     (8,976     (6,081

Non-controlling interests

     129        135   
                

Total deficit

     (8,847     (5,946
                

Total liabilities and deficit

   $ 27,761      $ 28,651   
                

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     For the year ended December 31,  

Millions of dollars

       2009             2008             2007      

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ (2,865   $ (7,321   $ 661   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (1     (15       

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     1,774        1,911        472   

Asset impairments

     17        5,207        20   

Amortization of debt-related costs

     347        513        77   

Accrued debtor-in-possession exit fees

     159                 

Inventory valuation adjustment

     127        1,256          

Equity investments—

      

Equity (income) loss

     181        (38     (162

Distributions of earnings

     26        98        148   

Deferred income taxes

     (1,399     (831     (111

Reorganization items

     2,961                 

Reorganization-related payments, net

     (340              

Unrealized foreign currency exchange gains

     (193     (20     (3

Purchased in-process research and development

                   95   

Changes in assets and liabilities that provided (used) cash:

      

Accounts receivable

     (129     1,367        503   

Inventories

     (40     943        (161

Accounts payable

     99        (1,563     (126

Repayment of accounts receivable securitization facility

     (503              

Accrued interest

     (19     (65     (217

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (329     101        (72

Other, net

     (661     (468     56   
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities—continuing operations

     (788     1,075        1,180   

Net cash provided by operating activities—discontinued operations

     1        15          
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (787     1,090        1,180   
                        

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS—(Continued)

 

     For the year ended December 31,  

Millions of dollars

   2009     2008     2007  

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment

     (779     (1,000     (411

Proceeds from insurance claims

     120        89          

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash

            (1,061     (11,470

Contributions and advances to affiliates

     (4     (60       

Proceeds from disposal of assets

     20        173          

Short-term investments

     23        (32       

Other

     9        7        (18
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (611     (1,884     (11,899
                        

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Net proceeds from issuance of debtor-in-possession term loan facility

     1,992                 

Proceeds from note payable

     100                 

Repayment of note payable

     (100              

Repayment of debtor-in-possession term loan facility

     (6              

Net borrowings under debtor-in-possession revolving credit facility

     325                 

Net borrowings (repayments) under pre-petition revolving credit facilities

     (766     1,510        (130

Net repayment on revolving credit facilities

     (298              

Proceeds from short-term debt

     42        5        80   

Repayment of short-term debt

     (6     (7     (16

Issuance of long-term debt

            1        21,761   

Repayment of long-term debt

     (68     (384     (9,103

Payment of debt issuance costs

     (93     (42     (264

Changes in restricted cash

                   (1,371

Dividends paid

                   (522

Other, net

     (21            (19
                        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     1,101        1,083        10,416   
                        

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     (3     9        33   
                        

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (300     298        (270

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     858        560        830   
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 558      $ 858      $ 560   
                        

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER’S DEFICIT

 

      Common Stock   Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total
Stockholder’s
Equity
(Deficit)
    Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 

Millions, except shares

  Shares   Amount          

Balance, January 1, 2007

  403,226   $ 60   $ 981      $ 378      $ 120      $ 1,539     

Net income

                 661               661      $ 661   

Cash dividends

          (439                   (439       

Dutch capital tax duty levied on equity contributions to Basell Holdings B.V.

          5                      5          

Share-based compensation

          16                      16          

Deemed dividend paid

                 (83            (83       

Deemed dividend payable

                 (75            (75       

Unrealized gain on held-for-sale securities held by equity investees

                        13        13        13   

Changes in unrecognized employee benefits gains and losses, net of tax of $33 million

                        70        70        70   

Foreign currency translation, net of tax of $24 million

                        214        214        214   
                                                 

Comprehensive income

              $ 958   
                   

Balance, December 31, 2007

  403,226   $ 60   $ 563      $ 881      $ 417      $ 1,921     

Net loss

                 (7,321            (7,321   $ (7,321

Financial derivatives, net of tax of $68 million

                        (89     (89     (89

Unrealized gain on held-for-sale securities held by equity investees

                        (23     (23     (23

Changes in unrecognized employee benefits gains and losses, net of tax of $127 million

                        (378     (378     (378

Foreign currency translation, net of tax of $12 million

                        (191     (191     (191
                                                 

Comprehensive loss

              $ (8,002
                   

Balance, December 31, 2008

  403,226   $ 60   $ 563      $ (6,440   $ (264   $ (6,081  

Net loss

                 (2,865            (2,865   $ (2,865

Financial derivatives, net of tax of $27 million

                        29        29        29   

Unrealized gain on held-for-sale securities held by equity investees

                        31        31        31   

Changes in unrecognized employee benefits gains and losses, net of tax of $(15) million

                        (36     (36     (36

Foreign currency translation, net of tax of $(6) million

                        (46     (46     (46

Other

          (8            (8       
                                                 

Comprehensive loss

              $ (2,887
                   

Balance, December 31, 2009

  403,226   $ 60   $ 563      $ (9,313   $ (286   $ (8,976  
                                           

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

1.

  

Description of Company and Operations

   F-10

2.

  

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

   F-10

3.

  

Chapter 11 Filing and Going Concern

   F-16

4.

  

Reorganization

   F-27

5.

  

Hurricane Effects

   F-29

6.

  

Discontinued Operations

   F-29

7.

  

Business Acquisitions and Dispositions

   F-30

8.

  

Insurance Claims

   F-32

9.

  

Related Party Transactions

   F-33

10.

  

Investment in PO Joint Ventures

   F-34

11.

  

Equity Investments

   F-36

12.

  

Short-Term Investments

   F-38

13.

  

Accounts Receivable

   F-38

14.

  

Inventories

   F-39

15.

  

Property, Plant and Equipment, Goodwill and Other Assets

   F-39

16.

  

Short-Term Debt

   F-43

17.

  

Accounts Payable

   F-47

18.

  

Accrued Liabilities

   F-48

19.

  

Long-Term Debt

   F-48

20.

  

Lease Commitments

   F-55

21.

  

Liabilities Subject to Compromise

   F-56

22.

  

Financial Instruments and Derivatives

   F-58

23.

  

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

   F-64

24.

  

Income Taxes

   F-74

25.

  

Commitments and Contingencies

   F-78

26.

  

Management Incentive Plan

   F-83

27.

  

Stockholder’s Deficit and Non-Controlling Interests

   F-83

28.

  

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

   F-84

29.

  

Segment and Related Information

   F-85

30.

  

Unaudited Quarterly Results

   F-90

31.

  

Subsequent Events

   F-90

 

F-9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

1. Description of Company and Operations

LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A., together with its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively “the Company” or “LyondellBasell AF”) was formed in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg as a corporate partnership limited by shares in April 2005 by BI S.à r.l., a Luxembourg private limited liability company, affiliated with Access Industries (“Access Industries”), which is a privately-held industrial group based in the United States (“U.S.”). On July 2, 2009, Nell Limited (“Nell”), an affiliate of Access Industries and the indirect owner of 100% of the share capital of LyondellBasell, transferred its indirect ownership interest in LyondellBasell to Prochemie GmbH (“Prochemie”), a wholly owned subsidiary of ProChemie Holding Ltd. (“ProChemie Holding”). As of July 2, 2009, Nell and ProChemie Holding each own 50% of Prochemie, which owns 100% of the share capital of LyondellBasell AF.

As a result of LyondellBasell AF’s December 2007 acquisition of Lyondell Chemical Company (together with its subsidiaries “Lyondell Chemical”), Lyondell Chemical’s results of operations are consolidated prospectively from December 21, 2007 (see Note 7).

LyondellBasell AF is a refiner of crude oil, a significant producer of gasoline blending components, a worldwide manufacturer of chemicals and polymers and a developer and licensor of technologies for the production of polymers.

On January 6, 2009, certain of LyondellBasell AF’s U.S. subsidiaries and one of its European holding companies, Basell Germany Holdings GmbH (“Germany Holdings” and collectively the “Initial Debtors”) filed voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “U.S. Bankruptcy Code”) in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court in the Southern District of New York (“U.S. Bankruptcy Court”). In addition, voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code were filed by LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A., the Luxembourg holding company, and its General Partner, LyondellBasell AF GP S.à r.l., on April 24, 2009, and by thirteen additional U.S. subsidiaries on May 8, 2009 (collectively, with the Initial Debtors, the “Debtors”) (see Note 3). The Debtors continue to operate their businesses as debtors-in-possession (“DIP”) under the jurisdiction of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

In presenting these consolidated financial statements, LyondellBasell AF continues to consolidate its Debtor and non-Debtor subsidiaries as if LyondellBasell AF and the Initial Debtors filed voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code on January 6, 2009. This consolidated presentation best reflects the substance of the group relationship during the administration of the bankruptcy cases.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation —The consolidated financial statements, prepared under accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., include the accounts of LyondellBasell AF and its consolidated subsidiaries. Investments in joint ventures where LyondellBasell AF exerts a certain level of management control, but lacks full decision making ability over all major issues, are accounted for using the equity method. Under those circumstances, the equity method is used even though LyondellBasell AF’s ownership percentage may exceed 50%.

Going Concern —The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. However, as discussed in Note 3, there is substantial doubt about LyondellBasell AF’s ability to continue as a going concern. The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not reflect any adjustments related to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts nor to the amounts and classification of liabilities that may be necessary should LyondellBasell AF be unable to continue as a going concern.

 

F-10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—(Continued)

 

Revenue Recognition —Revenue from product sales is recognized at the time of transfer of title and risk of loss to the customer, which usually occurs at the time of shipment. Revenue is recognized at the time of delivery if LyondellBasell AF retains the risk of loss during shipment. For products that are shipped on a consignment basis, revenue is recognized when the customer uses the product. Costs incurred in shipping products sold are included in cost of sales. Billings to customers for shipping costs are included in sales revenue.

With respect to licensing contracts LyondellBasell AF performs a contract-by-contract analysis and determines if and when it has substantially sold its product or rendered service. For proven technologies for which LyondellBasell AF is contractually entitled to receive the vast majority of the contract value in cash at or before the date of customer acceptance, LyondellBasell AF will generally recognize revenue for the contract value at the date of delivery of the process design package and the related license, provided that the undelivered items are considered inconsequential or perfunctory. In these cases, the date of revenue recognition coincides with the date at which the significant risks and rewards have been transferred to the licensee and LyondellBasell AF has no continuing managerial involvement.

For contracts involving unproven process technology, longer contractual cash collection periods or post-delivery technical assistance that is not considered inconsequential or perfunctory, LyondellBasell AF recognizes revenue at the date of customer acceptance up to the amount of fixed fees due at customer acceptance date. Future fixed fees for these contracts are recognized on the earlier date of cash receipt or when the uncertainties are resolved.

Cash and Cash Equivalents —Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid debt instruments such as certificates of deposit, commercial paper and money market accounts. Cash equivalents include instruments with maturities of three months or less when acquired. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. Cash and cash equivalents exclude restricted cash. LyondellBasell AF’s policy is to invest cash in conservative, highly-rated instruments and to limit the amount of credit exposure to any one institution.

LyondellBasell AF has no requirements for compensating balances in a specific amount at a specific point in time. LyondellBasell AF does maintain compensating balances for some of its banking services and products. Such balances are maintained on an average basis and are solely at LyondellBasell AF’s discretion.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts —LyondellBasell AF establishes provisions for doubtful accounts receivable based on management’s estimates of amounts that it believes are unlikely to be collected. Collectability of receivables is reviewed and the allowance for doubtful accounts is adjusted at least quarterly, based on aging of specific accounts and other available information about the associated customers. Provisions for an allowance for doubtful accounts are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Inventories —Inventories are carried at the lower of current market value or cost. Cost is determined using the first-in, first out (“FIFO”) method, except for certain U.S. inventories for which cost is required to be determined using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method, and the average cost method for materials and supplies.

Inventory exchange transactions, which involve fungible commodities and do not involve the payment or receipt of cash, are not accounted for as purchases and sales. Any resulting volumetric exchange balances are accounted for as inventory, with cost determined using the LIFO method.

Property, Plant and Equipment —Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful asset lives, generally up to 25 years for major

 

F-11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—(Continued)

 

manufacturing equipment, 30 years for buildings, 5 to 15 years for light equipment and instrumentation, 15 years for office furniture and 3 to 5 years for information system equipment. Upon retirement or sale, LyondellBasell AF removes the cost of the asset and the related accumulated depreciation from the accounts and reflects any resulting gain or loss in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. LyondellBasell AF’s policy is to capitalize interest cost incurred on debt during the construction of major projects exceeding one year.

Costs of major maintenance and repairs incurred as part of turnarounds of major units at LyondellBasell AF’s manufacturing facilities are deferred and amortized using the straight-line method over the period until the next planned turnaround, predominantly 4 to 7 years. These costs are necessary to maintain, extend and improve the operating capacity and efficiency rates of the production units.

Long-Lived Asset Impairment —LyondellBasell AF evaluates long-lived assets, including identifiable intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When it is probable that undiscounted future cash flows will not be sufficient to recover an asset’s carrying amount, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value.

Goodwill —Goodwill represented the excess of purchase price paid by LyondellBasell AF over the fair value assigned to the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of Lyondell Chemical. Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently when indicators of impairment exist. LyondellBasell AF reviews the recorded value of goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter, or sooner if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may exceed fair value. Recoverability is determined by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit to the carrying value, including the related goodwill, of that reporting unit. LyondellBasell AF uses the present value of expected net cash flows to determine the estimated fair value of the reporting units. The impairment test requires LyondellBasell AF to make cash flow assumptions including, among other things, future margins, volumes, operating costs, capital expenditures, growth rates and discount rates. LyondellBasell AF’s assumptions regarding future margins and volumes require significant judgment as actual margins and volumes have fluctuated in the past and will likely continue to do so. See Note 15 for a discussion of goodwill impairment.

Identifiable Intangible Assets —Costs to purchase and to develop software for internal use are deferred and amortized over periods of 3 to 10 years. Other intangible assets are carried at cost or amortized cost and primarily consist of emission allowances, various contracts, technology, patents and license costs, and deferred debt issuance costs. These assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives or over the term of the related agreement, if shorter. Emission allowances with indefinite lives are evaluated for impairment on an annual basis and, accordingly, are not amortized.

Environmental Remediation Costs —Anticipated expenditures related to investigation and remediation of contaminated sites, which include current and former plant sites and other remediation sites, are accrued when it is probable a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can reasonably be estimated. Only ongoing operating and monitoring costs, the timing of which can be determined with reasonable certainty, are discounted to present value. Future legal costs associated with such matters, which generally are not estimable, are not included in these liabilities.

Legal Costs —LyondellBasell AF expenses legal costs, including those incurred in connection with loss contingencies, as incurred.

 

F-12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—(Continued)

 

Income Taxes —Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, as well as the net tax effects of net operating loss carryforwards. Valuation allowances are provided against deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Liabilities Subject to Compromise —Pursuant to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), certain pre-petition liabilities of the Debtors have been reclassified to long-term liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as liabilities subject to compromise (see Note 21). Liabilities subject to compromise currently include the Debtors’ long-term debt that is considered undersecured and amounts due from the Debtors to vendors and employees for goods and services received prior to the January 6, 2009, April 24, 2009 and May 8, 2009 petition dates and include damage claims created by the Debtors’ rejection of executory contracts. The Debtors continue to analyze and reconcile these amounts; therefore, the amounts reflected herein are current estimates and subject to change as additional analysis takes place. The Debtors recognize claims at the probable allowed amounts. Claims for rejected contracts are recorded at the earlier of default by the Debtors under the contract or notification to the U.S. Bankruptcy Court of rejection. Liabilities subject to compromise are distinguished from pre-petition liabilities of the Debtors estimated to be fully secured, post-petition liabilities of the Debtors and liabilities of the non-Debtors for all of which the balance sheet classification is unchanged.

Consolidation —Non-controlling interests primarily represent the interests of unaffiliated investors in a partnership that owns LyondellBasell AF’s PO/SM II plant at the Channelview, Texas complex, a partnership that owns the La Porte Methanol Company plant in La Porte, Texas and a subsidiary owning an equity investment in the Al-Waha Petrochemicals Ltd. joint venture. The minority interests’ share of the partnerships’ income or loss is not material.

Foreign Currency Translation —LyondellBasell AF’s reporting currency for the accompanying financial statements is the U.S. dollar. LyondellBasell AF has significant operations in several countries of which functional currencies are primarily the U.S. dollar for U.S. operations and the euro for operations in Europe.

Financial Instruments and Derivatives— LyondellBasell AF selectively enters into derivative transactions to manage volatility related to market risks associated with changes in commodity pricing, currency exchange rates and interest rates. For a discussion of LyondellBasell AF’s policies related to financial instruments and derivatives, see Note 22.

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications —Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to classifications adopted in 2009.

 

F-13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—(Continued)

 

Accounting and Reporting Changes

Consolidation —In January 2010, the FASB issued guidance on implementation issues relating to the accounting for decreases in the ownership of a subsidiary and expanded the disclosures required for a business combination achieved in stages and for deconsolidation of a business. LyondellBasell AF’s adoption of these amendments as of December 31, 2009 did not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2008, the FASB ratified the consensus reached by the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) with respect to revisions in the accounting for certain transactions and impairment considerations involving equity method investments in light of previous changes to the accounting for business combinations and the disclosures regarding non-controlling interests in the consolidated financial statements. LyondellBasell AF’s application of these revisions on January 1, 2009 did not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2007, the FASB issued changes which establish new accounting and disclosure requirements for non-controlling, or minority, interests, including their classification as a separate component of equity and the adjustment of net income to include amounts attributable to minority interests. These changes also established new accounting standards requiring recognition of a gain or loss upon deconsolidation of a subsidiary. The January 1, 2009 adoption of these changes did not have a material effect on LyondellBasell AF’s consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Standard Codification —In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued changes to the authoritative hierarchy of U.S. GAAP. The changes establish the FASB Accounting Standards Codification as the authoritative source of U.S. GAAP. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative U.S. GAAP for SEC registrants. These changes, which were effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009, had no impact on LyondellBasell AF’s consolidated financial statements.

Fair Value Measurement —In January 2010, the FASB issued additional guidance on improving disclosures regarding fair value measurements. The Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) requires entities to disclose the amounts of significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the reasons for these transfers, as well as the reasons for any transfers in or out of Level 3. Except for a requirement to disclose information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the reconciliation of recurring Level 3 measurements on a gross basis, all of the amendments are effective for LyondellBasell AF beginning in the first quarter of 2010. The requirement to separately disclose purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements of recurring Level 3 measurements does not become effective for LyondellBasell AF until 2011. LyondellBasell AF does not expect these changes to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2009, the FASB provided additional guidance clarifying the measurement of liabilities at fair value. These amendments require that the fair value of a liability be measured maximizing the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs. The amendments also clarify that an adjustment to fair value for a restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability is not required. These changes also clarify how the price of a traded debt security should be considered in estimating the fair value of a liability. These amendments were effective for the first reporting period beginning after their issuance. LyondellBasell AF’s adoption of these amendments as of September 30, 2009 did not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—(Continued)

 

In April 2009, the FASB modified the requirements for fair value disclosures of financial instruments. The modifications require disclosures about the fair value of financial instruments during interim reporting periods and were effective for interim periods ending after June 15, 2009. LyondellBasell AF adopted the new disclosure requirements for the quarter ended June 30, 2009.

In September 2006, the FASB revised the requirements for accounting for the fair value of nonfinancial assets and liabilities. These revisions defined fair value, established a framework for its measurement and expanded disclosures about such measurements. The framework categorizes assets and liabilities measured at fair value into one of three different levels depending on the observability of the inputs employed in the measurement. Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 inputs are observable inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market corroborated inputs. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability reflecting significant modifications to observable related market data or our assumptions about pricing by market participants. In February 2008, the effective date of these changes for certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities was delayed by the FASB until January 1, 2009. Effective January 1, 2009, LyondellBasell AF adopted these changes for nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Variable Interest Entities —In June 2009, the FASB amended the consolidation guidance applicable to variable interest entities (“VIEs”) and increased the disclosure requirements concerning an enterprise’s continuing involvement with VIEs. These changes are effective for LyondellBasell AF beginning in the first quarter of 2010. LyondellBasell AF does not expect the application of these changes to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

Multiple-element Arrangements —In October 2009, the FASB ratified the consensus reached by the EITF to require companies to allocate revenue in multiple-element arrangements based on an element’s estimated selling price if vendor-specific or other third-party evidence of value is not available. This amendment is effective beginning January 1, 2011. Earlier application of this amendment is permitted. LyondellBasell AF is currently evaluating both the timing and the impact of the adoption of this amendment on its consolidated financial statements.

Transfer and Servicing —In June 2009, the FASB revised the requirements for accounting for transfers of financial assets. These revisions eliminate the concept of a “qualifying special-purpose entity,” change the requirements for de-recognizing financial assets, and require additional disclosures regarding transfers of financial assets, securitization transactions, and exposures to risks related to transferred financial assets. These changes will be effective for LyondellBasell AF beginning in 2010. LyondellBasell AF does not expect the adoption of these changes to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

Subsequent Events —In February 2010, the FASB amended certain recognition and disclosure requirements for events that occur after the balance sheet date, but before financial statements are issued. These amendments are effective upon issuance and shall be applied prospectively. LyondellBasell AF adopted these amendments as of December 31, 2009.

In May 2009, the FASB amended the accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date, but before financial statements are issued. These amendments are effective for interim or annual periods ending after June 15, 2009 and are to be applied prospectively. LyondellBasell AF adopted these amendments as of June 30, 2009. See Note 31 for disclosure regarding subsequent events.

 

F-15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—(Continued)

 

Intangible Assets —In April 2008, the FASB issued changes affecting the accounting for intangible assets. These changes amend the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset in order to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset. These changes were effective for LyondellBasell AF beginning in 2009 and did not have a material effect on LyondellBasell AF’s consolidated financial statements.

Financial Instruments —In March 2008, the FASB modified the requirements for disclosures about derivative instruments and hedging activities. These modifications amend and expand the disclosure requirements by requiring qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about fair value amounts of, and gains and losses on, derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements. LyondellBasell AF’s January 1, 2009, implementation of these changes did not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements (see Note 22).

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits —In March 2008, the FASB amended the requirements for disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets. These changes require additional disclosures about the nature and valuation of postretirement benefit plan assets for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. These additional disclosures are included in LyondellBasell AF’s December 31, 2009 consolidated financial statements in Note 23.

3. Chapter 11 Filing and Going Concern

On January 6, 2009, the Initial Debtors filed voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of title 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court. The commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases was precipitated by several factors, including volatile commodity prices, changing consumer demand for LyondellBasell AF’s products, deteriorating credit markets, and the severe economic downturn of the global economy, each of which contributed to LyondellBasell AF’s inability to service and repay its significant levels of indebtedness. Specifically, LyondellBasell AF experienced declines in customer orders during the fourth quarter of 2008 that, together with the rapid decline in raw material costs and product sales prices, effectively reduced LyondellBasell AF’s borrowing base under its asset-backed facilities. Collectively with its historically low first quarter cash flow from operations, these factors contributed to LyondellBasell AF’s low levels of liquidity and the decision of the Initial Debtors to commence the Bankruptcy Cases.

On April 24, 2009, to protect against claims by certain financial and U.S. trade creditors, LyondellBasell AF, the Luxembourg holding company, and its General Partner, LyondellBasell AF GP S.à.r.l, also filed voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. On May 8, 2009, thirteen additional U.S. subsidiaries also filed voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (LyondellBasell AF, its general partner and the Initial Debtors, are collectively, the “Debtors”). All 94 of these cases are jointly administered in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court under the caption “ In re Lyondell Chemical Company, et al .”

Although under applicable non-bankruptcy law, the commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases constituted an event of default under many of the debt agreements of LyondellBasell AF and many of its direct and indirect subsidiaries and affiliates, and an event of termination under certain of their asset-backed facilities, the ability of lenders to enforce their rights under the credit facilities and the ability of other creditors to seek payment of

 

F-16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

3. Chapter 11 Filing and Going Concern—(Continued)

 

pre-petition liabilities or to take actions against the Debtors under other agreements are stayed with respect to the Debtors in substantially all cases in accordance with applicable provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Moreover, the termination provisions in many agreements with the Debtors triggered by the commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases are not enforceable under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Since the commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases, the Debtors entered into the DIP Financing, as defined in Note 16. In addition, the required number of secured lenders entered into forbearance agreements, as applicable, with respect to the exercise of certain remedies under the amended and restated pre-petition Senior Secured Credit Agreement and Interim Loan, each originally dated as of December 20, 2007. For additional information on the DIP Financing and the amendments thereto, see Note 16.

Since the commencement of the Bankruptcy cases, the Debtors have operated and continue to operate their businesses and manage their properties as “debtors-in-possession.” In general, this means that the Debtors operate in the ordinary course without U.S. Bankruptcy Court intervention. Prior approval is required, however, where the Debtors intend to engage in certain out of the ordinary course of business transactions.

In order to emerge from the Bankruptcy Cases, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court must find that the Debtors’ plan of reorganization complies with the requirements of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. In addition, the Debtors must repay certain of their obligations under the DIP Financing and therefore, will be required to raise new debt and equity financing as stated in their Plan of Reorganization. The Debtors believe that their current and forecasted level of activity through April 6, 2010, the maturity date of the amended DIP Financing agreements, will be sufficient to maintain compliance with the DIP Financing and related forbearance agreements as discussed below, and to allow the Debtors to seek approval of a plan of reorganization and related restructuring of their debt. However, should business activity levels be below expectations or should margin volatility require more liquidity than the amount to which the Debtors have access through the DIP Financing or should any non-Debtor legal entity be subjected to an involuntary bankruptcy proceeding, the Debtors could default on their DIP Financing obligations. Upon an event of default, the DIP Financing lenders could seek to impose onerous credit and other terms as a condition for waiving the default or demand other concessions. Ultimately, the lenders could declare all the funds borrowed under the DIP Financing, together with accrued and unpaid interest, due and payable and could exercise remedies against their collateral and seek other relief. The outcome of these events and, in general, the Bankruptcy Cases is uncertain, which raises substantial doubt about the ability of LyondellBasell AF to continue as a going concern.

In April and May 2009, the Debtors filed their required Schedules of Assets and Liabilities and the Statements of Financial Affairs in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court. As described in more detail below, on May 8, 2009, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court set June 30, 2009 as the claims bar date, which is the date by which substantially all non-governmental creditors were required to file their proofs of claim against the Debtors.

As part of their reorganization plan, the Debtors have developed and finalized a new long range plan, which is further described in Note 4. The amended DIP Financing agreements require the Debtors to meet the following milestones related to the plan of reorganization and associated disclosure statement (see “ DIP Financing Amendments ” in Note 16):

 

   

by August 15, 2009, deliver a draft of the plan of reorganization and disclosure statement to relevant parties;

 

   

by September 15, 2009, file the plan of reorganization and disclosure statement with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court;

 

F-17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

3. Chapter 11 Filing and Going Concern—(Continued)

 

   

by April 6, 2010, obtain the U.S. Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the disclosure statement, provided that if the Debtors have commenced a hearing seeking approval of the disclosure statement before such date with the reasonable belief that approval could be obtained by April 6, 2010, but if approval is not obtained by April 14, 2010 due to the lack of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court’s availability, the deadline is extended to April 21, 2010; and

 

   

by May 20, 2010, obtain U.S. Bankruptcy Court confirmation of the plan of reorganization, provided that if the Debtors have commenced a hearing seeking confirmation before such date with the reasonable belief that confirmation could be obtained by May 20, 2010, but it is not obtained by such date due to the lack of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court’s availability, the confirmation deadline shall be extended to June 12, 2010.

On September 11, 2009, the Debtors filed a plan of reorganization and disclosure statement with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court. On December 11, 2009 the Debtors filed a first amended plan of reorganization and disclosure statement and on December 24, 2009, the Debtors filed a second amended plan of reorganization and disclosure statement. On December 24, 2009, the Debtors also filed a motion to approve the equity commitment agreement related to the plan of reorganization. Confirmation of the plan of reorganization will discharge pre-petition liabilities against the Debtors and permit the Debtors to commence distributions to their creditors in accordance with the terms of that plan.

On January 6, 2009, as a result of the commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases, the statutory auditor of LyondellBasell AF’s French entities was required to initiate a process called “Procedure d’Alerte,” which is designed to permit companies to restructure and reduce their debts while they continue their daily operations, and requires LyondellBasell AF’s Chairperson to provide perspective on information about the company provided by the statutory auditor. LyondellBasell AF’s French entities have responded to all requirements of the Chairman of the Commercial Court of Salon de Provence/Nanterre and continue to manage their operations. LyondellBasell AF’s net investment in the French entities was $1.6 billion at December 31, 2009.

Litigation— On April 16, 2009, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court held a hearing on a motion by the Debtors (the “Stay Motion”) to enforce the automatic stay and for an injunction against further prosecution of a lawsuit filed in the Superior Court of California by certain California city and county government plaintiffs, captioned County of Santa Clara, et al. v. Atl. Richfield Co., et al. , Case No. CV 788657 (the “Santa Clara Lawsuit”), that asserted a public nuisance claim against the defendants in that action, including Millennium Holdings LLC (a Debtor), arising from the alleged effects of exposure to lead paint in houses and buildings, and seeking an order requiring the defendants to fund a remedial fund for lead paint removal. On April 23, 2009, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court entered an order on the Stay Motion: (i) requiring the California government plaintiffs to file a commitment by a stated deadline agreeing to refrain from proceeding against Millennium Holdings LLC, in the Santa Clara Lawsuit or asserting claims against such Debtor based on the operative facts in that case without first moving for and obtaining leave to do so from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court; and (ii) if such plaintiffs fail to file such a commitment by the deadline, enjoining them from proceedings against such Debtor in the Santa Clara Lawsuit or otherwise asserting claims based on the operative facts in that case. The U.S. Bankruptcy Court also stated from the bench at the hearing on the Stay Motion that any such claim asserted against the Debtors would be a pre-petition claim that is barred by the automatic stay provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (and would not qualify under any “police power” exception to the automatic stay). In response to the Bankruptcy Court’s April 23, 2009 order, all of the California government plaintiffs filed the required commitment by the stated deadline.

 

F-18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

3. Chapter 11 Filing and Going Concern—(Continued)

 

Unsecured Creditors’ Committee Litigation and Proposed Settlement— On June 15, 2009, the statutorily appointed Committee of Unsecured Creditors (the “Committee”) in the Bankruptcy Cases filed a motion with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court to obtain standing to commence litigation on behalf of the Debtors. Specifically, the Committee sought standing to bring fraudulent transfer, preference and breach of fiduciary duty claims against a number of the parties connected to the merger of Lyondell Chemical and Basell AF S.C.A. (“Basell”) (now known as LyondellBasell AF). On July 21, 2009, the Committee was granted standing, and on July 22, 2009, the Committee filed its complaint commencing the proposed lawsuit. LyondellBasell AF itself is not a party to the lawsuit, or a named defendant, and the action does not seek damages from LyondellBasell AF. Accordingly, the following discussion is based upon documents filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court.

On August 4, 2009, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court ruled from the bench on case management issues related to the Committee’s adversary proceeding. The U.S. Bankruptcy Court determined that the litigation would be divided into three separate phases, and set a discovery schedule for the first phase of the proceedings. Trial on the first phase (“Phase I Trial”) would litigate the fraudulent transfer, preference, and equitable subordination claims against the Debtors’ prepetition lenders, as well as the fraudulent transfer claims against certain Access Industries entities and the Debtors’ officers and directors, and was scheduled to start on December 10, 2009. The second phase (“Phase IA Trial”) would address, if necessary, the solvency of each individual Debtor, and any related or appropriate remedy as a result. The third phase (“Phase II Trial”) will litigate the remaining claims in the Committee’s complaint.

On October 29, 2009, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court ordered the parties to engage in mediation for the purpose of facilitating settlement discussions. On November 9, 2009, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court appointed a mediator. Parties to the Committee litigation and the Debtors participated in mediation sessions in November and December 2009. After this mediation ended in an impasse, the Debtors negotiated a settlement agreement with certain senior and bridge lenders that would end the Committee’s adversary proceeding as it relates to them (the “Settling Defendants”).

On December 24, 2009, the Debtors filed a motion seeking U.S. Bankruptcy Court approval of the settlement with the Settling Defendants. The Committee, the trustee for the Senior Notes due 2015 and certain holders of the Senior Notes due 2015 (collectively, the “Objecting Parties”) objected to the settlement. After further negotiations, the Debtors, the Settling Defendants, and the Objecting Parties agreed to certain modifications to the settlement agreement (the “Amended Lender Litigation Settlement”) which were reported to the Bankruptcy Court on February 16, 2010. Among other things, the Amended Lender Litigation Settlement, which remains subject to Bankruptcy Court approval, provides:

 

   

In return for receiving full releases from the Debtors’ estates with respect to all allegations and causes of action raised in the Committee adversary proceeding, the Settling Defendants have agreed to provide holders of allowed general unsecured claims of Debtors which also were obligated on the debts owed to the senior and bridge lenders (including the holders of Senior Notes due 2015 if those holders as a class vote in favor of the Debtors’ reorganization plan) with (i) $300 million in cash funded through an additional equity rights offering as part of the reorganization plan, (ii) $150 million in Class A Shares to be funded by a reduction in distributions of Class A Shares that otherwise would have been distributed to senior and bridge lenders under the proposal plan, (iii) their pro rata share of any net recoveries on claims against non-settling defendants in the Committee’s adversary proceeding and (iv) their pro rata share of two-thirds of any net recoveries on certain claims under section 547 of the Bankruptcy Code (collectively, the “Settlement Consideration”).

 

F-19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

3. Chapter 11 Filing and Going Concern—(Continued)

 

   

The holders of claims under the Senior Secured Credit Facility, the Interim Facility and, as a result of the settlement with Bank of New York described below, including, as applicable, the Settling Defendants, will not share in any distribution of the Settlement Consideration until the Debtors’ unsecured creditors entitled to participate in the Settlement Consideration are paid in full.

 

   

The Debtors will provide an aggregate of $15 million to two trusts to pursue claims and causes of action constituting Settlement Consideration.

 

   

The Settling Defendants will assign to the Debtors the right to enforce all subordination and turnover provisions they may contractually possess against the holders of Senior Notes due 2015. If the holders of Senior Notes due 2015 vote in favor of the Debtors’ reorganization plan as a class, the Debtors will waive the subordination and turnover provisions to permit the holders of Senior Notes due 2015 Notes to participate in distributions of the Settlement Consideration.

 

   

The Objecting Parties will support the Debtors’ reorganization plan and the financial restructuring of the Debtors’ affiliates as contemplated by the reorganization plan.

The Debtors and the Committee anticipate that by March 1, 2010, they will file a joint pleading seeking approval of the Amended Lender Litigation Settlement with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court. A hearing on this request has been scheduled for March 8, 2010. The Debtors’ plan of reorganization and related disclosure statement will be amended to reflect, among other things, the Amended Lender Litigation Settlement. A hearing on the Debtors’ further amended disclosure statement also has been scheduled for March 8, 2010.

Other— On April 27, 2009, Access Industries Holdings LLC and certain of its affiliates (together, “Access Industries”) entered into a stipulation (the “Stipulation”) with the Debtors, pursuant to which Access Industries agreed to limit its ability to engage in certain transactions involving the Debtor’s equity and debt in order to protect and preserve the value of the Debtors’ net operating loss carryforward (“NOL”) and other valuable tax attributes.

Specifically, Access Industries agreed that it would not: (i) directly or indirectly dispose of its equity interests in certain of the Debtors to the extent such disposition would result in it owning directly or indirectly less than 50% of LyondellBasell AF’s outstanding voting stock; (ii) prior to making a transfer that would result in Access Industries owning a direct or indirect interest of no more than 50% of LyondellBasell AF, acquire pre-petition debt claims against, or DIP Roll-Up Loans owed by, the Debtors; (iii) report a worthless stock deduction with respect to equity of LyondellBasell Finance Company (“LBFC”) or any member of the consolidated group of which LBFC is the common parent; or (iv) undertake any other transaction, that could result in the Debtors losing the benefit of their NOLs and other valuable tax attributes. In addition, Access Industries agreed to indemnify the Debtors for certain taxes and professional fees arising out of certain breaches of the Stipulation. The parties subsequently amended the Stipulation, primarily to clarify and expand upon the terms of the indemnity. The Stipulation was approved by the U.S. Bankruptcy Court on May 21, 2009.

On December 23, 2009, the Committee filed a motion seeking to terminate adequate protection payments approved in the order approving the DIP Financing. That motion was denied on January 19, 2010, without prejudice to being reasserted at a later date.

On December 24, 2009, Bank of New York (“BNY”) as trustee for the ARCO Notes and the Equistar Notes filed a motion (i) seeking to be allowed a superpriority administrative expense claim under section 507(b) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and (ii) challenging the classification of these notes under the Debtors’ proposed

 

F-20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

3. Chapter 11 Filing and Going Concern—(Continued)

 

plan of reorganization. On February 11, 2010, the Bankruptcy Court approved a settlement of the disputes raised by these motions which provides that the holders of ARCO and Equistar Notes will share in certain distributions under any plan of reorganization in a formula driven relationship to distributions to be made on account of certain prepetition secured debt unless the settlement agreement is terminated by its terms after May 20, 2010. An order approving this settlement by the U.S. Bankruptcy Court was entered on February 18, 2010. The Debtor’s plan of reorganization and related disclosure statement will be amended to reflect, among other things, this settlement. A hearing on the Debtors’ further amended disclosure statement has been scheduled for March 8, 2010.

The financial statements of the Debtors are presented below.

Basis of Presentation

Condensed Combined Debtors-in-Possession Financial Statements —The following financial statements represent the condensed combined financial statements for the Debtors only. The Debtors’ non-Debtor subsidiaries are treated as non-consolidated affiliates in these financial statements. Accordingly, the net income of the non-Debtor subsidiaries is included in “Income from equity investments” in the statement of income, while the net assets of the non-Debtor affiliates are included as “Investments in non-Debtor affiliates.”

Claims —LyondellBasell AF recognizes claims at the probable allowed amount. Claims for rejected contracts are recorded at the earlier of default by LyondellBasell AF under the contract or notification to the U.S. Bankruptcy Court of rejection.

Intercompany Transactions —Intercompany transactions between the Debtors have been eliminated in the accompanying combined financial statements. Intercompany transactions between the Debtors and non-Debtor affiliates have not been eliminated. Intercompany loans, which comprise the following balances, are classified as “Receivables—non-Debtor affiliates” in Stockholder’s Deficit in the accompanying combined balance sheet in accordance with U.S. GAAP:

 

Millions of dollars

    

Short-term loans receivable

   $ 2,601

Long-term loans receivable

     22
      

Net receivables—non-Debtor affiliates

   $ 2,623
      

The ultimate settlement terms of these intercompany loans with non-Debtor affiliates is subject to the finalization and confirmation of LyondellBasell AF’s plan of reorganization.

Reorganization Items —The Debtors had reorganization items totaling $2,812 million in 2009 including charges for the write off of assets associated with a lease rejection; damage claims related to certain executory contracts; the net write off of unamortized debt issuance costs, premiums and discounts; environmental liabilities; professional fees associated with the chapter 11 proceedings; plant shutdown costs, primarily related to the shutdown of their olefin plant at Chocolate Bayou, Texas and the long-term idling of their ethylene glycol facility in Beaumont, Texas; and other costs. The Debtors’ reorganization items for 2009 also included charges related to employee severance. See Note 4 for further discussion of the Debtors’ reorganization.

 

F-21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

3. Chapter 11 Filing and Going Concern—(Continued)

 

Liabilities Subject to Compromise —See Note 21 for a description of liabilities subject to compromise. In addition, the Debtors’ balance of $23,085 million in liabilities subject to compromise includes payables to non-Debtor affiliates of $591 million.

CONDENSED COMBINED DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

 

Millions of dollars

   For the year ended
December 31, 2009
 

Sales and other operating revenues:

  

Trade

   $ 16,908   

Non-Debtor affiliates

     678   
        
     17,586   

Operating costs and expenses:

  

Cost of sales

     17,350   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     362   

Research and development expenses

     47   
        
     17,759   
        

Operating loss

     (173

Interest expense ($2,528 million contractual interest)

     (1,609

Interest income

     156   

Other income, net

     134   
        

Loss before equity investments, reorganization items and income taxes

     (1,492

Income of non-Debtor affiliates

     83   

Reorganization items

     (2,796
        

Loss before income taxes

     (4,205

Benefit from income taxes

     (1,343
        

Loss from continuing operations

     (2,862

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (3
        

Net loss

   $ (2,865
        

 

F-22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

3. Chapter 11 Filing and Going Concern—(Continued)

 

CONDENSED COMBINED DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION

BALANCE SHEET

 

Millions of dollars

   December 31,
2009

ASSETS

  

Current assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 280

Short-term investments

     9

Accounts receivable:

  

Trade, net

     1,336

Related parties

     1

Non-Debtor affiliates

     400

Inventories

     1,980

Current deferred income tax assets

     6

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     612
      

Total current assets

     4,624

Property, plant and equipment, net

     9,648

Investments and long-term receivables:

  

Investment in PO joint venture

     569

Investments in non-Debtor affiliates

     5,034

Other investments and long-term receivables

     28

Intangible assets, net

     1,317

Noncurrent deferred tax assets

     115

Other assets

     186
      

Total assets

   $ 21,521
      

 

F-23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

3. Chapter 11 Filing and Going Concern—(Continued)

 

CONDENSED COMBINED DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION

BALANCE SHEET—(Continued)

 

Millions of dollars

   December 31,
2009
 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S DEFICIT

  

Liabilities not subject to compromise:

  

Current liabilities:

  

Short-term debt

   $ 5,556   

Accounts payable:

  

Trade

     880   

Related parties

     33   

Non-Debtor affiliates

     695   

Accrued liabilities

     762   

Short-term loans payable—non-Debtor affiliates

     132   

Deferred income taxes

     74   
        

Total current liabilities

     8,132   

Other liabilities

     159   

Deferred income taxes

     1,617   

Commitments and contingencies

  

Liabilities subject to compromise

     23,085   

Stockholder’s deficit:

  

Common stock

     60   

Additional paid-in capital

     563   

Retained deficit

     (9,313

Receivables—non-Debtor affiliates

     (2,623

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (288
        

Debtors’ share of stockholder’s deficit

     (11,601

Non-controlling interests

     129   
        

Total deficit

     (11,472
        

Total liabilities and stockholder’s deficit

   $ 21,521   
        

 

F-24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

3. Chapter 11 Filing and Going Concern—(Continued)

 

CONDENSED COMBINED DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

Millions of dollars

   For the year ended
December 31, 2009
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

  

Net loss

   $ (2,865

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     3   

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

  

Depreciation and amortization

     1,148   

Reorganization items

     2,796   

Reorganization-related payments

     (289

Income from equity investments

     (83

Deferred income taxes

     (1,304

Amortization of debt-related costs

     481   

Unrealized foreign currency exchange gain

     (129

Changes in assets and liabilities that provided (used) cash:

  

Accounts receivable

     (533

Inventories

     (121

Accounts payable

     442   

Repayment of accounts receivable securitization facility

     (503

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (217

Other, net

     3   
        

Net cash used in operating activities—continuing operations

     (1,171

Net cash used in operating activities—discontinued operations

     (3
        

Net cash used in operating activities

     (1,174
        

Cash flows from investing activities:

  

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment

     (280

Net advances to non-Debtor affiliates

     (225

Proceeds from disposal of assets

     22   

Other

     36   
        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (447
        

 

F-25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

3. Chapter 11 Filing and Going Concern—(Continued)

 

COMBINED DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS—(Continued)

 

Millions of dollars

   For the year ended
December 31, 2009
 

Cash flows from financing activities:

  

Short-term borrowings

     3   

Proceeds from issuance of debtor-in-possession term loan facility

     1,993   

Proceeds from note payable

     100   

Repayment of note payable

     (100

Net borrowings under debtor-in-possession revolving credit facility

     325   

Net repayments under pre-petition revolving credit facilities

     (766

Repayment of North American securitization facility

     (115

Payment of debt issuance costs

     (93

Net proceeds from non-Debtor affiliate loans

     91   

Other financing

     77   
        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     1,515   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

       
        

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (106

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     386   
        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 280   
        

 

F-26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

4. Reorganization

Reorganization items recognized by the Debtors since the January 6, 2009 bankruptcy are classified as “Reorganization items” on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

In 2009, LyondellBasell AF’s charges for reorganization items, including charges recognized by the Debtors as described in Note 3, were as follows:

 

Millions of dollars

    

Estimated claims

   $ 1,548

Asset write-offs—rejected lease

     679

Accelerated amortization of debt issuance costs

     228

Professional fees

     218

Employee severance costs

     201

Plant closure costs

     53

Other

     34
      

Total

   $ 2,961
      

Estimated claims in the above table comprise adjustments made to reflect the Debtors’ estimated claims to be allowed. Such claims are classified as “Liabilities subject to compromise.”

In 2009, LyondellBasell AF announced an expansion of its November 2008 cost reduction program. The long range plan developed as part of the chapter 11 cases encompasses reductions in the total workforce and the closure of 10 or more manufacturing sites, many of which have already been announced, and at least 20 offices, including research and development sites. The planned reduction in workforce currently includes more than 3,000 employees, or approximately 17% of LyondellBasell AF’s employees, and 1,800 contractors, or approximately 30% of LyondellBasell AF’s contractors. In April 2009, LyondellBasell AF announced a voluntary separation program for eligible U.S. employees and in May 2009 announced a voluntary separation program for The Netherlands and Germany. LyondellBasell AF’s earnings for 2009 reflect pretax charges related to employee severance of $201 million.

On March 13, 2009, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court approved the long-term idling of Debtor Equistar Chemicals, LP’s (“Equistar”) Chocolate Bayou olefin plant near Alvin, Texas, the reduction of approximately 220 employees supporting olefin operations at the site and the rejection of certain executory contracts and unexpired leases related to the facility. In the same March 13, 2009 order, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court authorized Equistar to reject its ground lease at the Chocolate Bayou plant, pursuant to which Equistar leased the real property occupied by the olefin plant operations, and to permanently shut down the unit by August 4, 2009. Accordingly, during 2009, the Debtors wrote off the $624 million carrying value of the facility and other assets. The decision to permanently cease production at the Chocolate Bayou olefin plant reflected LyondellBasell AF’s reduced projections for olefin demand, the limited feedstock flexibility of the site, the high fixed costs associated with the plant’s scale and the adverse terms of the property lease and related site service agreements.

The Debtors proceeded with idling activities and with plans to vacate the Chocolate Bayou olefin site by August 4, 2009. In July 2009, the current and former owners of the Chocolate Bayou real property filed a motion to enforce and clarify the March 13, 2009 order authorizing these activities. Their motion claimed, among other things, that Equistar could not leave its olefin chemical plant equipment and facilities behind on the Chocolate Bayou real property without filing a motion requesting and obtaining the U.S. Bankruptcy Court’s approval to

 

F-27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

4. Reorganization—(Continued)

 

abandon this equipment and facilities. The owners also made it clear that they would oppose any motion to abandon on the grounds that the olefin equipment and facilities were hazardous and required further remediation and decommissioning. The Debtors disagree with the owners’ position.

On August 5, 2009, pending the U.S. Bankruptcy Court’s ruling on the motion, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court ordered Equistar to remain in possession of the leasehold and to maintain the status quo at the facility. On September 9, 2009, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court ordered that Equistar could not leave personal property behind when it vacated the facility without formally seeking permission to “abandon” that personal property pursuant to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Accordingly, on October 16, 2009 the Debtors filed a motion to abandon their olefin plant property located at the Chocolate Bayou plant.

On December 8, 2009, Equistar and the current and former owners of the Chocolate Bayou real property reached a settlement in principle of the motion to abandon. Generally, Equistar has agreed to perform certain decommissioning and decontamination work regarding the real property, estimated at $50 million to take approximately two years. The current owner has agreed to provide support services, utilities and access to Equistar in return for monthly payments from Equistar; and the former owner has agreed to make a cash payment to Equistar in settlement of this and other disputes between the former owner and Equistar. The parties are in the process of drafting a formal settlement agreement to be filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court in the near future. The estimated net cost for remediation, decommissioning, complete de-inventorying and cleaning of the olefin plant property prior to its abandonment is recognized in liabilities subject to compromise.

On September 8, 2009 the U.S. Bankruptcy Court approved the Debtors’ exit from the aircraft deicer business as well as the rejection of executory contracts and equipment leases. The Debtors are exiting the aircraft deicer business, but will continue to supply that market with propylene glycol, the primary component of deicer products.

As of the commencement of these chapter 11 cases, certain of the Debtors were partners in a joint venture that produced ethylene glycol at a facility in Beaumont, Texas. The facility sustained damage during Hurricane Ike in September 2008, and was not returned to service. On February 26, 2009, the Debtors received Bankruptcy Court approval for the reduction of the workforce at this facility, following completion of initial phases of certain post-hurricane remediation at the site. On July 17, 2009, the Debtors filed a motion with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court seeking to withdraw as general partner from the joint venture; to reject the related operating agreement; and to transfer custody and control of the facility and its assets to its joint venture partner. On August 11, 2009, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court granted the Debtor’s motion. The Debtors’ earnings for 2009 reflect a $55 million pretax charge to write off the carrying value of this facility.

In May 2009, LyondellBasell AF announced that it would cease production of high density polyethylene (“HDPE”) at its Chocolate Bayou polymers plant by July 31, 2009. In August 2009, as a result of strengthening product markets, LyondellBasell AF announced that it would continue to operate the plant for the immediate future. LyondellBasell AF continues to assess the long-term utilization of this and other plants.

In addition to the charges noted above, the Debtors had reorganization items totaling $2,117 million during 2009, including charges for damage claims related to rejection of certain executory contracts; the net write off of unamortized debt issuance costs, premiums and discounts; environmental liabilities; professional fees associated with the chapter 11 proceedings; and employee severance and other costs.

The non-Debtors recognized charges of $165 million during 2009, including charges for employee severance and the write off of unamortized debt issuance costs.

 

F-28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

4. Reorganization—(Continued)

 

During October 2008, LyondellBasell AF stopped polypropylene production at its Morris, Illinois site. Approximately 71 positions were eliminated and production was shifted to other sites. Polyethylene production at the site was not affected. Restructuring expenses of approximately $5 million were provided in connection with these restructuring activities. During June 2008, LyondellBasell AF stopped production at the Sarnia site in Ontario, Canada. With approximately 100 employees, LyondellBasell AF operated a polypropylene plant at the site. In addition, LyondellBasell AF stopped production at the Varennes plant in Québec, Canada in April 2008. With approximately 130 employees, LyondellBasell AF operated a polypropylene plant at the site. In 2007 restructuring expenses of $12 million were provided in connection with these restructuring activities. Accrued liabilities related to restructuring costs totaled $30 million at December 31, 2008. Restructuring expenses in 2008 and 2007 related to these sites are reflected in “Cost of sales” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

5. Hurricane Effects

During late August and mid-September 2008, two hurricanes, Gustav and Ike, disrupted U.S. Gulf Coast refining and chemical industry operations. As a result of Hurricane Ike, LyondellBasell AF incurred various costs that, to the extent they exceed the deductible amount under the relevant policies, will be subject to insurance reimbursements. Such costs, including costs incurred in conjunction with suspending operations at substantially all of its Gulf Coast plants, damage to facilities, including a $7 million pretax charge for impairment of the carrying value of assets, and costs to restore operations totaled $59 million as of December 31, 2009.

6. Discontinued Operations

In September 2008, LyondellBasell AF completed the sale of its TDI business, including production assets in Pont-du-Claix, France, related inventories, contracts, customer lists and intellectual property, receiving net proceeds of €77 million ($113 million). The operations of the TDI business are presented as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows.

Amounts included in income from discontinued operations are summarized as follows:

 

     For the years ended
December 31,

Millions of dollars

       2009            2008    

Sales and other operating revenues

   $ 1    $ 290
             

Income from discontinued operation

   $ 1    $ 36

Provision for income taxes

          21
             

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ 1    $ 15
             

The operations of the TDI business were included in LyondellBasell AF’s results from December 21, 2007 and were immaterial. The adjusted estimate of sales proceeds from the sale of the TDI business resulted in an increase in goodwill, net of tax effects, of $16 million during the year ended December 31, 2008 and accordingly was reflected as a revision to the estimated purchase price allocation.

 

F-29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

7. Business Acquisitions and Dispositions

The fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities below are considered final.

Acquisition of Shell Oil Refinery in Berre l’Etang, France —On April 1, 2008, LyondellBasell AF acquired the Shell oil refinery, inventory and associated infrastructure and businesses at the Berre l’Etang petrochemical complex in France (the “Berre Refinery”) for a preliminary purchase price of $766 million subject to final adjustment of certain employee benefit matters. A cash payment at closing of $536 million included settlement of accrued contingent consideration of $112 million. The contingent consideration resulted from the 2005 acquisition of the remaining 50% of Société du Craqueur de l’Aubette S.A.S. (“SCA”) from its previous joint venture partner Shell Pétrochimie Méditerranée. Additional cash payments totaling $391 million, including $373 million for final adjustment of working capital were made during 2008.

The refinery is a source of raw materials for, and will allow for vertical integration at, one of LyondellBasell AF’s core integrated European sites, which operates world-scale polypropylene and polyethylene plants, a steam cracker and a butadiene extraction unit at Berre l’Etang and a polyethylene plant at nearby Fos sur Mer. The acquisition will also allow optimization opportunities with LyondellBasell AF’s global fuels and chemicals businesses and provide LyondellBasell AF with access to significant local logistics assets, including pipeline access, storage terminals and harbor access to the Mediterranean Sea. The refinery’s products include naphtha, VGO, liquefied petroleum gas, fuels for a variety of applications, heating oil and bitumen.

Consolidation of the refinery’s operations prospectively from April 1, 2008 added revenues of $2,750 million and a $147 million operating loss, excluding the impairment discussed below, to the 2008 results of operations. Information is not available about the results of operations of the refinery prior to acquisition by LyondellBasell AF.

In the fourth quarter 2008, LyondellBasell AF evaluated the long-lived assets of the Berre Refinery for impairment and recorded a $218 million charge representing the net book value of the assets acquired in April 2008 (see Note 15).

Acquisition of Solvay Engineered Polymers —On February 29, 2008, LyondellBasell AF acquired Solvay Engineered Polymers, Inc. (“Solvay”), a leading supplier of polypropylene compounds in North America for $134 million. The acquisition of Solvay complements LyondellBasell AF’s existing polymer-based composite materials and alloys business in North America. The pro forma effects of the Solvay acquisition were not material to the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

Acquisition of Lyondell Chemical Company— On December 20, 2007, LyondellBasell AF, through a wholly owned subsidiary, acquired substantially all outstanding common shares of Lyondell Chemical for $48 per common share in an all cash transaction. As a result, Lyondell Chemical became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of LyondellBasell AF. The results of operations of Lyondell Chemical are included in LyondellBasell AF’s Consolidated Statement of Income prospectively from December 21, 2007.

Lyondell Chemical is a leading global manufacturer of chemicals and plastics, a refiner of heavy, high sulfur crude oil and a significant producer of gasoline blending components. As a result of the acquisition, LyondellBasell AF expects to be a global leader in polymers, petrochemicals and refining products and technology process licensing with leading positions in a majority of its product lines, greater geographic diversification, a more diversified product portfolio and increased vertical integration across the petrochemical value chain, from refining to specialized petrochemicals products.

 

F-30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

7. Business Acquisitions and Dispositions—(Continued)

 

The purchase of Lyondell Chemical’s outstanding common stock and other equity instruments resulted in a total purchase price of $20,873 million, including the fair value of assumed and refinanced debt of $7,995 million and transaction costs of $460 million.

The following table summarizes the values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition, as well as adjustments that have been made primarily as a result of final valuations.

 

     At December 20,
2007
    Purchase Price
Adjustments
    Adjusted  

Millions of dollars

                  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 948      $ 8      $ 956   

Inventory

     3,587        (3     3,584   

Other current assets

     3,119        11        3,130   

Plant, property and equipment

     13,695        (2     13,693   

Investments and joint ventures

     1,169        2        1,171   

Goodwill

     5,247        (326     4,921   

Other identifiable intangibles

     2,069        26        2,095   

Other assets

     677        14        691   

Purchased in-process research and development

     95               95   

Current liabilities

     (3,906     497        (3,409

Other liabilities

     (1,560     (10     (1,570

Deferred taxes

     (4,141     (224     (4,365

Other comprehensive income

            6        6   

Minority interests

     (126     1        (125
                        

Total allocated purchase price

   $ 20,873      $      $ 20,873   
                        

In the fourth quarter of 2008, LyondellBasell AF completed its annual review of goodwill for impairment and concluded that the entire balance of goodwill related to the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical was impaired, resulting in a charge of $4,921 million, including $2,305 million which had been allocated to the Refining and Oxyfuels segment, $624 million which had been allocated to the Olefins and Polyolefins—Americas (“O&P—Americas”) segment and $1,992 million which had been allocated to the Intermediates and Derivatives (“I&D”) segment (see Note 29).

Approximately $95 million, or less than 1% of the purchase price, was allocated to purchased in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) of Lyondell Chemical. The estimated fair value of IPR&D was developed using probable discounted cash flows on a project-by-project basis. The activities represented by these projects will be continued by LyondellBasell AF, and the values assigned represent intangibles with no alternative future use. Accordingly, LyondellBasell AF’s results of operations for 2007 included a charge of $95 million for the value of the acquired IPR&D.

 

F-31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

7. Business Acquisitions and Dispositions—(Continued)

 

Other identifiable intangible assets included the following:

 

Millions of dollars

   Fair
Value
   Weighted
Average Life
(Years)
   Useful Life
(Years)

Emission allowances

   $ 749       Indefinite

Technology, patents and licenses

     508    14    8 – 15

Various contracts

     329    7    3 – 11

Debt issuance costs

     363    4    1 – 7

Other

     146    9    2 – 20
            

Total intangible assets

   $ 2,095      
            

The total weighted average life of the acquired identifiable intangible assets that are subject to amortization is 9 years.

The unaudited pro forma combined historical results of LyondellBasell AF for the year ended December 31, 2007, giving effect to the purchase as though the transaction was consummated as of the beginning of 2007 are as follows:

 

Millions of dollars

    

Sales and other operating revenues

   $ 44,735

Income from continuing operations

     161

Net income

     76

The above pro forma results include a $95 million after-tax charge for purchased in-process research and development. The unaudited pro forma data do not include the charges of $591 million related to debt refinancing in 2007.

The unaudited pro forma data presented above are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations of LyondellBasell AF that would have occurred had such transactions actually been consummated as of the beginning of 2007, nor are they necessarily indicative of future results.

Huntsman Transaction— In June 2007, LyondellBasell AF entered into a merger agreement with the Huntsman Group (“Huntsman”). In July 2007, Huntsman concluded that it had received a superior offer from another company and terminated the proposed merger agreement, which entitled LyondellBasell AF to receive $200 million as a break-up fee. Payment was received in July 2007 and was included in “Other income, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

8. Insurance Claims

LyondellBasell AF received insurance proceeds during 2009 and 2008 of $120 million and $89 million, respectively, representing partial settlements of outstanding insurance claims related to damages sustained in 2005 at the polymers plant in Münchsmünster, Germany. These proceeds are being used to finance the construction of the polyethylene plant in Münchsmünster, Germany (see Note 25). LyondellBasell AF recognized gains on involuntary conversion in 2009 and 2008 of $120 million and $79 million, respectively, all of which were included in “Other income, net,” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

F-32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

9. Related Party Transactions

LyondellBasell AF has related party transactions with Access Industries and LyondellBasell AF’s equity investees (see Note 11).

Access Industries —Access Industries related party transactions include a total return swap, a shares forward agreement and a management and a tax-sharing agreement.

In May 2008, an affiliate of Access Industries, which indirectly owns LyondellBasell AF, entered into a total return swap, with one of the joint lead arrangers (“JLAs”) of the financing of the Lyondell Chemical acquisition, based on a notional amount of $1.6 billion of the Interim Loan. Under the terms of the swap, Access Industries was to receive a single payment at maturity determined with reference to the payments made by LyondellBasell AF on the Interim Loan prior to maturity. Access Industries’ obligations under the swap were partly collateralized with collateral posted by Access Industries or its affiliates (excluding LyondellBasell AF and its subsidiaries). On December 31, 2008, the JLA that was the counterparty to the swap issued a Notice of Default to the Access Industries affiliate designating January 2, 2009 as the Early Termination Date under the relevant agreement. Neither LyondellBasell AF nor its affiliates are a party to this transaction.

In May 2007, Access Industries entered into a postpaid shares forward agreement with a broker with respect to 20,990,070 shares of Lyondell Chemical common stock at $32.113 per share. In August 2007, Access Industries acquired, in open market transactions, an additional 3,971,400 shares of Lyondell Chemical common stock for an aggregate consideration of $176 million. In connection with the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical, the postpaid shares forward and additional shares were acquired from Access Industries for an equivalent price of $48 per share. These acquired shares were recorded by LyondellBasell AF at Access Industries’ carrying value for purchase price allocation purposes and, as a result, $83 million of the consideration paid to Access Industries is reflected as a deemed dividend in LyondellBasell AF’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2007, in connection with the Lyondell Chemical acquisition, LyondellBasell AF entered into a new management agreement with Access Industries. The agreement included a one-time fee of $100 million payable upon the closing of the acquisition transaction and a periodic annual fee of $25 million which, for 2007, was paid subsequent to closing of the acquisition. Under the previous management agreement, fees for 2007 of $7 million (€5 million) were incurred. The $132 million of fees are reflected as an expense in “Other income, net” for the period ended December 31, 2007. The periodic annual fee can increase to an amount not to exceed $30 million based on an EBITDA Threshold (as defined) in excess of $6 billion for LyondellBasell AF. Management fees of $25 million in 2009 and 2008 are reflected as expense in “Selling, general and administrative expenses.” The 2009 fees have not been paid.

In December 2007, LyondellBasell AF also entered into a tax-sharing agreement with a subsidiary of Access Industries entitling Access Industries to consideration equal to 17.5% of the net operating loss carryforwards used by LyondellBasell AF entities to reduce their Dutch or French income tax liability. Payments under this agreement are limited to a maximum of $175 million. As of December 31, 2007, LyondellBasell AF recorded a deemed dividend and associated liability of $75 million for this agreement, which was reflected as a deemed dividend in LyondellBasell AF’s Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Deficit. There were no payments under this agreement during 2009 and 2008.

 

F-33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

9. Related Party Transactions—(Continued)

 

Sales and Purchases of Goods —In the normal course of business, LyondellBasell AF purchases from and sells products to its equity investees. The following table presents the amounts purchased and sold for the year ended December 31:

 

Millions of dollars

   2009    2008    2007

Products purchased from equity investees

   $ 1,856    $ 2,418    $ 2,392

Products sold to equity investees

     621      803      952

Rendering and Receiving of Services —LyondellBasell AF has contractual arrangements with certain of its equity investees under which the equity investees provide certain services, utilities, materials and facilities to some of LyondellBasell AF’s manufacturing sites. At other sites LyondellBasell AF provides services to its equity investees.

The following table presents the values of services rendered by and for equity investees for the year ended December 31:

 

Millions of dollars

   2009    2008    2007

Services provided by equity investees

   $ 100    $ 111    $ 69

Services provided to equity investees

     21      14      8

Financing Arrangements —LyondellBasell AF’s interest income and expense with equity investees are as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

Millions of dollars

   2009    2008    2007

Interest income earned from investees

   $ 4    $ 18    $ 10

Interest expense incurred to investees

     3      10      19

10. Investment in PO Joint Ventures

LyondellBasell AF, together with Bayer AG and Bayer Corporation (collectively “Bayer”), share ownership in a U.S. propylene oxide (“PO”) manufacturing joint venture (the “U.S. PO Joint Venture”) and a separate joint venture for certain related PO technology. Bayer’s ownership interest represents ownership of annual in-kind PO production of the U.S. PO Joint Venture of 1.5 billion pounds in 2009 and 1.6 billion pounds in 2008. LyondellBasell AF takes in kind the remaining PO production and all co-product (styrene monomer (“SM” or “styrene”) and tertiary butyl ether (“TBA”) production from the U.S. PO Joint Venture.

In addition, LyondellBasell AF and Bayer each have a 50% interest in a separate manufacturing joint venture (the “European PO Joint Venture”), which includes a world-scale PO/SM plant at Maasvlakte near Rotterdam, The Netherlands. LyondellBasell AF and Bayer each are entitled to 50% of the PO and SM production at the European PO Joint Venture.

LyondellBasell AF and Bayer do not share marketing or product sales under the U.S. PO Joint Venture. LyondellBasell AF operates the U.S. PO Joint Venture’s and the European PO Joint Venture’s (collectively the “PO joint ventures”) plants and arranges and coordinates the logistics of product delivery. The partners share in the cost of production and logistics based on their product offtake.

 

F-34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

10. Investment in PO Joint Ventures—(Continued)

 

LyondellBasell AF reports the cost of its product offtake as inventory and cost of sales in its consolidated financial statements. Related cash flows are reported in the operating cash flow section of the consolidated statements of cash flows. LyondellBasell AF’s investment in the PO joint ventures is reduced through recognition of its share of the depreciation and amortization of the assets of the PO joint ventures, which is included in cost of sales. Other changes in the investment balance are principally due to additional capital investments in the PO joint ventures by LyondellBasell AF. LyondellBasell AF’s contributions to the PO joint ventures are reported as “Contributions and advances to affiliates” in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Total assets of the PO joint ventures, primarily property, plant and equipment, were $1,916 million and $2,063 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Changes in LyondellBasell AF’s investment in the U.S. and European PO joint ventures for years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are summarized below:

 

Millions of dollars

   U.S. PO Joint
Venture
    European PO
Joint Venture
    Total PO Joint
Ventures
 

Investment in PO joint ventures—January 1, 2008

   $ 564      $ 414      $ 978   

Contributions

     38        19        57   

Depreciation and amortization

     (40     (20     (60

Effect of exchange rate changes

            (21     (21
                        

Investment in PO joint ventures—December 31, 2008

     562        392        954   

Contributions

     12        2        14   

Depreciation and amortization

     (41     (16     (57

Effect of exchange rate changes

            11        11   
                        

Investment in PO joint ventures—December 31, 2009

   $ 533      $ 389      $ 922   
                        

LyondellBasell AF’s PO/SM plant at Maasvlakte near Rotterdam, the Netherlands was temporarily idled during the first quarter 2009 and resumed operations in mid-May 2009.

The Debtors do not include the LyondellBasell AF legal entities that are partners in the European PO Joint Venture. Should those partners file for bankruptcy or cease payments under the contract for a nine-month period, LyondellBasell AF would be required to sell their interest in the European PO Joint Venture to Bayer at fair value, which will be determined by a panel of advisors whose decision will be binding, subject to the effect of any bankruptcy or similar case on the enforceability of this contractual obligation.

In April 2006, Lyondell Chemical was granted an arbitration award related to a commercial dispute with Bayer. The award pertained to several issues related to the U.S. PO and PO technology joint ventures and included declaratory judgment in Lyondell Chemical’s favor concerning interpretation of the contract provisions at issue. In August 2006, Lyondell filed a motion in federal district court in Texas to enforce the award, and Bayer subsequently filed motions and other proceedings to vacate or otherwise attack the arbitration award. In December 2008, LyondellBasell AF received $157 million in cash, representing settlement of all previous disputes among Lyondell Chemical and Bayer.

 

F-35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

11. Equity Investments

Direct and indirect equity investments held by LyondellBasell AF are as follows:

 

Percent of Ownership

   December 31,
2009
    December 31,
2008
 

Basell Orlen Polyolefins Sp. Z.o.o.

   50.00   50.00

PolyPacific Pty. Ltd.

   50.00   50.00

SunAllomer Ltd.

   50.00   50.00

Saudi Polyolefins Company

   25.00   25.00

Saudi Ethylene & Polyethylene Company Ltd.

   25.00   25.00

Al-Waha Petrochemicals Ltd.

   20.95   20.95

PolyMirae Co. Ltd.

   42.59   42.59

HMC Polymers Company Ltd.

   28.56   28.56

Indelpro S.A. de C.V.

   49.00   49.00

Kazakhstan Petro-Chemicals Industries, Inc.

   24.00  

Ningbo ZRCC Lyondell Chemical Co. Ltd.

   26.65   26.65

Ningbo ZRCC Lyondell Chemical Marketing Co.

   50.00  

Nihon Oxirane Company

   40.00   40.00

NOC Asia Ltd.

   40.00  

The changes in equity investments are as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

Millions of dollars

   2009     2008  

Beginning balance

   $ 1,215      $ 1,259   
                

Investee net income

     47        38   

Impairment recognized by investor

     (228       
                

Income (loss) from equity investments

     (181     38   

Dividends received

     (19     (98

Contributions to joint venture

     8        58   

Currency exchange effects

     48        (66

Other

     14        24   
                

Ending balance

   $ 1,085      $ 1,215   
                

LyondellBasell AF capitalizes interest on the projects of its equity investees that are necessary for the commencement of their principal operations. During 2009 and 2008, LyondellBasell AF capitalized interest of $17 million and $21 million, respectively, for qualified projects of Saudi Ethylene & Polyethylene Company Ltd. and Al-Waha Petrochemicals Ltd.

The subsidiary that holds LyondellBasell AF’s equity interest in Saudi Al-Waha Petrochemicals Ltd has a minority shareholder, which holds 16.21% of its equity. The equity interest held by the minority shareholder can be called by LyondellBasell AF or can be put to LyondellBasell AF by the minority interest shareholder at any time after May 23, 2009. The price of the call option is the nominal value of the shares (initial $18 million investment) plus accrued interest based on LIBOR plus 40 basis points, less paid dividends. The price of the put option is €1 plus the minority shareholder’s undistributed pro-rata earnings. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the put would have a minimal redemption amount and the call could be redeemed for $20 million, the value of the initial investment plus accrued interest.

 

F-36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

11. Equity Investments—(Continued)

 

Summarized balance sheet information and the Company’s share of equity investments was as follows:

 

     December 31, 2009    December 31, 2008

Millions of dollars

   100%    Company
Share
   100%    Company
Share

Current assets

   $ 2,760    $ 1,016    $ 2,726    $ 914

Noncurrent assets

     6,887      2,172      6,653      1,913
                           

Total assets

     9,647      3,188      9,379      2,827

Current liabilities

     1,881      695      1,404      567

Noncurrent liabilities

     4,207      1,180      4,033      1,045
                           

Net assets

   $ 3,559    $ 1,313    $ 3,942    $ 1,215
                           

Summarized income statement information for the years ended December 31 and the Company’s share for the years for which the respective equity investments were accounted for under the equity method is set forth below:

 

     2009     2008     2007  

Millions of dollars

   100%     Company
Share
    100%     Company
Share
    100%     Company
Share
 

Revenues

   $ 6,640      $ 2,099      $ 7,252      $ 2,609      $ 5,610      $ 1,957   

Cost of sales

     (5,973     (1,891     (6,532     (2,418     (4,690     (1,674
                                                

Gross profit

     667        208        720        191        920        283   

Net operating expenses

     (169     (71     (423     (106     (324     (68
                                                

Operating profit

     498        137        297        85        596        215   

Interest income

     18        3        24        8        21        8   

Interest expense

     (202     (61     (62     (26     (59     (25

Foreign currency translation

     (10     (5     (57     (16              

Income from equity investments

     4        2        23        4        28        8   
                                                

Income before income taxes

     308        76        225        55        586        206   

Provision for income taxes

     (92     (29     (58     (17     (126     (44
                                                

Net income

   $ 216      $ 47      $ 167      $ 38      $ 460      $ 162   
                                                

In 2009, LyondellBasell AF recognized pretax impairment charges totaling $228 million for impairment of the carrying value of its investments in certain joint ventures. The $1,085 million carrying value of LyondellBasell AF’s equity investments at December 31, 2009 reflects the $228 million impairment, which is excluded from LyondellBasell AF’s $1,313 million share of its equity investments’ net assets.

In connection with fair values developed in conjunction with estimation of its reorganization enterprise value, LyondellBasell AF determined that there was a diminution in the value of its investments in certain joint ventures and such loss was other than temporary.

Accordingly, in 2009, the equity investments in these joint ventures were classified as long-lived assets held and used. The fair value of the equity investments was determined using Level 3 inputs, specifically, the discounted projected earnings of the entities, less the determined fair value of their debt. The discount rates used

 

F-37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

11. Equity Investments—(Continued)

 

in the discounted cash flow ranged from 11.0% to 14.3% and reflected the relevant interest rates in the country of domicile. The fair value of the debt was determined using current interest rates in the country of domicile for debt with similar terms and credit risk.

At December 31, 2008, one of these joint ventures was not in compliance with one of its debt covenants. Local management replaced its existing financing agreement with a new agreement on December 28, 2009.

A separate joint venture of LyondellBasell AF is in default under an agreement as a result of LyondellBasell AF’s voluntary filing for relief under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code on April 24, 2009. The parties are currently negotiating in good faith and at present there is no evidence that such negotiations will not be concluded successfully.

12. Short-term Investments

As a result of financial difficulties experienced by major financial institutions beginning in the latter part of the third quarter of 2008, LyondellBasell AF received notice that rights of redemption had been suspended with respect to a money market fund in which LyondellBasell AF invested approximately $174 million. LyondellBasell AF had been advised that additional redemptions were forthcoming, subject to LyondellBasell AF’s pro rata share of a $3.5 billion loss reserve established by the fund in February 2009. Accordingly, LyondellBasell AF recorded a provision in 2008 for an estimated loss of $5 million related to the money market fund. However, on May 5, 2009, the SEC filed an application for injunctive and other relief with The United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (“U.S. District Court”) that objected to the creation of the $3.5 billion loss reserve and instead proposed a plan to distribute the remaining assets of the money market fund on a pro rata basis to shareholders that have not been fully redeemed since September 15, 2008. A majority of the claimants agreed with the SEC’s plan and on November 25, 2009, the U.S. District Court issued an order which provides for a pro rata distribution of the remaining assets. LyondellBasell AF has received redemptions totaling $160 million through December 31, 2009, including $23 million in 2009, $137 million in 2008 and an additional $12 million in January 2010. The January 2010 redemption exceeds LyondellBasell AF’s $9 million carrying value at December 31, 2009. Accordingly, LyondellBasell AF will recognize a $3 million gain on redemption in January 2010.

13. Accounts Receivable

LyondellBasell AF sells its products primarily to other industrial concerns in the petrochemicals and refining industries. LyondellBasell AF performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and, in certain circumstances, requires letters of credit from them. LyondellBasell AF’s allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, which is reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as a reduction of accounts receivable, totaled $109 million and $100 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Consolidated Statements of Operations included provisions for doubtful accounts of $18 million and $47 million in 2009 and 2008, and a credit to income of $14 million in 2007.

On December 20, 2007, in connection with the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical, certain U.S. subsidiaries entered into a $1,150 million accounts receivable securitization facility to sell, through a wholly owned, bankruptcy-remote subsidiary, on an ongoing basis and without recourse, interests in a pool of U.S. accounts receivable to financial institutions participating in the facility.

 

F-38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

13. Accounts Receivable—(Continued)

 

The amount of outstanding receivables sold under the new facility was $503 million as of December 31, 2008. On January 9, 2009, as a result of the filing for relief under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the $1,150 million accounts receivable sales facility was terminated and repaid in full, using $503 million of the initial proceeds of the DIP Financing. For a discussion of LyondellBasell AF’s other accounts receivable securitization programs, see Note 16.

14. Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following components at December 31:

 

Millions of dollars

   2009    2008

Finished goods

   $ 2,073    $ 2,116

Work-in-process

     164      119

Raw materials and supplies

     1,040      1,079
             

Total inventories

   $ 3,277    $ 3,314
             

LyondellBasell AF recorded charges of $127 million and $1,256 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively, to adjust the value of its inventory to market value, which was lower than the carrying cost at December 31, 2009 and 2008.

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, approximately 42% and 59%, respectively, of inventories, excluding materials and supplies, were valued using the LIFO method and the remainder were valued using the FIFO method. As a result of the significant drop in prices, the value of inventories based on the FIFO and LIFO methods of inventory accounting both reflected market values and current replacement cost at December 31, 2008. The excess of current replacement cost over LIFO cost of inventories amounted to $801 million at December 31, 2009. During 2009, liquidations of LIFO inventory layers resulted in a charge of $30 million.

15. Property, Plant and Equipment, Goodwill and Other Assets

The components of property, plant and equipment, at cost, and the related accumulated depreciation were as follows at December 31:

 

Millions of dollars

  

2009

   

2008

 

Land

   $ 297      $ 297   

Manufacturing facilities and equipment

     17,665        17,333   

Construction in progress

     1,029        1,069   
                

Total property, plant and equipment

     18,991        18,699   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (3,839     (2,308
                

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 15,152      $ 16,391   
                

On February 25, 2010, based on the continued impact of global economic conditions on polypropylene demand, LyondellBasell AF announced a project to cease production at, and permanently shut down, its polypropylene plant at Terni, Italy. LyondellBasell AF expects to recognize impairment charges of approximately $30 million plus severance and other charges which have yet to be determined but which could be significant. In conjunction with the project, LyondellBasell AF has started consultation with representatives of the works council with respect to the consequences for approximately 120 affected employees at the site.

 

F-39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

15. Property, Plant and Equipment, Goodwill and Other Assets—(Continued)

 

In 2009, LyondellBasell AF recognized impairment charges totaling $16 million, primarily related to the permanent shutdown of one polypropylene line in Wesseling, Germany and the low density polyethylene plant located at the Carrington, U.K. site. Based on the current market environment and LyondellBasell AF’s future projections, it was determined that the Carrington, U.K. LDPE plant was no longer economically viable. Approximately 50 employees will be affected by the closure of the facility, and LyondellBasell AF has started consultations with the trade union and its employee representatives.

In April 2009, based on reduced demand in North American automotive and other durable goods industries, as well as the expected slow recovery of these markets, the Debtors made the decision to temporarily idle three production lines at the Mansfield, Texas, advanced polyolefin compounding facility. As a result of strengthening demand in the latter half of 2009, two of the lines resumed operations while the third line was permanently shut down. As a result, this and a related site reduced their workforce by approximately 30% compared to 2008.

In the fourth quarter of 2008, management revised LyondellBasell AF’s long range cash flow projection in response to significantly deteriorating business conditions. The revised cash flow projection reflected a decrease in future revenues compared to earlier cash flow forecasts. As a result, LyondellBasell AF analyzed all of its assets for impairment, using discounted cash flows to determine the fair value of assets, and concluded that the assets related to the Berre Refinery were impaired. Accordingly, in 2008, LyondellBasell AF recognized a $218 million charge for impairment of the carrying value of the assets related to the Berre Refinery.

Also in 2008, LyondellBasell AF recognized a $7 million charge for impairment of the ethylene glycol facility in Beaumont, Texas.

In 2007, charges of approximately $20 million were incurred, primarily relating to the impairment of a plant in Varennes, Canada, and the impairment of capitalized engineering costs in Germany.

Capitalized interest expense related to property, plant and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $35 million, $13 million and $3 million, respectively.

During the fourth quarter of 2008, LyondellBasell AF performed its annual impairment tests for goodwill. As a result of the review, LyondellBasell AF determined that the goodwill associated with its fuels Refining and Oxyfuels, O&P–Americas and Intermediates and Derivatives business segments was impaired. The impairment was based on a review of the business segments performed by management in which discounted cash flows did not support the carrying value of the goodwill due to the rapid deterioration in the global economy and the effects on LyondellBasell AF’s operations in the latter part of the fourth quarter of 2008. Accordingly, in the fourth quarter of 2008, LyondellBasell AF recorded a charge to earnings of $4,982 million, for impairment of goodwill, including $4,921 million related to the December 20, 2007 acquisition of Lyondell Chemical. In the fourth quarter of 2009, LyondellBasell AF recorded an adjustment related to prior periods which increased income from operations and net income for the three-month period ended December 31, 2009, by $65 million. The adjustment related to an overstatement of goodwill impairment in 2008.

 

F-40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

15. Property, Plant and Equipment, Goodwill and Other Assets—(Continued)

 

The components of identifiable intangible assets, at cost, and the related accumulated amortization were as follows at December 31:

 

     2009    2008

Millions of dollars

   Cost    Accumulated
Amortization
    Net    Cost    Accumulated
Amortization
    Net

Technology, patent and license costs

   $ 1,021    $ (338   $ 683    $ 1,008    $ (239   $ 769

Emission allowances

     733      (62     671      692             692

Various contracts

     350      (118     232      350      (61     289

Debt issuance costs

     598      (477     121      298      (57     241

Software costs

     71      (6     65      91      (14     77

Catalyst costs

     127      (89     38      118      (39     79

Other

     111      (60     51      106      (12     94
                                           

Total intangible assets

   $ 3,011    $ (1,150   $ 1,861    $ 2,663    $ (422   $ 2,241
                                           

Amortization of these identifiable intangible assets for the next five years is expected to be $288 million in 2010, $162 million in 2011, $131 million in 2012, $96 million in 2013 and $84 million in 2014.

LyondellBasell AF has surplus emissions allowances related to highly-reactive volatile organic compounds (“HRVOCs”) that would be reallocated to other industry participants under proposed legislation by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. Consequently, LyondellBasell AF recognized a $44 million charge related to these surplus allowances in December 2009. Also in December 2009, LyondellBasell AF recognized a $9 million impairment for non-U.S. emission rights.

For purposes of its annual impairment test, fair value was measured based on estimates of cost to implement alternative emission reduction technology.

The components of other assets were as follows at December 31:

 

    

2009

  

2008

Precious metals

   $ 90    $ 84

Company-owned life insurance

     52      52

Pension assets

     19      16

Deferred tax assets

     115     

Other

     87      50
             

Total other assets

   $ 363    $ 202
             

 

F-41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

15. Property, Plant and Equipment, Goodwill and Other Assets—(Continued)

 

Depreciation and amortization expense is summarized as follows:

 

Millions of dollars

   2009    2008    2007

Property, plant and equipment

   $ 1,515    $ 1,628    $ 396

Investment in PO joint ventures

     57      59      1

Technology, patent and license costs

     123      93      61

Software costs

     21      15      11

Other

     58      116      3
                    

Total depreciation and amortization

   $ 1,774    $ 1,911    $ 472
                    

Asset Retirement Obligations —At some sites LyondellBasell AF is contractually obligated to decommission its plants upon site exit. LyondellBasell AF has provided for the net present value of the estimated costs. Typically such costs are incurred within three years after a plant’s closure. The changes in LyondellBasell AF’s asset retirement obligations were as follows:

 

Millions of dollars

   2009    2008  

Balance, January 1

   $ 108    $ 144   

Payments

          (5

Changes in estimates

          (8

Accretion expense

     17      9   

Effects of exchange rate changes

     7      (9

Reduction as a result of business acquisition

          (23
               

Balance, December 31

   $ 132    $ 108   
               

A $23 million asset retirement obligation to the former owner of the Berre Refinery was cancelled in 2008 upon acquisition of the Berre Refinery by LyondellBasell AF.

LyondellBasell AF believes that there are asset retirement obligations associated with some of its facilities, but that the present value of those obligations normally is not material in the context of an indefinite expected life of the facilities. As part of its reorganization plan, LyondellBasell AF is reviewing the optimal future alternatives for its facilities. Any decision to retire one or more facilities may result in an increase in the present value of such obligations.

 

F-42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

16. Short-Term Debt

Loans, notes and other short-term debt due to banks and other unrelated parties consisted of the following at December 31:

 

Millions of dollars

   2009    2008

Debtor-in-Possession Credit Agreements:

     

Term Loan facility due 2010:

     

New Money Loans

   $ 2,167    $

Roll-up Loans—Senior Secured Credit Facility:

     

Term Loan A due 2013—U.S. tranche

     385     

Term Loan A due 2013—Dutch tranche

     122     

Term Loan B due 2014—U.S. tranche ($3 million of discount)

     2,012     

Term Loan B due 2014—German tranche

     465     

Revolving Credit Facility—U.S. tranche

     202     

Revolving Credit Facility—Dutch tranche

     54     

ABL Facility

     325     

Receivables securitization program

     377      705

Accounts receivable factoring facility

     24     

Financial payables to equity investees

     12      13

Other

     37      56
             

Total short-term debt

   $ 6,182    $ 774
             

The amended DIP Financing described below matures on, and requires the Debtors to emerge from the Bankruptcy Cases by April 6, 2010, unless extended by the Debtors to June 3, 2010 pursuant to the Debtor’s one-time extension option. The maturity date of the DIP Financing agreement will be adjusted with the plan confirmation milestone, as may be extended based on the U.S. Bankruptcy Court’s availability. The capital structure of the Debtors on emergence from chapter 11 will be set in the reorganization plan that must be confirmed by the U.S. Bankruptcy Court.

DIP Financing —On January 8, 2009, the Debtors received interim U.S. Bankruptcy Court approval, and on March 1, 2009, the final U.S. Bankruptcy Court approval, of the debtor-in possession financings that provided for facilities in an aggregate amount up to $8,500 million, as follows, comprising: (i) a $6,500 million term loan facility (“DIP Term Loan Facility”) consisting of: (a) $3,250 million of new funding (the “New Money Loans”) and (b) $3,250 million of a dollar-for-dollar “roll up” of previously outstanding senior secured loans (the “Roll-Up Loans”)and (ii) an asset-based facility with a revolving credit line initially in an amount up to $1,540 million (“DIP ABL Facility” and together with the DIP Term Loan Facility, the “DIP Financing”) subject to a borrowing base, with an option to increase this facility through the addition of new lenders by an amount up to $460 million so that the aggregate DIP ABL Facility equaled an amount up to $2,000 million. On March 12, 2009 and July 15, 2009, new lenders were added increasing the DIP Financing by $30 million and $50 million, respectively, to $8,120 million.

The initial proceeds of the DIP Financing were used: (i) to refinance, in full, (A) the Senior Secured Inventory-Based Facility, (B) the $1,150 million Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility (see Note 13), (C) the $200 million North American accounts receivable securitization program, and (D) the $100 million super emergency interim DIP Financing; (ii) to pay related transaction costs, fees and expenses; (iii) to provide working capital; and (iv) for other general corporate purposes of the Debtors as well as the non-U.S. subsidiaries of LyondellBasell AF. Not more than €700 million of the proceeds under the DIP Financing may be used to fund

 

F-43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

16. Short-Term Debt—(Continued)

 

LyondellBasell AF’s non-U.S. subsidiaries. For the period from January 6, 2009 to December 31, 2009, the maximum amount advanced to LyondellBasell AF’s non-U.S. subsidiaries, pursuant to the term of the DIP Financing, was $634 million (€481 million at historical rates). At December 31, 2009, advances of $115 million (€80 million) were outstanding. Total cash held by LyondellBasell AF’s foreign operations may not exceed €200 million, after excluding certain items, including cash deemed restricted under the DIP Financing agreements due to settlement procedures under the European receivables securitization program, tax and legal considerations in certain countries, and pursuant to letters of credit and guarantees. On a weekly basis, cash in excess of the €200 million limit must be transferred to Lyondell Chemical, provided that the excess is at least €5 million.

The required pre-petition lenders have entered into forbearance agreements, as applicable, with respect to the exercise of certain remedies under the amended and restated pre-petition Senior Secured Credit Agreement and Interim Loan, originally dated as of December 20, 2007.

DIP Term Loan Facility —On January 9, 2009, the Debtors borrowed $2,167 million under the DIP Term Loan Facility and received proceeds, net of related fees, of $2,089 million. Of the $2,089 million proceeds: (i) $672 million was used, together with borrowings under the DIP ABL Facility, to refinance, in full, the pre-existing asset-based facilities; (ii) $507 million was used to fund the operations of non-U.S. subsidiaries; and (iii) $100 million was used to repay a demand note related to emergency post-petition funding. During the remainder of its term, the Debtors may borrow an additional $1,083 million under the DIP Term Loan Facility. During 2009, the Debtors paid fees of $96 million, primarily related to the DIP Facilities, including fees associated with amendments to the DIP Financing agreement described in “DIP Financing Amendments,” below.

Upon completion of the syndication of the DIP Facilities on March 5, 2009, the roll up of previously outstanding senior secured loans in an aggregate amount equal to $3,250 million into the DIP Term Loan Facility became effective. This roll up consisted of: (i) $385 million of the U.S. Tranche A Dollar Term Loan; (ii) $2,015 million of the U.S. Tranche B Dollar Term Loan; (iii) $465 million of the German Tranche B Euro Term Loan; (iv) $202 million of the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility, all of which were held by the Debtors; and (v) $128 million of the Dutch Tranche A Dollar Term Loan; and (vi) $54 million of the Dutch Revolving Credit Facility.

Loans under the DIP Term Loan Facility bear interest at either the Base Rate or the Eurodollar Rate, (both as defined in the DIP Term Loan Facility), plus, in either case, an applicable margin. The Eurodollar Rate cannot decrease below 3% for New Money Loans, and for 62% of the Roll-Up Loans cannot decrease below 3.25%. In the case of New Money Loans, the applicable margin per annum is 9% for Base Rate Loans and 10% for Eurocurrency Loans. The applicable margin per annum for Roll-Up Loans is 2.69% for Base Rate Loans and 3.69% for Eurocurrency Loans, subject to adjustment. In the event of default, interest will increase by 200 basis points. Interest on Eurocurrency Loans is payable on the last day of the applicable interest period and on the maturity date and for Base Rate Loans, on the last day of each calendar month and on the maturity date. Additional fees under the DIP Term Loan Facility include a 1.5% per annum fee on the daily unused portion of the New Money Loan commitments and a 3% exit fee due upon prepayment of New Money Loans. An exit fee is also applicable to any voluntary reduction of the New Money Loan commitments and Roll-Up Loans. To the extent a New Money Loan commitment is voluntarily reduced or an outstanding New Money Loan is prepaid, such amounts cannot be borrowed or re-borrowed. LyondellBasell AF has recorded a $195 million liability related to the 3% exit fee and a corresponding deferred asset, which will be amortized over the term of the DIP Term Loan Facility and is reflected in “Amortization of debt-related costs” in the Statement of Cash Flows.

 

F-44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

16. Short-Term Debt—(Continued)

 

Subject to certain limitations, net proceeds arising from the disposition of assets, or the settlement of casualty claims relating to collateral on which DIP Term Facility lenders have a first priority security interest, or from the incurrence of debt, must first be used to repay outstanding New Money Loans under the DIP Term Facility and then used to reduce undrawn commitments, next used to pay down the DIP ABL Facility loans and, finally, to repay the Roll-Up Loans.

DIP ABL Facility —Pursuant to the DIP ABL Facility, the Debtors may currently, subject to a borrowing base, borrow up to $1,620 million. The borrowing base is determined using formulae applied to accounts receivable and inventory balances, and is reduced to the extent of outstanding letters of credit under the facility, which are limited to $700 million. Under the terms of the DIP ABL Facility, the asset-based facility may be increased up to an aggregate maximum commitment amount of $2,000 million, in increments of at least $25 million. On March 12, 2009 and July 15, 2009, the Debtors exercised their option to increase the DIP ABL Facility by designating New Lenders, increasing the commitments under the DIP ABL Facility from $1,540 million to $1,620 million.

On January 9, 2009, the Debtors borrowed $810 million under the DIP ABL Facility, paying $93 million of fees related to the new facility and, together with proceeds from the DIP Term Loan Facility, refinanced the pre-existing asset-based facilities. At December 31, 2009, there were net borrowings of $325 million outstanding under the DIP ABL Facility and outstanding letters of credit totaled $424 million. The borrowing base was $1,612 million, after giving effect to a $100 million unused availability requirement.

Subject to certain limitations in the DIP ABL Facility Agreement and provisions in the DIP Term Loan Agreement, net proceeds arising from the disposition of assets, the incurrence of debt or casualty claims related to collateral of the ABL Facility must be used to repay outstanding loans under the DIP ABL Facility. In addition, if on any day the total amount of loans outstanding under the DIP ABL Facility, including the amount of outstanding letters of credit, exceed the maximum available under the DIP ABL Facility, a payment equal to or greater than the excess borrowings must be made on the following business day.

Covenants —Subject to certain exceptions, the DIP Facilities contain covenants that restrict, among other things, debt incurrence, lien incurrence, investments, certain payments on indebtedness, sales of assets and mergers, amendment of terms of certain indebtedness and material obligations, alterations in the conduct of Lyondell Chemical’s business, and affiliate transactions and distributions by LyondellBasell AF and its subsidiaries.

In addition, the DIP Facilities contain covenants that establish or require the Debtors to maintain quarterly capital expenditures at levels below the maximum defined in the DIP Facilities, daily minimum levels of liquidity and monthly minimum levels of cumulative Consolidated EBITDAR (as defined in the DIP Facilities).

The DIP Facilities (see “ DIP Financing Amendments ,” below) also contain a covenant establishing certain milestones related to the plan of reorganization, including obtaining the U.S. Bankruptcy Court’s confirmation of the plan by May 20, 2010, subject to the extension described in Note 3 and the U.S. Bankruptcy Court’s availability.

Security and Guarantees —Loans under the DIP Financing agreements are secured by priming first priority interests in and liens on substantially all pre-petition and post-petition property of all borrowers and U.S. guarantors under the DIP Financing agreements, including, but not limited to, material fee-owned property and

 

F-45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

16. Short-Term Debt—(Continued)

 

equipment, general intangibles, investment and intellectual property, and proceeds of the foregoing, as well as share capital of certain subsidiaries. The collateral provided by Germany Holdings is limited to the share capital of its direct subsidiaries.

Guarantors include each borrower, certain Debtors, any Additional Debtor (as defined in the DIP Financing agreements), LyondellBasell AF and each of its subsidiaries that is a guarantor of the pre-existing Senior Secured Credit Facility and Interim Loan. The guarantees are joint and several and full and unconditional.

DIP Financing Amendments —The DIP Financing credit agreements have been amended as follows:

 

   

Effective as of July 24, 2009, the DIP Financing credit agreements were amended, among other things, to address certain changes in specific reporting requirements, to increase certain investment and indebtedness limitations for the purpose of permitting certain business operations and opportunities, and provide for the confidentiality of certain proprietary business information;

 

   

On August 14, 2009, the DIP Financing agreements were amended to modify the delivery terms for the plan of reorganization and disclosure statement;

 

   

Effective October 5, 2009, the DIP Financing agreements were amended to extend the milestone related to the approval of the disclosure statement for the plan of reorganization from October 15 to November 13, 2009, and plan confirmation milestone from December 1 to December 15, 2009; and

 

   

In October and December 2009, the DIP Financing agreements were further amended to, among other things, extend the milestone related to the approval of the disclosure statement for the plan of reorganization to April 6, 2010 and the plan confirmation milestone to May 20, 2010, subject to further extension based on the U.S. Bankruptcy Court’s availability. The amendments extended the maturity of the DIP Financing agreements from December 15, 2009 to April 6, 2010, with a one-time option to further extend the maturity to June 3, 2010. The maturity date of the DIP Financing agreements will be adjusted with the plan confirmation milestone, as maybe extended based on the U.S. Bankruptcy Court’s availability (see Note 3).

Structured Financing —In July 2007, LyondellBasell AF entered into a structured financing transaction with a European bank (the “Bank”). Upon closing, Basell Funding S.à r.l., Luxembourg, (“BFS”) granted to BAFB B.V. (“BAFB”), the Netherlands, Dutch certificaten van aandelen (“Certificates”) with respect to 50 fixed-return preferred shares issued by Basell Holdings B.V., Netherlands (“BH”) for consideration of €1,000 million ($1,344 million). The Certificates gave BAFB the right to receive from LyondellBasell AF dividends and other distributions that BFS received from BH in relation to the preferred shares. BAFB was incorporated by the Bank with ordinary shares of €1,000 million. LyondellBasell AF and the Bank further entered into a put and call option agreement with respect to the shares of BAFB whereby at any moment at their respective sole discretion either LyondellBasell AF could call or the Bank could put the shares of BAFB for a purchase price of €1,000 million. As a consequence of this arrangement, LyondellBasell AF was deemed to control BAFB. The majority of BAFB’s stock was owned by the Bank and the Bank acted as its managing director. LyondellBasell AF invested the proceeds in a pledged deposit with an affiliate of the Bank bearing interest at floating market rates which were swapped to a fixed rate of interest through an interest rate swap. In September 2008, LyondellBasell AF exercised its option to call the BAFB shares. In October 2008, LyondellBasell AF redeemed the BAFB shares using the restricted cash of €1,000 million ($1,363 million) and terminated the related interest rate swap, resulting in the recognition of a non-cash charge to interest of $55 million. LyondellBasell AF did not incur breakage costs related to the termination of this transaction.

 

F-46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

16. Short-Term Debt—(Continued)

 

Receivables Securitization Programs —LyondellBasell AF has an accounts receivable securitization program, under which LyondellBasell AF may receive funding of up to €450 million against eligible receivables of certain European subsidiaries. Transfers of accounts receivable under this program do not qualify as sales; therefore, the transferred accounts receivable and the proceeds received through such transfers are included in trade receivables, net, and short-term debt in the consolidated balance sheets.

Previously, LyondellBasell AF had a €620 million European accounts receivable securitization program. In early 2009, LyondellBasell AF received a notification that all funding under the €620 million European accounts receivable securitization program would cease. On March 4, 2009, LyondellBasell AF amended and restated this facility to the present €450 million facility.

The European accounts receivable securitization program provides that a certain termination event occurs in connection with the standstill period related to the Senior Notes due 2015 (see Note 3). The parties to the securitization program have generally agreed to a temporary waiver of such termination event until April 6, 2010. Absent a deferral of the expiration of the standstill period related to the Senior Notes due 2015, the purchaser may require a change in the settlement process that may reduce available liquidity during certain periods.

On January 26, 2010, LyondellBasell AF obtained an amendment to the European accounts receivable securitization program to, among other things, extend the program to April 6, 2010, with an option to further extend the program to June 3, 2010, provided that the DIP Financing agreements are also extended to June 3, 2010.

The Debtors had an accounts receivable securitization program, which was entered into in 2005, to provide funding of up to $200 million to North American subsidiaries of LyondellBasell AF. In connection with the commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases, this facility was terminated and repaid with proceeds from the DIP Financing.

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, amounts of $377 million and $591 million, respectively, were funded under the European receivables securitization program. At December 31, 2008, $114 million was funded under the $200 million North American program. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the interest rates on amounts outstanding under the European facility were 10% and 8.66%. As of December 31, 2008, the interest rate on amounts outstanding under the U.S. facility was 4.96%.

On October 8, 2009, a non-debtor subsidiary of LyondellBasell AF entered into an accounts receivable factoring facility for up to €100 million. The factoring facility is for an indefinite period, non-recourse, unsecured and terminable by either party subject to notice. The amount of outstanding receivables sold under this facility was $24 million as of December 31, 2009.

17. Accounts Payable

Accounts payable at December 31, 2009 and 2008 included liabilities in the amount of $13 million and $11 million, respectively, for checks issued in excess of associated bank balances, but not yet presented for collection.

 

F-47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

18. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following components at December 31:

 

Millions of dollars

   2009    2008

Payroll and benefits

   $ 403    $ 466

Taxes other than income taxes

     209      287

Interest

     26      241

Product sales rebates

     156      297

Debtor-in-possession exit fees

     195     

Derivatives

          231

Income taxes

     84      57

Deferred revenues

     36      27

Other

     281      432
             

Total accrued liabilities

   $ 1,390    $ 2,038
             

19. Long-Term Debt

Loans, notes, debentures and other long-term debt due to banks and other unrelated parties consisted of the following at December 31:

 

Millions of dollars

   2009     2008  

Bank credit facilities:

    

Senior secured credit facility:

    

Term loan A due 2013

    

U.S. tranche

   $      $ 1,429   

Dutch tranche

     331        477   

Term loan B due 2014

    

U.S. tranche

            7,410   

German tranche

            1,800   

$1,000 million revolving credit facility

     164        950   

$1,600 million inventory-based credit facility

            766   

Interim Loan

            8,000   

Senior Notes, due 2015, $615 million

            615   

Senior Notes, due 2015, €500 million

            699   

Guaranteed Notes, due 2027

     300        300   

Debentures due 2010, 10.25%

            103   

Debentures due 2020, 9.8%

            222   

Debentures due 2026, 7.55%

            130   

Senior Debentures due 2026, 7.625%

            241   

Other

     7        53   
                

Total

     802        23,195   

Less current maturities

     (497     (22,891
                

Long-term debt

   $ 305      $ 304   
                

 

F-48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

19. Long-Term Debt—(Continued)

 

As a result of the Bankruptcy Cases, LyondellBasell AF’s $8,000 million Interim Loan, $615 million Senior Notes due 2015, €500 million Senior Notes due 2015, Senior Debentures due 2026, and portions of the Senior Secured Credit Facility comprising the U.S. tranche of Term Loan A, the U.S. and German tranches of Term Loan B, the U.S. tranche of the Revolving Credit Facility, as well as the 10.25% Debentures due 2010, the 9.8% Debentures due 2020 and the 7.55% and 7.625% Debentures due 2026 a $6 million note payable to KIC Ltd. and a $1 million note payable to the State of Maryland, all of which are deemed to be undersecured, are classified as “Liabilities subject to compromise” on the December 31, 2009 consolidated balance sheet (see Note 21).

At December 31, 2009, long-term debt comprised the $300 million guaranteed notes due 2027 and other debt, all of which is held by non-debtors.

Guaranteed Notes due 2027 —LyondellBasell AF has outstanding fixed interest rate Guaranteed Notes of $300 million with a maturity date of March 15, 2027. The interest rate is 8.1% and the interest payment dates are September 15 and March 15.

The Guaranteed Notes are guaranteed by LyondellBasell Industries Holdings B.V., a subsidiary of LyondellBasell AF. The 2027 Guaranteed Notes provide certain restrictions with respect to the level of maximum debt that can be incurred and security that can be granted by the operating companies in Italy and The Netherlands that are direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of LyondellBasell Industries Holdings B.V.

The 2027 Notes contain customary provisions for default, including, among others, the non-payment of principal and interest on the 2027 Notes, certain failures to perform or observe any other obligation under the 2027 Agreement on the 2027 Notes, the occurrence of certain defaults under other indebtedness, failure to pay certain indebtedness and the insolvency or bankruptcy of certain LyondellBasell AF subsidiaries.

At December 31, 2008, LyondellBasell AF was not in compliance with certain of its covenants under the Senior Secured Credit Facility, which would have constituted a default under the Senior Secured Credit Facility once the covenant compliance certificate would have been provided. On January 6, 2009, the Initial Debtors filed voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. The commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases also constituted an event of default under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Pursuant to the cross-default provisions contained in certain of LyondellBasell AF’s indebtedness, a significant portion of LyondellBasell AF’s debt was capable of being accelerated at December 31, 2008. Accordingly at December 31, 2008, the affected debt was classified as current maturities of long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheet.

Beginning on March 2, 2009, the Debtors are obligated to pay interest, at the non-default rate, on the outstanding amounts under the Senior Secured Credit Facility not designated as Roll-Up Loans, subject to a minimum liquidity test calculated on the last day of the previous month. Interest will be paid to the extent “liquidity,” as defined in the final order approving the DIP Financing, is greater than $1,015 million after giving effect to the payment. Any unpaid interest at the end of the period may be asserted as a claim by the lenders thereunder. Through December 31, 2009, the minimum liquidity requirement was met or exceeded and the related interest expense was accrued and is being paid.

Pursuant to the final order approving the DIP Financing, the pre-petition Senior Secured Credit Facility, the Debentures due 2010 and 2020 and the 7.55% Senior Notes due 2026, were granted, on a pari passu basis, a third priority lien on the DIP Collateral, described in the “Security and Guarantees” section of Note 16. The

 

F-49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

19. Long-Term Debt—(Continued)

 

pre-petition Senior Secured Credit Facility continues to have first priority liens, on a pari passu basis with the Roll-Up Loans, on pre-petition Senior Secured Credit Facility collateral that is not DIP Collateral. Additionally, under the adequate protection provisions, the Interim Loan was granted fourth and fifth priority liens on the DIP Collateral and continues to have a second and third priority lien on pre-petition Senior Secured Credit Facility collateral that is not DIP Collateral.

Each DIP Facility lender has entered into forbearance agreements, as applicable, with respect to the exercise of certain remedies under the amended and restated pre-petition Senior Secured Credit Agreement and Interim Loan, each originally dated as of December 20, 2007.

Senior Secured Credit Facility— On December 20, 2007, in connection with the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical, LyondellBasell AF entered into a Senior Secured Credit Facility. The Senior Secured Credit Facility consists of a six-year $2,000 million Term Loan A facility due 2013, a seven-year $7,550 million and €1,300 million Term Loan B facility due 2014 and a six-year $1,000 million multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility due 2013. Loans under the Senior Secured Credit Facility bear interest at rates equal to adjusted LIBOR plus the applicable margin or the higher of the federal funds rate plus 0.5% and the prime rate plus the applicable margin.

The Senior Secured Credit Facility contains covenants that, subject to certain exceptions, restrict, among other things: (i) debt incurrence; (ii) lien incurrence; (iii) investments, dividends and distributions; (iv) certain payments on indebtedness, sales of assets and mergers, amendment of terms of certain indebtedness and material obligations; (v) the conduct of business; and (vi) affiliate transactions or transactions limiting LyondellBasell’s and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to make distributions or to incur or permit liens. In addition, the credit facility contains covenants that establish maximum levels of annual capital expenditures and require LyondellBasell to maintain the following specified financial ratios: (1) the First Lien Secured Leverage Ratio, as defined, may not exceed 3.75:1 on a consolidated basis and (2) the Consolidated Debt Service Ratio, as defined, may not be less than 1.1:1.

The Senior Secured Credit Facility is secured by first priority interests in all material assets including, but not limited to, material fee-owned property and equipment, general intangibles, investment and intellectual property, and proceeds of the foregoing, as well as share capital of certain subsidiaries, of all borrowers and guarantors under the facility, except assets of certain subsidiaries of Millennium Chemicals Inc. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “Millennium”).

Under the terms of the financing for the Lyondell Chemical acquisition, the joint lead arrangers (“JLAs”) retained the right to flex certain provisions of the financing, including pricing and the reallocation and retranching of the Term Loans. Effective April 30, 2008, the JLAs exercised the price flex provisions and, in conjunction with the exercise, the Senior Secured Credit Facility was amended to (i) convert each of the U.S. Tranche B Dollar Term Loan and the German Tranche B Euro Term Loan into three separate tranches, some of which tranches are subject to a prepayment penalty, (ii) increase interest rates and fee rates by 0.5%, (iii) establish a LIBOR floor of 3.25% on the U.S. Tranche B Dollar Term Loan, (iv) modify certain debt covenants, including increasing a general debt basket from $750 million to $1,000 million, eliminating an interest rate hedging requirement, increasing the asset backed facility basket by $500 million, and adding a covenant prohibiting reduction of aggregate commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility with AI International S.à.r.l. before its initial maturity, (v) amend the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA, as defined, for the purpose of determining compliance with the debt requirements, to reflect adjustments to present 2007 cost of sales in accordance with FIFO inventory accounting, and (vi) make other changes, including technical and typographical corrections.

 

F-50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

19. Long-Term Debt—(Continued)

 

In conjunction with the exercise by the JLAs of their flex rights, additional amendments were made to each of the Interim Loan, Senior Secured Inventory-Based Credit Facility, Revolving Credit Facility with AI International S.à.r.l. and Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility (see Note 13). The amendments to the Interim Loan and Senior Secured Inventory-Based Credit Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility with AI International S.à.r.l. were effective on April 30, 2008. The amendments to the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility were effective on May 6, 2008.

Each of the Interim Loan, the Senior Secured Inventory-Based Credit Facility, the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility and Revolving Credit Facility with AI International S.à.r.l. were amended to (i) conform to certain of the amendments to the Senior Secured Credit Facility and (ii) make other changes, including technical and typographical corrections. In addition, the Senior Secured Inventory-Based Credit Facility was amended to allow LyondellBasell AF the future option to increase the aggregate amount of commitments under the facility by a further $500 million.

As a result of the Bankruptcy Cases in early January 2009, all unused commitments under the $1,000 million Revolving Credit Facility were cancelled. Prior to the Bankruptcy Cases, amounts available under the Revolving Credit Facility were reduced to the extent of outstanding borrowings by LyondellBasell AF and outstanding letters of credit provided under the credit facility, which were $950 million and $39 million, respectively, at December 31, 2008.

Inventory-Based Credit Facility —On December 20, 2007, LyondellBasell AF also entered into a five-year $1,000 million Senior Secured Inventory-Based Credit Facility. Under the terms of the Senior Secured Inventory-Based Credit Facility, as amended, LyondellBasell AF could elect to increase commitments under the facility by up to an aggregate $1,100 million. Effective April 30, 2008, LyondellBasell AF exercised the option to increase the facility by $600 million and, as a result, aggregate commitments under the facility increased from $1,000 million to $1,600 million.

Concurrent with the exercise of the increase in commitments, Lyondell Chemical Company became a lien grantor and added the following as collateral: (i) a first priority pledge of all equity interests owned by Lyondell Chemical Company in, and all indebtedness owed to it by, LyondellBasell Receivables I, LLC (the seller under the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility) and (ii) a first priority security interest in all accounts receivable, inventory and related assets owned by Lyondell Chemical Company, subject to customary exceptions.

The Senior Secured Inventory-Based Credit Facility contained restrictive covenants and covenants that established maximum levels of capital expenditures, all of which were substantially similar to the Senior Secured Credit Facility. The Senior Secured Inventory-Based Credit Facility also provided that if for any period of four consecutive quarters the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as defined, of LyondellBasell AF, on a consolidated basis, was less than 1.1:1, then during the next quarter, Total Excess Availability (as defined) could not be less than $200 million for five consecutive business days or more, unless, on each such day, Total Excess Availability was at least $150 million and Total Collateral Availability (as defined) was at least $275 million. The proceeds of loans under the Senior Secured Inventory-Based Credit Facility could not be used by the LyondellBasell AF subsidiaries that were borrowers under the facilities to make certain dividends or distributions in the event that the daily average Total Excess Availability failed to exceed $225 million on any of the five consecutive business days prior to the date of the dividend or distribution.

 

F-51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

19. Long-Term Debt—(Continued)

 

Loans under this facility bore interest, at the option of the borrower, of the applicable margin plus the alternate base rate, as defined, or the current LIBOR rate, as defined. The borrowers’ ability to borrow under the Senior Secured Inventory-Based Credit Facility was effectively terminated as a result of the chapter 11 filing, and was repaid on January 9, 2009 using proceeds from the DIP Financing and replaced by the DIP ABL Facility.

Interim Loan— The Interim Loan, together with proceeds from borrowings under certain tranches of the Senior Secured Credit Facility, was used to finance the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical.

Prior to giving effect to the amendments discussed below, the Interim Loan bore interest at LIBOR plus an initial margin of 4.625%, which margin increased by 0.5% in each of June 2008 and September 2008 and was to increase by 0.5% for each three-month period thereafter, subject to a maximum interest rate of 12% per annum (or 12.5% in the event of certain rating declines) (the “Applicable Margin”). The interest rate at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was 10.02% and 9.57%, respectively.

Through a series of actions, the validity of which LyondellBasell AF disputed, the JLAs had attempted to increase the applicable rate under the Interim Loan to 12% per annum. Since June 16, 2008, LyondellBasell AF had been paying 12% interest, which was approximately 4% higher than the applicable rate under the Interim Loan as at June 30, 2008, in order to avoid any allegation of default by the lenders. LyondellBasell AF had protested the higher rate of interest and had reserved its right to recover any such amounts based upon a determination that the JLAs’ attempt to impose a rate increase is not supported by the terms of the applicable loan documentation.

On October 17, 2008, the agreement governing the Interim Loan was amended and restated. Under the amended and restated agreement, the $8 billion principal amount of initial loans outstanding were retranched into:

 

  (a) $3.5 billion of fixed rate second lien loans, which bore interest at a rate equal to 12% per annum (12.5% in the case of certain ratings downgrades);

 

  (b) $2.0 billion of floating rate second lien loans; and

 

  (c) $2.5 billion of floating rate third lien loans.

All of the floating rate loans bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR (in the case of U.S. dollar loans) or EURIBOR (in the case of euro loans) plus the Applicable Margin.

The economic impact of the interest rates applicable to the retranched loans was effective as of June 16, 2008.

The amendments also included provisions allowing lenders

 

  (i)

within 180 days after October 17, 2008, to convert retranched fixed rate second lien loans into fixed rate second lien notes or a combination of fixed rate second lien notes and up to $1 billion in aggregate principal amount of fixed rate third lien notes and/or fixed rate unsecured notes (and pursuant to a notice provided by the lenders on October 17, 2008, all of the fixed rate second lien

 

F-52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

19. Long-Term Debt—(Continued)

 

  loans were to automatically convert into fixed rate second lien notes if no election was made by the lenders to convert a portion of the fixed rate second lien loans to fixed rate third lien or unsecured notes within this 180-day period) and

 

  (ii) following the time that the fixed rate second lien loans were converted into exchange notes and certain lenders under the amended and restated agreement hold, in aggregate, less than $950 million of such notes, to convert new floating rate second lien loans into fixed rate second lien notes and to convert new floating rate third lien loans into fixed rate third lien notes and/or fixed rate unsecured notes. In all such cases, the exchange notes were to bear interest at a rate equal to 12% per annum (12.5% in the case of certain ratings downgrades), could be denominated in euro or dollars, and were to have maturity dates between June 2015 and December 2019.

In addition, the amendments included revisions to some of the terms of the exchange notes to make them consistent, in some instances, with similar provisions of the Senior Secured Credit Facility. The amendments also made other changes, including technical and typographical corrections. LyondellBasell AF pre-paid fees of $59 million in connection with this amendment, which were applied to interest payments in the fourth quarter of 2008.

In December 2008, the initial Interim Loans converted to senior secured loans that were due June 2015.

At December 31, 2008, the Interim Loan was secured, depending on the tranche, by a second or third priority interest over the collateral securing the Senior Secured Credit Facility.

Senior Notes due 2015 —Under an indenture dated August 10, 2005, which has been amended from time to time thereafter, LyondellBasell AF issued €500 million ($699 million) and $615 million of senior notes (the “Senior Notes”), which mature on August 10, 2015. These Senior Notes, which were issued at a discount of €27 million ($38 million), bear interest at a rate of 8.375%. Interest is payable on August 15 and February 15.

Under the indenture governing the Senior Notes, LyondellBasell AF is required to comply with certain covenants related to the conduct of its business. Non-compliance with any of these covenants would constitute an event of default.

Certain subsidiaries of LyondellBasell AF have provided guarantees for the obligations of LyondellBasell AF as issuer of the Senior Notes subject to typical limitations required by the laws in the relevant jurisdictions.

LyondellBasell AF, as issuer of the Senior Notes, has granted a pledge over shares in its subsidiary Basell Funding S.à r.l. and a pledge over the loan whereby the proceeds of the Senior Notes were loaned to Basell Holdings B.V. Such security is a second ranking security subordinated to any security granted to the lenders under the Senior Facility Agreement and the Interim Loan.

On February 6, 2009, the Initial Debtors filed a motion with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court seeking a preliminary injunction prohibiting certain creditors from enforcing pre-petition guarantees issued by LyondellBasell AF and certain of its non-Debtor subsidiaries for obligations of the Debtors and certain Non-Debtors and seeking to prevent the holders of LyondellBasell AF’s 8.375% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Senior Notes”) from among other things, taking action to accelerate the maturity of the Senior Notes. On

 

F-53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

19. Long-Term Debt—(Continued)

 

February 26, 2009, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court granted this injunction for a period of 60 days. LyondellBasell AF and its general partner filed voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code on April 24, 2009 (prior to the expiration of the 60-day period). As a result of these filings, the ability of creditors to enforce their claims against LyondellBasell AF and its general partner is stayed by applicable provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

On March 23, 2009, the trustee under the indenture dated August 10, 2005 relating to the Senior Notes, served notice that an event of default had occurred under the indenture as a result of the commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases and LyondellBasell AF’s failure to pay interest on the Senior Notes when due, which failure continued beyond the applicable grace period. Pursuant to an Intercreditor Agreement dated December 21, 2007 (the “Intercreditor Agreement”), the notice of default started a 179-day period (“Standstill Period”) during which the holders of the Senior Notes and the trustee may not take action to enforce their rights with respect to the Senior Notes or the guarantees thereof. Upon the expiration of the Standstill Period, the trustee may pursue claims against non-Debtor affiliates who are guarantors of the Senior Notes. The Standstill period was originally scheduled to expire on September 18, 2009.

On August 28, 2009, the Debtors initiated an adversary proceeding seeking a permanent and preliminary injunction to prevent the holders of the Senior Notes and the trustee from taking certain actions against non-Debtor affiliates obligated under the Senior Notes. On October 1, 2009, the Senior Notes trustee initiated an adversary proceeding against LyondellBasell AF, the lenders who participated in the financing of the merger of Lyondell Chemical and Basell (now known as LyondellBasell AF ) and certain others, seeking, among other things, a declaratory judgment that the Intercreditor Agreement and its provisions subordinating the interests of the holders of Senior Notes are null and void and an equitable subordination of the claims of certain of the Debtors’ lenders.

Pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, any action to accelerate payment obligations or enforce claims against LyondellBasell AF, the Debtors, and non-Debtor affiliates of the Debtors that are obligated under the Senior Secured Credit Facility was prohibited during the Standstill Period. By agreement of the parties, on February 12, 2010, the Standstill Period has been extended through April 15, 2010.

Revolving Credit Facility with Access Industries —In March 2008, LyondellBasell AF entered into a senior unsecured $750 million, eighteen-month revolving credit facility under which two subsidiaries of LyondellBasell AF were borrowers. The $750 million revolving credit facility was in addition to the existing credit facilities available to LyondellBasell AF, and was provided to LyondellBasell AF by Access Industries Holdings LLC, an affiliate of Access Industries. On December 17, 2008, the $750 million revolving credit facility was assigned by Access Industries Holdings LLC to AI International S.à.r.l., another affiliate of Access Industries. The revolving credit facility had substantially the same terms as the Senior Secured Credit Facility, except that it was unsecured and was not guaranteed by the subsidiaries of LyondellBasell AF.

At each borrower’s option, loans under the revolving credit facility bore interest at rates equal to LIBOR plus 6% or the higher of the (i) federal funds rate plus 0.5% and (ii) the prime rate, plus, in each case, 5%. Interest rates could have been adjusted, from time to time, based upon the First Lien Senior Secured Leverage Ratio as calculated at such time and as further described in the revolving credit facility.

On December 30, 2008, LyondellBasell AF submitted a request to borrow $750 million under the facility, which was denied by AI International S.à.r.l. The Debtors’ ability to borrow funds under the $750 million revolving credit facility effectively terminated as a result of the commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases.

 

F-54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

19. Long-Term Debt—(Continued)

 

Debentures —The Debentures due 2010 and 2020 and the 7.55% Senior Notes due 2026, assumed in the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical, were equally and ratably secured with the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, with respect to certain operating plants.

The indenture for the 7.55% Senior Notes due 2026, which was assumed in the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical, contains covenants at December 31, 2009 that, subject to exceptions, restrict, among other things, lien incurrence, sale and leaseback transactions and mergers.

The indenture for the 7.625% Senior Debentures, which was assumed in the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical, contains covenants at December 31, 2009 that, subject to exceptions, restrict, among other things, debt incurrence by subsidiaries, lien incurrence, sale and leaseback transactions and mergers.

Other —In 2009, LyondellBasell AF made mandatory quarterly amortization payments of the Dutch Tranche A Dollar Term Loan totaling $24 million, $6 million of which was related to the corresponding DIP Roll Up loan. In 2008, LyondellBasell AF made quarterly amortization payments of $71 million and $24 million, respectively, on the U.S. Tranche A Dollar Term Loan and the Dutch Tranche A Dollar Term Loan and $75 million and $19 million, respectively, on the U.S. Tranche B Dollar Term Loan and the German Tranche Euro B Term Loan.

In addition in 2008, Lyondell Chemical repaid the remaining $158 million of its 4% convertible debentures and $31 million principal amount due under notes that were called in 2007 but were not tendered until the first quarter 2008, and paid premiums totaling $2 million.

Amortization of debt premiums, including adjustments to fair values included in accounting for the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical, and debt issuance costs resulted in amortization expense of $499 million, $513 million and $7 million in 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively, that was included in interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In 2009, in conjunction with the reclassification of debt to “Liabilities Subject to Compromise,” LyondellBasell AF wrote off the associated unamortized debt issuance costs of $228 million, which are reflected in “Reorganization items” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

For discussion of the impact of the chapter 11 filing on LyondellBasell’s debt, as well as the senior secured superpriority DIP Financing approved by the U.S. Bankruptcy Court, see Note 16.

20. Lease Commitments

LyondellBasell AF leases office facilities, railcars, vehicles, and other equipment under long-term operating leases. Some leases contain renewal provisions, purchase options and escalation clauses. Additionally, LyondellBasell AF has entered into a long-term agreement with an information technology service provider that is cancellable by LyondellBasell AF with a six-month notice period and payment of a cancellation fee. This agreement is classified as an operating lease.

 

F-55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

20. Lease Commitments—(Continued)

 

The aggregate future estimated payments under these commitments are:

 

Millions of dollars

    

2010

   $ 267

2011

     227

2012

     189

2013

     168

2014

     148

Thereafter

     993
      

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 1,992
      

Rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $315 million, $556 million and $72 million, respectively.

21. Liabilities Subject to Compromise

As a result of the Bankruptcy Cases, the payment of prepetition indebtedness may be subject to compromise or other treatment under the Debtors’ plan of reorganization. Although actions to enforce or otherwise effect payment of prepetition claims are generally stayed, at hearings held in January 2009, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court granted final approval of the Debtors’ “first-day” motions, generally designed to stabilize the Debtors’ operations and covering, among other things, employee wages, health and benefit plans, qualified pension and savings plans, supplier relations, customer relations, business operations, utilities, tax matters, cash management and retention of professionals.

The Debtors have been paying and intend to continue to pay substantially all of their undisputed postpetition claims in the ordinary course of business. In addition, the Debtors may reject prepetition executory contracts and unexpired leases with respect to the Debtors’ operations with the approval of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court. Damages resulting from rejection of executory contracts and unexpired leases are treated as general unsecured prepetition claims and will be classified as liabilities subject to compromise.

On May 14, 2009, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court entered an order establishing June 30, 2009 as the claims bar date. The claims bar date is the date by which most claims against the Debtors arising prior to the Debtors’ chapter 11 filings must be filed if the claimants wish to receive any distribution in the Bankruptcy Cases. On May 26, 2009, the Debtors commenced notification, including publication, to all known actual and potential creditors informing them of the bar date and the required procedures with respect to the filing of proofs of claim. As part of the Bankruptcy Cases, claims timely filed by the claims bar date will ultimately be reconciled against the amounts listed by, with certain exceptions, the Debtors in their Schedules of Assets and Liabilities. In most cases, to the extent the Debtors object to any filed claims, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court will make the final determination as to the amount, nature and validity of such claims. Moreover, the treatment of allowed claims against the Debtors will be determined pursuant to the terms of the plan of reorganization, which was filed September 11, 2009 and amended on December 11 and December 24, 2009, but is subject to approval by the U.S. Bankruptcy Court. Accordingly, while LyondellBasell AF continues to reassess these liabilities, the ultimate amount and treatment of such liabilities has not yet been determined.

Prepetition liabilities that are subject to compromise are reported at the amounts expected to be allowed, even if they potentially may be settled for lesser amounts. Accordingly, the amounts currently classified as

 

F-56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

21. Liabilities Subject to Compromise—(Continued)

 

liabilities subject to compromise may be subject to future adjustments depending on the U.S. Bankruptcy Court’s actions, further developments with respect to disputed claims, the values of any collateral securing such claims, or other events.

Liabilities subject to compromise consist of the following at December 31, 2009:

 

Millions of dollars

    

Accounts payable

   $ 587

Employee benefits

     997

Accrued interest

     277

Conversion fee—Interim Loan

     161

Estimated claims

     1,726

Interest rate swap obligations

     201

Related party payable

     82

Rebate accrual

     20

Other accrued liabilities

     73

Long-term debt

     18,370
      

Total liabilities subject to compromise

   $ 22,494
      

The following debt outstanding immediately preceding the Chapter 11 filings, on January 6, 2009, has been reclassified from long-term debt and is currently reflected on the December 31, 2009, balance sheet as “Liabilities subject to compromise.”

 

Millions of dollars

    

Bank credit facilities:

  

Interim Loan

   $ 8,000

First lien secured debt:

  

Senior Secured Credit Facility:

  

Term Loan A due 2013—U.S. tranche

     1,044

Term Loan B due 2014:

  

U.S. tranche

     5,459

German tranche

     1,258

Revolving Credit Facility

     548

Debentures due 2010, 10.25%

     100

Debentures due 2020, 9.8%

     225

Debentures due 2026, 7.55%

     150

Senior Notes due 2015, $615 million

     615

Senior Notes due 2015, €500 million

     723

Senior Debentures due 2026, 7.625%

     241

State of Maryland

     1

KIC Ltd

     6
      

Total

   $ 18,370
      

 

F-57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

21. Liabilities Subject to Compromise—(Continued)

 

In 2009, environmental remediation liabilities related to third-party sites were reclassified from “Other liabilities” to “Liabilities subject to compromise.” Also in 2009, in accordance with the bankruptcy claims process, the basis for certain accrued liabilities was adjusted to reflect the Debtors’ estimated claims to be allowed, including executory contracts and environmental liabilities that are classified in “Reorganization items” (see Notes 3 and 25).

As part of its ongoing claims resolution process, LyondellBasell AF is investigating differences between claim amounts filed by creditors and LyondellBasell AF’s estimates of the probable allowed amount of its liabilities subject to compromise. As of February 25, 2010, the difference between the amounts claimed and amounts accrued in liabilities subject to compromise is $400 million. Adjustments to its liabilities subject to compromise are reasonably possible as additional information becomes available with respect to these claims.

22. Financial Instruments and Derivatives

LyondellBasell AF is exposed to market risks, such as changes in commodity pricing, currency exchange rates and interest rates. To manage the volatility related to these exposures, LyondellBasell AF selectively enters into derivative transactions pursuant to LyondellBasell AF’s policies. Designation of the derivatives as fair-value or cash-flow hedges is performed on a specific exposure basis. Hedge accounting may or may not be elected with respect to certain short-term exposures. The changes in fair value of these hedging instruments are offset in part or in whole by corresponding changes in the fair value or cash flows of the underlying exposures being hedged.

As a result of the voluntary filings of petitions for relief under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and the associated perceived credit risk, LyondellBasell AF is limited in its ability to further engage in derivative transactions. LyondellBasell AF is not participating in interest rate transactions at this time due to a lack of willing counterparties and its foreign currency transactions are restricted to a few currencies and primarily to spot or near spot transactions. LyondellBasell AF continues to enter into commodity derivative contracts in the ordinary course of business on a limited basis, and only through exchange traded futures contracts, which are supported by cash deposits.

Commodity Prices —LyondellBasell AF is exposed to commodity price volatility related to anticipated purchases of natural gas, crude oil and other raw materials and sales of its products. LyondellBasell AF selectively uses commodity swap, option, and futures contracts with various terms to manage the volatility related to these risks. Such contracts are generally limited to durations of one year or less. Cash-flow hedge accounting is normally elected for these derivative transactions; however, in some cases, when the duration of a derivative is short, hedge accounting is not elected. When hedge accounting is not elected, the changes in fair value of these instruments are recorded in earnings. When hedge accounting is elected, gains and losses on these instruments are deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”), to the extent that the hedge remains effective, until the underlying transaction is recognized in earnings.

LyondellBasell AF entered into futures contracts in 2009 and 2008, with respect to sales of gasoline and heating oil. These futures transactions were not designated as hedges, and the changes in the fair value of the futures contracts were recognized in earnings. LyondellBasell AF also settled futures positions for gasoline of 853 million gallons and 855 million gallons, respectively, in 2009 and 2008, resulting in a net gain of $26 million and a net loss of $1 million, respectively. LyondellBasell AF settled futures positions for heating oil of 484 million gallons and 257 million gallons, respectively, in 2009 and 2008, resulting in net gains of $9 million

 

F-58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

22. Financial Instruments and Derivatives—(Continued)

 

and $5 million, respectively. In addition, LyondellBasell AF settled futures positions for crude oil of 3 million barrels in 2009, resulting in net gains of $3 million. At December 31, 2009, futures contracts for 19 million gallons of gasoline and heating oil in the notional amount of $38 million, maturing in February 2010, were outstanding. At December 31, 2008, futures contracts for 24 million gallons of gasoline and heating oil in the notional amount of $61 million, maturing in February and March 2009, were outstanding. The fair values, based on quoted market prices, resulted in a net payable of $2 million at December 31, 2009 and a net receivable of $4 million at December 31, 2008.

LyondellBasell AF’s earnings for 2009 included a $50 million gain, previously deferred in AOCI in connection with the termination of swaps for 2.8 million barrels of distillates. During 2008, LyondellBasell AF entered into commodity swaps with respect to purchases of crude oil and sales of distillates, which were to mature in the period from October 2008 through April 2009. These swaps were designated as cash flow hedges. Accordingly, changes in the fair value of these commodity swaps were deferred in AOCI until the underlying transaction occurred. During 2008, LyondellBasell AF settled commodity swap positions of 9 million barrels, which resulted in a net gain of $62 million. At December 31, 2009, there were no swaps outstanding.

Foreign Currency Rates— LyondellBasell AF enters into transactions denominated in other than the functional currency and is, therefore, exposed to foreign currency risk on receivables and payables. LyondellBasell AF maintains risk management control systems intended to monitor foreign currency risk attributable to both the outstanding foreign currency balances and future commitments. The risk management control systems involve the centralization of foreign currency exposure management, the offsetting of exposures and the estimating of expected impacts of changes in foreign currency rates on LyondellBasell AF’s earnings. LyondellBasell AF entered into foreign currency forward contracts to reduce the effects of its net currency exchange exposures.

For forward contracts that economically hedge recognized monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies, no hedge accounting is applied. Changes in the fair value of foreign currency forward contracts are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and offset the currency exchange results recognized on the assets and liabilities.

For the periods ended December 31, 2008, and 2007, other income, net, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations reflected $20 million and $3 million, respectively, of net gains. Since January 6, 2009 when certain subsidiaries of LyondellBasell AF filed voluntary petitions for reorganization under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, LyondellBasell AF and its subsidiaries have not been able to enter into new foreign currency forward contracts to reduce the effects of their net currency exchange exposures. All foreign currency forward contracts outstanding at the time of filing have since expired and been settled.

Certain LyondellBasell AF subsidiaries have entered into license agreements denominated in U.S. dollars whereas the functional currency of the subsidiaries entering into these transactions is the euro. Accordingly, these subsidiaries have recognized embedded derivatives, which are accounted for separately from the host license agreements. These embedded derivatives are treated as foreign exchange forward contracts and recognized at fair value. The changes in the fair values are recognized in the income statement as the contracts are not designated as hedges. LyondellBasell AF recognized a $15 million loss in “Other income” related to these embedded derivatives during 2009 with the offset recorded as a payable that was outstanding at December 31, 2009.

 

F-59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

22. Financial Instruments and Derivatives—(Continued)

 

LyondellBasell AF has designated the $300 million of outstanding 8.1% Guaranteed Notes due 2027, $250 million of the outstanding 8.375% Senior Notes due 2015 and the $500 million Dutch Tranche Term A loan due 2013 as net investment hedges of part of its investment in subsidiaries and equity investments denominated in U.S. dollar or U.S. dollar related functional currencies. The changes in the euro value of the debt, to the extent that they are designated as a hedge, are recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive income.” As a result of devaluation in the hedged investment, the $500 million Dutch Tranche Term A loan due 2103 net investment hedge was de-designated during the first quarter of 2009. Subsequently all related foreign exchange translation differences were recorded in earnings. During the three years ended December 31, 2009, LyondellBasell AF recognized a gain of $17 million in 2009, a loss of $43 million in 2008 and a gain of $55 million in 2007 in accumulated other comprehensive income.

LyondellBasell AF entered into a cross-currency interest rate swap for a principal amount of $365 million in conjunction with the issuance of the $615 million Senior Notes due 2015. The swap involved the payment of fixed interest and, upon maturity, principal amounts in euro in exchange for corresponding receipts in U.S. dollars. This swap was designated as a cash-flow hedge. Accordingly, in 2008, a $22 million loss was reclassified from AOCI to “Other income, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations related to the changes in fair value.

In January 2009, LyondellBasell AF received notice of termination for this cross-currency interest rate swap agreement after certain of its subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions for reorganization under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (see Note 3). LyondellBasell AF recognized a $15 million loss in “Other income” in 2009 related to the termination of these swaps.

Foreign Currency Gain (Loss) —For the periods ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, other income, net, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations reflected gains of $123 million, $20 million and $3 million, respectively, related to changes in currency exchange rates.

Interest Rates —During 2008, LyondellBasell AF entered into interest rate swap agreements, maturing in 2013, in the notional amount of $2,350 million. These interest rate swaps were designated as cash-flow hedges of the interest cash flows for the period between April 2009 and June 2013 and effectively convert a portion of LyondellBasell AF’s variable rate, long-term debt to fixed rate debt for the period of the hedge. The variable portion of the interest rate would have converted to a fixed rate ranging from 3.6% to 4.6%.

In January 2009, LyondellBasell AF received notice of termination for these interest rate swap agreements after certain of its subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions for protection under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (see Note 3). At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the fair value of these interest rate swap agreements resulted in payables of $201 million and $196 million, respectively, which were classified as “Liabilities subject to compromise” and “Accrued liabilities,” respectively.

As of December 31, 2007, LyondellBasell AF had an outstanding interest rate swap as part of the Structured Finance Transaction (see Note 16) in the notional amount of €1,000 million ($1,471 million) converting a fixed-rate deposit to a floating rate to match the floating-rate borrowing of an equivalent amount. The interest rate swap was accounted for as a hedge and was terminated in September 2008. The interest rate swap was settled in October 2008, resulting in non-cash charges related to interest of $55 million (see Note 16).

Stock Option Plans —LyondellBasell AF had outstanding total return swaps on shares of Royal Dutch Shell plc and BASF AG, which economically hedges obligations stemming from the stock option and share

 

F-60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

22. Financial Instruments and Derivatives—(Continued)

 

appreciation rights plans. The initial agreement for the total return swaps matured in October 2008 and was renewed for an additional three-year period. LyondellBasell AF received amounts equal to the dividends paid on the underlying shares. At maturity of the swap, LyondellBasell AF would have paid or received the difference between the price of the underlying shares at the settlement date and the price at the inception of the swap, adjusted for the payment of financing costs. Under the total return swaps, LyondellBasell AF retained an economic interest in the underlying shares without owning these shares. The total return swaps were valued at fair value with any gains or losses included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In January 2009, LyondellBasell AF received notice of termination of the total return swaps after certain of its subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (see Note 3). LyondellBasell AF recognized a $7 million loss in 2009 related to the termination of the swap.

The following table summarizes financial instruments outstanding as of December 31, 2009 that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the bases used to determine their fair value in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Millions of dollars

   Notional
Amount
   Total    Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)

2009

              

Liabilities at fair value:

              

Derivatives:

              

Gasoline, heating oil and crude oil

   $ 38    $ 2    $    $ 2    $

Foreign currency

     234      20           20     
                                  
   $ 272    $ 22    $    $ 22    $
                                  

2008

              

Assets at fair value:

              

Derivatives:

              

Gasoline, heating oil and crude oil

   $ 61    $ 4    $    $ 4    $
                                  

Liabilities at fair value:

              

Derivatives:

              

Interest rate swaps

   $ 2,350    $ 196    $    $ 196    $

Cross currency swaps

     365      30           30     

Foreign currency

     234      7           7     

Total return swaps

     44      5      5          
                                  
   $ 2,993    $ 238    $ 5    $ 233    $
                                  

 

F-61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

22. Financial Instruments and Derivatives—(Continued)

 

The following table provides the fair value of derivative instruments and their balance sheet classification at December 31, 2009:

 

Millions of Dollars

   Balance Sheet Classification    December  31,
2009

Fair Value of Derivative Instruments Liability Derivatives

     

Not designated as hedges:

     

Foreign currency

   Accrued liabilities    $ 20

Commodities

   Accrued liabilities      2
         

Total derivatives

      $ 22
         

The following table summarizes the pretax effect of derivative and non-derivative instruments, effective and terminated, included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”), reclassified from AOCI to income and charged directly to income for the year ended December 31, 2009:

 

     Effect of Financial Instruments for the year ended
December 31, 2009

Millions of dollars

   Gain (Loss)
Recognized
in AOCI
    Gain (Loss)
Reclassified
from AOCI
to Income
    Additional
Gain (Loss)
Recognized
in Income
    Income Statement
Classification

Derivatives designated as cash-flow hedges:

        

Commodities

   $      $ 50      $      Cost of sales

Cross-currency interest rate

     23        23             Other income

Interest rate

     (5     (31          Interest expense
                          
     18        42            
                          

Derivatives not designated as hedges:

        

Commodities

                   36      Cost of sales

Foreign currency

                   (15   Other income

Stock option plans

                   (3   Other income
                          
                   18     
                          

Total derivatives

   $ 18      $ 42      $ 18     
                          

Non-derivatives designated as hedges of foreign currency:

        

Net foreign investment—

        

8.1% Guaranteed Notes due 2027

   $ 9      $      $     

8.375% Senior Notes due 2015

     8                   
                          

Total non-derivatives

   $ 17      $      $     
                          

The amounts included in AOCI represent the effective portion of the hedge. The ineffective portion of hedges is recognized in income and is not material. Foreign currency derivatives not designated as hedges are offset by foreign exchange gains of $146 million resulting from the underlying exposures of foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. The net pre-tax amount to be reclassified from AOCI to income within the next 12 months is a $49 million loss for interest rate swaps.

 

F-62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

22. Financial Instruments and Derivatives—(Continued)

 

The carrying value and the estimated fair value of LyondellBasell’s non-derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 are shown in the table below:

 

     2009    2008

Millions of dollars

   Carrying
Value
   Fair
Value
   Carrying
Value
   Fair
Value

Short and long-term debt, including current maturities

   $ 25,354    $ 13,986    $ 23,969    $ 8,973
                           

The following table summarizes the bases used to measure certain liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis, which are recorded at historical cost or amortized cost, in the consolidated balance sheet:

 

          Fair Value Measurement

Millions of dollars

   Carrying
Value
December 31,
2009
   Fair Value
December 31,
2009
   Quoted prices
in active
markets for
identical assets
(Level 1)
   Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
unobservable
inputs

(Level 3)

Short and long-term debt, including current maturities

   $ 25,354    $ 13,986    $    $ 13,204    $ 782

Accounts payable, including related parties

     2,730      2,405           277      2,128

Other short-term accruals

     1,717      1,309           69      1,240
                                  

Total

   $ 29,801    $ 17,700    $    $ 13,550    $ 4,150
                                  

The fair value of all nonderivative financial instruments included in current assets, including cash and cash equivalents, and accounts receivable, approximated carrying value due to the short maturity of those instruments.

The following table is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of Level 3 inputs:

 

     Fair Value Measurement Using Significant Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 

Millions of dollars

   Total     Short and
Long-term
debt, including
current
maturities
    Accounts
payable,
including
related parties
   Other short-
term accruals
 

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 5,392      $ 3,176      $ 1,628    $ 588   

Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements (net)

     372        293        99      (20

Transfers in and/or out of Level 3

     (1,614     (2,687     401      672   
                               

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 4,150      $ 782      $ 2,128    $ 1,240   
                               

For liabilities classified as Level 2, fair value is based on the price a market participant would pay for the security, adjusted for the terms specific to that asset and liability. For debt valuations broker quotes were obtained from well established and recognized vendors of market data. Quotes were then adjusted downwards, if applicable, to represent the mechanics of payment set forth in LyondellBasell AF’s second amended plan of reorganization. As such, the inputs for liabilities classified as Level 3 reflect LyondellBasell AF’s assessment of the assumptions that a market participant would use in determining the price of the asset or liability, including the liquidity risk of LyondellBasell AF at December 31, 2009.

 

F-63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

23. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

LyondellBasell AF has defined benefit pension plans which cover employees in various countries, primarily Germany, the U.S., the United Kingdom and Canada. LyondellBasell AF also sponsors postretirement benefit plans other than pensions for U.S. and Canadian employees, which provide medical benefits to those employees. In Italy and Germany, LyondellBasell AF provides other post employment benefits such as early retirement and deferred compensation severance benefits. LyondellBasell AF uses a measurement date of December 31 for all of its benefit plans.

Employees in the U.S. are eligible to participate in defined contribution plans (Employee Savings Plans) by contributing a portion of their compensation. LyondellBasell AF matches a part of the employees’ contributions. With LyondellBasell AF’s filing of voluntary petitions for reorganization under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, these matching contributions were suspended.

Pensions —Substantially all of LyondellBasell AF’s employees in Germany are covered under several defined benefit pension plans, which provide for benefits based on years of service and average rates of pay. Up to a certain salary level, the benefit obligations regarding the majority of the German employees are covered by contributions of LyondellBasell AF and the employees to the Pensionskasse der BASF VVaG. In 2009 LyondellBasell AF contributions into this plan were $27 million. In addition, LyondellBasell AF offers an unfunded supplementary plan for employees earning in excess of the local social security limits. For certain employees LyondellBasell AF offers an unfunded pension plan.

Until February 2007, substantially all of LyondellBasell AF’s Basell employees in the U.S. and Canada were covered under non-contributory defined benefit pension plans, which provide for benefits based on years of service and average rates of pay. LyondellBasell AF’s funding policy was to contribute annually not less than the amounts set forth in employee benefit and tax laws.

In February 2007, Basell communicated its decision to align then-existing pension and other post-retirement benefit plans of Basell USA Inc. and Basell Canada Inc. with prevailing terms and conditions commonly adopted in the relevant market place. The announced changes affected all then-existing plans and reduced future costs of North American defined benefit plans. At the same time certain conditions under existing or new defined contribution plans were expanded.

The most significant changes were:

 

   

No additional benefits could be earned under existing defined benefit retirement plans after December 31, 2007.

 

   

Existing defined contribution retirement plans were transferred to new defined contribution plans as of January 1, 2008 and substantially all U.S. employees were automatically enrolled in these plans. Under these new plans Basell’s contribution was increased.

 

   

Benefits provided under existing defined benefit post-retirement health care plans for both active employees and retirees were capped and higher deductibles were effective beginning January 1, 2008 (July 1, 2007 in Canada).

These changes in the employee benefit plans, which did not affect Lyondell Chemical benefit plans, had a significant effect on LyondellBasell AF’s consolidated financial statements in 2007, including a $43 million curtailment gain in North America, and will continue to affect future years.

 

F-64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

23. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits—(Continued)

 

In 2008, LyondellBasell AF announced that it would amend the existing U.S. defined benefit final pay plans of Lyondell Chemical and Equistar Chemicals, LP effective January 1, 2009. Under this change, which was approved by management in July 2008, retirement benefits for affected employees are based on a cash balance formula. As a result of the amendment, the affected plans were remeasured as of September 30, 2008, resulting in a reduction of the projected benefit obligation of $113 million due to the plan amendment and $77 million due to an increase in the discount rate. The declining market values resulted in a decrease of $154 million in plan assets at September 30, 2008. The discount rate used to determine the projected benefit obligation at September 30, 2008 was 7.5%, compared to 6.25% used at December 31, 2007. The net increase in the funded status of the plans, which is reflected as a credit in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, was recognized as a reduction in net periodic pension costs beginning in the fourth quarter of 2008.

The assumptions used in the re-measurement of the affected benefit plans were as follows at September 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively:

 

     2008     2007  

Discount rate

   7.50   6.25

Expected return on plan assets

   8.00   8.00

Rate of compensation increase

   4.50   4.50

The decrease in the fair value of the amended plans’ assets and the increase in the discount rate reflected the significant turmoil in financial markets since December 31, 2007 that included declines in asset values and increases in corporate bond yields. The actual return on plan assets in 2008 was a negative 24%. For 2009 the actual return on plan assets was 23%.

The U.S. bankruptcy court approved the termination of the U.S. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans as of January 6, 2009. The termination of these plans resulted in a gain of $4 million. Due to the bankruptcy no benefits were paid as a result of the plan termination. The beneficiaries of these plans have outstanding claims of $40 million filed with the bankruptcy court. The liability balance for these claims continues to be reported in the benefit obligation at December 31, 2009.

In 2009, the settlement gain of $11 million in the U.S. plans reflected payments of lump sum benefits in the Pension Plan for Eligible Hourly Represented Employees of Equistar Chemicals, LP and the Houston Refining LP Retirement Plan for Represented Employees. In 2008, lump sum payments due to change of control were made from the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans and resulted in a settlement charge of $7 million.

The accounting for a reduction in expected years of future service due to the headcount reduction program resulted in an $5 million curtailment charge in 2009 related to the U.S. plans: LyondellBasell Retirement Plan, Equistar Chemicals, LP Retirement Plan, and Basell Retirement Income Plan.

 

F-65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

23. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits—(Continued)

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of projected benefit obligations, plan assets and the funded status of LyondellBasell’s U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans:

 

     2009     2008  

Millions of dollars

   U.S.     Non-U.S.     U.S.     Non-U.S.  

Change in benefit obligation:

        

Benefit obligation, January 1

   $ 1,595      $ 960      $ 1,732      $ 576   

Acquisition through business combinations

                          411   

Service cost

     50        28        50        30   

Interest cost

     90        53        105        50   

Actuarial loss (gain)

     113        37        27        (20

Plan amendments

     (10            (146       

Benefits paid

     (60     (44     (150     (36

Settlement

     (39     (6     (23       

Curtailment

     8                        

Foreign exchange effects

            3               (47

Other

                          (4
                                

Benefit obligation, December 31

     1,747        1,031        1,595        960   
                                

Change in plan assets:

        

Fair value of plan assets, January 1

     1,036        457        1,650        272   

Acquisition through business combinations

                          253   

Actual return on plan assets

     215        31        (467     (61

Company contributions

            52        27        53   

Benefits paid

     (60     (44     (150     (36

Participant contributions

            3       

Foreign exchange effects

            (7            (28

Settlement

     (39     (6     (23       

Other

                   (1     4   
                                

Fair value of plan assets, December 31

     1,152        486        1,036        457   
                                

Funded status of continuing operations, December 31

   $ (595   $ (545   $ (559   $ (503
                                

 

     2009     2008  

Millions of dollars

   U.S.     Non-U.S.     U.S.     Non-U.S.  

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of:

        

Prepaid benefit cost

   $ 17      $ 2      $ 13      $ 9   

Accrued benefit liability, current

            (1     (5     (14

Accrued benefit liability, long-term

     (612     (546     (567     (498
                                

Funded status, December 31

   $ (595   $ (545   $ (559   $ (503
                                

 

F-66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

23. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits—(Continued)

 

     2009    2008

Millions of dollars

   U.S.     Non-U.S.    U.S.     Non-U.S.

Amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income:

         

Actuarial and investment loss (gain)

   $ 521      $ 60    $ 568      $ 44

Prior service cost (credit)

     (124          (143     3
                             

Balance at December 31

   $ 397      $ 60    $ 425      $ 47
                             

The following additional information is presented for U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans of LyondellBasell:

 

     2009    2008

Millions of dollars

   U.S.    Non-U.S.    U.S.    Non-U.S.

Accumulated benefit obligation for defined benefit plans, December 31

   $ 1,720    $ 1,002    $ 1,543    $ 928

Pension plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of assets are summarized as follows at December 31:

 

     2009    2008

Millions of dollars

   U.S.    Non-U.S.    U.S.    Non-U.S.

Projected benefit obligations

   $ 1,731    $ 757    $ 1,580    $ 713

Fair value of assets

     1,119      210      1,008      203

Pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of assets are summarized as follows at December 31:

 

     2009    2008

Millions of dollars

   U.S.    Non-U.S.    U.S.    Non-U.S.

Accumulated benefit obligations

   $ 1,704    $ 734    $ 1,543    $ 638

Fair value of assets

     1,119      210      1,008      143

The following table provides the components of net periodic pension costs:

 

     2009     2008     2007  

Millions of dollars

   U.S.     Non-U.S.     U.S.     Non-U.S.     U.S.     Non-U.S.  

Net Periodic Pension Cost:

            

Service cost

   $ 50      $ 28      $ 50      $ 30      $ 10      $ 17   

Interest cost

     90        53        105        50        19        23   

Actual return on plan assets

     (215     (31     467        61        (22     (11

Less—return in excess of (less than) expected return

     125        3        (593     (96            (2
                                                

Expected return on plan assets

     (90     (28     (126     (35     (22     (13

Settlement and curtailment loss (gain)

     2        (2     1        (1     (31     (12

Prior service cost (benefit) amortization

     (14     8        (3     2               2   

Actuarial and investment loss amortization

     27        (3            (1     (1     6   
                                                

Net periodic benefit cost (benefit)

   $ 65      $ 56      $ 27      $ 45      $ (25   $ 23   
                                                

 

F-67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

23. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits—(Continued)

 

Management’s goal is to manage pension investments over the longer term to achieve optimal returns with an acceptable level of risk and volatility. The assets are externally managed by professional investment firms and performance is evaluated continuously against specific benchmarks.

LyondellBasell AF’s targeted asset allocation, during the period and target allocation for its plans are as follows:

 

     2009     2008  
     Actual     Target     Actual     Target  

Canada

        

Equity securities

   62   60   58   60

Fixed income

   38   40   42   40

United Kingdom—Lyondell Chemical Plans

        

Equity securities

   51   50   41   50

Fixed income

   49   50   59   50

United Kingdom—Basell Plans

        

Equity securities

   97   60   60   60

Fixed income

   3   40   40   40

United States

        

Equity securities

   64   65   64   65

Fixed income

   29   30   30   30

Real Estate

   3   5   6   5

Other

   4      

Netherlands—Lyondell Chemical Plans

        

Equity securities

   15   50   23   50

Fixed income

   85   50   77   50

Netherlands—Basell Plans

        

Equity securities

   19   17.5   24   17.5

Fixed income

   81   82.5   76   82.5

LyondellBasell AF estimates the following contributions to its pension plans in 2010:

 

Millions of dollars

   U.S.    Non-U.S.

Defined benefit plans

   $ 56    $ 33

Multi-employer plans

          7
             

Total

   $ 56    $ 40
             

 

F-68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

23. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits—(Continued)

 

As of December 31, 2009, future expected benefit payments by LyondellBasell AF’s pension plans which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, were as follows:

 

Millions of dollars

   U.S.    Non-U.S.

2010

   $ 182    $ 30

2011

     120      31

2012

     127      32

2013

     125      84

2014

     132      33

2015 through 2019

     740      183

The following table sets forth the principal assumptions on discount rates, projected rates of compensation increase and expected rates of return on plan assets, where applicable. These assumptions vary for the different plans, as they are determined in consideration of the local conditions.

The assumptions used in determining the net benefit liabilities for LyondellBasell AF’s pension plans were as follows at December 31:

 

     2009     2008  
     U.S.     Non-U.S.     U.S.     Non-U.S.  

Weighted-average assumptions as of December 31:

        

Discount rate

   5.75   5.51   6.00   5.73

Rate of compensation increase

   4.00   3.12   4.45   3.25

The assumptions used in determining net benefit costs for LyondellBasell AF’s pension plans were as follows for the year ended December 31:

 

     2009     2008     2007  
     U.S.     Non-U.S.     U.S.     Non-U.S.     U.S.     Non-U.S.  

Weighted-average assumptions for the year:

            

Discount rate

   6.00   5.73   6.33   5.30   5.77   4.54

Expected return on plan assets

   8.00   5.78   8.08   6.35   8.07   6.35

Rate of compensation increase

   4.45   3.25   4.50   3.11   4.44   3.11

The discount rate assumptions reflect the rates at which the benefit obligations could be effectively settled, based on published long-term bond indices where the term closely matches the term of the benefit obligations. The expected rate of return on assets was estimated based on the plans’ asset allocation, a review of historical capital market performance, historical plan performance and a forecast of expected future asset returns. LyondellBasell AF reviews these long-term assumptions on a periodic basis.

LyondellBasell AF’s pension plans have not invested in securities of LyondellBasell AF, and there have been no significant transactions between any of the pension plans and LyondellBasell AF or related parties thereof.

 

F-69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

23. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits—(Continued)

 

The pension investments that are measured at fair value as of December 31, 2009 are summarized below:

 

     U.S. Pension
Basis of Fair Value Measurement

Millions of dollars

   Balance at
December 31,
2009
   Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)

U.S.

           

Common stocks

   $ 737    $ 737    $    $  —

Fixed income securities

     339      41      298     

Short term investments

     18      18          

Real estate

     36                36

Convertible investments

     2           2     

John Hancock GACs

     5                5

Metropolitan Life Insurance GAC

     15                15
                           

Total U.S. Pension Assets

   $ 1,152    $ 796    $ 300    $ 56
                           

 

     Non-U.S. Pension
Basis of Fair Value Measurement

Millions of dollars

   Balance at
December 31,
2009
   Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)

Non-U.S.

           

Common stocks

   $ 195    $ 195    $    $  —

Fixed income securities

     291           291     
                           

Total Non-U.S. Pension Assets

   $ 486    $ 195    $ 291    $
                           

The following table sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the level 3 plan assets for the year ended December 31, 2009:

 

     U.S. Pension
Level 3 Assets
 

Millions of dollars

   Real
estate
    Metropolitan
Life GAC
    John
Hancock
GACs
   Total  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 54      $ 18      $ 4    $ 76   

Realized gain

     2        2             4   

Unrealized (loss) gain relating to instruments still held at the reporting date

     (26     (5     1      (30

Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements (net)

     6                    6   
                               

Balances, end of year

   $ 36      $ 15      $ 5    $ 56   
                               

 

F-70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

23. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits—(Continued)

 

Other Postretirement Benefits— LyondellBasell AF sponsors unfunded defined benefit health care and life insurance plans covering certain eligible retired employees and their spouses. Generally, the medical plans pay a stated percentage of medical expenses reduced by deductibles and other coverage. Life insurance benefits are generally provided by insurance contracts. LyondellBasell AF retains the right, subject to existing agreements, to modify or eliminate these benefits.

The following table provides a reconciliation of benefit obligations of LyondellBasell AF’s unfunded other postretirement benefit plans:

 

     2009     2008  

Millions of dollars

   U.S.     Non-U.S.     U.S.     Non-U.S.  

Change in benefit obligation:

        

Benefit obligation, January 1

   $ 328      $ 44      $ 321      $ 40   

Acquisition through business combinations

                          4   

Service cost

     5               6          

Interest cost

     18        2        20        2   

Plan amendments

     (23            (19       

Actuarial loss (gain)

            4        22        (1

Benefits paid

     (27     (4     (27     (3

Participant contributions

     7              

Foreign exchange effects

            (1     5        2   
                                

Benefit obligation, December 31

     308        45        328        44   
                                

Change in plan assets:

        

Fair value of plan assets, January 1

                            

Employer contributions

     20        4        22        3   

Participant contributions

     7               5          

Benefits paid

     (27     (4     (27     (3
                                

Fair value of plan assets, December 31

                            
                                

Funded status, December 31

   $ (308   $ (45   $ (328   $ (44
                                

 

     2009     2008  

Millions of dollars

   U.S.     Non-U.S.     U.S.     Non-U.S.  

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of:

        

Accrued benefit liability, current

   $ (21   $ (2   $ (23   $ (3

Accrued benefit liability, long-term

     (287     (43     (305     (41
                                

Funded status, December 31

   $ (308   $ (45   $ (328   $ (44
                                
     2009     2008  

Millions of dollars

   U.S.     Non-U.S.     U.S.     Non-U.S.  

Amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income:

        

Actuarial and investment loss (gain)

   $ 4      $ (1   $ 2      $ (6

Prior service cost

     (76            (59     (1
                                

Balance at December 31,

   $ (72   $ (1   $ (57   $ (7
                                

 

F-71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

23. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits—(Continued)

 

The following table provides the components of net periodic other postretirement benefit costs:

 

     2009    2008     2007  

Millions of dollars

   U.S.     Non-U.S.    U.S.     Non-U.S.     U.S.     Non-U.S.  

Net Periodic Other Postretirement Benefit Costs:

             

Service cost

   $ 5      $    $ 6      $      $ 2      $   

Interest cost

     18        2      19        2        4        2   

Prior service cost (benefit) amortization

     (7          (5     (1     (4     (1

Actuarial amortization gain

     (1          (2            (1     (1

Curtailment gain

                                      (5
                                               

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 15      $ 2    $ 18      $ 1      $ 1      $ (5
                                               

The curtailment gain of $5 million in 2007 reflected termination of a benefit plan in Italy.

For the U.S. plans, the assumed annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits as of December 31, 2009 was 8.0% for 2010 decreasing 0.5% per year to 5.0% in 2016 and thereafter. At December 31, 2008, similar cost escalation assumptions were used. At December 31, 2009, the assumed annual rate of increase was 8.5%. For the Canadian plans, the assumed annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits as of December 31, 2009 was 8.5% for 2010 decreasing 0.5% per year to 5% in 2017 and thereafter. At December 31, 2009, the assumed annual rate of increase was 8.0%. The health care cost trend rate assumption does not have a significant effect on the amounts reported due to limits on maximum contribution levels to the medical plans. To illustrate, increasing or decreasing the assumed health care cost trend rates by one percentage point in each year would change the accumulated other postretirement benefit liability as of December 31, 2009 by less than $1 million and would not have a material effect on the aggregate service and interest cost components of the net periodic other postretirement benefit cost for the year then ended.

The assumptions used in determining the net benefit liabilities and net benefit costs for LyondellBasell AF’s other postretirement benefit plans are the same as those used for the pension plans.

As of December 31, 2009, future expected benefit payments by LyondellBasell AF’s other postretirement benefit plan, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, were as follows:

 

Millions of dollars

   U.S.    Non-U.S.

2010

   $ 21    $ 3

2011

     22      2

2012

     22      2

2013

     23      3

2014

     24      2

2015 through 2019

     124      13

 

F-72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

23. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits—(Continued)

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income— The following pre-tax amounts were recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income as of and for the year ended December 31, 2009:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  

Millions of dollars

   Actuarial
(Gain) Loss
    Prior Service
Cost (Credit)
    Actuarial
(Gain) Loss
    Prior Service
Cost (Credit)
 

December 31, 2007

   $ (78   $ 6      $ (23   $ (48

Arising during the period

     692        (146     21        (19

Amortization included in net periodic benefit cost

     1        1        2        6   

Gain due to settlements

     (7                     

Exchange rate effects

     4        (1     (4     1   
                                

December 31, 2008

     612        (140     (4     (60

Arising during the period

     6        (3     7        (1

Amortization included in net periodic benefit cost

     (7     (7     2        8   

(Gain) loss due to settlements and curtailments

     (30     26        (2       

Gain due to plan amendments

                          (23
                                

December 31, 2009

   $ 581      $ (124   $ 3      $ (76
                                

The related deferred income taxes amount to $118 million and $133 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2009 expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost in 2010 are as follows:

 

Millions of dollars

   Pension
Benefit Cost
    Other
Benefit Cost
 

Net actuarial loss (gain)

   $ 27      $ (1

Prior service credit

     (14     (8

Pension Claim —Two legacy Basell subsidiaries, Basell UK Ltd and Basell Polyolefins UK Ltd were subject to a claim totaling £40.8 million ($70.4 million) related to exit fees charged by two UK pension funds of a former shareholder. The claims were made following the termination of the membership of these two subsidiaries in these funds in connection with the 2005 acquisition of Basell by Access Industries. These claims were net settled with the two pension funds for £17 million ($32.1 million) on August 20, 2008. LyondellBasell AF subsequently initiated arbitration proceedings against its former shareholder for indemnification of the net settlement amount. These proceedings were settled in October 2009 for £9.5 million ($15.7 million), which amount was recognized in the 2009 Consolidated Statement of Income.

LyondellBasell AF also maintains voluntary defined contribution savings plans for eligible employees. Contributions to these plans were $8 million in 2009, $31 million in 2008, and $32 million in 2007.

 

F-73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

24. Income Taxes

The significant components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

 

     For the year ended
December 31,
 

Millions of dollars

   2009     2008     2007  

Current:

      

U.S. federal

   $ (142   $ (79   $ 1   

Non-U.S.

     114        17        354   

State

     16        16          
                        

Total current

     (12     (46     355   
                        

Deferred:

      

U.S. federal

     (1,310     (948     3   

Non-U.S.

     (66     178        (71

State

     (23     (32     (8
                        

Total deferred

     (1,399     (802     (76
                        

Provision for income taxes before tax effects of other comprehensive income

     (1,411     (848     279   

Tax effects of elements of other comprehensive income:

      

Pension and postretirement liabilities

     (15     (127     33   

Financial derivatives

     (27     (68       

Foreign currency translation

     (6     (12     24   
                        

Total income tax expense in comprehensive income

   $ (1,459   $ (1,055   $ 336   
                        

 

F-74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

24. Income Taxes—(Continued)

 

The deferred tax effects of tax losses carried forward and the tax effects of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements, reduced by a valuation allowance where appropriate, are presented below:

 

Millions of dollars

   2009     2008  

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Accelerated tax depreciation

   $ 3,251      $ 3,585   

Investments in joint venture partnerships

     482        474   

Accrued interest

     341          

Other intangible assets

     142        154   

Inventory

     238        240   

Deferred charges and revenues

     307        498   

Deferred income

            58   

Other

     17        178   
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

     4,778        5,187   
                

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

     1,031        983   

Employee benefit plans

     543        536   

Deferred interest carryforwards

     638          

AMT credits

     214        175   

Goodwill

     44        54   

State and foreign income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

     107        100   

Deferred charges and revenues

     19        114   

Environmental reserves

     549        59   

Other

     167        323   
                

Total deferred tax assets

     3,312        2,344   

Deferred tax asset valuation allowances

     (666     (625
                

Net deferred tax assets

     2,646        1,719   
                

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ 2,132      $ 3,468   
                

Balance sheet classifications:

    

Deferred tax assets—current

   $ 4      $ 9   

Deferred tax assets—long-term

     115          

Deferred income liability—current

     170        236   

Deferred income liability—long term

     2,081        3,241   
                

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ 2,132      $ 3,468   
                

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, LyondellBasell AF had total tax losses carried forward in the amount of $3,262 million and $3,144 million, respectively, for which a deferred tax asset was recognized at December 31, 2009 and 2008 of $1,031 million and $983 million, respectively. A valuation allowance of $665 million and $625 million was established for these tax losses and other deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

F-75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

24. Income Taxes—(Continued)

 

Certain income tax returns of LyondellBasell AF and various of its subsidiaries are under examination by U.S. and non-U.S. tax authorities. In many cases, these audits may result in proposed assessments by the tax authorities. LyondellBasell AF believes that its tax positions comply with applicable tax law and intends to defend its positions through appropriate administrative and judicial processes.

Tax benefits totaling $68 million, $49 million and $34 million relating to uncertain tax positions were unrecognized as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31:

 

Millions of dollars

   2009     2008     2007  

Balance at January 1

   $ 49      $ 34      $ 22   

Acquisition of Lyondell Chemical

                   15   

Additions for tax positions of current year

     1               1   

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     30        42          

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     (7     (25     (6

Cash Settlements

     (5     (3       

Effects of currency exchange rates

            1        2   
                        

Balance at December 31

   $ 68      $ 49      $ 34   
                        

The 2009, 2008 and 2007 balances, if recognized subsequent to 2009, will affect the effective tax rate. LyondellBasell AF is no longer subject to any significant income tax examination by tax authorities for years prior to 2007 in The Netherlands, 2005 in the U.S. and Italy, and 2003 in Germany, its principal tax jurisdictions, and for years prior to 2001 in various other jurisdictions. LyondellBasell AF expects to settle a significant percentage of the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months due to the expected resolution of a German income tax audit.

LyondellBasell AF recognizes interest expense and penalties related to uncertain income tax positions in operating expenses. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, LyondellBasell AF’s accrued liability for interest expense was $9 million and $10 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, LyondellBasell AF accrued interest expense of $2 million and $3 million, respectively, and in 2008 reversed accruals of $4 million related to prior years as a reduction in goodwill. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, $3 million and $7 million of interest was paid in connection with various settlements.

 

F-76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

24. Income Taxes—(Continued)

 

The expiration of the tax losses carried forward and the related deferred tax asset, before valuation allowance, as of December 31, 2009 was as follows:

 

Millions of dollars,

   Tax loss carry
forwards
   Gross
deferred tax
on loss carry
forwards

Year

     

2010

   $    $

2011

     196      51

2012

         

2013

     153      39

2014

     109      29

Thereafter

     1,878      596

Indefinite

     926      316
             
   $ 3,262    $ 1,031
             

Valuation allowances are provided against certain net deferred tax assets for tax losses carried forward in The Netherlands, Canada, France, Japan, Luxembourg, Spain, Thailand and the United Kingdom.

In assessing the recoverability of the deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies. In order to fully realize the deferred tax assets related to the net operating losses, LyondellBasell AF will need to generate sufficient future taxable income in the countries where these net operating losses exist during the periods in which the net operating losses can be utilized. Based upon projections of future taxable income over the periods in which the net operating losses can be utilized and/or the temporary differences can be reversed, management believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets in excess of the valuation allowance of $666 million at December 31, 2009 will be realized.

In most cases, deferred taxes have not been provided for possible future distributions of earnings of subsidiaries as such dividends are not expected to be subject to further taxation upon their distribution. Deferred taxes on the unremitted earnings of certain equity joint ventures of $20 million, $29 million and $32 million at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, have been provided to the extent that such earnings are subject to taxation on their future remittance.

 

F-77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

24. Income Taxes—(Continued)

 

The components of income (loss) before income taxes in the U.S. and other countries and reconciliation of the income tax provision to theoretical income tax computed by applying the U.S. federal tax rate are as follows:

 

     For the year ended  
   December 31,  

Millions of dollars

   2009     2008     2007  

Income (loss) before income taxes:

      

U.S.

   $ (4,352   $ (8,301   $ (104

Non-U.S.

     75        117        1,044   
                        

Total

   $ (4,277   $ (8,184   $ 940   
                        

Theoretical income tax at U.S. statutory rate

   $ (1,497   $ (2,864   $ 329   

Increase (reduction) resulting from:

      

IPR&D

                   33   

Impairment of goodwill

            1,746          

Non-U.S. income taxed at lower statutory rates

     (1     (59     (117

Changes in valuation allowances

            200        16   

Non-taxable (income) and non-deductible expenses

     124        44        20   

Notional royalties

     (47              

Other income taxes, net of federal benefit

     24        34          

Uncertain tax position

     24        33          

Other, net

     (38     18        (2
                        

Income tax provision (benefit)

   $ (1,411   $ (848   $ 279   
                        

25. Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments —LyondellBasell AF has various purchase commitments for materials, supplies and services incident to the ordinary conduct of business, generally for quantities required for its businesses and at prevailing market prices. These commitments are designed to assure sources of supply and are not expected to be in excess of normal requirements. At December 31, 2009, LyondellBasell AF had commitments of approximately $44 million related to rebuilding an expanded world-scale high-density polyethylene plant at its Münchsmünster, Germany site. LyondellBasell AF’s other capital expenditure commitments at December 31, 2009 were in the normal course of business.

CEO Compensation —During the second quarter 2009, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court approved an employment agreement between LyondellBasell AF and its chief executive officer (“CEO”) under which the CEO will receive certain equity awards, including restricted shares and options to purchase shares of LyondellBasell’s common stock, upon LyondellBasell AF’s emergence from bankruptcy. Accordingly, these equity awards have not been accrued as of December 31, 2009.

The restricted stock, which is also contingent upon continued employment, is valued at $25 million and vests on May 14, 2014. The stock options, which would equal 1% of the number of common stock shares expected to be outstanding at Lyondell Chemical’s emergence from bankruptcy, vest and become exercisable in five equal, annual installments beginning on May 14, 2010. Vesting is contingent upon employment through each applicable vesting date. The stock options may be exercised for a period of seven years following the grant date

 

F-78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

25. Commitments and Contingencies—(Continued)

 

at a price equal to the per share value of the common stock anticipated in the plan of reorganization even if employment ends on or after the fifth anniversary of LyondellBasell AF’s emergence from bankruptcy.

Consultants’ Fees— In connection with the Bankruptcy Cases, LyondellBasell AF has retained the services of and entered into Bankruptcy Court-approved contractual agreements with various outside consultants to assist it in the bankruptcy process. The contractual agreements provide for various fee payments upon, or shortly after, emergence from the Bankruptcy Cases, the most significant of which are “success fees.” The success fees are contingent upon emergence from the Bankruptcy Cases. Accordingly, LyondellBasell AF has not currently accrued any liability with respect to these commitments, which are currently estimated at approximately $85 million.

Environmental Remediation —LyondellBasell AF’s accrued liability for future environmental remediation costs at current and former plant sites and other remediation sites, except those classified as “Liabilities subject to compromise,” totaled $89 million and $256 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. In 2009, the liabilities for individual sites range from less than $1 million to $20 million. The remediation expenditures are expected to occur over a number of years, and not to be concentrated in any single year. In the opinion of management, there is no material estimable range of reasonably possible loss in excess of the liabilities recorded for environmental remediation. However, it is possible that new information about the sites for which the accrual has been established, new technology or future developments such as involvement in investigations by regulatory agencies or resolution by the U.S. Bankruptcy Court of LyondellBasell AF’s legal position regarding environmental liabilities, could require LyondellBasell AF to reassess its potential exposure related to environmental matters.

As a result of the Bankruptcy cases, the Debtors have discontinued funding and/or ceased performing cleanups at various third-party sites (including sites where the Debtors were subject to a Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act or similar state order to fund or perform such cleanup, such as the river and the other portions of the Kalamazoo River Superfund Site that the Debtors do not own). Several government agencies have contested the Debtors’ position and actions. The Debtors are seeking a determination from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court that any claims or fines asserted against a Debtor with respect to such sites would be pre-petition claims, the collection of which is stayed by the applicable provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and that will ultimately be discharged as a general unsecured claim under the Debtors’ plan of reorganization. Accordingly, in 2009, liabilities in the amount of $129 million related to the Kalamazoo River Superfund Site, as well as $40 million in liabilities related to certain other third-party sites, were reclassified from “Other liabilities” to “Liabilities subject to compromise.”

The following table summarizes the activity in LyondellBasell’s accrued environmental liability included in “Accrued liabilities” and “Other liabilities” for the twelve months ended December 31:

 

Millions of dollars

   2009     2008  

Balance at January 1

   $ 256      $ 260   

Additional provisions

     8        8   

Amounts paid

     (7     (28

Reclassification to “Liabilities subject to compromise”

     (169       

Adjustments to purchase price allocation

            22   

Foreign exchange effects

     1        (2

Other

            (4
                

Balance at December 31

   $ 89      $ 256   
                

 

F-79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

25. Commitments and Contingencies—(Continued)

 

As of December 31, 2008, the liabilities for individual sites ranged from less than $1 million to $130 million. The $130 million liability related to the Kalamazoo River Superfund Site recognized by Lyondell Chemical in the acquisition of Millennium.

At the time of Lyondell Chemical’s acquisition of Millennium in 2004, a Millennium subsidiary had been identified as a Potential Responsible Party (“PRP”) with respect to the Kalamazoo River Superfund Site. The site involves cleanup of river sediments and floodplain soils contaminated with polychlorinated biphenyls, cleanup of former paper mill operations, and cleanup and closure of landfills associated with the former paper mill operations.

In 2000, the Kalamazoo River Study Group (the “KRSG”), of which the Millennium subsidiary and other PRPs are members, submitted to the State of Michigan a Draft Remedial Investigation and Draft Feasibility Study, which evaluated a number of remedial options for the river. The estimated costs for these remedial options ranged from $0 to $2.5 billion. Although the KRSG study identified a broad range of remedial options, not all of those options would represent reasonably possible outcomes. Management does not believe that any single remedy among those options represented the highest-cost reasonably possible outcome.

In 2004, Millennium recognized a liability representing the subsidiary’s interim allocation of 55% of the $73 million total of estimated cost of riverbank stabilization, recommended as the preferred remedy in 2000 by the KRSG study, and of certain other costs.

At the end of 2001, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) took lead responsibility for the river portion of the site at the request of the State of Michigan. In 2004, the EPA initiated a confidential process to facilitate discussions among the agency, the Millennium subsidiary, other PRPs, the Michigan Departments of Environmental Quality and Natural Resources, and certain federal natural resource trustees about the need for additional investigation activities and different possible approaches for addressing the contamination in and along the Kalamazoo River. As these discussions continued, Millennium obtained new information about regulatory oversight costs and other remediation costs, including a proposed remedy to be applied to a specific portion of the river, and was able to reasonably estimate anticipated costs for certain other segments of the river, based in part on experience with the remedy being applied to the one portion of the river. As a result, management was able to reasonably estimate the probable spending for remediation of three segments of the river, which was accrued as of December 31, 2008. Management’s best estimates for costs relating to other segments of the river, which may remain uncertain for the foreseeable future, also were accrued, based on the KRSG study.

While the probable additional future remediation spending associated with the river could not be determined with certainty, the amounts accrued at December 31, 2008 were believed to be the best estimate of future costs, based on information available at the time of filing the bankruptcy petitions. The balance of the liability related to the river at December 31, 2008 was $85 million.

In addition, LyondellBasell AF recognized a liability primarily related to the Millennium subsidiary’s estimated share of remediation costs for two former paper mill sites and associated landfills, which are also part of the Kalamazoo River Superfund Site. At December 31, 2008, the balance of the liability was $45 million. Although no final agreement had been reached as to the ultimate remedy for these locations, the subsidiary had begun remediation activity related to these sites.

The balance, at December 31, 2009, of the remediation liabilities related to this subsidiary’s sites, other than third-party sites, was $7 million.

 

F-80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

25. Commitments and Contingencies—(Continued)

 

Remediation liabilities for other sites, which include LyondellBasell AF’s obligations with respect to soil contamination at the Ferrara and Brindisi sites in Italy, totaled $82 million at December 31, 2009. A former shareholder indemnified LyondellBasell AF for the full potential obligation that could arise with respect to costs arising from soil contamination at the Ferrara and Brindisi sites in Italy. Accordingly, LyondellBasell AF has recorded a corresponding receivable from the former shareholder.

Litigation and Other Matters —On April 12, 2005, BASF Corporation (“BASF”) filed a lawsuit in New Jersey against Lyondell Chemical asserting various claims relating to alleged breaches of a product sales contract and seeking damages in excess of $100 million. Lyondell Chemical denies it breached the contract. Lyondell Chemical believes the maximum refund due to BASF is $22.5 million on such product sales and has paid such amount to BASF. On August 13, 2007, the jury returned a verdict in favor of BASF in the amount of approximately $170 million (which includes the above $22.5 million). On October 3, 2007, the judge determined that prejudgment interest on the verdict would be $36 million. Lyondell Chemical is appealing this verdict and has posted a bond, which is collateralized by a $200 million letter of credit. Accordingly, the judgment is deemed to be fully secured and not subject to compromise. On August 14, 2009, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order modifying the automatic stay to permit Lyondell Chemical to continue with the state court appeal.

Together with alleged past manufacturers of lead-based paint and lead pigments for use in paint, a Millennium subsidiary has been named as a defendant in various legal proceedings in the U.S. alleging personal injury, property damage, and remediation costs allegedly associated with the use of these products. The majority of these legal proceedings assert unspecified monetary damages in excess of the statutory minimum and, in certain cases, equitable relief such as abatement of lead-based paint in buildings. Legal proceedings relating to lead pigment or paint are in various trial stages and post-dismissal settings, some of which are on appeal. These cases have been stayed pursuant to the automatic stay provided by the Bankruptcy Code.

On April 16, 2009, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court held a hearing on a motion by the Debtors (the “Stay Motion”) to enforce the automatic stay and for an injunction against further prosecution of a lawsuit filed in the Superior Court of California by certain California city and county government plaintiffs, captioned County of Santa Clara, et al. v. Atl. Richfield Co., et al ., Case No. CV 788657 (the “Santa Clara Lawsuit”), that asserted a public nuisance claim against the defendants in that action, including Millennium Holdings LLC (a Debtor), arising from the alleged effects of exposure to lead paint in houses and buildings, and seeking an order requiring the defendants to fund a remedial fund for lead paint removal. On April 23, 2009, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court entered an order on the Stay Motion: (i) requiring the California government plaintiffs to file a commitment by a stated deadline agreeing to refrain from proceeding against Millennium Holdings, LLC, in the Santa Clara Lawsuit or asserting claims against such Debtor based on the operative facts in that case without first moving for and obtaining leave to do so from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court; and (ii) if such plaintiffs fail to file such a commitment by the deadline, enjoining them from proceedings against such Debtor in the Santa Clara Lawsuit or otherwise asserting claims based on the operative facts in that case. The U.S. Bankruptcy Court also stated from the bench at the hearing on the Stay Motion that any such claim asserted against the Debtors would be a pre-petition claim that is barred by the automatic stay provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (and would not qualify under any “police power” exception to the automatic stay). In response to the Bankruptcy Court’s April 23, 2009 order, all of the California government plaintiffs filed the required commitment by the stated deadline.

Millennium’s defense costs to date for lead-based paint and lead pigment litigation largely have been covered by insurance. Millennium has insurance policies that potentially provide approximately $1 billion in

 

F-81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

25. Commitments and Contingencies—(Continued)

 

indemnity coverage for lead-based paint and lead pigment litigation. Millennium’s ability to collect under the indemnity coverage would depend upon, among other things, the resolution of certain potential coverage defenses that the insurers are likely to assert and the solvency of the various insurance carriers that are part of the coverage block at the time of such a request.

While LyondellBasell AF believes that Millennium has valid defenses to all the lead-based paint and lead pigment proceedings and is vigorously defending them, litigation is inherently subject to many uncertainties. Any liability that the subsidiary may ultimately incur, net of any insurance or other recoveries, cannot be estimated at this time.

As part of its technology licensing contracts, LyondellBasell AF gives indemnifications to its licensees for liability arising from possible patent infringement claims with respect to proprietary licensed technology. Such indemnifications have a stated maximum amount and generally cover a period of five to ten years.

Indemnification —LyondellBasell AF S.C.A. and its subsidiaries are parties to various indemnification arrangements, including arrangements entered into in connection with acquisitions, divestitures and the formation of joint ventures. For example, Lyondell Chemical entered into indemnification arrangements in connection with the transfer of assets and liabilities from Atlantic Richfield Company to Lyondell Chemical prior to Lyondell Chemical’s initial public offering and in connection with Lyondell Chemical’s acquisition of the outstanding shares of ARCO Chemical Company; Equistar and its owner companies (including Lyondell Chemical and Millennium) entered into indemnification arrangements in connection with the formation of Equistar; and Millennium entered into indemnification arrangements in connection with its demerger from Hanson plc. Pursuant to these arrangements, Lyondell Chemical and its subsidiaries provide indemnification to and/or receive indemnification from other parties in connection with liabilities that may arise in connection with the transactions and in connection with activities prior to completion of the transactions. These indemnification arrangements typically include provisions pertaining to third party claims relating to environmental and tax matters and various types of litigation. As of December 31, 2009, LyondellBasell AF has not accrued any significant amounts for such indemnification obligations and it is not aware of other circumstances that would likely lead to significant future indemnification obligations. LyondellBasell AF cannot determine with certainty the potential amount of future payments under the indemnification arrangements until events arise that would trigger a liability under the arrangements. In addition, LyondellBasell AF expects to take the position that many, if not all, potential liabilities arising from these indemnification arrangements are general unsecured prepetition claims that will be discharged through the Debtors’ plan of reorganization.

Other —LyondellBasell AF has identified certain activities related to a project in Kazakhstan that raise compliance issues under U.S. law. It has engaged outside counsel to investigate these activities, under the oversight of a special committee established by the Supervisory Board, and to evaluate internal controls and compliance policies and procedures. LyondellBasell AF made a voluntary disclosure of these matters to the U.S. Department of Justice and is cooperating fully with that agency.

LyondellBasell AF and its joint ventures are, from time to time, defendants in lawsuits and other commercial disputes, some of which are not covered by insurance. Many of these suits make no specific claim for relief. Although final determination of any liability and resulting financial impact with respect to any such matters cannot be ascertained with any degree of certainty, management does not believe that any ultimate uninsured liability resulting from these matters will, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the financial position, liquidity or results of operations of LyondellBasell AF.

 

F-82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

25. Commitments and Contingencies—(Continued)

 

General —In the opinion of management, the matters discussed in this note are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial position or liquidity of LyondellBasell AF. However, the adverse resolution in any reporting period of one or more of these matters could have a material impact on LyondellBasell AF’s results of operations for that period, which may be mitigated by contribution or indemnification obligations of others, or by any insurance coverage that may be available.

26. Management Incentive Plan

In August 2009, the Bankruptcy Court authorized the implementation of the Debtors’ management incentive plan (the “MIP”). The MIP is designed to provide the Debtors’ workforce with appropriate market-level competitive compensation and to align the interests of the Debtors, their employees and their creditors. The MIP covers the Debtors’ senior officers and managers, and provides for payouts upon LyondellBasell AF achieving certain EBITDAR targets. The maximum amount payable on an annual basis under the MIP is $45 million. Payment is subject to emergence from the Bankruptcy Cases. Accordingly, LyondellBasell AF has not currently accrued any liability with respect to the 2009 year.

In April 2008, LyondellBasell AF implemented a long-term incentive plan (“LTI”) for certain key managers. Under the terms of the plan, the key managers invested in a holding company that indirectly invests in LyondellBasell AF by purchasing investment units and received matching phantom units, as defined in the plan. The value of the investment units and phantom units are determined based on the independently-determined appraised fair value of the investment units at inception of the plan, and the value of the units is subject to increases or decreases in the enterprise value of LyondellBasell AF over the three-year vesting period. The phantom units will be revalued annually to equal the appraised value and represent the right to a cash payment equal to their appraised value upon vesting.

Phantom units are accounted for as a liability award with compensation cost recognized over the vesting period. The phantom units vest in full after three years of continuous employment and are otherwise forfeited except on involuntary termination prior to December 31, 2008. The appraised value of the phantom units at the grant date was $15 million and the related accrued liability at December 31, 2008, was $2 million. These awards resulted in compensation expense of $2 million in 2008.

In April 2009, the holding company acknowledged the redemption and cancellation of the investment units it held in an indirect subsidiary of Access Industries, thus relinquishing its ownership in LyondellBasell AF.

27. Stockholder’s Deficit and Non-Controlling Interests

Common Voting Shares— On July 26, 2005, BI S.à r.l., LyondellBasell AF’s immediate shareholder, contributed to LyondellBasell AF all its assets and liabilities at a value of €860 million ($1,040 million) by the issuance of 403,226 new common voting shares with a par value of €124 each. This resulted in a new par value of $60 million and additional paid in capital of $979 million. Immediately thereafter LyondellBasell AF decreased the subscribed but unissued share capital by $14,995 (100 shares), see Note 1.

During 2007, LyondellBasell AF distributed $439 million of additional paid in capital to its shareholder.

 

F-83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

27. Stockholder’s Deficit and Non-Controlling Interests—(Continued)

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) —The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:

 

Millions of dollars

      

December 31, 2009

  

Pension and postretirement liabilities

   $ (273

Financial derivatives

     (60

Foreign currency translation

     35   

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

     12   
        

Total

   $ (286
        

December 31, 2008

  

Pension and postretirement liabilities

   $ (237

Financial derivatives

     (89

Foreign currency translation

     81   

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

     (19
        

Total

   $ (264
        

Transactions recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive income” are recognized net of tax.

The unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities represents LyondellBasell AF’s share of such gain recorded by equity investees.

Non-controlling Interest —The non-controlling interest represents unrelated investors’ 21% interest in a partnership that owns the PO/SM II plant in Channelview, Texas. LyondellBasell AF owns the remaining 79% interest. Non-controlling interest was $129 million and $135 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The $6 million decrease was primarily due to distributions to non-controlling interest shareholders of $22 million, net of $15 million of net income. Comprehensive loss for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, attributable to non-controlling interests was $6 million and included the $15 million of net income less $21 million of fixed operating fees paid to Lyondell Chemical by the PO/SM II plant. Non-controlling interest decreased $9 million from $144 million at December 31, 2007 to $135 million at December 31, 2008. This decrease was primarily due to distributions to non-controlling interest shareholders of $25 million, net of $18 million of net income. Comprehensive loss for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 attributable to non-controlling interests was $7 million and included the $18 million of net income net of $25 million of fixed operating fees paid to Lyondell Chemical by the PO/SM II plant.

28. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Supplemental cash flow information is summarized as follows:

 

Millions of dollars

   2009    2008    2007

Interest paid

   $ 1,221    $ 1,457    $ 272
                    

Net income taxes paid

   $ 57    $ 145    $ 211
                    

 

F-84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

29. Segment and Related Information

As part of its reorganization, LyondellBasell AF reassessed its segment reporting based on its current management structure. Based on this analysis LyondellBasell AF concluded that management is focused on the following five segments:

 

   

Refining and Oxyfuels, primarily manufacturing and marketing of refined petroleum products, including gasoline, ultra-low sulfur diesel, jet fuel, aromatics, lubricants (“lube oils”), naphtha, VGO, liquefied petroleum gas, bitumen, heating oil, and gasoline blending components, such as methyl tertiary butyl ether (“MTBE”), ethyl tertiary butyl ether (“ETBE”) and alkylate;

 

   

Olefins and Polyolefins—Americas, primarily manufacturing and marketing of polyolefins, including polyethylene, comprising HDPE, LDPE and linear low density polyethylene (“LLDPE”), and polypropylene; and Catalloy process resins; and ethylene; its co-products, including propylene, butadiene, benzene and toluene; and ethylene derivative, ethanol;

 

   

Olefins and Polyolefins—Europe, Asia, International (“O&P—EAI”), primarily manufacturing and marketing of olefins, including ethylene and its co-products, primarily propylene and butadiene; polyolefins, including polyethylene, comprising HDPE, LDPE and polypropylene; polypropylene-based compounds, materials and alloys (“PP Compounds”), Catalloy process resins and polybutene-1 polymers;

 

   

Intermediates and Derivatives , primarily manufacturing and marketing of ethylene derivatives, including ethylene glycol, ethylene oxide (“EO”), and other EO derivatives; acetyls, including vinyl acetate monomer, acetic acid and methanol; PO; PO co-products, including styrene and tertiary butyl alcohol (“TBA”), TBA derivative isobutylene; PO derivatives, including propylene glycol, propylene glycol ethers and butanediol; and fragrance and flavor chemicals; and

 

   

Technology, primarily licensing of polyolefin process technologies and supply of polyolefin catalysts and advanced catalysts.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” (see Note 2), except that segment operating results reported to management reflect costs of sales determined using current costs, which approximates results using the LIFO method of accounting for inventory. These current cost-basis operating results are reconciled to consolidated operating income in the tables below. Sales between segments are made primarily at prices approximating prevailing market prices, with the exception of sales of MTBE and ETBE sourced from PO co-products, representing approximately 75% of MTBE/ETBE capacity, which are sold by the I&D segment to the Refining and Oxyfuels segment at a formula-based cost.

No customer accounted for 10% or more of LyondellBasell AF’s consolidated sales during any year in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009.

On September 1, 2008, LyondellBasell AF completed the sale of its TDI business, including production assets in Pont-du-Claix, France, related inventories, contracts, customer lists and intellectual property, receiving net proceeds of €77 million ($113 million). As a result, LyondellBasell AF’s TDI business, which was part of LyondellBasell AF’s I&D segment, is presented as discontinued operations (see Note 6) and therefore is excluded from the operations of the I&D segment below.

 

F-85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

29. Segment and Related Information—(Continued)

 

Summarized financial information concerning reportable segments is shown in the following table for the periods presented. Presentation of prior years’ amounts have been reclassified to conform to LyondellBasell AF current operating segments.

 

Millions of dollars

   Refining
and
Oxyfuels
    Olefins and
Polyolefins
—Americas
    Olefins and
Polyolefins
—Europe,

Asia,
International
    Intermediates &
Derivatives
    Technology     Other     Total  

2009

              

Sales and other operating revenues:

              

Customers

   $ 10,835      $ 8,652      $ 7,128      $ 3,777      $ 436      $      $ 30,828   

Intersegment

     604        1,878        309        1        87        (2,879       
                                                        
     11,439        10,530        7,437        3,778        523        (2,879     30,828   

Impairments

     (9     (47     (16            (1     56        (17

Segment operating income (loss)

     (357     169        (13     250        210        29        288   

Current cost adjustment

                 29   
                    

Operating income

                 317   

Income (loss) from equity investments

            7        (172     (16                   (181

Capital expenditures

     167        142        411        21        32        6        779   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     556        537        212        331        100        38        1,774   

 

F-86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

29. Segment and Related Information—(Continued)

 

Millions of dollars

   Refining
and
Oxyfuels
    Olefins and
Polyolefins
—Americas
    Olefins and
Polyolefins
—Europe,

Asia,
International
    Intermediates &
Derivatives
    Technology    Other     Total  

2008 (a)

               

Sales and other operating revenues:

               

Customers

   $ 17,370      $ 13,193      $ 13,489      $ 6,218      $ 434    $ 2      $ 50,706   

Intersegment

     992        3,219                      149      (4,360       
                                                       
     18,362        16,412        13,489        6,218        583      (4,358     50,706   

Impairments:

               

Goodwill

     (2,305     (624     (61     (1,992                 (4,982

Other

     (218     (7                               (225

Segment operating income (loss)

     (2,378     (1,355     220        (1,915     202      (134     (5,360

Current cost adjustment

                  (568
                     

Operating loss

                  (5,928

Income (loss) from equity investments

            6        34        (2                 38   

Capital expenditures

     196        201        509        37        33      24        1,000   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     566        558        295        360        97      35        1,911   

2007

               

Sales and other

operating revenues:

               

Customers

   $ 478      $ 2,823      $ 13,145      $ 350      $ 363    $ (39   $ 17,120   

Intersegment

            (6            79        134      (207       
                                                       
     478        2,817        13,145        429        497      (246     17,120   

Segment operating income (loss)

     21        61        934        (42     152      (248     878   

Current cost adjustment

                  56   
                     

Operating income

                  934   

Income from equity investments

            12        150                           162   

Capital expenditures

     4        42        333        6        26             411   

Depreciation and amortization expense

            72        244               117      39        472   

Sales and other operating revenues and operating income (loss) in the “Other” column above include elimination of intersegment transactions and businesses that are not reportable segments in the periods presented.

In 2009, LyondellBasell AF recognized charges of $696 million to write off the carrying value of assets, $680 million of which are reflected in “Reorganization items,” on the consolidated statements of operations. These charges included $624 million related to the O&P—Americas business segment, all of which was associated with a lease rejection at an olefin plant at Chocolate Bayou, Texas and $55 million related to the I&D business segment associated with an interest in an ethylene glycol facility in Beaumont, Texas.

 

F-87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

29. Segment and Related Information—(Continued)

 

Also in 2009, operating results for the O&P—Americas and Refining and Oxyfuels business segments included charges of $47 million and $9 million, respectively, primarily for impairment of the carrying value of surplus emission allowances related to HRVOCs and non-U.S. emission rights (see Note 15).

The remaining $16 million, which is included in “Impairments” on the consolidated statements of operations related to the O&P—EAI business segment, of which $6 million was related to an LDPE plant at Fos-sur-Mer, France, $6 million was related to the closure of a polypropylene line at Wesseling, Germany, $3 million was related to an LDPE plant at Carrington, U.K and $1 million was related to an advanced polyolefins compounding facility in Mansfield, Texas.

In 2009 LyondellBasell AF determined that there had been a diminution in the value of its investments in certain joint ventures and such loss was other than temporary. This determination resulted in pretax impairment charges of $257 million that was included in “Income (loss) from equity investments” for 2009 in the O&P—EAI business segment.

Long-lived assets of continuing operations, including goodwill, are summarized and reconciled to consolidated totals in the following table:

 

Millions of dollars

  Refining
and
Oxyfuels
  Olefins and
Polyolefins
—Americas
  Olefins and
Polyolefins—
Europe,

Asia,
International
  Intermediates &
Derivatives
  Technology   Other   Total

2009

             

Property, plant and equipment, net

  $ 4,888   $ 4,170   $ 3,115   $ 2,583   $ 323   $ 73   $ 15,152

Investment in PO Joint Ventures

                922             922

Equity and other investments

        117     869     99             1,085

2008

             

Property, plant and equipment, net

  $ 5,200   $ 5,044   $ 2,964   $ 2,746   $ 355   $ 82   $ 16,391

Investment in PO Joint Ventures

                954             954

Equity and other investments

        87     1,014     114             1,215

Property, plant and equipment, net, included in the “Other” column above includes assets related to corporate and support functions.

 

F-88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

29. Segment and Related Information—(Continued)

 

The following geographic data for revenues are based upon the delivery location of the product and for long-lived assets, the location of the assets.

 

     Revenues

Millions of dollars

   2009    2008    2007

Europe

   $ 10,931    $ 19,223    $ 12,272

North America

     16,566      28,118      3,183

All other

     3,331      3,365      1,665
                    

Total

   $ 30,828    $ 50,706    $ 17,120
                    

 

     Long-Lived Assets

Millions of dollars

   2009    2008

United States

   $ 11,211    $ 12,680

Non-U.S.:

     

Germany

     1,958      1,793

The Netherlands

     1,283      1,318

France

     857      801

Other non-U.S.

     765      753
             

Total non-U.S.

     4,863      4,665
             

Total

   $ 16,074    $ 17,345
             

Long-lived assets include investments in PO joint ventures (see Note 10).

 

(a) LyondellBasell AF has revised its segment information for the year ended December 31, 2008 to correct segment income for a misallocation of inventory costs and impairments as follows:

 

       Refining
and
Oxyfuels
    Olefins
and

Polyolefins
– Americas
    Olefins  and
Polyolefins
– Europe,
Asia &
International
    Intermediates
& Derivatives
    Technology    Other     Total  

2008

               

Segment income (loss) as previously reported

   $ (2,762   $ (908   $ 354      $ (2,367   $ 202    $ (127   $ (5,608

Adjustment to segment operating income (loss)

     384        (447     (134     452        —        (7     248   
                                                       

Segment income (loss) as adjusted

   $ (2,378   $ (1,355   $ 220      $ (1,915   $ 202    $ (134   $ (5,360
                                                 

Current cost adjustment (previously reported as $320 million)

     —          —          —          —          —        —          (568
                     

Operating loss

                $ (5,928
                     

Impairments:

               

Goodwill as previously reported

   $ (2,305   $ (293   $ —        $ (2,384   $ —      $ —        $ (4,982

Adjustment to goodwill

     —          (331     (61     392        —        —          —     
                                                       

Goodwill as adjusted

   $ (2,305   $ (624   $ (61   $ (1,992   $ —      $ —        $ (4,982
                                                       

 

F-89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

30. Unaudited Quarterly Results

 

Selected financial data for the quarterly periods in 2009 and 2008 are presented in the following table.

 

     For the quarter ended  

Millions of dollars

   March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  

2009

        

Sales and other operating revenues

   $ 5,900      $ 7,499      $ 8,612      $ 8,817   

Operating income (loss) (g)

     (141     89        419        (50

Income (loss) from equity investments (a)

     (20     22        (168     (15

Reorganization items (b)

     (948     (124     (928     (961

Net income (loss) (c) (g)

     (1,016     (351     (650     (848

2008

        

Sales and other operating revenues

   $ 12,765      $ 15,599      $ 14,086      $ 8,256   

Operating income (loss) (e) (f)

     376        428        274        (7,006

Income from equity investments

     33        39        22        (56

Net income (loss) (d) (e) (f)

     19        (14     (136     (7,190

 

(a) Loss from equity investments in the third and fourth quarters of 2009 included pretax charge for impairment of the carrying value of certain equity investments of $215 million and $13 million, respectively.
(b) See Note 4 for a description of reorganization items.
(c) The 2009 results included after tax charges of $1,924 million for reorganization items; $167 million for impairment of certain equity investments and $78 million for involuntary conversion gains on insurance proceeds related to damages sustained at a polymers plant in Münchsmünster, Germany.
(d) The 2008 results included $15 million of earnings of the discontinued operations of the TDI business in Pont-du-Claix, France.
(e) The fourth quarter 2008 results included nontaxable charges of $4,982 million for the impairment of goodwill, including $4,921 million related to the December 20, 2007 acquisition of Lyondell Chemical, and a pretax charge of $218 million, $142 million after tax, for the impairment of long-lived assets of the Berre Refinery acquired in April 2008.
(f) The 2008 results include a charge of $1,256 million to adjust the value of inventory to market value, which was lower than the carrying cost at December 31, 2008 and $51 million, after tax, for involuntary conversion gains.
(g) In the fourth quarter of 2009, LyondellBasell AF recorded an adjustment related to prior periods which increased income from operations and net income for the three-month period ended December 31, 2009, by $65 million. The adjustment related to an overstatement of goodwill impairment in 2008.

 

     After evaluating the quantitative and qualitative aspects of the error, LyondellBasell AF has concluded that its previously issued financial statements were not materially misstated and the effect on the 2009 annual financial statements, of recognizing the adjustment during the fourth quarter of 2009, is not material.

31. Subsequent Events

LyondellBasell AF has evaluated subsequent events through the date the financial statements were issued.

 

F-90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder

of Lyondell Chemical Company

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Lyondell Chemical Company (the “Company”) for the period from December 21, 2007 to December 31, 2007 (Successor), in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As described in Note 19, on January 6, 2009 and April 24, 2009, the Company’s U.S. subsidiaries and a German subsidiary, and the Company’s Parent, LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A., each respectively filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. In order to emerge from bankruptcy, LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. and the Company must gain bankruptcy court approval of their plan of reorganization (POR). The POR, among other things, requires raising new debt and equity financing in order to discharge certain liabilities, including the debtor-in-possession financing, which matures on April 6, 2010. The outcome of these events is uncertain and raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 19. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas

March 27, 2008, except for Notes 1 and 4, as to which the date is November 12, 2008, and

Note 19 and the second paragraph above, as to which the date is February 28, 2010

 

F-91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

of Lyondell Chemical Company:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of income and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Lyondell Chemical Company (the “Company”) for the period from January 1, 2007 to December 20, 2007 (Predecessor), in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas

March 27, 2008, except for Notes 1 and 4,

as to which the date is November 12, 2008

 

F-92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Successor            Predecessor  

Millions of dollars, except per share data

   For the
period from
December 21
through
December  31,
2007
           For the
period from
January 1
through
December  20,
2007
 

Sales and other operating revenues:

         

Trade

   $ 913           $ 26,474   

Related parties

     2             785   
                     
     915             27,259   

Operating costs and expenses:

         

Cost of sales

     941             25,124   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     8             696   

Research and development expenses

     2             72   

Purchased in-process research and development

     95               

Acquisition-related costs

                 62   
                     
     1,046             25,954   
                     

Operating income (loss)

     (131          1,305   
 

Interest expense:

         

Related parties

     (33            

Other

     (23          (614
 

Interest income:

         

Related parties

     3               

Other

     1             33   
 

Other income (expense), net:

         

Related parties

     10               

Other

     (1          (537
                     

Income (loss) before equity investments and income taxes

     (174          187   

Income from equity investments

                 2   
                     

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     (174          189   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (25          93   
                     

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (149          96   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     3             (97
                     

Net loss

   $ (146        $ (1
                     

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Successor            Predecessor  

Millions of dollars

   For the
period from
December 21
through
December  31,
2007
           For the
period from
January 1
through
December  20,
2007
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

         

Net loss

   $ (146        $ (1

(Income) loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (3          97   

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

         

Depreciation and amortization

     39             860   

Equity investments—Amounts included in net income

                 (2

Deferred income taxes

     (22          (31

Purchased in-process research and development

     95               

Debt prepayment premiums and charges

                 591   

Changes in assets and liabilities that provided (used) cash:

         

Accounts receivable

     98             248   

Inventories

     (23          (26

Accounts payable

     89             632   

Other, net

     (401          (312
                     

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities—continuing operations

     (274          2,056   

Net cash used in operating activities—discontinued operations

     3             (122
                     

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (271          1,934   
                     

Cash flows from investing activities:

         

Proceeds from sale of investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries, net of cash sold

                 592   

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment

     (22          (495

Advances under loan agreements to related parties

     (135          (166

Acquisition—related payments

                 (94

Distributions from affiliates in excess of earnings

                 3   

Contributions and advances to affiliates

                 (47

Payments and distributions from discontinued operations

                 (97

Other

                 12   
                     

Net cash used in investing activities—continuing operations

     (157          (292

Net proceeds from sale of discontinued operations before required repayment of debt

                 1,089   

Other net cash provided by investing activities—discontinued operations

                 82   
                     

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (157          879   
                     

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS—(Continued)

 

     Successor          Predecessor  

Millions of dollars

   For the
period from
December 21
through
December  31,
2007
         For the
period from
January 1
through
December  20,
2007
 

Cash flows from financing activities:

       

Repurchase of common stock

               (11,262

Proceeds from loan agreements with related parties

               7,883   

Issuance of long-term debt

               9,412   

Repayment of long-term debt

     (4        (8,158

Net borrowings (repayments) under revolving credit facility

     (130        130   

Dividends paid

               (229

Payments for stock options

               (109

Proceeds from and tax benefits of stock option exercises

               115   

Other, net

     (16        (6
                   

Net cash used in financing activities—continuing operations

     (150        (2,224

Debt required to be repaid upon sale of discontinued Operations

               (99

Other net cash provided by financing activities—discontinued operations

               23   
                   

Net cash used in financing activities

     (150        (2,300
                   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

               (11
                   

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (578        502   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     948           446   
                   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

     370           948   

Less: Cash and cash equivalents at end of period—discontinued operations

                 
                   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period—continuing operations

   $ 370         $ 948   
                   

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page

1.

 

Basis of Presentation

   F-97

2.

 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

   F-98

3.

 

Acquisition of Lyondell by LyondellBasell Industries

   F-100

4.

 

Discontinued Operations

   F-101

5.

 

Hurricane Effects

   F-102

6.

 

Related Party Transactions

   F-103

7.

 

Equity Interest and Acquisition of Houston Refining LP

   F-104

8.

 

Investment in PO Joint Ventures

   F-105

9.

 

Accounts Receivable

   F-106

10.

 

Depreciation and Amortization

   F-106

11.

 

Long-Term Debt

   F-107

12.

 

Lease Commitments

   F-109

13.

 

Financial Instruments and Derivatives

   F-109

14.

 

Pension and Other Postretirement Cost

   F-111

15.

 

Income Taxes

   F-113

16.

 

Commitments and Contingencies

   F-115

17.

 

Share-Based Compensation

   F-118

18.

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

   F-120

19.

 

Subsequent Events

   F-120

 

F-96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of Presentation

Lyondell Chemical Company, together with its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, “Lyondell Chemical” or “the Company”), is a manufacturer of chemicals and plastics, a refiner of heavy, high-sulfur crude oil and a significant producer of gasoline blending components. The consolidated statements of operations and cash flows (the “financial statements”) include the accounts of Lyondell Chemical Company and its consolidated subsidiaries. Investments in joint ventures where Lyondell Chemical exerts a certain level of management control, but lacks full decision making ability over all major issues, are accounted for using the equity method. Under those circumstances, the equity method is used even though Lyondell’s ownership percentage may exceed 50%.

On December 20, 2007, LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. (formerly known as Basell AF S.C.A.), indirectly acquired all of the shares of Lyondell common stock. As a result Lyondell Chemical is now an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries “LyondellBasell AF” and without Lyondell, the “Basell Group”) (see Note 3).

On September 1, 2008, Lyondell Chemical completed the sale of its toluene diisocyanate (“TDI”) business, including production assets in Pont-du-Claix, France, related inventories, contracts, customer lists and intellectual property, receiving net proceeds of €77 million ($113 million). For additional information, see Notes 2 and 4.

On May 15, 2007, Lyondell Chemical completed the sale of its worldwide inorganic chemicals business in a transaction valued at approximately $1.3 billion, including the acquisition of working capital and assumption of certain liabilities directly related to the business. Accordingly, Lyondell Chemical’s inorganic chemicals business operations are presented as discontinued operations for periods prior to the sale (see Note 4).

As a result of Lyondell Chemical’s acquisition by LyondellBasell AF on December 20, 2007, the Company recorded $834 million of debt for which it is not the primary obligor, but which it has guaranteed, and which was used by LyondellBasell AF in the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical (“push-down debt”), and $179 million of related debt issuance costs.

In Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”), Topic 5J, Push Down Basis of Accounting Required in Certain Limited Circumstances , the Securities and Exchange Commission requires, among other things, that, in situations where debt is used to acquire substantially all of an acquiree’s common stock and the acquiree guarantees the debt or pledges its assets as collateral for the debt, the debt and related interest expense and debt issuance costs be reflected in, or “pushed down” to, the acquiree’s financial statements. Lyondell Chemical guarantees $834 million of debt, but under which Lyondell Chemical is not the primary obligor see Note 11.

The consolidated statement of operations for the 11-day period subsequent to the acquisition reflect depreciation and amortization expense based on the new value of the related assets and interest expense that resulted from the debt used to finance the acquisition; therefore, the financial information for the periods prior to and subsequent to the acquisition is not generally comparable. To indicate the application of a different basis of accounting for the period subsequent to the acquisition, the 2007 financial statements and certain notes to the consolidated financial statements present separately the period prior to the acquisition (“Predecessor”) and the 11-day period after the acquisition (“Successor”). If not so indicated, information in the notes to the consolidated financial statements is presented on a full year basis.

 

F-97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition —Revenue from product sales is recognized at the time of transfer of title and risk of loss to the customer, which usually occurs at the time of shipment. Revenue is recognized at the time of delivery if Lyondell Chemical retains the risk of loss during shipment. For products that are shipped on a consignment basis, revenue is recognized when the customer uses the product. Costs incurred in shipping products sold are included in cost of sales. Billings to customers for shipping costs are included in sales revenue.

Discontinued Operations —Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to present Lyondell Chemical’s TDI business operations as discontinued operations. Unless otherwise indicated, information presented in the notes to the consolidated financial statements related only to Lyondell Chemical’s continuing operations. Information related to Lyondell Chemical’s discontinued operations is presented in Note 4.

Cash and Cash Equivalents —Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid debt instruments such as certificates of deposit, commercial paper and money market accounts. Cash equivalents include instruments with maturities of three months or less when acquired. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. Lyondell Chemical’s policy is to invest cash in conservative, highly rated instruments and to limit the amount of credit exposure to any one institution.

Lyondell Chemical has no requirements for compensating balances in a specific amount at a specific point in time. Lyondell Chemical does maintain compensating balances for some of its banking services and products. Such balances are maintained on an average basis and are solely at the Company’s discretion.

Allowance for Doubtful Account —The Company establishes provisions for doubtful accounts receivable based on management’s estimates of amounts that it believes are unlikely to be collected. Collectability of receivables is reviewed and the allowance for doubtful accounts is adjusted at least quarterly with charges to expense in the consolidated statements of operations, based on aging of specific accounts and other available information about the associated customers.

Inventories —Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market and charged to expense using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method for substantially all inventories, except for materials and supplies, which are valued using the average cost method.

Inventory exchange transactions, which involve fungible commodities and do not involve the payment or receipt of cash, are not accounted for as purchases and sales. Any resulting volumetric exchange balances are accounted for as inventory, with cost determined using the LIFO method.

Depreciation and Amortization —Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful asset lives, generally 25 years for major manufacturing equipment, 30 years for buildings, 5 to 15 years for light equipment and instrumentation, 15 years for office furniture and 3 to 5 years for information system equipment. Upon retirement or sale, Lyondell Chemical removes the cost of the asset and the related accumulated depreciation from the accounts and reflects any resulting gain or loss in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company’s policy is to capitalize interest cost incurred on debt during the construction of major projects exceeding one year.

Long-Lived Asset Impairment —The Company evaluates long-lived assets, including identifiable intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When it is probable that undiscounted future cash flows will not be sufficient to recover an asset’s carrying amount, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value and impairment expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—(Continued)

 

Goodwill —Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price paid by LyondellBasell AF over the fair value assigned to the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of Lyondell Chemical. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least annually and impairment expense is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations (see Note 20).

Identifiable Intangible Assets —Costs to purchase and to develop software for internal use are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over periods of 3 to 10 years.

Costs of maintenance and repairs exceeding $5 million incurred as part of turnarounds of major units at Lyondell Chemical’s manufacturing facilities are deferred and amortized using the straight-line method over the period until the next planned turnaround, predominantly 4 to 7 years. These costs are necessary to maintain, extend and improve the operating capacity and efficiency rates of the production units.

Other intangible assets are carried at cost or amortized cost and primarily consist of emission credits, various contracts, technology, patents and license costs and deferred debt issuance costs. These assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives or over the term of the related agreement, if shorter.

Environmental Remediation Costs —Anticipated expenditures related to investigation and remediation of contaminated sites, which include current and former plant sites and other remediation sites, are expensed when it is probable a liability has been incurred and the amount can reasonably be estimated. Only ongoing operating and monitoring costs, the timing of which can be determined with reasonable certainty, are discounted to present value. Future legal costs associated with such matters, which generally are not estimable, are not included in these liabilities.

Legal Costs —Lyondell Chemical expenses legal costs, including those incurred in connection with loss contingencies, as incurred.

Income Taxes —Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, as well as the net tax effects of net operating loss carryforwards. Valuation allowances are provided against deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Minority Interests —Minority interests primarily represent the interests of unaffiliated investors in a partnership that owns Lyondell Chemical’s PO/SM II plant at the Channelview, Texas complex and in a partnership that owns the LaPorte Methanol Company plant in LaPorte, Texas. The minority interests’ share of the partnerships’ income or loss is reported in “Other income (expense), net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Foreign Currency Translation —Lyondell Chemical operates primarily in two functional currencies: the euro for operations in Europe, and the U.S. dollar for the U.S. and other locations.

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts related to the consolidated statements of cash flows and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—(Continued)

 

Accounting and Reporting Changes —In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment to ARB No. 51 , which establishes new accounting and disclosure requirements for noncontrolling, or minority, interests, including their classification as a separate component of equity and the adjustment of net income to include amounts attributable to minority interests. SFAS No. 160 also establishes new accounting standards requiring recognition of a gain or loss upon deconsolidation of a subsidiary. SFAS No. 160 is effective for Lyondell Chemical beginning in 2009, with earlier application prohibited.

The FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations in December 2007, which requires an acquiring entity to recognize all assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a transaction at the acquisition-date at fair value with limited exceptions. SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007) will change the accounting treatment for certain specific items, including: expensing of most acquisition and restructuring costs; recording acquired contingent liabilities, in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) and noncontrolling, or minority, interests at fair value; and recognizing changes in income tax valuations and uncertainties after the acquisition date as income tax expense. SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007) also includes new disclosure requirements. For Lyondell Chemical, SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007) will apply to business combinations with acquisition dates beginning in 2009. Earlier adoption is prohibited.

Although certain past transactions, including the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical by LyondellBasell AF, would have been accounted for differently under SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), application of these statements in 2009 will not affect historical amounts.

The FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 in February 2007, which permits election of fair value to measure many financial instruments and certain other items. The new standard was applicable to Lyondell effective January 1, 2008 and does not have a material effect on Lyondell Chemical’s consolidated financial statements.

The FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements in September 2006. The new standard defines fair value, establishes a framework for its measurement and expands disclosures about such measurements. In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position FAS 157-2, delaying the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities. The January 1, 2009 adoption of these changes does not have a material effect on Lyondell’s consolidated financial statements.

3. Acquisition of Lyondell by LyondellBasell Industries

On December 20, 2007, LyondellBasell AF indirectly acquired the outstanding common shares of Lyondell Chemical for $48 per common share in an all cash transaction. As a result, Lyondell Chemical became an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of LyondellBasell AF. The purchase of Lyondell Chemical’s outstanding common stock and other equity instruments, assumption of debt and related transaction costs resulted in a total purchase price of $20,873 million, including the purchase of Lyondell Chemical common stock and other equity instruments for $12,371 million, the fair value of retained and refinanced debt of $7,506 million and transaction and other costs of $996 million. In addition, Lyondell Chemical recognized in its financial statements $834 million of the debt it has guaranteed, but for which it is not the primary obligor, and $179 million of related debt issuance costs. See Note 11 for discussion of the financing of the transaction. Lyondell Chemical’s results of operations in the Successor period included a charge of $95 million for the value of the acquired IPR&D.

 

F-100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

3. Acquisition of Lyondell by LyondellBasell Industries—(Continued)

 

Concurrent with the acquisition by LyondellBasell AF, Lyondell Chemical sold certain of its non-U.S. subsidiaries to other subsidiaries of the Basell Group for fair value of $1,288 million, including $668 million of debt payable to Lyondell Chemical by one of the subsidiaries. No gain or loss was recognized on the sale of Lyondell Chemical’s investment.

Certain of the non-U.S. subsidiaries sold to the Basell Group make payments to Lyondell Chemical under shared-service arrangements and also make royalty payments, based on sales, to Lyondell Chemical for use of the related technology. Prior to the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical by LyondellBasell AF on December 20, 2007, these payments were eliminated in consolidation. In addition, Lyondell Chemical sells product, primarily methyl tertiary butyl ether (“MTBE”) and ethyl tertiary butyl ether (“ETBE”), to these subsidiaries.

The following unaudited pro forma historical results of Lyondell Chemical for the 2007 Predecessor period assume the acquisition was consummated as of the beginning of the period:

 

Millions of dollars

      

Sales and other operating revenues

   $ 25,188   

Loss from continuing operations

     (634

Net loss

     (731

The above pro forma results include the $95 million after-tax charge for purchased in-process research and development and reflect the sale of the non-U.S. subsidiaries to other subsidiaries of the Basell Group. The unaudited pro forma data do not include the charges of $591 million related to debt refinancing in the 2007 Predecessor period.

The unaudited pro forma data presented above are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations of Lyondell Chemical that would have occurred had the transaction actually been consummated as of the beginning of the respective period, nor are they necessarily indicative of future results.

4. Discontinued Operations

Lyondell Chemical’s discontinued operations comprise the operations of its inorganic chemicals and TDI businesses.

On September 1, 2008, Lyondell Chemical completed the sale of its TDI business, including production assets in Pont-du-Claix, France, related inventories, contracts, customer lists and intellectual property. On May 15, 2007, Lyondell Chemical completed the sale of its worldwide inorganic chemicals business in a transaction valued at approximately $1.3 billion, including working capital and assumption of certain liabilities directly related to the business.

 

F-101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

4. Discontinued Operations—(Continued)

 

The following represent the elements of cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2007 related to the sale of the inorganic chemicals business:

 

Millions of dollars

   Predecessor  

Gross sales proceeds

   $ 1,143   

Cash and cash equivalents sold

     (37

Costs related to the sale

     (17
        

Net proceeds from sale of discontinued operations before required repayment of debt

     1,089   

Debt required to be repaid

     (99
        

Net proceeds from sale of discontinued operations

   $ 990   
        

The final amount that Lyondell Chemical will receive in compensation for working capital has not been determined. Unresolved amounts totaling less than $30 million are subject to possible arbitration proceedings.

The operations of the TDI and inorganic chemicals businesses have been classified as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows. Unless otherwise indicated, information presented in the notes to the financial statements relates only to Lyondell Chemical’s continuing operations.

Amounts included in income from discontinued operations for all periods presented are summarized as follows:

 

     Successor          Predecessor  

Millions of dollars

   For the period
from December 21
through
December  31,

2007
         For the period
from January 1
through
December 20,
2007
 

Sales and other operating revenues

   $ 14        $ 929   
                   

Loss on sale of discontinued operations

              (25

Other income (loss) from discontinued operations

     5          (1

Provision for income taxes

     2          71   
                   

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ 3        $ (97
                   

The 2007 provision for income taxes primarily reflects the unfavorable effect of capital losses related to the inorganic chemicals business, the potential benefits of which were not expected to be available to Lyondell Chemical within the expiration period of such benefits. As a result of the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical by LyondellBasell AF (see Note 3) and the related sale by Lyondell Chemical to the Basell Group of certain of its non-U.S. subsidiaries, such benefits will be realized in the 2007 U.S. federal income tax return, and the value of such benefits was recognized in accounting for the acquisition.

5. Hurricane Effects

During 2005, two major hurricanes impacted the chemical and related industries in the coastal and off-shore regions of the Gulf of Mexico. During 2007, Lyondell Chemical recognized benefits of $33 million from insurance reimbursements for hurricane damages to Lyondell Chemical’s plants.

 

F-102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

6. Related Party Transactions

As a result of the July 16, 2007 agreement and plan of merger between Basell and Lyondell Chemical (see Note 3), Lyondell Chemical began reporting transactions, including sales of product, with the Basell Group as related party transactions beginning in the third quarter 2007.

Concurrent with the December 20, 2007 acquisition of Lyondell Chemical by LyondellBasell AF, Lyondell Chemical sold certain of its non-U.S. subsidiaries to the Basell Group for fair value of $1,288 million, including $668 million of debt payable to Lyondell Chemical by one of the subsidiaries as discussed below. See Notes 3 and 11.

Certain of the non-U.S. subsidiaries sold to the Basell Group make payments to Lyondell Chemical under shared service arrangements and also make royalty payments, based on sales, to Lyondell Chemical for use of the related technology. Prior to the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical by LyondellBasell AF on December 20, 2007, these payments were eliminated in consolidation. In addition, Lyondell Chemical sells product, primarily MTBE and ETBE, to these subsidiaries.

Lyondell Chemical also conducts transactions with Occidental Petroleum Corporation (together with its subsidiaries and affiliates, collectively “Occidental”), which was considered a related party during the 2007 Predecessor period as a result of Occidental’s representation on Lyondell Chemical’s Board of Directors prior to December 20, 2007.

Product Transactions with Occidental —Lyondell Chemical’s subsidiary, Equistar Chemicals, LP (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “Equistar”), and Occidental, previously one of the partners in the Equistar joint venture, entered into an ethylene sales agreement on May 15, 1998, which was amended effective April 1, 2004, pursuant to which Occidental agreed to purchase a substantial amount of its ethylene raw material requirements from Equistar. Either party has the option to “phase down” volumes over time. However, a “phase down” cannot begin until January 1, 2014 and the annual minimum requirements cannot decline to zero prior to December 31, 2018, unless certain specified force majeure events occur. In addition to the sales of ethylene, from time to time Equistar has made sales of ethers and glycols to Occidental, and Equistar has purchased various other products from Occidental, all at market-related prices. Lyondell Chemical’s subsidiary, Millennium, also purchases sodium silicate, and Houston Refining purchases caustic soda from Occidental. All of these agreements are on terms generally representative of prevailing market prices.

Current Account Agreements with Subsidiary of the Basell Group —On December 20, 2007, Lyondell Chemical and the Basell Group entered into two unsecured current account agreements for an indefinite period, under which Lyondell Chemical may deposit excess cash balances with the Basell Group and have access to uncommitted revolving lines of credit in excess of deposits. Deposits bear interest as the case may be at the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) 1 month rate for the U.S. dollar (“LIBOR 1 month rate for USD”) minus fifteen basis points. Borrowings under the lines of credit bear interest at the LIBOR 1 month rate for USD plus 350 basis points. At December 31, 2007, the balances under the two current account agreements reflected net borrowings of $717 million and net deposits of $135 million, respectively.

Notes Receivable from Subsidiaries of the Basell Group —Lyondell Chemical advanced $166 million to the Basell Group on December 20, 2007 under an unsecured loan agreement that matures on December 20, 2014. At the option of the Basell Group, interest is calculated in one-month, two-month, three-month or six-month periods and due on the last day of the applicable interest period. The note bears interest at the offered quotation in Euro for LIBOR (BBA convention) rates for the U.S. dollar for the applicable interest period plus 400 basis points.

 

F-103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

6. Related Party Transactions—(Continued)

 

Pursuant to a note payable to Lyondell Chemical, the Basell Group may borrow up to $1,000 million from Lyondell Chemical on a revolving basis. The note, which matures on December 31, 2012, bears interest at LIBOR plus 4%. Interest is due quarterly.

Note Payable to Subsidiary of the Basell Group —On December 20, 2007, Lyondell Chemical received proceeds of a $7,166 million unsecured loan from the Basell Group, which were used in connection with the December 20, 2007 acquisition and refinancing transactions. The loan, which matures in 2014, bears interest at the same rate as the Basell Group’s Interim loan plus 0.5%. Interest is due on the last business day of the interest period, which can vary concurrent with the interest period in effect under the interim loan. In addition, Lyondell Chemical recognized in its financial statements $834 million of the debt it has guaranteed, which includes the Interim Loan, but for which Lyondell Chemical is not the primary obligor, and $179 million of related debt issuance costs.

Revolving Line of Credit with Access Industries —On March 27, 2008, LyondellBasell AF entered into a $750 million committed revolving line of credit facility with Access Industries Holdings LLC. Borrowings under the facility are available to Lyondell Chemical and a subsidiary of the Basell Group.

Related party transactions are summarized as follows:

 

     Successor          Predecessor

Millions of dollars

   For the
period from
December 21
through
December  31,
2007
         For the
period from
January 1
through
December  20,
2007

Lyondell Chemical billed related parties for:

         

Sales of products and processing services—

         

Basell Group

   $ 2        $ 32

Occidental

              753
 

Shared services and shared site agreements—

         

Basell Group

     4         
 

Interest—Basell Group

     3         

Royalties—Basell Group

     6         
 

Lyondell Chemical was billed by related parties for:

         

Purchases of products and processing services—

         

Basell Group

   $        $ 6

Occidental

              38
 

Shared services, transition and lease agreements—

         

Occidental

              7
 

Interest—Basell Group

     33         

7. Equity Interest and Acquisition of Houston Refining LP

On August 16, 2006, Lyondell Chemical purchased CITGO’s 41.25% ownership interest in Houston Refining, resulting in 100% ownership and consolidation of Houston Refining. During 2007, a reimbursement of $94 million for taxes was made to CITGO, which Lyondell Chemical previously estimated to be $97 million, resulting in a $3 million reduction in the purchase price.

 

F-104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

8. Investment in PO Joint Ventures

Lyondell Chemical, together with Bayer AG and Bayer Corporation (collectively “Bayer”), share ownership in a U.S. propylene oxide (“PO”) manufacturing joint venture (the “U.S. PO Joint Venture”) and a separate joint venture for certain related PO technology. Bayer’s ownership interest represents ownership of 1.6 billion pounds of annual in-kind PO production of the U.S. PO Joint Venture. Lyondell Chemical takes in kind the remaining PO production and all co-product (styrene monomer (“SM” or “styrene”) and tertiary butyl ether (“TBA”)) production from the U.S. PO Joint Venture.

A separate manufacturing joint venture (the “European PO Joint Venture”), which includes a world-scale PO/SM plant at Maasvlakte near Rotterdam, The Netherlands, is owned 50% by Bayer and, through December 20, 2007, 50% by Lyondell Chemical. Concurrent with the December 20, 2007 acquisition of Lyondell Chemical by LyondellBasell AF, Lyondell Chemical sold certain non-U.S. subsidiaries to the Basell Group, including Lyondell Chemical’s subsidiaries that owned Lyondell Chemical’s investment in the European PO Joint Venture.

Lyondell Chemical and Bayer do not share marketing or product sales under the U.S. PO Joint Venture. Lyondell Chemical operates the U.S. PO Joint Venture’s plants and arranges and coordinates the logistics of product delivery. The partners share in the cost of production and logistics based on their product offtake. Similar arrangements prevailed through December 20, 2007 with respect to the European PO Joint Venture.

Lyondell Chemical reports the cost of its product offtake as inventory and cost of sales in its consolidated financial statements. Related cash flows are reported in the operating cash flow section of the consolidated statements of cash flows. Lyondell Chemical investment in the PO joint ventures is reduced through recognition of its share of the depreciation and amortization of the assets of the joint ventures which is included in cost of sales. Other changes in the investment balance are principally due to additional capital investments by Lyondell Chemical in the PO joint ventures and to revaluation of the investment to reflect the values assigned in LyondellBasell Industries’ accounting for the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical. Lyondell Chemical’s contributions to the PO joint ventures are reported as “Contributions and advances to affiliates” in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Changes in Lyondell Chemical’s investment in 2007 are summarized as follows:

 

Millions of dollars

   U.S. PO
Joint Venture
    European PO
Joint Venture
    Total PO
Joint Ventures
 

Investment in PO joint ventures—January 1, 2007

   $ 504      $ 274      $ 778   

Cash contributions, net

     19        26        45   

Depreciation and amortization

     (33     (14     (47

Effect of exchange rate changes

            25        25   

Sale of investment to the Basell Group

            (405     (405

Revaluation of investment

     73        94        167   
                        

Investment in PO joint ventures—December 20, 2007

     563      $        563   
            

Cash contributions, net

     2          2   

Depreciation and amortization

     (1       (1
                  

Investment in U.S. PO joint venture—December 31, 2007

   $ 564        $ 564   
                  

 

F-105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

9. Accounts Receivable

Lyondell Chemical sells its products primarily to other industrial concerns in the petrochemicals and refining industries. Lyondell Chemical performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and, in certain circumstances, requires letters of credit from them. The Consolidated Statements of Operations included a credit to income of $1 million in 2007.

On December 20, 2007, as part of the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical by LyondellBasell AF, Lyondell Chemical entered into a five-year $1,150 million Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility and terminated the $150 million and $600 million accounts receivable sales facilities, maintained by Lyondell Chemical Company (without its consolidated subsidiaries, “LCC”) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Equistar, respectively.

Accounts receivable are reduced by the sales of interests in the pool. Increases and decreases in the amounts sold are reflected in operating cash flows in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, representing collections of sales revenue. Fees related to the sales are included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The amount of outstanding receivables sold under the new facility was $1,000 million as of December 31, 2007.

10. Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense is summarized as follows:

 

     Successor          Predecessor

Millions of dollars

   For the
period from
December 21
through
December  31,
2007
         For the
period from
January 1
through
December  20,
2007

Property, plant and equipment

   $ 29        $ 664

Investment in PO joint ventures

     1          47

Turnaround costs

     4          85

Technology, patent and license costs

     1          6

Software costs

              23

Other

     4          38
                 

Total depreciation and amortization

   $ 39        $ 860
                 

In addition to the depreciation and amortization expense shown above, amortization of debt issuance costs included in interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations was $6 million and $15 million, respectively, for the Successor and Predecessor periods in 2007.

Amortization of identifiable intangible assets, included above as well as deferred debt issuance costs for the next five years is expected to be $454 million in 2008, $229 million in 2009, $199 million in 2010, $175 million in 2011, and $142 million in 2012.

Maintenance and repair expenses were $18 million and $630   million, respectively, in the 2007 Successor and Predecessor periods and $488 million.

 

F-106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

11. Long-Term Debt

Lyondell Chemical’s long-term debt includes debt obligations of Lyondell Chemical’s wholly owned subsidiaries, Equistar and Millennium, and of Lyondell Chemical Company without its consolidated subsidiaries (“LCC”).

Loans, notes, debentures and other long-term debt due to banks and other unrelated parties consisted of the following at December 31 2007, see Note 20:

 

Millions of dollars

   Amount
Outstanding
 

Bank credit facilities:

  

Lyondell Chemical senior secured credit facility:

  

Term loan A due 2013

   $ 1,500   

Term loan B due 2014 ($75 million of discount)

     7,475   

Lyondell Chemical $1,000 million inventory-based credit facility

     100   

LCC notes and debentures:

  

Debentures due 2010, 10.25% ($4 million of premium)

     104   

Debentures due 2020, 9.8% ($3 million of discount)

     222   

Senior Unsecured Notes due 2014, 8%

     3   

Senior Unsecured Notes due 2016, 8.25%

     1   

Equistar notes and debentures:

  

Senior Notes due 2008, 10.125%

     8   

Senior Notes due 2011, 10.625%

     4   

Debentures due 2026, 7.55% ($21 million of discount)

     129   

Notes due 2009, 8.75%

     15   

Millennium notes and debentures:

  

Senior Debentures due 2026, 7.625% ($72 million of discount)

     170   

Convertible Senior Debentures due 2023, 4%

     158   

Pushdown Debt from Parent—Bridge Loan

     8,000   
        

Total

     17,889   

Less current maturities

     (435
        
   $ 17,454   
        

On December 20, 2007, Lyondell Chemical entered into a note payable with LyondellBasell AF and received proceeds of $7,166 million. The note matures in 2014. In addition, Lyondell Chemical recognized in its financial statements $834 million of push-down debt for which Lyondell Chemical is not the primary obligor, but which it has guaranteed, and which was used by LyondellBasell AF in the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical. Combined, these represent the $8,000 million of Long-Term Debt—Related Parties. For additional information related to Long-Term Deb, see Note 21.

On December 20, 2007, in connection with the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical by LyondellBasell AF, Lyondell Chemical and other subsidiaries of the Basell Group entered into a Senior Secured Credit Facility. The Senior Secured Credit Facility consists of a six-year $2,000 million term loan A facility due 2013, a seven-year $7,550 million and €1,300 million term loan B facility due 2014 and a six-year $1,000 million multicurrency revolving credit facility due 2013. Lyondell Chemical borrowed $1,500 million and $7,550 million, respectively, under the term loans A and B facilities and none under the revolving credit facility, see Note 20.

 

F-107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

11. Long-Term Debt—(Continued)

 

Lyondell Chemical, together with its wholly owned subsidiaries Equistar and Houston Refining and a U.S.-based subsidiary of the Basell Group, also entered into a five-year $1,000 million senior secured inventory-based credit facility, which matures in December 2012. The revolving credit facility under the Senior Secured Credit Facility was undrawn at December 31, 2007 and amounts available under the facility were reduced by outstanding letters of credit provided under the credit facility, which totaled $20 million as of December 31, 2007.

LCC and certain of its subsidiaries are guarantors of certain debt of the Basell Group, including an $8,000 million Interim loan, 8.375% High Yield Notes due 2015, comprising borrowings of $615 million and €500 million ($736 million), and amounts borrowed by the Basell Group under the Senior Secured Credit Facility, consisting of $500 million borrowed under term loan A and €1,287 million ($1,894 million) under term loan B. The Interim loan is secured by a second priority interest over the collateral securing the Senior Secured Credit Facility. The Interim loan, together with the proceeds from other borrowings, was used to finance the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical. If not repaid prior to the 12 months tenure, the Interim Loan converts to a senior secured loan in December 2008 and is due December 2015. Accordingly, Lyondell Chemical recognized in its financial statements $834 million of this debt, for which it is not the primary obligor. In addition, certain subsidiaries of LCC are guarantors under the inventory-based credit facility. LCC also guarantees Equistar’s 7.55% Debentures due 2026 in the principal amount of $150 million, see Note 20.

LCC long-term debt —On December 20, 2007, LCC retired $1,753 million principal amount outstanding under its $2.65 billion senior secured term loan and terminated its then-existing senior secured credit facility, including the term loan and a $1,055 million revolving credit facility.

Pursuant to tender offers, in December 2007, LCC repaid $2,605 million principal amount of debt, comprising $899 million of its 8.25% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2016, $872 million of its 8% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2014, $510 million of its 6.875% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 and $324 million of its 10.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2013, paying premiums totaling $418 million.

LCC called and repaid the remaining principal amounts of $1 million of its 8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 and $3 million of its 8% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2014 in February 2008, paying premiums totaling $1 million.

Also during 2007, LCC repaid $278 million principal amount of its 11.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2012, paying premiums totaling $18 million, and $18 million principal amount of the $2.65 billion LCC term loan due 2013. Lyondell Chemical also obtained consents to a proposed amendment of a restrictive provision of the indenture related to its 10.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2013, which required Lyondell Chemical to refinance subordinated debt with new subordinated debt. The amendment permitted the refinancing of subordinated debt with senior debt. As a result, Lyondell Chemical issued $510 million principal amount of LCC 6.875% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017, paying debt issuance costs of $8 million, and repaid, at par, the outstanding $500 million principal amount of LCC’s 10.875% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009.

Equistar long-term debt —Equistar’s Debentures due 2026 are secured equally and ratably with the Senior Secured Credit Facility and the Interim loan generally by liens on any Equistar plant for the production of petrochemicals and ownership interests in entities with such plants.

On December 20, 2007, Equistar repaid $300 million principal amount outstanding under its $400 million inventory-based revolving credit facility and repurchased the $575 million amount of outstanding receivables sold under its $600 million accounts receivable sales facility (see Note 9) and terminated both facilities.

 

F-108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

11. Long-Term Debt—(Continued)

 

Pursuant to tender offers, in December 2007, Equistar repaid $1,373 million principal amount of debt, comprising $585 million of Equistar’s 8.75% Notes due 2009, $396 million of Equistar’s 10.625% Senior Notes due 2011 and $392 million of Equistar’s 10.125% Senior Notes due 2008, paying premiums totaling $71 million.

Also during 2007, Equistar repaid $300 million principal amount of its 10.125% Senior Notes due 2008 and $300 million principal amount of its 10.625% Senior Notes due 2011, paying premiums totaling $32 million.

In February 2008, Equistar called and repaid the remaining principal amounts of $15 million of Equistar’s 8.75% Notes due 2009, $4 million of Equistar’s 10.625% Senior Notes due 2011 and $8 million of Equistar’s 10.125% Senior Notes due 2008, paying premiums totaling $1 million.

Millennium long-term debt —In 2007, prior to Lyondell Chemical’s acquisition by LyondellBasell AF, $106 million principal amount of the 4% Convertible Senior Debentures due 2023 was repaid using a combination of Lyondell Chemical common stock and cash valued at $385 million. Pursuant to the indenture governing the Debentures due 2023 and subsequent to the acquisition, the Debentures were convertible at a conversion rate of 75.7633 shares of Lyondell Chemical common stock per one thousand dollar principal amount of the Debentures. The $44 million principal amount of the Debentures outstanding at December 31, 2007 was converted into cash of $158 million and paid in January 2008.

Also during 2007, Millennium repaid the remaining $373 million principal amount of its 9.25% Senior Notes due 2008, paying a premium of $13 million, and $4 million principal amount of its 7.625% Senior Debentures due 2026.

In 2006, a U.K. subsidiary of Millennium entered into a new €60 million, five-year, revolving credit facility. The U.K. subsidiary was part of the inorganic chemicals business and any borrowing under the facility was repaid and terminated by Millennium during 2007, as required, using proceeds of the sale of that business.

12. Lease Commitments

Lyondell Chemical leases various facilities and equipment under noncancelable operating lease arrangements for varying periods. Operating leases include leases of railcars used in the distribution of products in Lyondell Chemical’s business. Net rental expense for the 2007 Successor and Predecessor periods combined was $300 million.

13. Financial Instruments and Derivatives

Lyondell Chemical is exposed to market risks, such as changes in commodity pricing, currency exchange rates and interest rates. To manage the volatility related to these exposures, Lyondell Chemical selectively enters into derivative transactions pursuant to Lyondell Chemical’s policies. Designation of the derivatives as fair-value or cash-flow hedges is performed on a specific exposure basis. Hedge accounting may not be elected with respect to certain short-term exposures. The changes in fair value of these hedging instruments are offset in part or in whole by corresponding changes in the fair value or cash flows of the underlying exposures being hedged.

Commodity Price Risk Management —Lyondell Chemical is exposed to commodity price volatility related to anticipated purchases of natural gas, crude oil and other raw materials and sales of its products. Lyondell Chemical selectively uses commodity swap, option and futures contracts with various terms to manage

 

F-109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

13. Financial Instruments and Derivatives—(Continued)

 

the volatility related to these risks. Such contracts are generally limited to durations of one year or less. Cash-flow hedging is normally elected for the derivative transactions; however, in some cases, when the duration of the derivative is short, hedge accounting is not elected. When the hedge accounting is not elected, the changes in fair value of these instruments are recorded in earnings. When hedge accounting is elected, gains and losses on these instruments are deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) until the underlying transaction is recognized in earnings. Lyondell Chemical entered into futures contracts in 2007, with respect to purchases of crude oil and sales of gasoline and heating oil. These futures transactions were not designated as hedges, and the changes in the fair value of the futures contracts were recognized in earnings. During 2007, Lyondell Chemical settled futures positions of 1,336 million gallons of gasoline and heating oil, which resulted in a net gain of $53 million. In 2007, Lyondell Chemical entered into commodity swaps with respect to purchases of crude oil, which were designated as cash flow hedges. Lyondell Chemical settled futures contracts of 4 million barrels of crude oil during 2007, resulting in a net gain of $3 million.

At December 31, 2007 futures contracts for 20 million gallons of gasoline and heating oil in the notional amount of $25 million, maturing in February and March of 2008, were outstanding. Earnings included unrealized net gains of $60 million in 2007 related to these contracts.

Also during 2007, Lyondell Chemical entered into futures contracts designated as cash flow hedges to offset the effect of changes in the price of silver used as catalyst in the production process. At December 31, 2007, futures contracts for 1 million troy ounces of silver in the notional amount of $15 million, maturing in September 2008, were outstanding. Gains, related to these cash flow hedges, of less than $1 million were deferred in AOCI as of December 31, 2007.

Lyondell Chemical also entered into futures contracts designated as cash flow hedges to offset the changes in the price of natural gas. At December 31, 2007, futures contracts for 680,000 mmbtu of natural gas in the notional amount of $5 million were outstanding. Losses of less than $1 million related to these contracts, which matured in January and February 2008, were deferred in AOCI as of December 31, 2007.

Foreign Currency Exposure Management —Lyondell Chemical manufactures and markets its products in a number of countries throughout the world and, as a result, is exposed to changes in currency exchange rates. Costs in some countries are incurred, in part, in currencies other than the applicable functional currency. Lyondell Chemical selectively utilizes forward, swap and option derivative contracts with terms normally lasting less than three months to protect against the adverse effect that currency exchange rate fluctuations may have on foreign currency denominated trade receivables and trade payables. These derivatives generally are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes. There were no outstanding foreign currency forward, swap or option contracts at December 31, 2007.

As a result of foreign currency transactions, Lyondell Chemical had a net gain of $43 million in 2007. The net gain in 2007 primarily related to intercompany loans and reflected the significant increase in value of the euro compared to the U.S. dollar during 2007 and the determination that certain outstanding intercompany debt will be repaid in the foreseeable future.

Interest Rate Risk Management —Lyondell Chemical selectively used derivative instruments to manage the ratio of fixed-to variable-rate debt at Millennium. In 2007, Lyondell Chemical terminated all of its outstanding interest rate swap agreements upon repayment of the underlying debt and recorded a loss of $2 million.

 

F-110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

14. Pension and Other Postretirement Cost

Lyondell Chemical has defined benefit pension plans which cover employees in the United States and a number of other countries. Retirement benefits are generally based on years of service and the employee’s highest compensation for any consecutive 36-month period during the last 120 months of service or other compensation measures as defined under the respective plan provisions. Lyondell Chemical funds the plans through contributions to pension trust funds, generally subject to minimum funding requirements as provided by applicable law. Lyondell Chemical also has unfunded supplemental nonqualified retirement plans, which provide pension benefits for certain employees in excess of the U.S. tax-qualified plans’ limits. In addition, Lyondell Chemical sponsors unfunded postretirement benefit plans other than pensions for U.S. employees, which provide medical and life insurance benefits. The postretirement medical plans are contributory, while the life insurance plans are generally noncontributory. The life insurance benefits under certain plans are provided to employees who retired before July 1, 2002.

The following table provides the components of net periodic pension costs allocated to continuing operations:

 

     Successor          Predecessor  
     For the period
from December  21
through
December 31,
2007
         For the period
from January 1
through
December 20,
2007
 

Millions of dollars

   U.S.     Non-U.S.          U.S.     Non-U.S.  

Service cost

   $ 2      $        $ 51      $ 11   

Interest cost

     3                 88        14   

Actual return on plan assets

     (5              (108     (1

Less- return in excess of (less than) expected return

     1                 10        (15
                                   

Expected return on plan assets

     (4              (98     (16

Prior service cost (benefit) amortization

                     (1       

Actuarial and investment loss amortization

                     15        1   
                                   

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 1      $        $ 55      $ 10   
                                   

The following table provides the components of net periodic other postretirement benefit costs allocated to continuing operations:

 

Millions of dollars

   For the
period from
January 1
through
December  20,
2007
 

Service cost

   $ 5   

Interest cost

     15   

Prior service benefit amortization

     (7

Recognized actuarial loss

       
        

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 13   
        

Amounts for the Successor period from December 20 to December 31, 2007 were immaterial.

 

F-111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

14. Pension and Other Postretirement Cost—(Continued)

 

The assumptions used in determining net benefit costs for Lyondell Chemical’s pension and other postretirement benefit plans were as follows for the year ended December 31, 2007:

 

     U.S.     Non-U.S.  

Weighted-average assumptions for the year:

    

Discount rate

   5.75   4.21

Expected return on plan assets

   8.00   5.53

Rate of compensation increase

   4.50   4.44

The assumed annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits as of December 31, 2007 was 9% for 2008, decreasing 1% per year to 5% in 2012 and thereafter. At December 31, 2007, similar cost escalation assumptions were used. The health care cost trend rate assumption does not have a significant effect on the amounts reported due to limits on Lyondell Chemical’s maximum contribution level to the medical plan. To illustrate, increasing or decreasing the assumed health care cost trend rates by one percentage point in each year would not have a material effect on the aggregate service and interest cost components of the net periodic other postretirement benefit cost for the year then ended.

Management’s goal is to manage pension investments over the long term to achieve optimal returns with an acceptable level of risk and volatility. Lyondell Chemical’s targeted asset allocations for the U.S. plans of 55% U.S. equity securities, 15% non-U.S. equity securities, 25% fixed income securities and 5% investments in real estate are based on recommendations by Lyondell’s independent pension investment advisor. Lyondell’s expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 8% is based on the average level of earnings that its independent pension investment advisor has advised could be expected to be earned over time on such allocation. Investment policies prohibit investments in securities issued by Lyondell or investment in speculative derivative instruments. The investments, except for real estate, are marketable securities that provide sufficient liquidity to meet expected benefit obligation payments.

Lyondell Chemical also maintains voluntary defined contribution savings plans for eligible employees. Contributions to these plans were $32 million in 2007.

 

F-112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

15. Income Taxes

The significant components of the provision for income taxes relating to continuing operations were as follows:

 

     Successor            Predecessor  

Millions of dollars

   For the
period from
December 21
through
December  31,
2007
           For the
period from
January 1
through
December  20,
2007
 

Current:

         

Federal

   $           $ 46   

Non-U.S.

                 63   

State

                 6   
                     

Total current

                 115   
                     

Deferred:

         

Federal

     (11          (3

Non-U.S.

     (6          (8

State

     (8          (11
                     

Total deferred

     (25          (22
                     

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes before tax effects of other comprehensive income

     (25          93   
 

Tax effects of elements of other comprehensive income:

         

Cumulative translation adjustment

     5             16   

Minimum pension liability

                   
                     

Total income tax expense in comprehensive income

   $ (20        $ 109   
                     

Income tax expenses related to discontinued operations are discussed in Note 4.

Certain income tax returns of Lyondell Chemical and various of its subsidiaries are under examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and various other non-U.S. and state tax authorities. In many cases, these audits may result in proposed assessments by the tax authorities. Lyondell Chemical believes that its tax positions comply with applicable tax law and intends to defend its positions through appropriate administrative and judicial processes.

Tax benefits totaling $179 million relating to uncertain tax positions taken in prior years, including $44 million pertaining to discontinued operations, were unrecognized as of January 1, 2007 (see Note 2). The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits for the year ended December 31, 2007:

 

Millions of dollars

      

Balance at January 1, 2007

   $ 179   

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     (46

Settlements

     (118
        

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 15   
        

 

F-113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

15. Income Taxes—(Continued)

 

As a result of the sale of the inorganic chemicals business, unrecognized tax benefits for tax positions in prior years decreased by $44 million.

A substantial portion of the uncertainties at January 1, 2007 were related to passive foreign income for the years 1997 to 2001 and resulting capital loss benefits that were subsequently recognized. IRS audit examination and appeal of the matter was completed during 2007, and resulted in the $118 million decrease in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits during 2007, consisting of payments of $10 million and reversals of $108 million, which reduced goodwill by $34 million and deferred tax assets by $74 million.

The remaining amount of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would not affect the effective tax rate. Lyondell Chemical is no longer subject to any significant income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2005.

Lyondell Chemical recognizes interest related to uncertain income tax positions in interest expense. Lyondell Chemical’s accrued liability for interest expense was $17 million at December 31, 2007. During the year ended December 31, 2007, Lyondell Chemical paid interest of $26 million related to the settlements and reduced accrued interest by $43 million, which was recognized as a $36 million reduction in goodwill and a $7 million reduction of interest expense.

There were no undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries on which deferred income taxes were not provided at December 31, 2007.

The domestic and non-U.S. components of income (loss) before income taxes and a reconciliation of the income tax provision (benefit) to theoretical income tax computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory tax rate are as follows:

 

     Successor            Predecessor  

Millions of dollars

   For the
period from
December 21
through
December  31,
2007
           For the
period from
January 1
through
December  20,
2007
 

Income (loss) before income taxes:

         

Domestic

   $ (157        $ (9

Non-U.S.

     (17          198   
                     

Total

   $ (174        $ 189   
                     

Theoretical income tax at U.S. statutory rate

   $ (61        $ 66   

Increase (reduction) resulting from:

         

Purchased in-process R&D

     33               

Acquisition-related costs

                 14   

Redemption of life insurance

                 10   

Other effects of non-U.S. operations

     1             2   

Changes in estimates for prior year items

                 4   

State income taxes, net of federal

                 (8

Other, net

     2             5   
                     

Income tax provision (benefit)

   $ (25        $ 93   
                     

Effective income tax rate

     14.4          49.3
                     

 

F-114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

16. Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments —Lyondell Chemical has various purchase commitments for materials, supplies and services incident to the ordinary conduct of business, generally for quantities required for its businesses and at prevailing market prices. These commitments are designed to assure sources of supply and are not expected to be in excess of normal requirements.

At December 31, 2007, estimated future minimum payments under these contracts with noncancelable contract terms in excess of one year were as follows:

 

Millions of dollars

    

2008

   $ 494

2009

     429

2010

     418

2011

     415

2012

     406

Thereafter through 2023

     3,048
      

Total minimum contract payments

   $ 5,210
      

Lyondell Chemical’s total purchases under these agreements were $919 million in 2007.

Environmental Remediation —Lyondell Chemical’s accrued liability for future environmental remediation costs at current and former plant sites and other remediation sites totaled $207 million as of December 31, 2007 and. The remediation expenditures are expected to occur over a number of years, and not to be concentrated in any single year. In the opinion of management, there is no material estimable range of reasonably possible loss in excess of the liabilities recorded for environmental remediation. However, it is possible that new information about the sites for which the accrual has been established, new technology or future developments such as involvement in investigations by regulatory agencies, could require Lyondell Chemical to reassess its potential exposure related to environmental matters.

The following table summarizes the activity in Lyondell Chemical’s accrued environmental liability for the following periods:

 

     Successor          Predecessor  

Millions of dollars

   Period from
December 21
through
December  31,
2007
         Period from
January 1
through
December  20,
2007
 

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 207        $ 176   

Additional provisions

              52   

Amounts paid

              (21
                   

Balance at end of period

   $ 207        $ 207   
                   

The liabilities for individual sites range from less than $1 million to $145 million in 2007. The $145 million liability relates to the Kalamazoo River Superfund Site.

A Millennium subsidiary has been identified as a Potential Responsible Party (“PRP”) with respect to the Kalamazoo River Superfund Site. The site involves cleanup of river sediments and floodplain soils contaminated with polychlorinated biphenyls, cleanup of former paper mill operations, and cleanup and closure of landfills associated with the former paper mill operations.

 

F-115


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

16. Commitments and Contingencies—(Continued)

 

In 2000, the Kalamazoo River Study Group (the “KRSG”), of which the Millennium subsidiary and other PRPs are members, submitted to the State of Michigan a Draft Remedial Investigation and Draft Feasibility Study, which evaluated a number of remedial options for the river. The estimated costs for these remedial options ranged from $0 to $2.5 billion. Although the KRSG study identified a broad range of remedial options, not all of those options would represent reasonably possible outcomes. Management does not believe that any single remedy among those options represented the highest-cost reasonably possible outcome.

In 2004, Lyondell Chemical recognized a liability representing Millennium’s interim allocation of 55% of the $73 million total of estimated cost of riverbank stabilization, recommended as the preferred remedy in 2000 by the KRSG study, and of certain other costs.

At the end of 2001, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) took lead responsibility for the river portion of the site at the request of the State of Michigan. In 2004, the EPA initiated a confidential process to facilitate discussions among the agency, the Millennium subsidiary, other PRPs, the Michigan Departments of Environmental Quality and Natural Resources, and certain federal natural resource trustees about the need for additional investigation activities and different possible approaches for addressing the contamination in and along the Kalamazoo River. As these discussions have continued, management has obtained new information about regulatory oversight costs and other remediation costs, including a proposed remedy to be applied to a specific portion of the river, and has been able to reasonably estimate anticipated costs for certain other segments of river, based in part on experience to date with the remedy currently being applied to the one portion of the river. As a result, Lyondell Chemical recognized $47 million in 2007 for additional estimated probable future remediation costs.

As of December 31, 2007, the probable additional future remediation spending associated with the river cannot be determined with certainty, but the amounts accrued are believed to be the current best estimate of future costs, based on information currently available. The balance of the liability related to the river was $98 million at December 31, 2007.

In addition Lyondell Chemical has recognized a liability primarily related to Millennium’s estimated share of remediation costs for two former paper mill sites and associated landfills, which are also part of the Kalamazoo River Superfund Site. At December 31, 2007, the balance of the liability was $47 million. Although no final agreement has been reached as to the ultimate remedy for these locations, Millennium has begun remediation activity related to these sites.

Millennium’s ultimate liability for the Kalamazoo River Superfund Site will depend on many factors that have not yet been determined, including the ultimate remedies selected, the determination of natural resource damages, the number and financial viability of the other PRPs, and the determination of the final allocation among the PRPs.

The balance, at December 31, 2007 and 2008, of Lyondell Chemical remediation liabilities related to Millennium sites other than the Kalamazoo River Superfund Site was $36 million.

Litigation —On April 12, 2005, BASF Corporation (“BASF”) filed a lawsuit in New Jersey against Lyondell Chemical asserting various claims relating to alleged breaches of a PO sales contract and seeking damages in excess of $100 million. Lyondell Chemical denies it breached the contract. Lyondell Chemical believes the maximum refund due to BASF is $22.5 million on such PO sales and has paid such amount to

 

F-116


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

16. Commitments and Contingencies—(Continued)

 

BASF. On August 13, 2007, the jury returned a verdict in favor of BASF in the amount of approximately $170 million (which includes the above $22.5 million). On October 3, 2007, the judge determined that prejudgment interest on the verdict would be $36 million. Lyondell Chemical is appealing this verdict and has posted a bond, which is collateralized by a $200 million letter of credit. Lyondell Chemical does not expect the verdict to result in any material adverse effect on its business, financial position, liquidity or results of operations.

Together with alleged past manufacturers of lead-based paint and lead pigments for use in paint, Millennium has been named as a defendant in various legal proceedings alleging personal injury, property damage, and remediation costs allegedly associated with the use of these products. The majority of these legal proceedings assert unspecified monetary damages in excess of the statutory minimum and, in certain cases, seek equitable relief such as abatement of lead-based paint in buildings. Legal proceedings relating to lead pigment or paint are in various trial stages and post-dismissal settings, some of which are on appeal.

One legal proceeding relating to lead pigment or paint was tried in 2002. On October 29, 2002, the judge in that case declared a mistrial after the jury declared itself deadlocked. The sole issue before the jury was whether lead pigment in paint in and on Rhode Island buildings constituted a “public nuisance.” The re-trial of this case began on November 1, 2005. On February 22, 2006, a jury returned a verdict in favor of the State of Rhode Island finding that the cumulative presence of lead pigments in paints and coatings on buildings in the state constitutes a public nuisance; that a Millennium subsidiary, Millennium Holdings, LLC, and other defendants either caused or substantially contributed to the creation of the public nuisance; and that those defendants, including the Millennium subsidiary, should be ordered to abate the public nuisance. On February 28, 2006, the judge held that the state could not proceed with its claim for punitive damages. On February 26, 2007, the court issued its decision denying the post-verdict motions of the defendants, including Millennium, for a mistrial or a new trial. The court concluded that it would enter an order of abatement and appoint a special master to assist the court in determining the scope of the abatement remedy. On March 16, 2007, the court entered a final judgment on the jury’s verdict. On March 20, 2007, Millennium filed its notice of appeal with the Rhode Island Supreme Court. On December 18, 2007, the trial court appointed two special masters to serve as “examiners” and to assist the trial court in the proposed abatement proceedings. On May 15, 2008, the Rhode Island Supreme Court heard oral argument on, among other things, Millennium’s appeal of the jury’s verdict in favor of the State of Rhode Island. On July 1, 2008, the Rhode Island Supreme Court unanimously reversed the jury’s verdict and subsequent judgment against Millennium and the other defendants. The Rhode Island Supreme Court’s verdict effectively ends this legal proceeding.

Millennium’s defense costs to date for lead-based paint and lead pigment litigation largely have been covered by insurance. Millennium has insurance policies that potentially provide approximately $1 billion in indemnity coverage for lead-based paint and lead pigment litigation. Millennium’s ability to collect under the indemnity coverage would depend upon, among other things, the resolution of certain potential coverage defenses that the insurers are likely to assert and the solvency of the various insurance carriers that are part of the coverage block at the time of such a request.

While Lyondell Chemical believes that Millennium has valid defenses to all the lead-based paint and lead pigment proceedings and is vigorously defending them, litigation is inherently subject to many uncertainties. Any liability that Millennium may ultimately incur, net of any insurance or other recoveries, cannot be estimated at this time.

Indemnification —Lyondell Chemical and its joint ventures are parties to various indemnification arrangements, including arrangements entered into in connection with acquisitions, divestitures and the formation

 

F-117


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

16. Commitments and Contingencies—(Continued)

 

of joint ventures. For example, Lyondell Chemical entered into indemnification arrangements in connection with the transfer of assets and liabilities from Atlantic Richfield Company to Lyondell Chemical prior to Lyondell Chemical’s initial public offering and in connection with Lyondell Chemical’s acquisition of the outstanding shares of ARCO Chemical Company; Equistar and its owner companies (including Lyondell Chemical and Millennium) entered into indemnification arrangements in connection with the formation of Equistar; and Millennium entered into indemnification arrangements in connection with its demerger from Hanson plc. Pursuant to these arrangements, Lyondell Chemical and its joint ventures provide indemnification to and/or receive indemnification from other parties in connection with liabilities that may arise in connection with the transactions and in connection with activities prior to completion of the transactions. These indemnification arrangements typically include provisions pertaining to third party claims relating to environmental and tax matters and various types of litigation. As of December 31, 2007, Lyondell Chemical has not accrued any significant amounts for such indemnification obligations, and is not aware of other circumstances that would be likely to lead to significant future indemnification claims against Lyondell Chemical. Lyondell Chemical cannot determine with certainty the potential amount of future payments under the indemnification arrangements until events arise that would trigger a liability under the arrangements.

Other —Lyondell Chemical and its joint ventures are, from time to time, defendants in lawsuits and other commercial disputes, some of which are not covered by insurance. Many of these suits make no specific claim for relief. Although final determination of any liability and resulting financial impact with respect to any such matters cannot be ascertained with any degree of certainty, management does not believe that any ultimate uninsured liability resulting from these matters will, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the financial position, liquidity or results of operations of Lyondell Chemical.

General —In the opinion of management, the matters discussed in this note are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial position or liquidity of Lyondell Chemical. However, the adverse resolution in any reporting period of one or more of these matters could have a material impact on Lyondell Chemical’s results of operations for that period, which may be mitigated by contribution or indemnification obligations of others, or by any insurance coverage that may be available.

17. Share-Based Compensation

Under Lyondell’ Chemical s Amended and Restated 1999 Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”), Lyondell Chemical granted awards of performance units, restricted stock and stock options to certain employees. Restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock option awards were also made to directors under other incentive plans. In addition, Lyondell Chemical issued phantom restricted stock, phantom stock options and performance units to certain other employees under still other incentive plans. As a result of the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical by LyondellBasell, on December 20, 2007, all outstanding awards under these plans were settled for $319 million. At December 31, 2007, $49 million was unpaid. Lyondell Chemical has discontinued use of these incentive plans.

These awards resulted in compensation expense for 2007 of $200 million or $130 million, after tax. The compensation expense reflected awards vesting during the period and changes in valuation of previously vested awards other than stock options.

Performance Units —Performance units represented the right to a cash amount, unless Lyondell Chemical’s Board of Directors determined to pay the performance units under the Incentive Plan in shares of common stock, equal to the market value at payout of a target number of shares of Lyondell Chemical common

 

F-118


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

17. Share-Based Compensation—(Continued)

 

stock, adjusted for performance. The actual payout could have ranged from 0% to 200% of the target number of performance units based on Lyondell Chemical’s three-year cumulative total shareholder return (common stock price growth plus dividends) relative to a chemical industry peer group. Performance units were accounted for as a liability award with compensation cost recognized over the performance period. As a result of change-in-control provisions, all performance units under Lyondell Chemical’s plans immediately vested and were converted into the right to receive a single lump sum payment equal to $48 per equivalent share of common stock.

Cash payments of $174 million were distributed to participants during 2007.

Stock Options —Stock options were granted with an exercise price of at least 100% of market value, had a contractual term of ten years and vested at a rate of one-third per year over three years, with accelerated vesting upon death, disability, retirement or change of control. On December 20, 2007 in connection with the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical by LyondellBasell AF, all outstanding options of Lyondell Chemical became fully exercisable and were cancelled in exchange for a lump sum payment, in cash, of the excess of $48 over the exercise price of the stock option, resulting in an obligation of $110 million, substantially all which were paid in 2007.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2007 was $62 million and the related tax benefits were $20 million.

The fair value of each option award was estimated, based on several assumptions, on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option valuation model. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 123 (revised), Lyondell Chemical modified its methods used to determine these assumptions prospectively based on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107. The fair value and the assumptions used for the stock option grants are shown in the table below. The expected volatility assumption was based on historical and implied volatility.

 

     2007  

Fair value per share of options granted

   $ 9.15   

Fair value assumptions:

  

Dividend yield

     3.60

Expected volatility

     35.09

Risk-free interest rate

     4.73

Expected term, in years

     6   

Stock options were accounted for as equity instruments, and compensation cost was recognized using graded vesting over the three-year vesting period for years prior to 2007. As a result of the December 20, 2007 acquisition of Lyondell Chemical, all stock options vested and were settled in cash for an amount equal to $48 per share less the stock option exercise price. As a result, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options at December 20 and December 31, 2007.

Restricted Stock —Lyondell Chemical’s restricted stock arrangements under the Incentive Plan were divided equally into a restricted stock grant and an associated deferred cash payment. These restricted stock arrangements typically vested at a rate of one-third per year over three years, with accelerated vesting upon death, disability, retirement or change in control. The associated deferred cash award, paid when the shares of

 

F-119


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

17. Share-Based Compensation—(Continued)

 

restricted stock vested, was equal to the fair market value of the restricted stock issued on the vesting date. Restricted stock was accounted for as an equity award, while the deferred cash component was accounted for as a liability award. Compensation expense, based on the market price of Lyondell Chemical stock at the date of the grant for the restricted stock and, for the deferred cash components, the market price at the earlier of the vesting date or the balance sheet date, was recognized using graded-vesting over the three-year vesting period for years prior to 2007. The 2005 deferred cash awards vested and $3 million was paid out as a result of the November 20, 2007 special meeting of shareholders approving the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical by LyondellBasell AF. On December 20, 2007, as part of the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical by LyondellBasell AF, the remaining deferred cash awards vested and each outstanding share of restricted stock under Lyondell Chemical’s restricted stock plans and long-term incentive plans was converted into a right to receive $48 in cash, resulting in a total obligation of $15 million, which was paid in 2007.

Phantom Awards —Phantom awards were accounted for as liability awards and compensation cost was recognized using graded-vesting over the three-year vesting period for years prior to 2007. In connection with the acquisition of Lyondell Chemical by LyondellBasell AF, outstanding phantom awards were converted into a right to receive $48 in cash, resulting in an obligation of $76 million, of which $48 million was paid in 2007.

18. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Supplemental cash flow information is summarized as follows:

 

     Successor          Predecessor

Millions of dollars

   For the
period from
December 21
through
December  31,
2007
         For the
period from
January 1
through
December  20,
2007

Interest paid

   $        $ 736
                 

Net income taxes paid

   $        $ 240
                 

19. Subsequent Events

Impairments— During the fourth quarter of 2008, Lyondell Chemical performed its annual impairment tests for goodwill. As a result of the review, Lyondell Chemical determined that its goodwill was impaired. The impairment was based on a review of the business segments performed by management in which discounted cash flows did not support the carrying value of the goodwill due to the rapid deterioration in the global economy and the effects on Lyondell Chemical’s operations in the latter part of the fourth quarter of 2008. Accordingly, in the fourth quarter of 2008, Lyondell Chemical recorded a charge to earnings of $4,921 million for impairment of the remaining goodwill related to the December 20, 2007 acquisition of Lyondell by LyondellBasell.

Bankruptcy Cases —On January 6, 2009, certain of Lyondell Chemical’s subsidiaries and a European affiliate, Basell Germany Holdings GmbH (“Germany Holdings” and collectively the “Initial Debtors”) filed voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “U.S. Bankruptcy Code”) in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court in the Southern District of New York (“U.S. Bankruptcy Court”). In addition, voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code were filed by LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A., the Luxembourg holding company, and its General Partner, LyondellBasell AF GP S.à.r.l.,

 

F-120


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

19. Subsequent Events—(Continued)

 

on April 24, 2009, and by thirteen additional U.S. Lyondell Chemical subsidiaries on May 8, 2009 (collectively, with the Initial Debtors, the “Debtors”). The Debtors continue to operate their businesses as debtors-in-possession (“DIP”) under the jurisdiction of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

On January 8, 2009, the Debtors received interim U.S. Bankruptcy Court approval, and on March 1, 2009, the final U.S. Bankruptcy Court approval, of the debtor-in possession financings that provided for facilities in an aggregate amount up to $8,500 million, as follows, comprising: (i) a $6,500 million term loan facility (“DIP Term Loan Facility”) consisting of: (a) $3,250 million of new funding (the “New Money Loans”) and (b) $3,250 million of a dollar-for-dollar “roll up” of previously outstanding senior secured loans (the “Roll-Up Loans”) and (ii) an asset-based facility with a revolving credit line initially in an amount up to $1,540 million (“DIP ABL Facility” and together with the DIP Term Loan Facility, the “DIP Financing”) subject to a borrowing base, with an option to increase this facility through the addition of new lenders by an amount up to $460 million so that the aggregate DIP ABL Facility equaled an amount up to $2,000 million. On March 12, 2009 and July 15, 2009, new lenders were added increasing the DIP Financing by $30 million and $50 million, respectively, to $8,120 million.

The initial proceeds of the DIP Financing were used: (i) to refinance, in full, (A) the Senior Secured Inventory-Based Facility, (B) the $1,150 million Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility (see Note 13), (C) the $200 million North American accounts receivable securitization program, and (D) the $100 million super emergency interim DIP Financing; (ii) to pay related transaction costs, fees and expenses; (iii) to provide working capital; and (iv) for other general corporate purposes of the Debtors as well as the non-U.S. subsidiaries of LyondellBasell AF. Not more than €700 million of the proceeds under the DIP Financing may be used to fund LyondellBasell AF’s non-U.S. subsidiaries. For the period from January 6, 2009 to December 31, 2009, the maximum amount advanced to LyondellBasell AF’s non-U.S. subsidiaries, pursuant to the term of the DIP Financing, was $634 million (€481 million at historical rates). At December 31, 2009, advances of $115 million (€80 million) were outstanding. Total cash held by LyondellBasell AF’s foreign operations may not exceed €200 million, after excluding certain items, including cash deemed restricted under the DIP Financing agreements due to settlement procedures under the European receivables securitization program, tax and legal considerations in certain countries, and pursuant to letters of credit and guarantees. On a weekly basis, cash in excess of the €200 million limit must be transferred to Lyondell Chemical, provided that the excess is at least €5 million.

The DIP Financing credit agreements were amended from time to time to, among other things, extend the maturity of the DIP Financing agreements from December 15, 2009 to April 6, 2010, with a one-time option to further extend the maturity to June 3, 2010. The maturity date of the DIP Financing agreements will be adjusted with the plan confirmation milestone, as may be extended based on the U.S. Bankruptcy Court’s availability.

In order to emerge from the Bankruptcy Cases, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court must find that the Debtors’ plan of reorganization complies with the requirements of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. In addition, the Debtors must repay certain of their obligations under the DIP Financing and therefore, will be required to raise new debt and equity financing as stated in their Plan of Reorganization. The Debtors believe that their current and forecasted level of activity through April 6, 2010, the maturity date of the amended DIP Financing agreements, will be sufficient to maintain compliance with the DIP Financing and related forbearance agreements as discussed below, and to allow the Debtors to seek approval of a plan of reorganization and related restructuring

 

F-121


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

19. Subsequent Events—(Continued)

 

of their debt. However, should business activity levels be below expectations or should margin volatility require more liquidity than the amount to which the Debtors have access through the DIP Financing or should any non-Debtor legal entity be subjected to an involuntary bankruptcy proceeding, the Debtors could default on their DIP Financing obligations. Upon an event of default, the DIP Financing lenders could seek to impose onerous credit and other terms as a condition for waiving the default or demand other concessions. Ultimately, the lenders could declare all the funds borrowed under the DIP Financing, together with accrued and unpaid interest, due and payable and could exercise remedies against their collateral and seek other relief. The outcome of these events and, in general, the Bankruptcy Cases is uncertain, which raises substantial doubt about the ability of LyondellBasell AF to continue as a going concern. While the Company has filed its plan of reorganization and is negotiating agreements with its creditors to enable the Company to emerge from bankruptcy, the outcome of these events, and in general, the Bankruptcy Cases is uncertain, which raises substantial doubt about the ability of Lyondell Chemical to continue as a going concern.

In 2009, in connection with the Bankruptcy Cases, Lyondell Chemical recognized charges related to its reorganization totaling $2,749 million, including charges for the write off of assets associated with a lease rejection; damage claims related to certain executory contracts; the net write off of unamortized debt issuance costs, premiums and discounts; environmental liabilities; professional fees associated with the chapter 11 proceedings; plant shutdown costs, primarily related to the shutdown of their olefin plant at Chocolate Bayou, Texas and the long-term idling of their ethylene glycol facility in Beaumont, Texas; and other costs.

 

F-122


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  2.1   Third Amended and Restated Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization for the LyondellBasell Debtors, dated as of March 12, 2010.
  3.1   Articles of Association of LyondellBasell Industries N.V., dated as of October 15, 2009.
  3.2   Form of Amendment to Articles of Association of LyondellBasell Industries N.V.
  3.3   Form of Rules for the Supervisory Board of LyondellBasell Industries N.V.
  3.4   Form of Rules for the Management Board of LyondellBasell Industries N.V.
  4.1*   Specimen certificate for class A ordinary shares, par value €0.04 per share, of LyondellBasell Industries N.V.
  4.2*   Specimen certificate for class B ordinary shares, par value €0.04 per share, of LyondellBasell Industries N.V.
  4.3   Form of Nomination Agreement.
  4.4   Registration Rights Agreement by and among LyondellBasell Industries N.V., Banc of America Securities LLC and UBS Securities LLC, dated as of April 8, 2010.
  4.5   Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and among LyondellBasell Industries N.V. and the Holders.
  4.6   Indenture by and among LBI Escrow Corporation, LyondellBasell Industries N.V. and Wilmington Trust FSB, dated as of April 8, 2010.
  4.7   Form of Roll-up Notes Indenture by and among LyondellBasell Industries N.V., Lyondell Chemical Company and Wells Fargo, N.A.
  4.8   Form of Warrant Agreement by and among LyondellBasell Industries N.V. and Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
10.1   Employment agreement by and among James L. Gallogly, Lyondell Chemical Company and LyondellBasell AFGP, dated as of May 14, 2009.
10.2   Compensation terms of C. Kent Potter.
10.3   Employment agreement by and among Craig B. Glidden, Lyondell Chemical Company and LyondellBasell AFGP, dated as of August 5, 2009.
10.4   Employment agreement by and among Kevin Brown, Lyondell Chemical Company and LyondellBasell AFGP, dated as of March 19, 2010.
10.5   Employment agreement by and among Bhavesh V. Patel, Lyondell Chemical Company and LyondellBasell AFGP, dated as of August 5, 2009.
10.6   Employment agreement with Anton de Vries with English Language Summary.
10.7   Employment agreement between Alan S. Bigman and Basell USA Inc., dated as of August 1, 2009.
10.8   Employment agreement between Volker Trautz and Basell Holdings B.V., dated as of August 1, 2007.
10.9   Settlement Agreement and Release between Volker Trautz and LyondellBasell Industries Holdings B.V., dated as of May 29, 2009.
10.10   LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. Management Incentive Plan, effective as of January 1, 2009.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

10.11*   LyondellBasell Industries N.V. Short-Term Incentive Plan.
10.12   LyondellBasell Industries N.V. Medium Term Incentive Plan.
10.13   LyondellBasell Industries N.V. 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
10.14*   Form of Officer and Director Indemnification Agreement.
10.15   Summary of Legacy Compensatory Arrangements for Named Executive Officers.
21.1*   List of subsidiaries of the registrant.
24.1   Power of Attorney.

 

* To be filed by amendment.

Exhibit 2.1

UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK

 

     
In re            Chapter 11
 
Lyondell Chemical Company, et al. ,            Case No. 09-10023 (REG)
 
   

Debtors.

 

        

(Jointly Administered)

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED JOINT CHAPTER 11 PLAN

OF REORGANIZATION FOR THE LYONDELLBASELL DEBTORS

 

 

CADWALADER, WICKERSHAM & TAFT LLP

George A. Davis, Esq.

Andrew M. Troop, Esq.

Christopher R. Mirick, Esq.

Jessica L. Fink, Esq.

One World Financial Center

New York, New York 10281

(212) 504-6000

Mark C. Ellenberg, Esq.

Peter Friedman, Esq.

700 Sixth Street, N.W.

Washington, DC 20001

(202) 862-2200

Attorneys for the Debtors and Debtors in Possession

Dated:     March 12, 2010


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1

  Definitions    1

Section 1.2

  Interpretation and Construction of Terms    27
ARTICLE II
TREATMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE
EXPENSES AND PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS

Section 2.1

  Administrative Expenses    27

Section 2.2

  Priority Tax Claims    29
ARTICLE III
CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND EQUITY INTERESTS

Section 3.1

  Classification under Plan    29
ARTICLE IV
TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND EQUITY INTERESTS

Section 4.1

  Class 1 – Priority Non-Tax Claims    30

Section 4.2

  Class 2 – Secured Tax Claims    31

Section 4.3

  Class 3 – DIP Roll-Up Claims    31

Section 4.4

  Class 4 – Senior Secured Claims    32

Section 4.5

  Class 5 – Bridge Loan Claims    34

Section 4.6

  Class 6 – Other Secured Claims    35

Section 4.7

  Class 7-A – General Unsecured Claims against Non-Schedule III Obligor Debtors    35

Section 4.8

  Class 7-B – General Unsecured Claims against Non-Obligor Debtors    35

Section 4.9

  Class 7-C – General Unsecured Claims and Senior/Bridge Guarantee Claims against MSC, MPI and MPCO    36

Section 4.10

  Class 7-D – General Unsecured Claims and Senior/Bridge Deficiency Claims against Schedule III Obligor Debtors    37

Section 4.11

  Class 8 – 2015 Notes Claims    39

Section 4.12

  Class 9 – Securities Claims    40

Section 4.13

  Class 10 – Subordinated Claims    40

Section 4.14

  Class 11 – Equity Interests in LBFC    40

Section 4.15

  Class 12 – Equity Interests in LBAFGP and LBIAF    41

Section 4.16

  Class 13 – Equity Interests in MCI and the Schedule III Debtors    41

 

-i-


Section 4.17

   Class 14 – Equity Interests in the Debtors (other than MCI, LBFC, LBAFGP, LBIAF and   
   Schedule III Debtors)    41

ARTICLE V

MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN

Section 5.1

   Settlement    42

Section 5.2

   Exit Facility    42

Section 5.3

   Rights Offering    42

Section 5.4

   Restructuring Transactions    46

Section 5.5

   The Millennium Custodial Trust    52

Section 5.6

   The Environmental Custodial Trust    55

Section 5.7

   The Litigation Trust    57

Section 5.8

   The Creditor Trust    60

Section 5.9

   Initial Funding of Litigation Trust and Creditor Trust    62

Section 5.10

   Intercompany Claims    63

Section 5.11

   Closing of the Chapter 11 Cases    63

Section 5.12

   Early Payment    63
ARTICLE VI

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND MANAGEMENT

OF REORGANIZED DEBTORS

Section 6.1

   Boards of Directors    63

Section 6.2

   New Topco Officers    63

Section 6.3

   Reorganized Debtors’ Boards of Directors and Officers    63

Section 6.4

   New Topco Articles of Association, Certificates of Incorporation and By-Laws    63

Section 6.5

   Authorization and Issuance of New Securities    64

Section 6.6

   Listing of New Common Stock    64

Section 6.7

   Equity Compensation Plan    64
ARTICLE VII
DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE PLAN

Section 7.1

   Disbursing Agent    65

Section 7.2

   Distributions to Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and 2015 Notes Claims Which Share in the Settlement Consideration    65

Section 7.3

   Distributions of Cash    66

Section 7.4

   Distributions Free and Clear    67

Section 7.5

   Timing of Distributions    67

Section 7.6

   Delivery of Distributions    67

Section 7.7

   No Fractional Distributions    67

Section 7.8

   Distributions to Holders as of Distribution Record Date    67

Section 7.9

   Undeliverable and Unclaimed Distributions    68

Section 7.10

   Setoffs    68

Section 7.11

   Nonconsensual Confirmation    68

Section 7.12

   Hart-Scott-Rodino Compliance    69

 

-ii-


Section 7.13

   Application of Distributions    69

Section 7.14

   Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements    69

Section 7.15

   Surrender of Securities    69

Section 7.16

   Postpetition Interest on Claims    70

Section 7.17

   Withholding and Reporting Requirements    70

ARTICLE VIII

PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING AND TREATING DISPUTED CLAIMS

Section 8.1

   Disputed Claims    70

Section 8.2

   Resolution of Disputed Claims    71

Section 8.3

   No Distributions Pending Allowance    71

Section 8.4

   Distributions After Allowance    72

Section 8.5

   No Distribution in Respect of Disallowed Claims    72

Section 8.6

   Late-Filed Claims    72

ARTICLE IX

EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

Section 9.1

   Treatment    72

Section 9.2

   Inclusiveness    73

Section 9.3

   Cure of Defaults    73

Section 9.4

   Rejection Damages Claims    75

Section 9.5

   Insurance    75

(Section 9.6

   Compensation and Benefit Programs    77

Section 9.7

   Retiree Benefits    78

ARTICLE X

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVE DATE

Section 10.1

   Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness    78

Section 10.2

   Waiver of Conditions    79

Section 10.3

   Satisfaction of Conditions    80

Section 10.4

   Failure of Conditions    80

ARTICLE XI

EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN

Section 11.1

   Vesting of Assets    80

Section 11.2

   Compromise of Controversies    80

Section 11.3

   Binding Effect    81

Section 11.4

   Discharge    81

Section 11.5

   Injunction    81

Section 11.6

   Indemnification Obligations    82

Section 11.7

   Exculpation    83

 

-iii-


Section 11.8

   Releases and Indemnifications    83

Section 11.9

   Retention of Causes of Action/Reservation of Rights    87

Section 11.10

   Section 506(c) Reservation    88

Section 11.11

   Chapter 5 Reservation    88

ARTICLE XII

RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

Section 12.1

   Retention of Jurisdiction    88

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 13.1

   Payment of Certain Fees    90

Section 13.2

   Plan Supplement    91

Section 13.3

   Effectuating Documents and Further Transactions    92

Section 13.4

   Modification of Plan    92

Section 13.5

   Payment of Statutory Fees    93

Section 13.6

   Withdrawal or Revocation of Plan    93

Section 13.7

   Dissolution of the Creditors’ Committee    93

Section 13.8

   Exemption from Securities Laws    93

Section 13.9

   Exemption from Transfer Taxes    93

Section 13.10

   Tax-Exempt Status    93

Section 13.11

   Expedited Determination of Postpetition Taxes    93

Section 13.12

   Severability    94

Section 13.13

   Governing Law    94

Section 13.14

   Courts of Competent Jurisdiction    94

Section 13.15

   Headings    94

Section 13.16

   Exhibits/Schedules    94

Section 13.17

   Plan Controls Disclosure Statement; Confirmation Order Controls Plan    94

Section 13.18

   Successors and Assigns    94

Section 13.19

   Reservation of Right to Convert    95

Section 13.20

   Notices    95

 

-iv-


EXHIBITS

 

  
List of Certain Released Parties    Schedule A-I
List of Debtors    Exhibit A-1
List of Obligor Debtors and Obligor Non-Debtors    Exhibit A-2
List of Schedule III Debtors    Exhibit A-3
Principal Terms of New Third Lien Notes    Exhibit A-4
Principal Terms of Cram Down Notes    Exhibit A-5
Principal Terms of the New Warrants    Exhibit A-6
Specific estimated recovery percentages for General Unsecured Claims Against each Non-Obligor Debtor    Exhibit A-7
Specific estimated recovery percentages for General Unsecured Claims Against Each of MPI, MSC and MPCO    Exhibit A-8
Specific estimated recovery percentages for General Unsecured Claims Against each Schedule III Obligor Debtor    Exhibit A-9

 

-v-


Introduction

LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. (“ LBIAF ”) and each of its above-captioned affiliates and subsidiaries, as debtors and debtors in possession (collectively, the “ Debtors ”), propose the following chapter 11 plans of reorganization (collectively, the “ Plan ”) pursuant to section 1121(a) of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”). All capitalized terms used in the Plan are defined either in section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code or in Article I below.

Although the Chapter 11 Cases are jointly administered pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court, the Debtors are not proposing the substantive consolidation of their respective bankruptcy estates. Thus, although the Plan generally applies to all the Debtors, except where otherwise indicated, (i) the Plan constitutes 94 distinct chapter 11 plans, one for each Debtor; (ii) for voting purposes, each holder of a claim in a Class shall vote its Claim in such Class by individual Debtors; and (iii) the classification scheme set forth in Article III hereof applies to each Debtor, but to the extent there are no Claims in a certain Class against a particular Debtor, that Class shall be deemed not to exist for any purpose whatsoever in respect of that Debtor.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the respective meanings specified below:

2015 Notes Indenture ” means the indenture, dated as of August 10, 2005, among LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. (formerly Nell AF S.à.r.l.), the guarantor parties thereto, Wilmington Trust Co. (successor to The Bank of New York), as Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Listing Agent; ABN Amro Bank N.V. (n/k/a The Royal Bank of Scotland, N.V.), as Security Agent; and AIB/BNY Fund Management, as Irish Paying Agent; pursuant to which the 2015 Notes were issued, and all of the ancillary documents and Instruments relating thereto, as amended, supplemented, modified or restated as of the Commencement Date.

2015 Notes ” means the 8.375% senior notes due 2015 in the principal amounts of $615 million and €500 million issued pursuant to the 2015 Notes Indenture.

2015 Notes Adversary Proceeding ” means the adversary proceeding in the Chapter 11 Cases styled Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee v. LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A., et al. , Adversary No. 09-01501 (REG), described more fully in Section III.J.2 of the Disclosure Statement.

2015 Notes Ad Hoc Group ” means the informal group of holders (and/or their respective investment managers) of 2015 Notes, whose members consist of Arrowgrass Master Fund Ltd., Arrowgrass Distressed Opportunities Fund Limited, Basso Credit Opportunities Holding Fund Ltd., Basso Fund Ltd., Basso Multi-Strategy Holding Fund Ltd., Columbus Hill Partners, L.P., Columbus Hill Overseas, Ltd., CQS Directional Opportunities Master Fund Limited, Kivu Investment Fund Limited, Mariner LDC, Caspian Capital Partners, LP, Caspian Select Credit Master Fund, Ltd., CVI GVF (Lux) Master S.a.r.l., Fortelus Special Situations Master Fund Ltd., and Panton Master Fund, L.P. and that has the ability to direct and is directing the 2015 Notes Trustee to execute the Lender Litigation Settlement.

 

1


2015 Notes Claims ” means all Claims arising under the 2015 Notes Indenture, including, without limitation, all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, which shall be Allowed in the amount of $1,351,695,059.96 (excluding fees and expenses of the 2015 Notes Trustee) solely if the 2015 Notes Plan Conditions are satisfied or otherwise waived.

2015 Notes Plan Conditions ” means, subject to Section 7.7 of the Lender Litigation Settlement Agreement, the following conditions: (a) (1) the class of 2015 Notes Claims (Class 8) has voted to accept the Plan, (2) neither the 2015 Notes Trustee nor any member of the 2015 Notes Ad Hoc Group has objected to or appealed the approval of the Lender Litigation Settlement Agreement, and (3) neither the 2015 Notes Trustee nor any member of the 2015 Notes Ad Hoc Group has objected to confirmation of the Plan, or appealed the Confirmation Order (in each case as long as the Plan is consistent with and effectuates the Lender Litigation Settlement); and (b) (1) the 2015 Notes Trustee has taken no further action, directly or indirectly, to prosecute the 2015 Notes Adversary Proceeding, and (2) neither the 2015 Notes Trustee nor any member of the 2015 Notes Ad Hoc Group has objected to any motions filed by the Debtors in the Debtors’ Injunction Litigation or taken any further action either in the Debtors’ Injunction Litigation or in the Bankruptcy Case with regard to the Debtors’ Injunction Litigation; and (c) neither the 2015 Notes Trustee nor any member of the 2015 Notes Ad Hoc Group has breached the Lender Litigation Settlement Agreement. 1

2015 Notes Trustee ” means Wilmington Trust Company, solely in its capacity as successor indenture trustee under the 2015 Notes Indenture, or its duly appointed successor.

Abandoned Claims ” means the claims and causes of action brought on behalf of the Debtors’ estates pursuant to section 544 of the Bankruptcy Code against former shareholders of Lyondell Chemical (but solely in their capacity as such) pursuant to Count IV of the complaint in the Committee Litigation, other than (i) claims against Access, Nell Limited, or any of their respective affiliates (as that term is defined in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, replacing “debtor” with “Access” or “Nell Limited,” as applicable, and replacing “corporation” with “entity”), which claims shall continue to be prosecuted as contemplated by the Committee Litigation or the Litigation Trust, (ii) claims against those parties that are released by the Debtors hereunder or under the Lender Litigation Settlement, and (iii) claims against the Directors, Officers, and Subsidiary Directors (as defined in the complaint commencing the Committee Litigation).

Access ” means Access Industries Holdings, LLC.

Account Holder ” means any Person that, directly or indirectly, held or was the beneficial owner or holder of shares of Lyondell Chemical in an account or otherwise through or with any Lender Releasee, where as a result of the conversion, such Person received Merger Consideration.

Acetyls Business ” means the Acetyls Business unit of MPI.

Acquired Third Party Preference Claim ” means any Preference Claim with respect to a Claim (other than a Senior Secured Claim or Bridge Loan Claim) that a Settling Defendant Releasee or Secured Lender Releasee has acquired or may acquire from a Non-Settling Defendant or unaffiliated third party that was not a defendant in the Committee Litigation.

 

1

In the event holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % in principal amount of the 2015 Notes Claims execute a plan support agreement, and so long as the holders of 2015 Notes Claims signatory to such plan support agreement(s) have not breached or terminated such agreement(s), clause (a)(1) of these 2015 Notes Plan Conditions shall be of no force and effect.

 

2


Ad Hoc Group ” means the ad hoc group of lenders consisting of certain lenders (and/or their investment managers) under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, as referred to in the DIP Financing Order as the “Ad Hoc Group of Senior Secured Lenders.”

Administrative Expense ” means any right to payment constituting a cost or expense of administration of any of the Chapter 11 Cases under sections 503(b) and 507(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation, any actual and necessary costs and expenses of preserving the estates of the Debtors, any actual and necessary costs and expenses of operating the business of the Debtors, any indebtedness or obligations incurred or assumed by the Debtors in connection with the conduct of their business, amounts owed to vendors providing goods and services to the Debtors during the Chapter 11 Cases, Postpetition Intercompany Claims, and tax obligations incurred after the Commencement Date, and all compensation and reimbursement of expenses to the extent Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court under sections 328, 330, 331 and/or 503 of the Bankruptcy Code, whether fixed before or after the Effective Date (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, DIP ABL Claims, DIP New Money Claims and DIP Roll-Up Claims).

Administrative Expense Bar Date ” means the date that is sixty (60) days after the Effective Date or such other date as the Bankruptcy Court determines.

Affiliate ” means “affiliate” as set forth in section 101(2)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code (and specifically includes, without limitation, any partnership that otherwise satisfies the requirements of section 101(2)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code), but excludes BI S.à.r.l. or any entity that directly or indirectly owns, controls or holds any interest thereof.

Allowed ” means, with reference to any Claim or Administrative Expense, (a) allowed pursuant to the Plan, (b) not Disputed, (c) listed by the relevant Debtor in its Schedules, as such Schedules may be amended by the Debtors from time to time in accordance with Bankruptcy Rule 1009, as liquidated in amount and not disputed or contingent and for which no contrary proof of claim has been filed, (d) compromised, settled, Allowed or otherwise resolved pursuant to a Final Order, (e) if Disputed, has been allowed by a Final Order, or (f) asserted by a timely filed proof of Claim or Administrative Expense (or motion for Administrative Expense) as to which no timely objection has been or is interposed (as determined in accordance with Section 8.1 of the Plan or any applicable period of limitation fixed by the Bankruptcy Code, or the Bankruptcy Rules, or the Bankruptcy Court); provided, however , that Claims allowed pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court solely for the purpose of voting to accept or reject the Plan shall not be considered “Allowed Claims” hereunder.

ARCO/Equistar Advisor ” means Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP, as counsel to Aurelius Capital Management, LP and certain other holders of ARCO Notes and Equistar Notes.

ARCO/Equistar Claims ” means, collectively, the ARCO Notes Claims and Equistar Notes Claims.

ARCO/Equistar Settlement ” means the settlement between the Debtors and the ARCO Notes Trustee and the Equistar Notes Trustee approved by Bankruptcy Court order dated February 11, 2010, as described in Section III.L of the Disclosure Statement, the terms of which are incorporated herein.

ARCO/Equistar Settlement Pro Rata Allocation ” means the allocation of distributable value to certain subcategories of Senior Secured Claims, calculated based on the following assumptions: (i) the aggregate principal amount of claims outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement equals $8,805,849,206.12 (less any adequate protection payments made pursuant to Section 18 of the DIP

 

3


Financing Order and received by the Senior Secured Lenders through and including the Effective Date (to the extent any such payments have accrued but have not been paid and received on or before the Effective Date, then such accrual shall not be applied to reduce Claims under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement unless payment thereof is provided for in connection with consummation so that such Claims shall receive either Cash in respect of such accrual or a higher allocation reflecting such accrual, but such Claims shall not in any event receive both Cash and a higher allocation)), (ii) the aggregate amount of claims outstanding under the Secured Hedge Agreements equals $154,188,000, (iii) the aggregate amount of claims outstanding under or in connection with the ARCO Notes equals $336,344,000, (iv) the aggregate amount of claims outstanding under or in connection with the Equistar Notes equals $154,404,000, and (v) solely for purposes of allocating distributable value among subcategories (i)-(iv), the aggregate amount of claims in Class 4 equals $9,450,785,206.12 (less any adequate protection payments as set forth in subcategory (i) above). The allocation shall be calculated and reflected in a statement filed with the Bankruptcy Court.

ARCO Notes Indenture ” means the indenture, dated as of June 15, 1988, between ARCO Chemical Company and The Bank of New York, pursuant to which the ARCO Notes were issued, and all of the ancillary documents and Instruments relating thereto, as amended, supplemented, modified or restated as of the Commencement Date for Lyondell Chemical.

ARCO Notes ” means the $100 million 10.25% Debentures due 2010 and $225 million 9.8% Debentures due 2020 issued pursuant to the ARCO Notes Indenture.

ARCO Notes Claims ” means all Claims, rights and interests arising out of or related to the ARCO Notes Indenture, including, without limitation, all accrued but unpaid interest thereon. The ARCO Notes Claims shall, to the extent this Plan (or a Modified Plan) is confirmed, (i) be deemed Allowed as a Class 4 Claim, in the amount of $336,344,000.00, plus any postpetition interest, as well as fees, costs and charges on account of ARCO Notes Claims to the extent permitted under section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, and (ii) receive a recovery in Classes 7-C and 7-D as set forth in Sections 4.9 and 4.10 of this Plan; provided, however, that any Deficiency Claim held by a holder of ARCO Notes shall not be an ARCO Notes Claim, other than as set forth in Exhibit A-9 to the Plan or with respect to the right to participate in Excess Recoveries.

ARCO Notes Trustee ” means The Bank of New York Mellon in its capacity as indenture trustee under the ARCO Notes Indenture, or its duly appointed successor.

Arrangers ” means ABN AMRO Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC, and the affiliates thereof, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners and in all other capacities under or with respect to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement.

Assigned Preference Claims ” means any Preference Claim, other than (i) any Non-Settling Defendant Claim, (ii) any Preference Claim (other than an Acquired Third Party Preference Claim) against any Settling Defendant Releasee or Secured Lender Releasee, (iii) any Preference Claim against any other party that is released by the Debtors under the Plan, and in the case of (ii) and (iii) above, including any of such party’s professionals, agents, representatives or attorneys (each, in such capacities), and (iv) any Preference Claim that the Debtors, in consultation with the Committee (and subject to the right of the Committee (or post-Effective Date, the Litigation Trust, as the case may be) to object), waive or settle as part of any settlement of a contested Administrative Expense that the Debtors believe to be in the best interests of their estates, provided that the Debtors shall not waive or settle any Non-Settling Defendant Claim in connection with their settlement of a Disputed Administrative Expense.

 

4


Assumption Schedule ” means that certain schedule, prepared in consultation with the Ad Hoc Group and the Rights Offering Sponsors and, with respect to contracts or leases with a value exceeding $90 million, with the consent of the Ad Hoc Group and the Rights Offering Sponsors, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, to be included in the Plan Supplement that specifically designates executory contracts or unexpired leases as contracts or leases to be assumed pursuant to the Plan.

Backstop Consideration Shares ” means the 23,562,677 Class B Shares purchased by the Rights Offering Sponsors in a private sale pursuant to the Equity Commitment Agreement.

Ballots ” means the forms distributed to each holder of an impaired Claim that is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, on which is to be indicated acceptance or rejection of the Plan.

Bankruptcy Code ” means title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time, as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases.

Bankruptcy Court ” means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York.

Bankruptcy Rules ” means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure as promulgated by the United States Supreme Court under section 2075 of title 28 of the United States Code, applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases, and the related Official Bankruptcy Forms, and any Local Rules of the Bankruptcy Court.

Base Claim Amount ” means, with respect to any Allowed General Unsecured Claim or 2015 Notes Claim, the amount of such Allowed General Unsecured Claim or 2015 Notes Claim, as applicable, calculated as of the Commencement Date and excluding any interest or other charges subsequent to the Commencement Date.

Basell Germany ” means Debtor Basell Germany Holdings GmbH.

BF SARL ” means non-Debtor Basell Funding S.à r.l.

Beneficial Holder ” means any entity that was party to a binding trade not yet settled to acquire debt under the Senior Facility (including the portion of the facility under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement that qualifies as DIP Roll-Up Loans) or the facility under the Bridge Loan Agreement on December 23, 2009, but does not include any entity that was party to a binding trade not yet settled. to sell all of its holdings of such debt on December 23, 2009.

Benefit Plans ” means all employee benefit plans, policies and programs, if any, for which the Debtors have any liability by contract or law or which are maintained by the Debtors for employees of the Debtors or their Affiliates, but excluding any benefit plans that have been terminated or rejected as of the Effective Date.

Bridge Lenders ” means the lenders from time to time party to the Bridge Loan Agreement.

Bridge Loan Agreement ” means the Bridge Loan Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2007 (as amended and restated on April 30, 2008 and October 17, 2008), among LyondellBasell Finance Company, the Obligor Debtors, the Obligor Non-Debtors, Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as administrative agent, Citibank, N.A., as collateral agent, the Arrangers, and the Bridge Lenders, and all of the documents and Instruments relating thereto, as amended, supplemented, modified or restated as of the Commencement Date.

 

5


Bridge Loan Claims ” means all Claims, claims against guarantors, liens, rights and interests arising under the Bridge Loan Agreement, including, without limitation, all accrued but unpaid interest thereon and any claims arising under section 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, which Claims shall be deemed Allowed for purposes of the Plan in an amount not less than $8,297,464,839.96; provided , however , that any Deficiency Claims held by a Bridge Lender shall not be a Bridge Loan Claim, other than as set forth in Exhibit A-9 to the Plan or with regard to the right to participate in Excess Recoveries in the Creditor Trust and the Litigation Trust.

Business Day ” means any day other than (a) a Saturday, (b) a Sunday, (c) any day on which commercial banks in New York, New York or The Netherlands are required or authorized to close by law or executive order, and (d) the Friday after Thanksgiving Day.

Cash ” means legal tender of the United States of America unless otherwise noted.

Causes of Action ” means any and all actions, proceedings, causes of action, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, demands, debts, accounts, controversies, agreements, promises, liabilities, legal remedies, equitable remedies, and claims (and any rights to any of the foregoing), whether known, unknown, reduced to judgment, not reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, then existing or thereafter arising, secured or unsecured, whether asserted or assertable directly or derivatively, in law, equity or otherwise including without limitation, any recharacterization, subordination, avoidance or other claim arising under or pursuant to section 105 or chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any other similar provisions of applicable state or federal law.

Chapter 11 Cases ” means the cases commenced by the Debtors pursuant to chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code which are jointly administered under the caption In re Lyondell Chemical Company, et al. , Chapter 11 Case No. 09-10023 (REG) (Jointly Administered).

Claim ” means a “claim” as defined in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, against any one or more of the Debtors, or their property, whether or not asserted.

Claims Agent ” means Epiq Bankruptcy Solutions, LLC, the claims and noticing agent retained in the Chapter 11 Cases.

Class ” means a category of holders of Claims or Equity Interests as set forth in Article III of the Plan, classified by the Plan pursuant to section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Class A Shares ” means the Class A ordinary shares of New Topco, with a nominal value of four eurocents (€0.04) per share authorized to be issued pursuant to the Plan. The Class A Shares shall have such rights with respect to dividends, liquidation, voting and other matters as are provided for by applicable nonbankruptcy law and in the New Topco Articles of Association.

Class B Shares ” means the Class B ordinary shares of New Topco, with a nominal value of four eurocents (€0.04) per share authorized to be issued pursuant to the Plan in connection with the Rights Offering. The Class B Shares shall have such rights with respect to dividends, liquidation preference, voting and other matters as are provided for by applicable nonbankruptcy law and in the New Topco Articles of Association.

 

6


Clean Up Funds ” means the funds that the Reorganized Debtors shall contribute to the Environmental Custodial Trust, in an amount to be determined and set forth in the Plan Supplement, which, when aggregated with the amount that the Reorganized Debtors shall contribute to the Wind-Up Funds, shall not exceed $250 million.

Collateral ” means any property or interest in property of the estates of the Debtors that is subject to a lien to secure the payment or performance of a Claim, which lien is valid, perfected and enforceable under applicable law, and is not subject to avoidance under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise invalid under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable nonbankruptcy law.

Collateral Agent ” means Citibank, N.A. and its Affiliates or any successor thereto, as collateral agent under the Senior Secured Credit Facility and the Bridge Loan Agreement and as security agent under the Intercreditor Agreement.

Commencement Date ” means, as to each Debtor, the date of filing of its voluntary petition for relief under the Bankruptcy Code as set forth on Exhibit A-1 hereto.

Committee Litigation ” means the lawsuit styled Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors, on behalf of the Debtors’ Estates v. Citibank, N.A., London Branch, et al. , Adversary Proceeding No. 09-01375 (REG), commenced by the Creditors’ Committee on July 22, 2009, described more fully in Section III.K of the Disclosure Statement.

Confirmation Date ” means the date upon which the clerk of the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order on the docket in the Chapter 11 Cases.

Confirmation Hearing ” means the hearing held by the Bankruptcy Court to consider confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, as such hearing may be adjourned or continued from time to time.

Confirmation Order ” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Cooperation Agreement ” means the agreement provided for in the Lender Litigation Settlement, substantially in the form to be filed as part of the Plan Supplement.

Coverage Claim ” means any claim by an Insurer against a Reorganized Debtor, Debtor or Schedule III Debtor or by a Reorganized Debtor, Debtor or Schedule III Debtor against an Insurer whereby the party seeks a declaration of rights and obligations or other relief with respect to any Insurance Policy or Insurance Agreement issued or allegedly issued by any Insurers.

Covered Professionals ” means representatives, agents, financial advisors, industry experts/advisors, and attorneys, in each case only to the extent that such Person represented or provided services in connection with the merger of BIL Acquisition Holdings Limited into Lyondell Chemical on December 20, 2007 (including the financing thereof), the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the Bridge Loan Agreement, the DIP Agreement, the Chapter 11 Cases or any matter that could have been the subject of the complaint in the Committee Litigation.

Cram Down Notes ” means, to the extent necessary, the senior secured notes authorized and issued pursuant to the Plan by Lyondell Chemical on the Effective Date, the terms of which are governed by the Cram Down Notes Indenture. The Cram Down Notes shall include the principal terms set forth in Exhibit A-5 hereto.

 

7


Cram Down Notes Indenture ” means the senior secured notes indenture, dated as of the Effective Date, between Lyondell Chemical and a trustee to be designated by LBIAF or New Topco, upon consultation with the Ad Hoc Group and the Rights Offering Sponsors, governing the Cram Down Notes, which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Ad Hoc Group and the Rights Offering Sponsors.

Creditor Representative ” means the representative selected by the Creditors’ Committee to, among other things, administer funds under Section 5.9 hereof.

Creditor Trust ” means the trust established pursuant to Section 5.8 hereof, to which the State Law Avoidance Claims shall be contributed, to hold and to prosecute the State Law Avoidance Claims and to distribute the net proceeds of any recoveries on the State Law Avoidance Claims in accordance with Section 5.8 hereof.

Creditor Trustee ” means the person or entity, solely in the capacity as trustee of the Creditor Trust, selected by the Creditors’ Committee and approved by the Bankruptcy Court at the Confirmation Hearing to administer the Creditor Trust in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Creditor Trust Agreement.

Creditor Trust Agreement ” means the trust agreement governing the Creditor Trust, substantially in the form contained in the Plan Supplement and in all respects in a form acceptable to the Creditors’ Committee, and otherwise consistent with the Lender Litigation Settlement; provided that such trust agreement shall include (i) a provision stating that, after the Excess Recovery Trigger Date, the holders of Deficiency Claims relating to the Senior Secured Claims and Bridge Loan Claims shall have sole control over and, subject to the right of the holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and 2015 Notes Claims to receive their Post-Effective Date Interest Amount, shall be entitled to any property or assets of the Creditor Trust and (ii) a provision to be agreed upon among the Settling Defendants that shall govern the manner in which the Creditor Trust may be modified after the Excess Recovery Trigger Date.

Creditor Trust Beneficiaries ” means (a) prior to the Excess Recovery Trigger Date, holders of Allowed (i) Class 7-A (except the holders of the Deficiency Claims on account of the Senior Secured Claims and the Bridge Loan Claims), (ii) Class 7-C (except the Senior/Bridge Guarantee Claims), (iii) Class 7-D (except the Senior/Bridge Deficiency Claims) and (iv) subject to the satisfaction of the 2015 Notes Plan Conditions, the holders of Allowed Class 8 Claims and (b), subject to Section 5.8 hereof, after the Excess Recovery Trigger Date, including the holders of the Deficiency Claims on account of the Senior Secured Claims and Bridge Loan Claims.

Creditor Trust Assets ” means the State Law Avoidance Claims and any Cash contributed to the Creditor Trust.

Creditors’ Committee ” means the statutory committee of unsecured creditors appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code.

CT Reserve ” means any reserve established by the Creditor Trustee on account of Claims that are Disputed.

Cure Amount ” means all amounts required to be paid to a counterparty to an executory contract or unexpired lease to assume such contract or lease pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

8


Debtor ” means each entity listed on Exhibits A-1 and A-3 hereto and includes the Obligor Debtors and Non-Obligor Debtors listed on Exhibit A-2.

Debtors ” means each Debtor, collectively, including, where applicable, such entities in their capacity as debtors in possession in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 101, 1107(a) and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Debtor Parties ” means the Debtors party to the Equity Commitment Agreement, which are the Debtors other than (i) the Schedule III Debtors and (ii) LBAFGP.

Debtors’ Injunction Litigation ” means that certain adversary proceeding styled Lyondell Chemical Company, et al. v. Wilmington Trust Company , as Trustee, Adv. P. No. 09-01459 (REG) (Bankr. S.D.N.Y.) commenced by the Debtors by filing a complaint [09-01459 Docket No. 1] against the 2015 Notes Trustee, seeking to enjoin the 2015 Notes Trustee from any attempts to enforce any rights or exercise any remedy under the 2015 Notes against the Debtors’ non-debtor Affiliates.

Deficiency Claim ” means that portion of a Claim secured by a lien on property in which the estate has an interest that is determined, pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code or through agreement, to exceed the value of the claimant’s interest in such property.

Delaware Trustee ” means the trustee with its principal place of business in Delaware who is appointed, upon consultation with the Ad Hoc Group and the Rights Offering Sponsors, with respect to the Millennium Custodial Trust.

DIP Agent ” means, collectively, UBS AG, Stamford Branch and Citibank N.A., in their capacity as agents under the DIP Agreement, or any successor(s) in interest thereto.

DIP ABL Claims ” means all Claims, rights and interests of the DIP Lenders arising out of or related to the DIP Revolving Credit Agreement including, without limitation, all fees and expenses payable thereunder and any and all “Obligations” as defined therein.

DIP Agreement ” means, collectively, (a) the DIP Term Loan Agreement, and (b) the DIP Revolving Credit Agreement, as modified or supplemented by the terms of the DIP Financing Order, and as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter.

DIP Financing Order ” means the Final Order (I) Authorizing Debtors (A) to Obtain Post-Petition Financing Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 105, 361, 362, 364(c)(1), 364(c)(2), 364(c)(3), 364(d)(1) and 364(e), (B) to Utilize Cash Collateral Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § 363 and (C) to Purchase Certain Assets Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § 363 and (II) Granting Adequate Protection to Pre-Petition Secured Parties Pursuant To 11 U.S.C. §§ 361, 362, 363 and 364 , entered March 1, 2009 (Docket No. 1002).

DIP Lenders ” means each lender under the DIP Agreement, and any other Person becoming a lender thereunder prior to the Effective Date.

DIP New Money Claims ” means all Claims, rights and interests of the DIP Lenders arising out of or related to the $3.25 billion new funding portion of the DIP Term Loan Agreement (including, without limitation, all fees and expenses payable thereunder and any and all “Obligations” except DIP Roll-Up Claims, as defined in the DIP Term Loan Agreement).

 

9


DIP Revolving Credit Agreement ” means the Debtor-in-Possession Credit Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2009, among Lyondell Chemical, Equistar Chemicals, LP, Houston Refining LP, Basell USA Inc., Millennium Chemicals Inc., Millennium Petrochemicals Inc., LBIAF; the lenders from time to time party thereto; Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent; UBS Securities LLC, as syndication agent; and Citibank, N.A., as fronting bank (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time).

DIP Roll-Up Claims ” means all Claims, rights and interests of the DIP Lenders arising out of or related to the dollar-for-dollar roll-up portion of the DIP Term Loan Agreement.

DIP Term Loan Agreement ” means the Debtor-in-Possession Credit Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2009, among LBIAF, Lyondell Chemical, Basell USA Inc., Equistar Chemicals, LP, Houston Refining LP, Millennium Chemicals Inc., Millennium Petrochemicals Inc., UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent and collateral agent; and the lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time).

Disclosure Statement ” means the disclosure statement relating to the Plan as amended from time to time, including, without limitation, all exhibits and schedules thereto, as approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Disclosure Statement Motion ” means the motion that was filed on or about September 11, 2009, that seeks Bankruptcy Court approval of the Disclosure Statement pursuant to sections 105, 1125 and 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules 2002, 3017, 3018 and 3020.

Disputed ” means, with reference to any Claim or Administrative Expense, (i) disputed under the Plan, or subject or potentially subject to a timely objection and/or request for estimation, in accordance with section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3018, interposed by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or the Creditors’ Committee, which objection and/or request for estimation has not been withdrawn or determined by a Final Order, (ii) improperly asserted, by the untimely or otherwise improper filing of a proof of Claim or Administrative Expense as required by order of the Bankruptcy Court, or (iii) disallowed pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code. A Claim or Administrative Expense that is Disputed as to its amount shall not be Allowed in any amount for purposes of distribution, including, for the avoidance of doubt, for the purpose of being granted Participation Rights with respect to any MCI Subsidiary, until it is no longer a Disputed Claim.

Distribution Record Date ” means, except with respect to securities to be cancelled under the Plan which are governed by Section 7.15 of the Plan, the date fixed as the “Distribution Record Date” by order of the Bankruptcy Court approving the Disclosure Statement.

District Court ” means the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases.

Effective Date ” means the first Business Day on which the conditions specified in Section 10.1 of the Plan have been satisfied or waived and the Plan becomes effective in accordance with its terms and the Confirmation Order.

Effective Date Anniversary ” means any annual anniversary of the Effective Date; provided , however , that if the anniversary of the Effective Date in any year is not a Business Day, then the Effective Date Anniversary shall be the first Business Day after the anniversary of the Effective Date in such year.

 

10


Eligible Holder ” means a holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 4 entitled to participate in the Rights Offering.

Enforcement Sale ” shall have the meaning ascribed to “Enforcement Action” in the Intercreditor Agreement (and the meaning ascribed to “Enforcement Sale” in the 2015 Notes Indenture). The documents executed in connection therewith shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Ad Hoc Group and the Rights Offering Sponsors.

Environmental Actions ” means any response, removal, investigation, remediation, reclamation, closure, post-closure, corrective actions, institutional controls and operation and maintenance activities with respect to the Transferred Real Properties.

Environmental Custodial Trust ” means the trust established under Section 5.6 hereof to own the Transferred Real Properties, manage and implement Environmental Actions with respect to the Transferred Real Properties as necessary and make distributions, if any, to the Environmental Trust Beneficiaries in accordance with the Environmental Custodial Trust Agreement.

Environmental Custodial Trust Agreement ” means the agreement between the Environmental Trust Beneficiaries and the Environmental Trust Trustee governing the Environmental Custodial Trust, dated as of the Effective Date, substantially in the form to be included in the Plan Supplement after consultation with the Ad Hoc Group.

Environmental Custodial Trust Interests ” means the interests in the Environmental Custodial Trust which shall be distributed under the Plan to the Environmental Trust Beneficiaries.

Environmental Settlement Agreement ” means the settlement agreement among the Debtors, the United States of America and certain states and state government agencies.

Environmental Trust Beneficiaries ” means the EPA and the applicable environmental agencies of the states in which the Transferred Real Properties are located.

Environmental Trust Trustee ” means the trustee appointed by the Debtors (in consultation with the Environmental Trust Beneficiaries) to administer the Environmental Custodial Trust.

EPA ” means the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

Equistar ” means Equistar Chemicals, L.P.

Equistar Notes ” means the $150,000,000 7.55% Senior Notes due 2026 issued pursuant to the Equistar Notes Indenture.

Equistar Notes Claims ” means all Claims, rights and interests arising out of or related to the Equistar Notes Indenture, including, without limitation, all accrued but unpaid interest thereon. The Equistar Notes Claims shall, to the extent this Plan (or a Modified Plan) is confirmed, (i) be deemed Allowed as a Class 4 Claim, in the amount of $154,404,000.00, plus any postpetition interest, as well as fees, costs and charges on account of Equistar Notes Claims to the extent permitted under section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, and (ii) receive a recovery in Class 7-C and Class 7-D as set forth in Sections 4.9 and 4.10 of this Plan; provided, however, that any Deficiency Claim held by a holder of Equistar Notes shall not be an Equistar Notes Claim, other than as set forth in Exhibit A-9 to this Plan or with regard to the right to participate in Excess Recoveries in the Creditor Trust and Litigation Trust.

 

11


Equistar Notes Indenture ” means the indenture, dated as of January 29, 1996, between Lyondell Chemical Company and Texas Commerce Bank National Association, pursuant to which the Equistar Notes were issued, and all of the ancillary documents and Instruments relating thereto, as amended, supplemented, modified or restated as of the Commencement Date of Lyondell Chemical.

Equistar Notes Trustee ” means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as indenture trustee under the Equistar Notes Indenture, or its duly appointed successor.

Equity Commitment Agreement ” means the agreement between the Rights Offering Sponsors, New Topco and the Debtor Parties under which the Rights Offering Sponsors commit to purchase the Unsubscribed Shares, the Backstop Consideration Shares and the Excluded Shares.

Equity Compensation Plan ” means the equity plan for certain employees of the Reorganized Debtors, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Ad Hoc Group and the Rights Offering Sponsors, filed as part of the Plan Supplement.

Equity Interest ” means any share of common or preferred stock or other Instrument evidencing an ownership interest in the Debtors, whether or not transferable, and any option, warrant or right, contractual or otherwise, to acquire any such interest.

ERISA ” means Title IV of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, codified at 29 U.S.C. §§ 1301-1461.

Excess Recoveries ” means all recoveries of the Creditor Trust and the Litigation Trust, in the aggregate (net of the Creditor Representative’s and Trusts’ costs and expenses), after any distributions made to the Reorganized Debtors from the Litigation Trust (which, after the Excess Recovery Trigger Date, will be one-third of all Assigned Preference Claims instead of 10%) that are in excess of the amount required to pay to the holders of the Allowed General Unsecured Claims their Allowed Base Claim Amounts, in Cash or Class A Shares, after giving effect to other distributions made to holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims under the Plan, the Lender Litigation Settlement or pursuant to distributions from the Creditor Trust or Litigation Trust.

Excess Recovery Trigger Date ” means the later of both of the following: (i) the date on which distributions to holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and Allowed 2015 Notes Claims have been made, in the aggregate, sufficient to pay such holders the Allowed Base Claim Amounts, in Cash or Class A Shares, after giving effect to other distributions made to holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and Allowed 2015 Notes Claims under the Plan, the Lender Litigation Settlement or pursuant to distributions from the Creditor Trust or Litigation Trust, and (ii) the date on which the Creditor Representative’s and Trusts’ costs and expenses incurred through the date set forth in (i) above have been paid in full.

Excluded DIP Obligations ” means all of the Debtors’ contingent or unliquidated obligations (including, without limitation, indemnification and expense reimbursement obligations) under the DIP Agreement, including, without limitation, any obligations referenced in section 10.05 of the DIP Revolving Credit Agreement or in sections 10.04 or 10.05 of the DIP Term Loan Agreement, to the extent that any such obligation has not been paid in full in cash on the Effective Date; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, Excluded DIP Obligations shall not include any indemnification obligations for parties in their capacities as agents under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and Bridge Loan Agreement.

 

12


Excluded Person ” means any customer, supplier, vendor, lender, officer, director or employee of the Reorganized Debtors, or other Person with whom the Reorganized Debtors, in good faith, have, or reasonably intend to have, a continuing relationship following the Confirmation Date.

Excluded Senior/Bridge Obligations ” means all of the Debtors’ contingent or unliquidated obligations (including, without limitation, indemnification and expense reimbursement obligations to the current and former agents under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, or the Bridge Loan Agreement which are to survive Confirmation and not be discharged, including the Debtors’ obligations to pay and reimburse the reasonable third-party fees and expenses incurred by such agents thereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel and other advisors and the Debtors’ obligations to indemnify the current and former agents under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Bridge Loan Agreement (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the Collateral Agent) as set forth in Section 11.8(h) hereof and in the Lender Litigation Settlement, to the extent that any such obligations have not been paid in full in cash on the Effective Date; provided that the Debtors’ obligations to indemnify the Collateral Agent and the current and former agents under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement (but not the Debtors’ obligations to pay and reimburse the reasonable third-party fees and expenses incurred by the current and former agents under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and Bridge Loan Agreement) shall not include any indemnification obligation arising from or relating to the Committee Litigation (or the actions taken that were the subject thereof).

Excluded Shares ” means any Class B Shares excluded from the Rights Offering pursuant to a Section 1145 Cutback.

Exercising Claimant ” means each Eligible Holder that exercises its rights to subscribe to purchase Class B Shares in the Rights Offering.

Exit Facility ” means the credit facility, indenture, or facilities (in whatever form or Instrument) entered into as of the Effective Date by Reorganized LyondellBasell and the guarantors thereunder in order to meet their Plan obligations and working capital needs as of the Effective Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Ad Hoc Group and the Rights Offering Sponsors.

Exit Facility Commitment Letter ” means the commitment letter(s) (if any) to provide the financing contemplated by the Exit Facility, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Ad Hoc Group.

Exit Financing ” means the financing under the Exit Facility.

F&F Business ” means the Fragrance and Flavors Business unit of MSC.

Final Order ” means an order of the Bankruptcy Court or District Court as to which the time to appeal, petition for certiorari, or move for reargument or rehearing has expired and as to which no appeal, petition for certiorari, or motion for reargument or rehearing shall then be pending or as to which any right to appeal, petition for certiorari, or move to reargue or rehear shall have been waived in writing in form and substance satisfactory to the Debtors or, in the event that an appeal, writ of certiorari, or reargument or rehearing thereof has been sought, such order of the Bankruptcy Court or District Court shall have been upheld by the highest court to which such order was appealed, or from which certiorari, reargument or rehearing was sought and the time to take any further appeal, petition for certiorari or move for reargument or rehearing shall have expired; provided , however , the possibility that a timely motion under Bankruptcy Rule 9024 or any applicable analogous rule may be filed with respect to such order shall not prevent such order from being a Final Order.

 

13


Fixed Settlement Plan Consideration ” means the $300 million in Cash and the $150 million in Class A Shares that is part of the Settlement Consideration.

Former Equistar Subsidiaries ” means Quantum Pipeline Company, Equistar Polypropylene, LLC, Equistar Transportation Company, LLC, and Equistar Funding Corporation.

General Unsecured Claim ” means any Claim that is not a Senior Secured Claim, Bridge Loan Claim, DIP Roll-Up Claim, DIP ABL Claim, DIP New Money Claim, Other Secured Claim, Administrative Expense (including fees and costs for professional compensation and reimbursement), Priority Non-Tax Claim, Priority Tax Claim, 2015 Notes Claim, PBGC Claim, the Senior/Bridge Guarantee Claim, any Senior/Bridge Deficiency Claim, any other Deficiency Claim on account of the Senior Secured Claims and Bridge Loan Claims, or Intercompany Claim. For the avoidance of doubt, any Millennium Notes Claim shall be a General Unsecured Claim.

High Yield Notes On Loan ” means the loan of the proceeds of the 2015 notes made by LBIAF in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.

Instrument ” means any mortgage, share of stock, security, promissory note, bond or any other “Instrument” as that term is defined in section 9-102(a)(47) of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New York on the Commencement Date.

Insurance Agreements ” means any documents or agreements related to an Insurance Policy, including, but not limited to, claims servicing agreements and coverage-in-place agreements, pursuant to which an Insurer has or is alleged to have current or future obligations, and an Insured may also have or be alleged to have a current or future obligation to the Insurer, and which any Insurer or its present or former affiliates or predecessors may have entered into with one or more Debtors or their present or former affiliates or predecessors in connection with any Insurance Policy.; provided, however, that Insurance Agreements does not include Insurance Settlement Agreements.

Insurance Policies ” means any insurance policies, programs or contracts held by, entered into by or issued to or for the benefit of any Debtor., or to or for the benefit of any predecessor of any Debtor.

Insurance Settlement Agreements ” means any documents or agreements related to an Insurance Policy under which any Debtor and any Insurer resolved a coverage dispute by the Insurer’s payment in full of a stipulated sum to the Debtor prior to the Chapter 11 Cases.

Intercompany Claim ” means any Prepetition Intercompany Claim or Postpetition Intercompany Claim.

Intercreditor Agreement ” means the intercreditor agreement, dated December 20, 2007 originally among LBIAF (formerly Basell AF S.C.A.); the Obligor Debtors and Obligor Non-Debtors; Deutsche Bank Trust Company America (successor to Citibank, N.A.), as senior agent; Citibank, N.A., as security agent and ABL agent; Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as interim facility agent; The Bank of New York, as high yield notes trustee, ARCO Notes Trustee, and Equistar Notes Trustee; and certain other parties, as second lien notes trustee, original hedging banks, and investors, among others.

LBAFGP ” means LyondellBasell AF GP S.à.r.l., the general partner of LBIAF.

 

14


LBFC ” means Debtor LyondellBasell Finance Company, the direct or indirect parent of each of the U.S. Debtors and U.S. Non-Debtor Affiliates.

LBHBV ” means LyondellBasell Subholdings B.V., a newly created, wholly-owned subsidiary of New Topco.

LBIAF ” means Debtor LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A., the direct or indirect parent of each other entity comprising LyondellBasell.

LBIH ” means non-Debtor LyondellBasell Industries Holdings B.V., the direct parent of Basell Germany and certain non-U.S. Non-Debtor Affiliates.

LCC/LBFC Intercompany Note ” means that certain intercompany note in the approximate amount of $7.2 billion owed by Lyondell Chemical to LBFC.

Lender Litigation Settlement ” means the settlement of the Committee Litigation, as described in Section III.K of the Disclosure Statement, whose terms of which are incorporated herein, and memorialized in the Lender Litigation Settlement Agreement.

Lender Litigation Settlement Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Settlement Agreement Relating to Commercial Litigation ( Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors v. Citibank, N.A., et al. , Adv. P.No. 09-01375 (REG) (Bankr. S.D.N.Y.)), dated as of March     , 2010, by and among LBIAF, on behalf of itself and certain identified affiliates, the Creditors’ Committee, the 2015 Notes Trustee, the 2015 Notes Ad Hoc Group, the Senior Secured Lenders and the Bridge Lenders.

Lender Litigation Settlement Approval Motion ” means the motion filed jointly by the Debtors and the Creditors’ Committee seeking, pursuant to Rule 9019 of the Bankruptcy Rules, approval of, among other things, the Lender Litigation Settlement [09-10023 Docket No. 3891].

Liquidation ” means the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of New Topco (or its subsidiaries, the assets of which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of New Topco and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole), in a single transaction or series of transactions.

Liquidation Preference Expiration Date ” means the first date upon which the closing price per share of the Class B Shares exceeds $21.22 (200% of the Initial Purchase Price per Class B Share) on a national securities exchange, subject to anti-dilution adjustments, for at least 45 trading days within a period of 60 consecutive trading days; provided, however , the closing price per share of the Class B Shares must exceed such threshold on both the first and last day of such 60-day period.

Litigation Trust ” means the trust or trusts established pursuant to Section 5.7 hereof to accept (a) the Non-Settling Defendant Claims and/or (b) Assigned Preference Claims for the benefit of certain holders of certain Allowed General Unsecured Claims and 2015 Notes Claims, if applicable, against Obligor Debtors, and to distribute the net proceeds of such Claims in accordance with Section 5.7 hereof.

Litigation Trust Agreement ” means the trust agreement governing the Litigation Trust, substantially in the form contained in the Plan Supplement and in all respects in a form acceptable to the Creditors’ Committee, and the Debtors (but only as to provisions affecting or binding the Debtors), and otherwise consistent with the Lender Litigation Settlement; provided that such trust agreement will include (i) a provision stating that, after the Excess Recovery Trigger Date, the Debtors and the holders of Deficiency Claims on account of the Senior Secured Claims and Bridge Claims shall have sole control

 

15


over and, subject to the right of the holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and 2015 Notes Claims to receive their Post-Effective Date Interest Amount, shall be entitled to any property or assets of the Litigation Trust and (ii) a provision to be agreed upon between and among the Debtors and the Settling Defendants that shall govern the manner in which the Litigation Trust may be modified after the Excess Recovery Trigger Date.

Litigation Trust Assets ” means the Non-Settling Defendant Claims, Assigned Preference Claims and any Cash contributed to the Litigation Trust.

Litigation Trust Beneficiaries ” means (a) prior to the Excess Recovery Date, (i) holders of Allowed Class 7-A (except the holders of the Deficiency Claims on account of the Senior Secured Claims and the Bridge Loan Claims), Class 7-C (except the Senior/Bridge Guarantee Claims), (ii) holders of Allowed Class 7-D Claims (except the Senior/Bridge Deficiency Claims), (iii) subject to the satisfaction of the 2015 Notes Plan Conditions, holders of Allowed Class 8 Claims, and (iv) the Reorganized Debtors to the extent of 10% of any net recoveries on account of the Assigned Preference Claims, and (b), subject to Section 5.7 hereof, after the Excess Recovery Trigger Date, also including (i) the Reorganized Debtors to the extent of  1 / 3 of any recoveries on account of the Assigned Preference Claims and (ii) the holders of the Deficiency Claims on account of the Senior Secured Claims and the Bridge Loan Claims.

Litigation Trustee ” means the person or entity, solely in the capacity as trustee of the Litigation Trust, selected by the Creditors’ Committee and approved by the Bankruptcy Court at the Confirmation Hearing to administer the Litigation Trust in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Litigation Trust Agreement.

LT Reserve ” means any reserve established by the Litigation Trustee on account of Claims that are Disputed.

Lyondell Chemical ” means Debtor Lyondell Chemical Company.

LyondellBasell ” means the Debtors and the Non-Debtor Affiliates, collectively.

Majority Arrangers ” means Arrangers holding at least 50.1% in principal amount of the outstanding loans held by all Arrangers, in the aggregate, under the Bridge Loan Agreement.

MCI ” means Millennium Chemicals Inc.

MCI Reserve ” means any reserve established by the Millennium Trust Trustee on account of Claims that are Disputed with respect to MCI.

MCI Subsidiaries ” means direct and indirect subsidiaries of MCI, other than MPCO, MPI and MSC.

MHC ” means MHC Inc.

Merger Consideration ” means funds paid in respect of the conversion, upon the merger of BIL Acquisition Holdings Limited into Lyondell Chemical on December 20, 2007, of formerly outstanding shares of Lyondell Chemical into the right to receive $48 per share.

Millennium Chain Governing Bodies ” means the directors and officers of MCI, all MCI Subsidiaries, MSC, MPI, MPCO, Quantum Pipeline Company, Equistar Polypropylene, Equistar Transportation Company, LLC and Equistar Funding Corporation (or analogous governing bodies or other appropriate persons or entities responsible for management).

 

16


Millennium Custodial Trust ” means the trust established under Section 5.5 hereof to implement the resolution of Claims against the Schedule III Debtors.

Millennium Custodial Trust Agreement ” means the agreement between the Schedule III Debtors, the Millennium Trust Trustee and the Delaware Trustee governing the Millennium Custodial Trust, dated as of the Effective Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Ad Hoc Group, substantially in the form to be included in the Plan Supplement.

Millennium Custodial Trust Interests ” means the beneficial interests in the Millennium Custodial Trust which shall be distributed to the Millennium Custodial Trust Beneficiaries.

Millennium Notes ” means the 7.625% senior unsecured notes of Millennium America Inc. due 2026 in the principal amount of $241 million.

Millennium Notes Claim ” means all general unsecured Claims arising under the Millennium Notes Indenture, which shall be deemed Allowed for Plan purposes in the amount of $244,058,317.71 (which amount excludes fees and expenses of the Millennium Notes Trustee) solely if the Millennium Notes Plan Conditions are satisfied or otherwise waived.

Millennium Notes Indenture ” means the indenture, dated as of November 27, 1996, between Millennium America Inc. and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as successor to The Bank of New York, pursuant to which the Millennium Notes were issued, and all of the ancillary documents and Instruments relating thereto, as amended, supplemented, modified or restated as of the Commencement Date of Lyondell Chemical.

Millennium Notes Plan Conditions ” means, subject to Section 7.7 of the Lender Litigation Settlement Agreement, the following conditions: (a) the Specified Millennium Noteholders have executed plan support agreements before 9:45 a.m. on March 11, 2010 and such agreements have not been breached or terminated thereafter by a Specified Millennium Noteholder, (b) the Millennium Notes Trustee has not objected to or appealed the approval of the Lender Litigation Settlement, (c) the Millennium Notes Trustee has not objected to confirmation of the Plan or appealed the order confirming the Plan (in each case, so long as the Plan is consistent with and effectuates the Lender Litigation Settlement), and (d) the Millennium Notes Trustee has taken no further action, directly or indirectly, to prosecute the Millennium Notes STN Motion.

Millennium Notes STN Motion ” means the motion by the Millennium Notes Trustee seeking authority to pursue claims that the Debtors’ estates may have relating to the granting by certain Obligor Debtors of guarantees to the 2015 Notes Trustee [Docket No. 3073]

Millennium Notes Trustee ” means Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, not individually, but solely in its capacity as successor trustee for the holders of the Millennium Notes.

Millennium Partners ” means Millennium Petrochemicals GP LLC and Millennium Petrochemicals Partners LP.

Millennium Trust Advisory Board ” means the advisory board of the Millennium Custodial Trust appointed by the Debtors consisting of three individuals.

 

17


Millennium Trust Assets ” means the Equity Interests in MCI and the Wind-Up Funds.

Millennium Trust Beneficiaries ” means the holders of General Unsecured Claims against MCI, in each case, as and when Allowed.

Millennium Trust Chain Assets ” means collectively, the Millennium Trust Assets and the assets of, and Equity Interests, in the MCI Subsidiaries, MSC, MPI, MPCO, Quantum Pipeline Company, Equistar Polypropylene, Equistar Transportation Company, LLC and Equistar Funding Corporation; provided, however, that for the avoidance of doubt, the fact that the assets of MSC, MPI and MPCO are part of the Millennium Trust Chain Assets does not affect the distributions to be made to holders of Allowed Senior/Bridge Guarantee Claims pursuant to Section 4.9(b)(A)(i).

Millennium Trust Trustee ” means the trustee appointed, in consultation with the Ad Hoc Group, to administer the Millennium Custodial Trust.

Modified Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in the ARCO/Equistar Settlement Agreement.

MPCO ” means Millennium US Op Co, LLC.

MPI ” means Millennium Petrochemicals, Inc.

MSC ” means Millennium Specialty Chemicals, Inc.

New Common Stock ” means collectively, the Class A Shares and the Class B Shares to be issued pursuant to the Plan.

New Acetyls ” means New Acetyls Op Co., which shall be formed on or before the Effective Date as a wholly owned subsidiary of New Acetyls Holdco.

New F&F ” means New F&F Op Co., which shall be formed on or before the Effective Date as a wholly owned subsidiary of New F&F Holdco.

New Third Lien Notes ” means the senior secured notes authorized and issued pursuant to the Plan by Lyondell Chemical on the Effective Date, the terms of which are governed by the New Third Lien Notes Indenture. The New Third Lien Notes shall include the principal terms set forth in Exhibit A-4 hereto.

New Third Lien Notes Indenture ” means the senior secured notes indenture, dated as of the Effective Date, between Lyondell Chemical and a trustee to be designated by LBIAF or New Topco, upon consultation with the Ad Hoc Group and the Rights Offering Sponsors, governing the New Third Lien Notes, which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Ad Hoc Group and the Rights Offering Sponsors.

New Topco ” means LyondellBasell Industries N.V., a naamloze vennootschap (public limited liability corporation) formed under the laws of The Netherlands.

New Topco Articles of Association ” means the Articles of Association of New Topco, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to (1) the Ad Hoc Group, (2) the Rights Offering Sponsors and (3) the Majority Arrangers, but in the case of (3), solely with regard to any difference between Class A Shares on the one hand and Class B Shares or any other class of preferred stock or common stock on

 

18


the other hand, other than as set forth in the Equity Commitment Agreement (as filed with the Debtors’ motion for approval thereof on December 23, 2009) or as described in the Disclosure Statement as filed by the Debtors on March 12, 2010.

New Topco Supervisory Board ” means the supervisory board of New Topco.

New Warrants ” means the warrants to be issued to holders of Class 5 Claims on the Effective Date, which shall include the principal terms as set forth in Exhibit A-6 hereto.

Non-Debtor Affiliate ” means any Affiliate of the Debtors that is not a Debtor in the Chapter 11 Cases.

Non-Debtor Beneficiaries ” means the Litigation Trust beneficiaries other than the Reorganized Debtors.

Non-Obligor Debtors ” means those Debtors that are not Obligor Debtors or Schedule III Debtors.

Non-Schedule III Obligor Debtors ” means the Obligor Debtors except the Schedule III Obligor Debtors.

Non-Settling Defendant ” means any defendant in the Committee Litigation (including each of its direct and indirect parent companies, subsidiaries, Affiliates, members, partners and joint ventures, each of their respective predecessors, successors, general partners, and assigns, and all of each of their respective past and present employees, officers, directors and managers) other than Settling Defendant Releasees and the Secured Lender Releasees.

Non-Settling Defendant Claims ” means all claims and causes of action (other than Abandoned Claims) that have been asserted in (or arise from the same transaction or occurrences as alleged in) the Committee Litigation against one or more Non-Settling Defendants, to the extent such claims and causes of action are not released pursuant to the Plan.

North American Restructuring ” means the restructuring of Lyondell Chemical and certain of its Debtor and non-Debtor subsidiaries and affiliates doing business or domiciled in North America that shall occur substantially contemporaneously with (or prior to) the Effective Date, in consultation with the Ad Hoc Group and the Rights Offering Sponsors.

Obligor Debtors ” means those Debtors, listed on Exhibit A-2 hereto, that are obligors, issuers, borrowers or guarantors under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the Bridge Loan Agreement and the 2015 Notes Indenture, other than MPCO, MPI and MSC.

Obligor Non-Debtors ” means those Non-Debtor Affiliates, listed on Exhibit A-2 hereto, that are obligors, issuers, borrowers or guarantors under the Senior Secured Loan Agreement, the Bridge Loan Agreement and the 2015 Notes Indenture. The Obligor Non-Debtors are co-proponents of the Plan.

Other Secured Claim ” means any Secured Claim other than a Senior Secured Claim or a Bridge Loan Claim.

Participation Rights ” means a contractual right pursuant to the Plan entitling the holder of an Allowed Claim against an MCI Subsidiary to a potential payment up to the amount of such holder’s Allowed Claims against the applicable MCI Subsidiary on or following the Effective Date.

 

19


PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, a wholly owned United States Corporation that administers the defined benefit pension plan termination insurance program under ERISA.

PBGC Claim ” means any Claim of the PBGC arising out of the Pension Plan.

Pension Plan ” means, collectively, (i) the U.S. Pension Plans, and (ii) the U.K. Pension Plan.

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, governmental authority, governmental unit, or other entity of whatever nature.

Plan ” means, collectively, these joint chapter 11 plans of reorganization for the Debtors, including all applicable exhibits and schedules annexed hereto or associated herewith (including the Plan Supplement), that shall be filed with the Bankruptcy Court, as altered, amended or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules.

Plan Supplement ” means the compilation of documents and forms of documents or term sheets for such documents specified herein that shall be filed with the Bankruptcy Court on or before the date that is ten (10) days prior to the deadline to vote to accept or reject the Plan, which is an integral part of the Plan, and shall include, but is not limited to, a list of the initial members of the New Topco Supervisory Board, the Assumption Schedule, the Equity Compensation Plan, the Millennium Custodial Trust Agreement, the Reorganized Certificate of Incorporation, the Reorganized By-laws, the New Topco Articles of Association, the Litigation Trust Agreement, the Creditor Trust Agreement, the Equity Commitment Agreement, the Cooperation Agreement, and the Exit Facility Commitment Letter (if any).

Post-Effective Date Interest Amount ” means, with respect to any Allowed General Unsecured Claim or 2015 Notes Claim, the aggregate amount of simple interest at the annual rate of 5% that accrues on the unpaid portion of the Allowed Base Claim Amount of such Allowed General Unsecured Claim or 2015 Notes Claim from the Effective Date until the date that the Allowed Base Claim Amount of such Allowed General Unsecured Claim or 2015 Notes Claim is paid in full.

Postpetition Intercompany Claim ” means any Claim against any Reorganizing Debtor by any other Reorganizing Debtor or any Non-Debtor Affiliate that arose on or after the Commencement Date, and for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Schedule III Intercompany Claims.

Preference Claims ” means any and all claims of the Debtors’ estates that could be brought under section 547 of the Bankruptcy Code or in the alternative based upon the same underlying facts under section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code, and the right to recover on account of any such claim under section 550 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Prepetition Intercompany Claim ” means any Claim against any Reorganizing Debtor by any other Reorganizing Debtor or any Non-Debtor Affiliate that arose prior to the Commencement Date, and for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Schedule III Intercompany Claims.

Priority Non-Tax Claim ” means any Claim entitled to priority in payment, as specified in sections 507(a)(2)-(7) and (9) of the Bankruptcy Code, other than a Priority Tax Claim.

Priority Tax Claim ” means any Claim of a governmental unit of the kind entitled to priority in payment as specified in sections 502(i) and 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

20


Private Sale ” means the 23,562,677 Backstop Consideration Shares purchased directly by the Rights Offering Sponsors.

Pro Rata Share ” means the proportion that the amount of any Claim in a particular Class against a particular Debtor bears to the aggregate amount of all Claims in such Class against that particular Debtor, including the estimated Allowed amount of any Disputed Claims in such Class.

Prospectus Directive ” means Directive 2003/7YEC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state.

Purchase Notice ” means a notice provided by the Subscription Agent to the Rights Offering Sponsors that sets forth the calculation of the number of Unsubscribed Shares and Excluded Shares, and the aggregate Subscription Purchase Price therefor.

Reorganized By-laws ” means the by-laws or similar corporate organizational document, to the extent applicable, of the Reorganized Debtors (other than New Topco), as amended and restated, substantially in the forms set forth in the Plan Supplement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Ad Hoc Group and Rights Offering Sponsors.

Reorganized Certificate of Incorporation ” means the certificate of incorporation or similar corporate organizational document of the Reorganized Debtors (other than New Topco), as amended and restated, substantially in the forms to be filed as part of the Plan Supplement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Ad Hoc Group and Rights Offering Sponsors.

Reorganized Debtors ” means the Debtors (other than the Schedule III Debtors) as reorganized on and after the Effective Date.

Reorganized Released Parties ” means the Reorganized Debtors, New Topco, LyondellBasell Subholdings B.V. and the Non-Debtor Affiliates and their principals, shareholders, subsidiaries, affiliates, employees, agents, representatives, officers, directors, members, partners, professionals (all solely in their capacities as such), successors and assigns, and any entity claimed to be liable derivatively through the Schedule III Debtors, or any of the foregoing.

Reorganized LyondellBasell ” means the Reorganized Debtors, the Non-Debtor Affiliates, New Topco and LyondellBasell Subholdings B.V. on and after the Effective Date.

Reorganizing Debtors ” means the Debtors other than the Schedule III Debtors prior to the Effective Date.

Rights Claim ” means a Claim with respect to which Subscription Rights are granted as of the Subscription Rights Record Date.

Rights Offering ” means the offering to Eligible Holders to subscribe to purchase Class B Shares, as set forth in Section 5.3 hereof.

Rights Offering Expiration Date ” means the final date by which an Eligible Holder may elect to subscribe to the Rights Offering, which shall be not more than 30 days after the Subscription Commencement Date or such later date as the Debtor Parties, subject to the approval of each of the Rights Offering Sponsors (not to be unreasonably withheld), may specify in a notice provided to the Rights Offering Sponsors before 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Business Day before the then-effective Rights Offering Expiration Date.

 

21


Rights Offering Fees and Expenses ” means (i) the fees and expenses reasonably incurred by the counsel to the Rights Offering Sponsors listed on Schedule B to the Equity Commitment Agreement, (ii) the fees and expenses reasonably incurred by the other professionals listed on Schedule B to the Equity Commitment Agreement retained by the Rights Offering Sponsors, (iii) the fees and expenses reasonably incurred of any other professionals retained by the Rights Offering Sponsors after the date of the Equity Commitment Agreement (with the prior approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the Debtor Parties in the case of professionals retained under (iii)) and (iv) travel and other out of pocket expenses reasonably incurred by the Rights Offering Sponsors, in each case, in connection with the Rights Offering as well as (v) the filing fee, if any, required by the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (the “HSR Act”) and any foreign merger control filings and expenses related thereto, and all Bankruptcy Court and other judicial and regulatory proceedings related to such transactions, up to, in the cases of (i) through (iv) only, an amount not to exceed $17 million (the “Expenses Cap”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Expenses Cap does not include the fees and expenses incurred by (i) Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP, (ii) Moelis & Company, (iii) Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, and (iv) Lazard Freres & Co. LLC in the negotiation, documentation and implementation of the transactions contemplated by the Equity Commitment Agreement. The Issuer (as defined in the Equity Commitment Agreement) and the Debtor Parties agree that, if such fees and expenses are determined not to be reimbursable or payable, as the case may be, to those firms under the terms of the Final DIP Financing Order and/or the DIP Term Loan Facility, then they shall reimburse or pay, as the case may be, all such fees and expenses reasonably incurred under the Equity Commitment Agreement and such fees and expenses reasonably incurred shall not count towards the Expense Cap and any expenses directly relating thereto.

Rights Offering Indemnified Person ” means each of the Rights Offering Sponsors and their respective affiliates, members, partners and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors and controlling persons.

Rights Offering Indemnifying Parties ” means the Debtor Parties and New Topco.

Rights Offering Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to an Eligible Holder as of the Subscription Rights Record Date, the proportion that (x) the number of Class A Shares such Eligible Holder is entitled to receive on account of its Allowed Class 4 Claims and pursuant to Section 5.4(a) of the Plan prior to the application of any reduction in the amount of Class A Shares distributed to holders of Senior Secured Facility Claims on account of the second sentence of Section 4.4(b) bears to (y) the total number of Class A Shares all Eligible Holders are entitled to receive on account of their Allowed Class 4 Claims and pursuant to Section 5.4(a) of the Plan prior to the application of any reduction on account of the second sentence of Section 4.4(b).

Rights Offering Shares ” means the 240,339,302 Class B Shares offered in the Rights Offering.

Rights Offering Sponsors ” means LeverageSource (Delaware) LLC, an affiliate of Apollo Management VII, L.P., AI LBI Investment LLC, an affiliate of Access Industries, and Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund III, L.P.

Schedule III Allocations ” means Allowed Administrative Expenses (including Professional Fees), Other Secured Claims, Priority Tax Claims and Priority Non-Tax Claims allocable to the Schedule III Debtors.

Schedule III Debtors ” means the Debtors listed on Exhibit A-3 hereto.

 

22


Schedule III Intercompany Claims ” means any prepetition and postpetition Claims and Administrative Expenses held by a Schedule III Debtor against a Reorganizing Debtor or Non-Debtor Affiliate and all prepetition and postpetition Claims and Administrative Expenses held by a Reorganizing Debtor or Non-Debtor Affiliate against a Schedule III Debtor.

Schedule III Obligor Debtors ” means Millennium Chemicals Inc., Millennium Worldwide Holdings I Inc., Millennium America Holdings Inc., Millennium America Inc., Millennium Petrochemicals GP LLC, and Millennium Petrochemicals, LP.

Schedules ” means the schedules of assets and liabilities and the statements of financial affairs filed by each of the Debtors on April 6, 2009 and May 13, 2009 as required by section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 1007, including any supplements or amendments thereto through the Confirmation Date.

Section 1145 Cutback ” means a decrease in the number of Rights Offering Shares reasonably required by the Debtors and New Topco after consultation with counsel or as required by the Bankruptcy Court, in each case to allow the Rights Offering to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code (or exempt from prospectus delivery requirements under the Prospectus Directive).

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Secured Claim ” means, pursuant to section 506 of the Bankruptcy Code, that portion of a Claim that is (a) secured by a valid, perfected and enforceable security interest, lien, mortgage or other encumbrance, that is not subject to avoidance under applicable bankruptcy or nonbankruptcy law, in or upon any right, title or interest of a Debtor in and to property of the relevant estate, to the extent of the value of the holder’s interest in such property as of the relevant determination date, or (b) Allowed as such pursuant to the terms of the Plan (subject to the Confirmation Order becoming a Final Order). “Secured Claim” includes any Claim that is: (i) subject to an offset right under applicable law, and (ii) a secured claim against a Debtor pursuant to sections 506(a) and 553 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Secured Hedge Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.01 of the Senior Secured Credit Agreement.

Secured Hedge Claims ” means the Claims arising under the Secured Hedge Agreements, which shall be deemed Allowed for purposes of the Plan in an amount not less than $154,283,942.

Secured Lenders ” means the past, present and future lenders under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement (including the portion that qualifies as DIP Roll-Up Loans) and the Bridge Loan Agreement, and their successors and assigns, but each only in its respective capacity as a lender whether under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or the Bridge Loan Agreement, or both if applicable (it being understood that each Beneficial Holder of debt under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement (including the portion of the Senior Credit Agreement that qualifies as DIP Roll-Up Loans) or Bridge Loan Agreement shall be deemed a Secured Lender).

Secured Lender Releasees ” means the Secured Lenders and each of their respective direct and indirect parent companies, subsidiaries and Affiliates (including funds managed by Secured Lenders or by Affiliates of Secured Lenders or Affiliates of any such funds), each of their respective predecessors, successors, and assigns, and all of each of their respective past and present employees, officers, directors, managers and Covered Professionals.

 

23


Secured Tax Claim ” means any Secured Claim that, absent its secured status, would be entitled to priority in right of payment under section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code (determined irrespective of any time limitations therein and including any related Secured Claim for penalties).

Securities Claim ” means any Claim, whether or not the subject of an existing lawsuit, arising from the rescission of a purchase or sale of a debtor security, for damages arising from the purchase or sale of any such security, or for reimbursement or contribution allowed under section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code on account of any such Claim.

Senior/Bridge Deficiency Claims ” means the Deficiency Claims that the holders of the Senior Secured Claims (taking into account the ARCO/Equistar Settlement Pro Rata Allocation) and Bridge Lender Claims hold against the Schedule III Obligor Debtors.

Senior/Bridge Guarantee Claims ” means the general unsecured guarantee claims that the holders of the Senior Secured Claims (which shall, for purposes of any distributions under this Plan, be deemed to take into account the ARCO/Equistar Settlement Pro Rata Allocation) and Bridge Lender Claims hold against MSC, MPI and MPCO.

Senior Secured Claims ” means all Claims, claims against guarantors, liens, rights and interests arising under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the Secured Hedge Agreements, ARCO Notes Indenture and Equistar Notes Indenture, including, without limitation, all accrued but unpaid interest thereon and any claims arising under section 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Senior Secured Credit Agreement ” means the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2007 (as amended and restated on April 30, 2008), among LBIAF, Lyondell Chemical and the other borrowers thereto; the Obligor Debtors; the Obligor Non-Debtors; Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (successor to Citibank, N.A.), as primary administrative agent; Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (successor to Citibank International plc), as European administrative agent; the Arrangers; and the Senior Secured Lenders; and all of the documents and Instruments relating thereto, as amended, supplemented, modified or restated.

Senior Secured Facility Claims ” means all Claims, claims against guarantors, liens, rights and interests arising under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or any Secured Hedge Agreement, including, without limitation, all accrued but unpaid interest thereon and any claims arising under section 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code which shall be deemed Allowed for purposes of the Plan in an amount not less than $8,959,620,886; provided, however, that any Deficiency Claim held by a Senior Secured Lender shall not be a Senior Secured Facility Claim, other than as set forth in Exhibit A-9 to the Plan or with respect to the right to participate in Excess Recoveries in the Creditor Trust and Litigation Trust.

Senior Secured Facility Letters of Credit ” means “Letters of Credit” as defined in Section 1.01 of the Senior Secured Credit Agreement.

Senior Secured Lenders ” means the lenders from time to time party to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement.

Senior Secured LC Issuer ” means ABN AMRO Bank, N.V., in its capacity as an issuer of letters of credit under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, or any other LC Issuer or successor LC Issuer thereunder.

Settlement Consideration ” means (i) Cash totaling $300 million, (ii) that number of Class A Shares equivalent to $150 million at Plan value (after giving effect to the Rights Offering),

 

24


subject to dilution on account of the Equity Compensation Plan and the New Warrants; 2 (iii) rights to proceeds from the net recoveries on Non-Settling Defendant Claims (subject to Section 5.8(e) hereof with respect to any Excess Recoveries), (iv) 90% of any net recoveries on Assigned Preference Claims from the Litigation Trust (subject to Section 5.7(c) hereof with respect to any Excess Recoveries), 3 and (v) any net recoveries on the State Law Avoidance Claims (subject to Section 5.8(c) hereof with respect to any Excess Recoveries); provided, however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, and in all events, distributions to the holders of 2015 Notes Claims shall be made only upon satisfaction of the 2015 Notes Plan Conditions, and upon the failure of such conditions, any distributions otherwise intended for distribution to the holders of the 2015 Notes Claims shall be made to the Reorganized Debtors (in the case of (i), (ii) or (iv) above) or the remaining Allowed General Unsecured Claims (in the case of any other recoveries).

Settlement Pro Rata Share ” means the proportion that the amount of any Allowed General Unsecured Claim or Allowed 2015 Notes Claim in Classes 7-A, 7-C, 7-D and 8 bears to the aggregate amount of all Claims in such Classes, including the estimated Allowed amount of any Disputed Claims in such Class; provided, however, that in the event that the holders of Claims in Class 8 are not entitled to any distributions because of the failure of the 2015 Notes Plan Conditions to be satisfied, Claims in Class 8 will not be taken into account when determining the Settlement Pro Rata Share.

Settling Defendants ” means Citibank, N.A., Citibank International plc, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P. and Goldman Sachs International, Merrill, Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith and Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, ABN AMRO Inc. and The Royal Bank of Scotland, N.V., f/k/a ABN Amro Bank N.V., UBS Securities LLC and UBS Loan Finance LLC; LeverageSource III S.à.r.l., Ares Management LLC, Bank of Scotland, DZ Bank AG, Kolberg Kravis Roberts & Co. (Fixed Income) LLC and UBS AG, and the Ad Hoc Group.

Settling Defendant Releasees ” means the Settling Defendants and each of their respective direct and indirect parent companies, subsidiaries and Affiliates (including funds managed by Settling Defendants or by Affiliates of Settling Defendants or Affiliates of any such funds), each of their respective predecessors, successors, and assigns, and all of each of their respective past and present employees, general partners, officers, directors, managers and Covered Professionals.

Specified Millennium Noteholders ” means all funds managed by Aurelius Capital Management, LP, each only in its capacity as a holder of (or on behalf of a holder of) any Claim or interest other than a Claim or interest on account of Arco Notes, Equistar Notes or 2027 Notes and (ii) Appaloosa Management LP, on behalf of the funds for which it acts as investment advisor, each in its capacity as a holder of (or on behalf of a holder of) any Claim or interest , which together hold a majority in principal amount of the Millennium Notes.

State Law Avoidance Claims ” means any and all claims, rights and causes of action arising under state law against former shareholders of Lyondell Chemical and their respective successors and assigns, (based on the receipt by any such Persons of Merger Consideration, other than claims against those parties that are released by the Debtors hereunder or under the Lender Litigation Settlement.

 

2 For the avoidance of doubt, the distribution of Class A Shares as part of the Settlement Consideration does not (x) include any right to purchase a corresponding Rights Offering Pro Rata Share of Class B Shares or (y) reduce any right to purchase Class B Shares that is otherwise distributable to holders of Senior Facility Claims on account of their Claims.
3

As set forth in Section 5.7, the Reorganized Debtors shall receive 10% of any net recoveries on Assigned Preference Claims until the Excess Recovery Trigger Date, at which time the Reorganized Debtors shall receive  1 / 3 of any net recoveries on Assigned Preference Claims.

 

25


Subordinated Claims ” means all Claims against a Debtor, whether secured or unsecured, for any fine, penalty, forfeiture, attorneys’ fees (to the extend such attorneys’ fees are punitive in nature), multiple, exemplary or punitive damages, or for any other amount that does not represent compensation for actual pecuniary loss suffered by the holder of such Claim, and all Claims against any of the Debtors of the type described in sections 510(a), (b) or (c) of the Bankruptcy Code, other than Class 8 Claims, including any Claim against Lyondell Chemical for unexchanged shares of Lyondell Chemical or MCI that were not exchanged in connection with the 2007 Merger.

Subscription Agent ” means the Person engaged by the Debtors to administer the Rights Offering.

Subscription Commencement Date ” means the Business Day approved by the Bankruptcy Court on which the Rights Offering shall commence.

Subscription Form ” means the form to be used by an Eligible Holder to exercise its Subscription Rights.

Subscription Period ” has the meaning ascribed to it in 0 hereof.

Subscription Purchase Price ” means $10.61 per Class B Share.

Subscription Rights ” means the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Class B Shares in the Rights Offering at the Subscription Purchase Price.

Subscription Rights Record Date ” means the date of the order approving the Disclosure Statement.

Transferred Real Properties ” means the real property, including the property identified on Schedule IV to the Disclosure Statement, that the Debtors will contribute to the Environmental Custodial Trust.

Trusts ” means the Creditor Trust and the Litigation Trust.

U.K. Pension Plan ” means the Lyondell Chemical Europe, Inc. Pension Plan.

Unsubscribed Shares ” means a number of Class B Shares equal to (i) the Rights Offering Shares minus (ii) the number of Class B Shares offered pursuant to the Rights Offering and duly subscribed for and paid for on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern time) on the Rights Offering Expiration Date.

U.S. Pension Plan ” means the tax qualified defined benefit pension plans covered by ERISA that are sponsored and maintained by any of the Debtors, including, the Basell Pension Plan; the Basell Retirement Income Plan; the Cain Chemical Inc. Pension Plan; the Endicott Johnson Corporation Employees’ Retirement Plan; the Equistar Chemicals, LP Retirement Plan; the Houston Refining LP Retirement Plan for Represented Employees; the Houston Refining LP Retirement Plan for Non-Represented Employees; the LyondellBasell Retirement Plan; the Pension Plan of McKinney Manufacturing Company for Hourly Employees; the Millennium Chemicals Inc. Consolidated Retirement Plan; the PDG Chemical Inc. Pension Plan; the Pension Plan for Eligible Hourly Employees of the Quantum Chemical Corporation, USI Division, Nortech Plant; the Pension Plan for Eligible Hourly Represented Employees of Equistar Chemicals, LP; the Pension Plan for Hourly Employees at Edison, New Jersey; and the Pension Plan for Hourly Employees at Edison, New Jersey; and the Pension Plan of Vanity Fair Inc.

 

26


Voting Record Date ” means the date of the order approving the Disclosure Statement.

Wind-Up Funds ” means the wind-up funds that the Reorganizing Debtors shall contribute to the Millennium Custodial Trust, in an amount to be determined and set forth in the Plan Supplement, in order to fund the resolution of Claims against Schedule III Debtors and Claims by those entities against others, which, when aggregated with the amount that the Reorganized Debtors shall contribute to the Clean Up Funds, shall not exceed $250 million.

Section 1.2 Interpretation and Construction of Terms . The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereto,” “hereunder,” and others of similar import refer to the Plan as a whole and not to any particular section, subsection or clause contained in the Plan. Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or the plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include the masculine, the feminine and the neuter.

If a Claim is to be “reinstated” under the terms of the Plan, it shall mean that such Claim shall be rendered unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, notwithstanding that the holder of such Claim shall not have any right to enforce, with regard to any default occurring prior to the Effective Date, any contractual provision or applicable non-bankruptcy law that entitles the holder of such Claim to demand or receive payment of such Claim prior to its stated maturity date from and after the occurrence of a default, and (i) the holder of the Claim shall retain all of its legal rights respecting the Claim, (ii) the applicable Debtor(s), as reorganized, shall remain liable for the Claim, and (iii) the applicable Debtor(s), as reorganized, shall retain any and all defenses respecting the Claim.

Any term used in the Plan that is not otherwise defined shall have the meaning ascribed to that term, if any, in the Bankruptcy Code.

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to “$” or “dollars” shall be deemed to be references to the lawful money of the United States of America.

ARTICLE II

TREATMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE

EXPENSES AND PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS

Section 2.1 Administrative Expenses .

(a) Generally . Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Administrative Expense agrees to less favorable treatment, or as otherwise provided for in the Plan, the Debtors shall pay each Allowed Administrative Expense in full and in Cash on, or as soon as is reasonably practicable after, the later of (i) the Effective Date, (ii) the date such Administrative Expense otherwise would become due in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) the last Business Day of the month in which such Administrative Expense becomes Allowed, provided such Administrative Expense becomes Allowed at least ten (10) days prior to the last Business Day of the month, otherwise the last Business Day of the following month; provided, however , that Allowed Administrative Expenses representing liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business by the Debtors, Postpetition Intercompany Claims and liabilities arising under the Equity Commitment Agreement, may be paid by the Debtors in the ordinary course of business and without the necessity to file a proof of claim, consistent with past practice and in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of any agreements governing, Instruments evidencing, or other documents relating to such transactions.

 

27


A notice setting forth the Administrative Expense Bar Date shall be (i) filed on the Bankruptcy Court’s docket and (ii) posted on the Debtors’ case information website at www.epiqbankruptcysolutions.com . Further notice of the Administrative Expense Bar Date shall be provided as may be directed by the Bankruptcy Court. All requests for payment of an Administrative Expense that accrued on or before the Effective Date other than Administrative Expenses that have been paid or that relate to payment of professionals must be filed with the Claims Agent and served on counsel for the Debtors by the Administrative Expense Bar Date. Any requests for payment of Administrative Expenses that are not properly filed and served by the Administrative Expense Bar Date shall not appear on the register of claims maintained by the Claims Agent and shall be disallowed automatically without the need for any objection from the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors or any action by the Bankruptcy Court. Holders of Postpetition Intercompany Claims do not need to file a request for payment of Administrative Expense. The amount of such Claim shall be determined pursuant to LyondellBasell’s books and records. All Administrative Expenses incurred in the ordinary course (including, but not limited to, those arising pursuant to Insurance Policies and related agreements assumed pursuant to the Plan) shall be paid in the ordinary course by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors without the need or requirement for the creditor to file a motion, application or claim for allowance of payment thereof.

The Reorganized Debtors, in their sole and absolute discretion, may settle Administrative Expenses in the ordinary course of business without further Bankruptcy Court approval. The Debtors shall have the right to object to any Administrative Expense within 180 days after the Administrative Expense Bar Date, subject to extensions from time to time by the Bankruptcy Court. Unless the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors object to a timely-filed and properly served Administrative Expense, such Administrative Expense shall be deemed Allowed in the amount requested. In the event that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors object to an Administrative Expense the parties may confer to try to reach a settlement and, failing that, the Bankruptcy Court shall determine whether such Administrative Expense should be allowed and, if so, in what amount.

(b) Professional Compensation and Reimbursement Claims . Any entity seeking an award by the Bankruptcy Court of compensation for services rendered and/or reimbursement of expenses incurred through and including the Effective Date under sections 503(b)(2), 503(b)(3), 503(b)(4), or 503(b)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code shall (i) file its final application for allowance of such compensation and/or reimbursement by no later than the date that is sixty (60) days after the Effective Date or such other date as may be fixed by the Bankruptcy Court, and (ii) be paid by or on behalf of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, in full, in Cash, in such amounts as are Allowed, upon (a) the date the order granting such award becomes a Final Order, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, or (b) such other terms as may be mutually agreed upon by the professional and the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the applicable Debtors or Reorganized Debtors shall assume all postpetition liabilities, fees and expenses for, and make payment in the ordinary course to, any professional retained by the Debtors as an ordinary course professional pursuant to that certain order of the Bankruptcy Court, entered February 4, 2009.

(c) DIP New Money Claims and DIP ABL Claims . Except to the extent that a holder of a DIP New Money Claim or DIP ABL Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, the Reorganized Debtors shall pay, on the Effective Date, in full and complete satisfaction, settlement and release of such Claim, except for the Excluded DIP Obligations, an amount in Cash equal to the Allowed amount of such DIP New Money Claim or DIP ABL Claim, as applicable, and all commitments under the DIP Agreement shall terminate. To the extent any letters of credit issued pursuant to the DIP Agreement are outstanding as of the Effective Date, they shall be replaced as of the Effective Date with new letters of

 

28


credit to be issued or deemed to have been issued pursuant to the Exit Facility. Upon payment or satisfaction in full of the DIP New Money Claims and DIP ABL Claims (except the Excluded DIP Obligations) in accordance with the terms of this Plan, on the Effective Date all liens and security interests granted to secure such obligations shall be terminated and of no further force or effect. The Excluded DIP Obligations shall survive the Effective Date and shall not be discharged or released pursuant to the Plan or Confirmation Order, notwithstanding any provision hereof (including, without limitation, Sections 11.4, 11.5 and 11.8(b)) or thereof to the contrary.

Section 2.2 Priority Tax Claims . Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, each holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall receive, in full and complete satisfaction, settlement and release of and in exchange for such Allowed Claim, at the sole option of the Debtor primarily obligated for the payment of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim, from such Debtor (i) on the Effective Date, an amount in Cash equal to the Allowed amount of such Claim, or (ii) on the Effective Date and each year on the Effective Date Anniversary, or on any earlier date at the sole option of the applicable Debtor, equal annual Cash payments, in an aggregate amount equal to such Allowed Priority Tax Claim, together with a rate of interest determined under applicable nonbankruptcy law pursuant to section 511 of the Bankruptcy Code, over a period not exceeding five (5) years after the Commencement Date; provided, however , that no holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall be entitled to any payments on account of any pre-Effective Date interest or penalty accrued on or after the Commencement Date with respect to or in connection with such Allowed Priority Tax Claim. All Allowed Priority Tax Claims that are not due and payable on or before the Effective Date shall be paid in the ordinary course of business by the applicable Reorganized Debtor as such obligations become due without the need for the claimant to file a claim for Administrative Expense therefor, and holders of Allowed Priority Tax Claims shall retain their liens securing such Allowed Priority Tax Claim until paid in the ordinary course; provided that the Reorganized Debtors shall retain the right to challenge any tax assessments in the ordinary course under applicable law.

ARTICLE III

CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND EQUITY INTERESTS

Section 3.1 Classification under Plan . Claims against the Debtors, other than Administrative Expenses, Priority Tax Claims, DIP New Money Claims and DIP ABL Claims, are classified for all purposes, including voting (unless otherwise specified), confirmation, and distribution pursuant to the Plan, as follows:

 

Class

  

Designation

  

Impairment

  

Entitlement to Vote

1

   Priority Non-Tax Claims    Unimpaired    No

2

   Secured Tax Claims    Unimpaired    No

3

   DIP Roll-Up Claims    Impaired    Yes

4

   Senior Secured Claims    Impaired    Yes

5

   Bridge Loan Claims    Impaired    Yes

6

   Other Secured Claims    Unimpaired    No

7-A

   General Unsecured Claims against Non-Schedule III Obligor Debtors    Impaired    Yes

 

29


Class

  

Designation

  

Impairment

  

Entitlement to Vote

7-B

   General Unsecured Claims against Non-Obligor Debtors    Unimpaired/ Impaired    No/Yes

7-C

   General Unsecured Claims and Senior/Bridge Guarantee Claims against MPI, MSC, MPCO    Impaired    Yes

7-D

   General Unsecured Claims and Senior/Bridge Deficiency Claims against Schedule III Obligor Debtors    Impaired    Yes

8

   2015 Notes Claims    Impaired    Yes

9

   Securities Claims    Impaired    No

10

   Subordinated Claims    Impaired    No

11

   Equity Interests in LBFC    Impaired    No

12

   Equity Interests in LBIAF    Impaired    No

13

   Equity Interests in MCI and the Schedule III Debtors    Impaired    No

14

   Equity Interests in the Debtors (other than LBFC, LBIAF and Schedule III Debtors)    Unimpaired    No

ARTICLE IV

TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND EQUITY INTERESTS

Each holder of an Allowed Claim in an impaired Class that is entitled to vote on the Plan pursuant to this Article IV of the Plan, and each holder of a Claim that has been temporarily Allowed under Bankruptcy Rule 3018(a) for voting purposes only, shall be entitled to vote separately to accept or reject the Plan.

Section 4.1 Class 1 – Priority Non-Tax Claims

(a) Impairment and Voting . Class 1 is unimpaired by the Plan. Each holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim against any Debtor is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(b) Distributions . Except to the extent that the holder agrees to less favorable treatment or has been paid by or on behalf of the Debtor prior to the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim against any Debtor shall receive, in full and complete satisfaction, settlement and release of and in exchange for such Allowed Claim, Cash equal to the Allowed amount of such Claim, on the later of (i) the Effective Date and (ii) the last Business Day of the month in which such Claim becomes Allowed, provided such Priority Non-Tax Claim becomes Allowed at least ten (10) days prior to the last Business Day of the month, otherwise the last Business Day of the following month.

 

30


Section 4.2 Class 2 – Secured Tax Claims

(a) Impairment and Voting . Class 2 is unimpaired by the Plan. Each holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim against any Debtor is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(b) Distributions . Except to the extent that the holder agrees to less favorable treatment, each holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim against any Debtor shall, at the sole option of the Debtor obligated for the payment of such Allowed Secured Tax Claim, in full and complete satisfaction, settlement and release of and in exchange for such Allowed Claim, either (i) receive from such Debtor on the Effective Date, Cash equal to the Allowed amount of such claim, or (ii) retain its lien securing such Allowed Secured Tax Claim and on the Effective Date and each year on the Effective Date Anniversary, or on any earlier date at the sole option of the applicable Debtor, receive from such Debtor equal annual Cash payments in an aggregate amount equal to such Allowed Secured Tax Claim, together with a rate of interest determined under applicable nonbankruptcy law pursuant to section 511 of the Bankruptcy Code, over a period not exceeding five (5) years after the Commencement Date. All Allowed Secured Tax Claims that are not due and payable on or before the Effective Date shall be paid in the ordinary course of business by the applicable Reorganized Debtor as such obligations become due without the need for the claimant to file a claim for Administrative Expense therefor, and holders of Allowed Secured Tax Claims shall retain their liens securing such Allowed Secured Tax Claim until paid in the ordinary course; provided that the Reorganized Debtors shall retain the right to challenge any tax assessments in the ordinary course under applicable law.

Section 4.3 Class 3 – DIP Roll-Up Claims

(a) Impairment and Voting . Class 3 is impaired by the Plan. Each holder of an Allowed DIP Roll-Up Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(b) Distributions . Except to the extent that the holder agrees to less favorable treatment, on the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed DIP Roll-Up Claim shall receive, in full and complete satisfaction, settlement and release of and in exchange for such Allowed Claim against the Debtors and the Obligor Non-Debtors, New Third Lien Notes in the same principal amount as such Allowed Claim; provided, however , that if Class 3 votes to reject the Plan, (a) each holder of an Allowed DIP Roll-Up Claim that votes to reject the Plan shall receive on the Effective Date, in full and complete satisfaction, settlement and release of and in exchange for such Allowed Claim against the Debtors and the Obligor Non-Debtors, Cram Down Notes in the same principal amount as such Allowed Claim, and (b) each holder of an Allowed DIP Roll-Up Claim that does not vote to reject the Plan shall receive on the Effective Date, in full and complete satisfaction, settlement and release of and in exchange for such Allowed Claim against the Debtors and the Obligor Non-Debtors, New Third Lien Notes in the same principal amount as such Allowed Claim. Following the Voting Deadline, holders of Allowed DIP Roll-Up Claims shall not be able to change their vote on the Plan without the written consent of the Debtors. Additionally, as required by the Lender Litigation Settlement, on the Effective Date the holders of DIP Roll-Up Claims shall assign to the Debtors all of their rights, remedies, claims and interests under the Intercreditor Agreement with respect to the holders of 2015 Notes and the 2015 Notes Claims. In addition, on the Effective Date, the 3% exit fee under the DIP Term Loan Agreement shall be paid to the DIP Roll Up Lenders.

To the extent that the requisite majority of holders (in both number and amount of claims) of Allowed DIP Roll Up Claims cause Class 3 to accept the Plan, all holders of Allowed DIP Roll-Up Claims shall receive New Third Lien Notes in the same principal amount as such Allowed Claims, no holder of an Allowed DIP Roll Up Claim shall receive any Cram Down Notes, and the Debtors shall not issue the Cram Down Notes.

 

31


If a majority in the aggregate amount of Claims in Class 3 and Class 4 together vote in favor of the Plan, the guarantees held by, and liens on account of the DIP Roll-Up Claims and Senior Secured Claims against, the Obligor Non-Debtors shall be released pursuant to the terms of the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. The vote of the Senior Secured Lenders on the Plan shall be deemed to be a direction to the administrative agent under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement to direct the security agent under the Intercreditor Agreement to effectuate the transactions contemplated in Section 5.4 hereof and to instruct the collateral agent under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement to effectuate the transactions contemplated under the Lender Litigation Settlement. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Confirmation Order, including with respect to (a) the Excluded DIP Obligations and (b) the Excluded Senior/Bridge Obligations, and notwithstanding the fact that the claims against the Obligor Non-Debtors and Basell Germany on account of the Senior Secured Facility Claims are deemed transferred as provided in the Confirmation Order, if Class 3 and Class 4 both vote in favor of the Plan, the claims against the Obligor Non-Debtors and Basell Germany on account of the DIP Roll-Up Claims and Senior Secured Claims shall be released and discharged. Pursuant to section 1142(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, the administrative agent under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement is authorized, ordered and instructed to execute and deliver on the Effective Date a release of such claims and liens effective as and at such time as the Debtors shall require.

Section 4.4 Class 4 – Senior Secured Claims

(a) Impairment and Voting . Class 4 is impaired by the Plan. Each holder of an Allowed Senior Secured Claim against any Non-Schedule III Obligor Debtor is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(b) Distributions . 4 Except to the extent that the holder agrees to less favorable treatment, on the Effective Date (and in addition to any recovery they may receive in Classes 7-C or 7-D), each holder of an Allowed Senior Secured Claim shall receive, except as set forth in Section 11.4 hereof, in full and complete satisfaction, settlement and release of and in exchange for such Allowed Claim against the Non-Schedule III Obligor Debtors (i) its Pro Rata Share of 100% of Class A Shares based on the net value (prior to Exit Financing) allocable to LBFC and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, less the number of the Class A Shares provided to holders of Allowed Claims on account of distributions in Classes 5 and 7-C, subject to dilution on account of the Equity Compensation Plan and the New

 

4 For purposes of effectuating the Arco/Equistar Settlement, the aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Facility Claims as of the Commencement Date shall be reduced by an amount equal to the adequate protection payments made pursuant to Section 18 of the DIP Financing Order and received by the Senior Secured Lenders through and including the Effective Date (to the extent any such payments have accrued but have not been paid and received on or before the Effective Date, then such accrual shall not be applied to reduce Claims under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement unless payment thereof is provided for in connection with consummation so that such Claims shall receive either Cash in respect of such accrual or a higher allocation reflecting such accrual, but such Claims shall not in any event receive both Cash and a higher allocation) on account thereof, provided however that nothing in the Plan shall be construed to preclude the allowance of a claim for postpetition interest, as well as fees, costs and charges on account of Senior Secured Facility Claims, the Equistar Notes Claims and the ARCO Notes Claims to the extent permitted under section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or the assertion by any party of a claim for fees, costs and charges under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the Equistar Notes Indenture and the ARCO Notes Indenture, which, in each case, for the avoidance of doubt and unless otherwise agreed by the Debtors or as provided in the Plan, solely with respect to payment of fees or costs of a Secured Lender, shall not be paid in Cash or as an Administrative Expense, subject to any party’s right to seek a substantial contribution payment as an Administrative Expense pursuant to section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or any recovery that is on account of Excess Recoveries, but shall solely increase the Allowed Senior Secured Claim of such party that, in all events, shall be treated in accordance with this Section 4.4.

 

32


Warrants; provided, however, that to negate the impact of dilution to the recoveries of the Allowed ARCO/Equistar Claims from $300 million of the Class B Shares issued as part of the Rights Offering (which amount shall be used to fund the Cash distribution portion of the Settlement Consideration), holders of ARCO/Equistar Claims shall receive an additional amount of Class A Shares and rights to purchase Class B Shares in the Rights Offering (with a corresponding decrease in the Class A Shares and rights to purchase Class B Shares in the Rights Offering distributed to the holders of Senior Secured Facility Claims), 5 the combined value of which shall equal the product of (x) $300 million and (y) the ratio of the total Allowed ARCO/Equistar Claims to total Allowed Class 4 Claims; 6 provided further, however, that, notwithstanding anything set forth above, each holder of an Allowed Senior Secured Claim shall also receive a distribution as set forth in Section 5.4(a) of this Plan; (ii) the right to purchase its Rights Offering Pro Rata Share of Class B Shares, and (iii) the right to participate in Excess Recoveries from the Creditor Trust and the Litigation Trust. After giving effect to the previous sentence, the number of Class A Shares issued to holders of Allowed Senior Secured Facility Claims shall be reduced by the number of Class A Shares at Plan value equal to $75 million (to be issued as part of the Settlement Consideration), on a pro rata basis solely among the holders of Allowed Senior Secured Facility Claims, without any further reduction of any distribution being made to holders of Arco Notes Claims or Equistar Notes Claims; further, all holders of Allowed Senior Secured Claims shall agree that all Deficiency Claims they may have against Non-Schedule III Obligor Debtors may only be satisfied out of Excess Recoveries (if at all); provided, however , that, other than as set forth in Section 4.10, holders of Senior Secured Claims shall not agree to any alternative treatment for their Deficiency Claims against Schedule III Obligor Debtors. Additionally, as required by the Lender Litigation Settlement, on the Effective Date, the Senior Secured Lenders shall assign to the Debtors all of their rights, remedies, claims and interests under the Intercreditor Agreement with respect to the holders of 2015 Notes and the 2015 Notes Claims.

If a majority in the aggregate amount of Claims in Class 3 and Class 4 together vote in favor of the Plan, the guarantees held by, and liens on account of the DIP Roll-Up Claims and Senior Secured Claims against, the Obligor Non-Debtors shall be released pursuant to the terms of the Senior Secured Credit Agreement. The vote of the Senior Secured Lenders on the Plan shall be deemed to be a direction to the administrative agent under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement to direct the security agent under the Intercreditor Agreement to effectuate the transactions contemplated in Section 5.4 hereof and to instruct the collateral agent under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement to effectuate the transactions contemplated under the Lender Litigation Settlement. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Confirmation Order, including with respect to (a) the Excluded DIP Obligations and (b) the Excluded Senior/Bridge Obligations, and notwithstanding the fact that the claims against the Obligor Non-Debtors and Basell Germany on account of the Senior Secured Facility Claims are deemed transferred as provided in the Confirmation Order, if Class 3 and Class 4 both vote in favor of the Plan, the claims against the Obligor Non-Debtors and Basell Germany on account of the DIP Roll-Up Claims and Senior Secured Claims shall be released and discharged. Pursuant to section 1142(b) of the

 

5 The amount of Class A Shares and Rights Claims that shall be issued to holders of ARCO/Equistar Claims (and therefore reducing the number of shares and rights allocated to holders of Senior Secured Facility Claims) shall be calculated by valuing the Class A Shares at the Plan Value price per share and the Rights Claims at the difference between (i) the Plan Value price per share and (ii) the Rights Offering price per share. For purposes of this calculation, the “Plan Value” of any such distribution shall have the meaning set forth in the ARCO/Equistar Settlement and shall mean the value for such distribution calculated using information contained in the Second Amended Disclosure Statement Accompanying Second Amended Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization for the LyondellBasell Debtors, as filed on December 23, 2009.
6 To the extent that any dilution results from any further settlement of any fraudulent transfer litigation against holders of Senior Secured Facility Claims, holders of ARCO/Equistar Claims shall receive additional Class A Shares and rights to purchase Class B Shares in the Rights Offering, or, in the alternative, shall not have their recoveries otherwise reduced in the same manner as holders of Allowed Senior Secured Facility Claims, based on similar principles.

 

33


Bankruptcy Code, the administrative agent under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement is authorized, ordered and instructed to execute and deliver on the Effective Date a release of such claims and liens effective as and at such time as the Debtors shall require.

On the Effective Date, all outstanding Senior Secured Facility Letters of Credit shall be replaced by letters of credit issued under the Exit Facility on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Senior Secured LC Issuer.

The ARCO/Equistar Settlement Pro Rata Allocation shall be used to determine the aggregate distributions allocable to each of the four following subcategories of Senior Secured Claims: (i) claims arising under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, (ii) claims arising under the Secured Hedge Agreements, (iii) the Arco Notes Claims and (iv) the Equistar Notes Claims. In the event that the aggregate Allowed amount of Senior Secured Claims in any subcategory is different from the amount assumed to be outstanding in that subcategory for purposes of the ARCO/Equistar Settlement Pro Rata Allocation, the aggregate distribution to that subcategory shall not change, but each holder of an Allowed Senior Secured Claim within that subcategory shall be entitled to receive its pro rata share of the distribution to that subcategory, based on the actual aggregate Allowed claims in that subcategory.

Section 4.5 Class 5 – Bridge Loan Claims

(a) Impairment and Voting . Class 5 is impaired by the Plan. Each holder of a Bridge Loan Claim against an Obligor Debtor is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(b) Distributions . Except to the extent that the holder agrees to less favorable treatment, on the Effective Date, (and in addition to any recovery they may receive in Classes 7-C or 7-D that, for the avoidance of doubt, is required to be turned over to the holders of Claims in Class 4 in accordance with Sections 4.9 and 4.10) each holder of an Allowed Bridge Loan Claim shall receive, except as set forth in Section 11.4 hereof, in full and complete satisfaction, settlement and release of and in exchange for such Allowed Claim against the Debtors (i) its Pro Rata Share of the number of Class A Shares equivalent to 5.0% of the combined Class A and Class B Shares, less the number of Class A Shares at Plan value equal to $75 million (to be issued as part of the Settlement Consideration), and subject to dilution on account of the Equity Compensation Plan and the New Warrants, (ii) its Pro Rata Share of the New Warrants and (iii) the right to participate in the Excess Recoveries from the Litigation Trust and Creditor Trust. In addition, all holders of Allowed Bridge Loan Claims shall agree that all Deficiency Claims they may have against Non-Schedule III Obligor Debtors may only be satisfied out of the Excess Recoveries (if at all); provided, however , that, other than as set forth in Section 4.10, holders of the Bridge Loan Claims shall not agree to any alternative treatment for their Deficiency Claims against Schedule III Obligor Debtors. Additionally, as required by the Lender Litigation Settlement, on the Effective Date the Bridge Lenders shall assign to the Debtors all of their rights, remedies, claims and interests under the Intercreditor Agreement with respect to the holders of the 2015 Notes and the 2015 Notes Claims.

The vote of the Bridge Lenders on the Plan shall be deemed to be a direction to the administrative agent under the Bridge Loan Agreement to direct the security agent under the Intercreditor Agreement to effectuate the transactions contemplated in Section 5.4 hereof and to instruct the collateral agent under the Bridge Loan Agreement to effectuate the transactions contemplated under the Lender Litigation Settlement.

On the Effective Date, the rights, liens and claims (including any guarantee claims) of holders of Bridge Claims against Obligor Non-Debtors shall be extinguished.

 

34


Section 4.6 Class 6 – Other Secured Claims

(a) Impairment and Voting . Class 6 is unimpaired by the Plan. Each holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(b) Distributions . Except to the extent that the holder agrees to less favorable treatment, on the Effective Date, each Allowed Other Secured Claim shall be, in full and complete satisfaction, settlement and release of and in exchange for such Allowed Claim, at the sole discretion of the Debtor obligated for the payment of such Allowed Claim, either (i) reinstated or rendered unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code (only if not due and payable on or before the Effective Date), notwithstanding any contractual provision or applicable nonbankruptcy law that entitles the holder of an Other Secured Claim to demand or receive payment of such Claim prior to its stated maturity from and after the occurrence of a default; (ii) paid in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the course of practice between the Debtors and such holder with respect to such Claim; or (iii) paid by transfer of the Collateral securing such Claim to the holder of such Claim. For the avoidance of doubt, claims secured by properly perfected mechanic’s and materialman’s liens shall be paid in full, in cash, if and to the extent they become Allowed Claims.

Section 4.7 Class 7-A – General Unsecured Claims against Non-Schedule III Obligor Debtors

(a) Impairment and Voting . Class 7-A is impaired by the Plan. Each holder of a General Unsecured Claim against the Non-Schedule III Obligor Debtors is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(b) Distributions . Except to the extent that the holder agrees to less favorable treatment, each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim against a Non-Schedule III Obligor Debtor shall receive, in full and complete satisfaction, settlement and release of and in exchange for such Allowed Claim, its Settlement Pro Rata Share of the Settlement Consideration; provided, however , that, holders of Claims in Classes 7-A, 7-C, 7-D and 8 eligible to receive Settlement Consideration shall have the opportunity to elect, on their Ballot, whether they wish to receive a greater portion of their Settlement Pro Rata Share of the Settlement Consideration in Class A Shares or, alternatively, a greater proportion of their Settlement Pro Rata Share of the Settlement Consideration in Cash (if and to the extent that a creditor receives more of the consideration it so elected will depend on the elections of all creditors taken as a whole); provided, further that the failure to make such election (or to submit a validly executed Ballot) shall reflect an agreement that such non-electing creditor shall receive its Settlement Pro Rata Share of the Settlement Consideration. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Deficiency Claims of the Senior Secured Lenders and the Bridge Lenders against Non-Schedule III Obligor Debtors may only be satisfied out of the Excess Recoveries (if at all).

Section 4.8 Class 7-B – General Unsecured Claims against Non-Obligor Debtors

(a) Impairment and Voting . Class 7-B is 54 separate Classes, each a Class of General Unsecured Claims against a specific Non-Obligor Debtor. As set forth on Exhibit A-7 to the Plan, depending on the applicable Non-Obligor Debtor, holders of Claims in each of these Classes will recover between 100% of their Claims and 0% of their Claims, as the case may be. Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims that will recover more than 0% and less than 100% of their Claims are impaired and will be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims that will recover 100% of their Claims will be deemed to accept the Plan. Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims that will recover 0% of their Claims will be deemed to reject the Plan.

 

35


(b) Distributions . Except to the extent that the holder agrees to less favorable treatment, on the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim against a Non-Obligor Debtor shall receive, in full and complete satisfaction, settlement and release of and in exchange for such Allowed Claim, its Pro Rata Share of Cash totaling the net value of its applicable Debtor after allocation of Allowed Administrative Expenses, Other Secured Claims, Priority Tax Claims and Priority Non-Tax Claims against the applicable Non-Obligor Debtor; provided, that each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim against an MCI Subsidiary that is a Non-Obligor Debtor shall receive its distribution as a contractual right under the Plan from the applicable MCI Subsidiary entitling the holder to a potential payment up to the amount of such holder’s Allowed Claims against the MCI Subsidiary on the Effective Date. See Exhibit A-7 herein for the estimated recovery percentages for each Non-Obligor Debtor, estimated General Unsecured Claims against each Non-Obligor Debtor, and the estimated value attributable to each Non-Obligor Debtor.

Section 4.9 Class 7-C – General Unsecured Claims and Senior/Bridge Guarantee Claims against MSC, MPI and MPCO

(a) Impairment and Voting . Class 7-C is impaired by the Plan. Each holder of a General Unsecured Claim and Senior/Bridge Guarantee Claim against MSC, MPI and MPCO is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(b) Distributions . Except to the extent that the holder agrees to less favorable treatment, in full and complete satisfaction, settlement and release of and in exchange for such Allowed Claim, and as a compromise and settlement of the items set forth in Section 3.5 of the Lender Litigation Settlement, (A) (i) each holder of an Allowed Senior/Bridge Guarantee Claim against MSC, MPI and MPCO shall receive, in the aggregate, Class A Shares valued at $195 million and (ii), in compromise and settlement of the intercompany claims between Millennium America Inc. and MPI and between Millennium America Inc. and MSC, (1) the holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims against MPI shall receive Class A Shares valued at $57.6 million, (2) the holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims against MSC shall receive Class A Shares valued at $4.4 million; 7 provided, however, the maximum value distributable to holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims against Millennium US Opco shall be $0, against MPI shall be $213,935,341, and against MSC shall be $71,578,926 (or such other value as may be ascribed to these entities by the Bankruptcy Court at the Confirmation Hearing); provided further, however, that in the event the Allowed General Unsecured Claims against MPI are less than $89 million, the value of Class A Shares to be distributed to holders of such Claims shall be reduced by $20.00 for every $100.00 that such Claims are less than $89 million, and such reduction shall increase the number of Class A Shares to be received by the holders of Senior/Bridge Guarantee Claims against MPI, and in the event the Allowed General Unsecured Claims against MSC are less than $19 million, the value of Class A Shares to be distributed to holders of such Claims shall be reduced by $20.00 for every $100.00 that such Claims are less than $19 million, and such reduction shall increase the number of Class A Shares to be received by the holders of Senior/Bridge Guarantee Claims against MSC; provided further that if the Millennium Notes Plan Conditions are not satisfied pursuant to the terms of the Lender Litigation Settlement, holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims against MPI shall receive Class A Shares valued at $60.4 million, holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims against MSC shall receive Class A Shares valued at $14.6 million, and holders of Senior/Bridge Guarantee Claims against MPI or

 

7 As set forth in Section 4.10 below, the holders of Millennium Notes Claims shall receive Class A Shares valued at $28 million or as adjusted in Section 4.10 that would otherwise be distributed to holders of General Unsecured Claims against MSC and MPI.

 

36


MSC shall receive, in the aggregate, Class A Shares valued at $210 million, and the reductions contemplated in the preceding proviso in the event that Allowed General Unsecured Claims are below stated amounts shall not apply; provided, further that for every $1 of distribution (which may be in the form of Class A Shares) distributed on account of Senior/Bridge Guarantee Claims in this Class 7-C, the holders of Senior Secured Claims shall receive 100% of such distribution and the Bridge Lenders shall receive 0% of such distribution and (B) its Settlement Pro Rata Share of the Settlement Consideration; provided, however , that there shall be no distribution of any portion of the Settlement Consideration (other than Excess Recoveries) on account of Senior/Bridge Guarantee Claims; and provided further that, holders of Claims in Classes 7-A, 7-C, 7-D and 8 eligible to receive Settlement Consideration shall have the opportunity to elect, on their Ballot, whether they wish to receive a greater portion of their Settlement Pro Rata Share of the Settlement Consideration in Class A Shares or, alternatively, a greater proportion of their Settlement Pro Rata Share of the Settlement Consideration in Cash (if and to the extent that a creditor receives more of the consideration in whatever form it so elected will depend on the elections of all creditors taken as a whole); provided, further that the failure to make such election (or to submit a validly executed Ballot) shall reflect an agreement that such non-electing creditor shall receive its Settlement Pro Rata Share of the Settlement Consideration. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 4.9 (other than as otherwise set forth above) shall in any way reduce, modify or otherwise adversely impact the value of the recovery to the holders of Bridge Loan Claims. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims (but not the holders of the Senior/Bridge Guarantee Claim) against MPCO, MPI and MSC, in addition to receiving the value set forth above, shall participate in the Settlement Consideration but only until such time as they are paid in full their Allowed Base Claim Amount plus their Post-Effective Date Interest Amount; thereafter, Settlement Consideration shall be allocated only among remaining holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent the Bankruptcy Court ascribes a different value to MSC, MPI or MPCO than that listed in this Section, the distributions set forth in this Section shall be adjusted proportionately.

See Exhibit A-8 herein for the estimated recovery percentages for each of MPI, MSC and MPCO, estimated General Unsecured Claims and Senior/Bridge Guarantee Claims against each entity, and the estimated value attributable to each entity.

The ARCO/Equistar Settlement Pro Rata Allocation shall be used to determine the aggregate distributions allocable to each of the four following subcategories of Senior Secured Claims: (i) claims arising under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, (ii) claims arising under the Secured Hedge Agreements, (iii) the Arco Notes Claims and (iv) the Equistar Notes Claims. In the event that the aggregate Allowed amount of Senior Secured Claims in any subcategory is different from the amount assumed to be outstanding in that subcategory for purposes of the ARCO/Equistar Settlement Pro Rata Allocation, the aggregate distribution to that subcategory shall not change, but each holder of an Allowed Senior Secured Claim within that subcategory shall be entitled to receive its pro rata share of the distribution to that subcategory, based on the actual aggregate Allowed claims in that subcategory.

Section 4.10 Class 7-D – General Unsecured Claims and Senior/Bridge Deficiency Claims against Schedule III Obligor Debtors

(a) Impairment and Voting . Class 7-D is impaired by the Plan. Each holder of a General Unsecured Claim and Senior/Bridge Deficiency Claim against a Schedule III Debtor is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(b) Distributions . Except to the extent that the holder agrees to less favorable treatment, each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim and Senior/Bridge Deficiency Claim against MCI shall receive, in full and complete satisfaction, settlement and release of and in exchange for

 

37


such Allowed Claim against MCI, (i) beneficial trust interests in the Millennium Custodial Trust, which shall entitle such holder to its Pro Rata Share of recoveries with respect to the assets of the Millennium Custodial Trust, including any recovery by MCI as a result of its direct or indirect ownership interest in its direct and indirect subsidiaries and (ii) its Settlement Pro Rata Share of the Settlement Consideration; provided , however that there shall be no distribution of any Settlement Consideration on account of the Senior/Bridge Deficiency Claims and the Senior/Bridge Deficiency Claims shall not be entitled to any recovery from the Settlement Consideration.

Except to the extent that the holder agrees to less favorable treatment, each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim and Senior/Bridge Deficiency Claim against any other Schedule III Obligor Debtor shall receive, in full and complete satisfaction, settlement and release of and in exchange for such Allowed Claim, (i) a contractual right under the Plan from the applicable MCI Subsidiary entitling the holder to a potential payment up to the amount of such holder’s Allowed Claims against the MCI Subsidiary on the Effective Date and (ii), solely with respect to Allowed General Unsecured Claims (but not Senior/Bridge Deficiency Claims) its Settlement Pro Rata Share of the Settlement Consideration; provided, however , that the holders of the Millennium Notes Claims shall receive Settlement Consideration only as described in the next paragraph; provided further that, subject to the foregoing proviso, holders of Claims in Classes 7-A, 7-C, 7-D and 8 eligible to receive Settlement Consideration shall have the opportunity to elect, on their Ballot, whether they wish to receive a greater portion of their Settlement Pro Rata Share of the Settlement Consideration in Class A Shares or, alternatively, a greater proportion of their Settlement Pro Rata Share of the Settlement Consideration in Cash (if and to the extent that a creditor receives more of the consideration it so elected will depend on the elections of all creditors taken as a whole); provided further that the failure to make such election (or to submit a validly executed Ballot) shall reflect an agreement that such non-electing creditor shall receive its Settlement Pro Rata Share of the Settlement Consideration; provided further, however , that for every $1 of distribution distributed on account of the Senior/Bridge Deficiency Claims in this Class 7-D, the holders of Senior Secured Claims shall receive 100% of such distribution and the Bridge Lenders shall receive 0% of such distribution. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 4.10 (other than as set forth above) shall in any way reduce, modify or otherwise adversely impact the value of the recovery to the holders of Bridge Loan Claims. For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no distribution of any Settlement Consideration on account of the Senior/Bridge Deficiency Claims and the Senior/Bridge Deficiency Claims shall not be entitled to any recovery from the Settlement Consideration except with respect to Excess Recoveries.

In addition to the consideration in clause (i) of the preceding paragraph plus the Settlement Pro Rata Share of the consideration set forth in clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) of the defined term “Settlement Consideration,” in settlement of all issues related to the Millennium Notes, the holders of the Millennium Notes Claims shall receive, on the Effective Date, distributions in an amount equal to $85.420 million, which shall be provided 50% in Cash and 50% in Class A Shares. To effect this $85.420 million distribution:

 

  (x) The holders of the Millennium Notes Claims shall receive their Settlement Pro Rata Share of the Fixed Settlement Plan Consideration;

 

  (y) $15.0 million in Cash of the Fixed Settlement Plan Consideration otherwise allocated to the holders of 2015 Notes Claims shall be distributed to the holders of the Millennium Notes Claims as and to the extent provided in Section 3.30 of the Lender Litigation Settlement Agreement; and

 

  (z)

In further compromise and settlement of any and all disputes they may have regarding the Millennium Notes Indenture and in compromise and settlement of

 

38


  the intercompany claims between Millennium America Inc. and MPI and between Millennium America Inc. and MSC, the holders of Millennium Notes Claims shall receive Class A Shares valued at $28 million that would otherwise be distributed to holders of General Unsecured Claims against MSC and MPI; provided, however , that the amount to be received by the holders of Millennium Notes Claims pursuant to the preceding clause (the “ MPI/MSC Allocation ”) shall be adjusted such that the amount distributed pursuant to (x) above, plus $15 million (pursuant to (y) above), plus the MPI/MSC Allocation equals $85.420 million and compensating adjustments shall be made on a proportional basis to the amounts to be received by holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims against MPI and by holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims against MSC.

; provided, however, that to the extent the Millennium Notes Plan Conditions are not satisfied or waived, the holders of Millennium Notes Claims shall not be entitled to a distribution pursuant to clauses (y) or (z) above.

See Exhibit A-9 herein for the estimated recovery percentages for each Schedule III Obligor Debtor, estimated General Unsecured Claims against each Schedule III Obligor Debtor, and the estimated value attributable to each Schedule III Debtor. 8

The ARCO/Equistar Settlement Pro Rata Allocation shall be used to determine the aggregate distributions allocable to each of the four following subcategories of Senior Secured Claims: (i) claims arising under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, (ii) claims arising under the Secured Hedge Agreements, (iii) the Arco Notes Claims and (iv) the Equistar Notes Claims. In the event that the aggregate Allowed amount of Senior Secured Claims in any subcategory is different from the amount assumed to be outstanding in that subcategory for purposes of the ARCO/Equistar Settlement Pro Rata Allocation, the aggregate distribution to that subcategory shall not change, but each holder of an Allowed Senior Secured Claim within that subcategory shall be entitled to receive its pro rata share of the distribution to that subcategory, based on the actual aggregate Allowed claims in that subcategory.

Section 4.11 Class 8 – 2015 Notes Claims

(a) Impairment and Voting . Class 8 is impaired by the Plan. Each holder of a 2015 Notes Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(b) Distributions . If the 2015 Notes Plan Conditions are satisfied or waived pursuant to the terms of the Lender Litigation Settlement, the holders of Allowed 2015 Notes Claims shall receive, in full and complete satisfaction, settlement and release of and in exchange for such Allowed Claim, and in settlement of the 2015 Notes Adversary Proceeding, their Settlement Pro Rata Share of the Settlement Consideration (and shall not be entitled to receive any other distribution under this Plan); provided, however , that $15.0 million in Cash of the Settlement Consideration otherwise allocated to the holders of 2015 Note Claims shall be distributed to the holders of the Millennium Notes Claims in settlement of the Millennium STN Motion; and provided further that, subject to the foregoing proviso, holders of Claims in Classes 7-A, 7-C, 7-D and 8 eligible to receive Settlement Consideration shall have the opportunity to elect, on their Ballot, whether they wish to receive a greater portion of their Settlement Pro Rata Share of

 

8 Although certain of the Schedule III Debtors have Allowed Administrative Expenses (including professional fees), Other Secured Claims, Priority Tax Claims and Priority Non-Tax Claims allocable to such Schedule III Debtor, such Claims shall be paid or otherwise afforded the treatment set forth above by the non-Schedule III Debtors as part of the consideration for the releases that the Schedule III Debtors are granting to the non-Schedule III Debtors pursuant to the Plan.

 

39


the Settlement Consideration in Class A Shares or, alternatively, a greater proportion of their Settlement Pro Rata Share of the Settlement Consideration in Cash (if and to the extent that a creditor receives more of the consideration in whatever form it so elected will depend on the elections of all creditors taken as a whole); provided, further that the failure to make such election (or to submit a validly executed Ballot) shall reflect an agreement that such non-electing creditor shall receive its Settlement Pro Rata Share of the Settlement Consideration. In addition, such vote shall be deemed a direction to the 2015 Notes Trustee to dismiss with prejudice the 2015 Adversary Proceeding on the Effective Date. If any of 2015 Notes Plan Conditions are not satisfied or waived, holders of Allowed 2015 Notes Claims shall not receive any distribution under the Plan by reason of enforcement by the Debtors of the subordination and turnover provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and the recovery of the holders of 2015 Notes Claims as Settlement Consideration shall be deemed turned over to the Reorganized Debtors. 9

Regardless of whether or not the 2015 Notes Plan Conditions are satisfied or waived, on the Effective Date, (i) the rights and claims of holders of 2015 Notes Claims against Obligor Non-Debtors shall be extinguished pursuant to Section 5.4 hereof and the Enforcement Sale in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the 2015 Notes Indenture, (ii) the holders thereof shall, subject to the first paragraph of this Section 4.11(b), be entitled to no recovery against Obligor Debtors or Obligor Non-Debtors by reason of the turnover provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, and (iii) the holders thereof shall be enjoined from taking any action against any Debtor or Non-Debtor Affiliate on account of any 2015 Notes Claim.

Section 4.12 Class 9 – Securities Claims

(a) Impairment and Voting . Class 9 is impaired by the Plan. Each holder of a Securities Claim is conclusively deemed to reject the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(b) Distributions . Holders of Securities Claims shall not receive or retain any interest or property under the Plan on account of such Claims.

Section 4.13 Class 10 – Subordinated Claims

(a) Impairment and Voting . Class 10 is impaired by the Plan. Each holder of a Subordinated Claim is conclusively deemed to reject the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(b) Distributions . Holders of Subordinated Claims shall not receive or retain any interest or property under the Plan on account of such Claims.

Section 4.14 Class 11 – Equity Interests in LBFC

(a) Impairment and Voting . Class 11 is impaired by the Plan. Each holder of an Equity Interest in LBFC is conclusively deemed to reject the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

9 In the event that the 2015 Notes Plan Conditions are not satisfied or waived and, accordingly, the Debtors exercise their turnover rights, any interests in the Litigation Trust and the Creditor Trust (except with respect to Assigned Preference Claims) that the Debtors receive as a result of the exercise of such turnover rights shall be extinguished rather than held by the Debtors.

 

40


(b) Distributions . Equity Interests in LBFC shall be cancelled on the Effective Date. No distribution of any kind shall be made on account of Equity Interests in LBFC.

Section 4.15 Class 12 – Equity Interests in LBAFGP and LBIAF

(a) Impairment and Voting . Class 12 is impaired by the Plan. Each holder of an Equity Interest in LBAFGP and LBIAF is conclusively deemed to reject the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(b) Distributions . As a result of the restructuring transactions, LBIAF’s interests in its indirect subsidiaries shall be terminated in recognition of the fact that there is no net equity value to LBIAF in any of those interests. Accordingly, because LBAFGP and LBIAF (and LBIAF’s sole direct subsidiary, BF SARL) have no value, and no distribution of any kind shall be made on account of Equity Interests in either LBAFGP or LBIAF. LBAFGP, LBIAF and BF SARL shall be dissolved post-emergence in accordance with applicable law.

Section 4.16 Class 13 – Equity Interests in MCI and the Schedule III Debtors

(a) Impairment and Voting . Class 13 is impaired by the Plan. Each holder of an Equity Interest in any Schedule III Debtor is conclusively deemed to reject the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(b) Distributions . Equity Interests in MCI shall be transferred on the Effective Date to the Millennium Custodial Trust and cancelled after the sale of assets and distribution of proceeds by the Millennium Custodial Trust. No distribution of any kind shall be made on account of Equity Interests in a Schedule III Debtor unless and until creditors of that Schedule III Debtor have been paid in full.

Section 4.17 Class 14 – Equity Interests in the Debtors (other than MCI, LBFC, LBAFGP, LBIAF and Schedule III Debtors)

(a) Impairment and Voting . Class 14 is unimpaired by the Plan. Each holder of an Equity Interest in any Debtor other than MCI, LBFC, LBAFGP, LBIAF and the Schedule III Debtors is conclusively presumed to accept the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(b) Distributions . At the election of New Topco, all Equity Interests in a Debtor held by a Debtor (i) shall be unaffected by the Plan, in which case the entity holding an Equity Interest in such Debtor-subsidiary shall continue to hold such Equity Interest in the applicable reorganized Debtor-subsidiary following the Effective Date, (ii) shall be cancelled and new equity in the applicable reorganized Debtor shall be issued pursuant to the Plan, or (iii) shall be transferred pursuant to the Plan. In the case of Equity Interests in Basell Germany, which are held by LBIH, such Equity Interests shall be unaffected by the Plan and LBIH shall continue to hold such Equity Interest following the Effective Date.

 

41


ARTICLE V

MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN

Section 5.1 Settlement . This Plan incorporates the Lender Litigation Settlement, which is effective regardless of the effectiveness of this Plan, and the ARCO/Equistar Settlement, which is effective as set forth in the ARCO/Equistar Settlement Agreement. On the Effective Date, Reorganized LyondellBasell shall implement the Lender Litigation Settlement and the ARCO/Equistar Settlement.

Section 5.2 Exit Facility . On or before the Effective Date, Reorganized LyondellBasell shall enter into the Exit Facility, and grant all liens and security interests provided for thereunder. The applicable Reorganized Debtors that are the guarantors under the Exit Facility shall issue the guarantees, Liens, and security interests as provided thereunder. The Exit Facility shall be on terms and conditions as set forth in the Plan Supplement.

Section 5.3 Rights Offering .

(a) Backstop Consideration Shares . Pursuant to the Equity Commitment Agreement, the Rights Offerings Sponsors (or affiliates of the Rights Offering Sponsors) shall directly purchase the Backstop Consideration Shares.

(b) Subscription Rights . Pursuant to the Rights Offering, each Eligible Holder as of the Subscription Rights Record Date shall be granted non-transferable Subscription Rights to purchase up to such holder’s Rights Offering Pro Rata Share of 240,339,302 Class B Shares at the Subscription Purchase Price of $10.61 per share. The number of Class B Shares for which any Eligible Holder may subscribe in the Rights Offering may be decreased in the event of a Section 1145 Cutback. Any such Excluded Shares shall instead be purchased on the Effective Date directly from New Topco by the Rights Offering Sponsors (or affiliates of the Rights Offering Sponsors). The closing date of the Rights Offering shall be the Effective Date of the Plan. The Equity Commitment Agreement is terminable if the Rights Offering is not consummated by June 3, 2010 and upon certain other events. If terminated, the Rights Offering Sponsors shall have no further obligations thereunder.

(c) Subscription Period . The Rights Offering shall commence on the Subscription Commencement Date and shall end at 5:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern time) on the Rights Offering Expiration Date (or such later date as the Debtors, subject to the approval of the Rights Offering Sponsors (not to be unreasonably withheld), may specify in a notice provided to the Rights Offering Sponsors before 9:00 a.m. (prevailing Eastern time) on the Business Day before the then current Rights Offering Expiration Date) (such period of time, the “Subscription Period”). After the Rights Offering Expiration Date, any exercise of Subscription Rights by any entity (other than a purchase of Unsubscribed Shares or Excluded Shares by the Rights Offering Sponsors (or affiliates of the Rights Offering Sponsors) pursuant to the Equity Commitment Agreement) shall be null and void and the Subscription Agent shall not honor any such exercise of Subscription Rights, regardless of when the documents relating to such exercise were sent.

(d) Exercise of Subscription Rights . In order to exercise the Subscription Rights, each Eligible Holder must (a) return a duly completed Subscription Form to the Subscription Agent so that such form is received by the Subscription Agent on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern time) on the Rights Offering Expiration Date; and (b) pay in Cash, by wire transfer in immediately available funds or otherwise, an amount equal to the full Subscription Purchase Price for the number of Class B Shares elected to be purchased by such Eligible Holder, or, in the case of securities held through a bank or

 

42


brokerage firm, send the Subscription Form to the bank or brokerage firm (or follow such firm’s directions with respect to submitting subscription instructions to the firm) with sufficient time for the bank or brokerage firm to effect the subscription through DTC on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern time) on the Rights Offering Expiration Date. If the Subscription Agent for any reason does not receive from a given Eligible Holder both a timely and duly completed Subscription Form and timely payment of such holder’s Subscription Purchase Price, such Eligible Holder shall be deemed to have relinquished and irrevocably waived its right to participate in the Rights Offering. Each Eligible Holder shall be deemed to have relinquished and irrevocably waived its right with respect to the unexercised portion of such Subscription Rights.

The payments received by the Subscription Agent in connection with the Rights Offering shall be deposited and held by the Subscription Agent in a trust account or similarly segregated account or accounts separate and apart from the Subscription Agent’s general operating funds and any other funds subject to any lien or similar encumbrance and which segregated account or accounts shall be maintained for the purpose of holding such money for administration of the Rights Offering until the Effective Date. The Subscription Agent shall not use such funds for any other purpose prior to such date and shall not encumber or permit such funds to be encumbered with any lien or encumbrance. Each Eligible Holder intending to participate in the Rights Offering must affirmatively elect to exercise all or any portion of its respective Subscription Rights on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern time) on the Rights Offering Expiration Date; provided, however , that to the extent that the Plan is amended in accordance with its terms, and the Debtors resolicit votes with respect to the Plan or the deadline pursuant to which claimholders may vote to accept or reject a Plan is extended, Eligible Holders may withdraw any previously exercised Subscription Rights but may not exercise Subscription Rights to the extent not previously exercised prior to 5:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern time) on the Rights Offering Expiration Date.

In the event any Eligible Holder elects to withdraw any of its previously exercised Subscription Rights, within five Business Days of such withdrawal, the Subscription Agent shall return to the withdrawing Eligible Holder, Cash in immediately available funds in an amount equal to the product of (i) the Subscription Purchase Price and (ii) the number of Class B Shares related to the Subscription Rights withdrawn by such Eligible Holder.

In order to facilitate the exercise of the Subscription Rights, on or about the Subscription Commencement Date, the Subscription Form shall be mailed to each Eligible Holder together with appropriate instructions for the proper completion, due execution and timely delivery of the Subscription Form, as well as instructions for payment. New Topco shall instruct the Subscription Agent to deliver to each Eligible Holder that has sought to exercise its Subscription Rights (i) a written statement specifying the portion of the Subscription Rights which New Topco has accepted and (ii) in the event of a Section 1145 Cutback, or in the event that any portion of exercised Subscription Rights are not accepted for any reason, Cash in immediately available funds in an amount equal to the portion of the Subscription Purchase Price with respect to the number of Class B Shares elected to be purchased by such Eligible Holder but not accepted by New Topco as soon as reasonably practicable following the Effective Date.

(e) Undersubscription . Subject to the terms of the Equity Commitment Agreement, in the event that all of the Class B Shares offered pursuant to the Rights Offering are not purchased by Eligible Holders with Subscription Rights, the Rights Offering Sponsors (or affiliates of the Rights Offering Sponsors) shall purchase on the Effective Date, at the Subscription Purchase Price per share, a number of Class B Shares equal to the Backstop Consideration Shares and the Unsubscribed Shares, as well as any Excluded Shares in accordance with the terms of the Equity Commitment Agreement.

The Subscription Agent shall notify the Rights Offering Sponsors, on each Friday during the Subscription Period and on each Business Day during the five (5) Business Days prior to the Rights

 

43


Offering Expiration Date (and any extensions thereto), or more frequently if reasonably requested by the Rights Offering Sponsors, of the aggregate number of Subscription Rights known by the Subscription Agent to have been exercised pursuant to the Rights Offering as of the close of business on the preceding Business Day or the most recent practicable time before such request, as the case may be.

The Subscription Agent shall give the Rights Offering Sponsors, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Rights Offering Expiration Date and, in any event, not more than six (6) Business Days after the Rights Offering Expiration Date, by e-mail or by electronic facsimile transmission, written notification setting forth either (i) the information required to be included in the Purchase Notice or (ii) in the absence of any Unsubscribed Shares, the fact that there are no Unsubscribed Shares. The Subscription Agent shall determine the number of Unsubscribed Shares, if any, in good faith, and provide the Rights Offering Sponsors with a Purchase Notice that reflects the number of Unsubscribed Shares as so determined. As soon as reasonably practicable after a final determination as to the aggregate number of Unsubscribed Shares and Excluded Shares has been made and, in any event, not more than three Business Days after entry of the Confirmation Order, the Issuer and the Debtor Parties shall cause the Subscription Agent to deliver a final Purchase Notice to the Rights Offering Sponsors specifying the final number of Unsubscribed Shares and Excluded Shares. On the Effective Date, the Rights Offering Sponsors (or affiliates of the Rights Offering Sponsors) shall purchase the Backstop Consideration Shares and such number of Unsubscribed Shares and Excluded Shares as are listed in the Purchase Notice (as the same may be updated), if any, without prejudice to the rights of the Rights Offering Sponsors to seek later an upward or downward adjustment to the number of Unsubscribed Shares if such Purchase Notice is miscalculated.

Delivery of the Backstop Consideration Shares, Unsubscribed Shares and Excluded Shares shall be made to the accounts of the respective Rights Offering Sponsors (or to such other accounts as the Rights Offering Sponsors may designate), on the Effective Date against payment of the aggregate Subscription Purchase Price for the Backstop Consideration Shares, the Unsubscribed Shares and the Excluded Shares by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account in the United States specified by the Subscription Agent to the Rights Offering Sponsors at least 24 hours in advance. All Backstop Consideration Shares, Unsubscribed Shares and Excluded Shares shall be delivered with any and all issue, stamp, transfer or similar taxes or duties payable in connection with such delivery duly paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors to the extent required under the Confirmation Order or applicable law. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Rights Offering Sponsors, in their sole discretion, may designate that some or all of the Backstop Consideration Shares, Unsubscribed Shares, or Excluded Shares be issued in the name of, and delivered to, one or more affiliates.

(f) Equity Commitment Agreement . Subject to approval of the Equity Commitment Agreement by the Bankruptcy Court, unless the Equity Commitment Agreement has been previously terminated, the Debtors shall pay to the Rights Offering Sponsors a transaction fee of $69,750,000 on the Effective Date, payable in accordance with the terms of the Equity Commitment Agreement. The Rights Offering Sponsors shall receive reimbursement of the Rights Offering Fees and Expenses, as further set forth in the Equity Commitment Agreement. In certain circumstances the Rights Offering Sponsors shall be entitled to a termination fee in accordance with the Equity Commitment Agreement.

(g) Transfer of Subscription Rights; Revocation . Prior to the Effective Date, the Subscription Rights shall be automatically transferred in connection with a transfer of a Rights Claim. The Rights shall not be transferable separately from a Rights Claim.

Pursuant to the Equity Commitment Agreement, New Topco and the Debtor Parties have agreed to use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an order from the Bankruptcy Court that

 

44


prohibits direct or indirect transfers of the Subscription Rights in violation of the preceding paragraph prior to the Effective Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the following shall constitute, without limitation, impermissible indirect transfers of Subscription Rights: (i) derivatives, options, swaps, pledges, forward sales or other transactions in which any Person receives the right to own or acquire a Subscription Right, a Claim or a Class B Share; any current or future interest in any such Subscription Right, Claim or a Class B Share or the right to receive any economic benefit in respect of any such Subscription Right, Claim or a Class B Share other than through a sale of a Claim together with the Subscription Rights related thereto, and (ii) any direct or indirect transfer, whether through a direct transfer or through a derivative, option, swap, pledge, forward sale or other transaction, in which the transferor would retain (or, in connection with such transfer, repurchase or agree to repurchase), directly or indirectly, any related Subscription Rights, Class A Shares or Class B Shares or otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to acquire or own any current or future interest in any related Subscription Rights, Class A Shares or Class B Shares or economic benefit in respect of any related Subscription Rights, Class A Shares or Class B Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, if a transferor who held a Rights Claim as of the record date for the Rights Offering has transferred such Rights Claim together with the Rights related thereto, such transferor shall not be in violation of the foregoing so long as, immediately following the Effective Date, it transfers to the transferee of such Rights Claim (i) any and all Class B Shares issued in respect of any such validly exercised Rights and (ii) any and all Class A Shares issued in respect of such Rights Claim.

Any sale, transfer, assignment or attempted sale, transfer or assignment in violation of this provision shall be null and void, and no purported transferee shall be treated as an Eligible Holder of any Subscription Rights. Once an Eligible Holder has properly exercised its Subscription Rights, such exercise cannot be revoked, rescinded or modified.

(h) Withdrawal of Rights Offering . The Debtors may, after consultation with the Creditors’ Committee, the Rights Offering Sponsors and the Ad Hoc Group, withdraw the Rights Offering.

(i) Distribution of Class B Shares . On the Effective Date, the Disbursing Agent shall distribute the Class B Shares purchased by the Exercising Claimants and the Rights Offering Sponsors, pursuant to the Rights Offering to such purchasers.

(j) Fractional Rights . No fractional Subscription Rights shall be issued. The number of Class B Shares available for purchase by Exercising Claimants shall be rounded down to the nearest share. Any Class B Shares not subscribed for as a result of such rounding shall be purchased by the Rights Offering Sponsors (or affiliates of the Rights Offering Sponsors) in accordance with the terms of the Equity Commitment Agreement.

(k) Validity of Exercise of Subscription Rights . All questions concerning the timeliness, viability, form and eligibility of any exercise of Subscription Rights shall be determined by the Debtors, in consultation with the Rights Offering Sponsors, whose good faith determinations shall be final and binding. The Debtors, subject to the approval of the Rights Offering Sponsors acting in good faith, may waive any defect or irregularity, or permit a defect or irregularity to be corrected within such times as the Debtors determine, or reject the purported exercise of any Subscription Rights. Subscription Forms shall be deemed not to have been received or accepted until all irregularities have been waived or corrected within such time as the Debtors (subject to the approval of the Rights Offering Sponsors acting in good faith) determine in their reasonable discretion. Neither the Debtors nor the Subscription Agent shall be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity in connection with the submission of Subscription Forms or incur any liability for failure to give such notification.

 

45


(l) Rights Offering Procedures . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Debtors (subject to the approval of the Rights Offering Sponsors) may modify the procedures relating to the Rights Offering or adopt such additional procedures substantially consistent with the provisions of this section in each case to more effectively administer the exercise of the Subscription Rights.

(m) Indemnification of Rights Offering Sponsors . Subject to the approval of the Equity Commitment Agreement by the Bankruptcy Court, the Rights Offering Indemnifying Parties agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Rights Offering Indemnified Persons from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and reasonable expenses, joint or several, to which any such Rights Offering Indemnified Person may become subject arising out of or in connection with any claim, challenge, litigation, investigation or proceeding with respect to the Rights Offering, the Equity Commitment Agreement, or the transactions specifically contemplated thereby (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not other transactions relating to the Chapter 11 Cases or the Plan) including, without limitation, payment of the Backstop Fee, distribution of the Subscription Rights, the purchase and sale of Class B Shares pursuant to the Rights Offering, and to reimburse such Rights Offering Indemnified Persons for reasonable legal or other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses as they are incurred in connection with investigating, responding to or defending any of the foregoing, provided that the foregoing indemnification shall not, as to any Rights Offering Indemnified Person, apply to losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses to the extent that it is finally judicially determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such Rights Offering Indemnified Person. If for any reason the foregoing indemnification is unavailable to any Rights Offering Indemnified Person or insufficient to hold it harmless, then the Rights Offering Indemnifying Parties shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Rights Offering Indemnified Person as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits received by the Rights Offering Indemnifying Parties on the one hand and such Rights Offering Indemnified Person on the other hand, but also the relative fault of the Rights Offering Indemnifying Parties, on the one hand, and such Rights Offering Indemnified Person, on the other hand, as well as any relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits to the Rights Offering Indemnifying Parties on the one hand and all Rights Offering Indemnified Persons on the other hand shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (i) the total value received or proposed to be received by New Topco pursuant to the sale of Class B Shares contemplated by the Equity Commitment Agreement bears to (ii) the aggregate fee paid or proposed to be paid to the Rights Offering Sponsors in connection with such sale. The indemnity and reimbursement obligations of the Rights Offering Indemnifying Parties described herein and the representations and warranties set forth in the Equity Commitment Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect following the earlier of the Equity Commitment Agreement Termination Date and the Effective Date.

(n) Use of Proceeds . On the Effective Date, the proceeds received by New Topco from the Rights Offering shall be used to fund the Reorganized Debtors’ emergence and provide necessary post-emergence liquidity.

Section 5.4 Restructuring Transactions.

(a) Distributions Regarding Obligor Non-Debtors . In full and complete satisfaction, settlement and release of their claims against Obligor Non-Debtors and Basell Germany, if any, and pursuant to distributions in connection with the Global Restructuring and otherwise pursuant to the Plan, each holder of a Senior Secured Claim shall receive its Pro Rata Share (as if each holder of a Senior Secured Claim held a claim against the Obligor Non-Debtors in the same amount as its Allowed Class 4 Claim) of 100% of the Class A Shares allocable to the net value (prior to Exit Financing) of LBIAF and LBIH and any of their respective direct and indirect subsidiaries (other than LBFC and its direct and

 

46


indirect subsidiaries), subject to dilution on account of the Equity Compensation Plan and the New Warrants; provided that nothing in this Section 5.4 shall reduce the number of Class A Shares to be distributed to holders of Claims in Class 5 as provided therein.

The ARCO/Equistar Settlement Pro Rata Allocation shall be used to determine the aggregate distributions allocable to each of the four following subcategories of Senior Secured Claims: (i) claims arising under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, (ii) claims arising under the Secured Hedge Agreements, (iii) the Arco Notes Claims and (iv) the Equistar Notes Claims. In the event that the aggregate Allowed amount of Senior Secured Claims in any subcategory is different from the amount assumed to be outstanding in that subcategory for purposes of the ARCO/Equistar Settlement Pro Rata Allocation, the aggregate distribution to that subcategory shall not change, but each holder of an Allowed Senior Secured Claim within that subcategory shall be entitled to receive its pro rata share of the distribution to that subcategory, based on the actual aggregate Allowed claims in that subcategory.

New Topco shall distribute any Class A Shares and Cash payable to holders of Allowed 2015 Notes Claims under the Plan.

(b) Global Restructuring . On (or prior to) the Effective Date, the following transactions shall be effectuated in the order set forth below:

(i) New Topco and LBHBV shall be formed outside the existing corporate structure of LyondellBasell. Each entity may be formed prior to the Effective Date.

(ii) LBIH shall transfer its single share of LBIAF to BF SARL.

(iii) LBIAF shall transfer its claims against the Obligor Non-Debtors Basell Finance Company B.V. and LBIH to the holders of Senior Secured Facility Claims. The holders of Senior Secured Facility Claims shall transfer their claims arising under or related to the Senior Secured Credit Facility (except, for the avoidance of doubt, the DIP Roll-Up Claims) against the Obligor Non-Debtors and Basell Germany (including primary obligor claims, guarantee claims, liens, rights and interests under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and the claims transferred to holders of Senior Secured Facility Claims by LBIAF pursuant to the first sentence of this clause (iii)) to LBHBV in exchange for all of the outstanding stock of LBHBV to be held on their behalf by Stichting TopCo, the foundation which is the pre-Effective Date parent company of New Topco. Stichting TopCo, on behalf of the holders of Senior Secured Facility Claims, shall transfer all of the stock of LBHBV to New Topco in exchange for Class A Shares of New Topco and any other consideration such holders are to receive under the Plan other than Subscription Rights. The security agent under the Intercreditor Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions therein, shall sell the stock of LBIH (subject to its senior secured debt but not as security for that debt) and the High Yield Notes On Loan to LBHBV for €20 in Cash. The vote of the Senior Secured Lenders on the Plan shall be deemed to be a direction to the administrative agent under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement to instruct the security agent to make such sale. All guarantee claims and liens against Obligor Non-Debtors under the 2015 Notes Indenture and the Bridge Loan Agreement and all liens against the High Yield Notes On Loan shall be released.

 

47


(iv) LBFC shall cancel its existing stock and shall issue new capital stock to New Topco.

(v) LBFC may assign a portion of the LCC/LBFC Intercompany Note to New Topco in consideration for cash and a portion of the Class A Shares and the New Warrants. New Topco shall transfer the remaining Class A Shares on account of Claims against the U.S. Debtors to LBFC as a capital contribution. LBFC in turn shall transfer Class A Shares to each entity that is an obligor with respect to such Claims in proportion to the outstanding debt issued, and these obligors shall immediately distribute the Class A Shares to the applicable holders of Claims. The value of Class A Shares and the New Warrants distributed to the holders of Claims against the U.S. Debtors shall be equal to the net value (prior to Exit Financing) of the U.S. Debtors.

(vi) LBFC shall contribute as capital to Lyondell Chemical the remainder of the LCC/LBFC Intercompany Note.

(vii) LBIAF, BF Sarl and LBAFGP shall be dissolved post-emergence in accordance with applicable law.

(c) North American Restructuring . The transactions constituting the North American Restructuring (certain of which are prerequisites to formation of the Millennium Custodial Trust and the Environmental Custodial Trust), as reflected in Exhibit E to the Disclosure Statement, shall be effectuated substantially contemporaneously with or prior to the Effective Date (except as noted below) and in the following order:

(i) New F&F Holdco, New Acetyls Holdco and New Equistar Holdco shall be formed as wholly owned subsidiaries of Reorganized Lyondell Chemical Company. New F&F, New Acetyls, and New Equistar GP Holdco shall be formed as wholly owned subsidiaries of New F&F Holdco, New Acetyls Holdco, and New Equistar Holdco, respectively.

(ii) Lyondell Chemical shall transfer all of its membership interest in New Acetyls Holdco to LBFC.

(iii) Each of Millennium Worldwide Holdings I, Inc., Millennium America Holdings Inc. and Millennium America Inc. shall be converted into a limited liability company.

(iv) Baselltech USA Inc. shall merge into Basell North America Inc.

(v) Lyondell Houston Refinery, Inc. shall merge into Lyondell Refining I, LLC.

(vi) Lyondell Chemical shall contribute its equity interests in Lyondell Refining I, LLC to Lyondell Refining Company LLC.

(vii) MCI shall contribute certain intellectual property that pertain to the Acetyls Business to MPI.

 

48


(viii) Lyondell Bayport, LLC and Basell Impact Holding Company shall merge into Equistar Bayport, LLC.

(ix) Lyondell General Methanol Company and Lyondell-Equistar Holdings Partners shall merge into Equistar.

(x) LyondellBasell Advanced Polyolefins USA Inc. and Basell Capital Corporation shall merge into Basell USA Inc.

(xi) Basell Finance USA Inc., Nell Acquisition (US) LLC, LBIH LLC and LBI Acquisition LLC shall merge into LBFC.

(xii) The F&F Business of Schedule III Debtor MSC (which includes, inter alia , the equity interests in Smith Corona Marchant Finance A.G. held by Schedule III Debtor, MHC) shall be transferred to New F&F for its reorganization enterprise value, payable in Class A Shares; provided, however , that the documents governing such transfer shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Ad Hoc Group and the Rights Offering Sponsors. The Acetyls Business of Schedule III Debtor MPI shall be transferred to New Acetyls for its reorganization enterprise value, payable in Class A Shares. Specifically:

(A) New F&F shall purchase and acquire from MSC, and MSC shall sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to New F&F, the F&F Business for its reorganization enterprise value, payable in Class A Shares. Specifically, New F&F shall purchase all of MSC’s assets, inventory, rights and properties held as of the Effective Date that pertain to the F&F Business, including but not limited to (a) cash and cash equivalents or similar type investments, such as certificates of deposit, Treasury bills and other marketable securities; (b) claims for refunds of taxes and other governmental charges to the extent such refunds relate to periods ending on or prior to the Effective Date; (c) all assumed and postpetition contracts associated with the F&F Business including, but not limited to, the contracts set forth in the Assumption Schedule to be assumed and assigned by MSC to New F&F as of the Effective Date; (d) employees and employee benefit and pension plans; (e) all accounts receivable and accounts payable to the extent such receivables and payables, respectively, relate to periods ending on or prior to the Effective Date; (f) all intellectual property associated with, or utilized by, the F&F Business; (g) the manufacturing facilities located in Jacksonville, Florida and Colonel’s Island, Georgia and all real and personal property appurtenant thereto; and (h) certain other specific assets comprising the F&F Business, but specifically excluding (x) the original corporate minute books, stock books, financial records, tax returns, personnel and payroll records and corporate policies and procedures manuals of MSC and other records required by applicable laws to be retained; (y) MSC’s St. Helena property in Baltimore, Maryland; and (z) any other liabilities of MSC, known or unknown, absolute or contingent. The purchase price for the F&F Business shall be $70,578,926, including net available Cash of $0.5 million as of December 31, 2009, which Cash shall be subject to adjustment on the Effective Date, payable to MSC in Class A Shares.

 

49


(B) In addition, New F&F shall purchase and acquire from MHC, and MHC shall sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to New F&F all of MHC’s equity interests in Smith Corona Marchant Finance A.G. (“ Smith Corona ”) for its book value, payable in Class A Shares. The purchase price for the Smith Corona equity interest shall be $1 million, payable to MHC in Class A Shares.

(C) New Acetyls shall purchase and acquire from MPI, and MPI shall sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to New Acetyls, the Acetyls Business for its reorganization enterprise value payable in Class A Shares; provided, however , that the documents governing such transfer shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Ad Hoc Group and the Rights Offering Sponsors. Specifically, New Acetyls shall purchase all of MPI’s assets, inventory, rights and properties held as of the Effective Date that pertain to the Acetyls Business, including but not limited to (a) cash and cash equivalents or similar type investments, such as certificates of deposit, Treasury bills and other marketable securities, (b) claims for refunds of taxes and other governmental charges to the extent such refunds relate to periods ending on or prior to the Effective Date, (c) all assumed and postpetition contracts associated with the Acetyls Business, including but not limited to, the contracts set forth in the Assumption Schedule to be assumed by MPI and assigned to New Acetyls as of the Effective Date, (d) all accounts receivable and accounts payable to the extent such receivables and payables, respectively, relate to periods ending on or prior to the Effective Date, (e) all equity interests in Millennium Methanol GP, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Millennium Methanol LP Inc., a Delaware corporation, (f) all intellectual property associated with, or utilized by, the Acetyls Business, (g) the manufacturing facility located in LaPorte, Texas and all real and personal property appurtenant thereto, and (h) certain other assets that comprise the Acetyls Business; but expressly excluding (x) the original corporate minute books, stock books, financial records, tax returns, personnel and payroll records and corporate policies and procedures manuals of MPI and other records required by applicable laws to be retained, (y) any liabilities of MPI, known or unknown, absolute or contingent, other than the liabilities specifically set forth above and (z) any equity interests in any MPI subsidiary other than Millennium Methanol GP, Inc. and Millennium Methanol LP, Inc. The purchase price for the Acetyls Business shall be $214,935,341, including net available Cash of $3 million as of December 31, 2009, which Cash shall be subject to adjustment on the Effective Date, payable to MPI in Class A Shares.

(xiii) New Acetyls Holdco shall purchase and acquire from the Millennium Partners, and the Millennium Partners shall sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to New Acetyls Holdco, all of the Millennium Partners’ partnership interest in Equistar for (i) $1.00 to each of the Millennium Partners and (ii) assumption of $350 million of MPI’s indemnification obligation on postpetition accounts payable (including inventory borrowings) of Equistar.

 

50


(xiv) LBFC shall transfer all of its membership interest in New Acetyls Holdco to Lyondell Chemical.

(xv) MPI shall be converted into a limited liability company.

(xvi) Certain Debtors shall contribute the Transferred Real Properties to the Environmental Custodial Trust.

(xvii) Equistar shall transfer its equity interest in Quantum Pipeline Company, Equistar Polypropylene, LLC, Equistar Transportation Company, LLC, and Equistar Funding Corporation to MCI.

(xviii) Equistar shall cancel all of its partnership interests and shall issue new general partnership interests to New Equistar GP Holdco and new limited partnership interests to New Equistar Holdco. For the avoidance of doubt, Equistar shall not issue any new partnership interests to New Acetyls Holdco, Millennium Petrochemicals GP LLC or Millennium Petrochemicals Partners, LP.

(xix) Lyondell LP3 GP, LLC, Lyondell LP3 Partners, LP, Lyondell LP4 Inc., Lyondell Petrochemical L.P. Inc., and Lyondell (Pelican) Petrochemical L.P.1, Inc. shall merge into New Equistar Holdco. Basell USA shall then merge into Equistar, for which BNAI shall be deemed to receive shares of Lyondell Chemical in consideration of such merger, which shall be deemed to have immediately distributed by BNAI to LBFC.

(xx) Each of Millennium Worldwide Holdings I, Inc., Penn Navigation Company, Penn Export Company, Inc., Penn Shipping Company Inc., Penntrans Company and USI Credit Corp shall conduct a reverse equity split so that its authorized equity interests are reduced to 100 shares or membership units, as applicable.

(xxi) Lyondell Chemical shall transfer its Equity Interests in MCI (with the corporate structure of the Schedule III Debtors remaining intact below MCI, except to the extent that the North American Restructuring contemplates changes to the legal status of certain MCI subsidiaries,) to the Millennium Custodial Trust as described in Section 5.5 herein.

(xxii) Lyondell Chemical Nederland, Ltd., Lyondell Chemical Wilmington, Inc., Lyondell Intermediate Holding Company and Lyondell Receivables I, LLC shall be liquidated (or dissolved).

In addition, on or as of the Effective Date, the Debtors, in consultation with the Ad Hoc Group and Rights Offering Sponsors, except as set forth below, may, notwithstanding any other transactions described in the Plan, (i) cause any or all of the Debtors (other than Schedule III Debtors) to be merged into one or more of the Debtors (other than Schedule III Debtors) or be dissolved, (ii) cause any or all of the Schedule III Debtors to be merged into one or more of the Schedule III Debtors or be dissolved, (iii) cause the transfer of assets between or among the Debtors or among the Schedule III Debtors, or (iv) subject to the prior approval of the Rights Offering Sponsors, engage in any other transaction or disclosure in furtherance of the Restructuring Transactions. Any such transaction shall be effective as of the Effective Date pursuant to the Confirmation Order without any further action by the stockholders or directors of any of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, or any other person. The effectuating documents of any such transaction with a value in excess of $90 million shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Ad Hoc Group and the Rights Offering Sponsors.

 

51


Section 5.5 The Millennium Custodial Trust.

(a) Structure .

On or before the Effective Date, the Millennium Custodial Trust shall be formed pursuant to the Millennium Custodial Trust Agreement and the filing of a certificate of trust with the Delaware Secretary of State. The Delaware Trustee and the Millennium Trust Trustee shall be appointed by the Debtors to administer the Millennium Custodial Trust. On or about the Effective Date, Equistar shall transfer all of its Equity Interests in the Former Equistar Subsidiaries to MCI. On or about the Effective Date, certain Debtors, including certain MCI Subsidiaries, shall transfer the Transferred Real Properties to the Environmental Custodial Trust. Subsequently, Lyondell Chemical shall transfer all of its Equity Interests in MCI to the Millennium Custodial Trust. By virtue of Lyondell Chemical’s transfer of its Equity Interests in MCI to the Millennium Custodial Trust, MCI’s Subsidiaries, including but not limited to the Former Equistar Subsidiaries, shall be under the direct or indirect control of the Millennium Custodial Trustee. The holders of Allowed Claims against MCI shall receive the Millennium Custodial Trust Interests, which shall entitle each such holder to its Pro Rata Share of recoveries with respect to the Millennium Trust Assets, including any recovery by MCI from its direct and indirect ownership of the MCI Subsidiaries.

Each holder of an Allowed Claim against any other Schedule III Obligor Debtor (including any Senior/Bridge Deficiency Claim) shall receive, in full and complete satisfaction of its Allowed Claim, Participation Rights, but excluding any amounts for postpetition interest or post-Effective Date interest. The resolution of a Disputed Claim against a MCI Subsidiary and the distribution of Participation Rights shall be determined according to the procedures described in Article VIII hereof. If, upon liquidation, an MCI Subsidiary’s assets are insufficient to satisfy all amounts payable under such MCI Subsidiary’s Participation Rights, the holders of Participation Rights in such MCI Subsidiary shall recover their Pro Rata Share of the assets of that MCI Subsidiary. Conversely, to the extent an MCI Subsidiary’s assets exceed the aggregate amount payable under such MCI Subsidiary’s Participation Rights, such MCI Subsidiary shall, subject to applicable law, distribute its excess assets in liquidation to the immediate parent entity that owns the Equity Interests in such MCI Subsidiary. Any such distributed excess amounts thereafter shall be available to the holders of the immediate parent entity’s Participation Rights.

(b) General Distribution Scheme for Schedule III Debtors .

The Schedule III Allocations shall be paid or otherwise afforded the treatment set forth in the Plan by the Reorganizing Debtors or Reorganized Debtors (as applicable), as partial consideration for the releases that the Schedule III Debtors are granting to the Reorganized Debtors and Non-Debtor Affiliates pursuant to the Plan.

All Intercompany Claims by a Schedule III Debtor against another Schedule III Debtor shall remain in place after the Effective Date and shall not otherwise receive a distribution under the Plan; provided, however , that (i) Millennium America Inc. shall contribute its prepetition net receivables from MHC Inc. to Millennium Holdings LLC, and (ii) Millennium Holdings LLC shall contribute its prepetition net receivables from MHC Inc. to MHC Inc. All Schedule III Intercompany Claims as of the Effective Date shall be discharged or waived; provided , however , that the Intercompany Claim of KIC Ltd. against MPCO shall be afforded the same treatment as General Unsecured Claims against MPCO.

 

52


(c) Funding the Millennium Custodial Trust .

The Reorganizing Debtors shall contribute the Wind-Up Funds to the Millennium Custodial Trust in order to fund the resolution of Claims against Schedule III Debtors and Claims by those entities against others. The Wind-Up Funds shall be held in an account maintained by the Millennium Trust Trustee for the benefit of holders of Claims against the Schedule III Debtors (other than MPCO, MSC and MPI). For purposes of Section 5.5(d), all references to Schedule III Debtors shall not include MPCO, MSC and MPI.

(d) Other Millennium Custodial Trust Provisions .

(i) Purpose . The Millennium Custodial Trust shall be established for the sole purpose of holding, liquidating and distributing the assets of the Schedule III Debtors other than MPI, MSC and MPCO, subject to the North American Restructuring, in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 301.7701-4(d) and Revenue Procedure 94-45, with no objective to continue or engage in the conduct of a trade or business.

(ii) Role of the Millennium Trust Trustee and the Directors and Officers of the MCI Subsidiaries . The Millennium Custodial Trust shall be managed by the Millennium Trust Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Millennium Custodial Trust Agreement. The Millennium Trust Trustee shall be an independent third party and shall initially be designated by the Debtors. In the event the Millennium Trust Trustee dies, is disabled, is removed or resigns for any reason, as provided in the Millennium Trust Agreement, the Millennium Trust Advisory Board shall designate a successor.

In furtherance of and consistent with the purpose of the Millennium Custodial Trust and the Plan, the Millennium Trust Trustee shall appoint the directors of MCI. Such directors shall appoint the officers of MCI. The direct parent entity of each MCI Subsidiary shall appoint the directors (or applicable equivalent) of such MCI Subsidiary and the directors of each MCI Subsidiary shall appoint the officers (or applicable equivalent) of such MCI Subsidiary. All such directors and officers (or other entity type analogous governing bodies or other appropriate persons or entities responsible for management) are the Millennium Chain Governing Bodies.

(iii) Non-transferability of Millennium Custodial Trust Interests . The Millennium Custodial Trust Interests shall not be certificated and, subject to applicable law, shall not be transferable. The ownership of a Millennium Custodial Trust Interest shall not entitle any holder to (A) any title in or to the assets of the Millennium Custodial Trust (which title shall be vested in the Millennium Custodial Trust) or to any right to call for a partition or division of the assets of the Millennium Trust or to require an accounting; or (B) subject to applicable law, any voting rights with respect to the administration of the Millennium Custodial Trust (other than the right to appoint members of the Millennium Trust Advisory Board).

(iv) Securities Law Matters . To the extent the Millennium Custodial Trust Interests are deemed to be “securities,” the issuance of Millennium Custodial Trust Interests under the Plan are exempt, pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any applicable state and local laws requiring registration of securities.

(v) Distribution of Millennium Trust Chain Assets . At least annually, the Millennium Trust Trustee, in his role as such or the relevant Millennium Chain Governing Body of the applicable Schedule III Debtor, shall make distributions to the holders of Participation

 

53


Rights against each respective Schedule III Debtor of Cash on hand from liquidation of the Schedule III Debtor’s assets, in accordance with the Millennium Custodial Trust Agreement, except such amounts (i) that are earmarked for environmental clean-up costs (in the event that there are any remaining properties belonging to the Schedule III Debtors with remaining environmental clean-up liabilities), (ii) as would be distributable to a holder of a Disputed Claim if such Disputed Claim had been Allowed prior to the time of such distribution (but only until such Claim is resolved), (iii) as are reasonably necessary to meet contingent liabilities and to maintain the value of the Millennium Trust Chain Assets during liquidation, (iv) to pay reasonable expenses (including, but not limited to, any taxes imposed on the Millennium Custodial Trust, MCI or an MCI Subsidiary, as applicable), and (v) to satisfy other liabilities incurred by the Millennium Custodial Trust in accordance with this Plan or the Millennium Custodial Trust Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Reorganizing Debtors or their designees reserve the right to resolve Claims against the Schedule III Debtors prior to the Effective Date.

(vi) Intercompany Agreements . Within 90 days of the Effective Date, the Millennium Trust Trustee shall review all executory contracts and unexpired leases that exist between any of the Schedule III Debtors and shall determine whether to assume or reject such contracts. Any claims arising from the assumption or rejection of these contracts shall be Schedule III Intercompany Claims that shall be treated in accordance with Section 5.10 of the Plan and payments, if any, shall be directed by the Millennium Trust Trustee.

All executory contracts and unexpired leases that exist between any of the Schedule III Debtors and a Reorganized Debtor or a Non-Debtor Affiliate shall be deemed rejected as of the Effective Date, and any claims arising from the rejection shall be Schedule III Intercompany Claims that shall be treated in accordance with Section 5.10 of the Plan, and for the avoidance of doubt, such Schedule III Intercompany Claims shall be discharged and waived.

(vii) Transfer Taxes . Any transfer of the Millennium Trust Chain Assets to the Millennium Custodial Trust shall be exempt from any stamp, real estate transfer, mortgage reporting, sales, use or other similar tax to the extent permitted under section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

(viii) Costs and Expenses and Retention of Professionals . The reasonable costs and expenses of the Millennium Custodial Trust and of each of the Schedule III Debtors, including the fees and expenses of the Millennium Trust Trustee, the Delaware Trustee, the Millennium Chain Governing Bodies, and their respective retained professionals, shall be paid out of the Millennium Trust Chain Assets. Reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the prosecution and settlement of any Claims shall be considered costs and expenses of the Millennium Custodial Trust Chain. The Millennium Trust Trustee and the Delaware Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable compensation approved by the Millennium Trust Advisory Board in an amount consistent with that of similar functionaries in similar roles.

The Millennium Trust Trustee may retain and compensate attorneys and other professionals to assist in its duties as Millennium Trust Trustee on such terms as the Millennium Trust Trustee, acting in good faith as a fiduciary of the Millennium Custodial Trust, deems appropriate without Bankruptcy Court approval. Without limiting the foregoing, the Millennium Trust Trustee may retain any professional who represented parties in interest in the Chapter 11 Cases.

(ix) Term of Millennium Custodial Trust . The Millennium Custodial Trust shall be dissolved (and MCI and all of the MCI Subsidiaries shall be liquidated) no later than five (5)

 

54


years from the Effective Date; provided, however , that the Bankruptcy Court, upon motion by a party in interest, may extend the term of the Millennium Custodial Trust for a finite period if (i) such extension is necessary to the liquidating purpose of the Millennium Custodial Trust, (ii) the Millennium Trust Trustee receives an opinion of counsel or a ruling from the IRS stating that such extension would not adversely affect the status of the Millennium Custodial Trust as a liquidating trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and (iii) such extension is obtained within the six (6) month period prior to the Millennium Custodial Trust’s fifth (5th) anniversary or the end of the immediately preceding extension period, as applicable.

(x) Federal Income Tax Treatment of the Millennium Custodial Trust . The Millennium Custodial Trust is intended to qualify as a liquidating trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, a liquidating trust is not a separate taxable entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but is instead treated as a grantor trust, i.e., a pass-through entity. All parties must treat the transfer of the Millennium Trust Assets to the Millennium Custodial Trust as a transfer of such assets directly to the beneficiaries of the Millennium Custodial Trust, followed by the transfer of such assets by the beneficiaries to the Millennium Custodial Trust. Consistent therewith, all parties must treat the Millennium Custodial Trust as a grantor trust of which the Millennium Custodial Trust’s beneficiaries are the owners and grantors. Assuming the Millennium Custodial Trust is treated as a liquidating trust, the holders of Millennium Custodial Trust Interests generally should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as the direct owners of an undivided interest in the Millennium Trust Assets. The Millennium Trust Trustee shall determine the fair market value of the Millennium Trust Assets as soon as possible after the Effective Date, and all parties must consistently use this valuation for all U.S. federal income tax purposes.

(xi) MCI Reserve . The Millennium Trust Trustee may establish a reserve on account of Claims that are Disputed with respect to MCI. The Millennium Trust Trustee may, for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and, to the extent permitted by law, for state and local income tax purposes), (i) make an election pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.468B-9 to treat the MCI Reserve as a “disputed ownership fund” within the meaning of that section, (ii) allocate taxable income or loss to the MCI Reserve, with respect to any given taxable year (but only for the portion of the taxable year with respect to which such Claims are Disputed), and (iii) distribute assets from the MCI Reserve as, when, and to the extent such Claims that are Disputed cease to be Disputed, whether by virtue of becoming Allowed or otherwise resolved. The Millennium Trust Beneficiaries shall be bound by such election, if made by the Millennium Trust Trustee, and, as such, shall, for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and, to the extent permitted by law, for state and local income tax purposes), report consistently therewith.

Section 5.6 The Environmental Custodial Trust.

(a) Structure . On or before the Effective Date, the Environmental Custodial Trust shall be formed pursuant to the Environmental Custodial Trust Agreement. The Environmental Trust Trustee shall be appointed by the Debtors (in consultation with the Environmental Trust Beneficiaries) to administer the Environmental Custodial Trust. On or about the Effective Date, the Debtors shall contribute to the Environmental Custodial Trust the Transferred Real Properties. Generally, the Transferred Real Properties are (1) environmentally contaminated property and the subject of current or expected clean-up obligations, and (2) no longer beneficial to the on-going operations of the Debtors. The Environmental Trust Beneficiaries shall hold all of the Environmental Custodial Trust Interests, which shall entitle the Environmental Trust Beneficiaries to their share of the recoveries with respect to the Environmental Trust Assets in accordance with the terms of the Environmental Custodial Trust Agreement. Although the Debtors do not expect that there shall be any recovery by the Environmental

 

55


Trust Beneficiaries following the remediation and disposition of the Transferred Real Properties, any excess funds in the Environmental Custodial Trust following the disposition of all Transferred Real Properties shall, after the payment or making of reasonable provision for payment of all claims and obligations of the Environmental Custodial Trust in accordance with applicable law, be disbursed to such federal and state accounts as the Environmental Trust Beneficiaries designate.

(b) Funding the Environmental Custodial Trust . The Debtors shall contribute the Clean Up Funds to the Environmental Custodial Trust. The Debtors anticipate that the Clean Up Funds shall be allocated to address the cleanup costs of the Transferred Real Properties and in settlement of the position of the EPA and other Environmental Trust Beneficiaries regarding injunctive relief obligations at Debtor-owned property and third party sites. The Clean Up Funds shall be held and administered by the Environmental Trust Trustee in accordance with the Environmental Custodial Trust Agreement and pursuant to any settlement with the EPA and other Environmental Trust Beneficiaries.

(c) Other Environmental Custodial Trust Provisions .

(i) Transfer of Transferred Real Properties . The Debtors shall effect the transfer of all of their rights, title and interests in the Transferred Real Properties by quit claim deed, and such transfer shall be free and clear of all claims, liens, and interests against the Debtors.

(ii) Purpose of the Environmental Custodial Trust . The Environmental Custodial Trust shall be established for the sole purpose of (a) owning the Transferred Real Properties and carrying out administrative and property management functions related to the Transferred Real Properties, (b) conducting, managing, and/or funding the implementation of Environmental Actions with respect to the Transferred Real Properties, (c) selling, transferring or otherwise disposing of the Transferred Real Properties, and (d) making distributions, if any, in accordance with the terms of the Environmental Custodial Trust Agreement.

(iii) Role of the Environmental Trust Trustee . The Environmental Custodial Trust shall be managed by the Environmental Trust Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Environmental Custodial Trust Agreement. The Environmental Trust Trustee shall be an independent third party that shall initially be designated by the Debtors, in consultation with the Environmental Trust Beneficiaries. In the event the Environmental Trust Trustee dies, is disabled, is removed or resigns for any reason, as provided in the Environmental Custodial Trust Agreement, the EPA shall designate a successor. The Environmental Trust Trustee may be the same person as the Millennium Trust Trustee.

(iv) Non-transferability of Environmental Custodial Trust Interests . The Environmental Custodial Trust Interests shall not be certificated and, subject to applicable law, shall not be transferable. The ownership of an Environmental Custodial Trust Interest shall not entitle any holder to (A) any title in or to the assets of the Environmental Custodial Trust (which title shall be vested in the Environmental Custodial Trust) or to any right to call for a partition or division of the assets of the Environmental Trust assets or to require an accounting; or (B) subject to applicable law, any voting rights with respect to the administration of the Environmental Custodial Trust.

(v) Securities Law Matters . To the extent the Environmental Custodial Trust Interests are deemed to be “securities,” the issuance of Environmental Custodial Trust Interests under the Debtors’ Plan are exempt, pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any applicable state and local laws requiring registration of securities.

 

56


(vi) Transfer Taxes . Any transfer of the Transferred Real Properties to the Environmental Custodial Trust shall be exempt from any stamp, real estate transfer, mortgage reporting, sales, use or other similar tax to the extent permitted under section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

(vii) Costs and Expenses and Retention of Professionals . The reasonable costs and expenses of the Environmental Custodial Trust, including the fees and expenses of the Environmental Trust Trustee and its retained professionals, shall be paid out of the Clean Up Funds. Reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the prosecution and settlement of any Claims shall be considered costs and expenses of the Environmental Custodial Trust. The Environmental Trust Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable compensation approved by the Environmental Trust Advisory Board in an amount consistent with that of similar functionaries in similar roles. The Environmental Trust Trustee may retain and compensate attorneys and other professionals to assist in its duties as Environmental Trust Trustee on such terms as the Environmental Trust Trustee, acting in good faith as a fiduciary of the Environmental Custodial Trust, deems appropriate without Bankruptcy Court approval. Without limiting the foregoing, the Environmental Trust Trustee may retain any professional who represented parties in interest in the Chapter 11 Cases.

(viii) Federal Income Tax Treatment of the Environmental Custodial Trust . The Environmental Custodial Trust is intended to be treated as a “qualified settlement fund” as that term is defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.468B-1 and as a separate taxable entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Environmental Trust Trustee shall not elect to have the Environmental Custodial Trust treated as a grantor trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Environmental Trust Trustee shall be the “administrator” of the Environmental Custodial Trust pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.468B-2(k)(3).

Section 5.7 The Litigation Trust.

(a) General . On or before the Effective Date, the Litigation Trust Agreement shall be executed, and the Non-Settling Defendant Claims and the Assigned Preference Claims shall be assigned to the Litigation Trust. The Litigation Trust Agreement governing the Litigation Trust shall be in all respects in a form acceptable to the Creditors’ Committee, and the Debtors (but only as to provisions affecting or binding the Debtors), and otherwise consistent with the Lender Litigation Settlement; provided that such trust agreement will include (i) a provision stating that, after the Excess Recovery Trigger Date, the Debtors and the holders of Deficiency Claims on account of the Senior Secured Claims and Bridge Claims shall have sole control over and shall be entitled to any property or assets of such trust, subject to the right of the holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and 2015 Notes Claims to receive their Post-Effective Date Interest Amount, and (ii) a provision to be agreed upon between and among the Debtors and the Settling Defendants that shall govern the manner in which the Litigation Trust may be modified after the Excess Recovery Trigger Date.

(b) Purpose of the Litigation Trust . On the Effective Date, the Non-Settling Defendant Claims and the Assigned Preference Claims shall be assigned to the Litigation Trust. The Litigation Trust will be authorized under the Plan to prosecute the Non-Settling Defendant Claims for the benefit of holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and Allowed 2015 Notes Claims who shall receive a Settlement Pro Rata Share of any net recoveries on Non-Settling Defendant Claims (subject to Section 5.7(c) hereof with respect to any Excess Recoveries). The Litigation Trust is authorized to prosecute the Assigned Preference Claims for the benefit of (i) holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and 2015 Notes Claims, who shall receive a Settlement Pro Rata Share of 90% of any net recoveries on Assigned Preference Claims until the Excess Recovery Trigger Date, and (ii) the

 

57


Reorganized Debtors, who shall receive 10% of any net recoveries on Assigned Preference Claims until the Excess Recovery Trigger Date, at which time they shall receive  1 / 3 of the net recoveries on Assigned Preference Claims; provided that, following the Excess Recovery Trigger Date, all Assigned Preference Claims against present or former employees of the Debtors shall be extinguished. To assist the Litigation Trust with respect to its initial analysis of Assigned Preference Claims, the Debtors shall provide to the Creditors’ Committee and the Settling Defendants a “preliminary preference report” by March 20, 2010, identifying potential preference payments and recipients. Notwithstanding the contents of such “preliminary preference report,” prior to making any demand to collect or commencing any legal action to collect an Assigned Preference Claim, the Litigation Trust shall confirm with the Reorganized Debtors, in writing, whether the target of any such demand or action is an Excluded Person. The Parties agree that should the Litigation Trust dispute the reasonableness of the Debtors’ designation of a Person as an Excluded Person (a “ Disputed Excluded Person ”), the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction to resolve such dispute and the Parties waive their appellate rights concerning the Bankruptcy Court’s decision thereon, provided that, pending the Bankruptcy Court’s resolution of the dispute, claims and causes of action against the Disputed Excluded Person shall be expressly preserved for the benefit of the Litigation Trust and shall not be released under any pending plan of reorganization. The Debtors and the Creditors’ Committee shall work together to finalize procedures for resolution of such disputes, which procedures shall be included in the Plan Supplement. To the extent the Litigation Trust obtains recoveries based upon Non-Settling Defendant Claims or Assigned Preference Claims, and solely with respect to such recoveries, the Deficiency Claims on account of the Senior Secured Claims and the Bridge Loan Claims may be satisfied only from Excess Recoveries (if at all), and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the holders of Deficiency Claims on account of the Senior Secured Claims or Bridge Loan Facility Claims be third party or other beneficiaries of the Trusts prior to the Excess Recovery Trigger Date. To the extent the Debtors obtain net recoveries from any Preference Claims prior to the Effective Date, such net recoveries shall be allocated as follows: (i) 90% to be held by the Debtors, not subject to any lien, claim or encumbrance and not subject to any equitable interest of the Debtors, for the benefit of holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and 2015 Notes Claims, and transferred upon the Effective Date to the Litigation Trust for distribution to holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and 2015 Notes Claims, and (ii) 10% to the Debtors for the benefit of their estates.

(c) Excess Recoveries . Following the Excess Recovery Trigger Date, holders of Senior Secured Claims, Bridge Loan Claims and, solely to the extent of their Post-Effective Date Interest Amount, holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and 2015 Notes Claims shall be entitled to share in Excess Recoveries. Until the holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and 2015 Notes Claims (taking into account all distributions previously received by them after the Excess Recovery Trigger Date) have been paid their Post-Effective Date Interest Amount in full, Excess Recoveries shall be paid one-third to the holders of Deficiency Claims on account of the Senior Secured Claims, one-third to the holders of Deficiency Claims on account of Bridge Loan Claims and one-third to the holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and 2015 Notes Claims. Thereafter, until the holders of Senior Secured Claims (taking into account all distributions previously received by them) are paid in full, Excess Recoveries shall be paid 50% to the holders of Deficiency Claims on account of the Senior Secured Claims and 50% to the holders of Deficiency Claims on account of the Bridge Loan Claims. Thereafter, Excess Recoveries shall be paid 100% to holders of Bridge Loan Claims. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lender Litigation Settlement, neither the Litigation Trust, the Trustees, nor the Creditor Representative, or their respective professionals and agents shall owe any fiduciary or other duty to the holders of Senior Secured Claims, Bridge Loan Claims or Deficiency Claims on account of Senior Secured Claims or Bridge Loan Claims and shall have no obligation to consult with any holders of the Senior Secured Claims, Bridge Loan Claims or Deficiency Claims on account of the Senior Secured Claims and Bridge Loan Claims with respect to prosecution or settlement of any claims being prosecuted by the Creditor Trust or the Litigation Trust; provided that after the Excess Recovery Trigger Date, the governance of the Trusts may be modified by provisions of the Creditor Trust Agreement and the Litigation Trust Agreement, as applicable, that are satisfactory to the Settling Defendants (and, in the case of the Litigation Trust, the Reorganized Debtors).

 

58


(d) Funding the Litigation Trust . The Litigation Trust will receive initial funding as set forth in Section 5.9.

(e) Structure of the Litigation Trust . It is contemplated that the Litigation Trust will be operated by the Litigation Trustee who will report to a five-member advisory board (the “Litigation Trust Advisory Board”). The Litigation Trustee and the members of the Litigation Trust Advisory Board will be distinct individuals and will be appointed by the Creditors’ Committee in its sole discretion and service as the Litigation Trustee or as a member of the Litigation Trust Advisory Board shall not prohibit such person or persons from serving as the Creditor Trustee or as a member of the Creditor Trust Advisory Board. The Litigation Trust will have authority to retain any counsel, financial advisors, claims agent, auditors, or other such professionals as it deems appropriate at all times. The Litigation Trust may select any of the foregoing professionals in its sole discretion, and prior employment in any capacity in the Debtors’ bankruptcy cases on behalf of the Debtors, their estates, the Creditors’ Committee, any creditors or concurrent representation of the Creditor Trust or the Creditor Representative shall not preclude the Litigation Trust’s retention of such professionals. The Litigation Trust Beneficiaries’ interests in the Litigation Trust shall be uncertificated and, subject to applicable law, shall not be transferable; provided that the Reorganized Debtors shall be permitted to transfer their interest in the Litigation Trust to any wholly-owned subsidiary of New Topco.

(f) Transfer Taxes . Any transfer of the Litigation Trust Assets to the Litigation Trust shall be exempt from any stamp, real estate transfer, mortgage reporting, sales, use or other similar tax to the extent permitted under section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

(g) Federal Income Tax Treatment of the Litigation Trust . The Litigation Trust will be established for the sole purpose of distributing any recoveries from the Non-Settling Defendant Claims and the Assigned Preference Claims, in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 301.7701-4(d) and Revenue Procedure 94-45, with no objective to continue or engage in the conduct of a trade or business. The Litigation Trust is intended to qualify as a liquidating trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, a liquidating trust is not a separate taxable entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but is instead treated as a grantor trust, i.e. , pass-through entity. All parties must treat the transfer of the portion of the Litigation Trust Assets attributable to the Non-Debtor Beneficiaries as a transfer of such assets directly to the Non-Debtor Beneficiaries, followed by the transfer of such assets by the beneficiaries to the Litigation Trust. In addition, the Debtors believe that the Reorganized Debtors should be treated as retaining a portion of the Assigned Preference Claims and transferring directly to the Litigation Trust such Assigned Preference Claims and a portion of the Cash allocated to the Litigation Trust. Consistent therewith, all parties must treat the Litigation Trust as a grantor trust of which the Litigation Trust Beneficiaries are the owners and grantors. Subject to the terms of the Litigation Trust Agreement, and the power of any advisory board established thereunder, the Litigation Trustee will determine the fair market value of the Litigation Trust Assets as soon as possible after the Effective Date, and the Litigation Trust Beneficiaries and the Litigation Trustee must consistently use this valuation for all U.S. federal income tax purposes, including for determining gain, loss or tax basis. The U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Litigation Trust is unclear, and the Debtors are unaware of any authority directly addressing the qualification of a trust structured similarly to the Litigation Trust as a liquidating trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes. It is possible, for instance, that the Litigation Trust could be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as two trusts, one that holds the Assigned Preference Claims and Cash and another that holds the Non-Settling Defendant Claims and Cash. The U.S. federal income tax treatment of the right of holders of Allowed Senior Secured Claims and Allowed Bridge Loan Claims to their share of any Excess Recoveries is unclear.

 

59


(h) Reserve . The Litigation Trustee may establish a reserve on account of Claims that are Disputed. The Litigation Trustee may, for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and, to the extent permitted by law, for state and local income tax purposes), (i) make an election pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.468B-9 to treat the LT Reserve as a “disputed ownership fund” within the meaning of that section, (ii) allocate taxable income or loss to the LT Reserve, with respect to any given taxable year (but only for the portion of the taxable year with respect to which such Claims are Disputed), and (iii) distribute assets from the LT Reserve as, when, and to the extent, such Claims that are Disputed cease to be Disputed, whether by virtue of becoming Allowed or otherwise resolved. The Litigation Trust Beneficiaries shall be bound by such election, if made by the Litigation Trustee, and as such shall, for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and, to the extent permitted by law, for state and local income tax purposes), report consistently therewith.

(i) Dissolution . The Litigation Trust shall be dissolved no later than five (5) years from the Effective Date, unless the Bankruptcy Court, upon motion made within the six (6) month period prior to such fifth (5th) anniversary (and, in the event of further extension, at least six (6) months prior to the end of the preceding extension), determines that a fixed period extension (not to exceed three (3) years, together with any prior extensions, without a favorable letter ruling from the IRS that any further extension would not adversely affect the status of the Litigation Trust as a liquidating trust for federal income tax purposes) is necessary to facilitate or complete the recovery on and liquidation of the Litigation Trust Assets; provided that in no event shall the term of the Litigation Trust be extended beyond April 30, 2031.

(j) Securities Law Matters . To the extent the interests in the Litigation Trust are deemed to be “securities,” the issuance of such interests under the Plan are exempt, pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any applicable state and local laws requiring registration of securities.

Section 5.8 The Creditor Trust.

(a) General . On or before the Effective Date, the Creditor Trust Agreement shall be executed. The Creditor Trust Agreement governing the Creditor Trust shall be in a form acceptable to the Creditors’ Committee, and otherwise consistent with the Lender Litigation Settlement; provided that such trust agreement will include (i) a provision stating that, after the Excess Recovery Trigger Date, the holders of Deficiency Claims on account of the Senior Secured Claims and Bridge Claims shall have sole control over, and subject to the right of the holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and 2015 Notes Claims to receive their Post-Effective Date Interest Amount, shall be entitled to any property or assets of such trust and (ii) a provision to be agreed upon between and among the Settling Defendants that shall govern the manner in which the Creditor Trust may be modified after the Excess Recovery Trigger Date.

(b) Purpose of the Creditor Trust . On the Effective Date, the Abandoned Claims shall be discontinued by the Debtors without prejudice and the Debtors shall be deemed to have abandoned, pursuant to section 554 of the Bankruptcy Code, any and all right to further pursue the Abandoned Claims. Upon the effectiveness of the aforesaid discontinuance and abandonment, each holder of Allowed 2015 Notes Claims, General Unsecured Claims, and holders of the Deficiency Claims on account of the Senior Secured Claims and Bridge Loan Claims (but excluding the Senior/Bridge Guarantee Claims), shall contribute to the Creditor Trust any and all State Law Avoidance Claims. The Creditor Trust shall be authorized to prosecute the State Law Avoidance Claims that are contributed to the Creditor Trust for the benefit of Creditor Trust Beneficiaries who contribute State Law Avoidance Claims to the Creditor Trust, who shall receive any recoveries on account of the State Law Avoidance Claims transferred to the Creditor Trust shall be distributed to Creditor Trust Beneficiaries in accordance with the

 

60


Plan and the Creditor Trust Agreement, subject to Section 5.8(c) with respect to any amounts that constitute Excess Recoveries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Creditor Trust shall not owe any fiduciary duty or other duty to the holders of Senior Secured Claims or holders of Bridge Loan Claims.

(c) Excess Recoveries . Following the Excess Recovery Trigger Date, holders of Senior Secured Claims, Bridge Loan Claims and, solely to the extent of their Post-Effective Date Interest Amount, holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and 2015 Notes Claims shall be entitled to share in Excess Recoveries. Until the holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and 2015 Notes Claims (taking into account all distributions previously received by them) have been paid their Post-Effective Date Interest Amount in full, Excess Recoveries shall be paid one-third to the holders of Deficiency Claims on account of the Senior Secured Claims, one-third to the holders of Deficiency Claims on account of Bridge Loan Claims and one-third to the holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and 2015 Notes Claims. Thereafter, until the holders of Senior Secured Claims (taking into account all distributions previously received by them) are paid in full, Excess Recoveries shall be paid 50% to the holders of Deficiency Claims on account of the Senior Secured Claims and 50% to the holders of Deficiency Claims on account of the Bridge Loan Claims. Thereafter, Excess Recoveries shall be paid 100% to holders of Bridge Loan Claims. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lender Litigation Settlement, neither the Creditor Trust, the Trustees, nor the Creditor Representative, or their respective professionals and agents shall owe any fiduciary or other duty to the holders of Senior Secured Claims, Bridge Loan Claims or Deficiency Claims on account of the Senior Loan Claims or Bridge Loan Claims and shall have no obligation to consult with any holders of the Senior Secured Claims, Bridge Loan Claims or Deficiency Claims on account of the Senior Loan Claims or Bridge Loan Claims with respect to prosecution or settlement of any claims being prosecuted by the Creditor Trust or the Litigation Trust; provided that after the Excess Recovery Trigger Date, the governance of the Trusts may be modified by provisions of the Creditor Trust Agreement and the Litigation Trust Agreement, as applicable, that are satisfactory to the Settling Defendants.

(d) Funding the Creditor Trust . The Creditor Trust will receive initial funding as set forth in Section 5.09.

(e) Transfer Taxes . Any transfer of the Creditor Trust Assets to the Creditor Trust shall be exempt from any stamp, real estate transfer, mortgage reporting, sales, use or other similar tax to the extent permitted under section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

(f) Structure of the Creditor Trust . It is contemplated that the Creditor Trust will be operated by the Creditor Trustee who will report to a five-member advisory board (the “ Creditor Trust Advisory Board ”). The Creditor Trustee and the members of the Creditor Trust Advisory Board will be distinct individuals and will be appointed by the Creditors’ Committee in its sole discretion and service as the Litigation Trustee or as a member of the Litigation Trust Advisory Board shall not prohibit such person or persons from serving as the Creditor Trustee or as a member of the Creditor Trust Advisory Board. The Creditor Trust will have authority to retain any counsel, financial advisors, claims agent, auditors, or other such professionals as it deems appropriate at all times. The Creditor Trust may select any of the foregoing professionals in its sole discretion, and prior employment in any capacity in the Debtors’ bankruptcy cases on behalf of the Debtors, their estates, the Creditors’ Committee, or any creditors or concurrent representation of the Litigation Trust or the Creditor Representative shall not preclude the Creditor Trust’s retention of such professionals. The Creditor Trust Beneficiaries’ interests in the Creditor Trust shall be uncertificated and, subject to applicable law, shall not be transferable.

(g) Federal Income Tax Treatment of the Creditor Trust . As stated in the Creditor Trust Agreement, the Creditor Trust (i) will be established for the sole purpose of taking title to, protecting, conserving and distributing any recoveries from the State Law Avoidance Claims, in

 

61


accordance with Treasury Regulation section 301.7701-4(a) for the Creditor Trust Beneficiaries, with no objective to continue or engage in the conduct of a trade or business and (ii) is intended to qualify as a grantor trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, a grantor trust is not a separate taxable entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but is instead treated as a pass-through entity. The Creditor Trust Agreement will require all parties (i) to treat the transfer of the Creditor Trust Assets to the Creditor Trust as a transfer of such assets directly from the Creditor Trust Beneficiaries to the Creditor Trust, and (ii) consistent therewith, to treat the Creditor Trust as a grantor trust of which the Creditor Trust Beneficiaries are the owners and grantors. Subject to the terms of the Creditor Trust Agreement, and the powers of any advisory board established thereunder, the Creditor Trustee may determine the fair market value of the Creditor Trust Assets as soon as possible after the Effective Date. The U.S. federal income tax treatment of the right of holders of Allowed Senior Secured Claims and Allowed Bridge Loan Claims to their share of any Excess Recoveries is unclear.

(h) Reserve . The Creditor Trustee may establish a reserve on account of Claims that are Disputed. The Creditor Trustee may, for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and, to the extent permitted by law, for state and local income tax purposes), (i) make an election pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.468B-9 to treat the CT Reserve as a “disputed ownership fund” within the meaning of that section, (ii) allocate taxable income or loss to the CT Reserve, with respect to any given taxable year (but only for the portion of the taxable year with respect to which such Claims are Disputed), and (iii) distribute assets from the CT Reserve as, when, and to the extent, such Claims that are Disputed cease to be Disputed, whether by virtue of becoming Allowed or otherwise resolved. The Creditor Trust Beneficiaries shall be bound by such election, if made by the Creditor Trustee, and, as such, shall, for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and, to the extent permitted by law, for state and local income tax purposes), report consistently therewith.

(i) Dissolution . The Creditor Trust will be dissolved as set forth in the Creditor Trust Agreement. Upon dissolution of the Creditor Trust, any Cash on hand and other assets will be distributed to the Creditor Trust Beneficiaries in accordance with the Creditor Trust Agreement.

(j) Securities Law Matters . To the extent the interests in the Creditor Trust Interests are deemed to be “securities,” the issuance of such interests under the Plan are exempt, pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any applicable state and local laws requiring registration of securities.

Section 5.9 Initial Funding of Litigation Trust and Creditor Trust . On the Effective Date, the Debtors shall fund, as a grant, an aggregate of $20 million to the Creditor Representative for the Trusts to pay for the costs, fees and expenses of prosecution of claims by the Trusts, the costs of administration of the Trusts and the costs and expenses of the Creditor Representative. The disbursement of such amounts as between the Trusts and the Creditor Representative shall be determined in accordance with procedures established by the Creditors’ Committee in its sole judgment and shall be administered by the Creditor Representative. To the extent that a portion of the funding allocated to the Creditor Trust, to the Litigation Trust or to the Creditor Representative is not needed or used to defray the costs and expenses of any particular Trust or the Creditor Representative, it shall be available first for distribution to holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and 2015 Notes Claims, and, second, for distribution subject to Sections 5.7 and 5.8 hereof with respect to any amounts that constitute Excess Recoveries.

 

62


Section 5.10 Intercompany Claims. No distribution shall be made on account of Prepetition Intercompany Claims, which Claims shall be fully subordinated, cancelled (including, but not limited to, the Prepetition Intercompany Claims set forth on Schedule V of the Disclosure Statement), remain in place, or otherwise compromised as determined by Reorganized LyondellBasell.

Section 5.11 Closing of the Chapter 11 Cases. When all Disputed Claims against any Debtor either have become Allowed or have been disallowed by Final Order, and no controverted matter remains outstanding, the Debtors shall seek authority from the Bankruptcy Court to close the applicable Debtor’s Chapter 11 Case in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules; provided , however , that at least one of the Chapter 11 Cases shall remain open until such time as the Litigation Trust has been dissolved in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.7.

Section 5.12 Early Payment. Nothing herein shall prevent any of the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors or the Millennium Trust Trustee from making any payments prior to the date provided for in the Plan, and neither the Debtors, the Millennium Trust Trustee nor the Reorganized Debtors shall suffer any penalty or prejudice from making any such payments.

ARTICLE VI

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND MANAGEMENT

OF REORGANIZED DEBTORS

Section 6.1 Boards of Directors. The initial members of the New Topco Supervisory Board shall be disclosed at or before the Confirmation Hearing. Each of the members of such initial board shall serve in accordance with applicable Dutch law, the New Topco Supervisory Board charter, applicable corporate governance principles and the New Topco Articles of Association, as the same may be amended from time to time. The New Topco Supervisory Board shall have an audit committee, corporate governance and nominating committee and an organization and compensation committee.

Section 6.2 New Topco Officers. The officers of New Topco shall be disclosed at or before the Confirmation Hearing.

Section 6.3 Reorganized Debtors’ Boards of Directors and Officers. The current members of the boards of directors of each of the Reorganized Debtors, other than New Topco, shall serve, until replaced, as the initial directors of the Reorganized Debtors on and after the Effective Date. The officers of each of the Debtors shall serve as the initial officers of the Reorganized Debtors on and after the Effective Date. Such officers shall serve in accordance with applicable nonbankruptcy law, any employment agreement with the Reorganized Debtors, and the applicable certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other relevant organizational documents), as the same may be amended from time to time.

Section 6.4 New Topco Articles of Association, Certificates of Incorporation and By-Laws. The Reorganized Debtors shall take all actions necessary to file, register or otherwise effectuate the amended certificates of incorporation and amended by-laws (or other relevant organizational documents) for the Reorganized Debtors. The certificates of incorporation and by-laws (or other relevant organizational documents) of each of the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall contain provisions necessary to prohibit the issuance of nonvoting equity securities as required by section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

63


Section 6.5 Authorization and Issuance of New Securities. The issuance of the New Common Stock, New Third Lien Notes, New Warrants and Cram Down Notes, if any, by New Topco and the issuance or guarantee, as applicable, by any of the Reorganized Debtors of any and all securities, notes, stock, Instruments, certificates, Liens, security interests, and other documents or agreements required to be issued, executed or delivered pursuant to the Plan, including the Exit Facility, and any other actions necessary or desirable in connection therewith is hereby authorized without further act or action under applicable law, regulation, order or rule, or the vote, consent, authorization or approval of any entity. Upon the Effective Date, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, the authorized capital stock or other equity securities of New Topco and the Reorganized Debtors to be issued under the Plan shall be issued and authorized. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the New Topco Supervisory Board shall and are hereby directed to take any required corporate action necessary to cause the foregoing Instruments to be duly authorized under Dutch law.

Approximately 563.9 million shares of New Common Stock will be issued pursuant to the Plan, the Private Sale, and the Rights Offering (prior to issuance of any shares related to the New Warrants). The reorganization value of those shares is subject to dilution as a result of the exercise of certain rights (including options and other rights to acquire shares, etc.) in connection with the Equity Compensation Plan and the New Warrants.

Section 6.6 Listing of New Common Stock. New Topco shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the New Common Stock to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date. New Topco shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to file a Form 10 with the Securities and Exchange Commission and seek to have such Form 10 be declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date in order to enable the New Common Stock to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

Prior to the listing of the shares, the Debtors expect that the New Common Stock shall be held in global form by a transfer agent in the form of one or more bearer global share certificates for the account of Cede & Company, the nominee of the Depository Trust Company. Subject to compliance with Dutch law and the rules of the Depository Trust Company, transfers of shares of New Common Stock prior to listing may only be made by the transfer of a book entry position in the relevant global bearer share certificate.

Section 6.7 Equity Compensation Plan. On, or as soon as practicable after, the Effective Date, New Topco shall adopt the Equity Compensation Plan, pursuant to which New Topco shall implement an equity-based program. The terms of the Equity Compensation Plan shall be filed as part of the Plan Supplement.

 

64


ARTICLE VII

DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE PLAN

Section 7.1 Disbursing Agent. Except as otherwise provided herein, all distributions and other payments to be made “by the Debtors” or “by the Reorganized Debtors,” or by any of them, under the Plan or otherwise in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases (including, without limitation, professional compensation and statutory fees) shall be made by New Topco (or such other entity designated by New Topco) as the Disbursing Agent. The Disbursing Agent shall not be required to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of its duties unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court. In the event the Disbursing Agent is so otherwise ordered, all costs and expenses of procuring any such bond or surety shall be borne by the Reorganized Debtors.

(a) Powers of the Disbursing Agent . The Disbursing Agent shall be empowered to (i) effect all actions and execute all agreements, Instruments and other documents necessary to perform its duties under the Plan, (ii) make all distributions and other payments contemplated hereby, (iii) employ professionals to represent it with respect to its responsibilities, and (iv) exercise such other powers as may be vested in it by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to the Plan, or as deemed by the Disbursing Agent to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions hereof.

(b) Expenses Incurred on or After the Effective Date . Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the amount of any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Disbursing Agent on or after the Effective Date (including, without limitation, taxes) and any reasonable compensation and expense reimbursement claims (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney fees and expenses) made by the Disbursing Agent shall be paid in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors.

Section 7.2 Distributions to Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and 2015 Notes Claims Which Share in the Settlement Consideration. Until all Claims constituting General Unsecured Claims become Allowed Claims (or are Disallowed), the distributions of the Settlement Consideration shall be divided into three tranches: (i) one tranche for the benefit of holders of 2015 Notes Claims, (ii) one tranche for the benefit of holders of Millennium Notes Claims and (iii) one tranche for the benefit of holders of all other Allowed General Unsecured Claims. Subject to the provisions of the Plan regarding the estimation of Disputed Claims, holders of 2015 Note Claims, holders of Millennium Notes Claims and holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims, in each case whose Claims have been Allowed on or before the Effective Date, shall receive their Settlement Pro Rata Share of Fixed Settlement Plan Consideration on the Effective Date or as soon as practical thereafter, subject to adjustment as necessary to account for the distributions to the holders of Millennium Notes Claims as described in Section 4.10 hereof. The distributions of the Settlement Consideration shall be allocated to each tranche to reflect (A) the relative amount of the Allowed Claims of the creditors falling within each of tranches (i) and (ii) above, and (B) the relative estimated amount of the Allowed Claims of the creditors falling within tranche (iii) above as calculated by the Debtors in good faith, in consultation with the Creditors’ Committee; provided , however , that the Allowed amount of all other Allowed General Unsecured Claims in Class 7-A, Class 7-C and Class 7-D shall be estimated by the Debtors, in consultation with the Creditors’ Committee, taking into account the Debtors’ high-end estimates for the ultimate Allowed amount of such Claims based on the information available to the Debtors prior to the Confirmation Date. If, after all Disputed General Unsecured Claims become Allowed Claims (or are Disallowed), there is insufficient Fixed Settlement Plan Consideration to provide all holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims (other than Millennium Notes Claims) eligible to receive Fixed Settlement Plan Consideration the same pro rata distributions of the Fixed Settlement Plan Consideration, then the Litigation Trust shall use its first available net proceeds from the claims it is entitled to pursue (other than

 

65


amounts allocated to the Reorganized Debtors) as is required to true-up distributions to such holders. This mechanism shall be used to permit interim distributions of Fixed Settlement Plan Consideration, to the extent reasonably practical, as of the date other Effective Date distributions are being made pursuant the Plan. Once all Claims constituting General Unsecured Claims become Allowed General Unsecured Claims (or Disallowed), distributions of Fixed Settlement Plan Consideration shall be made to holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims (other than Millennium Notes Claims) as may be required to true-up distributions as among such holders and then, Pro Rata thereafter among holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims (other than Millennium Notes Claims); provided, however , that nothing herein is intended to provide holders of 2015 Notes Claims with true-up distributions on account of the Fixed Settlement Plan Consideration reallocated from the holders of the 2015 Notes Claims to the holders of Millennium Notes Claims pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof.

Holders of General Unsecured Claims and 2015 Notes Claims that have Claims guaranteed by another Debtor shall only be entitled to receive their Settlement Pro Rata Share of the Settlement Consideration against the Debtor primarily obligated on such debt (or if the claim against multiple Debtors is based on joint liability, then the Claim shall be Allowed only against one jointly-obligated Debtor), and all other Claims against any other Debtor based on such primary debt, whether by reason of guarantee, indemnity or otherwise, shall be deemed disallowed in their entirety without further action on the part of the Debtors; provided, however , if the Bankruptcy Court does not approve the allocation of Settlement Consideration among Class 7-A, Class 7-C, Class 7-D Claims and Class 8 Claims for purposes of this paragraph, then the proceeds from the Settlement Consideration shall be apportioned as determined by the Bankruptcy Court on or following the Confirmation Hearing after notice and a hearing (it being understood that such determination or apportionment shall in no way affect or delay the Debtors’ ability to emerge from chapter 11 as otherwise contemplated).

Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and 2015 Notes Claims are only entitled to a distribution until such time as they are paid in full (including Post-Effective Date Interest but only out of Excess Recoveries) are paid in full; thereafter, except as set forth to the contrary, any distribution of the Settlement Consideration shall be allocated only among remaining holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and 2015 Notes Claims.

If, after all Disputed General Unsecured Claims become Allowed Claims (or are disallowed), there is insufficient Fixed Settlement Plan Consideration to provide all holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims (other than Millennium Notes Claims) eligible to receive Fixed Settlement Plan Consideration the same Pro Rata distributions of the Fixed Settlement Plan Consideration, then the Litigation Trust shall use its first available net proceeds from the claims it is entitled to pursue (other than amounts allocated to the Reorganized Debtors) as is required to true-up distributions to such holders.

Settlement Consideration in the form of Cash and Class A Shares held for the benefit of holders of General Unsecured Claims whose Claims have not yet been Allowed or Disallowed shall be held by the Creditor Representative after the Effective Date in a separate, interest-bearing escrow account or a trust, in each case, for the benefit of the holders of Disputed General Unsecured Claims (other than Millennium Notes Claims). The Creditors’ Committee (prior to the Effective Date) or the Creditor Representative (upon the Effective Date) shall make the determination whether to hold the Cash and Class A Shares in an escrow account or trust. The Debtors shall have no equitable interest in such escrow account or trust, which shall not be subject to claims, liens or encumbrances.

Section 7.3 Distributions of Cash. Any payment of Cash made hereunder by any of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may be made at the option of such party either by check or wire transfer. No payment of Cash less than one hundred dollars ($100) shall be made by or on behalf of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors to any holder of an Allowed Claim unless a request therefor is made in writing to the Reorganized Debtors at the address set forth in Section 13.20 of the Plan.

 

66


Section 7.4 Distributions Free and Clear. Except as otherwise provided herein, any distribution or transfer by any of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, including but not limited to distributions to any holder of an Allowed Claim, shall be free and clear of any liens, claims, and encumbrances, and no other entity shall have any interest—legal, beneficial, or otherwise—in assets transferred pursuant to the Plan.

Section 7.5 Timing of Distributions. Unless otherwise provided herein, any distributions and deliveries to be made hereunder on account of Allowed Administrative Expenses, Allowed Claims or Allowed Equity Interests as of the Effective Date shall be made on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter and deemed made on the Effective Date. In the event that any payment or act under the Plan is required to be made or performed on a date that is not a Business Day, then the making of such payment or the performance of such act shall be completed no later than the next succeeding Business Day, but shall be deemed to have been completed as of the required day.

Section 7.6 Delivery of Distributions.

(a) Last Known Address . Subject to Bankruptcy Rule 9010, all distributions to any holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Administrative Expense shall be made at the address of such holder as set forth on its proof of claim, and in the absence of a proof of claim, on the Schedules filed with the Bankruptcy Court or on the books and records of the Debtors or their agents. The holder must provide in writing of a change of address pursuant to the notice requirements set forth in Section 13.20 hereof or, in the case of holders of transferred Claims only, by the filing of a proof of claim or statement pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3001(e) by such holder or transferee that contains an address for such holder different than the address of such holder as set forth in the Schedules. The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors and their agents shall not be liable for any distribution sent to the address of record of a holder in the absence of the written change thereof as provided herein.

(b) Distributions by Prepetition Agent . Distributions under the Plan to holders of Allowed Claims in Classes 4, 5, 7-D (but only in respect of holders of Millennium Notes Claims) and 8 shall be made to the applicable trustee or agent, which, in turn, shall make the distributions to the holders of such Allowed Claims.

Section 7.7 No Fractional Distributions. No New Third Lien Notes or Cram Down Notes shall be distributed under the Plan in increments of less than $1,000. No fractions of New Common Stock, New Warrants with respect to fractional shares of New Common Stock, or Cash in lieu thereof shall be distributed. Cash shall not be distributed under the Plan in denominations of less than one cent ($0.01). For purposes of distribution, fractions of New Third Lien Notes, Cram Down Notes and New Common Stock shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number.

Section 7.8 Distributions to Holders as of Distribution Record Date. As of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date, the various books and records and transfer and claims registers for each of the Classes of Claims as maintained by the Debtors, their respective agents, and the indenture trustees for the ARCO Notes, Equistar Notes, Millennium Notes and 2015 Notes shall be deemed closed, and there shall be no further changes in the record holders of any of the Claims, except with regard to securities cancelled under the Plan, which shall be governed by Section 7.15 of the Plan, and such holders shall be the Allowed holders for purposes of distribution under the Plan. The Debtors shall have no obligation to recognize any transfer of the Claims occurring after the close of business on the Distribution Record Date. The Debtors, the Disbursing Agent, the current and former agents under the

 

67


Senior Secured Credit Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement, the DIP Agent and the indenture trustees for the ARCO Notes, Equistar Notes, Millennium Notes and 2015 Notes shall be entitled to recognize and deal for all purposes under the Plan only with those record holders stated on the transfer ledgers as of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date, to the extent applicable.

Section 7.9 Undeliverable and Unclaimed Distributions. If any distribution to the holder of an Administrative Expense or Claim is returned as undeliverable, no further distributions to such holder shall be made unless and until the holder notifies the Reorganized Debtors in writing of such holder’s then-current address, at which time all missed distributions shall, subject to the final sentence of this paragraph, be made as soon as is practicable to such holder, without interest. Checks issued by or on behalf of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors in respect of Allowed Administrative Expenses or Claims shall be null and void if not negotiated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of issuance thereof. Requests for re-issuance of any check shall be made in accordance with the notice provisions of Section 13.20 hereof to the Reorganized Debtors, by the holder of the Allowed Administrative Expense or Claim to whom such check originally was issued. All claims for undeliverable distributions or voided checks shall be made on or before one hundred and fifty (150) days after the date such undeliverable distribution was initially made. After such dates, all such distributions (excluding unclaimed distributions of Settlement Consideration) shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and shall become unencumbered Cash of the Reorganized Debtors and the claim of any other holder to such property (or interest in property) shall be discharged and forever barred. The holder of any Administrative Expense or Claim for which any undeliverable distribution has been deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code shall not be entitled to any other or further distribution under the Plan on account of such Claim or Equity Interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Settlement Consideration ordinarily distributable to a holder of any Claim entitled to receive Settlement Consideration, but for which there is an unclaimed or undeliverable distribution, shall become eligible to be made to such holders as required to true-up distributions as between such holders of the Trusts.

Section 7.10 Setoffs. To the extent permitted under applicable law, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may set off against or recoup from any Allowed Administrative Expense or Allowed Claim (except for the DIP ABL Claims, DIP Roll-Up Claims and DIP New Money Claims) and the distributions to be made hereunder on account thereof (before any distribution is made on account of such Allowed Administrative Expense or Allowed Claim), the claims, rights and causes of action of any nature that the Debtors may have asserted in writing against the holder of such Allowed Administrative Expense or Allowed Claim, including, without limitation, any rights under section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, for up to one year following the Effective Date. In the absence of a written objection by such holder of an Allowed Claim within thirty (30) days of the delivery of such a writing from the Debtors, it shall be conclusively presumed that the requirements for disallowance of a Claim under section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code or setoff or recoupment under applicable law have been satisfied. If the holder of such Allowed Administrative Expense or Allowed Claim timely responds to the Debtors’ written assertion that setoff or recoupment against such holder is appropriate, the party asserting such right must seek an order of the Bankruptcy Court allowing such setoff or recoupment; provided, however , that neither the failure to effect such a setoff nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release by the Debtors of any such claims, rights and causes of action that the Debtors may possess against such holder.

Section 7.11 Nonconsensual Confirmation. If any impaired Class of Claims that is entitled to vote does not accept the Plan by the requisite statutory majorities provided in section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors reserve the right, subject to Section 13.2, to amend the Plan, in consultation with the Ad Hoc Group, the Majority Arrangers (who shall be consulted solely in respect of the treatment of the Bridge Lenders under Section 4.5, 4.9 and 4.10), the Arrangers (who shall

 

68


be consulted solely in respect of the rights of the Arrangers under Sections 4.5, 4.9, 4.10, 10.1, 10.2, 11.4, 11.5, 11.7, 11.8, 11.9, 13.1(d), 13.1(e), 13.1(f) or 13.4) and the Rights Offering Sponsors, or undertake to have the Bankruptcy Court confirm the Plan under section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or both. With respect to impaired Classes of Claims and Equity Interests that are deemed to reject the Plan, the Debtors shall request that the Bankruptcy Court confirm the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Section 7.12 Hart-Scott-Rodino Compliance. Any shares of New Common Stock to be distributed under the Plan to any entity required to file a Premerger Notification and Report Form under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, or to meet any similar requirements under applicable non-U.S. law, shall not be distributed until the notification and waiting periods applicable under such law to such entity shall have expired or been terminated.

Section 7.13 Application of Distributions. Distributions to any holder of an Allowed Claim shall be applied first to the satisfaction of the principal portion (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of any such Allowed Claim and thereafter to the remaining portion of such Allowed Claim, if any.

Section 7.14 Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements. On the Effective Date, any document, agreement or Instrument evidencing a Claim or Equity Interest, other than (a) a Claim that is reinstated and rendered unimpaired under the Plan, (b) Equity Interest held by a Debtor in another Debtor, (c) Intercompany Claims (including Claims that become Intercompany Claims pursuant to (a) hereof) which shall be governed by Section 5.10 hereof, and (d) Equity Interests in Basell Germany, shall be deemed cancelled without further act or action under any applicable agreement, law, regulation, order or rule and the obligations of the Debtors under such documents, agreements or Instruments evidencing such Claims and Equity Interest, as the case may be, shall be discharged; provided, however , that the ARCO Notes Indenture, Equistar Notes Indenture, Millennium Notes Indenture, 2015 Notes Indenture, Bridge Loan Agreement, Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the DIP Agreement and Intercreditor Agreement shall continue in effect for the purposes of permitting the indenture trustees and agents thereunder (or party thereto) to (i) make distributions pursuant to the Plan and to perform such other necessary functions with respect thereto, (ii) maintain and assert any rights or liens for reasonable fees, costs and expenses thereunder (but, as to any fees, costs and expenses relating to any of the causes of action covered by the Lender Litigation Settlement, solely as permitted thereby) (iii) with regard to the DIP Agent, assert any right with regard to the Excluded DIP Obligations, and (iv) with respect to the current and former agents under the Senior Secured Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement, assert any right with respect to the Excluded Senior/Bridge Obligations; provided further , that nothing herein shall be deemed to impair any indemnification obligations of the lenders under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the Bridge Loan Agreement or the DIP Agreement. Nothing herein shall waive, release or impair any rights or interests that the 2015 Notes Trustee has under the 2015 Notes Indenture or otherwise to the recovery and/or reimbursement of its fees and expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel) from any distribution of recoveries to the holders of the 2015 Notes (which distributions, if any, shall be made through the 2015 Notes Trustee pursuant to this Plan), whether in the nature of a charging lien or otherwise.

Section 7.15 Surrender of Securities. Unless otherwise provided herein, as a condition precedent to receiving any distribution hereunder, each registered holder of a certificate or other Instrument evidencing a Claim must surrender to the Reorganized Debtors or the applicable Agents or Indenture Trustees for the Senior Secured Credit Facility, Bridge Loan Agreement, DIP Roll-Up Loans, 2015 Notes, the Millennium Notes, ARCO Notes and Equistar Notes all Instruments or other documents representing or evidencing such Claim. Any holder of a Claim that fails to (i) surrender such Instrument or (ii) execute and deliver to the Disbursing Agent an affidavit of loss and/or indemnity reasonably

 

69


satisfactory to the Reorganized Debtors by the later to occur of (a) the first Effective Date Anniversary and (b) six months following the date such holder’s Claim becomes an Allowed Claim, shall be deemed to have forfeited all rights and Claims with respect thereto, may not participate in any distribution under the Plan on account thereof, and all Cash, securities and other property owing with respect to such Allowed Claims shall be retained by the Reorganized Debtors and any New Third Lien Notes, Cram Down Notes or New Common Stock owing with respect to such Allowed Claims shall be cancelled and of no further force of effect.

Section 7.16 Postpetition Interest on Claims. Unless expressly provided herein, the Confirmation Order, the DIP Financing Order, or any contract, Instrument, release, settlement or other agreement entered into in connection with the Plan, or required by applicable bankruptcy law (including the fair and equitable rule), postpetition interest shall not accrue on or after the Commencement Date on account of any Claim.

Section 7.17 Withholding and Reporting Requirements. In connection with the Plan and all Instruments issued in connection therewith and distributed thereon, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or any other paying agent, as applicable, shall comply with all applicable withholding and reporting requirements imposed by any federal, state, or local taxing authority, and all distributions under the Plan shall be subject to any such withholding or reporting requirements. Notwithstanding the above, each holder of an Allowed Claim that is to receive a distribution under the Plan shall have the sole and exclusive responsibility for the satisfaction and payment of any tax obligations imposed by any governmental unit on account of such distribution, including withholding tax obligations in respect of in-kind (non-Cash) distributions. Any party issuing any Instrument or making an in-kind (non-Cash) distribution under the Plan has the right, but not the obligation, to refrain from making a distribution until the holder of the Allowed Claim, for which such distribution is to be made, has made arrangements satisfactory to such issuing or disbursing party for payment of any such tax obligations.

ARTICLE VIII

PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING AND TREATING DISPUTED CLAIMS

Section 8.1 Disputed Claims.

(a) Objections . As of the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors and the Schedule III Debtors shall reserve the sole right, to the exclusion of all others (except as to applications for allowances of compensation and reimbursement of expenses under sections 328, 330, 331 and 503 of the Bankruptcy Code), to make, file and prosecute objections to Claims; provided, however, that the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be, shall consult with the Creditor Representative in resolving Disputed Claims. However, to the extent an Insurance Policy or Insurance Agreement provides the Insurer (or third party claims administrator) the right to participate with respect to the handling, administration, settlement, negotiation, arbitration or litigation of a claim for which a Debtor or a third party claimant seeks coverage, the Insurer (or third party claims administrator) may participate in such after the Effective Date to the same extent it would have been entitled to participate pursuant to its Insurance Policy or Insurance Agreement had the Chapter 11 Cases not occurred. The claims objection procedures approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the order entered on August 11, 2009, shall continue to apply to the Reorganized Debtors and the Schedule III Debtors. The Reorganized Debtors and the Schedule III Debtors shall serve a copy of each objection upon the holder of the Claim to which the objection is made as soon as practicable (unless such Claim was already the subject of a valid objection by the Debtors), but in no event shall the service of such an objection be later than one (1) year after the Effective Date, unless such date is extended by order of the Bankruptcy Court. The Bankruptcy Court, for cause, may extend the deadline on the ex parte request of the Reorganized Debtors.

 

70


(b) Estimations . The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may, at any time, request the Bankruptcy Court to estimate any Claim, pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, regardless of whether the Debtors previously have objected to such Claim, and the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction to estimate any Claim, at any time, including during litigation concerning any objection to such Claim.

Section 8.2 Resolution of Disputed Claims.

(a) Litigation or Compromise . All objections shall be litigated to a Final Order except to the extent that the Reorganized Debtors or Schedule III Debtors elect to withdraw such objections, or the Reorganized Debtors or Schedule III Debtors and the holder of the Disputed Claim compromise, settle or otherwise resolve such objections, in which event they may settle, compromise or otherwise resolve any Disputed Claim without further order of the Bankruptcy Court.

(b) Estimation . In the event the Bankruptcy Court estimates any Disputed Claim, that estimated amount may constitute either the Allowed amount of such Claim or a maximum limitation on the Allowed amount of such Claim, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court. If the estimated amount constitutes a maximum limitation on the Allowed amount of such Claim, the applicable Reorganized Debtor or Schedule III Debtor may elect to pursue any supplemental proceedings to object to any ultimate payment of such Claim.

(c) Authority . The Reorganized Debtors shall cooperate in a timely manner with the Trusts, the Trustees, the Creditor Representative, and their professionals in the discharge of their duties under this Plan, Litigation Trust Agreement, and Creditor Trust Agreement, including with regard to any reasonable requests for documents and information. Specifically, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be, shall reasonably cooperate with the Trusts with respect to reasonable requests for documents and information in their review of potential Assigned Preference Claims. In addition, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall identify and object to General Unsecured Claims that are inconsistent with the Debtors’ books and records or otherwise objectionable, in consultation in good faith with the Creditors’ Committee and the Creditor Representative, as applicable. On and after entry of the Approval Order, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have the authority to compromise, settle, otherwise resolve or withdraw any objection to a General Unsecured Claim that is disputed, without approval of the Bankruptcy Court, provided that the Reorganized Debtors shall consult with the Creditor Representative concerning the Reorganized Debtors’ proposed compromise, settlement, resolution or withdrawal of any objection to a General Unsecured Claim that is disputed, and the Parties agree that if the Creditor Representative has an objection to the proposed compromise, settlement, resolution or withdrawal, it shall give notice of such objection to the Reorganized Debtors and a hearing shall be scheduled before the Bankruptcy Court to resolve the objection.

(d) Procedures Cumulative . All of the Claims objection, estimation and resolution procedures set forth in this Article VIII are cumulative and not necessarily exclusive of one another.

Section 8.3 No Distributions Pending Allowance. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, with the exception of Claims in Class 3, Class 4 and Class 5, if any portion of a Claim or Administrative Expense is Disputed, no payment, distribution or grant of Participation Right provided hereunder shall be made on account of any portion of that Claim or Administrative Expense unless and until (and only to the extent) such Claim or Administrative Expense becomes Allowed; distributions shall be made as provided herein on account of each Claim in Class 3, Class 4 and Class 5 to the extent such Claim is Allowed from time to time, notwithstanding that some portion of such Claim remains Disputed. None of the Reorganized Debtors or Schedule III Debtors shall be required to maintain segregated reserve accounts for Disputed Claims.

 

71


Section 8.4 Distributions After Allowance. If, on or after the Effective Date, any Disputed Claim or Administrative Expense becomes an Allowed Claim or Allowed Administrative Expense, the Reorganized Debtors, the Millennium Trust Trustee or the Creditor Representative, as applicable, shall, as soon as practicable following the date on which the Disputed Claim or Administrative Expense becomes an Allowed Claim or Allowed Administrative Expense, except as otherwise provided herein, distribute to the holder of such Allowed Claim or Allowed Administrative Expense an amount, without any interest thereon, that provides such holder with the same percentage recovery or Participation Rights, as of the Effective Date, as holders of Claims or Administrative Expenses in the Class that were Allowed on the Effective Date or in the case of Disputed General Unsecured Claims, as provided in Section 7.2 hereof.

Section 8.5 No Distribution in Respect of Disallowed Claims. To the extent that a Disputed Claim or Administrative Expense is expunged or reduced, the holder of such Claim or Administrative Expense shall not receive any distribution or Participation Rights on account of the portion of such Claim or Administrative Expense that is disallowed.

Section 8.6 Late-Filed Claims. Any Disputed Claim or Administrative Expense for which a proof of claim has not been deemed timely filed as of the Effective Date shall be disallowed without further order of the Bankruptcy Court.

ARTICLE IX

EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

Section 9.1 Treatment. All executory contracts and unexpired leases that exist between the Debtors and any Person shall be deemed rejected, as of the Effective Date, by the Debtor that is the counterparty thereto, except for (i) any executory contract or unexpired lease that previously expired or terminated pursuant to its own terms, (ii) any executory contract or unexpired lease that was previously assumed or rejected by the Debtors pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court, (iii) any executory contract or unexpired lease that is the subject of a motion by the Debtors to assume or reject that is pending as of the Effective Date, (iv) any executory contract or unexpired lease that is specifically designated on the Assumption Schedule as a contract or lease to be assumed and assigned, as the case may be, 10 (v) any provision granting an easement or right of way, to the extent executory (which shall be assumed), (vi) any contract, including Insurance Policies and Benefit Plans, that is assumed pursuant to the Plan, (vii) any provision that is a confidentiality or indemnification provision in favor of a Debtor, to the extent required to continue to be enforceable (which shall be assumed) or (viii) to the extent executory, any signed application for credit from a customer, which shall be deemed assumed at $0 cure; provided, however , that the assumption of any such credit agreement does

 

10 The Debtors reserve the right, in consultation with the Ad Hoc Group and Rights Offering Sponsors, on or prior to the Confirmation Date, to amend such schedule to add any executory contract or unexpired lease thereto or delete any executory contract or unexpired lease therefrom, in which event such executory contract(s) or unexpired lease(s) shall be deemed to be assumed or rejected, respectively. The Debtors shall provide notice of any amendment to the Assumption Schedule to the non-Debtor parties to the executory contracts and unexpired leases affected thereby.

The listing of a document or Instrument on the Assumption Schedule (or elsewhere in the Plan Supplement or the Plan) shall not constitute an admission by the Debtors that such document or Instrument is an executory contract or unexpired lease, or that the Debtors have any liability thereunder.

 

72


not, and shall not be deemed to, constitute the assumption, whether express or implied, of any other agreement. All executory contracts and unexpired leases that exist between any of the Reorganized Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors and any Non-Debtor Affiliate shall be deemed assumed by the Reorganized Debtor at $0 cure, as of the Effective Date, but the parties reserve the right to agree (a) to a different cure amount and (b) that the executory contract is rejected, and in any event, amounts owed shall be Intercompany Claims that shall be treated in accordance with Section 5.10 of the Plan.

All executory contracts and unexpired leases that exist between any of the Schedule III Debtors, LBIAF or LBAFGP, on the one hand, and a Reorganized Debtor or a Non-Debtor Affiliate, on the other hand, shall be deemed rejected, as of the Effective Date, and any claims arising from the rejection shall be Schedule III Intercompany Claims that shall be treated in accordance with Section 5.11 of the Plan, and for the avoidance of doubt, such Schedule III Intercompany Claims shall be discharged or waived. Within 90 days of the Effective Date, the Millennium Trust Trustee shall review all executory contracts and unexpired leases that exist between any of the Schedule III Debtors and shall determine whether to assume or reject such contracts. Any claims arising from the assumption or rejection of these contracts shall be Schedule III Intercompany Claims that shall be treated in accordance with the Plan and payments, if any, will be directed by the Millennium Trust Trustee.

The Confirmation Order shall constitute an order of the Bankruptcy Court, approving (i) the assumption and assignment, or rejection, as the case may be, of contracts and leases, as described above, pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) that the Reorganized Debtors had properly provided for the cure of any defaults that might have existed, (iii) that each assumption and assignment was in the best interest of the Reorganized Debtors, their estates, and all parties in interest in the Chapter 11 Cases, and (iv) the requirements for assumption and assignment of any executory contract or unexpired lease to be assumed had been satisfied. Each executory contract or unexpired lease that is assumed by any Debtor under the Plan and pursuant to the Confirmation Order or pursuant to any other Final Order entered by the Bankruptcy Court shall be assigned, without further notice or order of the Bankruptcy Court, to either the corresponding Reorganized Debtor or such Affiliate thereof or another Reorganized Debtor, on the later of (i) the Effective Date or (ii) the date of assumption.

Section 9.2 Inclusiveness. Unless otherwise specified in the Plan Supplement, each executory contract and unexpired lease listed on the Assumption Schedule therein shall include (without regard to whether any of the following agreements, Instruments or other documents are listed in the Plan Supplement) (i) all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other agreements made directly or indirectly by any agreement, Instrument, or other document that in any manner affects such executory contract or unexpired lease, and (ii) with respect to any executory contract or unexpired lease that relates to the use, ability to acquire, or occupancy of real property, all executory contracts or unexpired leases appurtenant to the premises, including all easements, licenses, permits, rights, privileges, immunities, options, rights of first refusal, powers, uses, usufructs, reciprocal easement agreements, vaults, tunnel or bridge agreements or franchises, and any other interests in real estate or rights in rem related to such premises, unless any of the foregoing agreements has been rejected pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

Section 9.3 Cure of Defaults. Any monetary amount by which any executory contract or unexpired lease being assumed under the Plan is in default shall be satisfied, under section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, by the payment of a Cure Amount. With the exception of such payment of Cure Amounts, if any, the Debtors are not required to make any payment or take any other action in order to satisfy the requirements of section 365(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with regard to the executory contracts and unexpired leases being assumed under the Plan.

 

73


(a) Cure Amounts . The Assumption Schedule lists, for each executory contract or unexpired lease being assumed under the Plan, the Debtors’ proposed Cure Amount; provided, however , that the Debtors reserve the right, in consultation with the Ad Hoc Group and Rights Offering Sponsors, on or prior to the date of the Confirmation Hearing, to amend such schedule to add any executory contract or unexpired lease (and the attendant proposed Cure Amount) thereto or delete any executory contract or unexpired lease (and its attendant proposed Cure Amount) therefrom, or to amend the Cure Amount listed for any executory contract or unexpired lease. The Debtors shall provide notice of any amendment to the Assumption Schedule to the non-Debtor parties to the executory contracts and unexpired leases affected thereby. The determination or payment of any Cure Amount in connection with the Debtors’ assumption of an executory contract or unexpired lease shall constitute neither a waiver of any amounts owed to the Debtors by the counterparty, whether under the assumed executory contract or unexpired lease or otherwise, nor a waiver of any of the Debtors’ rights pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

(b) Assumption Disputes . If a non-Debtor party to an executory contract or unexpired lease being assumed under the Plan timely objects to (i) the assumption, (ii) the proposed Cure Amount or the nature of the cure, (iii) the ability of the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors or any assignee to provide “adequate assurance of future performance” (within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code) under the executory contract or unexpired lease being assumed, or (iv) any other matter pertaining to assumption, the Debtors and the objecting party may settle, compromise, or otherwise resolve such issues without further order of the Court, or submit the dispute to the Court for determination. Cure and assumption (or assumption and assignment) shall occur following either resolution of the dispute by the parties or the entry of a Final Order by the Court, as the case may be.

(c) Timing of Cure . The Debtors or Reorganized Debtors shall pay all Cure Amounts, if any, to the non-Debtor parties to the executory contracts and unexpired leases being assumed under the Plan within ten (10) Business Days after resolution of the Cure Amount by Final Order or agreement of the parties, except as otherwise agreed to by the parties; provided, however, that as to Insurance Policies and related agreements, the Reorganized Debtors shall remain liable for any premium arising thereunder that becomes liquidated, or is due and owing, after the time of assumption (regardless of when the underlying cause or action and/or claim arose).

(d) Reservation of Right to Reject . Notwithstanding the above, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may, in their sole and absolute discretion, except for Insurance Policies as discussed herein, determine to reject any executory contract or unexpired lease at any time prior to the later of (i) thirty (30) days after the Effective Date and (ii) thirty (30) days after the entry of a Final Order determining the proper Cure Amount for that executory contract or unexpired lease. The effective date of a rejection effected pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be the Effective Date regardless of the date on which the Debtors give notice of such rejection.

 

74


Section 9.4 Rejection Damages Claims. Claims arising out of the rejection of executory contracts and unexpired leases pursuant to the Plan must be filed with the Claims Agent and served upon the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors and their counsel no later than thirty (30) days after the later of the date that notice is mailed regarding (i) entry of an order approving the rejection of such executory contract or unexpired lease if not rejected by entry of the Confirmation Order, (ii) entry of the Confirmation Order, (iii) amendment of the Assumption Schedule that results in the rejection of such executory contract or unexpired lease, and (iv) rejection of such executory contract or unexpired lease pursuant to Section 9.3(d) of the Plan. Any such Claim not filed within such time shall be forever barred from assertion against the Debtors and their estates or the Reorganized Debtors or their property.

Section 9.5 Insurance.

(a) Notwithstanding anything in the Disclosure Statement, this Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Confirmation Order or any other order of this Court to the contrary (including, without limitation, any other provision that purports to be preemptory or supervening or grants a release), on the Effective Date, each of the Insurance Policies and Insurance Agreements shall, as applicable, either be (i) deemed assumed to the extent such Insurance Policies and Insurance Agreements were executory contracts of the applicable Debtor(s), Reorganized Debtor(s) or Schedule III Debtor(s) pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code or (ii) continued in accordance with its terms, such that each of the parties’ contractual, legal and equitable rights under each such assumed or continued Insurance Policy and Insurance Agreement shall remain unaltered, and the terms, conditions, and obligations of each Insurance Policy and Insurance Agreement shall apply as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not occurred. The Insurers’ claims under the Insurance Policies and Insurance Agreements shall be paid in full in the ordinary course pursuant to the terms thereof without the need or requirement for the Insurers to file claims, motions or applications therefor.

(b) Nothing in the Disclosure Statement, this Plan, the Plan Supplement or the Confirmation Order amends the terms of any Insurance Settlement Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the jurisdiction by the Bankruptcy Court over any bankruptcy-related issue raised by any proof of claim filed by any Insurer, nor shall anything herein affect the res judicata , collateral estoppel or other preclusive effect of any finding, determination or ruling of the Court with respect to such issues. The Bankruptcy Court may determine any issue related to an Insurance Settlement Agreement that is necessary to resolve a proof of claim related to such Insurance Settlement Agreement in accordance with this provision, and such decision shall be binding on the parties, subject to the applicable rules of law and procedure, including the right of appeal. To the extent a Claim related to an Insurance Settlement Agreement is allowed, it shall be paid in accordance with the Plan. Issues related to an Insurance Settlement Agreement not adjudicated as part of the resolution of any proof of claim filed by an Insurer shall be determined as are issues arising under any Insurance Policy and/or Insurance Agreement, in accordance with the other provisions of this § 9.5 and non-bankruptcy law.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in § 9.5, nothing in the Disclosure Statement, Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Confirmation Order or any other order of this Court to the contrary (including, without limitation, any other provision that purports to be preemptory or supervening or grants a release): (i) shall affect, impair or prejudice the rights and defenses of the Insurers or the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors or other insureds under the Insurance Policies and Insurance Agreements in any manner; and such Insurers, Debtors, Reorganized Debtors and other insureds shall retain all rights, obligations and defenses under the Insurance Policies and Insurance Agreements, and the Insurance Policies and Insurance Agreements shall apply to, and be enforceable by and against, the applicable Debtor(s) or Reorganized Debtor(s) or insured(s) and the applicable Insurer(s) as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not occurred or (ii) shall in any way operate to, or have the effect of, impairing or having any res judicata , collateral estoppel or other preclusive effect on any party’s legal, equitable or contractual rights or

 

75


obligations under any Insurance Policy or Insurance Agreement, if any, in any respect; or otherwise determining the applicability or non-applicability of any provision of any Insurance Policy or Insurance Agreement and any such rights and obligations shall be determined under the Insurance Policies and Insurance Agreements and applicable law. Additionally, any Coverage Claim shall be handled in the court where it is currently pending or, if not currently pending in any court, Coverage Claims shall be heard in the forum specified in the relevant Insurance Policy or Insurance Agreement or, if no forum is so specified, in a court of competent jurisdiction other than the Bankruptcy Court; provided, however , that nothing herein waives any right of any Debtor or Insurer to require arbitration to the extent the relevant Insurance Policy or Insurance Agreement provides for such. Nothing herein alters, modifies or affects that certain Order: (I) Authorizing Assumption of Agreements Constituting Certain Insurance Program; (II) Authorizing the Debtors to Enter into Insurance Agreements; and (III) Granting Related Relief Entered by the Bankruptcy Court on May 19, 2009, and such Order is incorporated herein by reference.

(d) To the extent it becomes necessary to enforce the terms of Plan § 9.5 in any Coverage Claim, the party seeking to enforce this section may offer or tender the terms of § 9.5 to the judge presiding over the Coverage Claim, and the parties to the Coverage Claim shall stipulate and agree that § 9.5 is binding upon them and was approved by the Bankruptcy Court in the Confirmation Order; and

(e) With respect to any pending Coverage Claim litigation that has been stayed by operation of 11 U.S.C. § 362 or by other order of the Bankruptcy Court, the parties thereto may, upon the Effective Date of the Plan, advise the court in such pending Coverage Claim that such litigation is no longer stayed and may proceed.

(f) With respect to any pending Coverage Claim litigation that has been stayed by order of the court in which the case is pending, rather than by operation of 11 U.S.C. section 362 or by any other order of the Bankruptcy Court , the parties thereto may, upon the Effective Date of the Plan, advise the court in such pending Coverage Claim litigation that the bankruptcy plan of reorganization has been confirmed and that the bankruptcy no longer presents an obstacle to further proceedings in such Coverage Claim litigation.

(g) Except as provided in Plan § 9.5, with respect to and for purposes of construing and applying any Insurance Policy or Insurance Agreements to resolve any Coverage Claim, nothing in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, any Confirmation Order, or any other judgment, order, finding of fact, conclusion of law, determination, ruling or statement (written or oral) made or entered by the Bankruptcy Court or by any other court exercising jurisdiction over the Bankruptcy Case, including, without limitation, any judgment, order, writ or opinion entered on appeal from any of the foregoing, shall: constitute an adjudication, judgment, trial, hearing on the merits, finding, conclusion, other determination, or evidence or suggestion of any such determination establishing or relating to the liability (in the aggregate or otherwise) or coverage obligation of any Insurer for any Claim(s).

(h) Nothing in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, any Confirmation Order, or any other judgment, order, finding of fact, conclusion of law, determination, ruling or statement (written or oral) made or entered by the Bankruptcy Court or by any other court exercising jurisdiction over the Bankruptcy Case, including, without limitation, any judgment, order, writ or opinion entered on appeal from any of the foregoing, shall, (i) be deemed to grant to any Person any right to sue any Insurers that such Person does not have under applicable non-bankruptcy law, or (ii) relieve the Debtors (or any other Person or entity claiming to be an insured under any Insurance Policies or Insurance Agreements or Insurance Settlement Agreements) or the Insurers from any non-monetary obligations or duties imposed by any such Insurance Policies, Insurance Agreements, or Insurance Settlement Agreements.

 

76


(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or Confirmation Order, no exculpation, release, injunction or discharge provisions in the Plan or Confirmation Order shall affect or limit the rights or obligations of, or protections afforded, the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, Schedule III Debtors or Insurers under § 9.5 or any Insurance Policies or Insurance Agreements.

(j) To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Bankruptcy Court or District Court having jurisdiction over the Bankruptcy Cases shall retain jurisdiction to enforce this § 9.5 of the Plan. Any party to any Coverage Claim, including without limitation the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors or any Insurers, seeking to enforce the terms of § 9.5 may seek any and all appropriate relief, whether legal or equitable, from any court having jurisdiction over such Coverage Claim or the Bankruptcy Court.

(k) No Insurer shall be deemed to have participated in nor consented to the resolution of any Claim, except for any Claim made by an Insurer against a Debtor, by virtue of either their participation in the Bankruptcy Cases or of any action taken by the Bankruptcy Court or by any court exercising jurisdiction over the bankruptcy court or by any court exercising jurisdiction over the Bankruptcy Cases. Debtor shall not contend or argue that the fact that the Bankruptcy Court, or any Court exercising jurisdiction over these Bankruptcy Cases, approved the compromise or settlement of any environmental Claim establishes for insurance coverage purposes the reasonableness of such compromise or settlement.

Section 9.6 Compensation and Benefit Programs. Except with respect to any Benefit Plan that has been terminated or rejected as of the Effective Date, all Benefit Plans and collective bargaining agreements shall remain in full force and effect as of the Effective Date. The Plan neither terminates nor impairs the Pension Plans, and for greater certainty, the U.S. Pension Plans and the U.K. Pension Plan shall ride through the Chapter 11 Cases. Certain of the Debtors are contributing sponsors of the U.S. Pension Plans. Upon confirmation of the Plan, the applicable Reorganized Debtors shall assume and continue the U.S. Pension Plans in accordance with their terms and the provisions of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and satisfy the minimum funding standards pursuant to 26 U.S.C. §§ 412 and 430 and 29 U.S.C. § 1082. In the ordinary course, during the pendency of these Chapter 11 Cases, the sponsorship of certain U.S. Pension Plans and Benefit Plans has changed, including sponsorship of the (i) Millennium Chemicals Inc. Consolidated Retirement Plan, (ii) Pension Plan for Eligible Hourly Employees of the Millennium Petrochemicals, Inc. Nortech Plant, (iii) Basell Pension Plan, (iv) Basell Retirement Income Plan and (v) Basell Pension Plan for Hourly Employees at Edison New Jersey, and such U.S. Pension Plans and Benefit Plans shall be assumed with the new sponsors; provided that the change in sponsorship has not resulted, and shall not result, in any liability for the affected U.S. Pension Plans being removed from the Debtors’ controlled group (within the meaning of section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended). In addition, one of the Debtors, Lyondell Chemical Europe, Inc. is a contributing sponsor of the U.K. Pension Plan. Upon confirmation of the Plan, Lyondell Chemical Europe, Inc. shall assume and continue the U.K. Pension Plan in accordance with the terms and provisions of the U.K. Pension Plan’s governing documentation and under and in accordance with applicable legislative and regulatory requirements under the law of England and Wales, including (but not limited to) the Pensions Act 1995, the Pensions Act 2004 and the Finance Act 2004, and all other relevant legislation, regulation, codes of practice and guidance. Furthermore, nothing in the Plan shall be construed as discharging, releasing or relieving the Debtors or their successors, including the Reorganized Debtors, from any liability imposed under any law or regulatory provision with respect to the U.S. Pension Plans, the U.K. Pension Plan or PBGC. The PBGC, the U.S. Pension Plans and the U.K. Pension Plan shall not be enjoined or precluded from enforcing such liability as a result of any provision of the Plan or the Confirmation Order. Without limiting the foregoing, no provision of the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall limit, alter or impact in any way the ability and standing of the U.K. Pension Plan to seek compensation from, or entry to, the Pension Protection Fund (“ PPF ”) under the applicable law or regulation of England and Wales. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the PBGC Claim and any Claim arising out of the U.K. Pension Plan shall be deemed withdrawn on the Effective Date.

 

77


Section 9.7 Retiree Benefits. Except with respect to any retiree benefit that has been terminated or rejected as of the Effective Date, on and after the Effective Date, pursuant to section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtors shall continue to pay all retiree benefits of the Debtors (within the meaning of section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code), if any, at the level established in accordance with section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code at any time prior to the Confirmation Date, for the duration of the period for which the Debtors are obligated to provide such benefits.

ARTICLE X

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVE DATE

Section 10.1 Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness. The Plan shall not become effective unless and until the following conditions are satisfied or waived in accordance with this Article X.

(a) The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to (1) the Ad Hoc Group, (2) the Majority Arrangers (whose satisfaction shall be required solely in respect of the treatment to the Bridge Lenders under Section 4.5, 4.9 and 4.10), (3) the Arrangers (whose satisfaction shall be required solely in respect of the rights of the Arrangers under Sections 11.4, 11.5, 11.7, 11.8, 11.9, 13.1(d), 13.1(e), 13.1(f) or 13.4)), (4) the Rights Offering Sponsors, which shall approve the Plan on substantially the same terms and conditions set forth herein, (5) solely as it relates to matters relating to the Lender Litigation Settlement, the Creditors’ Committee, (6)  provided that the 2015 Notes Plan Conditions have been satisfied, the 2015 Notes Trustee (whose satisfaction shall be required solely in respect of the treatment of the holders of Allowed Class 8 Claims under Sections 4.11, 7.2, 11.5, 11.7, 11.8, 13.1(b)), and (7)  provided that the Millennium Notes Plan Conditions have been satisfied, the Millennium Notes Trustee (whose satisfaction shall be required solely in respect of the treatment of the holders of Allowed Millennium Claims under Sections 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 7.2, 11.5, 11.7, 11.8 and 13.1(g)); provided, however , that the satisfaction of the parties in (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) shall not be required to the extent that any modification to the proposed form of Confirmation Order with regard to Sections 7.2, 11.4, 11.5, 11.7, 11.8 and 13.1(d),(e) and (f) is determined by the Bankruptcy Court to be required by applicable law;

(b) The Plan approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Confirmation Order shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of (1) the Debtors, (2) the Ad Hoc Group, (3) the Rights Offering Sponsors, (4) the Majority Arrangers (whose satisfaction shall be required solely in respect of the treatment to the Bridge Lenders under Sections 4.5, 4.9 and 4.10), (5) the Arrangers (whose satisfaction shall be required solely in respect of the rights of the Arrangers under Sections 11.4, 11.5, 11.7, 11.8, 11.9, 13.1(d), 13.1(e), 13.1(f) or 13.4); (6) solely as it relates to matters relating to the Lender Litigation Settlement, the Creditors’ Committee; (7) provided that the 2015 Notes Plan Conditions have been satisfied the 2015 Notes Trustee (whose satisfaction shall be required solely in respect of the treatment of the holders of Allowed Class 8 Claims under Sections 4.11, 7.2, 11.5, 11.7, 11.8 and 13.1(b)), and (8) provided that the Millennium Notes Plan Conditions have been satisfied, the Millennium Notes Trustee (whose satisfaction shall be required solely in respect of the treatment of the holders of Allowed Millennium Claims under Section 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 11.5, 11.7, 11.8 and 13.1(g); provided, however , that the satisfaction of the parties in (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7) and (8) shall not be required to the extent that any modification to the Plan with regard to Sections 7.2, 11.4, 11.5, 11.7, 11.8 and 13.1(d),(e) and (f) is determined by the Bankruptcy Court to be required by applicable law;

 

78


(c) No stay of the Confirmation Order shall be in effect at the time the other conditions set forth in this Section 10.1 of the Plan are satisfied or waived;

(d) All documents, Instruments and agreements provided for under, or necessary to implement, the Plan shall have been executed and delivered by the parties thereto, in form and substance satisfactory to each of the Debtors, unless such execution or delivery has been waived by the parties benefited thereby and all such documents, Instruments and agreements shall be effective on the Effective Date;

(e) All of the payments to be made by the Debtors by or on the Effective Date shall have been made or shall be made on the Effective Date;

(f) The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have entered into an Exit Facility that satisfies the conditions set forth in the Equity Commitment Agreement, and all conditions precedent to funding under the Exit Facility shall have been satisfied or waived;

(g) The Debtors shall have raised $2.8 billion in cash pursuant to the Rights Offering and the Private Sale;

(h) The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have obtained all governmental and other regulatory approvals or rulings that may be necessary for consummation of the Plan or that are required by law, regulation or order;

(i) The Debtors shall have sold the appropriate amount of Class B Shares to the Rights Offering Sponsors (or affiliates of the Rights Offering Sponsors) in accordance with the terms and conditions in the Equity Commitment Agreement, and shall have paid the Rights Offering Fees and Expenses, in full in Cash, without the need for any of the members of the Ad Hoc Group or the Rights Offering Sponsors to file retention applications or fee applications with the Bankruptcy Court unless otherwise required by order of the Bankruptcy Court; and

(j) The Lender Litigation Settlement shall have been approved by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the (1), Debtors, (2) the Creditors’ Committee, (3) the Ad Hoc Group, (4) the Arrangers, (5) the 2015 Notes Trustee and the 2015 Notes Ad Hoc Group (acting by members holding a majority in aggregate principal amount of the 2015 Notes represented on the 2015 Notes Ad Hoc Group), but with respect to the 2015 Notes Trustee and the 2015 Notes Ad Hoc Group, only as it relates to any provision of the Lender Litigation Settlement Agreement (or absence of a provision in the Lender Litigation Settlement Agreement) that has a direct effect on the 2015 Notes Trustee and/or the 2015 Notes Ad Hoc Group, and (6) the Millennium Notes Trustee and the Specified Millennium Holders, but only as it relates to any provision of the Lender Litigation Settlement Agreement (or absence of a provision in the Lender Litigation Settlement Agreement) that has a direct effect on the holders of the Millennium Notes Claims.

Section 10.2 Waiver of Conditions. Except with respect to the condition set forth in Section 10.1(a), the Debtors, with the consent of (1) the Ad Hoc Group, (2) the Rights Offering Sponsors (except for the condition set forth in Section 10.1(j) of the Plan), (3) solely with respect to the condition set forth in Section 10.1(b) as such condition relates to Sections 4.5, 4.9 or 4.10, the Majority Arrangers, (4) solely with respect to the conditions set forth in Section 10.1(b) (as such condition relates to Sections 10.1(j), 11.4, 11.5, 11.7, 11.8, 11.9, 13.1(d),(e) and (f)), the Arrangers, (5) solely as it relates to matters relating to the Lender Litigation Settlement, the Creditors’ Committee, (6) solely as it relates to the condition set forth in Section 10.1(b) as such condition relates to the treatment of the 2015 Notes Claims in Sections 4.11, 7.2, 11.5, 11.7, 11.8 and 13.1(b), the 2015 Notes Trustee, and (7) solely as it

 

79


relates to the condition set forth in Section 10.1(b) as such condition relates to the treatment of the Millennium Notes Claims in Sections 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 7.2, 11.7, 11.8 and 13.1(g), the Millennium Notes Trustee, in their discretion and to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, may waive one or more of the conditions precedent to the Effective Date set forth in Section 10.1 above; provided, however, that the consent of the 2015 Notes Trustee and the Millennium Notes Trustee shall only be required pursuant to this Section so long as the 2015 Notes Plan Conditions and Millennium Notes Plan Conditions, respectively, have been satisfied or waived.

Section 10.3 Satisfaction of Conditions. Any actions required to be taken on the Effective Date shall occur, or shall be deemed to have occurred, simultaneously, and no such action shall be deemed to have occurred prior to the taking of any other such action.

Section 10.4 Failure of Conditions. In the event that one or more of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 10.1 hereof cannot be satisfied and the occurrence of such condition is not waived on or before the date that is 180 days after the Confirmation Date, then the Debtors shall file a notice of the failure of the Effective Date with the Bankruptcy Court and (i) the Confirmation Order shall be vacated by the Bankruptcy Court, (ii) the Plan shall be null and void in all respects, and no distributions under the Plan shall be made, (iii) the Debtors and all holders of Claims and Equity Interests shall be restored to the status quo ante as of the day immediately preceding the Confirmation Date as though the Confirmation Date never occurred, and (iv) the Debtors’ obligations with respect to Administrative Expenses, Claims and Equity Interests shall remain unchanged and nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute or be deemed a waiver or release of any Claims or Equity Interests by or against the Debtors or any other Person or shall prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors or any Person in any further proceedings involving the Debtors.

ARTICLE XI

EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN

Section 11.1 Vesting of Assets.

(a) Other than as otherwise set forth in Section 5, on the Effective Date, all property of each Debtor’s estate, including all claims and causes of action against third parties that arose prior to or after the Commencement Date, shall vest in the respective Reorganized Debtor or such other entity as provided in the Plan. From and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may operate their business(es) and may use, acquire and dispose of property without the supervision of the Bankruptcy Court, free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(b) As of the Effective Date, all assets of the Reorganized Debtors shall be free and clear of all Claims, liens, encumbrances, charges, and other interests, except as provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order.

Section 11.2 Compromise of Controversies. (e) Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the classification, distribution, and other benefits provided under the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims and controversies resolved pursuant to the Plan. The entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of each of the foregoing compromises or settlements and all other compromises and settlements provided for in the Plan, and the Bankruptcy Court’s findings shall constitute its determination that such compromises and settlements are in the best interests of the Debtors, their estates, creditors, and other parties in interest, and are fair, equitable, and within the range of reasonableness.

 

80


Section 11.3 Binding Effect. Except as otherwise provided in section 1141(d)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code or in the Confirmation Order, and subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, on and after the Confirmation Date, the provisions of the Plan shall bind any holder of a Claim against or Equity Interest in the Debtors and their respective successors and assigns, whether or not the Claim or Equity Interest of such holder is impaired under the Plan and whether or not such holder has accepted the Plan. The rights, benefits and obligations of any entity named or referred to in the Plan whose actions may be required to effectuate the terms of the Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of, any heir, executor, administrator, successor or assign of such entity (including, but not limited to, any trustee appointed for the Debtors under chapters 7 or 11 of the Bankruptcy Code).

Section 11.4 Discharge. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in the Confirmation Order, including with respect to (a) the Excluded DIP Obligations, (b) the Debtors’ obligations under the Lender Litigation Settlement, and (c) the Excluded Senior/Bridge Obligations, in each case which are not discharged hereunder, upon the Effective Date and in consideration of the distributions to be made hereunder, if any, each holder of a Claim or Equity Interest and any affiliate of such holder (and any trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or affiliate) shall be deemed to have forever waived, released, and discharged the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, to the fullest extent permitted by section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code, of and from any and all Claims, Equity Interests, rights, and liabilities that arose prior to the Confirmation Date. Upon the Effective Date, all such Persons shall be forever precluded and enjoined, pursuant to section 524 of the Bankruptcy Code, from prosecuting or asserting against the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors or their respective properties or interests in property, any such discharged Claim against or Equity Interest in any Debtor or Reorganized Debtor; provided, however, that those Claims for which the stay has been lifted during these Chapter 11 Cases to pursue outside of the Bankruptcy Court shall be excluded, but only until the earlier of the liquidation of such Claim or the disallowance of such Claim, after which time such Claims shall be treated according this Section 11.4.

Section 11.5 Injunction.

(a) Unless otherwise provided herein, all injunctions or stays provided for in these Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, and in existence on the Confirmation Date, shall remain in full force and effect until the entry of a Final Order closing these Chapter 11 Cases.

(b) Except to the extent otherwise expressly provided herein or in the Lender Litigation Settlement, including, without limitation, with respect to the Excluded DIP Obligations and the Excluded Senior/Bridge Obligation, all consideration distributed under the Plan shall be as a restructuring and not a refinancing, and in exchange for, and in complete satisfaction, release, discharge and settlement of all Administrative Expenses, Claims and Equity Interests of any nature whatsoever, including any interest accrued on such Administrative Expense, Claim or Equity Interest from and after the Commencement Date through the Effective Date against the Debtors, or any of their assets or properties, or against the estates or properties or interests in property. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, or in the Lender Litigation Settlement, including, without limitation, with respect to the Excluded DIP Obligations and the Excluded Senior/Bridge Obligations, subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Confirmation Order shall act as a discharge of all Administrative Expenses and Claims against, Equity Interests in, liens on, and any other interests in the Debtors, the Debtors’ assets, and their properties, arising at any time before the Confirmation Date, including Administrative Expenses, Claims and Equity Interests that arose before the Confirmation Date and all debts of the kind specified in

 

81


sections 502(g), 502(h) or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, against the Debtors, regardless of whether or not: (a) a proof of claim or proof of Interest based on such discharged debt or interest is filed or deemed filed with the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code, (b) whether the Administrative Expense, Claim or Equity Interest is Allowed, or (c) the holder of an Administrative Expense, Claim or Equity Interest based on such discharged debt or interest has accepted the Plan or is entitled to receive a distribution thereunder. Upon the Effective Date, any holder of such discharged Administrative Expense, Claim or Equity Interest shall be precluded from asserting against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, their successors or their assets or properties any other or future Administrative Expenses, Claims or Equity Interests based upon any document, Instrument, act or omission, transaction or other activity of any kind or nature that occurred before the entry of the Confirmation Order. The Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of discharge of all such liabilities of the Debtors, subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date.

By accepting distributions pursuant to the Plan, each holder of an Allowed DIP Roll-Up Claim, Senior Secured Claim, Bridge Loan Claim, Millennium Notes Claim, General Unsecured Claim or 2015 Notes Claim shall be deemed to have specifically consented to the injunctions set forth in this Section 11.5 of the Plan.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Confirmation Order shall act as a discharge of the Senior Secured Facility Claims, Bridge Loan Claims, Millennium Notes Claims, General Unsecured Claims and 2015 Notes Claims against the Obligor Debtors and the Obligor Non-Debtors. Upon the Effective Date, any holder of such discharged Senior Secured Facility Claims, Bridge Loan Claims, Millennium Notes Claims, General Unsecured Claims and 2015 Notes Claims shall be precluded from asserting against the Obligor Debtors or the Obligor Non-Debtors, their successors or their assets or properties any other or future Senior Secured Claim, Bridge Loan Claim, Millennium Notes Claim, General Unsecured Claim or 2015 Notes Claim based upon any document, Instrument, act or omission, transaction or other activity of any kind or nature that occurred before the entry of the Confirmation Order. The Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of discharge of all such liabilities of the Obligor Debtors and Obligor Non-Debtors, subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date.

Section 11.6 Indemnification Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, the obligations of the Debtors as of the Commencement Date to indemnify, defend, reimburse, or limit the liability of directors or officers of the Debtors, serving in such capacities on or after the Commencement Date, against any claims or causes of action as provided in the Debtors’ certificates of incorporation, bylaws, other organizational documents, or applicable law, shall survive confirmation of the Plan, remain unaffected thereby and not be discharged, irrespective of whether such indemnification, defense, reimbursement, or limitation is owed in connection with an event occurring before or after the Commencement Date; provided, however, that the obligations of the Debtors to indemnify, defend, reimburse or limit the liability of any claim or cause of action that is a State Law Avoidance Claim or that is being transferred to the Creditor Trust (or that may be asserted by any Person as a result of a cause of action being transferred to the Litigation Trust other than by the defendants thereto) shall not continue and shall terminate and be discharged on confirmation of the Plan; provided, further , that nothing in the Plan or Confirmation Order shall be deemed, asserted, or construed by any Person as limiting or impairing in any way the rights of any director or officer of the Debtors under any insurance policy or to defend against such director or officer’s liability by virtue of applicable law or the Debtors’ corporate charters, bylaws, operating agreements, or other governing documents (including resolutions or similar authorizations) to the extent non-executory in nature.

 

82


Section 11.7 Exculpation. As of the Confirmation Date, the Debtors and their directors, officers, employees, financial advisors, attorneys, and other professionals and agents shall be deemed to have solicited acceptances of this Plan in good faith and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Ad Hoc Group and its members, current and former agents under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement, the Senior Secured Lenders, the DIP Agent, the DIP Lenders, the Rights Offering Sponsors, the Bridge Lenders, the Arrangers, holders of ARCO Notes, holders of Equistar Notes, the ARCO Notes Trustee, the Equistar Notes Trustee and the Creditors’ Committee and its members, holders of the 2015 Notes, the 2015 Notes Trustee, the Millennium Notes Trustee, holders of the Millennium Notes Claims, the security agent under the Intercreditor Agreement, lenders under the Exit Facility (and the agents and arrangers under the Exit Facility), and the Disbursing Agent (but in each case only in their capacity as members of the Ad Hoc Group, as a current or former agent under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or the Bridge Loan Agreement, as Senior Secured Lenders, as the DIP Agent, as DIP Lenders, as Rights Offering Sponsors, as Bridge Lenders, as Arrangers, as members of the Creditors’ Committee, as holders of ARCO Notes, as holders of Equistar Notes, as the ARCO Notes Trustee, as the Equistar Notes Trustee, as the security agent under the Intercreditor Agreement, as holders of the 2015 Notes, as the 2015 Notes Trustee, as holders of the Millennium Notes, as Millennium Notes Trustee, Exit Facility lender, agents and arrangers and as the Disbursing Agent, as applicable), and their respective principals, members, managers, officers, directors, employees and agents (including any attorneys, financial advisors, and other professionals retained by such Persons) shall not have or incur any liability to any holder of any Claim or Equity Interest or any other Person for any act or omission taken or not taken in good faith in connection with, or arising out of, the Chapter 11 Cases, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the DIP Agreement, the negotiation of the Lender Litigation Settlement, the Exit Financing, the solicitation of votes for and the pursuit of confirmation of the Plan, the offer and issuance of any securities under the Plan, the Rights Offering under the Plan, the consummation of the Plan, including, without limitation, the steps taken to effectuate the transactions described in Section 5.4, or the administration of the Plan or the property to be distributed under the Plan, except for acts or omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence or bad faith as determined by a Final Order; and in all respects such parties shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities under the Plan, but in the case of the holders of the 2015 Notes and 2015 Notes Trustee, only in the event that the 2015 Notes Plan Conditions are satisfied and in the case of the holders of Millennium Notes Claims and the Millennium Notes Trustee, only in the event that the Millennium Notes Plan Conditions are satisfied .

Section 11.8 Releases and Indemnifications.

(a) As of the Confirmation Date, but subject to occurrence of the Effective Date, for good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which is hereby confirmed, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors and any Person seeking to exercise the rights of the Debtors’ estates, including, without limitation, any successor to the Debtors, the Litigation Trustee or any estate representative appointed or selected pursuant to section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed to unconditionally and forever release, waive and discharge all Causes of Action in connection with or related to the Debtors, the Chapter 11 Cases, the Plan (other than the rights of the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors to enforce the Plan and the contracts, Instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents delivered thereunder), whether liquidated or unliquidated, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, then existing or thereafter arising, in law, equity, or otherwise, that are based in whole or part on any act, omission, transaction, event, or other occurrence taking place on or prior to the Effective Date in any way relating to the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Chapter 11 Cases, or the Plan, and that may be asserted by or on behalf of the Debtors, their estates, or the Reorganized Debtors against (i) any of the directors, officers, or employees of any of the Debtors or any of the Non-Debtor Affiliates serving during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases, (ii) the financial and legal advisors of the Debtors, (iii) the members (but not in their individual capacities) of the Creditors’ Committee; (iv) the respective financial and legal advisors of the Creditors’

 

83


Committee (but not with respect to such members in their individual capacities); (v) the members of the Ad Hoc Group; (vi) the Rights Offering Sponsors; (vii) the Senior Secured Lenders; (viii) the DIP Lenders; (ix) the DIP Agents; (x) the Bridge Lenders;(xi) the Arrangers; (xii) the current and former agents under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or the Bridge Loan Agreement; (xiii) holders of ARCO Notes; (xiv) holders of Equistar Notes; (xv) the ARCO Notes Trustee; (xvi) the Equistar Notes Trustee, (xvii) the 2015 Notes Trustee, (xviii) the members of the 2015 Notes Ad Hoc Committee, (xix) the security agent under the Intercreditor Agreement, and (xx) the Millennium Notes Trustee, (xxi) holders of Millennium Notes and (xxii) the respective principals, officers, members, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, affiliates, representatives, investment bankers, financial advisors and other professionals retained by any of the entities listed in (v) – (xxi) of this section and the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 11.8(a) of the Plan shall be deemed to prohibit the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors from asserting and enforcing any claims, obligations, suits, judgments, demands, debts, rights, causes of action or liabilities they may have against any employee (other than any director or officer) that is based upon an alleged breach of a confidentiality, non-compete or any other contractual or fiduciary obligation owed to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors; provided further , that, with respect to the holders of the 2015 Notes and the 2015 Notes Trustee, only in the event that the 2015 Notes Plan Conditions are satisfied and, with respect to holders of the Millennium Notes and the Millennium Notes Trustee, only in the event that the Millennium Notes Plan Conditions are satisfied; provided further , that the foregoing shall not operate as a waiver or release from any causes of action arising out of the actual or intentional fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or criminal conduct of any such Person; provided further , that this Section 11.8 shall not release (i) any Non-Settling Defendant Claim (including, without limitation, claims asserted in the Committee Litigation against Access Group, or any of its or their principals, officers, members, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, financial advisors and other professionals who are named as defendants in such Committee Litigation), (ii) any Assigned Preference Claim (unless expressly released in the Lender Litigation Settlement), or (iii) any State Law Avoidance Claim (unless as expressly released in the Lender Litigation Settlement), provided , however , that claims that were or could have been asserted in the Committee Litigation against any individual who served as an officer or employee of the Debtors as of December 15, 2009 (whether or not such claim relates to service in such capacity or otherwise) who was either (i) not named individually as a defendant in the Committee Litigation or (ii) named individually as a defendant in the Committee Litigation and listed on Schedule AI hereto (which shall be identical to Schedule B to the Lender Litigation Settlement Agreement or as otherwise agreed by the Debtors and the Creditors’ Committee, in its sole discretion), are released hereby.

(b) As of the Effective Date, for good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which is hereby confirmed, (i) each holder of a Claim (including any Senior Secured Claim, Bridge Loan Claim, 2015 Notes Claim and Millennium Notes Claim) that votes in favor of the Plan (or is deemed to accept the Plan), and (ii) to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, as such law may be extended or interpreted after the Effective Date, each holder of a Claim that does not vote to accept the Plan, shall be deemed to unconditionally and forever release, waive, and discharge (A) each present or former officer, director, employee, agent, financial advisor, attorney and representative (and their respective affiliates) of the Debtors who acted in such capacity on and after the Commencement Date, (B) the members (but not in their individual capacities) of the Creditors’ Committee, (C) the members of the Ad Hoc Group, (D) the Rights Offering Sponsors, (E) the Senior Secured Lenders, (F) the DIP Lenders, (G) the DIP Agent; (H) the Bridge Lenders, (I) the Arrangers; (J) the holders of 2015 Notes (but only in the event that the 2015 Notes Plan Conditions are satisfied), (K) the 2015 Notes Trustee (but only in the event that the 2015 Notes Plan Conditions are satisfied), (L) the current and former agents under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or the Bridge Loan Agreement, (M) the Millennium Notes Trustee (but only in the event that the Millennium Notes Plan Conditions are satisfied), (N) the holders of the Millennium Notes (but only in the event that the Millennium Notes Plan Conditions are satisfied). and (O) the security agent under the Intercreditor Agreement (but in each case only in their capacity as

 

84


members of the Ad Hoc Group, the Rights Offering Sponsors, Senior Secured Lenders, DIP Lenders, DIP Agent, Bridge Lenders, Arrangers, holders of 2015 Notes, the 2015 Notes Trustee and current or former agents under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or Bridge Loan Agreement, the Millennium Notes Trustee, holder of Millennium Notes, and security agent, as applicable) and each of their respective principals, officers, members, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, affiliates, representatives, investment bankers, financial advisors and other professionals retained by any of the entities listed above and the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing (in each case, only in their capacity as such), from any and all Causes of Action whatsoever in connection with, or related to, the Debtors, the Chapter 11 Cases, or the Plan, whether liquidated or unliquidated, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, then existing or thereafter arising, in law, equity or otherwise, that are based in whole or part on any act, omission, transaction, event, or other occurrence taking place on or prior to the Effective Date in any way relating to the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Chapter 11 Cases, or the Plan; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not operate as a waiver or release from any causes of action arising out of the actual or intentional fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or criminal conduct of any such Person; provided further , that this Section 11.8 shall not release (i) any Non-Settling Defendant Claim (including, without limitation, claims asserted in the Committee Litigation against Access Group, or any of its or their principals, officers, members, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, financial advisors and other professionals who are named as defendants in such Committee Litigation), (ii) any Assigned Preference Claim (unless expressly released in the Lender Litigation Settlement), or (iii) any State Law Avoidance Claim (unless as expressly released in the Lender Litigation Settlement), provided , however , that claims that were or could have been asserted in the Committee Litigation against any individual who served as an officer or employee of the Debtors as of December 15, 2009 (whether or not such claim relates to service in such capacity or otherwise) who was either (i) not named individually as a defendant in the Committee Litigation or (ii) named individually as a defendant in the Committee Litigation and listed on Schedule AI hereto (which shall be identical to Schedule B to the Lender Litigation Settlement Agreement or as otherwise agreed by the Debtors and the Creditors’ Committee, in its sole discretion), are released hereby; provided further , that this section 11.8 shall not release any claims that have been or could be asserted by or against any settling or non-settling defendant in the Committee Litigation against any entity or any defenses or counterclaims related thereto; provided further , however , that solely with respect to each holder of a Claim or Equity Interest that does not vote to accept the Plan, such holder’s release of any of the Debtors’ agent, financial advisor, attorney and representative (and their respective affiliates) shall be solely to the extent that such entity would have a pre-Confirmation Date indemnification claim against the Debtors; provided further that nothing herein shall release any Person that is not a Debtor (other than the Obligor Non-Debtors to the extent explicitly set forth herein) from any contractual obligations.

(c) As of the Effective Date, for good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which is hereby confirmed, (i) each holder of a Claim (including any Senior Secured Claim, Bridge Loan Claim and 2015 Notes Claim) that votes in favor of the Plan (or is deemed to accept the Plan), and (ii) to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, as such law may be extended or interpreted after the Effective Date, each holder of a Claim that does not vote to accept the Plan, shall be deemed to unconditionally and forever release, waive, and discharge the Non-Debtor Affiliates, and each of their respective members, officers, directors, agents, financial advisors, attorneys, employees, equity holders, parent corporations, subsidiaries, partners, affiliates and representatives, from any and all claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, demands, debts, rights, causes of action and liabilities whatsoever arising from or relating to such Non-Debtor Affiliate’s guarantee of Claims against the Debtors that are discharged pursuant to the Plan, whether liquidated or unliquidated, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, then existing or thereafter arising, in law, equity or otherwise.

 

85


(d) Except as set forth in Section 9.6, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or the Confirmation Order, no released party shall be discharged, exculpated or released on any claim, now existing or hereafter arising that the PBGC may have under ERISA with respect to any U.S. Pension Plan, and there shall be no injunction against the assertion of any such claim.

(e) As to any governmental unit as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101(27) (“ Governmental Unit ”), and except as provided in the Environmental Custodial Trust Agreement and the Environmental Settlement Agreement, nothing in the Confirmation Order or the Plan shall discharge, release or preclude: (i) any liability to a Governmental Unit that is not a Claim; (ii) any Claim of a Governmental Unit arising on or after the Confirmation Date; (iii) any liability to a Governmental Unit on the part of any Debtor, Reorganized Debtor or Schedule III Debtor as the owner or operator of real property after the Confirmation Date; (iv) any liability to a Governmental Unit on the part of any Person other than the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors or Schedule III Debtors; or (v) any valid right of setoff or recoupment by a Governmental Unit. Nor shall anything in the Confirmation Order or the Plan: (i) enjoin or otherwise bar any Governmental Unit from asserting or enforcing, outside the Bankruptcy Court, any liability described in the preceding sentence; or (ii) divest any court, commission or tribunal of jurisdiction to determine whether any liabilities asserted by a Governmental Unit are discharged or otherwise barred by the Confirmation Order, the Plan or the Bankruptcy Code. In the event of any conflict between (i) the Plan or the Confirmation Order and (ii) the Environmental Custodial Trust Agreement or Environmental Settlement Agreement, the Environmental Custodial Trust Agreement or Environmental Settlement Agreement shall govern.

(f) As of the Effective Date, in consideration for contribution of the Wind-Up Funds and the Clean Up Funds, and payment of the Schedule III Allocations, the adequacy of which is hereby confirmed, the Schedule III Debtors, on their own behalf, and on behalf of their estates, forever release, acquit, discharge, indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Reorganized Released Parties from any and all actions, causes of action, liabilities, obligations, rights, suits, accounts, covenants, contracts, agreements, promises, damages, judgments, claims, debts, remedies and demands whatsoever, whether liquidated or unliquidated, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing as of the Effective Date or thereafter arising, in contract or in law, at equity or otherwise, based in whole or in part upon any act or omission or other event occurring prior to the commencement of these Chapter 11 Cases or during the course of the Chapter 11 Cases (including through the Effective Date), in any way relating to the Schedule III Debtors, these Chapter 11 Cases, or the ownership, management, and operation of the Schedule III Debtors, including Intercompany Claims, that the Schedule III Debtors could assert directly or any holder of a Claim or Equity Interest or other entity could assert derivatively or on behalf of the Schedule III Debtors or their estates. The releases and indemnifications described herein shall be enforceable as a matter of contract and are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other release, discharge or indemnification provided by applicable law, including section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code, or separately given, conditionally or unconditionally, by the Schedule III Debtors, the Millennium Trust Trustee, the Environmental Trust Trustee, the Delaware Trustee or any other entity. These release and indemnifications shall be binding on the Millennium Custodial Trust, the Environmental Custodial Trust, the Millennium Trust Trustee, the Environmental Trust Trustee, the Delaware Trustee and any manager or board of directors of the Schedule III Debtors. The Schedule III Debtors and their estates shall be permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from asserting any and all Claims and causes of action that may lie against the Reorganized Released Parties with respect to the releases and indemnifications granted to it pursuant to this Plan.

(g) In exchange for the aggregate contributions to the Millennium Custodial Trust and the Environmental Custodial Trust of the Clean Up Funds, the Wind-Up Funds, payment of the Schedule III Allocations and waiver of Intercompany Claims by the Reorganizing Debtors against the

 

86


Schedule III Debtors, pursuant to the Plan, the adequacy of which is hereby confirmed, each of the Schedule III Debtors shall forever release, acquit, discharge, indemnify, defend and hold harmless each of the Reorganized Released Parties of any and all Claims that could be brought by, through, or on behalf of the Schedule III Debtors or anyone claiming under them, including Claims based on the theory of alter ego or piercing the corporate veil. The Schedule III Debtors shall also forever release, acquit, discharge, indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Reorganized Released Parties from any and all Intercompany Claims. In addition, the releases include any Claims by the EPA or any other regulatory agency regarding environmental liabilities associated with the Reorganized Debtors and the Transferred Real Properties.

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Confirmation Order, the Debtors and, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors and New Topco agree to indemnify and hold harmless the current and former agents under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or the Bridge Loan Agreement (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the Collateral Agent) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and reasonable expenses, joint or several, to which the current and former agents under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or the Bridge Loan Agreement (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the Collateral Agent) may become subject arising out of or in connection with any claim, challenge, litigation, investigation or proceeding with respect to the distributions under the Plan and effectuating the transactions contemplated under Section 5.4 of the Plan and the release of Liens and related transactions contemplated in the Lender Litigation Settlement, and to promptly reimburse the current and former agents under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or the Bridge Loan Agreement (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the Collateral Agent) for reasonable legal or other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses as they are incurred in connection with investigating, responding to or defending any of the foregoing, provided that the foregoing indemnification shall not apply to losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses finally judicially determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the current and former agents under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or the Bridge Loan Agreement (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the Collateral Agent). If for any reason (other than for the reasons set forth in the proviso to the previous sentence) the foregoing indemnification is unavailable to the current and former agents under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or the Bridge Loan Agreement (which, for the avoidance of doubt, included the Collateral Agent) or insufficient to hold it harmless, then the Debtors and, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors and New Topco shall contribute to the Collateral Agent the amount paid or payable by the current and former agents under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or the Bridge Loan Agreement (which, for the avoidance of doubt, included the Collateral Agent) as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense. The obligations of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors and New Topco in this Section 11.8(h) shall survive and shall not be discharged by this Plan.

Section 11.9 Retention of Causes of Action/Reservation of Rights.

(a) Except as expressly provided in the Plan or the Lender Litigation Settlement, and explicitly subject to the treatment of the Assigned Preference Claims, the State Law Avoidance Claims and the Non-Settling Defendant Claims as set forth herein,, nothing contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall be deemed to be a waiver or relinquishment of any rights or causes of action that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may have or choose to assert on behalf of their respective estates under any provision of the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable nonbankruptcy law, including, without limitation, (i) any and all Claims against any Person, to the extent such Person asserts a cross-claim, counterclaim, and/or Claim for setoff which seeks affirmative relief against the Debtors, their officers, directors, or representatives, (ii) any and all claims under chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code except to the extent waived or settled pursuant to the DIP Financing Order or the Lender Litigation Settlement, and (iii) the turnover of any property of the Debtors’ estates.

 

87


(b) Except as expressly provided in the Plan or the Lender Litigation Settlement, and explicitly subject to the treatment of the Assigned Preference Claims, the State Law Avoidance Claims and the Non-Settling Defendant Claims as set forth herein, nothing contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall be deemed to be a waiver or relinquishment of any claim, cause of action, right of setoff, or other legal or equitable defense which the Debtors had immediately prior to the Commencement Date or which arose during the Chapter 11 Cases, against or with respect to any Claim left unimpaired by the Plan. The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall have, retain, reserve, and be entitled to assert all such claims, causes of action, rights of setoff, and other legal or equitable defenses which they had immediately prior to the Commencement Date fully as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced, except for those claims, causes of action, rights of setoff or other legal or equitable defense, if any, that the Debtors have effectively waived after the Commencement Date, and all of the Debtors’ and Reorganized Debtors’ legal and equitable rights respecting any Claim left unimpaired by the Plan may be asserted after the Confirmation Date to the same extent as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced.

(c) Except as expressly provided in the Plan or the Lender Litigation Settlement and explicitly subject to the treatment of the Assigned Preference Claims, the State Law Avoidance Claims and the Non-Settling Defendant Claims as set forth herein, each of the Reorganized Debtors shall, after the Effective Date, retain the rights to bring any causes of action that could have been brought by the respective Debtor at any time.

Section 11.10 Section 506(c) Reservation. The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors reserve all rights under section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any and all Secured Claims, except to the extent waived pursuant to the DIP Financing Order.

Section 11.11 Chapter 5 Reservation. Other than as set forth in the Plan or the Lender Litigation Settlement and explicitly subject to the treatment of the Assigned Preference Claims, the State Law Avoidance Claims and the Non-Settling Defendant Claims as set forth herein, without limiting Section 11.8(b) above, the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors reserve all rights under chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code, including the right to retain or settle any claims arising under chapter 5, except to the extent waived pursuant to the DIP Financing Order or settled in the Lender Litigation Settlement.

ARTICLE XII

RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

Section 12.1 Retention of Jurisdiction.

The Bankruptcy Court shall retain exclusive jurisdiction over all matters arising under, arising out of, or related to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan pursuant to, and for the purposes of, sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code and for, among other things, the following purposes:

 

  (a) To hear and determine any motions for the assumption, assumption and assignment, or rejection of executory contracts or unexpired leases, and the allowance of any Claims resulting therefrom;

 

  (b) To determine any and all adversary proceedings, applications, and contested matters that have been or may be commenced;

 

  (c)

To hear and determine any timely objections to, or requests for estimation of, Claims or Administrative Expenses, including, without limitation, any objections to the

 

88


  classification of any Administrative Expense, Claim or Equity Interest, and to allow or disallow any Disputed Administrative Expense or Disputed Claim, in whole or in part;

 

  (d) To hear and determine any objections of the Creditor Representative to the Reorganized Debtors’ compromise, settlement, resolution or withdrawal of any objection to a Disputed General Unsecured Claim;

 

  (e) To resolve disputes as to the ownership of any Administrative Expense, Claim, or Equity Interest;

 

  (f) To ensure that distributions to holders of Allowed Administrative Expenses and Allowed Claims are accomplished as provided herein;

 

  (g) To issue such orders as may be appropriate in aid of implementation and execution of the Plan, to the extent authorized by section 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  (h) To enter and implement such orders as may be appropriate in the event the Confirmation Order is for any reason stayed, revoked, modified, or vacated;

 

  (i) To consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any order of the Bankruptcy Court, including, without limitation, the Confirmation Order;

 

  (j) To hear and determine all applications for compensation and reimbursement of expenses of professionals under sections 330, 331 and 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code for awards of compensation for services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred prior to the Effective Date;

 

  (k) To hear and determine disputes or issues arising in connection with the interpretation or enforcement of the DIP Agreement or any document executed in connection therewith;

 

  (l) To hear and determine disputes or issues arising in connection with the interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan, the Confirmation Order, any transactions or payments contemplated hereby, any agreement, Instrument, or other document governing or relating to any of the foregoing, or any settlement approved by the Bankruptcy Court;

 

  (m) To recover all assets of the Debtors and property of the Debtors’ estates, wherever located;

 

  (n) To hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505 and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code (including any requests for expedited determinations under section 505(b) of the Bankruptcy Code);

 

  (o) To hear and determine all disputes involving the existence, scope, and nature of the discharges, injunctions and releases granted under the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or the Bankruptcy Code;

 

89


  (p) To oversee the Millennium Custodial Trust, the Environmental Custodial Trust and the Litigation Trust and interpret and enforce the Millennium Custodial Trust Agreement, Environmental Custodial Trust Agreement and Litigation Trust Agreement;

 

  (q) To hear and determine the Committee Litigation and any disputes in connection with or related to the Lender Litigation Settlement;

 

  (r) To issue injunctions and effect any other actions that may be necessary or desirable to restrain interference by any Person with the consummation or implementation of the Plan;

 

  (s) To hear and determine any other matter related to the Plan and not inconsistent with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code; and

 

  (t) To enter a final decree closing the Chapter 11 Cases.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 13.1 Payment of Certain Fees.

(a) As required by the ARCO/Equistar Settlement, subject to receipt of supporting documentation and the Debtors’ review thereof, the Debtors shall pay, as an Administrative Expense, the reasonable legal fees and expenses of the ARCO/Equistar Advisor, performed solely in connection with its representing, counseling or advising on matters relating to the ARCO Notes and Equistar Notes in connection with these Chapter 11 Cases, in an amount not to exceed $1 million.

(b) As required by the Lender Litigation Settlement, pursuant to the Plan, all reasonable, actual and documented costs and expenses incurred by the 2015 Notes Trustee, solely in its capacity as 2015 Notes Trustee (including, without limitation, the reasonable, actual and documented fees of legal counsel), and all reasonable, actual and documented legal fees and expenses incurred by members of the 2015 Notes Ad Hoc Group shall be treated and paid as Allowed Administrative Expenses; provided that such costs and expenses shall be submitted to the Debtors in the form of summary invoices of the relevant law firms and institution; provided further , that the total amount of all of such costs and expenses through and including February 16, 2010 shall not exceed in the aggregate $3.5 million; provided, however, that such amount shall be increased to $5.1 million in the event all of the Millennium Notes Plan Conditions are satisfied; provided further , that the Debtors’ estates shall not pay any fees and expenses incurred by members of the 2015 Notes Ad Hoc Group after February 16, 2010; provided further, that the Debtors shall have no obligation to pay any fees or expenses (including any legal fees and expenses) of any member of the 2015 Notes Ad Hoc Group if such member objects to (i) the Lender Litigation Settlement Approval Motion or the Lender Litigation Settlement, (ii) the motion to approve the Equity Commitment Agreement [09-10023 Docket No. 3487], or any other pleading filed in support of the Equity Commitment Agreement (as amended from time to time), (iii) approval of the Disclosure Statement, or (iv) confirmation of the Plan. All of the members of the 2015 Notes Ad Hoc Group agree that they shall not assert any claim or request payment of any Administrative Expense for fees and expenses (including any legal fees or expenses) incurred after February 16, 2010. For the avoidance of doubt, (a) the 2015 Notes Trustee shall not receive payment for any fees and expenses incurred on or before February 16, 2010, unless such fees and expenses are included within the $3.5 million cap set forth in the second proviso of the first sentence of this paragraph, (b) such $3.5 million cap shall not apply to

 

90


the fees and expenses of the 2015 Notes Trustee incurred after February 16, 2010, and (c) such $3.5 million cap shall not apply to the fees and expenses of the 2015 Notes Trustee paid before February 16, 2010.

(c) In connection with having reached agreement on the terms of the Lender Litigation Settlement, the Debtors have agreed to pay the reasonable legal fees and expenses of Nixon Peabody LLP, for services performed solely in connection with representing, counseling or advising DZ Bank AG in connection with these Chapter 11 Cases, in an amount not to exceed $125,000.

(d) The Debtors shall continue to pay and reimburse to (i) Citibank, N.A. and its Affiliates, in their various current and former agent capacities under the Senior Secured Credit Facility and the Bridge Loan Agreement, (ii) Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas and its Affiliates, in its capacity as administrative agent under the Senior Facility, and (iii) Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation and its Affiliates, in its capacity as administrative agent under the Bridge Loan Agreement, the reasonable expenses incurred by them thereunder (including the reasonable, actual and documented fees and disbursements of counsel), and, in each case, such expenses (but unless otherwise set forth herein or in the Lender Litigation Settlement, only such expenses (including the reasonable, actual and documented fees and disbursements of counsel)) shall not be discharged hereunder.

(e) The Debtors and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors and New Topco shall continue to pay, reimburse and honor the Excluded DIP Obligations and the Excluded Senior/Bridge Obligations.

(f) The administrative agent under the Bridge Loan Agreement shall be authorized to disburse any and all retainer monies in its possession to reimburse the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Arrangers.

(g) All reasonable, actual and documented costs and expenses incurred by the Millennium Notes Trustee, solely in its capacity as Millennium Notes Trustee (including the reasonable, actual and documented fees of Dewey & LeBoeuf and Golenbock Eiseman as legal advisors to the Millennium Notes Trustee), and the reasonable, actual and documented legal fees and expenses of Greenberg Traurig as advisor to one or more of the Specified Millennium Noteholders, shall be treated and paid as Allowed Administrative Expenses; provided , that such costs and expenses shall be submitted to the Debtors in the form of summary invoices of the relevant law firms and institution; provided further , that the total amount of all of such costs and expenses shall not exceed in the aggregate $3.0 million (of which the fees and expenses of Greenberg Traurig shall not exceed $100,000); and provided further , that the Debtors shall have no obligation to pay any fees or expenses (including any legal fees and expenses) of the Millennium Notes Trustee or any Specified Millennium Noteholders if the Millennium Notes Plan Conditions are not met. The Millennium Notes Trustee agrees that it shall not assert any claim or request payment of any administrative expense for fees and expenses (including any legal fees or expenses) incurred above the $3.0 million cap; provided, however , that nothing herein shall waive, release or impair any rights or interests that the Millennium Notes Trustee has under the Millennium Notes Indenture or otherwise to the recovery and/or reimbursement of its fees and expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel) from any distribution of recoveries to the holders of the Millennium Notes (which distributions, if any, shall be made through the Millennium Notes Trustee pursuant to the Plan), whether in the nature of a charging lien or otherwise.

Section 13.2 Plan Supplement. The Plan Supplement shall be filed with the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court at least ten (10) days prior to the deadline to vote to accept or reject the Plan. Upon its filing with the Bankruptcy Court, the Plan Supplement may be inspected in the office of the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court during normal court hours. Holders of Claims or Equity Interests may obtain a copy of the Plan Supplement on the website of the Claims Agent (www.epiqbankruptcysolutions.com) or upon written request to the Debtors’ bankruptcy counsel.

 

91


Section 13.3 Effectuating Documents and Further Transactions. Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, each of the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors and their respective officers and directors shall be authorized and are instructed to execute, deliver, file with the Bankruptcy Court or record or file such contracts, Instruments, releases, indentures, disclosures and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms, conditions and purposes of the Plan, or to otherwise comply with applicable law.

Section 13.4 Modification of Plan. The Debtors reserve the right, in consultation with the Ad Hoc Group, Rights Offering Sponsors and the Creditors’ Committee, and in all events in accordance with and as otherwise permitted by the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules, to amend or modify the Plan in accordance with section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code at any time subsequent to the commencement of solicitation of votes on the Plan and prior to the entry of the Confirmation Order; provided, however , in the case of a material amendment, the Debtors also receive the consent of the Rights Offering Sponsors as set forth in the Equity Commitment Agreement, the Majority Arrangers (whose consent shall be required solely to the extent such material amendment alters the treatment provided to the Bridge Lenders under Sections 4.5, 4.9 and 4.10), the Arrangers (whose consent shall be required solely to the extent such material amendment amends the rights of the Arrangers under Sections 10.1, 10.2, 11.4, 11.5, 11.7, 11.8, 11.9, 13.1(d), 13.1(e), 13.1(f) or 13.4) and the Ad Hoc Group; provided further , however, that, solely if the 2015 Notes Plan Conditions have been satisfied, in the case of an amendment to any provisions of the Plan that directly affects the treatment of the 2015 Notes Claims, any release or exculpation afforded to the 2015 Notes Trustee or the holders of 2015 Notes Claims, or the treatment of any Administrative Expense of the 2015 Notes Trustee and/or the members of the 2015 Notes Ad Hoc Group, the consent of the 2015 Notes Trustee shall be required; provided further, however , that, solely if the Millennium Notes Plan Conditions have been satisfied, in the case of an amendment to any provisions of the Plan that directly affects the treatment of the Millennium Notes Claims, any release or exculpation afforded to the Millennium Notes Trustee or the holders of Millennium Notes Claims, or the treatment of any Administrative Expense of the Millennium Notes Trustee, the consent of the Millennium Notes Trustee shall be required. After the entry of the Confirmation Order, the Debtors may, upon order of the Bankruptcy Court, amend or modify the Plan in accordance with and otherwise permitted by section 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and in a manner consistent with the Lender Litigation Settlement, or remedy any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in such manner as may be necessary and consistent with the Lender Litigation Settlement to carry out the purpose and intent of the Plan; provided, however , in the case of a material amendment, the Debtors shall also receive the consent of Rights Offering Sponsors, as set forth in the Equity Commitment Agreement, the Majority Arrangers (whose consent shall be required solely to the extent such material amendment alters the treatment provided to the Bridge Lenders under Section 4.5, 4.9 and 4.10), the Arrangers (whose consent shall be required solely to the extent such material amendment amends the rights of the Arrangers under Sections 11.4, 11.5, 11.7, 11.8, 11.9, 13.1(d),(e) and (f) and 13.4) and the Ad Hoc Group. To the fullest extent allowable in the Bankruptcy Code, a holder of an Allowed Claim that has accepted the Plan shall be deemed to have accepted the Plan as modified if the proposed modification does not alter the treatment of the Claim of such holder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or Disclosure Statement, if the Equity Commitment Agreement is terminated, the Debtors reserve the right to amend or withdraw the Plan without having to comply with any consultation or consent rights contained in the Plan, and all other parties reserve any rights they may have in connection with any such amendment or withdrawal.

 

92


Section 13.5 Payment of Statutory Fees. All fees payable pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1930(a)(6) shall be paid on the Effective Date by the Debtors. Any such fees accruing after the Effective Date but prior to the closing of the Chapter 11 Cases shall be paid by the Reorganized Debtors.

Section 13.6 Withdrawal or Revocation of Plan. The Debtors may withdraw or revoke the Plan as to any or every Debtor at any time prior to the Confirmation Date. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan, or if the Confirmation Date does not occur, then the Plan shall be deemed null and void with respect to the applicable Debtor(s). In such event, nothing contained herein shall be deemed to constitute a waiver or release of any Claim by or against the applicable Debtor(s) or any other Person or to prejudice in any manner the rights of the applicable Debtor(s) or any other Person in any further proceedings involving the applicable Debtor(s).

Section 13.7 Dissolution of the Creditors’ Committee.

(a) On the Effective Date, the Creditors’ Committee shall be dissolved and the members thereof shall be released and discharged of and from all further authority, duties, responsibilities, and obligations related to and arising from and in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, and the retention and employment of the Creditors’ Committee’s attorneys, accountants, and other agents shall terminate.

(b) The Creditors’ Committee shall continue in existence after the Effective Date solely for the purpose of (i) reviewing and being heard by the Bankruptcy Court, and on any appeal, with respect to applications for compensation and reimbursement of expenses pursuant to sections 330, 331 and 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code; and (ii) appearing, objecting, responding, replying and/or taking any other action concerning an appeal of the plan or the Lender Litigation Settlement in the Bankruptcy Court, or any other court of competent jurisdiction. With respect only to the foregoing, the Reorganized Debtors shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Creditors’ Committee.

Section 13.8 Exemption from Securities Laws. The issuance of the New Common Stock and New Third Lien Notes pursuant to the Plan shall be exempt from any securities laws registration requirements to the fullest extent permitted by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and any other applicable exemptions.

Section 13.9 Exemption from Transfer Taxes. Pursuant to section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, the issuance, transfer, or exchange of notes or equity securities under or in connection with the Plan, the assignment or surrender of any lease or sublease, or the delivery of any deed or other Instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with the Plan, including any deeds, bills of sale, assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust or similar documents executed in connection with any disposition of assets contemplated by the Plan, shall not be subject to any stamp, real estate transfer, mortgage recording, sales, use or other similar tax nor any Uniform Commercial Code filing or recording fee or similar or other governmental assessment. The Confirmation Order shall direct the appropriate state or local government officials or agents to forgo the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and to accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing Instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax or governmental assessment.

Section 13.10 Tax-Exempt Status. Nothing in the Plan shall adversely affect, or be interpreted to be inconsistent with, the tax-exempt status of any Reorganized Debtor or any other entity established pursuant to the Plan that is expressly intended to be tax-exempt.

Section 13.11 Expedited Determination of Postpetition Taxes. The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors are authorized (but not required) to request an expedited determination of taxes under section 505(b) of the Bankruptcy Code for any or all tax returns filed for taxable periods (or portions thereof) from the Commencement Date through (and including) the Effective Date.

 

93


Section 13.12 Severability. In the event that the Bankruptcy Court determines, prior to the Confirmation Date, that any provision of the Plan (or incorporated document) is invalid, void or unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court shall, with the consent of the Debtors, have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the provision held to be invalid, void or unenforceable, and such provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted. Subject to Section 13.4 and Bankruptcy Rule 3019, notwithstanding any such holding, alteration or interpretation, the remainder of the provisions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated by such holding, alteration or interpretation. The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is valid and enforceable according to its terms. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject in all respects to Section 10.1(a) and the Bankruptcy Court not having made a determination that modifications to the provisions of Sections 11.5, 11.8 or 11.9 are required by applicable law, the provisions in the Plan relating to releases and exculpations are not severable from the remainder of the Plan.

If any separate Plan is unconfirmable, the Debtors shall have the right to sever that Plan and proceed with the confirmation of all other Plans.

Section 13.13 Governing Law. Except to the extent the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules are applicable, or to the extent an exhibit to the Plan or Plan Supplement provides otherwise (in which case the governing law specified therein shall be applicable to such exhibit), the rights, duties and obligations arising under the Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the federal laws of the United States and, to the extent there is no applicable federal law, the laws of the State of New York (without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof).

Section 13.14 Courts of Competent Jurisdiction. If the Bankruptcy Court abstains from exercising, or declines to exercise, jurisdiction or is otherwise without jurisdiction over any matter arising out of the Plan, such abstention, refusal or failure of jurisdiction shall have no effect upon and shall not control, prohibit, or limit the exercise of jurisdiction by any other court having competent jurisdiction with respect to such matter.

Section 13.15 Headings. Headings are used in the Plan for convenience and reference only, and shall not constitute a part of the Plan for any other purpose.

Section 13.16 Exhibits/Schedules. All Exhibits and Schedules to the Plan, including the Plan Supplement, are incorporated into and are a part of the Plan as if set forth in full herein.

Section 13.17 Plan Controls Disclosure Statement; Confirmation Order Controls Plan. To the extent the Plan is inconsistent with the Disclosure Statement, the provisions of the Plan shall be controlling. To the extent the Confirmation Order is inconsistent with the Plan, the provisions of the Confirmation Order shall be controlling. In the event of any conflict between the Lender Litigation Settlement Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Lender Litigation Settlement Agreement shall govern.

Section 13.18 Successors and Assigns. All the rights, benefits, and obligations of any Person named or referred to in the Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and/or assigns of such Person.

 

94


Section 13.19 Reservation of Right to Convert. If any of the Schedule III Debtors does not have an impaired consenting class or its Plan is otherwise unconfirmable, then the Debtors reserve the right to sever that case from the remaining cases covered by the Plan and convert the Chapter 11 Case of that Debtor to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code without otherwise impacting this Plan, any order related to the Disclosure Statement, the application of the Plan to the remaining Debtors and any order related to the Plan, in respect of the remaining Debtors; provided that if the remaining Debtors nonetheless contribute to any such Debtor whose case is to be converted to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code an amount equal to such Debtors’ portion of the Wind-Up Funds and Clean Up Funds, as determined by the Debtors, that Debtor shall be deemed to have released the remaining Debtors of any and all causes of action or claims that such Schedule III Debtor, or anyone claiming by or through such Schedule III Debtor, may have against any or all of the remaining Debtors, including any claims for contribution, indemnity, reimbursement or based on or for piercing the corporate veil or alter ego in exchange for fair value or consideration given. This release shall be binding upon any chapter 7 trustee appointed in the case of any such Debtor.

Section 13.20 Notices. All notices, requests and demands by parties in interest under or in connection with the Plan shall be in writing and served either by (i) certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (ii) hand delivery, (iii) reputable overnight delivery service, all charges prepaid, or (iv) electronic mail, and shall be deemed to have been given when received and confirmed by telephone or reply email by the following parties:

Lyondell Chemical Company

One Houston Center, Suite 700

1221 McKinney Street

Houston, Texas 77010

(713) 309-7427

Attn: Office of the General Counsel

with copies to the Debtors’ bankruptcy counsel:

Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP

One World Financial Center

New York, New York 10281

(212) 504-6000

Attn:    George A. Davis, Esq.

    Andrew M. Troop, Esq.

 

 

Dated:   

New York, New York

March 12, 2010

     
       LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY
       (for itself and on behalf of each of the Debtors)
       By:  

/s/ James L. Gallogly

       Name:   James L. Gallogly
       Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

95


SCHEDULE A-I

Individually Named Defendants in Committee

Litigation Receiving Releases and Exculpation

 

1. Gary Koehler

 

2. Frances McGrail

 

3. Michael P. Mulrooney

 

4. C. Kent Potter

 

5. Kevin E. Walsh

 

96


EXHIBIT A-1

List of Debtors

Debtors that filed voluntary petitions for relief on January 6, 2009

 

Basell Finance USA Inc.    Millennium Holdings, LLC
Basell Germany Holdings GmbH    Millennium Petrochemicals GP LLC
Basell North America Inc.    Millennium Petrochemicals Inc.
Basell USA Inc.    Millennium Petrochemicals LP LLC
Circle Steel Corporation    Millennium Petrochemicals Partners, LP
Duke City Lumber Company, Inc.    Millennium Realty Inc.
Equistar Chemicals, LP    Millennium Specialty Chemicals Inc.
Equistar Transportation Company, LLC    Millennium US Op Co LLC
Glidco Leasing, Inc.    Millennium Worldwide Holdings I Inc.
Glidden Latin America Holdings Inc.    MWH South America LLC
H.W. Loud Co.    National Distillers & Chemical Corporation
HOISU Ltd.    NDCC International II Inc.
Houston Refining LP    Nell Acquisition (US) LLC
HPT 28 Inc.    Penn Export Company, Inc.
HPT 29 Inc.    Penn Navigation Company
IMWA Equities II, Co., L.P.    Penn Shipping Company, Inc.
ISB Liquidating Company    Penntrans Company
LBI Acquisition LLC    PH Burbank Holdings, Inc.
LBIH LLC    Power Liquidating Company, Inc.
LeMean Property Holdings Corporation    Quantum Acceptance Corporation
Lyondell (Pelican) Petrochemical L.P. 1, Inc.    SCM Plants, Inc.
Lyondell Asia Pacific, Ltd.    Suburban Propane GP, Inc.
Lyondell Chemical Company    Tiona, Ltd.
Lyondell Chemical Delaware Company    UAR Liquidating Inc.
Lyondell Chemical Espana Co.    USI Chemicals International, Inc.
Lyondell Chemical Europe, Inc.    USI Credit Corp.
Lyondell Chemical International Co.    USI Puerto Rico Properties, Inc.
Lyondell Chemical Nederland, Ltd.    Walter Kidde & Company, Inc.
Lyondell Chemical Products Europe, LLC    Wyatt Industries, Inc.
Lyondell Chemical Properties, L.P.   
Lyondell Chemical Technology 1 Inc.   
Lyondell Chemical Technology Management, Inc.   
Lyondell Chemical Technology, L.P.   
Lyondell Chimie France LLC   
Lyondell Europe Holdings Inc.   
Lyondell Greater China, Ltd.   
Lyondell Houston Refinery Inc.   
Lyondell LP3 GP, LLC   
Lyondell LP3 Partners, LP   
Lyondell LP4 Inc.   
Lyondell Petrochemical L.P. Inc.   
Lyondell Refining Company LLC   
Lyondell Refining I LLC   
LyondellBasell Advanced Polyolefins USA Inc.   
LyondellBasell Finance Company   
Lyondell-Equistar Holdings Partners   
MHC Inc.   
Millennium America Holdings Inc.   
Millennium America Inc.   
Millennium Chemicals Inc.   

 

1


Debtors that filed voluntary petitions for relief on April 24, 2009

LyondellBasell AF GP S.à.r.l.

LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A.

Debtors that filed voluntary petitions for relief on May 8, 2009

Basell Capital Corporation

Basell Impact Holding Company

Equistar Bayport, LLC

Equistar Funding Corporation

Equistar Polypropylene, LLC

LPC Partners Inc.

Lyondell Bayport, LLC

Lyondell Chemical Holding Company

Lyondell Chemical Wilmington, Inc.

Lyondell General Methanol Company

Lyondell Intermediate Holding Company

Quantum Pipeline Company

SCM Chemicals Inc.


EXHIBIT A-2

Obligor Debtors and Obligor Non-Debtors

Obligor Debtors

 

Basell Finance USA Inc.    Lyondell Europe Holdings Inc.
Basell Germany Holdings GmbH    Lyondell Houston Refinery Inc.
Basell North America Inc.    Lyondell LP3 GP, LLC
Basell USA Inc.    Lyondell LP3 Partners, LP
Equistar Chemicals, LP    Lyondell LP4 Inc.
Houston Refining LP    Lyondell Petrochemical L.P. Inc.
LBI Acquisition LLC    Lyondell Refining Company LLC
LBIH LLC    Lyondell Refining I LLC
Lyondell (Pelican) Petrochemical L.P. 1, Inc.    LyondellBasell Finance Company
Lyondell Chemical Company    LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A.
Lyondell Chemical Delaware Company    Lyondell-Equistar Holdings Partners
Lyondell Chemical Espana Co.    Millennium America Holdings Inc.
Lyondell Chemical Europe, Inc.    Millennium America Inc.
Lyondell Chemical Nederland, Ltd.    Millennium Chemicals Inc.
Lyondell Chemical Products Europe, LLC    Millennium Petrochemicals GP LLC
Lyondell Chemical Technology 1 Inc.    Millennium Petrochemicals Partners, LP
Lyondell Chemical Technology Management, Inc.    Millennium Worldwide Holdings I Inc.
Lyondell Chemical Technology, L.P.    Nell Acquisition (US)
Lyondell Chimie France LLC   

Obligor Non-Debtors

 

Basell Asia Pacific Ltd.    Basell Polyolefine GmbH
Basell Bayreuth Chemie GmbH    Basell Polyolefins UK Ltd.
Basell Benelux B.V.    Basell Sales & Marketing Company B.V.
Basell Europe Holdings B.V.    Basell UK Holdings Ltd.
Basell Finance & Trading Company B.V.    Lyondell Chemie International B.V.
Basell Finance Company B.V.    Lyondell Chemie Nederland B.V.
Basell Funding S.à.r.l.    LyondellBasell Industries Holdings B.V.
Basell International Holdings B.V.    LyondellBasell Netherlands Holdings B.V.


EXHIBIT A-3

Schedule III Debtors

 

Circle Steel Corporation    Millennium Specialty Chemicals Inc.**
Duke City Lumber Company, Inc.    Millennium US Op Co LLC
Equistar Funding Corporation    Millennium Worldwide Holdings I Inc.
Equistar Polypropylene, LLC    MWH South America LLC
Equistar Transportation Company, LLC    National Distillers & Chemical Corporation
Glidco Leasing, Inc.    NDCC International II Inc.
Glidden Latin America Holdings Inc.    Penn Export Company, Inc.
H.W. Loud Co.    Penn Navigation Company
HOISU Ltd.    Penn Shipping Company, Inc.
HPT 28 Inc.    Penntrans Company
HPT 29 Inc.    PH Burbank Holdings, Inc.
IMWA Equities II, Co., L.P.    Power Liquidating Company, Inc.
ISB Liquidating Company    Quantum Acceptance Corporation
LeMean Property Holdings Corporation    Quantum Pipeline Company
LPC Partners Inc.    SCM Chemicals Inc.
MHC Inc.    SCM Plants, Inc.
Millennium America Holdings Inc.    Suburban Propane GP, Inc.
Millennium America Inc.    Tiona, Ltd.
Millennium Chemicals Inc.    UAR Liquidating Inc.
Millennium Holdings, LLC    USI Chemicals International, Inc.
Millennium Petrochemicals GP LLC*    USI Credit Corp.
Millennium Petrochemicals Inc.**    USI Puerto Rico Properties, Inc.
Millennium Petrochemicals LP LLC    Walter Kidde & Company, Inc.
Millennium Petrochemicals Partners, LP*    Wyatt Industries, Inc.
Millennium Realty Inc.   

 

* Pursuant to the North American Restructuring, these entities’ partnership interests in Equistar Chemicals, LP will be transferred. The North American Restructuring is described in more detail in Section 5.4(c) to the Plan.
** Certain assets of these entities will be transferred to subsidiaries of Lyondell Chemical that will be formed substantially contemporaneously with (or prior to) the Effective Date pursuant to the North American Restructuring. The North American Restructuring is described in more detail in Section 5.4(c) to the Plan.


EXHIBIT A-4

Principal Terms of the New Third Lien Notes


Lyondell Chemical Company

Third Lien Senior Secured Plan Roll-Up Notes

 

Issuer :    Lyondell Chemical Company (the “ Issuer ”). The Issuer is an indirect subsidiary of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. (“ LBI NV ”).
Amount :    Up to $3,250,000,000.
Guarantors :   

LBI NV, each existing or subsequently organized U.S. subsidiary of LBI NV that is the direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, each existing and subsequently acquired or organized direct or indirect wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary (as defined below) of the Issuer organized in the U.S. that will guarantee its senior secured term loan facility (as amended, replaced, supplemented, refinanced, in whole or in part, from time to time, the “ Senior Term Loan Facility ”), and each other entity, if any, that guarantees the first lien senior secured notes issued as part of the Issuer’s exit financing (the “ First Lien Senior Secured Notes ”).

 

Certain subsidiaries may be designated and treated as “unrestricted” on terms usual and customary for transactions of this kind and excluded from the guarantee requirements, and other subsidiaries may be excluded from the guarantee requirements under the definitive documentation related to the New Third Lien Notes in circumstances where the parties reasonably agree that the cost of providing such a guarantee is excessive in relation to the benefit to the holders afforded thereby. Restricted subsidiaries (the “ Restricted Subsidiaries ”) are all subsidiaries of LBI NV other than unrestricted subsidiaries.

Guarantees :   

The guarantees of the New Third Lien Notes:

 

•   are senior third-priority secured obligations of the Guarantors; and

 

•   are equal in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Guarantors.

Security :   

Third-priority liens on (a) substantially all the present and after-acquired material assets of the Issuer and the Guarantors (other than LBI NV) that guarantee the First Lien Senior Secured Notes, (b) 66% of the capital stock of first-tier foreign subsidiaries of LBI NV, and (c) all other collateral, if any, that secures the First Lien Senior Secured Notes (the “ Collateral ”).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Collateral excludes the following: (i) any fee owned real property with a value of less than $25.0 million and all leasehold interests (other than interest in ground leases agreed on the issue date), (ii) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title, letter of credit rights and commercial tort claims, (iii) those assets as to which the parties reasonably determine that the cost of granting a lien or obtaining such perfection is excessive in relation to the benefit to the holders of the security to be afforded thereby and (iv) other exceptions to be mutually agreed upon or that are usual and customary for transactions of this type.

Releases :    Holders of the New Third Lien Notes will receive (a) any releases obtained as part of settlement (if any) of Adversary Proceeding No. 09-01375 commenced by the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors and (b) releases from the Debtors (as such term is defined in the Debtor-in-Possession Credit Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2009, among LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A., Lyondell Chemical Company, Basell USA Inc., Equistar Chemicals, LP, Houston Refining LP, Millennium Chemicals Inc. and Millennium Petrochemicals Inc., as borrowers, and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative and collateral agent) for all actions taken prior to the consummation of the Debtors’ plans of reorganization.
Intercreditor Agreement :    Pursuant to an intercreditor agreement, the New Third Lien Notes will have a “silent third” lien on the Collateral, subject to a 180-day standstill with respect to the exercise of remedies in respect thereof.


Maturity :    8 years.
Interest :    Interest on the New Third Lien Notes shall be payable in cash and will accrue at a rate equal to the greater of (i) 11% per annum, or (ii) 200 bps above the all in when-issued yield of the First Lien Senior Secured Notes subject to a cap of 11.5% per annum.
Optional Redemption :    The New Third Lien Notes shall not be subject to optional redemption in the first three years, subject to customary equity claw and make-whole premiums. And thereafter, the Issuer may redeem all or, from time to time, a part of the New Third Lien Notes of any series at par.
Change of Control Offer :    If a Change of Control occurs, each holder will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any of that holder’s New Third Lien Notes pursuant to a Change of Control offer at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount plus accrued interest.
Affirmative Covenants :    Substantially similar to but in any event limited to the affirmative covenants in the First Lien Senior Secured Notes indenture.
Negative Covenants :    Substantially similar to but in any event limited to the negative covenants in the First Lien Senior Secured Notes indenture, but with appropriate differences for junior debt including (i) larger baskets, (ii) an asset-based loan basket that grows with the borrowing base, and (iii) the ability to incur additional secured debt to the extent certain ratios are met.
Covenant Suspension :    Upon attainment of and for so long as the Issuer maintains a corporate investment grade credit rating from both Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s. For the avoidance of doubt, if at any time after obtaining an investment grade credit rating the Issuer’s corporate credit rating falls below investment grade, then the covenants shall be fully reinstated.
Events of Default :    Substantially similar to events of default in the First Lien Senior Secured Notes indenture.
Legal/Covenant Defeasance :    Customary provisions.
Cancellation :    New Third Lien Notes repurchased by the Issuer will not be deemed cancelled and may be resold; provided, that New Third Lien Notes so repurchased shall not be deemed outstanding for any purpose under the New Third Lien Notes indenture until such notes are resold to a non- Affiliate of LBI NV and its subsidiaries.
Withholding Taxes :    In the event a holder of New Third Lien Notes is subject to withholding taxes, the Issuer will not be required to pay any additional amounts with respect to such withholding taxes or otherwise be subject to tax gross ups.
Modification of the Indenture :    Such issues as require consent of each holder under the Trust Indenture Act, which will require the consent of each holder; otherwise votes of a majority shall be required for amendments that typically require holders’ consent.
Closing :    Closing will occur concurrently with the consummation of the Issuer’s chapter 11 plan.
Registration Rights :    Only for resales by entities that are affiliates of the Issuer on the effective date of the plan of reorganization on terms to be agreed upon by the parties.
Governing Law :    New York.


EXHIBIT A-5

Principal Terms of the Cram Down Notes


Lyondell Chemical Company

Third Lien Senior Secured Cram Down Notes

Set forth below is a summary of the terms of a replacement security that meets the requirements of Section 1129(b) (the “ Cram Down Notes ”).

 

Issuer :    Lyondell Chemical Company (the “ Issuer ”). The Issuer is an indirect subsidiary of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. (“ LBI NV ”).
Amount :    Principal amount of Claims of holders of DIP Roll-Up Loans who vote against the Plan.
Guarantors :   

LBI NV, each existing or subsequently organized U.S. subsidiary of LBI NV that is the direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, and each existing and subsequently acquired or organized direct or indirect wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary (as defined below) of the Issuer organized in the U.S. that will guarantee its senior secured term loan facility (as amended, replaced, supplemented, refinanced, in whole or in part, from time to time, the “ Senior Term Loan Facility ”), and each other entity, if any, that guarantees the first lien senior secured notes issued as part of the Issuer’s exit financing (the “ First Lien Senior Secured Notes ”).

 

Certain subsidiaries may be designated and treated as “unrestricted” on terms usual and customary for transactions of this kind and excluded from the guarantee requirements. Restricted subsidiaries (the “ Restricted Subsidiaries ”) are all subsidiaries of LBI NV other than unrestricted subsidiaries.

Guarantees :   

The guarantees of the Cram Down Notes:

 

•   are senior third-priority secured obligations of the Guarantors; and

 

•   are equal in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Guarantors.

Security :   

Third-priority liens on (a) substantially all the present and after-acquired material assets of the Issuer and the Guarantors (other than LBI NV) that guarantee the Cram Down Notes, (b) 66% of the voting stock of first-tier foreign subsidiaries of LBI NV, and (c) all other collateral, if any, that secures the First Lien Senior Secured Notes (the “ Collateral ”).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Collateral excludes the following: (i) any fee owned real property with a value of less than $25.0 million and all leasehold interests (other than interest in ground leases agreed on the issue date), (ii) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title, letter of credit rights and commercial tort claims, (iii) those assets as to which the parties reasonably determine that the cost of granting a lien or obtaining such perfection is excessive in relation to the benefit to the holders of the security to be afforded thereby and (iv) other exceptions to be mutually agreed upon or that are usual and customary for transactions of this type.

Intercreditor Agreement :    Pursuant to an intercreditor agreement, the Cram Down Notes will have a “silent third” lien on the Collateral, subject to a 180-day standstill with respect to the exercise of remedies in respect thereof.
Maturity :    5 years, subject to reduction pursuant to Section 2.05 of the DIP Term Loan Agreement.
Interest :    The interest rate for the Cram Down Notes will be the lowest interest rate possible in compliance with Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Optional Redemption :    The Issuer may redeem all or, from time to time, a part of the Cram Down Notes of any series upon customary terms without premium or penalty.
Change of Control Offer :    None.
Affirmative Covenants :    Affirmative covenants limited to (a) payment of principal, premium and interest, (b) offices for notices and payments, (c) appointments to fill vacancies in trustee’s office, (d) provision as to paying agent, and (e) annual certificate to trustee.


Negative Covenants :    Negative covenants limited to (a) limitation on liens, (b) limitation on sale and lease-back transactions, and (c) limitation on incurrence of senior secured and additional second secured debt to the extent specified by Section 2.12 of the DIP Term Loan Agreement.
Covenant Suspension :    Upon attainment of and for so long as the Issuer maintains a corporate investment grade credit rating from both Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s. For the avoidance of doubt, if at any time after obtaining an investment grade credit rating the Issuer’s corporate credit rating falls below investment grade, then the covenants shall be fully reinstated.
Events of Default :    Substantially similar to events of default in the First Lien Senior Secured Notes indenture, except with more expansive thresholds and grace periods.
Legal/Covenant Defeasance :    Customary provisions.
Cancellation :    Cram Down Notes repurchased by the Issuer will not be deemed cancelled and may be resold.
Withholding Taxes :    In the event a holder of Cram Down Notes is subject to withholding taxes, the Issuer will not be required to pay any additional amounts with respect to such withholding taxes or otherwise be subject to tax gross ups.
Modification of the Indenture :    Such issues as require consent of each holder under the Trust Indenture Act, which will require the consent of each holder; otherwise votes of a majority shall be required for amendments that typically require holders’ consent; provided that the Issuer shall be entitled to vote any of the Cram Down Notes repurchased and held by the Issuer.
Closing :    Closing will occur concurrently with the consummation of the Issuer’s chapter 11 plan.
Governing Law :    New York.


EXHIBIT A-6

Principal Terms of the New Warrants


Summary of Principal Terms and Conditions for New Warrants 1

As part of the Plan, New Topco (the “ Issuer ”) will issue to holders of Allowed Bridge Loan Claims the New Warrants, which will be to purchase Class A Shares and have the principal terms as set forth herein.

 

Number of Class A Shares    The New Warrants will be exercisable for 11,508,204 Class A Shares. 2 No fractional Warrants will be issued and any Warrants that a party is entitled to will be rounded down to the nearest whole Warrant.
Exercise Price:   

Each New Warrant will have an exercise price (the “Exercise Price” ) per Class A Share equal to $15.90. 3

 

Holders of New Warrants will have the option of a cashless exercise, such that the amount of shares delivered to an exercising party will be calculated based upon treasury method accounting assuming the Exercise Price was actually paid in cash.

Anti-Dilution Rights :   

The number of Class A Shares issuable upon the exercise of the New Warrants will be subject to adjustment in certain circumstances, including:

 

•     the issuance of Class A Shares or Class B Shares payable as a dividend or distribution on its common stock;

 

•     subdivisions and combinations of the Class A Shares or Class B Shares;

 

•     the dividend or other distribution to all or substantially all holders of Class A Shares or Class B Shares of shares of capital stock of Issuer’s subsidiaries or evidences of indebtedness or other assets other than Cash;

 

•     dividends or other distributions consisting exclusively of cash to all or substantially all holders of Class A Shares or Class B Shares, subject to exceptions for ordinary course dividends, to be agreed; and

 

•     the purchase of Class A Shares or Class B Shares pursuant to a tender offer made by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or any of their subsidiaries or above market prices, subject to exceptions.

 

1

Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined will have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

2

Will represent 2.00% of the total number of shares of New Common Stock issued and outstanding on the Effective Date plus the number of New Warrants.

3

Based on a 563,901,979 Class A and Class B outstanding on the Effective Date.


  

In the case of:

 

•     any reclassification or change of Class A Shares or Class B Shares (other than changes resulting from a subdivision or combination) or

 

•     a consolidation, merger or combination or a sale or conveyance to another corporation of all or substantially all property and assets.

 

the holders of the New Warrants will be entitled thereafter to exercise those New Warrants and receive the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities or other property or assets had such New Warrants been exercised immediately prior to such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance.

Term:    The New Warrants may be exercised at any time during the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending at the close of business on the seventh anniversary of the Effective Date.

Affiliate Change of

Control:

   Upon an Affiliate Change of Control 4 , holders of New Warrants may sell to the Company any Warrants at a price equal to (a) if the New Warrants are in-the-money, the excess of the equity value implied by the Change of Control transaction minus the Exercise Price and (b) if the New Warrants are out-of-the-money, the Black Scholes value of such Warrants. Holders of New Warrants will not have any other “put” rights.

Voting Rights/

Registration Rights:

   None.
Issuance:    On the Effective Date.

 

4

An “Affiliate Change of Control” will occur if (a) any Rights Offering Sponsor becomes the direct or indirect (through a portfolio holding company or otherwise) owner of more than 50.1% of the total number of shares of New Common Stock on a fully-diluted basis and (b) as a result of the applicable transaction, the Class A Shares cease to be publicly traded.


EXHIBIT A-7

Estimated Unsecured Claim Recovery Percentages

For Each Non-Obligor Debtor

 

Non-Obligor Debtor

   Assets
Available

for Unsecured
Creditors

(Midpoint) 1
    Estimated
General
Unsecured
Claims
(Midpoint) 2
   Estimated
Recovery

%*

Basell Capital Corporation

   $ 134,625,252      $ 0    N/A

Basell Impact Holding Company

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

Circle Steel Corporation

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

Duke City Lumber Company, Inc.

   $ 0      $ 156,041    0.0

Equistar Bayport, LLC

   $ 0      $ 4,817    0.0

Equistar Funding Corporation

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

Equistar Polypropylen, LLC

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

Equistar Transportation Company, LLC

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

Glidco Leasing, Inc.

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

Glidden Latin America Holdings Inc.

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

HOISU Ltd.

   $ 23      $ 0    0.0

HPT 28 Inc.

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

HPT 29 Inc.

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

HW Loud Company

   $ 207      $ 0    N/A

IMWA Equities II, Co., L.P.

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

ISB Liquidating Company

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

LeMean Property Holdings Corporation

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

LPC Partners Inc.

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

Lyondell Asia Pacific, Ltd.

   $ 0      $ 60,537    0.0

LyondellBasell Advanced Polyolefins USA Inc.

   $ 51,334,755      $ 6,087,697    100.0

LyondellBasell AF GP S.à.r.l.

   $ 14,009      $ 6,091    100.0

Lyondell Bayport, LLC

   $ (0   $ 0    N/A

Lyondell Chemical Holding Company

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

Lyondell Chemical International Company

   $ 66,563,989      $ 0    N/A

Lyondell Chemical Properties, L.P.

   $ 2,555,529      $ 0    N/A

Lyondell Chemical Wilmington, Inc.

   $ 1000      $ 0    N/A

 

1

Assets available to holders of General Unsecured Claims do not include uncollectible prepetition intercompany receivables from Debtors or pension assets. These amounts are net of secured, administrative and priority claims.

2

Estimated General Unsecured Claims do not include unsecured intercompany claims.

* N/A indicates that no Claims have been scheduled or filed, or if filed, are expected to be Allowed.


Non-Obligor Debtor

   Assets
Available
for Unsecured
Creditors

(Midpoint)
    Estimated
General
Unsecured
Claims
(Midpoint)
   Estimated
Recovery

%

Lyondell General Methanol Company

   $ (0   $ 0    N/A

Lyondell Greater China, Ltd.

   $ 134,825,278      $ 1,442,335    100.0

Lyondell Intermediate Holding Company

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

MHC Inc.

   $ 1,000,000      $ 93,887,473    1.07

Millennium Holdings, LLC

   $ 4,365,463      $ 1,213,170,960    0.36

Millennium Petrochemicals LP LLC

   $ 15,060,896      $ 0    N/A

Millennium Realty Inc.

   $ 0      $ 1,020    0.0

MWH South America LLC

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

National Distillers & Chemical Corporation

   $ 0      $ 20,000    0.0

NDCC International II

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

Penn Export Company, Inc.

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

Penn Navigation Company

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

Penn Shipping Company, Inc.

   $ 0      $ 2,500    0.0

Penntrans Company

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

PH Burbank Holdings, Inc.

   $ 0      $ 990,000    0.0

Power Liquidating Company, Inc.

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

Quantum Acceptance Corp.

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

Quantum Pipeline Company

   $ 0      $ 23,751,000    0.0

SCM Chemicals Inc.

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

SCM Plants, Inc.

   $ 0      $ 368,000    0.0

Suburban Propane GP, Inc.

   $ 0      $ 278    0.0

Tiona, Ltd.

   $ 0      $ 1,050    0.0

UAR Liquidating Inc.

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

USI Chemicals International Inc.

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

USI Credit Corp.

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

USI Puerto Rico Properties, Inc.

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

Walter Kidde & Company, Inc.

   $ 0      $ 0    N/A

Wyatt Industries, Inc.

   $ 0      $ 2,741,258    0.0


Exhibit A-8

Estimated Unsecured Claim Recovery Percentages

For Each of MPI, MSC and MPCO

 

Schedule III Debtor

   Assets
Available

for  Unsecured
Creditors
(Midpoint) 1
    Estimated
General
Unsecured
Claims
(Midpoint)
   Estimated
Recovery
%
 

Millennium Petrochemicals Inc.

   $ 57,095,409 2     $ 89,275,611    80.2 %* 

Millennium Specialty Chemicals Inc.

   $ 4,361,455      $ 19,214,478    39.3 %* 

Millennium US Op Co LLC

   $ 0      $ 32,301,763    16.8 %* 

 

* 16.8 percentage points of this recovery is on account of the Settlement Consideration, and accordingly, the holders of Senior/Bridge Guarantee Claims at this Class do not participate in that portion of the recovery, but share pro rata in any recovery in excess of the proceeds from the Settlement Consideration (and in any Excess Recoveries).
1

Assets available to holders of General Unsecured Claims do not include uncollectible prepetition intercompany receivables from Debtors or pension assets.

2

Pursuant to the Lender Litigation Settlement.


EXHIBIT A-9

Estimated Unsecured Claim Recovery Percentages

For Each Schedule III Obligor Debtor

 

Schedule III Debtor

   Assets
Available
for  Unsecured
Creditors
(Midpoint) 1
   Estimated
General
Unsecured
Claims
(Midpoint) 2
   Estimated
Recovery
% 3
 

Millennium America Holdings Inc.

   $ 0    $ 322,883    16.8

Millennium America Inc.

   $ 0    $ 247,692,477    16.8 % 4  

Millennium Chemicals Inc.

   $ 0    $ 27,271,436    16.8

Millennium Petrochemicals GP LLC

   $ 0    $ 80,152    16.8

Millennium Petrochemicals Partners, LP

   $ 0    $ 6,653    16.8

Millennium Worldwide Holdings I Inc.

   $ 0    $ 0    16.8

 

1

Assets available to holders of General Unsecured Claims do not include uncollectible prepetition intercompany receivables from Debtors or pension assets.

2

Plus Deficiency Claims on account of the Senior Secured Claims and Bridge Loan Claims. The holders of the 2015 Notes Claims shall not receive any recovery other than the Settlement Consideration.

3

16.8 percentage points of this recovery is on account of the Settlement Consideration, and accordingly, the holders of Senior/Bridge Deficiency Claims at this Class do not participate in that portion of the recovery, but share pro rata in any recovery in excess of the proceeds from the Settlement Consideration (and in any Excess Recoveries). As set forth in Section 4.10 of the Plan, holders of General Unsecured Claims and Senior/Bridge Deficiency Claims against each Schedule III Obligor Debtor (other than MCI) shall also be entitled to receive a contractual right from the applicable MCI Subsidiary. In addition, holders of General Unsecured Claims and Senior/Bridge Deficiency Claims against MCI shall be entitled to receive a beneficial trust interest in the Millennium Custodial Trust.

4

If the Millennium Notes Plan Conditions are satisfied, holders of Millennium Notes Claims will receive additional value as part of the Lender Litigation Settlement as set forth in Section 4.10 of the Plan.

Exhibit 3.1

 

INCORPORATION OF THE PUBLIC COMPANY

(NAAMLOZE VENNOOTSCHAP)

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V.

On the fifteenth day of October two thousand nine appeared before me, Krishna van Zundert, kandidaat-notaris, hereinafter: “civil law notary”, deputising for dr. Thomas Pieter van Duuren, civil law notary (notaris) in Amsterdam, The Netherlands:

Ms Catherine Annemieke Desiree Kuijper, in this matter with residence at the offices of Clifford Chance LLP, Droogbak la, 1013 GE Amsterdam, The Netherlands, born in Amsterdam, The Netherlands, on the eleventh day of November nineteen hundred and eighty-five, in this respect acting as attorney-in-fact, duly authorised in writing, of:

Stichting TopCo , a foundation (stichting) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands,, having its seat (statutaire zetel) at Rotterdam, The Netherlands, having its registered office at Weena 737, 3013 AM Rotterdam, and registered with the Dutch Commercial Register (Handelsregister) under number 24479018 (the “ Incorporator ”).

The authorisation of the person appearing appears from one (1) written power of attorney, which shall be attached to this deed ( Schedule 1 ).

The person appearing, acting as stated, has declared that the Incorporator incorporates a public company (naamloze vennootschap) (the “Company”) with the following articles of association:

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

CHAPTER I DEFINITIONS

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In these articles of association the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

  1.1.1 an “ Accountant ”: a register-accountant or other expert referred to in section 2:393 Dutch Civil Code (“DCC”), or an organisation within which such accountants cooperate.

 

  1.1.2 the “ Annual Accounts ”: the balance sheet and the profit and loss account including the explanatory notes;

 

  1.1.3 the “ Company ”: the company governed by these articles of association;

 

- 1 -


  1.1.4 the “ Distributable Part of the Shareholders’ Equity ”: the part of the shareholders’ equity exceeding the issued share capital plus the reserves which must be maintained by law;

 

  1.1.5 an “ e-mail ”: a legible and reproducible message sent by electronic means of communication;

 

  1.1.6 the “ manager ”: the management board of the Company (bestuur), existing of one member, except for articles 11.4 (second sentence), 13.2, 13.4, 13.5, 13.6, 13.7, 15.2, 15.3, 18.1(b), 21.5, 22.6 (fifth sentence), 24.1, in which the term “manager” means the individual member of the management board of the Company;

 

1.2 In addition, unless the content requires otherwise, the expression “ written ” or “ in writing ” shall include messages sent by e-mail.

CHAPTER II NAME, SEAT, OBJECTS

 

2. NAME, SEAT

 

2.l The name of the Company is: LyondellBassell Industries N.V.

 

2.2 The seat (statutaire zetel) of the Company is in Rotterdam, The Netherlands.

 

3. OBJECTS

The objects of the Company are:

 

(a) to incorporate, to participate in any manner whatsoever, to manage, to supervise, to cooperate with, to acquire, to maintain, to dispose of, to transfer or to administer in any other manner whatsoever all sorts of participations and interests in businesses and companies;

 

(b) to borrow, to lend and to raise funds, including the issue of bonds, promissory notes or other securities in the widest sense of the word;

 

(c) to grant guarantees and to grant securities over the assets of the Company for the benefit of companies and enterprises with which the Company forms a group;

 

(d) to acquire, to administer, to operate, to encumber, to dispose of and to transfer moveable assets and real property and any right to or interest therein;

 

(e) to advise and to render services to enterprises of any nature;

 

- 2 -


(f) to carry out all sorts of industrial, financial and commercial activities, including manufacturing, the import, export, purchase, sale, distribution and marketing of products and raw materials;

and all matters associated with the foregoing, related or conducive thereto, with the objects to be given their most expansive interpretation.

CHAPTER III CAPITAL AND SHARES

 

4. AUTHORISED CAPITAL

The authorised capital amounts to two hundred twenty-five thousand euro (EUR 225,000.00) and is divided into five million six hundred twenty-five thousand (5,625,000) ordinary shares of four eurocent (EUR 0.04) each.

CHAPTER IV ISSUE OF SHARES, COMPANY SHARES, CAPITAL REDUCTION

 

5. ISSUE OF SHARES, BODY OF THE COMPANY AUTHORISED TO ISSUE SHARES

 

5.1 Shares will be issued pursuant to a resolution of the manager which will have been approved by the supervisory board. The issue of a registered share, not being a share as referred to in section 2:86c DCC, will require an instrument intended for such purpose executed before a civil law notary in the Netherlands.

 

5.2 The designation of the manager as being the body competent to issue shares shall be valid for a period of five years starting on the fifteenth day of October two thousand nine and ending on the fourteenth day of October two thousand fourteen (unless this period is extended in accordance with article 5.3) and shall include the authority to issue all shares forming part of the authorised capital from time to time which are not yet issued.

 

5.3 The designation of the manager as being the body competent to issue shares may, by these articles of association or by a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders, be extended each time for a period not exceeding five years. If the designation is extended, the number of shares which may be issued shall be determined at the same time. Unless laid down otherwise in the designation, it may not be withdrawn.

 

5.4 If the designation of the manager as being the body competent to issue shares ends, the general meeting of shareholders shall be competent to issue shares unless another body is designated for this purpose by the general meeting of shareholders.

 

- 3 -


The resolution of the general meeting of shareholders to designate another body for this purpose or to issue shares will only be taken on the proposal of the manager which proposal will have been approved by the supervisory board.

 

5.5 The provisions in paragraphs 1 up to and including 4 of this article will be correspondingly applicable to the granting of rights to subscribe for shares but will not apply to the issue of shares to a party exercising a previously acquired right to subscribe for shares.

 

6. CONDITIONS OF ISSUE OF SHARES, PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHTS

 

6.1 In the resolution to issue shares the price and further conditions of the issue will be determined. Apart from the provisions laid down in section 2:80 paragraph 2 DCC the issue price may not be below par.

 

6.2 In case of shares being issued, every holder of shares will hold a pre-emptive right in proportion to the aggregate amount of his shares.

However, a holder of shares will not have a pre-emptive right to shares which are being issued against contribution other than in cash, to shares which will be issued to employees of the Company or of a group company and to shares which will be issued as a result of merger or legal split-off.

 

6.3 The pre-emptive right may be restricted or excluded by a resolution of the manager which will have been approved by the supervisory board and provided that the manager may only exercise this authority if it will then also be competent to pass a resolution for the issue of shares. The provisions of paragraphs 1 up to and including 4 of article 5 will be correspondingly applicable to the extent possible. In case a designation of the manager as being the body competent to restrict or exclude the pre-emptive right is not in force, the pre-emptive right accruing to shareholders may be restricted or excluded by the general meeting of shareholders, however, exclusively on the proposal of the manager which proposal will have been approved by the supervisory board apart from the designation of an other corporate body by the general meeting of shareholders.

 

6.4 In case of rights to subscribe for shares being granted, paragraphs 2 and 3 of this article will be correspondingly applicable. Shareholders will not hold a pre-emptive right to shares which are being issued to a party who exercises an already previously acquired right to subscribe for shares.

 

- 4 -


7. PAYMENTS ON SHARES

 

7.1 Upon subscription for a share the full nominal amount must be paid thereon, as well as in case the share is subscribed at a higher amount, the difference between said amounts, everything without prejudice to the provisions in section 2:80 paragraph 2 DCC.

 

7.2 Payment in foreign currency may only be made with permission of the Company.

 

7.3 The manager will be competent to enter into legal acts stated in section 2:94 DCC, without prior approval of the general meeting of shareholders.

 

8. COMPANY SHARES

 

8.1 Acquisition by the Company of shares in its capital not paid up will be null and void. The Company may, without prejudice to the statutory provisions and those laid down in these articles of association, only acquire said company shares for a consideration in case:

 

  a. its net assets reduced by the price of acquisition, will not be lower than the paid and claimed part of its capital increased by the reserves which must be maintained by law, and

 

  b. the nominal amount of the shares in its capital acquired, held or held in pledge by the company or those held by a subsidiary, will not exceed one-half of its issued capital.

Decisive for the validity of the acquisition will be the amount of the net assets according to the last adopted balance sheet, reduced by the acquisition price for the shares in the capital of the Company, the amount of the loans referred to in section 2:98c paragraph 2 DCC and distributions to the charge of the profit or reserves to other parties which the Company and its subsidiaries owed after the date of the balance sheet. In case a financial year will have expired for longer than six (6) months without the annual accounts having been adopted, an acquisition in accordance with the present paragraph will not be permitted. If depository receipts for shares in the capital of the Company have been issued, such depository receipts shall be put on par with shares for the purpose of the foregoing.

 

8.2 Shares may only be acquired other than gratuitously in case the general meeting of shareholders will have authorised the manager for that purpose.

Said authorisation will only be valid for a period not exceeding eighteen (18) months. In the authorisation the general meeting of shareholders shall determine how many shares or depository receipts thereof may be acquired, the manner in which they may be acquired and between what limits the price shall be.

 

- 5 -


8.3 The authorisation will not be required for the acquisition of company shares by the Company or depository receipts thereof in order to transfer these to employees in the employ of the Company or of a legal entity with which it is associated in a group by virtue of an arrangement applicable to said employees. These shares or the depository receipts shall be included in the price list of a stock exchange.

 

8.4 A resolution of the manager with respect to the acquisition or alienation of company shares or depository receipts thereof will be subject to the approval of the supervisory board.

 

8.5 In the general meeting of shareholders no votes may be cast in respect of a company share held by the Company or a subsidiary company; no votes may be cast in respect of a share for which the depository receipt is held by the Company or a subsidiary company. Usufructuaries or pledgees of a company share held by the Company or a subsidiary company will not be excluded from voting rights, if the right of usufruct or lien was created before the Company or such subsidiary company held such share. The Company or a subsidiary company may not cast votes for shares on which it holds a right of usufruct or a right of lien.

 

8.6 In the determination of the number of votes exercised in a general meeting of shareholders, to what extend shareholders are present or represented or to what extent the share capital has been provided or is represented, the shares for which no votes may be cast in compliance with the above will not be taken into account.

 

9. CAPITAL REDUCTION

 

9.1 The general meeting of shareholders may pass a resolution for the reduction of the issued capital, however, exclusively on proposal of the manager which proposal will have been approved by the supervisory board:

 

  a. by the withdrawal of shares; or

 

  b. by reducing the amount of the shares in an amendment of the articles of association, provided that as a result thereof the issued capital or the paid part thereof will not fall below the amount prescribed in section 2:67 DCC.

In said resolution, the shares to which the resolution relates shall be designated and the implementation of the resolution shall be arranged.

 

- 6 -


9.2 A resolution for withdrawal may relate to shares held by the Company itself or of which it holds the depositary receipts;

 

9.3 Reduction of the amount of the shares without repayment and without exemption from the liability for payment shall be made proportionately on all shares. The requirement of proportion may be deviated from with the consent of all shareholders concerned.

 

9.4 Partial repayment on shares or exemption from the liability for payment will only be possible by way of implementation of a resolution for reduction of the amount of the shares. Such a repayment or exemption shall be made proportionately on all shares.

The requirement of proportion may be deviated from with the consent of all shareholders concerned.

 

9.5 A resolution for capital reduction will require a majority of at least two/thirds (2/3) of the votes cast, in case less than one half (1/2) of the issued capital is represented at the general meeting of shareholders.

 

9.6 The convening notice for a meeting in which a resolution as stated in the present article will be passed will state the object of the capital reduction and the manner of implementation. In case the capital reduction will involve an amendment of the articles of association, those parties who have sent such a convening notice shall simultaneously deposit a copy of said proposal, containing the verbatim text of the proposed amendment, at the office of the Company as well as at an address to be mentioned in the convening notice, for perusal by every shareholder and holder of depository receipts of shares issued with the cooperation of the Company, until the end of the meeting.

 

9.7 The Company will deposit the resolutions referred to in the present article at the office of the Trade Register and will announce the depositing in a nationally distributed daily newspaper.

 

9.8 On the proposal of the manager, which proposal will have been approved by the supervisory board, the general meeting of shareholders may decide that a repayment on shares will either fully or partly be made not in cash but in participations in a company in which the Company participates either directly or indirectly.

 

- 7 -


10. BEARER SHARES AND REGISTERED SHARES, SHARE CERTIFICATES, MISSING AND DAMAGED SHARE CERTIFICATES

 

10.1 The shares will, at the option of the manager which will have been approved by the supervisory board, either be in bearer form or in registered form. No share certificates will be issued for registered shares.

 

10.2 Bearer share certificates will either be available in the denominations one (1) share, five (5) shares, ten (10) shares and one hundred (100) shares and further denominations of such higher numbers of shares as the manager may determine or in the form of one (1) global certificate as the manager may determine. All share certificates shall be identified by numbers and/or letters.

 

10.3 Upon written request by or on behalf of a shareholder, missing or damaged share certificates may be replaced by new share certificates bearing the same number and/or letters, provided that the shareholder who has made such request, or the person making such request on his behalf, provides satisfactory evidence of his title and in so far as applicable, the loss of his share certificates to the manager, and further subject to such conditions as the manager may deem appropriate.

 

10.4 The issue of a new share certificate shall render the share certificate which its replaces invalid.

 

11. SHAREHOLDERS’ REGISTER

 

11.1 A register will be kept at the office of the Company in which all holders of registered shares will be registered, with additional statement of their addresses and the amount paid on each share.

The register will also include the name and addresses of those parties holding a right of usufruct or a right of lien on said shares, with additional statement which rights attached to the shares will accrue to them in accordance with article 12.

 

11.2 At request, the manager will gratuitously provide a shareholder, a usufructuary and a pledgee with an extract from the register with respect to his right to a registered share.

In case the share will be subject to a right of usufruct or a right of lien, the extract will state to whom the rights referred to in article 12 will accrue.

 

11.3 The manager will deposit the register at the office of the Company for perusal by the shareholders as well as the usufructuaries and pledgees to whom the rights of a holder of depository receipts referred to in the next article accrue.

 

- 8 -


The preceding sentence will not apply to the part of the register kept outside the Netherlands in order to comply with the legalisation applicable there or by virtue of any stock exchange regulations.

 

11.4 The register will be kept up-to-date regularly.

Every annotation in a register will be signed on behalf of or by the manager.

Otherwise the manner in which the register will be arranged will be determined by the manager, with approval of the supervisory board.

CHAPTER V TRANSFER OF SHARES, RIGHTS IN REM

 

12. TRANSFER OF SHARES, USUFRUCT AND PLEDGE, SHARES IN AN UNDIVIDED COMMUNITY OF PROPERTY

 

12.1 The transfer of a registered share, not being a share referred to in section 2:86c DCC, will require an instrument intended for such purpose executed before a civil law notary in the Netherlands. The transfer of a registered share, being a share referred to in section 2:86c DCC, will require a deed of transfer and serving of said deed upon the Company or written acknowledgement of the delivery by the Company.

 

12.2 The provisions in paragraph 1 of this article will be correspondingly applicable to the creation and delivery of the right of usufruct and to the creation of a right of lien on a registered share.

 

12.3 The provisions in paragraph 1 of this article will be correspondingly applicable to the apportionment of registered shares in case of a division of any community of property.

 

12.4 The shareholder will hold the voting right on the shares on which a right of usufruct or a right of lien will have been created. However, the voting right will accrue to the usufructuary or the pledgee in case this is determined at the creation of the right of usufruct or the right of lien. The shareholder not holding the voting right, and the usufructuary and the pledgee holding the voting right, will hold the rights granted by law to the holders of depository receipts of shares issued with the cooperation of the Company.

The rights referred to in the preceding sentence will not accrue to the usufructuary and the pledgee not holding the voting right.

 

12.5 The rights for the acquisition of shares ensuing from the share will accrue to the usufructuary holding the voting right, subject tot the proviso that he shall compensate the value of said rights to the shareholder insofar he has no claim to them by virtue of his right of usufruct.

 

- 9 -


12.6 In case shares or a right of usufruct or a right of lien thereon will form part of an undivided community of property, the parties entitled may only exercise their rights ensuing from said shares or the restricted right by a person to be designated by them in writing.

CHAPTER VI MANAGEMENT SUPERVISION ON MANAGEMENT.

 

13. MANAGER.

 

13.1 The Company will be managed by the manager under the supervision of a supervisory board consisting of at least seven (7) members and a maximum of twelve (12) members.

With due observance of the provisions in the previous sentence, the number of members of the supervisory board will be determined by the general meeting of shareholders.

 

13.2 The general meeting of shareholders will appoint the manager and the members of the supervisory board.

The manager can be appointed for a four (4) year term and may be reappointed. There is no limit to the number of times the manager can be reappointed.

Persons who will have reached the age of seventy-two (72) may not be appointed member of the supervisory board. A member of the supervisory board will cease to be a supervisory director at the latest at the end of the financial year in which he reaches the age of seventy-two (72).

The general meeting of shareholders may at any time suspend and dismiss the manager and members of the supervisory board.

The supervisory board may at any time suspend the manager.

 

13.3 Unless the general meeting of shareholders, on the proposal of the supervisory board, determines that a member of the supervisory board shall be appointed for a longer period, a member of the supervisory board will be appointed for a maximum period of three (3) years, provided however that unless such member of the supervisory board has resigned at an earlier date, his term of office shall lapse at the end of the first annual general meeting of shareholders, to be held in the fourth year after the year of his appointment. A member may be re-appointed with due observance of the preceding sentence. There is no limit to the number of times a member of the supervisory board can be reappointed. The supervisory board shall draw up a retirement schedule for the members of the supervisory board.

 

- 10 -


Periodical resignation will take place per the date of the annual general meeting of shareholders.

In case the number of members of the supervisory board will be less than seven (7), the supervisory board will remain competent.

 

13.4 The general meeting of shareholders may only adopt a resolution to suspend or dismiss the manager or a member of the supervisory board by an majority of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the votes cast, if such majority represents at least one half (1/2) of the issued share capital. If the proportion of the share capital of at least one half (1/2) as referred to in the preceding sentence is not represented at the meeting, then no new meeting referred to in section 2:120 paragraph 3 DCC may be convened.

 

13.5 If either the general meeting of shareholders or the supervisory board has suspended the manager or if the general meeting of shareholders has suspended a member of the supervisory board, the general meeting of shareholders shall within three (3) months after the suspension has taken effect resolve either to dismiss the manager or member of the supervisory board, or to terminate or continue the suspension, failing which the suspension shall lapse.

A resolution to continue the suspension may be adopted in compliance with paragraph 4 of this article but only once and in such event the suspension may be continued for a maximum period of three (3) months commencing on the day the general meeting of shareholders has adopted the resolution to continue suspension. If within the period of continued suspension the general meeting of shareholders has not resolved either to dismiss the manager or the member of the supervisory board concerned or to terminate the suspension, the suspension shall lapse.

 

13.6 The manager or a member of the supervisory board shall in the event of a dismissal or suspension be given the opportunity to account for his actions at the general meeting of shareholders and to be assisted by an adviser.

 

13.7 On the basis of a remuneration policy determined by the general meeting of shareholders, the supervisory board shall determine the remuneration, if any, and other terms of employment for the manager.

 

13.8 The general meeting of shareholders shall on proposal of the supervisory board, determine the remuneration of the supervisory board, which shall consist of a fixed yearly amount.

 

- 11 -


CHAPTER VII THE MANAGER

 

14. DUTIES OF THE MANAGER, DECISION MAKING PROCESS

 

14.1 The manager will be charged with the management of the affairs of the Company.

 

14.2 The manager may have itself assisted by one or more persons to whom the title managing director or any other title of which the word managing director forms part, may be granted.

 

14.3 The manager may draw up regulations in which the decision-taking process of the manager will be arranged. The regulations will require the approval of the supervisory board.

 

14.4 Without prejudice to any other applicable provisions of these articles of association, the manager shall furthermore require the approval of the supervisory board and the general meeting of shareholders for resolutions of the manager regarding a significant change in the identity or nature of the Company or its associated enterprise, including in any event:

 

  (a) the transfer of the enterprise or practically the entire enterprise to a third party;

 

  (b) to conclude or cancel any long-lasting co-operation by the Company or a subsidiary with any other legal person or company or as a fully liable general partner of a limited partnership or a general partnership, provided that such co-operation or the cancellation thereof is of essential importance to the Company;

 

  (c) to acquire or dispose of a participating interest in the capital of a company with a value of at least one third of the sum of the assets according to the consolidated balance sheet with explanatory notes thereto according to the last adopted Annual Accounts of the Company, by the Company or a subsidiary.

 

14.5 The supervisory board may adopt resolutions pursuant to which other clearly specified resolutions of the manager will also require its approval.

The supervisory board shall inform the manager without delay of any such resolution.

 

14.6 The lacking of the approval of the supervisory board as mentioned in paragraph 5 and 6 of this article may not be invoked by or against third parties.

 

- 12 -


15. REPRESENTATION

 

15.1 The manager may represent the Company.

 

15.2 In case of a conflicting interest between the Company and the manager including the entering into of legal acts between the Company and the manager, the Company will be represented by any two (2) members of the supervisory board.

 

15.3 In case the manager is absent or unable to attend, the supervisory board will be temporarily charged with the management of the Company. The supervisory board will in said case be competent to temporarily entrust the management of the Company to one or several persons from its number or otherwise.

 

15.4 The manager may appoint representatives with full or limited authority to represent the Company, acting either individually or jointly with one or more other persons. Each of those representatives shall represent the Company with due observance of those limits. The manager will determine their title.

 

16. SUPERVISORY BOARD

 

16.1 It will be the task of the supervisory board to supervise the policy of the manager and the general course of affairs of the Company and its associated enterprise. The supervisory board will assist the manager by the rendering of advice. In the performance of their duties, the supervisory board will be guided by the interest of the Company and its associated enterprise. The members of the supervisory board shall be natural persons.

 

16.2 The manager will timely provide the supervisory board with the data necessary for the performance of its duties.

 

16.3 The supervisory board may appoint committees from among its members.

 

16.4 The supervisory board shall adopt a profile of its size and composition, taking account of the nature of the business, its activities and the desired expertise and background of the members of the supervisory board.

 

17. MEETINGS OF THE SUPERVISORY BOARD, DECISION MAKING PROCESS

 

17.1 The supervisory board shall appoint a chairman and, if necessary, a deputy chairman from its number. The supervisory board will designate a secretary and, if necessary, a deputy secretary whether or not from its number.

 

- 13 -


17.2 The supervisory board will hold a meeting whenever deemed desirable by the chairman or two (2) other members of the supervisory board. A member of the supervisory board may have himself represented at a meeting by one other member of the supervisory board authorised in writing.

 

17.3 The supervisory board shall include the division of duties within and the procedure of the supervisory board and its committees in a set of regulations.

 

17.4 The supervisory board will pass its resolutions by an absolute majority of the votes validly cast.

Abstentions will be regarded as votes not cast.

In case of an equality of votes on matters, the proposal will have been rejected.

In case of an equality of votes on persons, the resolution will be postponed until the next following meeting. In case there will again be an equality of votes, no resolution will be passed.

 

17.5 The passing of resolutions will require a majority of the members of the supervisory board holding office being present or represented at that meeting.

 

17.6 Minutes of the proceedings at the meetings will be kept by the secretary of the board. The minutes will be confirmed and signed by the persons who will have acted as chairman and secretary at the meeting.

 

17.7 The supervisory board may also pass resolutions without a meeting being held, provided (i) the proposal concerned has been despatched to the home address or to a previously stated other address of all members of the supervisory board by letter, facsimile or e-mail, (ii) none of them has opposed said manner of passing resolutions and (iii) the majority of the supervisory board holding office has declared to favour the proposals concerned by letter, facsimile or e-mail.

The secretary will draw up a report of a resolution thus passed whilst adding the incoming replies, which report will be added to the minutes after having been co-signed by the chairman.

 

17.8 A member of the supervisory board shall not take part in a decision-making on a subject or transaction in relation to which he has a conflict of interest with the Company.

 

- 14 -


CHAPTER VII GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

18. ANNUAL AND EXTRAORDINARY MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

18.1 Annually a general meeting of shareholders will be held, at which inter alia the following items will be considered;

 

  (a) the adoption of the Annual Accounts and – with due observance of the provisions of article 23 – the allocation of profits;

 

  (b) the proposal regarding the discharge from liability to the manager for the management in the last financial year;

 

  (c) the proposal regarding the discharge from liability to members of the supervisory board for their supervision in the last financial year;

 

  (d) if applicable, the proposal to pay dividend;

 

  (e) other proposals raised for consideration by the supervisory board or the manager, such as in respect of the designation of a body competent to issue shares and in respect of restriction or exclusion of the pre-emptive right and in respect of the authorisation to the manager to have the Company acquire and take in pledge company shares or depository receipts thereof.

 

18.2 The annual general meeting of shareholders will at the latest be held in the month of June.

 

18.3 Other general meetings of shareholders will be held whenever the manager and/or the supervisory board will pass a resolution to convene such a meeting.

 

18.4 The shareholders as well as the holders of depository receipts of shares issued with the cooperation of the Company will be called to attend general meeting of shareholders by or on behalf of the manager or the supervisory board.

 

18.5 The convening notice for a general meeting of shareholders will be published not later than on the fifteenth day prior to the date of the meeting.

 

18.6 The convening notice will state the subjects to be considered in an agenda or the information that the shareholders and the holders of depository receipts of shares, issued with the cooperation of the Company, may take cognizance thereof at the office of the Company, without prejudice to the provisions in article 23, paragraph 2 in respect of a proposal for the amendment of the articles of association.

 

- 15 -


18.7 One or more shareholders representing solely or jointly at least one/hundredth (1/100) part of the issued share capital or, as long as the shares of the Company are admitted to trading on a market in financial instruments as referred to in article 1:1 of the Financial Supervision Act ( Wet financieel toezicht ), whose shares represent a value of fifty million euro (EUR 50,000,000.00) or more can request the supervisory board to place a matter on the agenda, provided that the Company has received such request at least sixty (60) days prior to the date of the general meeting of shareholders concerned.

 

18.8 One or more shareholders representing solely or jointly at least one-tenth (1/10) part of the issued share capital can request the supervisory board to convene a general meeting of shareholders. The supervisory board shall publish a convening notice for such a general meeting of shareholders within four (4) weeks of receipt from such shareholders of a specified agenda for such general meeting of shareholders and, in the sole discretion of the supervisory board, compelling evidence of the number of shares held by such shareholder or shareholders.

 

18.9 No valid resolutions can be adopted at a general meeting of shareholders in respect of items which are not included in the agenda.

 

18.10 The agenda may be obtained free of charge by the shareholders and the holders of depositary receipts referred to in paragraph 6 of this article at the office of the Company.

 

18.11 The manager and the supervisory board shall provide the general meeting of shareholders with all requested information, unless this would be contrary to an overriding interest of the Company. If the manager and the supervisory board invoke an overriding interest, they must give reasons therefore.

The manager and the supervisory board shall inform the general meeting of shareholders by means of explanatory notes to the agenda of all facts and circumstances relevant to the proposals on the agenda. These explanatory notes to the agenda shall be put on the Company’s website.

 

19. PLACE OF MEETING, CONVENING NOTICE

 

19.1 The general meeting of shareholders will be held in Rotterdam, Amsterdam or Haarlemmermeer (Schiphol Airport).

 

19.2 All convening notices for said meetings will be announced in an advertisement in a nationally distributed daily newspaper.

The advertisement may moreover be placed in other papers.

Each convening notice will state the place and time of the meeting.

 

- 16 -


20. CHAIRMANSHIP, MINUTES, RIGHTS TO ATTEND MEETINGS, DECISION-TAKING PROCESS

 

20.1 The chairman of the supervisory board will act as chairman of the general meeting of shareholders or, in case of his absence, one of the other members of the supervisory board to be designated by the supervisory board. In case no member of the supervisory board will be present, the general meeting of shareholders itself will designate its presidium.

 

20.2 Minutes of the meetings will be kept at each meeting by the secretary of the supervisory board or, in case of his absence, by the deputy secretary of said board - in case he will have been designated-, which minutes will be confirmed and signed by the chairman and the minutes secretary unless, at the request of the parties having convened the meetings, an official record will be drawn up by a civil law notary to be designated by them, in which case said official record need only be signed by the civil law notary and by the witnesses, if any.

The draft minutes of the general meeting of shareholders shall be made available, on request, to shareholders no later than three (3) months after the end of the meeting, after which the shareholders shall have the opportunity to react to the draft minutes in the following three months. The minutes shall then be adopted in the manner as described in the first sentence of this paragraph.

If the notarial official record has been drawn up, the notarial official record shall be made available, on request, no later than three (3) months after the end of the general meeting of shareholders.

 

20.3 Every shareholder, pledgee and usufructuary (both provided they hold voting right on the relevant shares) will be competent, either personally or through an attorney authorised in writing, to attend the general meeting of shareholders, to address said meetings and to exercise the voting right. Every holder of a depositary receipt of share issued with the cooperation of the Company (hereinafter: “ holder of a depository receipt ”) will be competent, either personally or through an attorney authorised in writing, to attend the general meeting of shareholders and to address the meeting.

 

20.4 The supervisory board may determine that attending and addressing the general meeting as well as participating in the deliberations and exercising the voting right may also take place by way of electronic means of communication. For that purpose it is required that the shareholders, pledgees, usufructuaries and holders of depository receipts or their attorneys authorised in writing can be identified and that they can simultaneously take note of the discussions at the meeting. The supervisory board may set conditions for the use of electronic means of communication; these conditions shall be announced in the convening notice.

 

- 17 -


20.5 The manager may determine that the provisions of paragraphs 3 and 4 of this article will be applicable to those applicants who (i) are a shareholder, usufructuary and pledgee (provided they hold the voting rights on the relevant shares) or a holder of a depository receipt as per a certain date, determined by the manager, such date hereinafter referred to as: the “ record date ”, and (ii) who are as such registered in a register (or one or more parts thereof) designated thereto by the manager, hereinafter referred to as: the “ register ”, in as far as (iii) at the request of the relative applicant, the holder of the register has notified the Company in writing prior to the general meeting of shareholders that the relative applicant has the intention to attend the general meeting of shareholders, regardless who will be applicant as referred to hereinbefore at the time of the general meeting of shareholders. The notification will state the name and the number of shares or depository receipts, for which the applicant is entitled to attend the general meeting of shareholders. The provision above under (iii) on the notification to the Company will also apply to the attorney authorised in writing of an applicant.

 

20.6 The record date mentioned in paragraph 5 of this article and the date mentioned in said paragraph on which the notification of the intention to attend the general meeting of shareholders shall have been given at the latest, can not be fixed earlier than at a time on the seventh day and not later than a time on the third day, prior to the date of the general meeting of shareholders. The convocation of the general meeting of shareholders will include said times, the place of meeting and the proceedings for registration and/or notification.

 

20.7 In case the manager does not exercise the power referred to in paragraph 5 of this article, the holders of bearer shares, in order to attend the general meeting of shareholders and to take part in the voting, shall deposit a written statement of an affiliated institution at the office of the Company or at the place designated for this purpose in the convocation for the meeting. Said statement shall be to the effect that the number of bearer shares listed in such statement belongs to its collective depository and that the person mentioned in the statement is a joint owner for the number of shares stated in its collective depository and will be so until after the meeting. The announcement shall state the day on which the depositing of the statement of the affiliated institution shall be made at the latest; this day may not be set earlier than on the seventh day prior to the day of the meeting.

 

- 18 -


20.8 In case the manager does not exercise its power referred to in paragraph 5 of this article, the holders of the depository receipts referred to in paragraph 3 of this article, as well as usufructuaries and pledgees holding voting rights, in order to be able to exercise their rights to attend meetings, shall deposit documentary evidence of their rights at the office of the Company or at a place designated for this purpose in the convocation for the meeting not later than on the seventh day prior to the meeting.

 

20.9 Moreover, the person who wishes to exercise the right to vote and to attend the meeting, shall sign the attendance list prior to the meeting, stating his name, the name(s) of the person(s) for whom he acts as attorney, the number of shares he is representing and, as far as applicable, the number of votes he is able to cast.

 

20.10 Those who have been authorised in writing shall present their warrant of attorney at the general meeting of shareholders. The supervisory board may resolve that the warrants of attorney of holders of voting rights will be attached to the attendance list.

 

20.11 Every share will carry the right to cast one (1) vote.

 

20.12 All votes will be cast orally, unless the chairman will deem a written ballot desirable or one of the parties entitled to vote will make the relative request prior to the ballot. Written votes will be cast by unsigned, closed ballot-papers. In case none of the parties entitled to vote present will oppose this, proposals may be adopted by acclamation.

 

20.13 All resolutions for which the law or the articles of association do not prescribe a larger majority, will be passed by an absolute majority of the votes cast.

 

20.14 Abstentions will be regarded as votes not cast.

 

20.15 The opinion of the chairman expressed at the meeting that a resolution has been passed by the general meeting of shareholders, will be decisive. The same will apply to the text of a resolution passed insofar as votes will have been cast on a proposal not laid down in writing. However, in case immediately after said opinion having been expressed, it correctness will be challenged, a new ballot will be held in case the majority of the parties entitled to vote and present at the meeting, or in case the original votes will not have been cast by poll or in writing, a partly entitled to vote and present at the meeting will make the relative request. As a result of said new ballot, the legal consequences of the original vote will be cancelled.

 

- 19 -


20.16 A certificate signed by the chairman and the secretary of the general meeting of shareholders confirming that the general meeting of shareholders has adopted a particular resolution, shall constitute evidence of such resolution vis-á-vis third parties.

CHAPTER IX ANNUAL ACCOUNTS, PROFIT

 

21. FINANCIAL YEAR AND ANNUAL ACCOUNTS

 

21.1 The financial year of the Company will coincide with the calendar year.

 

21.2 Annually, within five (5) months after the end of the financial year of the Company, apart from extension of said period not exceeding six (6) months by the general meeting of shareholders on the ground of special circumstances, the manager will compile an annual account and annual report.

 

21.3 The Company will grant an Accountant the assignment to audit the Annual Accounts. The general meeting of shareholders will be competent to grant the assignment. In case it will not proceed to do so, the supervisory board will be competent or, in case the members of the supervisory board will be lacking or the supervisory board will fail to do so, the manager will be competent.

The designation of an Accountant will not be restricted by any nomination whatsoever; the assignment may be withdrawn at any time by the general meeting of shareholders or by the party by which it will have been granted; the assignment granted by the manager may moreover be withdrawn by the supervisory board. The Accountant will report to the supervisory board and the manager with respect to his findings.

 

21.4 The general meeting of shareholders adopts the Annual Accounts. The Accountant may be questioned by the general meeting of shareholders in relation to its statement on the fairness of the Annual Accounts. The Accountant shall therefore be invited to attend this meeting and be entitled to address this meeting.

 

21.5 The Annual Accounts will be signed by the manager and all members of the supervisory board. In case any signature(s) should be lacking, the reason thereof will be stated.

 

21.6 The Annual Accounts, the annual report and the data to be added by virtue of section 2:392 paragraph 1 DCC, will be deposited at the office of the Company, for perusal by the shareholders as well as the holders of depositary receipts of shares issued with the cooperation of the Company as of the date of the convening notice for the annual meeting.

 

- 20 -


Said shareholders and holders of depositary receipts may peruse the documents there and gratuitously obtain a copy thereof.

Furthermore, anyone else may inspect the documents referred to in the first sentence of the present paragraph, insofar as said documents shall be made public after adoption, and obtain a copy thereof at a price not exceeding cost.

 

21.7 The Annual Accounts shall be published within eight (8) days after having been adopted. It will be made public by depositing a full copy thereof in the Dutch language, or in case this will not have been drawn up, a copy in English, French or German at the office of the Trade Register. The date of adoption shall be stated on the copy.

 

22. SHARE PREMIUM RESERVES, APPROPRIATION OF PROFIT

 

22.1 Besides possible other reserves, the Company will keep a share premium reserve to which the shareholders are entitled.

 

22.2 To the charge of the profit, any such amounts will be allocated to reserves as will be fixed by the manager with approval of the supervisory board.

 

22.3 After the allocation to the reserves in accordance with the preceding paragraph the general meeting of shareholders shall determine the allocation of the remaining profits.

 

22.4 Distributions can only be made up to the amount of the Distributable Part of the Shareholders Equity.

 

22.5 Distributions will be made after adoption of the Annual Accounts evidencing these to be permissible.

 

22.6 With approval of the supervisory board, the manager may pass a resolution for the distribution of an interim dividend provided the requirement of the paragraph 5 of this article will have been fulfilled as will be evident from an interim specification of equity. Said specification will relate to the position of the equity at the earliest on the first day of the third month prior to the month in which the resolution for the distribution of an interim dividend will be announced. Said specification will be drawn up with due observance of the valuation methods deemed acceptable in society. The amounts to be reserved by virtue of the law will figure in the specification of equity. It will be signed by or on behalf of the manager if the signature(s) of one or several of them should be lacking, the reason thereof will be stated. The specification of equity will be deposited at the office of the Trade Register within eight days after the date on which the resolution for distribution will be announced.

 

- 21 -


22.7 The manager will decide at what places and as of what dates dividends and other distribution on shares will be made payable and will announce this by means of an advertisement in a nationally distributed daily newspaper.

 

22.8 The Company shall only pay dividends and other distributions (irrespective of their form) on shares to those in whose name the shares are registered on the date that such dividends or other distribution was declared. Such payment discharges the Company.

 

22.9 Dividends, not collected within and five (5) years after the first day on which they became payable, will revert to the Company.

 

22.10 In case the profit and loss account in any year will show any loss that cannot be covered by the reserves or extinguished in any other manner, no profit will be distributed in a following year or in subsequent years until said loss has been covered by reserves or extinguished in any other manner.

 

22.11 On a proposal of the manager, approved by the supervisory board, the general meeting of shareholders may pass a resolution for distributions of profit – or also to the charge of a reserve susceptible to distribution in shares, in depository receipts thereof or in participations in a company in which the Company participates directly or indirectly.

CHAPTER X AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION, LIQUIDATION

 

23. AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION. DISSOLUTION.

 

23.1 A resolution for the amendment of the articles of association or for dissolution of the Company may only be passed by the general meeting of shareholders on the proposal of the manager with approval of the supervisory board.

 

23.2 In case a proposal for amendment of the articles of association or dissolution of the Company will be made to the general meeting of shareholders, this shall invariably be stated in the actual convening notice for said meeting and – in case it will concern an amendment of the articles of association – a copy of the proposal, containing the verbatim text of the proposed amendment, shall simultaneously be deposited at the office of the Company for perusal by every shareholder and every holder of a depository receipt of share issued with the cooperation of the Company, until the end of the meeting.

 

- 22 -


24. LIQUIDATION.

 

24.1 In case of dissolution of the Company by virtue of a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders, the manager will be charged with the liquidation of the affairs of the Company and the supervisory board will be charged with the supervision thereof, without prejudice to the provisions in section 2:23 paragraph 2 DCC.

 

24.2 During the liquidation, the provisions of the articles of association will as much as possible continue to be effective.

The balance remaining after payment of the creditors will be distributed to the shareholders in proportion to each of their shareholding.

CHAPTER XI INDEMNIFICATION BY THE COMPANY

 

25. INDEMNIFICATION

The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she (or a person or entity for whom he or she) is or was the manager or member of the supervisory board of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such person, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action suit or proceeding was brought or any other court having appropriate jurisdiction shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification against such expenses which the court in which such action or proceeding was brought or such other court having appropriate jurisdiction shall deem proper.

The Company shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only, if the Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the manager with approval of the supervisory board of the Company. For purposes of this article, an “agent” of the Company includes any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or other agent of the Company or is or was serving at the

 

- 23 -


request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or other agent of another company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; or was a director, officer, employee or other agent of a company which was a predecessor company of the Company or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor company.

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending a Proceeding may be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon a resolution of the manager which will have been approved by supervisory board with respect to the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the manager, member of the supervisory board, director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is entitled to be indemnified by the Company in accordance with this article.

 

26. FINAL PROVISION

The first financial year of the Company shall end on the thirty-first day of December two thousand ten. This provision will lapse after the first financial year.

FINAL STATEMENTS

Finally, the person appearing made the following statements:

 

(i) At the incorporation the issued share capital amounts to forty-five thousand euro (EUR 45,000.00), divided into one million one million one hundred twenty-five thousand (1,125,000) registered ordinary shares of four eurocent (EUR 0.04) each. The Incorporator participates in the issued share capital for one million one million one hundred twenty-five thousand (1,125,000) registered ordinary shares.

The issue takes place at par value. The issued share capital has been paid in cash. Payment in foreign currency is permitted. The documents which must be attached by virtue of section 93a, Book 2 of the DCC have been attached to this deed as Schedule 2 . The Company accepts the payment on the shares issued at the incorporation;

 

(ii) The first manager is the Incorporator;

 

(iii) The first members of the supervisory board are:

 

  (a) Mr Gerald Anthony O’Brien, born in Minnesota, United States of America on the twenty-second day of February nineteen hundred fifty-two, residing at 18 Coldsprings Court, The Woodlands, TX 77380, United States of America; and

 

- 24 -


  (b) Mr Craig Barkell Glidden, born in Michigan, United States of America on the third day of January nineteen hundred fifty-eight, residing at 11 Williamsburg Lane, Houston, TX 77024, United States of America;

 

(iv) The ministerial declaration of no-objection was granted on the twenty-fourth day of September two thousand nine, under number N.V. 1567749, as stated in the written declaration of the Ministry of Justice which has been attached to this instrument as Schedule 3 .

FINAL PROVISIONS

The person appearing is known to me, civil law notary.

This instrument, drawn up to be kept in the civil law notary’s custody was executed in Amsterdam on the date first above written.

The contents of this instrument were given and explained to the person appearing.

The person appearing then declared to have noted and approved the contents and did not want a full reading thereof. Thereupon, after limited reading, this instrument was signed by the person appearing and by me, civil law notary.

 

- 25 -

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V.

Informal translation in the English language of the substance of the original material deed of incorporation of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. in the Dutch language. In this translation an attempt has been made to be as literal as possible, without jeopardizing the overall continuity. Inevitably, differences may occur in the translation, and if so, the Dutch text will govern.

On [DATE] appeared before me, dr. Thomas Pieter van Duuren, civil law notary ( notaris ) in Amsterdam, The Netherlands:

[NAME], in this matter with residence at the offices of Clifford Chance LLP, Droogbak 1a, 1013 GE Amsterdam, The Netherlands, born in [PLACE], [COUNTRY] on [DATE].

The person appearing has declared that the general meeting of shareholders of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. , a public company ( naamloze vennootschap ) incorporated under Dutch law, having its seat ( statutaire zetel ) in Rotterdam, The Netherlands and its registered office at Weena 737, 3013 AM Rotterdam, The Netherlands and registered with the Dutch Commercial Register ( Handelsregister ) under number 24473890 (the “ Company ”), has resolved on [    ] to amend and to completely renew the articles of association of the Company as stated hereinafter as well as to authorise the person appearing to execute this deed of amendment to the articles of association of which resolutions appear from a photocopy of the shareholder’s resolution attached to this deed ( Schedule 1 ).

The proposal of the Company’s management board and the approval of the Company’s supervisory board within the meaning of article 23.1 of the Company’s articles of association are evidenced by a written management board resolution and a written resolution of the supervisory board, a photocopy of which resolutions shall be attached to this deed (Schedules 2 and 3).

The person appearing has also declared that the articles of association of the above mentioned Company were previously amended by deed of amendment of the articles of association on [    ] two thousand and ten executed before [a deputy of me,] civil law notary, for which the ministerial declaration of no objections was granted on [    ] and ten under number N.V. 1567749, and have not been amended since then.

In order to execute said resolution to amend the articles of association, the person appearing has declared to amend and to completely renew the articles of association as follows:

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

CHAPTER I DEFINITIONS

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In these articles of association the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

  1.1.1 an “ Accountant ”: a register-accountant or other expert referred to in section 2:393 Dutch Civil Code (“ DCC ”), or an organisation within which such accountants cooperate.


 

  1.1.2 the “ Annual Accounts ”: the balance sheet and the profit and loss account including the explanatory notes;

 

  1.1.3 the “ CEO ” the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

 

  1.1.4 the “ Class B Liquidation Preference ” ten dollars and sixty-one cents (USD 10.61) per class B ordinary share, subject to adjustments for any stock splits or stock combinations;

 

  1.1.5 Closing Price ” means, as of any date, the last reported per share sales price of a share of class B ordinary shares on such date (or, if no last reported sale price is reported, the average of the bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average bid and the average ask prices on such date) as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, or if the class B ordinary shares are not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported by the principal national or regional securities exchange or quotation system on which the class B ordinary shares are then listed or quoted, or if the class B ordinary shares are not so listed or reported, as reported on the OTC Bulletin Board or, if not so listed or reported, as reported in the “pink sheets” published by Pink OTC Markets, Inc. (or similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices); provided , however , that in the absence of such quotations, the Closing Price for the class B ordinary shares shall be the Closing Price (similarly determined in the manner set forth in this definition) of the class A ordinary shares, and in the absence of such quotations, the Closing Price for the class B ordinary shares will be determined by the supervisory board in good faith.

 

  1.1.6 the “ Company ”: the company governed by these articles of association;

 

  1.1.7 a “ Deemed Liquidation ”: the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of subsidiaries of the Company whose assets constitute all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

  1.1.8 the “ Distributable Part of the Shareholders’ Equity ”: the part of the shareholders’ equity exceeding the issued share capital plus the reserves which must be maintained by law;

 

  1.1.9 an “ e-mail ”: a legible and reproducible message sent by electronic means of communication;


  1.1.10 a “ Liquidation ”: the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up (“ ontbinding ”) of the Company;

 

  1.1.11 the “ Liquidation Preference Expiration Date ”: the first date upon which the Closing Price exceeds two hundred percent (200%) of the Class B Liquidation Preference, for at least forty-five (45) trading days within a period of sixty (60) consecutive trading days; provided however, that the Closing Price must exceed such threshold on both the first and last day of the sixty (60) day period.

 

1.2 In addition, unless the content requires otherwise, the expression “ written ” or “ in writing ” shall include messages sent by e-mail.

CHAPTER II NAME, SEAT, OBJECTS

 

2. NAME, SEAT

 

2.1 The name of the Company is: LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V.

 

2.2 The seat ( statutaire zetel ) of the Company is in Rotterdam, The Netherlands.

 

3. OBJECTS

The objects of the Company are:

 

(a) to incorporate, to participate in any manner whatsoever, to manage, to supervise, to cooperate with, to acquire, to maintain, to dispose of, to transfer or to administer in any other manner whatsoever all sorts of participations and interests in businesses and companies;

 

(b) to borrow, to lend and to raise funds, including the issue of bonds, promissory notes or other securities in the widest sense of the word;

 

(c) to grant guarantees and to grant securities over the assets of the Company for the benefit of companies and enterprises with which the Company forms a group;

 

(d) to acquire, to administer, to operate, to encumber, to dispose of and to transfer moveable assets and real property and any right to or interest therein;

 

(e) to advise and to render services to enterprises of any nature;

 

(f) to carry out all sorts of industrial, financial and commercial activities, including manufacturing, the import, export, purchase, sale, distribution and marketing of products and raw materials; and all matters associated with the foregoing, related or conducive thereto, with the objects to be given their most expansive interpretation.


CHAPTER III CAPITAL AND SHARES

 

4. AUTHORISED CAPITAL

 

4.1 The authorised capital amounts to fifty-one million euro (EUR 51,000,000.00) and is divided into one billion (1,000,000,000) class A ordinary shares of four eurocent (EUR 0.04) each and two hundred seventy-five million (275,000,000) class B ordinary shares of four eurocent (EUR 0.04) each. The composition of the authorised capital may change pursuant to the conversion of shares as set out in article 5.7, so that the number of class A ordinary shares in the authorised capital is increased by the number of class B ordinary shares being converted into class A ordinary shares, while the number of class B ordinary shares in the authorised capital is decreased by that same number of shares, taking into account that as soon as all issued class B ordinary shares have been converted into class A ordinary shares, any remaining class B ordinary shares in the authorized share capital of the Company will be converted into class A ordinary shares so that there shall no longer be any class B ordinary shares in the authorized share capital of the Company.

 

4.2 The class A ordinary shares shall be numbered consecutively from A-1 onwards, the class B ordinary shares shall be numbered consecutively from B-1 onwards.

 

4.3 References in these articles of association to “shares” and “shareholders” shall include both classes of ordinary shares and the holders of those ordinary shares, except where the context requires otherwise.

 

4.4 Any amounts paid up on shares of any class in excess of the nominal value of such shares shall be added to the general share premium reserve attached to all issued ordinary shares.

 

4.5 As long as class B ordinary shares are issued and outstanding, any stock split, stock dividend, stock combination or similar transaction, can only be resolved by the general meeting of shareholders if such stock split, stock dividend, stock combination or similar transaction is performed equally and simultaneously both for class A ordinary shares and class B ordinary shares.


CHAPTER IV ISSUE OF SHARES, COMPANY SHARES, CAPITAL REDUCTION

 

5. ISSUE OF SHARES, BODY OF THE COMPANY AUTHORISED TO ISSUE SHARES, CONVERSION OF SHARES

 

5.1 Shares will be issued pursuant to a resolution of the supervisory board, which resolution will set forth the number of shares to be issued, the person to whom such shares will be issued, the price for each share and the other pertinent terms of issuance. The issue of a registered share, not being a share as referred to in section 2:86c DCC, will require an instrument intended for such purpose executed before a civil law notary in the Netherlands.

 

5.2 The designation of the supervisory board as being the body competent to issue shares shall be valid for a period of five years starting on the [    ] two thousand ten and ending on the [    ] two thousand fifteen (unless this period is extended in accordance with article 5.3) and shall include the authority to issue twenty percent of the authorised capital from time to time, provided that the conversion of shares in accordance with article 5.7 or article 10.6 shall be excluded from this limitation.

 

5.3 The designation of the supervisory board as being the body competent to issue shares may, subject to article 5.4, by these articles of association or, on the proposal of the management board, by a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders, be extended or renewed again, each time for a period not exceeding five years. If the designation is extended, or renewed, the authority, or absence of such authority, to restrict or exclude pre-emptive rights as well as the number of shares which may be issued shall be determined at the same time, with a maximum of twenty percent of the authorised capital from time to time, provided that the conversion of shares in accordance with article 5.7 or article 10.6 shall be excluded from this limitation. Unless laid down otherwise in the designation, it may not be withdrawn.

 

5.4 If the designation of the supervisory board as being the body competent to issue shares ends, the general meeting of shareholders shall be competent to issue shares unless another body is designated for this purpose by the general meeting of shareholders. The resolution of the general meeting of shareholders to designate another body, including the assignment of the authority, or the absence of such authority, to exclude or limit the pre-emptive rights, other than the supervisory board, or to issue shares will only be taken on the proposal of the management board which proposal will have been approved by the supervisory board and will have a duration of no more than five years and relate to no more than twenty percent of the authorised capital from time to time, provided that the conversion of shares issued in accordance with article 5.7 or article 10.6 shall be excluded from this limitation.


5.5 Other than in connection with any stock split, stock dividend, stock combination or similar transaction, as long as class B ordinary shares are issued and outstanding, no additional class B ordinary shares can be issued without the unanimous approval of the meeting of holders of class A ordinary shares and class B ordinary shares, resolved in a meeting in which all holders of class A ordinary shares and class B ordinary shares are present or represented.

 

5.6 The provisions in paragraphs 1 up to and including 5 of this article will be correspondingly applicable to the granting of rights to subscribe for shares but will not apply to the issue of shares to a party exercising a previously acquired right to subscribe for shares.

 

5.7 At the earlier of (i) receipt by the management board of a written request of the relevant holder of class B ordinary shares with respect to the number of class B ordinary shares specified by such holder, (ii) acquisition by the Company of one or more class B ordinary shares or (iii) upon the Liquidation Preference Expiration Date with respect to each outstanding class B ordinary share, each such class B ordinary share will be converted into one (1) class A ordinary share. The conversion of class B ordinary shares shall take place immediately upon the occurrence of any of the events specified above in this paragraph. In case of the conversion of a registered class B ordinary share into a registered class A ordinary share, such conversion shall take place without any further action being required. In case of the conversion of a registered class B ordinary share into a class A ordinary bearer share, such conversion shall take place by means of a delivery of a class A ordinary share bearer certificate to such shareholder or adding such class A ordinary share to the global certificate A. In case of the conversion of a class B ordinary bearer share into a class A ordinary bearer share, such conversion shall take place after lodging the class B ordinary bearer share certificate with the Company or removing such class B ordinary share from the global certificate B against a delivery of a class A ordinary bearer share certificate to such shareholder or adding such class A ordinary share to the global certificate A. In case of the conversion of a class B ordinary bearer share into a registered class A ordinary share, such conversion shall take place after lodging the class B ordinary bearer share certificate with the Company or removing such class B ordinary share from the global certificate B. Within one (1) day after the conversion of class B ordinary shares into class A ordinary shares, a special declaration regarding the conversion shall be deposited by the management board at the offices of the Trade Register of the district in which the Company is registered. This declaration shall include the changes which were made to the composition of the issued and authorised capital of the Company as a result of the conversion of shares.

 

5.8 In the event that an issue of shares would have an adverse effect on the rights of holders of shares of a certain class, the resolution of the general meeting of shareholders to issue shares or the designation of another corporate body as being the body competent to issue shares, requiring the prior approval of the meeting of shares of that certain class.


6. CONDITIONS OF ISSUE OF SHARES, PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHTS

 

6.1 In the resolution to issue shares the price and further conditions of the issue will be determined. Apart from the provisions laid down in section 2:80 paragraph 2 DCC the issue price may not be below par.

 

6.2 In case of shares being issued, every holder of shares will hold a pre-emptive right in the proportion that the aggregate amount of his shares bears to the total amount of shares outstanding.

However, a holder of shares will not have a pre-emptive right to shares which are being issued against contribution other than in cash, to shares which will be issued to employees of the Company or of a group company and to shares which will be issued as a result of a legal merger or legal split-off.

 

6.3 The pre-emptive right may be restricted or excluded by a resolution of the supervisory board and provided that the supervisory board may only exercise this authority if it will then also be competent to pass a resolution for the issue of shares with the restriction or exclusion of pre-emptive rights. The provisions of paragraphs 1 up to and including 4 of article 5 will be correspondingly applicable to the extent possible. In case the general meeting of shareholders wishes to restrict or exclude the pre-emptive right, the pre-emptive right accruing to shareholders may only be restricted or excluded, on the proposal of the supervisory board. If another body than the general meeting of shareholders or the supervisory board is competent to restrict or exclude the pre-emptive rights, the pre-emptive right accruing to shareholders may only be restricted or excluded, with the approval of the supervisory board. The resolution of the general meeting of shareholders subject to the required proposal of the supervisory board to restrict or exclude the pre-emptive rights, or the resolution of the general meeting of shareholders to designate another body competent not being the supervisory board to restrict or exclude the pre-emptive rights on the proposal of the management board and subject to the required approval of the supervisory board, as described in article 5.4, or the resolution of the general meeting of shareholders to designate the supervisory board as the corporate body competent to restrict or exclude the pre-emptive rights on the proposal of the management board as described in article 5.3, will require a majority of at least two thirds (2/3) of the votes cast in case less than one half (1/2) of the issued capital is represented at the general meeting of shareholders.

 

6.4 In case of rights to subscribe for shares being granted, paragraphs 2 and 3 of this article will be correspondingly applicable. Shareholders will not hold a pre-emptive right to shares which are being issued to a party who exercises an already previously acquired right to subscribe for shares.


6.5 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not issue any class of non-voting equity securities unless and solely to the extent permitted by section 1123(a)(6) of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) as in effect on the date of execution of the amendment of articles of association by which this article 6.5 became legally effective; provided, however, that this Section 6.5 (a) will have no further force and effect beyond that required under section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) will have such force and effect, if any, only for so long as section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code is in effect and applicable to the Company; and (c) in all events may be amended or eliminated in accordance with applicable law from time to time in effect.

 

7. PAYMENTS ON SHARES

 

7.1 Upon subscription for a share the full nominal amount must be paid thereon, as well as in case the share is subscribed at a higher amount, the difference between said amounts, everything without prejudice to the provisions in section 2:80 paragraph 2 DCC.

 

7.2 Payment in foreign currency may only be made with permission of the Company.

 

7.3 The management board will be competent to enter into legal acts stated in section 2:94 DCC, without prior approval of the general meeting of shareholders.

 

8. COMPANY SHARES

 

8.1 Acquisition by the Company of shares in its capital not paid up will be null and void. The Company may, without prejudice to the statutory provisions and those laid down in these articles of association, only acquire said company shares for a consideration in case:

 

  a. its equity capital reduced by the price of acquisition, will not be lower than the paid and claimed part of its capital increased by the reserves which must be maintained by law, and

 

  b. the nominal amount of the shares in its capital acquired, held or held in pledge by the Company or those held by a subsidiary, will not exceed one–half of its issued capital.

Decisive for the validity of the acquisition will be the amount of the equity capital according to the last adopted balance sheet, reduced by the acquisition price for the shares in the capital of the Company, the amount of the loans referred to in section 2:98c paragraph 2 DCC and distributions to the charge of the profit or reserves to other parties which the Company and its subsidiaries owed after the date of the balance sheet. In case a financial year will have expired for longer than six (6) months without the annual accounts having been adopted, an acquisition in


accordance with the present paragraph will not be permitted. If depository receipts for shares in the capital of the Company have been issued, such depository receipts shall be put on par with shares for the purpose of the foregoing.

 

8.2 Other than gratuitously, the Company may only acquire shares in case the general meeting of shareholders will have authorized the management board for that purpose and only if it acquires class A ordinary shares and class B ordinary shares pro rata on the same terms, including price per share; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may subject to the authorization of the general meeting of shareholders:

 

  (a) purchase class A ordinary shares or class B ordinary shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions (in each case, other than in connection with an offer to all holders of either class A ordinary shares or class B ordinary shares) which transaction has been approved by a majority of the members of the supervisory board which are not affiliated with holders of shares, or depository receipts of such shares, representing three percent (3%) or more of the issued share capital of the Company;

 

  (b) purchase shares from members of the supervisory board, members of the management board, officers or employees of the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries upon their death or termination of employment or service in accordance with the Company’s benefit plans;

 

  (c) purchase shares in connection with the “cashless exercise” or “net share settlement” upon the exercise or conversion of any option, warrant or other security that is exercisable or convertible into ordinary shares in accordance with its terms;

 

  (d) purchase fractional shares and deliver cash in lieu of issuing fractional shares.

Said authorisation will only be valid for a period not exceeding eighteen (18) months. In the authorisation the general meeting of shareholders shall determine how many shares thereof may be acquired, the manner in which they may be acquired and between what limits the price shall be. If depository receipts for shares in the capital of the Company have been issued, such depository receipts shall be put on per with shares for purposes of the foregoing.

 

8.3 The authorisation will not be required for the acquisition of company class A ordinary shares by the Company or depository receipts thereof in order to transfer these to employees in the employ of the Company or of a legal entity with which it is associated in a group by virtue of an arrangement applicable to said employees. These shares or the depository receipts shall be included in the price list of a stock exchange.


8.4 A resolution of the management board with respect to the acquisition or alienation of company shares or depository receipts thereof will be subject to the approval of the supervisory board.

 

8.5 In the general meeting of shareholders no votes may be cast in respect of a company share held by the Company or a subsidiary company; no votes may be cast in respect of a share for which the depository receipt is held by the Company or a subsidiary company. Usufructuaries or pledgees of a company share held by the Company or a subsidiary company will not be excluded from voting rights, if the right of usufruct or lien was created before the Company or such subsidiary company held such share. The Company or a subsidiary company may not cast votes for shares on which it holds a right of usufruct or a right of lien.

 

8.6 In the determination of the number of votes exercised in a general meeting of shareholders, to what extent shareholders are present or represented or to what extent the share capital has been provided or is represented, the shares for which no votes may be cast in compliance with the above will not be taken into account.

 

9. CAPITAL REDUCTION

 

9.1 The general meeting of shareholders may pass a resolution for the reduction of the issued capital, however, exclusively on proposal of the management board which proposal will have been approved by the supervisory board and, in the event that a reduction of the issued capital would have an adverse effect on the rights of holders of shares of a certain class, with prior approval of the meeting of holders of shares of that certain class:

 

  a. by the withdrawal of shares; or

 

  b. by reducing the amount of the shares in an amendment of the articles of association, provided that as a result thereof the issued capital or the paid part thereof will not fall below the amount prescribed in section 2:67 DCC.

In said resolution, the shares to which the resolution relates shall be designated and the implementation of the resolution shall be arranged.

 

9.2 A resolution for withdrawal may only relate to shares held by the Company itself or of which it holds the depositary receipts.

 

9.3 Reduction of the amount of the shares without repayment and without exemption from the liability for payment shall be made proportionately on all shares of the same class. The requirement of proportion may be deviated from with the consent of all shareholders concerned.


9.4 Partial repayment on shares or exemption from the liability for payment will only be possible by way of implementation of a resolution for reduction of the amount of the shares. Such a repayment or exemption shall be made proportionately on all shares. The requirement of proportion may be deviated from with the consent of all shareholders concerned.

 

9.5 A resolution for capital reduction will require a majority of at least two thirds (2/3 of the votes cast in case less than one half (1/2) of the issued capital is represented at the general meeting of shareholders.

 

9.6 The convening notice for a meeting in which a resolution as stated in the present article will be passed will state the object of the capital reduction and the manner of implementation. In case the capital reduction will involve an amendment of the articles of association, those parties who have sent such a convening notice shall simultaneously deposit a copy of said proposal, containing the verbatim text of the proposed amendment, at the office of the Company as well as at an address to be mentioned in the convening notice, for perusal by every shareholder and holder of depository receipts of shares issued with the cooperation of the Company, until the end of the meeting.

 

9.7 The Company will deposit the resolutions referred to in the present article at the office of the Trade Register and will announce the depositing in a nationally distributed daily newspaper.

 

9.8 On the proposal of the management board, which proposal will have been approved by the supervisory board, the general meeting of shareholders may decide that a repayment on shares will either fully or partly be made not in cash but in participations in a company in which the Company participates either directly or indirectly.

 

10. BEARER SHARES AND REGISTERED SHARES, SHARE CERTIFICATES, MISSING AND DAMAGED SHARE CERTIFICATES

 

10.1 The shares will, at the option of the management board which will have been approved by the supervisory board, either be in bearer form or in registered form.

 

10.2 Bearer share certificates will either be available in the denominations one (1) share, five (5) shares, ten (10) shares and one hundred (100) shares and further denominations of such higher numbers of shares as the management board may determine or in the form of one (1) or more global certificates A for class A ordinary bearer shares and/or one (1) global certificate B for class B ordinary bearer shares, as the management board may determine. All share certificates shall be identified by numbers and/or letters.


10.3 At the discretion of the management board and with the approval of the supervisory board, the holder of bearer shares may, after lodging his bearer share certificate(s) with the Company, have issued to him registered shares of the same nominal amount. At the discretion of the management board and with the approval of the supervisory board, the holder of registered shares may have issued to him bearer share certificate(s) of the same nominal amount.

 

10.4 Upon written request by or on behalf of a shareholder, missing or damaged share certificates may be replaced by new share certificates bearing the same number and/or letters, provided that the shareholder who has made such request, or the person making such request on his behalf, provides satisfactory evidence of his title and in so far as applicable, the loss of his share certificates to the management board, and further subject to such conditions as the management board may deem appropriate.

 

10.5 The issue of a new share certificate shall render the share certificate which its replaces invalid.

 

10.6 The option of the Company’s management board for either shares in bearer form or in registered form as mentioned in article 10.1 of these articles of association can include an automatic conversion of the berarer shares to be issued into registered shares of the same class, which conversion occurs under the condition precedent that the relevant bearer share is delivered to Cede & Co in its capacity of nominee of the Depositary Trust Company. Such conversion is evidenced by written evidence of such delivery and will subsequently be registered in the Company’s register of shareholders in accordance with the proprietary regime applicable to such shares.

 

11. SHAREHOLDERS’ REGISTER

 

11.1 A register will be kept at the office of the Company in which all holders of registered shares will be registered, with additional statement of their addresses, the class of shares held and the amount paid on each share.

The register will also include the name and addresses of those parties holding a right of usufruct or a right of lien on said shares, with additional statement which rights attached to the shares will accrue to them in accordance with article 12.

 

11.2 At request, the management board will gratuitously provide a shareholder, a usufructuary and a pledgee with an extract from the register with respect to his right to a registered share.

In case the share will be subject to a right of usufruct or a right of lien, the extract will state to whom the rights referred to in article 12 will accrue.

 

11.3 The management board will deposit the register at the office of the Company for perusal by the shareholders as well as the usufructuaries and pledgees to whom the rights of a holder of depository receipts referred to in the next article accrue.

The preceding sentence will not apply to the part of the register kept outside the Netherlands in order to comply with the legalisation applicable there or by virtue of any stock exchange regulations.


11.4 The register will be kept up-to-date regularly.

Every annotation in a register will be signed on behalf of or by the management board.

Otherwise the manner in which the register will be arranged will be determined by the management board, with approval of the supervisory board.

CHAPTER V TRANSFER OF SHARES, RIGHTS IN REM

 

12. TRANSFER OF SHARES, USUFRUCT AND PLEDGE, SHARES IN AN UNDIVIDED COMMUNITY OF PROPERTY

 

12.1 The transfer of a registered share, not being a share referred to in section 2:86c DCC, will require an instrument intended for such purpose executed before a civil law notary in the Netherlands. The transfer of a registered share, being a share referred to in section 2:86c DCC, will require a deed of transfer and serving of said deed upon the Company or written acknowledgement of the delivery by the Company, unless pursuant to section 13.2 and section 10.2 or section 16.2 of the Dutch act of conflict law with respect to property law ( Wet conflictenrecht goederenrecht ) other legal requirements for the transfer of registered shares are applicable. To the extent section 13.2 of the Dutch act of conflict low ( Wet conflictenrecht goederenrecht) is applicable, the Company hereby chooses to apply the laws of the State of New York with respect to the property law applicable to such shares.

 

12.2 The provisions in paragraph 1 of this article will be correspondingly applicable to the creation and delivery of the right of usufruct and to the creation of a right of lien on a registered share.

 

12.3 The provisions in paragraph 1 of this article will be correspondingly applicable to the apportionment of registered shares in case of a division of any community of property.

 

12.4 The shareholder will hold the voting right on the shares on which a right of usufruct or a right of lien will have been created. However, the voting right will accrue to the usufructuary or the pledgee in case this is determined at the creation of the right of usufruct or the right of lien. The shareholder not holding the voting right, and the usufructuary and the pledgee holding the voting right, will hold the rights granted by law to the holders of depository receipts of shares issued with the cooperation of the Company.

The rights referred to in the preceding sentence will not accrue to the usufructuary and the pledgee not holding the voting right.


12.5 The rights for the acquisition of shares ensuing from the share will accrue to the usufructuary holding the voting right, subject to the proviso that he shall compensate the value of said rights to the shareholder insofar he has no claim to them by virtue of his right of usufruct.

 

12.6 In case shares or a right of usufruct or a right of lien thereon will form part of an undivided community of property, the parties entitled may only exercise their rights ensuing from said shares or the restricted right by a person to be designated by them in writing.

CHAPTER VI MANAGEMENT, SUPERVISION ON MANAGEMENT.

 

13. THE MANAGEMENT BOARD AND SUPERVISORY BOARD.

 

13.1 The Company will be managed by a management board consisting of at least one (1) member under the supervision of a supervisory board, provided that the supervisory board shall at all times consist of at least nine (9) members. In case the management board consists of one (1) member, such member will hold the title of Chief Executive Officer (CEO).

With due observance of the provisions in the previous sentence, the number of members of the management board and the supervisory board will be determined by the supervisory board.

 

13.2 The general meeting of shareholders will appoint both the member(s) of the management board and, subject to article 13.4, the members of the supervisory board upon the nomination of the supervisory board.

Subject to article 13.4, the appointment of a member of the supervisory board shall take place by way of a binding nomination naming at least two persons for each vacancy to be filled and prepared by the supervisory board, or, at the discretion of the supervisory board, by way of a non-binding nomination prepared by the supervisory board. In case of a binding nomination, the general meeting of shareholders may render such nomination non-binding by means of a resolution adopted by at least two-thirds of the valid votes cast, such two-third majority representing more than half of the issued capital. In case of such a vote, the general meeting of shareholders will be free in its selection and appointment of a supervisory board member to fill the vacancy by means of a resolution adopted by at least two-thirds of the valid votes cast, such two-third majority representing more than half of the issued capital. If the proportion of the share capital of at least one-half (1/2) as referred to in the preceding sentence is not represented at the meeting, then no new meeting referred to in section 2:120 paragraph 3 DCC may be convened.


Following implementation of Bill number 31 763, “Amendment of book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code in connection with rules for management and supervision in limited liability companies and private companies with limited liability” (Wetsvoorstel 31 763, “Wijziging van boek 2 van het Burgerlijk Wetboek in verband met de aanpassing van regels over bestuur en toezicht in naamloze en besloten vennootschappen”), the binding nomination referred to above shall name at least one person for each vacancy to be filled. If then a nomination names only one person, a resolution by the general meeting of shareholders on the proposal results in such person being appointed, unless the general meeting of shareholders renders the nomination non-binding by means of a resolution adopted by at least two-thirds of the valid votes cast, such two-third majority representing more than half of the issued capital. In case of such a vote, the general meeting of shareholders will be free in its selection and appointment of a supervisory board member to fill the vacancy by means of a resolution adopted by at least two-thirds of the valid votes cast, such two-third majority representing more than half of the issued capital.

The initial term of the CEO in office immediately following the date per which this article 13.2 became legally effective shall be five (5) years. Subsequent member(s) of the management board can be appointed for a maximum term of four (4) years and may be reappointed. There is no limit to the number of times a member of the management board can be reappointed.

The general meeting of shareholders may with due observance of articles 13.5 and 13.6 at any time suspend and dismiss one or more members of the management board and/or the supervisory board.

The supervisory board may at any time suspend one or more members of the management board.

 

13.3 Unless the general meeting of shareholders, on the proposal of the supervisory board, determines that a member of the supervisory board shall be appointed for a longer period, a member of the supervisory board will be appointed for a maximum period of three (3) years, provided however that unless such member of the supervisory board has resigned at an earlier date, his term of office shall lapse at the end of the first annual general meeting of shareholders, to be held after lapse of his term of appointment. A member may be re-appointed with due observance of the preceding sentence. There is no limit to the number of times a member of the supervisory board can be reappointed. The supervisory board may draw up a retirement schedule for the members of the supervisory board.


Periodical resignation will take place per the date of the annual general meeting of shareholders.

In case the number of members of the supervisory board will be less than nine (9), the supervisory board will remain competent, although a vacancy should be filled as soon as possible.

 

13.4 The supervisory board itself shall be entitled to appoint up to one-third of the members of the supervisory board in accordance with the provisions of Article 2:143 DCC. Such appointments shall terminate on the date of the next following general meeting of shareholders.

 

13.5 The general meeting of shareholders may only adopt a resolution to suspend or dismiss a member of the supervisory board or management board by means of a resolution adopted by at least two-thirds of the valid votes cast, such two-third majority representing more than half of the issued capital. If the proportion of the share capital of more than on-half (1/2) as referred to in the preceding sentence is not represented at the meeting, then no new meeting referred to in section 2:120 paragraph 3 DCC may be convened.

 

13.6 If either the general meeting of shareholders or the supervisory board has suspended a member of the management board or if the general meeting of shareholders has suspended a member of the supervisory board, the general meeting of shareholders shall within three (3) months after the suspension has taken effect resolve either to dismiss such member of the management board or such member of the supervisory board, or to terminate or continue the suspension, failing which the suspension shall lapse.

A resolution to continue the suspension may be adopted in compliance with paragraph 4 of this article but only once and in such event the suspension may be continued for a maximum period of three (3) months commencing on the day the general meeting of shareholders has adopted the resolution to continue suspension. If within the period of continued suspension the general meeting of shareholders has not resolved either to dismiss such member of the management board or such member of the supervisory board or to terminate the suspension, the suspension shall lapse.

 

13.7 A member of the management board or a member of the supervisory board shall in the event of a dismissal or suspension be given the opportunity to account for his actions at the general meeting of shareholders and to be assisted by an adviser.


13.8 On the basis of a remuneration policy determined by the general meeting of shareholders, the supervisory board shall determine the remuneration and other terms of employment for the management board. With regard to arrangements concerning remuneration in the form of shares or share options, the supervisory board shall submit a proposal to the general meeting of shareholders for its approval. This proposal must, at a minimum, state the number of shares or share options that may be granted to the management board and the criteria that apply to the granting of such shares or share options or the alteration of such arrangements.

 

13.9 Each member of the supervisory board shall be paid a fee at such rate as may from time to time be determined by the supervisory board provided that the aggregate of all fees so paid per annum to the members of the supervisory board shall not exceed the amount per annum decided by the general meeting of shareholders.

CHAPTER VII THE MANAGEMENT BOARD

 

14. DUTIES OF THE MANAGEMENT BOARD, DECISION MAKING PROCESS

 

14.1 The management board will be charged with the management of the day to day affairs of the Company, subject to the supervision of the supervisory board.

 

14.2 The management board may have itself assisted by one or more persons to whom the title managing director or any other title of which the word managing director forms part, may be granted. The management board may grant a power of attorney or another continuous representative power to one or more persons, whether or not employed by the Company.

 

14.3 The management board may draw up regulations in which its internal matters will be arranged. The regulations will require the approval of the supervisory board.

 

14.4 Without prejudice to any other applicable provisions of these articles of association, the management board shall furthermore require the approval of the supervisory board and the general meeting of shareholders for resolutions of the management board regarding a significant change in the identity or nature of the Company or its associated enterprise, including in any event:

 

  a. the transfer of the entire enterprise or practically the entire enterprise of the Company to a third party, whether by acquisition, business merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all assets of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries taken as a whole;


  b. to conclude or cancel any long-lasting co-operation by the Company or a subsidiary with any other legal person or company or as a fully liable general partner of a limited partnership or a general partnership, provided that such co-operation or the cancellation thereof is of essential importance to the Company;

 

  c. to acquire or dispose of a participating interest in the capital of a company with a value of at least one third of the sum of the assets according to the consolidated balance sheet with explanatory notes thereto according to the last adopted Annual Accounts of the Company, by the Company or a subsidiary.

In addition, in the event that any such transaction occurs in connection with an acquisition, business merger, sale of all or substantially all assets of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries taken as a whole, consolidation or a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (or its subsidiaries, the assets of which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole), in a single transaction or series of transactions, in each case, pursuant to which the class B ordinary shares are redeemed, purchased, converted, retired or otherwise exchanged for value at the price less than the Class B Liquidation Preference, the management board shall require, in addition to the approval of the general meeting of shareholders, the approval of (i) the meeting of holders of class B ordinary shares in accordance with the provisions of article 21.1 and (ii) the supervisory board.

 

14.5 The approval of the supervisory board is required per resolution of the management board with regard to:

 

  a. adopting or changing substantially the strategy of the Company and its associated enterprises from that set forth in the existing strategic plan, budget and business plan;

 

  b. to adopt or change any material new strategic plan, budget or business plan for the Company and its associated enterprises or any material amendments to any such existing strategic plan, budget or business plan adopted by the Company and its associated enterprises or aggregate expenditures exceeding the overall budget by greater than 10%.

 

14.6 Without prejudice to the other relevant provisions of these articles of association the supervisory board may adopt resolutions pursuant to which other clearly specified resolutions of the management board will also require its approval.

The supervisory board shall inform the management board without delay of any such resolution.


14.7 The lacking of the approval of the supervisory board as mentioned in paragraph 4, 5 and 6 of this article may not be invoked by or against third parties.

 

15. REPRESENTATION

 

15.1 The Company shall be represented by the management board or any member of the management board acting individually.

 

15.2 In case of any conflicting interest between the Company and a member of the management board, the Company will be represented by two (2) members of the supervisory board. The general meeting of shareholders shall always be authorised to designate one (1) or more other persons to represent the Company in such case.

 

15.3 In case all members of the management board are absent or unable to attend, the supervisory board shall be temporarily entrusted with the management of the Company. The supervisory board will in said case be competent to temporarily entrust the management of the Company to one (1) or several persons from its number or otherwise. Any such person or persons shall be bound by the rules of the management board when acting in such capacity.

 

15.4 The management board may appoint representatives with full or limited authority to represent the Company, acting either individually or jointly with one or more other persons. Each of those representatives shall represent the Company with due observance of those limits. The management board will determine their title.

 

16. SUPERVISORY BOARD

 

16.1 It will be the task of the supervisory board to supervise the policy of the management board and the general course of affairs of the Company and its associated enterprise. The supervisory board will assist the management board by the rendering of advice. In the performance of their duties, the supervisory board will be guided by the interest of the Company and its associated enterprise. The members of the supervisory board shall be natural persons.

 

16.2 The management board will timely provide the supervisory board with the data necessary for the performance of its duties.

 

16.3 The supervisory board may appoint committees from among its members.

 

16.4 Subject to article 13.1, the supervisory board shall, in its sole discretion, determine the size of the supervisory board.


17. MEETINGS OF THE SUPERVISORY BOARD, DECISION MAKING PROCESS

 

17.1 The supervisory board shall appoint a chairman and, if necessary, a deputy chairman from its number. The supervisory board will designate a secretary and, if necessary, a deputy secretary whether or not from its number.

 

17.2 The supervisory board will hold a meeting whenever deemed desirable by the chairman or the other members of the supervisory board. A member of the supervisory board may have himself represented at a meeting by one other member of the supervisory board authorised in writing.

 

17.3 The supervisory board shall include the division of duties within and the procedure of the supervisory board and its committees in a set of rules. The supervisory board and its members shall be bound to fully observe the provisions of such rules in all their actions and decision making. Such rules can only be amended by the supervisory board.

 

17.4 The supervisory board will pass its resolutions by an absolute majority of the votes validly cast.

Abstentions will be regarded as votes not cast.

In case of a voting tie on matters, the proposal will have been rejected.

In case of a voting tie on matters relating to persons (including nominations and appointments), the resolution will be postponed until the next following meeting. In case there will again be an equality of votes, no resolution will be passed.

 

17.5 The passing of resolutions will require a majority of the members of the supervisory board holding office being present or represented at that meeting.

 

17.6 Minutes of the proceedings at the meetings will be kept by the secretary of the supervisory board. The minutes will be confirmed and signed by the persons who will have acted as chairman and secretary at the meeting.

 

17.7 The supervisory board may also pass resolutions without a meeting being held, provided (i) the proposal concerned has been despatched to the home address or to a previously stated other address of all members of the supervisory board by letter, facsimile or e-mail, (ii) none of them has opposed said manner of passing resolutions and (iii) the majority of the supervisory board holding office has declared to favour the proposals concerned by letter, facsimile or e-mail.


The secretary will draw up a report of a resolution thus passed whilst adding the incoming replies, which report will be added to the minutes after having been co-signed by the chairman.

 

17.8 A member of the supervisory board shall disclose to the other members of the Supervisory Board, and shall not take part in a decision-making on, a subject or transaction in relation to which he has a conflict of interest with the Company.

CHAPTER VII GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS, MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF A CERTAIN CLASS OF SHARES

 

18. ANNUAL AND EXTRAORDINARY MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

18.1 Annually a general meeting of shareholders will be held, at which inter alia the following items will be considered;

 

  a. the adoption of the Annual Accounts and – with due observance of the provisions of article 23 – the allocation of profits;

 

  b. the proposal regarding the discharge from liability to members of the management board for the management in the last financial year;

 

  c. the proposal regarding the discharge from liability to the members of the supervisory board for their supervision in the last financial year;

 

  d. if applicable, the proposal to pay dividends;

 

  e. other proposals raised for consideration by the supervisory board or the management board, such as in respect of the authorisation to the management board to have the Company acquire and take in pledge company shares or depository receipts thereof.

 

18.2 The annual general meeting of shareholders will at the latest be held in the month of June.

 

18.3 Other general meetings of shareholders will be held whenever the management board and/or the supervisory board will pass a resolution to convene such a meeting.

 

18.4 The shareholders as well as the holders of depository receipts of shares issued with the cooperation of the Company will be called to attend a general meeting of shareholders by or on behalf of the management board or the supervisory board.


18.5 The convening notice for a general meeting of shareholders will be published not later than on the fifteenth day prior to the date of the meeting.

 

18.6 The convening notice will state the subjects to be considered in an agenda or the information that the shareholders and the holders of depository receipts of shares, issued with the cooperation of the Company, may take cognizance thereof at the office of the Company, without prejudice to the provisions in article 24, paragraph 3 in respect of a proposal for the amendment of the articles of association.

 

18.7 One or more shareholders representing solely or jointly at least one/hundredth (1/100) part of the issued share capital or, as long as the shares of the Company are admitted to trading on a market in financial instruments as referred to in article 1:1 of the Financial Supervision Act ( Wet financieel toezicht ), whose shares represent a value of fifty million euro (EUR 50,000,000.00) or more can request the supervisory board to place a matter on the agenda, provided that the Company has received such request at least sixty (60) days prior to the date of the general meeting of shareholders concerned.

 

18.8 One or more shareholders representing solely or jointly at least one-tenth (1/10) part of the issued share capital can request the supervisory board to convene a general meeting of shareholders. The supervisory board shall publish a convening notice for such a general meeting of shareholders within four (4) weeks of receipt from such shareholders of a specified agenda for such general meeting of shareholders and, in the sole discretion of the supervisory board, compelling evidence of the number of shares held by such shareholder or shareholders.

 

18.9 No valid resolutions can be adopted at a general meeting of shareholders in respect of items which are not included in the agenda.

 

18.10 The agenda may be obtained free of charge by the shareholders and the holders of depositary receipts referred to in paragraph 6 of this article at the office of the Company.

 

18.11 The management board and the supervisory board shall provide the general meeting of shareholders with all requested information, unless this would be contrary to an overriding interest of the Company. If the management board and the supervisory board invoke an overriding interest, they must give reasons therefore.

The management board and the supervisory board shall inform the general meeting of shareholders by means of explanatory notes to the agenda of all facts and circumstances relevant to the proposals on the agenda. These explanatory notes to the agenda shall be put on the Company’s website.


19. PLACE OF MEETING, CONVENING NOTICE

 

19.1 The general meeting of shareholders will be held in Rotterdam, Amsterdam or Haarlemmermeer (Schiphol Airport).

 

19.2 All convening notices for said meetings will be announced in an advertisement in a nationally distributed daily newspaper. In the case that shareholders own registered shares, such shareholders shall be notified of said meetings by mail.

The advertisement may moreover be placed in other papers.

Each convening notice will state the place and time of the meeting.

 

20. CHAIRMANSHIP, MINUTES, RIGHTS TO ATTEND MEETINGS, DECISION-TAKING PROCESS

 

20.1 The chairman of the supervisory board will act as chairman of the general meeting of shareholders or, in case of his absence, one of the other members of the supervisory board to be designated by the supervisory board. In case no member of the supervisory board will be present, the general meeting of shareholders itself will designate its presidium.

 

20.2 Minutes of the meetings will be kept at each meeting by the secretary of the supervisory board or, in case of his absence, by the deputy secretary of said board -in case he will have been designated-, which minutes will be confirmed and signed by the chairman and the minutes secretary unless, at the request of the parties having convened the meetings, an official record will be drawn up by a civil law notary to be designated by them, in which case said official record need only be signed by the civil law notary and by the witnesses, if any.

The draft minutes of the general meeting of shareholders shall be made available, on request, to shareholders no later than three (3) months after the end of the meeting, after which the shareholders shall have the opportunity to react to the draft minutes in the following three months. The minutes shall then be adopted in the manner as described in the first sentence of this article 20.2.

If the notarial official record has been drawn up, the notarial official record shall be made available, on request, no later than three (3) months after the end of the general meeting of shareholders.


20.3 Every shareholder, pledgee and usufructuary (both provided they hold voting right on the relevant shares) will be competent, either personally or through an attorney authorised in writing, to attend the general meeting of shareholders, to address said meetings and to exercise the voting right. Every holder of a depositary receipt of share issued with the cooperation of the Company (hereinafter: “ holder of a depository receipt ”) will be competent, either personally or through an attorney authorised in writing, to attend the general meeting of shareholders and to address the meeting.

 

20.4 The supervisory board may determine that attending and addressing the general meeting as well as participating in the deliberations and exercising the voting right may also take place by way of electronic means of communication. For that purpose it is required that the shareholders, pledgees, usufructuaries and holders of depository receipts or their attorneys authorised in writing can be identified and that they can simultaneously take note of the discussions at the meeting. The supervisory board may set conditions for the use of electronic means of communication; these conditions shall be announced in the convening notice.

 

20.5 The management board may determine that the provisions of paragraphs 3 and 4 of this article will be applicable to those applicants who (i) are a shareholder, usufructuary and pledgee (provided they hold the voting rights on the relevant shares) or a holder of a depository receipt as per a certain date, determined by the management board, such date hereinafter referred to as: the “ record date ”, and (ii) who are as such registered in a register (or one or more parts thereof) designated thereto by the management board, hereinafter referred to as: the “ register ”, in as far as (iii) at the request of the relative applicant, the holder of the register has notified the Company in writing prior to the general meeting of shareholders that the relative applicant has the intention to attend the general meeting of shareholders, regardless who will be applicant as referred to hereinbefore at the time of the general meeting of shareholders. The notification will state the name and the number of shares or depository receipts, for which the applicant is entitled to attend the general meeting of shareholders. The provision above under (iii) on the notification to the Company will also apply to the attorney authorised in writing of an applicant.

 

20.6 The record date mentioned in paragraph 5 of this article and the date mentioned in said paragraph on which the notification of the intention to attend the general meeting of shareholders shall have been given at the latest, can not be fixed earlier than at a time on the thirtieth day, prior to the date of the general meeting of shareholders. The convocation of the general meeting of shareholders will include said times, the place of meeting and the proceedings for registration and/or notification.


20.7 In case the management board does not exercise the power referred to in paragraph 5 of this article, the holders of bearer shares, in order to attend the general meeting of shareholders and to take part in the voting, shall deposit their bearer share certificate or a written statement from the relevant depositary institution at the office of the Company or at the place designated for this purpose in the convocation for the meeting. Said statement shall be to the effect that the number of bearer shares listed in such statement is the entitlement of such shareholder and will be so until after the meeting. The announcement shall state the day on which the depositing of the bearer share certificates or the said statement shall be made at the latest; this day may not be set earlier than on the seventh day prior to the day of the meeting.

 

20.8 In case the management board does not exercise its power referred to in paragraph 5 of this article, the holders of the depository receipts referred to in paragraph 3 of this article, as well as usufructuaries and pledgees holding voting rights, in order to be able to exercise their rights to attend meetings, shall deposit documentary evidence of their rights at the office of the Company or at a place designated for this purpose in the convocation for the meeting not later than on the seventh day prior to the meeting.

 

20.9 Moreover, the person who wishes to exercise the right to vote and to attend the meeting, shall sign the attendance list prior to the meeting, stating his name, the name(s) of the person(s) for whom he acts as attorney, the number of shares he is representing and, as far as applicable, the number of votes he is able to cast.

 

20.10 Those who have been authorised in writing shall present their warrant of attorney at the general meeting of shareholders. The supervisory board may resolve that the warrants of attorney of holders of voting rights will be attached to the attendance list.

 

20.11 Every share will carry the right to cast one (1) vote.

 

20.12 All votes will be cast orally, unless the chairman will deem a written ballot desirable or one of the parties entitled to vote will make the relative request prior to the ballot. Written votes will be cast by unsigned, closed ballot-papers. In case none of the parties entitled to vote present will oppose this, proposals may be adopted by acclamation.


20.13 All resolutions for which the law or the articles of association do not prescribe a larger majority, will be passed by an absolute majority of the votes cast.

 

20.14 Abstentions will be regarded as votes not cast.

 

20.15 The opinion of the chairman expressed at the meeting that a resolution has been passed by the general meeting of shareholders will be decisive. The same will apply to the text of a resolution passed insofar as votes will have been cast on a proposal not laid down in writing. However, in case immediately after said opinion having been expressed, its correctness will be challenged, a new ballot will be held in case the majority of the parties entitled to vote and present at the meeting, or in case the original votes will not have been cast by poll or in writing, a party entitled to vote and present at the meeting will make the relative request. As a result of said new ballot, the legal consequences of the original vote will be cancelled.

 

20.16 A certificate signed by the chairman and the secretary of the general meeting of shareholders confirming that the general meeting of shareholders has adopted a particular resolution, shall constitute evidence of such resolution vis-à-vis third parties.

 

21. MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF A CERTAIN CLASS OF SHARES

 

21.1 Separate meetings of holders of class A ordinary shares and/or class B ordinary shares will be held in case the approval of the meeting of holders of class A ordinary shares and/or class B ordinary shares is required.

 

21.2 Unless otherwise specified in these articles of association, all resolutions of the meeting of holders of class B ordinary shares will be passed by eighty-five percent (85%) of the total number of class B shares outstanding.

 

21.3 Subject to the provisions in the previous paragraph, the provisions of articles 18, 19 and 20 will correspondingly be applicable to the extent relevant.

CHAPTER IX ANNUAL ACCOUNTS, PROFIT

 

22. FINANCIAL YEAR AND ANNUAL ACCOUNTS

 

22.1 The financial year of the Company will coincide with the calendar year.

 

22.2 Annually, within four (4) months after the end of the financial year of the Company, the management board will compile an annual account and annual report.


22.3 The Company will grant an Accountant the assignment to audit the Annual Accounts. The general meeting of shareholders will be competent to grant the assignment. In case it will not proceed to do so, the supervisory board will be competent or, in case the members of the supervisory board will be lacking or the supervisory board will fail to do so, the management board will be competent.

The designation of an Accountant will not be restricted by any nomination whatsoever; the assignment may be withdrawn at any time by the general meeting of shareholders or by the party by which it will have been granted; the assignment granted by the management board may moreover be withdrawn by the supervisory board. The Accountant will report to the supervisory board and the management board with respect to his findings.

 

22.4 The general meeting of shareholders adopts the Annual Accounts. The Accountant may be questioned by the general meeting of shareholders in relation to its statement on the fairness of the Annual Accounts. The Accountant shall therefore be invited to attend this meeting and be entitled to address this meeting.

 

22.5 The Annual Accounts will be signed by the management board and all members of the supervisory board. In case any signature(s) should be lacking, the reason thereof will be stated.

 

22.6 The Annual Accounts, the annual report and the data to be added by virtue of section 2:392 paragraph 1 DCC, will be deposited at the office of the Company, for perusal by the shareholders as well as the holders of depositary receipts of shares issued with the cooperation of the Company as of the date of the convening notice for the annual meeting.

Said shareholders and holders of depositary receipts may peruse the documents there and gratuitously obtain a copy thereof.

Furthermore, anyone else may inspect the documents referred to in the first sentence of the present paragraph, insofar as said documents shall be made public after adoption, and obtain a copy thereof at a price not exceeding cost.

 

22.7 The Annual Accounts shall be published within eight (8) days after having been adopted. It will be made public by depositing a full copy thereof in the Dutch language, or in case this will not have been drawn up, a copy in English at the office of the Trade Register. The date of adoption shall be stated on the copy.


23. APPROPRIATION OF PROFIT

 

23.1 To the charge of the profit, any such amounts will be allocated to reserves as will be fixed by the management board with approval of the supervisory board.

 

23.2 After the allocation to the reserves in accordance with the preceding paragraph the general meeting of shareholders shall determine the allocation of the remaining profits. For the computation of the amount of profit to be distributed on each share, only the amount of the obligatory payments on the nominal amount of the shares shall be taken into account.

 

23.3 Distributions can only be made up to the amount of the Distributable Part of the Shareholders Equity.

 

23.4 Distributions will be made after adoption of the Annual Accounts evidencing these to be permissible.

 

23.5 With approval of the supervisory board, the management board may pass a resolution for the distribution of an interim dividend or other interim distribution provided the requirement of paragraph 3 of this article will have been fulfilled as will be evident from an interim specification of equity; provided however, that upon consummation of a Deemed Liquidation, no approval for the distribution of an interim dividend or other interim distribution of the supervisory board will be required. Said specification will relate to the position of the equity at the earliest on the first day of the third month prior to the month in which the resolution for the distribution of an interim dividend will be announced. Said specification will be drawn up with due observance of the valuation methods deemed acceptable in society. The amounts to be reserved by virtue of the law will figure in the specification of equity. It will be signed by or on behalf of the management board if the signature should be lacking, the reason thereof will be stated. The specification of equity will be deposited at the offices of the Trade Register of the district in which the Company is registered within eight (8) days after the date on which the resolution for distribution will be announced.

 

23.6 The supervisory board will decide at what places and as of what dates dividends and other distribution on shares will be made payable. The management board will announce this by means of an advertisement in a nationally distributed daily newspaper.

 

23.7 The Company shall only pay dividends and other distributions (irrespective of their form) on shares to those in whose name the shares are registered on the date that such dividends or other distribution was declared. Such payment discharges the Company.


23.8 Dividends, not collected within five (5) years after the first day on which they became payable, will revert to the Company.

 

23.9 In case the profit and loss account in any year will show any loss that cannot be covered by the reserves or extinguished in any other manner, no profit will be distributed in a following year or in subsequent years until said loss has been covered by reserves or extinguished in any other manner.

 

23.10 On a proposal of the management board, approved by the supervisory board, the general meeting of shareholders may pass a resolution for distributions of profit – or also to the charge of a reserve susceptible to distribution in shares, in depository receipts thereof or in participations in a company in which the Company participates directly or indirectly.

CHAPTER X AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION, LIQUIDATION

 

24. AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION. DISSOLUTION.

 

24.1

A resolution for the amendment of the articles of association or for dissolution of the Company may only be passed by the general meeting of shareholders on the proposal of the management board with approval of the supervisory board; provided however, that, (i) as long as any class B ordinary shares are issued and outstanding, an amendment of articles 1.1.4, 1.1.5, 1.1.7, 1.1.10, 1.1.11, 5.7, 14.4 (last paragraph), 20.11, 21, 24 or 25 requires the unanimous approval of the meeting of holders of class B ordinary shares, resolved in a meeting in which all holders of class B ordinary shares are present or represented; and (ii) as long as any class B ordinary shares are issued and outstanding, an amendment of articles 1.1.4, 1.1.5, 1.1.10, 1.1.11, 4.5, 5.5, 5.7 (first sentence), 8.2, 9.3, 9.4, 20.11, 23.2 or 24.1 (this clause (ii) only), in each case, in a manner which would adversely affect one class of ordinary shares in a disproportionate manner requires the approval of two-thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the outstanding shares of such adversely affected class.

 

24.2

A resolution for the legal merger ( juridische fusie ) or legal demerger ( juridische splitsing ) of the Company may only be passed by the general meeting of shareholders with the approval of the meeting of holders of class B ordinary shares in the event that in any such transaction one or more class B ordinary shares would be purchased, converted or exchanged at a value less than the Class B Liquidation Preference and on the proposal of the management board with the approval of the


  supervisory board. A resolution of the general meeting of shareholders leading to or in connection with any of the events mentioned in the last paragraph of article 14.4 shall require the approval of the meeting of holders of class B ordinary shares in accordance with the provisions of article 21.1.

 

24.3 In case a proposal for amendment of the articles of association or dissolution of the Company will be made to the general meeting of shareholders, this shall invariably be stated in the actual convening notice for said meeting and – in case it will concern an amendment of the articles of association – a copy of the proposal, containing the verbatim text of the proposed amendment, shall simultaneously be deposited at the office of the Company for perusal by every shareholder and every holder of a depository receipt of share issued with the cooperation of the Company, until the end of the meeting.

 

25. LIQUIDATION.

 

25.1 In case of a Liquidation of the Company the management board will be charged with the liquidation of the affairs of the Company and the supervisory board will be charged with the supervision thereof, without prejudice to the provisions in section 2:23 paragraph 2 DCC.

 

25.2 During the Liquidation, the provisions of the articles of association will as much as possible continue to be effective.

In the event of a Liquidation prior to the Liquidation Preference Expiration Date, from the balance, if any, remaining after payment of all creditors of the Company, to the extent possible, an amount equal to the Class B Liquidation Preference, minus any amount distributed to the class B ordinary shares following a Deemed Liquidation, if any, will be distributed to each holder of class B ordinary shares with respect to each class B ordinary shares held. The balance remaining after application of the preceding sentence will be distributed to the holders of class A ordinary shares in proportion to each of their shareholding.

CHAPTER XI INDEMNIFICATION BY THE COMPANY

 

26. INDEMNIFICATION

The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she (or a person or entity for whom he or she) is or was a member of the management board or a member of the supervisory board


of the Company or a member of a similar body of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company or is or was serving as an agent (as defined below) of the Company, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such person, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action suit or proceeding was brought or any other court having appropriate jurisdiction shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification against such expenses which the court in which such action or proceeding was brought or such other court having appropriate jurisdiction shall deem proper.

The Company shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only, if the Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorised by the management board with approval of the supervisory board of the Company. For purposes of this article, an “agent” of the Company includes any person who is or was a supervisory board member, management board member, director, officer, employee or other agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a supervisory board member, management board member, director, officer, employee or other agent of another company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; or was a director, officer, employee or other agent of a company which was a predecessor company of the Company or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor company.

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending a Proceeding may be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon a resolution of the management board which will have been approved by supervisory board with respect to the specific case; provided that the Company shall have received an undertaking by or on behalf of the person seeking to have his expenses paid to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is entitled to be indemnified by the Company in accordance with this article.

 

27. TRANSITIONAL PROVISION 1

The first financial year of the Company shall end on the thirty-first day of December two thousand ten. This provision will lapse after the first financial year.


28. TRANSITIONAL PROVISION 2

This transitional provision 2, including its heading, shall only be effective during the period between the effective date of the execution of the deed of amendment of the articles of association of the Company by which this transitional provision is included in the articles of association of the Company for the first time, until the first day of listing for trade of all or part of the shares of the Company on the New York Stock Exchange, this period hereinafter referred to as the “ Transitional Period ”.

For the duration of the Transitional Period, the Chief Legal Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, as appointed as such from time to time, are by means of this transitional provision installed as sole members of the “ Transitional Appointment Committee ”, for the duration of their appointment as Chief Legal Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, respectively, and to the extent that the Chief Legal Officer respectively the Chief Financial Officer is not a member of the management board of the Company during the Transitional Period.

During the Transitional Period article 13.4 will, contrary to its current wording, read as follows:

13.4 The Transitional Appointment Committee shall be entitled to appoint up to one-third of the members of the supervisory board in accordance with Article 2:143 DCC. Such appointments shall terminate on the date of the next general meeting of shareholders following these appointments. The members of the Transitional Appointment Committee can only resolve with unanimous votes to appoint a member of the supervisory board.

A resolution of the general meeting of shareholders for the amendment of article 13.4, this transitional provision 2 or any amendment materially affecting the content of the provisions of article 13.4 or this transitional provision 2 in any other way, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Transitional Appointment Committee. The members of the Transitional Appointment Committee can only resolve to approve such amendment of the articles of association of the Company with unanimous votes.

FINAL STATEMENTS

Finally, the person appearing made the following statements:

 

(i) up to today the issued share capital amounts to forty-five thousand euro (EUR 45,000.00), divided into one million one hundred twenty-five thousand (1,125,000) ordinary registered shares class A of four eurocent (EUR 0.04) each;

 

(ii) this amendment of the articles of association enters into force under the condition precedent of the additional issue of three hundred million (300,000,000) class A ordinary bearer shares of four eurocent (EUR 0.04) each, after which the issued capital amounts to twelve million forty-five thousand euro (EUR 12,045,000.00) divided into three hundred one million one hundred twenty-five thousand (301,125,000) ordinary shares class A of four eurocent (EUR 0.04) each, of which one million one hundred twenty-five thousand (1,125,000) ordinary shares A are registered shares and three hundred million (300,000,000) ordinary shares A are bearer shares, after conversion as described in article 10.6 being ordinary registered shares class A;

 

(iii) the ministerial declaration of no objection was granted on the [      ] day of [      ] two thousand [      ], under number N.V. 1567749, as stated in the written declaration of the Ministry of Justice which has been attached to this instrument as Schedule 4 .

THIS DEED, was executed in Amsterdam on the date first above written.

The person appearing is known to me, civil law notary.

The essential contents of this deed were communicated and explained to the person appearing.

The person appearing then declared to have noted and approved the contents and did not want a full reading thereof. Thereupon, after limited reading, this deed was signed by the person appearing and by me, civil law notary.

SCHEDULE 1 Shareholder’s Resolution

SCHEDULE 2/3 Resolution management board and supervisory board

SCHEDULE 4 Declaration of no objection

Exhibit 3.3

 

 

 

RULES

FOR THE

SUPERVISORY BOARD

OF

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V.

 

 

 

These rules for the supervisory board are adopted on [    ] 2010, in accordance with article 17.3 of the articles of

association of LyondellBasell Industries N.V.


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE

   PAGE

1. INTRODUCTION

   3

2. THE SUPERVISORY BOARD

   5

2.1 Responsibilities

   5

2.2 Composition and term

   5

2.3 Appointment and dismissal of Members

   7

2.4 Remuneration

   8

2.5 Majority and quorum

   9

2.6 Meetings

   9

3. CONFLICT OF INTERESTS

   10

4. CHAIRMAN AND MEMBERS

   11

4.1 General

   11

4.2 Tasks and responsibilities

   11

5. COMMITTEES

   11

6. GOVERNING LAW

   12

 

2


RULES FOR THE

SUPERVISORY BOARD

OF

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V.

 

1. INTRODUCTION

 

1.1 Article 17, paragraph 3 of the Articles provides that the Supervisory Board may adopt rules governing its internal affairs.

 

1.2 No amendment shall be made to the Rules which adversely affects the rights of any Investor without the prior written approval of such Investor.

 

1.3 The Supervisory Board and each of its Members shall observe and comply with these Rules and action shall be taken by the Supervisory Board and its Members to ensure that each of the Members shall observe and comply with the principles set out in these Rules.

 

1.4 These Rules are complementary to (i) the provisions regarding the Supervisory Board and its Members contained in applicable law and regulations, including, when applicable, the NYSE listing standards, (ii) the Articles and (iii) the rules pertaining to the relationship between the Supervisory Board and the Management Board, contained in the rules governing the Management Board’s internal affairs.

 

1.5 In these Rules, the following expressions shall have the following respective meanings:

 

  Access means AI LBI Investments LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the state of Delaware, located in the United States of America, as long as the Nomination Agreement it has entered into remains in full force and effect

 

  Affiliate means, with respect to any person, any other person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such person. For purposes of this definition, the terms “control,” “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” as used with respect to any person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to each Investor, “Affiliate” shall include all investment funds managed or controlled by the Investor or the Investor’s Affiliates.

 

3


  Apollo means LeverageSource (Delaware), LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the state of Delaware, located in the United States of America, as long as the Nomination Agreement it has entered into remains in full force and effect

 

  Ares means Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund III, L.P., a limited partnership organized under the laws of the state of Delaware, located in the United States of America, as long as the Nomination Agreement it has entered into remains in full force and effect

 

  Articles means the articles of association of the Company

 

  Chairman means the chairman of the Supervisory Board, referred to in Article 17 paragraph 1 of the Articles and Clauses 2.2.4 and 4

 

  Clause means a clause of these Rules

 

  Committee means any committee which the Supervisory Board may establish from time to time in accordance with Clause 5

 

  Company means LyondellBasell Industries N.V.

 

  Deputy Secretary means the deputy secretary of the Supervisory Board, referred to in Article 17 paragraph 1 of the Articles and Clause 2.2.5

 

  General Meeting means the Company’s general meeting of shareholders

 

  Investor means each of Access, Apollo and Ares, respectively

 

  Management Board means the management board of the Company

 

  Members means the members of the Supervisory Board and Member means anyone of them

 

  Meeting means a meeting of the Supervisory Board

 

  Nomination Agreement means the respective agreements in relation to the nomination of members of the Supervisory Board entered into between the Company and each of the respective Investors

 

4


  NYSE means the New York Stock Exchange

 

  Rules means these rules governing the Supervisory Board’s internal affairs, including its annexes

 

  Secretary means the secretary of the Supervisory Board, referred to in Article 17 paragraph 1 of the Articles and Clause 2.2.5

 

  Supervisory Board means the supervisory board of the Company

 

  Vice Chairman means the deputy chairman of the Supervisory Board, referred to in Article 17 paragraph 1 of the Articles and Clause 2.2.4.

 

2. THE SUPERVISORY BOARD

 

2.1 Responsibilities

 

2.1.1 In addition to the responsibilities that follow from the law and the Articles, the Members shall be collectively responsible for the supervision of the policy of the management board and of the general course of affairs of the Company and its associated enterprise. In the performance of its duties, the Supervisory Board and each of its Members shall be guided by the interests of the Company and its associated enterprise. On an annual basis, the Supervisory Board shall review and adopt a five year strategic plan, an annual budget and business plan which shall be proposed by the Management Board.

 

2.2 Composition and term

 

2.2.1 The Supervisory Board shall, in its sole discretion, determine the size of the Supervisory Board in accordance with and in order to comply with (i) the Articles, (ii) the terms of any Nomination Agreement, and (iii) applicable law or regulation, including the NYSE listing standards (when applicable), provided that the Supervisory Board shall not have more than eleven (11) Members unless required to effectuate one of the items set forth in (i)-(iii) hereof.

 

2.2.2 The Supervisory Board initially shall consist of nine members. After the Company’s capital stock has been listed on the NYSE, the size of the Supervisory Board will be increased and additional independent directors will be appointed as necessary to ensure that the majority of directors will be independent within the meaning of the NYSE listing standards.

 

5


2.2.3 The Supervisory Board shall be divided in three classes initially consisting of three members each, Class 1, Class 2 and Class 3. Class 1 members shall serve for a one year initial term and stand for election at the first annual meeting, Class 2 members shall serve for a two year initial term and stand for election at the second annual meeting and Class 3 members shall serve for a three year initial term and stand for election at the third annual meeting. Following their initial appointment, nominees for each class will stand for election for three year terms at the annual meeting of shareholders of the Company, so long as the Company maintains a staggered Supervisory Board.

 

2.2.4

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in case the Supervisory Board at the date of these Rules consists of less than nine members, a Transitional Appointment Committee consisting of the Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Legal Officer has the right, during the period until the listing of LBI’s shares on the New York Stock Exchange to appoint such number of members to the Supervisory Board so that the Supervisory Board will consist of nine members in total, it being understood that the Transitional Appointment Committee cannot appoint more than one-third of the members of the Supervisory Board in accordance with Article 2:143 DCC, as provided pursuant to the Transitional Provision 2 of the Articles. In the event that the Transitional Appointment Committee is unable to appoint a director because doing so would cause the Supervisory Board to exceed the  1 / 3 limit set forth in article 2:143 and in article 13.4 as modified by Section 28 of the Articles, the Supervisory Board shall call a general meeting of shareholders at the shortest practicable time once such director nominee has been identified in accordance with Section 28 of the Articles.

 

2.2.5 The Members shall be natural persons.

 

2.2.6 The Supervisory Board shall appoint a Chairman and, if necessary, a Vice Chairman from its number.

 

2.2.7 The Supervisory Board shall appoint a Secretary and, if necessary, a Deputy Secretary whether or not from its number.

 

2.2.8 The Supervisory Board shall adopt a profile of its size and composition, taking account of the nature of the business, its activities and the desired expertise and background of the Members; provided that the composition of the Supervisory Board shall comply with applicable listing standards (including, when applicable, the NYSE listing standards) and at least one member of the Supervisory Board who is deemed to be independent under NYSE Rule 303A.02 shall also be a “financial expert” pursuant to Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

6


2.3 Appointment and dismissal of Members

 

2.3.1 Except as provided in Clause 2.3.7 and Article 13.4 of the Articles, the Members are appointed by the General Meeting. The appointment of a Member nominated by an Investor pursuant to a Nomination Agreement shall take place by way of a binding nomination naming at least two persons for each vacancy to be filled and shall be prepared by the Supervisory Board, within three months after the vacancy has arisen or as soon as practicable when an Investor has become entitled to nominate a Member pursuant to any of the Nomination Agreements, in which event the Supervisory Board shall submit to the General Meeting the nominations received by it in accordance with the terms of the Nomination Agreements. To the extent the nomination for any vacancy is not submitted to the Supervisory Board by an Investor pursuant to its Nomination Agreement, the Supervisory Board shall provide notice to such Investor, and, no earlier than 20 days after providing such notice and the continued failure by the Investor to identify the nominee, shall select the appropriate nominees based on candidates’ qualifications and profile, taking into due consideration the desired profile laid out in advance by the Supervisory Board in accordance with Clause 2.2.6, in which event the Supervisory Board shall submit a non-binding nomination to the General Meeting.

 

  Following implementation of Bill number 31 763, “Amendment of book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code in connection with rules for management and supervision in limited liability companies and private companies with limited liability” ( Wetsvoorstel 31 763, “Wijziging van boek 2 van het Burgerlijk Wetboek in verband met de aanpassing van regels over bestuur en toezicht in naamloze en besloten vennootschappen” ), the binding nomination referred to above shall name at least one person for each vacancy to be filled. If then a nomination names only one person, a resolution by the General Meeting on the proposal shall result in such person being appointed, unless the General Meeting renders the nomination non-binding by means of a resolution adopted by at least two-thirds of the valid votes cast and the valid votes cast represent more than half of the Company’s issued capital.

 

  Notwithstanding anything in this Clause 2.3.1 to the contrary, the provisions relating to the appointment of Members contained in each Nomination Agreement shall supplement the provisions of the Articles relating to the appointment of Members.

 

2.3.2 The binding nominations referred to in Clause 2.3.1 shall be made in accordance with article 2:142(3) of the Netherlands Civil Code and with due observance of Clause 2.5 and the terms and conditions agreed upon in any Nomination Agreement entered into between the Company and any Investor.

 

7


2.3.3 Except with respect to Members appointed in accordance with Clause 2.3.7, and unless the General Meeting, on the proposal of the Supervisory Board, determines that a Member shall be appointed for a longer period, a Member will be appointed for a maximum period of three (3) years, provided however that unless such Member has resigned at an earlier date, his term of office shall lapse at the end of the first annual General Meeting of shareholders, to be held after lapse of his term of appointment. A Member may be re-appointed with due observance of the preceding sentence. There is no limit to the number of times a Member can be reappointed.

 

2.3.4 The Supervisory Board may draw up a retirement schedule for the Members. Periodical resignation will take place per the date of the annual General Meeting of shareholders.

 

2.3.5 The Members are suspended and dismissed by the General Meeting in the manner as described in Article 13 paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 of the Articles. If a Member is suspended and the General Meeting does not resolve to dismiss him or to terminate or continue the suspension within three months from the date of suspension, the suspension shall lapse. A suspended Member shall be given an opportunity to account for his actions at the General Meeting and to be assisted by an adviser in doing so.

 

  A resolution to continue the suspension as referred to above may be adopted only once. In such event the suspension may be continued for a maximum period of three (3) months commencing on the day the General Meeting has adopted the resolution to continue the suspension. If within the period of continued suspension the General Meeting has not resolved either to dismiss such Member or to terminate the suspension, the suspension shall lapse.

 

2.3.6 In case the number of Members will be less than three (3), the Supervisory Board will remain competent.

 

2.3.7 In the event an Investor is entitled to submit the nomination of a Member pursuant to the terms of its Nomination Agreement, the Supervisory Board shall, subject to applicable law and regulation, as soon as practicable effect the appointment of such nominee in accordance with Article 13.4 of the Articles and Article 2:143 of the Civil Code, which appointment shall terminate on the date of the next General Meeting.

 

2.4 Remuneration

 

  Each Member shall be paid a fee at such rate as may from time to time be determined by the Supervisory Board upon recommendation of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee provided that the aggregate of all fees so paid per annum to the Members shall not exceed the amount per annum decided by the General Meeting.

 

8


2.5 Majority and quorum

 

2.5.1 Each Member shall have the right to cast one vote in a Meeting.

 

2.5.2 The Supervisory Board shall pass resolutions by an absolute majority of the votes cast. Abstentions will be regarded as votes not cast. In the event of a tie vote, the proposal will have been rejected.

 

  In the event of a tie vote on persons, the resolution will be postponed until the next following Meeting provided that if there is a tie vote again, no resolution will be passed.

 

2.5.3 The determination of the Chairman with regard to the results of a vote, and, where there has been a vote about a proposal which has not been put in writing, his determination as to the contents of the resolution passed, shall be decisive. However, where the accuracy of the determination referred to in the previous sentence is contested promptly after it has been made, a new vote shall take place if so required by a majority of the votes or, where the first vote did not take place by response to a roll call or in writing, if one person present with the right to vote so requires. The legal consequences of the original vote shall become void as a result of the new vote. The Chairman does not hold a casting vote.

 

2.5.4 In order to hold a valid Supervisory Board Meeting a quorum constituting a majority of the number of Members holding office is required.

 

2.6 Meetings

 

2.6.1 The Supervisory Board will hold a Meeting whenever deemed desirable by the Chairman or the other Members. The Supervisory Board shall conduct six regularly scheduled Meetings per year.

 

2.6.2 The Chairman shall chair the meetings of the Supervisory Board. If the Chairman is absent, the Vice Chairman, if appointed, shall chair the Meeting. If no chairman has been appointed, the Member present at the Meeting who has held that office longest shall chair the Meeting. If two or more Members have equal seniority, the eldest of them shall chair the Meeting.

 

2.6.3 A Member may be represented at a Meeting by a fellow Member, authorized in writing, only.

 

9


2.6.4 The notice of the Meeting shall be given by the Chairman, or in his absence the Vice Chairman, or in the event no Vice Chairman has been appointed, the Member referred to in 2.6.2, and shall set out an agenda identifying in reasonable detail the matters to be discussed at the meeting and shall be accompanied by copies of any relevant papers to be discussed at the meeting. Any matter which is to be submitted to the Supervisory Board for a decision which is not identified in reasonable detail as aforesaid may, notwithstanding the foregoing, be decided upon at the applicable Meeting, unless any Member, acting reasonably, requests reasonable detail in which case the meeting shall be adjourned, for fourteen days maximum in which time the Member or Members having submitted the matter to the Supervisory Board shall supply reasonable detail to the others.

 

2.6.5 Meetings of the Supervisory Board shall be held in the Netherlands. There shall be at least seven days between the date on which notice is given to each of the Members and the date on which such Meeting is held, unless the person giving notice of the Meeting determines, for urgent reasons, a shorter notice period is necessary.

 

2.6.6 Minutes of the proceedings at the meetings will be kept by the Secretary. The minutes will be confirmed and signed by the Chairman and Secretary, or in their absence, by the persons who will have acted as chairman and secretary, respectively, at the meeting.

 

3. CONFLICT OF INTERESTS

 

3.1 A Member shall not participate in the discussions and/or decision-making process on a subject or transaction in relation to which he has a direct or indirect personal interest, which is in conflict with the interests of the Company and its associated enterprise. In the event that - as a result of such conflict of interest - no resolution of the Supervisory Board can be adopted in respect of a certain subject or transaction, the General Meeting shall decide on the matter concerned.

 

3.2 Without prejudice to Clause 3.1, Members shall not have any duty to refrain, directly or indirectly, from (a) pursuing a corporate opportunity in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Company or any of its Affiliates now engages or proposes to engage or (b) otherwise competing with the Company or any of its Affiliates. The Members do not have any duty to offer to the Company an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

10


3.3

In the event that a Member acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for the Company or any of its Affiliates, such Member shall have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or other business opportunity to the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

4. CHAIRMAN AND MEMBERS

 

4.1 General

 

4.1.1 The Chairman and the Members are equally responsible for the supervision of the policy of the management board and of the general course of affairs of the Company and its associated enterprise.

 

4.2 Tasks and Responsibilities

 

4.2.1 The Chairman shall act as chairman of the General Meeting.

 

4.2.2 If the Chairman is permanently incapacitated or prevented from acting, the Vice Chairman, or in the event no Vice Chairman has been appointed, the Member referred to in Clause 2.6.2 shall be temporarily charged with his tasks.

 

5. COMMITTEES

 

5.1 The Supervisory Board shall have the following standing committees: an audit committee, a corporate governance and nominating committee, an organisation and compensation committee and a health safety and environmental committee. The responsibilities for these Committees is set out in Annex A Subject to Clause 5.4, each of these Committees shall be made up of at least three Members, provided that the composition and responsibilities for each such Committee shall comply with the NYSE listing standards (when applicable).

 

5.2 The Supervisory Board may establish one or more other additional committees from among its Members as it deems fit, subject to Clause 5.3 and provided that the composition and responsibilities for any such committee shall comply with applicable listing standards (including, when applicable, the NYSE listing standards). The Supervisory Board may also delegate certain of its tasks to a Committee. The delegation of certain tasks to a Committee does not negate the joint responsibility of all Members. The Supervisory Board may reverse a delegation at any time.

 

11


5.2 Each Committee may adopt internal rules as it deems fit provided that the adoption of internal rules by a Committee, as well as any amendment to the internal rules of a Committee, are subject to approval as referred to in Clause 1.2. The internal rules of each Committee will form an integral part of these Rules.

 

5.4 At least one Member of the Supervisory Board nominated by Apollo shall be entitled to serve on each Committee, except as may be prohibited by law or regulation (including, when applicable, the NYSE listing standards).

 

6. GOVERNING LAW

 

6.1 These Rules shall be governed by, and be construed in accordance with, the laws of The Netherlands.

 

6.2 All disputes arising in connection with these Rules shall be finally settled in accordance with the arbitration rules of the Netherlands Arbitration Institute (NAI). The arbitral tribunal shall be composed of 3 (three) arbitrators: two selected by the Supervisory Board and the third agreed upon by the first two selected arbitrators. The place of arbitration shall be Amsterdam. The arbitral procedures shall be conducted in the English language. Consolidation of the arbitral proceedings with other arbitral proceedings pending in The Netherlands, as provided in article 1046 of the Netherlands Code of Civil Procedure, is excluded.

These Rules are adopted on April      , 2010 in accordance with Article 17.3 of the Articles.

 

12


ANNEX A

Audit Committee . In accordance with its charter, the audit committee will be responsible for:

 

   

Recommending independent auditors for shareholder approval, overseeing and reviewing reports of independent auditors and serving as an intermediary between independent auditors and management.

 

   

Overseeing the proper functioning and appropriateness of the Company’s financial reporting processes and accounting policies.

 

   

Overseeing and reviewing the internal audit functions and reporting.

 

   

Monitoring and discussing risk assessment and risk management services with the management and the internal auditor.

 

   

Evaluating and maintaining proper ethical compliance functions.

Organisation and Compensation Committee . In accordance with its charter, the organisation and compensation committee will be responsible for:

 

   

Making a proposal for adoption by the Supervisory Board of the compensation philosophy, structure, policies and guidelines for the managing directors, executive officers and senior management.

 

   

Establishing and reviewing annual incentive and long-term incentive compensation plans, including equity-based incentive compensation plans, for employees.

 

   

Establishing and reviewing benefit or other plans or programs for employees.

 

   

Establishing and reviewing corporate goals and objectives relevant to the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, including the long-term incentive component, evaluate the Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of those goals and objectives and determine the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation level based on this evaluation.

 

   

Preparing a report on executive compensation, as required by the SEC rules, to be included in the Company’s annual proxy statement to shareholders and the Supervisory Board report on compensation to be included in the Dutch Annual Report.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee . In accordance with its charter, the corporate governance and nominating committee will be responsible for:

 

   

Periodically evaluating the performance and functioning of the Supervisory Board and the Management Board.

 

13


   

Developing, reviewing and recommending to the Supervisory Board a set of corporate governance guidelines.

 

   

Developing and recommending criteria for Supervisory Board membership and size and structure of the Supervisory Board.

 

   

Identifying and recommending qualified candidates for membership on the Supervisory Board.

 

   

Recommending the structure and composition of, and nominees for, the standing committees of the Supervisory Board.

Health, Safety and Environmental Committee . In accordance with its charter, the health, safety and environmental committee will be responsible for

 

   

[to come]

 

14

Exhibit 3.4

 

 

 

RULES

FOR THE

MANAGEMENT BOARD

OF

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V.

 

 

 

These rules for the management board are adopted on [    ] 2010 and approved by the

supervisory board of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. on the same day, all in accordance with

article 14.3 of the articles of association of LyondellBasell Industries N.V.


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE

   PAGE

1. INTRODUCTION

   3

2. THE MANAGEMENT BOARD

   4

2.1 Responsibilities

   4

2.2 Composition and term

   4

2.3 Appointment and dismissal of Members

   5

2.4 Remuneration

   5

2.5 Majority and quorum

   5

2.6 Meetings

   6

3. CONFLICT OF INTERESTS

   7

4. MEMBERS

   7

4.1 General

   7

4.2 Tasks and responsibilities

   8

5. GOVERNING LAW

   8


RULES FOR THE

MANAGEMENT BOARD

OF

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V.

 

1. INTRODUCTION

 

1.1 Article 14, paragraph 3 of the Articles provides that the Management Board may adopt rules governing its internal affairs, which rules require the approval of the Supervisory Board.

 

1.2 The Rules may only be amended by the Management Board with the approval of the Supervisory Board.

 

1.3 The Management Board and its Members shall observe and comply with these Rules and action shall be taken by the Management Board and its Members to ensure that the Members shall observe and comply with the principles set out in these Rules.

 

1.4 These Rules are complementary to (i) the provisions regarding the Management Board and its Members contained in applicable law and regulations, including the rules of the New York Stock Exchange or any other applicable exchange, (ii) the Articles and (iii) the rules pertaining to the relationship between the Supervisory Board and the Management Board, contained in the rules governing the Supervisory Board’s internal affairs.

 

1.5 In these Rules, the following expressions shall have the following respective meanings:

 

  Articles means the articles of association of the Company

 

  CEO means the Chief Executive Officer referred to in Article 13 paragraph 1 of the Articles and Clause 2.2.2

 

  Clause means a clause of these Rules

 

  Company means LyondellBasell Industries N.V.

 

  General Meeting means the Company’s general meeting of shareholders

 

  Management Board means the management board of the Company

 

3


  Member means a member of the Management Board

 

  Meeting means a meeting of the Management Board

 

  Meeting of B Shareholders means a meeting of holders of class B ordinary shares in the Company’s share capital

 

  Rules means these rules governing the Management Board’s internal affairs, including its annexes

 

  Supervisory Board means the supervisory board of the Company

 

2. THE MANAGEMENT BOARD

 

2.1 Responsibilities

 

2.1.1 In addition to the responsibilities that follow from the law and the Articles, the Management Board shall be responsible for the day to day affairs of the Company. In the performance of its duties, the Management Board and its Member(s) shall be guided by the interests of the Company and its associated enterprise.

 

2.2 Composition and term

 

2.2.1 The initial Management Board shall consist of one (1) Member. The term of the initial Management Board will be five (5) years. Thereafter, the Supervisory Board may determine the number of Members on subsequent Management Boards.

 

2.2.2 The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of the LBI Group shall be the sole Member of the initial Management Board. Thereafter, in the event that the Supervisory Board determines that a subsequent Management Board will consist of more than one (1) Member, the CEO shall be a Member of such subsequent Management Board.

 

2.2.3 The term of the Member of the initial Management Board will be five (5) years. Thereafter, a Member can be appointed for a maximum term of four (4) years and may be reappointed. There is no limit to the number of times a Member can be reappointed.

 

2.2.2 If a Member is permanently incapacitated or prevented from acting, Article 15 paragraph 3 of the Articles shall apply.

 

4


2.3 Appointment and dismissal of Members

 

2.3.1 The Member(s) shall be appointed by the General Meeting in the manner as described in Article 13.2 of the Articles.

 

2.3.2 A Member is suspended and dismissed in the manner as described in Article 13 paragraphs 2, 5, 6 and 7 of the Articles. If a Member is suspended by the General Meeting or the Supervisory Board and the General Meeting does not resolve to dismiss him or to terminate or continue the suspension within three months from the date of suspension, the suspension shall lapse. A suspended Member shall be given an opportunity to account for his actions at the General Meeting and to be assisted by an adviser in doing so.

 

  A resolution to continue the suspension as referred to above may be adopted only once. In such event the suspension may be continued for a maximum period of three (3) months commencing on the day the General Meeting has adopted the resolution to continue the suspension. If within the period of continued suspension the General Meeting has not resolved either to dismiss such Member or to terminate the suspension, the suspension shall lapse.

 

2.4 Remuneration

 

  The Supervisory Board shall determine the remuneration and other terms of employment for the Member(s) (in their capacity as such) on the basis of a remuneration policy determined by the General Meeting, with due observance of Article 13.8 of the Articles.

 

2.5 Majority and quorum

 

2.5.1 Each Member shall have the right to cast one vote in a Meeting.

 

2.5.2 After the term of the initial Management Board has expired, in the event that a subsequent Management Board consists of more than one (1) Member, resolutions shall be passed by an absolute majority of the votes cast. Abstentions will be regarded as votes not cast. In the event of a tie vote or that no votes are cast, the matter shall be decided by the Supervisory Board.

 

5


2.5.3 The determination of the CEO with regard to the results of a vote, and, where there has been a vote about a proposal which has not been put in writing, his determination as to the contents of the resolution passed, shall be decisive. However, where the accuracy of the determination referred to in the previous sentence is contested promptly after it has been made, a new vote shall take place if so required by a majority of the votes or, where the first vote did not take place by response to a roll call or in writing, if one person present with the right to vote so requires. The legal consequences of the original vote shall become void as a result of the new vote.

 

2.5.4 After the term of the initial Management Board has expired, in the event that a subsequent Management Board consists of two (2) Members, a quorum of one (1) Member holding office is required in order to validly hold a Meeting, and in the event that a subsequent Management Board consists of three (3) or more Members, a quorum of the majority of the number of Members holding office is required to validly hold a Meeting.

 

2.6 Meetings

 

2.6.1 The Management Board shall conduct six regularly scheduled Meetings a year and such meetings shall coincide with the meetings of the Supervisory Board. Meetings of the Management Board shall be held in The Netherlands.

 

2.6.2 The CEO shall chair the meetings of the Management Board.

 

2.6.3 [Omitted]

 

2.6.4 Notice of the Meeting shall be given by the CEO and shall set out an agenda identifying in reasonable detail the matters to be discussed at the meeting and shall be accompanied by copies of any relevant papers to be discussed at the meeting. Any matter which is to be submitted to the Management Board for a decision which is not identified in reasonable detail as aforesaid may, notwithstanding the foregoing, be decided upon at the applicable Meeting.

 

2.6.5 There shall be at least two days between the date on which notice is given to the Member(s) of any Meeting and the date on which it is held, unless the person giving notice of the Meeting determines, for urgent reasons, a shorter notice period is necessary.

 

2.6.6 [Omitted]

 

2.6.7 [Omitted]

 

6


2.6.8 The minutes of a Meeting shall be adopted in the same or in the next meeting. Minutes of the matters dealt with at a Meeting shall be sufficient evidence thereof and of the observance of all necessary formalities, provided such minutes are certified by the CEO.

 

2.6.9 The Management Board shall require the approval of:

 

  a. the General Meeting and the Supervisory Board, for the resolutions listed in Annex A ;

 

  b. the Supervisory Board, for the resolutions listed in Annex B , except as contemplated by the then approved business plan and budget; and

 

  c. the General Meeting, the Supervisory Board and the Meeting of B Shareholders in accordance with article 21.1 of the Articles, for the resolutions listed in Annex C .

 

2.6.10 The Management Board shall further require the approval of the Supervisory Board for such resolutions of the Management Board as the Supervisory Board, after reasonable consultation with the Management Board, has specified in a resolution to that effect and notified to the Management Board.

 

3. CONFLICT OF INTERESTS

 

  A Member shall not participate in taking a decision on a subject or transaction in relation to which he has a direct or indirect personal interest, which is in conflict with the interests of the Company and its associated enterprise. In the event that - as a result of such conflict of interest - no resolution of the Management Board can be adopted in respect of a certain subject or transaction, the Supervisory Board shall decide on the matter concerned.

 

4. MEMBERS

 

4.1 General

 

4.1.1 The CEO is entitled to represent the Company.

 

7


4.2 Tasks and Responsibilities

 

4.2.1 The CEO shall see to it that:

 

  a. the Member(s) receive in good time all information which is necessary for the proper performance of their duties;

 

  b. there is sufficient time for consultation and decision-making by the Management Board;

 

  c. the Management Board shall be constituted and function properly.

 

4.2.2 The Management Board shall, at least once every year, inform the Supervisory Board in writing of the main features of the strategic plan and annual budget of the Company.

 

4.2.3 If the CEO is permanently incapacitated or prevented from acting, a replacement Member may be temporarily charged with his tasks.

 

5. GOVERNING LAW

 

5.1 These Rules shall be governed by, and be construed in accordance with, the laws of The Netherlands.

 

5.2 [All disputes arising in connection with these Rules shall be finally settled in accordance with the arbitration rules of the Netherlands Arbitration Institute (NAI). The arbitral tribunal shall be composed of 3 (three) arbitrators: one selected by the Management Board, one selected by the Supervisory Board and the third agreed upon by the first two selected arbitrators. The place of arbitration shall be Amsterdam. The arbitral procedures shall be conducted in the English language. Consolidation of the arbitral proceedings with other arbitral proceedings pending in The Netherlands, as provided in article 1046 of the Netherlands Code of Civil Procedure, is excluded.]

These Rules are adopted on [    ] 2010 and approved by resolution of the Supervisory Board on the same day, all in accordance with Article 14.3 of the Articles.

 

8


ANNEX A

Resolutions:

 

I. regarding a significant change in the identity or nature of the Company or its associated enterprise, including in any event:

 

  (i) the transfer of the entire enterprise or practically the entire enterprise of the Company to a third party, whether by acquisition, business merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all assets of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

  (ii) to conclude or cancel any long-lasting co-operation by the Company or a subsidiary with any other legal person or company or as a fully liable general partner of a limited partnership or a general partnership, provided that such co-operation or the cancellation thereof is of essential importance to the Company; and

 

  (iii) to acquire or dispose of a participating interest in the capital of a company with a value of at least one third of the sum of the assets according to the consolidated balance sheet with explanatory notes thereto according to the last adopted annual accounts of the Company, by the Company or a subsidiary.

 

9


ANNEX B

Resolutions to (to the extent applicable, in one or a series of related transactions):

 

1. acquire, repurchase, redeem, cancel, sell, or otherwise dispose of any equity interest of the Company or any of its significant subsidiaries, or any equity interest convertible into or exchangeable for, or any rights, warrants or options to acquire any shares of, capital stock of the Company or any of its significant subsidiaries;

 

2. declare, set aside, make or pay any dividend or other distribution in respect of the Company’s Securities, or purchase or redeem, directly or indirectly, such Securities;

 

3. amend, modify or waive any material term of any outstanding (i) Security of the Company or any of its significant subsidiaries or (ii) indebtedness (as defined in GAAP) in excess of $125,000,000 of the Company or any of its significant subsidiaries;

 

4. consummate an initial public offering or a public offering of the Securities of any subsidiary.

 

5. make any acquisition or divestiture of any material business or material assets, or enter into, withdraw from or make any material change to any joint venture, agreements or commitments relating thereto;

 

6. With respect to any action or transaction that would require approval of the Supervisory Board hereunder if such action were to be taken by the Company, cast any votes with respect to non-wholly owned investments or subsidiaries, or grant any proxy with respect to the voting of any shares directly or indirectly;

 

7. to adopt, materially amend or materially change the annual budget or strategic plan for the Company and its associated enterprises or make aggregate expenditures exceeding the overall budget by greater than 10%;

 

8. make expenditures for capital projects (i) contemplated by the then approved annual budget, in excess of $125,000,000 or (ii) not contemplated by the then approved annual budget, in excess of $50,000,000;

 

9. adopt or amend rules governing the Management Board’s internal affairs;

 

10. enter into any material new line of business;

 

10


11. agree to enter into or consummate any mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, reorganizations, recapitalizations or other business combinations with unrelated third parties;

 

12. commence the termination, liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or enter into any agreement or arrangement relating thereto;

 

13. propose or institute proceedings to adjudicate the Company or any of its subsidiaries as bankrupt, or consent to the filing of a bankruptcy proceeding against the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or file a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization of the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws, or consent to the filing of any such petition against the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or consent to the appointment of a receiver or liquidator or trustee or assignee in bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or admit in writing the Company’s or any of its subsidiary’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due;

 

14. subject to applicable insolvency law, propose that the Company or any of its subsidiaries be wound up or that any liquidation proceedings be commenced;

 

15. make any payments to a Manager other than (A) regular salary payments, (B) expense reimbursement in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (C) pursuant to any contract previously approved by the Supervisory Board, (D) payments arising under the Company’s employee benefit and compensation plans which are generally applicable to all employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and (E) director and observer expenses generally payable to the directors and observers of the Company and its subsidiaries, in accordance with policies approved by the Supervisory Board;

 

16. other than as permitted under the Transaction Documents and the Financing Agreements, enter into any transaction (i) with any officer, director or any relative thereof, except as permitted under Item 15, (ii) other than in the ordinary course of business, with any Rights Offering Sponsor or 5% shareholder or any of its Affiliates;

 

17. enter into, extend or terminate any contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment, letter of intent, memorandum of understanding, obligation or similar understanding (i) in the ordinary course of business, involving more than $300,000,000 for purchase contracts and more than $150,000,000 for sales contracts or (ii) outside of the ordinary course of business, involving more than $50,000,000;

 

11


18. hire or fire any Senior Officer or create any new Senior Officer position;

 

19. (i) adopt, approve or materially amend compensation and benefit plans and programs of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, including cash bonus plans, option and equity-based or profit sharing plans, (ii) approve any grant under any option or equity-based or profit sharing plan, (iii) change the compensation of Senior Officers or (iv) enter into or adopt any welfare, pension or benefit plan or arrangement involving any labor organization (including without limitation any multi-employer trust providing retirement benefits);

 

20. adopt or approve any Company-wide severance agreements or arrangements or any severance agreements or arrangements with any Senior Officer;

 

21. enter into any agreement providing for the indemnification of any officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

22. purchase or obtain “director and officer” insurance for the benefit of any officer, director, employee, agent or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

23. pay any fees to any of the Rights Offering Sponsors or any of their respective Affiliates, other than as contemplated by the Transaction Documents;

 

24. make any public filing with, or public report to, any regulatory agency relating to or referring to the Rights Offering Sponsors and their financial circumstances or capital structure, except as it relates to their equity ownership, governance rights or as otherwise required by applicable law or regulation, including the rules of the New York Stock Exchange or any other applicable exchange;

 

25. accept or approve the external auditors or auditors’ reports;

 

26. approve the payment of any investment banking fees in excess of $10,000,000;

 

27. settle any litigation in excess of $50,000,000;

 

28. issue any press releases or other public announcements, or give any media interview relating to or referring to the Rights Offering Sponsors and their financial circumstances or capital structure, except as it relates to their equity ownership, governance rights or as otherwise required by applicable law or regulation, including the rules of the New York Stock Exchange or any other applicable exchange;

 

12


29. make any political contribution or make any charitable contribution in excess of $500,000;

 

30. amend or waive any material term of any agreement or transaction that required, or would have required had such agreement or transaction been entered into after the adoption hereof, approval of the Supervisory Board hereunder;

 

31. change the corporate seat of the Company; or

 

32. make, permit or approve any of the following transactions:

 

   

other than under the Financing Agreements or in the ordinary course of business consistent with the then approved business plan and budget, mortgage or otherwise encumber or subject to any Encumbrance any material assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

   

other than under the Financing Agreements or in the ordinary course of business consistent with the then approved business plan and budget, lend any money or assets of the Company to any other Person in excess of $50,000,000; provided however, that any loans made to directors, officers or employees of either the Company or of any of its subsidiaries other than normal advances for travel and entertainment expenses and the like, shall require approval irrespective of the amount; or

 

   

other than under the Financing Agreements (including from time to time drawing down proceeds under any Financing Agreements), incurrence of (a) indebtedness of the Company or its subsidiaries for money borrowed from others and purchase money indebtedness, in each case in excess of $100,000,000; (b) guarantees by the Company or its subsidiaries of third party indebtedness of the type and amounts described in clause (a) above, but excluding endorsements of checks and other instruments in the ordinary course; and (c) obligations of the Company or its subsidiaries to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement covering the right to use) real or personal property in excess of $50,000,000, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of the Company, as of such date computed in accordance with GAAP.

 

13


In this Annex B, the following expressions shall have the following respective meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, the terms “control,” “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” as used with respect to any person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any Rights Offering Sponsor, “Affiliate” shall include all investment funds managed or controlled by such Rights Offering Sponsor or such Rights Offering Sponsor’s Affiliates.

Encumbrances ” means any encumbrances, lien, pledge, security interest, claim, charges, option, right of first refusal or offer, mortgage, deed of trust, easement, including restrictions on the right to vote equity interests.

Equity Commitment Agreement ” means that certain Equity Commitment Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2009 by and among the Company, the Rights Offering Sponsors and the Company’s subsidiaries and affiliates who are party thereto, as it may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

Financing Agreements ” means [all documents with respect to financing in effect as of the date on which the Plan becomes effective in accordance with its terms].

GAAP ” means the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

Manager ” means any Member of the Management Board, any officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and any employee at an M4 compensation level or higher or similar level in the future and any Affiliate of any of the foregoing.

Person ” shall be construed broadly and shall include, without limitation, an individual, a partnership, stichting, commanditaire vennootschap, besloten vennootschap, a limited liability company, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Plan ” means the joint chapter 11 plan of reorganization of LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. and its subsidiaries and affiliates who are debtors and debtors-in-possession, including all exhibits and schedules annexed thereto or associated therewith.

Rights Offering Sponsors ” means LeverageSource (Delaware) LLC, AI LBI Investment LLC and Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund III, L.P.

 

14


Securities ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s capital stock or other equity interests or any options, warrants or other securities that are directly or indirectly convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, such Person’s capital stock or other equity or equity-linked interests, including phantom stock and stock appreciation rights.

Senior Officer ” means Persons who serve in the following positions within the LBI Group: President and Chief Executive Officer, Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Chief Legal Officer, Senior Vice President, Intermediate & Derivatives, Senior Vice President, Olefins and Polyolefins, Americas, Senior Vice President, Olefins and Polyolefins, EAI, Senior Vice President, Refining, Senior Vice President, Research & Development, Senior Vice President, Manufacturing, Americas, Senior Vice President, Manufacturing, EAI, Senior Vice President, Technology, Vice President, Health, Safety and Environment and Vice President, Human Resources or such other Person who may serve as a direct report to the CEO.

Transaction Documents ” means the Equity Commitment Agreement, the Plan, [others to come].

 

15


ANNEX C

Resolutions:

 

I. An acquisition, business merger, sale of all or substantially all assets of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries taken as a whole, consolidation or a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (or its subsidiaries, the assets of which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole), in a single transaction or series of transactions, in each case, pursuant to which the class B ordinary shares in the Company’ share capital are redeemed, purchased, converted, retired or otherwise exchanged for value at the price less than USD 10.61 per class B ordinary share in the Company’ share capital, subject to anti-dilution adjustments as set forth in the Articles (the “ Class B Liquidation Preference ”).

 

16

Exhibit 4.3

NOMINATION AGREEMENT

between

[INVESTOR]

and

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V.

 

 

In relation to the nomination of the

members of the Supervisory Board

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.1    Definitions    2
1.2    Interpretation    3
1.3    Appendices    4
2.    ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION    4
3.    SUPERVISORY BOARD REGULATIONS    4
4.    SUPERVISORY BOARD NOMINATIONS    4
5.    SUPERVISORY BOARD COMMITTEES; LBI SUBSIDIARY BOARDS    6
6.    DURATION    7
7.    MISCELLANEOUS    7
7.1    Invalid provisions    7
7.2    Amendment    7
7.3    Entire agreement    8
7.4    No implied waiver; no forfeit of rights    8
7.5    No rescission    8
7.6    No assignment    8
7.7    Resignation of members for Cause    9
7.8    Resignation of Director Nominees    9
7.9    Nomination of Additional Director Nominees    10
7.10    Appointment Pending General Meeting of Shareholders    10
7.11    Calling General Meeting    11
7.12    Choice of law    11
7.13    Disputes    11

 

i


LIST OF APPENDICES

1. Articles of association.

2. The internal rules of procedure of the Supervisory Board.

 

ii


NOMINATION AGREEMENT

THE UNDERSIGNED:

 

1. [INVESTOR] , a [    ] company formed under the laws of [    ] principal place of business at [    ], hereinafter referred to as “ Investor ”;

 

2. LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V. , a public limited liability company ( naamloze vennootschap ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands with its corporate seat at Rotterdam (registered office: Weena 737, 3013AM Rotterdam, the Netherlands), registered with the Chamber of Commerce with number 24473890, hereinafter referred to as the “ LBI ” and together with Investor as “ Parties .

RECITALS

 

A. The Investor and LBI are a party to that certain equity commitment agreement dated December 11, 2009 by and among AI LBI Investments LLC ( “Access” ), Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund III, L.P. ( “Ares” ), Leveragesource (Delaware), LLC ( “Apollo”) , LBI and the other parties signatory thereto (as amended from time to time, the “ Equity Commitment Agreement ”).

 

B. Upon issuance of shares in the capital of LBI pursuant to the Plan, the Investor, together with its Affiliates, will directly or indirectly hold shares of LBI to be issued to it upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Equity Commitment Agreement.

 

C. Pursuant to the Plan and the Equity Commitment Agreement, the Investor has nominated [ ] member[s] of the initial Supervisory Board.

 

D. Pursuant to this Agreement, the Investor shall as from issuance of the shares be entitled to nominate one, two or three (as the case may be) individuals to be appointed as members of the Supervisory Board.

 

E.

[Pursuant to this Agreement, at least one person nominated by the Investor as a member of the Supervisory Board shall serve on the [ ] Committee(s).] 1

 

 

1

Note: This provision is to be included in the Apollo Nomination Agreement only.

 

1


HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

 

Affiliate    with respect to any person, any other person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such person. For purposes of this definition, the terms “control,” “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” as used with respect to any person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the Investor, “Affiliate” shall include all investment funds managed or controlled by the Investor or the Investor’s Affiliates.
Agreement    this Nomination Agreement
Appendix    an appendix to this Agreement
Articles    the draft articles of association of LBI attached as Appendix 1 to this Agreement.
Business Day    any day other than (a) a Saturday, (b) a Sunday, (c) any day on which commercial banks in New York, New York or The Netherlands are required or authorized to close by law or executive order and (d) the Friday after Thanksgiving.
Clause    a clause in this Agreement
Committees    the committees of the Supervisory Board
Disclosure Statement    means the disclosure statement to accompany the Plan as amended, modified or supplemented
Equity Commitment Agreement    has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement

 

2


Investor    has the meaning attributed in the heading of this Agreement
LBI    has the meaning attributed in the heading of this Agreement
One Director Investor    the Investor, if entitled to nominate one member of the Supervisory Board pursuant to Clause 4.1 of this Agreement
Parties    has the meaning attributed in the heading of this Agreement
Plan    means the joint chapter 11 plan of reorganization of Lyondell Chemical Company and certain of its subsidiaries and affiliates who are debtors and debtors-in-possession, including all exhibits and schedules annexed thereto or associated therewith, as altered, amended or modified from time to time
Supervisory Board    the supervisory board of LBI
Termination Date    has the meaning attributed in Clause 6.2
Three Director Investor    the Investor, if entitled to nominate three members of the Supervisory Board pursuant to Clause 4.3 of this Agreement
Two Director Investor    the Investor, if entitled to nominate two members of the Supervisory Board pursuant to Clause 4.2 of this Agreement

 

1.2 Interpretation

In this Agreement, unless the context dictates otherwise:

 

1.2.1 the masculine gender shall include the feminine and the neuter and vice versa;

 

1.2.2 references to a person shall include a reference to any individual, company, association, partnership or joint venture;

 

1.2.3 references to “include” and “including” shall be treated as references to “include without limitation” or “including without limitation”;

 

1.2.4 references to documents in “agreed form” shall be to documents agreed between the Parties, annexed to this Agreement;

 

1.2.5 the headings are for identification only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement;

 

3


1.2.6 references to “Clauses”, “paragraphs” and “Appendices” are to clauses, paragraphs of, and appendices to, this Agreement.

 

1.3 Appendices

Any Appendix referred to in this Agreement forms an integral part of this Agreement.

 

2. ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Prior to issuance of shares in the capital of LBI on the terms and conditions agreed upon in the Equity Commitment Agreement, the articles of association of LBI shall be amended in accordance with the agreed form attached to this Agreement as Appendix 1. No further amendment which adversely affects the nomination rights of the Investor shall be made to the Articles (including, without limitation, any amendments to paragraphs 13.2, 16.4, 17.3 and 24.1 of the Articles which adversely affects the nomination rights of the Investor) without prior written approval of the Investor.

 

3. SUPERVISORY BOARD REGULATIONS

 

3.1 The internal rules of procedure of the Supervisory Board are set out in Appendix 2 to this Agreement. LBI shall not take any action to cause the Supervisory Board to make any amendment to the internal rules of procedure of the Supervisory Board which adversely affects the nomination rights of the Investor without prior written approval of the Investor.

 

3.2 LBI hereby confirms that each of the members of the Supervisory Board as of the date hereof has agreed to be bound by the attached internal rules of procedure of the Supervisory Board and has signed a copy thereof as his acceptance of such internal rules of procedure.

 

3.3 It shall be a condition for nomination of any person as a member of the Supervisory Board, whether or not an Investor nominee, that such person shall undertake to be bound by the attached internal rules of procedure of the Supervisory Board and that such person shall sign a copy thereof as his acceptance of such internal rules of procedure.

 

4. SUPERVISORY BOARD NOMINATIONS

 

4.1

Pursuant to the Equity Commitment Agreement and the Plan, the initial Supervisory Board shall have nine members. Apollo shall have the right to nominate three members to the initial Supervisory Board, Access shall have the right to nominate one member to the initial Supervisory Board

 

4


  and Ares shall have the right to nominate one member to the initial Supervisory Board. In accordance therewith, and following completion of the selection procedure for the remaining members of the Supervisory Board, the Supervisory Board, as of the date hereof, shall be composed as follows:

 

  1. [name of individual] (based on nomination put forward by [Apollo])

 

  2. [name of individual] (based on nomination put forward by [Apollo])

 

  3. [name of individual] (based on nomination put forward by [Apollo])

 

  4. [name of individual] (based on nomination put forward by [Access])

 

  5. [name of individual] (based on nomination put forward by [Ares])

 

  6. [name of individual]

 

  7. [name of individual]

 

  8. [name of individual]

 

  9. [name of individual]

 

4.2 In case the Supervisory Board at the date of this Agreement consists of less than nine members, a Transitional Appointment Committee consisting of the Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Legal Officer has the right, during the period until the listing of LBI’s shares on the New York Stock Exchange to appoint such number of members to the Supervisory Board so that the Supervisory Board will consist of nine members in total, it being understood (i) that the Transitional Appointment Committee cannot appoint more than one-third of the members of the Supervisory Board in accordance with Article 2:143 DCC, as provided pursuant to the Transitional Provision 2 of the agreed form draft articles of association attached to this Agreement as Appendix 1, (ii) such appointees shall be independent in accordance with applicable listing standards and (iii) such appointees shall be subject to the approval of the Investor, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

4.3 Subsequent to the appointment of the Supervisory Board in accordance with Clauses 4.1 and 4.2, in the event the Investor, together with its Affiliates, holds directly or indirectly 5% or more, but less than 12%, of the issued share capital of LBI, LBI shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Supervisory Board to take all required action to make the appointments by the Supervisory Board in accordance with article 13.4 of the Articles and the binding nominations by the Supervisory Board in accordance with article 13.2 of the Articles for the appointment of members of the Supervisory Board in such a way that at least one of the members of the Supervisory Board shall be a person nominated by the Investor.

 

4.4

Subsequent to the appointment of the Supervisory Board in accordance with Clauses 4.1 and 4.2, in the event the Investor, together with its Affiliates, holds directly or indirectly 12% or more, but less than 18%,

 

5


  of the issued share capital of LBI, LBI shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Supervisory Board to take all required action to make the appointments by the Supervisory Board in accordance with article 13.4 of the Articles and the binding nominations by the Supervisory Board in accordance with article 13.2 of the Articles for the appointment of members of the Supervisory Board in such a way that at least two of the members of the Supervisory Board shall be persons nominated by the Investor.

 

4.5 Subsequent to the appointment of the Supervisory Board in accordance with Clauses 4.1 and 4.2, in the event the Investor, together with its Affiliates, holds directly or indirectly 18% or more of the issued share capital of LBI, LBI shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Supervisory Board to take all required action to make the appointments by the Supervisory Board in accordance with article 13.4 of the Articles and the binding nominations by the Supervisory Board in accordance with article 13.2 of the Articles for the appointment of members of the Supervisory Board in such a way that at least three of the members of the Supervisory Board shall be persons nominated by the Investor.

 

4.6 LBI hereby represents to the Investor that each of [Apollo/Ares and Access/Ares] have equivalent nomination rights to the nomination rights of the Investor set forth in Clauses 4.1 through 4.5 above, Clause 6.2 below and Clauses 7.7 through 7.10 below. LBI hereby agrees with the Investor that it shall not grant any additional nomination rights to [Apollo/Ares or Access/Ares] without offering the same rights to the Investor, without further consideration.

 

5.

SUPERVISORY BOARD COMMITTEES; LBI SUBSIDIARY BOARDS 2

 

5.1 At least one member of the Supervisory Board nominated by the Investor shall be entitled to serve on each Committee to the extent not prohibited by law. [ Note: this provision shall also be reflected in the internal rules of procedure of the Supervisory Board as set out in Appendix 2 to this Agreement .]

 

5.2 The Investor shall be entitled to nominate at least one member to the board of directors of each of LBI’s direct and indirect significant subsidiaries to the extent that such appointment is consistent with applicable law and such Investor agrees to be bound by the policies of the applicable company. To the extent not prohibited by law, such nominee shall be entitled to serve on each of the committees of such board of directors. LBI shall cause each of its direct and indirect significant subsidiaries to take all actions necessary to give effect to this Clause 5.2.

 

2

Note: Clause 5 will only be included in Apollo’s nomination agreement.

 

6


6. DURATION

 

6.1 This Agreement shall take effect as of the date of issuance of shares to the Investor (or its Affiliates) pursuant to the Equity Commitment Agreement.

 

6.2

Except with respect to the provisions of this Agreement that expressly survive the Termination Date (defined below), this Agreement is entered into for an indefinite period of time and shall terminate as of the date on which the Investor, together with its Affiliates, holds directly or indirectly less than 5% of the issued share capital of LBI (the “ Termination Date ”); provided, that in no event may the Termination Date occur within the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement. Within three Business Days after the Termination Date the Investor shall notify LBI and, promptly following the written request of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee of the Supervisory Board, shall cause the nominee or nominees of the Investor, as applicable, to execute and deliver a written resignation which shall be effective with respect to LBI [and any subsidiary of LBI for which such nominee serves as a director on the date of such resignation] 3 and shall not permit any such nominee or nominees to revoke any such resignation; provided that in no event may the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee of the Supervisory Board request or solicit, directly or indirectly, such resignation prior to the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement.

 

7. MISCELLANEOUS

 

7.1 Invalid provisions

 

  In the event that a provision of this Agreement is null and void or unenforceable (either in whole or in part), the remainder of this Agreement shall continue to be effective to the extent that, given this Agreement’s substance and purpose, such remainder is not inextricably related to the null and void or unenforceable provision. The Parties shall make every effort to reach agreement on a new clause whose effect differs as little as possible from the null and void or unenforceable provision, taking into account the substance and purpose of this Agreement.

 

7.2 Amendment

 

  No amendment to this Agreement shall have any force or effect unless it is in writing and signed by both Parties.

 

 

3

Note: Bracketed language is only applicable to Apollo.

 

7


7.3 Entire agreement

 

  This Agreement, including all Appendices, contains the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter covered hereby and supersedes all earlier agreements and understandings, whether oral, written or otherwise, between Parties.

 

7.4 No implied waiver; no forfeit of rights

 

  a. Any waiver under this Agreement must be given by notice to that effect.

 

  b. If the Investor does not exercise any right under this Agreement, this shall not be deemed to constitute a forfeit of any such rights (rechtsverwerking) .

 

7.5 No rescission

 

  To the extent permitted by law, the Parties hereby waive their rights under Articles 6:265 to 6:272 inclusive of the Civil Code to rescind ( ontbinden ), or demand in legal proceedings the total or partial rescission ( ontbinding ) of this Agreement or to nullify this Agreement because of error ( dwaling ).

 

7.6 No assignment

 

  This Agreement and the rights granted to the Investor hereunder are personal to the Investor and are not attached to any shares of the share capital of LBI. The Investor may not transfer or assign this Agreement ( contractsoverneming ) or any of its rights hereunder. Any transfer or assignment in violation of this Agreement shall be null and void and of no force and effect.

 

8


7.7 Resignation of members for Cause

 

  a.

In the event that the Supervisory Board resolves that a member of the Supervisory Board should resign for Cause, such member shall and, in case such member is a nominee of the Investor, the Investor shall cause such member to, promptly execute and deliver an irrevocable resignation which shall be effective with respect to LBI [and any subsidiary of LBI for which such Member serves as a director on the date of such resignation]. 4

 

  b. For the purpose of this Clause 7.7, “Cause” shall mean in respect to any member of the Supervisory Board: (A) indictment, conviction, guilty plea or plea of no lo contendere to, or confession of guilt of a felony or criminal act involving moral turpitude during such member’s term; (B) willful misconduct or gross negligence in the performance or intentional non-performance of member’s duties to LBI or any of its subsidiaries; (C) commission of a fraudulent or illegal (including, without limitation, misappropriation, embezzlement or similar conduct) in respect of LBI or any of its Affiliates, customers or subsidiaries or (D) material breach of any LBI policy or any other misconduct that causes material harm to LBI, its Affiliates, customers or subsidiaries, or its or their respective business reputations.

 

7.8 Resignation of Director Nominees

 

 

Without prejudice to Clause 7.7, in the event that (i) a Three Director Investor becomes a Two Director Investor, (ii) a Three Director Investor becomes a One Director Investor, or (iii) a Two Director Investor becomes a One Director Investor (in each case, because such Investor, together with its Affiliates, ceases to hold directly or indirectly the requisite amount of the issued share capital of LBI set forth in Clause 4 of this Agreement), such Investor shall notify LBI within three Business Days of such event and, promptly following the written request of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee of the Supervisory Board, shall cause one or more of the nominees of the Investor, as applicable, to execute and deliver a resignation which shall be effective with respect to LBI [and any subsidiary of LBI for which such nominee serves as a director] 5 on the date of such resignation and shall not permit any such nominee or nominees to revoke any such resignation; provided that in no event may the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee of the Supervisory Board request such resignation prior to the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement.

 

 

4

Note: Bracketed language is only applicable to Apollo.

 

5

Note: Bracketed language is only applicable to Apollo.

 

9


7.9 Nomination of Additional Director Nominees

 

  In the event that (i) a One Director Investor becomes a Two Director Investor, (ii) a One Director Investor becomes a Three Director Investor, (iii) a Two Director Investor becomes a Three Director Investor (in each case, because such Investor, together with its Affiliates, acquires directly or indirectly the requisite amount of the issued share capital of LBI set forth in Clause 4 of this Agreement), or (iv) a nominee of the Investor on the Supervisory Board resigns his position or otherwise terminates his membership on the Supervisory Board, such Investor shall notify LBI within three Business Days of such event and, as soon as commercially practicable following the written request of the Investor, LBI shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Supervisory Board to take all of the actions that are necessary to ensure that the Investor is able to nominate to the Supervisory Board the number of members indicated in Clause 4 of this Agreement so that the relevant nominee is, or nominees are, appointed to the Supervisory Board within the shortest possible period of time (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the increase of the number of Supervisory Board members, the appointment of additional independent Supervisory Board members to ensure compliance with applicable listing standards, and the appointment of the Investor’s nominee in accordance with Clause 7.11); provided , however , that the failure of such Investor to so notify LBI within three Business Days shall not affect such Investor’s rights to appoint members of the Supervisory Board pursuant to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, if the appointment of the Investor’s nominee(s) pursuant to this Clause 7.9 would cause the Supervisory Board to fail to have a majority of independent members under the applicable listing standards, the appointment of such Investor’s nominee(s) may be delayed for up to ninety (90) days in order to select and appoint a sufficient number of independent Supervisory Board members so that, upon the appointment of such Investor nominee(s), the Supervisory Board will be comprised of a majority of independent members.

 

7.10 Appointment Pending General Meeting of Shareholders

 

 

As soon as practicable after the date on which the right to nominate one or more members to the Supervisory Board arises, the Investor shall submit to LBI all personal details LBI reasonably requires in connection with the appointment of a Supervisory Board member. Following such submission, LBI shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Supervisory Board to take all of the actions to appoint the relevant nominee or nominees as soon as practicable to the Supervisory Board in accordance with the provisions of Article 2:143 of the Civil Code and Article 13.4 of the Articles, which appointment shall terminate on the date of the next general meeting of shareholders of LBI, on which date the relevant nominee or nominees shall be nominated for (re)appointment

 

10


  to the Supervisory Board. If any Investor nominee, for any reason, is not appointed to the Supervisory Board during a general meeting of the shareholders of LBI, the Investor shall as soon as practicable put forward a nominee who shall be appointed to the Supervisory Board by the Supervisory Board in accordance with the provisions of Article 2:143 of the Civil Code and Article 13.4 of the Articles, which appointment shall terminate on the date of the then following general meeting of shareholders of LBI, on which date an Investor nominee shall be nominated for appointment to the Supervisory Board.

 

7.11 Calling General Meeting

 

  In the event the Investor, together with its Affiliates, holds directly or indirectly 5% or more of the issued share capital of LBI, the Investor can require the Supervisory Board to convene a general meeting of the shareholders. LBI agrees, in any event, to use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Supervisory Board to call a general meeting of shareholders at the shortest practicable notice in the event the ability to appoint an additional member of the Supervisory Board pursuant to Clauses 7.10 and 7.11 above would be frustrated by the fact that by doing so the Supervisory Board would need to exceed the 1/3 limit laid down in Article 2:143 of the Civil Code and Article 13.4 of the Articles.

 

7.12 Choice of law

 

  This Agreement shall be exclusively governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands, without regard to any conflict of law rules under Dutch private international law.

 

7.13 Disputes

 

  All disputes arising in connection with this Agreement shall be finally settled in accordance with the arbitration rules of the Netherlands Arbitration Institute (NAI). The arbitral tribunal shall be composed of 3 (three) arbitrators; one selected by LBI, one selected by the Investor and the third agreed upon by the first two selected arbitrators. The place of arbitration shall be Amsterdam. The arbitral procedures shall be conducted in the English language. Consolidation of the arbitral proceedings with other arbitral proceedings pending in the Netherlands, as provided in article 1046 of the Netherlands Code of Civil Procedure, is excluded.

 

11


Signed in two copies on                      2010

 

       
By:       By:  
       
By:       By:  
       
By:       By:  
     
By:        

 

12

Exhibit 4.4

EXECUTION COPY

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and among

LBI Escrow Corporation

(to be merged with and into Lyondell Chemical Company)

LyondellBasell Industries N.V.

and

Banc of America Securities LLC

UBS Securities LLC

and the other Initial Purchasers

Dated as of April 8, 2010


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of April 8, 2010, by and among LBI Escrow Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Escrow Company”), LyondellBasell Industries N.V., a limited liability company organized under the laws of the Netherlands (the “Parent Guarantor”) and Banc of America Securities LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the several initial purchasers listed in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) (collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”), each of whom has agreed to purchase a portion of the (x) $2,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (the “Initial US$ Notes”) and (y) € 375,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (the “Initial € Notes” and, together with the Initial US$ Notes, the “Initial Notes”) fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors (the “Guarantees”) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Initial Notes and the Guarantees attached thereto are herein collectively referred to as the “Securities.” On the Release Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), Lyondell Chemical Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) will execute a joinder agreement in the form of Exhibit A (the “Joinder Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will become party to this Agreement.

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated March 24, 2010 (the “Purchase Agreement”), among the Escrow Company, the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers (i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Securities, including the Initial Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Securities, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 5(g) of the Purchase Agreement.

For purposes of this Agreement only (x) prior to the Release Date references to “Company” and “Guarantors” shall be deemed references to LBI Escrow Corporation and the Parent Guarantor, respectively and (y) on and after the Release Date references to the “Company” and “Guarantors” shall be deemed references to Lyondell Chemical Company and the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors, respectively.

The parties hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

Exchange Securities: The 8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017, of the same series under the Indenture as the € Securities and the Guarantees attached thereto, to be issued to Holders in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities of such series pursuant to this Agreement.

Additional Interest Payment Date: With respect to the Securities, each Interest Payment Date.


Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.

Business Day: Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or required by law to close in New York City, London or The Netherlands.

Commission: The United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Consummate: A registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Securities Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Securities in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Securities that were tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

Effectiveness Target Date: A date no later than 365 days after the Release Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) or if such 365th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day.

Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Date: As defined in Section 3(b) hereof

Exchange Offer: The registration by the Company under the Securities Act of the Exchange Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement pursuant to which the Company offers the Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holders for Exchange Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities tendered in such exchange offer by such Holders.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus.

Exempt Resales: The transactions in which the Initial Purchasers propose to sell the Securities to certain “qualified institutional buyers,” as such term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to certain institutional “accredited investors,” as such term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act and to certain non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Exchange Securities: The US$ Exchange Securities and the € Exchange Securities.

FINRA: Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

 

-2-


Guarantors: The Parent Guarantor and, on the Release Date upon execution and delivery of the Joinder Agreement, the Subsidiary Guarantors.

Holders: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof.

Indemnified Holder: As defined in Section 8(a) hereof.

Indenture: The Indenture, dated as of April 8, 2010, by and among the Escrow Company, the Guarantors and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee (the “Trustee”), pursuant to which the Securities are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Initial Purchaser: As defined in the preamble hereto.

Initial Notes: As defined in the preamble hereto.

Initial Placement: The issuance and sale by the Company of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

Interest Payment Date: As defined in the Indenture and the Securities.

Person: An individual, partnership, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus.

Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof.

Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Company relating to (a) an offering of Exchange Securities pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, which is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, in each case, including the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein.

Securities: As defined in the preamble hereto.

Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Shelf Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof.

Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof.

Transfer Restricted Securities: Each Security, until the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which such Security is exchanged in the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Security entitled to be resold to the public by the Holder thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery

 

-3-


requirements of the Securities Act, (b) the date on which such Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement and (c) the date on which such Security is distributed to the public by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including delivery of the Prospectus contained therein).

Trust Indenture Act: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

Underwritten Registration or Underwritten Offering: A registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.

US$ Exchange Securities: The 8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017, of the same series under the Indenture as the US$ Securities and the Guarantees attached thereto, to be issued to Holders in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities of such series pursuant to this Agreement.

SECTION 2. Securities Subject to this Agreement.

(a) Transfer Restricted Securities. The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted Securities.

(b) Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities. A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (each, a “Holder”) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities.

SECTION 3. Registered Exchange Offer.

(a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), or there are no Transfer Restricted Securities outstanding, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall (i) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed with the Commission as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than the Effectiveness Target Date, after the Release Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), a Registration Statement under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Securities and the Exchange Offer, (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective as soon as reasonably practicable but in any event no later than the Effectiveness Target Date, (iii) in connection with the foregoing, file (A) all pre-effective amendments to such Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, (B) if applicable, a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act and (C) cause all necessary filings in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Securities to be made under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iv) upon the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, commence the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Securities to be offered in exchange for the Transfer Restricted Securities and to permit resales of Securities held by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(c) hereof.

 

-4-


(b) The Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no event shall such period be less than 20 Business Days after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders. The Company shall cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by the Exchange Offer. Other than the Plan Roll-Up Notes (as defined in the Indenture), no securities other than the Exchange Securities shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated on the earliest practicable date after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has become effective, but in no event later than 45 days after the Effectiveness Target Date (or if such 45th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) (the “Exchange Date”).

(c) The Company shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds Securities that are Transfer Restricted Securities and that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Company), may exchange such Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such resales by Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent required by the Commission.

Each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Securities acquired by Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) one-year following the consummation of the Exchange Offer exclusive of any period during which any stop order shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and (ii) the date on which a Broker-Dealer is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities.

The Company shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time during such one-year period (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales.

 

-5-


SECTION 4. Shelf Registration.

(a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the Company is not required to file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or permitted to effect the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), (ii) for any reason the Exchange Offer is not Consummated within 45 days following the date the Exchange Offer Registration Statement becomes effective, (iii) prior to the Exchange Date any Initial Purchaser requests from the Company with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer or (iv) with respect to any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (A) such Holder is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, or (B) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus (other than by reason of such Holder’s status as affiliate of the Company) and that the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder, or (C) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and holds Securities acquired directly from the Company or one of its affiliates, then, upon such Holder’s request, the Company and the Guarantors shall

(x) cause to be filed a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, which may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement within 45 days after such filing obligation arises (or if such 45 th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) (such date being the “Shelf Filing Deadline”), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities the Holders of which shall have provided the information required pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof; and

(y) use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission on or before the 90th day after the Shelf Filing Deadline (or if such 90th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) (the “Shelf Effectiveness Date”).

Each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Securities by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) one-year following the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) the date when all the Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (the “Shelf Registration Period”).

(b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Company in writing, within 20 Business Days after receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Company may reasonably request for use in connection

 

-6-


with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not contain an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statement therein not misleading.

SECTION 5. Additional Interest. If (i) an Exchange Offer Registration Statement is required pursuant to Section 3(a) and (x) such Exchange Offer Registration Statement does not become effective on or prior to the Effectiveness Target Date, or (y) the Exchange Offer is not Consummated within 45 days after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement becomes effective; or (ii) a Shelf Registration Statement is required pursuant to Section 4(a)(x) and such Shelf Registration Statement (x) is not filed on or prior to the applicable Shelf Filing Deadline, (y) does not become effective on or prior to the 90th day after the Shelf Filing Deadline, or (z) is filed and becomes effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or the corresponding Prospectus fails to be usable for its intended purpose at any time during the Shelf Registration Period, and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 60 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period (each such event referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii) a “Registration Default”), the Company hereby agrees that the interest rate borne by the Transfer Restricted Securities shall be increased by 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default and shall increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period, but in no event shall such increase exceed 1.00% per annum. Following the earliest of (x) the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to any particular Transfer Restricted Securities, (y) the date on which there are no outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities and (z) the date that is two and one half years after the Release Date, the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities will be reduced to the original interest rate borne by such Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that, if after any such reduction in interest rate, a different Registration Default occurs, the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities shall again be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the amount of Additional Interest payable shall not increase because more than one Registration Default has occurred and is pending and (ii) a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities that is not entitled to the benefits of the Shelf Registration Statement (because, e.g., such Holder has not elected to include information or has not timely delivered such information to the Company pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof) shall not be entitled to Additional Interest with respect to a Registration Default that pertains to the Shelf Registration Statement.

All obligations of the Company and the Guarantors set forth in the preceding paragraph that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such security shall have been satisfied in full.

 

-7-


SECTION 6. Registration Procedures.

(a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all of the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof, shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to effect such exchange to permit the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and shall comply with all of the following provisions:

(i) If in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Company there is a question as to whether the Exchange Offer is permitted by applicable law, each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees to seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Commission allowing the Company and the Guarantors to Consummate an Exchange Offer for such Securities. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff level but shall not be required to take commercially unreasonable action to effect a change of Commission policy. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees, however, to (A) participate in telephonic conferences with the Commission, (B) deliver to the Commission staff an analysis prepared by counsel to the Company setting forth the legal bases, if any, upon which such counsel has concluded that such an Exchange Offer should be permitted and (C) diligently pursue a favorable resolution by the Commission staff of such submission.

(ii) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior to the Consummation thereof, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Company, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business. In addition, all such Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall otherwise cooperate in the Company’s preparations for the Exchange Offer. Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc . (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (which may include any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Company.

(b) Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration (unless

 

-8-


automatically declared effective) to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto each of the Company and the Guarantors will as soon as commercially reasonable prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof.

(c) General Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit resales of Securities by Broker-Dealers), each of the Company and the Guarantors shall:

(i) use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective during the period of this Agreement and provide all requisite financial statements (including, if required by the Securities Act or any regulation thereunder, financial statements of the Guarantors for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable; upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a material misstate-ment or omission or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the Company shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or (B), use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective (unless automatically declared effective) and such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purpose(s) as soon as practicable thereafter;

(ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the applicable Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under the Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;

(iii) advise the underwriter(s), if any, and selling Holders promptly and, if requested by such Persons, to confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the

 

-9-


Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or blue sky laws, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time;

(iv) furnish without charge to each of the Initial Purchasers upon request of a majority of the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and each of the underwriter(s), if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the review and comment of such Holders and underwriter(s) in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least five Business Days, and the Company will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference) to which an Initial Purchaser of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement or the underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably object in writing within five Business Days after the receipt thereof (such objection to be deemed timely made upon confirmation of telecopy transmission within such period). The objection of an Initial Purchaser or underwriter, if any, shall be deemed to be reasonable if such Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains a material misstatement or omission. Notwithstanding the last two sentences, the Company shall not be prohibited from making any filing that is, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, necessary to comply with applicable law;

(v) [Reserved.];

(vi) make available, subject to customary confidentiality agreements, at reasonable times for inspection by the Initial Purchasers, the managing underwriter(s), if any, participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney or accountant retained by such Initial Purchasers or any of the underwriter(s), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of each of the Company and the Guarantors and cause the Company’s and the Guarantor’ officers,

 

-10-


directors and employees to supply all information, in each case as shall be reasonably necessary to enable any such Holder, underwriter, attorney or accountant to exercise any applicable responsibilities in connection with such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness and to participate in meetings with investors to the extent requested by the managing underwriter(s), if any;

(vii) if requested by any selling Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, promptly incorporate in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling Holders and underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold to such underwriter(s), the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company is notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(viii) cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered thereby or the
underwriter(s), if any;

(ix) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder and each of the un-derwriter(s), if any, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference);

(x) deliver to each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby consents to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and each of the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

 

-11-


(xi) enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement), and make such representations and warranties, and take all such other commercially reasonable actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, all to such extent as may be reasonably requested by any Initial Purchaser or by any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or underwriter in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement; and whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an Underwritten Registration, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall:

(A) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, in such substance and scope as they may request and as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings, upon the date of the Consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement:

(1) a certificate, dated the date of Consummation of the Ex change Offer or the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, signed by (y) the President or any Vice President and (z) a principal financial or accounting officer of each of the Company and the Guarantors, confirming, as of the date thereof, the mat ters set forth in paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 5(e) of the Purchase Agreement and such other matters as such parties may reasonably request;

(2) if requested by a majority of the Holders, an opinion, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer or the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors, covering the matters set forth in the opinions delivered pursuant to Section 5(c) of the Purchase Agreement and such other matter as such parties may reasonably request, and in any event including a statement to the effect that such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company and the Guarantors, representatives of the independent public accountants for the Company and the Guarantors, representatives of the underwriter(s), if any, and counsel to the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the preparation of such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and have considered the matters required to be stated therein and the state ments contained therein, although such counsel has not independently verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of such statements; and that such counsel advises that, on the basis of the foregoing, no facts came to such counsel’s attention that caused such counsel to believe that the applicable Registration Statement, at the time such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto became effective, and, in the case of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as of the date of Consummation, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein or that the Prospectus contained in such Registration State ment as of its date and, in the case of the opinion dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer, as of the date of Consummation, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which were made, not misleading. Without limiting the foregoing, such counsel may state further that such counsel assumes no

 

-12-


responsibility for, and has not independently verified, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the financial statements, notes and schedules and other financial data included in any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement or the related Prospectus; and

(3) a customary comfort letter, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, from the Company’s independent accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily requested to be covered in comfort letters by underwriters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, and covering or affirming the matters set forth in the comfort letters delivered pursuant to Section 5(a) of the Purchase Agreement, without exception;

(B) set forth in full or incorporate by reference in the underwriting agreement, if any, the indemnification provisions and procedures of Section 8 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; and

(C) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such parties to evidence compliance with Section 6(c)(xi)(A) hereof and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company or any of the Guarantors pursuant to this Section 6(c)(xi), if any.

If at any time the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors contemplated in Section 6(c)(xi)(A)(1) hereof cease to be true and correct, the Company or the Guarantors shall so advise the Initial Purchasers and the underwriter(s), if any, and each selling Holder promptly and, if requested by such Persons, shall confirm such advice in writing;

(xii) prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, may request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

(xiii) shall issue, upon the request of any Holder of Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, Exchange Securities having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Securities surrendered to the Company by such Holder in exchange therefor or being sold by such Holder; such Exchange Securities to be registered in the name of such Holder or in the name of the purchaser(s) of such Securities, as the case may be; in return, the Securities held by such Holder shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation;

 

-13-


(xiv) cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, may request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities made by such Holders or underwriter(s);

(xv) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter(s), if any, to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject to the proviso contained in Section 6(c)(xii) hereof;

(xvi) if any fact or event contemplated by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading;

(xvii) provide a CUSIP number for all Securities not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement covering such Securities and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for such Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and take all other action necessary to ensure that all such Securities are eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company;

(xviii) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the FINRA;

(xix) otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited) for the twelve-month period (A) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Transfer Restricted Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts Underwritten Offering or (B) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement;

 

-14-


(xx) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of Securities to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and to execute and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

(xxi) cause all Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed if reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities or the managing underwriter(s), if any; and

(xxii) provide promptly to each Holder upon request each document filed with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 and Section 15 of the Exchange Act.

Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof to and including the date when each selling Holder covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof or shall have received the Advice; provided, however, that no such extension shall be taken into account in determining whether Additional Interest is due pursuant to Section 5 hereof or the amount of such Additional Interest, it being agreed that the Company’s option to suspend use of a Registration Statement pursuant to this paragraph shall be treated as a Registration Default for purposes of Section 5 hereof.

SECTION 7. Registration Expenses.

(a) All reasonable and documented expenses incident to the Company’s and the Guarantor’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by any Initial Purchaser or Holder with the FINRA (and, if applicable,

 

-15-


the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” and one counsel to such person, that may be required by the rules and regulations of the FINRA)); (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state securities or blue sky laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, the Guarantors and, subject to Section 7(b) hereof, all reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; (v) all application and filing fees in connection with listing the Exchange Securities on a securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements thereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance).

Each of the Company and the Guarantors will, in any event, bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company or the Guarantors.

(b) In connection with any Registration Statement required by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement), the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered in the Exchange Offer and/or resold pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP or such other counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being prepared.

SECTION 8. Indemnification.

(a) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder and (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Holder (any of the Persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a “controlling person”) and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person (any Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as an “Indemnified Holder”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, and as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing, settling, compromising, paying or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any Indemnified Holder), joint or several, directly or indirectly caused by, related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any (x) Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged omission to state

 

-16-


therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein or (y) Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any of the Holders, its directors, officers, employees or controlling persons furnished in writing to the Company by any of the Holders expressly for use therein. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or any Guarantor may otherwise have.

In case any action or proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation or proceeding) shall be brought or asserted against any of the Indemnified Holders with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Company or the Guarantors, such Indemnified Holder (or the Indemnified Holder controlled by such controlling person) shall promptly notify the Company and the Guarantors in writing; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve any of the Company or the Guarantors of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement. Such Indemnified Holder shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action and the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid, as incurred, by the Company and the Guarantors (regardless of whether it is ultimately determined that an Indemnified Holder is not entitled to indemnification hereunder). The Company and the Guarantors shall not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for such Indemnified Holders, which firm shall be designated by the Holders. The Company and the Guarantors shall be liable for any settlement of any such action or proceeding effected with the Company’s and the Guarantors’ prior written consent, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably, and each of the Company and the Guarantors agree to indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnified Holder from and against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of any settlement of any action effected with the written consent of the Company and the Guarantors. The Company and the Guarantors shall not, without the prior written consent of each Indemnified Holder, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any pending or threatened action, claim, litigation or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Holder is a party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Holder from all liability arising out of such action, claim, litigation or proceeding and (ii) does not include any statements as to or any findings of fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(b) Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors and their respective directors, officers of the Company and the Guarantors who sign a Registration Statement, and any Person controlling (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company or any of the Guarantors, and the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each such Person, to the same extent as the foregoing

 

-17-


indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to each of the Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to claims and actions based on information relating to such Holder furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement. In case any action or proceeding shall be brought against the Company, the Guarantors or their respective directors or officers or any such controlling person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, such Holder shall have the rights and duties given the Company and the Guarantors, and the Company, the Guarantors, their respective directors and officers and such controlling person shall have the rights and duties given to each Holder by the preceding paragraph.

(c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to an indemnified party under Section 8(a) or (b) hereof (other than by reason of exceptions provided in those Sections) in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions or expenses referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement (which in the case of the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the total gross proceeds to the Company and the Guarantors from the Initial Placement), the amount of Additional Interest which did not become payable as a result of the filing of the Registration Statement resulting in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments actions or expenses, and such Registration Statement, or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnified Holder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, or the Indemnified Holders, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in the second paragraph of Section 8(a) hereof, any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim.

The Company, the Guarantors and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(c) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, none of the Holders (and its related Indemnified Holders) shall be required to

 

-18-


contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the total discount received by such Holder with respect to the Securities exceeds the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(c) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Securities held by each of the Holders hereunder and not joint.

SECTION 9. Rule 144A. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding, to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

SECTION 10. Participation in Underwritten Registrations. No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

SECTION 11. Selection of Underwriters. The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) that will administer such offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering; provided, however, that such investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

SECTION 12. Miscellaneous.

(a) Remedies. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

(b) No Inconsistent Agreements. Each of the Company and the Guarantors will not on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. Neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors has not previously entered into any agreement granting any registration rights with respect to its securities to any Person. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s or any of the Guarantors’ securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof.

 

-19-


(c) Adjustments Affecting the Securities. The Company will not effect any change, or permit any change to occur, with respect to the term of the Securities that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer.

(d) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has (i) in the case of Section 5 hereof and this Section 12(d)(i), obtained the written consent of Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) in the case of all other provisions hereof, obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities (excluding any Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Company or its Affiliates). Notwithstand ing the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered or registered; provided, however, that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser with respect to which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or departure is to be effective.

(e) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted here under shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

(i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the Indenture; and

(ii) if to the Company:

Lyondell Chemical Company

1221 McKinney St

Suite 700

Houston, TX 77010

Facsimile: (713) 652-7312

Attention: Gerald A. O’Brien

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture.

 

-20-


(f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be bind ing upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without limitation, and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder.

(g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(i) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW RULES THEREOF.

(j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

(k) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

[Signature page to follow]

 

-21-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

LBI Escrow Corporation
By:   /s/ C. Kent Potter
  Name:   C. Kent Potter
  Title:  

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

LyondellBasell Industries N.V.
By:   /s/ C. Kent Potter
  Name:   C. Kent Potter
  Title:   Attorney-in-Fact

 

[Registration Rights Agreement]


The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:

 

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

UBS SECURITIES LLC

 

Each acting as the Representative of

the Several Initial Purchasers

By:   Banc of America Securities LLC
By:   /s/ John C. Cokinos
  John C. Cokinos
  Managing director

 

[Registration Rights Agreement]


By:   UBS Securities LLC
By:   /s/ Michele R. Cousins
  Michele R. Cousins
  Director
  Leveraged Capital Markets
By:   /s/ Francisco Pinto-Leite
  Francisco Pinto-Leite
  Managing director

 

[Registration Rights Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

Joinder Agreement

WHEREAS, LBI Escrow Corporation, LyondellBasell Industries N.V. and the Initial Purchasers named therein (the “Initial Purchasers ”) heretofore executed and delivered a Registration Rights Agreement ( “Registration Rights Agreement ”), dated April 8, 2010, providing for the registration and exchange of the Securities (as defined therein); and

WHEREAS, Lyondell Chemical Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors, which was originally not a party thereto, has agreed to join in the Registration Rights Agreement on the Release Date.

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Registration Rights Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers, as follows:

1. Joinder . Each of the undersigned signatory parties hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Registration Rights Agreement and all other documents it deems fit to enter into this Joinder Agreement (the “Joinder Agreement ”), and acknowledges and agrees to (i) join and become a party to the Registration Rights Agreement as indicated by its signature below; (ii) be bound by all covenants, agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and acknowledgments attributable to the Guarantors and/or the Company, as applicable, to such signatory party in the Registration Rights Agreement as if made by, and with respect to, such signatory party; and (iii) perform all obligations and duties required and be entitled to all the benefits of the Guarantors or the Company, as applicable, and of such signatory party pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

2. Representations and Warranties and Agreements of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors . Each of the undersigned hereby represents and warrants to and agrees with the Initial Purchasers that it has all the requisite corporate or limited liability company power and authority, as the case may be, to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Joinder Agreement and to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby and that when this Joinder Agreement is executed and delivered, it will constitute a valid and legally binding agreement enforceable against each of the undersigned in accordance with its terms.

3. Counterparts . This Joinder Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts (which may be delivered in original form or via facsimile), each of which shall constitute an original when so executed and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

4. Amendments . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Joinder Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by all of the parties to the Registration Rights Agreement.


5. Headings . The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

6. APPLICABLE LAW . THE JOINDER AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED IN SUCH STATE WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW AND PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this agreement as of the date first written above.

 

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
[SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS]
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

-3-

Exhibit 4.5

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and among

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V.

and

THE HOLDERS

Dated as of                      , 2010


Table of Contents

 

            Page

1.

   Definitions    1

2.

   Demand Registrations    5

3.

   Piggyback Takedowns    9

4.

   Suspension Period    11

5.

   Holdback Agreements    11

6.

   Company Undertakings    12

7.

   Registration Expenses    17

8.

   Intentionally Omitted    17

9.

   Indemnification; Contribution    17

10.

   Participation in Underwritten Offering/Sale of Registrable Securities    21

11.

   Rule 144 and Rule 144A; Other Exemptions    22

12.

   Private Placement    22

13.

   Transfer of Registration Rights    22

14.

   Amendment, Modification and Waivers; Further Assurances    23

15.

   Miscellaneous    24

 

i


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of                      , 2010 by and among LyondellBasell Industries N.V., a public limited liability company ( naamloze vennootschap ) formed under the laws of The Netherlands, (the “ Company ”), the Investors (as defined below) and any parties identified on the signature page of any joinder agreements executed and delivered pursuant to Section 13 hereof (each, including the Investors, a “ Holder ” and, collectively, the “ Holders ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein are defined in Section 1 hereof.

RECITALS:

Whereas pursuant to the Equity Commitment Agreement dated December 11, 2009 by and between the Company and the Investors set forth therein, as amended, the Company has agreed to offer registration rights to the Holders of the Company’s New Common Stock (as defined below) on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

Whereas the Company proposes to issue the New Common Stock pursuant to, and upon the terms set forth in, the plan of reorganization of LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. and certain of its subsidiaries and affiliates under chapter 11, title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§101-1532 (the “ Plan ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and each of the Holders hereby agree as follows:

 

  1. Definitions.

Access Investors ” means the Investors identified as the Access Investors on the signature pages hereto and any of their respective Affiliates.

Affiliate ” has the meaning given to that term pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph hereof.

Apollo Investors ” means the Investors identified as the Apollo Investors on the signature pages hereto and any of their respective Affiliates.

Ares Investors ” means the Investors identified as the Ares Investors on the signature pages hereto and any of their respective Affiliates.

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement ” means an “automatic shelf registration statement” as defined in Rule 405 (or any successor rule then in effect) promulgated under the Securities Act.

beneficially owned , beneficial ownership ” and similar phrases have the same meanings as such terms have under Rule 13-d (or any successor rule then in effect) promulgated

 

1


under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any Holder, such Holder shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such Holder has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition.

Board ” means the Supervisory Board of the Company.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City or The Netherlands are authorized or required by applicable law or executive order to close.

Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor governmental agency.

Company ” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph hereof.

Company Demand Registration Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 2(d) .

control ” has the meaning given to that term under Rule 405 under the Securities Act (and “ controlled ” and “ controlling ” shall have correlative meanings).

Counsel to the Holders ” means, with respect to any underwritten offering pursuant to a Demand Registration (including a Shelf Takedown), one law firm retained by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration (or Shelf Takedown, if applicable), together with any separate local counsel reasonably retained by such law firm.

Demand Registration ” means any registration statement made pursuant to Section 2(b) .

Demand Registration Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 2(d) .

Determination Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2(g) .

Disclosure Package ” means, with respect to any offering of securities, (i) the preliminary prospectus, (ii) each Free Writing Prospectus and (iii) all other information, in each case, that is deemed, under Rule 159 promulgated under the Securities Act, to have been conveyed to purchasers of securities at the time of sale of such securities (including a contract of sale).

Effective Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Plan.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or any successor regulatory authority.

 

2


Form 10 ” means a registration statement on Form 10 registering the class A ordinary shares and class B ordinary shares of the Company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

Free Writing Prospectus ” means any “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Holder ” and “ Holders ” have the meanings given to those terms in the first paragraph hereof.

Holder Free Writing Prospectus ” means each Free Writing Prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the relevant Holder or used or referred to by such Holder in connection with the offering of Registrable Securities.

Initial Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning specified in Section 2(a) .

Investors ” means the Access Investors, the Ares Investors and/or the Apollo Investors.

Lock-Up Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 5(a) .

Long-Form Registration ” has the meaning specified in Section 2(b) .

Losses ” has the meaning specified in Section 9(d) .

New Common Stock ” means the class A ordinary shares of four eurocent (EUR 0.04) per share and class B ordinary shares of four eurocent (EUR 0.04) per share, of the Company, in each case, issued on and after the Effective Date and any additional ordinary shares paid, issued or distributed in respect of any such shares by way of a share dividend, share split or distribution, or in connection with a combination of shares, and any such security into which such New Common Stock shall have been converted or exchanged in connection with a recapitalization, reorganization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, exchange, distribution or otherwise (including the class A ordinary shares issued upon conversion of the class B ordinary shares).

NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.

Other Holders ” has the meaning specified in Section 3(c) .

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Piggyback Takedown ” has the meaning specified in Section 3(a) .

Plan ” has the meaning specified in the Recitals.

Prospectus ” means the prospectus used in connection with a Registration Statement.

 

3


Registrable Securities ” means at any time any shares of New Common Stock (i) issued on or after the Effective Date to any Holder or (ii) held or “ beneficially owned ” by any Holder, including any New Common Stock issued pursuant to the Plan or upon the conversion, exercise or exchange, as applicable, of any other securities and/or interests issued pursuant to the Plan, including shares of New Common Stock acquired in open market or other purchases after the Effective Date; provided , however , that as to any Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to constitute Registrable Securities upon the earliest to occur of: (A) the date on which such securities are disposed of pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; (B) the date on which such securities are disposed of pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor rule then in effect) promulgated under the Securities Act; (C) with respect to the Registrable Securities of any Holder, any time that such Holder no longer holds or “ beneficially owns ” at least 1% of the outstanding New Common Stock; and (D) the date on which such securities cease to be outstanding.

Registration Expenses ” means all expenses (other than Selling Expenses) arising from or incident to the registration of Registrable Securities in compliance with this Agreement, including:

(i) Commission, FINRA and other registration and filing fees,

(ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with complying with any securities or blue sky laws (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities),

(iii) all printing, messenger and delivery expenses,

(iv) the fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Company and of its independent public accountants and any other accounting and legal fees, charges and expenses incurred by the Company (including any expenses arising from or incident to any special audits or “ comfort letters ” required in connection with or incident to any registration),

(v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on NYSE (or any other national securities exchange),

(vi) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with marketing (including any “ road show ”) with respect to any underwritten offerings, and

(vii) reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of Counsel to the Holders, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any expenses of Counsel to the Holders in connection with the filing or amendment of any Registration Statement, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus hereunder.

Registration Statement ” means any registration statement filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 2 hereunder or in connection with a Piggyback Takedown.

Requesting Holder ” has the meaning specified in Section 2(b) .

Required Period ” means: (i) with respect to the Initial Shelf Registration Statement, two years following the effective date of the Initial Shelf Registration Statement, (ii) with respect to any Shelf Registration, three years following the effective date of the Registration Statement for

 

4


such Shelf Registration, and (iii) with respect to a Demand Registration that is a Long-Form Registration (other than the Initial Shelf Registration Statement), 90 days following the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection therewith (which 90 day period shall be extended by the number of days such Demand Registration was suspended pursuant to Section 4), or, if sooner, in each case, until all Registrable Securities have been sold under such Registration Statement.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Selling Expenses ” means the underwriting fees, discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to all Registrable Securities registered by the Holders.

Selling Holder ” means with respect to any specified Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Agreement, any Holder whose Registrable Securities are included in such Registration Statement.

Shelf Registration ” means a registration of securities pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-3 (or any successor form) or any similar short-form registration statement filed with the Commission in accordance with and pursuant to Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule then in effect).

Shelf Takedown ” means an offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration.

Short-Form Registration ” has the meaning specified in Section 2(b)(B) .

Suspension Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 4(a) .

Underwriting Agreement ” means underwriting arrangements in customary form entered into pursuant to this Agreement, which shall be satisfactory to the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities participating in the offering.

Well-Known Seasoned Issuer ” means a “ well-known seasoned issuer ” as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule then in effect) and which (i) is a “ well-known seasoned issuer ” under paragraph (1)(i)(A) of such definition or (ii) is a “ well-known seasoned issuer ” under paragraph (1)(i)(B) of such definition and is also eligible to register a primary offering of its securities relying on General Instruction I.B.1 of Form S-3 or Form F-3 under the Securities Act.

 

  2. Demand Registrations.

(a) Initial Shelf Registration Statement . By the 30th day after the Form 10 is declared to be effective by the Commission, the Company shall file with the Commission a registration statement (the “ Initial Shelf Registration Statement ”) relating to the offer and sale of Registrable Securities by the Holders to the public, from time to time, on a delayed or continuous basis (but not involving any underwritten offering); provided that if the Form 10 is declared effective by the Commission on a date that is more than 90 days after the Effective Date, the Company shall file the Initial Shelf Registration Statement by no later than 10 days after the Form 10 is declared to be effective by the Commission. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to (i) cause the Initial Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable thereafter, and (ii) keep the Initial Shelf

 

5


Registration Statement continuously effective and, except as otherwise expressly permitted herein in Section 4, not to suspend use of the prospectus included therein in order to permit the prospectus included therein to be usable by the Holders until the earliest to occur of the following: (A) there are no longer any Registrable Securities, (B) until the Company has filed a Short-Form Registration or an Automatic Shelf Registration registering all of the Registrable Securities, and such registration statement has been declared effective, or (C) the expiration of the Required Period. An Initial Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Section 2(a) or the use thereof for any sale other than pursuant to an underwritten offering shall not count as the use of a Demand Registration.

(b) Requests for Demand Registration .

(A) Following the later of (x) 90 days after the Effective Date or (y) the date the Form 10 is declared to be effective by the Commission, but (i) at any time prior to the first anniversary date of the Effective Date, the Holder or Holders of [majority] 1 of Registrable Securities then outstanding and (ii) at any time on or after the first anniversary date of the Effective Date, any Holder of Registrable Securities then outstanding (in the case of clause (i) or (ii), the “ Requesting Holder ”) may request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of the Registrable Securities held by such Requesting Holder on Form S-1 or similar long-form registration statement (a “ Long-Form Registration ”) with respect to only the number of Demand Registrations for each Holder set forth in the table in Section 2(c) below.

(B) At any time on or after the first anniversary date of the Effective Date, a Requesting Holder may request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of the Registrable Securities held by such Requesting Holder on Form S-3 or any similar short form registration statement (a “ Short-Form Registration ”), if available, with respect to only the number of Demand Registrations for each Holder set forth in the table in Section 2(c) below.

(C) In the case of each Demand Registration made pursuant to Section 2(b)(A) and Section 2(b)(B) above, such Requesting Holder will be entitled to make such demand only if the total offering price of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering and together with any other securities to be sold in such offering (including piggyback shares and before deduction of underwriting discounts), is reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, $100 million; or, if an underwritten offering, $75 million, if such amount is acceptable to the managing underwriter; provided that in lieu of filing a new Long-Form Registration, the Company may elect to amend or supplement the Initial Shelf Registration Statement to provide for an underwritten offering on behalf of the Requesting Holder and such amended Initial Shelf Registration Statement shall count as a Long-Form Registration so long as it satisfies all other requirements for a Long-Form Registration contained in this Agreement.

(c) Demand Registration Allocation . The number of Demand Registrations, whether they be Long-Form Registration or Short-Form Registration, for each Holder shall be as follows:

 

Holder

  

Number of Demand Registrations

Access Investors

   5

Apollo Investors

   10

Ares Investors

  

5

 

6


provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a Requesting Holder beneficially owns at least 10% of the New Common Stock then outstanding, such Requesting Holder may request an unlimited number of Demand Registrations.

(d) Demand Registration Notices . All requests for Demand Registrations shall be made by giving written notice to the Company (the “ Demand Registration Notice ”). Each Demand Registration Notice shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities to be sold in the Demand Registration and the expected price range (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) of such Demand Registration. Within five days after receipt of any Demand Registration Notice, the Company shall give written notice of such requested Demand Registration to all other Holders of Registrable Securities (the “ Company Demand Registration Notice ”) and, subject to the provisions of 2(h) below, shall include in such Demand Registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 20 days after sending the Company Demand Registration Notice. Holders who participate in such Demand Registration pursuant to this Section 2(d) shall not be deemed to have requested a Long-Form Registration.

(e) Effective Demand Registrations . A registration shall not count as one of the permitted Demand Registrations until both (i) it has become effective and (ii) such effective registration includes at least 80% of the Registrable Securities requested to be included by the Requesting Holder; provided that a Demand Registration which is withdrawn at the sole request of the Requesting Holder who demanded such Demand Registration will count as a Demand Registration of such Requesting Holder unless the Company is reimbursed by such holder of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Company in connection with such registration.

(f) Short-Form Registrations . Demand Registrations and the Initial Shelf Registration Statement shall be Short-Form Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use any applicable short-form registration statement. Promptly after the Company has become eligible to use a Shelf Registration that is a Short-Form Registration, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to make any already effective Initial Shelf Registration Statement or Long-Form Registration converted into a Short-Form Registration; provided that such conversion shall not count as the use of a Demand Registration.

(g) Automatic Shelf Registration . Further, upon the Company becoming a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer, (i) the Company shall give written notice to all of the Holders as promptly as practicable but in no event later than ten days thereafter, and such notice shall describe, in reasonable detail, the basis on which the Company has become a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer, and (ii) the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, register, under an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, the sale of all of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to file such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement as promptly as practicable, but in no event later than 20 days after it becomes a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer,

 

7


and to cause such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement to remain effective thereafter until there are no longer any Registrable Securities or until the earlier expiration of the Required Period. The Company shall give written notice of filing such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement to all of the Holders as promptly as practicable thereafter. At any time after the filing of an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement by the Company, if the Company is no longer a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer (the “ Determination Date ”), within 10 days after such Determination Date, the Company shall (A) give written notice thereof to all of the Holders and (B) file a Registration Statement on an appropriate form (or a post effective amendment converting the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement to an appropriate form) covering all of the Registrable Securities, and use commercially reasonable efforts to have such Registration Statement declared effective as promptly as practicable after the date the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is no longer useable by the Holders to sell their Registrable Securities. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the Company shall only be obligated pursuant to this Agreement to maintain the effectiveness of one Shelf Registration at any given time so long as such Shelf Registration satisfies all the requirements for Demand Registrations under this Agreement and (ii) an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Section 2(g) or the use thereof for any sale other than pursuant to an underwritten offering shall not count as the use of a Demand Registration.

(h) Priority on Demand Registrations . The Company shall not include in any Demand Registration any securities which are not Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in the Demand Registration except as set forth in the next sentence. If the Demand Registration is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters for such Demand Registration advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities, if any, which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in the Demand Registration, the Company shall include in such Demand Registration the number of Registrable Securities which can be so sold in the following order of priority: (i)  first , the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration, which in the opinion of such underwriter can be sold in an orderly manner within the price range of such offering, pro rata among the respective Holders of such Registrable Securities on the basis of the total number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder, and (ii)  second , other securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration to the extent permitted hereunder.

(i) Restrictions on Demand Registrations . The Company shall not be obligated to effect (i) any Long-Form Registration within 180 days or (ii) any Short-Form Registration within 120 days, in each case, after the effective date of a previous Demand Registration or a previous registration statement in which the Holders of Registrable Securities were given piggyback rights pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement and in which such Holders were able to register at least 80% of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included therein. In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration during the period starting with the date that is 60 days prior to the Board’s good

 

8


faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on the date that is 90 days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration statement, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and provided further that, notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, the aggregate number of days that any one or more Demand Registrations are suspended or delayed by operation of this Section 2(i) shall not exceed 90 days in any 12-month period. In the event of any such suspension or delay, the Holder of Registrable Securities initially requesting a Demand Registration that is suspended by operation of this Section 2(i) shall be entitled to withdraw such request and, if such request is withdrawn, such Demand Registration shall not count as one of the permitted Demand Registrations hereunder, and, notwithstanding the proviso in Section 2(e) , the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such registration.

(j) Selection of Underwriters . The Requesting Holders for such Demand Registration which is an underwritten offering shall have the right to select the lead investment banker and manager to administer the offering, subject to the Company’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in a Demand Registration which is an underwritten offering shall have the right to select the other investment banker(s) and manager(s) (which shall consist of one or more reputable nationally recognized investment banks), subject to the Company’s approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

  3. Piggyback Takedowns.

(a) Right to Piggyback . Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its securities, or proposes to offer any of its New Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act (other than pursuant to a Demand Registration (including pursuant to Section 2(d) ) or a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor forms) (a “ Piggyback Takedown ”), the Company shall give prompt written notice to all Holders of Registrable Securities of its intention to effect such Piggyback Takedown. In the case of a Piggyback Takedown that is an offering under a Shelf Registration, such notice shall be given not less than five Business Days prior to the expected date of commencement of marketing efforts for such Piggyback Takedown. In the case of a Piggyback Takedown that is an offering under a registration statement that is not a Shelf Registration, such notice shall be given not less than 20 days prior to the expected date of filing of such registration statement. The Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 3(b) and Section 3(c) below, include in such Piggyback Takedown, as applicable, all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 10 days (in the case of a Piggyback Takedown that is an offering under a Shelf Registration, within three Business Days) after sending the Company’s notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) the Company may determine not to proceed with any Piggyback Takedown upon written notice to the Holders of Registrable Securities requesting to include their Registrable Securities in such Piggyback Takedown; and (ii) any Holder of Registrable Securities may withdraw its request for inclusion of Registrable Shares in a Piggyback Takedown by giving written notice to the Company of its intention to withdraw from that Piggyback Takedown; provided , however , that the withdrawal shall be irrevocable and after making the withdrawal, a Holder shall no longer have any right to include its Registrable Securities in that Piggyback Takedown. No registration of Registrable Securities under this Section 3 will relieve the Company of its obligation to effect any registration request pursuant to Section 2 and the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration under Section 3.

 

9


(b) Priority on Primary Piggyback Takedowns . If a Piggyback Takedown is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters for a Piggyback Takedown advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such Piggyback Takedown exceeds the number which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Company, the Company shall include in such Piggyback Takedown the number which can be so sold in the following order of priority: (i)  first , the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii)  second , the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Piggyback Takedown ( pro rata among the Holders of such Registrable Securities on the basis of the total number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder), and (iii)  third , other securities requested to be included in such Piggyback Takedown.

(c) Priority on Secondary Piggyback Takedowns . If a Piggyback Takedown is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Company’s securities that are not Registrable Securities (“ Other Holders ”), and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such Piggyback Takedown exceeds the number which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Other Holders, the Company shall include in such registration the number which can be so sold in the following order of priority: (i)  first , the securities requested to be included therein by the Other Holders and the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration ( pro rata among the Other Holders and the Holders on the basis of the number of such securities requested to be included therein by the Other Holders and the total number of Registrable Securities owned by the Holders who have requested to be included therein) and (ii)  second , other securities requested to be included in such registration, if any.

(d) Selection of Underwriters . If any Piggyback Takedown is a primary registration of an underwritten offering, the Company will have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) for the offering. If any Piggyback Takedown is an underwritten secondary registration, the selection of the investment banker(s) and manager(s) shall be made in the manner agreed among a majority of such Holders initiating the registration or otherwise causing such registration to occur, subject to the Company’s approval.

(e) Exclusion of Securities . If the Piggyback Takedown is to be a registration in connection with an underwritten offering on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriter for such offering advises the Company in writing that, in such firm’s opinion, such offering would be materially and adversely affected by the inclusion therein of Registrable Securities requested to be included therein because such Registrable Securities are not of the same type, class or series as the securities to be offered and sold in such offering on behalf of the Company, the Company may exclude all such Registrable Securities from such offering provided that the Holder is permitted to substitute for the Registrable Securities so excluded an equal number of Registrable Securities of the same type, class or series as those being registered by the Company, if and to the extent such Holder owns Registrable Securities of such type, class or series or can acquire Registrable Securities of such type, class or series upon exercise or conversion of other Registrable Securities.

 

10


(f) Right to Terminate . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 3 whether or not any Holder of Registrable Securities has elected to include securities in such registration. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 7 hereof.

 

  4. Suspension Period.

(a) Suspension Period . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Board determines in good faith that the registration and distribution of Registrable Securities (i) would reasonably be expected to materially impede, delay or interfere with, or require premature disclosure of, any material financing, offering, acquisition, merger or corporate reorganization, or other significant transaction or any negotiations, discussions or pending proposals with respect thereto, involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) would require disclosure of material non-public information, the disclosure of which would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the Company, the Company shall be entitled to suspend, for a reasonable period of time (each, a “ Suspension Period ”), the use of any Registration Statement or Prospectus and shall not be required to amend or supplement the Registration Statement, any related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference. The Company shall use its good faith efforts to amend the Registration Statement and/or Prospectus to correct such untrue statement or omission as soon as reasonably practicable unless the Board determines in good faith that such amendment would have the effect described in subsection (i) or (ii) above. The Company promptly will give written notice of any such Suspension Period to each Holder that has securities registered on a Registration Statement filed hereunder.

(b) Limitations on Suspension Periods . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 4 to the contrary, the Company shall not be entitled to more than three Suspension Periods in any 12-month period, and in no event shall the number of days included in all Suspension Periods during any consecutive 12-month period exceed 90 in the aggregate.

 

  5. Holdback Agreements.

(a) Holders of Registrable Securities . In connection with underwritten public offering of equity securities, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, by the Company for its own account or on behalf of any Holder or Other Holders (including pursuant to any Shelf Takedown), no Holder who “ beneficially owns ” five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding shares of New Common Stock shall effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144) of equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, without prior written consent from the underwriters managing the underwritten public equity offering by the Company during a period beginning up to seven days prior to and ending up to 90 days from and including the date of pricing as reasonably requested by the underwriters managing the underwritten public equity offering (including pursuant to any Shelf Takedown) (the “ Lock-Up

 

11


Period ”); provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to any shares of New Common Stock that are being issued pursuant to the underwritten public equity offering, (ii) such Lock-Up Period shall be no longer than the lock-up period applicable on substantially similar terms to the Company and the executive officers and directors of the Company and (iii) such Lock-Up Period shall not commence unless the Company notifies the Holders in writing prior to the commencement of the Lock-Up Period; provided , further , that nothing herein will prevent any Holder that is a partnership or corporation from (1) making a distribution of Registrable Securities to the partners or stockholders thereof or a transfer to an Affiliate that is otherwise in compliance with the applicable securities laws, or (2) consummating a private placement of Registrable Securities, so long as such distributees or transferees agree to be bound by the restrictions set forth in this Section 5(a) . Each Holder agrees to execute a lock-up agreement in favor of the Company’s underwriters to such effect and, in any event, that the Company’s underwriters in any underwritten public offering of equity securities shall be third party beneficiaries of this Section 5(a) . The provisions of this Section 5(a) will no longer apply to a Holder if (a) such Holder ceases to hold any Registrable Securities or (b) such Holder beneficially owns less than five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of New Common Stock.

(b) The Company . In connection with any underwritten public equity offering (including pursuant to any Demand Registration, Piggyback Takedown or Shelf Takedown), the Company shall not effect any public sale or distribution of its equity securities, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities (except pursuant to registrations on Form S-8 or Form S-4 under the Securities Act), during a period beginning up to seven days prior to and ending up to 90 days from and including the date of pricing of such underwritten public equity offering as reasonably requested by the underwriters managing the underwritten public equity offering; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any securities that are being issued pursuant to the underwritten public equity offering; provided, further, that nothing herein will prevent the Company from (1) issuing securities upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion or exchange of a security outstanding on such date, or (2) granting securities pursuant to employee benefit plans in effect on such date.

 

  6. Company Undertakings.

Whenever Registrable Securities are registered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities as soon as reasonably practicable in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall as soon as reasonably practicable:

(a) prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement with regard to such Registrable Securities as soon as practicable (but in the case of a Demand Registration, not later than 30 days (45 days if the applicable registration form is other than Form S-3) of its receipt of a Demand Registration Notice) and use its best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective;

(b) before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, at the Company’s expense, furnish to the Holders whose securities are covered by the Registration Statement no less than three Business Days prior to filing copies of

 

12


all such documents, other than documents that are incorporated by reference, proposed to be filed and such other documents reasonably requested by such Holders, which documents shall be subject to the review and comment of the Counsel to such Holders;

(c) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities of the effectiveness of each Registration Statement and prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for a period of not less than the applicable Required Period and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

(d) furnish to each Selling Holder, and the managing underwriters, without charge, such number of copies of the applicable Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus, final Prospectus, and any other Prospectus (including any Prospectus filed under Rule 424, Rule 430A or Rule 430B promulgated under the Securities Act and any “ issuer free writing prospectus ” as such term is defined under Rule 433 promulgated under the Securities Act)), all exhibits and other documents filed therewith and such other documents as such Selling Holder or such managing underwriters may reasonably request including in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Selling Holder, and upon request, a copy of any and all transmittal letters or other correspondence to or received from, the Commission or any other governmental authority relating to such offer;

(e) use its commercially reasonable efforts (i) to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Selling Holder reasonably requests, (ii) to keep such registration or qualification in effect for so long as such Registration Statement remains in effect, and (iii) to do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Selling Holder to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such Selling Holder ( provided that the Company shall not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subsection, (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction);

(f) notify each Selling Holder, the Counsel to the Holders and the managing underwriters (i) at any time when a Prospectus relating to the applicable Registration Statement is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, (A) upon discovery that, or upon the happening of any event as a result of which, such Registration Statement, or the Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement, or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus relating thereto not misleading or otherwise requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement, Prospectus, Free Writing Prospectus or document, and, at the request of any such Selling Holder and subject to Section 4(a) hereof, the Company shall promptly prepare a supplement or amendment to such Prospectus or Free Writing

 

13


Prospectus, furnish a reasonable number of copies of such supplement or amendment to each Selling Holder, Counsel to the Holders and the managing underwriters and file such supplement or amendment with the Commission so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus as so amended or supplemented shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (B) as soon as the Company becomes aware of any comments or inquiries by the Commission or any requests by the Commission or any Federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or related Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus covering Registrable Securities or for additional information relating thereto, (C) as soon as the Company becomes aware of the issuance or threatened issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending or threatening to suspend the effectiveness of a Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities or (D) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any Registrable Security for sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and (ii) when each Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when each Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or any post effective amendment thereto has become effective.

(g) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities (i) if the New Common Stock is then listed on a securities exchange or included for quotation in a recognized trading market, to continue to be so listed or included, (ii) if the New Common Stock is not then listed on a securities exchange or included for quotation in a recognized trading market, to, as promptly as practicable (subject to the limitations set forth in the Plan), be listed on NYSE or another national securities exchange, and (iii) to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities;

(h) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities from and after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement;

(i) enter into and perform under such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form, including customary representations and warranties and provisions with respect to indemnification and contribution) and take all such other actions as the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Shelf Takedown or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities and provide reasonable cooperation, including causing appropriate officers to attend and participate in “ road shows ” and analyst or investor presentations and such other selling or other informational meetings organized by the underwriters, if any; provided , that (i) the Company shall have no obligation to participate in “ road shows ” in connection with any underwritten offering (including pursuant to a Shelf Takedown) in which the total offering price of the Registrable Securities to be sold therein is less than $200 million, and (ii) the Company shall have no obligation to participate in more than three “ road shows ” pursuant to Demand Registrations under Section 2(b) during any consecutive 12-month period (subject to compliance with Section 2(i));

 

14


(j) for a reasonable period prior to the filing of any Registration Statement or the commencement of marketing efforts for a Shelf Takedown, as applicable, pursuant to this Agreement, make available for inspection and copying by any Holder of Registrable Securities, Counsel to the Holders, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement or Shelf Takedown, as applicable, and any other attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such Holder or underwriter, all reasonably requested financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all reasonably requested information and participate in any due diligence sessions reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement or Shelf Takedown, as applicable, provided that recipients of such financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents agree in writing to keep the confidentiality thereof pursuant to a written agreement reasonably acceptable to the Company and the applicable underwriter (which shall contain customary exceptions thereto);

(k) permit any Holder of Registrable Securities that beneficially owns at least 5% of the New Common Stock then outstanding, Counsel to the Holders, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to a Registration Statement, and any other attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Holder of Registrable Securities or underwriter, to participate (including, but not limited to, reviewing, commenting on and attending all meetings) in the preparation of such Registration Statement and any Prospectus supplements relating to a Shelf Takedown, if applicable;

(l) in the event of the issuance or threatened issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related Prospectus or suspending the qualification of any New Common Stock included in such Registration Statement for sale in any jurisdiction, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts promptly to (i) prevent the issuance of any such stop order, and in the event of such issuance, to obtain the withdrawal of such order and (ii) obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or suspending qualification of any Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement for sale in any jurisdiction at the earliest practicable date;

(m) in connection with any Shelf Takedown, obtain and furnish to the underwriters (if any) and each such Holder of Registrable Securities including Registrable Securities in such Shelf Takedown a signed counterpart of (i) a cold comfort letter from the Company’s independent public accountants and any other accountants responsible for the audit or review of any financial statements included in the Registration Statement, and a bring-down thereof, and (ii) a legal opinion and disclosure letter of counsel to the Company addressed to the relevant underwriters and/or such Holders of Registrable Securities, in each case delivered at the customary times and in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by such letters as the managing underwriters and/or Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Shelf Takedown reasonably request;

 

15


(n) with respect to each Free Writing Prospectus or other materials to be included in the Disclosure Package, ensure that no Registrable Securities be sold “ by means of ” (as defined in Rule 159A(b) promulgated under the Securities Act) such Free Writing Prospectus or other materials without the prior written consent of a majority of the Holders of the Registrable Securities that are being sold pursuant to such Free Writing Prospectus, which Free Writing Prospectuses or other materials shall be subject to the review of Counsel to the Holders; provided , however , the Company shall not be responsible or liable for any breach by a Holder that has not obtained the prior written consent of the Company pursuant to Section 15(p) ;

(o) to the extent not already in existence, provide a CUSIP number for the Registrable Securities prior to the effective date of the first Registration Statement including Registrable Securities;

(p) promptly notify in writing the Holders, the sales or placement agent, if any, therefor and the managing underwriters of the securities being sold, (i) when such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any Prospectus amendment or supplement or post effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any such Registration Statement or any post effective amendment, when the same has become effective and (ii) of any written comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto;

(q) (i) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act, including post effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective for the applicable time period required hereunder and if applicable, file any Registration Statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act; (ii) cause the related Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provisions then in force) promulgated under the Securities Act; (iii) comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any applicable securities exchange or other recognized trading market with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement as so amended or in such Prospectus as so supplemented, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, earnings statements satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 promulgated thereunder; and (iv) provide additional information related to each Registration Statement as requested by, and obtain any required approval necessary from, the Commission or any Federal or state governmental authority;

(r) cooperate with each Holder of Registrable Securities and each underwriter participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and underwriters’ counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;

(s) within the deadlines specified by the Securities Act, make all required filing fee payments in respect of any Registration Statement or Prospectus used under this Agreement (and any offering covered thereby);

 

16


(t) if requested by any participating Holder of Registrable Securities or the managing underwriters, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or amendment such information as the Holder or managing underwriters may reasonably request, including in order to permit the intended method of distribution of such securities, and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company has received such request;

(u) in the case of certificated Registrable Securities, cooperate with the participating Holders of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriters to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any legends) representing Registrable Securities to be sold after receiving written representations from each participating Holder that the Registrable Securities represented by the certificates so delivered by such Holder will be transferred in accordance with the Registration Statement, and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or managing underwriters may reasonably request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities; and

(v) use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all other actions necessary to effect the registration and sale of the Registrable Securities contemplated hereby.

 

  7. Registration Expenses.

All Registration Expenses shall be borne by the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, subject to the proviso in Section 2(e) of this Agreement, all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration initiated as a Demand Registration shall be borne by the Company regardless of whether or not such registration has become effective and whether or not such registration has counted as one of the permitted Long-Form Registrations pursuant to Section 2(e) of this Agreement. All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered shall be borne by the selling Holders of such Registrable Securities pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities sold. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the Company shall not register any securities with respect to which it had given written notice to Holders of its intention to register, all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such requesting Holders in connection with such registration (other than the fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel other than the Counsel to the Holders) shall be deemed to be Registration Expenses.

 

  8. Intentionally Omitted.

 

  9. Indemnification; Contribution.

(a) Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Registrable Securities, the Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, members, managers and agents of each such Holder and each Person who controls any such Holder within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses to which they or any of them may become subject insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based

 

17


upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or the Disclosure Package, or any preliminary, final or summary Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus included in any such Registration Statement, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (ii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal law, any state or foreign securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under of the foregoing laws, relating to the offer or sale of the Registrable Securities, and in any such case, the Company agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or investigation (whether or not the indemnified party is a party to any proceeding); provided , however , that the Company will not be liable to a Holder to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any such Holder specifically for inclusion therein. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

(b) Indemnification by the Holders . Each Holder severally (and not jointly) agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of its Affiliates, directors, employees, members, managers and agents and each Person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they or any of them may become subject insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in the Disclosure Package or any Holder Free Writing Prospectus, preliminary, final or summary Prospectus included in any such Registration Statement, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission is contained in any written information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; provided , however , that the total amount to be indemnified by such Holder pursuant to this Section 9(b) shall be limited to the net proceeds (after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions) received by such Holder in the offering to which such Registration Statement or Prospectus relates; provided , further , that a Holder shall not be liable in any case to the extent that prior to the filing of any such Registration Statement or Disclosure Package, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, each Holder has furnished in writing to the Company, information expressly for use in, and within a reasonable period of time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or Disclosure Package, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto which corrected or made not misleading information previously provided to the Company. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any such Holder may otherwise have.

 

18


(c) Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 9 , notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under Section 9(a) or Section 9(b) above unless and to the extent such action and such failure results in material prejudice to the indemnifying party and forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in Section 9(a) or Section 9(b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and, except as provided in the next sentence, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election to so assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s rights set forth in the prior sentence, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ its own counsel (and one local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if:

(A) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with an actual or potential conflict of interest;

(B) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party;

(C) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or

(D) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party.

No indemnifying party shall, in connection with any one action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general circumstances or allegations, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified parties. An indemnifying party shall not be liable under this Section 9 to any indemnified party regarding any settlement or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent is consented to by such indemnifying party. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement or

 

19


compromise unless such settlement or compromise (x) includes as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff therein, to such indemnified party, of a full and final release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation and (y) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of such indemnified party.

(d) Contribution .

(i) In the event that the indemnity provided in Section 9(a) or Section 9(b) above is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party agrees to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, preparing or defending same) (collectively, “ Losses ”) to which such indemnifying party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and by the indemnified party on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof). If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the parties as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party on the one hand or the indemnified party on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(ii) The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders of Registrable Securities or any agents or underwriters or all of them were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 9(d) . The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this Section 9(d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any such action or claim.

(iii) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9(d) , no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(iv) For purposes of this Section 9 , each Person who controls any Holder of Registrable Securities, agent or underwriter within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of any such Holder, agent or underwriter shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, agent or underwriter, and each Person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and each officer and director of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this Section 9(d) .

 

20


(e) The provisions of this Section 9 will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder of Registrable Securities or the Company or any of the officers, directors or controlling Persons referred to in this Section 9 hereof, and will survive the transfer of Registrable Securities.

(f) To the extent any indemnification by an indemnifying party is prohibited or limited by law, the indemnifying party agrees to make the maximum contribution with respect to any amounts for which it would otherwise be liable under Section 9 to the fullest extent permitted by law; provided , however , that: (i) no Person involved in the sale of Registrable Securities which Person is guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) in connection with such sale shall be entitled to contribution from any Person involved in such sale of Registrable Securities who was not guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation; and (ii) contribution by any Selling Holder shall be limited in amount to the net amount of proceeds received by such Selling Holder from the sale of such Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement.

 

  10. Participation in Underwritten Offering/Sale of Registrable Securities.

(a) No Person may participate in any underwritten offering hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any Underwriting Agreement and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements; provided that no Holder of Registrable Securities included in any underwritten registration shall be required to make any representations or warranties to the Company or the underwriters (other than representations and warranties regarding (A) such Holder’s ownership of its Registrable Securities to be sold or transferred, (B) such Holder’s power and authority to effect such transfer and (C) such matters pertaining to compliance with securities laws as may be reasonably requested, but excluding representations and warranties as to the content of the Registration Statement, any Prospectus, Free-Writing Prospectus or any other documents included in the Disclosure Package) or to undertake any indemnification obligations to the Company with respect thereto, except as otherwise provided in Section 9(b) hereof, or to the underwriters with respect thereto, except to the extent of the indemnification being given to the Company and its controlling persons in Section 9(b) hereof.

(b) Any Holder of Registrable Securities included in any underwritten registration shall be a party to the Underwriting Agreement and may, at its option, require that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such Underwriting Agreement be conditions precedent to the obligations of the Holder. Any liability of a Holder thereunder to any underwriter or other person under such Underwriting Agreement shall be limited to liability arising from breach of its representations and warranties and shall be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds (net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions) that it derives from such registration.

 

21


(c) Each Selling Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice contemplated in Section 4(a) , such Selling Holder will forthwith discontinue the disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement.

 

  11. Rule 144 and Rule 144A; Other Exemptions.

With a view to making available to the Holders of Registrable Securities the benefits of Rule 144 and Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act and other rules and regulations of the Commission that may at any time permit a Holder of Registrable Securities to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration, the Company covenants that, commencing 30 days following the Effective Date, it will (a) file in a timely manner all reports and other documents required, if any, to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted thereunder, (b) make and keep public information available (as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 (or any successor rule)), (c) make available information necessary to comply with Rule 144A, if available with respect to resales of the Registrable Securities under the Securities Act, at all times, and (d) take such further action as such Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144 and Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act (if available with respect to resales of the Registrable Securities), as such rules may be amended from time to time, (ii) Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act, as may be amended from time to time, or (iii) any other rules or regulations now existing or hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon the reasonable request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such information requirements, and, if not, the specific reasons for non-compliance.

 

  12. Private Placement

Except for Section 5(a) , the Company agrees that nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the Holders, at any time and from time to time, from selling or otherwise transferring Registrable Securities pursuant to a private placement or other transaction which is not registered pursuant to the Securities Act. To the extent requested by a Holder, the Company shall take all reasonable steps necessary to assist and cooperate with such Holder to facilitate such sale or transfer, including providing due diligence access to potential purchasers, and entering into a private placement agreement containing customary representations and warranties, indemnifications, opinions and other typical closing conditions.

 

  13. Transfer of Registration Rights.

The rights of a Holder hereunder may be transferred, assigned, or otherwise conveyed on a pro rata basis in connection with any transfer, assignment or other conveyance of Registrable Securities (a) in a share amount equal to at least 1% of the New Common Stock then outstanding to any transferee or assignee and (ii) in any share amount to any transferee or assignee that is an Affiliate of such Holder; provided , however , that the right to effect any Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2(b) may be transferred, assigned or otherwise conveyed by a Holder only if such Holder transfers, assigns or otherwise conveys Registrable

 

22


Securities in a share amount equal to at least 5% of the New Common Stock then outstanding to a single transferee or assignee (it being understood that one Demand Registration right will be transferred, assigned or otherwise conveyed in connection with each transfer, assignment or conveyance of that number of Registrable Securities equivalent to 5% of the New Common Stock then outstanding to a single transferee or assignee). All of the following additional conditions must be satisfied with respect to any transfer, assignment or conveyance of rights hereunder: (a) such transfer or assignment is effected in accordance with applicable securities laws; (b) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to become subject to the terms of this Agreement by executing a joinder agreement hereto; (c) the Company is given written notice by such Holder of such transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee, the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred or assigned and the total number of Registrable Securities and other equity securities of the Company beneficially owned by such transferee or assignee after such transfer or assignment.

 

  14. Amendment, Modification and Waivers; Further Assurances.

(a) Amendment . This Agreement may be amended with the consent of the Company and the Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only if the Company shall have obtained the prior written consent of each of the Investors that holds any Registrable Securities.

(b) Changes in New Common Stock . If, and as often as, there are any changes in the New Common Stock by way of share split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the provisions hereof as may be required so that the rights and privileges granted hereby shall continue with respect to the Registrable Securities as so changed and the Company shall make appropriate provision in connection with any merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization that any successor to the Company (or resulting parent thereof) shall agree, as a condition to the consummation of any such transaction, to expressly assume the Company’s obligations hereunder.

(c) Effect of Waiver . No waiver of any terms or conditions of this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any other breach of such terms and conditions or any other term or condition, nor shall any failure to enforce any provision hereof operate as a waiver of such provision or of any other provision hereof. No written waiver hereunder, unless it by its own terms explicitly provides to the contrary, shall be construed to effect a continuing waiver of the provisions being waived and no such waiver in any instance shall constitute a waiver in any other instance or for any other purpose or impair the right of the party against whom such waiver is claimed in all other instances or for all other purposes to require full compliance with such provision. The failure of any party to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of such provision and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

(d) Further Assurances . Each of the parties hereto shall execute all such further instruments and documents and take all such further action as any other party hereto may reasonably require in order to effectuate the terms and purposes of this Agreement.

 

23


  15. Miscellaneous.

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement and the Company represents and warrants that the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with any other agreements to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

(b) Other Registration Rights .

(i) Except as expressly contemplated by the Plan, the Company represents and warrants that it is not a party to, or otherwise subject to, any other agreement granting registration rights to any other Person with respect to any equity securities of the Company.

(ii) From and after the date hereof until the Holders shall no longer hold any Registrable Securities, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any equity securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder demand or incidental registration rights containing cut-back provisions that are by their terms not subordinate to the registration rights granted in this Agreement.

(c) Remedies; Specific Performance . Any Person having rights under any provision of this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce such rights specifically, to recover damages caused by reason of any breach or threatened breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief (without posting any bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement and shall not be required to prove irreparable injury to such party or that such party does not have an adequate remedy at law with respect to any breach of this Agreement. The parties hereto further agree and acknowledge that each and every obligation applicable to it contained in this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable against it. All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies available under this Agreement or otherwise. Except as expressly provided herein, nothing herein will be considered an election of remedies or a waiver of the right to pursue any other right or remedy to which such party may be entitled.

(d) Successors and Assigns . All covenants, agreements, representations, warranties and conditions in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of and are enforceable by the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto (including any trustee in bankruptcy) whether so expressed or not. In addition, whether or not any express assignment has been made, the provisions of this Agreement which

 

24


are for the benefit of purchasers or Holders of Registrable Securities are also for the benefit of, and enforceable by, any subsequent Holder of Registrable Securities. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned or delegated by the Company without the prior written consent of each of the Holders of Registrable Securities, and any such purported assignment by the Company without prior written consent of the Holders will be null and void and not binding. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, confers or is intended to confer on any Person other than the parties hereto any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 15(d) shall be subject to the provisions of Section 13 .

(e) Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable due to applicable law or public policy, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unforceability, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement. Upon such determination that any provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law to the end that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the greatest extent possible.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, any one of which will be deemed an original and will need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

(g) Descriptive Headings; Interpretation; No Strict Construction .

(i) The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(ii) Whenever required by the context, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular forms of nouns, pronouns, and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa. References to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns (including any trustee in bankruptcy).

(iii) When a reference in this Agreement is made to an Article, Section, Exhibit, Annex or Schedule, such reference is to an Article or Section of, or Exhibit, Annex or Schedule to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The words “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. Reference to any agreement, document, or instrument means such agreement, document, or instrument as amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, and, if applicable, hereof. All references to laws, rules, regulations and forms in this Agreement shall be deemed to be references to such laws, rules, regulations and forms, as amended from time to time or, to the extent replaced, the comparable successor thereto in effect at the time. All references to agencies, self-regulatory organizations or governmental entities in this Agreement shall be deemed to be references to the comparable successors thereto from time to time.

 

25


(iv) The words “ include ”, “ includes ” or “ including ” in this Agreement shall be deemed to be followed by “ without limitation ”. The word “or” is used in the inclusive sense of “and/or” unless the context requires otherwise.

(v) The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

(h) Governing Law . This Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto and all claims and causes of action arising hereunder or relating hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

(i) Submission to Jurisdiction . The Holders hereby (i) irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the United States Court for the Southern District of New York over any action or proceeding (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) between or among any of the parties seeking to enforce any provision of, or arising out of or relating to, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) agree that the Holders will not bring any such action or proceeding other than in the aforesaid court and will not attempt to deny or defeat such jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court and (iii) irrevocably and unconditionally waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection based on forum non conveniens . Each party agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Process in any such action, suit or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, service of process on such party as provided in Section 15(j) shall be deemed effective service of process on such party.

(j) Notices . All notices, demands or other communications provided for and permitted to be given under the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given: (i) when delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) if telecopied or sent by facsimile to the recipient, upon confirmation by the transmitting equipment of successful transmission, except that if such confirmation occurs after 5:00 p.m. (in the recipient’s time zone) on a Business Day, or occurs on a day that is not a Business Day, then such notice, request or communication will not be deemed effective or given until the next succeeding Business Day, (iii) if sent for delivery by United States Express Mail or a reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid), on the date of delivery as confirmed by written confirmation of delivery or (iv) if sent by certified or registered mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested), on the fifth Business Day after being deposited in the United States mail. Notices, requests and other communications sent in any other manner, including electronic mail, will not be effective. Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the Company at the address set forth below and to any Holder of Registrable Securities at the address set forth on the signature page hereto (with copies sent at the address set forth below), or at such address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. The Company’s address is:

LyondellBasell Industries N.V.

Weena 737

3013 AM Rotterdam

The Netherlands

Attention: Frits Bos

Facsimile: 011-31-10-713-62-59

 

26


with copies to:

Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP

One World Financial Center

New York, NY 10281

Attention: Louis J. Bevilacqua

                 George A. Davis

Facsimile: (212) 504-6666

Copies of notices to the Holders shall be sent to:

Milbank Tweed Hadley McCloy LLP

One Chase Manhattan Plaza

New York, NY 10005

Attention: Matthew S. Barr

                 Paul E. Denaro

Facsimile: (212) 530-5219

Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP

One Bryant Park

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Adam Weinstein

                 Rosa A. Testani

Facsimile: (212) 872-1002

Proskauer Rose LLP

2049 Century Park East, 32nd Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90067

Attention: Monica J. Shilling

Facsimile: (310) 557-2193

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

4 Times Square

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Jay Goffman

Facsimile: (917) 777-2120

If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day which is not a Business Day, the time period shall automatically be extended to the immediately following Business Day.

 

27


(k) Delivery by Facsimile and Electronic Means . This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or by electronic mail in “portable document format” (“.pdf”) or by a combination of such means, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or other electronic means to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or other electronic means as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

(l) Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby unconditionally agrees to waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, its respective rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) based upon, arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. The scope of this waiver is intended to be all-encompassing of any and all disputes that may be filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of this Agreement, including contract claims, tort claims and all other common law and statutory claims. Each party hereto: (i) acknowledges that this waiver is a material inducement to enter into this Agreement, that each has already relied on this waiver in entering into this Agreement, and that each will continue to rely on this waiver in their related future dealings, (ii) acknowledges that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not in the event of any action or proceeding, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and (iii) warrants and represents that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel and that it knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SECTION 15(l) AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO), AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT. In the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court.

(m) Arm’s Length Agreement . Each of the parties to this Agreement agrees and acknowledges that this Agreement has been negotiated in good faith, at arm’s length, and not by any means prohibited by law.

(n) Sophisticated Parties; Advice of Counsel . Each of the parties to this Agreement specifically acknowledges that (i) it is a knowledgeable, informed, sophisticated Person capable of understanding and evaluating the provisions set forth in this Agreement and (ii) it has been fully advised and represented by legal counsel of its own independent selection and has relied wholly upon its independent judgment and the advice of such counsel in negotiating and entering into this Agreement.

 

28


(o) Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with Schedule I attached hereto, and any certificates, documents, instruments and writings that are delivered pursuant hereto, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof.

(p) FWP Consent . No Holder shall use a Holder Free Writing Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(q) Termination . The obligations of the Company and of any Holder, other than those obligations contained in Section 9 , shall terminate with respect to the Company and such Holder as soon as such Holder no longer holds any Registrable Securities.

*        *        *         *        *

 

29


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

LyondellBasell Industries N.V.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

(Signature Page for Registration Rights Agreement)


INVESTORS

 

Access Investors :

 

AI LBI INVESTMENT, LLC

By:   Access Industries Management, LLC, its sole manager
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Address:

730 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10023

Facsimile: (212) 977-8112

 

Apollo Investors :

 

LEVERAGESOURCE (DELAWARE), LLC

By:

  Apollo Management VII, L.P., its manager

By:

  AIF Management, LLC, its general manager
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Address:

9 West 57th Street, 41st Floor

New York, NY 10019

Facsimile: (646) 607-0528

 

Ares Investors :

 

ARES CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES FUND III, L.P., on behalf of itself and one or more funds under the Management of Ares Management LLC

By:

  ACOF Operating Manager III, LLC, its manager
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Address:

2000 Avenue of the Stars, 12th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90067

Facsimile: (310) 201-4170

(Signature Page for Registration Rights Agreement)

Exhibit 4.6

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

 

LBI ESCROW CORPORATION

as Issuer

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V.

as Company

8% Senior Secured Dollar Notes due 2017

8% Senior Secured Euro Notes due 2017

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of April 8, 2010

 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB

as Trustee

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01.

   Definitions    1

SECTION 1.02.

   Other Definitions    44

SECTION 1.03.

   Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act    46

SECTION 1.04.

   Rules of Construction    46
ARTICLE II
THE NOTES

SECTION 2.01.

   Amount of Notes; Terms    47

SECTION 2.02.

   Form and Dating    48

SECTION 2.03.

   Execution and Authentication    49

SECTION 2.04.

   Registrar and Paying Agent    49

SECTION 2.05.

   Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust    50

SECTION 2.06.

   Holder Lists    50

SECTION 2.07.

   Transfer and Exchange    51

SECTION 2.08.

   Replacement Notes    64

SECTION 2.09.

   Outstanding Notes    64

SECTION 2.10.

   [Intentionally Omitted]    64

SECTION 2.11.

   Cancellation    64

SECTION 2.12.

   Defaulted Interest    65

SECTION 2.13.

   CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, Etc.    65

SECTION 2.14.

   Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes    65
ARTICLE III
REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01.

   Optional Redemption    65

SECTION 3.02.

   Applicability of Article    65

SECTION 3.03.

   Notices to Trustee    65

SECTION 3.04.

   Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed    66

SECTION 3.05.

   Notice of Optional Redemption    66

SECTION 3.06.

   Effect of Notice of Redemption    67

SECTION 3.07.

   Deposit of Redemption Price    67

SECTION 3.08.

   Notes Redeemed in Part    67

SECTION 3.09.

   Special Mandatory Redemption    67
ARTICLE IV
COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01.

   Payment of Notes    68

 

-i-


          Page

SECTION 4.02.

   Reports and Other Information    69

SECTION 4.03.

   Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock    70

SECTION 4.04.

   Limitation on Restricted Payments    77

SECTION 4.05.

   Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries    84

SECTION 4.06.

   Asset Sales    85

SECTION 4.07.

   Transactions with Affiliates    89

SECTION 4.08.

   Change of Control    91

SECTION 4.09.

   Compliance Certificate    93

SECTION 4.10.

   Further Instruments and Acts    93

SECTION 4.11.

   Future Subsidiary Guarantors    93

SECTION 4.12.

   Liens    94

SECTION 4.13.

   After-Acquired Property    94

SECTION 4.14.

   Maintenance of Office or Agency    94

SECTION 4.15.

   Covenant Suspension    95

SECTION 4.16.

   Maintenance of Insurance    95

SECTION 4.17.

   Additional Amounts    96
ARTICLE V
SUCCESSOR COMPANY

SECTION 5.01.

   When Issuer May Merge or Transfer Assets    98
ARTICLE VI
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01.

   Events of Default    101

SECTION 6.02.

   Acceleration    103

SECTION 6.03.

   Other Remedies    103

SECTION 6.04.

   Waiver of Past Defaults    103

SECTION 6.05.

   Control by Majority    104

SECTION 6.06.

   Limitation on Suits    104

SECTION 6.07.

   Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment    104

SECTION 6.08.

   Collection Suit by Trustee    105

SECTION 6.09.

   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim    105

SECTION 6.10.

   Priorities    105

SECTION 6.11.

   Undertaking for Costs    105

SECTION 6.12.

   Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws    105
ARTICLE VII
TRUSTEE AND AGENTS

SECTION 7.01.

   Duties of Trustee and Agents    106

SECTION 7.02.

   Rights of Trustee and Agents    107

SECTION 7.03.

   Individual Rights of Trustee    108

SECTION 7.04.

   Trustee’s and Agents’ Disclaimer    109

SECTION 7.05.

   Notice of Defaults    109

 

-ii-


          Page

SECTION 7.06.

   Reports by Trustee to the Holders    109

SECTION 7.07.

   Compensation and Indemnity    109

SECTION 7.08.

   Replacement of Trustee and Agents    110

SECTION 7.09.

   Successor Trustee or Agent by Merger    111

SECTION 7.10.

   Eligibility; Disqualification    111

SECTION 7.11.

   Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer    112

SECTION 7.12.

   Escrow Authorization    112

SECTION 7.13.

   Payment of Parallel Debt Pursuant to Dutch Law    112
ARTICLE VIII
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01.

   Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance    113

SECTION 8.02.

   Conditions to Defeasance    114

SECTION 8.03.

   Application of Trust Money    115

SECTION 8.04.

   Repayment to Issuer    115

SECTION 8.05.

   Indemnity for Government Obligations    116

SECTION 8.06.

   Reinstatement    116
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

SECTION 9.01.

   Without Consent of the Holders    116

SECTION 9.02.

   With Consent of the Holders    118

SECTION 9.03.

   Compliance with Trust Indenture Act    119

SECTION 9.04.

   Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers    119

SECTION 9.05.

   Notation on or Exchange of Notes    119

SECTION 9.06.

   Trustee to Sign Amendments    119

SECTION 9.07.

   Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount    119
ARTICLE X
RANKING OF NOTE LIENS

SECTION 10.01.

   Relative Rights    120
ARTICLE XI
COLLATERAL

SECTION 11.01.

   Security Documents    121

SECTION 11.02.

   Collateral Agent    122

SECTION 11.03.

   Authorization of Actions to Be Taken    122

SECTION 11.04.

   Release of Collateral    123

SECTION 11.05.

   Filing, Recording and Opinions    125

SECTION 11.06.

   [Intentionally Omitted.]    126

SECTION 11.07.

   Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee    126

SECTION 11.08.

   Release upon Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations    126

 

-iii-


          Page

SECTION 11.09.

   Designations    127
ARTICLE XII
GUARANTEE

SECTION 12.01.

   Guarantee    127

SECTION 12.02.

   Limitation on Liability    129

SECTION 12.03.

   Successors and Assigns    130

SECTION 12.04.

   No Waiver    130

SECTION 12.05.

   Modification    130

SECTION 12.06.

   Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Note Guarantors    130

SECTION 12.07.

   Non-Impairment    131
ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 13.01.

   Trust Indenture Act Controls    131

SECTION 13.02.

   Notices    131

SECTION 13.03.

   Communication by the Holders with Other Holders    132

SECTION 13.04.

   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent    132

SECTION 13.05.

   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion    133

SECTION 13.06.

   When Notes Disregarded    133

SECTION 13.07.

   Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar    133

SECTION 13.08.

   Legal Holidays    133

SECTION 13.09.

   GOVERNING LAW    133

SECTION 13.10.

   No Recourse Against Others    133

SECTION 13.11.

   Successors    133

SECTION 13.12.

   Multiple Originals    133

SECTION 13.13.

   Table of Contents; Headings    134

SECTION 13.14.

   Indenture Controls    134

SECTION 13.15.

   Severability    134

SECTION 13.16.

   Intercreditor Agreements    134

SECTION 13.17.

   PATRIOT Act    134

SECTION 13.18.

   Force Majeure    134

SCHEDULE AND EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Schedule 4.10    Post-Closing Matters
Exhibit A-1    Form of Dollar Note
Exhibit A-2    Form of Euro Note
Exhibit B    Form of Certificate of Transfer
Exhibit C    Form of Certificate of Exchange
Exhibit D    Form of Supplemental Indenture Related to Subsidiary Guarantors
Exhibit E    Form of Supplemental Indenture Related to LCC Assumption

 

-iv-


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

TIA Section

   Indenture Section

310(a)(1)

   7.10

      (a)(2)

   7.10

      (a)(3)

   N.A.

      (a)(4)

   N.A.

      (b)

   7.08; 7.10

      (c)

   N.A.

311(a)

   7.11

      (b)

   7.11

      (c)

   N.A.

312(a)

   2.06

      (b)

   13.03

      (c)

   13.03

313(a)

   7.06

      (b)(1)

   N.A.

      (b)(2)

   7.06

      (c)

   7.06

      (d)

   7.06

314(a)

   4.02; 4.09

      (b)

   11.05

      (c)

   2.03; 11.05;
13.04

      (d)

   11.05

      (e)

   13.05

      (f)

   4.10

315(a)

   7.01

      (b)

   7.05

      (c)

   7.01

      (d)

   7.01

      (e)

   6.11

316(a)(last sentence)

   13.06

      (a)(1)(A)

   6.05

      (a)(1)(B)

   6.04

      (a)(2)

   N.A.

      (b)

   6.07

      (c)

   9.04

317(a)(1)

   6.08

      (a)(2)

   6.09

      (b)

   2.05

318(a)

   13.01

N.A. Means Not Applicable.

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purposes, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.


INDENTURE dated as of April 8, 2010 among LBI ESCROW CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, (the “ Escrow Issuer ”) ( provided that (x) for purposes of this Indenture prior to the LCC Assumption (as defined herein), references to the “Issuer” in this Indenture refer only to the Escrow Issuer, and (y) for purposes of this Indenture following consummation of the LCC Assumption, references to the “Issuer” in this Indenture refer only to LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY, a Delaware corporation), LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V., a new public limited liability company formed under the laws of The Netherlands, as the ultimate parent company of the Issuer and as the parent guarantor (the “ Company ”), each of the other Guarantors named herein, as guarantors, WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as U.S. Registrar and U.S. Paying Agent (the “ U.S. Paying Agent ”), DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH, as Euro Paying Agent and Common Depositary (the “ Euro Paying Agent ”) and DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A., as Euro Registrar (the “Euro Registrar”).

The Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of senior secured notes in a principal amount of (i) $2,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 issued on the date hereof (the “ Initial Dollar Notes ”) and (ii) €375,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 issued on the date hereof (the “ Initial Euro Notes ” and together with the Initial Dollar Notes, the “ Initial Notes ”).

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01. Definitions .

144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto, as the case may be, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the applicable Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the applicable series of Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

ABL Collateral Agent ” means the representative(s) from time to time administering the collateral on behalf of the lenders under the ABL Facility.

ABL Facility ” means the asset based revolving credit agreement dated as of its effective date among the Issuer, Equistar Chemicals, L.P., Houston Refining L.P., LyondellBasell Acetyls LLC and each other Subsidiary of the Issuer from time to time designated as a “Borrower” thereunder, the lenders and agents party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, restated, refinanced or replaced in whole or in part from time to time.

ABL Facility Collateral ” will consist of all present and after-acquired inventory, accounts receivable, related contracts and other rights, deposit accounts into which proceeds of the foregoing are credited and books and records related thereto, together with all proceeds of the foregoing, in each case to the extent of the rights, title and interest therein of any “Borrower” under the ABL Facility.

ABL Obligations ” means all Indebtedness and other Obligations under the ABL Facility.


Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset at the time such asset is acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Dollar Notes ” means additional Dollar Notes (other than the Initial Dollar Notes and other than Exchange Notes issued for such Initial Dollar Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.01 hereof.

Additional Euro Notes ” means additional Euro Notes (other than the Initial Euro Notes and other than Exchange Notes issued for such Initial Euro Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.01 hereof.

Additional First Lien Secured Party ” means the holders of any Additional First Priority Lien Obligations, including the holders of the Notes, and any collateral agent with respect to any Additional First Priority Lien Obligations or Authorized Representative with respect thereto, including the Trustee.

Additional First Priority Lien Obligations ” means any First Priority Lien Obligations that are Incurred after the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness Incurred under the Senior Term Loan Facility) and secured by the Common Collateral on a first priority basis pursuant to the Security Documents.

Additional Interest ” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Additional Notes ” means Additional Dollar Notes and Additional Euro Notes.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Agent ” means any Registrar, Paying Agent, Collateral Agent or Co-Registrar, including any permitted successors or assigns thereto.

Applicable Premium ” means

(x) with respect to any Dollar Note on any redemption date, the greater of:

(1) 1.00% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Dollar Note; and

(2) the excess of: (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Dollar Note at May 1, 2013 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 5 of Exhibit A-1 hereto) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Dollar Note through May 2, 2013 (excluding accrued but unpaid

 

-2-


interest but including Additional Interest, if any), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the outstanding principal amount of the Dollar Note; and

(y) with respect to any Euro Note on any redemption date, the greater of:

(1) 1.00% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Euro Note; and

(2) the excess of: (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Euro Note at May 1, 2013 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 5 of Exhibit A-2 hereto) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Euro Note through May 2, 2013 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest but including Additional Interest, if any), computed using a discount rate equal to the Bund Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the outstanding principal amount of the Euro Note

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the applicable Depositary that apply to such transfer or exchange.

Asset Acquisition ” means:

(1) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or shall be merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or

(2) the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of the assets of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or comprises any division or line of business of such Person or any other properties or assets of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business.

Asset Backed Credit Facility ” means (i) the ABL Facility; (ii) any credit facility provided on the basis of the value of inventory, accounts receivable or other current assets (and related documents and intangibles) to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or similar instrument; and (iii) any similar credit support agreements or guarantees Incurred from time to time, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, restated, refinanced or replaced in whole or in part from time to time;  provided that any credit facility that refinances or replaces an Asset Backed Credit Facility must comply with clause (ii) of this definition in order to be an Asset Backed Credit Facility; and provided , further , that, if at the time any such refinancing or replacement is necessary or advisable in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, and an Asset Backed Credit Facility that complies with clause (ii) of this definition is not available on terms considered commercially reasonable for facilities of this nature (as determined in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company), then the ABL Facility may be refinanced with or replaced by any Credit Facility and such Credit Facility shall be an Asset Backed Credit Facility for purposes hereof.

Asset Sale ” means:

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction) outside the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”) or

 

-3-


(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions),

in each case other than:

(a) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or redundant, surplus, obsolete, damaged or worn out property or equipment whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

(c) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.04;

(d) any sale, conveyance or other disposition of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), including by way of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction, or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, which assets or Equity Interests so disposed or issued have an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $50.0 million;

(e) any disposition of property or assets, or the issuance of securities, by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(f)(i) any exchange of assets (including a combination of assets and Cash Equivalents) for assets related to a Similar Business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Company and (ii) in the ordinary course of business, any swap of assets, or lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property, in exchange for services (including in connection with any outsourcing arrangements) of comparable or greater value or usefulness to the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Company;

(g) any foreclosure or any similar action with respect to any property or other asset of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(h) any sale of Equity Interests in, or other ownership interests in or assets or property, including Indebtedness, or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(i) any lease, assignment, license or sublease which does not materially interfere with the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(j) any grant of any license of patents, trademarks, know-how or any other intellectual property which does not materially interfere with the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

-4-


(k) any transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) in a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(l) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Release Date, including any Sale/Leaseback Transaction or asset securitization permitted by this Indenture;

(m) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

(n) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

(o) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

(p) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;

(q) pursuant to buy-sell arrangements or similar agreements between Lyondell China Holdings Limited of Ningbo ZRCC and Lyondell Chemical Company Ltd.; and

(r) any sale, conveyance or other disposition of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) in connection with the Emergence Transactions.

Authorized Representative ” means (i) in the case of any Obligations under the Senior Term Loan Facility or the secured parties under the Senior Term Loan Facility, the Senior Term Loan Collateral Agent, (ii) in the case of the Obligations under the Notes or the holders of the Notes, the Collateral Agent, (iii) in the case of the ABL Facility, the ABL Collateral Agent and (iv) in the case of any Series of Additional First Priority Lien Obligations that become subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Authorized Representative named for such Series in the applicable joinder agreement.

Bankruptcy Code ” means the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq ., as amended from time to time.

Bankruptcy Court ” means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York.

Basell GmbH ” means Basell Germany Holdings GmbH and any successor in interest thereto.

Berre Facility ” means any receivables-backed credit or factoring facility entered into by one or more Foreign Subsidiaries (other than Basell GmbH) related to receivables of the refinery located in Berre, France, and any permitted refinancings thereof.

 

-5-


Board of Directors ” means, as to any Person, the board of directors, supervisory board of such Person, or equivalent governing body (or, if such Person is a partnership or limited liability company, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of such Person or manager) or any duly authorized committee thereof.

Bund Rate ” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the equivalent yield to maturity as of such redemption date of the Comparable German Bund Issues, assuming a price for the Comparable German Bund Issues (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable German Bund Price for such redemption date, where:

(a) “ Comparable German Bund Issues ” means the German Bundesanleihe security selected by any Reference German Bund Dealer as having a fixed maturity most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to May 1, 2013, and that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of euro denominated corporate debt securities in a principal amount approximately equal to the then outstanding principal amount of the Euro Notes and of a maturity most nearly equal to May 1, 2013; provided that if the period from such redemption date to May 1, 2013 is less than one year, a fixed maturity of one year shall be used;

(b) “ Comparable German Bund Price ” means, with respect to any redemption date, the average of the Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, or if the Issuer obtains fewer than four such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations;

(c) “ Reference German Bund Dealer ” means any dealer of German Bundesanleihe securities appointed by the Trustee in consultation with the Issuer; and

(d) “ Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations ” means, with respect to each Reference German Bund Dealer and any redemption date, the average as determined by the Issuer of the bid and offered prices for the Comparable German Bund Issues (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Issuer by such Reference German Bund Dealer at 3:30 p.m. Frankfurt, Germany time on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

Business Acquisition ” means the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of the assets of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or comprises any division or line of business of such Person or any other properties or assets of such Person.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City, London or The Netherlands.

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

-6-


(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Cases ” means the proceedings of LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. and certain of its Subsidiaries and affiliates, as debtors and debtors-in-possession under Chapter 11.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) U.S. Dollars, pounds sterling, Euros, the national currency of any member state in the European Union or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any country that is a member of the European Union (other than Greece or Portugal) or any agency or instrumentality thereof in each case maturing not more than two years from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and Eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank or trust company having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency);

(4) repurchase obligations and reverse repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(7) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsors or any of their Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

 

-7-


(8) U.S. Dollar-denominated money market funds as defined in Rule 2a-7 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

(9) tax-exempt floating-rate option tender bonds backed by letters of credit issued by a national or state bank whose long-term unsecured debt has a rating of AA or better by S&P or Aa2 or better by Moody’s or the equivalent rating by any other internationally recognized rating agency; and

(10) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (9) above.

Catalyst Sale/Leaseback Transaction ” means a Sale/Leaseback Transaction that relates to a catalyst containing one or more precious metals used by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or

(2) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of acquisition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, transfer, conveyance or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company.

Chapter 11 ” means Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking S.A.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ” means all property subject or purported to be subject, from time to time, to a Lien under any Security Documents.

Collateral Agent ” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as collateral agent under the Security Documents, together with its successors in such capacity.

Common Collateral ” means, at any time, Collateral in which the holders of two or more Series of First Priority Lien Obligations (or their respective Authorized Representatives) hold a valid and perfected security interest at such time. If more than two Series of First Priority Lien Obligations are outstanding at any time and the holders of less than all Series of First Priority Lien Obligations hold a valid and perfected security interest in any Collateral at such time, then such Collateral shall constitute Common Collateral for those Series of First Priority Lien Obligations that hold a valid security interest in such Collateral at such time and shall not constitute Common Collateral for any Series which does not have a valid and perfected security interest in such Collateral at such time.

 

-8-


Common Depositary ” means Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream and as depositary for the Euro Notes, together with its successors in such capacity.

Company ” means LyondellBasell Industries N.V., a naamloze vennootschap (public limited liability corporation) formed under the laws of the Netherlands, and any successor in interest thereto.

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the sum (without duplication) of:

(1) Consolidated Net Income;

(2) to the extent Consolidated Net Income has been reduced thereby;

(a) taxes of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries paid or accrued in accordance with GAAP for such period based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise, property and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes (including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations), or such equivalent items in any foreign jurisdiction;

(b) Consolidated Interest Expense;

(c) Consolidated Non-cash Charges;

(d) the amount of net loss resulting from the payment of any premiums, fees or similar amounts that are required to be paid under the terms of the instrument(s) governing any Indebtedness upon the repayment, prepayment or other extinguishment of such Indebtedness in accordance with the terms of such Indebtedness;

(e) any expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Non-cash Charges) related to any issuance of Equity Interests, any Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or Incurrence, repayment, amendment or modification of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred or repaid pursuant to this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (in each case, whether or not successful), including, without limitation, (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Credit Facility Indebtedness and other Exit Financing, (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes or other Indebtedness, (iii) any additional interest in respect of the Notes and (iv) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Financing; and

(f) business optimization expenses and other restructuring charges, reserves or expenses (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include, without limitation, the effect of inventory optimization programs, facility consolidations, retention, headcount reductions, systems establishment costs, contract termination costs, future lease commitments and excess pension charges); and

 

-9-


(3) the amount of net cost savings projected by such Person in good faith to be realized by specified actions taken or to be taken prior to or during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period); provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and (y) such actions have been taken or are to be taken within twelve months of the date of determination to take such action and the benefit is expected to be realized within twelve months of taking such action; minus

(4) any non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding (i) the recognition of deferred revenue or any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and any items for which cash was received in a prior period, (ii) items referenced in clause (e) of “Consolidated Net Income” and (iii) gains which have been offset against losses in determining Consolidated Net Income but for which the loss has not been added back as a Consolidated Non-cash Charge pursuant to the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”);

all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Consolidated EBITDA for the Fiscal Quarter ending (i) June 30, 2009 shall be deemed to be $551.0 million, (ii) September 30, 2009 shall be deemed to be $757.0 million and (iii) December 31, 2009 shall be deemed to be $578.0 million, before giving pro forma effect to any transaction occurring after the Issue Date, as permitted under the definitions of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” and “Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio.”

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the consolidated interest expense (net of interest income for such period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, including, without limitation:

(1) amortization of original issue discount,

(2) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued,

(3) net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations,

(4) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, and

(5) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation,

but excluding, in each case, any amortization of fees, debt issuance costs and commissions incurred in connection with the Credit Facilities, any Receivables Financing, the issuance of the Notes, the Plan Roll-Up Notes, the Euro Securitization and any other debt issuance.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

 

-10-


“Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period:

(1) the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis; plus

(2) cash dividends or distributions paid to such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person by any other Person (the “ Payor ”) other than a Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income, which have not been derived from Indebtedness of the Payor to the extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by such referent Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such referent Person;

provided that there shall be excluded therefrom, without duplication (but only to the extent included in the calculation of the foregoing):

(a)(i) any net after-tax income or loss from operating results of discontinued operations as defined by GAAP, and (ii) any net after-tax gains or losses from sales of discontinued operations;

(b) any net after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto or expenses or charges, any severance expenses, relocation expenses, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, any expenses related to any reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternate uses and fees, expenses or charges relating to facilities closing costs, acquisition integration costs, facilities opening costs, project start-up costs, business optimization costs, signing, retention or completion bonuses, expenses or charges related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or issuance, repayment, refinancing, amendment or modification of Indebtedness (in each case, whether or not successful), and all costs and expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred in connection with the Cases and the Exit Financings);

(c) the Net Income of any Payor, other than a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person or Net Income of such Payor that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, except to the extent of cash dividends or distributions paid to such Person or to a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person by such Payor (or to the extent converted into cash);

(d) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not a guarantor to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is restricted; provided , however , that the Net Income of Restricted Subsidiaries shall only be excluded in any calculation of Consolidated Net Income of the Company as a result of application of this clause (d) if the restriction on dividends or similar distributions results from consensual restrictions other than any restriction contained in clauses (1), (2) and (4) and, to the extent related to clauses (1), (2) and (4), clause (15) under Section 4.05;

(e)(i) any restoration to income of any contingency reserve, except to the extent that provision for such reserve was made out of Consolidated Net Income accrued at any time following the Issue Date; and (ii) any restoration to or deduction from income for changes in estimates related to the post-emergence settlement of pre-petition claims obligations in relation with Chapter 11 following the Issue Date;

 

-11-


(f) in the case of a successor to such Person by consolidation or merger or as a transferee of such Person’s assets, any gains or losses of the successor corporation prior to such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets;

(g) any charges or credits relating to any purchase accounting adjustments or to the adoption of fresh start accounting principles;

(h) any (i) one-time non-cash compensation charges, and (ii) non-cash costs or expenses resulting from stock option plans, employee benefit plans, compensation charges or post-employment benefit plans, or grants or awards of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, Preferred Stock or other rights;

(i) Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;

(j) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by management of the Company) or reserves relating thereto;

(k) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered in relation with the Indebtedness extinguished;

(l) any gain or loss for such period from currency translation gains or losses or net gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk entered in relation with Indebtedness); and

(m) any impairment charges or asset write-offs, in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.04 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.04(a) pursuant to clause (3)(iv) or (3)(v).

Consolidated Net Tangible Assets ” means, with respect to any Person, the Total Assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries less goodwill and intangibles (other than intangibles arising from, or relating to, intellectual property, licenses or permits (including, but not limited to, emissions rights) of such Person), in each case calculated in accordance with GAAP, provided that in the event that such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries assumes or acquires any assets in connection with the acquisition by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries of another Person subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets is made, then the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such assumption or acquisition of assets, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

 

-12-


Consolidated Non-cash Charges ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the consolidated depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including the amortization of prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits) (including any lower-of-cost-or-market adjustments of inventory) reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, provided that if any such non-cash expenses represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, but excluding from this proviso, for the avoidance of doubt, amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

(2) to advance or supply funds:

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Credit Facilities ” means:

(1) the Senior Term Loan Facility,

(2) any Asset Backed Credit Facility;

(3) any debt facilities or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other Indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted by Section 4.03) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders; and

(4) any such agreements, instruments or guarantees governing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance any Indebtedness or commitments referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above whether by the same or any other lender or group of lenders.

 

-13-


Credit Facility Indebtedness ” means any and all amounts payable under or in respect of the Credit Facilities as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time (including after termination of the Senior Term Loan Facility), including principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

Currency Agreement ” means, with respect to any Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, currency futures contract, currency option contract, currency derivative or other similar agreement to which such Person is a party or beneficiary.

Default ” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.07(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or A-2 hereto, as the case may be, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Depositary ” means the Dollar Depositary or the Common Depositary, as the case may be.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, on the issue date thereof.

DIP Roll-Up Claims ” means the Roll-Up Loans and all related Obligations of the Issuer and certain of its Affiliates under, and as is defined in, the Debtor-in-Possession Credit Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2009, among LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A., the other borrowers thereto (each, a debtor and debtor-in-possession under Chapter 11), the administrative agent and collateral agent, the syndication agent, joint lead arranger and sole bookrunner, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, restated, refinanced or replaced in whole or in part from time to time, and as ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, as of the Release Date.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund Obligation or otherwise (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale),

 

-14-


(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of such Person, or

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale),

in each case prior to 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided , further , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability; provided , further , that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.

Dollar Depositary ” means DTC as depositary for the Dollar Notes, and its successors in such capacity

Dollar Notes ” means the Initial Dollar Notes, any Additional Dollar Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Initial Dollar Notes and Additional Dollar Notes.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and successors.

Emergence Transactions ” means all transactions arising out of the Reorganization Plan and emergence from Chapter 11, including, but not limited to, Exit Financing.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale after the Issue Date of common stock or Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company (to the extent the proceeds thereof are contributed to the Company), as applicable, on a primary basis, other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to the Company’s or such direct or indirect parent entity’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;

(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company; and

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

Escrow Agent ” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as escrow agent under the Escrow Agreement, or any successor escrow agent as set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

 

-15-


Escrow Agreement ” means the Escrow Agreement dated as of April 8, 2010, among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Escrow Agent, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or replaced in whole or in part from time to time.

Escrow End Date ” means the 60th day following the Issue Date; provided that the Issuer may elect to extend the Escrow End Date for an additional 30 days on no more than two occasions so long as, not later than five Business Days prior to the scheduled Escrow End Date, (i) it provides prior written notice to the Escrow Agent and the Trustee and has issued a press release stating that it has extended the Escrow End Date and (ii) Lyondell Chemical Company has deposited cash into escrow with the Escrow Agent, to be held pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, in an amount sufficient to fund the redemption price due on the latest permitted date for the revised Special Mandatory Redemption in respect of all outstanding Notes and has certified that such amounts will be satisfactory for such purpose.

Escrow Investment ” means (1) Treasury Securities, (2) investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits maturing no later the Escrow End Date in each case, entitled to U.S. Federal deposit insurance for the full amount thereof or issued by a bank or trust company (including the Escrow Agent or an affiliate of the Escrow Agent) which is organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $500.0 million and (3) repurchase obligations maturing no later than the Escrow End Date entered into with a nationally recognized broker-dealer, with respect to which the purchase securities are Obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States government or any agency thereof, which repurchase Obligations shall be entered into pursuant to written agreements.

Escrow Proceeds ” means collectively the Gross Proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Initial Notes and sufficient Government Obligations, Cash Equivalents (solely with respect to instruments or investments satisfying clause (1), (2), (3) or (4) of the definition thereof herein, and in each case, maturing no later than the Escrow End Date, and with respect to clause (3) thereof, with a bank or trust company having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $500 million) and other Escrow Investments, in an amount sufficient to redeem, for cash, the Notes at a redemption price equal to the sum of 100% of the Gross Proceeds plus the applicable Specified Premium of the principal amount of the Notes offered on the Issue Date, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes from the Issue Date up to but not including the date of the Special Mandatory Redemption.

euro ” means the single currency of participating member states of the European Economic and Monetary Union.

Euro Notes ” means the Initial Euro Notes, any Additional Euro Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Initial Euro Notes and Additional Euro Notes.

Euro Paying Agent ” means an office or agency of the Company where Euro Notes may be presented for payment, which shall initially be Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch.

Euro Registrar ” means an office or agency of the Company where Euro Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or exchange, which shall initially be Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.

Euro Securitization ” means the transaction to be dated as of its effective date entered into in connection with the €450 million revolving securitization facility of trade accounts receivable with Basell Sales and Marketing Company B.V. and Lyondell Chemie Nederland B.V., as sellers, and Basell Polyolefins Collections Ltd., as receivables purchaser, as such facility may be amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, restated, refinanced or replaced in whole or in part from time to time.

 

-16-


Euroclear ” means Euroclear S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Notes ” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.07(f) hereof.

Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Excluded Assets ” has the meaning set forth in the Security Documents.

Excluded Contributions ” means the aggregate net cash proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash, received by the Company after the Release Date from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Company on or promptly after the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Capital Stock is sold, as the case may be.

Excluded Subsidiary ” means (i) any Receivables Subsidiary, (ii) any Qualified Non-Recourse Subsidiary, (iii) any Special Purpose Subsidiary, (iv) any Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary that is a subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary and (v) any Domestic Subsidiary of the Company as of the Release Date or at any time thereafter meeting any one of the following conditions that has been designated by the Issuer as an Excluded Subsidiary in a writing to the Trustee (which designation may be rescinded by granting a Guarantee in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture): (a) the Total Assets of such Domestic Subsidiary determined as of the end of the fiscal year of the Company most recently ended for which financial statements are required to be delivered under this Indenture does not exceed $25.0 million, or (b) the Consolidated EBITDA of such Domestic Subsidiary does not exceed $25.0 million, for the period of four consecutive quarters of the Company most recently ended for which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to this Indenture; provided that, at any time or from time to time after the Release Date, Domestic Subsidiaries (other than a Special Purpose Subsidiary) shall not be designated as Excluded Subsidiaries to the extent that such Domestic Subsidiaries under this clause (v) would represent, in the aggregate, (a) 5% or more of Total Assets of the Company at the end of the most recently ended fiscal year of the Company or (b) 5% or more of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for the most recently ended fiscal year, in each case, based upon the most recent financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to this Indenture; provided , further , that, if the most recent financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to this Indenture for any fiscal quarter occurring after the Release Date indicate that, by reason of subsequent changes following the designation of any one

 

-17-


or more Restricted Subsidiaries as an Excluded Subsidiary or Excluded Subsidiaries, the foregoing requirements of this definition would not be complied with (other than as a result of an impairment charge), individually or in the aggregate, then the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly (but in any event within 180 days after the date the financial statements are required), rescind such designations as are necessary, and provide such Guarantees as are necessary, so as to comply with the requirements of this Indenture. Any uncured Default shall not occur until the expiration of such 180-day provided such efforts are used.

Exit Financing ” means that certain financing to finance the Reorganization Plan expected to be composed of the Senior Term Loan Facility, the ABL Facility, the Euro Securitization, the Plan Roll-Up Notes and the Notes.

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction; provided that, other than as expressly set forth in this Indenture, for purposes of determining the “Fair Market Value” of any property or assets, such Fair Market Value shall be determined by (x) the Company in good faith with respect to property or assets with a Fair Market Value not in excess of $250.0 million, (y) an opinion as to the Fair Market Value issued by a qualified accounting, appraisal, financial advisory or investment banking firm or (z) the Board of Directors of the Company, as evidenced by a certificate of an officer of the Company, with respect to property or assets with a Fair Market Value in excess of $250.0 million.

First Lien Collateral Agent ” means the Collateral Agent and the Senior Term Loan Collateral Agent.

First Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” means the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Release Date by and among the Company, the Collateral Agent and the Senior Term Loan Collateral Agent, with respect to the Common Collateral, which may be amended from time to time without the consent of the holders of the Notes to add other parties holding First Priority Lien Obligations permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture, the Senior Term Loan Facility and the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

First Lien Secured Parties ” means (a) the “Secured Parties,” as defined in the Senior Term Loan Facility, (b) the “Secured Parties,” as defined in the Collateral Agreement, and (c) any Additional First Lien Secured Parties.

First Lien Security Documents ” means the Security Documents and any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted securing First Priority Lien Obligations, and any Additional First Priority Lien Obligations, or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed, in each case to the extent relating to the Collateral securing the First Priority Lien Obligations.

First Priority After-Acquired Property ” means (x) at any time the outstanding principal amount of loans under the Senior Term Loan Facility is greater than $500.0 million, any property of the Company, the Issuer or any Pledgor that secures any First Priority Lien Obligations and Other First Lien Obligations other than the Notes that is not already subject to the Lien under the Security Documents, other than any Excluded Assets, and (y) if clause (x) is not applicable, then any property of the Company, the Issuer or any Pledgor that constitutes Notes Collateral (other than Excluded Assets).

 

-18-


First Priority Lien Obligations ” means (i) all Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities (other than the Asset Backed Credit Facility and any other Credit Facility Incurred pursuant to clause (iii)(B) of Section 4.03(b)), (ii) the Notes Obligations and the Obligations in respect of any refunding, refinancing or defeasement of the Notes, (iii) all other Obligations of the Company, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Hedging Obligations or Obligations in respect of cash management services in each case owing to a Person that is a holder of Credit Facility Indebtedness or an Affiliate of such holder at the time of entry into such Hedging Obligations or Obligations in respect of cash management services, (iv) Additional First Priority Lien Obligations, if any, permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.03 and (v) Indebtedness under any Oil Indexed Credit Facility Incurred pursuant to clause (iii)(C) of Section 4.03(b).

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than in the case of revolving credit borrowings or revolving advances under any Receivables Financing, in which case interest expense shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and operational changes (and the change of any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event and (2) all adjustments of the nature set forth as “Reorganization Adjustments” under “Unaudited Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Information” as set forth in the Offering Memorandum for the Company to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period.

 

-19-


If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. Dollars will be converted to U.S. Dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination or if any such Indebtedness is subject to a Currency Agreement with respect to the currency in which such Indebtedness is denominated covering principal, premium, if any, and interest on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness and such interest and premium, if any, shall be determined after giving effect to all payments in respect thereof under such Currency Agreement.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period, and

(2) all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means a Restricted Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia and any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the Release Date as adopted by the Company. For the purposes of this Indenture, the term “ consolidated ” with respect to any Person shall mean such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an Investment.

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.07(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or A-2 hereto, as the case may be, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.07(b), 2.07(d) or 2.07(f) hereof.

 

-20-


Government Obligations ” means securities that are:

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit Obligation by the United States of America, which, in each case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. government obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. government obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided , however , that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. government obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. government obligations evidenced by such depository receipt.

Gross Proceeds ” means the aggregate U.S. Dollar and euro amount received by the Issuer pursuant to the sale of the Initial Notes, before giving effect to any discount to the Initial Purchasers.

Hedging Obligations ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, emission rights, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

holder “ or “ noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

Incur ” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) the principal and premium (if any) of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property (except any such balance that constitutes (i) a trade payable or similar Obligation to a trade creditor Incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any earn-out Obligations until

 

-21-


such Obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and (iii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, (d) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, or (e) representing any Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any Obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the Obligations referred to in clause (1) of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and

(3) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided , however , that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination, and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person;

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (1) Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money; (2) deferred or prepaid revenues; (3) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller; or (4) Obligations under or in respect of a Qualified Receivables Financing or a Qualified Joint Venture Transaction.

Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, Indebtedness shall not include, and shall be calculated without giving effect to, the effects of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under this Indenture as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness, and any such amounts that would have constituted Indebtedness under this Indenture but for the application of this sentence shall not be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness under this Indenture.

Indenture ” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant, in each case of nationally recognized standing, that is, in the good faith determination of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

Initial Purchasers ” means Banc of America Securities LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc. , Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC for the Initial Dollar Notes and Merrill Lynch International, UBS Limited, Barclays Bank PLC, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Credit Suisse Securities (Europe) Limited, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, J.P. Morgan Securities Ltd., Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc and Well Fargo Securities International Limited for the Initial Euro Notes.

 

-22-


Interest Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-1 hereto.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents),

(2) securities that have a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or equivalent) by S&P, but excluding any debt securities or loans or advances between and among the Company and its Subsidiaries,

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution, and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees (other than guarantees of performance made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a Joint Venture)), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of the Company in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.04:

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

 

-23-


Issue Date ” means April 8, 2010.

Issuer ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble.

Issuer Order ” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.

Joint Venture ” means any joint venture entity, whether a company, unincorporated firm, association, partnership or any other entity which, in each case, is not a Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries but in which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has a direct or indirect equity or similar interest.

Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, entered on the Release Date by and among the Company, the Collateral Agent, on its own behalf and on behalf of the First Lien Secured Parties under this Indenture, the Senior Term Loan Collateral Agent, on its own behalf and on behalf of the First Lien Secured Parties under the Senior Term Loan Facility, the ABL Collateral Agent, on its own behalf and on behalf of the administrative agent and lenders under the ABL Facility, the trustee under the Plan Roll-Up Notes (the “ Roll-Up Notes Trustee ” and, together with the Collateral Agent, the Senior Term Loan Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent, the “ Applicable Collateral Agents ”), on its own behalf and on behalf of the holders of the obligations under the Plan Roll-Up Notes, the Company, the Issuer and the Pledgors that sets forth the relative priority of the Liens securing any First Priority Lien Obligations, the Liens securing the ABL Obligations and the Liens securing any Junior Lien Obligations (collectively, the “ Applicable Obligations ”).

Junior Lien Obligations ” means the Plan Roll-Up Notes and Obligations with respect to other Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture, which is by its terms intended to be secured on a basis junior to the Liens securing the Notes and, to the extent required thereby, the ABL Facility; provided such Lien is permitted to be Incurred under the ABL Facility, the Plan Roll-Up Notes Indenture, the Senior Term Loan Facility and this Indenture.

LCC Assumption ” means the consummation of the transactions whereby (a) Lyondell Chemical will assume all of the obligations of the Escrow Issuer under this Indenture, (b) each of Lyondell Chemical’s Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Excluded Subsidiaries) will guarantee the Notes and (c) to the extent Lyondell Chemical assumes the obligations of the Escrow Issuer other than by merger, the Escrow Issuer is released from the obligations under this Indenture.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or similar encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest; provided that in no event shall an operating lease, rights of set-off or netting arrangements in the ordinary course of business be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Limited Recourse Stock Pledge ” means the pledge of the Equity Interests in any Joint Venture (that is not a Restricted Subsidiary) or any Unrestricted Subsidiary to secure non-recourse debt of such Joint Venture or Unrestricted Subsidiary, which pledge is made by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the activities of which are limited to making and managing Investments, and owning Equity Interests, in such Joint Venture or Unrestricted Subsidiary, but only for so long as its activities are so limited.

 

-24-


Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

Mortgaged Property ” means each parcel of Real Property owned, leased or otherwise held by the Company, the Issuer or any Pledgor intended to be encumbered by a Mortgage to secure any First Priority Lien Obligations as set forth on Annex A of Schedule 4.10 and each Real Property, if any, which shall be subject to a Mortgage delivered after the Release Date pursuant to Section 4.13.

Mortgages ” means, collectively, the mortgages, trust deeds, deeds of trust, deeds to secure debt, assignments of leases and rents, and other security documents delivered with respect to Mortgaged Properties, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, restated or replaced in whole or in part from time to time.

Negromex Receivables Dispositions ” means any disposition of accounts receivable arising from transactions with Industrias Negromex, S.A. de C.V.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale and any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding the assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets or other consideration received in any other non-cash form), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements related thereto), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(i)) to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

Notes ” means the Initial Dollar Notes and the Initial Euro Notes and more particularly means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include (i) any Exchange Notes and (ii) any Additional Dollar Notes and Additional Euro Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture. Dollar Notes and the Euro Notes (including, in each case, any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) are separate series of Notes, but shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, except as set forth herein. For purposes of this Indenture, all references to Notes to be issued or authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange shall be deemed to refer to Notes of the applicable series.

Notes Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in the Security Documents.

 

-25-


Notes Obligations ” means Obligations in respect of the Notes (including “other notes” Incurred pursuant to clause (i) of Section 4.03(b)), this Indenture and the Security Documents, including, for the avoidance of doubt, Obligations in respect of Exchange Notes and guarantees thereof.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness; provided that Obligations with respect to the Notes shall not include fees or indemnifications in favor of the Trustee and other third parties other than the holders of the Notes.

Offering Memorandum ” means the confidential offering memorandum, dated March 24, 2010, relating to the issuance of the Initial Notes under this Indenture.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Financial Director or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of any Person (or, with respect to a Person that is a limited partnership, the general partner of such Person), member of the Board of Directors (in the case of any entity organized under the laws of The Netherlands), or any other officer designated by the Board of Directors serving in a similar capacity.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of any Person by an Officer of such Person, which meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

Oil Indexed Credit Facility ” means a working capital facility for which availability is conditioned upon the price per barrel of crude oil that is not less than $125.0 and the proceeds of which are utilized for working capital purposes and related fees and expenses; provided that the Notes and any other First Priority Lien Obligations are secured by a Lien ranking at least pari passu with any Lien on assets securing any Oil Indexed Credit Facility and the collateral agent under any Oil Indexed Credit Facility shall have been made party to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any Oil Indexed Credit Facility shall be subject to the terms thereof.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Issuer or to the Trustee. Counsel giving any Opinion of Counsel shall be entitled to rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any factual matters relevant to such opinion.

Other First Lien Obligations ” means other Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is equally and ratably secured with the Notes as permitted by this Indenture and is designated by the Company as an Other First Lien Obligation.

Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means:

(1) with respect to the Issuer, the Notes and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to the Notes; and

(2) with respect to any Pledgor, its Obligations in respect of the Notes and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to such Pledgor’s Obligations in respect of the Guarantees of the Notes.

 

-26-


Participants ” means (i) with respect to the Dollar Notes, institutions that have accounts with DTC or its nominee and (ii) with respect to the Euro Notes, institutions that have accounts with Euroclear, Clearstream or their respective nominees.

PBGC Settlement ” means the settlement agreement between the Issuer and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (or any successor in interest thereto) as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, restated or replaced in whole or in part from time to time.

Permitted Holders ” means, at any time, each of (i) the Sponsor, (ii) any Person that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock of the Company and, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than any of the other Permitted Holders specified in clause (i) above, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof and (iii) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any of the Permitted Holders specified in clause (i) above and that, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of the Company (a “ Permitted Holder Group ”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Holder Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member relative to the other members of the Permitted Holder Group with respect to voting in the election of Directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries generally and (2) no Person or other “group” (other than the Permitted Holders specified in clause (i) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Holder Group. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.06 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the Release Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on the Release Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Release Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

 

-27-


(6) loans and advances to officers, directors or employees (a) for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, including as part of a recruitment or retention plan, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company, (b) required by applicable employment laws loans and (c) other loans and advances not to exceed $25.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, or (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.03(b)(xi);

(9) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Similar Business or in Joint Ventures having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $750.0 million and (y) 3.75% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, plus 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any Investment made pursuant to this clause (9);  provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

(10) additional Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $250.0 million and (y) 1.25% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), plus 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of property other than cash received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any Investment made pursuant to this clause (10); provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (10) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (10) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

(11) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, as applicable; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(ii) or (iii) under Section 4.04(a);

 

-28-


(12) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(13) Investments consisting of or to finance purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials, services or equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property;

(14) any Investment in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments in a Receivables Subsidiary, of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness and, to the extent constituting an Investment, the acquisition of accounts receivable that have been sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in a Receivables Financing, including the repurchase of accounts receivable by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or other payment obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;

(15) any Investment in an entity or purchase of a business or assets in each case owned (or previously owned) by a customer of a Restricted Subsidiary as a condition or in connection with such customer (or any member of such customer’s group) contracting with a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(16) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company acquired after the Release Date or of an entity merged into, amalgamated with, or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction that is not prohibited by Section 5.01 after the Release Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

(17) any Investment in any Subsidiary of the Company or any Joint Venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business;

(18) Investments through the licensing contribution in a Person that is or will be as a result of such Investment a Joint Venture or Investments through the licensing, contribution or transactions that economically result in a contribution in kind of intellectual property pursuant to Joint Venture arrangements, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(19) purchase of shares of Royal Dutch Shell plc and BASF AG required to satisfy Basell B.V.’s obligations under its stock option plans as such plans and stock appreciation rights were in effect on the Release Date;

(20) a transaction to the extent constituting an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with clauses (xii) and (xiii) of Section 4.04(b);

(21) any Investment in connection with a Structured Financing Transaction;

(22) a transaction to the extent constituting an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with clause (38) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”;

 

-29-


(23) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with Section 4.07(b) (except transactions described in clauses (ii), (iv), (v), (ix)(B), (xv) and (xix) of such Section ); and

(24) any Qualified Joint Venture Transaction.

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith pledges, deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review;

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet due or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance bonds, surety bonds, bid bonds, letters of credit or similar instruments issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or with respect to statutory, regulatory, contractual or warranty requirements;

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(6) (A) Liens on assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03, (B) Liens securing First Priority Lien Obligations in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clauses (i), (iii)(A) and (iii)(C) of Section 4.03(b) and (y) the maximum principal amount of Indebtedness that, as of the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, and after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of proceeds therefrom on such date, would not cause the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio of the Company to exceed 2.00 to 1.00, provided that, with respect to Liens securing First Priority Lien Obligations permitted under this subclause (B), the Notes are secured by Liens on the property or assets subject to such Liens on at least a pari passu basis with the Liens securing all such First Priority Lien Obligations, with the priority and subject to intercreditor arrangements, in each case not materially less favorable to the holders of the Notes than those contemplated by Article XI of this Indenture, (C) Liens securing Indebtedness

 

-30-


permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clause (iii)(B), (v)(A), (v)(B), (xiii), (xxi) or (xxv) of Section 4.03(b) ( provided that (1) in the case of clause (iii)(B), any Lien on Notes Collateral securing Indebtedness under the ABL Facility, or any refinancing or replacement thereof, must be expressly subject to the terms of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (2) in the case of clause (v)(A), such Lien extends only to the assets and/or Capital Stock, the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of which is financed thereby and any proceeds or products thereof, (3) in the case of clause (xxi), such Lien does not extend to the property or assets of any Subsidiary of the Company other than a Foreign Subsidiary, (4) in the case of clause (v)(B) such Lien applies solely to acquired property or asset of the acquired entity, as the case may be), and (5) in the case of clause (xxv), such Lien does not extend to the property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than Australia) and (D) Liens securing the Notes Obligations;

(7) Liens existing on the Release Date (other than Liens in favor of the lenders under the Senior Term Loan Facility and under the ABL Facility);

(8) Liens on assets, property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided , further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(9) Liens on assets or property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company acquired the assets or property, including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided , further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03;

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations not Incurred in violation of this Indenture; provided that with respect to Hedging Obligations relating to Indebtedness, such Lien extends only to the property securing such Indebtedness;

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances, tender, bid, judgment, appeal, performance or governmental contract bonds and completion guarantees, surety, standby letters of credit and warranty and contractual service obligations of a like nature, trade letters of credit and documentary letters of credit and similar bonds or guarantees provided by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company;

(13) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or other precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings;

 

-31-


(15) Liens in favor of the Company, the Issuer or any Guarantor;

(16) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing to the extent permitted by the covenant described under Section 4.03;

(17) Liens securing insurance premium financing arrangements; provided , however , that such Lien is limited to the applicable insurance carriers;

(18) Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(19) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business;

(20) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11) and (15); provided , however , that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien ( plus improvements on such property), (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11) and (15) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, (including tender premiums) and original issue discount, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement and (z) Junior Lien Obligations shall not be refinanced with First Priority Lien Obligations (other than any Permitted Roll-Up Notes Refinancing); provided , further , however , that in the case of any Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal of Indebtedness secured by a Lien referred to in clause (6)(B) or (C) above, the principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred for such refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal shall be deemed secured by a Lien under clause (6)(B) or (C) and not this clause (20) for purposes of determining the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under clause (6)(B) or (C) above and for purposes of the definition of “Secured Credit Facility Indebtedness”;

(21) Liens on equipment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which such equipment is located;

(22) judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made;

(23) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(24) Liens Incurred to secure cash management services or to implement cash pooling arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(25) other Liens on assets not constituting Notes Collateral securing Obligations that do not exceed $50.0 million in aggregate at any time;

 

-32-


(26) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any Joint Venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any Joint Venture or similar agreement;

(27) any amounts held by a trustee in the funds and accounts under an indenture securing any revenue bonds issued for the benefit of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(28) Liens arising by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depository or financial institution;

(29) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts Incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(30) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture;

(31) any netting or set-off arrangements entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements (including, for the avoidance of doubt, cash pooling arrangements) for the purposes of netting debit and credit balances of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, including pursuant to any Treasury Services Agreement;

(32) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(33) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 4.03; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreements;

(34) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in or monies placed in escrow pursuant to an Investment permitted pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments” to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, (ii) over assets being acquired pursuant to Investments permitted pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments” pending payment in full of the purchase price, (iii) consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property in a disposition permitted pursuant to the definition of “Asset Sale” and (iv) consisting of intellectual property licenses permitted by clause (18) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

(35) Liens arising by reason of deposits necessary to qualify the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to conduct business, maintain self insurance or comply with any law and Liens securing the PBGC Settlement;

(36) any Lien arising as a result of a sale, transfer or other disposal which is an Asset Sale in compliance with Section 4.06;

 

-33-


(37) Liens relating to a Catalyst Sale/Leaseback Transaction;

(38) Liens relating to any Limited Recourse Stock Pledge; and

(39) Liens relating to any Treasury Services Agreement, Qualified Joint Venture Transaction or Structured Financing Transaction.

Permitted Roll-Up Notes Refinancing ” means the issuance of other notes, and the Incurrence of additional term loans under any Credit Facilities, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,500.0 million if the proceeds thereof are used to refinance Plan Roll-Up Notes (and related interest, premiums, if any, and expenses) so long as

(i) on a pro forma basis after giving effect thereto (including a pro forma application of the proceeds thereof), (x) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company is at least 2.00 to 1.00, (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness is greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such Incurrence and (z) the requirements of subclauses (1) and (3) of clause (xvi) of Section 4.03(b) are satisfied with respect to such refinancing; and

(ii) to the extent that the aggregate principal amount of such other notes and term loans exceeds $1,000.0 million, the principal amount of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to subclause (iii)(A) of Section 4.03(b) shall be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis (without duplication for Indebtedness Incurred as part of a Permitted Roll-Up Notes Refinancing), until such time as such excess over $1,000.0 million (x) would be permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.03(a) and (y) would be permitted to be secured by a Lien as an Additional First Priority Lien Obligation pursuant to clause (6)(B)(y) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.”

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Plan Roll-Up Notes ” means (a) any third-priority senior secured notes of the Issuer and guaranteed by one or more Guarantors issued in respect of DIP Roll-Up Claims under the Reorganization Plan; provided that any Indebtedness issued in lieu of the Plan Roll-Up Notes in respect of DIP Roll-Up Claims will be deemed to be Plan Roll-Up Notes (provided that any such Indebtedness is Incurred in compliance with the terms of this Indenture applicable to refinancings and replacements of Plan Roll-Up Notes had they been issued pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization), or (b) any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part thereof.

Plan Roll-Up Notes Indenture ” means the indenture or indentures under which the Plan Roll-Up Notes are issued, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, restated, refinanced or replaced in whole or in part from time to time all in accordance with this Indenture; provided no such amendment or modification may shorten the maturity of the Plan-Roll-Up Notes.

Pledgor ” means any Guarantor other than the Company; provided that upon the release or discharge of such Subsidiary from its Obligations to pledge its assets and property to secure the Notes in accordance with this Indenture or the Security Documents, such Subsidiary ceases to be a Pledgor.

 

-34-


Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Primary Offering ” means an Equity Offering on any investment exchange or any other sale or issue by way of flotation or public offering or any equivalent circumstances with aggregate net cash proceeds to the Company or contributed to the Company of at least $500.0 million.

Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.07(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

Project Financings ” means, with respect to any project, the Incurrence of Indebtedness relating to the development, expansion, renovation, upgrade or other modification or construction of such project pursuant to which the providers of such Indebtedness or any trustee or other intermediary on their behalf or beneficiaries designated by any such provider, trustee or other intermediary are granted security over one or more assets relating to such project for repayment of principal, premium and interest or any other amount in respect of such Indebtedness, including Indebtedness to finance working capital requirements with respect to any project; provided that any working capital financing shall not be secured by any assets or property included in calculating the Borrowing Base for purposes of Section 4.03(b)(iii)(B).

Qualified Institutional Buyer ” or “ QIB ” has the meaning specified in Rule 144A.

Qualified Joint Venture Transaction ” means any transaction in which (i) Indebtedness is owed or incurred by any Restricted Subsidiary whose activities are limited to holding shares in Joint Ventures (but only to the extent that (a) the creditors under the relevant agreement have no recourse to the Company other than to such Restricted Subsidiary; and (b) the recourse those creditors have to such Restricted Subsidiary is limited to the proceeds (if any) of dividends received by such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Restricted Subsidiary’s investment in such Joint Ventures) or (ii) involving guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of a customer or a third party guarantor of such customer’s Indebtedness that are made to a governmental export credit agency, a state development bank or like governmental agency or organization to the extent that such guarantees are conditioned on a failure to perform by any of the Company, such Restricted Subsidiary or a joint venture under an engineering procurement or construction contract entered into with such customer or third party guarantor; provided that the aggregate amount of any Indebtedness referenced in this clause (ii) shall not at any time exceed 1.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company.

Qualified Non-Recourse Debt ” means Indebtedness that (1) is (a) Incurred by a Qualified Non-Recourse Subsidiary to finance (whether prior to or within 270 days after) the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of any property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of property or the Equity Interests of any person owning such property and whether in a single acquisition or a series of related acquisitions) or (b) assumed by a Qualified Non-Recourse Subsidiary, (2) is non-recourse to the Company, the Issuer and any Pledgor and (3) is non-recourse to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Qualified Non-Recourse Subsidiary.

Qualified Non-Recourse Subsidiary ” means (1) a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Pledgor and that is formed or created after the Release Date in order to finance an acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of any property or equipment (directly or through one of its Subsidiaries) that secures Qualified Non-Recourse Debt and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary of a Qualified Non-Recourse Subsidiary.

 

-35-


Qualified Receivables Financing ” means any Receivables Financing that meets the following conditions (including, without limitation, the Euro Securitization, the Berre Facility and the Negromex Receivables Dispositions):

(1) the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets are made at Fair Market Value; and

(3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to secure the ABL Facility, any Credit Facility Indebtedness or any Indebtedness in respect of the Notes shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing.

Rating Agency ” means (1) S&P, (2) Moody’s, or (3) if either or both of S&P and Moody’s shall not then exist, a nationally recognized securities rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company, which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

Real Property ” means, collectively, all right, title and interests (including any leasehold, mineral or other estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned, leased or operated by any Person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all buildings, structures, parking areas and improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.

Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interests issued or sold in connection with, and all other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Financing.

Receivables Financing ” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to any other Person including to a Receivables Subsidiary, or may grant a security interest in, bank accounts, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations entered into by the Company or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable.

Receivables Repurchase Obligation ” means any Obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

 

-36-


Receivables Subsidiary ” means a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in Receivables Financing with the Company in which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable of the Company and its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and:

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company (excluding guarantees of Obligations (other than the principal of and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;

(b) with which neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company; and

(c) to which neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Record Date ” for the interest or Additional Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means April 15 and October 15 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

Registrar ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.04.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of April 8, 2010 among the Escrow Issuer, the Company and the Initial Purchasers, and, Lyondell Chemical Company and the other Guarantors on the Release Date upon execution of joinder agreements.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Note ” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable.

Regulation S Permanent Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto, as the case may be, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the applicable Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note of the applicable series upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

 

-37-


Regulation S Temporary Global Note ” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto, as the case may be, bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the applicable Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes of the applicable series initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.

Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.07(g)(iv) hereof.

Reorganization Plan ” means a plan of reorganization in any of the Cases.

Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person. Unless otherwise indicated in this Indenture, all references to Restricted Subsidiaries shall mean Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the Issuer shall at all times constitute a Restricted Subsidiary.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule).

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule).

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule).

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule).

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

-38-


Sale/Leaseback Transaction ” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than leases between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or between Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency or commission.

Secured Credit Facility Indebtedness ” means any Credit Facility Indebtedness that is secured by a Permitted Lien Incurred or deemed Incurred pursuant to clause (6)(B) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.”

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien.

Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person, at any date the ratio of (i) Secured Indebtedness constituting First Priority Lien Obligations of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of calculation (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date of such calculation. In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is made (the “ Secured Leverage Calculation Date ”), then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided that the Issuer may elect pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness as being Incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent Incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence at such subsequent time.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Secured Leverage Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes (and the change of any associated Indebtedness and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

 

-39-


For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event and (2) all adjustments of the nature set forth as “Restructuring Adjustments” under “Unaudited Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Information” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period.

For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. Dollars will be converted to U.S. Dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination or if any such Indebtedness is subject to a Currency Agreement with respect to the currency in which such Indebtedness is denominated covering principal, premium, if any, and interest on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness and such interest and premium, if any, shall be determined after giving effect to all payments in respect thereof under such Currency Agreement.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Security Documents ” means the security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, collateral agreements, intercreditor agreements, mortgages and related agreements, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, restated or replaced in whole or in part from time to time, creating the security interests in the Collateral as contemplated by this Indenture.

Senior Term Loan Collateral Agent ” means UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as the collateral agent under the Senior Term Loan Facility, or its successors.

Senior Term Loan Facility ” means the senior secured term loan facility of the Issuer to be entered into on the Release Date as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, restated, refinanced or replaced in whole or in part from time to time.

Series ” means (a) with respect to the First Lien Secured Parties, each of (i) the secured parties under the Senior Term Loan Facility (in their capacities as such), (ii) the holders of the Notes, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee (each in its capacity as such) and (iii) the Additional First Lien Secured Parties that become subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement after the date hereof that are represented by a common Authorized Representative (in its capacity as such for such Additional First Lien Secured Parties); (b) with respect to any First Priority Lien Obligations, each of (i) the Obligations under the Senior Term Loan Facility, (ii) the Notes Obligations and the Obligations in respect of any refunding, refinancing or defeasement of the Notes and (iii) the Additional First Priority Lien Obligations Incurred pursuant to any applicable agreement, which pursuant to any joinder agreement, are to be represented under the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement by a common Authorized Representative (in its capacity as such for such Additional First Priority Lien Obligations); and (c) with respect to any Junior Lien Obligations, each of (i) the Obligations under the Plan Roll-Up Notes and (ii) the Junior Lien Obligations Incurred after the Issue Date pursuant to any applicable agreement.

Shelf Registration Statement ” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (or any successor provision).

 

-40-


Similar Business ” means a business, the majority of whose revenues are derived from the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date or any business or activity that is reasonably similar or complementary thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Special Purpose Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company whose material assets are comprised solely of the Capital Stock of a Joint Venture, where the pledge of such Capital Stock would be prohibited by any contractual requirement pertaining to such Joint Venture.

Specified ABL Facility Assets ” means any ABL Facility Collateral, the net proceeds of an Asset Sale of which are required to be applied as a prepayment of any Asset Backed Credit Facility.

Specified Premium ” means 1.00% if the Special Mandatory Redemption occurs on or prior to the 90th day following the Issue Date and 1.50% if the Special Mandatory Redemption occurs after the 90th day following the Issue Date.

Sponsor ” means Apollo Global Management, LLC and any of its Affiliates.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, undertakings, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred).

Structured Financing Transaction ” means a sale of preferred shares of a Restricted Subsidiary, depositing the proceeds of such sale with a bank and pledging such deposit to guarantee a put and call with respect to such preferred shares.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means (a) with respect to the Issuer, any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to Obligations in respect of the Notes.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; (2) any partnership, joint venture or limited liability company of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (y) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity; or (3) with respect to the Company, for so long as the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, individually or in

 

-41-


the aggregate, has at least a 50% ownership interest in Lyondell Bayer Manufacturing Maasvlakle VOF, Lyondell Bayer Manufacturing Maasvlakle VOF. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company.

TIA ” or “ Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture.

Total Assets ” means, with respect to any Person, the total consolidated assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, without giving effect to any amortization of the amount of intangible assets since the Issue Date, (x) as shown on the most recent balance sheet of such Person, or (y) in regards to the Company only, as shown on the most recent balance sheet required to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.02.

Treasury Rate ” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury Securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to May 1, 2013; provided , however , that if the period from such redemption date to May 1, 2013 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury Securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Treasury Securities ” means any Investment in obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States government or agency thereof, in each case, maturing no later than the Escrow End Date.

Treasury Services Agreement ” means any agreement between the Issuer, any Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary and any commercial bank or other financial institution relating to treasury, depository, and cash management services, employee credit card arrangements or automated clearinghouse transfer of funds.

Trust Officer ” means:

(1) any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, and

(2) who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Trustee ” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

Uniform Commercial Code ” or “ UCC ” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.

Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or A-2 attached hereto, as the case may be, that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the applicable Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

-42-


Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of such Person in the manner provided below; and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided , however , that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (except as permitted under Section 4.03); provided , further , however , that either:

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less; or

(b) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under Section 4.04.

The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that immediately after giving effect to such designation:

(x) (1) the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in Section 4.03 or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation, and

(y) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Any such designation by Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Dollar Equivalent ” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for the determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as quoted by Reuters at approximately 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on such date of determination (or if no such quote is available on such date, on the immediately preceding Business Day for which such a quote is available).

 

-43-


U.S. Legal Tender ” means such coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary ” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required to be held by Foreign Subsidiaries) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions .

 

Term

  

Defined in

Section

“3-16 Exemption”

   11.04(c)

“Additional Amounts”

   4.17(a)

“Additional Guarantee”

   4.11(a)

“Affiliate Transaction”

   4.07(a)

“Applicable Collateral Agents”

   1.01

“Applicable Obligations”

   1.01

“Asset Sale Offer”

   4.06(b)

“Authentication Order”

   2.03

“Bankruptcy Law”

   6.01

“Borrowing Base”

   4.03(b)(iii)(B)

“Change of Control Offer”

   4.08(b)

“Collateral Agreement”

   11.01

“Collateral Asset Sale Offer”

   4.06(b)

“Collateral Asset Sale Offer Period”

   4.06(e)

“Collateral Excess Proceeds”

   4.06(b)

“Company”

   Preamble

“covenant defeasance option”

   8.01(b)

“Covenant Suspension Event”

   4.15

“Custodian”

   6.01

“DBL S.A.”

   2.03

“DBTCA”

   7.13(a)

“Dutch Security Documents”

   7.13(a)

“Escrow Issuer”

   Preamble

 

-44-


Term

  

Defined in

Section

“EU Savings Tax Directive”

   4.17(b)(7)

“EU-Swiss Savings Tax Agreement”

   4.17(b)(7)

“Euro Paying Agent”

   Preamble

“Euro Registrar”

   Preamble

“Event of Default”

   6.01

“Excess Proceeds”

   4.06(b)

“Guarantee”

   12.01(a)

“Guaranteed Obligations”

   12.01(a)

“Guarantor”

   12.01(a)

“incorporated provision”

   13.01

“Initial Dollar Notes”

   Preamble

“Initial Euro Notes”

   Preamble

“Initial Notes”

   Preamble

“Investment Grade Status Period”

   4.15

“Issuer”

   Preamble

“legal defeasance option”

   8.01(b)

“Notice of Default”

   6.01

“Offer Period”

   4.06(d)

“other notes”

   4.03(b)(i)

“Parallel Debt”

   7.13(b)(i)

“Paying Agent”

   2.04

“Payor”

   4.17(a)

“primary obligations”

   1.01

“primary obligor”

   1.01

“Principal Obligations”

   7.13(a)

“protected purchaser”

   2.08

“Reference Period”

   4.04(a)(3)(i)

“Refinancing Indebtedness”

   4.03(b)(xvi)

“Refunding Capital Stock”

   4.04(b)(ii)(A)

“Registrar”

   2.04

“Release Date”

   3.09

“Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”

   4.17(a)

“Restricted Payments”

   4.04(a)

“Retired Capital Stock”

   4.04(b)(ii)(A)

“Reversion Date”

   4.15

“Roll-Up Notes Trustee”

   1.01

“Second Commitment”

   4.06(b)

“Secured Leverage Calculation Date”

   1.01

“Special Mandatory Redemption”

   3.09

“Special Mandatory Redemption Price”

   3.09

“Successor Company”

   5.01(a)(i)

“Successor Issuer”

   5.01(c)(i)

“Successor Pledgor”

   5.01(f)(i)

“Suspended Covenants”

   4.15

“Suspension Period”

   4.15

“Taxes”

   4.17(a)

“Transfer”

   5.01(f)

“Trigger Date”

   3.09

 

-45-


Term

  

Defined in

Section

“Trustee”

   Preamble

“U.S. Paying Agent”

   Preamble

SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act . This Indenture incorporates by reference certain provisions of the TIA. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

Commission ” means the SEC.

indenture securities ” means the Notes and any Guarantee.

indenture security holder ” means a holder.

indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture.

indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee.

obligor ” on the indenture securities means the Issuer and each Guarantor and any other obligor on the Notes.

All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c) “ or ” is not exclusive;

(d) “ including ” means including without limitation;

(e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

(f) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness;

(g) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(h) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater;

 

-46-


(i) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(j) “ $ ” and “ U.S. dollars ” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts;

(k) “ euro ” or “ ” means the currency introduced at the start of the third stage of economic and monetary union pursuant to the Treaty of Rome establishing the European Community, as amended by the Treaty on European Union, signed at Maastricht on February 7, 1992; and

(l) whenever in this Indenture or the Notes there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Interest, to the extent that, in such context, Additional Interest is, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes; Terms . The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture on the Issue Date is $2,250,000,000 and €375,000,000, respectively.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and Agents, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.06 hereof or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.08 hereof. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article III.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and Agents, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued under this Indenture from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes other than the initial payment date; provided that the Issuer’s ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuer and the Company’s compliance with Sections 4.03 and 4.12 hereof. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under this Indenture may not, unless the Issuer so elects, be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Any Additional Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture will be not treated as fungible with the Initial

 

-47-


Notes of the relevant series for United States federal income tax purposes or under the laws of any other jurisdiction, unless the Issuer so elects. Unless the context otherwise requires, for all purposes of this Indenture, references to the Notes include any Additional Notes actually issued.

SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating .

(a) The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (in the case of the Dollar Notes) and Exhibit A-2 (in the case of the Euro Notes) hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Dollar Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Euro Notes shall be in minimum denominations of €50,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof.

(b) Global Notes . Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (in the case of the Dollar Notes) and Exhibit A-2 (in the case of the Euro Notes) attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (in the case of the Dollar Notes) and Exhibit A-2 (in the case of the Euro Notes) attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Registrar or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the holder thereof as required by Section 2.07 hereof.

(c) Temporary Global Notes . Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian and registered in the name of the applicable Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period shall be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of:

(1) a written certificate from the applicable Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of each Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.07(b) hereof); and

(2) an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer.

Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in each Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in a Regulation S Permanent Global Note of the same series pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of

 

-48-


the corresponding Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the corresponding Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of a Regulation S Temporary Global Note and a Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Registrar and the applicable Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

(d) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable . The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication . One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

A Note shall not be valid until and authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Notes in accordance with this Section 2.03. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order (an “ Authentication Order ”) and an Opinion of Counsel conforming with Section 314(c) of the TIA, authenticate and deliver (i) the Initial Dollar Notes and (ii) the Initial Euro Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon receipt of an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes and Exchange Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes or Exchange Notes issued hereunder.

The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuer. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer. The Trustee hereby appoints DBTCA as authenticating agent for the Dollar Note and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. (“ DBL S.A. ”), as authenticating agent for the Euro Notes and each of DBTCA and DBL S.A. accept such appointment.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in Section 9.02, all Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Notes may vote or consent) as one class and no series of Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. For purposes of any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of Notes, the principal amount, on the relevant date of determination, of Notes, the holders of which have so consented or otherwise taken action, and of Notes then outstanding, shall be calculated in U.S. Dollars, with the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Euro Notes converted into U.S. Dollars using the U.S. Dollar-equivalent on the Issue Date.

SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent . The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency, where (a) Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”), (b) Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment and (c) notices and demands to or

 

-49-


upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Paying Agent shall not be the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer, upon notice to the Trustee, may have one or more Co-Registrars and one or more additional paying agents reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The term “Paying Agent” includes the Dollar Paying Agent and/or the Euro Paying Agent (as the context requires) and any additional paying agent, and the term “Registrar” includes the Dollar Registrar and/or the Euro Registrar (as the context requires and) and any Co-Registrar. The Issuer may change the Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any holder.

The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which agreement shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA and implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee, in advance, of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such.

The Issuer initially appoints the Collateral Agent as the U.S. Registrar and U.S. Paying Agent with respect to the Dollar Notes and initially appoints Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch as Euro Paying Agent and Common Depositary and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. as Euro Registrar with respect to the Euro Notes, in each case until such time as such entity has resigned or a successor has been appointed.

The Issuer may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided , however , that no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuer and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign upon 30 days prior written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee; provided , however , that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08.

SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust . With respect to any Dollar Notes, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time, and with respect to any Euro Notes, prior to 10:00 am London time, on each due date of the principal of and interest on any Note, the Issuer shall deposit with each Paying Agent (or if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that a Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of holders or the Trustee all money held by a Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. If the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, a Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.

SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists . The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of holders.

 

-50-


SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange .

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.07, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the applicable Depositary or to a successor thereto or a nominee of such successor thereto. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note of the same series unless (A) in the case of a Global Note representing Dollar Notes, the Dollar Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days, (B) in the case of a Global Note representing Euro Notes, (x) Euroclear or Clearstream notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as clearing agency or (y) the Common Depositary notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as common depositary for such Global Note, and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days or (C) in the case of any Global Note, there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (A) or (B) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note of the same series or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.08 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note of the same series or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.07 or Section 2.08 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the preceding events in (A) or (B) above and pursuant to Section 2.07(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.07(a); provided , however , beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.07(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of (x) beneficial interests in the Global Notes representing Dollar Notes shall be effected through the Dollar Depositary and (y) beneficial interests in the Global Notes representing Euro Notes shall be effected through the Common Depositary, in each case in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.07(b)(i).

 

-51-


(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.07(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the applicable Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing such Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the applicable Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing such Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note of the same series in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the applicable Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.07(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.07(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act and as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, the Registrar shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.07(h) hereof.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.07(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.07(b)(ii) hereof and:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

 

-52-


(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (A) or (B) of Section 2.07(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

 

-53-


(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.07(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and the Registrar shall mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.07(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the applicable Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Registrar shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes . Notwithstanding Sections 2.07(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

(iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (A) or (B) of Section 2.07(a) hereof and if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

 

-54-


(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (A) or (B) of Section 2.07(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.07(b)(ii) hereof, the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.07(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the applicable Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Registrar shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 

-55-


(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Registrar shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

 

-56-


(2) if the holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.07(d)(ii), the Registrar shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Registrar shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a holder of Definitive Notes and such holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.07(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.07(e):

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

 

-57-


(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the holder thereof.

(f) Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global

 

-58-


Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes of the same series tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes of the same series tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and the Registrar shall mail to the Persons designated by the holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.

(g) Legends . The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:

(i) Private Placement Legend .

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT:

(A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY:

(i)(a) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (d) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED

 

-59-


INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1),(2),(3) OR (7) OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”)) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING

CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $100,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (e) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL AND OTHER CERTIFICATIONS AND DOCUMENTS IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS),

(ii) TO THE ISSUER, OR

(iii) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND IN EACH CASE SUBJECT TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY BY THE HOLDER OR BY ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL; AND

(B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE.

THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED OR HELD WITH THE ASSETS OF (I) AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO ERISA, (II) A “PLAN” WHICH IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), (III) ANY ENTITY DEEMED UNDER ERISA TO HOLD “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING BY REASON OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN SUCH ENTITY, OR (IV) A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN OR CHURCH PLAN SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE LAW THAT IS SIMILAR IN PURPOSE OR EFFECT TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY OR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAW”), UNLESS THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY BY THE PURCHASER OR TRANSFEREE, THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY, ARE EXEMPT FROM THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RESTRICTIONS UNDER ERISA AND SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR ANY PROVISIONS OF SIMILAR LAW, AS APPLICABLE, PURSUANT TO ONE OR MORE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTIONS. BY ITS ACQUISITION OR HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY, EACH PURCHASER AND TRANSFEREE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT THE FOREGOING REQUIREMENTS HAVE BEEN SATISFIED.”

 

-60-


(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.07 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(ii) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note representing Dollar Notes shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DOLLAR DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DOLLAR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DOLLAR DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DOLLAR DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DOLLAR DEPOSITARY TO THE DOLLAR DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DOLLAR DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DOLLAR DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DOLLAR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DOLLAR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

(iii) Each Global Note representing Euro Notes shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS

 

-61-


GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR COMMON DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR COMMON DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR COMMON DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

(iv) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend . The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear legends in substantially the following form, as applicable:

“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).”

“UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF COMMENCEMENT OR COMPLETION OF THE OFFERING, AN OFFER OR SALE OF SECURITIES WITHIN THE UNITED STATES BY A DEALER (AS DEFINED IN THE SECURITIES ACT) MAY VIOLATE THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IF SUCH OFFER OR SALE IS MADE OTHERWISE THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A THEREUNDER.”

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Registrar in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Registrar or by the applicable Depositary at the direction of the Registrar to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest

 

-62-


in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Registrar or by the applicable Depositary at the direction of the Registrar to reflect such increase.

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.08, 3.08, 4.06, 4.08 and 9.05 hereof).

(iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(v) The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.04 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(vii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.14 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and the Registrar shall mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

(viii) At the option of the holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and the Registrar shall mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.03 hereof.

 

-63-


(ix) All certifications, certificates, Officer’s Certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.07 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes . If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the holder (a) satisfies the Issuer and the Trustee within a reasonable time after such holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuer and the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “ protected purchaser ”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, such holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, a Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss or liability that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced and subsequently presented or claimed for payment. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the holder for their expenses in replacing a Note (including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements in replacing such Note). In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof.

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer.

The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes.

SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes . Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by the Registrar, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Subject to Section 13.06, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuer receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08.

If a Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and no Paying Agent is prohibited from paying such money to the holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

SECTION 2.10. [ Intentionally Omitted ].

SECTION 2.11. Cancellation . The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Registrar for cancellation. The Registrar and each Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and shall dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures. The Registrar and each Paying Agent shall give written notice to the Trustee of any Notes delivered to them and cancelled. Subject to Section 2.08, the Issuer

 

-64-


may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall not authenticate Notes in place of canceled Notes other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. However, if the Company shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.11.

SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest . If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuer shall pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes ( plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are holders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each affected holder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.

SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, Etc . The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers, either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes and that any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall advise the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers.

SECTION 2.14. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes . The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of determination, shall be the principal amount of the Notes at such date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the holders of which have so consented, by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.09, Section 9.02 and Section 13.06 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be made by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate.

ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01. Optional Redemption . The Notes may be redeemed, in whole, or from time to time in part, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices set forth in Section 5 of the forms of Note set forth in Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

SECTION 3.02. Applicability of Article . Redemption of Notes at the election of the Issuer or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article.

SECTION 3.03. Notices to Trustee . If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 5 of the Note, it shall notify the Trustee, Registrar and each Paying Agent in writing of (i) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur,

 

-65-


(ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price. The Issuer shall give notice to the Trustee provided for in this paragraph at least 45 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date if the redemption is pursuant to Section 5 of the Note, unless a shorter period is acceptable to the Trustee. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel from the Issuer to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein, as well as such notice required to be delivered under Section 3.05 below. If fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Issuer and given to the Trustee, which record date shall be not fewer than 15 days after the date of notice to the Trustee. Any such notice may be canceled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect.

SECTION 3.04. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed . Selection of Notes for redemption will be made by the Registrar on a pro rata basis by lot or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository to the extent practicable; provided that no Notes of $100,000 or €50,000, as applicable, principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part. Selection of Euro Notes for redemption by the Registrar on a pro rata basis by lot or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository shall be calculated in U.S. Dollars using the U.S. Dollar-Equivalent on the date of selection.

If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed at any time in connection with an optional redemption, the Registrar will select Notes for redemption as follows:

(i) if the Notes to be redeemed are listed, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such Notes are listed; or

(ii) if the Notes to be redeemed are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Registrar shall deem fair and appropriate.

SECTION 3.05. Notice of Optional Redemption .

(a) At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date pursuant to Section 5 of the Note, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail a notice of redemption to each holder whose Notes are to be redeemed.

Any such notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(i) the redemption date;

(ii) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the redemption date;

(iii) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(iv) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued interest;

(v) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed, the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption;

(vi) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

 

-66-


(vii) the CUSIP number, ISIN and/or “Common Code” number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed; and

(viii) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number or ISIN and/or “Common Code” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

(b) At the Issuer’s request, the Registrar and each Paying Agent shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense. In such event, the Issuer shall provide the Registrar and each Paying Agent with the information required by this Section at least one Business Day prior to the date such notice is to be provided to holders in the final form such notice is to be delivered to holders and such notice may not be canceled.

SECTION 3.06. Effect of Notice of Redemption . Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.05, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice, except as provided in the final sentence of Section 5 of the form of Note set forth in Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 hereto. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest, to, but not including, the redemption date; provided , however , that if the redemption date is after a regular Record Date and on or prior to the Interest Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant Record Date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other holder.

SECTION 3.07. Deposit of Redemption Price . With respect to any Dollar Notes, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time, and with respect to any Euro Notes, prior to 10:00 am London time, on each due date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Legal Tender (in the case of Dollar Notes) and/or euro (in the case of Euro Notes) funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest (if any) on, the Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any U.S. Legal Tender (in the case of Dollar Notes) and/or euro (in the case of Euro Notes) so deposited that is not required for that purpose, except with respect to monies owed as obligations to the Trustee pursuant to Article Seven.

Unless the Issuer fails to comply with the preceding paragraph and defaults in the payment of such redemption price, interest on the Notes to be redeemed will cease to accrue on and after the applicable redemption date, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment.

SECTION 3.08. Notes Redeemed in Part . Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall authenticate for the holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuer has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest (if any) on, the Notes to be redeemed.

SECTION 3.09. Special Mandatory Redemption . The Notes will be subject to a mandatory redemption (a “ Special Mandatory Redemption ”) in the event that either the Escrow Proceeds have not been released to the Escrow Agent for distribution in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Escrow Agreement (the “ Release Date ”) on or before the Escrow End Date or (ii) prior to the Escrow End

 

-67-


Date, the Issuer has determined, in its reasonable discretion, that the escrow conditions cannot be satisfied by such date (any such date, a “ Trigger Date ”). The Issuer will cause the notice of Special Mandatory Redemption to be mailed no later than the next Business Day following the Trigger Date and will redeem the Notes five Business Days following the date of the notice of redemption.

The redemption price for any Special Mandatory Redemption will be the sum of 100% of the Gross Proceeds plus the Specified Premium of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued on the Issue Date, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes from the Issue Date up to but not including the date of the Special Mandatory Redemption (the “ Special Mandatory Redemption Price ”).

If the Escrow Agent receives a notice of a Special Mandatory Redemption pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, the Escrow Agent will liquidate all Escrow Proceeds then held by it not later than the last Business Day prior to the date of the Special Mandatory Redemption. Concurrently with release of the amounts necessary to fund the Special Mandatory Redemption to the applicable Paying Agent, the Escrow Agent will release any excess of Escrow Proceeds over the Special Mandatory Redemption Price as specified in the Escrow Agreement, and the Issuer will be permitted to use such excess Escrow Proceeds refunded to it at its discretion.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

The covenants described in this Indenture shall not bind the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to the Release Date. The references in Sections 4 and 5 in this Indenture to Obligations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, refer to the period beginning on and after the Release Date.

To the extent the Company, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred Indebtedness (treating Indebtedness not discharged pursuant to the Reorganization Plan and remaining outstanding on the Release Date as having been Incurred as of the Release Date), made any Restricted Payments, consummated any Asset Sale or otherwise taken any action or engaged in any activities during the period beginning on the Issue Date and ending on the Release Date, such actions and activities shall be treated and classified (including but not limited to impacting relevant baskets and determining whether a Default or Event of Default would have occurred as of the Release Date for purposes of the release conditions above), as if this Indenture and the covenants set forth herein had applied to the Company, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period. For purposes of the foregoing, (i) the Company will be deemed to have been the direct or indirect owner of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries and the Issuer will be deemed to have been the direct or indirect owner of all of the Domestic Subsidiaries of the Company (or their intermediate holding companies between the Company and the Issuer) for all relevant periods and (ii) all Subsidiaries of the Company shall be deemed to be Restricted Subsidiaries for the period from the Issue Date through the Release Date.

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes . The Issuer shall promptly pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. An installment of principal of or interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds as of 12:00 p.m. Eastern time money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

-68-


The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful.

SECTION 4.02. Reports and Other Information .

(a) For the periods commencing with the period ending on December 31, 2010 and notwithstanding that the Issuer or the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Company shall file with the SEC (and provide the Trustee and holders with copies thereof, without cost to each holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC),

(i) within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for non-accelerated filers, annual reports on Form 10-K (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor or comparable form),

(ii) within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for non-accelerated filers, reports on Form 10-Q (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor or comparable form),

(iii) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported (and in any event within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations), such other reports on Form 8-K (or any successor or comparable form), and

(iv) any other information, documents and other reports which the Issuer would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

provided , however , that the Company shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event, the Company will make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the holders, in each case within 15 days after the time the Issuer would be required to file such information with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to furnish any information, certificates or reports required by Items 307 or 308 of Regulation S-K prior to the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement.

(b) In the event that the rules and regulations of the SEC permit the Company to report at such parent entity’s level on a consolidated basis and such parent entity is not engaged in any business in any material respect other than incidental to its ownership, directly or indirectly, of the capital stock of the Issuer, or consolidating reporting at the parent entity’s level in a manner consistent with that described in this Section 4.02.

(c) The Issuer will make such information available to prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Issuer has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding during any period when it is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or otherwise permitted to furnish the SEC with certain information pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) of the Exchange Act, it will furnish to the holders of the Notes and to prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

-69-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer will be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to above to the Trustee if the Issuer has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available. In addition, the requirements of this Section 4.02 shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offers contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement relating to the Notes or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by (1) the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and/or Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the provisions of such Registration Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto, if such registration statement and/or amendments thereto are filed at times that otherwise satisfy the time requirements set forth in Section 4.02(a) and/or (2) the posting of reports that would be required to be provided to the Trustee and the holders on the Issuer’s website (or that of any of its parent companies).

SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .

(a) (i) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and (ii) the Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Issuer or any Guarantor) to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Issuer and any Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and, subject to Section 4.03(c), any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock or issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net cash proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

(b) The limitations set forth in Section 4.03(a) shall not apply to:

(i) (A) Indebtedness under the Notes issued on the Issue Date, and the guarantees thereof, and (B) an aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding in the form of any other series of notes representing First Priority Lien Obligations (“ other notes ”) issued in one or more tranches under this Indenture, and the guarantees by the Guarantors thereof, if (x) on a pro forma basis after giving effect thereto (including a pro forma application of the proceeds thereof), the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio of the Company would not exceed 2.00 to 1.00, or (y) pursuant to a Permitted Roll-Up Notes Refinancing;

(ii) Indebtedness under the Plan Roll-Up Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $3,250 million at any one time outstanding;

(iii) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Credit Facilities, as follows:

(A) Indebtedness under any Credit Facilities (other than Asset Backed Credit Facilities) in the aggregate principal amount of $1,000 million plus an aggregate additional principal amount of Indebtedness secured by a Lien outstanding at any one time such that on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the proceeds therefrom) the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio of the Company would not exceed 2.00 to 1.00; provided that (x) regardless of whether such Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is satisfied, term loans may be Incurred under this subclause (A) as part of a Permitted

 

-70-


Roll-Up Notes Refinancing and (y) the availability of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities shall be reduced for a period of time as a result of a Permitted Roll-Up Notes Refinancing as provided in the definition thereof, provided further that the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to this subclause (A) shall be reduced by the amount of any (x) prepayments of term loans under Credit Facilities or (y) permanent reductions of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility (other than any such prepayments of the ABL Facility), in the case of each of (x) and (y) with the proceeds of an Asset Sale (other than any Asset Sale in respect of Specified ABL Facility Assets);

(B) Indebtedness under Asset Backed Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (i) $1,750 million and (ii) the sum of 85% of the net book value of the accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and 65% of the net book value of the inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (the “ Borrowing Base ”) less (x) in the case of the calculation of the Borrowing Base under this subclause (B)(ii), the amount of the Borrowing Base that is the subject of an on-balance sheet Qualified Receivables Financing (it being understood that any of the Borrowing Base that is subject to arrangements for disposition or transfer in connection with an off-balance sheet Qualified Receivables Financing shall not be included in the Borrowing Base) and (y) in the case of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under this subclause (B)(ii), the amount of any Indebtedness Incurred under any Oil Indexed Credit Facility; provided that any assets or property securing any Project Financing Incurred pursuant to clause (v)(B) below shall be excluded when determining the Borrowing Base; provided further that Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to this subclause (B) shall be reduced by the amount of any permanent reductions of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility (other than any such prepayments of revolving credit facilities Incurred pursuant to subclause (A) above) with the proceeds of an Asset Sale (other than any Asset Sale in respect of Specified ABL Facility Assets); provided further that, in the event of an Asset Acquisition, Indebtedness may be Incurred against the Borrowing Base pursuant to the foregoing in anticipation of the completion of such Asset Acquisition on the assumption that the Borrowing Base of the subject of the Asset Acquisition has been acquired; and

(C) Indebtedness under any Oil Indexed Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $750.0 million; provided that amounts Incurred pursuant to an Oil Indexed Credit Facility will be required to reduce the amount of Indebtedness Incurred under the Borrowing Base to the extent Indebtedness in such amount as would no longer be permitted to be Incurred under subclause (B) above (without duplication for the requirements of subclause (B) above);

(iv) Indebtedness existing on the Release Date (other than the Notes and Indebtedness described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $400.0 million, after giving effect to the consummation of the Reorganization Plan, which shall have the obligors, collateral, maturity and amortization features summarized under “Description of Certain Indebtedness” herein, and guarantees of Indebtedness of Joint Ventures outstanding on the Release Date, and operating leases of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Release Date to the extent characterized as a Capitalized Lease Obligation after the Release Date;

(v) (A) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, Disqualified Stock issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company

 

-71-


to finance (whether prior to or within 270 days after) the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets); provided that Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (v)(A) is not Incurred to finance a Business Acquisition, (B) Indebtedness Incurred in connection with any Project Financing or (C) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to a Catalyst Sale/Leaseback Transaction;

(vi) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement Obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees issued in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other benefits to employees or former employees or their families or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or similar requirements, and letters of credit in connection with the maintenance of, or pursuant to the requirements of, environmental or other permits or licenses from governmental authorities, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims;

(vii) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with any acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of the Company in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

(viii) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (except in respect of intercompany current liabilities Incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries) any such Indebtedness owed to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations of the Company under the Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (viii);

(ix) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (ix);

(x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the Issuer or a Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor (except in respect of intercompany current liabilities Incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries), such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, in respect of the Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (x);

 

-72-


(xi) Hedging Obligations that are not Incurred for speculative purposes but for the purpose of (1) fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding; (2) fixing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; (3) fixing or hedging commodity price risk, including the price or cost of raw materials, emission rights, manufactured products or related commodities, with respect to any commodity purchases or sales; or (4) hedging the potential exposure in respect of certain executives’ and employees’ options over, or stock appreciation rights in relation to, shares of Royal Dutch Shell plc and BASF AG;

(xii) (A) obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances, tender, bid, judgment, appeal, performance or governmental contract bonds and completion guarantees, surety, standby letters of credit and warranty and contractual service obligations of a like nature, trade letters of credit and documentary letters of credit and similar bonds or guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or (B) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee issued pursuant to any of the Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(xiii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or, subject to Section 4.03(c), Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xiii), does not exceed the greater of $750.0 million and 3.75% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company at the time of Incurrence (it being understood that any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xiii) shall cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xiii) but shall be deemed Incurred for purposes of Section 4.03(a) from and after the first date on which the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, could have Incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) without reliance upon this clause (xiii));

(xiv) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company, the Issuer or any Pledgor and Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Pledgor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference not greater than 200% of the net cash proceeds received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since immediately after the Release Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company (which proceeds are contributed to the Company) or cash contributed to the capital of the Company (in each case other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to, or contributions received from, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (ii) and (iii) of Section 4.04(a)(iv)(3) to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash has not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof);

(xv) any guarantee by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other Obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided that (i) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated

 

-73-


in right of payment to the Notes or the obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of the Notes, as applicable, any such guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Restricted Subsidiary’s obligations with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of the Notes, as applicable, and (ii) if such guarantee is of Indebtedness of the Company, such guarantee is Incurred in accordance with Section 4.11, solely to the extent such covenant is applicable;

(xvi) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which serves to refund, refinance or defease any Indebtedness Incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as permitted under Section 4.03(a) and clauses (i), (iv), (v), (xiv) and (xvii) of this paragraph or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including any additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums) and original issue discount, expenses, defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith; provided that any such Indebtedness until reclassified in accordance with this Indenture shall remain Incurred pursuant to clauses (i), (iv), (v), (xiv) and (xvii), as applicable (subject to the following proviso, “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”), prior to its maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the shorter of (x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded, refinanced or defeased and (y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of principal on the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced that were due on or after the date that is one year following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding were instead due on such date;

(2) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (a) Indebtedness junior to the Notes or the Obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of the Notes, as applicable, such Refinancing Indebtedness is junior to the Notes or such Obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, to at least same extent or (b) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, of the same issuer; and

(3) shall not include (a) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor, or (b) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

provided , further that subclause (1) of this clause (xvi) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Secured Indebtedness constituting First Priority Lien Obligations;

(xvii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Company or, subject to Section 4.03(c), any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (A) Incurred to finance an Asset Acquisition or (B) Incurred by a Person in connection with or anticipation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of an Asset Acquisition or to finance an Asset Acquisition or (y) a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as a result of an Asset Acquisition or assumed in connection with an Asset Acquisition by the Company

 

-74-


or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and, in any such case under this subclause (y), not Incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Acquisition; provided that, in the case of clause (y), the holders of any such Indebtedness do not, at any time, have direct or indirect recourse to any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Acquisition; provided that after giving effect to such Asset Acquisition, either:

(1) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a); or

(2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would be greater than immediately prior to such Asset Acquisition;

(xviii) Indebtedness Incurred in a Qualified Receivables Financing that is without recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(xix) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its Incurrence;

(xx) Indebtedness under any Treasury Services Agreement or any Structured Financing Transaction;

(xxi) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries; provided , however , that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (xxi), when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xxi), does not exceed the greater of $350.0 million and 3.50% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries at any one time outstanding (it being understood that any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xxi) shall cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xxi) but shall be deemed Incurred for the purposes of Section 4.03(a) from and after the first date on which such Foreign Subsidiary could have Incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) without reliance upon this clause (xxi));

(xxii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (1) the financing of insurance premiums or (2) take-or-pay Obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(xxiii) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company to the extent described in Section 4.04(b)(iv);

(xxiv) Indebtedness Incurred on behalf of, or representing guarantees of Indebtedness of, Joint Ventures of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, the greater of $250.0 million and 1.25% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company; and

 

-75-


(xxv) Indebtedness Incurred by Lyondell Basell Australia Pty Ltd. and its successors in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $80.0 million; provided that such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than Australia.

(c) Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not Incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.03(a) or clause (xiii) or (xvii)(x) (or clause (xv) to the extent constituting a guarantee of Indebtedness Incurred under Section 4.03(a) or clause (xiii) or (xvii)(x)) of Section 4.03(b) if, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net cash proceeds therefrom), the aggregate amount of Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors Incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.03(a) and clauses (xiii) and (xvii)(x) (or clause (xv) to the extent constituting a guarantee of Indebtedness Incurred under Section 4.03(a) or clause (xiii) or (xvii)(x)) of Section 4.03(b), collectively, would exceed the greater of $400.0 million and 4.0% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors.

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03:

(i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (xxv) of Section 4.03(b) or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a), the Company, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.03; provided that Indebtedness Incurred, or committed for, under the Credit Facilities and the Plan Roll-Up Notes on or before the Release Date or pursuant to an Oil Indexed Credit Facility shall at all times be deemed to be Incurred under clauses (ii) and (iii) of Section 4.03(b); and

(ii) at the time of Incurrence, the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Sections 4.03(a) and (b) without giving pro forma effect to the Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b) when calculating the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a).

Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, amortization of original issue discount, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be an Incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.03. Guarantees of, or Obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 4.03.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. Dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. Dollar Equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt; or if any such Indebtedness is subject to a Currency Agreement with respect to the currency in which such Indebtedness is denominated covering principal, premium, if any, and interest on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness and such interest and premium, if any, shall be determined after giving effect to all payments in

 

-76-


respect thereof under such Currency Agreement; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.03, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment made in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Company (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(ii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of (A) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement and (B) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (viii) and (ix) of Section 4.03(b)); or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment

(all of the payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above are collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

-77-


(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a); and

(3) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made after the Release Date (including the Fair Market Value of non-cash amounts constituting Restricted Payments and Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (i), (ii) (vi)(B), (viii), (xii)(B) and (xvi) of Section 4.04(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04(b)) shall not exceed the sum of, without duplication.

(i) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period, the “ Reference Period ”) from March 31, 2012 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

(ii) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash, received by the Company after March 31, 2012 (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to Incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(xiv) from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (excluding Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Excluded Contributions and Disqualified Stock), including Equity Interests issued upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to a Restricted Subsidiary), plus

(iii) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of the Company received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash after March 31, 2012 (other than Excluded Contributions, Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock and Disqualified Stock and other than contributions to the extent such contributions have been used to Incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(xiv)), plus

(iv) 100% of the principal amount of any Indebtedness, or the liquidation preference or maximum fixed repurchase price, as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof issued after March 31, 2012 (other than Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock issued to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof) or 100% of the principal amount of any debt securities of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof that are convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock issued after the Release Date (other than debt securities issued to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof) which, in any such case, have been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests in the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company ( provided in the case of any parent, such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is retired or extinguished) after March 31, 2012, plus

(v) 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after March 31, 2012 from:

(A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions

 

-78-


of such Restricted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances which constituted Restricted Investments (other than in each case to the extent that the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to clause (vii) of Section 4.04(b) below) or

(B) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

(vi) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case subsequent to March 31, 2012, the Fair Market Value of the Investment of the Company in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable), after deducting any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or combined or any Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred or conveyed (other than in each case to the extent that the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to clause (vii) of Section 4.04(b) below or constituted a Permitted Investment).

(b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(ii) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) of the Company or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company, any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company or contributions to the equity capital of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Disqualified Stock or any Equity Interests sold to a Subsidiary of the Company) (collectively, including any such contributions, “ Refunding Capital Stock ”),

(B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of Refunding Capital Stock, and

(C) if immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (vi) of this Section 4.04(b) and not made pursuant to clause (ii)(B), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which are used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent of the Company) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

 

-79-


(iii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuer or any Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuer or any Guarantor which is Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03 so long as:

(A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of, plus any accrued and unpaid interest on the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value ( plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, any tender premiums, plus any defeasance costs, fees and expenses Incurred in connection therewith),

(B) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantor’s obligations in respect of the Notes, as the case may be, at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value,

(C) such Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the earlier of (x) the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (y) 91 days following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding, and

(D) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time Incurred which is not less than the shorter of (x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired and (y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of principal on the Subordinated Indebtedness being redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired that were due on or after the date that is 91 days following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding were instead due on such date;

(iv) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (iv) do not exceed $35.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted to be carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $70.0 million in any calendar year); provided , further , however , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(A) the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company (to the extent contributed to the Company) to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company that occurs after the Release Date ( provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(iii) or be used as the basis for the Incurrence of Indebtedness under Section 4.03(b)(xiv)), plus

 

-80-


(B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity (to the extent contributed to the Company) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Release Date;

provided that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year; and provided , further , that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any present or former employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.04 or any other provision of this Indenture;

(v) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued or Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”;

(vi) (A) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Release Date; and

(B) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(ii);

provided , however , in the case of each of (A) and (B) above of this clause (vi), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Company would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

(vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $250.0 million and 1.25% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), plus 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of property other than cash received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any Investment made pursuant to this clause (vii);

(viii) (x) Restricted Payments by the Company in an amount not to exceed $50.0 million per annum, and (y) following a Primary Offering only, the payment of dividends on the listed Equity Interests at a rate not to exceed 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by the Company or the Issuer in connection with such a Primary Offering or any subsequent Primary Offering;

(ix) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

 

-81-


(x) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $350.0 million and 1.75% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company at the time made;

(xi) the payment of dividends or other distributions to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer that files a consolidated tax return that includes the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, by virtue of such parent being the common parent of a consolidated or combined tax group of which the Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries are members) in an amount not to exceed the amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would have been required to pay in respect of federal, state or local taxes (as the case may be) if the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries paid such taxes as a standalone taxpayer (or standalone group);

(xii) the payment of Restricted Payments, if applicable:

(A) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to pay fees and expenses (including legal, audit and tax, including franchise tax, expenses) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, directors and employees of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer and general corporate operating and overhead expenses of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer in each case to the extent such fees and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer, if applicable, and its Subsidiaries;

(B) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, to pay interest and/or principal on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been contributed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and that has been guaranteed by and treated as Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03 (it being agreed that (i) all interest expense shall be included in the calculation of the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” of the Company and (ii) no contribution of such proceeds may be included in the calculation of Restricted Payments capacity or in the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred based on contributions to the Company); and

(C) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Company to pay fees and expenses, other than to Affiliates of the Company, related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent that has been undertaken to finance the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(xiii) repurchases of Equity Interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(xiv) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing and the payment or distribution of Receivables Fees;

(xv) Restricted Payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person;

 

-82-


(xvi) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under Sections 4.06 and 4.08; provided that all Notes tendered by holders of the Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer, Asset Sale Offer or Collateral Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value in accordance with the provisions hereof;

(xvii) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with Section 5.01; provided that as a result of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer of assets, the Issuer shall have made a Change of Control Offer (if required by this Indenture) and that all Notes tendered by holders in connection with such Change of Control Offer have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

(xviii) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Emergence Transactions;

(xix) distributions by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any Joint Venture of chemicals to a holder of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture if such distributions are made pursuant to a provision in a Joint Venture agreement or other arrangement entered into in connection with the establishment of such Joint Venture or Restricted Subsidiary that requires such holder to pay a price for such chemicals equal to that which would be paid in a comparable transaction negotiated on an arm’s length basis (or pursuant to a provision that imposes a substantially equivalent requirement); and

(xx) any Restricted Payments under any Treasury Services Agreement or any Structured Financing Transaction;

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (iii), (vi), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x) and (xii)(B) of this Section 4.04(b), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will only be permitted if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Notwithstanding Section 4.04(b)(x), prior to March 31, 2012 the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay any cash dividend or make any cash distribution on, or in respect of, the Company’s Capital Stock or purchase for cash or otherwise acquire for cash any Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company for the purpose of paying any cash dividend or making any cash distribution to, or acquiring Capital Stock of any direct or indirect parent of the Company for cash from, the Sponsors, or guarantee any Indebtedness of any Affiliate of the Company for the purpose of paying such dividend, making such distribution or so acquiring such Capital Stock to or from the Sponsors, in each case by means of the exception provided by clause (x) of Section 4.04(b) if at the time and after giving effect to such payment, the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio of the Company would be greater than 2.00 to 1.00.

 

-83-


SECTION 4.05. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(a) (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Stock or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits; or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(c) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) agreements existing and contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Release Date, including pursuant to the Senior Term Loan Facility, the ABL Facility, the Plan Roll-Up Notes, the Euro Securitization and the other Credit Facilities;

(2) this Indenture, the Notes or the other notes permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(i);

(3) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(4) any agreement or other instrument (including those governing Capital Stock) of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which was in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

(5) contracts or agreements for the sale of assets, including any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Sections 4.03 and 4.12 that limit the right of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(7) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(8) customary provisions in Joint Venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9) purchase money obligations for property acquired and Capitalized Lease Obligations in the ordinary course of business;

 

-84-


(10) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(11) any encumbrance or restriction in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; provided that such restrictions only apply to the applicable receivables and related intangibles;

(12) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (a) of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary, (b) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary so long as such encumbrances and restrictions contained in any agreement or instrument will not materially affect the Company’s ability to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Company) or (c) of any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in connection with any Project Financing, provided that in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Release Date pursuant to Section 4.03;

(13) any Restricted Investment not prohibited by Section 4.04 and any Permitted Investment;

(14) customary provisions in Hedging Obligations permitted under this Indenture and entered into in the ordinary course of business; or

(15) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or Obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (14) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, as determined in good faith by the Company, no more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.05, (i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.

SECTION 4.06. Asset Sales .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale, unless (x) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of, and (y) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

(i) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or such Restricted Subsidiary’s Obligations in respect of the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets,

 

-85-


(ii) any notes or other Obligations or other securities or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received), and

(iii) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 4.06(a)(iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of 3.0% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company and $600.0 million at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value),

shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the purposes of this Section 4.06(a).

(b) Within 15 months after the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, at its option:

(i) to repay (A) Indebtedness constituting First Priority Lien Obligations (and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided that if the Issuer shall so reduce First Priority Lien Obligations, the Issuer will equally and ratably reduce Notes Obligations in any manner set forth in clause (D) below at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, (B) Indebtedness constituting Pari Passu Indebtedness other than First Priority Lien Obligations so long as the Asset Sale proceeds are with respect to non-Collateral ( provided that if the Company shall so reduce Pari Passu Indebtedness, the Issuer will equally and ratably reduce Notes Obligations in any manner set forth in clause (D) below), (C) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or (D) Notes Obligations as provided under Section 5 of the Note, through open-market purchases ( provided that such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer or a Collateral Asset Sale Offer, as applicable; or

(ii) to make an Investment in any one or more businesses ( provided that if such Investment is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), assets or property, in each case (a) used or useful in a Similar Business or (b) that replace the properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale, provided , however , that with respect to any Asset Sale of Collateral only, the assets or property subject to such Investment (other than to the extent it would constitute Excluded Assets) shall be pledged as Collateral.

In the case of Section 4.06(b)(ii), a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment; provided that in the event such binding commitment is later canceled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are so applied, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another binding commitment (a “ Second Commitment ”)

 

-86-


within six months of such cancellation or termination of the prior binding commitment; provided , further , that the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may only enter into a Second Commitment under the foregoing provision one time with respect to each Asset Sale and to the extent such Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Collateral Excess Proceeds or Excess Proceeds, as applicable. Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales of Collateral (other than Specified ABL Facility Assets) that are not invested or applied as set forth in Section 4.06(b) (it being understood that any portion of such Net Proceeds used to purchase or make an offer to purchase Notes, as described in clause (i) of this Section 4.06(b), shall be deemed to have been invested whether or not such offer is accepted) will be deemed to constitute “ Collateral Excess Proceeds .” The Issuer shall make an offer to all holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any First Priority Lien Obligations or Obligations secured by a Lien permitted under this Indenture (which Lien is not subordinate to the Lien of the Notes with respect to the Collateral), to the holders of such First Priority Lien Obligations or such other Obligations (including any mandatory prepayment required by the Senior Term Loan Facility) (a “ Collateral Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such First Priority Lien Obligations or such other Obligations that is a minimum of $100,000 or €50,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 or €1,000, respectively, in excess thereof that may be purchased out of the Collateral Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or, in the event such other First Priority Lien Obligations were issued with significant original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any (or, in respect of other First Priority Lien Obligations, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such First Priority Lien Obligations), to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture; provided that with respect to any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales of Collateral realized or received by any Foreign Subsidiary, the aggregate amount of such Net Proceeds required to be applied shall be subject to reduction to the extent the expatriation of such Net Proceeds (1) would result in adverse tax or legal consequences, (2) would be reasonably likely to result in adverse personal liability of any director of the Company or a Foreign Subsidiary or (3) would result in the insolvency of a Foreign Subsidiary. The Issuer will commence a Collateral Asset Sale Offer with respect to Collateral Excess Proceeds within ten (10) Business Days after the date that Collateral Excess Proceeds exceed $200.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee.

Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale of non-Collateral (other than Specified ABL Facility Assets) that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in this Section 4.06(b) (it being understood that any portion of such Net Proceeds used to purchase or make an offer to purchase Notes, as described in clause (i) of this Section 4.06(b), shall be deemed to have been invested whether or not such offer is accepted) will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $200.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all holders of Notes (and, at the option of the Company, to holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness) (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) that is at least $100,000 or €50,000 and an integral multiple of $1,000 or €1,000, respectively, in excess thereof that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or, in the event such Pari Passu Indebtedness was issued with significant original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any (or, in respect of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.06; provided that with respect to any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales of non-Collateral realized or received by any Foreign Subsidiary, the aggregate

 

-87-


amount of such Net Proceeds required to be applied shall be subject to reduction to the extent the expatriation of such Net Proceeds (1) would result in adverse tax or legal consequences, (2) would be reasonably likely to result in adverse personal liability of any director of the Company or a Foreign Subsidiary or (3) would result in the insolvency of the Foreign Subsidiary. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten (10) Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $200.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of Section 4.06(f), with a copy to the Trustee.

To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such other First Priority Lien Obligations or Obligations secured by a Lien permitted by this Indenture (which Lien is not subordinate to the Lien of the Notes with respect to the Collateral) tendered pursuant to a Collateral Asset Sale Offer is less than the Collateral Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Collateral Excess Proceeds for any purpose that is not prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or other First Priority Lien Obligations or such other Obligations surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Collateral Excess Proceeds, the Issuer shall select the Notes and such other First Priority Lien Obligations or such other Obligations to be purchased in the manner described below. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose that is not prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Issuer shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described in Section 4.06(g). Upon completion of any such Collateral Asset Sale Offer or Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Collateral Excess Proceeds or Excess Proceeds, as the case may be, shall be reset at zero.

(c) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its Obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

(d) Not later than the date upon which written notice of an Asset Sale Offer is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate as to (i) the amount of the Excess Proceeds, (ii) the allocation of the Net Proceeds from the Asset Sales pursuant to which such Asset Sale Offer is being made and (iii) the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.06(b). On such date, the Issuer shall also irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is acting as the Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) an amount equal to the Excess Proceeds to be invested in Cash Equivalents, as directed in writing by the Issuer, and to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.06. Upon the expiration of the period for which the Asset Sale Offer remains open (the “ Offer Period ”), the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Issuer. The Trustee (or the Paying Agent, if not the Trustee) shall, on the date of purchase, mail or deliver payment to each tendering holder in the amount of the purchase price. In the event that the Excess Proceeds delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee are greater than the purchase price of the Notes tendered, the Trustee shall deliver the excess to the Issuer immediately after the expiration of the Offer Period for application in accordance with Section 4.06.

(e) Not later than the date upon which written notice of a Collateral Asset Sale Offer is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate as to (i) the amount of the Collateral Excess Proceeds, (ii) the allocation of the Net Proceeds from the Collateral Asset Sales pursuant to which such Collateral Asset Sale Offer is being made and (iii) the compliance

 

-88-


of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.06(b). On such date, the Issuer shall also irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is acting as the Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) an amount equal to the Excess Proceeds to be invested in Cash Equivalents, as directed in writing by the Issuer, and to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.06. Upon the expiration of the period for which the Collateral Asset Sale Offer remains open (the “ Collateral Asset Sale Offer Period ”), the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Issuer. The Trustee (or the Paying Agent, if not the Trustee) shall, on the date of purchase, mail or deliver payment to each tendering holder in the amount of the purchase price. In the event that the Collateral Excess Proceeds delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee are greater than the purchase price of the Notes tendered, the Trustee shall deliver the excess to the Issuer reasonably promptly following its actual knowledge of the expiration of the Collateral Asset Sale Offer Period for application in accordance with Section 4.06.

(f) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Issuer at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Issuer receives not later than one Business Day prior to the purchase date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered by the holder for purchase and a statement that such holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased. If at the end of the Offer Period or Collateral Asset Sale Offer Period, as the case may be, more Notes (and such First Priority Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable) are tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer or a Collateral Asset Sale Offer than the Issuer is required to purchase, Notes tendered will be repurchased on a pro rata basis; provided that no Notes of $100,000 or €50,000 or less shall be purchased in part. Selection of such First Priority Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable shall be made pursuant to the terms of such First Priority Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Indebtedness.

(g) The Issuer shall mail notices of an Asset Sale Offer or a Collateral Asset Sale Offer shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each holder of Notes at such holder’s registered address. If any Note is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased.

SECTION 4.07. Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, unless:

(i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $75.0 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company, approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (a) above.

 

-89-


(b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) shall not apply to the following:

(i) transactions between or among the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or an entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction) and any merger, consolidation or amalgamation of the Issuer and any direct parent of the Issuer;

(ii) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04 and Permitted Investments;

(iii) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursement of expenses paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, managers, employees or consultants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company;

(iv) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (i) of Section 4.07(a);

(v) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to officers, directors, employees or consultants which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

(vi) any agreement as in effect as of the Release Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Release Date) or any transaction contemplated thereby as determined in good faith by the Company;

(vii) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any registration rights agreement to which it is a party as of the Release Date, and any transaction, agreement or arrangement described in the Offering Memorandum and, in each case, any amendment thereto or similar agreements or arrangements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Release Date shall only be permitted by this clause (vii) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Release Date;

(viii) the Emergence Transactions, including the payment of fees and expenses paid in connection therewith;

(ix) (A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Company, or are on terms at

 

-90-


least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party or (B) transactions with Joint Ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or industry norm;

(x) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(xi) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to any Person;

(xii) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company or of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as appropriate, in good faith;

(xiii) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement that complies with Section 4.04(b)(xii);

(xiv) any contribution to the capital of the Company;

(xv) transactions between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person that is an Affiliate of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries solely because a director of such Person is also a director of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company; provided , however , that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(xvi) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xvii) the formation and maintenance of any consolidated group or subgroup for tax, accounting or cash pooling or management purposes in the ordinary course of business;

(xviii) any employment agreements entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(xix) transactions undertaken in good faith (as certified by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company in an Officer’s Certificate) for the purpose of improving the consolidated tax efficiency of the Company and its Subsidiaries and not for the purpose of circumventing any provision set forth in this Indenture; and

(xx) transactions entered into by a Person prior to the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged or consolidated into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary ( provided such transaction is not entered into in contemplation of such event).

SECTION 4.08. Change of Control .

(a) Upon a Change of Control after the Release Date, each holder shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), in accordance with the terms contemplated in

 

-91-


this Section 4.08; provided , however , that notwithstanding the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer shall not be obligated to purchase any Notes pursuant to this Section 4.08 in the event that it has exercised its right to redeem such Notes in accordance with Article III of this Indenture.

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, except to the extent that the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem the Notes in accordance with Article III of this Indenture, the Issuer shall mail a notice (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each holder with a copy to the Trustee stating:

(i) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such holder has the right to require the Issuer to repurchase such holder’s Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date);

(ii) the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such Change of Control;

(iii) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); and

(iv) the instructions determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.08, that a holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased.

(c) holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Issuer at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. The holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Issuer receives not later than one Business Day prior to the purchase date a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered for purchase by the holder and a statement that such holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased. Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.

(d) On the repurchase date, all Notes purchased by the Issuer under this Section shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest to the holders entitled thereto.

(e) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon the consummation of a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.08 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

(g) Notes repurchased by the Issuer pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will have the status of Notes issued but not outstanding or will be retired and canceled at the option of the Issuer. Notes purchased by a third party pursuant to the preceding clause (f) will have the status of Notes issued and outstanding.

 

-92-


(h) At the time the Issuer delivers Notes to the Trustee which are to be accepted for purchase, the Issuer shall also deliver an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted by the Issuer pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.08. A Note shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee, directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering holder.

(i) Prior to any Change of Control Offer, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent contained herein to the right of the Issuer to make such offer have been complied with.

(j) The Issuer shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.08. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section by virtue thereof.

SECTION 4.09. Compliance Certificate . The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer, beginning with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2010, an Officer’s Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signer of his or her duties as an Officer of the Issuer he or she would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signer knows of any Default that occurred during such period. If he or she does, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Issuer also shall comply with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA. Except with respect to receipt of payments of principal and interest on the Notes and any Default or Event of Default information contained in the Officer’s Certificate delivered to it pursuant to this Section 4.09, the Trustee shall have no duty to review, ascertain or confirm the Issuer’s compliance with or the breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made in this Indenture.

SECTION 4.10. Further Instruments and Acts .

(a) The Issuer shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

(b) Within the time period set forth on Schedule 4.10, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall deliver, furnish and/or cause to be delivered or furnished, all of the documents as set forth on Schedule 4.10.

SECTION 4.11. Future Subsidiary Guarantors .

(a) The Company shall cause each (i) Domestic Subsidiary of the Company (other than the Issuer) that is Wholly Owned other than, at the election of the Issuer, an Excluded Subsidiary and (ii) Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than the Issuer) that guarantees the Senior Term Loan Facility to execute and deliver to the Trustee (a) a supplemental indenture joining each such Subsidiary of the Company to this Indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto; and (b) Security Documents and intercreditor agreements providing for First Priority Lien Obligations (other than, in the case of the ABL Facility Collateral, which shall be subject to a second priority security interest), pursuant to which such Subsidiary will guarantee payment of the Notes on the same terms and subject to the same conditions and limitations as those described under Article 12 in this Indenture (each such guarantee of the Notes, an “ Additional Guarantee ”).

 

-93-


(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing and the other provisions of this Indenture, any Additional Guarantee of the Notes by a Domestic Subsidiary of the Company that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged in the circumstances described under Section 12.02 hereof. Any Additional Guarantee shall be considered a “Guarantee” as described Section 12.01 and any such Domestic Subsidiary of the Company providing such Additional Guarantee shall be considered a “Guarantor” as described under Section 12.01.

SECTION 4.12. Liens . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures any Indebtedness on any asset or property of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary, other than Liens securing Indebtedness that are junior in priority to the Liens on such property or assets securing the Notes on terms no less favorable in any material respect to the holders of the Notes than those set forth in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

SECTION 4.13. After-Acquired Property . Subject to Permitted Liens and the 3-16 Exemption and Excluded Assets limitations, if any of the Company, the Issuer or any Pledgor acquires any First Priority After-Acquired Property, the Company, the Issuer or such Pledgor shall execute and deliver such mortgages, deeds of trust, security instruments, financing statements and certificates and opinions of counsel as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the Collateral Agent a perfected first priority security interest, subject only to Permitted Liens, in such First Priority After-Acquired Property and to have such First Priority After-Acquired Property added to the Collateral, and thereupon all provisions of this Indenture relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such First Priority After-Acquired Property to the same extent and with the same force and effect. In addition, if granting a security interest in such property requires the consent of a third party, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consent (i) with respect to the first priority security interest for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the holders of the Notes and for the benefit of the Senior Term Loan Collateral Agent on behalf of the lenders under the Senior Term Loan Facility, (ii) with respect to the second priority security interest for the benefit of the ABL Collateral Agents on behalf of lenders under ABL Facility and (iii) with respect to the third priority security interest for the benefit of the trustee under the Plan Roll-Up Notes Indenture on behalf of the holders of the Plan Roll-Up Notes. If such third party does not consent to the granting of the first priority security interest after the use of such commercially reasonable efforts, the applicable entity will not be required to provide such security interest. The Issuer, the Company and the Pledgors will also ensure that second priority security interests are maintained as security for the Notes in any property or assets pledged to secure the ABL Facility.

SECTION 4.14. Maintenance of Office or Agency .

(a) The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the corporate trust office of the Trustee as set forth in Section 13.02.

(b) The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

-94-


(c) The Issuer hereby designates the corporate trust office of the Trustee or its agent as such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.04.

SECTION 4.15. Covenant Suspension . If on any date following the Release Date, (i) the Notes have achieved and continue to maintain Investment Grade Ratings from two Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing (such period is referred to herein as an “ Investment Grade Status Period ”), then beginning on that date and continuing until the Reversion Date (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Suspension Event ”), the covenants described under Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07 and 5.01(c)(iv) (the “ Suspended Covenants ”).

If on any date subsequent to a Covenant Suspension Event (the “ Reversion Date ”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events. The period of time between the Covenant Suspension Event and the Reversion Date is referred to as the “ Suspension Period .”

On each Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified as having been Incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or 4.03(b) (to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock would be permitted to be Incurred or issued thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred or issued prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock would not be so permitted to be Incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or 4.03(b) such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Release Date, so that it is classified as permitted under Section 4.03(b)(iv). Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04 will be made as though the covenant described under Section 4.04 had been in effect since the Release Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a). As described above, however, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred on the Reversion Date as a result of any actions taken by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period. For purposes of Section 4.06, on the Reversion Date, the unutilized Excess Proceeds amount will be reset to zero.

SECTION 4.16. Maintenance of Insurance . The Company shall maintain with reputable insurance companies, insurance with respect to its assets, properties and business against loss or damage to the extent available on commercially reasonable terms of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons of similar size engaged in the same or similar industry, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance (including captive industry insurance) reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons of similar size engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Company, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances (including flood insurance) by such other Persons to the extent available to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on commercially reasonable terms.

 

-95-


SECTION 4.17. Additional Amounts .

(a) All payments made under or with respect to the Guarantee Agreement by (i) the Company or (ii) any entity that becomes a successor of the Company that is organized in a jurisdiction other than the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia as a result of a merger of or other transaction permitted by Section 5.01 (each such person, a “ Payor ”) will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including, without limitation, penalties, interest and other similar liabilities related thereto) of whatever nature (collectively, “ Taxes ”) imposed or levied by or on behalf of any jurisdiction in which any Payor is organized, resident or doing business for tax purposes or from or through which any Payor makes any payment on the Notes or its Guarantee or any department or political subdivision thereof (each, a “ Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction ”), unless such Payor is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law. If a Payor is required by law to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes or such Guarantee, the Payor, subject to the exceptions listed below, will pay additional amounts (the “ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary to ensure that the net amount received by each holder of the Notes after such withholding or deduction (including withholding or deduction attributable to Additional Amounts payable hereunder) will not be less than the amount the holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted.

(b) A Payor will not, however, pay Additional Amounts to a holder or beneficial owner of Notes:

(1) to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed but for the holder’s or beneficial owner’s present or former connection with the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or but for any such connection on the part of a partner, beneficiary, settlor or shareholder of such a holder or beneficial owner (other than any connection resulting from the acquisition, ownership, holding or disposition of Notes, the receipt of payments thereunder and/or the exercise or enforcement of rights under any Notes);

(2) to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed but for the failure of the holder or beneficial owner of Notes, following the Payor’s written request addressed to the holder, to the extent such holder or beneficial owner is legally eligible to do so, to comply with any certification, identification, information or other reporting requirements, whether required by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, Taxes imposed by the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, a certification that the holder or beneficial owner is not resident in the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction);

(3) with respect to any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, personal property or any similar Taxes;

(4) with respect to any Taxes, which are payable otherwise than by withholding from payments of principal of or interest on the Notes;

(5) if such holder is a fiduciary or partnership or person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment and the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed on such payment had the holder been the beneficiary, partner or sole beneficial owner, as the case may be, of such Note (but only if there is no material cost or expense associated with transferring such Note to such beneficiary, partner or sole beneficial owner and no restriction on such transfer that is outside the control of such beneficiary, partner or sole beneficial owner);

 

-96-


(6) to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed but for the presentation by the holder of any Note, where presentation is required, for payment on a date more than 30 days after the date on which payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever occurs later;

(7) with respect to any withholding or deduction that is imposed on a payment to an individual and that is required to made pursuant to the European Council Directive on the taxation of savings income which was adopted by the ECOFIN Council on June 3, 2003 or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to such directive (the “ EU Savings Tax Directive ”) or is required to be made pursuant to the Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation dated October 26, 2004 providing for measures equivalent to those laid down in the EU Savings Tax Directive (the “ EU-Swiss Savings Tax Agreement ”) or any law or other governmental regulation implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such agreement;

(8) to the extent of any Taxes imposed by the United States or any political subdivision thereof or tax authority therein; or

(9) any combination of items (1) through (8).

(c) The Payor will (i) make any such withholding or deduction required by applicable law and (ii) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law. The Payor will make reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes. The Payor will provide to the Trustee, within a reasonable time after the date the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld are due pursuant to applicable law, either a certified copy of tax receipts evidencing such payment, or, if such tax receipts are not reasonably available to the Payor, such other documentation that provides reasonable evidence of such payment by the Payor.

(d) At least 30 calendar days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to a Guarantee is due and payable if the Payor will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payments (unless such obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises shortly before or after the 35th day prior to the date on which payment under or with respect to the Guarantee is due and payable, in which case it will be promptly due thereafter), the Payor will deliver to the Trustee, the Registrar and each Paying Agent an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Additional Amounts will be payable and the amounts so payable and will set forth such other information necessary to enable each Paying Agent to pay such Additional Amounts to the holders on the payment date. The Payor will promptly publish a notice in accordance with Section 13.02 stating that such Additional Amounts will be payable and describing the obligation to pay such Additional Amounts. The Issuer will pay to the Trustee or the Paying Agent such Additional Amounts and, if paid to a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, shall promptly provide the Trustee with documentation evidencing the payment of such Additional Amounts. Copies of such documentation shall be made available to the holders upon request. The Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee and the Paying Agent for, and hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by any of them in reliance on any Officer’s Certificate furnished to them pursuant to this Section 4.17.

 

-97-


The Payor will indemnify and hold harmless the holders of Notes, and, upon written request of any holder of Notes, reimburse such holder for the amount of (i) any Taxes levied or imposed by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and payable by such holder in connection with payments made under or with respect to the Notes held by such holder or any Guarantee; and (ii) any Taxes levied or imposed with respect to any reimbursement under the foregoing clause (i) or this clause (ii), so that the net amount received by such holder after such reimbursement will not be less than the net amount such holder would have received if the Taxes giving rise to the reimbursement described in clauses (i) and/or (ii) had not been imposed, provided , however , that the indemnification obligation provided for in this paragraph shall not extend to Taxes imposed for which the holder of the Notes would not have been entitled to receive payment of Additional Amounts hereunder by virtue of clauses (1) through (9) of subsection (b) above or to the extent such holder received Additional Amounts with respect to such payments. Whenever in this Indenture refers to, in any context, the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note or any Guarantee, such reference includes the payment of Additional Amounts or indemnification payments as described hereunder, if applicable.

The foregoing obligations of this Section 4.17 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and the removal or resignation of the Trustee and the Agents and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to any Payor and to any jurisdiction in which such successor is organized or is otherwise resident or doing business for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made by such successor or its respective agents.

ARTICLE V

SUCCESSOR COMPANY

SECTION 5.01. When Issuer May Merge or Transfer Assets .

(a) The Company shall not, directly or indirectly, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up or convert into (whether or not the Company is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) the Company is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, winding up or conversion (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, Canada or any province thereof or any state which was a member of the European Union on December 31, 2003 (other than Greece) (the Company or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”); provided that in the case where the surviving Person is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation;

(ii) the Successor Company (if other than the Company) expressly assumes all the Obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form required by this Indenture and in compliance with the intercreditor agreements;

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an Obligation of the Successor Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

-98-


(iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an Obligation of the Successor Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), either

(A) the Successor Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a); or

(B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and

(v) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer and such supplemental indentures (if any) comply with this Indenture.

(b) The Successor Company (if other than the Company) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Company under this Indenture and the Notes, and in such event the Company will automatically be released and discharged from its Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this covenant, without complying with the foregoing clause (iv), the Company may (A) merge with an Affiliate that has no material assets or liabilities and that is incorporated or organized solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Issuer in any state of the U.S., the District of Columbia, Canada or any province thereof or any state which was a member state of the European Union on December 31, 2003 (other than Greece) and (B) may otherwise convert its legal form under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization.

(c) The Issuer may not, directly or indirectly, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up or convert into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) the Issuer is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, winding up or conversion (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Issuer ”); provided that in the case where the surviving Person is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation;

(ii) the Successor Issuer (if other than the Issuer) expressly assumes all the Obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form required by this Indenture and in compliance with the intercreditor agreements;

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an Obligation of the Successor Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

-99-


(iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an Obligation of the Successor Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), either (a) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a); or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and

(v) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer and such supplemental indentures (if any) comply with this Indenture.

(d) The Successor Issuer (if other than the Issuer) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes, and in such event the Issuer will automatically be released and discharged from its Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this covenant, without complying with the foregoing clause (4), the Issuer may (A) merge with an Affiliate that has no material assets or liabilities and that is incorporated or organized solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Issuer, as the case may be, in any state of the U.S. or the District of Columbia and (B) may otherwise convert its legal form under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization so long as there remains a corporate co-obligor. This Section 5.01 shall not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

(e) Subject to the provisions of Section 11.04 (which govern the release of assets and property securing the Notes upon the sale or disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Pledgor), no Pledgor shall, and the Company shall not permit any Pledgor to, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Pledgor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless:

(i) either (A) such Pledgor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than such Pledgor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Pledgor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Pledgor ”) and the Successor Pledgor (if other than such Pledgor) expressly assumes all the Obligations of such Pledgor under this Indenture, the Security Documents and such Pledgor’s Obligations in respect of the Notes pursuant to documents or instruments in form required by this Indenture and in compliance with the intercreditor agreements, or (B) such sale or disposition or consolidation, amalgamation or merger is not in violation of Section 4.06; and

(ii) the Successor Pledgor (if other than such Pledgor) shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture.

 

-100-


Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the Successor Pledgor (if other than such Pledgor) will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Pledgor under this Indenture and such Pledgor’s Obligations in respect of the Notes, and such Pledgor will automatically be released and discharged from its Obligations under this Indenture and such Pledgor’s Obligations in respect of the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Pledgor may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing such Pledgor in another state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Pledgor is not increased thereby and (2) a Pledgor may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with another Pledgor or the Company or may convert it legal form under the laws of reorganization in its jurisdiction.

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, any Pledgor may consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets (collectively, a “Transfer”) to the Company or any Pledgor.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the LCC Assumption and the related transactions shall be permitted under this Indenture.

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default . An “ Event of Default ” occurs with respect to Notes if:

(a) there is a default in any payment of interest (including any additional interest) on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days,

(b) there is a default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, of any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise,

(c) the failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply for 60 days after notice with its other agreements contained in the Notes or this Indenture,

(d) the failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default, in each case, if the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $100.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent,

(e) either the Company, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(i) commences a voluntary case;

 

-101-


(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency,

(f) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(i) is for relief against either the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer in an involuntary case;

(ii) appoints a Custodian of either the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer or for any substantial part of its property; or

(iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of either the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer;

or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days,

(g) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $100.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days,

(h) the Guarantee of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof) or the Company denies or disaffirms its Obligations under this Indenture and such Default continues for 10 days,

(i) unless all of the Notes Collateral has been released from the first priority Liens in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, the first priority Liens on all or substantially all of the Notes Collateral cease to be valid or enforceable and such Default continues for 30 days, or the Company, the Issuer or any Pledgor shall assert, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable and, in the case of any such Person that is a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company fails to cause such Subsidiary to rescind such assertions within 30 days after the Company has actual knowledge of such assertions, or

(j) the failure by the Company or any Pledgor to comply for 60 days after notice with its other agreements contained in the Security Documents except for a failure that would not be material to the holders of the Notes and would not materially affect the value of the Collateral taken as a whole.

The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

 

-102-


The term “ Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term “ Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

However, a default under clauses (c) or (j) above shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the holders of 30% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default and the Issuer does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (c) or (j) hereof after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “ Notice of Default .” The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within five (5) Business Days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any event which is, or with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or propose to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration . If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or 6.01(f) hereof with respect to the Company or the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuer may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or (f) with respect to the Company or the Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.

In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(d) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the holders of the Notes, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuer delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured, it being understood that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of the Notes as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events.

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes, this Indenture or the Security Documents.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. To the extent required by law, all available remedies are cumulative.

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults . Provided the Notes are not then due and payable by reason of a declaration of acceleration, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes by written notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default and its consequences except (a) a

 

-103-


Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Note, (b) a Default arising from the failure to redeem or purchase any Note when required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or (c) a Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each holder affected. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured and the Issuer, the Trustee and the holders will be restored to their former positions and rights under this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right.

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority . The holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith by its board of directors or trustees, executive committee, or a trust committee of directors or trustees and/or Responsible Officers shall determine that the action or proceeding so directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability or expense for which it is not adequately indemnified, or subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable indemnification and security satisfactory to it in its reasonable discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits .

(a) Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(i) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing,

(ii) holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy,

(iii) such holders have offered the Trustee security and reasonable indemnity against any loss, liability or expense acceptable to the Trustee in its sole discretion,

(iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security and indemnity, and

(v) the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

(b) A holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another holder.

SECTION 6.07. Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Notes held by such holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder.

 

-104-


SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and (to the extent lawful) on any unpaid interest at the rate provided for in the Notes) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.07.

SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee may file such proofs of claim, statements of interest and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation, expenses disbursements and advances of the Trustee (including counsel, accountants, experts or such other professionals as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or appropriate)) and the holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer or the Company, any Pledgor, their creditors or their property, shall be entitled to participate as a member, voting or otherwise, of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matters and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.

SECTION 6.10. Priorities . Subject to the terms of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI and any other money or property distributable in respect of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture after an Event of Default shall be applied in the following order:

FIRST: to the Trustee and the Agents for amounts due under Section 7.07;

SECOND: to the holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: to the Issuer or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for any Guarantor, to the such Guarantor.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the holders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall mail to each holder and the Issuer a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs . In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes.

SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws . Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

-105-


ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE AND AGENTS

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee and Agents .

(a) The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred, undertake to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in them by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the Trustee and Agents undertake to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee and Agents (it being agreed that the permissive right of the Trustee and Agents to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty); and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee and Agents may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and Agents and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. The Trustee and Agents shall be under no duty to make any investigation as to any statement contained in any such instance, but may accept the same as conclusive evidence of the truth and accuracy of such statement or the correctness of such opinions. However, in the case of certificates or opinions required by any provision hereof to be provided to it, the Trustee and Agents shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) The Trustee or Agents may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;

(ii) the Trustee or Agents shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer or Agent unless it is proved that the Trustee or Agent was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05; and

(iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee or Agents to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise Incur financial or personal liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

 

-106-


(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section and paragraph (b) and (c) with respect to the Agents.

(e) The Trustee and Agents shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee and Agents may agree in writing with the Issuer.

(f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee and Agents shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the TIA.

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee and Agents .

(a) The Trustee and Agents may conclusively rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee and Agents need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Before the Trustee or Agents acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee and Agents shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

(c) The Trustee and Agents may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee and Agents shall not be responsible or liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided , however , that the Trustee’s and Agents’ conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.

(e) The Trustee and Agents may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

(f) The Trustee and Agents shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document unless requested in writing to do so by the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, but the Trustee and Agents, in their discretion, may (but shall not be obligated to) make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee or Agents shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, they shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney, at the expense of the Issuer and shall Incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. Any and all notices, instructions, demands, requests, consents, appraisals, correspondence or other communications shall be in writing and delivered in accordance with Section 13.02.

(g) The Trustee or Agents shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such holders shall have offered to the Trustee or Agents security and indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee or Agents against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be Incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

-107-


(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee and Agents, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee and Agents in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(i) The Trustee and Agents shall not be responsible or liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith at the direction of the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes as to the time, method and place of conducting any proceedings for any remedy available to the Trustee and Agents or the exercising of any power conferred by this Indenture.

(j) Any action taken, or omitted to be taken, by the Trustee and Agents in good faith pursuant to this Indenture upon the request or authority or consent of any person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is the holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon future holders of Notes and upon Notes executed and delivered in exchange therefor or in place thereof.

(k) The Trustee and Agents shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee or Agents at the Corporate Office of the Trustee or Agents, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

(l) The Trustee and Agents may request that the Issuer deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

(m) The Trustee and Agents shall not be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee and Agents have been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of actions.

(n) The Trustee and Agents shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers under this Indenture.

(o) The Trustee and Agents shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunction of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; and acts of civil or military authorities and governmental action.

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

 

-108-


SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s and Agents’ Disclaimer . The Trustee and Agents shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Notes, Liens, Collateral or Security Documents, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer or any Guarantor in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s or Agents’ certificate of authentication. The Trustee and Agents shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default under Sections 6.01(c)-(j) or of the identity of any Significant Subsidiary unless either (a) a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof or (b) the Trustee or Agents shall have received written notice thereof in accordance with Section 13.02 hereof from the Issuer, the Company or any Pledgor or any holder. In accepting the trust hereby created, the Trustee and Agents acts solely as Trustee and Agents for the holders of the Notes and not in its individual capacity and all persons, including without limitation the holders of Notes and the Issuer having any claim against the Trustee and Agents arising from this Indenture shall look only to the funds and accounts held by the Trustee and Agents hereunder for payment except as otherwise provided herein.

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults . If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each holder notice of the Default within the earlier of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium (if any) or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the holders. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee, annually, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous year. The Issuer also is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event which would constitute certain Defaults, their status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to the Holders . As promptly as practicable after each June 30 beginning with the June 30 following the date of this Indenture, and in any event prior to July 30 in each year, the Trustee shall mail to each holder a brief report dated as of such July 30 that complies with Section 313(a) of the TIA if and to the extent required thereby. The Trustee shall also comply with Section 313(b) of the TIA.

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the holders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Issuer agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity . The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee and Agents from time to time such compensation, as the Issuer and the Trustee and Agents shall from time to time agree in writing, for the Trustee’s and Agent’s acceptance of this Indenture and its applicable services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee or Agents upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses Incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s or Agents’ applicable agents and counsel. The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally shall indemnify the Trustee or Agents against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses except for such actions to the extent caused by any negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on their part) Incurred by or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or Guarantee against the Issuer or any Guarantor (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, any Guarantor, any holder or any other Person). The obligation to pay such amounts

 

-109-


shall survive the payment in full or defeasance of the Notes or the removal or resignation of the Trustee or Agents. The Trustee and Agents shall notify the Issuer of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided , however , that any failure so to notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer or any Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the indemnified party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuer’s expense in the defense. Such indemnified parties may have separate counsel and the Issuer and such Guarantor, as applicable shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided , however , that the Issuer shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes such indemnified parties’ defense and, in such indemnified parties’ reasonable judgment, there is no conflict of interest between the Issuer and the Guarantor, as applicable, and such parties in connection with such defense; provided , further , that, unless the Issuer otherwise agrees in writing, the Issuer shall not be liable to pay fees and expenses of more than one counsel at any given time located within one particular jurisdiction. The Issuer needs not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense Incurred by an indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

To secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee and Agents shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee and Agents other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes.

The Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment and indemnity obligations pursuant to this Section shall survive the satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any bankruptcy law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee or Agents. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee and Agents under applicable law, when the Trustee and Agents Incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.

No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee or Agents to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise Incur any financial or personal liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity and security against such risk or liability is not assured to its satisfaction.

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee and Agents .

(a) The Trustee or Agents may resign by so notifying the Issuer in writing at least 30 days in advance. The holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee or Agents by so notifying the Issuer and the applicable Trustee or Agent and may appoint a successor Trustee or Agent with the Issuer’s consent. A resignation or removal of a Trustee or Agent and appointment of a successor Trustee or Agent shall become effective only with the successor Trustee’s or Agents’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section. The Issuer shall remove the Trustee or Agent if:

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

(ii) the Trustee or Agent is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

(iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(iv) the Trustee or Agent otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

 

-110-


(b) If the Trustee or any Agent resigns, is removed by the Issuer or by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Agent, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee or an Agent for any reason (the Trustee or Agent in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee or retiring Agent), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Agent.

(c) The successor Trustee or Agent shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee or Agent and to the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee or Agent shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee or Agent under this Indenture. The successor Trustee or Agent shall mail a notice of its succession to the holders. The retiring Trustee or Agent shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee or Agent to the successor Trustee or Agent, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07.

(d) If a successor Trustee or Agent does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee or Agent resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or Agent or the holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition at the expense of the Issuer any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or Agent.

(e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in Section 310(b) of the TIA, any holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note for at least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(f) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee or Agent.

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee or Agent by Merger . If the Trustee or Agent consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee or Agent; provided , however , that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VII.

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee or Agent shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee or Agent may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee or agent, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee or Agent may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee or agent; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee or Agent shall have.

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification . The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the TIA. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the TIA, subject to its right to apply for a stay of its duty to resign under the penultimate paragraph of Section 310(b) of the TIA; provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA any series of securities issued under this Indenture and any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA are met.

 

-111-


SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer . The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA to the extent indicated.

SECTION 7.12. Escrow Authorization . Each holder, by its acceptance of a Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, including related documents thereto, as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in writing by the parties thereto ( provided that no amendment that would materially adversely affect the rights of the holders may be effected without the consent of each holder of Notes affected thereby), and authorizes and directs the Trustee to enter into the Escrow Agreement and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith. Escrow Issuer shall do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be necessary or proper, or as may be required by the provisions of the Escrow Agreement, to assure and confirm to the Trustee the security interest contemplated by the Escrow Agreement or any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes secured hereby, according to the intent and purpose herein expressed. Escrow Issuer shall take, or shall cause to be taken, any and all actions reasonably required to cause the Escrow Agreement to create and maintain, as security for the obligations of Escrow Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes as provided in the Escrow Agreement, valid and enforceable first priority perfected liens in and on all the Escrow Proceeds, in favor of the Trustee for its benefit and the ratable benefit of the holders, superior to and prior to the rights of third Persons and subject to no other Liens.

SECTION 7.13. Payment of Parallel Debt Pursuant to Dutch Law .

(a) In this Section 7.13:

DBTCA ” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas;

Dutch Security Documents ” means any Security Documents governed by the laws of the Netherlands; and

Principal Obligations ” means all present and future Obligations to the extent for the payment of money (whether actual or contingent and whether owed jointly or severally) by the Issuer under this Indenture.

(b) With respect to Dutch Security Documents, and solely for purposes of the laws of the Netherlands:

(i) the Issuer irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to DBTCA an amount equal to the aggregate of all Principal Obligations due and payable but unpaid (the “ Parallel Debt ”);

(ii) the Parallel Debt constitutes obligations and liabilities of the Issuer to DBTCA which are separate and independent from, and without prejudice to, the Principal Obligations and the Parallel Debt represents DBTCA’s own independent right to receive payment of the Parallel Debt from the Issuer;

(iii) notwithstanding Section 7.13(b)(ii), if DBTCA receives or recovers any amount in respect of (A) the Parallel Debt, the Principal Obligations decrease by that amount as if that amount was received or recovered directly in payment of the Principal Obligations and, for the avoidance of doubt, (B) the Principal Obligations, the Parallel Debt decreases by that amount as if that amount had been received or recovered directly in payment of the Parallel Debt;

 

-112-


(iv) the parties acknowledge and confirm that the provisions contained in this Section 7.13 shall not be interpreted so as to increase the maximum total amount of the Principal Obligations under this Indenture; and

(v) the Issuer shall not repay or prepay Parallel Debt if and as long as it owes Principal Obligations, unless directed to do so by DBTCA and the Issuer is otherwise required to repay or prepay the Principal Obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE VIII

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance .

(a) This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes when:

(i) either (a) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (b) all of the Notes (1) have become due and payable, (2) will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year or (3) if redeemable at the option of the Issuer, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Issuer directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

(ii) the Issuer and/or the Company has paid all other sums payable under this Indenture; and

(iii) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

(b) Subject to Sections 8.01(c) and 8.02, the Issuer at any time may terminate (i) all of its Obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (with respect to the holders of the Notes) (“ legal defeasance option ”) or (ii) its Obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.1 and 4.16 and the operation of Section 5.01 for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, and Sections 6.01(c), 6.01(d) and Sections 6.01(e) and 6.01(f) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(g), 6.01(h), 6.01(i) and 6.01(j) (“ covenant defeasance option ”). The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. In the event that the Issuer terminates all of its Obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (with respect to such Notes) by exercising its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, the Obligations of each Guarantor with respect to the Notes and the Security Documents shall be terminated simultaneously with the termination of such Obligations.

 

-113-


If the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Issuer exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(c), 6.01(d), 6.01(e) and 6.01(f) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(g), 6.01(h), 6.01(i) or 6.01(j) or because of the failure of the Company to comply with Section 5.01(a)(iv).

Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those Obligations that the Issuer terminates.

(c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 4.14, 7.07, 7.08 and in this Article VIII shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance .

(a) The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:

(i) the Issuer irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee, in the case of the Dollar Notes, cash in U.S. Dollars or Government Obligations and in the case of the Euro Notes, cash in euros or non-callable government obligations of any member nation of the European Union whose official currency is the Euro, rated AAA or better by S&P and Aaa or better by Moody’s, in each case in such amounts or a combination thereof as will be sufficient to pay the principal of and premium (if any) and interest on the Notes when due at maturity or redemption, as the case may be, including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date;

(ii) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited Government Obligations or deposited non-callable government obligations of any member nation of the European Union whose official currency is the Euro, rated AAA or better by S&P and Aaa or better by Moody’s plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest when due on all the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

(iii) 123 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 123-day period no Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or (f) with respect to the Issuer occurs which is continuing at the end of the period;

(iv) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other agreement binding on the Issuer and is not prohibited by Article X;

(v) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (1) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (2) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the holders will not recognize income,

 

-114-


gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by the immediately preceding sentence with respect to a legal defeasance need not be delivered if all of the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable or (y) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer;

(vi) impair the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefore or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Notes;

(vii) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; and

(viii) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes to be so defeased and discharged as contemplated by this Article VIII have been complied with.

(b) Before or after a deposit, the Issuer may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of such Notes at a future date in accordance with Article III.

SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money . The Trustee shall hold in trust money or Government Obligations, non-callable government obligations of any member nation of the European Union whose official currency is the Euro, rated AAA or better by S&P and Aaa or better by Moody’s, as applicable, (including proceeds thereof) deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from Government Obligations and euros, as applicable, through each Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes so discharged or defeased.

SECTION 8.04. Repayment to Issuer . Each of the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Issuer upon request any money, Government Obligations, non-callable government obligations of any member nation of the European Union whose official currency is the Euro, rated AAA or better by S&P and Aaa or better by Moody’s held by it as provided in this Article which, in the written opinion of nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee (which delivery shall only be required if Government Obligations, non-callable government obligations of any member nation of the European Union whose official currency is the Euro, rated AAA or better by S&P and Aaa or better by Moody’s, as applicable, have been so deposited), are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent discharge or defeasance in accordance with this Article.

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies.

 

-115-


SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for Government Obligations . The Issuer shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such Government Obligations.

SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement . If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes so discharged or defeased shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or any Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII; provided , however , that, if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, or interest on, any such Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Obligations held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of the Holders .

(a) The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend this Indenture, the Security Documents, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or the Notes without notice to or consent of any holder:

(i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or to make any other provisions as may be necessary or desirable, including the making of any modifications in the form of the Note, provided that such actions shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes in any material respect;

(ii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Issuer of the Obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes;

(iii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the Obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes, to provide for the assumption by a Successor Pledgor of the Obligations of a Pledgor under this Indenture and the Security Documents;

(iv) to add a Guarantor with respect to the Notes pursuant to Section 4.11;

(v) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided , however , that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

(vi) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Escrow Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement to any provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in the “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Escrow Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

-116-


(vii) to evidence and provide acceptance of the appointment of a successor Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent or Transfer Agent under this Indenture;

(viii) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository;

(ix) to add a Pledgor with respect to the Notes or to add Collateral to secure the Notes;

(x) to release Collateral in compliance with this Indenture, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement or the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement;

(xi) to add additional secured creditors holding Other First-Lien Obligations, other Junior Lien Obligations or any other secured Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred so long as such Obligations are in compliance with this Indenture, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement or the Security Documents;

(xii) to add to the covenants of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries for the benefit of the holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xiii) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying or maintaining the qualification of, this Indenture under the TIA;

(xiv) to make any change that would provide any additional benefit or rights to the holders or that does not adversely affect in any material respect the legal rights of any holder;

(xv) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes, which shall have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes, and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Notes, as a single issue of securities;

(xvi) to consummate the LCC Assumption in accordance with this Indenture and the Escrow Agreement;

(xvii) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository; or

(xviii) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes under this Indenture in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture.

(b) The Trustee may require an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel that such amendment under this Section 9.01(a) is permitted under this Indenture and that all conditions have been complied with. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, and delivery of an Officer’s Certificate.

 

-117-


(c) After an amendment under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the holders a notice briefly describing such amendment, provided that in the case of an amendment pursuant to Section 9.01(a)(xiv), no such notice shall be required. The failure to give such notice to all holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.01.

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of the Holders .

(a) The Issuer and the Trustee may amend this Indenture and the Security Documents with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for the Notes). However, without the consent of each holder of an outstanding Note affected, an amendment may not:

(1) reduce the amount of Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment,

(2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note,

(3) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note,

(4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed in accordance with Article III,

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note,

(6) expressly subordinate the Notes to any other Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuer or any Guarantor,

(7) impair the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Notes,

(8) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions,

(9) make any change in the provisions in the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or this Indenture dealing with the application of proceeds of Collateral that would adversely affect the holders of the Notes, or

(10) except as expressly provided by this Indenture, modify or release the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the holders of the Notes.

In addition, without the consent of the holders of at least 66% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, no amendment or waiver may release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Lien of this Indenture and the Security Documents with respect to the Notes.

Without the consent of the holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, no amendment or waiver may make any change to, or extend the time for performance under, the escrow release provisions described in the Escrow Agreement or the Special Mandatory Redemption provisions described under Section 3.09 of this Indenture.

 

-118-


For purposes of any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of Notes, the principal amount, on the relevant date of determination, of Notes, the holders of which have so consented or otherwise taken action, and of Notes then outstanding, shall be calculated in U.S. dollars, with the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Euro Notes converted into U.S. dollars using the U.S. Dollar-Equivalent on the Issue Date.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.02.

SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act . From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, every amendment, waiver or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers .

(a) A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a holder of a Note shall bind the holder and every subsequent holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such holder or subsequent holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate from the Issuer certifying that the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every holder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the Issuer or the Trustee of consents by the holders of the requisite principal amount of securities, (ii) satisfaction of conditions to effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto containing such amendment or waiver and (iii) execution of such amendment or waiver (or supplemental indenture) by the Issuer and the Trustee.

(b) The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.

SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes . If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Issuer may require the holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments . The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity and security reasonably satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected

 

-119-


in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and the Company, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03).

SECTION 9.07. Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount . All Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Notes may vote) as one class and no Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter only if the Issuer so elects pursuant to Section 2.01 of this Indenture. Determinations as to whether holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent shall be made in accordance with this Article IX and Section 2.14.

ARTICLE X

RANKING OF NOTE LIENS

SECTION 10.01. Relative Rights . The First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement define the relative rights, as lienholders, of holders of first priority Liens, holders of Liens securing First Priority Lien Obligations and holders of Liens securing Junior Lien Obligations. Nothing in this Indenture or the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement will:

(a) impair, as between the Issuer and holders of Notes, the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of, premium and interest on Notes in accordance with their terms or to perform any other obligation of the Issuer or any other obligor under this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and the Security Documents;

(b) restrict the right of any holder to sue for payments that are then due and owing, in a manner not inconsistent with the provisions of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement or the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement;

(c) prevent the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or any holder from exercising against the Issuer or any other obligor any of its other available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default (other than its rights as a secured party, which are subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement); or

(d) restrict the right of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or any holder:

(1) to file and prosecute a petition seeking an order for relief in an involuntary bankruptcy case as to any obligor or otherwise to commence, or seek relief commencing, any insolvency or liquidation proceeding involuntarily against any obligor;

(2) to make, support or oppose any request for an order for dismissal, abstention or conversion in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding;

(3) to make, support or oppose, in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding, any request for an order extending or terminating any period during which the debtor (or any other Person) has the exclusive right to propose a plan of reorganization or other dispositive restructuring or liquidation plan therein;

 

-120-


(4) to seek the creation of, or appointment to, any official committee representing creditors (or certain of the creditors) in any insolvency or liquidation proceedings and, if appointed, to serve and act as a member of such committee without being in any respect restricted or bound by, or liable for, any of the obligations under this Article X;

(5) to seek or object to the appointment of any professional person to serve in any capacity in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding or to support or object to any request for compensation made by any professional person or others therein;

(6) to make, support or oppose any request for order appointing a trustee or examiner in any insolvency or liquidation proceedings; or

(7) otherwise to make, support or oppose any request for relief in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding that it is permitted by law to make, support or oppose:

if it were a holder of unsecured claims; or

(x) as to any matter relating to any plan of reorganization or other

(y) restructuring or liquidation plan or as to any matter relating to the administration of the estate or the disposition of the case or proceeding (in each case except as set forth in the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement or Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement).

ARTICLE XI

COLLATERAL

SECTION 11.01. Security Documents . Prior to a Special Mandatory Redemption or Release Date, payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, pursuant to a Special Mandatory Redemption under Section 3.09 or an acceleration under Section 6.02, shall be secured by a pledge of the Escrow Proceeds as described in the Escrow Agreement, pursuant to which the Escrow Agent will grant the Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, a first priority security interest in the escrow account and all deposits therein to secure the Special Mandatory Redemption. Upon release of the funds from escrow after the LCC Assumption and on the Release Date, the Company, the Issuer, the Pledgors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall enter into one or more collateral agreements (as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, restated or replaced in whole or in part from time to time, the “ Collateral Agreement ”) establishing the terms of the security interests and Liens that secure the Notes. These security interests will secure the payment and performance when due of all of the Obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture and the Guarantors under the Guarantee, as provided in the Security Documents.

The Company shall, and shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, and each Restricted Subsidiary shall, make all filings (including filings of continuation statements and amendments to UCC financing statements that may be necessary to continue the effectiveness of such UCC financing statements) and all other actions as are necessary or required by the Security Documents to maintain (at the sole cost and expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) the security interest created by the Security Documents in the Collateral (other than with respect to any Collateral the security interest in which is not required to be perfected under the Security Documents or this Indenture) as a perfected first priority security interest subject only to Permitted Liens.

 

-121-


SECTION 11.02. Collateral Agent .

(a) The Collateral Agent shall have all the rights and protections provided in the Security Documents.

(b) Subject to Section 7.01, neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents will be responsible or liable for the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral, for the legality, enforceability, effectiveness or sufficiency of the Security Documents, for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any first priority Lien, or any defect or deficiency as to any such matters.

(c) Subject to the First Lien Security Documents and the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (i) the Trustee shall direct the Collateral Agent and (ii) except as directed by the Trustee as required or permitted by this Indenture and any other representatives or pursuant to the Security Documents, the holders acknowledge that Collateral Agent will not be obligated:

(1) to act upon directions purported to be delivered to it by any other Person;

(2) to foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any first priority Lien; or

(3) to take any other action whatsoever with regard to any or all of the first priority Liens, Security Documents or Collateral.

(d) The holders of Notes agree that the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to the rights, privileges, protections, immunities, indemnities and benefits provided to the Collateral Agent by the Security Documents. Furthermore, each holder of a Note, by accepting such Note, consents to the terms of and authorizes and directs the Trustee (in each of its capacities) and hereby appoints, authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent to enter into and perform the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and Security Documents in each of its capacities thereunder.

(e) If the Issuer (i) Incurs First Priority Lien Obligations at any time when the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement is not in effect or at any time when Indebtedness constituting First Priority Lien Obligations entitled to the benefit of an existing intercreditor agreement is concurrently retired, and (ii) directs the Trustee to deliver to the Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate so stating and requesting the Collateral Agent to enter into an intercreditor agreement (on substantially the same terms as the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement in effect on the Issue Date) in favor of a designated agent or representative for the holders of the First Priority Lien Obligations so Incurred, the holders acknowledge that the Collateral Agent is hereby authorized and directed to enter into such intercreditor agreement, bind the holders on the terms set forth therein and perform and observe its obligations thereunder.

SECTION 11.03. Authorization of Actions to Be Taken .

(a) Each holder, by its acceptance of the Notes, consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of Collateral) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms, authorizes and directs the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents to which it is a party, authorizes and empowers the Trustee to direct the Collateral Agent to enter into, and the Collateral Agent to execute and deliver, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and authorizes and empowers the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to bind the holders of Notes and other holders of Obligations as set forth in the Security Documents to which it is a party and the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights and powers thereunder.

 

-122-


(b) The Trustee is authorized and empowered to receive for the benefit of the holders of Notes any funds collected or distributed under the Security Documents to which the Trustee is a party and to make further distributions of such funds to the holders of Notes according to the provisions of this Indenture.

(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01 and Section 7.02 hereof, and the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, the Trustee may (but shall not be obligated to), in its sole discretion and without the consent of the holders, direct, on behalf of the holders, the Collateral Agent to take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:

(1) foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any or all of the first priority Liens;

(2) enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party; or

(3) collect and receive payment of any and all Obligations.

Subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee is authorized and empowered to institute and maintain, or direct the Collateral Agent to institute and maintain, such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to protect or enforce the first priority Liens or the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party or to prevent any impairment of Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee or the Collateral Agent may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the holders of Notes in the Collateral, including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of holders, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent.

SECTION 11.04. Release of Collateral .

(a) Subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, Liens on Collateral securing the Notes will be automatically and unconditionally released:

(1) as to any property or asset (including Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company), to enable the Company, the Issuer and the Pledgors to consummate the disposition of such property or asset to the extent not prohibited by clause (6) below or under the covenants described under Section 4.04 or Section 4.06;

(2) to release Excess Proceeds and Collateral Excess Proceeds to the Issuer that remain unexpended after the conclusion of an Asset Sale Offer or a Collateral Asset Sale Offer conducted in accordance with this Indenture and not required to be made a part of the Collateral;

(3) in respect of the property and assets of a Pledgor, upon the designation of such Pledgor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the covenant described under Section 4.04 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;

 

-123-


(4) to the extent (x) greater than $750.0 million of loans are outstanding under the Senior Term Loan Facility and (y) the Collateral is released from the Liens securing the Senior Term Loan Facility and is not otherwise securing or will not be securing Indebtedness outstanding under any refinancing or replacement thereof or any other similar Secured Indebtedness or any Indebtedness secured by junior Liens on the Collateral;

(5) in respect of the property and assets of a Guarantor upon release of the Guarantee with respect to the Notes of such Guarantor;

(6) in the case of the property and assets of a specific Pledgor, upon such Pledgor making a transfer of such assets to any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Pledgor; provided that (i) such Transfer is not subject to Section 5.01 and (ii) the aggregate net book value of the assets of Restricted Subsidiaries that are at any time Notes Collateral (excluding cash proceeds of accounts receivable, inventory and related assets) that are so transferred pursuant to this clause (6) subsequent to the Release Date shall not exceed 5% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries per year and shall not be in an amount that will result in an Excluded Subsidiary ceasing to qualify as an Excluded Subsidiary in accordance with the definition thereof; provided , further , that Liens on all property and assets of any Subsidiary of Lyondell Europe Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, will be automatically and unconditionally released upon any transfer of such Subsidiary;

(7) as described under Article IX; or

(8) as to the pledge of Capital Stock of first-tier Foreign Subsidiaries, in connection with a reorganization, change or modification of the direct or indirect ownership of Foreign Subsidiaries by the Company, the Issuer or a Pledgor, as applicable, in compliance with this Indenture, a release may be obtained as to such Capital Stock in connection with the substitution of pledge of 65% of the voting Capital Stock and 100% of the non-voting Capital Stock of any one or more new or replacement first-tier Foreign Subsidiaries pursuant to valid Security Documents.

In addition, the security interests granted pursuant to the Security Documents securing the Notes Obligations shall automatically terminate and/or be released all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any party, and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the applicable Pledgors (as defined in the Collateral Agreement), as of the date upon (i) all the Obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (other than contingent or unliquidated obligations or liabilities not then due) have been paid in full in cash or immediately available funds; (ii) a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance or discharge under Article VIII; or (iii) the Holders of at least 66% in aggregate principal amount of all Notes issued under this Indenture consent to the termination of the Security Documents.

In connection with any termination or release pursuant to this Section 11.04(a), the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver to any Pledgor (as defined in the Collateral Agreement), at such Pledgor’s expense, all documents that such Pledgor shall reasonably request to evidence and provide such termination or release (including, without limitation, UCC termination statements), and will duly assign and transfer to such Pledgor, such of the Pledged Collateral (as defined in the Collateral Agreement) that may be in the possession of the Collateral Agent and has not theretofore been sold or otherwise applied or released pursuant to this Indenture or the Security Documents. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 11.04(a) shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent. In connection with any release pursuant to this Section 11.04(a), the Pledgors shall be permitted to take any action in connection therewith consistent with such release including, without limitation, the filing of UCC termination statements.

 

-124-


Upon the receipt of an Officers’ Certificate from the Issuer, as described in Section 11.04(b) below, if applicable, and any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction or release prepared by the Issuer, the Collateral Agent shall execute, deliver or acknowledge such instruments or releases to evidence the release of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture or the Security Documents or the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in connection with (x) any release of Collateral pursuant to Section 11.04(a)(1), (6), (7) or (8) above, such Collateral may not be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Security Documents and (y) any release of Collateral pursuant to Section 11.04(a)(2), (3), (4) and (5), the Collateral Agent shall not be required to execute, deliver or acknowledge any instruments of termination, satisfaction or release unless, in each case, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel certifying that all conditions precedent, including, without limitation, this Section 11.04, have been met and stating under which of the circumstances set forth in Section 11.04(a) above the Collateral is being released have been delivered to the Collateral Agent on or prior to the date of such release or, in the case of clause (y) above, the date on which the Collateral Agent executes any such instrument.

(c) To the extent that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act requires or would require (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, that would require) the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of any Subsidiary of the Company due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock secures the Notes, then the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary will automatically be deemed not to be part of the Notes Collateral securing the Notes but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement and only for so long as required to not be subject to such requirement (such requirement, the “ 3-16 Exemption ”); provided that the 3-16 Exemption will not apply to the capital stock of the Issuer and LyondellBasell Subholdings, B.V. In such event, the Security Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of any holder of such Notes, to the extent necessary to release the security interests in favor of the Collateral Agent on the shares of Capital Stock of such Subsidiary that are so deemed to no longer constitute part of the Notes Collateral. In the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act is amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to permit (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, that would permit) such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to secure the Notes in excess of the amount then pledged without the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of such Subsidiary, then the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary will automatically be deemed to be a part of the Notes Collateral.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, at any time when a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the maturity of the Notes has been accelerated (whether by declaration or otherwise) and the Trustee has delivered a notice of acceleration to the Collateral Agent, no release of Collateral pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture or the Security Documents will be effective as against the holders, except as otherwise provided in the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

SECTION 11.05. Filing, Recording and Opinions .

(a) The Issuer will comply with the provisions of TIA Sections 314(b), 314(c) and 314(d), in each case following qualification of this Indenture pursuant to the TIA and except to the extent not required as set forth in any SEC regulation or interpretation (including any no-action letter issued by the Staff of the SEC, whether issued to the Issuer or any other Person). Following such qualification, to the extent the Issuer is required to furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to TIA Section 314(b)(2), the Issuer will furnish such opinion not more than 60 but not less than 30 days prior to each September 30.

 

-125-


Any release of Collateral permitted by Section 11.04 hereof will be deemed not to impair the Liens under this Indenture and the Security Documents in contravention thereof and any person that is required to deliver an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 314(d) of the TIA, shall be entitled to rely upon the foregoing as a basis for delivery of such certificate and opinion. The Trustee may, to the extent permitted by Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof, accept as conclusive evidence of compliance with the foregoing provisions the appropriate statements contained in such documents, Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel.

(b) If any Collateral is released in accordance with this Indenture and if the Issuer has delivered the certificates and documents required by the Security Documents and Section 11.04, the Trustee will determine whether it has received all documentation required by TIA Section 314(d) in connection with such release and, based on such determination and Officer’s Certificate and the Opinion of Counsel delivered pursuant to Section 11.04, will, upon request, deliver a certificate to the Collateral Agent setting forth such determination.

(c) Any certificate or opinion required by Section 314(d) of the TIA may be made by an Officer of the Issuer, except in cases where Section 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Issuer and its Subsidiaries will not be required to comply with all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the TIA if they determine, in good faith based on advice of counsel, that under the terms of that section and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the TIA is inapplicable to the released Collateral.

(e) Upon the request of the Trustee, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel in respect of any matter in furtherance of the foregoing transactions contemplated by this Section 11.05.

SECTION 11.06. [ Intentionally Omitted .]

SECTION 11.07. Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee . In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article XI upon the Issuer or the Company with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Issuer or the Company or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article XI; and if the Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall be in the possession of the Collateral under any provision of this Indenture or the Security Documents, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be.

SECTION 11.08. Release upon Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations . In the event (i) that the Issuer delivers to the Trustee, in form and substance acceptable to it, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel certifying that all the obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents have been satisfied and discharged by the payment in full of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes, this Indenture and the Security Documents, and all such obligations have been so satisfied, or (ii) a discharge, legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of this Indenture occurs under Article VIII, the Trustee shall deliver to the Issuer and the Collateral Agent a notice stating that the Trustee, on behalf of the holders, disclaims and gives up any and all rights it has in or to the Collateral, and any rights it has under the Security Documents, or, if applicable, a Special Mandatory redemption occurs and the obligations under the Escrow Agreement are also met, and upon receipt by the Collateral Agent of such notice, the Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to hold a Lien in the Collateral on behalf of the Trustee and shall (or shall direct the Collateral Agent to) do or cause to be done all acts reasonably necessary to release such Lien as soon as is reasonably practicable.

 

-126-


SECTION 11.09. Designations . Except as provided in the next sentence, for purposes of the provisions hereof and the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement requiring the Issuer to designate Indebtedness for the purposes of the terms First Priority Lien Obligations and Other First Lien Obligations or any other such designations hereunder or under the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any such designation shall be sufficient if the relevant designation provides in writing that such First Priority Lien Obligations or Other First Lien Obligations are permitted under this Indenture and is signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer and delivered to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent in an Officer’s Certificate.

ARTICLE XII

GUARANTEE

SECTION 12.01. Guarantee .

(a) Prior to the Release Date, the Company, by execution of this Indenture, will irrevocably and unconditonally guarantee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of all Obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee and the Agents) and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on in respect of the Notes (the “ Guarantee ”) and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes and the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuer whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Upon release from escrow on the Release Date and from and after the date of the LCC Assumption, the Company and each existing and subsequently acquired or organized direct or indirect Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Company, by execution of this Indenture, (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) (each such entity, a “ Guarantor ”) will, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee on a first-priority secured basis, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of all Obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee and the Agents) and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on in respect of the Notes (the “ Guarantee ”) and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuer whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing, including the Guarantee, being hereinafter collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from any Guarantor, and that each Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article XII notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

(b) To the extent applicable, each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or each Guarantor; (v)

 

-127-


the failure of any holder or Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (vi) any change in the ownership of each Guarantor, except as provided in Section 12.02(b) or Section 12.02(c). Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have its Obligations hereunder divided among the Guarantors, such that such Guarantor’s Obligations would be less than the full amount claimed.

(c) Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have the assets of the Issuer first be used and depleted as payment of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by such Guarantor hereunder. Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to require that the Issuer be sued prior to an action being initiated against such Guarantor.

(d) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(e) The Guarantee of each Guarantor is, to the extent and in the manner set forth in Article XII, will be the senior secured Obligations of the Guarantors, equal in right of payment to all existing and future Pari Passu Indebtedness, equal in right of payment to all existing and future unsubordinated Indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor, and subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all Secured Indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor and is made subject to such provisions of this Indenture.

(f) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01(b), 12.02 and 12.06, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

(g) Each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise.

(h) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and un paid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by applicable law) and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Issuer to the holders, the Trustee and Agents.

 

-128-


(i) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the holders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI for the purposes of the Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article VI, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Company for the purposes of this Section 12.01.

(j) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) Incurred by the Trustee, the Agents or any holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 12.01.

(k) Upon request of the Trustee, each Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

SECTION 12.02. Limitation on Liability .

(a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by each Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

(b) The Obligations of any Guarantor, including the Company, under its Guaranteed Obligations will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from all Obligations under this Article XII when any of the following occurs:

(i) upon the full and final payment by or on behalf of the Issuer of all of its Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes;

(ii) except with respect to the Guarantee of the Company (subject to the provisions described under Section 5.01) any issuance, sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition (including, without limitation, by way of acquisition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, transfer, conveyance or otherwise), directly or indirectly, of Capital Stock of such Guarantor (or any parent of such Guarantor) to any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that results in such Guarantor ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such issuance, sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition is made in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;

(iii) except with respect to the Guarantee of the Company, the designation of such Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;

(iv) except with respect to the Guarantee of the Company (subject to the provisions described under Section 5.01), upon the liquidation or dissolution of such Guarantor; provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or would be caused thereby;

 

-129-


(v) except with respect to the Guarantee of the Company, the occurrence of legal defeasance or covenant defeasance in accordance with this Indenture;

(vi) except with respect to the Guarantee of the Company and for those limitations described in the following paragraph, in the event that the continued Obligation of such Guarantor under its Guarantee or the continued existence of such Guarantee will result in a violation of applicable law that cannot be avoided or otherwise prevented through measures reasonably available to the Company or such Guarantor; provided that all guarantees, if any, of all other First Priority Lien Obligations by such Guarantor are also released; or

(vii) upon such Guarantor being designated as an Excluded Subsidiary in compliance with this Indenture and the Company gives written notice of such release to the Trustee.

In addition to the initial Guarantors, other Domestic Subsidiaries may become Guarantors after the Release Date, as provided in this Indenture. The Guaranteed Obligations of the Guarantors will be limited as necessary to recognize certain defenses generally available to guarantors (including those that relate to fraudulent conveyance or transfer, voidable preference, financial assistance, corporate purpose, capital maintenance or similar laws, regulations or defenses affecting the rights of creditors generally) or other considerations under applicable law.

SECTION 12.03. Successors and Assigns . This Article XII shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee, the Agents and the holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any holder, the Agents or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.

SECTION 12.04. No Waiver . Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee, the Agents or the holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article XII shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee, the Agents and the holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article XII at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

SECTION 12.05. Modification . No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article XII, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle any Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

SECTION 12.06. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Note Guarantors . Each Subsidiary and other Person which is required to become a Guarantor of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.11 shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary or other Person shall become a Guarantor under this Article XII and shall guarantee the Notes. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary or other Person and that, subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Guarantee of such Guarantor is a valid and binding obligation of such guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms and/or to such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request.

 

-130-


SECTION 12.07. Non-Impairment . The failure to endorse a Guarantee on any Note shall not affect or impair the validity thereof.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls . If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with another provision (an “ incorporated provision ”) included in this Indenture by operation of, Sections 310 to 318 of the TIA, inclusive, such imposed duties or incorporated provision shall control.

SECTION 13.02. Notices .

(a) Any notice or communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and delivered in person, via facsimile or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:

if to the Issuer, the Company or a Guarantor:

Lyondell Chemical Company

1221 McKinney St

Suite 700

Houston, TX 77010

Facsimile:

Attention: Craig B. Glidden, Esq.

if to the Trustee:

Wilmington Trust FSB

166 Mercer Street, Suite 2-R

New York, NY 10012

Facsimile: (212) 343-1079

Attention: Adam Berman, Vice President CCS - Global Financial

if to the U.S. Paying Agent, U.S. Registrar or Collateral Agent:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Trust & Securities Services

60 Wall Street, MS NYC60-2710

New York, New York 10005

Tel: 201-593-3543

Fax: 732-578-4635

Attn: Corporate Deal Manager – Lyondell

 

-131-


with a copy to:

Deutsche Bank National Trust Company

Trust & Securities Services

100 Plaza One

6 th Floor - MS JCY03-0699

Jersey City, NJ 07311-3901

Fax: 732-578-4635

Attention: Corporate Deal Team - Lyondell

if to the Euro Paying Agent:

Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch

10 Bishops Square

London, E1 6AO

United Kingdomif to the Euro Registrar:

Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.

2, Boulevard Konrad Adenauer

L-1115 Luxembourg

Luxembourg

The Issuer or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

(b) Any notice or communication mailed to a holder shall be mailed, first class mail, to the holder at the holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

(c) Failure to mail a notice or communication to a holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee are effective only if received.

SECTION 13.03. Communication by the Holders with Other Holders . The holders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the TIA with other holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and other Persons shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the TIA.

SECTION 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent . Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee:

(a) an Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

 

-132-


SECTION 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion . Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 4.09) shall include:

(a) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with; provided , however , that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.

SECTION 13.06. When Notes Disregarded . In determining whether the holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, the Company or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer or the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

SECTION 13.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar . The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of the holders. The Registrar and a Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

SECTION 13.08. Legal Holidays . If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on any amount that would have been otherwise payable on such payment date if it were a Business Day for the intervening period. If a regular Record Date is not a Business Day, the Record Date shall not be affected.

SECTION 13.09. GOVERNING LAW . THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

SECTION 13.10. No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, manager, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in the Issuer or of any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent corporation, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

SECTION 13.11. Successors . All agreements of the Issuer and the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

SECTION 13.12. Multiple Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.

 

-133-


SECTION 13.13. Table of Contents; Headings . The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 13.14. Indenture Controls . If and to the extent that any provision of the Notes limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of this Indenture, such provision of this Indenture shall control.

SECTION 13.15. Severability . In case any provision in this Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

SECTION 13.16. Intercreditor Agreements . The terms of this Indenture are subject to the terms of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

SECTION 13.17. PATRIOT Act . The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Trustee and the Agents, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this agreement agree that they will provide to the Trustee and the Agents with such information as it may request in order to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.

SECTION 13.18. Force Majeure . In no event shall the Trustee or any Agent be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder because of circumstances beyond the Trustee’s or the Agents’ control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, flood, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot or embargo, which delay, restrict or prohibit the providing of the services contemplated by this Indenture.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

-134-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

LBI ESCROW CORPORATION, as the Escrow Issuer
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V., as the Company
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Wilmington Trust FSB, as Trustee
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch,
as Euro Paying Agent and Common Depositary
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,

as Collateral Agent, Dollar Paying Agent,

Registrar and Transfer Agent

By:   Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.
as Euro Note Registrar
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Schedule 4.10

Post-Closing Matters

(a) Within ninety (90) days after the Release Date, to the extent not previously delivered, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall have received each of the following documents:

 

  (i) Title Insurance. With respect to each Mortgage encumbering Mortgaged Property, a ALTA policy of title insurance (or commitment to issue such a policy having the effect of a loan policy of title insurance) insuring (or committing to insure) the lien of such Mortgage (either on a per-property basis or on a collective basis) as a valid and enforceable first-priority mortgage or deed of trust lien on each Mortgaged Property (other than pipeline easements) described therein, in an amount equal to not less than the fair market value of such Mortgaged Property (such policies collectively, the “Mortgage Policies”) issued by the title insurance company, which reasonably assures the Collateral Agent that the Mortgages on such Mortgaged Properties are valid and enforceable mortgage liens on the respective Mortgaged Properties, free and clear of all defects and encumbrances except Permitted Collateral Liens (as defined in the Mortgages) and such Mortgage Policies shall otherwise be in customary form and substance and shall bear such title endorsement as are necessary and advisable in connection with the creation of the security interest evidenced by such Mortgage.

 

  (ii) Survey. The Company shall deliver to the applicable title insurance company any and all surveys and any and all affidavits as may be reasonably necessary to cause such title insurance company to issue the title insurance required pursuant to clause (i) above.

 

  (iii) Consent s. With respect to the applicable Mortgaged Property, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to acquire such consents, approvals or tenant subordination agreements, as are reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions or as shall be necessary and advisable in order for the owner or holder of such Mortgaged Property to grant the lien contemplated by the Mortgage.

 

  (iv) Mortgaged Property Indemnification. With respect to each Mortgaged Property, such affidavits, certificates, instruments of indemnification and other items (including a so-called “gap” indemnification) as shall be reasonably required to induce the title insurance company to issue the Mortgage Polices and endorsements contemplated above.

 

  (v) Collateral Fees and Expenses. Evidence of payment by the Company of all Mortgage Policy premiums, search and examination charges and issuance of the Mortgage Policies referred to above.

 

  (vi) Amendments . If necessary (or advisable in connection with the creation of the security interest evidenced by Mortgages) amendments to the Mortgages duly authorized, executed and acknowledged, in recordable form with respect to each Mortgaged Property sufficient for the owner of such Mortgaged Property to (x) grant to the Collateral Agent and/or confirm the Collateral Agent’s Mortgage lien on and security interests in such Mortgaged Property, (y) confirm such owner’s right and indefeasible title thereto and (z) confirm the Mortgaged Property to be encumbered thereby.


ANNEX A

MORTGAGED PROPERTY

 

   

Bayport Choate Plant, 10801 Choate Road, Pasadena, Texas 77507

 

   

Channelview Chemical Complex (South) 2502 Sheldon Road, Channelview, Texas 77530

 

   

Bayport Underwood Plant, 5761 Underwood Drive, Pasadena, Texas 77507

 

   

Equistar Chemicals (North) 8280 Sheldon Road, Channelview, Texas 77530

 

   

3400 Anamosa Road, Clinton, Iowa 52732

 

   

1501 McKinzie Road, Corpus Christi, Texas 78410

 

   

1515 Miller Cut-Off Road, La Porte, Texas 77571

 

   

US Highway 60, 13 miles south of Bay City, Bay City, Texas 77414

 

   

8805 N. Tabler Road, Morris, Illinois 60450

 

   

Old Bloomington Highway, Victoria, Texas 77902 – Leasehold Mortgage

 

   

11530 Northlake Drive, Cincinnati, Ohio 45249

 

   

12000 Lawndale, Houston, Texas 77017

 

   

Bayport Plant, 12001 Bay Area Blvd., Pasadena, TX 77507

 

   

Lake Charles Plant, 14101 Highway 108 South, Westlake, Louisiana 70669

 

   

601 Crestwood, Jacksonville, Florida 32208

 

   

2 miles West of FM 2917 on FM 2004, Alvin, Texas 77512

 

   

625 East U.S. Highway 36, Tuscola, Douglas County, Illinois 61953

 

   

1350 Miller Cut-Off Road, La Porte, Texas 77571

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Neuces County, TX

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in San Patricio County, TX

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Refugio County, TX

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Calhoun County, TX

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Victoria County, TX

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Jackson County, TX

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Matagorda County, TX

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Brazoria County, TX

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Harris County, TX

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Galveston County, TX

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Chambers County, TX

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Calcasieu Parish, LA

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Orange County, TX


EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF DOLLAR NOTE

[Face of Dollar Note]

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

A-1-1


CUSIP: [144A:50178T AA5/ Reg. S:U5139FAA4]

ISIN: [144A: US50178TAA51/ Reg. S: USU5139FAA40]

[RULE 144A] [REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE

representing up to

$[                               ]

8% Senior Secured Note due 2017

 

No.             [$                               ]

LBI ESCROW CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (to be merged with and into LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, as the surviving entity), promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum set forth on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto on November 1, 2017.

Interest Payment Dates: May 1 and November 1

Record Dates: April 15 and October 15

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

 

A-1-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

LBI ESCROW CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Dated: April 8, 2010

 

A-1-3


This is one of the Dollar Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
as Authenticating Agent
By Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
By:    
  Authorized Signatory

 

A-1-4


[Back of Dollar Note]

8% Senior Secured Note Due 2017

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. LBI ESCROW CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (to be merged with and into LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, as the surviving entity) (the “ Issuer ,”) promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Dollar Note at 8% per annum from April 8, 2010 until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuer will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Dollar Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be November 1, 2010. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Dollar Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Dollar Notes. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the Dollar Notes and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered holders of Dollar Notes at the close of business on the April 15 and October 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Dollar Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the holders at their addresses set forth in the register of holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3. TRUSTEE; PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Wilmington Trust FSB will be the Trustee (the “ Trustee ”) under the Indenture. Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas will be the Escrow Agent under the Escrow Agreement and, initially, the Collateral Agent under the Indenture and has been appointed by the Issuer as U.S. Registrar and U.S. Paying Agent with regard to the Notes (the “ U.S. Paying Agent ”). Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch has been appointed as Euro Paying Agent and Common Depositary under the Indenture (the “ Euro Paying Agent ”) and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. has been appointed as Euro Registrar.

4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Dollar Notes under an Indenture, dated as of April 8, 2010 (the “ Indenture ”), among LBI Escrow Corporation, LyondellBasell Industries N.V. (the “ Company ”), the Trustee, the U.S. Paying Agent and the Dollar Paying Agent. This Dollar Note is one of

 

A-1-5


a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Dollar Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Indenture. The Dollar Notes and the Euro Notes issued under the Indenture (including, in each case, any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) (collectively referred to herein as the “ Notes ”) are separate series of Notes, but shall be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture, unless otherwise specified in the Indenture. The terms of the Dollar Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). The Dollar Notes are subject to all such terms, and holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Dollar Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) On or after May 1, 2013, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes (including any Additional Notes) upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve months beginning on May 1 of the years indicated below:

 

     Redemption
price of Notes
 

2013

   106.000

2014

   104.000

2015

   102.000

2016 and thereafter

   100.000

(b) In addition, prior to May 1, 2013, the Issuer may redeem the Notes (including any Additional Notes) at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

(c) In addition, prior to May 1, 2013, the Issuer may redeem up to 10% of the outstanding Notes per year (including any additional Notes) upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time prior to May 1, 2013, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including any additional Notes), at a redemption price of 108.000% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that:

 

A-1-6


(1) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued under the Indenture (together with any additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and

(2) the redemption must occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

6. SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION. If the Escrow Proceeds have not been released to the Escrow Agent for distribution in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Escrow Agreement on or before the Escrow End Date or if the Company shall at any time determine that it is unlikely to be able to comply with the requirements set forth in the Escrow Agreement for obtaining a release of the Escrow Proceeds (the first such date to occur, the “ Trigger Date ”), then the Company shall redeem the Notes (the “ Special Mandatory Redemption ”) in cash at a price equal to the sum of 100% of the Gross Proceeds plus the Specified Premium of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued on the Issue Date, together with accrued and unpaid interest and the accreted amount of any original issue discount on the Notes from the Issue Date up to but not including the date of the Special Mandatory Redemption (the “ Special Mandatory Redemption Price ”).

Upon receipt of the notice of Special Mandatory Redemption, the Escrow Agent will liquidate all Escrow Proceeds in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement.

7. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. Other than in connection with a Special Mandatory Redemption, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Dollar Notes.

8. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of Notes to be redeemed at his, her or its registered address. In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable; provided that no Notes of $100,000 or €50,000 (and integral multiples of $1,000 or €1,000, respectively in excess thereof), as applicable, principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $100,000 or €50,000, as applicable. Notes and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $100,000 or €50,000 (and integral multiples of $1,000 or €1,000, respectively, in excess thereof). The notice of redemption relating to such Note selected to be redeemed shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed at any time in connection with an optional redemption, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption as follows:

(1) if the Notes to be redeemed are listed, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such Notes are listed; or

(2) if the Notes to be redeemed are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.

If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with a Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied on and after such date, interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.

 

A-1-7


9. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE.

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

(b) In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to offer to purchase Notes upon the occurrence of certain events.

10. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Dollar Notes are in fully registered form only, without coupons, in denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. A holder shall register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay certain transfer taxes or similar governmental charges payable in connection therewith as permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer or exchange of any Notes during a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a redemption notice for any Notes or portions thereof selected for redemption.

11. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered holder of a Dollar Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

12. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

13. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. If an Event of Default occurs (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer) and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, in each case, by notice to the Issuer, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders unless such holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity and security against any loss, liability or expense and certain other conditions are complied with. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless (i) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy, (iii) such holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security and indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security and indemnity and (v) the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions,

 

A-1-8


the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability or expense. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable indemnification and security satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

14. AUTHENTICATION. This Dollar Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

15. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to holders of Dollar Notes under the Indenture, holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, including the right to receive Additional Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).

16. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES.

17. CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Dollar Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Dollar Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuer will furnish to any holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:

Lyondell Chemical Company

1221 McKinney St

Suite 700

Houston, TX 77010

Facsimile: (713) 652-7312

Attention: Gerald A. O’Brien

 

A-1-9


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Dollar Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Dollar Note to:                                                                                                                           

                                                 (Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s Soc. Sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                                        

to transfer this Dollar Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                                 

 

Your Signature:    
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Dollar Note)

Signature Guarantee*:                                     

 

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-1-10


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Dollar Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 or 4.08 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

[    ] Section 4.06         [    ] Section 4.08

If you want to elect to have only part of this Dollar Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 or Section 4.08 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$                                  

Date:                                 

 

Your Signature:    
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Dollar Note)
Tax Identification No.:                                                  

 

Signature Guarantee*:    
 

 

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-1-11


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $                      . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of
Exchange

   Amount of
decrease

in  Principal
Amount
   Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
   Principal Amount of
this Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase
   Signature of
authorized officer
of Trustee or
Note Custodian

 

 

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A-1-12


EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF EURO NOTE

[Face of Euro Note]

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

A-2-1


ISIN: [144A: XS0498579183/ Reg. S: XS0498576833]

[RULE 144A] [REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE

representing up to

€[                               ]

8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

 

No.             [€                               ]

LBI ESCROW CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (to be merged with and into LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, as the surviving entity), promises to pay to BT Globenet Nominees Ltd., or registered assigns, the principal sum set forth on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto on November 1, 2017.

Interest Payment Dates: May 1 and November 1

Record Dates: April 15 and October 15

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

 

A-2-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

LBI ESCROW CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Dated: April 8, 2010

 

A-2-3


This is one of the Euro Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A.,

as Authenticating Agent

By:    
  Authorized Signatory

 

A-2-4


[Back of Euro Note]

8% Senior Secured Note Due 2017

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. LBI ESCROW CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (to be merged with and into LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, as the surviving entity), (the “ Issuer ”) promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Euro Note at 8% per annum from April 8, 2010 until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuer will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Euro Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be November 1, 2010. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Euro Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Euro Notes. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the Euro Notes and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered holders of Euro Notes at the close of business on the April 15 and October 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Euro Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the holders at their addresses set forth in the register of holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the European Union as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3. TRUSTEE; PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Wilmington Trust FSB will be the Trustee (the “ Trustee ”) under the Indenture. Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas will be the Escrow Agent under the Escrow Agreement and, initially, the Collateral Agent under the Indenture and has been appointed by the Issuer as U.S. Registrar and U.S. Paying Agent with regard to the Notes (the “ U.S. Paying Agent ”). Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch has been appointed as Euro Paying Agent and Common Depositary under the Indenture (the “ Euro Paying Agent ”) and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. has been appointed as Euro Registrar.

4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Euro Notes under an Indenture, dated as of April 8, 2010 (the “ Indenture ”), among LBI Escrow Corporation, LyondellBasell Industries N.V. (the “ Company ”), the Trustee, the U.S. Paying Agent and the Euro Paying Agent. This Euro Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Euro Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Indenture. The

 

A-2-5


Dollar Notes and the Euro Notes issued under the Indenture (including, in each case, any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) (collectively, referred to herein as the “ Notes ”) are separate series of Notes, but shall be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture, unless otherwise specified in the Indenture. The terms of the Euro Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). The Euro Notes are subject to all such terms, and holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Euro Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) On or after May 1, 2013, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes (including any Additional Notes) upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve months beginning on May 1 of the years indicated below:

 

     Redemption
price of Notes
 

2013

   106.000

2014

   104.000

2015

   102.000

2016 and thereafter

   100.000

(b) In addition, prior to May 1, 2013, the Issuer may redeem the Notes (including any Additional Notes) at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

(c) In addition, prior to May 1, 2013, the Issuer may redeem up to 10% of the outstanding Notes per year (including any additional Notes) upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time prior to May 1, 2013, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including any additional Notes), at a redemption price of 108.000% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that:

(1) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued under the Indenture (together with any additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and

 

A-2-6


(2) the redemption must occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

6. SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION. If the Escrow Proceeds have not been released to the Escrow Agent for distribution in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Escrow Agreement on or before the Escrow End Date or if the Company shall at any time determine that it is unlikely to be able to comply with the requirements set forth in the Escrow Agreement for obtaining a release of the Escrow Proceeds (the first such date to occur, the “ Trigger Date ”), then the Company shall redeem the Notes (the “ Special Mandatory Redemption ”) in cash at a price equal to the sum of 100% of the Gross Proceeds plus the Specified Premium of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued on the Issue Date, together with accrued and unpaid interest and the accreted amount of any original issue discount on the Notes from the Issue Date up to but not including the date of the Special Mandatory Redemption (the “ Special Mandatory Redemption Price ”).

Upon receipt of the notice of Special Mandatory Redemption, the Escrow Agent will liquidate all Escrow Proceeds in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement.

7. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. Other than in connection with a Special Mandatory Redemption, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Euro Notes.

8. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of Notes to be redeemed at his, her or its registered address. In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable; provided that no Notes of $100,000 or €50,000 (and integral multiples of $1,000 or €1,000, respectively in excess thereof), as applicable, principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $100,000 or €50,000, as applicable. Notes and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $100,000 or €50,000 (and integral multiples of $1,000 or €1,000, respectively, in excess thereof). The notice of redemption relating to such Note selected to be redeemed shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed at any time in connection with an optional redemption, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption as follows:

(1) if the Notes to be redeemed are listed, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such Notes are listed; or

(2) if the Notes to be redeemed are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.

If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with a Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied on and after such date, interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.

 

A-2-7


9. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE.

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

(b) In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to offer to purchase Notes upon the occurrence of certain events.

10. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Euro Notes are in fully registered form only, without coupons, in denominations of €50,000 and integral multiples of €1,000. A holder shall register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay certain transfer taxes or similar governmental charges payable in connection therewith as permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer or exchange of any Notes during a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a redemption notice for any Notes or portions thereof selected for redemption.

11. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered holder of a Euro Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

12. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

13. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. If an Event of Default occurs (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer) and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, in each case, by notice to the Issuer, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders unless such holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity and security against any loss, liability or expense and certain other conditions are complied with. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless (i) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy, (iii) such holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security and indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security and indemnity and (v) the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions,

 

A-2-8


the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability or expense. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable indemnification and security satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

14. AUTHENTICATION. This Euro Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

15. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to holders of Euro Notes under the Indenture, holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, including the right to receive Additional Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).

16. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES.

17. ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused ISIN numbers to be printed on the Euro Notes and the Trustee may use ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Euro Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuer will furnish to any holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:

Lyondell Chemical Company

1221 McKinney St

Suite 700

Houston, TX 77010

Facsimile: (713) 652-7312

Attention: Gerald A. O’Brien

 

A-2-9


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Euro Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Euro Note to:                                                                                                                           

                                                 (Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s Soc. Sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                                        

to transfer this Euro Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                                 

 

Your Signature:    
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Euro Note)

Signature Guarantee*:                                     

 

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-2-10


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Euro Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 or 4.08 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

[    ] Section 4.06                 [    ] Section 4.08

If you want to elect to have only part of this Euro Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 or Section 4.08 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

                                 

Date:                                 

 

Your Signature:    
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Euro Note)
Tax Identification No.:                                                  
Signature Guarantee*:    
 

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-2-11


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is €                  . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of
Exchange

   Amount of
decrease

in  Principal
Amount
   Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
   Principal Amount
of Global Note

following such
decrease or
increase
   Signature of
authorized officer
of Trustee or
Note Custodian

 

 

* This schedule should be included only if the Euro Note is issued in global form.

 

A-2-12


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

LBI Escrow Corporation

c/o Lyondell Chemical Company

1221 McKinney St

Suite 700

Houston, TX 77010

Facsimile: (713) 652-7312

Attention: Gerald A. O’Brien

 

  Re: [8% Dollar Senior Secured Notes due 2017] [8% Euro Senior Secured Notes due 2017]

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 8, 2010 (the “ Indenture ”), among LBI Escrow Corporation (to be merged with and into Lyondell Chemical Company, as the surviving entity), LyondellBasell Industries N.V. (the “ Company ”), the Trustee, the U.S. Paying Agent and the Euro Paying Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                     (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of [$] [€]                      in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to                      (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR RELEVANT DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR RELEVANT DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the

 

B-1


transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. [    ] CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) [    ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

(b) [    ] such Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof;

or

(c) [    ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

4. [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.

(a) [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the

 

B-2


Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

B-3


This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Dated:                             

 

B-4


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

(a) [    ] a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i) [    ] 144A Global Note ([CUSIP:        ] [Common [ISIN:        ]), or

 

  (ii)

[    ] Regulation S Global Note ([CUSIP:        ] [ISIN:        ]), or

 

(b) [    ] a Restricted Definitive Note.

 

2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a) [    ] a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i) [    ] 144A Global Note ([CUSIP:        ] [Common [ISIN:        ]), or

 

  (ii) [    ] Regulation S Global Note ([CUSIP:        ] [Common [ISIN:        ]), or

 

  (iii)

[    ] Unrestricted Global Note ([                             ] 3

[                    ]); or

 

(b) [    ] a Restricted Definitive Note; or

 

(c) [    ] an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

 

  in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-5


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

LBI Escrow Corporation

c/o Lyondell Chemical Company

1221 McKinney St

Suite 700

Houston, TX 77010

Facsimile: (713) 652-7312

Attention: Gerald A. O’Brien

 

  Re: [8% Dollar Senior Secured Notes due 2017] [8% Euro Senior Secured Notes due 2017]

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 8, 2010 (the “ Indenture ”), among LBI Escrow Corporation (to be merged with and into Lyondell Chemical Company, as the surviving entity), LyondellBasell Industries N.V. (the “ Company ”), the Trustee, the U.S. Paying Agent and the Euro Paying Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                     (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of [$] [€]                      in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES

a) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

b) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note of the same series, the Owner

 

C-1


hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

c) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

d) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note of the same series, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES OF THE SAME SERIES

a) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note of the same series with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

b) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] [    ] 144A Global Note [    ] Regulation

 

C-2


S Global Note of the same series, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer and are dated                                      .

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Dated:                             

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE RELATED TO SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS]

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of [            ], among [GUARANTOR] (the “ New Guarantor ”), a subsidiary of LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V., a public limited liability company formed under the laws of the Netherlands (or its successor) (the “ Company ”), LBI ESCROW CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (to be merged with and into LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, as the surviving entity) (the “ Issuer ”), 1 and WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, a national banking association, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS the Issuer and the Company have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”) dated as of April 8, 2010, as supplemented, providing for the issuance of the Issuer’s (i) $2,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 and (ii) €375,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 ( collectively, the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS Section 4.11 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Issuer, the Company and other existing Guarantors, if any, are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Company, the Issuer and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes as follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “ holders ” in this Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “ holders ” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf of and for the benefit of such holders. The words “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereby ” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2. Agreement to Guarantee . The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing guarantors (if any), to unconditionally guarantee the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article XII of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a guarantor under the Indenture.

 

 

1

Delete this reference if supplemental indenture Exhibit E is signed prior to signing of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

D-1


3. Notices . All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in Section 13.02 of the Indenture.

4. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

5. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

6. Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

7. Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

8. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not effect the construction thereof.

 

D-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

[NEW GUARANTOR]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
WILMINGTON TRUST FSB
as Trustee
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

D-3


EXHIBIT E

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE RELATED TO ASSUMPTION]

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of [            ], 2010, among LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (the “ New Issuer ”), and WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, a national banking association, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS LBI Escrow Corporation (the “ Issuer ”) and LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V. (the “ Company ”) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”) dated as of April 8, 2010, [as supplemented], providing for the issuance of the Issuer’s (i) $2,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 and (ii) €375,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (collectively, the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the New Issuer and the Company are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Issuer, the Issuer, the Company, and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes as follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “ holders ” in this Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “ holders ” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf of and for the benefit of such holders. The words “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereby ” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2. Agreement to Assume Obligations . The New Issuer hereby agrees to unconditionally assume the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and to be bound by all applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of the Issuer under the Indenture.

3. Notices . All notices or other communications to the New Issuer shall be given as provided in Section 13.02 of the Indenture.

4. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

 

E-1


5. Release of Obligations of Escrow Issuer . Upon execution of this Supplemental Indenture by the New Issuer, the Company and the Trustee, the LBI Escrow Corporation is released and discharged from all obligations under the Indenture and the Notes.

6. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

7. Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

8. Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

9. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not effect the construction thereof.

 

E-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

E-3


WILMINGTON TRUST FSB
as Trustee
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

E-4


Acknowledged by:
LBI ESCROW CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

E-5

Exhibit 4.7

 

 

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY

as Issuer

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V.

as Company

11% Senior Secured Notes due 2018

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of [    ], 2010

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

SECTION 1.01.    Definitions    1
SECTION 1.02.    Other Definitions    41
SECTION 1.03.    Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act    42
SECTION 1.04.    Rules of Construction    42

ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

 

SECTION 2.01.    Amount of Notes; Terms    43
SECTION 2.02.    Form and Dating    44
SECTION 2.03.    Execution and Authentication    44
SECTION 2.04.    Registrar and Paying Agent    45
SECTION 2.05.    Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust    45
SECTION 2.06.    Holder Lists    45
SECTION 2.07.    Transfer and Exchange    46
SECTION 2.08.    Replacement Notes    50
SECTION 2.09.    Outstanding Notes    51
SECTION 2.10.    [Intentionally Omitted]    51
SECTION 2.11.    Cancellation    51
SECTION 2.12.    Defaulted Interest    51
SECTION 2.13.    CUSIP Numbers, Etc.    51
SECTION 2.14.    Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes    52

ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION

 

SECTION 3.01.

   Optional Redemption    52
SECTION 3.02.    Applicability of Article    52
SECTION 3.03.    Notices to Trustee    52
SECTION 3.04.    Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed    52
SECTION 3.05.    Notice of Optional Redemption    53
SECTION 3.06.    Effect of Notice of Redemption    53
SECTION 3.07.    Deposit of Redemption Price    53
SECTION 3.08.    Notes Redeemed in Part    54

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 4.01.    Payment of Notes    54
SECTION 4.02.    Reports and Other Information    54

 

-i-


          Page
SECTION 4.03.   

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

   56
SECTION 4.04.    Limitation on Restricted Payments    63
SECTION 4.05.    Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries    69
SECTION 4.06.    Asset Sales    71
SECTION 4.07.    Transactions with Affiliates    75
SECTION 4.08.    Change of Control    77
SECTION 4.09.    Compliance Certificate    79
SECTION 4.10.    Further Instruments and Acts    79
SECTION 4.11.    Future Subsidiary Guarantors    79
SECTION 4.12.    Liens    80
SECTION 4.13.    After-Acquired Property    80
SECTION 4.14.    Maintenance of Office or Agency    80
SECTION 4.15.    Maintenance of Insurance    81
SECTION 4.16.    Covenant Suspension    81
SECTION 4.17.    Withholding Taxes.    82

ARTICLE V

SUCCESSOR COMPANY

 

SECTION 5.01.    When Issuer May Merge or Transfer Assets    82

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

SECTION 6.01.    Events of Default    85
SECTION 6.02.    Acceleration    87
SECTION 6.03.    Other Remedies    87
SECTION 6.04.    Waiver of Past Defaults    88
SECTION 6.05.    Control by Majority    88
SECTION 6.06.    Limitation on Suits    88
SECTION 6.07.    Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment    89
SECTION 6.08.    Collection Suit by Trustee    89
SECTION 6.09.    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim    89
SECTION 6.10.    Priorities    89
SECTION 6.11.    Undertaking for Costs    89
SECTION 6.12.    Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws    90

ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 7.01.    Duties of Trustee    90
SECTION 7.02.    Rights of Trustee    91
SECTION 7.03.    Individual Rights of Trustee    93
SECTION 7.04.    Trustee’s Disclaimer    93
SECTION 7.05.    Notice of Defaults    93
SECTION 7.06.    Reports by Trustee to the Holders    93

 

-ii-


          Page
SECTION 7.07.    Compensation and Indemnity    93
SECTION 7.08.    Replacement of Trustee    94
SECTION 7.09.    Successor Trustee by Merger    95
SECTION 7.10.    Eligibility; Disqualification    96
SECTION 7.11.    Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer    96
SECTION 7.12.    [Intentionally Omitted]    96
SECTION 7.13.    Payment of Parallel Debt Pursuant to Dutch Law    96

ARTICLE VIII

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

 

SECTION 8.01.    Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance    97
SECTION 8.02.    Conditions to Defeasance    98
SECTION 8.03.    Application of Trust Money    99
SECTION 8.04.    Repayment to Issuer    99
SECTION 8.05.    Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations    99
SECTION 8.06.    Reinstatement    99

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

SECTION 9.01.    Without Consent of the Holders    100
SECTION 9.02.    With Consent of the Holders    101
SECTION 9.03.    Compliance with Trust Indenture Act    102
SECTION 9.04.    Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers    102
SECTION 9.05.    Notation on or Exchange of Notes    103
SECTION 9.06.    Trustee to Sign Amendments    103
SECTION 9.07.    Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount    103

ARTICLE X

RANKING OF NOTE LIENS

 

SECTION 10.01.    Relative Rights    103

ARTICLE XI

COLLATERAL

 

SECTION 11.01.    Security Documents    105
SECTION 11.02.    Collateral Agent    105
SECTION 11.03.    Authorization of Actions to Be Taken    106
SECTION 11.04.    Release of Collateral    106
SECTION 11.05.    Filing, Recording and Opinions    109
SECTION 11.06.    [Intentionally Omitted.]    110
SECTION 11.07.    Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee    110
SECTION 11.08.    Release upon Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations    110
SECTION 11.09.    Designations    110

 

-iii-


          Page

ARTICLE XII

GUARANTEE

 

SECTION 12.01.    Guarantee    110
SECTION 12.02.    Limitation on Liability    112
SECTION 12.03.    Successors and Assigns    113
SECTION 12.04.    No Waiver    114
SECTION 12.05.    Modification    114
SECTION 12.06.    Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Note Guarantors    114
SECTION 12.07.    Non-Impairment    114

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 13.01.    Trust Indenture Act Controls    114
SECTION 13.02.    Notices    115
SECTION 13.03.    Communication by the Holders with Other Holders    115
SECTION 13.04.    Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent    115
SECTION 13.05.    Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion    115
SECTION 13.06.    When Notes Disregarded    116
SECTION 13.07.    Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar    116
SECTION 13.08.    Legal Holidays    116
SECTION 13.09.    GOVERNING LAW    116
SECTION 13.10.    No Recourse Against Others    116
SECTION 13.11.    Successors    116
SECTION 13.12.    Multiple Originals    116
SECTION 13.13.    Table of Contents; Headings    117
SECTION 13.14.    Indenture Controls    117
SECTION 13.15.    Severability    117
SECTION 13.16.    Intercreditor Agreements    117
SECTION 13.17.    PATRIOT ACT    117
SECTION 13.18.    Force Majeure    117
SCHEDULE AND EXHIBIT INDEX   
Schedule 4.10    Post-Closing Matters   
Exhibit A    Form of Note   
Exhibit B    Form of Supplemental Indenture Related to Subsidiary Guarantors   

 

-iv-


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

TIA

Section

  Indenture
Section

310(a)(1)

  7.10

 (a)(2)

  7.10

 (a)(3)

  N.A.

 (a)(4)

  N.A.

 (b)

  7.08; 7.10

 (c)

  N.A.

311(a)

  7.11

 (b)

  7.11

 (c)

  N.A.

312(a)

  2.06

 (b)

  13.03

 (c)

  13.03

313(a)

  7.06

 (b)(1)

  N.A.

 (b)(2)

  7.06

 (c)

  7.06

 (d)

  4.02; 4.09

314(a)

  4.02; 4.09

 (b)

  N.A.

 (c)(1)

  13.04

 (c)(2)

  13.04

 (c)(3)

  N.A.

 (d)

  N.A.

 (e)

  13.05

 (f)

  4.10

315(a)

  7.01

 (b)

  7.05

 (c)

  7.01

 (d)

  7.01

 (e)

  6.11

316(a)(last sentence)

  13.06

 (a)(1)(A)

  6.05

 (a)(1)(B)

  6.04

 (a)(2)

  N.A.

 (b)

  6.07

317(a)(1)

  6.08

 (a)(2)

  6.09

 (b)

  2.05

318(a)

  13.01

N.A. Means Not Applicable.

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purposes, be deemed to be part of this

Indenture.


INDENTURE dated as of [            ], 2010 among LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V., a public limited liability company formed under the laws of The Netherlands, as the ultimate parent company of the Issuer and as the parent guarantor (the “ Company ”), each of the other Guarantors named herein, as guarantors, and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) and as Registrar and Paying Agent (the “ Paying Agent ”).

The Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of $3,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 11% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 issued on the date hereof (the “ Initial Notes ”).

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01. Definitions .

2014 Indenture ” means the indenture dated as of [April 30], 2010 among the Issuer, the Company and [    ], as trustee, under which the 2014 Notes are issued, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed or restated in whole or in part from time to time, in accordance with the terms thereof.

2014 Notes ” means the [    ]% notes due on December 15, 2014, issued by the Issuer. as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, restated, refinanced, defeased or replaced in whole or in part from time to time.

ABL Collateral Agent ” means the representative(s) from time to time administering the collateral on behalf of the lenders under the ABL Facility.

ABL Facility ” means the asset based revolving credit agreement dated as of its effective date among the Issuer, Equistar Chemicals, L.P., Houston Refining L.P., LyondellBasell Acetyls LLC and each other Subsidiary of the Issuer from time to time designated as a “Borrower” thereunder, the lenders and agents party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, restated, refinanced or replaced in whole or in part from time to time.

ABL Facility Collateral ” will consist of all present and after-acquired inventory, accounts receivable, related contracts and other rights, deposit accounts into which proceeds of the foregoing are credited and books and records related thereto, together with all proceeds of the foregoing, in each case to the extent of the rights, title and interest therein of any “Borrower” under the ABL Facility.

ABL Obligations ” means all Indebtedness and other Obligations under the ABL Facility.

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and


(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset at the time such asset is acquired by such specified Person.

Additional First Lien Secured Party ” means the holders of any Additional First Priority Lien Obligations, including the holders of the Notes, and any collateral agent with respect to any Additional First Priority Lien Obligations or Authorized Representative with respect thereto, including the First Lien Trustee.

Additional First Priority Lien Obligations ” means any First Priority Lien Obligations that are Incurred after the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness Incurred under the Senior Term Loan Facility) and secured by the Common Collateral on a first priority basis pursuant to the Security Documents.

Additional Interest ” means all additional interest then owing in respect of a Note pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Additional Junior Lien Obligations ” means any Junior Lien Obligations that are Incurred after the Issue Date and secured on a basis equal to the Liens securing the Notes, provided such Lien is permitted to be Incurred under the First Lien Indenture, the Senior Term Loan Facility, the ABL Facility and the Indenture.

Additional Notes ” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.01 hereof.

Additional Second Lien Secured Party ” means the holders of any Additional Second Priority Lien Obligation, and any collateral agent with respect to any Additional Second Priority Lien Obligation or Authorized Representative with respect thereto.

Additional Second Priority Lien Obligations ” means any Second Priority Lien Obligations that are Incurred after the Issue Date and secured by the Collateral on a second priority basis pursuant to the Security Documents.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Agent ” means any Registrar, Paying Agent, Collateral Agent or Co-Registrar, including any permitted successors or assigns thereto.

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of:

(1) 1.00% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Note; and

(2) the excess of: (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at May 1, 2013 plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through May 2, 2013 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest but including Additional Interest, if any), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Note.

 

-2-


Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary that apply to such transfer or exchange.

Asset Acquisition ” means:

(1) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or shall be merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or

(2) the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of the assets of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or comprises any division or line of business of such Person or any other properties or assets of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business.

Asset Backed Credit Facility ” means (i) the ABL Facility; (ii) any credit facility provided on the basis of the value of inventory, accounts receivable or other current assets (and related documents and intangibles) to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or similar instrument; and (iii) any similar credit support agreements or guarantees Incurred from time to time, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, restated, refinanced or replaced in whole or in part from time to time;  provided that any credit facility that refinances or replaces an Asset Backed Credit Facility must comply with clause (ii) of this definition in order to be an Asset Backed Credit Facility; and provided , further , that, if at the time any such refinancing or replacement is necessary or advisable in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, and an Asset Backed Credit Facility that complies with clause (ii) of this definition is not available on terms considered commercially reasonable for facilities of this nature (as determined in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company), then the ABL Facility may be refinanced with or replaced by any Credit Facility and such Credit Facility shall be an Asset Backed Credit Facility for purposes hereof.

Asset Sale ” means:

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction) outside the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”) or

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions),

in each case other than:

(a) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or redundant, surplus, obsolete, damaged or worn out property or equipment whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business;

 

-3-


(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

(c) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.04;

(d) any sale, conveyance or other disposition of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), including by way of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction, or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, which assets or Equity Interests so disposed or issued have an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $75.0 million;

(e) any disposition of property or assets, or the issuance of securities, by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(f) (i) any exchange of assets (including a combination of assets and Cash Equivalents) for assets related to a Similar Business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Company and (ii) in the ordinary course of business, any swap of assets, or lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property, in exchange for services (including in connection with any outsourcing arrangements) of comparable or greater value or usefulness to the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Company;

(g) any foreclosure or any similar action with respect to any property or other asset of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(h) any sale of Equity Interests in, or other ownership interests in or assets or property, including Indebtedness, or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(i) any lease, assignment, license or sublease which does not materially interfere with the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(j) any grant of any license of patents, trademarks, know-how or any other intellectual property which does not materially interfere with the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(k) any transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) in a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(l) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including any Sale/Leaseback Transaction or asset securitization permitted by this Indenture;

(m) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

(n) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary

 

-4-


acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

(o) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

(p) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;

(q) pursuant to buy-sell arrangements or similar agreements between Lyondell China Holdings Limited of Ningbo ZRCC and Lyondell Chemical Company Ltd.; and

(r) any sale, conveyance or other disposition of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) in connection with the Emergence Transactions.

Authorized Representative ” means (i) in the case of any Obligations under the Senior Term Loan Facility or the secured parties under the Senior Term Loan Facility, the Senior Term Loan Collateral Agent, (ii) in the case of the Obligations under the First Lien Notes or the holders of the First Lien Notes, the First Lien Notes Collateral Agent, (iii) in the case of the ABL Facility, the ABL Collateral Agent and (iv) in the case of any Series of Additional First Priority Lien Obligations that become subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Authorized Representative named for such Series in the applicable joinder agreement.

Bankruptcy Code ” means the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq ., as amended from time to time.

Bankruptcy Court ” means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York.

Basell GmbH ” means Basell Germany Holdings GmbH and any successor in interest thereto.

Berre Facility ” means any receivables-backed credit or factoring facility entered into by one or more Foreign Subsidiaries (other than Basell GmbH) related to receivables of the refinery located in Berre, France, and any permitted refinancings thereof.

Board of Directors ” means, as to any Person, the board of directors, supervisory board of such Person, or equivalent governing body (or, if such Person is a partnership or limited liability company, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of such Person or manager) or any duly authorized committee thereof.

Business Acquisition ” means the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of the assets of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or comprises any division or line of business of such Person or any other properties or assets of such Person.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City, London or The Netherlands.

 

-5-


Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Cases ” means the proceedings of LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. and certain of its Subsidiaries and affiliates, as debtors and debtors-in-possession under Chapter 11.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) U.S. Dollars, pounds sterling, Euros, the national currency of any member state in the European Union or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any country that is a member of the European Union (other than Greece or Portugal) or any agency or instrumentality thereof in each case maturing not more than two years from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and Eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank or trust company having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency);

(4) repurchase obligations and reverse repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

 

-6-


(7) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsors or any of their Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(8) U.S. Dollar-denominated money market funds as defined in Rule 2a-7 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

(9) tax-exempt floating-rate option tender bonds backed by letters of credit issued by a national or state bank whose long-term unsecured debt has a rating of AA or better by S&P or Aa2 or better by Moody’s or the equivalent rating by any other internationally recognized rating agency; and

(10) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (9) above.

Catalyst Sale/Leaseback Transaction ” means a Sale/Leaseback Transaction that relates to a catalyst containing one or more precious metals used by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or

(2) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of acquisition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, transfer, conveyance or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company.

Chapter 11 ” means Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ” means all property subject or purported to be subject, from time to time, to a Lien under any Security Documents.

Collateral Agent ” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent under the Security Documents, together with its successors in such capacity.

 

-7-


Common Collateral ” means, at any time, Collateral in which the holders of two or more Series of First Priority Lien Obligations (or their respective Authorized Representatives) hold a valid and perfected security interest at such time. If more than two Series of First Priority Lien Obligations are outstanding at any time and the holders of less than all Series of First Priority Lien Obligations hold a valid and perfected security interest in any Collateral at such time, then such Collateral shall constitute Common Collateral for those Series of First Priority Lien Obligations that hold a valid security interest in such Collateral at such time and shall not constitute Common Collateral for any Series which does not have a valid and perfected security interest in such Collateral at such time.

Company “ means LyondellBasell Industries N.V., a naamloze vennootschap (public limited liability corporation) formed under the laws of The Netherlands, and any successor in interest thereto.

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the sum (without duplication) of:

(1) Consolidated Net Income;

(2) to the extent Consolidated Net Income has been reduced thereby;

(a) taxes of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries paid or accrued in accordance with GAAP for such period based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise, property and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes (including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations), or such equivalent items in any foreign jurisdiction;

(b) Consolidated Interest Expense;

(c) Consolidated Non-cash Charges;

(d) the amount of net loss resulting from the payment of any premiums, fees or similar amounts that are required to be paid under the terms of the instrument(s) governing any Indebtedness upon the repayment, prepayment or other extinguishment of such Indebtedness in accordance with the terms of such Indebtedness;

(e) any expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Non-cash Charges) related to any issuance of Equity Interests, any Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or Incurrence, repayment, amendment or modification of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred or repaid pursuant to this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (in each case, whether or not successful), including, without limitation, (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Credit Facility Indebtedness and other Exit Financing, (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes or other Indebtedness, (iii) any additional interest in respect of the Notes and (iv) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Financing; and

(f) business optimization expenses and other restructuring charges, reserves or expenses (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include, without limitation, the effect of inventory optimization programs, facility consolidations, retention, headcount reductions, systems establishment costs, contract termination costs, future lease commitments and excess pension charges); and

 

-8-


(3) the amount of net cost savings projected by such Person in good faith to be realized by specified actions taken or to be taken prior to or during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period); provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and (y) such actions have been taken or are to be taken within twelve months of the date of determination to take such action and the benefit is expected to be realized within twelve months of taking such action; minus

(4) any non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding (i) the recognition of deferred revenue or any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and any items for which cash was received in a prior period, (ii) items referenced in clause (e) of “Consolidated Net Income” and (iii) gains which have been offset against losses in determining Consolidated Net Income but for which the loss has not been added back as a Consolidated Non-cash Charge pursuant to the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”);

all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Consolidated EBITDA for the Fiscal Quarter ending (i) June 30, 2009 shall be deemed to be $551.0 million, (ii) September 30, 2009 shall be deemed to be $757.0 million and (iii) December 31, 2009 shall be deemed to be $578.0 million, before giving pro forma effect to any transaction occurring after the Issue Date, as permitted under the definitions of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” and “Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio.”

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the consolidated interest expense (net of interest income for such period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, including, without limitation:

(1) amortization of original issue discount,

(2) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued,

(3) net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations,

(4) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, and

(5) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation,

but excluding, in each case, any amortization of fees, debt issuance costs and commissions incurred in connection with the Credit Facilities, any Receivables Financing, the issuance of the First Lien Notes, the Notes, the Euro Securitization and any other debt issuance.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

 

-9-


Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period:

(1) the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis; plus

(2) cash dividends or distributions paid to such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person by any other Person (the “ Payor ”) other than a Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income, which have not been derived from Indebtedness of the Payor to the extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by such referent Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such referent Person;

provided that there shall be excluded therefrom, without duplication (but only to the extent included in the calculation of the foregoing):

(a)(i) any net after-tax income or loss from operating results of discontinued operations as defined by GAAP, and (ii) any net after-tax gains or losses from sales of discontinued operations;

(b) any net after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto or expenses or charges, any severance expenses, relocation expenses, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, any expenses related to any reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternate uses and fees, expenses or charges relating to facilities closing costs, acquisition integration costs, facilities opening costs, project start-up costs, business optimization costs, signing, retention or completion bonuses, expenses or charges related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or issuance, repayment, refinancing, amendment or modification of Indebtedness (in each case, whether or not successful), and all costs and expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred in connection with the Cases and the Exit Financings);

(c) the Net Income of any Payor, other than a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person or Net Income of such Payor that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, except to the extent of cash dividends or distributions paid to such Person or to a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person by such Payor (or to the extent converted into cash);

(d) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not a Guarantor to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is restricted; provided , however , that the Net Income of Restricted Subsidiaries shall only be excluded in any calculation of Consolidated Net Income of the Company as a result of application of this clause (d) if the restriction on dividends or similar distributions results from consensual restrictions other than any restriction contained in clauses (1), (2) and (4) and, to the extent related to clauses (1), (2) and (4), clause (15) under Section 4.05;

(e)(i) any restoration to income of any contingency reserve, except to the extent that provision for such reserve was made out of Consolidated Net Income accrued at any time following the Issue Date; and (ii) any restoration to or deduction from income for changes in estimates related to the post-emergence settlement of pre-petition claims obligations in relation with Chapter 11 following the Issue Date;

 

-10-


(f) in the case of a successor to such Person by consolidation or merger or as a transferee of such Person’s assets, any gains or losses of the successor corporation prior to such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets;

(g) any charges or credits relating to any purchase accounting adjustments or to the adoption of fresh start accounting principles;

(h) any (i) one-time non-cash compensation charges, and (ii) non-cash costs or expenses resulting from stock option plans, employee benefit plans, compensation charges or post-employment benefit plans, or grants or awards of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, Preferred Stock or other rights;

(i) Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;

(j) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by management of the Company) or reserves relating thereto;

(k) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered in relation with the Indebtedness extinguished;

(l) any gain or loss for such period from currency translation gains or losses or net gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk entered in relation with Indebtedness); and

(m) any impairment charges or asset write-offs, in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.04 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.04(a) pursuant to clause (3)(iv) or (3)(v).

Consolidated Net Tangible Assets ” means, with respect to any Person, the Total Assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries less goodwill and intangibles (other than intangibles arising from, or relating to, intellectual property, licenses or permits (including, but not limited to, emissions rights) of such Person), in each case calculated in accordance with GAAP, provided that in the event that such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries assumes or acquires any assets in connection with the acquisition by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries of another Person subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets is made, then the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such assumption or acquisition of assets, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

 

-11-


Consolidated Non-cash Charges ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the consolidated depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including the amortization of prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits) (including any lower-of-cost-or-market adjustments of inventory) reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, provided that if any such non-cash expenses represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, but excluding from this proviso, for the avoidance of doubt, amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

(2) to advance or supply funds:

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Credit Facilities ” means:

(1) the Senior Term Loan Facility,

(2) any Asset Backed Credit Facility;

(3) any debt facilities or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other Indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted by Section 4.03) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders; and

(4) any such agreements, instruments or guarantees governing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance any Indebtedness or commitments referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above whether by the same or any other lender or group of lenders.

 

-12-


Credit Facility Indebtedness ” means any and all amounts payable under or in respect of the Credit Facilities as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time (including after termination of the Senior Term Loan Facility), including principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

Currency Agreement ” means, with respect to any Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, currency futures contract, currency option contract, currency derivative or other similar agreement to which such Person is a party or beneficiary.

Default ” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.07(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Depositary ” means any Person specified in Section 2.04 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, on the issue date thereof.

Discharge of First and Second Priority Lien Obligations ” means except to the extent otherwise provided in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement with respect to the reinstatement or continuation of any First Priority Lien Obligation or Second Priority Lien Obligation under certain circumstances, payment in full in cash (except for contingent indemnities and cost and reimbursement obligations to the extent no claim has been made) of all First and Second Priority Lien Obligations and, with respect to any letters of credit or letter of credit guaranties outstanding under the First Lien Documents or Second Lien Documents, delivery of cash collateral or backstop letters of credit in respect thereof in a manner consistent with such First Lien Documents or Second Lien Documents, in each case after or concurrently with the termination of all commitments to extend credit thereunder, and the termination of all commitments of the First Lien Secured Parties or Second Lien Secured Parties under the First Lien Documents or Second Lien Documents, as the case may be; provided that the Discharge of First and Second Priority Lien Obligations shall not be deemed to have occurred if such payments are made with the proceeds of other First Priority Lien Obligations or Second Priority Lien Obligations that constitute an exchange or replacement for or a refinancing of such Obligations, First Priority Lien Obligations or Second Priority Lien Obligations. In the event the First Priority Lien Obligations or Second Priority Lien

 

-13-


Obligations are modified and the Obligations are paid over time or otherwise modified pursuant to Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, the First Priority Lien Obligations and Second Priority Lien Obligations shall be deemed to be discharged when the final payment is made, in cash, in respect of such indebtedness and any obligations pursuant to such modified indebtedness shall have been satisfied.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund Obligation or otherwise (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale),

(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of such Person, or

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale),

in each case prior to 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided , further , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability; provided , further , that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and successors.

Emergence Transactions ” means all transactions arising out of the Reorganization Plan and emergence from Chapter 11, including, but not limited to, Exit Financing.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale after the Issue Date of common stock or Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company (to the extent the proceeds thereof are contributed to the Company), as applicable, on a primary basis, other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to the Company’s or such direct or indirect parent entity’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;

(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company; and

 

-14-


(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

Euro Securitization ” means the transaction to be dated as of its effective date entered into in connection with the €450 million revolving securitization facility of trade accounts receivable with Basell Sales and Marketing Company B.V. and Lyondell Chemie Nederland B.V., as sellers, and Basell Polyolefins Collections Ltd., as receivables purchaser, as such facility may be amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, restated, refinanced or replaced in whole or in part from time to time.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Excluded Contributions ” means the aggregate net cash proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash, received by the Company after the Issue Date from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Company on or promptly after the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Capital Stock is sold, as the case may be.

Excluded Subsidiary ” means (i) any Receivables Subsidiary, (ii) any Qualified Non-Recourse Subsidiary, (iii) any Special Purpose Subsidiary, (iv) any Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary that is a subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary and (v) any Domestic Subsidiary of the Company as of the Issue Date or at any time thereafter meeting any one of the following conditions that has been designated by the Issuer as an Excluded Subsidiary in a writing to the Trustee (which designation may be rescinded by granting a Guarantee in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture): (a) the Total Assets of such Domestic Subsidiary determined as of the end of the fiscal year of the Company most recently ended for which financial statements are required to be delivered under this Indenture does not exceed $25.0 million, or (b) the Consolidated EBITDA of such Domestic Subsidiary does not exceed $25.0 million, for the period of four consecutive quarters of the Company most recently ended for which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to this Indenture; provided that, at any time or from time to time after the Issue Date, Domestic Subsidiaries (other than a Special Purpose Subsidiary) shall not be designated as Excluded Subsidiaries to the extent that such Domestic Subsidiaries under this clause (v) would represent, in the aggregate, (a) 5.0% or more of Total Assets of the Company at the end of the most recently ended fiscal year of the Company or (b) 5.0% or more of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for the most recently ended fiscal year, in each case, based upon the most recent financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to this Indenture; provided , further , that, if the most recent financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to this Indenture for any fiscal quarter occurring after the Issue Date indicate that, by reason of subsequent changes following the designation of any one or more Restricted Subsidiaries as an Excluded Subsidiary or Excluded Subsidiaries, the foregoing requirements

 

-15-


of this definition would not be complied with (other than as a result of an impairment charge), individually or in the aggregate, then the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly (but in any event within 180 days after the date the financial statements are required), rescind such designations as are necessary, and provide such Guarantees as are necessary, so as to comply with the requirements of this Indenture. Any uncured Default shall not occur until the expiration of such 180 days provided such efforts are used.

Exit Financing ” means that certain financing to finance the Reorganization Plan expected to be composed of the Senior Term Loan Facility, the ABL Facility, the Euro Securitization, the Notes and the First Lien Notes.

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction; provided that, other than as expressly set forth in this Indenture, for purposes of determining the “Fair Market Value” of any property or assets, such Fair Market Value shall be determined by (x) the Company in good faith with respect to property or assets with a Fair Market Value not in excess of $250.0 million, (y) an opinion as to the Fair Market Value issued by a qualified accounting, appraisal, financial advisory or investment banking firm or (z) the Board of Directors of the Company, as evidenced by a certificate of an officer of the Company, with respect to property or assets with a Fair Market Value in excess of $250.0 million.

First and Second Priority Lien Obligations ” means First Priority Lien Obligations and Second Priority Lien Obligations.

First Lien Documents ” means the credit, guarantee and security documents governing the First Priority Lien Obligations (and any Additional First Priority Lien Obligations), including, without limitation, this Indenture and the First Lien Security Documents.

First Lien Indenture ” means the indenture dated as of April 8, 2010 among LBI Escrow Corporation, as predecessor to the Issuer, the Company and Wilmington Trust FSB, under which the First Lien Notes are issued, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed or restated in whole or in part from time to time, in accordance with the terms thereof.

First Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” means the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date by and among the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Senior Term Loan Collateral Agent, with respect to the Common Collateral, which may be amended from time to time without the consent of the holders of the Notes to add other parties holding First Priority Lien Obligations permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture, the Senior Term Loan Facility and the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

First Lien Notes ” means the 8% notes due on November 1, 2017, issued by LBI Escrow Corporation, as predecessor to the Issuer, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, restated, refinanced, defeased or replaced in whole or in part from time to time.

First Lien Notes Collateral Agent ” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as collateral agent under the First Lien Notes.

First Lien Notes Obligations ” means Obligations in respect of the First Lien Notes (including other first lien notes Incurred pursuant to clause (b)(i)(A) of Section 4.03 hereof, the First Lien Indenture and the Security Documents, including, for the avoidance of doubt, Obligations in respect of exchange notes and guarantees thereof.

 

-16-


First Lien Secured Parties ” means (a) the “Secured Parties,” as defined in the Senior Term Loan Facility and (b) any Additional First Lien Secured Parties.

First Lien Security Documents ” means the Security Documents and any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted securing First Priority Lien Obligations, and any Additional First Priority Lien Obligations, or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed, in each case to the extent relating to the Collateral securing the First Priority Lien Obligations.

First Lien Trustee ” means the party named as such in the First Lien Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

First Priority Lien Obligations ” means (i) all Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities (other than the Asset Backed Credit Facility and any other Credit Facility Incurred pursuant to clause (iii)(B) of Section 4.03(b)), (ii) the First Lien Notes Obligations and the Obligations in respect of any refunding, refinancing or defeasement of the First Lien Notes, (iii) all other Obligations of the Company, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Hedging Obligations or Obligations in respect of cash management services in each case owing to a Person that is a holder of Credit Facility Indebtedness or an Affiliate of such holder at the time of entry into such Hedging Obligations or Obligations in respect of cash management services, (iv) Additional First Priority Lien Obligations, if any, permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.03 and (v) Indebtedness under any Oil Indexed Credit Facility Incurred pursuant to clause (iii)(C) of Section 4.03(b).

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than in the case of revolving credit borrowings or revolving advances under any Receivables Financing, in which case interest expense shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and operational changes (and the change of any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

 

-17-


For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event and (2) all adjustments of the nature set forth as “Reorganization Adjustments” under “Unaudited Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Information” as set forth in the Offering Memorandum for the Company to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period.

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. Dollars will be converted to U.S. Dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination or if any such Indebtedness is subject to a Currency Agreement with respect to the currency in which such Indebtedness is denominated covering principal, premium, if any, and interest on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness and such interest and premium, if any, shall be determined after giving effect to all payments in respect thereof under such Currency Agreement.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period, and

(2) all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means a Restricted Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia and any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of

 

-18-


the accounting profession, which are in effect on the Issue Date as adopted by the Company. For the purposes of this Indenture, the term “ consolidated ” with respect to any Person shall mean such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an Investment.

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.07(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, the Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.07(b), 2.07(d), and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the applicable Depositary.

Government Obligations ” means securities that are:

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit Obligation by the United States of America, which, in each case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. government obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. government obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided , however , that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. government obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. government obligations evidenced by such depository receipt.

Hedging Obligations ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, emission rights, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

holder ” or “ noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

Incur ” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.

 

-19-


Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) the principal and premium (if any) of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property (except any such balance that constitutes (i) a trade payable or similar Obligation to a trade creditor Incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any earn-out Obligations until such Obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and (iii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, (d) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, or (e) representing any Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any Obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the Obligations referred to in clause (1) of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and

(3) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided , however , that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination, and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person;

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (1) Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money; (2) deferred or prepaid revenues; (3) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed Obligations of the respective seller; or (4) Obligations under or in respect of a Qualified Receivables Financing or a Qualified Joint Venture Transaction.

Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, Indebtedness shall not include, and shall be calculated without giving effect to, the effects of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under this Indenture as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness, and any such amounts that would have constituted Indebtedness under this Indenture but for the application of this sentence shall not be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness under this Indenture.

Indenture ” means this Indenture as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed or restated in whole or in part from time to time in accordance with the terms herein.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant, in each case of nationally recognized standing, that is, in the good faith determination of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

 

-20-


Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

Interest Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents),

(2) securities that have a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or equivalent) by S&P, but excluding any debt securities or loans or advances between and among the Company and its Subsidiaries,

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution, and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees (other than guarantees of performance made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a Joint Venture)), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of the Company in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.04:

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

 

-21-


(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

Issue Date ” means [•], 2010.

Issuer ” means Lyondell Chemical Company, a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto in accordance with this Indenture.

Issuer Order ” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.

Joint Venture ” means any joint venture entity, whether a company, unincorporated firm, association, partnership or any other entity which, in each case, is not a Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries but in which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has a direct or indirect equity or similar interest.

Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, entered on the Issue Date by and among the First Lien Notes Collateral Agent, on its own behalf and on behalf of the First Lien Secured Parties under the First Lien Indenture, the Senior Term Loan Collateral Agent, on its own behalf and on behalf of the First Lien Secured Parties under the Senior Term Loan Facility, the ABL Collateral Agent, on its own behalf and on behalf of the administrative agent and lenders under the ABL Facility, the trustee under the Notes (the “ Notes Trustee ” and, together with the First Lien Notes Collateral Agent, the Senior Term Loan Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent, the “ Applicable Collateral Agents ”), on its own behalf and on behalf of the holders of the obligations under the Notes, the Company, the Issuer and the Pledgors that sets forth the relative priority of the Liens securing any First Priority Lien Obligations, the Liens securing the ABL Obligations and the Liens securing any Junior Lien Obligations, including the Notes (collectively, the “ Applicable Obligations ”).

Junior Lien Obligations ” means (i) the Notes, (ii) the Notes Obligations and the Obligations in respect of any refunding, refinancing or defeasement of the Notes, (iii) the 2014 Notes, (iv) the Obligations in respect of the 2014 Notes and the Obligations in respect of any refunding, refinancing or defeasement of the 2014 Notes and (v) Additional Junior Lien Obligations.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or similar encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest; provided that in no event shall an operating lease, rights of set-off or netting arrangements in the ordinary course of business be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Limited Recourse Stock Pledge ” means the pledge of the Equity Interests in any Joint Venture (that is not a Restricted Subsidiary) or any Unrestricted Subsidiary to secure non-recourse debt of such Joint Venture or Unrestricted Subsidiary, which pledge is made by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the activities of which are limited to making and managing Investments, and owning Equity Interests, in such Joint Venture or Unrestricted Subsidiary, but only for so long as its activities are so limited.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

-22-


Mortgaged Property ” means each parcel of Real Property owned, leased or otherwise held by the Company, the Issuer or any Pledgor intended to be encumbered by a Mortgage to secure any First Priority Lien Obligations as set forth on Annex A of Schedule 4.10 and each Real Property, if any, which shall be subject to a Mortgage delivered after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.13.

Mortgages ” means, collectively, the mortgages, trust deeds, deeds of trust, deeds to secure debt, assignments of leases and rents, and other security documents delivered with respect to Mortgaged Properties, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, restated or replaced in whole or in part from time to time.

Negromex Receivables Dispositions ” means any disposition of accounts receivable arising from transactions with Industrias Negromex, S.A. de C.V.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale and any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding the assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets or other consideration received in any other non-cash form), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements related thereto), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(i)) to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

Notes ” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture. For purposes of this Indenture, all references to Notes to be issued or authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange shall be deemed to refer to Notes of the applicable series.

Notes Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in the Security Documents.

Notes Obligations ” means Obligations in respect of the Notes, this Indenture and the Security Documents, including, for the avoidance of doubt, Obligations in respect of exchange notes and guarantees thereof.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness; provided that Obligations with respect to the Notes shall not include fees or indemnifications in favor of the Trustee and other third parties other than the holders of the Notes.

 

-23-


Offering Memorandum ” means the confidential offering memorandum, dated March 24, 2010, relating to the initial issuance of the First Lien Notes under the First Lien Indenture.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of any Person.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of any Person by an Officer of such Person , who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of such Person, which meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

Oil Indexed Credit Facility ” means a working capital facility for which availability is conditioned upon the price per barrel of crude oil that is not less than $125.0 and the proceeds of which are utilized for working capital purposes and related fees and expenses; provided that the First Lien Notes and any other First Priority Lien Obligations are secured by a Lien ranking at least pari passu with any Lien on assets securing any Oil Indexed Credit Facility and the collateral agent under any Oil Indexed Credit Facility shall have been made party to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any Oil Indexed Credit Facility shall be subject to the terms thereof.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Issuer or to the Trustee. Counsel giving any Opinion of Counsel shall be entitled to rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any factual matters relevant to such opinion.

Other First Lien Obligations ” means other Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is equally and ratably secured with the First Lien Notes as permitted by the First Lien Indenture and is designated by the Company as an Other First Lien Obligation; provided that an authorized representative on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness has executed joinders to the Security Documents in the form or substantially in the form provided therein.

Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means:

(1) with respect to the Issuer, the Notes and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to the Notes; and

(2) with respect to any Pledgor, its Obligations in respect of the Notes and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to such Pledgor’s Obligations in respect of the Guarantees of the Notes.

Participants ” means with respect to the Notes, institutions that have accounts with DTC or its nominee.

PBGC Settlement ” means the settlement agreement between the Issuer and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (or any successor in interest thereto) as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, restated or replaced in whole or in part from time to time.

Permitted Holder Group ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the definition of “Permitted Holders.”

 

-24-


Permitted Holders ” means, at any time, each of (i) the Sponsors, (ii) any Person that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock of the Company and, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than any of the other Permitted Holders specified in clause (i) above, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof and (iii) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any of the Permitted Holders specified in clause (i) above and that, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of the Company (a “ Permitted Holder Group ”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Holder Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member relative to the other members of the Permitted Holder Group with respect to voting in the election of Directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries generally and (2) no Person or other “group” (other than the Permitted Holders specified in clause (i) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Holder Group. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.06 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(6) loans and advances to officers, directors or employees (a) for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, including as part of a recruitment or retention plan, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company, (b) required by applicable employment laws loans and (c) other loans and advances not to exceed $25.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization

 

-25-


or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, or (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.03(b)(xi);

(9) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Similar Business or in Joint Ventures having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000.0 million and (y) 4.50% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, plus 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any Investment made pursuant to this clause (9);  provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

(10) additional Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $350.0 million and (y) 1.50% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), plus 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of property other than cash received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any Investment made pursuant to this clause (10); provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (10) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (10) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

(11) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, as applicable; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(ii) or (iii) under Section 4.04(a);

(12) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(13) Investments consisting of or to finance purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials, services or equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property;

(14) any Investment in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments in a Receivables Subsidiary, of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the

 

-26-


arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness and, to the extent constituting an Investment, the acquisition of accounts receivable that have been sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in a Receivables Financing, including the repurchase of accounts receivable by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or other payment obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;

(15) any Investment in an entity or purchase of a business or assets in each case owned (or previously owned) by a customer of a Restricted Subsidiary as a condition or in connection with such customer (or any member of such customer’s group) contracting with a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(16) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into, amalgamated with, or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction that is not prohibited by Section 5.01 after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

(17) any Investment in any Subsidiary of the Company or any Joint Venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business;

(18) Investments through the licensing contribution in a Person that is or will be as a result of such Investment a Joint Venture or Investments through the licensing, contribution or transactions that economically result in a contribution in kind of intellectual property pursuant to Joint Venture arrangements, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(19) purchase of shares of Royal Dutch Shell plc and BASF AG required to satisfy Basell B.V.’s obligations under its stock option plans as such plans and stock appreciation rights were in effect on the Issue Date;

(20) a transaction to the extent constituting an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with clauses (xii) and (xiii) of Section 4.04(b);

(21) any Investment in connection with a Structured Financing Transaction;

(22) a transaction to the extent constituting an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with clause (38) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”;

(23) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with Section 4.07(b) (except transactions described in clauses (ii), (iv), (v), (ix)(B), (xv) and (xix) of such Section ); and

(24) any Qualified Joint Venture Transaction.

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith pledges, deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person

 

-27-


is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review;

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet due or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance bonds, surety bonds, bid bonds, letters of credit or similar instruments issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or with respect to statutory, regulatory, contractual or warranty requirements;

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(6) (A) Liens on assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03, (B) Liens securing First Priority Lien Obligations in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clauses (i), (iii)(A) and (iii)(C) of Section 4.03(b) and (y) the maximum principal amount of Indebtedness that, as of the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, and after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of proceeds therefrom on such date, would not cause the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio of the Company to exceed 2.25 to 1.00, (C) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clause (iii)(B), (v)(A), (v)(B), (xiii), (xxi) or (xxv) of Section 4.03(b) ( provided that (1) in the case of clause (iii)(B), any Lien on Notes Collateral securing Indebtedness under the ABL Facility, or any refinancing or replacement thereof, must be expressly subject to the terms of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (2) in the case of clause (v)(A), such Lien extends only to the assets and/or Capital Stock, the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of which is financed thereby and any proceeds or products thereof, (3) in the case of clause (xxi), such Lien does not extend to the property or assets of any Subsidiary of the Company other than a Foreign Subsidiary, (4) in the case of clause (v)(B) such Lien applies solely to acquired property or asset of the acquired entity, as the case may be, and (5) in the case of clause (xxv), such Lien does not extend to the property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than Australia) and (D) Liens securing the First Lien Notes Obligations;

(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens in favor of the lenders under the Senior Term Loan Facility and under the ABL Facility);

 

-28-


(8) Liens on assets, property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided , further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(9) Liens on assets or property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company acquired the assets or property, including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided , further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03;

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations not Incurred in violation of this Indenture; provided that with respect to Hedging Obligations relating to Indebtedness, such Lien extends only to the property securing such Indebtedness;

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances, tender, bid, judgment, appeal, performance or governmental contract bonds and completion guarantees, surety, standby letters of credit and warranty and contractual service obligations of a like nature, trade letters of credit and documentary letters of credit and similar bonds or guarantees provided by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company;

(13) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or other precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings;

(15) Liens in favor of the Company, the Issuer or any Guarantor;

(16) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing to the extent permitted by the covenant described under Section 4.03;

(17) Liens securing insurance premium financing arrangements; provided , however , that such Lien is limited to the applicable insurance carriers;

(18) Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(19) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business;

(20) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part,

 

-29-


of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11) and (15); provided , however , that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien ( plus improvements on such property), (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11) and (15) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, (including tender premiums) and original issue discount, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement and (z) Junior Lien Obligations shall not be refinanced with First Priority Lien Obligations; provided , further , however , that in the case of any Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal of Indebtedness secured by a Lien referred to in clause (6)(B) or (C) above, the principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred for such refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal shall be deemed secured by a Lien under clause (6)(B) or (C) and not this clause (20) for purposes of determining the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under clause (6)(B) or (C) above and for purposes of the definition of “Secured Credit Facility Indebtedness”;

(21) Liens on equipment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which such equipment is located;

(22) judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made;

(23) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(24) Liens Incurred to secure cash management services or to implement cash pooling arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(25) other Liens on assets not constituting Notes Collateral securing Obligations that do not exceed $75.0 million in aggregate at any time;

(26) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any Joint Venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any Joint Venture or similar agreement;

(27) any amounts held by a trustee in the funds and accounts under an indenture securing any revenue bonds issued for the benefit of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(28) Liens arising by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depository or financial institution;

(29) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts Incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

-30-


(30) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture;

(31) any netting or set-off arrangements entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements (including, for the avoidance of doubt, cash pooling arrangements) for the purposes of netting debit and credit balances of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, including pursuant to any Treasury Services Agreement;

(32) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(33) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 4.03; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreements;

(34) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in or monies placed in escrow pursuant to an Investment permitted pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments” to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, (ii) over assets being acquired pursuant to Investments permitted pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments” pending payment in full of the purchase price, (iii) consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property in a disposition permitted pursuant to the definition of “Asset Sale” and (iv) consisting of intellectual property licenses permitted by clause (18) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

(35) Liens arising by reason of deposits necessary to qualify the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to conduct business, maintain self insurance or comply with any law and Liens securing the PBGC Settlement;

(36) any Lien arising as a result of a sale, transfer or other disposal which is an Asset Sale in compliance with Section 4.06;

(37) Liens relating to a Catalyst Sale/Leaseback Transaction;

(38) Liens relating to any Limited Recourse Stock Pledge;

(39) Liens relating to any Treasury Services Agreement, Qualified Joint Venture Transaction or Structured Financing Transaction;

(40) Liens securing (i) the Notes and the Notes Obligations, (ii) the 2014 Notes and the Obligations in respect of the 2014 Notes, and (iii) any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing subclauses (i) and (ii); and

(41) Liens that are junior in priority to the Liens securing the Notes pursuant to a Third Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

 

-31-


Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Pledgor ” means any Guarantor other than the Company; provided that upon the release or discharge of such Subsidiary from its Obligations to pledge its assets and property to secure the Notes in accordance with this Indenture or the Security Documents, such Subsidiary ceases to be a Pledgor.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Primary Offering ” means an Equity Offering on any investment exchange or any other sale or issue by way of flotation or public offering or any equivalent circumstances with aggregate net cash proceeds to the Company or contributed to the Company of at least $500.0 million.

Project Financings ” means, with respect to any project, the Incurrence of Indebtedness relating to the development, expansion, renovation, upgrade or other modification or construction of such project pursuant to which the providers of such Indebtedness or any trustee or other intermediary on their behalf or beneficiaries designated by any such provider, trustee or other intermediary are granted security over one or more assets relating to such project for repayment of principal, premium and interest or any other amount in respect of such Indebtedness, including Indebtedness to finance working capital requirements with respect to any project; provided that any working capital financing shall not be secured by any assets or property included in calculating the Borrowing Base for purposes of Section 4.03(b)(iii)(B).

Qualified Joint Venture Transaction ” means any transaction in which (i) Indebtedness is owed or incurred by any Restricted Subsidiary whose activities are limited to holding shares in Joint Ventures (but only to the extent that (a) the creditors under the relevant agreement have no recourse to the Company other than to such Restricted Subsidiary; and (b) the recourse those creditors have to such Restricted Subsidiary is limited to the proceeds (if any) of dividends received by such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Restricted Subsidiary’s investment in such Joint Ventures) or (ii) involving guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of a customer or a third party guarantor of such customer’s Indebtedness that are made to a governmental export credit agency, a state development bank or like governmental agency or organization to the extent that such guarantees are conditioned on a failure to perform by any of the Company, such Restricted Subsidiary or a joint venture under an engineering procurement or construction contract entered into with such customer or third party guarantor; provided that the aggregate amount of any Indebtedness referenced in this clause (ii) shall not at any time exceed 1.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company.

Qualified Non-Recourse Debt ” means Indebtedness that (1) is (a) Incurred by a Qualified Non-Recourse Subsidiary to finance (whether prior to or within 270 days after) the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of any property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of property or the Equity Interests of any person owning such property and whether in a single acquisition or a series of related acquisitions) or (b) assumed by a Qualified Non-Recourse Subsidiary, (2) is non-recourse to the Company, the Issuer and any Pledgor and (3) is non-recourse to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Qualified Non-Recourse Subsidiary.

Qualified Non-Recourse Subsidiary ” means (1) a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Pledgor and that is formed or created after the Issue Date in order to finance an acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of any property or equipment (directly or through one of its Subsidiaries) that secures Qualified Non-Recourse Debt and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary of a Qualified Non-Recourse Subsidiary.

 

-32-


Qualified Receivables Financing ” means any Receivables Financing that meets the following conditions (including, without limitation, the Euro Securitization, the Berre Facility and the Negromex Receivables Dispositions):

(1) the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets are made at Fair Market Value; and

(3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to secure the ABL Facility, any Credit Facility Indebtedness or any Indebtedness in respect of the Notes shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing.

Rating Agency ” means (1) S&P, (2) Moody’s, or (3) if either or both of S&P and Moody’s shall not then exist, a nationally recognized securities rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company, which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

Real Property ” means, collectively, all right, title and interests (including any leasehold, mineral or other estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned, leased or operated by any Person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all buildings, structures, parking areas and improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.

Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interests issued or sold in connection with, and all other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Financing.

Receivables Financing ” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to any other Person including to a Receivables Subsidiary, or may grant a security interest in, bank accounts, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations entered into by the Company or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable.

Receivables Repurchase Obligation ” means any Obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

 

-33-


Receivables Subsidiary ” means a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in Receivables Financing with the Company in which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable of the Company and its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and:

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company (excluding guarantees of Obligations (other than the principal of and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;

(b) with which neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company; and

(c) to which neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Record Date ” for the interest or Additional Interest, if any , payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date April 15 and October 15 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date relating to the Notes.

Reorganization Plan ” means a plan of reorganization in any of the Cases.

Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

-34-


Restricted Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person. Unless otherwise indicated in this Indenture, all references to Restricted Subsidiaries shall mean Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the Issuer shall at all times constitute a Restricted Subsidiary.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

Sale/Leaseback Transaction ” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than leases between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or between Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency or commission.

Second Lien Documents ” means the credit, guarantee and security documents governing the Second Priority Lien Obligations, including, without limitation, the ABL Facility and the Second Lien Security Documents.

Second Lien Secured Parties ” means (a) the “Secured Parties,” as defined in the ABL Facility and (b) any Additional Second Lien Secured Parties.

Second Lien Security Documents ” means the Security Documents and any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted securing Second Priority Lien Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed, in each case to the extent relating to the collateral securing the Second Priority Lien Obligations. [To be confirmed].

Second Priority After-Acquired Property ” means any property of the Company, the Issuer or any Pledgor that constitutes ABL Collateral (other than Excluded Assets).

Second Priority Lien Obligations ” means (i) all Indebtedness under the Asset Backed Credit Facility and any other Credit Facility Incurred pursuant to clause (b)(iii)(B) of Section 4.03 and (ii) Additional Second Priority Lien Obligations.

Secured Credit Facility Indebtedness ” means any Credit Facility Indebtedness that is secured by a Permitted Lien Incurred or deemed Incurred pursuant to clause (6)(B) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.”

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien.

Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person, at any date the ratio of (i) Secured Indebtedness constituting First Priority Lien Obligations of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of calculation (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date of such calculation. In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Secured Indebtedness Leverage

 

-35-


Ratio is made (the “ Secured Leverage Calculation Date ”), then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided that the Issuer may elect pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness as being Incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent Incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence at such subsequent time.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Secured Leverage Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes (and the change of any associated Indebtedness and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event and (2) all adjustments of the nature set forth as “Restructuring Adjustments” under “Unaudited Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Information” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period.

For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. Dollars will be converted to U.S. Dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination or if any such Indebtedness is subject to a Currency Agreement with respect to the currency in which such Indebtedness is denominated covering principal, premium, if any, and interest on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness and such interest and premium, if any, shall be determined after giving effect to all payments in respect thereof under such Currency Agreement.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Security Documents ” means the security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, collateral agreements, intercreditor agreements, mortgages and related agreements, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, restated or replaced in whole or in part from time to time, creating the security interests in the Collateral as contemplated by this Indenture.

 

-36-


Senior Term Loan Collateral Agent ” means UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as the collateral agent under the Senior Term Loan Facility, or its successors.

Senior Term Loan Facility ” means the senior secured term loan facility of the Issuer to be entered into on the Issue Date as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, restated, refinanced or replaced in whole or in part from time to time.

Series ” means (a) with respect to the First Lien Secured Parties, each of (i) the secured parties under the Senior Term Loan Facility (in their capacities as such), (ii) the holders of the First Lien Notes, the First Lien Notes Collateral Agent and the First Lien Trustee (each in its capacity as such) and (iii) the Additional First Lien Secured Parties that become subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement after the date hereof that are represented by a common Authorized Representative (in its capacity as such for such Additional First Lien Secured Parties); (b) with respect to any First Priority Lien Obligations, each of (i) the Obligations under the Senior Term Loan Facility, (ii) the First Lien Notes Obligations and (iii) the Additional First Priority Lien Obligations Incurred pursuant to any applicable agreement, which pursuant to any joinder agreement, are to be represented under the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement by a common Authorized Representative (in its capacity as such for such Additional First Priority Lien Obligations); and (c) with respect to any Junior Lien Obligations, each of (i) the Notes Obligations and the Obligations in respect of any refunding, refinancing or defeasement of the Notes and (ii) the Junior Lien Obligations Incurred after the Issue Date pursuant to any applicable agreement.

Shelf Registration Statement ” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (or any successor provision).

Similar Business ” means a business, the majority of whose revenues are derived from the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date or any business or activity that is reasonably similar or complementary thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Special Purpose Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company whose material assets are comprised solely of the Capital Stock of a Joint Venture, where the pledge of such Capital Stock would be prohibited by any contractual requirement pertaining to such Joint Venture.

Specified ABL Facility Assets ” means any ABL Facility Collateral, the net proceeds of an Asset Sale of which are required to be applied as a prepayment of any Asset Backed Credit Facility.

Sponsor ” means Apollo Global Management, LLC and any of its successors in interest or Affiliates.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, undertakings, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including

 

-37-


pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred).

Structured Financing Transaction ” means a sale of preferred shares of a Restricted Subsidiary, depositing the proceeds of such sale with a bank and pledging such deposit to guarantee a put and call with respect to such preferred shares.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means (a) with respect to the Issuer, any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to Obligations in respect of the Notes.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; (2) any partnership, joint venture or limited liability company of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (y) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity; or (3) with respect to the Company, for so long as the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, individually or in the aggregate, has at least a 50% ownership interest in Lyondell Bayer Manufacturing Maasvlakle VOF, Lyondell Bayer Manufacturing Maasvlakle VOF. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company.

Third Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” means an intercreditor agreement that sets forth the relative priority and rights of the Liens junior to the Notes in a manner similar to how the Notes are treated in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

Third Priority Lien Obligations ” means (i) all Indebtedness under the Notes, (ii) the Notes Obligations, (iii) the 2014 Notes, (iv) the Obligations in respect of the 2014 Notes and the Obligations in respect of any refunding, refinancing or defeasement of the 2014 Notes and (v) Third Priority Lien Obligations that are Incurred after the Issue Date and secured by the Notes Collateral on a third priority basis pursuant to the Security Documents.

TIA ” or “ Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture.

Total Assets ” means, with respect to any Person, the total consolidated assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, without giving effect to any amortization of the amount of intangible assets since the Issue Date, (x) as shown on the most recent balance sheet of such Person, or (y) in regards to the Company only, as shown on the most recent balance sheet required to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.02.

Transfer Restricted Note ” means any Transfer Restricted Security as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

-38-


Treasury Rate ” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury Securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to May 1, 2013; provided , however , that if the period from such redemption date to May 1, 2013 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury Securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Treasury Services Agreement ” means any agreement between the Issuer, any Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary and any commercial bank or other financial institution relating to treasury, depository, and cash management services, employee credit card arrangements or automated clearinghouse transfer of funds.

Trust Officer ” means:

(1) any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, and

(2) who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Trustee ” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

Uniform Commercial Code ” or “ UCC ” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.

Unrestricted Note ” means a Note which is not a Transfer Restricted Note.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of such Person in the manner provided below; and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided , however , that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (except as permitted under Section 4.03); provided , further , however , that either:

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less; or

 

-39-


(b) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under Section 4.04.

The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that immediately after giving effect to such designation:

(x) (1) the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in Section 4.03 or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation, and

(y) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Any such designation by Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Dollar Equivalent ” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for the determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as quoted by Reuters at approximately 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on such date of determination (or if no such quote is available on such date, on the immediately preceding Business Day for which such a quote is available).

U.S. Legal Tender ” means such coin or currency of the U.S. as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary ” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required to be held by Foreign Subsidiaries) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

-40-


SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions .

 

Term

  

Defined in
Section

“3-16 Exemption”

   11.04(c)

“Additional Guarantee”

   4.11(a)

“Affiliate Transaction”

   4.07(a)

“Applicable Collateral Agents”

   1.01

“Asset Sale Offer”

   4.06(b)

“Authentication Order”

   2.03

“Bankruptcy Law”

   6.01

“Borrowing Base”

   4.03(b)(iii)(B)

“Calculation Date”

   1.01

“Change of Control Offer”

   4.08(c)

“Collateral Agreement”

   11.01

“Collateral Asset Sale Offer”

   4.06(b)

“Collateral Excess Proceeds”

   4.06(b)

“covenant defeasance option”

   8.01(b)

“Covenant Suspension Event”

   4.15

“Custodian”

   6.01

“Dutch Security Documents”

   7.13(a)

“Event of Default”

   6.01

“Excess Proceeds”

   4.06(b)

“Guarantee”

   12.01(a)

“Guaranteed Obligations”

   12.01(a)

“Guarantor”

   12.01(a)

“incorporated provision”

   13.01

“Initial Notes”

   Preamble

“Investment Grade Status Period”

   4.15

“legal defeasance option”

   8.01(b)

“Master Agreement”

   1.01

“Mortgage Policies”

   Schedule 4.10

“Notice of Default”

   6.01

“Offer Period”

   4.06(d)

“Parallel Debt”

   7.13(b)(i)

“Paying Agent”

   2.04

“Payor”

   4.17(a)

“primary obligations”

   1.01

“primary obligor”

   1.01

“Principal Obligations”

   7.13(a)

“protected purchaser”

   2.08

“Reference Period”

   4.04(a)(3)(i)

“Refinancing Indebtedness”

   4.03(b)(xvi)

“Refunding Capital Stock”

   4.04(b)(ii)(A)

“Registrar”

   2.04

“Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”

   4.17(a)

“Restricted Payments”

   4.04(a)

“Retired Capital Stock”

   4.04(b)(ii)(A)

“Reversion Date”

   4.15

“Second Commitment”

   4.06(b)

 

-41-


Term

  

Defined in
Section

“Secured Leverage Calculation Date”

   1.01

“Successor Company”

   5.01(a)(i)

“Successor Issuer”

   5.01(c)(i)

“Successor Pledgor”

   5.01(e)(i)

“Suspended Covenants”

   4.15

“Suspension Period”

   4.15

“Taxes”

   4.17(a)

“Transfer”

   5.01

SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act . This Indenture incorporates by reference certain provisions of the TIA. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

Commission ” means the SEC.

indenture securities ” means the Notes and any Guarantee.

indenture security holder ” means a holder.

indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture.

indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee.

obligor ” on the indenture securities means the Issuer and each Guarantor and any other obligor on the Notes.

All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c) “ or ” is not exclusive;

(d) “ including ” means including without limitation;

(e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

(f) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness;

 

-42-


(g) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(h) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater;

(i) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(j) “ $ ” and “ U.S. dollars ” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts;

(k) “ euro ” or “ ” means the currency introduced at the start of the third stage of economic and monetary union pursuant to the Treaty of Rome establishing the European Community, as amended by the Treaty on European Union, signed at Maastricht on February 7, 1992; and

(l) whenever in this Indenture or the Notes there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Interest, to the extent that, in such context, Additional Interest is, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes; Terms . The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture on the Issue Date is $3,250,000,000.

The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.06 hereof or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.08 hereof. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article III.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and Agents by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued under this Indenture from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes, other than the initial payment date; provided that the Issuer’s ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuer and the Company’s compliance with Sections 4.03 and 4.12 hereof. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under this Indenture may not, unless the Issuer so elects, be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Any

 

-43-


Additional Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture will be not treated as fungible with the Initial Notes of the relevant series for United States federal income tax purposes or under the laws of any other jurisdiction, unless the Issuer so elects. Unless the context otherwise requires, for all purposes of this Indenture, references to the Notes include any Additional Notes actually issued.

SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating .

(a) The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, and the CUSIP applicable to Transfer Restricted Notes and Unrestricted Notes as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

(b) Global Notes . Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Registrar or the Custodian, at the direction of the Registrar, in accordance with instructions given by the holder thereof as required by Section 2.07 hereof.

SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication . One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Notes in accordance with this Section 2.03. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order (an “ Authentication Order ”) and an Opinion of Counsel conforming with Section 314(c) of the TIA, authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon receipt of an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes issued hereunder.

The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuer. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer. The Trustee hereby appoints Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as authenticating agent for the Notes.

 

-44-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in Section 9.02, all Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Notes may vote or consent) as one class and no series of Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.

SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent . The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency, where (a) Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”), (b) Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment and (c) notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Paying Agent shall not be the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer, upon notice to the Trustee, may have one or more Co-Registrars and one or more additional paying agents reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent, and the term “Registrar” includes any Co-Registrar. The Issuer may change the Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any holder.

The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which agreement shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA and implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee, in advance, of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such.

The Issuer initially appoints Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as the Registrar and Paying Agent with respect to the Notes and initially appoints [ ] as Depositary in each case until such time as such entity has resigned or a successor has been appointed.

The Issuer may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided , however , that no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuer and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign upon 30 days prior written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee; provided , however , that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08.

SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust . Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on each due date of the principal of and interest on any Note, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Issuer shall require the Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. If the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto. The Issuer at any time may require the Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.

SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists . The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list delivered to it of the names and addresses of holders. If the

 

-45-


Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of holders.

SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange .

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.07, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor thereto or a nominee of such successor thereto. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note of the same series unless (A) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days, or (B) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (A) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note of the same series or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Section 2.08 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note of the same series or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.07 or Section 2.08 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the preceding events in (A) or (B) above and pursuant to Section 2.07(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.07(a); provided , however , beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.07(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . [Beneficial interests in any Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.07(b)(i).] [Trustee to confirm]

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.07(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the applicable Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing such Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the applicable Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing such Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note of the same series in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the applicable Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above. Upon satisfaction of all

 

-46-


of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, and as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, the Registrar shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.07(h) hereof.

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .

(i) [Intentionally Omitted] .

(ii) [Intentionally Omitted] .

(iii) [Intentionally Omitted] .

(iv) Beneficial Interests in Global Notes to Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (A) or (B) of Section 2.07(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.07(b)(ii) hereof, the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.07(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the applicable Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Registrar shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .

(i) [Intentionally Omitted] .

(ii) [Intentionally Omitted] .

(iii) Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . A holder of a Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note or transfer such Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Registrar shall cancel the applicable Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (iii) above at a time when a Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a holder of Definitive Notes and such holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.07(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes

 

-47-


duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.07(e):

(i) [Intentionally Omitted] .

(ii) [Intentionally Omitted] .

(iii) Definitive Notes to Definitive Notes . A holder of Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the holder thereof.

(f) Transfer of Transfer Restricted Notes for Unrestricted Notes . Upon request by a holder of a Transfer Restricted Note, the Registrar shall transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note, in the form of a transfer of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest in a Global Note or Definitive Note, in each case which is an Unrestricted Note, as otherwise provided herein for transfers of beneficial interests in a Global Note or a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest in a Global Note or a Definitive Note.

(g) Legends . The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:

(i) [Intentionally Omitted] .

(ii) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE

 

-48-


OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

(iii) [Intentionally Omitted] .

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Registrar or by the Depositary at the direction of the Registrar to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Registrar or by the Depositary at the direction of the Registrar to reflect such increase.

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.08, 3.08, 4.06, 4.08 and 9.05 hereof).

(iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(v) The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.04 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

 

-49-


(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(vii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.14 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and the Registrar shall mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

(viii) At the option of the holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and the Registrar shall mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.03 hereof.

(ix) All certifications, certificates, Officer’s Certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 2.07 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

(x) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Notes) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes . If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the holder (a) satisfies the Issuer and the Trustee within a reasonable time after such holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuer and the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “ protected purchaser ”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, such holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, a Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss or liability that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced and subsequently presented or claimed for payment. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the holder for their expenses in replacing a Note (including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements in replacing such Notes). In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof.

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer.

 

-50-


The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes.

SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes . Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by the Registrar, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Subject to Section 13.06, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuer receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08.

If a Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and no Paying Agent is prohibited from paying such money to the holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

SECTION 2.10. [ Intentionally Omitted ].

SECTION 2.11. Cancellation . The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Registrar for cancellation. The Registrar and each Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and shall dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures. The Registrar and each Paying Agent shall give written notice to the Trustee of any Notes delivered to them and cancelled. Subject to Section 2.08, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall not authenticate Notes in place of canceled Notes other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. However, if the Company shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.11.

SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest . If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuer shall pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes ( plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are holders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each affected holder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.

SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Numbers, Etc . The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers, either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes and that any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall advise the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

 

-51-


SECTION 2.14. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes . The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of determination, shall be the principal amount of the Notes at such date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the holders of which have so consented, by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.09, Section 9.02 and Section 13.06 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be made by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate.

ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01. Optional Redemption . The Notes may be redeemed, in whole, or from time to time in part, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices set forth in Section 5 of the forms of Note set forth in Exhibit A hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

SECTION 3.02. Applicability of Article . Redemption of Notes at the election of the Issuer or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article.

SECTION 3.03. Notices to Trustee . If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 5 of the Note, it shall notify the Trustee, the Registrar and each Paying Agent in writing of (i) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price. The Issuer shall give notice to the Trustee provided for in this paragraph at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date if the redemption is pursuant to Section 5 of the Note, unless a shorter period is acceptable to the Trustee. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel from the Issuer to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein, as well as such notice required to be delivered under Section 3.05 below. If fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Issuer and given to the Trustee, which record date shall be not fewer than 15 days after the date of notice to the Trustee. Any such notice may be canceled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect.

SECTION 3.04. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed . Selection of Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis by lot of otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary to the extent practicable; provided that no Notes of $100,000 principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part.

If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed at any time in connection with an optional redemption, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption as follows:

(i) if the Notes to be redeemed are listed, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such Notes are listed; or

(ii) if the Notes to be redeemed are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.

 

-52-


SECTION 3.05. Notice of Optional Redemption .

(a) At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date pursuant to Section 5 of the Note, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail a notice of redemption to each holder whose Notes are to be redeemed.

Any such notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(i) the redemption date;

(ii) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the redemption date;

(iii) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(iv) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued interest;

(v) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed, the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption;

(vi) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(vii) the CUSIP number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed; and

(viii) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

(b) At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense. In such event, the Issuer shall provide the Trustee and each Paying Agent with the information required by this Section at least one Business Day prior to the date such notice is to be provided to holders in the final form such notice is to be delivered to holders and such notice may not be canceled.

SECTION 3.06. Effect of Notice of Redemption . Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.05, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice, except as provided in the final sentence of Section 5 of the Notes. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice (including any premium, if any), plus accrued interest, to, but not including, the redemption date; provided , however , that if the redemption date is after a regular Record Date and on or prior to the Interest Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant Record Date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other holder.

SECTION 3.07. Deposit of Redemption Price On or before the redemption date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Legal Tender funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus premium (if any) on and unpaid interest including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed

 

-53-


on that date. The Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any U.S. Legal Tender so deposited that is not required for that purpose, except with respect to monies owed as obligations to the Trustee pursuant to Article VII.

Unless the Issuer fails to comply with the preceding paragraph and defaults in the payment of such redemption price, interest on the Notes to be redeemed will cease to accrue on and after the applicable redemption date, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment.

SECTION 3.08. Notes Redeemed in Part . Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall authenticate for the holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuer has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes . The Issuer shall promptly pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. An installment of principal of or interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds as of 12:00 p.m. Eastern time money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful.

SECTION 4.02. Reports and Other Information .

(a) For the periods commencing with the period ending on December 31, 2010 and notwithstanding that the Issuer or the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Company shall file with the SEC (and provide the Trustee and holders with copies thereof, without cost to each holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC),

(i) within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for non-accelerated filers, annual reports on Form 10-K (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor or comparable form),

(ii) within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for non-accelerated filers, reports on Form 10-Q (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor or comparable form),

 

-54-


(iii) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported (and in any event within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations), such other reports on Form 8-K (or any successor or comparable form), and

(iv) any other information, documents and other reports which the Issuer would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

provided , however , that the Company shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event, the Company will make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the holders, in each case within 15 days after the time the Issuer would be required to file such information with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to furnish any information, certificates or reports required by Items 307 or 308 of Regulation S-K prior to the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement.

(b) In the event that the rules and regulations of the SEC permit the Company to report at such parent entity’s level on a consolidated basis and such parent entity is not engaged in any business in any material respect other than incidental to its ownership, directly or indirectly, of the capital stock of the Issuer, or consolidating reporting at the parent entity’s level in a manner consistent with that described in this Section 4.02.

(c) The Issuer will make such information available to prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Issuer has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding during any period when it is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or otherwise permitted to furnish the SEC with certain information pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) of the Exchange Act, it will furnish to the holders of the Notes and to prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer will be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to above to the Trustee if the Issuer has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available. In addition, the requirements of this Section 4.02 shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offers contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement relating to the First Lien Notes or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by (1) the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and/or Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the provisions of such Registration Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto, if such registration statement and/or amendments thereto are filed at times that otherwise satisfy the time requirements set forth in Section 4.02(a) and/or (2) the posting of reports that would be required to be provided to the Trustee and the holders on the Issuer’s website (or that of any of its parent companies).

Reports by the Company or Guarantors delivered to the Trustee should be considered for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

 

-55-


SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .

(a) (i) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and (ii) the Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Issuer or any Guarantor) to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Issuer and any Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and, subject to Section 4.03(c), any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock or issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 1.75 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net cash proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

(b) The limitations set forth in Section 4.03(a) shall not apply to:

(i) (A) Indebtedness under the First Lien Notes issued on the Issue Date, and the guarantees thereof, and (B) an aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding in the form of any other series of notes representing First Priority Lien Obligations (“ other first lien notes ”) issued in one or more tranches under this Indenture, and the guarantees by the Guarantors thereof, if on a pro forma basis after giving effect thereto (including a pro forma application of the proceeds thereof), the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio of the Company would not exceed 2.25 to 1.00;

(ii) Indebtedness under the Notes and the 2014 Notes issued on the Issue Date;

(iii) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Credit Facilities, as follows:

(A) Indebtedness under any Credit Facilities (other than Asset Backed Credit Facilities) in the aggregate principal amount of $1,500 million plus an aggregate additional principal amount of Indebtedness secured by a Lien outstanding at any one time such that on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the proceeds therefrom) the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio of the Company would not exceed 2.25 to 1.00; provided that the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to this subclause (A) shall be reduced by the amount of any (x) prepayments of term loans under Credit Facilities or (y) permanent reductions of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility (other than any such prepayments of the ABL Facility), in the case of each of (x) and (y) with the proceeds of an Asset Sale (other than any Asset Sale in respect of Specified ABL Facility Assets);

(B) Indebtedness under Asset Backed Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (i) $2,250 million and (ii) the sum of 90% of the net book value of the accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and 70% of the net book value of the inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (the “ Borrowing Base ”) less (x) in the case of the calculation of the Borrowing Base under this subclause (B)(ii), the amount of the Borrowing Base that is the subject of an on-balance sheet Qualified Receivables Financing (it being understood that any of the

 

-56-


Borrowing Base that is subject to arrangements for disposition or transfer in connection with an off-balance sheet Qualified Receivables Financing shall not be included in the Borrowing Base) and (y) in the case of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under this subclause (B)(ii), the amount of any Indebtedness Incurred under any Oil Indexed Credit Facility; provided that any assets or property securing any Project Financing Incurred pursuant to clause (v)(b) below shall be excluded when determining the Borrowing Base; provided further that Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to this subclause (B) shall be reduced by the amount of any permanent reductions of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility (other than any such prepayments of revolving credit facilities Incurred pursuant to subclause (A) above) with the proceeds of an Asset Sale (other than any Asset Sale in respect of Specified ABL Facility Assets); provided further that, in the event of an Asset Acquisition, Indebtedness may be Incurred against the Borrowing Base pursuant to the foregoing in anticipation of the completion of such Asset Acquisition on the assumption that the Borrowing Base of the subject of the Asset Acquisition has been acquired; and

(C) Indebtedness under any Oil Indexed Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $750.0 million; provided that amounts Incurred pursuant to an Oil Indexed Credit Facility will be required to reduce the amount of Indebtedness Incurred under the Borrowing Base to the extent Indebtedness in such amount as would no longer be permitted to be Incurred under subclause (B) above (without duplication for the requirements of subclause (B) above);

(iv) Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date (other than the First Lien Notes and Indebtedness described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $600.0 million, after giving effect to the consummation of the Reorganization Plan, which shall have the obligors, collateral, maturity and amortization features summarized under “Description of Certain Indebtedness” in the Offering Memorandum, and guarantees of Indebtedness of Joint Ventures outstanding on the Issue Date, and operating leases of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date to the extent characterized as a Capitalized Lease Obligation after the Issue Date;

(v) (A) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, Disqualified Stock issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company to finance (whether prior to or within 270 days after) the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets); provided that Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (v)(A) is not Incurred to finance a Business Acquisition, (B) Indebtedness Incurred in connection with any Project Financing or (C) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to a Catalyst Sale/Leaseback Transaction;

(vi) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement Obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees issued in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other benefits to employees or former employees or their families or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or similar requirements, and letters of credit in connection with the maintenance of, or pursuant to the requirements of, environmental or other permits or licenses from governmental authorities, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims;

 

-57-


(vii) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with any acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of the Company in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

(viii) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (except in respect of intercompany current liabilities Incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries) any such Indebtedness owed to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations of the Company under the Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (viii);

(ix) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (ix);

(x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the Issuer or a Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor (except in respect of intercompany current liabilities Incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries), such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, in respect of the Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (x);

(xi) Hedging Obligations that are not Incurred for speculative purposes but for the purpose of (1) fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding; (2) fixing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; (3) fixing or hedging commodity price risk, including the price or cost of raw materials, emission rights, manufactured products or related commodities, with respect to any commodity purchases or sales; or (4) hedging the potential exposure in respect of certain executives’ and employees’ options over, or stock appreciation rights in relation to, shares of Royal Dutch Shell plc and BASF AG;

(xii) (A) obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances, tender, bid, judgment, appeal, performance or governmental contract bonds and completion guarantees, surety, standby letters of credit and warranty and contractual service obligations of a like nature, trade letters of credit and documentary letters of credit and similar bonds or guarantees provided by the Company or

 

-58-


any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or (B) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee issued pursuant to any of the Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(xiii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or, subject to Section 4.03(c), Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xiii), does not exceed the greater of $1,000.0 million and 4.25% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company at the time of Incurrence (it being understood that any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xiii) shall cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xiii) but shall be deemed Incurred for purposes of Section 4.03(a) from and after the first date on which the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, could have Incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) without reliance upon this clause (xiii));

(xiv) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company, the Issuer or any Pledgor and Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Pledgor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference not greater than 200% of the net cash proceeds received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company (which proceeds are contributed to the Company) or cash contributed to the capital of the Company (in each case other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to, or contributions received from, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with Section 4.04(a)(iv)(3) to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash has not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof);

(xv) any guarantee by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other Obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided that (i) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of the Notes, as applicable, any such guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Restricted Subsidiary’s obligations with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of the Notes, as applicable, or (ii) if such guarantee is of Indebtedness of the Company under the First Lien Notes or the Senior Term Loan Facility, such guarantee is Incurred in accordance with Section 4.11, solely to the extent such covenant is applicable;

(xvi) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which serves to refund, refinance or defease any Indebtedness Incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as permitted under Section 4.03(a) and clauses (i), (ii), (iv), (v), (xiv) and (xvii) of this paragraph or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including any additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to pay premiums (including

 

-59-


tender premiums) and original issue discount, expenses, defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith; provided that any such Indebtedness until reclassified in accordance with this Indenture shall remain Incurred pursuant to clauses (i), (iv), (v), (xiv) and (xvii), as applicable (subject to the following proviso, “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”), prior to its maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the shorter of (x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded, refinanced or defeased and (y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of principal on the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced that were due on or after the date that is one year following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding were instead due on such date;

(2) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (a) Indebtedness junior to the Notes or the Obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of the Notes, as applicable, such Refinancing Indebtedness is junior to the Notes or such Obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, to at least the same extent or (b) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, of the same issuer; and

(3) shall not include (a) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor, or (b) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

provided , further that subclause (1) of this clause (xvi) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Secured Indebtedness constituting First Priority Lien Obligations;

(xvii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Company or, subject to Section 4.03(c), any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (A) Incurred to finance an Asset Acquisition or (B) Incurred by a Person in connection with or anticipation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of an Asset Acquisition or to finance an Asset Acquisition or (y) a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as a result of an Asset Acquisition or assumed in connection with an Asset Acquisition by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and, in any such case under this subclause (y), not Incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Acquisition; provided that, in the case of clause (y), the holders of any such Indebtedness do not, at any time, have direct or indirect recourse to any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Acquisition; provided that after giving effect to such Asset Acquisition, either:

(1) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a); or

(2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would be greater than immediately prior to such Asset Acquisition;

 

-60-


(xviii) Indebtedness Incurred in a Qualified Receivables Financing that is without recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(xix) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its Incurrence;

(xx) Indebtedness under any Treasury Services Agreement or any Structured Financing Transaction;

(xxi) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries; provided , however , that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (xxi), when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xxi), does not exceed the greater of $525.0 million and 4.25% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries at any one time outstanding (it being understood that any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xxi) shall cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xxi) but shall be deemed Incurred for the purposes of Section 4.03(a) from and after the first date on which such Foreign Subsidiary could have Incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) without reliance upon this clause (xxi));

(xxii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (1) the financing of insurance premiums or (2) take-or-pay Obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(xxiii) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company to the extent described in Section 4.04(b)(iv);

(xxiv) Indebtedness Incurred on behalf of, or representing guarantees of Indebtedness of, Joint Ventures of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, the greater of $375.0 million and 1.50% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company; and

(xxv) Indebtedness Incurred by Lyondell Basell Australia Pty Ltd. and its successors in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $80.0 million; provided that such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than Australia.

(c) Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not Incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.03(a) or clause (xiii) or (xvii)(x) (or clause (xv) to the extent constituting a guarantee of Indebtedness Incurred under Section 4.03(a) or clause (xiii) or (xvii)(x)) of Section 4.03(b) if, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net cash proceeds therefrom), the aggregate amount of Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors Incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.03(a) and clauses (xiii) and (xvii)(x) (or clause (xv) to the extent constituting a guarantee of Indebtedness Incurred under Section 4.03(a) or clause (xiii) or (xvii)(x)) of Section 4.03(b), collectively, would exceed the greater of $600.0 million and 5.0% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors.

 

-61-


(d) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03:

(i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (xxv) of Section 4.03(b) or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a), the Company, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.03; provided that Indebtedness Incurred, or committed for, under the Credit Facilities and the First Lien Notes on or before the Issue Date or pursuant to an Oil Indexed Credit Facility shall at all times be deemed to be Incurred under clauses (i) and (iii) of Section 4.03(b); and

(ii) at the time of Incurrence, the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Sections 4.03(a) and (b) without giving pro forma effect to the Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b) when calculating the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a).

Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, amortization of original issue discount, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be an Incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.03. Guarantees of, or Obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 4.03.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. Dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. Dollar Equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt; or if any such Indebtedness is subject to a Currency Agreement with respect to the currency in which such Indebtedness is denominated covering principal, premium, if any, and interest on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness and such interest and premium, if any, shall be determined after giving effect to all payments in respect thereof under such Currency Agreement; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.03, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

 

-62-


SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment made in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Company (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(ii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of (A) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement and (B) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (viii) or (x) of Section 4.03(b)); or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment

(all of the payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above are collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a); and

(3) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made after the Issue Date (including the Fair Market Value of non-cash amounts constituting Restricted Payments and Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (i), (ii) (vi)(B), (viii), (xii)(B) and (xvi) of Section 4.04(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04(b)) shall not exceed the sum of, without duplication.

(i) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period, the “ Reference Period ”) from March 31, 2012 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

 

-63-


(ii) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash, received by the Company after March 31, 2012 (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to Incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(xiv) from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (excluding Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Excluded Contributions and Disqualified Stock), including Equity Interests issued upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to a Restricted Subsidiary), plus

(iii) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of the Company received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash after March 31, 2012 (other than Excluded Contributions, Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock and Disqualified Stock and other than contributions to the extent such contributions have been used to Incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(xiv)), plus

(iv) 100% of the principal amount of any Indebtedness, or the liquidation preference or maximum fixed repurchase price, as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof issued after March 31, 2012 (other than Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock issued to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof) or 100% of the principal amount of any debt securities of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof that are convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock issued after the Issue Date (other than debt securities issued to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof) which, in any such case, have been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests in the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company ( provided in the case of any parent, such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is retired or extinguished) after March 31, 2012, plus

(v) 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after March 31, 2012 from:

(A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances which constituted Restricted Investments (other than in each case to the extent that the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to clause (vii) of Section 4.04(b) below) or

(B) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

(vi) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted

 

-64-


Subsidiary of the Company, in each case subsequent to March 31, 2012, the Fair Market Value of the Investment of the Company in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable), after deducting any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or combined or any Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred or conveyed (other than in each case to the extent that the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to clause (vii) of Section 4.04(b) below or constituted a Permitted Investment).

(b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(ii) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) of the Company or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company, any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company or contributions to the equity capital of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Disqualified Stock or any Equity Interests sold to a Subsidiary of the Company) (collectively, including any such contributions, “ Refunding Capital Stock ”),

(B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of Refunding Capital Stock, and

(C) if immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (vi) of this Section 4.04(b) and not made pursuant to clause (ii)(B), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which are used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent of the Company) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(iii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuer or any Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuer or any Guarantor which is Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03 so long as:

(A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of, plus any accrued and unpaid interest on the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value ( plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, any tender premiums, plus any defeasance costs, fees and expenses Incurred in connection therewith),

(B) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantor’s obligations in respect of the Notes, as the case may be, at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value,

 

-65-


(C) such Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the earlier of (x) the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (y) 91 days following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding, and

(D) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time Incurred which is not less than the shorter of (x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired and (y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of principal on the Subordinated Indebtedness being redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired that were due on or after the date that is 91 days following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding were instead due on such date;

(iv) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (iv) do not exceed $35.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted to be carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $70.0 million in any calendar year); provided , further , however , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(A) the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company (to the extent contributed to the Company) to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company that occurs after the Issue Date ( provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(iii) or be used as the basis for the Incurrence of Indebtedness under Section 4.03(b)(xiv)), plus

(B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity (to the extent contributed to the Company) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date;

provided that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year; and provided , further , that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any present or former employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.04 or any other provision of this Indenture;

 

-66-


(v) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued or Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”;

(vi) (A) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date; and

(B) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(ii);

provided , however , in the case of each of (A) and (B) above of this clause (vi), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Company would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.75 to 1.00;

(vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $375 million and 1.50% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), plus 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of property other than cash received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any Investment made pursuant to this clause (vii);

(viii) (x) Restricted Payments by the Company in an amount not to exceed $75.0 million per annum, and (y) following a Primary Offering only, the payment of dividends on the listed Equity Interests at a rate not to exceed 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by the Company or the Issuer in connection with such a Primary Offering or any subsequent Primary Offering;

(ix) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(x) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $450.0 million and 2.00% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company at the time made;

(xi) the payment of dividends or other distributions to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer that files a consolidated tax return that includes the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, by virtue of such parent being the common parent of a consolidated or combined tax group of which the Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries are members) in an amount not to exceed the amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would have been required to pay in respect of federal, state or local taxes (as the case may be) if the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries paid such taxes as a standalone taxpayer (or standalone group);

 

-67-


(xii) the payment of Restricted Payments, if applicable:

(A) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to pay fees and expenses (including legal, audit and tax, including franchise tax, expenses) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, directors and employees of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer and general corporate operating and overhead expenses of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer in each case to the extent such fees and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer, if applicable, and its Subsidiaries;

(B) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, to pay interest and/or principal on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been contributed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and that has been guaranteed by and treated as Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03 (it being agreed that (i) all interest expense shall be included in the calculation of the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” of the Company and (ii) no contribution of such proceeds may be included in the calculation of Restricted Payments capacity or in the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred based on contributions to the Company); and

(C) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Company to pay fees and expenses, other than to Affiliates of the Company, related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent that has been undertaken to finance the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(xiii) repurchases of Equity Interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(xiv) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing and the payment or distribution of Receivables Fees;

(xv) Restricted Payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person;

(xvi) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under Sections 4.06 and 4.08; provided that all Notes tendered by holders of the Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer, Asset Sale Offer or Collateral Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value in accordance with the provisions hereof;

(xvii) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with Section 5.01; provided that as a result of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer of assets, the Issuer shall have made a Change of Control Offer (if required by this Indenture) and that all Notes tendered by holders in connection with such Change of Control Offer have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

 

-68-


(xviii) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Emergence Transactions;

(xix) distributions by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any Joint Venture of chemicals to a holder of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture if such distributions are made pursuant to a provision in a Joint Venture agreement or other arrangement entered into in connection with the establishment of such Joint Venture or Restricted Subsidiary that requires such holder to pay a price for such chemicals equal to that which would be paid in a comparable transaction negotiated on an arm’s length basis (or pursuant to a provision that imposes a substantially equivalent requirement); and

(xx) any Restricted Payments under any Treasury Services Agreement or any Structured Financing Transaction;

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (iii), (vi), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x) and (xii)(B) of this Section 4.04(b), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will only be permitted if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Notwithstanding Section 4.04(b)(x), prior to March 31, 2012 the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay any cash dividend or make any cash distribution on, or in respect of, the Company’s Capital Stock or purchase for cash or otherwise acquire for cash any Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company for the purpose of paying any cash dividend or making any cash distribution to, or acquiring Capital Stock of any direct or indirect parent of the Company for cash from, the Sponsors, or guarantee any Indebtedness of any Affiliate of the Company for the purpose of paying such dividend, making such distribution or so acquiring such Capital Stock to or from the Sponsors, in each case by means of the exception provided by clause (x) of Section 4.04(b) if at the time and after giving effect to such payment, the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio of the Company would be greater than 2.25 to 1.00.

SECTION 4.05. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(a) (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Stock or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits; or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(c) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

-69-


except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) agreements existing and contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Senior Term Loan Facility, the ABL Facility, the Euro Securitization and the other Credit Facilities;

(2) the First Lien Indenture, the First Lien Notes or the other first lien notes permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(i);

(3) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(4) any agreement or other instrument (including those governing Capital Stock) of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which was in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

(5) contracts or agreements for the sale of assets, including any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Sections 4.03 and 4.12 that limit the right of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(7) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(8) customary provisions in Joint Venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9) purchase money obligations for property acquired and Capitalized Lease Obligations in the ordinary course of business;

(10) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(11) any encumbrance or restriction in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; provided that such restrictions only apply to the applicable receivables and related intangibles;

(12) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (a) of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary, (b) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary so long as such encumbrances and restrictions contained in any agreement or instrument will not materially affect the Company’s ability to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Company) or (c) of any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in connection with any Project Financing, provided that in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.03;

 

-70-


(13) any Restricted Investment not prohibited by Section 4.04 and any Permitted Investment;

(14) customary provisions in Hedging Obligations permitted under this Indenture and entered into in the ordinary course of business; or

(15) the Indenture or the Notes or the 2014 Indenture or the 2014 Notes; or

(16) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or Obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (15) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, as determined good faith by the Company, no more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.05, (i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.

Section 4.06. Asset Sales .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale, unless (x) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of, and (y) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

(i) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or such Restricted Subsidiary’s Obligations in respect of the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets,

(ii) any notes or other Obligations or other securities or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received), and

(iii) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 4.06(a)(iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of 3.75% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company and $750.0 million at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value),

 

-71-


shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the purposes of this Section 4.06(a).

(b) Within 15 months after the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary Company may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, at its option:

(i) to repay and/or repurchase (A) Indebtedness constituting First and Second Priority Lien Obligations; (B) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Pledgor, (C) Notes Obligations or (D) other Pari Passu Indebtedness ( provided that if the Issuer or any Pledgor shall so reduce other Pari Passu Indebtedness, the Issuer will equally and ratably reduce Notes Obligations through open-market purchases (provided that such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all holders to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the pro rata principal amount of Notes), in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer; or

(ii) to make an Investment in any one or more businesses ( provided that if such Investment is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), assets or property, in each case (a) used or useful in a Similar Business or (b) that replace the properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; provided, however , that with respect to any Asset Sale of Collateral only, the assets or property subject to such Investment (other than to the extent it would constitute Excluded Assets) shall be pledged as Collateral.

In the case of Section 4.06(b)(ii), a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment; provided that in the event such binding commitment is later canceled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are so applied, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another binding commitment (a “ Second Commitment ”) within six months of such cancellation or termination of the prior binding commitment; provided , further , that the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may only enter into a Second Commitment under the foregoing provision one time with respect to each Asset Sale and to the extent such Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Collateral Excess Proceeds or Excess Proceeds, as applicable. Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale of Collateral (other than Specified ABL Facility Assets and other than to the extent required to be used in any accepted offer or otherwise to repay any First Priority Lien Obligations as required under the First Lien Notes and related indenture or Senior Term Loan Facility or other agreement governing First Priority Lien Obligations or Second Priority Lien Obligations) that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.06(b) (it being understood that any portion of such Net Proceeds used to purchase or make an offer to purchase Notes, as described in clause (1) above, shall be deemed to have been invested whether or not such offer is accepted) will be deemed to constitute “ Collateral Excess Proceeds .” The Issuer shall make an offer to all holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any First Priority Lien Obligations, Second Priority Lien Obligations or Third Priority Lien Obligations secured by a Lien permitted under the

 

-72-


Indenture, to the holders of such First Priority Lien Obligations, Second Priority Lien Obligations or such other Third Priority Lien Obligations (including any mandatory prepayment required by the Senior Term Loan Facility) (a “ Collateral Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes that is a minimum of $100,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof that may be purchased out of the Collateral Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or, in the event such Notes or other Third Priority Lien Obligations were issued with significant original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, (or, in respect of other Third Priority Lien Obligations, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such other Third Priority Lien Obligations) to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture; provided, that with respect to any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales of Collateral realized or received by any Foreign Subsidiary, the aggregate amount of such Net Proceeds required to be applied shall be further subject to reduction to the extent the expatriation of such Net Proceeds (1) would result in adverse tax or legal consequences, (2) would be reasonably likely to result in adverse personal liability of any director of the Company or a Foreign Subsidiary or (3) would result in the insolvency of a Foreign Subsidiary. The Issuer will commence a Collateral Asset Sale Offer with respect to Collateral Excess Proceeds within ten (10) Business Days after the date that Collateral Excess Proceeds exceed $200.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale of non-Collateral (other than Specified ABL Facility Assets and other than to the extent required to be used in any accepted offer or otherwise to repay any First Priority Lien Obligations as required under the First Lien Notes and related indenture, or Senior Term Loan Facility or other agreement governing First Priority Lien Obligations or Second Priority Lien Obligations) that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.06(b) (it being understood that any portion of such Net Proceeds used to purchase or make an offer to purchase Notes, as described in clause (i) of this Section 4.06(b), shall be deemed to have been invested whether or not such offer is accepted) will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $200.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all holders of Notes (and, at the option of the Company, to holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness) (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) that is at least $100,000 and an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or, in the event such Pari Passu Indebtedness was issued with significant original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any (or, in respect of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.06; provided that with respect to any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales of non-Collateral realized or received by any Foreign Subsidiary, the aggregate amount of such Net Proceeds required to be applied shall be subject to reduction to the extent the expatriation of such Net Proceeds (1) would result in adverse tax or legal consequences, (2) would be reasonably likely to result in adverse personal liability of any director of the Company or a Foreign Subsidiary or (3) would result in the insolvency of the Foreign Subsidiary. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten (10) Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $200.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of Section 4.06(f), with a copy to the Trustee.

To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such other Third Priority Lien Obligations tendered pursuant to a Collateral Asset Sale Offer is less than the Collateral Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Collateral Excess Proceeds for any purpose that is not prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or other Third Party Lien Obligations surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Collateral Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other Third Priority Lien Obligations to be purchased in the manner described below. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to an

 

-73-


Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose that is not prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described in Section 4.06(f). Upon completion of any such Collateral Asset Sale Offer or Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Collateral Excess Proceeds or Excess Proceeds, as the case may be, shall be reset at zero.

(c) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its Obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

(d) Not later than the date upon which written notice of an Asset Sale Offer is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate as to (i) the amount of the Excess Proceeds, (ii) the allocation of the Net Proceeds from the Asset Sales pursuant to which such Asset Sale Offer is being made and (iii) the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.06(b). On such date, the Issuer shall also irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with a paying agent (or, if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is acting as the Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) an amount equal to the Excess Proceeds to be invested in Cash Equivalents, as directed in writing by the Issuer, and to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.06. Upon the expiration of the period for which the Asset Sale Offer remains open (the “ Offer Period ”), the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Issuer. The Trustee (or the Paying Agent, if not the Trustee) shall, on the date of purchase, mail or deliver payment to each tendering holder in the amount of the purchase price as so specified in the Officer’s Certificate. In the event that the Excess Proceeds delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee are greater than the purchase price of the Notes tendered, the Trustee shall deliver the excess to the Issuer immediately after the expiration of the Offer Period for application in accordance with Section 4.06.

(e) Not later than the date upon which written notice of a Collateral Asset Sale Offer is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate as to (i) the amount of the Collateral Excess Proceeds, (ii) the allocation of the Net Proceeds from the Collateral Asset Sales pursuant to which such Collateral Asset Sale Offer is being made and (iii) the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.06(b). On such date, the Issuer shall also irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is acting as the Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) an amount equal to the Collateral Excess Proceeds to be invested in Cash Equivalents, as directed in writing by the Issuer, and to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.06. Upon the expiration of the period for which the Collateral Asset Sale Offer remains open (the “Collateral Asset Sale Offer Period”), the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Issuer. The Trustee (or the Paying Agent, if not the Trustee) shall, on the date of purchase, mail or deliver payment to each tendering holder in the amount of the purchase price as instructed in the Officer’s Certificate. In the event that the Collateral Excess Proceeds delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee are greater than the purchase price of the Notes tendered, the Trustee shall deliver the excess to the Issuer reasonably promptly following a Responsible Officer’s actual knowledge of the expiration of the Collateral Asset Sale Offer Period for application in accordance with Section 4.06.

(f) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Issuer at the address specified in the notice at least

 

-74-


three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Issuer receives not later than one Business Day prior to the purchase date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered by the holder for purchase and a statement that such holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased. If at the end of the Offer Period more Notes (and such Third Priority Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable) are tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer than the Issuer is required to purchase, Notes tendered will be repurchased on a pro rata basis; provided that no Notes of $100,000 or less shall be purchased in part. Selection of such Third Priority Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable shall be made pursuant to the terms of such Third Priority Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Indebtedness.

(g) Notices of an Asset Sale Offer or Collateral Asset Sale Offer shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each holder of Notes at such holder’s registered address. If any Note is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased.

SECTION 4.07. Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, unless:

(i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $100.0 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company, approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (a) above.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) shall not apply to the following:

(i) transactions between or among the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or an entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction) and any merger, consolidation or amalgamation of the Issuer and any direct parent of the Issuer;

(ii) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04 and Permitted Investments;

(iii) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursement of expenses paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, managers, employees or consultants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company;

(iv) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (i) of Section 4.07(a);

 

-75-


(v) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to officers, directors, employees or consultants which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

(vi) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date) or any transaction contemplated thereby as determined in good faith by the Company;

(vii) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any registration rights agreement to which it is a party as of the Issue Date, and any amendment thereto or similar agreements or arrangements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (vii) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

(viii) the Emergence Transactions, including the payment of fees and expenses paid in connection therewith;

(ix) (A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Company, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party or (B) transactions with Joint Ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or industry norm;

(x) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(xi) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to any Person;

(xii) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company or of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as appropriate, in good faith;

(xiii) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement that complies with Section 4.04(b)(xii);

(xiv) any contribution to the capital of the Company;

 

-76-


(xv) transactions between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person that is an Affiliate of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries solely because a director of such Person is also a director of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company; provided , however , that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(xvi) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xvii) the formation and maintenance of any consolidated group or subgroup for tax, accounting or cash pooling or management purposes in the ordinary course of business;

(xviii) any employment agreements entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(xix) transactions undertaken in good faith (as certified by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company in an Officer’s Certificate) for the purpose of improving the consolidated tax efficiency of the Company and its Subsidiaries and not for the purpose of circumventing any provision set forth in this Indenture; and

(xx) transactions entered into by a Person prior to the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged or consolidated into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary ( provided such transaction is not entered into in contemplation of such event).

SECTION 4.08. Change of Control .

(a) Upon a Change of Control after the Issue Date, each holder shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), in accordance with the terms contemplated in this Section 4.08; provided , however , that notwithstanding the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer shall not be obligated to purchase any Notes pursuant to this Section 4.08 in the event that it has exercised its right to redeem such Notes in accordance with Article III of this Indenture.

(b) In the event that at the time of such Change of Control the terms of any First Priority Lien Obligation or Second Priority Lien Obligation restrict or prohibit the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this covenant, then prior to the mailing of the notice to holders provided for in the immediately following paragraph but in any event within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall:

(1) repay in full all such Indebtedness under the First Priority Lien Obligation or Second Priority Lien Obligation, as applicable, containing all such restrictions or prohibitions or, if doing so will allow the purchase of Notes, offer to repay in full all such Credit Facility Indebtedness and repay such Credit Facility Indebtedness owed to each lender and/or noteholder who has accepted such offer; or

(2) obtain the requisite consent under the agreements governing such First Priority Lien Obligation or Second Priority Lien Obligation, as applicable, to permit the repurchase of the Notes as provided for in the immediately following clause (c);

 

-77-


it being understood that failure to repay in full all such Indebtedness under the First Priority Lien Obligation or Second Priority Lien Obligation, as applicable, or obtain such requisite consent, shall not release the Issuer of its obligation to make a Change of Control Offer (as defined below) and repurchase the Notes as required hereunder.

(c) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, except to the extent that the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem the Notes in accordance with Article III of this Indenture, the Issuer shall mail a notice (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each holder with a copy to the Trustee stating:

(i) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such holder has the right to require the Issuer to repurchase such holder’s Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date);

(ii) the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such Change of Control;

(iii) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); and

(iv) the instructions determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.08, that a holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased.

(d) holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Issuer at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. The holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Issuer receives not later than one Business Day prior to the purchase date a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered for purchase by the holder and a statement that such holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased. Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.

(e) On the repurchase date, all Notes purchased by the Issuer under this Section shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest to the holders entitled thereto.

(f) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon the consummation of a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.08 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

(h) Notes repurchased by the Issuer pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will have the status of Notes issued but not outstanding or will be retired and canceled at the option of the Issuer. Notes purchased by a third party pursuant to the preceding clause (g) will have the status of Notes issued and outstanding.

 

-78-


(i) At the time the Issuer delivers Notes to the Trustee which are to be accepted for purchase, the Issuer shall also deliver an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted by the Issuer pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.08. A Note shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee, directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering holder.

(j) Prior to any Change of Control Offer, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent contained herein to the right of the Issuer to make such offer have been complied with.

(k) The Issuer shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section by virtue thereof.

SECTION 4.09. Compliance Certificate . The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer, beginning with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2010, an Officer’s Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signer of his or her duties as an Officer of the Issuer he or she would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signer knows of any Default that occurred during such period. If he or she does, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Issuer also shall comply with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA. Except with respect to receipt of payments of principal and interest on the Notes and any Default or Event of Default information contained in the Officer’s Certificate delivered to it pursuant to this Section 4.09, the Trustee shall have no duty to review, ascertain or confirm the Issuer’s compliance with or the breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made in this Indenture.

SECTION 4.10. Further Instruments and Acts .

(a) The Issuer shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

(b) Within the time period set forth on Schedule 4.10, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall deliver, furnish and/or cause to be delivered or furnished, all of the documents as set forth on Schedule 4.10.

SECTION 4.11. Future Subsidiary Guarantors .

(a) The Company shall cause each (i) Domestic Subsidiary of the Company (other than the Issuer) that is Wholly Owned other than, at the election of the Issuer, an Excluded Subsidiary and (ii) Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than the Issuer), in each case, that guarantees the First Lien Notes or the Senior Term Loan Facility to execute and deliver to the Trustee (a) a supplemental indenture joining each such Subsidiary of the Company to this Indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto; and (b) Security Documents and intercreditor agreements providing for Junior Lien Obligations (other than, in the case of the ABL Facility Collateral, which shall be subject to a second priority security interest), pursuant to which such Subsidiary will guarantee payment of the Notes on the same terms and subject to the same conditions and limitations as those described under Article 12 in this Indenture (each such guarantee of the Notes, an “ Additional Guarantee ”).

 

-79-


(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing and the other provisions of this Indenture, any Additional Guarantee of the Notes by a Domestic Subsidiary of the Company that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged in the circumstances described under Section 12.02 hereof. Any Additional Guarantee shall be considered a “Guarantee” as described Section 12.01 and any such Domestic Subsidiary of the Company providing such Additional Guarantee shall be considered a “Guarantor” as described under Section 12.01.

SECTION 4.12. Liens . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness secured by a Lien (except Permitted Liens) on any asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, now owned or hereafter acquired, without making effective provision whereby any and all Notes then or thereafter outstanding will be secured by a Lien equally and ratably with (or, if the obligation to be secured by such Lien is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, prior to) any and all other obligations thereby secured for so long as any such obligations shall be so secured.

Any Lien created for the benefit of the holders pursuant to this covenant will provide by its terms that such Lien will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged (a) upon the release and discharge of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes under this covenant (the “Initial Lien”), (b) upon the sale or other disposition of the assets subject to such Initial Lien (or the sale or other disposition of the Person that owns such assets) in compliance with the terms of the Indenture, (c) upon the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary whose property or assets secure such Initial Lien as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or (d) upon the effectiveness of any defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Notes specified in the Indenture.

SECTION 4.13. After-Acquired Property . Subject to Permitted Liens and the 3-16 Exemption and the Excluded Assets limitations, if any of the Company, the Issuer or any Pledgor acquires any First or Second Priority After-Acquired Property, the Company, the Issuer or such Pledgor shall execute and deliver such mortgages, deeds of trust, security instruments, financing statements and certificates and opinions of counsel as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the Collateral Agent a perfected third priority security interest, subject only to Permitted Liens, in such First or Second Priority After-Acquired Property and to have such First or Second Priority After-Acquired Property added to the Collateral, and thereupon all provisions of this Indenture relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such First or Second Priority After-Acquired Property to the same extent and with the same force and effect. In addition, if granting a security interest in such property requires the consent of a third party, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consent (i) with respect to the first priority security interest for the benefit of the First Lien Notes Collateral Agent on behalf of the holders of the First Lien Notes and for the benefit of the Senior Term Loan Collateral Agent on behalf of the lenders under the Senior Term Loan Facility, (ii) with respect to the second priority security interest for the benefit of the ABL Collateral Agents on behalf of lenders under ABL Facility and (iii) with respect to the third priority security interest for the benefit of Trustee on behalf of the holders of the Notes. If such third party does not consent to the granting of the first priority security interest after the use of such commercially reasonable efforts, the applicable entity will not be required to provide such first, second and third priority security interest. The Issuer, the Company and the Pledgors will also ensure that third priority security interests are maintained as security for the Notes in any property or assets pledged to secure the ABL Facility.

SECTION 4.14. Maintenance of Office or Agency .

(a) The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of

 

-80-


transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the corporate trust office of the Trustee as set forth in Section 13.02.

(b) The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

(c) The Issuer hereby designates the corporate trust office of the Trustee or its agent as such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.04.

SECTION 4.15. Maintenance of Insurance . The Company shall maintain with reputable insurance companies, insurance with respect to its assets, properties and business against loss or damage to the extent available on commercially reasonable terms of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons of similar size engaged in the same or similar industry, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance (including captive industry insurance) reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons of similar size engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Company, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances (including flood insurance) by such other Persons to the extent available to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on commercially reasonable terms.

SECTION 4.16. Covenant Suspension . If on any date following the Issue Date, (i) the Notes have achieved and continue to maintain Investment Grade Ratings from two Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing (such period is referred to herein as an “ Investment Grade Status Period ”), then beginning on that date and continuing until the Reversion Date (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Suspension Event ”), the covenants described under Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07 and 5.01(c)(iv) (the “ Suspended Covenants ”) will not be applicable to the Notes.

If on any date subsequent to a Covenant Suspension Event (the “ Reversion Date ”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events. The period of time between the Covenant Suspension Event and the Reversion Date is referred to as the “ Suspension Period .”

On each Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified as having been Incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or 4.03(b) (to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock would be permitted to be Incurred or issued thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred or issued prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock would not be so permitted to be Incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or 4.03(b) such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under Section 4.03(b)(iv). Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be

 

-81-


made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04 will be made as though the covenant described under Section 4.04 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a). As described above, however, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred on the Reversion Date as a result of any actions taken by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period. For purposes of Section 4.06, on the Reversion Date, the unutilized Collateral Excess Proceeds and Excess Proceeds amount will be reset to zero.

SECTION 4.17. Withholding Taxes .

(a) All payments made under or with respect to the Notes and Guarantees by (i) the Issuer, (ii) the Company or (iii) any entity that becomes a successor of the Issuer or the Company that is organized in a jurisdiction other than the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia as a result of a merger of or other transaction permitted by Section 5.01 (each such person, a “ Payor ”) will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including, without limitation, penalties, interest and other similar liabilities related thereto) of whatever nature (collectively, “ Taxes ”) imposed or levied by or on behalf of any jurisdiction in which any Payor is organized, resident or doing business for tax purposes or from or through which any Payor makes any payment on the Notes or its Guarantee or any department or political subdivision thereof (each, a “ Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction ”), unless such Payor is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law. If any Payor is required by law to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes or such Guarantee, the Payor, shall make all such deductions and withholdings in respect of Taxes, and shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld in respect of Taxes to the relevant taxation authority or other governmental authority in accordance with the applicable requirements of law. If any Payor is so required by law to withhold or deduct, such Payor shall not be obligated to pay any additional amounts in respect of such withholding or deduction on account of Taxes to the holders of the Notes.

The foregoing obligations of this Section 4.17 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and the removal or resignation of the Trustee and the Agents and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to any Payor and to any jurisdiction in which such successor is organized or is otherwise resident or doing business for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made by such successor or its respective agents.

ARTICLE V

SUCCESSOR COMPANY

SECTION 5.01. When Issuer May Merge or Transfer Assets .

(a) The Company shall not, directly or indirectly, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up or convert into (whether or not the Company is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) the Company is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, winding up or conversion (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, Canada or any province

 

-82-


thereof or any state which was a member of the European Union on December 31, 2003 (other than Greece) (the Company or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”); provided that in the case where the surviving Person is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation;

(ii) the Successor Company (if other than the Company) expressly assumes all the Obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form required by this Indenture and in compliance with the intercreditor agreements;

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an Obligation of the Successor Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an Obligation of the Successor Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), either

(A) the Successor Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a); or

(B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and

(v) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer and such supplemental indentures (if any) comply with this Indenture.

(b) The Successor Company (if other than the Company) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Company under this Indenture and the Notes, and in such event the Company will automatically be released and discharged from its Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this covenant, without complying with the foregoing clause (iv), the Company may (A) merge with an Affiliate that has no material assets or liabilities and that is incorporated or organized solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Issuer in any state of the U.S., the District of Columbia, Canada or any province thereof or any state which was a member state of the European Union on December 31, 2003 (other than Greece) and (B) may otherwise convert its legal form under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization.

(c) The Issuer may not, directly or indirectly, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up or convert into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) the Issuer is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, winding up or conversion (if other than the Issuer) or to

 

-83-


which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Issuer ”); provided that in the case where the surviving Person is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation;

(ii) the Successor Issuer (if other than the Issuer) expressly assumes all the Obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form required by this Indenture and in compliance with the intercreditor agreements;

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an Obligation of the Successor Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an Obligation of the Successor Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), either (a) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of Section 4.03; or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and

(v) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer and such supplemental indentures (if any) comply with this Indenture.

(d) The Successor Issuer (if other than the Issuer) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes, and in such event the Issuer will automatically be released and discharged from its Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this covenant, without complying with the foregoing clause (4), the Issuer may (A) merge with an Affiliate that has no material assets or liabilities and that is incorporated or organized solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Issuer, as the case may be, in any state of the U.S. or the District of Columbia and (B) may otherwise convert its legal form under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization so long as there remains a corporate co-obligor. Section 5.01 shall not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

(e) Subject to the provisions of Section 11.04 (which govern the release of assets and property securing the Notes upon the sale or disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Pledgor), no Pledgor shall, and the Company shall not permit any Pledgor to, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Pledgor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless:

(i) either (A) such Pledgor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than such Pledgor) or to which such

 

-84-


sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Pledgor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Pledgor ”) and the Successor Pledgor (if other than such Pledgor) expressly assumes all the Obligations of such Pledgor under this Indenture, the Security Documents and such Pledgor’s Obligations in respect of the Notes pursuant to documents or instruments in form required by this Indenture and in compliance with the intercreditor agreements, or (B) such sale or disposition or consolidation, amalgamation or merger is not in violation of Section 4.06; and

(ii) the Successor Pledgor (if other than such Pledgor) shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture.

Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the Successor Pledgor (if other than such Pledgor) will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Pledgor under this Indenture and such Pledgor’s Obligations in respect of the Notes, and such Pledgor will automatically be released and discharged from its Obligations under this Indenture and such Pledgor’s Obligations in respect of the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Pledgor may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing such Pledgor in another state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Pledgor is not increased thereby and (2) a Pledgor may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with another Pledgor or the Company or may convert its legal form under the laws of reorganization in its jurisdiction.

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, any Pledgor may consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets (collectively, a “Transfer”) to the Company or any Pledgor.

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default . An “ Event of Default ” occurs with respect to Notes if:

(a) there is a default in any payment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days,

(b) there is a default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, of any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise,

(c) the failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply for 60 days after notice with its other agreements contained in the Notes or this Indenture,

(d) the failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) within any applicable grace

 

-85-


period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default, in each case, if the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $100.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent,

(e) either the Company, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(i) commences a voluntary case;

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency,

(f) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(i) is for relief against either the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer in an involuntary case;

(ii) appoints a Custodian of either the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer or for any substantial part of its property; or

(iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of either the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer;

or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days,

(g) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $100.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days,

(h) the Guarantee of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof) or the Company denies or disaffirms its Obligations under this Indenture and such Default continues for 10 days,

(i) unless all of the Notes Collateral has been released from the third priority Liens in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, the third priority Liens on all or substantially all of the Notes Collateral cease to be valid or enforceable and such Default continues for 30 days, or the Company, the Issuer or any Pledgor shall assert, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable and, in the case of any such Person that is a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company fails to cause such

 

-86-


Subsidiary to rescind such assertions within 30 days after the Company has actual knowledge of such assertions, or

(j) the failure by the Company, the Issuer or any Pledgor to comply for 60 days after notice with its other agreements contained in the Security Documents except for a failure that would not be material to the holders of the Notes and would not materially affect the value of the Collateral taken as a whole.

The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

The term “ Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term “ Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

However, a default under clauses (c) or (j) above shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the holders of 30% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default and the Issuer does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (c) or (j) hereof after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “ Notice of Default .” The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within five (5) Business Days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any event which is, or with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or propose to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration . If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or 6.01(f) hereof with respect to the Company or the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuer may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or (f) with respect to the Company or the Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.

In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(d) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the holders of the Notes, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuer delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured, it being understood that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of the Notes as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events.

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes, this Indenture or the Security Documents.

 

-87-


The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. To the extent required by law, all available remedies are cumulative.

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults . Provided the Notes are not then due and payable by reason of a declaration of acceleration, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes by written notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default and its consequences except (a) a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Note, (b) a Default arising from the failure to redeem or purchase any Note when required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or (c) a Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each holder affected. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured and the Issuer, the Trustee and the holders will be restored to their former positions and rights under this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right.

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority . The holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith by its board of directors or trustees, executive committee, or a trust committee of directors or trustees and/or Responsible Officers shall determine that the action or proceeding so directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability or expense for which it is not adequately indemnified, or subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable indemnification security satisfactory to it in its reasonable discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits .

(a) Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(i) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing,

(ii) holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy,

(iii) such holders have offered the Trustee security and reasonable indemnity against any loss, liability or expense acceptable to the Trustee in its sole discretion,

(iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security and indemnity, and

(v) the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

(b) A holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another holder.

 

-88-


SECTION 6.07. Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Notes held by such holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder.

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and (to the extent lawful) on any unpaid interest at the rate provided for in the Notes) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.07.

SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee may file such proofs of claim, statements of interest and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation, expenses disbursements and advances of the Trustee (including counsel, accountants, experts or such other professionals as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or appropriate)) and the holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer or the Company, any Pledgor, their creditors or their property, shall be entitled to participate as a member, voting or otherwise, of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matters and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.

SECTION 6.10. Priorities . Subject to the terms of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI and any other money or property distributable in respect of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture after an Event of Default shall be applied in the following order:

FIRST: to the Trustee and the Agents for amounts due under Section 7.07;

SECOND: to the holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: to the Issuer or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for any Guarantor, to the such Guarantor.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the holders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall mail to each holder and the Issuer a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs . In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a holder pursuant to Section 6.06 or 6.07 or a suit by holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes.

 

-89-


SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws . Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE AND AGENTS

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee and Agents .

(a) The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred, undertake to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in them by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the Trustee and Agents undertake to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee and Agents (it being agreed that the permissive right of the Trustee and Agents to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty); and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee and Agents may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and Agents and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. The Trustee and Agents shall be under no duty to make any investigation as to any statement contained in any such instance, but may accept the same as conclusive evidence of the truth and accuracy of such statement or the correctness of such opinions. However, in the case of certificates or opinions required by any provision hereof to be provided to it, the Trustee and Agents shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) The Trustee or Agents may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;

 

-90-


(ii) the Trustee or Agents shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer or Agent unless it is proved that the Trustee or Agent was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05; and

(iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee or Agents to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise Incur financial or personal liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section and paragraph (b) and (c) with respect to the Agents.

(e) The Trustee and Agents shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee and Agents may agree in writing with the Issuer.

(f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee and Agents shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the TIA.

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee and Agents .

(a) The Trustee and Agents may conclusively rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee and Agents need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Before the Trustee or Agents acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee and Agents shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

(c) The Trustee and Agents may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee and Agents shall not be responsible or liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided , however , that the Trustee’s and Agents’ conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.

(e) The Trustee and Agents may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

(f) The Trustee and Agents shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document unless requested in writing to do so by the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, but the Trustee and Agents, in their discretion, may (but shall not be obligated to) make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee or Agents shall determine to make such further inquiry

 

-91-


or investigation, they shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney, at the expense of the Issuer and shall Incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. Any and all notices, instructions, demands, requests, consents, appraisals, correspondence or other communications shall be in writing and delivered in accordance with Section 13.02.

(g) The Trustee or Agents shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such holders shall have offered to the Trustee or Agents security and indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee or Agents against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be Incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee and Agents, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee and Agents in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(i) The Trustee and Agents shall not be responsible or liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith at the direction of the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes as to the time, method and place of conducting any proceedings for any remedy available to the Trustee and Agents or the exercising of any power conferred by this Indenture.

(j) Any action taken, or omitted to be taken, by the Trustee and Agents in good faith pursuant to this Indenture upon the request or authority or consent of any person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is the holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon future holders of Notes and upon Notes executed and delivered in exchange therefor or in place thereof.

(k) The Trustee and Agents shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee or Agents at the Corporate Office of the Trustee or Agents, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

(l) The Trustee and Agents may request that the Issuer deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

(m) The Trustee and Agents shall not be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee and Agents have been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of actions.

(n) The Trustee and Agents shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers under this Indenture.

(o) The Trustee and Agents shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes;

 

-92-


fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunction of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; and acts of civil or military authorities and governmental action.

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s and Agents’ Disclaimer . The Trustee and Agents shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Notes, Liens, Collateral or Security Documents, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer or any Guarantor in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s or Agents’ certificate of authentication. The Trustee and Agents shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default under Sections 6.01(c) or (j) or of the identity of any Significant Subsidiary unless either (a) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof or (b) the Trustee or Agents shall have received written notice thereof in accordance with Section 13.02 hereof from the Issuer, the Company or any Pledgor or any holder. In accepting the trust hereby created, the Trustee and Agents acts solely as Trustee and Agents for the holders of the Notes and not in its individual capacity and all persons, including without limitation the holders of Notes and the Issuer having any claim against the Trustee and Agents arising from this Indenture shall look only to the funds and accounts held by the Trustee and Agents hereunder for payment except as otherwise provided herein.

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults . If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each holder notice of the Default within the earlier of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium (if any) or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the holders. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee, annually, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous year. The Issuer also is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event which would constitute certain Defaults, their status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to the Holders . As promptly as practicable after each June 30 beginning with the June 30 following the date of this Indenture, and in any event prior to July 30 in each year, the Trustee shall mail to each holder a brief report dated as of such July 30 that complies with Section 313(a) of the TIA if and to the extent required thereby. The Trustee shall also comply with Section 313(b) of the TIA.

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the holders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Issuer agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity . The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee and Agents from time to time such compensation, as the Issuer and the Trustee and Agents shall from time to time agree in writing, for the Trustee’s and Agent’s acceptance of this Indenture and its applicable services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee or Agents upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses Incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation

 

-93-


for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s or Agents’ applicable agents and counsel. The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee and their directors, employees and agents or Agents against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses except for such actions to the extent caused by any negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on their part) Incurred by or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or Guarantee against the Issuer or any Guarantor (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, any Guarantor, any holder or any other Person). The obligation to pay such amounts shall survive the payment in full or defeasance of the Notes or the removal or resignation of the Trustee or Agents. The Trustee and Agents shall notify the Issuer of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided , however , that any failure so to notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer or any Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder. Upon receipt of such notice from the indemnified party, the Issuer or Guarantor, as applicable, shall be entitled to participate in such Proceeding and, to the extent that it shall so desire and provided no conflict of interest exists as specified in subparagraph (b) below or there are no other defenses available to the indemnified party as specified in subparagraph (d) below, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party (in which case all attorney’s fees and expenses shall be borne by the Issuer or the Guarantor and the Issuer or Guarantor shall in good faith defend the indemnified party). The indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel hi any such Proceeding and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be borne by the indemnified party unless (a) the Issuer or Guarantor agrees in writing to pay such fees and expenses, (b) the indemnified party shall have reasonably and in good faith concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Issuer or Guarantor and the indemnified party in the conduct of the defense of such action, (c) the Issuer or the Guarantor fails, within ten (10) days prior to the date the first response or appearance is required to be made in such Proceeding, to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party or (d) there are legal defenses available to indemnified party that are different from or are in addition to those available to the Issuer o r the Guarantor.

To secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee and Agents shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee and Agents other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes.

The Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment and indemnity obligations pursuant to this Section shall survive the satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any bankruptcy law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee or Agents. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee and Agents under applicable law, when the Trustee and Agents Incur expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.

No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee or Agents to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise Incur any financial or personal liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity and security against such risk or liability is not assured to its satisfaction.

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee and Agents .

(a) The Trustee or Agents may resign by so notifying the Issuer in writing at least 30 days in advance. The holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee or

 

-94-


Agents by so notifying the Issuer and the applicable Trustee or Agent in writing at least 30 days in advance nd may appoint a successor Trustee or Agent with the Issuer’s consent. A resignation or removal of a Trustee or Agent and appointment of a successor Trustee or Agent shall become effective only with the successor Trustee’s or Agent’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section. The Issuer shall remove the Trustee or Agent if:

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

(ii) the Trustee or Agent is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

(iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(iv) the Trustee or Agent otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

(b) If the Trustee or any Agent resigns, is removed by the Issuer or by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Agent, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee or an Agent for any reason (the Trustee or Agent in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee or retiring Agent), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Agent.

(c) The successor Trustee or Agent shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee or retiring Agent and to the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee or Agent shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee or Agent under this Indenture. The successor Trustee or Agent shall mail a notice of its succession to the holders. The retiring Trustee or retiring Agent shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee or Agent to the successor Trustee or Agent, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07.

(d) If a successor Trustee or Agent does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee or retiring Agent resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or retiring Agent or the holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition at the expense of the Issuer any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or Agent.

(e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in Section 310(b) of the TIA, any holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note for at least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(f) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee or Agent.

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee or Agent by Merger . If the Trustee or Agent consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee or Agent; provided , however , that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VII.

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee or Agent shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee or Agent may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee or agent, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at

 

-95-


that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee or Agent may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee or Agent; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee or Agent shall have.

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification . The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the TIA. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the TIA, subject to its right to apply for a stay of its duty to resign under the penultimate paragraph of Section 310(b) of the TIA; provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA any series of securities issued under this Indenture and any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA are met.

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer . The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA to the extent indicated.

SECTION 7.12. [Intentionally Omitted] .

SECTION 7.13. Payment of Parallel Debt Pursuant to Dutch Law .

(a) In this Section 7.13:

Dutch Security Documents ” means any Security Documents governed by the laws of The Netherlands; and

Principal Obligations ” means all present and future Obligations to the extent for the payment of money (whether actual or contingent and whether owed jointly or severally) by the Issuer under this Indenture.

(b) With respect to Dutch Security Documents, and solely for purposes of the laws of The Netherlands:

(i) the Issuer irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Trustee an amount equal to the aggregate of all Principal Obligations due and payable but unpaid (the “ Parallel Debt ”);

(ii) the Parallel Debt constitutes obligations and liabilities of the Issuer to the Trustee which are separate and independent from, and without prejudice to, the Principal Obligations and the Parallel Debt represents the Trustee’s own independent right to receive payment of the Parallel Debt from the Issuer;

(iii) notwithstanding Section 7.13(b)(ii), if the Trustee receives or recovers any amount in respect of (A) the Parallel Debt, the Principal Obligations decrease by that amount as if that amount was received or recovered directly in payment of the Principal Obligations and, for the avoidance of doubt, (B) the Principal Obligations, the Parallel Debt decreases by that amount as if that amount had been received or recovered directly in payment of the Parallel Debt;

 

-96-


(iv) the parties acknowledge and confirm that the provisions contained in this Section 7.13 shall not be interpreted so as to increase the maximum total amount of the Principal Obligations under this Indenture; and

(v) the Issuer shall not repay or prepay Parallel Debt if and as long as it owes Principal Obligations, unless directed to do so by the Trustee and the Issuer is otherwise required to repay or prepay the Principal Obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE VIII

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance .

(a) This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes when:

(i) either (a) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (b) all of the Notes (1) have become due and payable, (2) will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year or (3) if redeemable at the option of the Issuer, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Issuer directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

(ii) the Issuer and/or the Company has paid all other sums payable under this Indenture; and

(iii) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

(b) Subject to Sections 8.01(c) and 8.02, the Issuer at any time may terminate (i) all of its Obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (with respect to the holders of the Notes) (“ legal defeasance option ”) or (ii) its Obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15 and 4.16 and the operation of Section 5.01 for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, and Sections 6.01(c), 6.01(d) and Sections 6.01(e) and 6.01(f) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(g), 6.01(h), 6.01(i) and 6.01(j) (“ covenant defeasance option ”). The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. In the event that the Issuer terminates all of its Obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (with respect to such Notes) by exercising its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, the Obligations of each Guarantor with respect to the Notes and the Security Documents shall be terminated simultaneously with the termination of such Obligations.

 

-97-


If the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Issuer exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(c), 6.01(d), 6.01(e) and 6.01(f) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(g), 6.01(h), 6.01(i) or 6.01(j) or because of the failure of the Company to comply with Section 5.01.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those Obligations that the Issuer terminates.

(c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 7.07, 7.08 and in this Article VIII shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance .

(a) The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:

(i) the Issuer irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof in an amount sufficient or U.S. Government Obligations, the principal of and the interest on which will be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient, to pay the principal of and premium (if any) and interest on the Notes when due at maturity or redemption, as the case may be, including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date;

(ii) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest when due on all the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

(iii) 123 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 123-day period no Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or (f) with respect to the Issuer occurs which is continuing at the end of the period;

(iv) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other agreement binding on the Issuer and is not prohibited by Article X;

(v) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (1) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (2) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by the immediately preceding sentence with respect to a legal defeasance need not be delivered if all of the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable or (y) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer;

 

-98-


(vi) impair the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefore or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Notes;

(vii) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; and

(viii) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes to be so defeased and discharged as contemplated by this Article VIII have been complied with.

(b) Before or after a deposit, the Issuer may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of such Notes at a future date in accordance with Article III.

SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money . The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations (including proceeds thereof) deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through each Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes so discharged or defeased.

SECTION 8.04. Repayment to Issuer . Each of the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Issuer upon request any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Article which, in the written opinion of nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee (which delivery shall only be required if U.S. Government Obligations have been so deposited), are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent discharge or defeasance in accordance with this Article.

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies.

SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations . The Issuer shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.

SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement . If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes so discharged or defeased shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or any Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII; provided , however , that, if

 

-99-


the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, or interest on, any such Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of the Holders .

(a) The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or the Notes without notice to or consent of any holder:

(i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or to make any other provisions as may be necessary or desirable, including the making of any modifications in the form of the Note, provided that such actions shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Notes in any material respect;

(ii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Issuer of the Obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes;

(iii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the Obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes, to provide for the assumption by a Successor Pledgor of the Obligations of a Pledgor under this Indenture and the Security Documents;

(iv) to add a Guarantor with respect to the Notes pursuant to Section 4.11;

(v) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided , however , that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

(vi) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement or the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement to any provision of the “Description of Third Lien Notes” contained in the Plan Supplement filed with the Bankruptcy Court on April 5, 2010 to the extent that such provision in the “Description of Third Lien Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement or the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement;

(vii) to evidence and provide acceptance of the appointment of a successor Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent or Transfer Agent under this Indenture;

(viii) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository;

(ix) to add a Pledgor with respect to the Notes or to add Collateral to secure the Notes;

 

-100-


(x) to release Collateral in compliance with this Indenture or the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement;

(xi) to add additional secured creditors holding Other First-Lien Obligations, other Junior Lien Obligations or any other secured Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred so long as such Obligations are in compliance with this Indenture, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement or the Security Documents;

(xii) to add to the covenants of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries for the benefit of the holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xiii) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying or maintaining the qualification of, this Indenture under the TIA;

(xiv) to make any change that would provide any additional benefit or rights to the holders or that does not adversely affect in any material respect the legal rights of any holder; or

(xv) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes, which shall have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes, and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Notes, as a single issue of securities;

(xvi) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depositary; or

(xvii) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes under this Indenture in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture.

(b) The Trustee may require an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel that such amendment under this Section 9.01(a) is permitted under this Indenture and that all conditions have been complied with. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit B hereto, and delivery of an Officer’s Certificate.

(c) After an amendment under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the holders a notice briefly describing such amendment, provided that in the case of an amendment pursuant to Section 9.01(a)(xiv), no such notice shall be required. The failure to give such notice to all holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.01.

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of the Holders .

(a) The Issuer and the Trustee may amend this Indenture and the Security Documents with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for the Notes). However, without the consent of each holder of an outstanding Note affected, an amendment may not:

(1) reduce the amount of Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment,

(2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note,

 

-101-


(3) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note,

(4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed in accordance with Article III,

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note,

(6) expressly subordinate the Notes to any other Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuer or any Pledgor,

(7) impair the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Notes,

(8) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions,

(9) make any change in the provisions in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or this Indenture dealing with the application of proceeds of Collateral that would adversely affect the holders of the Notes, or

(10) except as expressly provided by this Indenture, modify or release the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the holders of the Notes.

In addition, without the consent of the holders of at least 66% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, no amendment or waiver may release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Lien of this Indenture and the Security Documents with respect to the Notes.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.02.

SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act . From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, every amendment, waiver or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers .

(a) A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a holder of a Note shall bind the holder and every subsequent holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such holder or subsequent holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer certifying that the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every holder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the Issuer or the Trustee of consents by the holders of the requisite principal amount of securities, (ii) satisfaction of conditions to effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto containing such amendment or waiver and (iii) execution of such amendment or waiver (or supplemental indenture) by the Issuer and the Trustee.

 

-102-


(b) The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.

SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes . If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Issuer may require the holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments . The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and for executing any amendment pursuant to Article IX, the Trustee (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and the Company, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03).

SECTION 9.07. Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount . All Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Notes may vote) as one class and no Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter only if the Issuer so elects pursuant to Section 2.01 of this Indenture. Determinations as to whether holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent shall be made in accordance with this Article IX and Section 2.14.

ARTICLE X

RANKING OF NOTE LIENS

SECTION 10.01. Relative Rights . The First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement define the relative rights, as lienholders, of holders of first priority Liens, holders of Liens securing First Priority Lien Obligations and holders of Liens securing Junior Lien Obligations. Nothing in this Indenture or the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement will:

(a) impair, as between the Issuer and holders of Notes, the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of, premium and interest on Notes in accordance with their terms or to perform any other obligation of the Issuer or any other obligor under this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and the Security Documents;

 

-103-


(b) restrict the right of any holder to sue for payments that are then due and owing, in a manner not inconsistent with the provisions of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement;

(c) prevent the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or any holder from exercising against the Issuer or any other obligor any of its other available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default (other than its rights as a secured party, which are subject to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement); or

(d) restrict the right of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or any holder:

(1) to file and prosecute a petition seeking an order for relief in an involuntary bankruptcy case as to any obligor or otherwise to commence, or seek relief commencing, any insolvency or liquidation proceeding involuntarily against any obligor;

(2) to make, support or oppose any request for an order for dismissal, abstention or conversion in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding;

(3) to make, support or oppose, in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding, any request for an order extending or terminating any period during which the debtor (or any other Person) has the exclusive right to propose a plan of reorganization or other dispositive restructuring or liquidation plan therein;

(4) to seek the creation of, or appointment to, any official committee representing creditors (or certain of the creditors) in any insolvency or liquidation proceedings and, if appointed, to serve and act as a member of such committee without being in any respect restricted or bound by, or liable for, any of the obligations under this Article X;

(5) to seek or object to the appointment of any professional person to serve in any capacity in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding or to support or object to any request for compensation made by any professional person or others therein;

(6) to make, support or oppose any request for order appointing a trustee or examiner in any insolvency or liquidation proceedings; or

(7) otherwise to make, support or oppose any request for relief in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding that it is permitted by law to make, support or oppose:

if it were a holder of unsecured claims; or

(x) as to any matter relating to any plan of reorganization or other

(y) restructuring or liquidation plan or as to any matter relating to the administration of the estate or the disposition of the case or proceeding (in each case except as set forth in [the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement] or the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement).

 

-104-


ARTICLE XI

COLLATERAL

SECTION 11.01. Security Documents .

The Company shall, and shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, and each Restricted Subsidiary shall, make all filings (including filings of continuation statements and amendments to UCC financing statements that may be necessary to continue the effectiveness of such UCC financing statements) and all other actions as are necessary or required by the Security Documents to maintain (at the sole cost and expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) the security interest created by the Security Documents in the Collateral (other than with respect to any Collateral the security interest in which is not required to be perfected under the Security Documents or this Indenture) as a perfected [third priority] security interest subject only to Permitted Liens.

SECTION 11.02. Collateral Agent .

(a) The Collateral Agent shall have all the rights and protections provided in the Security Documents.

(b) Subject to Section 7.01, neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents will be responsible or liable for the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral, for the legality, enforceability, effectiveness or sufficiency of the Security Documents, for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any third priority Lien, or any defect or deficiency as to any such matters.

(c) Subject to the Security Documents and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (i) the Trustee shall direct the Collateral Agent and (ii) except as directed by the Trustee as required or permitted by this Indenture and any other representatives or pursuant to the Security Documents, the holders acknowledge that the Collateral Agent will not be obligated:

(1) to act upon directions purported to be delivered to it by any other Person;

(2) to foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any third priority Lien; or

(3) to take any other action whatsoever with regard to any or all of the third priority Liens, Security Documents or Collateral.

(d) The holders of Notes agree that the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to the rights, privileges, protections, immunities, indemnities and benefits provided to the Collateral Agent by the Security Documents. Furthermore, each holder of a Note, by accepting such Note, consents to the terms of and authorizes and directs the Trustee (in each of its capacities) and hereby appoints, authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent to enter into and perform the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and Security Documents in each of its capacities thereunder.

(e) If the Issuer (i) Incurs Junior Lien Obligations at any time when the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement is not in effect or at any time when Indebtedness constituting Junior Lien Obligations entitled to the benefit of an existing intercreditor agreement is concurrently retired, and (ii) directs the Trustee to request that the Collateral Agent to enter into an intercreditor agreement (on substantially the same terms as the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement in effect on the Issue Date) in favor of a designated agent or representative for the holders of the Junior Lien Obligations so Incurred, the holders acknowledge that the Collateral Agent is hereby authorized and directed to enter into such intercreditor agreement, bind the holders on the terms set forth therein and perform and observe its obligations thereunder.

 

-105-


SECTION 11.03. Authorization of Actions to Be Taken .

(a) Each holder, by its acceptance of the Notes, consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of Collateral) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms, authorizes and directs the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents to which it is a party, authorizes and empowers the Trustee to direct the Collateral Agent to enter into, and the Collateral Agent to execute and deliver the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and authorizes and empowers the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to bind the holders of Notes and other holders of Obligations as set forth in the Security Documents to which it is a party and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights and powers thereunder.

(b) The Trustee is authorized and empowered to receive for the benefit of the holders of Notes any funds collected or distributed under the Security Documents to which the Trustee is a party and to make further distributions of such funds to the holders of Notes according to the provisions of this Indenture.

(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01 and Section 7.02 hereof, and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, the Trustee may (but shall not be obligated to), in its sole discretion and without the consent of the holders, direct, on behalf of the holders, the Collateral Agent to take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:

(1) foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any or all of the third priority Liens;

(2) enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party; or

(3) collect and receive payment of any and all Obligations.

Subject to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee is authorized and empowered to institute and maintain, or direct the Collateral Agent to institute and maintain, such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to protect or enforce the third priority Liens or the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party or to prevent any impairment of Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee or the Collateral Agent may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the holders of Notes in the Collateral, including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of holders, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent.

SECTION 11.04. Release of Collateral .

(a) Subject to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, Liens on Collateral securing the Notes will be automatically and unconditionally released:

(1) as to any property or asset (including Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company), to enable the Company, the Issuer and the Pledgors to consummate the disposition of such property or asset to the extent not prohibited by clause (5) below or under the covenants described under Section 4.04 or Section 4.06;

 

-106-


(2) upon the release of all Liens on such property or assets securing First and Second Priority Lien Obligations (including all commitments and letters of credit thereunder); provided, however, that if the Issuer or the Company subsequently incurs (i) First Priority Lien Obligations that are secured by Liens on property or assets of the Issuer or the Company of the type constituting the Collateral and the related Liens are incurred in reliance on clauses (6)(B) or (6)(D) of the definition of Permitted Liens or (ii) Second Priority Lien Obligations that are secured by Liens on property or assets of the Issuer or the Company of the type constituting the Collateral and the related Liens are incurred in reliance on clause (6)(C) of the definition of Permitted Liens, then the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be required to reinstitute the security arrangements with respect to the Collateral in favor of the Notes, which, in the case of any such subsequent First Priority Lien Obligations or Second Priority Lien Obligations, will be junior priority Liens on the Collateral securing such First Priority Lien Obligations or Second Priority Lien Obligations to the same extent provided by the Security Documents and on the terms and conditions of the security documents relating to such First Priority Lien Obligations or Second Priority Lien Obligations, with the junior priority Lien held either by the administrative agent, collateral agent or other representative for such First Priority Lien Obligations or Second Priority Lien Obligations and subject to an intercreditor agreement that provides the administrative agent or collateral agent substantially the same rights and powers as afforded under the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement;

(3) in respect of the property and assets of a Pledgor, upon the designation of such Pledgor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the covenant described under Section 4.04 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;

(4) in respect of the property and assets of a Guarantor upon release of the Guarantee with respect to the Notes of such Guarantor;

(5) in the case of the property and assets of a specific Pledgor, upon such Pledgor making a Transfer of such assets to any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Pledgor; provided that (i) such Transfer is not subject to Section 5.01 and (ii) the aggregate net book value of the assets of Restricted Subsidiaries that are at any time Notes Collateral (as defined in the First Lien Security Documents) (excluding cash proceeds of accounts receivable, inventory and related assets) that are so transferred pursuant to this clause (5) subsequent to the Issue Date shall not exceed 5% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries per year and shall not be in an amount that will result in an Excluded Subsidiary ceasing to qualify as an Excluded Subsidiary in accordance with the definition thereof; provided , further , that Liens on all property and assets of any Subsidiary of Lyondell Europe Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, will be automatically and unconditionally released upon any transfer of such Subsidiary;

(6) as described under Article IX; or

(7) as to the pledge of Capital Stock of first-tier Foreign Subsidiaries, in connection with a reorganization, change or modification of the direct or indirect ownership of Foreign Subsidiaries by the Company, the Issuer or a Pledgor, as applicable, in compliance with the First Lien Indenture, a release may be obtained as to such Capital Stock in connection with the substitution of pledge of 65% of the voting Capital Stock and 100% of the non-voting Capital Stock of any one or more new or replacement first-tier Foreign Subsidiaries pursuant to valid Security Documents.

 

-107-


Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (2), if an Event of Default exists on the date of Discharge of First and Second Priority Lien Obligations, the Junior Priority Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes will not be released, except to the extent that the Collateral or any portion thereof was disposed of in order to repay the First and Second Priority Lien Obligations secured by the Collateral, and thereafter the Trustee (or another designated representative acting at the direction of holders of a majority of outstanding principal amount of the Notes and other Junior Lien Obligations) will have the right to direct the Agent to foreclose upon the Collateral (but in such event, the Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes will be released when such Event of Default and all other Events of Default cease to exist).

In addition, the security interests granted pursuant to the Security Documents securing the Notes Obligations shall automatically terminate and/or be released all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any party, and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the applicable Pledgors (as defined in the Collateral Agreement), as of the date upon (i) the payment in full of principal of, premium (if any), on, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest (if any) on the Notes and all the Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture and the Security Documents, (other than contingent or unliquidated obligations or liabilities not then due) have been paid in full in cash or immediately available funds; (ii) a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance or discharge under Article VIII; [or (iii) the Holders of at least two thirds in aggregate principal amount of all Notes issued under this Indenture consent to the termination of the Security Documents.]

In connection with any termination or release pursuant to this Section 11.04(a), the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver to any Pledgor (as defined in the Collateral Agreement), at such Pledgor’s expense, all documents that such Pledgor shall reasonably request to evidence and provide such termination or release (including, without limitation, UCC termination statements), and will duly assign and transfer to such Pledgor, such of the Pledged Collateral (as defined in the Collateral Agreement) that may be in the possession of the Collateral Agent and has not theretofore been sold or otherwise applied or released pursuant to this Indenture or the Security Documents. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 11.04(a) shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent. In connection with any release pursuant to this Section 11.04(a), the Pledgors shall be permitted to take any action in connection therewith consistent with such release including, without limitation, the filing of UCC termination statements.

Upon the receipt of an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer, as described in Section 11.04(b) below, if applicable, and any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction or release prepared by the Issuer, the Collateral Agent shall execute, deliver or acknowledge such instruments or releases to evidence the release of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture or the Security Documents or the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in connection with (x) any release of Collateral pursuant to Section 11.04(a)(1), (5), (6) or (7) above, such Collateral may not be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Security Documents and (y) any release of Collateral pursuant to Section 11.04(a)(2), (3) and (4), the Collateral Agent shall not be required to execute, deliver or acknowledge any instruments of termination, satisfaction or release unless, in each case, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel certifying that all conditions precedent, including, without limitation, this Section 11.04, have been met and stating under which of the circumstances set forth in Section 11.04(a) above the Collateral is being released have been delivered to the Collateral Agent on or prior to the date of such release or, in the case of clause (y) above, the date on which the Collateral Agent executes any such instrument.

(c) To the extent that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act requires or would require (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, that would require) the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate

 

-108-


financial statements of any Subsidiary of the Company due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock secures the Notes or any First Priority Lien Obligation, Second Priority Lien Obligation or Third Priority Lien Obligation, then the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary will automatically be deemed not to be part of the Notes Collateral securing the Notes but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement and only for so long as required to not be subject to such requirement (such requirement, the “ 3-16 Exemption ”); provided that the 3-16 Exemption will not apply to the capital stock of the Issuer and LyondellBasell Subholdings, B.V. In such event, the Security Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of any holder of such Notes, to the extent necessary to release the security interests in favor of the Collateral Agent on the shares of Capital Stock of such Subsidiary that are so deemed to no longer constitute part of the Notes Collateral. In the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act is amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to permit (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, that would permit) such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to secure the Notes in excess of the amount then pledged without the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of such Subsidiary, then the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary will automatically be deemed to be a part of the Notes Collateral. The 3-16 Exemption will apply to the Collateral securing the Notes if it applies to the Collateral securing the First Priority Lien Obligations.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, at any time when a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the maturity of the Notes has been accelerated (whether by declaration or otherwise), no release of Collateral pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture or the Security Documents will be effective as against the holders, except as otherwise provided in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

SECTION 11.05. Filing, Recording and Opinions .

(a) The Issuer will comply with the provisions of TIA Sections 314(b), 314(c) and 314(d), in each case following qualification of this Indenture pursuant to the TIA and except to the extent not required as set forth in any SEC regulation or interpretation (including any no-action letter issued by the Staff of the SEC, whether issued to the Issuer or any other Person). Following such qualification, to the extent the Issuer is required to furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to TIA Section 314(b)(2), the Issuer will furnish such opinion not more than 60 but not less than 30 days prior to each September 30.

Any release of Collateral permitted by Section 11.04 hereof will be deemed not to impair the Liens under this Indenture and the Security Documents in contravention thereof and any person that is required to deliver an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 314(d) of the TIA, shall be entitled to rely upon the foregoing as a basis for delivery of such certificate and opinion. The Trustee may, to the extent permitted by Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof, accept as conclusive evidence of compliance with the foregoing provisions the appropriate statements contained in such documents, Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel.

(b) If any Collateral is released in accordance with this Indenture and if the Issuer has delivered the certificates and documents required by the Security Documents and Section 11.04, and the Trustee has received all documentation required by TIA Section 314(d) in connection with such release along with an Officer’s Certificate and the Opinion of Counsel delivered pursuant to Section 11.04, the Trustee will, upon request, execute an appropriate certificate confirming receipt of such items,

(c) Any certificate or opinion required by Section 314(d) of the TIA may be made by an Officer of the Issuer, except in cases where Section 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert.

 

-109-


(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Issuer and its Subsidiaries will not be required to comply with all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the TIA if they determine, in good faith based on advice of counsel, that under the terms of that section and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the TIA is inapplicable to the released Collateral.

(e) Upon the request of the Trustee, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel in respect of any matter in furtherance of the foregoing transactions contemplated by this Section 11.05.

SECTION 11.06. [ Intentionally Omitted .]

SECTION 11.07. Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee . In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article XI upon the Issuer or the Company with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Issuer or the Company or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article XI; and if the Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall be in the possession of the Collateral under any provision of this Indenture or the Security Documents, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be.

SECTION 11.08. Release upon Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations . In the event (i) that the Issuer delivers to the Trustee, in form and substance acceptable to it, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel certifying that all the obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents have been satisfied and discharged by the payment in full of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes, this Indenture and the Security Documents, and all such obligations have been so satisfied, or (ii) a discharge, legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of this Indenture occurs under Article VIII, the Trustee shall deliver to the Issuer and the Collateral Agent a notice stating that the Trustee, on behalf of the holders, disclaims and gives up any and all rights it has in or to the Collateral, and any rights it has under the Security Documents, and upon receipt by the Collateral Agent of such notice, the Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to hold a Lien in the Collateral on behalf of the Trustee and shall (or shall direct the Collateral Agent to) do or cause to be done all acts reasonably necessary to release such Lien as soon as is reasonably practicable.

SECTION 11.09. Designations . For purposes of any provisions hereof or the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement requiring the Issuer to designate Indebtedness for the purposes of the terms Junior Lien Obligations or any other such designations hereunder or under the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any such designation shall be sufficient if the relevant designation provides in writing that such Junior Priority Lien Obligations or any other such designation are permitted under this Indenture and is signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer and delivered to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent in an Officer’s Certificate.

ARTICLE XII

GUARANTEE

SECTION 12.01. Guarantee .

(a) The Company, each existing and subsequently acquired or organized direct or indirect Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Company and each other entity, if any, that guarantees the First Lien Notes or the Senior Term Loan Facility (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) (each such

 

-110-


entity, a “ Guarantor ”) will, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee on a senior third-priority secured basis, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of all Obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee and the Agents) and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, on and interest and Additional Interest, if any, in respect of the Notes (the “ Guarantee ”) and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuer whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing, including the Guarantee, being hereinafter collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from any Guarantor, and that each Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article XII notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

(b) To the extent applicable, each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or each Guarantor; (v) the failure of any holder or Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (vi) any change in the ownership of each Guarantor, except as provided in Section 12.02(b) or Section 12.02(c). Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have its Obligations hereunder divided among the Guarantors, such that such Guarantor’s obligations would be less than the full amount claimed.

(c) Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have the assets of the Issuer first be used and depleted as payment of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by such Guarantor hereunder. Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to require that the Issuer be sued prior to an action being initiated against such Guarantor.

(d) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(e) The Guarantee of each Guarantor, to the extent and in the manner set forth in Article XII, will be the senior third-priority secured Obligations of the Guarantors equal in right of payment to all existing and future Pari Passu Indebtedness, equal in right of payment to all existing and future unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Guarantors and subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all Secured Indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor and is made subject to such provisions of this Indenture.

(f) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01(b), 12.02 and 12.06, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of

 

-111-


the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

(g) Each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise.

(h) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by applicable law) and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Issuer to the holders, Trustee and Agents.

(i) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the holders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI for the purposes of the Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article VI, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Company for the purposes of this Section 12.01.

(j) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) Incurred by the Trustee, the Agents or any holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 12.01.

(k) Upon request of the Trustee, each Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

SECTION 12.02. Limitation on Liability .

(a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by each Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

-112-


(b) The Obligations of any Guarantor, including the Company, under its Guaranteed Obligations will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from all Obligations under this Article XII when any of the following occurs:

(i) upon the full and final payment by or on behalf of the Issuer of all of its Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes;

(ii) except with respect to the Guarantee of the Company (subject to the provisions described under Section 5.01) any issuance, sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition (including, without limitation, by way of acquisition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, transfer, conveyance or otherwise), directly or indirectly, of Capital Stock of such Guarantor (or any parent of such Guarantor) to any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that results in such Guarantor ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such issuance, sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition is made in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;

(iii) except with respect to the Guarantee of the Company, the designation of such Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;

(iv) except with respect to the Guarantee of the Company (subject to the provisions described under Section 5.01), upon the liquidation or dissolution of such Guarantor; provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or would be caused thereby;

(v) except with respect to the Guarantee of the Company, the occurrence of legal defeasance or covenant defeasance in accordance with this Indenture;

(vi) except with respect to the Guarantee of the Company [and for those limitations described in the following paragraph], in the event that the continued Obligation of such Guarantor under its Guarantee or the continued existence of such Guarantee will result in a violation of applicable law that cannot be avoided or otherwise prevented through measures reasonably available to the Company or such Guarantor; provided that all guarantees, if any, of all First Priority Lien Obligations by such Guarantor are also released; or

(vii) upon such Guarantor being designated as an Excluded Subsidiary in compliance with this Indenture and the Company gives written notice of such release to the Trustee.

In addition to the initial Guarantors, other Domestic Subsidiaries may become Guarantors after the Issue Date, as provided under Section 12.06. The Guaranteed Obligations of the Guarantors will be limited as necessary to recognize certain defenses generally available to guarantors (including those that relate to fraudulent conveyance or transfer, voidable preference, financial assistance, corporate purpose, capital maintenance or similar laws, regulations or defenses affecting the rights of creditors generally) or other considerations under applicable law.

SECTION 12.03. Successors and Assigns . This Article XII shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee, the Agents and the holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any holder, the Agents, or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.

 

-113-


SECTION 12.04. No Waiver . Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee, the Agents or the holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article XII shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee, the Agents and the holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article XII at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

SECTION 12.05. Modification . No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article XII, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle any Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

SECTION 12.06. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Note Guarantors . Each Subsidiary and other Person which is required to become a Guarantor of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.11 shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit B hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary or other Person shall become a Guarantor under this Article XII and shall guarantee the Notes. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary or other Person and that, subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Guarantee of such Guarantor is a valid and binding obligation of such guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms and/or to such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request.

SECTION 12.07. Non-Impairment . The failure to endorse a Guarantee on any Note shall not affect or impair the validity thereof.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls . If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with another provision (an “ incorporated provision ”) included in this Indenture by operation of, Sections 310 to 318 of the TIA, inclusive, such imposed duties or incorporated provision shall control (provided that the foregoing shall not apply to Section 13.06 of this Indenture until the Indenture is qualified under the TIA).

 

-114-


SECTION 13.02. Notices .

(a) Any notice or communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and delivered in person, via facsimile or electronic mail or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:

if to the Issuer, the Company or a Guarantor:

Lyondell Chemical Company

1221 McKinney St

Suite 700

Houston, TX 77010

Facsimile:

Attention: Craig B. Glidden, Esq.

if to the Trustee:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

45 Broadway, 14th floor

New York, New York 10006

Fax: 212-515-1589

Attention: Corporate Trust Services — Administrator for Lyondell Chemical Company

The Issuer or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

(b) Any notice or communication mailed to a holder shall be mailed, first class mail, to the holder at the holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

(c) Failure to mail a notice or communication to a holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee are effective only if received.

SECTION 13.03. Communication by the Holders with Other Holders . The holders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the TIA with other holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and other Persons shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the TIA.

SECTION 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent . Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee:

(a) an Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

SECTION 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion . Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 4.09) shall include:

(a) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

-115-


(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with; provided , however , that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.

SECTION 13.06. When Notes Disregarded . In determining whether the holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by (i) the Issuer, (ii) the Company or (iii) on and after the date this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA only, by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer or the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded (it being expressly understood that prior to the date this Indenture has been so qualified Notes held by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer or the Company shall not be disregarded). Subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

SECTION 13.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar . The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of the holders. The Registrar and a Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

SECTION 13.08. Legal Holidays . If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on any amount that would have been otherwise payable on such payment date if it were a Business Day for the intervening period. If a regular Record Date is not a Business Day, the Record Date shall not be affected.

SECTION 13.09. GOVERNING LAW . THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

SECTION 13.10. No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, manager, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in the Company, Issuer or any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent corporation, as such, shall have any liability for any Obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such Obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

SECTION 13.11. Successors . All agreements of the Issuer and the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

SECTION 13.12. Multiple Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.

 

-116-


SECTION 13.13. Table of Contents; Headings . The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 13.14. Indenture Controls . If and to the extent that any provision of the Notes limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of this Indenture, such provision of this Indenture shall control.

SECTION 13.15. Severability . In case any provision in this Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

SECTION 13.16. Intercreditor Agreements . The terms of this Indenture are subject to the terms of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

SECTION 13.17. PATRIOT Act . The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Trustee and the Agents, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this agreement agree that they will provide to the Trustee and the Agents with such information as it may request in order to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.

SECTION 13.18. Force Majeure . In no event shall the Trustee or any Agent be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder because of circumstances beyond the Trustee’s or the Agents’ control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, flood, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot or embargo, which delay, restrict or prohibit the providing of the services contemplated by this Indenture.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

-117-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

Lyondell Chemical Company, as the Issuer
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
LyondellBasell Industries N.V., as the Company
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[Signatures for Other Guarantors to Come]


Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Schedule 4.10

Post-Closing Matters

(a) Within ninety (90) days after the Issue Date, to the extent not previously delivered, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall have received each of the following documents:

 

  (i) Title Insurance. With respect to each Mortgage encumbering Mortgaged Property, a ALTA policy of title insurance (or commitment to issue such a policy having the effect of a loan policy of title insurance) insuring (or committing to insure) the lien of such Mortgage (either on a per-property basis or on a collective basis) as a valid and enforceable first-priority mortgage or deed of trust lien on each Mortgaged Property (other than pipeline easements) described therein, in an amount equal to not less than the fair market value of such Mortgaged Property (such policies collectively, the “Mortgage Policies”) issued by the title insurance company, which reasonably assures the Collateral Agent that the Mortgages on such Mortgaged Properties are valid and enforceable mortgage liens on the respective Mortgaged Properties, free and clear of all defects and encumbrances except Permitted Collateral Liens (as defined in the Mortgages) and such Mortgage Policies shall otherwise be in customary form and substance and shall bear such title endorsement as are necessary and advisable in connection with the creation of the security interest evidenced by such Mortgage.

 

  (ii) Survey. The Company shall deliver to the applicable title insurance company any and all surveys and any and all affidavits as may be reasonably necessary to cause such title insurance company to issue the title insurance required pursuant to clause (i) above.

 

  (iii) Consent s. With respect to the applicable Mortgaged Property, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to acquire such consents, approvals or tenant subordination agreements, as are reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions or as shall be necessary and advisable in order for the owner or holder of such Mortgaged Property to grant the lien contemplated by the Mortgage.

 

  (iv) Mortgaged Property Indemnification. With respect to each Mortgaged Property, such affidavits, certificates, instruments of indemnification and other items (including a so-called “gap” indemnification) as shall be reasonably required to induce the title insurance company to issue the Mortgage Polices and endorsements contemplated above.

 

  (v) Collateral Fees and Expenses. Evidence of payment by the Company of all Mortgage Policy premiums, search and examination charges and issuance of the Mortgage Policies referred to above.

 

  (vi) Amendments . If necessary (or advisable in connection with the creation of the security interest evidenced by Mortgages) amendments to the Mortgages duly authorized, executed and acknowledged, in recordable form with respect to each Mortgaged Property sufficient for the owner of such Mortgaged Property to (x) grant to the Collateral Agent and/or confirm the Collateral Agent’s Mortgage lien on and security interests in such Mortgaged Property, (y) confirm such owner’s right and indefeasible title thereto and (z) confirm the Mortgaged Property to be encumbered thereby.


ANNEX A

MORTGAGED PROPERTY

 

   

Bayport Choate Plant, 10801 Choate Road, Pasadena, Texas 77507

 

   

Channelview Chemical Complex (South) 2502 Sheldon Road, Channelview, Texas 77530

 

   

Bayport Underwood Plant, 5761 Underwood Drive, Pasadena, Texas 77507

 

   

Equistar Chemicals (North) 8280 Sheldon Road, Channelview, Texas 77530

 

   

3400 Anamosa Road, Clinton, Iowa 52732

 

   

1501 McKinzie Road, Corpus Christi, Texas 78410

 

   

1515 Miller Cut-Off Road, La Porte, Texas 77571

 

   

US Highway 60, 13 miles south of Bay City, Bay City, Texas 77414

 

   

8805 N. Tabler Road, Morris, Illinois 60450

 

   

Old Bloomington Highway, Victoria, Texas 77902 – Leasehold Mortgage

 

   

11530 Northlake Drive, Cincinnati, Ohio 45249

 

   

12000 Lawndale, Houston, Texas 77017

 

   

Bayport Plant, 12001 Bay Area Blvd., Pasadena, TX 77507

 

   

Lake Charles Plant, 14101 Highway 108 South, Westlake, Louisiana 70669

 

   

601 Crestwood, Jacksonville, Florida 32208

 

   

2 miles West of FM 2917 on FM 2004, Alvin, Texas 77512

 

   

625 East U.S. Highway 36, Tuscola, Douglas County, Illinois 61953

 

   

1350 Miller Cut-Off Road, La Porte, Texas 77571

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Neuces County, TX

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in San Patricio County, TX

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Refugio County, TX

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Calhoun County, TX

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Victoria County, TX

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Jackson County, TX

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Matagorda County, TX

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Brazoria County, TX

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Harris County, TX

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Galveston County, TX

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Chambers County, TX

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Calcasieu Parish, LA

 

   

Those certain pipeline easements located in Orange County, TX


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF NOTE

[Face of Note]

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

A-1


CUSIP: [    ]

GLOBAL NOTE

representing up to

$[            ]

11% Senior Secured Note due 2018

 

No.           [$            ]

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum set forth on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto on May 1, 2018.

Interest Payment Dates: May 1 and November 1

Record Dates: April 15 and October 15

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

 

A-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Dated: [    ], 2010

 

A-3


This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

 

A-4


[Back of Note]

11% Senior Secured Note Due 2018

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, (the “ Issuer ,”) promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 11% per annum from [    ], 2010 until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuer will pay interest and Additional Interest semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be November 1, 2010. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes, if any, and Additional Interest, if any (with respect to Restricted Transfer Notes, if applicable), to the Persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 15 and October 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the holders at their addresses set forth in the register of holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on all Global Notes and all other Notes the holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3. TRUSTEE; PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Wells Fargo Bank, National Association will be the Trustee (the “ Trustee ”) under the Indenture and will be the Collateral Agent under the Indenture and has been appointed by the Issuer as Registrar and Paying Agent with regard to the Notes (the “ Paying Agent ”).

4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of [    ], 2010 (the “ Indenture ”), among Lyondell Chemical Company, LyondellBasell Industries N.V. (the “ Company ”), the other Guarantors signatory thereto, and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 11% Senior Secured Notes due 2018. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

A-5


5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) On or after May 1, 2013, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes (including any Additional Notes) upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address (with a copy to the Trustee), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

(b) In addition, prior to May 1, 2013, the Issuer may redeem the Notes (including any Additional Notes) at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address (with a copy to the Trustee), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

(c) [ Intentionally Omitted .]

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time prior to May 1, 2013, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including any additional Notes), at a redemption price of 111.000% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that:

(1) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued under the Indenture (together with any additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and

(2) the redemption must occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

6. [Intentionally Omitted]

7. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

8. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of Notes to be redeemed at his, her or its registered address (with a copy to the Trustee). In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable; provided that no Notes of $100,000, as applicable, principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $100,000. Notes and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $100,000 (and integral multiples of $1,000).

 

A-6


If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed at any time in connection with an optional redemption, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption as follows:

(1) if the Notes to be redeemed are listed, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such Notes are listed; or

(2) if the Notes to be redeemed are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.

If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with a Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied on and after such date, interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.

9. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE.

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

(b) In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to offer to purchase Notes upon the occurrence of certain events.

10. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in fully registered form only, without coupons, in denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. A holder shall register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay certain transfer taxes or similar governmental charges payable in connection therewith as permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer or exchange of any Notes during a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a redemption notice for any Notes or portions thereof selected for redemption.

11. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

12. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

13. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. If an Event of Default occurs (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer) and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, in each case, by notice to the Issuer, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.

 

A-7


If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders unless such holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity and security against any loss, liability or expense and certain other conditions are complied with. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless (i) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy, (iii) such holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security and indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security and indemnity and (v) the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability or expense. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable indemnification and security satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

14. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

15. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED TRANSFER NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to holders of Notes under the Indenture, holders of Restricted Transfer Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, including the right to receive Additional Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).

16. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES,

17. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

A-8


The Issuer will furnish to any holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:

Lyondell Chemical Company

1221 McKinney St

Suite 700

Houston, TX 77010

Facsimile: (713) 652-7312

Attention: Gerald A. O’Brien

 

A-9


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:   

 

   (Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

(Insert assignee’s Soc. Sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
and irrevocably appoint   

 

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                     

 

Your Signature:  

 

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee*:  

 

 

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-10


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 or 4.08 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

[    ] Section 4.06            [    ] Section 4.08

If you want to elect to have only part of this Dollar Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 or Section 4.08 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$             

Date:                     

 

Your Signature:  

 

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Tax Identification No.:  

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:  

 

 

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-11


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $            . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange

 

Amount of

decrease

in Principal

Amount

 

Amount of increase

in Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

 

Principal Amount

of

this Global Note

following such

decrease or

increase

 

Signature of

authorized

signatory

of Trustee or

Note Custodian

       
       
       
       
       

 

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A-12


EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE RELATED TO SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS]

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of [            ], among [GUARANTOR] (the “ New Guarantor ”), a subsidiary of LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V., a public limited liability company formed under the laws of The Netherlands (or its successor) (the “ Company ”), LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, (the “ Issuer ”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS the Issuer and the Company and the other Guarantors signatory thereto have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”) dated as of [    ], 2010 [, as supplemented,] providing for the issuance of the Issuer’s $3,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS Section 4.11 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 and subject to the provisions of Article IX of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Issuer, the Company and other existing Guarantors, if any, are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Company, the Issuer and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes as follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “ holders ” in this Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “ holders ” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf of and for the benefit of such holders. The words “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereby ” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2. Agreement to Guarantee . The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing guarantors (if any), to unconditionally guarantee the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article XII of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a guarantor under the Indenture.

3. Notices . All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in Section 13.02 of the Indenture.

 

C-1


4. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

5. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

6. Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

7. Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

8. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not effect the construction thereof.

 

C-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

[NEW GUARANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

C-3

Exhibit 4.8

WARRANT AGREEMENT

dated as of [            ], 2010

between

LyondellBasell Industries N.V.

and

Computershare Inc. and

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

collectively and individually as Warrant Agent


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01

  

Certain Definitions

   1

ARTICLE 2

 

ISSUANCE, EXECUTION AND TRANSFER OF WARRANTS

Section 2.01

   Issuance of Warrants    9

Section 2.02

   Execution and Authentication of Warrants    9

Section 2.03

   Form of Warrant Certificates    10

Section 2.04

   Securities Law Compliance    10

Section 2.05

   EEA Securities Law Compliance    10

Section 2.06

   Registration, Transfer, Exchange and Substitution    11

Section 2.07

   Global Warrants    12

Section 2.08

   Surrender of Warrant Certificates    14

ARTICLE 3

 

EXERCISE AND SETTLEMENT OF WARRANTS

Section 3.01

   Exercise of Warrants    14

Section 3.02

   Procedure for Exercise    14

Section 3.03

   Settlement of Warrants    15

Section 3.04

   Delivery of Class A Common Stock    15

Section 3.05

   No Fractional Shares to Be Issued    16

Section 3.06

   Acquisition of Warrants by Company    17

Section 3.07

   Obligations of the Warrant Agent    17

Section 3.08

   Validity of Exercise    17

Section 3.09

   Direction of Warrant Agent    17

 

-i-


ARTICLE 4

 

ADJUSTMENTS

Section 4.01

  

Adjustments to Exercise Price

   18

Section 4.02

  

Adjustments to Number of Warrants

   22

Section 4.03

  

Certain Distributions of Rights and Warrants

   22

Section 4.04

  

No Impairment

   23

Section 4.05

  

Other Adjustments if Net Share Settlement Applies

   23

Section 4.06

  

Discretionary Adjustments

   23

Section 4.07

  

Restrictions on Adjustments

   23

Section 4.08

  

Deferral of Adjustments

   24

Section 4.09

  

Reclassifications and Other Changes

   25

Section 4.10

  

Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets

   28

Section 4.11

  

Common Stock Outstanding

   29

Section 4.12

  

Calculations Final

   29

Section 4.13

  

Notice of Adjustments

   29

Section 4.14

  

Warrant Agent Not Responsible for Adjustments or Validity

   30

Section 4.15

  

Statements on Warrants

   30

ARTICLE 5

 

OTHER PROVISIONS RELATING TO RIGHTS OF WARRANTHOLDERS

Section 5.01

  

No Rights as Stockholders

   30

Section 5.02

  

Mutilated or Missing Warrant Certificates

   30

Section 5.03

  

Modification, Waiver and Meetings

   31

ARTICLE 6

 

CONCERNING THE WARRANT AGENT AND OTHER MATTERS

Section 6.01

  

Payment of Certain Taxes

   32

Section 6.02

  

Change of Warrant Agent

   32

Section 6.03

  

Compensation; Further Assurances

   34

Section 6.04

  

Reliance on Counsel

   34

Section 6.05

  

Proof of Actions Taken

   34

 

-ii-


Section 6.06

  

Correctness of Statements

   35

Section 6.07

  

Validity of Agreement

   35

Section 6.08

  

Use of Agents

   35

Section 6.09

  

Liability of Warrant Agent

   35

Section 6.10

  

Legal Proceedings

   36

Section 6.11

  

Other Transactions in Securities of the Company

   36

Section 6.12

  

Actions as Agent

   36

Section 6.13

  

Appointment and Acceptance of Agency

   36

Section 6.14

  

Successors and Assigns

   37

Section 6.15

  

Notices

   37

Section 6.16

  

Applicable Law; Jurisdiction

   38

Section 6.17

  

Benefit of this Warrant Agreement

   38

Section 6.18

  

Registered Warrantholders

   38

Section 6.19

  

Inspection of this Warrant Agreement

   38

Section 6.20

  

Termination

   38

Section 6.21

  

Headings

   38

Section 6.22

  

Counterparts

   39

Section 6.23

  

Entire Agreement

   39

Section 6.24

  

Severability

   39

EXHIBIT A

  

FORM OF GLOBAL WARRANT LEGEND

   A-1

EXHIBIT B

  

FORM OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE

   B-1

EXHIBIT C

  

FORM OF CLASS A COMMON SHARES REQUISITION ORDER

   C-1

EXHIBIT D

  

CONFIRMATION ORDER

   D-1

 

-iii-


WARRANT AGREEMENT

This Warrant Agreement (“ Warrant Agreement ”) dated as of [            ], 2010 is between LyondellBasell Industries N.V., a public limited liability corporation formed under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Company ”), and 1 Computershare Inc., a Delaware corporation and individually “CI” and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. national bank individually “CTNA” and both collectively the “ Warrant Agent ”).

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Third Amended Plan of Reorganization, dated March 12, 2010, as the same may be amended, modified or restated from time to time (the “ Plan ”) relating to the reorganization under Chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”) of Lyondell Chemical Company and certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries and LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. (“ LBIAF ”) and certain of its affiliates, certain parties identified in the Plan and listed on Schedule I hereto (such parties, the “ Initial Warrantholders ”) are to be issued warrants (the “ Warrants ”) exercisable until the Expiration Date (as defined below), to purchase up to an aggregate of 11,508,204 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $15.90 per share, as the same may be adjusted pursuant to Section 4 hereof (the “ Exercise Price ”);

WHEREAS, the Warrants are being issued pursuant to, and upon the terms and conditions set forth in, the Plan in an offering in reliance on the exemption afforded by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and of any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws;

WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Warrant Agent act on behalf of the Company, and the Warrant Agent is willing to act, in connection with the issuance, exchange, transfer, substitution and exercise of Warrants;

NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the Company and the Warrant Agent agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

D EFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Certain Definitions . As used in this Warrant Agreement, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

$ ” refers to such coin or currency of the United States as at any time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

Adjustment Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08.


Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person.

Affiliate Change of Control Consideration ” shall mean the value of the stock, other securities, other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) to be received per share of Class A Common Stock, pursuant to the Affiliate Change of Control Event (to be calculated consistent with the principles set forth in Section 4.09(c) with respect to the calculation of Unit Value).

Affiliate Change of Control Date ” shall mean the date on which an Affiliate Change of Control Event is consummated.

Affiliate Change of Control Event ” shall mean the consummation of a transaction pursuant to which (i) a Rights Offering Sponsor directly or indirectly (whether through a portfolio holding company or otherwise) beneficially owns 50.1% or more of the outstanding Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, taken as a whole (determined on a Fully-Diluted Basis) and (ii) the Class A Common Stock ceases to be traded on the New York Stock Exchange and on each other U.S. national or regional securities exchange or quotation system on which such Class A common Stock has previously traded.

Affiliate Change of Control Payment Amount ” shall mean (A) if the Affiliate Change of Control Consideration exceeds the Exercise Price, an amount in Cash equal to (1) Affiliate Change of Control Consideration minus (2) the Exercise Price or (B) if the Affiliate Change of Control Consideration does not exceed the Exercise Price, an amount in Cash equal to the Black Scholes Warrant Value (as defined below) of the Warrant.

Affiliate Change of Control Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.09(e).

Affiliate Change of Control Put ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.09(e).

Affiliate Change of Control Put Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.09(e).

Affiliate Change of Control Put Warrants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.09(e).

Agent Members ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(b).

Authentication Order ” means a Company Order for authentication and delivery of Warrants.

Bankruptcy Code ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Black Scholes Warrant Value ” as of any date, shall mean the value of a Warrant to purchase one share of Class A Common Stock (as determined in good faith by a majority of the non-affiliate directors of the Board of Directors based upon the advice of an independent investment bank of national standing selected by a majority of the non-affiliate directors of the


Board of Directors) and shall be determined by customary investment banking practices using the Black Scholes model. For purposes of calculating such amount, (1) the term of the Warrants will be the period from the date of determination until the Expiration Date, (2) the fair market value of each share of Class A Common Stock will be the Current Market Price as of the date of determination, (3) the assumed volatility will be determined based on information available prior to the first announcement of the Affiliate Change of Control Event by such independent investment banking firm as of the date of determination, (4) the assumed risk-free rate will equal the yield on the U.S. Treasury security with a maturity closest to the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date, as the yield on that security exists as of the date of determination, (5) the assumed dividends will be based solely on historical dividend paying practice of the Company (not taking into account any dividends that are not Ordinary Cash Dividends) and (6) any other assumptions shall be made by a majority of the non-affiliate directors in good faith based upon the advice of such independent investment bank at the time of determination. For purposes of this definition, “non-affiliate directors” means the directors of the Board of Directors other than those directors who are affiliated with, or a nominee or appointee of, the Rights Offering Sponsor causing such Affiliate Change of Control Event.

Board of Directors ” means the supervisory board of the Company or any committee of such supervisory board duly authorized to exercise the power of such supervisory board with respect to the matters provided for in this Warrant Agreement as to which the supervisory board is authorized or required to act.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or other than a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

Capital Stock ” means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of the Company and all warrants or options to acquire such capital stock.

Cash ” means such coin or currency of the United States as at any time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

Certificated Warrant ” means a Warrant represented by a Warrant Certificate, in definitive, fully registered form.

Class A Common Stock ” means the Class A ordinary shares, par value four eurocent (€0.04) per share, of the Company.

Class B Common Stock ” means the Class B ordinary shares, par value four eurocent (€0.04) per share, of the Company.

Close of Business ” means 5:00 p.m., New York City time.

Closing Date ” means the effective date of the Plan.

Closing Sale Price ” means, as of any date, the last reported per share sales price of a share of Class A Common Stock or any other security on such date (or, if no last reported sale


price is reported, the average of the bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average bid and the average ask prices on such date) as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, or if the Class A Common Stock or such other security is not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported by the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange or quotation system on which the Class A Common Stock or such other security is then listed or quoted, or if the Class A Common Stock or such other security is not so listed or reported , as reported on the OTC Bulletin Board or, if not so listed or reported, as reported in the “pink sheets” published by Pink OTC Markets, Inc. (or similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices); provided, however , that in the absence of such quotations, the Board of Directors will make a good faith determination of the Closing Sale Price.

If during a period applicable for calculating Closing Sale Price, an issuance, distribution, subdivision, combination or other transaction or event occurs that requires an adjustment to the Exercise Price or Number of Warrants pursuant to Article 3 hereof, Closing Sale Price shall be calculated for such period in a manner determined by the Company to appropriately reflect the impact of such issuance, distribution, subdivision or combination on the price of the Class A Common Stock during such period.

Common Stock ” means the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Company Order ” means a written order signed in the name of the Company by any two officers, at least one of whom must be its Chief Executive Officer, its Chief Financial Officer, its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, or its Controller, and delivered to the Warrant Agent.

“CI” means Computershare Inc.

“CTNA” means Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

Current Market Price ” means, (i) in connection with a dividend, issuance or distribution, the volume weighted average price per share of Class A Common Stock for the twenty (20) Trading Days ending on, but excluding, the earlier of the date in question and the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Date for such dividend, issuance or distribution and (ii) in connection with a determination of Black Scholes Warrant Value, the volume weighted average price per share of Class A Common Stock for the twenty (20) Trading Days ending on, but excluding, the date of determination, in each case, for the regular trading session (including any extensions thereof, without regard to pre-open or after hours trading outside of such regular trading session) as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, or if the Class A Common Stock or such other security is not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported by the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange or quotation system on which the Class A Common Stock or such other security is then listed or quoted, whichever is applicable, as published by Bloomberg at 4:15 p.m., New York City time (or 15 minutes following the end of any extension of the regular trading session), or if the Class A Common Stock is not so listed or quoted, as reported on the OTC Bulletin Board or, if not so reported, as reported in the “pink sheets” published by Pink OTC Markets, Inc. (or similar organization or agency succeeding to its


functions of reporting prices), on such Trading Day, or if such volume weighted average price is unavailable or in manifest error, the market value of one share of Class A Common Stock during such twenty (20) Trading Day period determined using a volume weighted average price method by an independent nationally recognized investment bank or other qualified financial institution selected by the Board of Directors and reasonably acceptable to the Warrant Agent. If the Class A Common Stock is not traded on the New York Stock Exchange or any U.S. national or regional securities exchange or quotation system or not reported on the OTC Bulletin Board or in the “pink sheets,” the Current Market Price shall be the price per share of Class A Common Stock that the Company could obtain from a willing buyer for shares of Class A Common Stock sold by the Company from authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, as such price shall be reasonably determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

Depositary ” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees, and their respective successors.

Determination Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Ex-Date ” means, in connection with any dividend, issuance or distribution, the first date on which the shares of Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such dividend, issuance or distribution.

Exercise Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(b).

Exercise Notice ” means, for any Warrant, the exercise notice set forth on the reverse of the Warrant Certificate, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto.

Exercise Price ” means initially $15.90 per Warrant, subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 3.

Expiration Date ” means, for any Warrant, the date that is the seventh anniversary of the date hereof, or if not a Business Day, then the next Business Day thereafter.

Full Physical Settlement ” means the settlement method pursuant to which an exercising Warrantholder shall be entitled to receive from the Company, for each Warrant exercised, a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the Full Physical Share Amount in exchange for payment by the Warrantholder of the Exercise Price.

Full Physical Share Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(b).

Fully-Diluted Basis ” means, with respect to any class or series of equity securities of the Company as of any date of determination, (a) all outstanding shares of capital stock of that class or series as of that date and (b) the maximum number of shares of capital stock of that class or series then issuable in respect of all securities convertible into or exchangeable for, all stock appreciation rights relating to, and all options, warrants and other rights to purchase, subscribe for or otherwise acquire upon the exercise or conversion thereof, shares of that class or series of equity securities of the Company, in each case that are in-the-money based on the Closing Sale Price of the underlying security as of the date of determination and exercisable within 60 days of the date of determination.


Global Warrant ” means a Warrant in the form of a permanent global Warrant Certificate, in definitive, fully registered form.

Global Warrant Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.07(b).

Initial Warrantholders ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

LBIAF ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Management Board ” means the management board of the Company ( bestuur ).

Net Share Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(c).

Net Share Settlement ” means the settlement method pursuant to which an exercising Warrantholder shall be entitled to receive from the Company, for each Warrant exercised, a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the Net Share Amount without any payment therefor.

Net Share Settlement Price ” means, as of any date, the volume weighted average price per share of Class A Common Stock for the twenty (20) Trading Days prior to the date of determination of the Net Share Settlement Price for the regular trading session (including any extensions thereof, without regard to pre-open or after hours trading outside of such regular trading session) as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, or if the Class A Common Stock or such other security is not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported by the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange or quotation system on which the Class A Common Stock or such other security is then listed or quoted, whichever is applicable, as published by Bloomberg at 4:15 p.m., New York City time (or 15 minutes following the end of any extension of the regular trading session), or if the Class A Common Stock is not so listed or quoted, as reported on the OTC Bulletin Board or, if not so reported, as reported in the “pink sheets” published by Pink OTC Markets, Inc. (or similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices), on such Trading Day, or if such volume weighted average price is unavailable or in manifest error, the market value of one share of Class A Common Stock during such twenty (20) Trading Day period determined using a volume weighted average price method by an independent nationally recognized investment bank or other qualified financial institution reasonably acceptable to the Warrant Agent. If the Class A Common Stock is not traded on the New York Stock Exchange or any U.S. national or regional securities exchange or quotation system or not reported on the OTC Bulletin Board or in the “pink sheets,” the Net Share Settlement Price shall be the price per share of Class A Common Stock that the Company could obtain from a willing buyer for shares of Class A Common Stock sold by the Company from authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, as such prices shall be reasonably determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

If during a period applicable for calculating Net Share Settlement Price, an issuance, distribution, subdivision, combination or other transaction or event occurs that requires an adjustment to the Exercise Price or Number of Warrants pursuant to Article 3 hereof, the Net


Share Settlement Price shall be calculated for such period in a manner determined by the Company to appropriately reflect the impact of such issuance, distribution, subdivision or combination on the price of the Class A Common Stock during such period.

New Warrants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.09(e).

Number of Warrants ” means, for a Warrant Certificate, the “Number of Warrants” specified on the face of such Warrant Certificate (or, in the case of a Global Warrant, on Schedule A to such Warrant Certificate), subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 3.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by a member of the Management Board of the Company or such other person he appoints by proxy.

Open of Business ” means 9:00 a.m., New York City time.

Ordinary Cash Dividend ” means regular quarterly or other periodic dividends declared and paid pursuant to a dividend policy established by the Board of Directors, not to exceed in the four most recently completed fiscal quarters of the Company, 45% of the consolidated net income of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries (determined in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles) for the four most recently completed fiscal quarters.

Person ” means an individual, partnership, firm, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, governmental authority or other entity of whatever nature.

Plan ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Pro Rata Repurchase ” means any purchase of shares of Common Stock by the Company or any Affiliate thereof pursuant to (a) any tender offer or exchange offer subject to Section 13(e) or 14(e) of the Exchange Act or Regulation 14E promulgated thereunder or (b) any other offer available to substantially all holders of Common Stock, in the case of both (a) or (b), whether for cash, shares of Capital Stock of the Company, other securities of the Company, evidences of indebtedness of the Company or any other Person or any other property (including, without limitation, shares of Capital Stock, other securities or evidences of indebtedness of a subsidiary), or any combination thereof, effected while a Warrant is outstanding. The “ Effective Date ” of a Pro Rata Repurchase shall mean the date of acceptance of shares for purchase or exchange by the Company under any tender or exchange offer which is a Pro Rata Repurchase or the date of purchase with respect to any Pro Rata Repurchase that is not a tender or exchange offer.

Prospectus Directive ” means Directive 2003/71/EC and any relevant implementing measures in each applicable member state of the European Economic Area.

Record Date ” means, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of Common Stock have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which Common Stock (or other applicable security) is exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for


determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors or by statute, contract or otherwise).

Reference Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.09(a).

Reorganization Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.09(a).

Rights Offering Sponsor ” means any of LeverageSource (Delaware) LLC, an affiliate of Apollo Management VII, L.P., AI LBI Investment LLC, an affiliate of Access Industries, and Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund III, L.P and any of their respective Affiliates.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Settlement Date ” means, in respect of a Warrant that is exercised hereunder, the third Trading Day immediately following the Exercise Date for such Warrant.

Trading Day ” means (i) if the applicable security is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, a day on which trades may be made thereon or (ii) if the applicable security is listed or admitted for trading on the American Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or other national securities exchange or market, a day on which the American Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or such other national securities exchange or market, respectively, is open for business or (iii) if the applicable security is not so listed, admitted for trading or quoted, any Business Day.

Trigger Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(a).

Unit of Reference Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.09(a).

Unit Value ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.09(c).

Vice President ” means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “vice president” of the Company.

Voting Stock ” means Capital Stock having the right to vote for the election of directors under ordinary circumstances.

Warrant ” means a warrant of the Company exercisable for one share of Class A Common Stock as provided herein, and issued pursuant to this Warrant Agreement with the terms, conditions and rights set forth in this Warrant Agreement.

Warrant Agent ” means Computershare Inc., and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. collectively in their capacity as warrant agent hereunder .

Warrant Certificate ” means any certificate representing Warrants satisfying the requirements set forth in Section 2.03.


Warrant Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06.

Warrantholder ” means each Person in whose name Warrants are registered in the Warrant Register.

ARTICLE 2

I SSUANCE , E XECUTION AND T RANSFER OF W ARRANTS

Section 2.01 Issuance of Warrants. (a) The Company shall execute and deliver to the Warrant Agent, for authentication and delivery to the Depositary, or its custodian, for crediting to the accounts of its participants for the benefit of the Initial Warrantholders pursuant to the procedures of the Depositary on the Closing Date, one or more Global Warrants, together with an Authentication Order with respect thereto, evidencing an initial aggregate Number of Warrants equal to 11,508,204 (such Number of Warrants subject to adjustment from time to time as described herein) in accordance with the terms of this Warrant Agreement and the Plan. Each Global Warrant shall evidence one or more Warrants. Each Warrant evidenced thereby entitles the holder, upon proper exercise and payment of the applicable Exercise Price to receive from the Company, as adjusted as provided herein, one share of Class A Common Stock at the Exercise Price. The Warrant Agent shall, upon receipt of such Global Warrant and Authentication Order, authenticate, manually countersign and on the Closing Date, deliver such Global Warrant to the Depositary, or its custodian, for crediting to the accounts of its participants pursuant to the procedures of the Depositary in accordance with Section 2.02. All such Warrants shall be dated as of the Closing Date.

(b) Except as set forth in Section 2.06 and Section 5.02, the Warrants delivered to the Depositary, or a nominee thereof on the Closing Date shall be the only Warrants issued or outstanding under this Warrant Agreement.

(c) All Warrants issued under this Warrant Agreement shall in all respects be equally and ratably entitled to the benefits hereof, without preference, priority, or distinction on account of the actual time of the issuance and authentication or any other terms thereof.

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication of Warrants. (a) Warrants shall be executed on behalf of the Company by the Chief Executive Officer or any person delegated by the Chief Executive Officer and attested by the Company’s Secretary or any one of its Assistant Secretaries. The signature of any such person on Warrants may be manual or facsimile. Typographical and other minor errors or defects in any such signature shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any Warrant that has been duly authenticated and delivered by the Warrant Agent.

(b) Warrants bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals, each of whom was, at the time he or she signed such Warrant or his or her facsimile signature was affixed to such Warrant, as the case may be, an authorized representative of the Company, shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Warrants or did not hold such offices at the date of such Warrants.


(c) No Warrant shall be entitled to any benefit under this Warrant Agreement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Warrant a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Warrant Agent by manual or facsimile signature, and such signature upon any Warrant shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Warrant has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

Section 2.03 Form of Warrant Certificates . Each Warrant Certificate shall be in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto and shall have such insertions as are appropriate or required by this Warrant Agreement and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends and endorsements, stamped, printed, lithographed or engraved thereon, as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Warrant Agreement, such as may be required to comply with this Warrant Agreement, any law or any rule of any securities exchange on which Warrants may be listed, and such as may be necessary to conform to customary usage.

Section 2.04 Securities Law Compliance. The Warrants (including any Class A Common Stock issued upon exercise thereof) are issued pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act provided by Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, as set forth in the confirmation order of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court attached hereto as Exhibit D. Any Warrant that is purchased or owned by any “underwriter” as defined in Section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, may not be resold by such holder, and such holder may not be able to transfer any Warrants or Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any Warrant in the absence of an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and state securities laws.

Section 2.05 EEA Securities Law Compliance . In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area (“EEA”) which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), an offer to the public of the Warrants as provided in this Warrant Agreement may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any Warrants may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, in that Relevant Member State:

(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in the relevant entity’s last annual or consolidated accounts;

(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive); or

(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of Warrants will result in a requirement for the publication by the Company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.


For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any Warrants in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information the terms of the offer as provided in this Warrant Agreement to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for Warrants, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

In the case of any Warrants being offered to a financial intermediary (as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive), such financial intermediary will also be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the Warrants acquired by it have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any Warrants to the public other than their offer of resale in a relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined. The Company and its affiliates, and others will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representation, acknowledgement and agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person who is not a qualified investor and who meets at least two of the following requirements (i) 10 significant transactions on a regulated market, (ii) size of such persons security portfolio exceeds EU 50,000 and (iii) who has at least one year of relevant working experience, and has voluntarily registered with the Authority for Financial Markets (“AFM”), and has notified the Company of such fact in writing may, with the consent of the Company, be permitted to purchase Warrants.

Section 2.06 Registration, Transfer, Exchange and Substitution . (a) The Company shall cause to be kept at the office of the Warrant Agent, and the Warrant Agent shall maintain, a register (the “ Warrant Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as the Company may prescribe and such regulations as may be prescribed by law, the Company shall provide for the registration of Warrants and transfers, exchanges or substitutions of Warrants as herein provided. All Warrants issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of or substitution for Warrants shall be valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same obligations, and entitled to the same benefits under this Warrant Agreement, as Warrants surrendered for such registration of transfer, exchange or substitution.

(b) Transfers of a Global Warrant registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee shall be limited to transfers in whole, and not in part, to the Company, the Depositary, their successors, and their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in a Global Warrant registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee shall be transferred in accordance with this Warrant Agreement and the procedures of the Depositary.

(c) A Warrantholder may transfer a Certificated Warrant only upon surrender of such Certificated Warrant for registration of transfer. Certificated Warrants may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the Warrant Agent with a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Warrant Agent, along with any other such


documents that the Warrant Agent may reasonably require including, without limitation, a signature guarantee from an eligible guarantor institution participating in a signature guarantee program approved by the Securities Transfer Association, and any other reasonable evidence of authority that may be required by the Exchange Agent, duly executed by such Warrantholder or by such Warrantholder’s attorney, duly authorized in writing. No such transfer shall be effected until, and the transferee shall succeed to the rights of a Warrantholder only upon, final acceptance and registration of the transfer in the Warrant Register by the Warrant Agent. Prior to the registration of any transfer of a Certificated Warrant by a Warrantholder as provided herein, the Company, the Warrant Agent, and any agent of the Company or the Warrant Agent may treat the Person in whose name Warrants are registered as the owner thereof for all purposes and as the Person entitled to exercise the rights represented thereby, any notice to the contrary notwithstanding.

(d) Every Certificated Warrant presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange or substitution shall (if so required by the Company or the Warrant Agent) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a duly executed instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Warrant Agent, by the holder thereof or such Warrantholder’s attorney duly authorized in writing.

(e) When Certificated Warrants are presented to the Warrant Agent with a request to register the transfer of, or to exchange or substitute, such Warrants, the Warrant Agent shall register the transfer or make the exchange or substitution as requested if its requirements for such transactions and any applicable requirements hereunder are satisfied. To permit registrations of transfers, exchanges and substitutions, the Company shall execute Warrant Certificates at the Warrant Agent’s request and the Warrant Agent shall countersign and deliver such Warrant Certificates. No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of or substitution for Warrants, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer of Warrants.

(f) A Certificated Warrant may be exchanged at the option of the holder or holders thereof, when presented or surrendered in accordance with this Warrant Agreement, for another Warrant Certificate or other Warrant Certificates of like tenor and representing in the aggregate a like Number of Warrants. If less than all Warrants represented by a Certificated Warrant are transferred, exchanged or substituted in accordance with this Warrant Agreement, the Warrant Certificate shall be surrendered to the Warrant Agent and a new Warrant Certificate for a Number of Warrants equal to the Warrants represented by such Warrant Certificate that were not transferred, exchanged or substituted, registered in such name or names as may be directed in writing by the surrendering Warrantholder, shall be executed by the Company and delivered to the Warrant Agent and the Warrant Agent shall countersign such new Warrant Certificate and shall deliver such new Warrant Certificate to the Person or Persons entitled to receive the same.

Section 2.07 Global Warrants . (a) The Warrants shall initially be issued in the form of one or more Global Warrants up to the aggregate Number of Warrants outstanding, to be registered in the name of the Depositary, or its nominee, and delivered by the Warrant Agent to the Depositary, or its custodian, for crediting to the accounts of its participants pursuant to the procedures of the Depositary. The Company shall execute a Global Warrant


representing such aggregate Number of Warrants and deliver the same to the Warrant Agent for the authentication and delivery in accordance with Section 2.02. Any Global Warrant shall bear the legend substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto (the “ Global Warrant Legend ”).

(b) So long as a Global Warrant is registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“ Agent Members ”), the holders of beneficial interests in the Global Warrant shall have no rights under this Warrant Agreement with respect to the Global Warrant held on their behalf by the Depositary or the Warrant Agent as its custodian, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Warrant Agent and any agent of the Company or the Warrant Agent as the absolute owner of such Global Warrant for all purposes. Accordingly, any such owner’s beneficial interest in such Global Warrant will be shown only on, and the transfer of such interest shall be effected only through, records maintained by the Depositary or its nominee or its Agent Members, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall have any responsibility with respect to such records maintained by the Depositary or its nominee or its Agent Members. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Warrant Agent or any agent of the Company or the Warrant Agent from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Warrantholder.

(c) Any holder of a Global Warrant registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee shall, by acceptance of such Global Warrant, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Warrant may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the holder of such Global Warrant (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in Warrants represented thereby shall be required to be reflected in book-entry form.

(d) A Global Warrant registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee shall be exchanged for Certificated Warrants only if the Depositary (A) has notified the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as or ceases to be a clearing agency registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act and (B) a successor to the Depositary registered as a clearing agency under Section 17A of the Exchange Act is not able to be appointed by the Company within 90 days or the Depositary is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary and a successor to the Depositary is not able to be appointed by the Company within 90 days. In any such event, a Global Warrant registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee shall be surrendered to the Warrant Agent for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Warrant Agent shall countersign and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary, in exchange for such beneficial owner’s beneficial interest in such Global Warrant, Certificated Warrants representing, in the aggregate, the Number of Warrants theretofore represented by such Global Warrant with respect to such beneficial owner’s respective beneficial interest. Any Certificated Warrant delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Warrant pursuant to this Section 2.07(d) shall not bear the Global Warrant Legend. Interests in the Global Warrant may not be exchanged for Certificated Warrants other than as provided in this Section 2.07(d).

(e) The holder of a Global Warrant registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Warrantholder is entitled to take under this Warrant Agreement or the Warrant.


Section 2.08 Surrender of Warrant Certificates . Any Warrant Certificate surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, substitution or exercise of Warrants represented thereby shall, if surrendered to the Company, be delivered to the Warrant Agent, and all Warrant Certificates surrendered or so delivered to the Warrant Agent shall be promptly cancelled by the Warrant Agent and shall not be reissued by the Company and, except as provided in this Article 2 in case of an exchange, transfer or substitution, or Article 3 in case of the exercise of less than all Warrants represented thereby, or Section 5.02 in case of mutilation, no Warrant Certificate shall be issued hereunder in lieu thereof. The Warrant Agent shall deliver to the Company from time to time or otherwise dispose of such cancelled Warrant Certificates as the Company may direct.

ARTICLE 3

E XERCISE AND S ETTLEMENT OF W ARRANTS

Section 3.01 Exercise of Warrants . At any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, a Warrantholder shall be entitled to exercise, in accordance with this Article 3, the full Number of Warrants represented by any Warrant Certificate then registered in such Warrantholder’s name (which may include fractional Warrants) or any portion thereof (which shall not include any fractional Warrants). Any Warrants not exercised prior to such time shall expire unexercised and all rights thereunder and all rights in respect thereof under this Warrant Agreement shall cease as of the Expiration Date.

Section 3.02 Procedure for Exercise . (a) To exercise a Warrant (i) in the case of a Certificated Warrant, the Warrantholder must (x) surrender the Warrant Certificate evidencing such Warrant at the principal office of the Warrant Agent (or successor warrant agent), (y) deliver the Exercise Notice set forth on the reverse of the Warrant Certificate duly completed and executed at the principal office of the Warrant Agent (or successor warrant agent), together with any applicable transfer taxes as set forth in Section 6.01(b), and (z) in the event the exercising Warrantholder does not elect for Net Share Settlement in accordance with Section 3.03(c), pay to the Warrant Agent (or successor warrant agent) an amount equal to the Exercise Price in accordance with the procedures for Full Physical Settlement set forth in Section 3.03(b) or (ii) in the case of a Global Warrant, the holders of beneficial interests therein must (x) comply with the procedures established by the Depositary for the exercise of Warrants and (y) in the event the exercising Warrantholder does not elect for Net Share Settlement in accordance with Section 3.03(c), pay to the Warrant Agent (or successor warrant agent) an amount equal to the Exercise Price in accordance with the procedures for Full Physical Settlement set forth in Section 3.03(b).

(b) The date on which a Warrantholder complies with the requirements for exercise set forth in this Section 3.02 in respect of a Warrant is the “ Exercise Date ” for such Warrant. However, if such date is not a Trading Day or the Warrantholder satisfies such requirements after the Close of Business on a Trading Day, then the Exercise Date shall be the immediately succeeding Trading Day.


(c) Any exercise of a Warrant pursuant to the terms of this Warrant Agreement shall be irrevocable and shall constitute a binding agreement between the holder and the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

Section 3.03 Settlement of Warrants . (a) Full Physical Settlement shall apply to each Warrant unless the Warrantholder elects for Net Share Settlement to apply upon exercise of such Warrant. Such election shall be made (i) in the case of a Certificated Warrant, in the Exercise Notice for such Warrant, or (ii) in the case of a Global Warrant, in accordance with the procedures established by the Depositary for the exercise of Warrants.

(b) If Full Physical Settlement is applicable with respect to the exercise of a Warrant, then, for each Warrant exercised hereunder, prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Settlement Date for such Warrant, the Warrantholder shall pay the Exercise Price (determined as of such Exercise Date) by check or money order payable to the order of the Company to the account maintained by the Warrant Agent and notified to the Warrantholder in accordance with Section 6.15, and on the Settlement Date, following receipt by the Warrant Agent of such Exercise Price, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Warrantholder one share of Class A Common Stock (the “ Full Physical Share Amount ”), together with Cash in respect of any fractional share or fractional Warrant as provided in Section 3.05. All funds received by the Warrant Agent upon exercise of such Warrant shall be deposited by the Warrant Agent for the benefit of the Company.

(c) If Net Share Settlement is applicable with respect to the exercise of a Warrant, then, for each Warrant exercised hereunder, on the Settlement Date for such Warrant, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Warrantholder a number of shares of Class A Common Stock (which in no event will be less than zero) (the “ Net Share Amount ”) equal to (i) the Net Share Settlement Price as of the relevant Exercise Date, minus the Exercise Price (determined as of such Exercise Date), divided by (ii) such Net Share Settlement Price, together with Cash in respect of any factional share or fractional Warrant as provided in Section 3.05.

Section 3.04 Delivery of Class A Common Stock . (a) In connection with the delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock to an exercising Warrantholder pursuant to Section 3.03(b) or Section 3.03(c), as the case may be, the Warrant Agent shall:

(i) inform the Company, within one Business Day following the satisfaction by the exercising Warrantholder of each of the applicable procedures for exercise set forth in Section 3.02(a), of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the Warrants which were exercised;

(ii) promptly deliver or deposit all funds delivered to the Warrant Agent upon exercise of any Warrant(s) by bank wire transfer to an account designated by the Company or as the Warrant Agent may be directed in writing by the Company;

(iii) on the Settlement Date, deliver Cash to such Warrantholder in respect of any fractional shares or fractional Warrants, as provided in Section 3.05, provided that the Company has delivered to the Warrant Agent Cash in an amount equal to, or in excess of, that which such Warrantholder is entitled;


(iv) promptly cancel all Warrant Certificates surrendered to the Warrant Agent, destroy all such cancelled Warrant Certificates and deliver a certificate of destruction to the Company, unless the Company shall otherwise direct; and

(v) if the Number of Warrants represented by a Certificated Warrant shall not have been exercised in full, deliver a new Warrant Certificate, countersigned by the Warrant Agent, for the balance of the number of Warrants represented by the surrendered Warrant Certificate.

(b) If such shares of Class A Common Stock are in book-entry form at the Depositary, the Company shall (or shall cause the transfer agent to) deliver such shares of Class A Common Stock by electronic transfer to such exercising Warrantholder’s account at the Depositary. If such shares of Class A Common Stock are not in book-entry form at the Depositary, the Company shall (or shall cause the transfer agent to) deliver to or upon the order of such exercising Warrantholder a certificate or certificates, in each case with legends thereon as appropriate (as determined by the Company) and for the number of full shares of Class A Common Stock to which such exercising Warrantholder is entitled, registered in such name or names as may be directed by such exercising Warrantholder

(c) Each Person in whose name any shares of Class A Common Stock are issued shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of such shares as of the Exercise Date or, in the case of a Warrant subject to Full Physical Settlement only, the date of payment by the Warrantholder of the Exercise Price in accordance with Section 3.03(b), if later. However, if any such date is a date when the stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such Person shall be deemed to have become the holder of such shares at the Close of Business on the next succeeding date on which the stock transfer books are open.

(d) Promptly after the Warrant Agent shall have taken the action required by Section 3 of this Agreement (or at such later time as may be mutually agreeable to the Company and the Warrant Agent), the Warrant Agent shall account to the Company with respect to any Warrants exercised (including, without limitation, with respect to any Exercise Price paid to the Warrant Agent).

Section 3.05 No Fractional Shares to Be Issued. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Warrant Agreement, the Company shall not be required to issue any fraction of a share of Class A Common Stock upon exercise of any Warrants.

(b) If any fraction of a Warrant shall be exercised hereunder, the Company shall pay the relevant Warrantholder Cash in lieu of the corresponding fraction of a share of Class A Common Stock valued at the Net Share Settlement Price as of the Exercise Date. However, if more than one Warrant shall be exercised hereunder at one time by the same Warrantholder, the number of full shares which shall be issuable upon exercise thereof shall be computed on the basis of all Warrants (including any fractional Warrants) so exercised. If any fraction of a share of Class A Common Stock would, except for the provisions of this Section 3.05, be issuable on the exercise of any Warrant or Warrants (including any fractional Warrants), the Company shall pay the Warrantholder Cash in lieu of such fractional shares valued at the Net Share Settlement Price as of the Exercise Date.


(c) Each Warrantholder, by its acceptance of a Warrant Certificate, expressly waives its right to receive any fraction of a share of Class A Common Stock or a stock certificate representing a fraction of a share of Class A Common Stock.

Section 3.06 Acquisition of Warrants by Company. The Company shall have the right, except as limited by law, to purchase or otherwise to acquire Warrants at such times, in such manner and for such consideration as it may deem appropriate and shall have agreed with the holder of such Warrants.

Section 3.07 Obligations of the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent shall:

(a) examine all Exercise Notices and all other documents delivered to it by or on behalf of holders to ascertain whether, on their face, such Exercise Notices and any such other documents have been executed and completed in accordance with their terms;

(b) where an Exercise Notice or other document appears on its face to have been improperly completed or executed or some other irregularity in connection with the exercise of the Warrant exists, the Warrant Agent shall endeavor to inform the appropriate parties (including the person submitting such instrument) of the need for fulfillment of all requirements, specifying those requirements which appear to be unfulfilled;

(c) inform the Company of and cooperate with and assist the Company in resolving any reconciliation problems between the Exercise Notices received and delivery of Warrants to the Warrant Agent’s account; and

(d) advise the Company of (x) the instructions with respect to delivery of the shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable upon such exercise, subject to the timely receipt from the Depositary of the necessary information, and (y) such other information as the Company shall reasonably require.

Section 3.08 Validity of Exercise. All questions as to the validity, form and sufficiency (including time of receipt) of a Warrant exercise shall be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination shall be final and binding. The Warrant Agent shall incur no liability for or in respect of and, except to the extent such liability arises from the Warrant Agent’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company for acting or refraining from acting upon, or as a result of such determination by the Company. The Company reserves the right to reject any and all Exercise Notices not in proper form or for which any corresponding agreement by the Company to exchange would, in the opinion of the Company, be unlawful. Such determination by the Company shall be final and binding on the holders, absent manifest error. Moreover, the Company reserves the absolute right to waive any of the conditions to the exercise of Warrants or defects in Exercise Notices with regard to any particular exercise of Warrants. The Company shall be under no duty to give notice to the holders of the Warrants of any irregularities in any exercise of Warrants, nor shall it incur any liability for the failure to give such notice.

Section 3.09 Direction of Warrant Agent. (a) The Company shall be responsible for performing all calculations required in connection with the exercise and

 


settlement of the Warrants and the payment or delivery, as the case may be, of Cash and/or Class A Common Stock as described in this Article 3. In connection therewith, the Company shall provide prompt written notice to the Warrant Agent of the amount of Cash and the number of shares of Class A Common Stock payable or deliverable, as the case may be, upon exercise and settlement of the Warrants, including, without limitation, the Net Share Amount and the Full Physical Share Amount.

(b) Any Cash to be paid to the Warrantholders hereunder shall be delivered to Computershare no later than the Business Day immediately preceding the date such consideration is required to be delivered to the Warrantholders. Any Class A Common Stock to be delivered to the Warrantholders hereunder shall be delivered by the Company (or the transfer agent) by the date such consideration is required to be delivered to the Warrantholders.

(c) The Warrant Agent shall have no liability for any failure or delay in performing its duties hereunder caused by any failure or delay of the Company in providing such calculations or items to the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any shares of Class A Common Stock or Units of Reference Property that may at any time be issued or delivered upon the exercise of any Warrant, and it makes no representation with respect thereto. The Warrant Agent shall not be responsible for any failure of the Company to make any Cash payment or to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of Class A Common Stock or stock certificates or Units of Reference Property, or to comply with any of the covenants of the Company contained in this Article 3.

(d) The Company acknowledges that the bank accounts maintained by CI in connection with the services provided under this Agreement will be in its name and that CI may receive investment earnings in connection with the investment at the CI’s risk and for its benefit of funds held in those accounts from time to time. Warrant Holders and the Company will not receive interest on any Cash delivered to the Warrant Agent.

ARTICLE 4

A DJUSTMENTS

Section 4.01 Adjustments to Exercise Price. The Exercise Price for the Warrants shall be subject to adjustment (without duplication) upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) The issuance of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock as a dividend or distribution to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock, or a subdivision or combination of Common Stock, in which event the Exercise Price shall be adjusted based on the following formula:

LOGO

where:


EP 0     =

  the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the Close of Business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately prior to the Open of Business on the effective date for such subdivision or combination, as the case may be;
EP 1      =   the Exercise Price in effect immediately after the Close of Business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately after the Open of Business on the effective date for such subdivision or combination, as the case may be;
OS 0     =   the number of shares of Common Stock, in the aggregate, outstanding immediately prior to the Close of Business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately prior to the Open of Business on the effective date for such subdivision or combination, as the case may be; and
OS 1     =   the number of shares of Common Stock, in the aggregate, that would be outstanding immediately after, and solely as a result of, such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination.

Such adjustment shall become effective immediately after the Close of Business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately after the Open of Business on the effective date for such subdivision or combination, as the case may be. If any dividend or distribution or subdivision or combination of the type described in this Section 4.01(a) is declared or announced but not so paid or made, the Exercise Price shall again be adjusted to the Exercise Price that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution or subdivision or combination had not been declared or announced, as the case may be.

(b) The dividend or distribution to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock of (i) shares of capital stock of the Company (excluding any dividend, distribution or issuance covered by clause (a) above) or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, (ii) evidences of indebtedness of the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, or (iii) any other assets or property or cash dividends (excluding any Ordinary Cash Dividends and excluding any dividend, distribution or issuance covered by clause (a) above), in which event the Exercise Price will be adjusted based on the following formula:

LOGO

where:

 

EP 0     =

  the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the Close of Business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution;
EP 1     =   the Exercise Price in effect immediately after the Close of Business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution;


SP 0        =

 

the Current Market Price; and

FMV    =   the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors), on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution, of the shares of capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other assets or property, or the amount of the cash dividend (other than Ordinary Cash Dividends) expressed as an amount per share of outstanding Common Stock.

 

Such decrease shall become effective immediately after the Close of Business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution. In the event that such dividend or distribution is declared or announced but not so paid or made, the Exercise Price shall again be adjusted to be the Exercise Price which would then be in effect if such distribution had not been declared or announced.

However, if the transaction that gives rise to an adjustment pursuant to this clause (b) is one pursuant to which the payment of a dividend or other distribution on Common Stock consists exclusively of shares of capital stock of, or similar equity interests in, a subsidiary of the Company or other business unit of the Company (i.e., a spin-off) that are, or, when issued, will be, traded or quoted on the New York Stock Exchange or any other national or regional securities exchange or market, then the Exercise Price will instead be adjusted based on the following formula:

LOGO

where:

 

EP 0         =

  the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the Close of Business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution;

EP 1         =

  the Exercise Price in effect immediately after the Close of Business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution;

FMV 0     =

  the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the capital stock or similar equity interests distributed to holders of Common Stock applicable to one share of Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Days commencing on, and including, the third Trading Day after the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution; and
MP 0       =   the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Days commencing on, and including, the third Trading Day after the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution.

 

Such decrease shall become effective immediately after the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution. In the event that such dividend or distribution is declared or announced but not so paid or made, the Exercise Price shall again be adjusted to be the Exercise Price which would then be in effect if such distribution had not been declared or announced.


(c) In the event that the Company effects a Pro Rata Repurchase in which the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of Common Stock exceeds the Closing Sale Price on the Trading Day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such Pro Rata Repurchase, then the Exercise Price will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

EP 1  = EP   X

 

(NS 0A x SP 1A ) + (NS 0B x SP 1B )

     
  PP 0 + ((NS 1A x SP 1A ) + (NS 1B x SP 1B ))      

where:

 

EP 0

  =   the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date of such Pro Rata Repurchase;

EP 1

  =   the Exercise Price in effect immediately after the Effective Date of such Pro Rata Repurchase;
NS 0A   =   the number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately before the consummation of the Pro Rata Repurchase;
NS 0B   =   the number of shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding immediately before the consummation of the Pro Rata Repurchase;
NS 1A   =   the number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately after the consummation of the Pro Rata Repurchase;
NS 1B   =   the number of shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding immediately after the consummation of the Pro Rata Repurchase;
PP 0   =   the aggregate purchase price of the Pro Rata Repurchase; and
SP 1A   =   the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Class A Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Days ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding the first public announcement by the Company of its intent to effect such Pro Rata Repurchase.
SP 1B   =   the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Class B Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Days ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding the first public announcement by the Company of its intent to effect such Pro Rata Repurchase.

(d) If any single action would require adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to more than one subsection of Section 4.01, only one adjustment shall be made and such adjustment shall be the amount of adjustment that has the highest, relative to the rights and interests of the registered holders of the Warrants then outstanding, absolute value.


Section 4.02 Adjustments to Number of Warrants. Concurrently with any adjustment to the Exercise Price under Section 4.01, the Number of Warrants for each Warrant Certificate will be adjusted such that the Number of Warrants for each such Warrant Certificate in effect immediately following the effectiveness of such adjustment will be equal to the Number of Warrants for each such Warrant Certificate in effect immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment and (ii) the denominator of which is the Exercise Price in effect immediately following such adjustment.

Section 4.03 Certain Distributions of Rights and Warrants. (a) Rights or warrants distributed by the Company to all holders of Common Stock entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Company’s Capital Stock (either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights or warrants, until the occurrence of a specified event or events (a “ Trigger Event ”):

(i) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of Common Stock;

(ii) are not exercisable; and

(iii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of Common Stock,

shall be deemed not to have been distributed for purposes of Article 4 (and no adjustment to the Exercise Price or the Number of Warrants under this Article 4 will be made) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon such rights and warrants shall be deemed to have been distributed and an appropriate adjustment (if any is required) to the Exercise Price and the Number of Warrants for each Warrant Certificate shall be made under this Article 4.

(b) If any such right or warrant is subject to events, upon the occurrence of which such rights or warrants become exercisable to purchase different securities, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, then the date of the occurrence of any and each such event shall be deemed to be the date of distribution and Record Date with respect to new rights or warrants with such rights.

(c) In addition, in the event of any distribution (or deemed distribution) of rights or warrants, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described in Section 4.03(b)) with respect thereto that was counted for purposes of calculating a distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Exercise Price and the Number of Warrants for each Warrant Certificate under Article 4 was made:

(i) in the case of any such rights or warrants that shall all have been redeemed or repurchased without exercise by the holders thereof, the Exercise Price and the Number of Warrants for each Warrant Certificate shall be readjusted upon such final redemption or repurchase to give effect to such distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per share redemption or repurchase price received by a holder or holders of Common Stock with respect to such rights or warrants (assuming such holder had retained such rights or warrants), made to all holders of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or repurchase; and


(ii) in the case of such rights or warrants that shall have expired or been terminated without exercise by the holders thereof, the Exercise Price and the Number of Warrants for each Warrant Certificate shall be readjusted as if such rights and warrants had not been issued.

Section 4.04 No Impairment. The Company will not, by amendment of its Articles of Association or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Warrant and in taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Warrantholders.

Section 4.05 Other Adjustments if Net Share Settlement Applies. To the extent Net Share Settlement applies to the exercise of any Warrant, the Board of Directors shall make appropriate adjustments to the amount of Cash or number of shares of Class A Common Stock, as the case may be, due upon exercise of the Warrant, as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the intent of this Article 4 and to avoid unjust or inequitable results as determined in its good faith judgment, to account for any adjustment to the Exercise Price and the Number of Warrants for the relevant Warrant Certificate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Exercise Price and the Number of Warrants for the relevant Warrant Certificate where the Record Date or effective date (in the case of a subdivision or combination of the Class A Common Stock) of the event occurs, during the period beginning on, and including, the Exercise Date and ending on, and including, the related Settlement Date.

Section 4.06 Discretionary Adjustments. The Company may from time to time, to the extent permitted by law and subject to applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange (or if not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the rules of the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange or quotation system on which the Class A Common Stock is then listed or quoted), decrease the Exercise Price and make a corresponding increase in the Number of Warrants for each Warrant Certificate by any amount for any period of at least 20 days. In that case, the Company shall give the Warrantholders at least 15 days’ prior notice of such increase or decrease, and such notice shall state the decreased Exercise Price and increased Number of Warrants for each Warrant Certificate and the period during such adjustment will be in effect. The Company may make such decreases in the Exercise Price and increases in the Number of Warrants for each Warrant Certificate, in addition to those set forth in this Article 4, as the Company’s Board of Directors deems advisable, including to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of the Class A Common Stock resulting from any dividend or distribution of stock (or rights to acquire stock) or from any event treated as such for income tax purposes.

Section 4.07 Restrictions on Adjustments. (a) Except in accordance with Section 4.01, the Exercise Price and the Number of Warrants for any Warrant Certificate will not be adjusted for the issuance of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

 


(b) Neither the Exercise Price nor the Number of Warrants for any Warrant Certificate will be adjusted:

(i) upon the issuance of any securities by the Company on the Closing Date or pursuant to the Plan;

(ii) upon the issuance of any shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or the issuance of any shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock to any of the Company’s officers, directors or employees pursuant to any benefit plan of the Company;

(iii) for a change in the par value of the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock.

(c) In no event will the Company adjust the Exercise Price or make a corresponding adjustment to the Number of Warrants for any Warrant Certificate to the extent that the adjustment would reduce the Exercise Price below the par value per share of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock.

(d) No adjustment shall be made to the Exercise Price or the Number of Warrants for any Warrant Certificate for any of the transactions described in Section 4.01 if the Company makes provisions for Warrantholders to participate in any such transaction without exercising their Warrants on the same basis as holders of Common Stock, as applicable and with notice that the Board of Directors determines in good faith to be fair and appropriate.

(e) No adjustment shall be made to the Exercise Price, nor will any corresponding adjustment be made to the Number of Warrants for any Warrant Certificate, unless the adjustment would result in a change of at least 1% of the Exercise Price; however, any such adjustments that are not made will be carried forward and made when the aggregate of all such adjustments or any other adjustment required to be made pursuant to Article 4 equal or exceed 1% of the Exercise Price. All calculations under this Article 4 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be.

(f) If the Company takes a record of the holders of Class A Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or other distribution, and thereafter (and before the dividend or distribution has been paid or delivered to stockholders) legally abandons its plan to pay or deliver such dividend or distribution, then thereafter no adjustment to the Exercise Price or the Number of Warrants for any Warrant Certificate then in effect shall be required by reason of the taking of such record.

Section 4.08 Deferral of Adjustments . In any case in which Section 4.01 provides that an adjustment shall become effective immediately after (a) a Record Date for an event or (b) the effective date (in the case of a subdivision or combination of the Class A Common Stock) (each a “ Determination Date ”), the Company may elect to defer, until the later of the date the adjustment to the Exercise Price and Number of Warrants for each Warrant Certificate can be definitively determined and the occurrence of the applicable Adjustment Event (as hereinafter defined), (i) issuing to the Warrantholder of any Warrant exercised after such

 


Determination Date and before the occurrence of such Adjustment Event, the additional shares of Class A Common Stock or other securities or assets issuable upon such exercise by reason of the adjustment required by such Adjustment Event over and above the Class A Common Stock issuable upon such exercise before giving effect to such adjustment and (ii) paying to such Warrantholder any amount in Cash in lieu of any fractional share of Class A Common Stock or fractional Warrant pursuant to Section 3.05. For the purposes of this Section 4.08, the term “ Adjustment Event ” shall mean in any case referred to in clause (a) or clause (b) hereof, the occurrence of such event.

Section 4.09 Reclassifications and Other Changes. (a) Subject to Section 4.09(e), if any of the following events occur:

(i) any reclassification or change of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (other than changes resulting from a subdivision or combination to which Section 4.01(a) applies or conversion of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock);

(ii) any consolidation, merger or combination involving the Company; or

(iii) any sale or conveyance to a third party of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets

(each such event a “ Reorganization Event ”), in each case as a result of which the Class A Common Stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) (the “ Reference Property ”), then following the effective time of the Reorganization Event, the right to receive shares of Class A Common Stock upon exercise of a Warrant shall be changed to a right to receive, upon exercise of such Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) that a holder of one share of Class A Common Stock would have owned or been entitled to receive in connection with such Reorganization Event (such kind and amount of Reference Property per share of Class A Common Stock, a “ Unit of Reference Property ”). In the event holders of Class A Common Stock have the opportunity to elect the form of consideration to be received in a Reorganization Event, other than with respect to an Affiliate Change of Control Event, the type and amount of consideration into which the Warrants shall be exercisable from and after the effective time of such Reorganization Event shall be deemed to be the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration received by the holders of Class A Common Stock in such Reorganization Event.

(b) At any time from, and including, the effective time of a Reorganization Event:

(i) if Full Physical Settlement applies upon exercise of a Warrant, the Full Physical Share Amount per Warrant shall be equal to a single Unit of Reference Property;

(ii) if Net Share Settlement applies upon exercise of a Warrant, the Net Share Amount per Warrant shall be a number of Units of Reference Property calculated as set forth in Section 3.03(c), except that the Net Share Settlement Price used to determine such Net Share Amount on any Trading Day shall be the Unit Value for such Trading Day;


(iii) the Company shall pay Cash in lieu of delivering any fraction of a Unit of Reference Property or any fractional Warrant in accordance with Section 3.05 based on the Unit Value as of the Exercise Date; and

(iv) the Closing Sale Price and the Current Market Price shall be calculated with respect to a Unit of Reference Property.

(c) The value of a Unit of Reference Property (the “ Unit Value ”) shall be determined as follows:

(i) any shares of common stock of the successor or purchasing corporation or any other corporation that are traded on a national or regional stock exchange included in such Unit of Reference Property shall be valued as if such shares were “Class A Common Stock” using procedures set forth in the definition of “Closing Sale Price” in Section 1.01;

(ii) any other property (other than cash) included in such Unit of Reference Property shall be valued in good faith by the Board of Directors (in a manner not materially inconsistent with the manner the Board of Directors valued such property for purposes of the Reorganization Event, if applicable) or by a an independent investment bank of national standing; and

(iii) any cash included in such Unit of Reference Property shall be valued at the amount thereof.

(d) On or prior to the effective time of any Reorganization Event, the Company or the successor or purchasing Person, as the case may be, shall execute an amendment to this Warrant Agreement providing that the Warrants shall be exercisable for Units of Reference Property in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.09. If the Reference Property in connection with any Reorganization Event includes shares of stock or other securities and assets of a Person other than the successor or purchasing Person, as the case may be, in such Reorganization Event, then the Company shall cause such amendment to this Warrant Agreement to be executed by such other Person and such amendment shall contain such additional provisions to protect the interests of the Warrantholders as the Board of Directors shall reasonably consider necessary by reason of the foregoing. Any such amendment to this Warrant Agreement shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 4. In the event the Company shall execute an amendment to this Warrant Agreement pursuant to this Section 4.09, the Company shall promptly file with the Warrant Agent an Officers’ Certificate briefly stating the reasons therefor, the kind or amount of cash, securities or property or asset that will comprise a Unit of Reference Property after the relevant Reorganization Event, any adjustment to be made with respect thereto and that all conditions precedent have been complied with. The Company shall cause notice of the execution of amendment to be mailed to each Warrantholder, at its address appearing on the Warrant Register, within ten (10) Business Days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such amendment.


(e) Affiliate Change of Control Event:

(i) On or before the 20th day after the effective date of an Affiliate Change of Control Event, the Company shall:

(A) cause a notice of the Affiliate Change of Control Event to be sent at least once to the Dow Jones News Service or similar business news service in the United States; and

(B) cause the Warrant Agent to send by first-class mail, postage prepaid to each Warrantholder, at the address appearing in the warrant register, a notice of the Affiliate Change of Control Event (a “ Affiliate Change of Control Put Notice ”) stating:

1) that each Warrantholder may require the Company to purchase all, or a portion of, any Warrants (the “ Affiliate Change of Control Put Warrants ”) that have not been exercised prior to the Affiliate Change of Control Payment Date at a price equal to the Affiliate Change of Control Payment Amount (the “ Affiliate Change of Control Put ”) as of the date specified by the Company that is not less than 20 Business Days nor more than 35 Business Days after the date of the Affiliate Change of Control Put Notice (the “ Affiliate Change of Control Payment Date ”);

2) that the Affiliate Change of Control Put is being offered pursuant to this Section 4.09(e) and that the Warrantholders may not require the Company to purchase Warrants prior to the Affiliate Change of Control Payment Date;

3) that any Warrant not tendered will remain outstanding;

4) that Warrantholders accepting the offer to have their Warrants purchased pursuant to the Affiliate Change of Control Put Right will be required to surrender their Warrant Certificates representing such Warrants to the Warrant Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the Close of Business on the fifth Business Day preceding the Affiliate Change of Control Payment Date;

5) a reasonably detailed explanation of the Affiliate Change of Control Payment Amount;

6) that Holders whose Warrants are being purchased only in part will be issued New Warrants representing the unpurchased portion of the Warrants surrendered; provided that each such New Warrant issued shall be in denominations of one Warrant and integral multiples thereof;

7) any other reasonable procedures that a Warrantholder must follow (to the extent consistent with the terms and conditions set forth herein) in connection with such Affiliate Change of Control Put; and

8) the name and address of the Warrant Agent.


(ii) Three (3) Business Days prior to the Affiliate Change of Control Payment Date, the Warrant Agent shall notify the Company in writing the number of Warrants for which an Affiliate Change of Control Put Right has been validly exercised.

(iii) On the Affiliate Change of Control Payment Date, the Company or the surviving Person (if other than the Company) shall (A) deliver to the Warrant Agent the calculation of the Affiliate Change of Control Payment Amount and (B) deposit with the Warrant Agent money sufficient to pay the Affiliate Change of Control Payment Amount for all Affiliate Change of Control Put Warrants for which the Affiliate Change of Control Put has been validly tendered.

(iv) On the Affiliate Change of Control Payment Date, (A) the Company or the surviving Person (if other than the Company) shall purchase all Affiliate Change of Control Put Warrants for which the Affiliate Change of Control Put has been validly tendered, (B) the Warrant Agent shall mail to each holder of Affiliate Change of Control Put Warrants so purchased a payment in Cash in an amount equal to the aggregate Affiliate Change of Control Payment Amount in respect of such Affiliate Change of Control Put Warrants, and (C) the Company or the surviving Person (if other than the Company) shall execute and issue to the Warrantholders, and the Warrant Agent shall authenticate, new Warrants in an amount of Warrants equal to the balance of a holder’s Warrants to the extent that a holder exercises its right to an Affiliate Change of Control Put with respect to less than all of its Warrants (collectively, the “ New Warrants ”); provided that each such New Warrant shall be issued in denominations of one Warrant and integral multiples thereof and the terms thereof shall, subject to Section 4.09(e)(vi), be substantially consistent with the terms of this Warrant Agreement and the Warrants (and all references herein to Warrants shall thereafter be deemed to be references to such New Warrants).

(v) Following the Affiliate Change of Control Payment Date, any holder of New Warrants shall have the right to exercise such New Warrant and to receive, upon such exercise, the Reference Property in accordance with Section 4.09(a), subject to Section 4.09(b) and Section 4.09(c) and the remaining terms of this Warrant Agreement and the Warrants (as the same may have been amended in connection with such Affiliate Change of Control Event pursuant to Section 4.09).

(vi) The provisions of this Section 4.09(e) are subject, in all cases, to any applicable requirements under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Where there is any inconsistency between the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and the requirements of this Section 4.09(e), the requirements of the Company under this Section 4.09(e) shall be modified but only to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, shall supersede.

Section 4.10 Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets. (a) The Company may, without the consent of the Warrantholders, consolidate with, merge into or sell, lease or otherwise transfer in one transaction or a series of related transactions all or substantially

 


all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries to any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or trust organized under the laws of the United States or any of its political subdivisions or the laws of the Netherlands so long as the Company is the surviving corporation or in the event that the Company is not the surviving corporation:

(i) the successor to the Company assumes all of the Company’s obligations under this Warrant Agreement and the Warrants; and

(ii) the successor to the Company provides written notice of such assumption to the Warrant Agent.

(b) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, lease or other transfer and upon any such assumption by the successor corporation, limited liability company, partnership or trust, such successor entity shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the Company. Such successor entity thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue any or all of the Warrants issuable pursuant to this Warrant Agreement which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company; and, upon the order of such successor entity, instead of the Company, and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Warrant Agreement prescribed, the Warrant Agent shall authenticate and deliver, as applicable, any Warrants that previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company to the Warrant Agent for authentication, and any Warrants which such successor entity thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Warrant Agent for such purpose.

Section 4.11 Common Stock Outstanding . For the purposes of this Article 4, the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

Section 4.12 Calculations Final. The Company shall be responsible for making all calculations called for under this Warrant Agreement. These calculations include, but are not limited to, the Exercise Date, the Current Market Price, the Closing Sale Price, the Net Share Settlement Price, the Exercise Price, the Number of Warrants for each Warrant Certificate and the number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Units of Reference Property, if any, to be issued upon exercise of any Warrants. The Company shall make the foregoing calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, the Company’s calculations shall be final and binding on Warrantholders. The Company shall provide a schedule of the Company’s calculations to the Warrant Agent, and the Warrant Agent is entitled to rely upon the accuracy of the Company’s calculations without independent verification.

Section 4.13 Notice of Adjustments. Whenever the Exercise Price or the Number of Warrants for each Warrant Certificate is adjusted, the Company shall promptly mail the Warrantholders a notice of the adjustment. The Company shall file with the Warrant Agent such notice and an Officer’s Certificate briefly stating the facts requiring the adjustment and the manner of computing it. The certificate shall be conclusive evidence that the adjustment is correct, and the Warrant Agent shall not be deemed to have any knowledge of any adjustments unless and until it has received such certificate. The Warrant Agent shall not be under any duty or responsibility with respect to any such certificate except to exhibit the same to any Warrantholder desiring inspection thereof.

 


Section 4.14 Warrant Agent Not Responsible for Adjustments or Validity. The Warrant Agent shall at no time be under any duty or responsibility to any Warrantholder to determine whether any facts exist that may require an adjustment of the Exercise Price and the Number of Warrants for each Warrant Certificate, or with respect to the nature or extent of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed, herein or in any supplemental agreement provided to be employed, in making the same. The Warrant Agent shall have no duty to verify or confirm any calculation called for hereunder. The Warrant Agent shall have no liability for any failure or delay in performing its duties hereunder caused by any failure or delay of the Company in providing such calculations to the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any shares of Class A Common Stock or of any securities or property which may at any time be issued or delivered upon the exercise of any Warrant or upon any adjustment pursuant to this Article 4, and it makes no representation with respect thereto. The Warrant Agent shall not be responsible for any failure of the Company to make any Cash payment or to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of Class A Common Stock or stock certificates or other securities or property or scrip upon the surrender of any Warrant for the purpose of exercise or upon any adjustment pursuant to this Article 4, or to comply with any of the covenants of the Company contained in this Article 4.

Section 4.15 Statements on Warrants. The form of Warrant Certificate need not be changed because of any adjustment made pursuant to this Article 4, and Warrant Certificates issued after such adjustment may state the same information (other than the adjusted Exercise Price and the adjusted Number of Warrants for such Warrant Certificates) as are stated in the Warrant Certificates initially issued pursuant to this Warrant Agreement.

ARTICLE 5

O THER P ROVISIONS R ELATING TO R IGHTS OF W ARRANTHOLDERS

Section 5.01 No Rights as Stockholders. Nothing contained in this Warrant Agreement or in any of the Warrant Certificates shall be construed as conferring upon the holders of any Warrant Certificate or any Warrants, by virtue of holding Warrants, the right to attend any of the Company’s general meeting of shareholders, to vote, to consent, to receive any cash dividends, stock dividends, allotments or rights or other distributions paid, allotted or distributed or distributable to the holders of Class A Common Stock, to receive notice as stockholders with respect to any meeting of stockholders for the election of the Company’s directors or any other matter, or to exercise any rights whatsoever as the Company’s stockholders unless, until and only to the extent such holders become holders of record of shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon settlement of the Warrants.

Section 5.02 Mutilated or Missing Warrant Certificates. If any Warrant at any time is mutilated, defaced, lost, destroyed or stolen, then on the terms set forth in this Warrant Agreement, such Warrant may be replaced with a new Warrant, of like date and tenor and representing an equivalent number of Warrants, at the cost of the applicant (including legal fees of the Company) at the office of the Warrant Agent. The applicant for a new Warrant shall, in the case of any mutilated or defaced Warrant, surrender such Warrant to the Warrant Agent and, in the case of any lost, destroyed or stolen Warrant, furnish evidence satisfactory to the

 


Company and the Warrant Agent of such loss, destruction or theft, and, in each case, furnish evidence satisfactory to the Company of the ownership and authenticity of the Warrant together with such indemnity and security, which shall include an open penalty surety bond satisfactory to the Warrant Agent and holding the Warrant Agent and the Company harmless, as required by the Warrant Agent. Any such new Warrant Certificate shall constitute an original contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed Warrant Certificate shall be at any time enforceable by anyone. An applicant for such a substitute Warrant Certificate shall also comply with such other reasonable regulations and pay such other reasonable charges as the Company or the Warrant Agent may prescribe. All Warrant Certificates shall be held and owned upon the express condition that the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the substitution for lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed Warrant Certificates, and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the substitution for and replacement of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

Section 5.03 Modification, Waiver and Meetings. (a) This Warrant Agreement may be modified or amended by the Company and the Warrant Agent, without the consent of the holder of any Warrant, for the purposes of curing any ambiguity or correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained in this Warrant Agreement or to make any other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising in this Warrant Agreement which the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem necessary or desirable; provided that such modification or amendment does not adversely affect the interests of the Warrantholders in any respect.

(b) Modifications and amendments to this Warrant Agreement or to the terms and conditions of Warrants may also be made by the Company and the Warrant Agent, and noncompliance with any provision of the Warrant Agreement or Warrants may be waived, with the written consent of the Warrantholders of Warrants representing a majority of the aggregate Number of Warrants at the time outstanding.

(c) However, no such modification, amendment or waiver may, without the written consent or the affirmative vote of each Warrantholder affected:

(i) change the Expiration Date;

(ii) increase the Exercise Price or decrease the Number of Warrants (except as set forth in Article 4);

(iii) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment or delivery with respect to the exercise and settlement of any Warrant;

(iv) reduce the percentage of Warrants outstanding necessary to modify or amend this Warrant Agreement or to waive any past default; or

(v) reduce the percentage in Warrants outstanding required for any other waiver under this Warrant Agreement.


ARTICLE 6

C ONCERNING THE W ARRANT A GENT AND O THER M ATTERS

Section 6.01 Payment of Certain Taxes. (a) The Company shall pay any and all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes that may be payable upon the initial issuance of the Warrants hereunder.

(b) The Company shall pay any and all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes that may be payable upon the issuance of Class A Common Stock (or any other stock certificate) upon the exercise of Warrants hereunder and the issuance of stock certificates in respect thereof in the respective names of, or in such names as may be directed by, the exercising Warrantholders; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any such stock certificate, any Warrant Certificates or other securities in a name other than that of the registered holder of the Warrant Certificate surrendered upon exercise of the Warrant, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver such certificates or other securities unless and until the Person or Persons requesting the issuance thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid.

Section 6.02 Change of Warrant Agent. (a) The Warrant Agent, or any successor to it hereafter appointed, may resign its duties and be discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder (except for liability arising as a result of the Warrant Agent’s own gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith) after giving 60 days’ notice in writing to the Company, except that such shorter notice may be given as the Company shall, in writing, accept as sufficient. If the office of the Warrant Agent becomes vacant by resignation or incapacity to act or otherwise, the Company shall appoint in writing a successor warrant agent in place of the Warrant Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of 60 days after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated warrant agent or by any holder of Warrants (who shall, with such notice, submit his Warrant Certificate for inspection by the Company), then the holder of any Warrants may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor warrant agent.

(b) The Warrant Agent may resign its duties and be discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder (except for liability arising as a result of the Warrant Agent’s own gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith) upon receipt of any notice from the Company pursuant to Section 6.03(c) or Section 6.03(d) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 6.02(a), except that the notice required to effect such resignation shall be reduced from 60 days to 5 days.

(c) The Warrant Agent may be removed by the Company at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to the Warrant Agent; provided, however, that the Company shall not remove the Warrant Agent until a successor warrant agent meeting the qualifications hereof shall have been appointed.


(d) Any successor warrant agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be a corporation or banking association organized, in good standing and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state authority and having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000. The combined capital and surplus of any such successor warrant agent shall be deemed to be the combined capital and surplus as set forth in the most recent report of its condition published prior to its appointment; provided that such reports are published at least annually pursuant to law or to the requirements of a Federal or state supervising or examining authority. After acceptance in writing of such appointment by the successor warrant agent, such successor warrant agent shall be vested with all the authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties and obligations of its predecessor warrant agent with like effect as if originally named as warrant agent hereunder, without any further act or deed; but if for any reason it becomes necessary or appropriate, the predecessor warrant agent shall execute and deliver, at the expense of the Company, an instrument transferring to such successor warrant agent all the authority, powers and rights of such predecessor warrant agent hereunder; and upon request of any successor warrant agent, the Company shall make, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all instruments in writing to more fully and effectually vest in and conform to such successor warrant agent all such authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties and obligations. Upon assumption by a successor warrant agent of the duties and responsibilities hereunder, the predecessor warrant agent shall deliver and transfer, at the expense of the Company, to the successor warrant agent any property at the time held by it hereunder. As soon as practicable after such appointment, the Company shall give notice thereof to the predecessor warrant agent, the Warrantholders and each transfer agent for the shares of its Class A Common Stock. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the validity of the appointment of the successor warrant agent.

(e) Any entity into which the Warrant Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Warrant Agent shall be a party, or any person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust or agency business of the Warrant Agent, shall be the successor Warrant Agent under this Warrant Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided that such entity would be eligible for appointment as a successor warrant agent under Section 6.02(c). In case at the time such successor to the Warrant Agent shall succeed to the agency created by this Warrant Agreement, any of the Warrant Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, any such successor to the Warrant Agent may adopt the countersignature of the original Warrant Agent and deliver such Warrant Certificates so countersigned, and in case at that time any of the Warrant Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor to the Warrant Agent may countersign such Warrant Certificates either in the name of the predecessor Warrant Agent or in the name of the successor Warrant Agent; and in all such cases Warrant Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Warrant Certificates and in this Warrant Agreement.

(f) In case at any time the name of the Warrant Agent shall be changed and at such time any of the Warrant Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the Warrant Agent may adopt the countersignatures under its prior name and deliver such Warrant Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Warrant Certificates shall not


have been countersigned, the Warrant Agent may countersign such Warrant Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Warrant Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Warrant Certificates and in this Warrant Agreement.

Section 6.03 Compensation; Further Assurances. The Company agrees that it will

(a) pay the Warrant Agent reasonable compensation for its services as Warrant Agent hereunder pursuant to the attached fee schedule and, except as otherwise expressly provided, will pay or reimburse the Warrant Agent upon written demand for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Warrant Agent in accordance with any of the provisions of this Warrant Agreement (including the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its or any of its gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith, and

(b) perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Warrant Agent for the carrying out or performing of the provisions of this Warrant Agreement.

(c) notify the Warrant Agent immediately in writing in the event it lists the Warrants or the Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise thereof on any exchange other than the New York Stock Exchange. The parties hereto agree that the Warrant Agent, at its sole discretion, shall have the right to resign as Warrant Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(b) upon its receipt of such notice.

(d) determine if the Warrant Agent requires any regulatory licenses in any foreign jurisdictions in which the services to be provided hereunder may be performed and the Company shall provide the Warrant Agent with written notice of any such required licenses promptly upon such determination. The parties hereto agree that the Warrant Agent, at its sole discretion, shall have the right to resign as Warrant Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(b) upon its receipt of such notice. The parties hereto further agree that the Warrant Agent, at its sole discretion, may obtain such licenses or may consent to the Company obtaining such license on the Warrant Agent’s behalf, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Company agrees to pay for all reasonable costs associated with such additional licensing.

Section 6.04 Reliance on Counsel. The Warrant Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be legal counsel for the Company), and the written opinion of such counsel or any advice of legal counsel subsequently confirmed by a written opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Warrant Agent as to any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such written opinion or advice.

Section 6.05 Proof of Actions Taken . Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Warrant Agreement the Warrant Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Warrant Agent, be deemed to be


conclusively proved and established by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Warrant Agent; and such Officer’s Certificate shall, in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Warrant Agent, be full warrant to the Warrant Agent for any action taken, suffered or omitted in good faith by it under the provisions of this Warrant Agreement in reliance upon such certificate; but in its discretion the Warrant Agent may in lieu thereof accept other evidence of such fact or matter or may require such further or additional evidence as to it may seem reasonable.

Section 6.06 Correctness of Statements. The Warrant Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Warrant Agreement or in the Warrant Certificates (except its countersignature thereof) or be required to verify the same, and all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.

Section 6.07 Validity of Agreement. The Warrant Agent shall not be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this Warrant Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof or in respect of the validity or execution of any Warrant Certificates (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Warrant Agreement or in any Warrant Certificate; nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Warrant Agreement or any Warrants or as to whether any shares of Class A Common Stock will, when issued, be validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable.

Section 6.08 Use of Agents. The Warrant Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys or agents.

Section 6.09 Liability of Warrant Agent. (a) The Warrant Agent shall incur no liability or responsibility to the Company or to any holder of Warrants for any action taken in reliance on any notice, resolution, waiver, consent, order, certificate, or other paper, document or instrument believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties. The Company agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent and save it harmless against any and all losses, expenses and liabilities, including judgments, costs and reasonable counsel fees, for anything done or omitted in good faith by the Warrant Agent in the execution of this Warrant Agreement or otherwise arising in connection with this Warrant Agreement, except as a result of the Warrant Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or bad faith. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Warrant Agent’s aggregate liability during any term of this Agreement with respect to, arising from, or arising in connection with this Agreement, or from all services provided or omitted to be provided under this Agreement, whether in contract, or in tort, or otherwise, is limited to, and shall not exceed, the amounts paid hereunder by the Company to Warrant Agent as fees and charges, but not including reimbursable expenses.

(b) From time to time, the Warrant Agent may apply to any officer of the Company for instruction and Company shall provide Warrant Agent with such instructions concerning the services to be provided hereunder. In addition, the Warrant Agent may consult with legal counsel for the Warrant Agent or the Company with respect to any matter arising in connection with the


services to be performed by the Warrant Agent under this Agreement, and the Warrant Agent and its agents and subcontractors shall not be liable and shall be indemnified by the Company for any action taken or omitted by it in reliance upon any Company instructions or upon the advice or opinion of such counsel. The Warrant Agent shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any person, until receipt of written notice thereof from the Company.

Section 6.10 Legal Proceedings. The Warrant Agent shall be under no obligation to institute any action, suit or legal proceeding or to take any other action likely to involve expense unless the Company or one or more Warrantholders shall furnish the Warrant Agent with reasonable security and indemnity for any costs and expenses which may be incurred, but this provision shall not affect the power of the Warrant Agent to take such action as the Warrant Agent may consider proper, whether with or without any such security or indemnity. The Warrant Agent shall promptly notify the Company in writing of any claim made or action, suit or proceeding instituted against it arising out of or in connection with this Warrant Agreement.

Section 6.11 Other Transactions in Securities of the Company. The Warrant Agent in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner of Warrants or other securities of the Company, or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Warrant Agent under this Warrant Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Warrant Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity.

Section 6.12 Actions as Agent. The Warrant Agent shall act hereunder solely as agent and not in a ministerial or fiduciary capacity, and its duties shall be determined solely by the provisions hereof. The duties and obligations of the Warrant Agent shall be determined solely by the express provisions of the Warrant Agreement, and the Warrant Agent shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in the Warrant Agreement. No implied covenants or obligations shall be read into the Warrant Agreement against the Warrant Agent. No provision of the Warrant Agreement shall require the Warrant Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. The Warrant Agent shall not be liable for anything that it may do or refrain from doing in good faith in connection with this Warrant Agreement except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct or bad faith.

Section 6.13 Appointment and Acceptance of Agency . The Company hereby appoints the Warrant Agent to act as agent for the Company in accordance with the instructions set forth in this Warrant Agreement, and the Warrant Agent hereby accepts the agency established by this Warrant Agreement and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein set forth.

 


Section 6.14 Successors and Assigns . All the covenants and provisions of this Warrant Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Warrant Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

Section 6.15 Notices . Any notice or demand authorized by this Warrant Agreement to be given or made by the Warrant Agent or by any Warrantholder to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by mail first-class, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Company with the Warrant Agent), as follows:

LyondellBasell Industries N.V.

Weena 737

3013AM Rotterdam

The Netherlands

Attention:    Frits Bos
Facsimile:    011-31-10-713-62-59

with copies to:

LyondellBasell Industries

1221 McKinney Street

Houston, TX 77010

Attention:    Craig B. Glidden
Facsimile:    (713) 309-7312

Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP

One World Financial Center

New York, NY 10281

Attention:   

George A. Davis

Andrew Troop

Facsimile:    (212) 504-6666

Any notice or demand authorized by this Warrant Agreement to be given or made by any Warrantholder or by the Company to or on the Warrant Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by mail first-class, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Warrant Agent with the Company), as follows:

Computershare Inc.

Address 250 Royall Street Canton , MA 02021 USA

Attention:U.S. General Counsel

Re: LyondellBasell Industries N.V. Warrant Agreement

Fax: [  781.575.4210                            ]

Any notice of demand authorized by this Warrant Agreement to be given or made to any Warrantholder shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid to the last address of such Warrantholder as it shall appear on the Warrant Register.


Section 6.16 Applicable Law; Jurisdiction. The validity, interpretation and performance of this Warrant Agreement and of the Warrant Certificates shall be governed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof. The parties hereto irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and any federal court located in such state in connection with any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Warrant Agreement.

Section 6.17 Benefit of this Warrant Agreement. Nothing in this Warrant Agreement expressed and nothing that may be implied from any of the provisions hereof is intended, or shall be construed, to confer upon, or give to, any Person or corporation other than the parties hereto any right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Warrant Agreement or of any covenant, condition, stipulation, promise or agreement hereof, and all covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises and agreements in this Warrant Agreement contained shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their successors.

Section 6.18 Registered Warrantholders. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Warrants are registered in the Warrant Register as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes whatever (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon made by anyone other than the Company or the Warrant Agent) and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary or be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in any Warrants on the part of any other Person and shall not be liable for any registration of transfer of Warrants that are registered or to be registered in the name of a fiduciary or the nominee of a fiduciary unless made with actual knowledge that a fiduciary or nominee is committing a breach of trust in requesting such registration of transfer or with such knowledge of such facts that its participation therein amounts to bad faith.

Section 6.19 Inspection of this Warrant Agreement . The Warrant Agent (or successor warrant agent)shall make a copy of this Warrant Agreement available at all reasonable times for inspection by any registered Warrantholder upon reasonable request. The Warrant Agent may require any such holder to submit his Warrant Certificate for inspection by it before allowing such holder to inspect a copy of this Warrant Agreement.

Section 6.20 Termination. (a) This Warrant Agreement shall terminate at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date (or, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Settlement Date with respect to any Warrant Exercise Notice delivered prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Warrant Agreement will terminate on such earlier date on which all outstanding Warrants have been exercised or put pursuant to Section 4.09 of this Agreement. Termination of this Warrant Agreement shall not relieve the Company or the Warrant Agent of any of their obligations arising prior to the date of such termination or in connection with the settlement of any Warrant exercised prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

Section 6.21 Headings. The Article and Section headings herein are for convenience only and are not a part of this Warrant Agreement and shall not affect the interpretation thereof.

 


Section 6.22 Counterparts. This Warrant Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts on separate counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 6.23 Entire Agreement. This Warrant Agreement and the Warrant Certificates constitute the entire agreement of the Company, the Warrant Agent and the registered holders of the Warrant Certificates with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, among the Company, the Warrant Agent and the registered holders of the Warrant Certificates with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 6.24 Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this Warrant Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Warrant Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Warrant Agreement.

Section 6.25 Damages. Neither party to this Agreement shall be liable to the other party for any consequential, indirect, special or incidental damages under any provision of this Agreement or for any consequential, indirect, penal, special or incidental damages arising out of any act or failure to act hereunder even if that party has been advised of or has foreseen the possibility of such damages.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Warrant Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.

 

LyondellBasell Industries N.V.

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

[                                 ], as Warrant Agent

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO WARRANT


Schedule I

Initial Warrantholder

 

Name

 

Number of Warrants

 
 
 
 
 
 
 


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF GLOBAL WARRANT LEGEND

UNLESS THIS GLOBAL WARRANT IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“ DTC ”), TO LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V. (THE “ ISSUER ”), THE CUSTODIAN OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFER OF THIS GLOBAL WARRANT SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, AND NOT IN PART, TO THE COMPANY, DTC, THEIR SUCCESSORS AND THEIR RESPECTIVE NOMINEES.

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE

[FACE]

 

No. [            ]   CUSIP No. [            ]

[UNLESS THIS GLOBAL WARRANT IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“ DTC ”), TO LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES N.V. (THE “ ISSUER ”), THE CUSTODIAN OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFER OF THIS GLOBAL WARRANT SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, AND NOT IN PART, TO THE COMPANY, DTC, THEIR SUCCESSORS AND THEIR RESPECTIVE NOMINEES.]

 

B-1


LyondellBasell Industries N.V.

[Designation of Warrants]

NUMBER OF WARRANTS: Initially, 11,508,204 Warrants, subject to adjustment as described in the Warrant Agreement dated as of [                    ], 2010 between LyondellBasell Industries N.V. and [                                ], as Warrant Agent (the “ Warrant Agreement ”), each of which is exercisable for one share of Class A Common Stock.

EXERCISE PRICE: Initially, $15.90 per Warrant, subject to adjustment as described in the Warrant Agreement.

FORM OF PAYMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE: Cash, if Full Physical Settlement is applicable, or Net Share Settlement.

FORM OF SETTLEMENT: Upon exercise of any Warrants represented hereby, the Warrantholder shall be entitled to receive, at the Warrantholder’s election, either (a) upon payment to the Warrant Agent of the Exercise Price (determined as of the relevant Exercise Date), one share of Class A Common Stock per Warrant exercised, together with Cash in lieu of any fractional shares or fractional Warrants, or (b) without any payment therefor, a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the Net Share Amount, together with Cash in lieu of any fractional shares or fractional Warrants, in each case, as described in the Warrant Agreement.

DATES OF EXERCISE: At any time, and from time to time, prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, the Warrantholder shall be entitled to exercise all Warrants then represented hereby and outstanding (which may include fractional Warrants) or any portion thereof (which shall not include any fractional Warrants).

PROCEDURE FOR EXERCISE: Warrants may be exercised by (a) in the case of a Certificated Warrant, surrendering the Warrant Certificate evidencing such Warrant at the principal office of the Warrant Agent (or successor warrant agent), with the Exercise Notice set forth on the reverse of the Warrant Certificate duly completed and executed, together with any applicable transfer taxes, or (b) in the case of a Global Warrant, complying with the procedures established by the Depositary for the exercise of Warrants.

EXPIRATION DATE: [                                ].

This Warrant Certificate certifies that [                                ], or its registered assigns, is the Warrantholder of the Number of Warrants (the “ Warrants ”) specified above[, as modified in Schedule A hereto,] (such number subject to adjustment from time to time as described in the Warrant Agreement).

In connection with the exercise of any Warrants, (a) the Company shall determine the Full Physical Share Amount or Net Share Amount, as applicable, for each Warrant, and (b) the Company shall, or shall cause the Warrant Agent to, deliver to the exercising Warrantholder, on the applicable Settlement Date, for each Warrant exercised, a number of Shares of Class A

 

B-2


Common Stock equal to the relevant Full Physical Share Amount or Net Share Amount, as applicable, together with Cash in lieu of any fractional shares or fractional Warrants as described in the Warrant Agreement.

Prior to the relevant Exercise Date as described more fully in the Warrant Agreement, Warrants will not entitle the Warrantholder to any of the rights of the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Warrant Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof, and such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth in this place.

This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid unless countersigned by the Warrant Agent.

In the event of any inconsistency between the Warrant Agreement and this Warrant Certificate, the Warrant Agreement shall govern.

 

B-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, LyondellBasell Industries N.V. has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated: [                                ]

 

LyondellBasell Industries N.V.

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Attest

By:

 

 

Secretary

 

B-4


Certificate of Authentication

These are the Warrants referred to in the above-mentioned Warrant Agreement.

Countersigned as of the date above written:

                                  , as Warrant Agent

 

By:

 

 

  Authorized Officer

 

B-5


[FORM OF REVERSE OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE]

LyondellBasell Industries N.V.

The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate are part of a duly authorized issue of Warrants issued by the Company pursuant to a Warrant Agreement, dated as of [                    ], 2010 (the “ Warrant Agreement ”), between the Company and [            ] (the “ Warrant Agent ”), and are subject to the terms and provisions contained in the Warrant Agreement, to all of which terms and provisions each Warrantholder consents by acceptance of this Warrant Certificate or a beneficial interest therein. Without limiting the foregoing, all capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Warrant Agreement. A copy of the Warrant Agreement is on file at the Warrant Agent’s Office.

The Warrant Agreement and the terms of the Warrants are subject to amendment as provided in the Warrant Agreement.

This Warrant Certificate shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

B-6


[To be attached if Warrant is a Certificated Warrant]

Exercise Notice

[Warrant Agent]

Address

Attention: Transfer Department

 

Re: LyondellBasell Industries N.V. Warrant Agreement

The undersigned (the “ Registered Warrantholder ”) hereby irrevocably exercises [                    ] Warrants (the “ Exercised Warrants ”) and delivers to you herewith a Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates, registered in the Registered Warrantholder’s name, representing a Number of Warrants at least equal to the number of Exercised Warrants.

The Registered Warrantholder hereby either:

 

  ¨ elects for Full Physical Settlement to apply to the Exercised Warrants pursuant to Section 3.03 of the Warrant Agreement and confirms that it will, prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Settlement Date, pay an amount equal to the Exercise Price (determined as of the relevant Exercise Date), multiplied by the number of Exercised Warrants, by federal wire or other immediately available funds payable to the order of the Company to the account maintained by the Warrant Agent and notified to the Registered Warrantholder as required under Section 3.03(b) of the Warrant Agreement; or

 

  ¨ elects for Net Share Settlement to apply to the Exercised Warrants pursuant to Section 3.03 of the Warrant Agreement.

The Registered Warrantholder hereby directs the Warrant Agent to:

(a) deliver the Full Physical Share Amount or Net Share Amount, as applicable, for each of the Exercised Warrants as follows:

[                                                                                                                                   ]; and

(b) if the number of Exercised Warrants is less than the Number of Warrants represented by the enclosed Warrant Certificates, to deliver a Warrant Certificate representing the unexercised Warrants to:

[                                                                                                                                   ]

 

Dated:

 

 

  

 

     (Registered Warrantholder)

 

B-7


By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signature

 

Address:

 

Telephone:

 

B-8


SCHEDULE A

[To Be Attached if Warrant is a Global Warrant]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN WARRANTS

The initial Number of Warrants represented by this Global Warrant is [                    ]. In accordance with the Warrant Agreement dated as of [            ], 2010 among the Company and [                    ], as Warrant Agent, the following increases or decreases in the Number of Warrants represented by this certificate have been made:

 

Date

   Amount of increase
in Number of
Warrants
evidenced by this
Global Warrant
   Amount of
decrease  in
Number of
Warrants
evidenced by  this
Global Warrant
   Number  of
Warrants
evidenced by this
Global Warrant
following such
decrease or
increase
   Signature  of
authorized
signatory
           
           
           

 

B-9


[To Be Attached if Warrant is a Global Warrant or Certificated Warrant]

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers the Warrant(s) represented by this Certificate to:

 

 

Name, Address and Zip Code of Assignee

 

and irrevocably appoints  

 

      Name of Agent

as its agent to transfer this Warrant Certificate on the books of the Warrant Agent.

[Signature page follows]

 

B-10


Date:

 

[                     ]

 

 

Name of Transferee

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 
 

Title:

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Certificate)

NOTICE: The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

 

B-11


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CLASS A COMMON SHARES REQUISITION ORDER

[Date]

Via Facsimile [                    ]

LyondellBasell Industries N.V.

[                                                         ]

[                                                         ]

 

Re: DWAC Issuance

Control No. [                    ]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

You are hereby authorized to issue and deliver the shares of Class A Common Stock as indicated below via DWAC. The shares are being issued to cover the exercise of Warrants under the Warrant Agreement, dated as of [                    ], 2010, between LyondellBasell Industries N.V. and [                                ], as Warrant Agent (the “ Warrant Agreement ”). Defined terms used but not defined herein have the meaning assigned to them in the Warrant Agreement.

 

Number of Shares:

  

 

  
                Original Issue or   
                Transfer from Treasury Account   

Broker Name:

  

 

  

Broker’s DTC Number:

  

 

  
Contact and Phone:   

 

  

 

C-1


The Broker will initiate the DWAC transaction on (date).

 

Sincerely,

[                                                                      ],

as Warrant Agent

By:

 

 

 

Name:

  Title:

 

cc:

  [Insert name] via facsimile [insert fax number] Broker

 

C-2


EXHIBIT D

[CONFIRMATION ORDER]

 

D-1

Exhibit 10.1

Execution Copy

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of May 14, 2009, is entered into by and among Lyondell Chemical Company, a Delaware corporation (the Company”), LyondellBasell AFGP, a societe a responsabilite limitee formed under the laws of Luxembourg (“SARL”), and James L. Gallogly (the “Executive”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company is a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding (the “Bankruptcy Proceeding”) pending in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Bankruptcy Court”) in which the Company is seeking to confirm a plan of reorganization (the “Plan of Reorganization”):

WHEREAS, LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A., a société en commandite par actions (the “Parent Company”) is the indirect parent of the Company and also a debtor in the Bankruptcy Proceeding;

WHEREAS, SARL is the Manager of the Parent Company

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive and Executive desires to accept such employment; and

WHEREAS, this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder are subject to Bankruptcy Court approval of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth in this Agreement, it is hereby agreed as follows:

1. Term of Employment .

(a) The Company agrees to employ Executive and Executive agrees to be employed by the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The term of Executive’s employment by the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall commence as of the date of this Agreement (the “Effective Date”) and shall expire on the fifth anniversary of the Company’s emergence from the Bankruptcy Proceeding (“Emergence”), subject to approval of this Agreement by the Bankruptcy Court and subject to earlier termination in accordance with Section 4 hereof (the “Initial Term”). Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, unless Executive shall otherwise agree in writing to allow this Agreement to continue in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, the term of this Agreement shall expire on December 31, 2011, if Emergence shall not have occurred on or before such date.

 

A-1


(b) Subject to earlier termination in accordance with Section 4 hereof, the term of Executive’s employment pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall continue in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for additional one year terms (each, a “Renewal Term”), from year to year after the Initial Term, unless either party provides written notice of termination to the other party at least ninety days before the commencement of a Renewal Term (the Initial Term, together with any Renewal Term(s) are collectively referred to herein as the “ Term ”).

2. Position, Duties and Location . During the Term.

(a) Position and Duties . Executive shall serve as Manager and Chief Executive Officer of the Board of Managers of SARL, in its capacity as Manager of the Parent Company and as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, with the duties and responsibilities customarily assigned to such positions and such other customary duties as may reasonably be assigned to Executive from time to time by the Board (as defined below) consistent with such positions. Executive shall at all times report solely and directly to the Board. All other employees will report to Executive either directly or through other employees as determined by Executive.

(b) Attention and Time . Executive shall devote substantially all his business attention and time to his duties hereunder and shall use his reasonable best efforts to carry out such duties faithfully and efficiently. During the Term, it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Executive to (i) serve on industry, trade, civic or charitable boards or committees; (ii) deliver lectures or fulfill speaking engagements; or (iii) manage personal investments, as long as such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities as described herein. Executive shall be permitted to serve on for-profit corporate boards of directors and advisory committees if approved in advance by the Board, which approval shall not unreasonably be withheld.

(c) Location . Executive’s principal place of employment shall be located in Houston. Texas; provided that Executive shall travel and shall render services at other locations, both as may reasonably be required by his duties hereunder.

3. Compensation .

(a) Signing Bonus . Executive shall receive $2,500,000 within five business days after the approval of this Agreement by the Bankruptcy Court (the “Signing Bonus”).

(b) Base Salary . During the Term, Executive shall receive a base salary (the “Base Salary”) at an annual rate of $1,500,000. Base Salary shall be paid at such times and in such manner as the Company customarily pays the base salaries of its employees. In the event that Executive’s Base Salary is increased by the Board in its discretion at any time during the Term, such increased amount shall thereafter constitute the Base Salary.

(c) Annual Bonus . During the Term, Executive shall be paid an annual cash bonus based on the attainment of performance targets to be agreed in advance each year between Executive and the Board. Executive’s annual bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) shall range from $0 to 200% of Base Salary, depending on the level of achievement of the applicable performance criteria established with respect to such bonus by the Board, after consultation with Executive, within 90 days of the commencement of the applicable calendar year; provided that

 

A-2


for the year ending December 31, 2009 the bonus shall be 200% of the Base Salary earned from the Effective Date to such year end. The Annual Bonus shall be payable at such time as bonuses are paid to other senior executive officers of the Company, but in no event later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year for which the bonus is earned.

(d) Medium Term Incentive . Executive shall participate with other members of the Company’s senior management team, in such amount as may be determined by the Board, in an incentive plan pursuant to which 1.1 to 2.0% of the Company’s Consolidated EBITDAR (as defined below), or such other amount as may be determined by the Board annually in consultation with the Executive, for each of the first three years after Emergence will be allocated for senior management bonuses to be paid out over time as shall be established by the Board. Consolidated EBITDAR shall mean earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization and restructuring costs determined in a manner consistent with its computation in the Company’s Debtor-in-Possession Credit Agreement dated as of March 3, 2009. The payment terms under such incentive plan shall comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 409A”). The parties agree that the service period related to such multi-year incentive payment shall commence on Emergence.

(e) Equity Awards . Promptly after Emergence, the Parent Company shall issue Executive restricted shares of the Parent Company’s common stock (the “Common Stock”) valued at $25 million in a manner consistent with the valuation of the Parent Company’s common shares in the Plan of Reorganization (the “Emergence Restricted Stock”) and options to purchase an additional number of shares equal to 1.0% of the shares of Common Stock to be outstanding pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization at the time of Emergence (the “Emergence Options”). For purposes of the preceding sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on such date shall be determined immediately (i) before the issuance of the Emergence Restricted Stock and Emergence Options and (ii) immediately after the issuance of any other shares, options, shares of restricted stock or warrants issuable in connection with Emergence which are not reflected in the Plan of Reorganization. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Emergence Restricted Stock shall vest on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date, provided that Executive remains employed by the Company through such date. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Emergence Options shall vest and become exercisable on a schedule that is equivalent to five equal annual installments commencing on the first anniversary of the Effective Date (regardless of the date of Emergence and the date on which such Emergence Options are granted), provided that Executive remains employed by the Company through each applicable vesting date. The exercise price of the Emergence Options will be equal to the value per share of the Common Stock in the Plan of Reorganization and the Emergence Options will be exercisable for a period of seven years following the date of grant (including, without limitation, if Executive’s employment ends at or following the expiration of the stated Term of this Agreement). In the event that, subsequent to Emergence and prior to the vesting of the Emergence Restricted Stock, any beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) of 10% or more of the Parent Company’s common stock at the time of Emergence, determined based on the number of shares outstanding at Emergence as specified in the manner set forth above (“10% Holder”), sells or transfers all or a portion of such common stock to an unaffiliated third party, a portion of the Emergence Restricted Stock shall vest at such time in an amount equal to (i) the number of

 

A-3


shares sold at such time by such 10% Holder divided by the total number of shares of the Parent Company’s common stock issued to all 10% Holders at the time of Emergence, multiplied (ii) by the number of shares of Emergence Restricted Stock originally issued to Executive pursuant to this Section.

(f) Other Compensation and Benefits . During the Term, the Company shall provide and Executive shall be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under any pension plan, profit sharing plan, stock option plan, stock purchase plan or arrangement, health, disability and accident plan or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available now or in the future to senior executives of the Company on a basis no less favorable than provided any other senior executive of the Company; provided that Executive complies with the conditions attendant with coverage under such plans or arrangements. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing contained herein shall be construed to prevent the Company from modifying or terminating any plan or arrangement, not including the annual bonus plan described in Section 3(c) and the medium term incentive described in Section 3(d), in existence on the date hereof provided that no such modification or termination adversely affects any award or other entitlement previously granted to Executive. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing. Executive shall be entitled to no less than four weeks of paid vacation per calendar year.

(g) Perquisites; Expenses . During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to perquisites no less favorable than those provided to any other senior executive of the Company. In addition, the Company shall promptly pay or, if such expenses are paid directly by Executive, Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement, for all reasonable expenses that Executive incurs during his employment with the Company in carrying out Executive’s duties under this Agreement, including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with business related travel or entertainment, upon presentation of expense statements and customary supporting documentation.

4. Termination of Employment; Change in Control .

(a) Death; Disability; Termination For Cause . Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon his death or Disability. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment for Cause. The Executive may voluntarily terminate his employment without Good Reason. Upon a termination of Executive’s employment (i) due to Executive’s death or Disability, or (ii) by the Company for Cause or by the Executive without Good Reason, Executive (or, in the case of Executive’s death, Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries) shall be entitled to: (A) unpaid Base Salary through the Date of Termination (as defined below); (B) any earned but unpaid bonus for the prior fiscal year; (C) any expenses owed to Executive and (D) any benefits payable or provided in accordance with the terms of any employee benefit plan (other than any plan providing severance or termination pay) in which Executive participates pursuant to Section 3(f)((A), (B), (C) and (D) collectively, the “Accrued Amounts”), provided that, if Executive voluntarily terminates his employment without Good Reason prior to January 1, 2010, Executive shall be obligated to repay to the Company the Signing Bonus and the Company may offset the repayment of any Accrued Amounts against such repayment obligation. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Executive shall have no further right or entitlement under this Agreement to payments or vesting arising from

 

A-4


termination of his Employment by the Company for Cause or by Executive without Good Reason. In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment due to Executive’s death or Disability, Executive (or in the case of Executive’s death, Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries) shall be entitled to a lump-sum cash amount payable within thirty (30) days of termination equal to the Executive’s maximum possible Annual Bonus for the year of termination pro-rated based on the number of days from the beginning of the year through the Date of Termination divided by the total number of days in the year of termination and all options and shares of restricted stock previously granted to Executive shall fully vest and all outstanding options shall remain exercisable for their originally scheduled respective terms.

(b) Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment without Cause and Executive may terminate his employment for Good Reason, in each case upon thirty (30) days prior written notice, provided that delivery of a notice of termination pursuant to Section l(b) by the Company or Executive shall not constitute either a termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason. In the event that, during the Term, the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to the following in lieu of any payments or benefits under any severance program or policy of the Company:

(i) the Accrued Amounts;

(ii) a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to Executive’s then current annual Base Salary plus an amount equal to Executive’s maximum possible Annual Bonus for the year of termination (the “Annual Compensation Amount”) payable within thirty (30) days of termination; provided that, in the event that Executive’s termination of employment occurs prior to the date of Emergence in connection with or following a Change of Control, the amount payable under this subclause (ii) shall be equal to the sum of (x) twice the Annual Compensation Amount and (y) $10 million;

(iii) continued coverage for a period of twelve (12) months commencing on the Date of Termination or until Executive receives comparable coverage (determined on a benefit-by-benefit basis) from a subsequent employer for Executive (and his eligible dependents, if any) under the Company’s health plans (including medical and dental) on the same basis as such coverage is made available to executives employed by the Company (including, without limitation, co-pays, deductibles and other required payments and limitations); and

(iv) full vesting of all options and shares of restricted stock previously granted to Executive, with all outstanding options remaining exercisable for their originally scheduled respective terms.

(c) Termination by Mutual Consent . The Company and Executive may at anytime mutually agree to terminate Executive’s employment. In such event, Executive shall be entitled to the following in lieu of any payments or benefits under any severance program or policy of the Company:

(i) the Accrued Amounts;

 

A-5


(ii) continued coverage for a period of twelve (12) months commencing on the Date of Termination or until Executive receives comparable coverage (determined on a benefit-by-benefit basis) from a subsequent employer for Executive (and his eligible dependents, if any) under the Company’s health plans (including medical and dental) on the same basis as such coverage is made available to executives employed by the Company (including, without limitation, co-pays, deductibles and other required payments and limitations);

(iii) retention of all options that have vested prior to such time, and accelerated vesting of the percentage of the next installment of any Emergence Options determined by multiplying such installment by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed after the date the last installment, of such Emergence Option became exercisable to and including the date of Executive’s termination of employment and the denominator of which is the number of days that would have elapsed after the date the last installment of such Emergence Option became exercisable and to and including the date the next such installment would have become exercisable in the ordinary course assuming that Executive’s employment had continued throughout such period; with all options exercisabie at the Date of Termination (including by reason of the acceleration set forth in this subclause (iii)) remaining exercisable for their originally scheduled respective terms; and

(iv) vesting on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date (or in part on such sooner date as may be provided pursuant to Section 3(e)) of such portion of the shares of Emergence Restricted Stock previously granted to Executive such that Executive shall become vested in that number of shares of such Emergence Restricted Stock determined by multiplying the total number of shares subject to such Emergence Restricted Stock award by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed from and after the date the Emergence Restricted Stock was granted to and including the date of Executive’s termination of employment and the denominator of which is the number of days that would have elapsed from and after the date the Emergence Restricted Stock was granted to and including the date the Emergence Restricted Stock would have become fully vested in the ordinary course assuming that Executive’s employment had continued throughout such period, provided that such vesting shall only occur if Executive has complied with Executive’s covenants under Section 7 of this Agreement and continues to comply with such covenants until the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date and, provided further that the shares to be vested pursuant to this Section 4(c)(iv) shall vest immediately in the event of Executive’s death subsequent to a termination by mutual consent.

(d) Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control (as defined below), all options and shares of restricted stock previously granted to Executive shall fully vest and all outstanding options shall remain exercisable for their originally scheduled respective terms.

(e) Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) “Affiliate” of a person or other entity shall mean: a person or other entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the person or other entity specified.

 

A-6


(ii) “Board” shall mean, while the Bankruptcy Proceeding is pending, the supervisory board of the Parent Company, and, once the Company has emerged from bankruptcy, the Board of Directors of the Parent Company or of SARL, whichever is the most senior ranking board responsible for the overall management of the Company, the Parent Company and SARL.

(iii) “Cause” shall mean: (A) Executive’s continuing failure (except where due to physical or mental incapacity) to substantially perform his duties hereunder resulting in a material deterioration in the financial condition or operations of the Company, (B) Executive’s willful malfeasance or gross neglect in the performance of his duties hereunder resulting in material harm to the Company; (C) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (D) the commission by Executive of an act of fraud or embezzlement against the Company or any Affiliate; or (E) Executive’s willful material breach of any material provision of this Agreement (as determined in good faith by the Board) which is not remedied within fifteen (15) days after (I) receipt of written notice from the Company specifying such breach and (II) the opportunity to appear before the Board.

(iv) “Change in Control” shall mean: (A) at any time, the Continuing Directors (as defined below) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; (B) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Company, (C) any merger, consolidation or like business combination or reorganization of the Parent Company, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of the event described in clause (A) above, or (D) following Emergence, the acquisition by any person (including a group, as defined under the regulations promulgated under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, as amended) that was not a 10% Holder of beneficial ownership of 50% or more of either (1) the value of all classes of the Parent Company’s outstanding capital stock or (2) the voting power of all such classes of stock. Only one Change in Control may occur during the Term.

(v) “Continuing Directors” shall mean, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board who (i) was a member of the Board on the date of this Agreement, (ii) was a member of the Board at the time of Emergence, or (iii) was nominated for election or elected to the Board with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of the Board at the lime of such nomination or election.

(vi) “Date of Termination” / “Notice of Termination” Any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company or by Executive under this Section 4 (other than termination due to death) shall be communicated by a written notice to the other parties hereto indicating the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, and specifying a “Date of Termination” (a “Notice of Termination”) which, if submitted by Executive, shall be at least thirty (30) days following the date of such notice. A Notice of Termination submitted by the Company may provide for a “Date of Termination” on the date Executive receives the Notice of Termination, or any date thereafter elected by the Company in its sole discretion not to exceed thirty (30) days following the date of such notice. The failure by Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of

 

A-7


Cause or Good Reason shall not waive any right of Executive or the Company hereunder or preclude Executive or the Company thereafter from asserting such fact or circumstance within a period of six (6) months from the Date of Termination in order to enforce Executive’s or the Company’s otherwise applicable rights hereunder.

(vii) “Disability” shall have the same meaning as in, and shall be determined in a manner consistent with any determination under, the long-term disability plan of the Company in which Executive participates from time to time, or if Executive is not covered by such a plan, “Disability” shall mean Executive’s permanent physical or mental injury, illness or other condition that prevents Executive from performing his duties to the Company for a total of six (6) months during any twelve (12) month period, as reasonably determined by a physician selected by Executive and acceptable to the Company or the Company’s legal representative (such agreement as to acceptability not to be withheld unreasonably).

(viii) “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence, without Executive’s express written consent, of: (A) an adverse change in Executive’s employment’s title or change in Executive’s duty to report solely and directly to the Board; (B) a material diminution in Executive’s employment duties, responsibilities or authority, or the assignment to Executive of duties that are materially inconsistent with his position; (C) any material reduction in Base Salary, or Annual Bonus range as set forth in Section 3(c); (D) a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to a location more than twenty five miles from the Company’s existing offices in Houston, Texas; or (E) any breach by the Company of any material provision of this Agreement (including but not limited to any breach of its obligations under Section 3 hereof) which is not cured within fifteen days after written notice is received from Executive.

(ix) “Subsidiary” of the Parent Company shall mean: any corporation of which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent of the voting stock.

(x) For the avoidance of doubt, when used in this Section 4, the term options includes, but is not limited to, the Emergence Options and the term restricted stock includes, but is not limited to, the Emergence Restricted Stock.

5. Confidentiality of Trade Secrets and Business Information . Executive agrees that Executive shall not, at any time during Executive’s employment with the Company or thereafter, disclose or use any trade secret, proprietary or confidential information of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Parent Company (collectively, “Confidential Information”), obtained by him during the course of such employment, except for (i) disclosures and uses required in the course of such employment or with the written permission of the Company, (ii) disclosures with respect to any litigation, arbitration or mediation involving this Agreement, including but not limited to, the enforcement of Executive’s rights under this Agreement, or (iii) as may be required by law or by any court, arbitrator, mediator or administrative or legislative body (including any committee thereof) with apparent jurisdiction to order such disclosure; provided that, if, in any circumstance described in clause (iii). Executive receives notice that any third party shall seek to compel him by process of law to disclose any Confidential Information. Executive shall promptly notify the Company and provide reasonable cooperation to the Company (at the Company’s sole expense) in seeking a protective order against such disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Confidential Information” shall not include information that is or becomes publicly known outside the Parent Company or the Company or any of their subsidiaries other than due to a breach of Executive’s obligations under this paragraph.

 

A-8


6. Return of Information . Executive agrees that at the time of any termination of Executive’s employment with the Company or expiration of the Term, whether at the instance of Executive or the Company, and regardless of the reasons therefore, Executive shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense), any and all notes, files, memoranda, papers and, in general, any and all physical (including electronic) matter containing Confidential Information (other than as he properly is retaining in connection with an action or other proceeding as noted in clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 5) which are in Executive’s possession, except as otherwise consented in writing by the Company at the time of such termination. The foregoing shall not prevent Executive from retaining copies of personal diaries, personal notes, personal address books, personal calendars, and any other personal information (including, without limitation, information relating to Executive’s compensation), but only to the extent such copies do not contain any Confidential Information other than that which relates directly to Executive, including his compensation.

7. Noncompetition and Noninterference .

(a) General . In consideration for the compensation payable to Executive under this Agreement, Executive agrees that Executive shall not, during Executive’s employment with the Company other than in carrying out his duties hereunder and for a period of one (1) year after any termination of employment (i) render services to a Competitor, regardless of the nature thereof, (ii) engage in any activity which is in direct conflict with or materially adverse to the interests of the Parent Company or any Subsidiary, (iii) directly or indirectly recruit, solicit or induce, any employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Parent Company or any Subsidiary, to terminate, alter or modify such person’s employment or other relationship with the Parent Company or any Subsidiary, nor (iv) directly or indirectly solicit any then current customer or business partner of the Parent Company or any Subsidiary to terminate, alter or modify its relationship with the Parent Company or the Subsidiary or to interfere with the Parent Company’s or any Subsidiary’s relationships with any of its customers or business partners on behalf of any enterprise that is a competitor with the Parent Company or a Subsidiary.

(b) Definition . For purposes of this Agreement, “Competitor” shall mean any business or enterprise in the business of refining crude oil or producing chemicals, monomers or polymers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s provision of services to an Affiliate or unit of a Competitor that is not directly engaged in the business of refining crude oil or producing chemicals, monomers or polymers shall not be a violation of the restrictions of this Section 7. Nothing contained herein shall prevent Executive from acquiring, solely as an investment, any publicly-traded securities of any person so long as he remains a passive investor in such person and does not own more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding securities thereof.

8. Enforcement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the purpose of the covenants set forth in Sections 5 through 7 above (the “Restrictive Covenants”) is to protect the goodwill, trade secrets and other confidential information of the Parent Company and its

 

A-9


Subsidiaries; (ii) because of the nature of the business in which the Parent Company is engaged and because of the nature of the Confidential Information to which Executive has access, it would be impractical and excessively difficult to determine the actual damages of the Parent Company in the event Executive breached any such covenants; and (iii) remedies at law (such as monetary damages) for any breach of Executive’s obligations under the Restrictive Covenants would be inadequate. Executive therefore agrees and consents that if Executive commits any breach of a Restrictive Covenant, the Company shall have the right (in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other right or remedy that may be available to it) to temporary and permanent injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction, without posting any bond or other security and without the necessity of proof of actual damage. If any portion of the Restrictive Covenants is hereafter determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination shall not affect the remainder thereof, which shall be given the maximum effect possible and shall be fully enforced, without regard to the invalid portions. In particular, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the covenants set forth in Section 7 are found by a court or an arbitrator to be unreasonable, Executive and the Company agree that the maximum period, scope or geographical area that is found to be reasonable shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area, and that the court or arbitrator shall revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law. If any of the Restrictive Covenants are determined to be wholly or partially unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such determination shall not be a bar to or in any way diminish the Company’s right to enforce any such covenant in any other jurisdiction.

9. Indemnification .

(a) The Company agrees that if Executive is made a party to, is threatened to be made a party to, receives any legal process in, or receives any discovery request or request for information in connection with, any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he was an officer, employee, consultant or agent of the Parent Company or any Subsidiary, or was serving at the request of, or on behalf of, the Parent Company or any Subsidiary as a director, officer, member, employee, consultant or agent of another corporation, limited liability corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether or not the basis of such Proceeding is Executive’s alleged action in an official capacity while serving as a director, officer, member, employee, consultant or agent of the Parent Company or other entity, Executive shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or, if greater, by applicable law, against any and all costs, expenses, liabilities and losses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred, judgments, fines, taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and any reasonable cost and fees incurred in enforcing his rights to indemnification or contribution) incurred or suffered by Executive in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to Executive even though he has ceased to be a director, officer, member, employee, consultant or agent of the Company or other entity and shall inure to the benefit of Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall reimburse Executive for all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by him in connection with any Proceeding within twenty (20) business days after receipt by the Company of a written request for such reimbursement and appropriate documentation associated with these expenses. Such request shall include an undertaking by Executive to repay the amount of such advance if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified against such costs and expenses.

 

A-10


(b) Neither the failure of the Company (including its board, independent legal counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any proceeding concerning payment of amounts claimed by Executive under Section 9(a) above that indemnification of Executive is proper because he has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor a determination by the Company (including its board, independent legal counsel or stockholders) that Executive has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption or inference that Executive has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(c) The Company agrees to continue and maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy covering Executive at a level, and on terms and conditions, no less favorable to him than the coverage the Company provides other similarly-situated executives until such time as suits against Executive are no longer permitted by law.

(d) Nothing in this Section 9 shall be construed as reducing or waiving any right to indemnification, or advancement of expenses, Executive would otherwise have under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws or under applicable law.

10. Arbitration . In the event that any dispute arises between the Company and Executive regarding or relating to this Agreement and/or any aspect of Executive’s employment relationship with the Company, the parties consent to resolve such dispute through mandatory arbitration in Houston, Texas (or such other location as shall be mutually agreed between the parties) administered by JAMS pursuant to its Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures and subject to JAMS Policy on Employment Arbitration Minimum Standards of Procedural Fairness. The parties hereby consent to the entry of judgment upon award rendered by the arbitrator in any court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, should adequate grounds exist for seeking immediate injunctive or immediate equitable relief, any party may seek and obtain such relief. The parties hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and Federal courts of or in the State of Texas for purposes of seeking such injunctive or equitable relief as set forth above.

11. Mutual Representations .

(a) Executive acknowledges that before signing this Agreement, Executive was given the opportunity to read it, evaluate it and discuss it with Executive’s personal advisors. Executive further acknowledges that the Company has not provided Executive with any legal advice regarding this Agreement.

(b) Executive represents and warrants to the Company that the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof (i) shall not constitute a default under, or conflict with, any agreement or other instrument to which he is a party or by which he is bound and (ii) as to his execution and delivery of this Agreement do not require the consent of any other person.

 

A-11


(c) The Company represents and warrants to Executive that, subject to the necessity of obtaining approval from the Bankruptcy Court, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and by SARL has been fully and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action, (ii) the persons signing this Agreement on behalf of the Company and SARL are duly authorized to do so, (iii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement does not violate any applicable law, regulation, order, judgment or decree or any agreement, plan or corporate governance document to which the Company, the Parent Company or SARL is a party or by which it is bound and (iv) upon execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties, it shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company and SARL enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors” rights generally.

(d) Subject to the necessity of obtaining approval from the Bankruptcy Court, each party hereto represents and warrants to the other that this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligations of such party enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

12. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered (i) personally, (ii) by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid with return receipt requested, (iii) by facsimile with evidence of completed transmission, or (iv) delivered by overnight courier to the party concerned at the address indicated below or to such changed address as such party may subsequently give such notice of:

If to the Company and/or SARL:

LyondellBasell AFGP

Groot Handelsgebouw

Weena 737

3013 AM Rotterdam

The Netherlands

Fax: +31.107137929

Attention: Cees Los, Esq., General Counsel

With a copy to:

Lyondell Chemical Company

One Houston Center, Suite 700

1221 McKinney Street

Houston, Texas 77010

Fax: (713)652 7312

Attention: G.A. O’Brien. Esq., General Counsel

If to Executive:

James L. Gallogly

15 Mott Lane

Houston, Texas, 77024

 

A-12


13. Assignment and Successors . This Agreement is personal in its nature and none of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the others, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hcreunder; provided, however, that in the event of a merger, consolidation, or transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Company with or to any other individual(s) or entity, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Parent Company hereunder, and such transferee or successor shall be required to assume such obligations by contract (unless such assumption occurs by operation of law). Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Executive shall be entitled to select (and change, to the extent permitted under any applicable law) a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any compensation or benefit payable hereunder following Executive’s death or judicially determined incompetence by giving the Company written notice thereof. In the event of Executive’s death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in this Agreement to Executive shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to his beneficiary, estate or other legal representative.

14. Governing Law; Amendment . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written agreement executed by Executive and the Company or their respective successors and legal representatives.

15. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable in part, the remaining portion of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall remain valid and enforceable and continue in full force and effect to the fullest extent consistent with law.

16. Tax Withholding . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company may withhold from amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, local and foreign taxes that are required to be withheld by applicable laws or regulations.

17. No Waiver . Executive’s or the Company’s failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of, or to assert any right under, this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or of any other provision of or right under this Agreement. Any provision of this Agreement may be waived by the parties hereto; provided that any waiver by any person of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective only if in writing and signed by each party and such waiver must specifically refer to this Agreement and to the terms or provisions being modified or waived.

 

A-13


18. Section 409A . This Agreement is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A with respect to amounts, if any, subject thereto and shall be interpreted and construed and shall be performed by the parties consistent with such intent. To the extent Executive would otherwise be entitled to any payment under this Agreement, or any plan or arrangement of the Company or its Affiliates, that constitutes a “deferral of compensation” subject to Section 409A and that if paid during the six (6) months beginning on the Date of Termination of Executive’s employment would be subject to the Section 409A additional tax because Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A and as determined by the Company), the payment will be paid to Executive on the earlier of the six (6) month anniversary of his Date of Termination or death. To the extent Executive would otherwise be entitled to any benefit (other than a payment) during the six (6) months beginning on termination of Executive’s employment that would be subject to the Section 409A additional tax, the benefit will be delayed and will begin being provided on the earlier of the first day following the six (6) month anniversary of Executive’s Date of Termination or death. Any payment or benefit due upon a termination of employment that represents a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be paid or provided only upon a “separation from service” as defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h). Each payment made under this Agreement shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A. Amounts payable under this Agreement shall be deemed not to be a “deferral of compensation” subject to Section 409A to the extent provided in the exceptions in Treasury Regulation §§ 1.409A-l(b)(4) (“short-term deferrals”) and (b)(9) (“separation pay plans,” including the exception under subparagraph (iii)) and other applicable provisions of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1 through A-6. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or elsewhere, any payment or benefit under this Agreement or otherwise that is exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-l(b)(9)(v)(A) or (C) (relating to certain reimbursements and in-kind benefits) shall be paid or provided only to the extent that the expenses are not incurred, or the benefits are not provided, beyond the last day of the second calendar year following the calendar year in which Executive’s “separation from service” occurs; and provided further that such expenses are reimbursed no later than the last day of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which Executive’s “separation from service” occurs. To the extent any expense reimbursement (including without limitation any reimbursement of interest or penalties related to taxes) or the provision of any in-kind benefit is determined to be subject to Section 409A (and not exempt pursuant to the prior sentence or otherwise), the amount of any such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or the provision of any in-kind benefit, in one calendar year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year (except for any life-time or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses), in no event shall any expenses be reimbursed after the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which Executive incurred such expenses, and in no event shall any right to reimbursement or the provision of any in-kind benefit be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

19. Legal Fees . The Company shall pay or reimburse Executive for all reasonable legal fees, up to a maximum of $25,000, incurred by him in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and any other agreements documenting his employment arrangement with the Company.

20. Headings . The Section headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and in no manner shall be construed as part of this Agreement.

 

A-14


21. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all prior agreements, whether written or oral, with respect thereto. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any other Company plan, policy, equity grant, arrangement or agreement with Executive, the provisions most favorable to Executive shall govern.

22. Duration of Terms . The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive any termination of Executive’s employment to the extent necessary to give effect to such rights and obligations.

Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive, the Company and SARL have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

LYONDELLBASELL AFGP S.a.r.l.
By:   /s/ Stephen F. Cooper
  Name: Stephen F. Cooper
  Title: Vice Chairman of Supervisory Board
LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY
By:   /s/ Gerald A. O’Brien
  Name: Gerald A. O’Brien
  Title: Vice President & General Counsel
/s/ James L. Gallogly
James L. Gallogly

 

A-15

Exhibit 10.2

Compensation Terms of Mr. Potter

LyondellBasell Industries N.V. has retained Mr. Potter as an at-will employee without a formal employment agreement. His compensation will be as follows:

(a) Base Salary : A base salary of $700,000 per year (the “ Base Salary ”).

(b) Signing Bonus : A signing bonus of $500,000 to compensate Mr. Potter for amounts forgone by leaving his existing positions and accepting the CFO position.

(c) Target Bonus 2009 : A prorated bonus guaranteed at a target level of 100% of Base Salary.

(d) Target Bonus 2010 : An annual bonus target of 170% of Base Salary; provided , that the CEO maintains discretion to propose additional compensation to the Supervisory Board Remuneration Committee.

Mr. Potter will not be eligible for the Management Incentive Plan, nor will he be eligible for mid-term or long-term bonus awards. However, he will receive benefits generally available to LyondellBasell’s other senior executives, including without limitation, medical benefits, disability benefits, and the right to participate in LyondellBasell’s 401(k) plan.

Exhibit 10.3

Execution Copy

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of August 5, 2009, is entered into by and among Lyondell Chemical Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), LyondellBasell AFGP, a societe a responsabilite limitee formed under the laws of Luxembourg (“SARL”), and Craig B. Glidden (the “Executive”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company is a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding (the “Bankruptcy Proceeding”) pending in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York in which the Company is seeking to confirm a plan of reorganization (the “Plan of Reorganization”);

WHEREAS, LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A., a société en commandite par actions (the “Parent Company”) is the indirect parent of the Company and also a debtor in the Bankruptcy Proceeding;

WHEREAS, SARL is the Manager of the Parent Company; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive and Executive desires to accept such employment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth in this Agreement, it is hereby agreed as follows:

1. Employment . The Company agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Executive’s employment by the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall commence on August 15, 2009 (or such earlier date agreed to by the parties hereto) (the “Effective Date”). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Executive shall be an at-will employee of the Company, which means either the Company or Executive may terminate Executive’s employment with the Company at any time for any reason, with or without Cause (as defined below).

2. Position. Duties and Location . While employed by the Company,

(a) Position and Duties . Executive shall serve as Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary of SARL, in its capacity as Manager of the Parent Company, and the Company, with the duties and responsibilities customarily assigned to such positions (including, without limitation, responsibility for the oversight and management of all legal and government affairs functions for SARL and the Company) and such other customary duties as may reasonably be assigned to Executive from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer of SARL and the Company (the “Chief Executive Officer”), consistent with such positions. Executive shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer. Executive shall be a member of the most senior management teams of SARL and the Company.


(b) Attention and Time . Executive shall devote substantially all his business attention and time to his duties hereunder and shall use his reasonable best efforts to carry out such duties faithfully and efficiently. It shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Executive to (i) serve on industry, trade, civic or charitable boards or committees; (ii) deliver lectures or fulfill speaking engagements or participate in the writing and preparation of professional publications; or (iii) manage personal investments, as long as such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of Executive's duties and responsibilities as described herein.

(c) Location . Executive’s principal place of employment shall be located in Houston, Texas; provided that Executive shall travel and shall render services at other locations, both as may reasonably be required by his duties hereunder.

3. Compensation .

(a) Signing Bonus . Executive shall receive $1,066,013 within five (5) business days of the Effective Date (the “Signing Bonus”). If Executive voluntarily terminates his employment without Good Reason (as defined below) prior to January 1, 2010, Executive shall be obligated to repay to the Company the Signing Bonus and the Company may offset the repayment of any Accrued Amounts (as defined below) against such repayment obligation.

(b) Base Salary . While employed by the Company, Executive shall receive a base salary (the “Base Salary”) at an annual rate of not less than $524,550. Base Salary shall be paid at such times and in such manner as the Company customarily pays the base salaries of its employees. In the event that Executive’s Base Salary is increased by the Board (as defined below) in its discretion, such increased amount shall thereafter constitute the Base Salary.

(c) Annual Bonus . For each full calendar year Executive is employed by the Company, Executive shall be paid an annual cash bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) based on the attainment of performance targets established by the Board. The Annual Bonus shall be targeted at not less than 80% of Base Salary (as in effect at the beginning of each such year). The actual amount of the Annual Bonus (if any) for any year shall depend on the level of achievement of the applicable performance criteria established with respect to such bonus by the Board in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the year ending December 31, 2009, the Annual Bonus shall be 80% of the Base Salary earned from the Effective Date to such year end, provided that Executive remains employed by the Company through such date. The Annual Bonus shall be payable at such time as bonuses are paid to other senior executive officers of the Company, but in no event later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year for which the bonus is earned.

(d) Incentive Awards . For the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending December 31, 2009, Executive shall receive a long-term incentive bonus with a value of not less than 220% of the aggregate amount of Base Salary earned by Executive during such period (the “2009 LTI Award”), provided that Executive remains employed by the Company through the end of such period. The 2009 LTI Award shall be issued to Executive in the form of an equity award with respect to the Parent Company’s common stock (the “Common Stock”),

 

-2-


which award may consist of restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock options, stock appreciation rights or other types of equity-based awards consistent with the Company’s long term incentive program as in effect from time to time (the “LTI Plan”), or any combination thereof), as determined by the Board in its discretion, during the first quarter of 2010 or, if later, at or promptly following the Company’s emergence from the Bankruptcy Proceeding (“Emergence”), consistent with the Company’s LTI Plan. The 2009 LTI Award shall be valued in a manner consistent with the valuation of the Common Stock in the Plan of Reorganization. For each additional full calendar year Executive remains employed by the Company, Executive shall be eligible to receive a long-term incentive award (collectively with the 2009 LTI Award, the “LTI Awards”) and/or a mid-term incentive award with a targeted total collective value of not less than 220% of the aggregate amount of Base Salary earned by Executive during such calendar year, as determined by the Board in its discretion. The terms and conditions of the LTI Awards (including, without limitation, the form of awards, the purchase price (if any), vesting conditions, exercise rights, payment terms, termination provisions, transfer restrictions and repurchase rights) shall be determined in a manner consistent with the LTI Plan. The terms of the mid-term incentive awards shall be determined consistent with the Company’s mid-term incentive program as in effect from time to time (the “MTI Plan”). The payment terms under the MTI Plan and LTI Plan shall comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A.

(e) Service Crediting for Incentive Plans . Executive shall be credited with nine (9) years of additional service for purposes of determining retirement eligibility under the terms of the Annual Bonus, MTI Plan, LTI Plan or other similar equity or incentive award programs of the Company.

(f) Employee Benefits . While employed by the Company, the Company shall provide, and Executive shall be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under any pension plan, profit sharing plan, stock option plan, stock purchase plan or arrangement, health, disability and accident plan or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available now or in the future to senior executives of the Company; provided that Executive complies with the conditions attendant with coverage under such plans or arrangements. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement (including, without limitation. Section 3(d) hereof), nothing contained herein shall be construed to prevent the Company from modifying or terminating any plan or arrangement in existence on the date hereof, provided that no such modification or termination adversely affects any award or other entitlement previously granted to Executive. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled to no less than six (6) weeks of paid vacation per calendar year (pro-rated for the portion of the 2009 calendar year Executive is employed by the Company).

(g) Business Expenses . While employed by the Company, the Company shall promptly pay or, if such expenses are paid directly by Executive, Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement, for all reasonable expenses that Executive incurs during his employment with the Company in carrying out Executive’s duties under this Agreement, including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with business related travel or entertainment, upon presentation of expense statements and customary supporting documentation.

 

-3-


4. Termination of Employment .

(a) Termination of Employment Without Cause or for Good Reason . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment without Cause and Executive may terminate his employment for Good Reason, in each case upon thirty (30) days prior written notice. In the event that the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause (other than due to Executive’s disability) or Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to the following in lieu of any payments or benefits under any severance program or policy of the Company:

(i) any Accrued Amounts; and

(ii) subject to Executive’s execution of a general release of claims in favor of the Company, SARL and their Affiliates and their respective current and former officers and directors in form and substance acceptable to the Company not more than twenty (20) days after the date of termination, a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to Executive’s then current annual Base Salary plus an amount equal to Executive’s target Annual Bonus for the year of termination, payable within thirty (30) days of termination; provided that, in the event that Executive’s termination of employment occurs prior to the date of Emergence in connection with or following a Change in Control, Executive shall also receive as part of such lump sum amount an amount equal to 220% of the aggregate amount of Base Salary earned by Executive during the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2009 (the “Dollar Value of the 2009 LTI Award”).

(b) Other Termination Events . In the event that (i) the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, (ii) Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason or (iii) Executive’s employment terminates due to his death or disability or for any other reason not covered by Section 4(a) above, Executive (or, in the case of Executive’s death, Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries) shall be entitled to any Accrued Amounts, but shall have no further right or entitlement under this Agreement to any other payments or benefits; provided, however, that in the event of Executive’s termination due to death or disability, to the extent not otherwise part of the Accrued Amounts or otherwise previously paid or forfeited in accordance with the terms of such award, Executive (or his estate and/or beneficiaries, if applicable) shall be entitled to the 2009 LTI Award or, if such event occurs prior to Emergence, to receive an amount, payable within thirty (30) days of termination, equal to (x)the Dollar Value of the 2009 LTI Award, multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days Executive is employed by the Company during 2009, and the denominator of which is the number of days from (and including) the Effective Date through December 31, 2009. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the 2009 LTI Award is subject to Section 409A, Executive shall be entitled to the 2009 LTI upon the date of his death or the date he becomes disabled within the meaning of Section 409A(aX2)(C) (rather than upon his termination due to death or disability).

 

-4-


(c) Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) “Accrued Amounts” shall mean (A) unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination; (B) any earned but unpaid bonus for the prior fiscal year; (C) any expenses owed to Executive and (D) any benefits payable or provided in accordance with the terms of any employee benefit plan (including the MTI Plan and the LTI Plan, but specifically excluding any plan or program providing severance or termination pay) in which Executive participates.

(ii) “Affiliate” of a person or other entity shall mean: a person or other entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the person or other entity specified.

(iii) “Board” shall mean, while the Bankruptcy Proceeding is pending, the supervisory board of the Parent Company, and, once the Company has emerged from bankruptcy, the Board of Directors of the Parent Company or of SARL, whichever is the most senior ranking board responsible for the overall management of the Company, the Parent Company and SARL (or a duly authorized committee thereof).

(iv) “Cause” shall mean: (A) Executive’s continuing failure (except where due to physical or mental incapacity) to substantially perform his duties hereunder; (B) Executive’s willful malfeasance or gross neglect in the performance of his duties; (C) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (D) the commission by Executive of an act of fraud or embezzlement against the Company or any Affiliate; or (E) Executive’s willful breach of any material provision of this Agreement (as determined in good faith by the Board) which is not remedied within fifteen (15) after written notice is received from the Company specifying such breach.

(v) “Change in Control” shall mean: (A) at any time, the Continuing Directors (as defined below) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; (B) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Company; (C) any merger, consolidation or like business combination or reorganization of the Parent Company, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of the event described in clause (A) above; or (D) following Emergence, the acquisition by any person (including a group, as defined under the regulations promulgated under Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) that was not a beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 10% or more of the Parent Company’s common stock at the time of Emergence Holder of 50% or more of either (1) the value of all classes of the Parent Company’s outstanding capital stock or (2) the voting power of all such classes of stock; provided that, in no event shall the Emergence, or any transactions directly or indirectly related to the Emergence (prior to, at or following the Emergence) be deemed a Change in Control hereunder.

(vi) “Continuing Directors” shall mean, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board who (A) was a member of the Board on the date of this Agreement, (B) was a member of the Board at the time of Emergence, or (C) was nominated for election or elected to the Board with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of the Board at the time of such nomination or election.

 

-5-


(vii) “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence, without Executive’s express written consent, of: (A) an adverse change in Executive’s employment’s tide or change in Executive’s duty to report directly to the Chief Executive Officer; (B) a material diminution in Executive’s employment duties, responsibilities or authority, or the assignment to Executive of duties that are materially inconsistent with his position; (C) any material reduction in Base Salary, or Annual Bonus target as set forth in Section 3(c); (D) a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to a location more than twenty five miles from the Company’s existing offices in Houston, Texas; or (E) any willful breach by the Company of any material provision of this Agreement (including but not limited to any breach of its obligations under Section 3 hereof) which is not cured within fifteen (15) days after written notice is received from Executive specifying such breach.

(viii) “Subsidiary” of the Parent Company shall mean: any corporation of which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent of the voting stock.

5. Confidentiality of Trade Secrets and Business Information . Executive agrees that Executive shall not, at any time during Executive’s employment with the Company or thereafter, disclose or use any trade secret, proprietary or confidential information of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Parent Company (collectively, “Confidential Information”), obtained by him during the course of such employment, except for (i) disclosures and uses required in the course of such employment or with the written permission of the Company, (ii) disclosures with respect to any litigation, arbitration or mediation involving this Agreement, including but not limited to, the enforcement of Executive’s rights under this Agreement, or (iii) as may be required by law or by any court, arbitrator, mediator or administrative or legislative body (including any committee thereof) with apparent jurisdiction to order such disclosure; provided that, if, in any circumstance described in clause (iii), Executive receives notice that any third party shall seek to compel him by process of law to disclose any Confidential Information, Executive shall promptly notify the Company and provide reasonable cooperation to the Company (at the Company’s sole expense) in seeking a protective order against such disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Confidential Information” shall not include information that is or becomes publicly known outside the Parent Company or the Company or any of their subsidiaries other than due to a breach of Executive’s obligations under this paragraph.

6. Return of Information . Executive agrees that at the time of any termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, whether at the instance of Executive or the Company, and regardless of the reasons therefore, Executive shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense), any and all notes, files, memoranda, papers and, in general, any and all physical (including electronic) matter containing Confidential Information (other than as he properly is retaining in connection with an action or other proceeding as noted in clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 5) which are in Executive’s possession, except as otherwise consented in writing by the Company at the time of such termination. The foregoing shall not prevent Executive from retaining copies of personal diaries, personal notes, personal address books, personal calendars, and any other personal information (including, without limitation, information relating to Executive’s compensation), but only to the extent such copies do not contain any Confidential Information other than that which relates directly to Executive, including his compensation.

 

-6-


7. Noninterference . In consideration for the compensation payable to Executive under this Agreement, Executive agrees that Executive shall not, during Executive’s employment with the Company (other than in carrying out his duties hereunder) and for a period of one (1) year after any termination of employment: (i) directly or indirectly recruit, solicit or induce, any employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Parent Company or any Subsidiary, to terminate, alter or modify such person’s employment or other relationship with the Parent Company or any Subsidiary, or (ii) directly or indirectly solicit any then current customer or business partner of the Parent Company or any Subsidiary to terminate, alter or modify its relationship with the Parent Company or the Subsidiary or to interfere with the Parent Company’s or any Subsidiary’s relationships with any of its customers or business partners on behalf of any enterprise that is a competitor with the Parent Company or a Subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 7 shall not preclude Executive from providing legal services to any business following the termination of his employment with the Company, so long as such representation does not relate in a material way to a matter where Executive would be adverse to the Company.

8. Enforcement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the purpose of the covenants set forth in Sections 5 through 7 above (the “Restrictive Covenants”) is to protect the goodwill, trade secrets and other confidential information of the Parent Company and its Subsidiaries; (ii) because of the nature of the business in which the Parent Company is engaged and because of the nature of the Confidential Information to which Executive has access, it would be impractical and excessively difficult to determine the actual damages of the Parent Company in the event Executive breached any such covenants; and (iii) remedies at law (such as monetary damages) for any breach of Executive’s obligations under the Restrictive Covenants would be inadequate. Executive therefore agrees and consents that if Executive commits any breach of a Restrictive Covenant, the Company shall have the right (in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other right or remedy that may be available to it) to temporary and permanent injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction, without posting any bond or other security and without the necessity of proof of actual damage. If any portion of the Restrictive Covenants is hereafter determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination shall not affect the remainder thereof, which shall be given the maximum effect possible and shall be fully enforced, without regard to the invalid portions. In particular, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the covenants set forth in Section 7 are found by a court or an arbitrator to be unreasonable, Executive and the Company agree that the maximum period, scope or geographical area that is found to be reasonable shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area, and that the court or arbitrator shall revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law. If any of the Restrictive Covenants are determined to be wholly or partially unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such determination shall not be a bar to or in any way diminish the Company’s right to enforce any such covenant in any other jurisdiction.

9. Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify Executive against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement incurred by Executive in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative), including any action by or in the right of the Company, by reason of any act or omission to act in connection with the

 

-7-


performance of his duties hereunder or otherwise arising out of his employment by the Company, on term and conditions no less favorable to Executive than any other officer or director of the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

10. Arbitration . In the event that any dispute arises between the Company and Executive regarding or relating to this Agreement and/or any aspect of Executive’s employment relationship with the Company, the parties consent to resolve such dispute through mandatory arbitration in Houston, Texas (or such other location as shall be mutually agreed between the parties) administered by JAMS pursuant to its Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures and subject to JAMS Policy on Employment Arbitration Minimum Standards of Procedural Fairness. The parties hereby consent to the entry of judgment upon award rendered by the arbitrator in any court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, should adequate grounds exist for seeking immediate injunctive or immediate equitable relief, any party may seek and obtain such relief. The parties hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and Federal courts of or in the State of Texas for purposes of seeking such injunctive or equitable relief as set forth above.

11. Executive and Company Representations .

(a) Executive acknowledges that before signing this Agreement, Executive was given the opportunity to read it, evaluate it and discuss it with Executive’s personal advisors. Executive further acknowledges that the Company has not provided Executive with any legal advice regarding this Agreement.

(b) Executive represents and warrants to the Company that the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof (i) shall not constitute a default under, or conflict with, any agreement or other instrument to which he is a party or by which he is bound and (ii) as to his execution and delivery of this Agreement do not require the consent of any other person.

(c) The Company represents and warrants to Executive that (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and by SARL has been fully and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action, (ii) the persons signing this Agreement on behalf of the Company and SARL are duly authorized to do so, (iii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement does not violate any applicable law, regulation, order, judgment or decree or any agreement, plan or corporate governance document to which the Company, the Parent Company or SARL is a party or by which it is bound and (iv) upon execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties, it shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company and SARL enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

 

-8-


12. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered (i) personally, (ii) by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid with return receipt requested, (iii) by facsimile with evidence of completed transmission, or (iv) delivered by overnight courier to the party concerned at the address indicated below or to such changed address as such party may subsequently give such notice of:

If to the Company and/or SARL:

LyondellBasell AFGP

Groot Handelsgebouw

Weena 737

3013 AM Rotterdam

The Netherlands

Fax:+31.107137929

Attention: James L. Gallogly, Chief Executive Officer

Lyondell Chemical Company

One Houston Center, Suite 700

1221 McKinney Street

Houston, Texas 77010

Fax: (713)652 7312

Attention: James L. Gallogly, Chief Executive Officer

If to Executive:

Craig B. Glidden

11 Williamsburg Lane

Houston, Texas 77024

13. Assignment and Successors . This Agreement is personal in its nature and none of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the others, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided, however, that in the event of a merger, consolidation, or transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Company with or to any other individual(s) or entity, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Parent Company hereunder, and such transferee or successor shall be required to assume such obligations by contract (unless such assumption occurs by operation of law). Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Executive shall be entitled to select (and change, to the extent permitted under any applicable law) a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any compensation or benefit payable hereunder following Executive’s death or judicially determined incompetence by giving the Company written notice thereof. In the event of Executive’s death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in this Agreement to Executive shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to his beneficiary, estate or other legal representative.

 

-9-


14. Governing Law; Amendment . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written agreement executed by Executive, SARL and the Company or their respective successors and legal representatives.

15. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable in part, the remaining portion of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall remain valid and enforceable and continue in full force and effect to the fullest extent consistent with law.

16. Tax Withholding . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company may withhold from amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, local and foreign taxes that are required to be withheld by applicable laws or regulations.

17. No Waiver . Executive’s or the Company’s failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of, or to assert any right under, this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or of any other provision of or right under this Agreement. Any provision of this Agreement may be waived by the parties hereto; provided that any waiver by any person of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective only if in writing and signed by each party and such waiver must specifically refer to this Agreement and to the terms or provisions being modified or waived.

18. Section 409A . This Agreement is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A with respect to amounts, if any, subject thereto and shall be interpreted and construed and shall be performed by the parties consistent with such intent. To the extent Executive would otherwise be entitled to any payment under this Agreement, or any plan or arrangement of the Company or its Affiliates, that constitutes a “deferral of compensation” subject to Section 409A and that if paid during the six (6) months beginning on the Date of Termination of Executive’s employment would be subject to the Section 409A additional tax because Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A and as determined by the Company), the payment will be paid to Executive on the earlier of the six (6) month anniversary of his Date of Termination or death. To the extent Executive would otherwise be entitled to any benefit (other than a payment) during the six (6) months beginning on termination of Executive’s employment that would be subject to the Section 409A additional tax, the benefit will be delayed and will begin being provided on the earlier of the first day following the six (6) month anniversary of Executive’s Date of Termination or death. Any payment or benefit due upon a termination of employment that represents a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be paid or provided only upon a “separation from service” as defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h). Each payment made under this Agreement shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A. Amounts payable under this Agreement shall be deemed not to be a “deferral of compensation” subject to Section 409A to the extent provided in the exceptions in Treasury Regulation §§

 

-10-


1.409A-1(b)(4) (“short-term deferrals”) and (b)(9) (“separation pay plans,” including the exception under subparagraph (iii)) and other applicable provisions of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1 through A-6.

19. Legal Fees . The Company shall pay or reimburse Executive for all reasonable legal fees, up to a maximum of $25,000, incurred by him in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement within twenty (20) days of submission of an invoice for such services to the Company (but in no event later than the last day of the calendar year following the year in which such fees were incurred).

20. Headings . The Section headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and in no manner shall be construed as part of this Agreement.

21. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all prior agreements, whether written or oral, with respect thereto.

22. Duration of Terms . The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive any termination of Executive’s employment to the extent necessary to give effect to such rights and obligations.

23. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

-11-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and SARL have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

LYONDELLBASELL AFGP S.a.r.l.
By:  

 

  Name:   Stephen F. Cooper
  Title:   Vice Chairman of Supervisory Board
LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY
By:  

 

  Name:   Kevin McShea
  Title:   Chief Restructuring Officer
 

LOGO

    Craig B. Glidden

 

-12-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and SARL have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

LYONDELLBASELL AFGP S.a.r.l.
By:  

LOGO

  Name:   Stephen F. Cooper
  Title:   Vice Chairman of Supervisory Board
LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY
By:  

 

  Name:   Kevin McShea
  Title:   Chief Restructuring Officer
 

 

    Craig B. Glidden

 

-13-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and SARL have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

LYONDELLBASELL AFGP S.a.r.l.
By:  

 

  Name:   Stephen F. Cooper
  Title:   Vice Chairman of Supervisory Board
LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY
By:  

LOGO

  Name:   Kevin McShea
  Title:   Chief Restructuring Officer
 

 

    Craig B. Glidden

 

-14-

Exhibit 10.4

Execution Copy

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of September 20 , 2009, is entered into by and among Lyondell Chemical Company, a Delaware corporation (the Company”), LyondellBasell AFGP, a societe a responsabilite limitee formed under the laws of Luxembourg (“SARL”), and Kevin Brown (the “Executive”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company is a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding (the “Bankruptcy Proceeding”) pending in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York in which the Company is seeking to conform a plan of reorganization (the “Plan of Reorganization”);

WHEREAS, LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A., a société en commandite par actions (the “Parent Company”) is the indirect parent of the Company and also a debtor in the Bankruptcy Proceeding;

WHEREAS, SARL is the Manager of the Parent Company; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive and Executive desires to accept such employment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth in this Agreement, it is hereby agreed as follows:

1. Employment . The Company agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Executive’s employment by the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall commence on October 5, 2009 (or such earlier date agreed to by the parties hereto) (the “Effective Date”). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Executive shall be an at-will employee of the Company, which means either the Company or Executive may terminate Executive’s employment with the Company at any time for any reason, with or without Cause (as defined below).

2. Position, Duties and Location . While employed by the Company.

(a) Position and Duties . Executive shall serve as Senior Vice President, Refining of SARL, in its capacity as Manager of the Parent Company, and the Company, with the duties and responsibilities customarily assigned to such positions (including, without limitation, responsibility for the oversight and management of the refining activities for SARL and the Company) and such other customary duties as may reasonably be assigned to Executive from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer of SARL and the Company (the “Chief Executive Officer”), consistent with such positions. Executive shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer. Executive shall be a member of the most senior management teams of SARL and the Company.


(b) Attention and Time . Executive shall devote substantially all his business attention and time to his duties hereunder and shall use his reasonable best efforts to carry out such duties faithfully and efficiently.

(c) Location . Executive’s principal place of employment shall be located in Houston, Texas; provided that Executive shall travel and shall render services at other locations, both as may reasonably be required by his duties hereunder.

3. Compensation .

(a) Signing Bonus . Executive shall receive $1,000,000 within five (5) business days of the Effective Date (the “Signing Bonus”). If Executive voluntarily terminates his employment without Good Reason (as defined below) prior to the first year anniversary of the Effective Date, Executive shall be obligated to repay to the Company the Signing Bonus and the Company may offset the repayment of any Accrued Amounts (as defined below) against such repayment obligation.

(b) Base Salary . While employed by the Company, Executive shall receive a base salary (the “Base Salary”) at an annual rate of not less than 5400,000. Base Salary shall be paid at such times and in such manner as the Company customarily pays the base salaries of its employees. In the event that Executive’s Base Salary is increased by the Board (as defined below) in its discretion, such increased amount shall thereafter constitute the Base Salary.

(c) Annual Bonus . For each full calendar year Executive is employed by the Company, Executive shall be paid an annual cash bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) based on the attainment of performance targets established by the Board. The Annual Bonus shall be targeted at not less than 75% of Base Salary (as in effect at the beginning of each such year). The actual amount of the Annual Bonus (if any) for any year shall depend on the level or achievement of the applicable performance criteria established with respect to such bonus by the Board in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the year ending December 31, 2009, the Annual Bonus shall be 75% of the Base Salary earned from the Effective Date to such year end, provided that Executive remains employed by the Company through such date. The Annual Bonus shall be payable at such time as bonuses are paid to other senior executive officers of the Company. but in no event later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year for which the bonus is earned.

(d) Incentive Awards . For the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending December 31, 2009, Executive shall receive a long-term incentive bonus with a value of not less than 200% of the aggregate amount of Base Salary earned by Executive during such period (the “2009 LTI Award”), provided that Executive remains employed by the Company through the end of such period. The 2009 LTI Award shall be issued to Executive in the form of an equity award with respect to the Parent Company’s common stock (the “Common Stock”). which award may consist of restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock options, stock appreciation rights or other types of equity-based awards consistent with the Company’s long term incentive program as in effect from time to time (the “LTI Plan”), or any combination


thereof), as determined by the Board in its discretion, during the first quarter of 2010 or, if later, at or promptly following the Company’s emergence from the Bankruptcy Proceeding (“Emergence”), consistent with the Company’s LTI Plan. The 2009 LTI Award shall be valued in a manner consistent with the valuation of the Common Stock in the Plan of Reorganization. For each additional full calendar year Executive remains employed by the Company, Executive shall be eligible to receive a long-term incentive award (collectively with the 2009 LTI Award, the “LTI Awards”) and/or a mid-term incentive award with a targeted total collective value of not less than 200% of the aggregate amount of Base Salary earned by Executive during such calendar year, as determined by the Board in its discretion. The terms and conditions of the LTI Awards (including, without limitation, the form of awards, the purchase price (if any), vesting conditions, exercise rights, payment terms, termination provisions, transfer restrictions and repurchase rights) shall be determined in a manner consistent with the LTI Plan. The terms of the mid-term incentive awards shall be determined consistent with the Company’s mid-term incentive program as in effect from time to time (the “MTI Plan”). The payment terms under the MTI Plan and LTI Plan shall comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A.

(c) Employee Benefits . While employed by the Company, the Company shall provide, and Executive shall be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under any pension plan, profit sharing plan, stock option plan, stock purchase plan or arrangement, health, disability and accident plan or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available now or in the future to senior executives of the Company; provided that Executive complies with the conditions attendant With coverage under such plans or arrangements. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 3(d) hereof), nothing contained herein shall be construed to prevent the Company from modifying or terminating any plan or arrangement in existence on the date hereof, provided that no such modification or termination adversely affects any award or other entitlement previously granted to Executive. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled to no less than two (2) weeks of paid vacation for the portion of the 2009 calendar year Executive is employed by the Company and four (4) weeks of paid vacation for each succeeding calendar year.

(f) Business Expenses . While employed by the Company, the Company shall promptly payor, if such expenses are paid directly by Executive, Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement, for all reasonable expenses that Executive incurs during his employment with the Company in carrying out Executive’s duties under this Agreement, including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with business related travel or entertainment, upon presentation of expense statements and customary supporting documentation.

(g) Moving Expenses . Executive will be eligible for reimbursement of all relocation expenses in accordance with the Company’s relocation policy, excluding any costs related to the purchase or sale of Executive’s home.

4. Termination of Employment .

(a) Termination of Employment Without Cause or for Good Reason . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment without Cause and Executive may terminate his employment for Good Reason, in each case upon thirty (30) days prior written notice. In the


event that, within one year of the Effective Date, the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause (other than due to Executive’s disability) or Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to the following in lieu of any payments or benefits under any severance program or policy of the Company:

(i) any Accrued Amounts; and

(ii) subject to Executive’s execution of a general release of claims in favor of the Company, SARL and their Affiliates and their respective current and former officers and directors in form and substance acceptable to the Company not more than twenty (20) days after the date of termination, a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to Executive’s then current annual Base Salary plus an amount equal to Executive’s target Annual Bonus for the year of termination, payable within thirty (30) days of termination; provided that, in the event that Executive’s termination of employment occurs prior to the date of Emergence in connection with or following a Change in Control, Executive shall also receive as part of such lump sum amount an amount equal to 200% of the aggregate amount of Base Salary earned by Executive during the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2009 (the “Dollar Value of the 2009 LTI Award”).

(b) Other Termination Events . In the event that (i) the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, (ii) Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason or (iii) Executive’s employment terminates due to his death or disability or for any other reason not covered by Section 4(a) above. Executive (or, in the ease of Executive’s death. Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries) shall be entitled to any Accrued Amounts, but shall have no further right or entitlement under this Agreement to any other payments or benefits; provided, however, that in the event of Executive’s termination due to death or disability, to the extent not otherwise part of the Accrued Amounts or otherwise previously paid or forfeited in accordance with the terms of such award, Executive (or his estate and/or beneficiaries, if applicable) shall be entitled to the 2009 LTI Award or, if such event occurs prior to Emergence, to receive an amount, payable within thirty (30) days of termination, equal to (x) the Dollar Value of the 2009 LTl Award, multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days Executive is employed by the Company during 2009, and the denominator of which is the number of days from (and including) the Effective Date through December 31, 2009. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the 2009 LTI Award is subject to Section 409A. Executive shall be entitled to the 2009 LTI upon the date of his death or the date he becomes disabled within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) (rather than upon his termination due to death or disability).

(c) Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) “Accrued Amounts” shall mean (A) unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination; (B) any earned but unpaid bonus for the prior fiscal year; (C)  any expenses owed to Executive and (D) any benefits payable or provided in accordance with the terms of any employee benefit plan (including the MTI Plan and the LTI Plan, but specifically excluding any plan or program providing severance or termination pay) in which Executive participates.


(ii) “Affiliate” of a person or other entity shall mean: a person or other entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the person or other entity specified.

(iii) “Board” shall mean, while the Bankruptcy Proceeding is pending, the supervisory board of the Parent Company, and, once the Company has emerged from bankruptcy, the Board of Directors of the Parent Company or of SARL whichever is the most senior ranking board responsible for the overall management of the Company, the Parent Company and SARL (or a duly authorized committee thereof).

(iv) “Cause” shall mean: (A) Executive’s continuing failure (except where due to physical or mental incapacity) to substantially perform his duties hereunder; (B) Executive’s willful malfeasance or gross neglect in the performance of his duties; (e) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (D) the commission by Executive of an act of fraud or embezzlement against the Company or any Affiliate; or (E) Executive’s willful breach of any material provision of this Agreement (as determined in good faith by the Board) which is not remedied within fifteen (15) after written notice is received from the Company specifying such breach.

(v) “Change in Control” shall mean: (A) at any time, the Continuing Directors (as defined below) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; (B) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Company; (C) any merger, consolidation or like business combination or reorganization of the Parent Company, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of the event described in clause (A) above; or (D) following Emergence, the acquisition by any person (including a group, as defined under the regulations promulgated under Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) that was not a beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of] 0% or more of the Parent Company’s common stock at the time of Emergence Holder of 50% or more of either (I) the value of all classes of the Parent Company’s outstanding capital stock or (2) the voting power of all such classes of stock; provided that, in no event shall the Emergence. or any transactions directly or indirectly related to the Emergence (prior to. at or following the Emergence) be deemed a Change in Control hereunder.

(vi) “Continuing Directors” shall mean, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board who (A) was a member of the Board on the date of this Agreement, (B) was a member of the Board at the time of Emergence, or (C) was nominated for election or elected to the Board with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of the Board at the time of such nomination or election.

(vii) “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence, without Executive’s express written consent, of: (A) an adverse change in Executive’s employment’s title or change in Executive’s duty to report directly to the Chief Executive Officer; (B) a material diminution in Executive’s employment duties, responsibilities or authority, or the assignment to Executive of duties that are materially inconsistent with his position: (C) any material reduction in Base Salary, or Annual Bonus target as set forth in Section 3(c);


(D) a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to a location more than twenty five miles from the Company’s existing offices in Houston, Texas; or (E) any willful breach by the Company of any material provision of this Agreement (including but not limited to any breach of its obligations under Section 3 hereof) which is not cured within fifteen (15) days after written notice is received from Executive specifying such breach.

(viii) “Subsidiary” of the Parent Company shall mean: any corporation of which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent of the voting stock.

5. Confidentiality of Trade Secrets and Business Information . Executive agrees that Executive shall not, at any time during Executive’s employment with the Company or thereafter. disclose or use any trade secret, proprietary or confidential information of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Parent Company (collectively, “Confidential Information”). obtained by him during the course of such employment, except for (i) disclosures and uses required in the course of such employment or with the written permission of the Company, (ii) disclosures with respect to any litigation, arbitration or mediation involving this Agreement, including but not limited to, the enforcement of Executive’s rights under this Agreement, or (iii) as may be required by law or by any court, arbitrator, mediator or administrative or legislative body (including any committee thereof) with apparent jurisdiction to order such disclosure; provided that. if, in any circumstance described in clause (iii), Executive receives notice that any third party shall seek to compel him by process of law to disclose any Confidential Information, Executive shall promptly notify the Company and provide reasonable cooperation to the Company (at the Company’s sole expense) in seeking a protective order against such disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Confidential Information” shall not include information that is or becomes publicly known outside the Parent Company or the Company or any of their subsidiaries other than due to a breach of Executive’s obligations under this paragraph.

6. Return of Information . Executive agrees that at the time of any termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, whether at the instance of Executive or the Company, and regardless of the reasons therefore, Executive shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense), any and all notes, files, memoranda, papers and, in general, any and all physical (including electronic) matter containing Confidential Information (other than as he properly is retaining in connection with an action or other proceeding as noted in clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 5) which are in Executive’s possession, except as otherwise consented in writing by the Company at the time of such termination. The foregoing shall not prevent Executive from retaining copies of personal diaries, personal notes, personal address books, personal calendars, and any other personal information (including. without limitation. information relating to Executive’s compensation), but only to the extent such copies do not contain any Confidential Information other than that which relates directly to Executive, including his compensation.

7. Noninterference . In consideration for the compensation payable to Executive under this Agreement, Executive agrees that Executive shall not, during Executive’s employment with the Company (other than in carrying out his duties hereunder) and for a period of one (l) year after any termination of employment: (i) directly or indirectly recruit, solicit or induce, any employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Parent Company or any

 

-6-


Subsidiary, to terminate, alter or modify such person’s employment or other relationship with the Parent Company or any Subsidiary, or (ii) directly or indirectly solicit any then current customer or business partner of the Parent Company or any Subsidiary to terminate, alter or modify its relationship with the Parent Company or the Subsidiary or to interfere with the Parent Company’s or any Subsidiary’s relationships with any of its customers or business partners on behalf of any enterprise that is a competitor with the Parent Company or a Subsidiary. The restrictions contained in this provision shall not, upon termination of employment, limit Executive’s ability to conduct business that does not involve the Company or any Subsidiary with any customer, business partner, consultant or independent contractor with whom Executive had a professional relationship with, or knowledge of, prior to the date of the Agreement, so long as Executive does not violate any provision of paragraph 5 of this Agreement in conducting such business.

8. Enforcement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the purpose of the covenants set forth in Sections 5 through 7 above (the “Restrictive Covenants”) is to protect the goodwill, trade secrets and other confidential information of the Parent Company and its Subsidiaries; (ii) because of the nature of the business in which the Parent Company is engaged and because of the nature of the Confidential Information to which Executive has access, it would be impractical and excessively difficult to determine the actual damages of the Parent Company in the event Executive breached any such covenants; and (iii) remedies at law’ (such as monetary damages) for any breach of Executive’s obligations under the Restrictive Covenants would be inadequate. Executive therefore agrees and consents that if Executive commits any breach of a Restrictive Covenant. the Company shall have the right (in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other right or remedy that may be available to it) to temporary and permanent injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction, without posting any bond or other security and without the necessity of proof of actual damage. If any portion of the Restrictive Covenants is hereafter determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination shall not affect the remainder thereof which shall be given the maximum effect possible and shall be fully enforced, without regard to the invalid portions. In particular, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the covenants set forth in Section 7 are found by a court or an arbitrator to be unreasonable, Executive and the Company agree that the maximum period, scope or geographical area that is found to be reasonable shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area, and that the court or arbitrator shall revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by Jaw. If any of the Restrictive Covenants are determined to be wholly or partially unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such determination shall not be a bar to or in any way diminish the Company’s right to enforce any such covenant in any other jurisdiction.

9. Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify Executive against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement incurred by Executive in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative), including any action by or in the right of the Company, by reason of any act or omission to act in connection with the performance of his duties hereunder or otherwise arising out of his employment by the Company, on term and conditions no less favorable to Executive than any other officer or director of the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.


10. Arbitration . In the event that any dispute arises between the Company and Executive regarding or relating to this Agreement and/or any aspect of Executive’s employment relationship with the Company, the parties consent to resolve such dispute through mandatory arbitration in Houston, Texas (or such other location as shall be mutually agreed between the parties) administered by JAMS pursuant to its Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures and subject to JAMS Policy on Employment Arbitration Minimum Standards of Procedural Fairness. The parties hereby consent to the entry of judgment upon award rendered by the arbitrator in any court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, should adequate grounds exist for seeking immediate injunctive or immediate equitable relief, any party may seek and obtain such relief The parties hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and Federal courts of or in the State of Texas for purposes of seeking such injunctive or equitable relief as set forth above.

11. Executive and Company Representations .

(a) Executive acknowledges that before signing this Agreement, Executive was given the opportunity to read it, evaluate it and discuss it with Executive’s personal advisors. Executive further acknowledges that the Company has not provided Executive with any legal advice regarding this Agreement.

(b) Executive represents and warrants to the Company that the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof (i) shall not constitute a default under, or conflict with, any agreement or other instrument to which he is a party or by which he is bound and (ii) as to his execution and delivery of this Agreement do not require the consent of any other person.

(c) The Company represents and warrants to Executive that (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and by SARL has been fully and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action, (ii) the persons signing this Agreement on behalf of the Company and SARL are duly authorized to do so, (iii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement does not violate any applicable law, regulation, order, judgment or decree or any agreement, plan or corporate governance document to which the Company, the Parent Company or SARL is a party or by which it is bound and (iv) upon execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties, it shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company and SARL enforceable against them in accordance with its terms. except to the extent that enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

12. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered (i) personally, (ii) by registered Or certified mail, postage prepaid with return receipt requested, (iii) by facsimile with evidence of completed transmission, or (iv) delivered by overnight courier to the party concerned at the address indicated below or to such changed address as such party may subsequently give such notice of:

 

-8-


If to the Company and/or SARL:

LyondellBasell AFGP

Groot Handelsgebouw

Weena 737

3013 AM Rotterdam

The Netherlands

Fax: +31.107137929

Attention: James L. Gallogly, President and Chief Executive Officer

Lyondell Chemical Company

One Houston Center, Suite 700

1221 McKinney Street

Houston, Texas 77010

Fax: (713) 6527312

Attention: James L. Gallogly, President and Chief Executive Officer

If to Executive:

Kevin Brown

2748 Silver Cloud Drive

Park City, Utah 84060

13. Assignment and Successors . This Agreement is personal in its nature and none of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the others, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder: provided, however, that in the event of a merger, consolidation, or transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Company with or to any other individuates) or entity, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Parent Company hereunder and such transferee or successor shall be required to assume such obligations by contract (unless such assumption occurs by operation of law). Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Executive shall be entitled to select (and change, to the extent permitted under any applicable law) a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any compensation or benefit payable hereunder following Executive’s death or judicially determined incompetence by giving the Company written notice thereof. In the event of Executive’s death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in this Agreement to Executive shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to his beneficiary, estate or other legal representative.

14. Governing Law; Amendment . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas. without reference to principles of conflict of laws. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written agreement executed by Executive, SARL and the Company or their respective successors and legal representatives.


15. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable in part, the remaining portion of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall remain valid and enforceable and continue in full force and effect to the fullest extent consistent with law.

16. Tax Withholding . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company may withhold from amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, local and foreign taxes that are required to be withheld by applicable laws or regulations.

17. No Waiver . Executive’s or the Company’s failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of, or to assert any right under, this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or of any other provision of or right under this Agreement. Any provision of this Agreement may he waived by the parties hereto; provided that any waiver by any person of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective only if in writing and signed by each party and such waiver must specifically refer to this Agreement and to the terms or provisions being modified or waived.

18. Section 409A . This Agreement is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A with respect to amounts, if any, subject thereto and shall be interpreted and construed and shall be performed by the parties consistent with such intent. To the extent Executive would otherwise be entitled to any payment under this Agreement, or any plan 01’ arrangement of the Company or its Affiliates, that constitutes a “deferral of compensation” subject to Section 409A and that if paid during the six (6) months beginning on the Date of Termination of Executive’s employment would be subject to the Section 409A additional tax because Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A and as determined by the Company), the payment will be paid to Executive on the earlier of the six (6) month anniversary of his Date of Termination or death. To the extent Executive would otherwise be entitled to any benefit (other than a payment) during the six (6) months beginning on termination of Executive’s employment that would be subject to the Section 409A additional tax, the benefit will be delayed and will begin being provided on the earlier of the first day following the six (6) month anniversary of Executive’s Date of Termination or death. Any payment or benefit due upon a termination of employment that represents a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be paid or provided only upon a “separation from service” as defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h). Each payment made under this Agreement shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A. Amounts payable under this Agreement shall be deemed not to be a “deferral of compensation” subject to Section 409A to the extent provided in the exceptions in Treasury Regulation §§ 1.409A-1(b)(4) (“short-term deferrals”) and (b)(9) (“separation pay plans,” including the exception under subparagraph (iii)) and other applicable provisions of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1 through A-6.


19. Headings . The Section headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and in no manner shall be construed as pan of this Agreement.

20. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all prior agreements, whether written or oral, with respect thereto.

21. Duration of Terms . The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive any termination of Executive’s employment to the extent necessary to give effect to such rights and obligations.

22. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive, the Company and SARL have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

LYONDELLBASELL AFGP S.a.r.l.
By:  

 

Name:   Stephen F. Cooper
Title:   Vice Chairman of Supervisory Board
LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY
LOGO
By:  

LOGO

Name:   James L. Gallogly
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

LOGO

Kevin Brown


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive, the Company and SARL have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

LYONDELLBASELL AFGP S.a.r.l.
By:  

LOGO

Name:   Stephen F. Cooper
Title:   Vice Chairman of Supervisory Board
LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY
By:  

 

Name:   James L. Gallogly
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Kevin Brown

 

-12-

Exhibit 10.5

Execution Version

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of March 19, 2010, is entered into by and among Lyondell Chemical Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), LyondellBasell AFGP, a societe a responsabilite limitee formed under the laws of Luxembourg (“SARL”), and Bhavesh V. Patel (the “Executive”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company is a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding (the “Bankruptcy Proceeding”) pending in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York in which the Company is seeking to confirm a plan of reorganization (the “Plan of Reorganization”);

WHEREAS, LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A., a société en commandite par actions (the “Parent Company”) is the indirect parent of the Company and also a debtor in the Bankruptcy Proceeding;

WHEREAS, SARL is the Manager of the Parent Company; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive and Executive desires to accept such employment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth in this Agreement, it is hereby agreed as follows:

1. Employment . The Company agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Executive’s employment by the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall commence on April 5, 2010 (or such earlier date agreed to by the parties hereto) (the “Effective Date”). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Executive shall be an at-will employee of the Company, which means either the Company or Executive may terminate Executive’s employment with the Company at any time for any reason, with or without Cause (as defined below).

2. Position, Duties and Location . While employed by the Company,

(a) Position and Duties . Executive shall serve as Senior Vice President, Olefins & Polyolefins - Americas of SARL, in its capacity as Manager of the Parent Company, and the Company, with the duties and responsibilities customarily assigned to such positions (including, without limitation, responsibility for the oversight and management of the supply and marketing of olefins, polyolefins and their co-products and derivatives for SARL and the Company) and such other customary duties as may reasonably be assigned to Executive from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer of SARL and the Company (the “Chief Executive Officer”), consistent with such positions. Executive shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer. Executive shall be a member of the most senior management teams of SARL and the Company.


(b) Attention and Time . Executive shall devote substantially all his business attention and time to his duties hereunder and shall use his reasonable best efforts to carry out such duties faithfully and efficiently.

(c) Location . Executive’s principal place of employment shall be located in Houston, Texas; provided that Executive shall travel and shall render services at other locations, both as may reasonably be required by his duties hereunder.

3. Compensation .

(a) Signing Bonus . Executive shall receive $500,000 within five (5) business days of the Effective Date (the “Signing Bonus”). In addition, upon demonstration to the satisfaction of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company within sixty (60) days of the Effective Date of forfeiture of specific amounts in connection with termination of his employment with his previous employer, Executive shall receive an amount not to exceed $160,000 within five (5) business days of approval of such amount by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “Additional Signing Bonus”). If Executive voluntarily terminates his employment without Good Reason (as defined below) prior to the first year anniversary of the Effective Date, Executive shall be obligated to repay to the Company the Signing Bonus and the Additional Signing Bonus and the Company may offset the repayment of any Accrued Amounts (as defined below) against such repayment obligation.

(b) Base Salary . While employed by the Company, Executive shall receive a base salary (the “Base Salary”) at an annual rate of not less than $430,000. Base Salary shall be paid at such times and in such manner as the Company customarily pays the base salaries of its employees. In the event that Executive’s Base Salary is increased by the Board (as defined below) in its discretion, such increased amount shall thereafter constitute the Base Salary.

(c) Annual Bonus . For each full calendar year Executive is employed by the Company, Executive shall be paid an annual cash bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) based on the attainment of performance targets established by the Board. The Annual Bonus shall be targeted at not less than 75% of Base Salary (as in effect at the beginning of each such year). The actual amount of the Annual Bonus (if any) for any year shall depend on the level of achievement of the applicable performance criteria established with respect to such bonus by the Board in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the year ending December 31, 2010, the Annual Bonus shall be targeted at 75% of the Base Salary earned from the Effective Date to such year end, provided that Executive remains employed by the Company through such date. The Annual Bonus shall be payable at such time as bonuses are paid to other senior executive officers of the Company and the payment terms shall comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A.

 

-2-


(d) Incentive Awards . For each full calendar year Executive remains employed by the Company, Executive shall be eligible to receive a long-term incentive award in the form of an equity award with respect to the Parent Company’s common stock (the “Common Stock”), which award may consist of restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock options, stock appreciation rights or other types of equity-based awards consistent with the Company’s long-term incentive program as in effect from time to time (the “LTI Plan), or any combination thereof, as determined by the Board in its discretion, promptly following the Company’s emergence from the Bankruptcy Proceeding (“Emergence”), consistent with the Company’s LTI Plan (the “LTI Award”) and/or a mid-term incentive award with a targeted total collective value of not less than 130% of the aggregate amount of Base Salary earned by Executive during such calendar year, as determined by the Board in its discretion. The terms and conditions of the LTI Awards (including, without limitation, the form of awards, the purchase price (if any), vesting conditions, exercise rights, payment terms, termination provisions, transfer restrictions and repurchase rights) shall be determined in a manner consistent with the LTI Plan. The terms of the mid-term incentive awards shall be determined consistent with the Company’s mid-term incentive program as in effect from time to time (the “MTI Plan”). The payment terms under the MTI Plan and LTI Plan shall comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A.

(e) Service Crediting for Years of Industry Experience . Executive shall be credited with 20 years of additional service for purposes of determining retirement eligibility under the terms of the Annual Bonus, MTI, LTI or other similar equity or incentive award programs of the Company. Furthermore, upon expiration of the provisions of Section 4(a) of this Agreement, Executive shall be credited with 20 years of additional service for purposes of calculating severance amounts that are determined by years of service with a related company under the terms of the Company’s broad based severance plan.

(f) Employee Benefits . While employed by the Company, the Company shall provide, and Executive shall be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under any pension plan, profit sharing plan, stock option plan, life insurance, stock purchase plan or arrangement, health, disability and accident plan or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available now or in the future to senior executives of the Company; provided that Executive complies with the conditions attendant with coverage under such plans or arrangements. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 3(d) hereof), nothing contained herein shall be construed to prevent the Company from modifying or terminating any plan or arrangement in existence on the date hereof, provided that no such modification or termination adversely affects any award or other entitlement previously granted to Executive. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled to no less than five (5) weeks of paid vacation per calendar year (pro-rated for the portion of the 2010 calendar year Executive is employed by the Company).

(g) Business Expenses . While employed by the Company, the Company shall promptly pay or, if such expenses are paid directly by Executive, Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement, for all reasonable expenses that Executive incurs during his employment with the Company in carrying out Executive’s duties under this Agreement, including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with business related travel or entertainment, upon presentation of expense statements and customary supporting documentation.

 

-3-


4. Termination of Employment .

(a) Termination of Employment Without Cause or for Good Reason . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment without Cause and Executive may terminate his employment for Good Reason, in each case upon thirty (30) days prior written notice. In the event that, within seven (7) years of the Effective Date, the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause (other than due to Executive’s disability) or Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to the following in lieu of any payments or benefits under any severance program or policy of the Company:

(i) any Accrued Amounts;

(ii) subject to Executive’s execution of a general release of claims in favor of the Company, SARL and their Affiliates and their respective current and former officers and directors in form and substance acceptable to the Company not more than twenty (20) days after the date of termination, a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to (A) Executive’s then current annual Base Salary, plus (B) an amount equal to Executive’s target Annual Bonus for the year of termination, plus (C) an amount equal to the cost of 12 months of continuation coverage premiums for medical coverage for Executive and his family under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”) at standard COBRA rates, payable within thirty (30) days of termination.

(b) Other Termination Events . In the event that (i) the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, (ii) Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason or (iii) Executive’s employment terminates due to his death or disability or for any other reason not covered by Section 4(a) above, Executive (or, in the case of Executive’s death, Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries) shall be entitled to any Accrued Amounts, but shall have no further right or entitlement under this Agreement to any other payments or benefits.

(c) Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) “Accrued Amounts” shall mean (A) unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination; (B) any earned but unpaid bonus for the prior fiscal year; (C) any expenses owed to Executive and (D) any benefits payable or provided in accordance with the terms of any employee benefit plan (including the MTI Plan and the LTI Plan, but specifically excluding any plan or program providing severance or termination pay) in which Executive participates.

(ii) “Affiliate” of a person or other entity shall mean: a person or other entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the person or other entity specified.

(iii) “Board” shall mean, while the Bankruptcy Proceeding is pending, the supervisory board of the Parent Company, and, once the Company has emerged from bankruptcy, the Board of Directors of the Parent Company or of SARL, whichever is the most senior ranking board responsible for the overall management of the Company, the Parent Company and SARL (or a duly authorized committee thereof).

 

-4-


(iv) “Cause” shall mean: (A) Executive’s continuing failure (except where due to physical or mental incapacity) to substantially perform his duties hereunder; (B) Executive’s willful malfeasance or gross neglect in the performance of his duties; (C) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (D) the commission by Executive of an act of fraud or embezzlement against the Company or any Affiliate; or (E) Executive’s willful breach of any material provision of this Agreement (as determined in good faith by the Board) which is not remedied within fifteen (15) after written notice is received from the Company specifying such breach.

(v) “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence, without Executive’s express written consent, of: (A) an adverse change in Executive’s employment’s title or change in Executive’s duty to report directly to the Chief Executive Officer; (B) a material diminution in Executive’s employment duties, responsibilities or authority, or the assignment to Executive of duties that are materially inconsistent with his position; (C) any material reduction in Base Salary, or Annual Bonus target as set forth in Section 3(c); or (D) any willful breach by the Company of any material provision of this Agreement (including but not limited to any breach of its obligations under Section 3 hereof) which is not cured within fifteen (15) days after written notice is received from Executive specifying such breach.

(vi) “Subsidiary” of the Parent Company shall mean: any corporation of which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent of the voting stock.

5. Confidentiality of Trade Secrets and Business Information . Executive agrees that Executive shall not, at any time during Executive’s employment with the Company or thereafter, disclose or use any trade secret, proprietary or confidential information of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Parent Company (collectively, “Confidential Information”), obtained by him during the course of such employment, except for (i) disclosures and uses required in the course of such employment or with the written permission of the Company, (ii) disclosures with respect to any litigation, arbitration or mediation involving this Agreement, including but not limited to, the enforcement of Executive’s rights under this Agreement, or (iii) as may be required by law or by any court, arbitrator, mediator or administrative or legislative body (including any committee thereof) with apparent jurisdiction to order such disclosure; provided that, if, in any circumstance described in clause (iii), Executive receives notice that any third party shall seek to compel him by process of law to disclose any Confidential Information, Executive shall promptly notify the Company and provide reasonable cooperation to the Company (at the Company’s sole expense) in seeking a protective order against such disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Confidential Information” shall not include information that is or becomes publicly known outside the Parent Company or the Company or any of their subsidiaries other than due to a breach of Executive’s obligations under this paragraph.

6. Return of Information . Executive agrees that at the time of any termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, whether at the instance of Executive or the Company, and regardless of the reasons therefore, Executive shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense), any and all notes, files, memoranda, papers and, in general, any and

 

-5-


all physical (including electronic) matter containing Confidential Information (other than as he properly is retaining in connection with an action or other proceeding as noted in clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 5) which are in Executive’s possession, except as otherwise consented in writing by the Company at the time of such termination. The foregoing shall not prevent Executive from retaining copies of personal diaries, personal notes, personal address books, personal calendars, and any other personal information (including, without limitation, information relating to Executive’s compensation), but only to the extent such copies do not contain any Confidential Information other than that which relates directly to Executive, including his compensation.

7. Noninterference . In consideration for the compensation payable to Executive under this Agreement, Executive agrees that Executive shall not, during Executive’s employment with the Company (other than in carrying out his duties hereunder) and for a period of one (1) year after any termination of employment: (i) directly or indirectly recruit, solicit or induce, any employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Parent Company or any Subsidiary, to terminate, alter or modify such person’s employment or other relationship with the Parent Company or any Subsidiary, or (ii) directly or indirectly solicit any then current customer or business partner of the Parent Company or any Subsidiary to terminate, alter or modify its relationship with the Parent Company or the Subsidiary or to interfere with the Parent Company’s or any Subsidiary’s relationships with any of its customers or business partners on behalf of any enterprise that is a competitor with the Parent Company or a Subsidiary.

8. Enforcement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the purpose of the covenants set forth in Sections 5 through 7 above (the “Restrictive Covenants”) is to protect the goodwill, trade secrets and other confidential information of the Parent Company and its Subsidiaries; (ii) because of the nature of the business in which the Parent Company is engaged and because of the nature of the Confidential Information to which Executive has access, it would be impractical and excessively difficult to determine the actual damages of the Parent Company in the event Executive breached any such covenants; and (iii) remedies at law (such as monetary damages) for any breach of Executive’s obligations under the Restrictive Covenants would be inadequate. Executive therefore agrees and consents that if Executive commits any breach of a Restrictive Covenant, the Company shall have the right (in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other right or remedy that may be available to it) to temporary and permanent injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction, without posting any bond or other security and without the necessity of proof of actual damage. If any portion of the Restrictive Covenants is hereafter determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination shall not affect the remainder thereof, which shall be given the maximum effect possible and shall be fully enforced, without regard to the invalid portions. In particular, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the covenants set forth in Section 7 are found by a court or an arbitrator to be unreasonable, Executive and the Company agree that the maximum period, scope or geographical area that is found to be reasonable shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area, and that the court or arbitrator shall revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law. If any of the Restrictive Covenants are determined to be wholly or partially unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such determination shall not be a bar to or in any way diminish the Company’s right to enforce any such covenant in any other jurisdiction.

 

-6-


9. Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify Executive against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement incurred by Executive in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative), including any action by or in the right of the Company, by reason of any act or omission to act in connection with the performance of his duties hereunder or otherwise arising out of his employment by the Company, on term and conditions no less favorable to Executive than any other officer or director of the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

10. Arbitration . In the event that any dispute arises between the Company and Executive regarding or relating to this Agreement and/or any aspect of Executive’s employment relationship with the Company, the parties consent to resolve such dispute through mandatory arbitration in Houston, Texas (or such other location as shall be mutually agreed between the parties) administered by JAMS pursuant to its Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures and subject to JAMS Policy on Employment Arbitration Minimum Standards of Procedural Fairness. The parties hereby consent to the entry of judgment upon award rendered by the arbitrator in any court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, should adequate grounds exist for seeking immediate injunctive or immediate equitable relief, any party may seek and obtain such relief. The parties hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and Federal courts of or in the State of Texas for purposes of seeking such injunctive or equitable relief as set forth above.

11. Executive and Company Representations .

(a) Executive acknowledges that before signing this Agreement, Executive was given the opportunity to read it, evaluate it and discuss it with Executive’s personal advisors. Executive further acknowledges that the Company has not provided Executive with any legal advice regarding this Agreement.

(b) Executive represents and warrants to the Company that the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof (i) shall not constitute a default under, or conflict with, any agreement or other instrument to which he is a party or by which he is bound and (ii) as to his execution and delivery of this Agreement do not require the consent of any other person.

(c) The Company represents and warrants to Executive that (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and by SARL has been fully and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action, (ii) the persons signing this Agreement on behalf of the Company and SARL are duly authorized to do so, (iii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement does not violate any applicable law, regulation, order, judgment or decree or any agreement, plan or corporate governance document to which the Company, the Parent Company or SARL is a party or by which it is bound and (iv) upon execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties, it shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company and SARL enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

 

-7-


12. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered (i) personally, (ii) by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid with return receipt requested, (iii) by facsimile with evidence of completed transmission, or (iv) delivered by overnight courier to the party concerned at the address indicated below or to such changed address as such party may subsequently give such notice of:

If to the Company and/or SARL:

LyondellBasell AFGP

Groot Handelsgebouw

Weena 737

3013 AM Rotterdam

The Netherlands

Fax: +31.107137929

Attention: James L. Gallogly, President and Chief Executive Officer

Lyondell Chemical Company

One Houston Center, Suite 700

1221 McKinney Street

Houston, Texas 77010

Fax: (713) 652 7312

Attention: James L. Gallogly, President and Chief Executive Officer

If to Executive:

Bhavesh V. Patel

75 South Player Crest Circle

The Woodlands, Texas 77382

13. Assignment and Successors . This Agreement is personal in its nature and none of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the others, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided, however, that in the event of a merger, consolidation, or transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Company with or to any other individual(s) or entity, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Parent Company hereunder, and such transferee or successor shall be required to assume such

 

-8-


obligations by contract (unless such assumption occurs by operation of law). Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Executive shall be entitled to select (and change, to the extent permitted under any applicable law) a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any compensation or benefit payable hereunder following Executive’s death or judicially determined incompetence by giving the Company written notice thereof. In the event of Executive’s death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in this Agreement to Executive shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to his beneficiary, estate or other legal representative.

14. Governing Law; Amendment . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written agreement executed by Executive, SARL and the Company or their respective successors and legal representatives.

15. Severabilitv . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable in part, the remaining portion of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall remain valid and enforceable and continue in full force and effect to the fullest extent consistent with law.

16. Tax Withholding . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company may withhold from amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, local and foreign taxes that are required to be withheld by applicable laws or regulations.

17. No Waiver . Executive’s or the Company’s failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of, or to assert any right under, this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or of any other provision of or right under this Agreement. Any provision of this Agreement may be waived by the parties hereto; provided that any waiver by any person of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective only if in writing and signed by each party and such waiver must specifically refer to this Agreement and to the terms or provisions being modified or waived.

18. Section 409A . This Agreement is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A with respect to amounts, if any, subject thereto and shall be interpreted and construed and shall be performed by the parties consistent with such intent. To the extent Executive would otherwise be entitled to any payment under this Agreement, or any plan or arrangement of the Company or its Affiliates, that constitutes a “deferral of compensation” subject to Section 409A and that if paid during the six (6) months beginning on the Date of Termination of Executive’s employment would be subject to the Section 409A additional tax because Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A and as determined by the Company), the payment will be paid to Executive on the earlier of the six (6) month anniversary of his Date of Termination or death. To the extent Executive would otherwise be entitled to any benefit (other than a payment) during the six (6) months beginning on termination of Executive’s employment that would be subject to the Section 409A additional

 

-9-


tax, the benefit will be delayed and will begin being provided on the earlier of the first day following the six (6) month anniversary of Executive’s Date of Termination or death. Any payment or benefit due upon a termination of employment that represents a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be paid or provided only upon a “separation from service” as defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-l(h). Each payment made under this Agreement shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A. Amounts payable under this Agreement shall be deemed not to be a “deferral of compensation” subject to Section 409A to the extent provided in the exceptions in Treasury Regulation §§ 1.409A-l(b)(4) (“short-term deferrals”) and (b)(9) (“separation pay plans,” including the exception under subparagraph (iii)) and other applicable provisions of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1 through A-6.

19. Headings . The Section headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and in no manner shall be construed as part of this Agreement.

20. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all prior agreements, whether written or oral, with respect thereto.

21. Duration of Terms . The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive any termination of Executive’s employment to the extent necessary to give effect to such rights and obligations.

22. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive, the Company and SARL have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

LYONDELLBASELL AFGP S.a.r.l.
By:   /s/ Stephen F. Cooper
Name:   Stephen F. Cooper
Title:   Vice Chairman of Supervisory Board
LYONDELL CHEMICAL COMPANY
By:   /s/ James L. Gallogly
Name:   James L. Gallogly
Title:   President and Cheif Executive Officer
/s/ Bhavesh V. Patel
Bhavesh V. Patel

 

-10-

Exhibit 10.6

English-Language Summary of Employment Agreement with Mr. Anton de Vries

Mr. de Vries has been party to employment agreements with predecessor companies since September 1977. Mr. de Vries’ contract was last amended in November 2006. The current employment agreement filed herewith is written in Dutch. Such employment agreement with Mr. de Vries is a basic employment agreement that provides for base salary including a holiday allowance, a mobility allowance, participation in a pension plan and for participation in other standard benefit programs. The employment agreement with Mr. de Vries does not provide for any benefit upon termination or change in control. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Elements of Compensation Program – Severance Arrangements” in this Information Statement for potential severance benefits that Mr. de Vries could be eligible to receive pursuant to the Dutch Severance Formula or our Social Plan.


LOGO

INDIVIDUELE ARBEIDSOVEREENKOMST

De ondergetekenden

Basell Sales and Marketing Company B.V.,locatie Hoofddorp, hierna te noemen “werkgever” en Anton de Vries hierna te noemen “werknemer”, verklaren het volgende te zijn overeengekomen.

Artikel 1

Dienstverband

 

1.1 Werknemer treedt per 1 juli 2006 bij werkgever in dienst als President Advanced Polyolefins.

 

1.2 De overeenkomst is aangegaan voor onbepaalde tijd.

 

1.3 Er geldt geen proeftijd.

 

1.4 Ieder der partijen kan het dienstverband door opzegging beëindigen. Deze opzegging dient schriftelijk voor het eind van de kalendermaand te geschieden met inachtneming van een termijn van 1 maand, tenzij artikel BW 7:672 een langere termijn vereist.

 

1.5 Het dienstverband eindigt voorts op de laatste dag van de kalendermaand, waarin de werknemer de pensioengerechtigde leeftijd bereikt; behoudens een afwijkende regeling in het kader van pensionering met wederzijdse overeenstemming.

Artikel 2

Werktijd en vakantie

 

2.l De werktijd bedraagt 40 uur per week.

 

2.2 Werknemer heeft met behoud van salaris, recht op 28 vakantiedagen volgens de geldende regeling.

 

Basell Sales & Marketing Company B.V.      
Hoeksteen 66   P.O. Box 625     Registered at Chamber
2132 MS Hoofddorp   2130 AP Hoofddorp   Tel +31 (0)20 4468 644   of Commerce Amsterdam
The Netherlands   The Netherlands   Fax +31 (0)20 4468 649   no. 34245062
      Paraaf      


LOGO

 

Artikel 3

Salaris, vakantietoeslag, arbeidsvoorwaarden en reiskostenvergoeding

 

3.l Werknemer ontvangt een bruto jaarsalaris inclusief vakantiegeld van € 226.000

Dit salaris wordt met toepassing van een Nederlandse hypotax berekening door International Mobility omgerekend naar een netto salaris wat vervolgens via de Nederlandse salarisadministratie wordt uitgekeerd.

 

3.2 Werknemer zal een jaarlijkse mobility premium ontvangen die gelijk is aan 8% van het bruto jaarsalaris inclusief vakantiegeld.

 

3.3 Werknemer verklaart zich akkoord met de arbeidsvoorwaarden, en eventuele toekomstige wijzigingen, waarvan de werknemer een exemplaar heeft ontvangen.

Artikel 4

Pensioenregeling

 

4.1 Werkgever heeft een pensioenregeling ingesteld.

 

4.2 Indien de werknemer is aangesteld voor langer dan 1 jaar of voor onbepaald tijd, dan zal hij met ingang van de aanstellingsdatum deelnemen aan de pensioenregeling overeenkomstig de geldende bepalingen.

 

4.3 Om toe te treden tot de pensioenregeling dient de werknemer de leeftijd te hebben bereikt van 21 jaar.

Artikel 5

Arbeidsongeschiktheid

 

5.l Werknemer is varplicht ziekte of ander soort arbeidsongeschiktheid onverwijld aan de werkgever te melden en zich te houden aan de hiervoor geldende regelingen

 

5.2 In geval van arbeidsongeschiktheid zal de werkgever gedurende de eerste twaalf maanden van arbeidsongeschiktheid het volledige brutoloon doorbetalen zolang de werknemer in dienst van de werkgever is en zich houdt aan de geldende instructies.

 

5.3 Bij voortduxing van de arbeidsongeschiktheid zal de werkgever gedurende de tweede periode van twaalf maanden arbeidsongeschiktheid 70% van het butoloon doorbetalen.

 

Paraaf      


LOGO

 

Artikel 6

Veiligheid en gezondheid

 

6.1 Werkgever draagt er zorg voor dat alle maatregelen, die er in het kader van veiligheid en gezondheid van werknemer tijdens het werk noodzakelijk zijn, worden genomen

 

6.2 Werknemer zal zover dit redelijkerwijs mag worden verwacht, vermijden om handeligen te verrichten, die de eigen veiligheid en gezondheid of die van anderen in gevaar brengen of schade aan eigendommen van werkgever aanbrengen.

 

6.3 Werknemer zal zich houden aan veiligheidsvoorschriften.

Artikel 7

Overplaatsingen

 

7.1 De dienstbetrekking bij werkgever kan leiden tot overplaatsing in een andere functie al dan niet in dezelfde standplaats.

 

7.2 In geval van overplaatsing naar een andere standplaats zal vooraf overleg tussen werkgever en werknemer plaatsvinden.

Artikel 8

Nevenbetrekkingen

 

8.1 Zonder toestemming van werkgever zal werknemer niet direct of indirect:

 

  1. belang hebben bij werken of aanbesteding van een tot Basell Groep behorende maatschappij, dan wel leveranties of diensten, die aan of door een zodanige maatschappij worden gedaan of verleend;

 

  2. in verband met zijn werkzaamheden in dienst van werkgever, van derden ten eigen bate enig voordeel, in welke vorm of benaming ook, aannemen of bedingen;

 

  3. personeel of eigendommen van werkgever of van daarmee verbonden maatschappij ten eigen bate laten dienen.

 

Paraaf      


LOGO

 

Artikel 9

Geheimhouding

 

9.1 Werknemer verplicht zich zowel tijdens als ook na beëindiging van de arbeidsovereenkomst absolute geheimhouding jegens een ieder te betrachten over alle bijzonderheden omtrent bedrijfsaangelegenheden – in de ruimste zin des woords- van werkgever of van in welke rechtsvorm dan ook tot het bedrijf van werkgever behorende ondernemingen. Bovendien dient de werknemer alle redelijk te achten maatregelen te treffen om te voorkomen, dat personen, die geen kennis behoren te dragen van bedrijfsgeheimen, de gelegenheid zou worden geboden van deze bedrijfsgeheimen kennis te nemen.

 

9.2 Werknemer dient alle correspondentie en alle bedrijfsbescheiden ook al zijn ze gesteld en getekend op papier van werknemer of aan werknemer persoonlijk geadresseerd, bij het einde van de dienstbetrekking ongevraagd en onverwijld aan werkgever ter hand te stellen.

Artikel 10

Concurrentiebeding

 

10.1 Behoudens schriftelijke toestemming van werkgever is het werknemer verboden zowel gedurende de loop van de arbeidsovereenkomst als gedurende 12 maanden na beëindiging daarvan direct of indirect, hetzij voor, door of met anderen een onderneming te drijven of op enigerlei wijze werkzaam, behulpzaam of betrokken te zijn, hetzij financieel of anderszins belang te hebben bij een bestaande of nog op te richten onderneming, die artikelen fabriceert, verhandelt of exploiteert, soortgelijk of verwant aan die, gefabriceerd, verhandeld of geëxploiteerd worden door werkgever of door een in welke rechtsvorm dan ook tot het badrijf van werkgever behorende onderneming.

 

Paraaf      


LOGO

 

Artikel 11

Octrooibeding

 

11.1 Uitvindingen waarvan gedurende en vanwege het dienstverband wordt gewerkt, zijn eigendom van de werkgever. Werknemer verplicht zich dan ook nimmer octrooi –hoe genaamd ook- op eigen naam te zullen aanvagen. Werkgever heeft het recht maar niet de plicht op het onderwerp van de uitvinding octrooi aan te vragen. Werknemer verbindt zich alle eventuele dan gewenste medewerking voor de octrooi - aanvraag te zullen verlenen.

Aldus overeengekomen en getekend te Hoofddorp,

 

Werknemer:     Werkgever:
LOGO     LOGO
Anton de Vries     Rick Gutierrez
Datum: 02.11.06     Datum:

 

Paraaf      

Exhibit 10.7

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“Agreement”) by and between Basell USA Inc. (the “Company”), and Alan S. Bigman (the “Executive”), each a “Party” and collectively the “Parties,” is made effective as of August 1, 2009 (the “Effective Date”).

In consideration of the mutual promises, terms, covenants and conditions in this Agreement and the performance of each, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Resignation from Current Positions . Simultaneous with his execution of this Agreement and effective as of the Effective Date, Executive shall deliver to the Company an executed letter of resignation from the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates (the “LyondellBasell Group”) in care of the Supervisory Board of LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto.

2. New Position . During the Term (as defined herein), Executive will be employed by the Company as its Senior Advisor and, in such position, shall report to, and perform the duties as assigned from time to time by, the Chief Executive Officer and/or the Chief Restructuring Officer of the LyondellBasell Group in supporting finance and legal work streams related to the restructuring of the LyondellBasell Group under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. Executive's employment with the Company shall terminate on the last day of the Term (“Termination Date”).

3. Term . The term of this Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and shall expire on March 31, 2010, unless earlier terminated by (i) Executive for any reason or no reason upon not less than fourteen (14) days written notice or (ii) by the Company for cause (the “Term”). For purposes of this Agreement, “cause” means a determination by the Company that Executive has failed to act in furtherance of the legitimate business interests of the Company, as follows: (i) willful failure or refusal to timely perform the material duties of Executive’s employment (other than by reason of a physical or mental illness or impairment) hereunder, provided that Executive received written notice thereof and failed to cure such conduct within five (5) days, if such neglect, failure or refusal is capable of being cured, or Executive’s gross negligence in the performance of his material duties hereunder; (ii) conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a crime involving moral turpitude; or (iii) conduct by Executive involving significant conflict of interest relative to the Company that has not been previously disclosed to the Company in writing and that is materially injurious to the Company, or misappropriation of any money or other assets or properties of the Company or any other party with which the Company does business. Executive shall be notified in writing of any termination of his employment by the Company for cause pursuant to this paragraph, which notice shall indicate the specific “cause” provision in this Agreement relied upon by the Company and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision so indicated.

4. Compensation & Business Expenses . During the Term, the Company shall pay base compensation to Executive as follows: (i) from the Effective Date through September 30, 2009, at the same rate of base compensation and according to the same pay schedule that was in effect on July 31, 2009, and (ii) beginning on October 1, 2009 and through the Termination Date, at the rate of Thirty-Four Thousand Dollars ($34,000) per month and according to the same pay schedule that was applicable to Executive on July 31, 2009. In addition to the foregoing amounts, Executive shall also be eligible to receive a pro-rated short-term incentive (“STI”) bonus in respect of the 2009 calendar year pursuant to the Company’s STI Plan and based on Executive’s rate of compensation in effect on July 31,2009. Pursuant to the STI Plan, the Company performance component shall be calculated based on the Company Scorecard and the individual performance component shall be calculated as 100%. The STI bonus for 2009 shall be pro-rated to reflect the number of calendar days from January 1, 2009 through September


30, 2009 and shall be paid not later than March 15,2010, provided that Executive’s employment with the Company is not terminated by the Company for cause, or by Executive without good reason, on or before September 30,2009 (in which case Executive shall not be entitled to any STI bonus for 2009). Executive agrees and acknowledges that he will not be eligible to receive an STI plan bonus with respect to his employment on or after the period beginning on October 1, 2009. In addition, during the Term, Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses according to the Company’s standard policies, practices and procedures as customarily applied to executives. For purposes of this Agreement, “good reason” means a material breach of this Agreement by the Company that is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of the alleged breach.

5. Severance Benefits . Upon the Termination Date, Executive shall be entitled to receive (i) any unpaid base compensation accrued through the Termination Date, and (ii) any umeimbursed out-of-pocket expenses properly incurred on or before the Termination Date. In addition, so long as Executive’s employment with the Company is not terminated by the Company for cause, or by Executive without good reason, on or before March 31, 2010, Executive shall be entitled to receive payment (the “Severance Allowance”) in an amount equal to fourteen (14) weeks’ pay, i.e., One Hundred Nine Thousand Eight Hundred Forty-Six Dollars and Fifteen Cents ($109,846.15) under the Lyondell Chemical Company Special Termination Plan (the “Severance Plan”), which amount shall be payable in accordance with the applicable terms of the Severance Plan as to the time and form of payment of the Severance Allowance thereunder; provided that Executive executes and delivers to the Company the form of release and waiver (the “Release”) attached as Exhibit B hereto not more than forty-five (45) days following the Termination Date. For the avoidance of doubt, Executive is under no obligation to sign the Release unless Executive opts to receive the Severance Allowance,

6. Indemnification . During the Term, Company shall provide to Executive the same rights to indemnification, and advancement of expenses, under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws as other officers of the Company.

7. Other Agreements . Nothing in this Agreement is intended (i) to exclude or limit Executive’s participation in other benefit agreements or programs in which Executive currently participates (other than the STI Plan as set forth herein) or may participate including, without limitation, group welfare benefit plans, qualified pension and savings plans or other benefits which are available to employees generally, or (ii) to preclude or limit other benefits as may be authorized by the Company from time to time; provided, however, that Executive shall not be granted any award under or otherwise participate in any mid-term or long-term incentive plan of the Company after the Effective Date except as set forth in Section 8.

8. Construction . This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties concerning the subject matter covered herein and supersedes all prior agreements, whether written or oral, with respect thereto. This Agreement may not be altered, amended, modified, superseded, supplemented, cancelled, or discharged except by a written instrument executed by Executive and an authorized representative of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to alter, amend or supersede any provision of any policies of the Company or the LyondellBasell Group applicable to employees, which Executive hereby acknowledges he shall continue to be bound by, or (i) that certain agreement between Executive and LyondelIBasell Industries Holdings B.Y. dated February 26, 2009, (ii) any payments, awards or interests related to the LyondeliBasell Industries AF S.C.A. Long-Term Incentive Plan, (iii) any payments, awards, or interests earned and accrued on or before January I, 2008 relating to the Basell Medium Term Incentive (“MTI”) Plan, and with regard to such MTI Plan, Executive shall be designated as a “Good Leaver” for all purposes thereof unless terminated for cause as defined herein, and (iv) confidentiality agreements, which shall survive in accordance with their terms).

 

2


9. Successors . Executive’s rights under this Agreement are personal 10 Executive and shall not be assignable by Executive, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, without the prior written consent of the Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s legal representatives.

10. Taxes . Any payment or delivery required under this Agreement shall be subject to all legal requirements regarding tax withholding, filing, reporting and other obligations.

11. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ITS CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES.

12. Notice . All notices, demands, requests or other communications which may be or are required to be given by any Party to any Party pursuant to this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing, and if either personally delivered or sent by overnight mail or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to Executive’s counsel Farrell Fritz, P.C., at 1320 RXR Plaza, Uniondale, New York 11556-1320, Attention: Ted A. Berkowitz, Esq., with a copy to Executive’s efax number at 516.908.7873 (in the case of Executive), or to the principal office of the Company in care of its Chief Legal Officer (in the case of the Company).

13. Waivers . No waiver by either Party of any breach or non-performance of any provision or obligation of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed III two or more counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

15. Captions . The captions of this Agreement are not pmt of the provisions and shall have no force or effect.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

LOGO

Alan S. Bigman
BASELL USA INC.
By:  

LOGO

  Name: Kevin McShea
  Title: Chief Restructuring Officer

 

4


Exhibit A

August 1, 2009

Mr. Len Blavatnik

Chairman, Supervisory Board

LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A.

15-17, Avenue Gaston Diderich

L-1420 Luxembourg

 

Re: Resignation

 

To: The Supervisory Board

I hereby resign from all director, officer, fiduciary or other positions I hold (including committees on which I serve) with LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A., its subsidiaries and affiliates (the “LyondellBasell Group”), including, without limitation, my position as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the LyondellBasell Group effective as of the 1 st day of August, 2009.

Sincerely,

LOGO

Alan S. Bigman


Exhibit B

RELEASE AND WAIVER

I, the undersigned employee, and Basell USA Inc. (the “Company”) agree as follows:

In exchange for this Release and Waiver (“Release”) and in satisfaction of the Company’s obligation under Section 5 of that certain Employment Agreement between the Company and me dated as of August 1,2009 (the “Employment Agreement”), I will receive a severance payment in installments equal to fourteen (14) weeks of pay, i.e., One Hundred Nine Thousand Eight Hundred Forty-Six Dollars and Fifteen Cents ($109,846.15), (“Severance Allowance”) provided all conditions, provisions and requirements are met within this Release. The Severance Allowance will be paid in installments equal to the amount I would have received each pay period had my employment continued, less applicable taxes and active garnishments, until the total Severance Allowance is paid. I recognize that I am not entitled to receive this Severance Allowance under any other Company plan, policy, and/or arrangement. The Severance Allowance is not otherwise due or owing to me under any existing company plan, policy, or contract. I further understand that my Severance Allowance is taxable income to me and that the Company may withhold any amount required by law. The Company is also authorized to offset any amount which I still owe the Company at my termination date from my Severance Allowance.

In exchange for the consideration listed above, I irrevocably and unconditionally release and discharge the Company, its predecessors, successors, divisions, subsidiaries, affiliates, joint venture partners or co-owners and any employees, agents, officers, and directors of any of the entities listed above and any insurers if applicable (“the Released Parties”) from all the known or unknown claims, liabilities, demands and causes of action (“Claims”) which I presently or at any time may have or claim to have against the Released Parties as a result of my employment with and termination from the Company. I acknowledge that I am releasing Claims that I know about as well as Claims I may not know about, but which have accrued as of the date I signed this release, and I understand the significance of releasing Claims I may have. I agree not to file any claim, complaint, charge, or lawsuit against any Released Party to assert these Claims.

This includes, but is not limited to, Claims under the Workers Adjustment Retraining Notification Act (“WARN”), which requires advanced notice of certain work force reductions; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended by the Older Worker Benefit Protection Act and Executive Order 11141, which prohibit age discrimination in employment; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Section 1981 of the Civil Rights Act of 1866 and Executive Order 11246, which prohibit discrimination based on race, sex, color, national origin, or religion, each of the foregoing as amended by the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Equal Pay Act, which prohibits paying men and women unequal pay for equal work; the American with Disabilities Act and Sections 503 and 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, which prohibit discrimination against the disabled; Section 510 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, which prohibits discrimination for exercising rights to benefits under employee benefit plans; claims under the Family & Medical Leave Act; claims under the Texas Commission on Human Rights Act; claims under Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; claims under the Texas Payday Act; claims under the common law (including, but not limited to, claims of termination or discrimination for refusing to commit an illegal act); claims under any Workers Compensation Act; or claims arising under


federal, state, or local laws prohibiting employment discrimination or claims growing out of any legal restrictions on the Company’s right to terminate its employees, including, but not limited to contract, tort or emotional distress claims. I acknowledge I am receiving sufficient and additional consideration in exchange for the Release contained herein.

Notwithstanding the foregoing Release, I reserve all claims for prepetition or post-petition wages and/or other claims arising under the Company’s benefit plans, which are owed to me by the Company (or any affiliate) and it is expressly agreed by the Company that I shall be entitled to file a proof of claim or administrative expense for such sums in the chapter 11 cases of Lyondell Chemical Company et aI., Case No. 09-10023, which are currently pending in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York. The Company expressly reserves its right to object to any such claim on any valid grounds except that the Company shall not object to such claim on the basis that it is released hereunder.

In further consideration of the Severance Allowance listed above, I agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, or expense, including, without limitation, attorney fees incurred by the Company arising out of any breach (by me) of this Release. Furthermore, if I breach this Release, I agree to immediately return and/or refund all monies previously paid by the Company hereunder and that the Company will thereafter have no further obligation to me.

I agree to comply with all the continuing provisions of the Confidentiality Agreement(s) executed by me at the beginning of and/or during my term of employment with the Company. Failure to comply with the continuing provisions of the Confidentiality Agreement(s) shall entitle the Company to the remedies contained in the Confidentiality Agreement(s).

I agree that if I become re-employed by the Company or any of its affiliated companies, or any partner in or co-owner of an affiliated company on a regular, full-time basis within twelve months of my termination date, I shall repay the Company one-half of the Severance Allowance paid to me.

I acknowledge that, before signing this Release, I was given 45 days to consider it and the Company advised me to discuss this Release with my lawyer. I also acknowledge that I carefully read and considered this Release, I fully understand and agree that I am entering into this Release voluntarily. I also understand that I have seven days from the date I signed this Release to revoke it and that I will not be eligible for any payment under Section 5 of the Employment Agreement until the Release is signed and this seven day revocation period has passed. Finally, I understand that payment of my Severance Allowance will begin within 30 days after termination of my employment, or within 30 days after this Release becomes final (7 day revocation period expires), whichever comes later.

This Release and the Employment Agreement set forth the entire agreement between the Company and me. I acknowledge that I have not relied upon any written or oral representation or statement which is not set forth in this Release. If any provision of this Release is found to be unenforceable, all other provisions of this Release will remain fully enforceable. This release binds my heirs, administrators, representatives, executors, successors, and assigns and will inure to the benefit of the Released Parties, and their successors and assigns.

 

B - 2


Employee Name (Last, First, Ml)     Social Security Number

 

   

 

Employee Signature     Date

 

   

 

Witness Signature     Date

 

   
Witness Printed Name    

 

B - 3

Exhibit 10.8

LOGO

Volker Trautz

P.O. Box 625

2130 AP Hoofddorp

Date:    30 July 2007

Our ref:

Your ref:

Subject    Basell Holdings B.V.

Dear Volker,

You have been employed by Basell Service Company B.V. under your current employment contract since 1 October 2005. As discussed with you in July 2007, the decision has been taken to transfer you as of 1 August 2007 to Basell Holdings B.V. In order to be able to transfer you to Basell Holdings B.V., your current employment agreement with Basell Service Company B.V. has to end.

This letter hereby confirms the termination of your employment agreement with Basell Service Company B.V. with mutual understanding per 1 August 2007 and the activation of a new individual employment agreement with Basell Holdings B.V., your new employer, as of 1 August 2007. Please sign below to signify your acceptance as well as the attached new employment agreement.

We confirm that all the current conditions of your labour agreement will remain unchanged. Regarding seniority rights the date you started working for the Basell Group or predecessor companies will remain unchanged.

If you have any questions regarding the employment agreement or your employment with the Basell Group, please do not hesitate to contact me.

Kind regards,

 

LOGO     Accepted:  

LOGO

Rick Gutierrez       Volker Trautz


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THE UNDERSIGNED

 

1. BASELL HOLDINGS COMPANY B.V ., hereinafter referred to as the “Company”,

and

 

2. Mr. V. TRAUTZ , hereinafter referred to as the “Director”,

WHEREAS:

 

A. The Director has been employed within the Basell Group since 1 October 2000;

 

B. The Director will be appointed as CEO and President of Basell Holdings B.V. (hereinafter: “Holding Company”);

 

C. The Director’s previous employment contract within the Basell Group was in place for the period 1 October 2005 to 31 July 2007.

 

D. In view of the Director’s new appointment, the Company and the Director have agreed to the terms and conditions set out below, with effect from 1 August 2007;

HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS

 

1. Position & Duration

 

1.1 The Director shall be employed by the Company in the position of CEO and President of the Holding Company with effect from 1 August 2007. This employment contract is entered into for an indefinite period and shall terminate, without notice being required, on the last day of the month in which the Director reaches the age of 65.

 

1.2 The Director’s place of work shall be Hoofddorp, the Netherlands. The Director however acknowledges that the Company’s requirements may lead to a change of the place of his work. In case of such change, the Company will first consult the Director.


1.3 Both parties may terminate the employment agreement by giving written notice equal to the statutory notice period.

If the Company terminates the employment agreement by notice before 1 October 2008, the Company shall pay the Director a compensation. The amount of that compensation is equal to the salary referred to in article 2 and (pro rata) annual variable pay detailed in article 5.1. to which the Director would have been entitled if the employment agreement would have continued until 1 October 2008.

 

2. Salary & Holiday Allowance

 

2.1 The Director shall be entitled to a gross annual salary of EUR 480.000,—, to be paid in 12 equal monthly instalments. Each year the annual salary of the Director will be adjusted by the Remuneration Committee of the Company (hereinafter: “the Remuneration Committee”) starting from 1 January 2008.

 

2.2 The Director’s holiday allowance is included in the salary set out in Article 2.1.

 

3. Holiday Entitlement

The Director shall be entitled to 30 days’ holiday per year.

 

4. Illness

 

4.1 If the Director cannot perform his work due to illness, he shall be entitled, to the salary set out in Article 2.1 for a period of one year. In the event the Director’s illness continues beyond one year the Director shall be entitled to a maximum of 70% of the salary set out in Article 2.1 for a period not to exceed one year.

 

5. Bonus, Incentives

 

5.1

Each year the Director will be eligible for a bonus which is based on the Annual Scorecard for Board Members (hereinafter: “the Scorecard”). The Scorecard will be confirmed each year by the Remuneration Committee

 

2


  and will include various targets with assigned weightings. A target bonus expressed in euros (gross) will be established each year by the Remuneration Committee. The target achievements will range from 0%-200% of the target bonus amount. The Remuneration Committee shall decide on the Scorecard to be used for the following year.

 

5.2 The Director shall participate in the Company’s Medium Term Incentive Plan.

 

5.3 The Director shall participate in the Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan.

 

6. Car

 

6.1 The Company shall make available to the Director, for the performance of his work, a company car with observance of the Company’s car policy, the terms of which the Director is familiar with. The Director shall be entitled to use the car for private purposes. All costs associated with normal use of the car shall be borne by the Company.

 

7. Expenses, Housing Allowance & Tax Returns

 

7.1 All necessary expenses incurred by the Director in the course of performing his work shall be reimbursed by the Company upon submission of an itemised expense claim with receipts.

 

7.2 The Company shall pay the Director a housing allowance of EUR 2.500,— net per month to compensate the Director for the costs of his house in Amstelveen. The housing allowance will be adjusted for index figures.

 

7.3 The costs associated with the preparation of the Director’s home and host tax returns shall be covered by the Company.

 

8. Group Health Insurance

The Director shall participate in the group health insurance plan currently insured with AON. The premiums shall be paid by the Company.

 

3


9. Liability

The Company will arrange and maintain proper Director and Officer insurance covering the Director’s liability in appropriate amounts from established and reputable insurers.

 

10. Pension

The Company shall arrange for the Director to continue to participate in the BASF AG pension fund and any associated pension funds in accordance with the pension scheme rules of those funds. The costs of the premiums shall be paid by the Company.

 

11 Ancillary Activities

 

11.1 The Director will not, without the consent of the Holding Company Supervisory Board, directly or indirectly, have any financial interest in works of or contracts awarded by any Basell company, or in supplies affected or services rendered to or by such a company.

 

11.2 The Director will not, without the consent of the Holding Company Supervisory Board, directly or indirectly, in connection with his duties in the Company’s service, seek or accept goods, services or favours from third parties for his own benefit.

 

12. Confidentiality

The Director will, both during the employment agreement and after termination thereof, keep secret all matters which may come to his knowledge in his capacity as a Director and which he knows or ought reasonably to assume that communication thereof to third parties may be harmful to the interests of the Company, the latter’s employees or business associates, or the interest of another Basell company.

 

13. Company Property

All items, including written documents, computer files and data carriers, obtained by the Director from or on behalf of the Company or an enterprise affiliated with the Company during the period that the employment agreement is in effect, are and shall remain the property of the Company or the affiliated enterprise, respectively.

 

4


The Director shall return such items to the Company at first request or, in the absence of such a request, no later than the day on which the employment agreement terminates.

 

14. Non-competition Clause

The Director is forbidden for the duration of 12 months after termination of the employment agreement except with written permission from the Holding Company’s Supervisory Board to assist, engage in, or be in any way connected to any business, either directly or indirectly, similar to that of the business of the Company or the Company’s affiliated companies, or to have financial interests in companies that are involved in any business similar to that of the Company or the Company’s affiliated companies in whatever capacity that may be, inside or outside the Netherlands.

 

15. Applicable law

This employment agreement will be governed solely by the laws of the Netherlands even when the Director is partly working outside the Netherlands. Any dispute arising in connection with this employment agreement shall be exclusively submitted to the competent court in the Netherlands.

Agreed and signed in [duplicate] at Hoofddorp on August 28, 2007.

 

LOGO

   

LOGO

The Company     The Director

 

5

Exhibit 10.9

SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT AND RELEASE

This Settlement Agreement and Release (the “Release”) is made and entered into by and between Mr. Volker Trautz, a resident of The Netherlands (“Mr. Trautz”) on the one hand; and, on the other hand, LyondellBasell Industries Holdings B.V. (formerly Basell Holdings B.V.) a company incorporated under Dutch law with its principal office at Weena 737, 3013 AM Rotterdam, The Netherlands (“LBI Holdings B.V.”).

This Release is made in connection with Mr. Trautz’s termination of employment with LBI Holdings B.V. and his resignation as director, officer or manager of various companies of the LyondellBasell Group and to resolve any claims Mr. Trautz may have regarding his employment and/or relationship with any of the companies of the LyondellBasell Group, as defined below, or the conclusion of his employment, all as more specifically described below.

In consideration of the mutual promises and releases contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is hereby agreed as follows:

The following terms shall have the following meanings in this Release:

“You” and “your” refer to Mr. Trautz.

“LyondellBasell Group” means LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. and its affiliated companies.

An “affiliate” or “affiliated company” of a named entity is any other person or entity that is owned or controlled by, owns or controls, or is under common ownership or control with such named entity.

1. By mutual agreement of the parties, in consideration of the promises and obligations set forth herein, your position as CEO and President of the LyondellBasell Group held through your


employment with LBI Holdings B.V. as well as your position as manager of LyondellBasell AF GP S.á r.l. shall terminate effective 31 May 2009 (the “Executive and Employment Termination Date”). Effective as of the Executive and Employment Termination Date you hereby confirm your resignation from any director, officer, manager, or other position at any other company of the LyondellBasell Group in addition to the positions specifically named above.

2. In full and final settlement of any claims, causes of action and demands for relief which you or your representatives might assert against LBI Holdings B.V. or any company of the LyondellBasell Group or against employees, directors, officers, assigns, agents, or representatives of any of the same, and

subject to the conditions, limitations and other terms of this Release, LBI Holdings B.V. agrees as follows:

 

i. You will be paid a severance payment within fifteen (15) days following the Executive and Employment Termination Date, in the gross amount of €484,500.00 which equals the gross salary amount which you would have been entitled to if your contract of employment would have terminated at your normal retirement date, 28 February 2010. As a consequence of the termination of your contract of employment LBI Holdings B.V.’s contribution to your pension scheme and healthcare and other insurances will also terminate as of the Executive and Employment Termination Date. As agreed with you, you will provide for your personal healthcare coverage and apply for payment of your retirement benefits with the BASF pension fund as of that date.

 

ii. LBI Holdings B.V. will pay you within fifteen (15) days following the Executive and Employment Termination Date your deferred MTI payments related to the performance years 2006 and 2007 totaling a gross amount of €2,024,811.00. You will be entitled to the MTI payment(s), if any, based on the MTI granted to you in April 2008, which payments shall be made on a pro rata basis (taking 31 May 2009 as the relevant termination of employment date) if and when payable under the terms of and in accordance with, and subject to all terms and conditions of, the 2008 MTI program. Thereafter, you shall have no further entitlement to MTI payments.

 

iii.

LBI Holdings B.V. will pay you within fifteen (15) days following the Executive and Employment Termination Date your deferred STI payment related to the performance year 2008 totaling a gross amount of €357,561.00. You will be entitled to the STI payment, if any, based on the STI program for the performance year 2009, which payment shall be made on a pro rata basis (taking 31 May 2009 as the relevant

 

2


  termination of employment date) if and when payable under the terms of and in accordance with, and subject to all terms and conditions of, the 2009 STI program. Thereafter, you shall have no further entitlement to STI payments.

 

iv. To the extent you are eligible to receive any payments under the LTI programs you participate in you shall receive such payments when they become due and payable under the terms of and in accordance with, and subject to all terms and conditions of, those programs.

 

v. You will be permitted to exercise all of your stock appreciation rights and options previously awarded to you under the Basell Stock Appreciation Rights and Stock Options programs to the extent permitted by, and in accordance with, the terms governing each grant of such stock appreciation rights or options.

 

vi. You will be allowed the continued use of your company car for a period of 3 months following the Executive and Employment Termination Date.

 

vii. Notwithstanding the non-competition clause in your current contract of employment with LBI Holdings B.V., you will be allowed to accept a position as non-executive director of or consultant to a company or other legal entity involved or having a financial interest in a business similar to the businesses of the LyondellBasell Group, provided LBI Holdings B.V. is informed of your acceptance of such a position without delay.

3. Payment of all monetary items described in section 2 above shall be subject to all applicable local, foreign and other taxes and to all required withholdings, and you will be responsible for payment of all such taxes, subject to any amounts withheld by LBI Holdings B.V. for such taxes as required by applicable law. You will provide LBI Holdings B.V. with contemporaneous information about your residence and current mailing address should either change while this Release is in effect.

4. In exchange for the benefits described in section 2 above, you waive, release, and discharge, to the full extent permitted by law, any and all claims, causes of action, and demands for relief, fees and liabilities of any kind whatsoever that you had or now have against LBI Holdings B.V. or any company of the LyondellBasell Group or against employees, directors, officers, assigns, agents, or representatives of any of the same. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, you and LBI Holdings B.V. agree that this waiver, release, and discharge shall apply regardless of whether the companies or persons released were acting in a personal or corporate capacity.

 

3


5. You agree and acknowledge that you have carefully read this Release, and that you understand and have full knowledge of all of its provisions. You agree and acknowledge that you are entering into this Release voluntarily and of your own free will.

6. You agree that the terms of this Release are confidential, and you will not disclose the terms of this Release to any person other than your legal and financial advisors, each of whom shall be advised by you of the confidential nature of this Release.

7. You acknowledge that secrecy agreements you have signed with LBI Holdings B.V. (or any other company of the LyondellBasell Group) are not superseded by this Release and thus remain in effect. You further agree that you will not disclose to a third party or use any trade secrets or other commercially valuable confidential or proprietary information that you possess and that was disclosed to you or to which you had access during your employment by LBI Holdings B.V. or any of the other companies of the LyondellBasell Group (the “Confidential Information”). You may, however, disclose such Confidential Information to a third party with the written consent of LBI Holdings B.V., or as may be required by law. In the event disclosure of any Confidential Information is required by law, you agree to provide LBI Holdings B.V. promptly with written notice of such requirement so that LBI Holdings B.V. and/or its affiliate(s) may, if they so desire, seek an appropriate protective order. You agree that you shall not disclose any Confidential Information, or any part thereof, pending conclusion of any legal proceeding regarding such disclosure requirement or protective order. You further agree to provide reasonable assistance to LBI Holdings B.V. and/or its affiliate(s) in obtaining such protective order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be granted for the Confidential Information.

8. You further agree to return to LBI Holdings B.V. all property and documents belonging to LBI Holdings B.V. or any other company of the LyondellBasell Group in your possession or control and all copies thereof, including (without limitation) other tangible materials, information in electronic form or stored on any disk, hard drive or other medium, electronic devices, key cards and security passes.

9. You agree that you will not in any way communicate or assist in communicating information to third parties that damages or has the effect of damaging any of LBI Holdings B.V. or any other company of the LyondellBasell Group, or their respective reputations.

10. In connection with matters relating to your responsibilities with LBI Holdings B.V. and any company of the LyondellBasell Group you agree to reasonably cooperate in the future with LBI Holdings B.V. and any other company of the LyondellBasell Group at the written request of

 

4


LBI Holdings B.V. in the same manner as you would have cooperated in your capacity as CEO and President of the LyondellBasell Group.

11. The waiver by you or LBI Holdings B.V., express or implied, of any right under this Agreement or any failure to perform under this Agreement by the other party, shall not constitute or be deemed to be a waiver of any other right under this Agreement by the other party or parties, whether of a similar or dissimilar nature.

12. This Release shall be governed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands, without regard to principles of conflicts of law, to the fullest extent permitted by law.

13. This Release constitutes the entire agreement between you and LBI Holdings B.V. (and any other company of the LyondellBasell Group) with respect to the subjects it addresses. This Release may not be amended, modified, or changed orally, but only in writing, signed by you and authorized representatives of LBI Holdings B.V.

14. If any provision, or portion thereof, of this Release is held to be invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute or rule of law, it is to that extent to be deemed omitted and other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

/ Signatures on next page. /

 

5


 

    LBI Holdings B.V.

LOGO

    By:  

LOGO

 

Volker Trautz

      C.J. Los

 

Date: 29.05.2009

    Date:   29.05.2009

 

6

Exhibit 10.10

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES AF S.C.A.

MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

(Effective January 1, 2009)

1. Objectives .

LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A., a Luxembourg company, hereby establishes the LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. Management Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) for the purposes of:

 

  (a) Focusing Participants on key measures of Company financial performance;

 

  (b) Providing significant award potential commensurate with Company financial performance;

 

  (c) Encouraging a forward management perspective and reward for maximization of long-term enterprise value and accomplishment of financial and operational goals of the Company;

 

  (d) Enhancing the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to attract and retain highly talented and competent individuals;

 

  (e) Reinforcing a team orientation among top management; and

 

  (f) Aligning the interests of the Company’s management with the economic stakeholders of the Company.

2. Definitions .

As used herein, the terms set forth below shall have the following respective meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person or entity, any other Person or entity that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person or entity. “ Control ” means the power to direct the management and policies of a Person or entity, affirmatively (by direction) and negatively (by veto), directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Award ” means an award payable in cash that is paid, vested or otherwise deliverable solely based on achieving one or more Financial Measures.


Award Agreement ” means an agreement in the form prescribed by the Plan Administrator that sets forth the terms, conditions and limitations applicable to an Award.

Cause ” includes, but is not limited to, failure to meet minimum work requirements or unsatisfactory work performance or conduct.

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Company ” means LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A, together with any Subsidiaries or Affiliates of LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. whose Employees are included in the Plan upon authorization of the Remuneration Committee of the Supervisory Board of LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A.

Creditor Constituencies ” means the Ad Hoc Committee of Senior Secured Lenders, the agents for the Debtors’ postpetition lenders and the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors as identified in the Order of the United States Bankruptcy Court authorizing the implementation of this Plan.

Delegate ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a).

Employee ” means an individual employed by the Company, or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

Financial Measures ” means such objective measures of the Company’s financial and operational performance as are specified in the Award Agreement as used by the Company to evaluate the Company’s performance over the Performance Cycle.

Grant Date ” means the date the Company grants an Award.

Indemnified Person ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(b).

MIP Funding Percentage ” means the amount available for Awards determined as set forth on Schedule A of the Award Agreement.

Participant ” means an Employee to whom an Award has been granted under this Plan, or a former Employee who still holds an outstanding Award.

Performance Cycle ” means the period beginning on January 1, 2009 and ending on December 31, 2009.

Plan ” means the LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. Management Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

Plan Administrator ” means the Company or its Delegate, as set forth in Section 3(a).

 

-2-


Plan of Reorganization ” means the Debtors Joint Plan of Reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code proposed by Lyondell Chemical Company and certain of its subsidiaries and affiliates as debtors and debtors in possession under Section 1121(a) of the United States Code.

Subsidiary ” means with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation a majority of the voting Equity Interests of which are at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person; or (b) any other Person (other than a corporation), including, a partnership, limited liability company, business trust or joint venture, in which such Person, at the time thereof, directly or indirectly, has at least a majority ownership interest entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof (or other Person performing similar functions).

3. Plan Administration and Designation of Participants .

(a) Administration. The Plan Administrator of this Plan shall be the Company, which shall have full and exclusive power to interpret this Plan and to adopt such rules, regulations and guidelines for carrying out this Plan as it may deem necessary or appropriate, including with respect to the granting of Awards. The Company may delegate its duties hereunder as Plan Administrator to the Vice President, Human Resources or other senior officers of the Company (a “ Delegate ”), subject to such rules and regulations as the Company establishes. The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, retain the services of an outside administrator for the purpose of performing any of its functions hereunder. The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, eliminate or make less restrictive any restrictions contained in an Award Agreement, waive any restriction or other provision of this Plan or an Award Agreement, or otherwise amend or modify an Award in any manner that is either (i) not adverse to the Participant who holds the Award or (ii) consented to by such Participant, provided that no such action shall cause an Award to violate the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Company may grant an Award to an individual whom it expects to become an Employee of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate within the following six months, with the Award subject to the individual’s actually becoming an Employee within that time, and subject to other terms and conditions the Company establishes. The Plan Administrator may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan or in any Award Agreement in the manner and to the extent the Plan Administrator deems necessary or desirable to further the Plan purposes. Any decision of the Plan Administrator in the interpretation and administration of this Plan shall lie within its sole and absolute discretion, and shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties concerned.

(b) Indemnification. No Delegate (an “ Indemnified Person ”) shall be liable in any manner whatsoever in connection with the administration, construction or interpretation of this Plan, except arising out of such person’s willful misconduct or as expressly provided by statute. Under no circumstances shall an Indemnified Person be liable for the acts of another Indemnified Person. In the performance of its duties, an Indemnified Person shall be entitled to rely upon the information and advice furnished by the Company’s counsel, tax advisors and any other person whose information or advice the Company deems necessary or advisable, and no Indemnified Person shall be liable for any action taken or not taken in reliance upon any such advice. The Company shall indemnify each Indemnified Person for any loss or damages that it, he or she incurs in connection with, or arising out of, this Plan, except for any loss or damages that result from such Indemnified Person’s willful misconduct or as expressly provided by statute.

 

-3-


4. Award Agreement .

Each Award granted hereunder shall be described in a Grant Letter and an Award Agreement, which shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

5. Financial Measures and Award Calculation .

(a) The Company will establish one or more objective performance goals for the Financial Measures for the Performance Cycle, including an objective methodology to determine the MIP Funding Percentage that corresponds with the attained performance goals. The Company will certify the MIP Funding Percentage reached for a Performance Cycle within 60 days after the end of the Performance Cycle.

(b) Eligible employees’ Awards for Performance Cycle will be calculated as specified in the Award Agreement.

(c) The Target Award Amount for an eligible employee for a Performance Cycle shall be stated in the Grant Letter.

6. Payment of Awards .

Awards shall be paid in cash at the time specified in the Award Agreement; provided that if the Company fails to satisfy any financial covenants contained within the Company’s debtor-in-possession financing, no outstanding payments shall be made with respect to any Award, unless failure to satisfy such financial covenants occurs as a result of modification of such covenants in connection with extension of the debtor-in-possession financing.

7. Termination of Employment .

The terms of the Award Agreement shall govern the treatment of any unpaid Awards payable to the Participant upon the termination of employment. Termination of employment is governed by the laws of employment of the country in which the Participant is employed. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no Participant who is a U.S. taxpayer shall be considered to have terminated employment for purposes of the Plan and the Award Agreement unless the Participant would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

8. Assignability .

(a) The Participant’s rights under the Plan and any Award Agreement are personal. No assignment or transfer of the Participant’s rights under and interest in an Award Agreement may be made by the Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any attempted assignment or transfer in violation of this Section 8 shall be null and void.

 

-4-


9. Tax Withholding .

The Company shall have the right to deduct applicable taxes from any Award payment and withhold an appropriate amount of cash for payment of taxes required by law, or to take such other action as, in the opinion of the Company, may be necessary to satisfy all obligations for withholding of such taxes.

10. Amendments or Termination .

The Company shall not amend, alter or terminate this Plan without consent of the Creditor Constituencies, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, unless such amendments are ministerial changes deemed necessary to comply with applicable laws, rules or regulations and the effect will not materially change the payouts under or the cost of the Plan; provided further that no amendment, alteration or termination shall impair the rights of any Participant under any Award Agreement in effect at the time of such amendment, alteration or termination without the written consent of such Participant and that termination of the Plan will be implemented in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code if and to the extent outstanding Awards are subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

11. Unfunded Plan .

This Plan shall be unfunded. Any bookkeeping accounts established with respect to a Participant’s Award shall be used merely as a convenience. Neither the Company, a Subsidiary nor an Affiliate shall be required to segregate any assets for the purpose of providing benefits hereunder, nor shall this Plan be construed as providing for such segregation. Furthermore, neither the Company, the Supervisory Board of the Company, the Plan Administrator, a Subsidiary nor an Affiliate shall be deemed to be a trustee of any cash or rights determined with respect thereto under this Plan. Any liability or obligation of the Company to any Participant with respect to an Award under this Plan shall be based solely upon any contractual obligations that may be created by this Plan and any Award Agreement, and no such liability or obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall be deemed to be secured by any pledge or other encumbrance on any property of the Company or such Subsidiary. Neither the Company, the Supervisory Board of the Company, the Plan Administrator, a Subsidiary nor an Affiliate shall be required to give any security or bond for the performance of any obligation that may be created by this Plan.

 

-5-


12. No Right to Employment or Future Awards .

The granting of an Award under the terms of this Plan shall not impose upon the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate any obligation to maintain any Participant as an Employee, and shall not diminish the power of the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate to discharge any Participant at any time. Nor shall the granting of an Award under the terms of this Plan confer any right to any future Award.

13. Offsets for Certain Other Incentive Payments .

The Company reserves the right to offset from payment of any Award any amount paid or owed to an eligible employee through an incentive program, scheme, arrangement, or other plan required by law, regulation, custom, contract or agreement, other than payments made under the annual short-term incentive program for employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, provided that no such offset shall cause an Award to violate the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

14. Code Section 409A Compliance Provisions for Participants who are U.S. Taxpayers .

For Participants who are U.S. taxpayers, the Company intends that any amounts payable under the Plan must satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code in order to avoid imposition of applicable taxes thereunder. Thus, notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if any Plan provision or amount under the Plan would result in the imposition of an applicable tax under Section 409A of the Code and related regulations and Treasury pronouncements, that Plan provision or amount may be reformed to avoid imposition of the applicable tax, and no action taken to comply with Section 409A shall be deemed to adversely affect the rights of any Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor the Plan Administrator shall have any obligation to take any action under this Section 14 that would impose any expenses upon or increase any costs to the Company.

15. Tax Compliance .

For Participants who are not U.S. taxpayers, Award payments are subject to compliance with the tax laws of the applicable jurisdictions.

16. Tax Normalization for Expatriates .

Grants of Awards and payments of Awards made to expatriate Employees will be, pursuant to the Company’s Expatriate Assignment Policy, tax normalized based on typical income taxes and social security taxes in the expatriate Employee’s home country relevant to the expatriate Employee’s domestic circumstances.

17. Construction .

Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof. Words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.

 

-6-


18. Arbitration of Disagreements .

(a) For Participants Paid on a U.S. Dollar Payroll : For Participants paid on a U.S. Dollar payroll, any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the Award Agreement shall be settled by final and binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) in the State of Delaware. The arbitrator shall be selected by mutual agreement of the parties, if possible. If the parties fail to reach agreement upon appointment of an arbitrator within 30 days after one party receives the other party’s notice of desire to arbitrate, the arbitrator shall be selected from a panel or panels submitted by the AAA. The selection process to be used is set forth in the rules of the AAA, but if the parties fail to select an arbitrator from one or more panels, AAA shall not have the power to appoint an arbitrator but shall continue to submit additional panels until an arbitrator has been selected. All fees and expenses of the arbitration, including a transcript if requested, will be borne by the parties equally.

(b) For Participants Paid other than on a U.S. Dollar Payroll : For Participants paid other than on a U.S. Dollar payroll, any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the Award Agreement shall be settled by final and binding arbitration conducted according to the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

19. Governing Law .

(a) For Participants Paid on a U.S. Dollar Payroll : For Participants paid on a U.S. Dollar payroll, this Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by mandatory provisions of the Code or the securities laws of the United States, shall be governed by, and construed and enforced according to, the laws of the State of Delaware.

(b) For Participants Paid other than on a U.S. Dollar Payroll : For Participants paid other than on a U.S. Dollar payroll, this Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by mandatory provisions of the tax or securities laws of the applicable jurisdiction, shall be governed by, and construed and enforced according to, the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

 

-7-

Exhibit 10.12

LyondellBasell Industries Medium Term Incentive Plan

 

1. Objectives and Establishment of Plan

Effective as of the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization, LyondellBasell Industries N.V. (the “Company”), hereby establishes the LyondellBasell Industries Medium Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), for the purposes of

 

   

attracting, motivating, and retaining highly talented and competent individuals to serve as senior management and executive employees of the Company by providing competitive compensation opportunities similar to those of comparable companies;

 

   

aligning the interests of such senior management and executive employees with the creation of value for the Company’s shareholders; and

 

   

motivating senior management and executive employees to achieve excellent financial and operational results by (i) balancing rewards for short-term and long-term results and (ii) tying their incentive compensation to the performance of the Company as a whole.

The Company intends for the Plan to comply with applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, “Section 409A”) with respect to Participants who are U.S. taxpayers. As a “bonus program” within the meaning of Section 2510.3-2(c) of the Department of Labor Regulations, the Plan is not subject to the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. For purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan is in existence during a period that the Company is not a publicly held corporation within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.162-27(f).

 

2. Interpretation and Definitions

 

  (a) General .

 

  (1) Interpretation . Unless a clear contrary intention appears, for purposes of construction of this Plan and all related Plan Documents:

 

  (i) the singular number includes the plural number and vice versa;

 

  (ii) reference to any person includes such person’s successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are permitted by the Plan Documents, and reference to a person in a particular capacity excludes such person in any other capacity;

 

  (iii) reference to any gender includes the other gender;

 

-1-


  (iv) reference to any Plan Document or any other agreement, document or instrument means the applicable Plan Document or such other agreement, document or instrument as amended or modified and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof; and

 

  (v) reference to any law means such law as amended, modified, codified, replaced or reenacted, in whole or in part, and in effect from time to time, including rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and reference to any section or other provision of any law means that provision of such law from time to time in effect and constituting the substantive amendment, modification, codification, replacement or reenactment of such section or other provision.

 

  (2) Accounting Terms . In each Plan Document, unless expressly otherwise provided, accounting terms shall be construed and interpreted, and accounting determinations and computations shall be made, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

  (3) Conflict in Plan Documents . If there is any conflict between any two or more Plan Documents, such Plan Documents shall be interpreted and construed, if possible, so as to avoid or minimize such conflict but, to the extent (and only to the extent) of such conflict, the Plan Document dealing most specifically with the matter as to which there is a conflict shall prevail and control. If it cannot be determined which Plan Document deals most specifically with a matter as to which there is a conflict then the Plan shall prevail and control.

 

  (4) Conflict with Local Laws . To the extent not otherwise governed by mandatory provisions of the Code or securities laws of the United States, if there is a conflict between the Plan Documents and the local laws of a country applicable to a Participant, the local laws of such country shall prevail.

 

  (b) Definitions .

 

  (1) “Award” means the award granted to a Participant pursuant to the applicable terms, conditions and limitations set forth in this Plan document or Grant Letter or as otherwise established by the Company.

 

  (2) “Affiliate” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the 2010 LTIP.

 

  (3) “Bankruptcy Proceeding” means that certain bankruptcy proceeding in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York in which the Company is seeking or has sought to confirm a plan of reorganization (“Plan of Reorganization”).

 

  (4) “Board” means the Supervisory Board of the Company.

 

-2-


  (5) “Cause” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the 2010 LTIP.

 

  (6) “Change of Control” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the 2010 LTIP.

 

  (7) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to the Code shall be deemed to include any regulations or other interpretive guidance.

 

  (8) “Committee” means the Remuneration Committee or Compensation Committee of the Board, or its delegate.

 

  (9) “Common Stock” means the Class A common stock of LyondellBasell Industries N.V., par value €0.04 per share.

 

  (10) “Company” means LyondellBasell Industries N.V., and any successor entity.

 

  (11) “Date of Termination” means the date on which a Participant ceases to be an Employee.

 

  (12) “Disability” means a permanent and total disability as defined in the applicable long-term disability plan of the Participating Employer. “Disabled” has the correlative meaning.

 

  (13) “Eligible Employee” means an Employee who is (i) designated as an executive of the Company or (ii) employed in a position designated as an M-Level position.

 

  (14) “Employee” means an individual employed by a Participating Employer, including any such individual who is assigned to work for a joint venture with a Subsidiary or Affiliate.

 

  (15) “Grant Date” means the date on which an Award is made, as designated by the Committee and set forth in the Grant Letter. In no event shall the Grant Date be a date that is during the Bankruptcy Proceeding prior to the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization.

 

  (16) “Grant Letter” means the written document by means of which the Committee informs a Participant of his Award.

 

  (17) “MTI Target” means the projected target value of an Award designated in the Grant Letter, as established by the Committee in a manner consistent with the terms of Appendix A.

 

-3-


  (18) “Participant” means an Employee who has been designated as a participant pursuant to Section 4 or a former Employee who still holds an outstanding Award.

 

  (19) “Participating Employer” means the Company, together with any Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company whose Employees are included in the Plan upon authorization of the Committee.

 

  (20) “Performance Cycle” means the three-calendar-year period beginning on January 1 of the year in which the Grant Date occurs and ending on December 31 in the third calendar year after the Grant Date.

 

  (21) “Performance Measures” means the performance measures designated by the Committee, in its sole discretion, as further described in Appendix A.

 

  (22) “Plan” means the LyondellBasell Industries Medium Term Incentive Plan, as set forth herein and as hereafter amended.

 

  (23) “Plan Document” means this Plan, any administrative procedures that may from time to time be adopted by the Committee (including Appendix A), and any other document defining the rights and liabilities of a Participant, including the Grant Letter applicable to such Participant.

 

  (24) “Plan of Reorganization” means the Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization for the LyondellBasell Debtors under Section 1121(a) of the United States Code.

 

  (25) “Retirement” means a Participant’s voluntarily initiated termination of service on or after the earliest of (i) age 65, (ii) age 55 with 10 years of participation service credited under the qualified defined benefit pension plan maintained by the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate in which the Participant is eligible to participate, (iii) the time of retirement as defined in a written agreement between a Participant and a Participating Employer, or (iv) outside the U.S., the time when retirement is permitted and the Participant is eligible to receive a company retirement benefit under applicable law with respect to the Participant’s primary place of employment (as determined by the Committee in its sole judgment).

 

  (26) “Salary” means the annualized base rate of pay of a Participant as of the payroll period immediately preceding the Grant Date for a Performance Cycle, or, for an individual who is hired as an Eligible Employee and designated as a Participant after the Grant Date for a Performance Cycle, such Participant’s annualized base rate of pay as of his date of hire; provided, however that solely for the first Awards made under this Plan in connection with confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization, Salary shall mean the annualized base rate of pay of a Participant as of March 31, 2010.

 

-4-


  (27) “Subsidiary” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the 2010 LTIP.

 

  (28) “2010 LTIP” means the LyondellBasell Industries 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

3. Administration of the Plan

 

  (a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.

 

  (b) The Committee may establish, from time to time and at any time, subject to the limitations of the Plan as set forth herein, such rules and regulations and amendments and supplements thereto, as it deems necessary to comply with applicable law and for the proper administration of the Plan.

 

  (c) The Committee’s interpretation and construction of the provisions of the Plan and rules and regulations adopted by the Committee shall be final. No member of the Committee or the Board or their delegates shall be liable for any action taken, or determination made, in respect of the Plan in good faith. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan shall be interpreted, operated and administered with respect to U.S. taxpayers in a manner consistent with Section 409A.

 

  (d) The members of the Committee may retain counsel, employ agents, and provide for such clerical, accounting and consulting services as they may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan; and may allocate among themselves or delegate to other persons all or such portion of their duties under the Plan as they, in their sole discretion, shall decide. Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in relying upon or acting in good faith upon any opinion, report, or information furnished in connection with the Plan by any accountant, counsel, or other specialist so retained (including financial officers of the Company, whether or not such persons are Participants in the Plan).

 

4. Eligibility and Participation

The Committee in its sole discretion shall designate Eligible Employees to be Participants by granting Awards under this Plan. The Committee may grant an Award to an individual whom it expects to become an Employee within the following six months, with the Award subject to the individual’s actually becoming an Employee within that time, and subject to other terms and conditions the Committee establishes. The granting of an Award under the terms of this Plan does not confer any right to any future Award.

 

5. Awards

Each Award granted hereunder shall be described in a Grant Letter, which shall designate (i) the Grant Date and (ii) the MTI Target applicable to the Participant, as determined by the Committee in a manner consistent with the terms of Appendix A.

 

-5-


6. Payment of Awards

 

  (a)

Except with respect to payment of Awards following a Change of Control as described in Section 6(b), Awards will be paid in a single lump-sum payment on March 31 st following the end of the Performance Cycle.

 

  (b) Subject to Section 7(b) hereof, following a Change of Control that satisfies the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code and Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) of the Treasury Regulations, Awards shall become payable to the Participant as if the Change of Control date occurred at the end of the applicable Performance Cycle and as if the target performance level was reached on that date. Awards payable under this Section 6(b) shall be paid within thirty (30) days after the date the Change of Control occurs.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, if the Participant who is a U.S. taxpayer is treated as a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A as of the date of the Participant’s termination, then any amounts or benefits which are payable under this Plan upon the Participant’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A which are subject to the provisions of Section 409A and are not otherwise excluded under Section 409A and would otherwise be payable during the first six-month period following such separation from service shall be paid on the fifteenth business day next following the earlier of (1) the expiration of six months from the date of the Participant’s termination or (2) the Participant’s death.

 

  (d) The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether an Award shall be settled in (1) cash or (2) shares of Common Stock; provided, however, that any payment in shares of Common Stock shall be subject to and consistent with the terms of the 2010 LTIP with respect to the authorization and valuation of shares of Common Stock, and no Award may be paid in Common Stock if it results in the number of shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding Awards to exceed the number of shares of Common Stock authorized under the 2010 LTIP.

 

  (e) For Participants who are not paid on a U.S. Dollar payroll, the currency exchange rate for calculating an MTI Target shall be determined using the published intercompany exchange rate in effect on the first day of the Performance Cycle. The currency exchange rate for calculating an amount to be paid with respect to an Award shall be determined using the published intercompany exchange rate in effect for the month in which the payment is to be made; provided that if such rate has not been determined at the time the payment is processed, the currency exchange rate shall be determined by using the published intercompany exchange rate for the prior month.

 

  (f) Grants of Awards and payments of Awards made to expatriate Employees will be, pursuant to the applicable expatriate assignment policy of the Participating Employer, tax normalized based on typical income taxes and social security taxes in the expatriate Employee’s home country relevant to the expatriate Employee’s domestic circumstances.

 

-6-


7. Vesting and Forfeiture

 

  (a) Each Participant shall become fully vested in an Award in accordance with the terms of the applicable Grant Letter. Unless Section 7(b) or Section 7(d) applies, the Award shall be forfeited if the Participant is not employed by a Participating Employer on the date the Committee certifies the Earned Percentage for such Award in accordance with Appendix A.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan Documents to the contrary, the Participant shall become vested in a pro-rated portion of his Award calculated in accordance with Section 7(c) upon the earliest of:

 

  (1) The date on which the Participant becomes Disabled;

 

  (2) The Participant’s Date of Termination due to Retirement, death or involuntary termination not for Cause; or

 

  (3) The date of a Change of Control that occurs while a Participant is an Eligible Employee.

Payment of an Award that has vested pursuant to this Section 7(b) shall be made at the time specified in Section 6(a) or 6(b), as applicable.

 

  (c) The portion of the Award that vests during a Performance Cycle in accordance with Section 7(b) shall be determined by multiplying the amount payable based on the attainment of Performance Measures with respect to such Award by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of whole calendar months of the Participant’s employment in such Performance Cycle ending on the earliest of the date of Disability, Date of Termination or Change of Control, as applicable, and the denominator of which shall be the number of whole calendar months in the Performance Cycle. For purposes of this Section 7(c), partial service in a calendar month shall be considered service for the whole calendar month.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Participant: (1) takes a leave of absence from the Company for personal reasons or as a result of entry into the Armed Forces of the United States, or (2) terminates employment for reasons which, in the judgment of the Committee, are deemed to be special circumstances, the Committee may consider such circumstances and may take such action (to the extent consistent with Section 409A) as it may deem appropriate under the circumstances, including extending the rights of a Participant to continue participation in the Plan beyond his Date of Termination; provided, however, that in no event may participation be extended beyond the term of the Performance Cycle in question.

 

-7-


  (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the entity that is deemed to be the plan sponsor with respect to this Award is or becomes a “nonqualified entity” (within the meaning of Section 457A(b) of the Code and applicable guidance thereunder), the provisions of Sections 7(b), 7(c) and 7(d) shall not apply with respect to any Participant who is a U.S. taxpayer if and to the extent such provisions would cause any amounts payable hereunder to be subject to Section 457A of the Code.

 

  (f) For all purposes of this Plan, involuntary termination not for cause does not include the Participant’s voluntary termination of employment pursuant to a voluntary separation plan of a Participating Employer.

 

8. Offsets for Certain Other Incentive Payments

The Company reserves the right to offset from payment of any Award any amount paid or owed to an eligible employee through an incentive program, scheme, arrangement, or other plan required by law, regulation, custom, contract or agreement, other than payments made under the 2010 LTIP, as amended, or the annual short-term incentive program for employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

 

9. Tax Withholding

The Company shall have the right to deduct from all amounts hereunder paid, any federal, state, local, or other taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payments.

 

10. Amendment or Discontinuance

Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, the Company may (a) amend, suspend or discontinue the Plan, in whole or in part, and (b) amend or suspend Appendix A. Any such amendment may be made effective with respect to any Performance Cycle and with respect to any Awards which, as of the date of the amendment, are earned but have not become payable. The Company is not required to obtain the consent of any Participant in order for any such amendment, suspension or termination to be effective.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Plan nor Appendix A shall be amended or terminated in a manner that would cause the Plan or any amounts payable under the Plan to fail to comply with the requirements of Section 409A with respect to U.S. taxpayers, to the extent applicable, and, further, the provisions of any purported amendment or termination that may reasonably be expected to result in such non-compliance shall be of no force or effect with respect to the Plan.

 

11. Recapitalization Merger and Consolidation

The existence of this Plan and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or those entities holding membership interests in the Company to make or authorize any or all adjustments, reorganizations, or other changes in the Company’s capital structure and its business, or any merger or consolidation of the Company, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

-8-


12. General Provisions

 

  (a) Awards shall be nontransferable and nonassignable, except that any such Awards may be transferred by testamentary instrument or by the laws of descent and distribution.

 

  (b) The establishment of the Plan shall not confer any legal rights upon any Employee or other person to continued employment, nor shall it interfere with the right of any Participating Employer (which right is hereby reserved) to discharge any Employee and to treat him without regard to the effect which that treatment might have upon him as a Participant or potential Participant.

 

  (c) Neither the adoption of this Plan nor any action of the Board or the Committee shall be deemed to give any person any right to receive an Award or any other rights except otherwise specifically provided herein.

 

  (d) The governing law applicable to this Plan shall be determined as follows:

 

  (1) For Participants Paid on a U.S. Dollar Payroll : For Participants who are paid on a U.S. Dollar payroll, this Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by mandatory provisions of the Code or the securities laws of the United States, shall be governed by, and construed and enforced according to, the laws of the State of Texas.

 

  (2) For Participants Paid other than on a U.S. Dollar Payroll : For Participants who are paid other than on a U.S. Dollar payroll, this Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by mandatory provisions of the Code or securities laws of the United States, shall be governed by, and construed and enforced according to, the laws of the country in which the Participant is employed.

 

  (e) The Company reserves the right to offset from payment of any Award any debt, obligation, or other liability representing an amount owed by the Participant to the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate.

 

  (f) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, expressly to assume and agree to perform the Company’s obligations under this Plan in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform them if no such succession had taken place.

 

-9-


  (g) The Plan shall be unfunded. Neither the Company, any Participating Employer, the Committee, nor the Board shall be required to segregate any assets or secure any liability that may at any time exist under the Plan.

 

13. Section 409A of the Code

It is intended that the provisions of this Plan satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the accompanying U.S. Treasury Regulations and pronouncements thereunder, and that the Plan be operated in a manner consistent with such requirements to the extent applicable.

For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, the time of settlement under Section 6(b) hereof is upon a change in control event within the meaning of Section 1.409A-3(a)(5) of the Treasury Regulations and (i) if the Participant has vested pursuant to Section 7(b), the time of settlement in Section 6(a) hereof constitutes a specified time within the meaning of Section 1.409A-3(a)(4) of the Treasury Regulations, and (ii) if the Participant has vested pursuant to Section 6(a), the time of settlement in Section 6(a) hereof is within the short-term deferral period described in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

-10-


APPENDIX A

Administrative Procedures

 

1. MTI Targets

 

  (a) Designation of MTI Target. On or before the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization and on or before March 30 of each succeeding Performance Cycle, the Committee shall provide to each Participant a Grant Letter that sets forth (a) the Grant Date and (b) the MTI Target applicable to such Participant; provided that if an individual is hired as an Eligible Employee and designated as a Participant in this Plan after the Grant Date for a Performance Cycle, the Committee shall provide to such Grant Letter to such Participant as soon as practicable following such Participant’s date of hire. In no event shall the Grant Date be a date that is prior to the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization.

 

  (b) MTI Target . The MTI Target shall be a projected amount based on a percentage of the Participant’s Salary (denominated in United States dollars and subject to the inter-Company exchange rate in effect as of the Grant Date) that may be payable to the Participant in satisfaction of the Award if the Committee determines and certifies that all applicable Performance Measures established by the Committee for the applicable Performance Cycle have been achieved.

 

2. Performance Measures

 

  (a) On or before the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization and on or before March 30 for each succeeding Performance Cycle, the Committee shall establish the Performance Measures that will be used to assess the Company’s performance during such Performance Cycle. These Performance Measures may include the percentage change in (i) return on assets during the Performance Cycle for the Company compared to peer companies (considering relative change, market conditions and special circumstances applicable to the Company and its peers) (the “Return on Assets”) and (ii) cost improvements over the Performance Cycle and improvement in the Company’s position in cost benchmarks (considering size of achievement, success in cost improvement initiatives, market conditions, and special circumstances applicable to the company) (the “Cost Improvements”).

 

  (b) For the first Performance Cycle, the Performance Measures shall be weighted as follows:

 

Performance Measure

   Relative
Weight
 

Return on Assets

   67

Cost Improvements

   33

 

-11-


  (c) On or before March 30 for each subsequent Performance Cycle, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine, and communicate in writing to Participants, the relative weight of each Performance Measure.

 

3. Determination of Award

Following the close of each Performance Cycle, the Committee shall determine and certify the percentage of the MTI Target that has been earned during that Performance Cycle (the “Earned Percentage”). The amount of a Participant’s Award shall be calculated by multiplying the Earned Percentage by the MTI Target designated in the applicable Grant Letter.

The Earned Percentage shall not exceed 200 percent.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Earned Percentage shall be deemed to be zero and no Award shall be payable if the Committee determines that during the course of the applicable Performance Cycle the Participant has engaged in actions that are materially detrimental to the Company or its Subsidiary or Affiliate.

In the event of a Change of Control, the Earned Percentage shall be calculated by reference to the attainment of Performance Measures as of the close of the last quarter ending on or before the Change of Control.

 

4. Adjustment for Individual Performance

The Committee may adjust an individual Participant’s Earned Percentage to account for the Participant’s performance during the Performance Cycle.

 

-12-

Exhibit 10.13

LYONDELLBASELL INDUSTRIES

2010 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1. Plan. Effective as of the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization (the “Effective Date”), LyondellBasell Industries N.V. (the “Company”) hereby establishes the LyondellBasell Industries 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

2. Objectives . The purpose of the Plan is to further the interests of the Company and its shareholders by providing incentives in the form of Awards to employees and directors who can contribute materially to the success and profitability of the Company. Such Awards will recognize and reward outstanding performances and individual contributions and give Participants in the Plan an interest in the Company parallel to that of the shareholders, thus enhancing the proprietary and personal interest of such Participants in the Company’s continued success and progress. This Plan will also enable the Company to attract and retain such employees and directors.

 

3. Definitions . As used herein, the terms set forth below shall have the following respective meanings:

“Affiliate” means any person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company.

“Award” means an Employee Award or a Director Award.

“Award Agreement” means one or more Employee Award Agreements or Director Award Agreements.

“Board” means the Supervisory Board of the Company.

“Cash Award” means an award denominated in cash.

“Cause” means, in the case of a particular Award, unless the applicable Award Agreement states otherwise, (i) the Company or an Affiliate having “cause” to terminate a Participant’s employment or service, as defined in any employment or consulting agreement between the Participant and the Company or Affiliate in effect at the time of such termination or (ii) in the absence of any such agreement or definition therein, (A) the Participant’s conviction for, plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or its equivalent in accordance with local laws, (B) the Participant’s commission of a material act or omission involving dishonesty or fraud in the course of a Participant’s duties to the Company or an Affiliate, (C) the Participant’s conduct that brings or is reasonably likely to bring the Company or an Affiliate into public disgrace or disrepute and that affects the Company’s or any Affiliate’s business in any material way, (D) the Participant’s continuing and willful failure to perform duties as reasonably directed by the Company or Affiliate (which if curable, is not cured within 10 days after written notice thereof is provided to the Participant) or (E) the Participant’s gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company or its Affiliates (which, if curable, is not cured within 10 days after written notice thereof is provided to the Participant). Any determination of whether Cause exists shall be made by the Committee in its sole discretion, and following a Change of Control such determination shall not be subject to delegation pursuant to Paragraph 7.

 

-1-


“Change of Control” is defined in Attachment A.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. Reference to the Code shall be deemed to include any regulations or other interpretive guidance.

“Committee” means the Compensation Committee or any committee designated pursuant to Paragraph 7, and if no committee is so designated, the Board.

“Common Stock” means the Class A common stock of LyondellBasell Industries N.V., par value €0.04 per share.

“Company” means LyondellBasell Industries N.V., and any successor entity.

“Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or any successor committee of the Board that is designated by the Board to administer certain portions of the Plan.

“Director” means an individual serving as a member of the Board.

“Director Award” means the grant of any Option, SAR, Stock Award, or Performance Award, whether granted singly or in combination, to a Participant who is a Nonemployee Director pursuant to such applicable terms, conditions, and limitations as may be established in order to fulfill the objectives of the Plan.

“Director Award Agreement” means one or more agreements between the Company and a Nonemployee Director setting forth the terms, conditions, and limitations applicable to a Director Award.

“Dividend Equivalents” means, with respect to Restricted Stock Units, an amount equal to all dividends and other distributions (or the economic equivalent thereof) that are payable to shareholders of record during the Restriction Period on a like number of shares of Common Stock.

“Employee” means any regular employee of a Participating Employer, including any such individual who is assigned to work for a joint venture with a Subsidiary or Affiliate.

“Employee Award” means the grant of any Option, SAR, Stock Award, Cash Award, or Performance Award, whether granted singly or in combination, to an Employee pursuant to such applicable terms, conditions, and limitations (including treatment as a Performance Award) as may be established in order to fulfill the objectives of the Plan.

“Employee Award Agreement” means one or more agreements between the Company and an Employee setting forth the terms, conditions, and limitations applicable to an Employee Award.

 

-2-


“Fair Market Value” of a share of Common Stock means, as of a particular date, (i) if shares of Common Stock are listed on a national securities exchange, the final closing sales price per share of the Common Stock on the consolidated transaction reporting system for the principal national securities exchange on which shares of Common Stock are listed on that date, or, if there shall have been no such sale so reported on that date, on the last preceding date on which such a sale was so reported, (ii) if shares of Common Stock are not so listed, the mean between the closing bid and asked price on that date, or, if there are no quotations available for such date, on the last preceding date on which such quotations shall be available, as reported by the OTC Bulletin Board, or, if not reported by the OTC Bulletin Board, by Pink OTC Markets Inc., or (iii) if none of the above are applicable, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Committee in a manner that complies with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, if applicable.

“Grant Date” means the date an Award is granted to a Participant pursuant to the Plan. The Grant Date for a substituted award is the grant date of the original award. The first Grant Date under this Plan shall be the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization.

“Grant Price” means the price at which a Participant may exercise his or her right to receive cash or Common Stock, as applicable, under the terms of an Award.

“Nonemployee Director” means an individual serving as a member of the Board who is not an Employee.

“Option” means a right to purchase a specified number of shares of Common Stock at a specified Grant Price.

“Participant” means an Employee or a Director to whom an Award has been granted under this Plan.

“Participating Employer” means the Company, together with any Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Company whose Employees are included in the Plan upon authorization of the Committee.

“Performance Award” means an award made pursuant to this Plan that is subject to the attainment of one or more Performance Goals.

“Performance Goal” means one or more standards established by the Committee to determine in whole or in part whether a Performance Award shall be earned.

“Plan of Reorganization” means the Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization for the LyondellBasell Debtors under Section 1121(a) of the United States Code.

“Restricted Stock” means any shares of Common Stock that are restricted or subject to forfeiture provisions.

“Restricted Stock Unit” means a Stock Unit that is restricted or subject to forfeiture provisions.

 

-3-


“Restriction Period” means a period of time beginning as of the Grant Date of an Award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units and ending as of the date upon which the Common Stock subject to or evidenced by such Award is no longer restricted or subject to forfeiture provisions.

“Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right to receive a payment, in cash or Common Stock, equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value or other specified valuation of a specified number of shares of Common Stock on the date the right is exercised over a specified Grant Price, in each case, as determined by the Committee.

“Stock Award” means an Award in the form of shares of Common Stock or Stock Units, including an award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units.

“Stock Unit” means a unit evidencing the right to receive in specified circumstances one share of Common Stock or equivalent value (as determined by the Committee).

“Subsidiary” means any corporation, limited liability company, joint venture or partnership in which the Company (or its direct or indirect Subsidiary) holds more than 50% of the equity interest.

 

4. Eligibility .

 

  a. Employees . All Employees are eligible for the grant of Employee Awards under this Plan in the discretion of the Committee. The Committee in its sole discretion shall designate Employees to be Participants by granting Awards under this Plan. The Committee may grant an Employee Award to an individual whom it expects to become an Employee within the following six months, with the Employee Award subject to the individual’s actually becoming an Employee within that time, and subject to other terms and conditions the Committee establishes.

 

  b. Directors . Nonemployee Directors are eligible for the grant of Director Awards under this Plan. The Board in its sole discretion shall designate Nonemployee Directors to be Participants by granting Awards under this Plan.

 

  c. General . The granting of an Award under the terms of this Plan does not confer upon any Participant any right to any future Award. There is no obligation for uniformity among Participants.

 

5. Common Stock Available for Awards . Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 18 hereof, no Award shall be granted if it shall result in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan plus the number of shares of Common Stock covered by or subject to Awards then outstanding under this Plan (after giving effect to the grant of the Award in question) to exceed 22,000,000.

The number of shares of Common Stock that are the subject of Awards under this Plan that are forfeited or terminated, expire unexercised, are settled in cash in lieu of Common Stock or in a manner such that all or some of the shares covered by an Award are not issued to a Participant or are exchanged for Awards that do not involve Common Stock,

 

-4-


shall again immediately become available for Awards hereunder. Shares of Common Stock that are used or withheld to satisfy the Grant Price or tax obligations shall, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, not be available again for Awards hereunder. Shares of Common Stock delivered under the Plan as an Award or in settlement of an Award issued or made (a) upon the assumption, substitution, conversion, or replacement of outstanding awards under a plan or arrangement of an entity acquired in a merger or other acquisition or (b) as a post-transaction grant under such a plan or arrangement of an acquired entity shall not reduce or be counted against the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for delivery under the Plan, to the extent that the exemption for transactions in connection with mergers and acquisitions from the shareholder approval requirements of the New York Stock Exchange for equity compensation plans applies. The Committee may from time to time adopt and observe such rules and procedures concerning the counting of shares against the Plan maximum or any sublimit as it may deem appropriate, including rules more restrictive than those set forth above to the extent necessary to satisfy the requirements of any national stock exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or any applicable regulatory requirement. The Board and the appropriate officers of the Company are authorized to take from time to time whatever actions are necessary, and to file any required documents with governmental authorities, stock exchanges, and transaction reporting systems to ensure that shares of Common Stock are available for issuance pursuant to Awards. Shares of Common Stock delivered by the Company in settlement of Awards may be authorized and unissued shares, shares held in the treasury of the Company, shares purchased on the open market or private purchase, or a combination of the foregoing.

 

6. Administration .

 

  a. This Plan shall be administered by the Committee, except as otherwise provided herein.

 

  b.

Subject to the provisions hereof, the Committee shall have full and exclusive power and authority to administer this Plan and to take all actions that are specifically contemplated hereby or are necessary or appropriate in connection with the administration hereof. The Committee shall also have full and exclusive power to interpret this Plan and to adopt such rules, regulations, and guidelines for carrying out this Plan as it may deem necessary or proper. The Committee may, in its discretion, provide for the extension of the exercisability of an Employee Award, accelerate the vesting or exercisability of an Employee Award, eliminate or make less restrictive any restrictions applicable to an Employee Award, waive any restriction or other provision of this Plan (insofar as such provision relates to Employee Awards) or an Employee Award, or otherwise amend or modify an Employee Award in any manner that is either (i) not adverse to the Participant to whom such Employee Award was granted (including in a manner which could result in accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code) or (ii) consented to by such Participant. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, without the prior approval of the Company’s shareholders, Options or SARs issued under the Plan will not be repriced, replaced, or regranted through cancellation or by decreasing the exercise price of a previously granted

 

-5-


Option or SAR, except as expressly provided by the adjustment provisions of Paragraph 18. The Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan or in any Award in the manner and to the extent the Committee deems necessary or desirable to further the Plan purposes. Any decision of the Committee in the interpretation and administration of this Plan shall lie within its sole and absolute discretion and shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all parties concerned.

 

  c. No member of the Committee or officer of the Company to whom the Committee has delegated authority in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 7 of this Plan shall be liable for anything done or omitted to be done by him or her, by any member of the Committee, or by any officer of the Company in connection with the performance of any duties under this Plan, except for his or her own willful misconduct, bad faith, or as expressly provided by statute.

 

  d. The Board shall have the same powers, duties, and authority to administer the Plan with respect to Director Awards as the Committee retains with respect to Employee Awards.

 

7. Delegation of Authority . Following the authorization of a pool of cash or shares of Common Stock to be available for Awards, the Board or the Committee may authorize a committee of one or more members of the Board, or one or more officers of the Company, to grant individual Employee Awards from such pool pursuant to such conditions or limitations as the Board or the Committee may establish consistent with applicable law. The Committee may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer and to other employees of the Company its administrative duties under this Plan (excluding its granting authority for Awards, other than pursuant to authorization of a pool,) pursuant to such conditions or limitations as the Committee may establish. The Committee may engage or authorize the engagement of a third party administrator to carry out administrative functions under the Plan.

 

8. Employee Awards .

The Committee shall determine the type or types of Employee Awards to be made under this Plan and shall designate from time to time the Employees who are to be the recipients of such Awards. Each Employee Award shall be embodied in an Employee Award Agreement, which shall contain such terms, conditions, and limitations as shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion and, if required by the Committee, shall be signed by the Participant to whom the Employee Award is granted and signed for and on behalf of the Company. Employee Awards may consist of those listed in this Paragraph 8 and may be granted singly or in combination. Employee Awards may also be granted in combination with, in replacement of (subject to the last sentence of Paragraph 16), or as alternatives to, grants or rights under this Plan or any other employee plan of the Company or any Participating Employer, including the plan of any acquired entity. Subject to the immediately following Clauses a. and b., an Employee Award may provide for the grant or issuance of additional, replacement, or alternative Employee Awards upon the occurrence of specified events, including the exercise of the original Employee

 

-6-


Award granted to a Participant. All or part of an Employee Award may be subject to conditions established by the Committee, which may include, but are not limited to, continuous service with the Company and the Participating Employers, achievement of specific business objectives, items referenced in Clause e. below, and other comparable measurements of performance. Upon the termination of employment by a Participant who is an Employee, any unexercised, deferred, unvested, or unpaid Employee Awards shall be treated as set forth in the applicable Employee Award Agreement or as otherwise specified by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Award that constitutes a “stock right” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code shall only be granted to Participants with respect to whom the Company is an “eligible issuer of service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code. Employee Awards granted as of the Effective Date or within 90 days thereafter shall be awarded in accordance with the provisions of Attachment B.

 

  a. Options . An Employee Award may be in the form of an Option. The Grant Price of an Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to such Option on the Grant Date. The term of the Option shall extend no more than 10 years after the Grant Date. Options may not include provisions that “reload” the Option upon exercise. Subject to the foregoing provisions, the terms, conditions, and limitations applicable to any Options awarded to Employees pursuant to this Plan, including the Grant Price, the term of the Options, the number of shares subject to the Option, and the date or dates upon which they become exercisable, shall be determined by the Committee.

 

  b. Stock Appreciation Rights . An Employee Award may be in the form of an SAR. On the Grant Date, the Grant Price of an SAR shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to such SAR. The exercise period for an SAR shall extend no more than 10 years after the Grant Date. SARs may not include provisions that “reload” the SAR upon exercise. Subject to the foregoing provisions, the terms, conditions, and limitations applicable to any SARs awarded to Employees pursuant to this Plan, including the Grant Price, the term of any SARs, and the date or dates upon which they become exercisable, shall be determined by the Committee.

 

  c. Stock Awards . An Employee Award may be in the form of a Stock Award. The terms, conditions and limitations applicable to any Stock Awards granted pursuant to this Plan shall be determined by the Committee.

 

  d. Cash Awards . An Employee Award may be in the form of a Cash Award. The terms, conditions, and limitations applicable to any Cash Awards granted pursuant to this Plan shall be determined by the Committee.

 

  e.

Performance Awards . Without limiting the type or number of Employee Awards that may be made under the other provisions of this Plan, an Employee Award may be in the form of a Performance Award. The terms, conditions and limitations applicable to any Performance Awards granted to Participants pursuant to this Plan shall be determined by the Committee. The Committee shall

 

-7-


  set Performance Goals in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the value and/or amount of Performance Awards that will be paid out to the Participant and/or the portion of an Award that may be exercised.

 

9. Director Awards.

The Board may grant Director Awards to Nonemployee Directors of the Company from time to time in accordance with this Paragraph 9. Director Awards may consist of those listed in this Paragraph 9 and may be granted singly or in combination. Each Director Award may, in the discretion of the Board, be embodied in a Director Award Agreement, which shall contain such terms, conditions, and limitations as shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion and, if required by the Board, shall be signed by the Participant to whom the Director Award is granted and signed for and on behalf of the Company. Director Awards granted as of the Effective Date or within 90 days thereafter shall be awarded in accordance with the provisions of Attachment B.

 

  a. Options . A Director Award may be in the form of an Option. The Grant Price of an Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to such Option on the Grant Date. In no event shall the term of the Option extend more than 10 years after the Grant Date. Options may not include provisions that “reload” the option upon exercise. Subject to the foregoing provisions, the terms, conditions, and limitations applicable to any Options awarded to Participants pursuant to this Paragraph 9, including the Grant Price, the term of the Options, the number of shares subject to the Option and the date or dates upon which they become exercisable, shall be determined by the Board.

 

  b. Stock Appreciation Rights . A Director Award may be in the form of an SAR. On the Grant Date, the Grant Price of an SAR shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to such SAR. The exercise period for an SAR shall extend no more than 10 years after the Grant Date. SARs may not include provisions that “reload” the SAR upon exercise. Subject to the foregoing provisions, the terms, conditions, and limitations applicable to any SARs awarded to Nonemployee Directors pursuant to this Plan, including the Grant Price, the term of any SARs, and the date or dates upon which they become exercisable, shall be determined by the Board.

 

  c. Stock Awards . A Director Award may be in the form of a Stock Award. Any terms, conditions, and limitations applicable to any Stock Awards granted to a Nonemployee Director pursuant to this Plan, including but not limited to rights to Dividend Equivalents, shall be determined by the Board.

 

  d. Performance Awards . Without limiting the type or number of Director Awards that may be made under the other provisions of this Plan, a Director Award may be in the form of a Performance Award. Any additional terms, conditions, and limitations applicable to any Performance Awards granted to a Nonemployee Director pursuant to this Plan shall be determined by the Board. The Board shall set Performance Goals in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the value and/or amount of Performance Awards that will be paid out to the Nonemployee Director.

 

-8-


10. Change of Control . Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, including Paragraphs 8 and 9 hereof, unless treatment of an Award upon Change of Control is otherwise expressly addressed in the applicable Award Agreement, in the event of a Change of Control during a Participant’s employment (or service as a Nonemployee Director) with the Company or a Participating Employer, followed within one year by the involuntary termination of employment of such Participant for any reason other than Cause (or separation from service of such Nonemployee Director), (i) each Award granted under this Plan to the Participant shall become immediately vested and fully exercisable and any restrictions applicable to the Award shall lapse and (ii) if the Award is an Option or SAR and has not been cancelled pursuant to the terms of the Plan, such Award shall remain exercisable until the expiration of the term of the Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Stock Unit or Restricted Stock Unit or other Award that vests, pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement, solely upon a Change of Control and that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the settlement of such Award pursuant to this Paragraph 10 shall only occur upon the Change of Control if such Change of Control constitutes a “change in control event” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5). For purposes of this Paragraph 10, an involuntary termination shall include constructive termination of employment for good reason, which shall have the meaning set forth in the Award Agreement or, if not otherwise defined, shall mean the occurrence, without the Participant’s express written consent, of a material diminution in the Participant’s employment duties, responsibilities or authority, any material reduction in the Participant’s base salary or targeted incentive compensation, or any relocation of the Particpant’s principal place of employment as of the date of the Change of Control of more than 100 miles, following which (i) the Participant provides written notice of the existence of the condition within 90 days after its existence (ii) the Company and its Affiliates fail to cure the condition within 30 days after receipt of the notice, and (iii) the Participant terminates employment within twelve months after the Change of Control.

 

11. Non-United States Participants . The Committee may grant Awards to eligible persons outside the United States under such terms and conditions as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be necessary or advisable to comply with the laws of the applicable foreign jurisdictions and, to that end, may establish sub-plans, modified option exercise procedures, and other terms and procedures. Notwithstanding the above, the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act, the Code, any securities law, any governing statute, or any other applicable law. For purposes of granting and paying Awards to persons outside the United States, the Company shall apply the intercompany exchange rate procedures specified in the LyondellBasell Industries Medium Term Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

-9-


12. Payment of Awards .

 

  a. General . Payment made to a Participant pursuant to an Award may be made in the form of cash or Common Stock, or a combination thereof as the Committee may determine, and may include such restrictions as the Committee shall determine, including, in the case of Common Stock, restrictions on transfer and forfeiture provisions. Any certificates evidencing shares of Restricted Stock (to the extent that such shares are so evidenced) shall contain appropriate legends and restrictions that describe the terms and conditions of the restrictions applicable thereto.

 

  b. Deferral . With the approval of the Committee and in a manner which is intended to either (i) comply with Section 409A of the Code or (ii) not cause an Award to become subject to Section 409A of the Code, amounts payable to U.S. Participants in respect of Awards may be deferred and paid either in the form of installments or as a lump-sum payment.

 

  c. Dividends, Earnings, and Interest . Rights to dividends or Dividend Equivalents may be extended to and made part of any Stock Award, subject to such terms, conditions, and restrictions as the Committee may establish. The Committee may also establish rules and procedures for the crediting of interest or other earnings on deferred cash payments and Dividend Equivalents for Stock Awards.

 

  d. Cash-out of Awards . At the discretion of the Committee, an Award settled under Paragraph 12(a) may be settled by a cash payment in an amount that the Board shall determine in its sole discretion is equal to the fair market value of such Award (which, in the case of an Option or SAR, may be the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to such Award over Grant Price of such Award).

 

13. Option Exercise . The Grant Price shall be paid in full at the time of exercise in cash or, if permitted by the Committee and elected by the optionee, the optionee may purchase such shares by means of tendering Common Stock or surrendering a separate Award valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, or any combination thereof (provided that such tendered or surrendered shares or Award do not result in adverse accounting treatment to the Company and such shares or Award are not subject to any pledge or security interest). The Committee shall determine acceptable methods for Participants who are Employees to tender Common Stock or other Employee Awards. The Committee may provide for procedures to permit the exercise or purchase of such Awards by use of the proceeds to be received from the sale of Common Stock issuable pursuant to an Award. The Committee may also provide that the option may be exercised by a “net-share settlement” method for exercising outstanding nonqualified stock options, whereby the exercise price thereof and/or any minimum required tax withholding thereon are satisfied by withholding from the delivery of the shares as to which such option is exercised a number of shares having a fair market value equal to the applicable exercise price and/or the amount of any minimum required tax withholding, canceling such withheld number, and delivering the remainder. The Committee may adopt additional rules and procedures regarding the exercise of Options from time to time, provided that such rules and procedures are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Paragraph 13.

 

-10-


14. Taxes . The Company or its designated third party administrator shall have the right to deduct applicable taxes from any Award payment and withhold, at the time of delivery or vesting of cash or shares of Common Stock under this Plan, an appropriate amount of cash or number of shares of Common Stock or a combination thereof for payment of taxes or other amounts required by law or to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for withholding of such taxes. The Committee may also permit withholding to be satisfied by the transfer to the Company of shares of Common Stock theretofore owned by the holder of the Employee Award with respect to which withholding is required. If shares of Common Stock are transferred by the Participant to satisfy tax withholding, such shares must not be subject to any pledge or other security interest, must not result in adverse accounting treatment to the Company, and shall be valued based on the Fair Market Value when the tax withholding is required to be made.

 

15. Expatriate Participants. Grants of Awards and payments of Awards made to expatriate Participants will be, pursuant to the applicable expatriate assignment policy of the Participating Employer, tax normalized based on typical income taxes and social security taxes in the expatriate Participant’s home country relevant to the expatriate Participant’s domestic circumstances.

 

16. Amendment, Modification, Suspension, or Termination of the Plan and Awards . The Board may amend, modify, suspend, or terminate this Plan and any Award made thereunder at any time and for any reason, except that (i) no amendment or alteration that would adversely affect the rights of any Participant under any Award previously granted to such Participant shall be made without the consent of such Participant and (ii) no amendment or alteration shall be effective prior to its approval by the shareholders of the Company to the extent such approval is required by applicable legal requirements or the applicable requirements of the securities exchange on which the Company’s Common Stock is listed. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, without the prior approval of the Company’s shareholders, Options or SARs issued under the Plan will not be repriced, replaced, or regranted through cancellation or by decreasing the Grant Price of a previously granted Option or SAR except as expressly provided by the adjustment provisions of Paragraph 18.

 

17. Assignability . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and provided in an Award Agreement or the terms of an Award, no Award or any other benefit under this Plan shall be assignable or otherwise transferable except by will, by beneficiary designation, or by the laws of descent and distribution. In the event that a beneficiary designation conflicts with an assignment by will or the laws of descent and distribution, the beneficiary designation will prevail. The Committee may prescribe and include in applicable Award Agreements or the terms of the Award other restrictions on transfer. Any attempted assignment of an Award or any other benefit under this Plan in violation of this Paragraph 17 shall be null and void.

 

-11-


18. Adjustments .

 

  a. The existence of outstanding Awards shall not affect in any manner the right or power of the Company or its shareholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations, or other changes in the capital stock of the Company or its business or any merger or consolidation of the Company, or any issue of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stock (whether or not such issue is prior to, on a parity with or junior to the existing Common Stock), or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding of any kind, whether or not of a character similar to that of the acts or proceedings enumerated above.

 

  b. In the event of any subdivision or consolidation of outstanding shares of Common Stock, declaration of a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or other stock split, recapitalization or capital reorganization of the Company, consolidation or merger of the Company with another corporation or entity, the adoption by the Company of any plan of exchange affecting Common Stock or any distribution to holders of Common Stock of securities or property (including cash dividends that the Board determines are not in the ordinary course of business but excluding normal cash dividends or dividends payable in Common Stock), the Board shall make such adjustments as it determines, in its sole discretion, appropriate to (x) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock or other securities reserved under this Plan and (y)(i) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock or other securities covered by Awards, (ii) the Grant Price or other price in respect of such Awards, and (iii) the appropriate Fair Market Value and other price determinations for such Awards to reflect such transaction. In the event of a corporate merger, consolidation, acquisition of assets or stock, separation, reorganization, or liquidation, the Board shall be authorized (x) to assume under the Plan previously issued compensatory awards, or to substitute new Awards for previously issued compensatory awards, including Awards, as part of such adjustment; (y) to cancel Awards that are Options or SARs and give the Participants who are the holders of such Awards notice and opportunity to exercise for 15 days prior to such cancellation; or (z) to cancel any such Awards and to deliver to the Participants cash in an amount that the Board shall determine in its sole discretion is equal to the fair market value of such Awards on the date of such event, which in the case of Options or SARs shall be the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of Common Stock on such date over the Grant Price of such Award.

 

  c.

Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) any adjustments made pursuant to Paragraph 18 to Awards that are considered “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code shall be made in a manner which is intended to not result in accelerated or additional tax to a Participant pursuant to Section 409A of the Code; (ii) any adjustments made pursuant to Paragraph 18 to Awards that are not considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be made in such a manner intended to ensure that after such

 

-12-


  adjustment, the Awards either (A) continue not to be subject to Section 409A of the Code or (B) do not result in accelerated or additional tax to a Participant pursuant to Section 409A of the Code; and (iii) in any event, neither the Committee nor the Board shall have the authority to make any adjustments pursuant to Paragraph 18 to the extent the existence of such authority would cause an Award that is not intended to be subject to Section 409A of the Code at the Grant Date to be subject thereto as of the Grant Date.

 

19. Restrictions . No Common Stock or other form of payment shall be issued with respect to any Award unless the Company shall be satisfied based on the advice of its counsel that such issuance will be in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws. Any certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock delivered under this Plan (to the extent that such shares are so evidenced) may be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any securities exchange or transaction reporting system upon which the Common Stock is then listed or to which it is admitted for quotation and any applicable federal or state securities law. The Committee may cause a legend or legends to be placed upon such certificates (if any) to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

 

20. Unfunded Plan . This Plan shall be unfunded. Although bookkeeping accounts may be established with respect to Participants under this Plan, any such accounts shall be used merely as a bookkeeping convenience, including bookkeeping accounts established by a third party administrator retained by the Company to administer the Plan. The Company shall not be required to segregate any assets for purposes of this Plan or Awards hereunder, nor shall the Company, the Board or the Committee be deemed to be a trustee of any benefit to be granted under this Plan. Any liability or obligation of the Company to any Participant with respect to an Award under this Plan shall be based solely upon any contractual obligations that may be created by this Plan and any Award Agreement or the terms of the Award, and no such liability or obligation of the Company shall be deemed to be secured by any pledge or other encumbrance on any property of the Company. Neither the Company nor the Board nor the Committee shall be required to give any security or bond for the performance of any obligation that may be created by this Plan.

 

21. Right to Employment; Claims to Award . Nothing in the Plan or an Award Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Participating Employer to terminate any Participant’s employment or other service relationship at any time, or confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the capacity in which he or she is employed or otherwise serves the Company or any Participating Employer. Nothing in the Plan confers upon any Employee or Director of the Company or an Affiliate, or other person, any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan, or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for a grant of any other Award.

 

22. Successors . All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to Awards granted hereunder shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

 

-13-


23. Governing Law . This Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by mandatory provisions of the Code or the securities laws of the United States, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without regard to conflicts of law principles.

 

24. Limitation on Parachute Payments . In the event the Award Agreement or any other agreement between the Participant and a Participating Employer does not contain any contrary provision regarding the method of avoiding or mitigating the impact of the golden parachute excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code on the Participant, then, notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Plan, if the aggregate present value of all parachute payments payable to or for the benefit of a Participant, whether payable pursuant to this Plan or otherwise, to the extent necessary, any Awards under the Plan shall be reduced in order that this limit not be exceeded, but only if, by reason of such reduction, the net after-tax benefit to the Participant shall exceed the net after-tax benefit if such reduction, together with all other reductions of parachute payments otherwise applicable, were not made. For purposes of this Paragraph 24, the terms “parachute payment,” “base amount” and “present value” shall have the meanings assigned thereto under Section 280G of the Code. It is the intention of this Paragraph 24 to avoid excise taxes on the Participant under Section 4999 of the Code or the disallowance of a deduction to the Company pursuant to Section 280G of the Code.

 

25. Section 409A . It is the intention of the Company that Awards granted under the Plan either (i) shall not be “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, or (ii) shall meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code such that no Participant shall be subject to tax pursuant to Section 409A of the Code in respect thereof, and the Plan and the terms and conditions of all Awards shall be interpreted accordingly. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, any payments (whether in cash, shares of Common Stock, or other property) with respect to any Award that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, to be made upon a Participant’s termination of employment shall be made no earlier than (A) the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) and (B) the Participant’s death if at the time of such termination of employment the Participant is a “specified employee,” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (as determined by the Company in accordance with its uniform policy with respect to all arrangements subject to Section 409A of the Code).

 

26. Effectiveness and Term . The Plan is effective as of the Effective Date and, for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan is in existence during a period that the Company is not a publicly held corporation within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.162-27(f). No Award shall be made under the Plan ten years or more after the Effective Date.

 

27. No Rights as Stockholder. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, no person shall be entitled to the privileges of ownership in respect of shares of Common Stock that are subject to Awards until such time as such shares have been issued or delivered to that person.

 

-14-


28. Miscellaneous . Pronouns and other words in respect of gender shall be interpreted to refer to both genders, and the titles and headings of the sections in the Plan and Award Agreements are for convenience of reference only. In the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan (or applicable Award Agreement), rather than such titles and headings, shall control.

 

-15-


Attachment “A”

“Change of Control”

The following definitions apply to the Change of Control provision in Paragraph 10 of the foregoing Plan.

“Affiliate” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, as in effect at the time of determination.

“Associate” shall mean, with reference to any Person, (a) any corporation, firm, partnership, association, unincorporated organization, or other entity (other than the Company or a subsidiary of the Company) of which such Person is an officer or general partner (or officer or general partner of a general partner) or is, directly or indirectly, the Beneficial Owner of 10% or more of any class of equity securities, (b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, and (c) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such Person.

“Beneficial Owner” shall mean, with reference to any securities, any Person if:

 

  a. such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates and Associates, directly or indirectly, is the “beneficial owner” of (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, as in effect at the time of determination) such securities or otherwise has the right to vote or dispose of such securities;

 

  b. such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates and Associates, directly or indirectly, has the right or obligation to acquire such securities (whether such right or obligation is exercisable or effective immediately or only after the passage of time or the occurrence of an event) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, or understanding (whether or not in writing) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, other rights, warrants, or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to “beneficially own,” (i) securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates until such tendered securities are accepted for purchase or exchange or (ii) securities issuable upon exercise of Exempt Rights; or

 

  c. such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates (i) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing) with any other Person (or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) that beneficially owns such securities for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except as set forth in the proviso to subsection (a) of this definition) or disposing of such securities or (ii) is a member of a group (as that term is used in Rule 13d-5(b) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act) that includes any other Person that beneficially owns such securities;

 

A-1


provided, however, that nothing in this definition shall cause a Person engaged in business as an underwriter of securities to be the Beneficial Owner of, or to “beneficially own,” any securities acquired through such Person’s participation in good faith in a firm commitment underwriting until the expiration of 40 days after the date of such acquisition. For purposes hereof, “voting” a security shall include voting, granting a proxy, consenting or making a request or demand relating to corporate action (including, without limitation, a demand for a shareholder list, to call a shareholder meeting, or to inspect corporate books and records), or otherwise giving an authorization (within the meaning of Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act) in respect of such security.

The terms “beneficially own” and “beneficially owning” shall have meanings that are correlative to this definition of the term “Beneficial Owner.”

“Board” shall have the meaning set forth in the foregoing Plan.

“Change of Control” shall mean any of the following occurring after the Effective Date:

 

  a. any Person (other than an Exempt Person) shall become the Beneficial Owner of 50% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding or 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company then outstanding; provided, however, that no Change of Control shall be deemed to occur for purposes of this subsection (a) if such Person shall become a Beneficial Owner of 50% or more of the shares of Common Stock or 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company solely as a result of (i) an Exempt Transaction or (ii) an acquisition by a Person pursuant to a reorganization, merger, or consolidation, if, following such reorganization, merger, or consolidation, the conditions described in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) of subsection (c) of this definition are satisfied;

 

  b. individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; provided, further, that there shall be excluded, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of any actual or threatened Election Contest that is subject to the provisions of Rule 14a-11 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act;

 

  c.

the Company shall consummate a reorganization, merger, or consolidation, in each case, unless, following such reorganization, merger, or consolidation, (i) 50% or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation, or common equity securities of an entity other than a corporation, resulting from such reorganization, merger, or consolidation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock of such corporation or other

 

A-2


  entity are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the Persons who were the Beneficial Owners of the outstanding Common Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, or consolidation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, or consolidation, of the outstanding Common Stock, (ii) no Person (excluding any Exempt Person or any Person beneficially owning, immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, or consolidation, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the Common Stock then outstanding or 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company then outstanding) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation, or common equity securities of an entity other than a corporation, resulting from such reorganization, merger, or consolidation or the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock of such corporation or other entity, and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation, or the body which is most analogous to the board of directors of a corporation if not a corporation, resulting from such reorganization, merger, or consolidation were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the initial agreement or initial action by the Board providing for such reorganization, merger, or consolidation; or

 

  d. (i) complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company unless such liquidation or dissolution is approved as part of a plan of liquidation and dissolution involving a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a corporation with respect to which, following such sale or other disposition, all of the requirements of clauses (ii)(A), (B), and (C) of this subsection (d) are satisfied, or (ii) the Company shall consummate the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, other than to a corporation or other entity, with respect to which, following such sale or other disposition, (A) 50% or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation, or common equity securities of an entity other than a corporation, and the combined voting power of the Voting Stock of such corporation or other entity is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the Persons who were the Beneficial Owners of the outstanding Common Stock immediately prior to such sale or other disposition in substantially the same proportion as their ownership, immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, of the outstanding Common Stock, (B) no Person (excluding any Exempt Person and any Person beneficially owning, immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the Common Stock then outstanding or 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company then outstanding) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation, or common equity securities of an entity other than a corporation, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock of such corporation or other entity, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of such corporation, or the body which is most analogous to the board of directors of a corporation if not a corporation, were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the initial agreement or initial action of the Board providing for such sale or other disposition of assets of the Company.

 

A-3


Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Plan of Reorganization constitute a Change of Control hereunder.

“Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the foregoing Plan.

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the foregoing Plan.

“Election Contest” shall mean a solicitation of proxies of the kind described in Rule 14a-12(c) under the Exchange Act.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Exempt Person” shall mean any of the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, and any Person organized, appointed or established by the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan.

“Exempt Rights” shall mean any rights to purchase shares of Common Stock or other Voting Stock of the Company if at the time of the issuance thereof such rights are not separable from such Common Stock or other Voting Stock (i.e., are not transferable otherwise than in connection with a transfer of the underlying Common Stock or other Voting Stock), except upon the occurrence of a contingency, whether such rights exist as of the Effective Date or are thereafter issued by the Company as a dividend on shares of Common Stock or other Voting Securities or otherwise.

“Exempt Transaction” shall mean an increase in the percentage of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the percentage of the combined voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company beneficially owned by any Person solely as a result of a reduction in the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding due to the repurchase of Common Stock or Voting Stock by the Company, unless and until such time as (a) such Person or any Affiliate or Associate of such Person shall purchase or otherwise become the Beneficial Owner of additional shares of Common Stock constituting 1% or more of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock or additional Voting Stock representing 1% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, or (b) any other Person (or Persons) who is (or collectively are) the Beneficial Owner of shares of Common Stock constituting 1% or more of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock or Voting Stock representing 1% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock shall become an Affiliate or Associate of such Person.

“Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, association, trust, unincorporated organization, or other entity.

 

A-4


“Voting Stock” shall mean, (i) with respect to a corporation, all securities of such corporation of any class or series that are entitled to vote generally in the election of, or to appoint by contract, directors of such corporation (excluding any class or series that would be entitled so to vote by reason of the occurrence of any contingency, so long as such contingency has not occurred) and (ii) with respect to an entity which is not a corporation, all securities of any class or series that are entitled to vote generally in the election of, or to appoint by contract, members of the body which is most analogous to the board of directors of a corporation.

 

A-5


Attachment “B”

Initial Awards

The provisions of this Attachment B apply to all Awards made under this Plan that are granted effective as of the Effective Date or within 90 days thereafter (“Initial Awards”).

The Initial Awards to Employees and Directors (“Emergence Grants”) under the Plan and the Medium Term Incentive Plan (collectively, the “Compensation Plans”) shall consist of MTI target awards granted under the MTI, stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the Plan, and restricted stock or restricted stock units granted under the Plan. The form and terms of all or a portion of the Emergence Grants, including the methodology for allocations of MTI and Plan awards under the Compensation Plans, were reviewed and authorized by the Remuneration Committee of the Supervisory Board of LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. and, in addition, shall be approved by the Supervisory Board of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. (collectively, the “Boards”) at their meetings in April, 2010 and shall become effective as of the Effective Date without further corporate action (the “Allocated Emergence Grants”). To the extent the Emergence Grants are not fully allocated as of the Effective Date (the “Unallocated Emergence Grants”), not more than ninety (90) days after the Effective Date, the Boards shall authorize and approve the grant of all Unallocated Emergence Grants using the same methodology used by the Boards for individual selection and valuing and allocating among individual MTI and Plan awards as used by the Boards for the Allocated Emergence Grants, provided that, to the extent that the exercise price of any option grants made with respect to Unallocated Emergence Grants is higher or lower than the exercise price of option grants made with respect to the Allocated Emergence Grants, a corresponding adjustment shall be made to the methodology for determining the number of shares of restricted stock or restricted stock units grants with respect to the Unallocated Emergence Grants. For purposes of clarity, the foregoing shall not be applicable to awards made under the Compensation Plans following the period ending ninety (90) days after the Effective Date, and awards made thereafter shall be subject to approval by the Compensation Committee of the Supervisory Board of LyondellBasell Industries, N.V., in accordance with the terms of the Compensation Plans.

Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights will be granted with an exercise price of no less than Fair Market Value on the date of grant. For Options and SAR Awards that are granted effective as of the Effective Date, Fair Market Value shall be determined by reference to the midpoint of the implied equity reorganization value derived from the Evercore valuation as confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court in the Confirmation Order of the Plan of Reorganization.

Awards of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will be calculated by reference to a per share value of $14.11.

Grants made to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company are subject to the terms of his employment agreement regarding acceleration of vesting due to a Change of Control.

 

B-1

EXHIBIT 10.15

SUMMARY OF LEGACY COMPENSATORY ARRANGEMENTS

FOR NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

As of 2010, our current incentive plans are the 2010 Short Term Incentive Plan, the 2010 Medium Term Incentive Plan and the 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis— Elements of Compensation Program” in the Information Statement for more information. However, certain of the Named Executive Officers continue to hold awards or have benefits under Lyondell or Basell incentive plans or arrangements that pre-date the acquisition or that are otherwise no longer in effect. These arrangements include:

 

   

The Basell Medium Term Incentive Plan (the “Basell MTI Plan”). Messrs. Bigman, Trautz and de Vries received payments in 2009 on account of awards under the Basell MTI Plan relating to performance in 2006 and 2007. Because such awards were earned in prior years (subject only to continued employment or departure with consent), such payments are not included in total compensation for 2009. The legacy Basell MTI Plan payments made in 2009 and converted to U.S. dollars were $1,888,616, $366,101 and $1,259,078 for Messrs. Trautz, de Vries and Bigman, respectively. In accordance with the Settlement Agreement with Mr. Trautz, his final payment with respect to his legacy Basell MTI Plan awards was made in 2009 in the amount earned (as converted to U.S. dollars) of $1,095,349. With respect to Messrs. de Vries and Bigman, the final payments with respect to these legacy Basell MTI Plan awards were made in 2010 in the amounts (as converted to U.S. dollars) of $208, 638 and $730,233, respectively.

 

   

The LyondellBasell Mid-Term Incentive Plan (the “LyondellBasell MTI Plan”). Awards were granted under the LyondellBasell MTI Plan in 2008 to Messrs. Bigman, de Vries and Dineen; however, no payments were earned or paid in 2009 on account of such awards because we did not meet our applicable performance goals in 2008. Additionally, the company’s 2009 performance prohibits any payments being earned on the LyondellBasell MTI Plan awards in 2010 and it is likely that the company’s 2010 performance will prohibit any such payments in 2011, the final year in which payments under the LyondellBasell MTI Plan would be due. As a result, we are not accruing any amounts for payment of these awards and we are treating these awards as lapsed.

 

   

Basell Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights Between 1999 and 2005 , Basell and its predecessor Montell, granted stock options and stock appreciations rights (“SARs”) to Messrs. Trautz and de Vries, the underlying shares of which were Basell shareholders BASF and Royal Dutch Shell. All of the options and SARs vested between March 30, 2003 and June 16, 2008. The remaining options and SARs will expire between April 3, 2011 and June 16, 2015, which dates are ten years after the grant date of the awards.

 

   

LyondellBasell Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2008 LTIP”). Messrs. Bigman, Trautz, de Vries and Dineen were granted phantom units (the “Phantom Units”) pursuant to the 2008 LyondellBasell Long Term Incentive Plan on April 1, 2008. The Phantom Units represent the right to the appraised unit value, if any, of a unit of NAG Investments LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“NAG”), which directly and indirectly owns shares in Nell Limited. Nell Limited was indirectly owned by Access Industries Holding LLC and directly and indirectly owned by Mr. Leonard Blavatnik, and Nell formerly indirectly owned all of the outstanding equity interests of LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. On the vesting date of the Phantom Units, the participants are to receive an amount equal to the product of the number of vested Phantom Units multiplied by the appraised NAG unit value as of the applicable valuation date. Recipients are also entitled to a payment that is equivalent to a dividend paid on a NAG unit. The awards vest in April 1, 2011 or earlier (a) upon change in control of NAG or (b) on a pro rata basis, in the event of death, disability, retirement or termination without cause. Upon the commencement of our bankruptcy case, the Phantom Units were deemed to have only a nominal value and, for certain Named Executive Officers, payments with respect to these awards are not authorized by the Bankruptcy Court. Specifically, in April 2009, NAG units held by LyondellBasell Management Holdings LLC were redeemed by NAG. The valuation of a NAG unit for purposes of the redemption was less than one cent. For purposes of this information statement, we have valued the outstanding Phantom Units using the same valuation of less than one cent per unit. There was no other market for NAG units in 2009, nor was there any valuation of NAG units performed in accordance with the 2008 LTIP documents. No payments were made on account of Phantom Units or related dividend equivalents in 2009.

Exhibit 24.1

POWER OF ATTORNEY

This POWER OF ATTORNEY is given as of the 8 th day of April, 2010 (“Effective Date”) by LyondellBasell Industries N.V. a public limited liability corporation incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands, having its seat in Rotterdam, The Netherlands and its registered office at Weena 737, 3013 AM Rotterdam, The Netherlands and registered with the Chamber of Commerce in Rotterdam, The Netherlands under number 24473890 (the “Grantor”) ;

WHEREAS, the Grantor is envisaged to become the ultimate parent company of the LyondellBasell group of companies as a result of the emergence (“Emergence”) of certain LyondellBasell group companies from protection under Chapter 11 of Title 11 the US Code (the “Bankruptcy Act”) ;

WHEREAS, the Grantor by virtue of the anticipated Emergence, as envisaged and set out in the Disclosure Statement and the Plan of Reorganization filed with the Bankruptcy Court of the Southern District of New York, NY, USA, as amended and supplemented from time to time, will enter into agreements and any further documents, deeds, agreements, powers of attorney, notices, acknowledgements, letter agreements, memoranda, statements and certificates as may be ancillary, necessary, required or useful in connection with Emergence, including with regard to setting up and concluding any and all financing of the LyondellBasell group of companies, including, but not limited to the Purchase Agreement, Registration Rights Agreement, Indenture, Offering Memorandum and other ancillary documentation relating to the $2.25 billion dollar and 375 million euro senior secured notes, the Credit Agreement, Guarantee Agreement, Escrow Agreement and all ancillary documentation relating to the $500 million term loan, the ABL Credit Agreement, related commitment letters and all other related documentation in connection with Emergence (collectively, “Documents” );

NOW THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY WITNESSES AND DECLARES that the GRANTOR hereby appoints James L. Gallogly, C. Kent Potter, Craig B. Glidden, Francesco D. Svelto and Gerald A. O’Brien, as its attorney(s) (the “Attorneys” and each an “Attorney”) on the terms and conditions set out below;


AND THE GRANTOR HEREBY FURTHERMORE:

 

(i) authorizes each Attorney, when acting individually to negotiate, amend, adapt, waive, sign, execute, deliver and (where relevant) perform for and on behalf of the Grantor the Documents in such forms as any Attorney may approve (such approval to be conclusively evidenced by an Attorney’s execution thereof) and to do all such acts and things as may be ancillary thereto and/or necessary and/or useful and/or desirable in the sole opinion of any Attorney in connection with or for the purpose of the entering into, execution, delivery or performance of the Documents and the entering into and performance of the transactions contemplated thereby and hereby ratifies all actions taken by such parties in connection with all such transactions and Documents commencing on March 1, 2010 (the “Power of Attorney” );

 

(ii) covenants and agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless each Attorney and persons designated by any Attorney from and against any liability they or any one of them might incur for any steps taken by them or any one of them in connection with the Power of Attorney;

 

(iii) declares that the Power of Attorney has also been granted for the benefit of other persons a party to any Document and shall be irrevocable;

 

(iv)

declares that the Power of Attorney shall be governed by and shall be interpreted in accordance with Netherlands law and shall be valid as of Effective Date up to the 31 st of May 2010;

 

(v) declares that this appointment also applies to situations where an Attorney (also) acts as the Grantor’s counterparty within the meaning of article 3:68 Dutch Civil Code or as representative of the Grantor’s counterparty;

 

(vi) undertakes, when so requested, that the Grantor will ratify and confirm whatever any one of the Attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done pursuant to the powers conferred to such Attorney under this Power of Attorney;

IN WITNESS WHEREOF THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY is executed. Stichting TopCo, sole member of the Management Board of

 

LyondellBasell Industries N.V.
/s/ Frederik J. Bos
Frederik J. Bos